diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:54:04 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:54:04 -0700 |
| commit | 6dd24e25faf14e52eac93a4898eaece24e0ba679 (patch) | |
| tree | ec12668000cc7789ac7e0b80e46cb4517852be06 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-8.txt | 26579 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 429852 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 2100577 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/18751-h.htm | 28170 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/advertsbooks.jpg | bin | 0 -> 59318 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/advertsstamp.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11954 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/assaynote.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32304 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/ctoftable-appendixa.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36911 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25873 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21535 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7360 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16606 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22169 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41171 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig007.jpg | bin | 0 -> 46360 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig008.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35456 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig009.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17195 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig010.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6984 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30763 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig012.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8786 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig013.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28477 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig014.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13614 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26973 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig016.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13073 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig017.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12697 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig018.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11791 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig019.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18391 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig020.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20324 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12571 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig022.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13523 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig023.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11327 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig024.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18286 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig025.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8586 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig026.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11401 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig027.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29834 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig028.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14979 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig029.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17564 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig030.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13864 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig031.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18008 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig032.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23992 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig033.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24728 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig034.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18010 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig035.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7383 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig036.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8352 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig037.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9976 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig038.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11011 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig039.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10252 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig040.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23969 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig041.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13246 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig042.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7551 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig043.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34232 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig044.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8411 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig044a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20382 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig044b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16113 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig044c.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24636 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig044d.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13708 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig045.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16876 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig046.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6958 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig047.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8257 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig048.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14861 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig049.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25239 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig050.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27183 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig051.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19140 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig052.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11897 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig053.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43070 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig054.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17763 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig055.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10944 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig056.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34667 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig057.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14075 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig058.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9448 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig059.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12812 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig060.jpg | bin | 0 -> 15161 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig061.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14340 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig062.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16278 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig063.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17698 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig064.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27754 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig065.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24113 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig066.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28084 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig067.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22376 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig068.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17488 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig069.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18896 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig070.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7322 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig071.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23638 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig072.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37189 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig073.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20639 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig074.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11596 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig075.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7320 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig076.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9679 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig077.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12118 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig078.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16405 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig079.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18965 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig080.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19013 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig081.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21331 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18751-h/images/fig082.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22135 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
97 files changed, 54765 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/18751-8.txt b/18751-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a731677 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26579 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, A Textbook of Assaying: For the Use of Those +Connected with Mines., by Cornelius Beringer and John Jacob Beringer + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: A Textbook of Assaying: For the Use of Those Connected with Mines. + + +Author: Cornelius Beringer and John Jacob Beringer + + + +Release Date: July 3, 2006 [eBook #18751] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A TEXTBOOK OF ASSAYING: FOR THE +USE OF THOSE CONNECTED WITH MINES.*** + + +E-text prepared by Peter Yearsley, Josephine Paolucci, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this file which + includes the original illustrations and in which the chemical + equations are easier to read. + See 18751-h.htm or 18751-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/5/18751/18751-h/18751-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/5/18751/18751-h.zip) + + +Transcriber's Note: + + Text: + + Words surrounded by a tilde such as ~this~ means the word is + in bold face. + + Words surrounded by underscores like _this_ means the word is + in italics in the text. + + Letters in brackets with an = sign before it means that the + letters have a macron over them, e.g. H[=A=c] signifies that + the Ac has a macron over it. + + Numbers and equations: + + Parentheses have been added to clarify fractions. + + Underscores before bracketed numbers in equations denote a + subscript. + + Superscripts are designated with a caret and brackets, e.g. + 11.1^{3} is 11.1 to the third power. + + The symbol .'. designates the symbol usually used for therefore + (three periods in a triangle shape). + + A down arrow is represented by a vertical line over a capital + V. Like this: | + V + + Minor typographical errors have been corrected. Footnotes have + been moved to the end of the chapter, and all advertisements + have been moved to the end of the book. + + + + + +A TEXT-BOOK OF ASSAYING: +FOR THE USE OF THOSE CONNECTED WITH MINES. + +by + +C. AND J. J. BERINGER. + +Revised by + +J. J. BERINGER, + +Assoc. of the Royal School of Mines; Fellow of the Chemical Society and +of the Inst. of Chemistry; Principal of the Camborne Mining School; and +Late Public Analyst for the County of Cornwall. + +With numerous Diagrams and Tables. + +Ninth Edition. + + + + + + + +London: +Charles Griffin and Company, Limited, +Exeter Street, Strand. +1904. +[All rights reserved.] + + + + +PUBLISHER'S NOTE TO THE NINTH EDITION + + +The continued popularity of the present work, the last edition of which +was published only a little over a year ago, continues to be a source of +gratification to the publishers, who have much pleasure in issuing the +present edition. + +_January 1904._ + + +PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION + +The principal changes in this edition are additions to the articles on +Gold, Cyanides, and Nickel, and a much enlarged Index. The additional +matter covers more than forty pages. + +J. J. BERINGER. + +CAMBORNE, +_January 1900._ + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The Text-book now offered to the public has been prepared to meet the +existing want of a practical "handy book" for the Assayer. + +To mining men the word "assaying" conveys a sufficiently clear meaning, +but it is difficult to define. Some writers limit it to the +determination of silver and gold, and others imagine that it has only to +do with "furnace-work." These limitations are not recognised in +practice. In fact, assaying is becoming wider in its scope, and the +distinction between "assayers" and "analysts" will in time be difficult +to detect. We have endeavoured rather to give what will be of use to the +assayer than to cover the ground within the limits of a faulty +definition. + +At first our intention was to supply a description of those substances +only which have a commercial value, but on consideration we have added +short accounts of the rarer elements, since they are frequently met +with, and occasionally affect the accuracy of an assay. + +Under the more important methods we have given the results of a series +of experiments showing the effect of varying conditions on the accuracy +of the process. Such experiments are often made by assayers, but seldom +recorded. Statements like those generally made--that "this or that +substance interferes"--are insufficient. It is necessary to know under +what conditions and to what extent. + +Students learning any particular process cannot do better than repeat +such a series of experiments. By this means they will, at the same time, +acquire the skill necessary for performing an assay and a confidence in +their results based upon work under different conditions. + +The electrolytic method of copper assaying given under _Copper_ is a +modification of Luckow's; it was introduced by us into the offices of +the Rio Tinto Copper Company, and has been in use for many years with +success. This modification is now employed in copper-works in Spain, +Germany, and England, and is used in place of the dry assay for the +commercial valuation of copper ores. + +We have adhered to the gram and the "c.c." as the units of weight and +volume. Those who prefer working with grains and grain-measures can use +the figures given, multiplied by ten. For example:--When 1 gram is +mentioned, 10 grains should be used, and 10 grain-measures take the +place of 1 "c.c." It is not advisable to mix the two systems, as by +using gram weights and grain-measures. + +We have intentionally to a large extent omitted to mention the names of +those who have originated or modified the various processes. The +practice of naming a process after its discoverer has developed of late +years, and is becoming objectionable. It is a graceful thing to name a +gas-burner after Bunsen, or a condenser after Liebig; but when the +practice has developed so far that one is directed to "Finkenerise" a +residue, or to use the "Reichert-Meissl-Wollny" process, it is time to +stop. + +We are indebted to the standard works of Allen, Crookes, Fresenius, +Lunge, Michell, Percy, and Sutton, and wish to express our sense of +special indebtedness to Mr. Richard Smith, of the Royal School of Mines. +One or two of the illustrations are taken from Mr. Sexton's excellent +little book on _Qualitative Analysis_. Our obligation to some others is +mentioned in the text. + +Finally, we have to thank for assistance in the experimental work +Messrs. Bailey, Beswick, Clarke, Grant, Higgins, and Smith. + +THE AUTHORS. + +CAMBORNE, _Nov. 1889_. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +PART I. + + +CHAPTER I. + +INTRODUCTORY. + Page +Object of assaying 1 +Sampling 1 +Drying: determination of moisture 5 +Calculation and statement of results 7 +Laboratory books and report forms 9 +Quantity to be taken for an assay 11 +Exercises 14 + + +CHAPTER II. + +METHODS OF ASSAYING.--DRY GRAVIMETRIC METHODS. + +Methods of assaying 15 +Gravimetric methods 15 +Mechanical separations 16 +Dry assays 16 + (a) Fluxes 16 + (b) Reducing agents 21 + (c) Oxidising agents 22 + (c) Apparatus 24 + + +CHAPTER III. + +WET GRAVIMETRIC METHODS. + +Wet gravimetric methods 27 + (a) Solution 29 + (b) Precipitation 30 + (c) Filtration 31 + (c) Drying and igniting 32 + + +CHAPTER IV. + +VOLUMETRIC ASSAYS. + +Titrometric assays 35 + (a) Standard solutions 36 + (b) Standardising 37 + (c) Methods of working 42 + (c) Indirect titration 43 +Colorimetric assays 44 +Gasometric assays 44 + + +CHAPTER V. + +WEIGHING AND MEASURING. + +Weighing 47 +Measuring liquids 49 + (a) Graduated flasks 49 + (b) Pipettes 50 + (c) Burettes 51 +Measuring gases 52 + + +CHAPTER VI. + +REAGENTS. + +Acids, &c. 54 +Bases, salts, &c. 59 + + +CHAPTER VII. + +Formulę, equations, &c. 68 + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +SPECIFIC GRAVITY. + +Introductory 75 + +Determination of specific gravity-- + (a) Hydrometers 76 + (b) Specific gravity bottles 78 +Calculations depending on specific gravity 84 + + +PART II. + + +CHAPTER IX. + +SILVER, GOLD, PLATINUM, CYANIDES, MERCURY. + +SILVER--Detection 87 + Dry assay 87 + (1) Scorification 88 + (2) Pot assays, average ores 90 + " ores with metallic oxides 91 + " ores with metallic sulphides 91 + Explanatory notes on the fusion 93 + The effect of charcoal, flour, &c. 94 + The effect of nitre 95 + The effect of mineral sulphides 95 + (3) Cupellation 98 + The loss of silver 101 + Condition affecting the loss 102 + Methods of correction 103 + Lead required for cupellation 105 + (4) Calculation of the results in ounces to the + ton of 2240 lbs. Table 107 + Ores with metallic particles 108 + (5) Explanatory notes 110 + (6) Examples of dry silver assays 113 + Wet assays 116 + Gravimetric method 117 + Gay-Lussac's method 119 + Volhard's method 121 + A modified Gay-Lussac 123 + Volhard's method applied to arsenic 124 +GOLD--Detection 126 + Amalgamation assay 126 + Dry assay 127 + (1) Size of charges 127 + (2) Sampling 127 + (3) Assay tons 131 + (4) Small buttons, weighing 131 + " " measuring 133 + (5) Concentration in lead 136 + Quartz ores 136 + Ores with oxide of iron 138 + Ores with metallic sulphides 139 + (6) Cyanide charges, residues, &c. 140 + (7) Cupellation 142 + Cupels 142 + Cupellation temperature 143 + Cupellation loss 145 + (8) Inquartation 146 + (9) Flatting 149 + (10) Parting, in flasks 151 + " in test tubes 152 + " in glazed crucibles 153 + " Loss, &c. 154 + (11) Check assays, surcharge 154 + (12) Bullion assays in special apparatus 156 + Silver, &c., in gold bullion 157 + (13) Sampling of base bullion, &c. 157 +CYANIDES--Commercial cyanides 160 + Double cyanides 161 + Prussic acid 162 + Gold-dissolving power of cyanide liquor 162 + Assay for cyanide strength 163, 165 + Assay of commercial cyanide 167 + Alkalinity of cyanides 167 + Acidity of ores 168 + Metals in cyanide liquors 169 + Cyanicides 169 +PLATINUM 170 +IRIDIUM 171 +MERCURY 171 + Dry assay 172 + Wet method 173 + + +CHAPTER X. + +COPPER, LEAD, THALLIUM, BISMUTH, ANTIMONY. + +COPPER--Introductory 175 + Dry assay 176 + Valuation of copper ores 181 + Wet methods 183 + (1) Electrolytic assay 184 + Volumetric methods 194 + (1) Cyanide method 194 + (2) Iodide method 199 + (3) Colorimetric method 203 + Examination of commercial copper 205 +LEAD 211 + Dry assay 211 + Wet assay 213 + (1) Gravimetric method 213 + (2) Volumetric method 214 + (3) Colorimetric method 218 +THALLIUM 219 +BISMUTH 220 + Dry assay 221 + Wet method 221 + (1) Gravimetric determination 222 + (2) Colorimetric assay 223 +ANTIMONY 225 + Dry assay 225 + Wet method 227 + (1) Gravimetric assay 228 + (2) Volumetric method 229 + + +CHAPTER XI. + +IRON, NICKEL, COBALT, ZINC, CADMIUM. + +IRON 231 + Gravimetric determination 233 + Permanganate and bichromate methods 234 + Stannous chloride method 244 + Colorimetric determination 247 +NICKEL 251 + Dry assay 251 + Electrolytic assay 254 + Titration by cyanide 255 +COBALT 259 +ZINC 261 + Gravimetric method 262 + Volumetric method 263 + Gasometric method 266 +CADMIUM 269 + + +CHAPTER XII. + +TIN, TUNGSTEN, TITANIUM. + +TIN 271 + Vanning 273 + Dry assay 276 + Detection, &c. 279 + Gravimetric determination 281 + Volumetric determination 282 + Examples 284 +TITANIUM 292 +TUNGSTEN 295 +NIOBIC AND TANTALIC OXIDES 297 + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +MANGANESE, CHROMIUM, ETC. + +MANGANESE 298 + Gravimetric determination 300 + Volumetric determination 300 + Ferrous sulphate assay 301 + Iodine assay 302 + Colorimetric determination 306 +CHROMIUM 307 +VANADIUM 310 +MOLYBDENUM 311 +URANIUM 312 + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +EARTHS, ALKALINE EARTHS, ALKALIES. + +ALUMINA 314 +THORIA 317 +ZIRCONIA 317 +CERIUM 318 +LANTHANUM AND DIDYMIUM 319 +YTTRIA 319 +BERYLLIA 319 +LIME 320 +STRONTIA 324 +BARYTA 326 +MAGNESIA 328 +THE ALKALIES 330 + SODIUM 334 + POTASSIUM 336 + LITHIUM 338 + CĘSIUM 339 + RUBIDIUM 340 + AMMONIUM 340 + + +PART III. + + +CHAPTER XV. + +OXYGEN AND OXIDES--THE HALOGENS. + +OXYGEN 344 +OXIDES 345 +WATER 350 +THE HALOGENS 358 + CHLORINE 359 + BROMINE 361 + IODINE 362 + FLUORINE 363 + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +SULPHUR AND SULPHATES. + +SULPHUR 367 + Gravimetric determination 369 + Volumetric determination 370 +SULPHATES 377 +SELENIUM 379 +TELLURIUM 379 + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +ARSENIC, PHOSPHORUS, NITROGEN. + +ARSENIC 381 + Gravimetric determination 383 + Volumetric method, "iodine" 384 + " " "uranic acetate" 389 +PHOSPHORUS 394 + Gravimetric determination 396 + Volumetric determination 397 +NITROGEN AND NITRATES 400 + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +SILICON, CARBON, BORON. + +SILICON AND SILICATES 405 +CARBON AND CARBONATES 414 + COALS 418 + SHALES 420 + CARBONATES 424 +BORON AND BORATES 429 + + +APPENDIX A. + +Table of atomic weights and other constants 433 +Table for converting degrees of the centigrade + thermometer into degrees of Fahrenheit's scale 435 +Tables showing strengths of aqueous solutions of nitric + and hydrochloric acids, of ammonia and of sulphuric + acid 436 + + +APPENDIX B. + +Estimation of small quantities of gold 440 +Practical notes on the iodide process of + copper assaying 441 +Method of separating cobalt and nickel 442 + + +APPENDIX C. + +A lecture on the theory of sampling 444 + +INDEX 450 + + + + +A TEXT-BOOK OF ASSAYING. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +INTRODUCTORY. + + +Assaying has for its object the determination of the quantities of those +constituents of a material which add to or detract from its value in the +arts and manufactures. The methods of assaying are mainly those of +analytical chemistry, and are limited by various practical +considerations to the determination of the constituents of a small +parcel, which is frequently only a few grains, and rarely more than a +few ounces, in weight. From these determinations calculations are made, +which have reference to a mass of material of, perhaps, hundreds of +tons. But in all cases, whether the mass under consideration be large or +small, whether the material be obtained by mining, grown, or +manufactured, the assayer is supposed to receive a small quantity, +called "the sample," which is, or ought to be, the exact counterpart of +the mass of material that is being dealt with. The taking and making of +this sample is termed "sampling"; and the men whose special work it is +to select such samples are "the samplers." + +But although "sampling" is thus distinct from "assaying," the assayer +should be familiar with the principles of sampling, and rigorous in the +application of these principles in the selecting, from the sample sent +him, that smaller portion upon which he performs his operations. + +~Sampling.~--_In the case of gases_, there is absolutely no trouble in +mixing. The only difficulty is in drawing off a fair sample where, as in +flues, the body of the gas is in motion, and varies a little in +composition from time to time. In this case, care must be taken to draw +off uniformly a sufficient volume of the gas during a prolonged period; +any portion of this larger volume may then be taken for the analytical +operation. + +_In the case of liquids_, which mix more or less easily--and this class +includes metals, &c., in the state of fusion--more or less severe +agitation, followed by the immediate withdrawal of a portion, will yield +a fairly representative sample. + +_In the case of solids_, the whole mass must be crushed, and, if not +already of fairly uniform quality, mixed, before sampling can take +place. Most of the material which a sampler is called upon to deal with, +is, however, in a more or less divided state and fairly uniform. In +practice it is assumed that 5 per cent. of the whole (= 1/20th), if +taken in portions of equal weight and at frequent and regular intervals, +will represent the mass from which it was taken. Taking a heap of ore, +A, and selecting one out of every twenty spade-, bag-, barrow-, or +wagon-fuls, according to the quantity of stuff in the heap, there is +obtained a second heap, B, containing one-twentieth of the stuff of the +heap A. If we crush the stuff in B until this heap contains +approximately the same number of stones as A did--which means, crushing +every stone in B into about twenty pieces--B will become the counterpart +of A. Selecting in the same manner 5 per cent. of B, there is got a +third heap, C. This alternate reduction and pulverising must be carried +on until a sample of suitable size is obtained. This may be expressed +very clearly thus:-- + + A = 1000 tons of rocks and lumpy ore. + B = 50 " " rough stones, 1/20th of A. + C = 2.5 " " small stones, 1/20th of B. + D = 0.125 " " coarse powder, 1/20th of C. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1. + +CONE + +PARTLY REDUCED CONE + +PLAN OF FRUSTRUM DIVIDED. + +ELEVATION OF FRUSTRUM DIVIDED.] + +If the material to be sampled is already a dry powder, 5 per cent. of it +should be heaped in a cone; each lot being added on the apex of the +cone already formed, so that it may distribute itself by falling evenly +in all directions. When the cone is completed, convert it into a low +frustrum of a cone by drawing stuff uniformly and in a direct line from +the centre to the circumference. Draw two diameters at right angles to +each other, and reserving any two alternate quarters, reject the others. +Mix; and form another cone, and proceed until a sample is got of the +bulk required. + +This is the usual plan, and all samples should be treated in this way +when the stuff is fine enough to fall evenly down the sides of a cone. + +Samples as they reach the assay office are seldom in a fit state for the +work of the assayer; they are generally too coarse, and ought always to +be more than he wants for any particular determination. The portion he +requires should never be taken at hap-hazard; the sample must be reduced +systematically to the quantity required. + +1. _If the sample is a liquid:_ it is sufficient to shake the bottle, +and take out a measured or weighed quantity for the assay. + +2. _If a liquid with a solid in suspension:_ measure the whole of it. +Filter. Make up the filtrate with the wash-water or water to the +original bulk. Assay it. Dry and weigh the residue, and make a separate +assay of it. + +3. _If of a creamy consistency, free from heavy particles:_ mix well; +spread out evenly on a glazed tile. Take up equal portions at equal +distances. Mix and assay. + +4. _If a mud of coarse and fine particles, or of particles of unequal +density:_ weigh and transfer to a porcelain dish, or weigh in the dish. +Dry at 100° C., weigh. Treat the residue as a solid capable of being +powdered. + +5. _If a solid capable of being powdered, or already powdered:_ heap up +into a cone; flatten with a spatula; divide along two diameters at right +angles, and carefully reject the whole of two alternate quarters, +brushing away any fine powder. Mix the other quarters, and repeat (if +necessary). For small quantities a fine state of division is essential. + +6. _If a solid with metallic particles:_ powder and pass through a +sieve; the metallic particles will not pass through. Weigh both portions +and assay separately. _Sifting should be followed by a very thorough +mixing._ + +7. _If a metal or alloy in bar or ingot:_ clean the upper surface of the +bar, and bore through the bar. Use the borings. If the ingot or bar is +small, cut it through and file the section. Filings must be freed from +fragments of the file by means of a magnet; and from oil, if any be +present, by washing with a suitable solvent.[1] Where practicable, +metals and alloys are best sampled by melting and granulating. The +student must carefully avoid any chance of mixing dirt or particles of +other samples with the particular sample which he is preparing. One ore +should be done at a time, and when finished, it should be labelled and +wrapped up, or bottled, before starting on a fresh sample. + +When an ore requires to be very finely ground in an agate mortar, it is +often advisable to mix with a little pure alcohol and rub until free +from grit; dry at 100° C. and mix well before weighing. + +When an assay is required of a quantity of ore made up of parcels of +different weight and quality, each parcel should be separately sampled +and parts of each sample, bearing to each other the same proportion by +weight as the original parcels, should be taken and mixed. For example, +a lot of ore is made up of one parcel of A, 570 tons, one of B, 180 +tons, and another of C, 50 tons; a sample representing the whole may be +got by mixing 57 parts of a sample of A with 18 parts of a sample of B, +and 5 parts of a sample of C. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.] + +A bruising plate, like that in fig. 2, is convenient for general office +work. The slab is of cast iron, about an inch thick. It is firmly +supported on a solid block of wood, and pivoted for convenience in +emptying. The bruising-hammer is steel-faced, about 4 inches square, and +1-1/2 inch thick. The block is firmly fixed to a small table or tressel, +so that the slab is about 2 feet 6 inches from the ground. The slab is +cleaned, and the sample collected with the help of a stiff-haired brush. + +~Drying: Determination of Moisture.~--In practice, the moisture is +generally determined by the samplers, and the proportion is specified in +grains per pound on the label attached to the sample when it reaches the +assay office. The method adopted is usually to dry 1 lb. = 7000 grs. of +the ore in a frying-pan heated over a gas flame, or in an ordinary oven, +until a cold bright piece of metal or glass is no longer damped when +held over it. The loss of weight in grains = moisture. + +Properly, however, this work should be done by the assayer, if only for +the following reason. It is assumed that the dry ore of the sampler and +of the assayer are the same thing; according to the nature of the ore, +this may or may not be the case. The assayer, however, uses the sample +which he has dried for his moisture-determination, as the dry ore on +which he makes his other assays, and no variation in moisture would +influence the other and more important determinations. Some ores are +sent to the smelter with from 5 to 15 per cent. of adherent water. In +these cases it is best to spread out the sample, and taking equal +portions fairly at regular intervals, weigh into a Berlin dish 20 grams. +This should then be dried over a sand-bath, or if the ore is likely to +be injured by excess of heat, over a water-bath until the weight is +constant. The loss of weight multiplied by 5 gives the percentage of +water present. + +Example:-- + + Weight of dish + wolfram 32.67 grms. + " " dish 12.67 " + ----- + " " wolfram 20.00 " + + " " dish + wolfram 32.67 " + " " " dried 30.15 " + ----- + " " water 2.52 " + + 2.52 × 5 = 12.6 ~12.6%.~ + +There are other ores which are not apparently wet, but in the state +called "air-dried." It is easier to take fair samples of these, and, +consequently, it is not necessary to use so large a quantity as 20 +grams. But with a smaller quantity, extra precautions must be taken. All +dry solids at ordinary temperatures absorb moisture from the air. The +amount varies with the nature of the material and with the quantity of +surface exposed. Light bulky powders absorb more than heavy ones, +because of the greater condensing surface. It is on this account that it +is well to weigh substances, which have been dried, between +close-fitting watch-glasses. The method of determining moisture is to +weigh out into the glasses 5 grams of ore, and dry in the water-oven +until there is no further loss of weight. On taking the glasses out of +the oven, they should be at once closed, the clip put on, and after +cooling in a desiccator weighed. If after a second trial the loss is the +same, or only increased by a milligram, the determination is finished. + +Example:-- + + Weight of glasses + pyrites 31.0470 grms. + " " glasses 26.0470 " + ------- + " " pyrites 5.0000 " + " " glasses + pyrites, dried 1 hour 30.8965 " + " " " " dried 1-1/2 " 30.8957 " + " " " " 31.0470 " + " " " " dried 30.8957 " + ------- + " " moisture 0.1513 " + + 0.1513 × 20 = 3.026 ~3.02%.~ + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.] + +Sometimes it may be advisable to dry 10 grams, in which case multiplying +the loss by 10 will give the percentage. The dried ore should be +transferred to a weighing-tube (fig. 3), and reserved for the subsequent +determinations. The weighing-tube with the ore must be marked, and kept +in a desiccator. + +Most ores and inorganic substances can be dried, and their moisture +determined by the loss in this way. When, however, the substance +contains another somewhat volatile ingredient, it is exposed over +sulphuric acid in a desiccator for two days (if _in vacuo_, all the +better), and the loss determined. Moisture in dynamite should be +determined in this way. + +When water is simply mechanically mixed with a substance it presents but +little difficulty. The combined water is a different matter. Slaked +lime, even when perfectly dry, contains much water; and if the water of +soda crystals were separated and frozen, it would occupy a volume equal +to that of the original crystals. Perfectly dry substances may contain +much water, and this combined water is retained by different materials +with very unequal vigour. Sodium sulphate and sodium phosphate crystals +lose water even when exposed under ordinary conditions to dry air. Soda +crystals when heated melt, and at a moderate temperature give off their +water with ebullition. The temperature at which all the water is given +up varies with each particular salt; the actual determination of the +water in each case will require somewhat different treatment. Such +determinations, however, are seldom required; and from a practical +point of view this combined water causes no trouble. + +_In assaying ores_, we term "moisture" all water which is lost by +exposure in a water-oven at 100° C., and the "dry ore" is the ore which +has been dried at this temperature. No advantage, but rather endless +confusion, would be caused by varying the temperature with the object of +estimating the whole of the water which a hydrated salt may contain. The +results of the assay of the other components should be calculated on the +"dry ore." One advantage of this is obvious:--The dry ore has a constant +composition, and the results of all assays of it will be the same, no +matter when made; the moisture, however, may vary from day to day, and +would be influenced by a passing shower of rain. It is well to limit +this variability to the moisture by considering it apart, and thus avoid +having the percentage, say, of copper rising and falling under the +influence of the weather. + +In the case of certain salts, however, such as soda crystals and +hydrated sulphate of copper (when these constitute the bulk of the +substance to be assayed), it is as well to perform the assay on the +moist, or at any rate air-dried, substance.[2] It would be equally +convenient to calculate on the substance dried at 100° C.; but in this +case it would be well, in order to avoid a somewhat shallow criticism, +to replace the term "moisture" by the longer but equivalent phrase +"water lost at 100° C." + +~Calculation and Statement of Results.~--By far the most generally +convenient method of stating the results of an assay is that of the +percentage or parts in a hundred, and to avoid a needlessly troublesome +calculation it is well to take such a quantity of ore for each assay as +by a simple multiplication will yield the percentage. In these +calculations decimals are freely employed, and students should make +themselves familiar with the methods of using them. + +Other methods of statement are in use, and have advantages in certain +special cases. With bullion the parts in a thousand are given, and in +those cases in which the percentage is very small, as in water analysis, +it is convenient to report on parts in 100,000, or even on parts per +1,000,000. These are easily got from the corresponding percentages by +shifting the decimal point one, three, or four places to the right. Thus +92.5 per cent. is 925 per thousand; and 0.0036 per cent. is 3.6 per +100,000, or 36 per million. + +With ores of tin, silver, and gold, the result is stated as so many +cwts., lbs., or ozs., in the ton. With dressed tin ores as they are +sent to the smelter, the produce is given in cwts. and quarters to the +ton. The corresponding percentage may be obtained by multiplying by +five; or, inversely, if the percentage is given, the produce may be got +by dividing by five. A produce of 13-1/2 equals a percentage of 13.5×5 += 67.5; and a percentage of 70.0 equals a produce of 70/5 = 14. With +tin ores as raised (in which the percentage is small) the reduction must +be carried to pounds per ton. One per cent. equals 22.4 lbs. to the ton; +consequently, if we multiply the percentage by 22.4, the produce will be +given. Thus, if an ore contains 6.7 per cent. of oxide of tin, the +produce is 6.7×22.4 = 150 lbs. (or 1 cwt., 1 quarter, and 10 lbs.) to +the ton. With gold and silver ores, the proportion of precious metal is +small, and it is necessary to carry the reduction to ozs. and dwts. to +the ton; and since gold and silver are sold by troy weight, whilst the +ton is avoirdupois, it is of importance to remember that the ounces in +the two systems are not the same. A ton contains 15,680,000 grains, +which equal 653,333.3 dwts. or 32,666.6 ozs. (troy). The following rules +are useful:-- + + To get ozs. (troy) per ton, multiply parts per 100,000 by 0.327; + To get dwts. per ton, multiply parts per 100,000 by 6.53; + To get grains per ton, multiply parts per 100,000 by 156.8. + +Where liquids are being assayed, cubic centimetres are held to be +equivalent to grams, and the usual method of statement is, "so many +parts by weight in so many by measure." Where the statement is made as +grams per litre or grains per gallon, there can be no doubt as to what +is meant; and even if it be expressed in parts per 100,000, parts by +weight in a measured volume must be understood unless the contrary is +expressly stated. + +In some cases, where the density of the solution differs greatly from +that of water, the percentage by weight may be given; and in others, +mixtures of two or more liquids, the percentages may be given by volume +or by weight; as so many c.c. in 100 c.c., or as so many grams in 100 +grams, or even as so many grams in 100 c.c. In such cases it must be +distinctly shown which method of statement is adopted. + +One grain per gallon means 1 grain in 70,000 grain-measures, or one part +in 70,000. Dividing by 7 and multiplying by 10 will convert grains per +gallon into parts per 100,000. Inversely, dividing by 10 and multiplying +by 7, will convert parts per 100,000 into grains per gallon. + +Grams per litre are parts per 1000; multiplying by 100 will give parts +per 100,000, and multiplying by 70 will give grains per gallon. + +Among foreign systems of weights, the French is by far the best. +Kilograms (2.205 lbs.) per quintal (220.5 lbs.) are parts per cent.; and +grams (15.43 grs.) per quintal are parts per 100,000. From the rule +already given, grams per quintal may be converted into ounces to the ton +by multiplying by 0.327. + +The German loths per centner (1/2 oz. (avoirdupois) to 100 lbs.) equal +parts per 3200; they are converted into parts per cent. by dividing by +32, or into ounces (troy) per ton by multiplying by 10.208. + +In the United States, as a sort of compromise between the avoirdupois +and metric systems, a ton is taken as 2000 lbs. There, too, the custom +is adopted of reporting the gold and silver contents of an ore as so +many dollars and cents to the ton. In the case of gold, an ounce is +considered to be worth 20.6718 dollars. With silver, the _nominal_ value +is 1.2929 dollars per ounce, but frequently in assay reports it is taken +as one dollar. The practice is objectionable. The prices of metals vary +with the fluctuations of the market, and if the assayer fixed the price, +the _date_ of his report would be all important; if, on the other hand, +he takes a fixed price which does not at all times agree with the market +one, it leaves a path open for the deception of those unacquainted with +the custom. American "dollars on the ton of 2000 lbs." may be converted +into "ounces in the ton of 2240 lbs." by dividing by 1.1544 in the case +of silver, and by 18.457 in the case of gold. + +~Laboratory Books and Report Forms.~--The record which the assayer makes +of his work must be clear and neat, so that reference, even after an +interval of years, should be certain and easy. One method should be +adopted and adhered to. Where there are a large number of samples, three +books are required. + +_Sample Book._--This contains particulars of the samples (marks, &c.), +which are entered by the office-clerk as they arrive. He at the same +time puts on each sample the distinguishing number. + + EXAMPLE OF PAGE OF SAMPLE BOOK. + + +----------+----------+--------------------------+----------------+ + | Date. | Number. | Sample. | Remarks. | + +----------+----------+--------------------------+----------------+ + | Feb. 1 | 482 | Tough Copper | For Arsenic. | + | " 2 | X | Piece of Metal | For Ni and Cu. | + | " | 483 | Tough Copper. | | + | " | 73 | Silver Precipitate, | With Letter. | + | | | 4 casks, 24 cwt. 1 qr. | | + | " | 494 | Purple Ore, 200 tons. | | + | " | 1 J.T. | Lead Ore, 1 J.T. | From Corsica. | + | " | 2 J.T. | " 2 J.T. | | + +----------+----------+--------------------------+----------------+ + +_Laboratory Book._ This is the Assayer's note-book, in which he enters +clearly the particulars of his work--the results obtained, as well as +how these results were arrived at. The calculations should be done on +scrap-paper, and should not be entered, although, of course, detail +enough must be shown to enable the results to be recalculated. + + EXAMPLE OF PAGE OF LABORATORY BOOK. +______________________________________________________________ + + Purple Ore 5 grams + 19/10/89 0.0042 grm. + 0.0021 " + ------ + Colorimetric 0.0063 × 20 = 0.13% Copper +______________________________________________________________ + + 482 + Tough Copper 10 grams + Feb. 1/89 10.5 c.c. Uranium. + = 0.52% Arsenic +______________________________________________________________ + + 2082 + Tough Copper 10 grams + 12.7 c.c. Uranium. + = 0.63% Arsenic +______________________________________________________________ + + 491 10 grams + Tough Copper 13.7 c.c. Uranium + Feb. 1/89 + = 0.68% Arsenic +______________________________________________________________ + + Standard of Uranium acetate. + 0.150 gram As_{2}O_{3} = 23.3 c.c. Uranium. + .'. 100 cc. Uranium = 0.5 gram As. +______________________________________________________________ + + 10071 5 grams + Tin Ore Cruc. and SnO_{2} 9.6065 grms. + Feb. 3/89 Cruc. and Ash 9.4235 " + ------ + SnO_{2} = 0.1830 = 2.88% Tin +______________________________________________________________ + +_The Assay Book._--This is the Official book, and is a combination of +the Sample and Laboratory books. It corresponds with the report-forms. +Without being loaded with detail, it should contain sufficient to +characterise each sample. + +Key to following example page of Assay book: +DR = DATE REPORTED. +Not Det. = Not detected + + EXAMPLE OF PAGE OF ASSAY BOOK. + +-------------------------------------------+----+-------+---------------+---- + DESCRIPTION OF SAMPLE. | | Water | Assay on | +------+--------------------+---------------| |Lost at| the Dry | +Date. | Material. | Weight. |No. |100° C.|Material. | DR +------+--------------------+---+---+---+---+----+-------+---------------+---- +1889 | |ton|cwt|qrs|lbs| | | | +Feb. 1|Tough cake copper | | | | | 482| |Arsenic, 0.52% | 7 + " |Tough cake copper | | | | |2082| |Arsenic, 0.63% | 7 + " |Tough cake copper | | | | | 491| |Arsenic, 0.68% | 7 + | | | | | | | | | +Feb. 2|Nickel disc for C.R.| | | | | X | |Copper, 73.75 | 7 + | | | | | | | |Nickel, 24.34 | + | | | | | | | |Iron, 2.18 | + | | | | | | | | ----- | + | | | | | | | | 100.27 | + | | | | | | | | ------ | + " |Silver precipitate, | | 24| 1| 0| 73| Not | | + | 4 casks | | | | | | det. |Silver, 4.851 | 10 + | | | | | | | |Gold, 0.0215| + | | | | | | | |Lead, 19.37 | + | | | | | | | |Zinc, 2.00 | + | | | | | | | |Silver, 1584.7 | + | | | | | | | | ozs. per ton | + | | | | | | | |Gold, 7.0 | + | | | | | | | | ozs. per ton | + " |Purple ore |200| | | | 494| Not |Copper, 0.13% | 11 + | | | | | | | det. |Sulphur 0.15% | +------+--------------------+---+---+---+---+----+-------+---------------+---- + +When the number of samples is small, the Sample Book may be omitted, and +the entries made in the Assay Book as the samples arrive. + +_Report-forms._ These should entail as little writing as possible in +making out the report. For general purposes the form given on p. 12 is +useful. + +~The quantity of substance~ to be taken for any particular assay depends +largely upon the method of assay adopted. There are, however, some +general considerations which should be remembered, and some devices for +simplifying the calculations which should be discussed. + +The smaller the percentage of the substance to be determined, the larger +should be the amount of the ore taken. The following table will give a +general idea as to this:-- + +Percentage of the substance Amount of ore, &c. to + to be determined. be weighed. + 100-10 1 gram. + 10-5 2 grams. + 5-1 5 " + 1-0.1 10 " + 0.1-0.01 20 " + +[Illustration: ASSAY NOTE] + +The rougher the method of assay adopted, the larger should be the +quantity of ore taken. If the degree of accuracy attainable with the +methods and instruments at the assayer's service is known, it is easy to +calculate what quantity should be taken for any particular case. If the +results are good within 0.001 gram, then, taking 1 gram of ore we can +report within 0.1 per cent., or if they are good within 0.0002 gram, +taking 20 grams of ore, we can report within 1 part per 100,000, or very +closely within 6-1/2 dwt. to the ton. If it is wished to be yet more +particular in reporting, larger quantities must be taken. The difficulty +of manipulating very small or very large precipitates, &c., must be +borne in mind. So, too, must the fact that the greater the weight of the +final product of an assay, the less, as a rule, is the percentage error. +The distinction between absolute and percentage error, often overlooked, +is important. If 0.5 gram of silver be cupelled with 20 grams of lead, +there may be obtained a button of 0.495 gram; the absolute loss is 0.005 +gram, and this equals 1 per cent. of the silver present. Similarly, +cupelling 0.1 gram, the resulting button may be 0.098; the absolute loss +is only 0.002 gram, but this equals 2 per cent. of the silver present. +In the same way the student should see that the two results, 91.5 per +cent. and 92.0 per cent., are really more concordant than the results +9.1 per cent. and 9.2 per cent. + +A device often adopted in practice where a large number of assays of one +kind are made, and the report is given as so many ounces or pounds to +the ton, is that known as the _assay ton_. The assay ton may be any +arbitrary and convenient weight, but its subdivisions must bear to it +the same relations as pounds and ounces bear to the actual ton. On the +other hand, in a laboratory where many kinds of work are performed, +different sets of weights of this kind would only tend to confusion, +even if they were not unnecessary. With a set of gram weights and its +subdivisions anything may be done. If it is desired to report as pounds +to the ton, then, since there are 2240 lbs. to the ton, a weight of +2.240 grams may be taken as the assay ton, and each 0.001 gram yielded +will equal 1 lb., or 22.4 grams may represent the ton, and each 0.01 +gram a pound. Similarly, since there are 32,666.6 ozs. troy to the ton; +if we take 32.6667 grams as the assay ton, each 0.001 gram will equal 1 +oz. to the ton. In some cases it may be convenient to have, in addition +to the usual gram weights, one or other of the "assay tons" mentioned +above, but generally it is better to work on a purely decimal system, +and convert when required into ounces per ton, &c., either by actual +calculation or by reference to a set of tables. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +The student should practise such calculations as the following:-- + +1. Calculate the percentages in the following cases:-- + (a) Ore taken, 2 grams; copper found, 0.2155. + (b) " 1.5 gram; iron found, 0.8340. + (c) " 30 grams; lead found, 23.2. + +2. Calculate the parts per thousand in the following:-- + (a) Bullion taken, 1.1 gram; silver found, 1.017. + (b) " 1.14 gram; silver found, 1.026. + (c) " 0.6 gram; gold found, 0.5500. + +3. Calculate parts per 100,000 in the following:-- + (a) Ore taken, 20 grams; silver found, 0.0075. + (b) " 50 grams; gold found, 0.0026. + (c) Water taken, 500 c.c.; solids found, 0.1205. + +4. Calculate cwts. to the ton in the following:-- + (a) Ore taken, 5 grams; tin found, 2.816. + (b) " 5 grams; tin found, 3.128. + (c) An ore with 68.2 per cent. of tin. + +5. Calculate lbs. to the ton in the following:-- + (a) An ore with 3.28 per cent. oxide of tin. + (b) Ore taken, 20 grams; oxide of tin found, 1.67. + +6. Calculate ozs. (troy) to the ton in the following:-- + (a) Ore taken, 50 grams; gold found, 0.0035. + (b) " 20 grams; silver found, 0.0287. + (c) " 25 grains; silver found, 0.0164. + +7. Calculate in grains per gallon:-- + (a) 0.51 gram per litre. + (b) 24.6 parts per 100,000. + (c) Solution taken, 100 c.c.; copper found, 0.0045 gram. + (c) " 50 c.c.; iron found, 0.165 gram. + +8. Convert into ozs. (troy) per ton:-- + (a) 7 loths per centner. + (b) 30 grams per quintal. + (c) 15 parts per 100,000. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[1] Ether or carbon bisulphide. + +[2] Such substances are best dried by pressing between folds of dry +filter-paper. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +METHODS OF ASSAYING.--DRY GRAVIMETRIC METHODS. + + +The methods of assaying are best classed under two heads, Gravimetric +and Volumetric, in the former of which the final results are weighed, +whilst in the latter they are measured. A commoner and older division is +expressed in the terms much used in practice--wet assays and dry assays. +Wet assays include all those in which solvents, &c. (liquid at the +ordinary temperature), are mainly used; and dry assays, those in which +solid re-agents are almost exclusively employed. Dry assays form a +branch of gravimetric work, and we shall include under this head all +those assays requiring the help of a wind furnace. Wet assays, as +generally understood, would include not only those which we class as wet +gravimetric assays, but also all the volumetric processes. + +~Gravimetric Methods~ aim at the separation of the substance from the +other matters present in the ore, so that it may be weighed; and, +therefore, they must yield the _whole_ of the substance in a pure state. +It is not necessary that a metal should be weighed as metal; it may be +weighed in the form of a compound of definite and well known +composition. For example, one part by weight of silver chloride contains +(and, if pure, always contains) 0.7527 part of silver; and a quantity of +this metal can be as exactly determined by weighing it as chloride as by +weighing it in the metallic state. But in either case the metal or its +chloride must be pure. + +Exact purity and complete separation are not easily obtained; and +methods are used which are defective in one or both of these respects. +It is well to note that an impure product increases the result, whilst a +loss of the substance decreases it; so that if both defects exist in a +process they tend to neutralise each other. Of dry methods generally, it +may be said that they neither give the whole of the substance nor give +it pure; so that they are only calculated to show the amount of metal +that can be extracted on a manufacturing scale, and not the actual +quantity of it present. Their determinations are generally rough and +always low. The gold and silver determinations, however, will compare +very favourably with any of the other processes for the estimation of +these metals in their ores. + +The calculation of the results of a gravimetric assay has already been +referred to. If the result is to be stated as percentage, it may always +be done by the following rule:--_Multiply the weight of the substance +got by the percentage of metal it contains, and divide by the weight of +ore taken._ + +Gravimetric methods are divided into three groups: (1) mechanical +separations; (2) dry methods; and (3) wet methods. + +~Mechanical Separations.~--Under this head are classed the method of +assaying tin ores, known as vanning, and the amalgamation assay for +gold. A set of sieves to determine the relative proportion of powders of +different degrees of fineness is sometimes useful. A set with 10, 20, 40 +and 80 meshes to the inch is convenient. + +~Dry Assays.~--An important distinction between wet and dry methods of +assaying is, that in the former the substance is got into the liquid +state by solution, whilst in the latter fusion is taken advantage of. + +The difference between solution and fusion is easily illustrated: a lump +of sugar heated over a candle-flame melts or fuses; suspended in water +it dissolves. Many substances which are insoluble or infusible of +themselves, become soluble or fusible when mixed with certain others; +thus, in this way, solution is got with the aid of reagents, and fusion +with the help of fluxes. For example, lead is insoluble in water, but if +nitric acid be added, the metal rapidly disappears. It is convenient, +but somewhat inaccurate, to say that the acid dissolves the lead. If the +lead be acted on by nitric acid alone, without water, it is converted +into a white powder, which does not dissolve until water is added; in +this case it is obvious that the water is the solvent. The function of +the acid is to convert the lead into a soluble compound. + +~Fluxes~ may act as true solvents. Fused carbonate of soda dissolves +baric carbonate, and perhaps in many slags true solution occurs; but in +the great majority of cases a flux is a solid reagent added for the +purpose of forming a fusible _compound_ with the earthy or stony +minerals of the ore. Few of the minerals which occur in the gangue of an +ore are fusible; and still fewer are sufficiently fusible for the +purposes of the assayer, consequently the subject is one of importance, +and it ought to be treated on chemical principles. An idea of the +composition of some of the more frequently occurring rocks may be +gathered from the following table, which represents rough averages:-- + + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + | | |Oxide|Lime and | + |Silica.|Alumina.| of |Magnesia.|Alkalies. + | | |iron | | + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + | % | % | % | % | % + Sandstone, grit, | | | | | + quartzite, &c. |80-100 | -- | -- | -- | -- + Granite, gneiss, | | | | | + quartz-porphyry, | | | | | + fire-clay, &c. | 70-75 | 13-20 | 2 | 2 | 5-8 + | | | | |Less in + | | | | |fire-clay. + Mica-schist | 65 | 18 | 5 | 3 | 3 + Trachyte, syenite | 60 | 17 | 7 | 4-7 | 6-9 + Clay-slate | 60 | 18 | 10 | 8 | 3 + Diorite | 54 | 17 | 12 | 9 | 3-4 + Horneblende-rock | 50 | 18 | 15 | 12 | 3-4 + Brick-clay | 50 | 34 | 8 | 6 | -- + China-clay | 47 | 39 | -- | -- | -- + Basalt, dolerite, &c.| 50 | 15 | 15 | 16 | 3 + Serpentine | 44 | -- | -- | 44 | -- + Chalk, limestone, | | | | | + dolomite, &c. | -- | -- | -- | 45-55 | -- + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + +Silica itself, and the silicates of alumina, of lime, and of magnesia, +are practically infusible; the silicates of soda, of potash, and of iron +are easily fusible if the base (soda, potash, or oxide of iron) be +present in sufficient quantity, and if, in the case of the iron, it is +present mainly as lower oxide (ferrous silicate). The addition of lime, +oxide of iron, or alkali to silicate of alumina results in the formation +of a double silicate of alumina and lime, or of alumina and iron, &c., +all of which are easily fusible. Similarly, if to a silicate of lime we +add oxide of iron, or soda, or even alumina, a fusible double silicate +will be formed. Thus lime, soda, oxide of iron, and clay, are _fluxes_ +when properly used; but since lime, clay (and oxide of iron if there be +any tendency to form peroxide), are of themselves infusible, any excess +of these fluxes would tend to stiffen and render pasty the resulting +slag. So, too, soda, which is a very strong base, may act prejudicially +if it be in sufficient excess to set free notable quantities of lime and +magnesia, which but for that excess would exist in combination as +complex fusible silicates. There are many minerals which with but little +soda form a glass, but with more yield a lumpy scoriacious mass. There +are many minerals, too, which are already basic (for example, calcite), +and which, when present, demand either a less basic or an acid flux +according to the proportions in which they exist. For purposes of this +kind borax, or glass, or clay with more or less soda may be used, and of +these borax is by far the most generally useful. An objection to too +basic a slag (and a very important one) is the speed with which it +corrodes ordinary crucibles. These crucibles, consisting of quartz and +clay, are rapidly attacked by lime, soda and bases generally. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4.] + +In considering what is and what is not a good slag, certain chemical +properties are of importance. If a mixture of many substances be fused +and allowed to solidify in a crucible, there will be found some or all +of the following. At the bottom of the crucible (fig. 4) a button of +metal, resting on this a speise; then a regulus, next a slag made up of +silicates and borates and metallic oxides, and lastly, on the top +another layer of slag, mainly made up of fusible chlorides and +sulphates. In assaying operations the object is generally to concentrate +the metal sought for in a button of metal, speise or regulus, and to +leave the earthy and other impurities as far as possible in the slag; +whether there be one or two layers of slag is a matter of +indifference;[3] but the chemical action of the lower layer upon the +speise, or regulus, or metal, is of great importance. + +A _regulus_ is a compound of one or more of the metals with sulphur; it +is usually brittle, often crystalline, and of a dull somewhat greasy +lustre. It is essential that the slag, when solid, shall be so much more +brittle than the regulus, that it shall be easy to crumble, and remove +it without breaking the latter; and it must not be basic. The effect of +fusing a regulus with a basic slag is well seen when _sulphide of lead_ +is fused with _carbonate of soda_; the result is a button of metal (more +or less pure), and a slag containing sulphides of lead and sodium; and +again, if sulphide of lead be fused with an excess of oxide of lead, a +button of lead will be got, and a slag which is simply oxide of lead +(with whatever it may have taken up from the crucible), or if a +sufficient excess has not been used, oxide of lead mixed with some +sulphide. When (as is most frequently the case) the desire is to prevent +the formation of regulus, these reactions may be taken advantage of, but +otherwise the use of a flux having any such tendency must be avoided. A +good slag (from which a regulus may be easily separated) may be obtained +by fusing, say, 20 grams of ore with borax 15 grams, powdered glass 15 +grams, fluor spar, 20 grams, and lime 20 grams; by quenching the slag in +water as soon as it has solidified, it is rendered very brittle. + +Sulphide of iron formed during an assay will remain diffused through +the slag, instead of fusing into a button of regulus, if the slag +contain sulphide of sodium. The same is true of other sulphides if not +present in too great a quantity, and if the temperature is not too high. + +_Speises_ are compounds of a metal or metals with arsenic. They are +chiefly of interest in the metallurgy of nickel, cobalt, and tin. They +are formed by heating the metal or ore in covered crucibles with arsenic +and, if necessary, a reducing agent. The product is fused with more +arsenic under a slag, consisting mainly of borax. They are very fusible, +brittle compounds. On exposure to the air at a red heat the arsenic and +the metal simultaneously oxidize. When iron, cobalt, nickel, and copper +are present in the same speise, they are eliminated in the order +mentioned. + +_Slags_ from which metals are to be separated should not be too acid; at +least, in those cases in which the metal is to be reduced from a +compound, as well as separated from earthy impurities. Where the object +is simply to get a button of metal from a substance in which it is +already in the metallic state, but mixed with dross (made up of metallic +oxides, such as those of zinc or iron), from which it is desired to +separate it, an acid flux like borax is best; or, if the metal is easily +fusible, and there would be danger of loss of metal by oxidation or +volatilising, it may be melted under a layer of resin or fat. Common +salt is sometimes used with a similar object, and is often useful. Under +certain conditions, however, it has a tendency to cause the formation of +volatile chlorides with a consequent loss of metal. + +In the great majority of cases, the fusion of the metal is accompanied +by reduction from the state of oxide; in these the slag should be basic. +It is not easy to reduce the whole of a reducible oxide (say oxide of +copper or of iron) from a slag in which it exists as a borate or +silicate; there should be at least enough soda present to liberate it. +When the object is to separate one metal, say copper, without reducing +an unnecessary amount of another (iron) at the same time, a slag with a +good deal of borax is a distinct advantage. The slag then will probably +not be free from copper, so that it will be necessary to powder and mix +the slag with some soda and a reducing agent, and to again fuse the slag +in order to separate this residual metal. In all those cases in which +the slag retains an oxide of a heavy metal, this cleaning of the slag is +advisable, and in the case of rich ores necessary. Slags containing +sulphides are especially apt to retain the more easily reducible metals. + +The following are the ordinary and most useful fluxes:-- + +~Soda.~--The powdered bicarbonate, sold by druggists as "carbonate of +soda," is generally used. It gives off its water and excess of carbonic +acid readily and without fusion. Where the melting down is performed +rapidly, the escaping gas is apt to cause trouble by frothing, and so +causing waste of the material. Ordinary carbonate of soda, when hydrated +(soda crystals), melts easily, and gives off its water with ebullition. +It is unfit for use in assaying, but when dried it can be used instead +of the bicarbonate. One part of the dried carbonate is equivalent to +rather more than one and a half parts of the bicarbonate. From two to +four parts of the flux are amply sufficient to yield a fluid slag with +one part of earthy matter. This statement is also true of the fluxes +which follow. + +~Borax~ is a hydrated biborate of soda, containing nearly half its +weight of water. When heated it swells up, loses its water, and fuses +into a glass. The swelling up may become a source of loss in the assay +by pushing some of the contents out of the crucible. To avoid this, +_fused_ or _dried borax_ may be used, in which case a little more than +half the amount of borax indicated will suffice. Borax will flux almost +anything, but it is especially valuable in fluxing lime, &c., and +metallic oxides; as also in those cases in which it is desired to keep +certain of the latter in the slag and out of the button of metal. + +~Oxide of Lead~, in the form of red lead or litharge, is a valuable +flux; it easily dissolves those metallic oxides which are either +infusible or difficultly fusible of themselves, such as oxides of iron +or copper. The resulting slag is strongly basic and very corrosive; no +crucible will long withstand the attack of a fused mixture of oxides of +lead and copper. With silicates, also, it forms very fusible double +silicates; but in the absence of silicates and borates it has no action +upon lime or magnesia. Whether the lead be added as litharge or as red +lead, it will exist in the slag as monoxide (litharge); the excess of +oxygen of the red lead is thus available for oxidising purposes. If this +oxidising power is prejudicial, it may be neutralised by mixing the red +lead with 1 per cent. of charcoal. + +~Glass~: broken beakers and flasks, cleaned, dried, and powdered will +do. It should be free from lead. + +~Fluor~: fluor-spar as free as possible from other minerals, powdered. +It helps to flux phosphate of lime, &c., and infusible silicates. + +~Lime~: should be fresh and powdered. It must not be slaked. Powdered +white marble (carbonate of lime) will do; but nearly double the quantity +must be taken. One part of lime produces the same effect as 1.8 parts of +the carbonate of lime. + +~Tartar~ and "black flux," are reducing agents as well as fluxes. The +"black flux," which may be obtained by heating tartar, is a mixture of +carbonate of potash and charcoal. + +REDUCING AGENTS.--The distinction between reducing agents and fluxes +(too often ignored) is an important one. Fluxes yield slags; reducing +agents give buttons of regulus or of metal. The action of a reducing +agent is the separation of the oxygen or sulphur from the metal with +which it is combined. For example, the mineral anglesite (lead sulphate) +is a compound of lead, sulphur, and oxygen; by carefully heating it with +charcoal the oxygen is taken away by the charcoal, and a regulus of lead +sulphide remains. If the regulus be then fused with metallic iron the +sulphur is removed by the iron, and metallic lead is left. The charcoal +and the iron are reducing agents. But in defining a reducing agent as +one which removes oxygen, or sulphur, from a metallic compound so as to +set the metal free, it must be remembered that sulphur itself will +reduce metallic lead from fused litharge, and that oxygen will similarly +set free the metal in fused lead sulphide. There is no impropriety in +describing sulphur as a reducing agent; but it is absurd to call oxygen +one. Some confusion will be avoided if these substances and those which +are opposite to them in property be classed as oxidising and +de-oxidising, sulphurising, and de-sulphurising agents. Most oxidising +agents also act as de-sulphurisers. + +_The de-oxidising agents_ most in use are the following:-- + +~Charcoal.~--Powdered wood charcoal; it contains more or less +hygroscopic moisture and about 3 or 4 per cent. of ash. The rest may be +considered carbon. Carbon heated with metallic oxides takes the oxygen; +at low temperatures it forms carbon dioxide, and at higher ones, carbon +monoxide. Other conditions besides that of temperature have an influence +in producing these results; and as the quantity of charcoal required to +complete a definite reaction varies with these, it should be calculated +from the results of immediate experience rather than from theoretical +considerations. + +~Flour.~--Ordinary wheat flour is convenient in use. On being heated it +gives off inflammable gases which have a certain reducing effect, and a +residue of finely divided carbon is left. It is likely to vary in the +quantity of moisture it contains. Two parts of flour should be used +where one part of charcoal would be otherwise required. + +~Tartar.~--This is crude hydric potassic tartrate; the purified salt, +cream of tartar, may be used. On being heated it gives off inflammable +gases, and leaves a residue formed of potassic carbonate mixed with +finely divided carbon. Five parts of tartar should be used in the place +of one of charcoal. + +~Anthracite~ or ~Culm~ is a kind of coal containing 90 per cent. or more +of carbon. It gives off no inflammable gas. It is denser, and takes +longer in burning, than charcoal. Its reducing effect is little inferior +to that of charcoal. Almost any organic substance can be used as a +reducing agent, but it is well not to select one which melts, swells up, +or gives off much water and gas when heated in the furnace. + +~Potassic Cyanide~ is an easily fusible and somewhat volatile salt, +which, when fused, readily removes oxygen and sulphur from metallic +compounds, and forms potassic cyanate or sulphocyanate as the case may +be. Commercial samples vary much in purity; some contain less than 50 +per cent. of the salt. For assaying, only the better qualities should be +used. + +~Iron~ is a de-sulphurising rather than a de-oxidising agent. Iron is +used in the form of rods, 1/2-inch in diameter, or of nails, or of hoop +iron. In the last case it should be thin enough to be bent without +difficulty. Wrought iron crucibles are very useful in the processes +required for making galena assays. + +_The chief oxidising agents (which are also de-sulphurisers)_ are the +following:-- + +~Nitre~, or Potassic Nitrate.--This salt fuses very easily to a watery +liquid. It oxidises most combustible substances with deflagration, and +thereby converts sulphides into sulphates, arsenides into arsenates, and +most metals into oxides. In the presence of strong bases, such as soda, +the whole of the sulphur is fully oxidised; but in many cases some +arsenic is apt to escape, and to give rise to a peculiar garlic-like +odour. The sulphates of soda and potash are thus formed, and float as a +watery liquid on the surface of the slag. + +~Red lead~ is an oxide of lead. About one-quarter of its oxygen is very +loosely held, and, hence, is available for oxidising purposes, without +any separation of metallic lead. The rest of the oxygen is also +available; but for each part of oxygen given off, about 13 parts of +metallic lead are deposited. In silver assays this power of readily +giving up oxygen is made use of. The residual oxide (litharge) acts as a +flux. + +~Hot air~ is the oxidising agent in roasting operations. The sulphur and +arsenic of such minerals as mispickel and pyrites are oxidised by the +hot air and pass off as sulphur dioxide and "white arsenic." The metals +generally remain in the form of oxide, mixed with more or less sulphate +and arsenate. The residue may remain as a powdery substance (a calx), in +which case the process of roasting is termed calcination; or it may be a +pasty mass or liquid. In the calcination of somewhat fusible minerals, +the roasting should be done at a low temperature to avoid clotting; +arsenic and sulphur being with difficulty burnt off from the clotted +mineral. A low temperature, however, favours the formation of sulphates; +and these (if not removed) would reappear in a subsequent reduction as +sulphides. These sulphates may be decomposed by a higher temperature +towards the end of the operation; their removal is rendered more certain +by rubbing up the calx with some culm and re-roasting, or by strongly +heating the calx after the addition of solid ammonic carbonate. In +roasting operations, as large a surface of the substance as possible +should be exposed to the air. If done in a crucible, the crucible should +be of the Cornish type, short and open, not long and narrow. For +calcinations, _roasting dishes_ are useful: these are broad and shallow, +not unlike saucers, but unglazed. In those cases in which the products +of the roasting are liquid at the temperature used, a _scorifier_ (fig. +38) is suitable if it is desired to keep the liquid; but if the liquid +is best drained off as quickly as it is formed, a _cupel_ (fig. 5) +should be used. + +[Illustration: FIG. 5.] + +A scorifier is essentially a roasting dish sufficiently thick to resist, +for a time, the corrosive action of the fused metallic oxides it is to +contain. The essential property of a cupel is, that it is sufficiently +porous to allow the fused oxide to drain into it as fast as it is +formed. It should be large enough to absorb the whole of the liquid; and +of course must be made of a material upon which the liquid has no +corrosive action. Cupels do not bear transport well; hence the assayer +generally has to make them, or to supervise their making. A quantity of +bone ash is carefully mixed with water so that no lumps are formed, and +the mixture is then worked up by rubbing between the hands. The bone ash +is sufficiently wet when its cohesion is such that it can be pressed +into a lump, and yet be easily crumbled into powder. Cupel moulds should +be purchased. They are generally made of turned iron or brass. They +consist of three parts (1) a hollow cylinder; (2) a disc of metal; and +(3) a piston for compressing the bone ash and shaping the top of the +cupel. The disc forms a false bottom for the cylinder. This is put in +its place, and the cylinder filled (or nearly so) with the moistened +bone ash. The bone ash is then pressed into shape with the piston, and +the cupel finished with the help of three or four smart blows from a +mallet. Before removing the piston, turn it half-way round upon its axis +so as to loosen and smooth the face of the cupel. The cupel is got out +by pressing up the disc of metal forming the false bottom; the removal +is more easily effected if the mould is somewhat conical, instead of +cylindrical, in form. The cupels are put in a warm place to dry for two +or three days. A conveniently sized cupel is 1-1/4 inches in diameter +and about 3/4 inch high. The cavity of the cupel is about 1/4 inch deep, +and something of the shape shown in fig. 5. + +[Illustration: FIG. 6.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 7.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 8.] + +There are two kinds of furnaces required, the "wind" and "muffle" +furnaces. These are built of brick, fire-brick, of course, being used +for the lining. They are connected with a chimney that will provide a +good draught. Figure 6 shows a section of the wind furnace, fig. 7 a +section of the muffle furnace, and fig. 8 a general view of a group +comprising a muffle and two wind furnaces suitable for general work. +When in operation, the furnaces are covered with iron-bound tiles. The +opening under the door of the muffle is closed with a loosely fitting +brick. The floor of the muffle is protected with a layer of bone-ash, +which absorbs any oxide of lead that may be accidentally spilt. The fire +bars should be easily removable. + +Few tools are wanted; the most important are some cast-iron moulds, +tongs (fig. 9), stirrers for calcining (fig. 10), and light tongs of a +special form for handling scorifiers and cupels (_see_ SILVER). + +[Illustration: FIG. 9.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 10.] + +The coke used should be of good quality; the formation of a fused ash +(clinker), in any quantity, causes ceaseless trouble, and requires +frequent removal. The coke should be broken into lumps of a uniform size +(about 2 in. across) before being brought into the office. The furnace +should be well packed by stirring, raising the coke and not ramming it, +and it should be uniformly heated, not hot below and cold above. In +lighting a furnace, a start is made with wood and charcoal, this readily +ignites and sets fire to the coke, which of itself does not kindle +easily. + +In commencing work, add (if necessary) fresh coke, and mix well; make +hollows, and into these put old crucibles; pack around with coke, so +that the surface shall be concave, sloping upwards from the mouths of +the crucibles to the sides of the furnace; close the furnace, and, when +uniformly heated, substitute for the empty crucibles those which contain +the assays. It is rarely advisable to have a very hot fire at first, +because with a gradual heat the gases and steam quietly escape through +the unfused mass, while with too strong a heat these might make some of +the matter in the crucible overflow. Moreover, if the heat should be too +strong at first, the flux might melt and run to the bottom of the +crucible, leaving the quartz, &c., as a pasty mass above; with a gentler +heat combination is completed, and the subsequent fiercer heat simply +melts the fusible compound into homogeneous slag. + +The fused material may be left in the crucible and separated from it by +breaking when cold. It is generally more convenient to pour it into +cast-iron moulds. These moulds should be dry and smooth. They act best +when warmed and oiled or black-leaded. + +Air entering through the fire-bars of a furnace and coming in contact +with hot coke combines with it, forming a very hot mixture of carbonic +acid and nitrogen; this ascending, comes in contact with more coke, and +the carbonic acid is reduced to carbonic oxide; at the top of the +furnace, or in the flue, the carbonic oxide meeting fresh air, combines +with the oxygen therein and re-forms carbonic acid. In the first and +third of these reactions, much heat is evolved; in the second, the +furnace is cooled a little. It must always be remembered, that the +carbonic oxide of the furnace gases is a reducing agent. When these +gases are likely to exert a prejudicial effect, and a strongly oxidising +atmosphere is required, the work is best done in a _muffle_. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[3] There is an exception to this, as when the slag is liable to be +acted on when exposed to the air and to the gases of the furnace. In +this case a layer of fused common salt floating on the slag, so as to +protect it from the air and furnace gases, is a distinct advantage. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +WET GRAVIMETRIC METHODS. + + +In _dry assays_ the metal is almost always separated and weighed as +metal; in _wet_ gravimetric assays the metal is more usually weighed in +the form of a definite compound of known composition. The general +methods of working resemble those of ordinary chemical analysis, and +their successful working is greatly helped by a knowledge of, at any +rate, those compounds of the metal which enable it to be separated, and +of those which are the most convenient forms in which it can be weighed. +But the work of the assayer differs from that of the analyst, inasmuch +as the bulk of his estimations are made upon material of practically the +same kind, varying only in richness; consequently in assaying, it is +possible (and necessary) to work on such a definite plan as will involve +the least amount of labour in weighing and calculating. + +The assayer connected with mining has generally two classes of material +to deal with: those comparatively rich and those comparatively poor. For +example, silver in bullion and in ores; copper precipitates or regulus, +and copper ores and slags; and "black tin" and tin ores. He is only +occasionally called on to assay the intermediate products. It is +indispensable that he should have an approximate knowledge of the +substance to be determined. With new ores this information is best got +by a qualitative testing. Knowing that only certain bodies are present, +it is evident that the number of separations can be reduced, and that +simple methods can be devised for arriving at the results sought for. +The best method is that which involves the least number of separations. +The reactions must be sharp and complete, and yet not be liable to error +under varying conditions. + +To bring the richer and poorer materials under the same conditions for +the assay, a small weight, say 1 gram of the richer, and a larger weight +(5 or 10 grams) of the poorer, substance is weighed up. A method is then +adopted which will concentrate the whole of the metal (either during or +after solution) in a product which need not necessarily be pure. The +work on this product is comparatively easy. In separating small +quantities of a substance from a large bulk of impurities, the group +separations must not as a rule be too much relied on. Very large +precipitates carry down small quantities of bodies not belonging to the +group, more especially when there is a tendency to form weak double +compounds. The re-dissolving and re-precipitating of bulky precipitates +should be avoided. + +When a large number of assays of the same kind have to be carried out, a +plan something like the following is adopted:--The samples, after having +been dried, are placed in order on a table at the left hand of the +assayer. He takes the first, marks it with a number, samples and weighs +up the quantity required, and transfers it to a flask, which is +similarly marked. As the weighings are finished, the samples are placed +in the same order on his right hand. The assistant takes the flasks in +batches of four or five at a time to the fume cupboard, where he adds a +measured quantity of acid. When solution has been effected, dilution +with a measured volume is generally necessary. The assayer sees to this +and (whilst the funnels and filters are being prepared) makes any +separation that is necessary. The filters are arranged in order on a +rack (fig. 11), and need not be marked unless the precipitates or +residues have subsequently to be dried. The filters are washed with hot +water, and if the filtrates are wanted flasks are placed beneath, if +not, the solution is drained off down the sink. Precipitation or +reduction (or whatever it may be) is now made; the assistant filters the +prepared samples, one at a time, whilst the assayer is engaged with the +others. The same style of work is continued until the assays are +completed. If one should be spoiled, it is better to allow it to stand +over for assaying along with the next batch. If one filters slowly or is +in any way less forward than the rest, it may lessen the accuracy of the +other assays, owing to oxidation, &c., it should, therefore, be put on +one side. The assays are dealt with in batches of ten or twenty, so that +a large quantity of work can be quickly finished. + +[Illustration: FIG. 11.] + +When the assays are finished, it is the duty of the assistant to clean +the apparatus (with reagents, if necessary), and to put the vessels in +the place set apart for them. Flasks are best kept inverted on a rack, +so that they may be dry and clean by the next morning. Berlin crucibles +must be cleaned and ignited. + +The amount of apparatus employed should be as little as is feasible. The +assay should be carried out as much as possible in the same flask. The +bench must be clean, and altogether free from apparatus not in actual +use. Crucibles and dishes in which weighings are made should be marked +with numbers or letters; and their weights recorded, together with the +date of weighing, in a small ledger, which is kept in the drawer of the +balance. By this means a record of the "wear" of each piece of apparatus +is obtained, and, what is more important, much weighing is saved, and +increased confidence is gained. The weight of each piece of apparatus +need not be taken daily. It will be seen from the record in the book and +a knowledge of the use it has been put to how often a checking of the +weight is necessary. The entries are made in black lead as follows:-- + + Dish, A. Feb. 3 9.4210 grams. + 5 9.4225 + 6 9.4230 + 7 9.4200 + +Platinum vessels and apparatus lose, and porcelain ones slightly gain, +weight with continued use. + +The special details of the work is given under each assay; certain +general instructions will be given here. + +~Solution.~--It is not always necessary to get the whole of the mineral +in solution, provided the body sought for is either completely dissolved +or altogether left in the residue. It is often only by a qualitative +examination of the solution (or residue, as the case may be) that the +assayer can satisfy himself that it is free from the substance sought. +But previous experience with the same kind of ore will show to what +extent this testing is necessary. + +Solution is generally best effected in flasks; but where the resulting +liquid has afterwards to be evaporated to dryness and ignited, +evaporating dishes (fig. 12) are used. With them clock glasses are used +as covers during solution to avoid loss through effervescence. +Evaporating dishes are also best when an insoluble residue has to be +collected, since it is difficult to wash out most residues from a flask. +Bumping occurs less frequently in dishes than in flasks. + +[Illustration: FIG. 12.] + +After the addition of the acid, and mixing by agitation, the vessel +containing the substance is heated. This is best done on the "hot +plate" (fig. 13). This consists of a slab of cast iron about half or +three-quarters of an inch thick, supported on loose fire bricks, and +heated by two or three ring burners (figs. 14 and 15). The burners are +connected to the gas supply by means of _lead_ tubing, to which they are +soldered. Flasks and dishes after being put on the plate are not further +handled until solution is complete or the evaporation is carried to +dryness. The hot plate is contained in a cupboard so as to be out of the +reach of cold draughts. + +[Illustration: FIG. 13.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 14.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 15.] + +The action of the acids and other solvents is described in the chapter +on Reagents. + +~Precipitation.~--In precipitating add sufficient of the reagent to +complete the reaction. The student must be on his guard against adding a +very large excess, which is the commoner error. In some reactions the +finishing point is obvious enough; either no more precipitate is formed, +or a precipitate is completely dissolved, or some well-marked colour or +odour is developed or removed. + +In those cases in which there is no such indication, theoretical +considerations should keep the use of reagents within reasonable limits. +The solutions of the reagents (_see_ REAGENTS) are generally of five or +ten per cent. strength. A small excess over that demanded by theory +should be sufficient. + +[Illustration: FIG. 16.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 17.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 18.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 19.] + +~Filtration.~--Solutions are best filtered hot whenever the assay allows +of this being so done. The precipitate should be allowed to settle, and +the clear liquid decanted on the filter with the aid of a glass rod if +necessary. The filter-paper must not be too large, but at the same time +it must not be overloaded with the precipitate. There should be ample +room for washing. For general use three sizes of filter-paper are +sufficient. Common quick filtering-paper (English) is best for most work +in assaying. The specially prepared paper (Swedish or Rhenish) is used +for collecting those precipitates which have to be weighed. The papers +are folded as shown in fig. 16, and should not project above the funnel. +The filter-paper works better if damped with hot water. In special cases +filtering is hastened by means of an air-pump. The apparatus used +consists of a water-jet (fig. 17), which is connected with the tap, as +also with a bottle fitted as shown in fig. 18. The pump draws the air +out from the bottle, and atmospheric pressure forces the liquid through +the filter-paper. The bottom of the funnel is provided with a platinum +cone, which supports the filter-paper, and prevents its breaking. The +pump is only used in exceptional cases; nearly all the filtrations +required by the assayer can be made without it. The usual methods of +supporting the funnel during filtration are shown in fig. 19. Where the +filtrate is not wanted, pickle bottles make convenient supports. After +the precipitate has been thrown on the filter, it is washed. In washing, +several washings with a small quantity of water are more effective than +a few with a larger quantity of that fluid. The upper edge of the +filter-paper is specially liable to escape complete washing. Excessive +washing must be avoided; the point at which the washing is complete is +found by collecting a little of the filtrate and testing it. The +precipitate is removed from the filter-paper for further treatment by +opening out the paper and by washing the precipitate with a jet of water +from a wash-bottle into a beaker, or back through the funnel into the +flask. In some cases, when the precipitate has to be dissolved in +anything in which it is readily soluble, solution is effected in the +filter itself allowing the liquid to run through as it is formed. + +~Drying and Igniting.~--Precipitates, as a rule, require drying before +being ignited. With small precipitates the filter-paper may be opened +out, and placed on a warm asbestos slab till dry; or the funnel and the +filter with the precipitate is placed in a warm place, and supported by +any convenient means. The heat must never be sufficient to char the +paper. Some precipitates must be dried at a temperature not higher than +100° C. These are placed in the water-oven (fig. 20), and, when +apparently dry, they are taken from the funnel, placed between glasses, +and then left in the oven till they cease to lose weight. Such +precipitates are collected on tared filters. Those precipitates which +will stand a higher temperature are dried in the hot-air oven at a +temperature of from 120° to 150°. The drying is continued until they +appear to be free from moisture, and until the precipitate ceases to +adhere to the filter. In drying sulphides the heat must not be raised to +the melting point of sulphur, since, if there is any free sulphur +present, it fuses and filters through. + +[Illustration: FIG. 20.] + +The precipitate, having been dried, is transferred to a watch-glass. The +filter-paper is opened out over a sheet of note-paper, and, with a +camel-hair brush, the precipitate is gently brought into the glass. Most +precipitates come away easily, and the transfer can be made without +apparent loss. The watch-glass is covered by the funnel, and the +filter-paper (folded into a quadrant) held by the tweezers and set fire +to with the flame of a Bunsen burner. It is allowed to burn over the +crucible, into which the black bulky ash is allowed to drop, and two or +three drops of nitric acid are then added. The crucible is placed on a +pipe-stem triangle (fig. 21), supported on a tripod. It is at first +heated gently with a Bunsen burner, and afterwards more strongly, until +the residue is free from carbon. It is cooled, and treated with any acid +necessary to convert the small amount of precipitate into the state in +which it is to be weighed; heated again, and cooled. The main +precipitate is transferred to the crucible, and the heating repeated +very gently at first, but more strongly towards the end of the +operation. It is next placed in the muffle, and, after two or three +minutes at a red heat, it is removed and allowed to cool in the +desiccator before weighing. This is for bodies that will bear a red +heat; for those compounds that require a lower temperature the heating +in the muffle is omitted. The muffle used for this purpose must not be +used at the same time for cupelling; a gas muffle (fig. 22), such as one +of Fletcher's, is best. A desiccator (fig. 23) is an air-tight vessel +which prevents access of moisture, &c., to the substance. Usually the +air in it is kept dry by means of a basin containing sulphuric acid. + +[Illustration: FIG. 21.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 22.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 23.] + +The crucible is removed from the muffle with the tongs and carried to +the desiccator. It is best, in an office, to have a large desiccator +permanently fixed alongside the balance, into which all substances may +be put before being weighed. The substance is removed from the bench or +muffle in the small hand apparatus generally sold, and carried to the +balance room to be transferred to the large desiccator, where it is +allowed to become thoroughly cold before being weighed. Twenty minutes +is generally the time allowed after ignition before it is advisable to +weigh. Bodies allowed to cool in the air after they have been ignited will +absorb moisture, and hot bodies placed in the balance-pan will disturb +the equilibrium and show false results. Compounds that absorb moisture +must be weighed quickly; they should, therefore, be weighed in covered +vessels. Such compounds are detected by their continually-increasing +weight. They should be ignited and weighed again +in a well-covered dish. + +Substances that have been washed with alcohol, ether, or any readily +volatile liquid are dried in the water oven. They quickly dry if there +is no water present, and are generally fit for weighing in less than one +hour. Sometimes drying for a few minutes only will be sufficient. + +The weight of the crucible and precipitate having been obtained, the +weight of the crucible and ash is deducted; for example-- + + Crucible and precipitate 10.183 grams. + Crucible and ash 9.527 " + ------ + 0.656 " + +The weight of the ash is best added to that of the crucible. The amount +of ash in filter-papers must not be neglected, although papers are now +made almost free from ash, and the amount to be deducted is found by +taking eight or ten papers and burning them until they become white, and +then weighing the ash. The amount varies from 0.004 to 0.0005 gram for +different papers. Having determined the ash, place in the balance-drawer +three of the filter-papers pinned together, with the weights marked on +them in the way shown in fig. 24, so as to be readily seen when there is +occasion to refer to them. + +[Illustration: FIG. 24.] + +It must be remembered that the determination of small quantities of +substances generally involves the use of reagents which are often +contaminated, as an impurity, with the body sought for. Thus, in +assaying silver, the oxide of lead or metallic lead used is rarely free +from silver; and in the case of arsenic, the acids, zinc or ferric +chloride are sure to contain arsenic. The same observation applies to +the precipitation of lead by zinc, &c. The errors caused by these +impurities are more marked in the determination of material having small +quantities of metal than in that of ores which contain larger +quantities. Errors of this kind are counteracted or neutralised by +"blank" or "blind" determinations. These consist in carrying out by the +side of and during the assay a duplicate experiment with the reagents +only, which are thereby subjected to the same processes of solution, +evaporation, filtration, &c. The final result thus obtained is deducted +from that given by the assay, the difference gives the corrected result. +In some cases, where it is desired or necessary to have a tangible +residue or precipitate, some _pure_ inert material is added. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +VOLUMETRIC ASSAYS. + + +These have been already described as those in which the results are got +by measuring, either--(1) the volume of a reagent required to complete +some reaction, or (2) the volume of the resulting product. For example, +if a permanganate of potash solution be added to a solution containing a +weighed amount of iron, dissolved in sulphuric acid, the strong colour +of the permanganate of potash will be removed until a certain quantity +of it has been added. Repeating the experiment, it will be found that +the same amount of iron decolorises the same volume of the permanganate +solution within certain narrow limits of variation, known as "error of +experiment." This error is due to variation in the method of working and +to slight differences in the weighings and measurings; it is present in +all experimental methods, although the limits of variation are wider in +some than in others. Apart from this error of experiment, however, it is +certain that a given volume of the permanganate of potash solution +corresponds to a definite weight of iron, so that if either is known the +other may be calculated. Similarly, if a known weight of zinc (or of +carbonate of lime) be dissolved in hydrochloric acid, a gas will be +given off which can be measured, and so long as the conditions of the +experiment do not vary, the same weight of zinc (or of carbonate of +lime) gives off the same volume of gas. The weight of the one can be +determined from the volume of the other. + +Or, again, the quantity of some substances may be measured by the colour +of their solutions, on the principle that, other things being equal, the +colour of a solution depends upon the quantity of colouring matter +present. So that if two solutions of the same substance are equally +coloured they are of equal strength. In this way an unknown may be +compared with a known strength, and a fairly accurate determination may +be made. These three illustrations serve as types of the three chief +classes of volumetric assays--titrometric, gasometric, and colorimetric. + +~Titrometric Assays.~--Within the limits of the error of experiment, a +definite volume of a solution or gas represents a certain weight of +metal or other substance, hence the exact weight may be determined by +experiment. The error of experiment may be reduced to insignificant +dimensions by repeating the experiment, and taking the mean of three or +four determinations. This will at the same time show the amount of +variation. Thus, if 0.5 gram of iron were dissolved and found to require +50.3 cubic centimetres of the solution of permanganate of potash, and if +on repeating, 50.4, 50.2, and 50.3 c.c. were required, the experimenter +would be justified in saying that 50.3 c.c. of the permanganate solution +represent 0.5 gram of iron, and that his results were good within 0.2 +c.c. of the permanganate solution. So that if in an unknown solution of +iron, 50.5 c.c. of the permanganate solution were used up, he could +state with confidence that it contained a little more than 0.5 gram of +iron. With a larger experience the confidence would increase, and with +practice the experimental error will diminish. + +But supposing that the unknown solution required, say, 100.5 instead of +50.5 c.c., he would not be justified in saying that, since 50.3 c.c. are +equivalent to 0.5 gram, 100.6 c.c. are equivalent to twice that amount; +and that, consequently, the unknown solution contained a little less +than 1 gram of iron; or, at least, he could not say it except he (or +some one else) had determined it by experiment. But if on dissolving 1 +gram of iron, he found it to require 100.6 c.c. of the solution, and in +another experiment with 0.8 gram of iron that 80.5 c.c. of the solution +were required, he would be justified in stating that _the volume of +solution required is proportional to the quantity of metal present_. +There are a large number of volumetric assays of which this is true, but +that it is true in any particular case can only be proved by experiment. +Even where true it is well not to rest too much weight upon it, and in +all cases the quantity of metal taken, to determine the strength of the +solution used, should not differ widely from that present in the assay. +There are certain terms which should be explained here. When the +solution of a reagent is applied under such conditions that the volume +added can be correctly determined, the operation is called "titrating," +the solution of the reagent used the "standard solution," and the +process of determining the strength of the standard solution is +"standardising." The "standard" is the quantity of metal equivalent to +100 c.c. of the standard solution. + +~Standard Solutions.~--In making these the salt is accurately weighed +and transferred to a litre flask, or to the graduated cylinder, and +dissolved. The method of dissolving it varies in special cases, and +instructions for these will be found under the respective assays. +Generally it is dissolved in a small quantity of liquid, and then +diluted to the mark. For those substances that require the aid of heat, +the solution is made in a pint flask, cooled, and transferred; after +which the flask is well washed out. After dilution, the liquids in the +measuring vessel must be thoroughly mixed by shaking. This is more +easily and better done in the cylinder than in the litre flask. The +solution is next transferred to a dry "Winchester" bottle and labelled. +The label may be rendered permanent by waxing it. + +Standard solutions should not be kept in a place exposed to direct +sunlight. Oxidising and reducing solutions, such as those of +permanganate of potash, ferrous sulphate, iodine, hyposulphite of soda, +&c., gradually weaken in strength; the solutions of other salts are more +stable; while those of potassium bichromate and baric chloride are +almost permanent. Solutions of potassium permanganate may be kept for a +month or so without much change. The solutions of hyposulphite of soda +and of iodine should be examined weekly. Ferrous sulphate solutions, if +acidulated with sulphuric acid, may be depended on for two or three +weeks without fresh standardising. Before filling the burette, the +"Winchester" bottle should be well shaken and a portion of about 50 or +100 c.c. poured into a dry beaker or test-glass. Besides the standard +solutions, which are required for titrating an assay, permanent +solutions of the metal or acid of equivalent strength are very useful. +When the finishing point of a titration has been overstepped (_i.e._, +the assay has been "overdone"), a measured volume, say 5 or 10 c.c., of +a solution containing the same metal may be added. The titration can +then be continued, but more cautiously, and the value in "c.c." for the +quantity added be deducted from the final reading. + +~Standardising.~--Suppose the object is to standardise a solution of +permanganate similar to that referred to above. A convenient quantity of +iron (say 0.5 gram) would be weighed out, dissolved in dilute sulphuric +acid, and the solution titrated. Suppose 49.6 c.c. of the permanganate +solution are required, then + + 49.6 : 0.5 :: 100 : _x_ + _x_ = 1.008 gram. + +This result, 1.008 gram, is the "_standard_." When a gas is measured, +the standard may be calculated in the same way. For example: with 0.224 +gram of zinc, 75.8 c.c. of gas were obtained. Then the quantity of zinc +equivalent to 100 c.c. of the gas is got by the proportion. + + 75.8 : 0.224 :: 100 : _x_ + _x_ = 0.2955 gram. + +Using the term "standard" in this sense, the following rules hold +good:-- + +To find the weight of metal in a given substance:--_Multiply the +standard by the number of c.c. used and divide by 100._ For example: a +piece of zinc was dissolved and the gas evolved measured 73.9 c.c. Then +by the rule, 0.2955×73.9/100 should give the weight of the piece of +zinc. This gives 0.2184 gram. + +To find the percentage of metal in a given substance:--_Multiply the +standard by the number of c.c. used and divide by the weight of +substance taken._ For example: if 2 grams of a mineral were taken, and +if on titrating with the permanganate solution (standard 1.008) 60.4 +c.c. were required, then (1.008×60.4)/2 = 30.44. This is the +percentage. + +If the standard is exactly 1 gram, and 1 gram of ore is always taken, +these calculations become very simple. The "c.c." used give at once the +percentage, or divided by 100 give the weight of metal. + +If it is desired to have a solution with a standard exactly 1.0 gram, it +is best first to make one rather stronger than this, and then to +standardise carefully. Divide 1000 by the standard thus obtained and the +result will be the number of c.c. which must be taken and be diluted +with water to 1 litre. For example: suppose the standard is 1.008, then +1000/1.008 gives 992, and if 992 c.c. be taken and diluted with water to +1000 c.c. a solution of the desired strength will be obtained. The +standard of this should be confirmed. A simpler calculation for the same +purpose is to multiply the standard by 1000; this will give the number +of c.c. to which 1 litre of the solution should be diluted. In the above +example a litre should be diluted to 1008 c.c. + +It has been assumed in these rules that the titration has yielded +proportional results; but these are not always obtained. There can be no +doubt that in any actual re-action the proportion between any two +re-agents is a fixed one, and that if we double one of these then +exactly twice as much of the other will enter into the re-action; but in +the working it may very well be that no re-action at all will take place +until after a certain excess of one or of both of the re-agents is +present. In titrating lead with a chromate of potash solution, for +example, it is possible that at the end of the titration a small +quantity of the lead may remain unacted on; and it is certain that a +small excess of the chromate is present in the solution. So, too, in +precipitating a solution of silver with a standard solution of common +salt, a point is reached at which a small quantity of each remains in +solution; a further addition either of silver or of salt will cause a +precipitate, and a similar phenomenon has been observed in precipitating +a hydrochloric acid solution of a sulphate with baric chloride. The +excess of one or other of the re-agents may be large or small; or, in +some cases, they may neutralise each other. Considerations like these +emphasise the necessity for uniformity in the mode of working. Whether a +process yields proportional results, or not, will be seen from a series +of standardisings. Having obtained these, the results should be arranged +as in the table, placing the quantities of metal used in the order of +weight in the first column, the volumes measured in the second, and the +standards calculated in the third. If the results are proportional, +these standards will vary more or less, according to the delicacy of the +process, but there will be no apparent order in the variation. The +average of the standards should then be taken. + + +-------------+---------------+----------+ + | Weight. | Volume found. | Standard | + +-------------+---------------+----------+ + | 0.2160 gram | 72.9 c.c. | 0.2963 | + | 0.2185 " | 73.9 " | 0.2957 | + | 0.2365 " | 79.9 " | 0.2959 | + | 0.2440 " | 82.3 " | 0.2964 | + | 0.2555 " | 85.9 " | 0.2974 | + +-------------+---------------+----------+ + +Any inclination that may be felt for obtaining an appearance of greater +accuracy by ignoring the last result must be resisted. For, although it +would make no practical difference whether the mean standard is taken as +0.2961 or 0.2963, it is well not to ignore the possibility that an error +of 0.4 c.c. may arise. A result should only be ignored when the cause of +its variation is known. + +In this series the results are proportional, but the range of weights +(0.216-0.2555 gram) is small. All processes yield fairly proportional +results if the quantities vary within narrow limits. + +As to results which are not proportional, it is best to take some +imaginary examples, and then to apply the lesson to an actual one. A +series of titrations of a copper solution by means of a solution of +potassic cyanide gave the following results:-- + + +---------------+---------------+-----------+ + | Copper taken. | Cyanide used. | Standard. | + +---------------+---------------+-----------+ + | 0.1 gram | 11.9 c.c. | 0.8403 | + | 0.2 " | 23.7 " | 0.8438 | + | 0.3 " | 35.6 " | 0.8426 | + | 0.4 " | 47.6 " | 0.8403 | + +---------------+---------------+-----------+ + +These are proportional, but by using a larger quantity of acid and +ammonia in the work preliminary to titration, we might have had to use +1 c.c. of cyanide solution more in each case before the finishing point +was reached. The results would then have been: + + +---------------+---------------+-----------+ + | Copper taken. | Cyanide used. | Standard. | + +---------------+---------------+-----------| + | 0.1 gram | 12.9 c.c. | 0.7752 | + | 0.2 " | 24.7 " | 0.8097 | + | 0.3 " | 36.6 " | 0.8191 | + | 0.4 " | 48.6 " | 0.8230 | + +---------------+---------------+-----------+ + +It will be noted that the value of the standard increases with the +weight of metal used; and calculations from the mean standard will be +incorrect. + +By subtracting the lowest standardising from the highest, a third result +is got free from any error common to the other two; thus:-- + + 0.4 gram = 48.6 c.c. "cyanide." + 0.1 " = 12.9 " " + --- ---- + 0.3 " = 35.7 " " + +And the standard calculated from this corrected result is 0.8404. +Further, if 0.3 gram requires 35.7 c.c., then 0.1 gram should require +11.9 c.c., or 1.0 c.c. less than that actually found. + +We may therefore use the following rules for working processes which do +not yield proportional results. Make a series of two or three +titrations, using very different quantities of metal in each. Subtract +the lowest of these from the highest, and calculate the standard with +the remainder. Calculate the volume required by this standard in any +case, and find the excess or deficit, as the case may be. If an excess, +subtract it from the result of each titration; if a deficit, add it; and +use the standard in the usual way. The following table shows an actual +example:-- + + +--------------+---------------+-----------+ + | Chalk taken. | Gas obtained. | Standard. | + +--------------+---------------+-----------+ + | 0.0873 gram | 17.8 c.c. | 0.4904 | + | 0.1305 " | 27.3 " | 0.4780 | + | 0.1690 " | 35.8 " | 0.4721 | + | 0.1905 " | 40.4 " | 0.4715 | + | 0.2460 " | 52.5 " | 0.4686 | + | 0.3000 " | 64.0 " | 0.4687 | + +--------------+---------------+-----------+ + +It will be seen that the standard decreases as the quantity of chalk +increases; this points to a deficiency in the quantity of gas evolved. + +Then + + 0.3000 = 64.0 c.c. + 0.0873 = 17.8 " + ------ = ---- + 0.2127 = 46.2 " + +and 0.2127×100/46.2 = 0.4604. Then, multiplying the weight of chalk +taken by 100, and dividing by 0.4604, we get the calculated results of +the following table:-- + + +--------------+------------+-----------------+-------------+ + | Chalk taken. | Gas found. | Gas calculated. | Difference. | + +--------------+------------+-----------------+-------------+ + | 0.0873 gram | 17.8 c.c. | 18.9 c.c. | -1.1 c.c. | + | 0.1305 " | 27.3 " | 28.3 " | -1.0 " | + | 0.1690 " | 35.8 " | 36.7 " | -0.9 " | + | 0.1905 " | 40.4 " | 41.4 " | -1.0 " | + | 0.2460 " | 52.5 " | 53.4 " | -0.9 " | + | 0.3000 " | 64.0 " | 65.1 " | -1.1 " | + +--------------+------------+-----------------+-------------+ + +By adding 1 c.c. to the quantity of gas obtained, and taking 0.4604 as +the standard, the calculated results will agree with those found with a +variation of 0.1 c.c. When a large number of assays of the same kind are +being made, this method of calculation is convenient; when, however, +only one or two determinations are in question, it is easier to make a +couple of standardisings, taking quantities as nearly as possible the +same as those present in the assays. + +Sometimes it is necessary to draw up a table which will show, without +calculation, the weight of substance equivalent to a given volume of gas +or of solution. The substance used for standardising should be, whenever +possible, a pure sample of the substance to be determined--that is, for +copper assays pure copper should be used, for iron assays pure iron, and +so on; but when this cannot be got an impure substance may be used, +provided it contains a known percentage of the metal, and that the +impurities present are not such as will interfere with the accuracy of +the assay. Including compounds with these, the standard may be +calculated by multiplying the standard got in the usual way, by the +percentage of metal in the compound or impure substance, and dividing by +100. If, for example, the standard 1.008 gram was obtained by using a +sample of iron containing 99.7 per cent. of metal, the corrected +standard would be 1.008×99.7/100 = 1.005. + +In volumetric analysis the change brought about must be one in which the +end of the reaction is rendered prominent either by a change of colour +or by the presence or absence of a precipitate. If the end of the +reaction or finishing-point is not of itself visible, then it must be +rendered visible by the use of a third reagent called an indicator. + +For example, the action of sulphuric acid upon soda results in nothing +which makes the action conspicuous; if, however, litmus or +phenolphthalein be added the change from blue to red in the first case, +or from red to colourless in the second, renders the finishing-point +evident. Some indicators cannot be added to the assay solution without +spoiling the result; in which case portions of the assay solution must +be withdrawn from time to time and tested. This withdrawal of portions +of the assay solution, if rashly done, must result in loss; if, however, +the solution is not concentrated, and if the portions are only withdrawn +towards the end of the titration, the loss is very trifling, and will +not show-up on the result. The usual plan adopted is to have a solution +of the indicator placed in drops at fairly equal intervals distributed +over a clean and dry white porcelain-plate: a drop or two of the +solution to be tested is then brought in contact with one of these and +the effect noted. Another plan is to have thin blotting-paper, moistened +with a solution of the indicator and dried; a drop of the solution to be +tested placed on this shows the characteristic change. When the assay +solution contains a suspended solid which interferes with the test, a +prepared paper covered with an ordinary filter-paper answers very well; +a drop of the solution to be tested is placed on the filter-paper, and, +sinking through, shows its effect on the paper below. + +Except when otherwise stated, all titrations should be made at the +ordinary temperature; cooling, if necessary, by holding the flask under +the tap. When a titration is directed to be made in a boiling solution, +it must be remembered that the standard solution is cold, and that every +addition lowers the temperature of the assay. + +On running the solution from the burette into the assay, do not let it +run down the side of the flask. If a portion of the assay has to be +withdrawn for testing, shake the flask to ensure mixing, and then take +out a drop with the test-rod; the neglect of these precautions may give +a finishing-point too early. This is generally indicated by a sudden +finish, in which case on shaking the flask and again testing no reaction +is got. Do not remove the drop on the point of the burette with the +test-rod; let it remain where it is or drop it into the solution by +carefully opening the clip. + +Generally the methods of working are as follows:-- + +(1) _When the finishing-point depends on a change of colour in the +solution._--Increase the bulk of the assay up to from 100 to 150 c.c. +with water. Boil or cool, as the case may be. Run in the standard +solution from a burette speedily, until the re-agent appears to have a +slower action, and shake or stir all the time. Then run 1 c.c. or so at +a time, still stirring, and finally add drops until the colour change is +got. + +(2) _When an outside-indicator is used._--Pour the standard solution +from a burette into the assay until 5 or 6 c.c. from the +finishing-point; then run in 1 c.c. at a time (stirring and testing on +the plate between each) until the indicator shows the change wanted, and +deduct 0.5 c.c. for excess. When greater accuracy is sought for a +duplicate assay is made. In this case the standard solution is run in +close up to the end, and the operation is finished off with a few drops +at a time. + +(3) _Where the finishing-point depends upon the absence of a precipitate +and no outside-indicator is used._--As in the last case, run in the +standard solution up to within a few c.c. of the end, then run in 1 c.c. +at a time until a precipitate is no longer formed, but here 1.5 c.c. +must be deducted for excess, since it is evident that the whole of the +last "c.c." must have been, and a portion of the previous one may have +been, in excess. + +~Indirect Titration.~--The action of permanganate of potash upon a +ferrous solution is one of oxidation, hence it is evident that if any +other oxidising agent is present it will count as permanganate. In such +a case the titration can be used (indirectly) to estimate the quantity +of such oxidising agent, by determining how much less of the +permanganate is used. For example, suppose that 1 gram of iron dissolved +in sulphuric acid requires 100 c.c. of standard permanganate to fully +oxidise it, but that the same amount of iron only requires 35.6 c.c. of +the same standard permanganate if it has been previously heated with 0.5 +gram of black oxide of manganese. Here it is evident that 0.5 gram of +black oxide does the work of 64.4 c.c.[4] of the permanganate solution, +and that these quantities are equivalent; moreover, if 64.4 c.c. +correspond with 0.5 gram, then 100 c.c. correspond with 0.7764 which is +the standard. On theoretical grounds, and by a method of calculation +which will be explained further on (under the heading "Calculations from +Formulę"), it can be found that if the standard for iron is 1 gram, that +for the black oxide will be 0.7764 gram. + +The principles of these indirect titrations become clearer when +expressed in a condensed form. Thus, in the example selected, and using +the formulę Fe = Iron, KMnO_{4} = permanganate of potash, and MnO_{2} = +oxide of manganese, we have:-- + +(1) 1 gram Fe = 100 c.c. KMnO_{4} + +(2) 1 gram Fe = 35.6 c.c. KMnO_{4} + 0.5 gram MnO_{2} + .'. 100 c.c. KMnO_{4} = 35.6 c.c. KMnO_{4} + 0.5 gram MnO_{2} + (100-35.6) c.c. KMnO_{4} = 0.5 gram MnO_{2} + 64.4 c.c. KMnO_{4} = 0.5 gram MnO_{2} + +The iron does not enter into the calculation if the same quantity is +present in the two experiments. + +An indirect titration thus requires three determinations, but if more +than one assay is to be carried on, two of these need not be repeated. +The standard is calculated in the usual way. + +~Colorimetric Assays.~--These are assays in which the colour imparted to +a solution by some compound of the metal to be determined is taken +advantage of; the depth of colour depending on the quantity of metal +present. They are generally used for the determination of such small +quantities as are too minute to be weighed. The method of working is as +follows:--A measured portion of the assay solution (generally 2/3, 1/2, +1/3, or 1/4 of the whole), coloured by the substance to be estimated, is +placed in a white glass cylinder standing on a sheet of white paper or +glazed porcelain. Into an exactly similar cylinder is placed the same +amount of re-agents, &c., as the portion of the assay solution contains, +and then water is added until the solutions are of nearly equal bulk. +Next, a standard solution of the metal being estimated is run in from a +burette, the mixture being stirred after each addition until the colour +approaches that of the assay. The bulk of the two solutions is equalised +by adding water. Then more standard solution is added until the tints +are very nearly alike. Next, the amount added is read off from the +burette, still more is poured in until the colour is slightly darker +than that of the assay, and the burette read off again. The mean of the +readings is taken, and gives the quantity of metal added. It equals the +quantity of metal in the portion of the assay. If this portion was +one-half of the whole, multiply by two; if one-third, multiply by three, +and so on. When the quantity of metal in very dilute solutions is to be +determined, it is sometimes necessary to concentrate the solutions by +boiling them down before applying the re-agent which produces the +coloured compound. Such concentration does not affect the calculations. + +~Gasometric Assays.~--Gasometric methods are not much used by assayers, +and, therefore, those students who wish to study them more fully than +the limits of this work will permit, are recommended to consult Winkler +and Lunge's text-book on the subject. The methods are without doubt +capable of a more extended application. In measuring liquids, ordinary +variations of temperature have but little effect, and variations of +atmospheric pressure have none at all, whereas with gases it is +different. Thus, 100 c.c. of an ordinary aqueous solution would, if +heated from 10° C. to 20° C., expand to about 100.15 c.c. 100 c.c. of a +gas similarly warmed would expand to about 103.5 c.c., and a fall of one +inch in the barometer would have a very similar effect. And in +measuring gases we have not only to take into account variations in +volume due to changes in temperature and atmospheric pressure, but also +that which is observed when a gas is measured wet and dry. Water gives +off vapour at all temperatures, but the amount of vapour is larger as +the temperature increases. + +By ignoring these considerations, errors of 3 or 4 per cent. are easily +made; but, fortunately, the corrections are simple, and it is easy to +construct a piece of apparatus by means of which they may be reduced to +a simple calculation by the rule of three. + +The volume of a gas is, in practice, usually reduced to that which it +would be at a temperature of 0° C., when the column of mercury in the +barometer is 760 mm. high. But, although convenient, this practice is +not always necessary. The only thing required is some way of checking +the variations in volume, and of calculating what the corrected volume +would be under certain fixed conditions. + +Suppose that at the time a series of standardisings is being made, 100 +c.c. of air were confined in a graduated tube over moist mercury. These +100 c.c. would vary in volume from day to day, but it would always be +true of them that they would measure 100 c.c. under the same conditions +as those under which the standardisings were made. If, then, in making +an actual assay, 35.4 c.c. of gas were obtained, and the air in the tube +measured 105 c.c., we should be justified in saying, that if the +conditions had been those of the standardising, the 105 c.c. would have +measured 100 c.c., and the 35.4 c.c. would have been 33.7; for 105: +100:: 35.4: 33.7. The rule for using such a piece of apparatus for +correcting volumes is:--_Multiply the c.c. of gas obtained by 100, and +divide by the number of c.c. of air in the apparatus._ + +If it is desired to calculate the volumes under standard conditions +(that is, the gas dry, at 0° C. and 760 mm. barometric pressure) the +calculations are easily performed, but the temperature and pressure must +be known. + +_Correction for Moisture._--The "vapour tension" of water has been +accurately determined for various temperatures, and it may be looked +upon as counteracting the barometric pressure. For example, at 15° C. +the vapour tension equals 12.7 millimetres of mercury; if the barometer +stood at 750 mm., the correction for moisture would be made by +subtracting 12.7 from 750, and taking 737.3 mm. to be the true +barometric pressure. + +The vapour tensions for temperatures from 0° C. to 20° C. are as +follows:-- + + -------+----------++-------+----------++-------+---------- + Temp. | Tension. || Temp. | Tension. || Temp. | Tension. + -------+----------++-------+----------++-------+---------- + 0° | 4.6 mm. || 7° | 7.5 mm. || 14° | 11.9 mm. + 1° | 4.9 mm. || 8° | 8.0 mm. || 15° | 12.7 mm. + 2° | 5.3 mm. || 9° | 8.6 mm. || 16° | 13.5 mm. + 3° | 5.7 mm. || 10° | 9.2 mm. || 17° | 14.4 mm. + 4° | 6.1 mm. || 11° | 9.8 mm. || 18° | 15.3 mm. + 5° | 6.5 mm. || 12° | 10.5 mm. || 19° | 16.3 mm. + 6° | 7.0 mm. || 13° | 11.2 mm. || 20° | 17.4 mm. + -------+----------++-------+----------++-------+----------- + +The _correction for pressure_ is:--Multiply the volume by the actual +pressure and divide by 760. + +The _correction for temperature_:--Multiply the volume by 273 and divide +by the temperature (in degrees Centigrade) added to 273. + +For all three corrections the following rules hold good. _To reduce to +0° C. and 760 mm. dry._ + + Volume × 0.3592 × (Pressure-tension) + Corrected volume = -------------------------------------- + Temperature + 273 + +To find the volume, which a given volume under standard conditions would +assume, if those conditions are altered. + + Volume × 2.784 × (Temperature + 273) + Resulting volume = ------------------------------------ + Pressure - tension + +As an example, we will suppose that it is desired to enclose in the +apparatus referred to on p. 45, a volume of air, which, when dry (at 0° +C. and 760 mm.), shall measure 100 c.c., whilst the actual temperature +is 15° C., and the pressure 750 mm. + +The second formula is the one to be used, and we get 108.7 c.c. + + 100 c.c.×2.784×288 + Required volume = ---------------------- + 750-12.7 + + 80179.2 + = ------- + 737.3 + + = 108.7 c.c. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[4] 100-35.6 = 64.4. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +WEIGHING AND MEASURING. + + +~Weighing.~--The system of weights and measures which we have adopted is +the French or metric system; in this the gram (15.43 grains) is the unit +of weight; the only other weight frequently referred to is the +milligram, which is 0.001, or 1/1000 gram. The unit of volume is the +cubic centimetre, which is approximately the volume of 1 gram of water, +and which thus bears to the gram the same relation as grain-measures +bear to grains. It is usual to write and even pronounce cubic centimetre +shortly as c.c., and the only other denomination of volume we shall have +occasion to use is the "litre," which measures 1000 c.c., and is roughly +1-3/4 pints. + +The weights used are kept in boxes in a definite order, so that the +weights on the balance can be counted as well by noting those which are +absent from the box as by counting those present on the scale-pan. The +weights run 50, 20, 10, 10, 5, 2, 1, 1 and 1 grams, and are formed of +brass. The fractions of the gram are generally made of platinum or of +aluminium, and are arranged in the following order:--0.5, 0.2, 0.1, 0.1, +and 0.05, 0.02, 0.01, 0.01. These may be marked in this way, or they may +be marked 500, 200, 100, 100, 50, 20, 10, 10; the 500 meaning 500 +milligrams. + +Some makers send out weights in the series 50, 20, 20, 10, &c. + +Weights of less than 0.01 gram are generally present in a box, but it is +much more convenient to work with a rider. This is a piece of wire which +in the pan weighs 0.01 gram; it is made in such a form that it will ride +on the beam, and its effective weight decreases as it approaches the +centre. If the arm of the beam is divided into tenths, then each tenth +counting from the centre outward equals 0.001 gram or 1 milligram, and +if these tenths be further subdivided the fractions of a milligram are +obtained; and these give figures in the fourth place of decimals. A +fairly good balance should be sensitive to 0.0001 gram. The weights must +never be touched with the fingers, and the forceps for moving them is +used for no other purpose. When not in actual use the box is kept +closed. The weights must not be allowed to remain on the pan of the +balance. The balance-case must not be open without some reason. It must +be fixed level, and, once fixed, must not be needlessly moved. The bench +on which it stands should be used for no other purpose, and no one +should be allowed to lean upon it. + +[Illustration: FIG. 25.] + +When using a balance sit directly in front of it. Ordinarily the +substance to be weighed is best put on the pan to the user's left; the +weights and the rider are then easily manipulated. Powders, &c., should +not be weighed directly on the balance; a counterpoised watch-glass or +metal scoop (fig. 25) should be used. In some cases it is advisable to +use a weighing-bottle. This is a light, well-stoppered bottle (fig. 3) +containing the powdered ore. It is first filled and weighed; then some +of the substance is carefully poured from it into a beaker or other +vessel, and it is weighed again; the difference in the two weighings +gives the weight of substance taken. A substance must always be cold +when weighed, and large glass vessels should be allowed to stand in the +balance-box a little while before being weighed. Always have the balance +at rest when putting on or taking off anything from the pans. Put the +weights on systematically. In using the rider (except you have a reason +to the contrary), put it on at the 5; if this is too much, then try it +at the 3; if then the weights are too little, try at the 4, if still not +enough, the correct weight must be between the 4 and 5; try half-way +between. + +It is best to work with the balance vibrating; equilibrium is +established when the vibration to the left is the mean of the preceding +and succeeding vibrations to the right. For example, if it vibrates 6 +divisions to the right on one swing, and 5 divisions on the next, the +intermediate vibration to the left should have been 5-1/2. + +Note whether the substance increases in weight whilst on the balance. If +it does it may be because it was put on warm, and is cooling, or it may +be because it is taking up moisture from the air. Substances which take +up moisture rapidly should be weighed in clipped watch-glasses or in +light-weighing bottles or tubes. + +Students, in recording the weights, should first read off those missing +from the box, writing down each order of figures as determined; first +tens, then units, and so on. Remember that the first four platinum +weights give the figures of the first place of decimals, the second four +give the second place, and that the third and fourth places are given by +the rider. Having taken down the figures, confirm them by reading off +the weights as you put them back into the box. Do not rest a weight on +the palm of your hand for convenience in reading the mark upon it. +Remember one weight lost from a box spoils the set. Do not take it for +granted that the balance is in equilibrium before you start weighing: +try it. + +[Illustration: FIG. 26.] + +~Measuring Liquids.~--For coarse work, such as measuring acids for +dissolving ores, graduated glasses similar to those used by druggists +may be used. It is well to have two sizes--a smaller graduated into +divisions of 5 c.c. (fig. 26), and a larger with divisions equal to 10 +c.c. No measurement of importance should be made in a vessel of this +kind, as a slight variation in level causes a serious error. + +~Graduated flasks~ must be used when anything has to be made up to a +definite bulk, or when a fixed volume has to be collected. If, for +example, a certain weight of substance has to be dissolved and diluted +to a litre, or if the first 50 c.c. of a distillate has to be collected, +a flask should be used. Each flask is graduated for one particular +quantity; the most useful sizes are 1000 c.c., 500 c.c., 200 c.c., 100 +c.c., and 50 c.c. The mark should be in the narrowest part of the neck, +and should be tangential to the curved surface of the liquid when the +flask _contains_ the exact volume specified. The level of a curved +surface of liquid is at first somewhat difficult to read: the beginner +is in doubt whether the surface should be taken at A, B, or C (fig. 27). +It is best to take the lowest reading C. In some lights it is difficult +to find this; in such cases a piece of white paper or card held behind +and a little below, so as to throw light up and against the curved +surface, will render it clear. In reading, one should look neither up at +nor down upon the surface, but the eye should be on the same level with +it. It must be kept in mind that flasks _contain_ the quantity +specified, but deliver less than this by the amount remaining in them +and damping the sides. If it is desired to transfer the contents say of +a 100 c.c. flask to a beaker, it will be necessary to complete the +transfer by rinsing out the flask and adding the washings; otherwise +there will be a sensible loss. Graduated cylinders (fig. 28) are +convenient for preparing standard solutions. + +[Illustration: FIG. 27.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 28.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 29.] + +~Pipettes~ and burettes are graduated to _deliver_ the quantities +specified. The principle of the pipette, and the advantages and +disadvantages of its various forms, may be understood by considering the +first form shown in fig. 29. It is essentially a bulbed tube drawn out +to a jet at its lower end, and having on each side of the bulb a mark so +placed that when the surface of the liquid falls from the upper to the +lower mark the instrument shall deliver exactly 100 c.c. The bore of the +jet should be of such a size as will allow the level of the liquid to +fall at the rate of about one foot in two minutes. If it runs more +quickly than this, an appreciable error arises from the varying amount +of liquid remaining, and damping the sides of the bulb. The flow of +liquid from a pipette must not be hastened by blowing into it. The lower +tube or nose of the pipette should be long enough to reach into the +bottle or flask containing the liquid about to be measured. The pipette +is filled by sucking at the open end with the mouth; this method of +filling renders the use of the instrument dangerous for such liquids as +strong acids, ammonia, and such poisonous solutions as that of potassic +cyanide. One attempt with a fairly strong solution of ammonia will teach +the beginner a very useful lesson. As soon as the liquid rises above the +upper mark in the pipette, the mouth is withdrawn, and the pipette +quickly closed by pressing the upper aperture with the index finger of +the right hand; it is well to have the finger slightly moist, but not +damp. The neck of the pipette should be long enough to allow its being +firmly grasped by the fingers and thumb of the right hand without +inconvenience. The pipette is first held in a vertical position long +enough to allow any moisture outside the tube to run down, and then the +liquid is allowed to run out to the level of the upper mark; this is +easily effected by lessening the pressure. If the finger is wet, the +flow will be jerky, and good work impossible. The pipette is next held +over the vessel into which the 100 c.c. are to be put, and the liquid +allowed to run out. When the bulb is nearly empty, the flow should be +checked by replacing the finger, and the liquid allowed to escape slowly +until the lower mark is reached. The pipette is then withdrawn; it is in +the withdrawing that the disadvantage of this particular form[5] makes +itself felt. It must be withdrawn very steadily, as the slightest shock +causes the remaining column of liquid to vibrate, whereby air is drawn +in and the liquid is forced out. + +This disadvantage is got rid of by making the mouth of the jet the lower +limit, or, in other words, allowing the instrument to empty itself. +There are two forms of such pipettes; in the one generally recommended +in Gay-Lussac's silver assay (the last shown in fig. 29) the nose is +replaced by a jet. This is most conveniently filled by stopping the jet +with the finger, and allowing the liquid to flow in a fine stream into +the neck until the pipette is filled, and then working as just +described. The other form is the one in general use; in fact, a long +nose to a pipette is so convenient that it may almost be said to be +necessary. But the accuracy is slightly diminished; a long narrow tube +makes a poor measuring instrument because of the amount of liquid it +finally retains. A defect possessed by both forms is the retention of a +drop of varying size in the nozzle. Whatever method is adopted for +removing this drop must be always adhered to. The most convenient form +is the one last described, and the most useful sizes are 100 c.c., 50 +c.c., 20 c.c., 10 c.c., and 5 c.c. Ten c.c. pipettes graduated into +tenths of a cubic centimetre are very useful: those are best in which +the graduation stops short of the bottom. + +All measurements should be made at the ordinary temperature; and, before +being used, the pipette should be rinsed out with a cubic centimetre or +so of the solution to be measured. After using, it should be washed out +with water. + +~Burettes~ differ mainly from pipettes in having the flow of liquid +controlled from below instead of from above. The best form is that known +as Mohr's, one kind of which is provided with a glass stopcock, while +the other has a piece of india-rubber tube compressed by a clip. The +latter cannot be used for solutions of permanganate of potash or of +iodine, or of any substance which acts on india-rubber; but in other +respects there is little to choose between the two kinds. A burette +delivering 100 c.c., and graduated into fifths (_i.e._, each division = +0.2 c.c.), is a very convenient size. For some kinds of work, 50 c.c. +divided into tenths (_i.e._, each division = 0.1 c.c.) may be selected. + +Burettes may be fixed in any convenient stand; they must be vertical and +should be so placed that the assayer can read any part of the graduated +scale without straining. When not in use, they should be kept full of +water. When using a burette, the water must be run out; the burette is +next rinsed with some of the solution to be used, and drained; and then +it is filled with the solution. Next squeeze the india-rubber tube so as +to disentangle air-bubbles and, by smartly opening the clip, allow the +tube and jet to be filled; see that no bubbles of air are left. Then +run out cautiously until the level of the liquid in the burette stands +at zero. In reading the level with very dark-coloured liquids it is +convenient to read from the level A (fig. 27), and, provided it is done +in each reading, there is no objection to this. The accuracy of the +reading of a burette is sensibly increased by the use of an Erdmann +float. This is an elongated bulb, weighted with mercury, and fitting +(somewhat loosely) the tube of the burette. It floats in the solution, +and is marked with a horizontal line; this line is taken as the level of +the liquid. If the burette is filled from the top, the float rises with +aggravating slowness, and this is its chief disadvantage. The float must +come to rest before any reading is made. + +[Illustration: FIG. 30.] + +A convenient plan for filling a burette from below is shown in fig. 30. +The diagram explains itself. The bottle containing the standard solution +is connected with the burette by a syphon arrangement through the glass +tube and T-piece. The flow of liquid into the burette is controlled by +the clip. When this clip is opened, the burette fills; and when it is +closed, the burette is ready for use in the ordinary way. + +~Measuring Gases.~--Lange's nitrometer (fig. 69) is a very convenient +instrument for many gasometric methods. It requires the use of a fair +quantity of mercury. In fig. 31, there is a representation of a piece of +apparatus easily fitted up from the ordinary material of a laboratory. +It is one which will serve some useful purposes. It consists of a +wide-mouthed bottle fitted (by preference) with a rubber cork. The cork +is perforated, and in the perforation is placed a glass tube which +communicates with the burette. The burette is connected by a rubber tube +and a Y-piece, either with another burette or with a piece of ordinary +combustion-tube of about the same size. The wide-mouthed bottle contains +either a short test-tube or an ordinary phial with its neck cut off. In +working the apparatus the weighed substance is put in the bottle and the +re-agent which is to act on it, in the test-tube; the cork is then +inserted. The liquid in the two burettes is next brought to the same +level, either by pouring it in at A or running it out at B. The level of +the liquid in the apparatus for correcting variation in volume is then +read and noted. Next, after seeing that the level of the liquid in the +burette has not changed, turn the bottle over on its side so that the +re-agent in the test-tube shall be upset into the bottle. Then, as the +volume of the gas increases, lower the liquid in the burette by running +it out at B, and at the same time keep the level in A half an inch or so +lower than that in the burette. When the action has finished bring the +liquid in the two vessels to the same level and read off the burette. +This part of the work must always be done in the same manner. + +[Illustration: FIG. 31.] + +_The volume corrector for gas analysis_ is a graduated glass tube of 120 +c.c. capacity inverted over a narrow glass cylinder of mercury. It +contains 0.2 or 0.3 c.c. of water and a volume of air, which, if dry and +under standard conditions, would measure 100 c.c. The actual volume +varies from day to day, and is read off at any time by bringing the +mercury inside and outside to the same level. This is done by raising or +lowering the tube, as may be required. Any volume of gas obtained in an +assay can be corrected to standard temperature and pressure by +multiplying by 100 and dividing by the number of c.c. in the corrector +at the time the assay is made. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[5] It is best to use this form with a glass stopcock, or with an +india-rubber tube and clip, after the manner of a Mohr's burette. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +RE-AGENTS.--ACIDS, ETC. + + +~Acetic Acid~, H[=A=c] or C_{2}H_{4}O_{2}. (sp. gr. 1.044, containing 33 +per cent. real acid).--An organic acid, forming a class of salts, +acetates, which are for the most part soluble in water, and which, on +ignition, leave the oxide or carbonate of the metal. It is almost always +used in those cases where mineral acids are objectionable. To convert, +for example, a solution of a substance in hydrochloric acid into a +solution of the same in acetic acid, alkali should be added in excess +and then acetic acid. Many compounds are insoluble in acetic acid, which +are soluble in mineral acids, such as ferric phosphate, ferric arsenate, +zinc sulphide, calcium oxalate, &c., so that the use of acetic acid is +valuable in some separations. The commercial acid is strong enough for +most purposes, and is used without dilution. + +~"Aqua Regia"~ is a mixture of 1 part by measure of nitric acid and 3 +parts of hydrochloric acid. The acids react forming what is practically +a solution of chlorine.[6] The mixture is best made when wanted, and is +chiefly used for the solution of gold and platinum and for "opening up" +sulphides. When solutions in aqua regia are evaporated, chlorides are +left. + +~Bromine~, Br. (sp. gr. 3.0). Practically pure bromine.--It is a heavy +reddish-brown liquid and very volatile. It boils at 60° C., and, +consequently, must be kept in a cool place. It gives off brown +irritating vapours, which render its use very objectionable. Generally +it answers the same purpose as aqua regia, and is employed where the +addition of nitric acid to a solution has to be specially avoided. It is +also used for dissolving metals only from ores which contain metallic +oxides not desired in the solution. + +~"Bromine Water"~ is simply bromine shaken up with water till no more is +dissolved. + +~Carbonic Acid~, CO_{2}.--A heavy gas, somewhat soluble in water; it is +mainly used for providing an atmosphere in which substances may be +dissolved, titrated, &c., without fear of oxidation. It is also used in +titrating arsenic assays with "iodine" when a feeble acid is required +to prevent the absorption of iodine by the alkaline carbonate. It is +prepared when wanted in solution, by adding a gram or so of bicarbonate +of soda and then as much acid as will decompose the bicarbonate +mentioned. When a quantity of the gas is wanted, it is prepared, in an +apparatus like that used for sulphuretted hydrogen, by acting on +fragments of marble or limestone with dilute hydrochloric acid. + +~Citric Acid~ (H_{3}[=C=i] or C_{6}H_{8}O_{7}.H_{2}O) is an organic acid +which occurs in colourless crystals, soluble in less than their weight +of water. The solution must be freshly prepared, as it gets mouldy when +kept. It forms a comparatively unimportant class of salts (citrates). It +is used in the determination of phosphoric acid, chiefly for the purpose +of preventing the precipitation of phosphates of iron and alumina by +ammonia, and in a few similar cases. The commercial crystals are used; +they should be free from sulphuric acid and leave no ash on ignition. + +~Hydrochloric Acid~, HCl in water, (sp. gr. 1.16. It contains 32 per +cent. of hydrogen chloride).--It is sometimes called "muriatic acid," +and when impure, "spirit of salt." The acid solution should be +colourless and free from arsenic, iron, and sulphuric acid. It forms an +important family of salts, the chlorides. It is the best acid for +dissolving metallic oxides and carbonates, and is always used by the +assayer when oxidising agents are to be avoided. The acid is used +without dilution when no directions are expressly given to dilute it. It +has no action on the following metals: gold, platinum, arsenic, and +mercury; it very slightly attacks antimony, bismuth, lead, silver, and +copper. Tin is more soluble in it, but with difficulty; whilst iron, +zinc, nickel, cobalt, cadmium, and aluminium easily dissolve with +evolution of hydrogen and the formation of the lower chloride if the +metal forms more than one class of salts. All the metallic oxides, +except a few of the native and rarer oxides, are dissolved by it with +the formation of chlorides of the metal and water. + +~Dilute Hydrochloric Acid~ is made by diluting the strong acid with an +equal volume of water. This is used for dissolving precipitates obtained +in the general course of analysis and the more easily soluble metals. + +~Hydrofluoric Acid, HF.~--A solution in water may be purchased in +gutta-percha or lead bottles. It is of variable strength and doubtful +purity. It must always be examined quantitatively for the residue left +on evaporation. It is used occasionally for the examination of +silicates. It attacks silica, forming fluoride of silicon, which is a +gas. When the introduction of another base will not interfere with the +assay, the substance may be mixed in the platinum dish with fluoride of +ammonium, or of potassium, or of calcium, and hydrochloric acid, +instead of treating it with the commercial acid. It is only required in +special work. The fumes and acid are dangerous, and, of course, glass or +porcelain vessels cannot be used with it. + +~Iodine, I.~--This can be obtained in commerce quite pure, and is often +used for standardising. It is very slightly soluble in water, but +readily dissolves in potassium iodide solution. It closely resembles +chlorine and bromine in its properties, and can be used for dissolving +metals without, at the same time, attacking any oxide which may be +present. It is chiefly used as an oxidizing agent in volumetric work, +being sharp in its reactions and easily detected in minute quantities. +It cannot be used in alkaline solutions, since it reacts with the +hydrates, and even with the carbonates, to form iodides and iodates. +Iodine is soluble in alcohol. + +~Nitric Acid, HNO_{3}.~ (Sp. gr. 1.42; boiling point 121° C.; contains +70 per cent. by weight of hydrogen nitrate).--It is convenient to +remember that one c.c. of this contains 1 gram of real acid. It combines +the properties of an acid and of an oxidising agent. One c.c. contains +0.76 gram of oxygen, most of which is very loosely held, and easily +given up to metals and other oxidisable substances. Consequently it will +dissolve many metals, &c., upon which hydrochloric acid has no action. +All sulphides (that of mercury excepted) are attacked by it, and for the +most part rendered soluble. It has no action on gold or platinum, and +very little on aluminium. The strong acid at the ordinary temperature +does not act on iron or tin; and in most cases it acts better when +diluted. Some nitrates being insoluble in nitric acid, form a protecting +coat to the metal which hinders further action. Where the strong acid +does act the action is very violent, so that generally it is better to +use the dilute acid. When iron has been immersed in strong nitric acid +it not only remains unacted on, but assumes a _passive_ state; so that +if, after being wiped, it is then placed in the dilute acid, it will not +dissolve. Tin and antimony are converted into insoluble oxides, while +the other metals (with the exception of those already mentioned) +dissolve as nitrates. During the solution of the metal red fumes are +given off, which mainly consist of nitrogen peroxide. The solution is +often coloured brown or green because of dissolved oxides of nitrogen, +which must be got rid of by boiling. Generally some ammonium nitrate is +formed, especially in the cases of zinc, iron, and tin, when these are +acted on by cold dilute acid. Sulphur, phosphorus, and arsenic are +converted into sulphuric, phosphoric, and arsenic acids respectively, +when boiled with the strong acid. + +~Dilute Nitric Acid.~--Dilute 1 volume of the strong acid with 2 of +water. + +~Oxalic Acid~, H_{2}[=O] or (H_{2}C_{2}O_{4}.2H_{2}O.)--This is an organic +acid in colourless crystals. It forms a family of salts--the oxalates. +It is used in standardising; being a crystallised and permanent acid, it +can be readily weighed. It is also used in separations, many of the +oxalates being insoluble. For general use make a 10 per cent. solution. +Use the commercially pure acid. On ignition the acid should leave no +residue. + +[Illustration: FIG. 32.] + +~Sulphuretted Hydrogen.~ Hydrosulphuric acid, SH_{2}.--A gas largely +used in assaying, since by its action it allows of the metals being +conveniently classed into groups. It is soluble in water, this liquid +dissolving at the ordinary temperature about three times its volume of +the gas. The solution is only useful for testing. In separations, a +current of the gas must always be used. It is best prepared in an +apparatus like that shown in fig. 32, by acting on ferrous sulphide with +dilute hydrochloric acid. When iron has to be subsequently determined in +the assay solution, the gas should be washed by bubbling it through +water in the smaller bottle; but for most purposes washing can be +dispensed with. The gas is very objectionable, and operations with it +must be carried out in a cupboard with a good draught. When the +precipitation has been completed, the apparatus should always be washed +out. The effect of this acid on solutions of the metals is to form +sulphides. All the metallic sulphides are insoluble in water; but some +are soluble in alkaline, and some in acid, solutions. If sulphuretted +hydrogen is passed through an acid solution containing the metals till +no further precipitation takes place, a precipitate will be formed +containing sulphides insoluble in the acid. On filtering, adding ammonia +(to render the filtrate alkaline), and again passing the gas, a further +precipitate will be obtained, consisting of sulphides insoluble in an +alkaline solution, but not precipitable in an acid one; the filtrate may +also contain sulphides not precipitable in an acid solution, which are +soluble in an alkaline one; these will be thrown down on neutralising. +Again, the metals precipitated in the acid solution form sulphides which +may be divided into groups, the one consisting of those which are +soluble, and the other of those which are not soluble, in alkalies. This +classification is shown in the following summary:-- + +1. _Precipitable in an acid solution._ + +(a) Soluble in Alkalies.--Sulphides of As, Sb, Sn, Au, Pt, Ir, Mo, Te, +and Se. + +(b) Insoluble in Alkalies.--Sulphides of Ag, Pb, Hg, Bi, Cu, Cd, Pd, Rh, +Os, and Ru. + +2. _Not precipitated in an acid solution, but thrown down in an alkaline +one._ + +Sulphides of Mn, Zn, Fe, Ni, Co, In, Tl, and Ga. + +These can again be divided into those which are dissolved by dilute +acids and those which are not. + +3. _Not precipitated in an acid or alkaline solution, but thrown +down on neutralising the latter._ + +Sulphides of V and W. + +Sulphuretted hydrogen is a strong reducing agent. Ferric salts are +thereby quickly reduced to ferrous; in hot solutions nitric acid is +decomposed. These changes are marked by a precipitation of sulphur, and +the student must be careful to pass the gas sufficiently long, and not +be too hasty in concluding that no sulphide will form because it does +not at once make its appearance. The best indication that it has been +passed long enough is the smell of the gas in the solution after +shaking. + +~Sulphurous Acid~, H_{2}SO_{3}.--The reagent used may be regarded as a +saturated solution of sulphur dioxide in water. It may be purchased, and +keeps for a long time. It may be made by heating copper with sulphuric +acid and passing the gas formed into water. The heat should be withdrawn +when the gas is coming off freely. It is used as a reducing agent, and +should not be diluted. + +~Sulphuric Acid~, H_{2}SO_{4}. (Sp. gr. 1.84, containing 96 per cent. of +real acid, H_{2}SO_{4}.)--This acid forms insoluble sulphates with salts +of lead, strontium, and barium. It has a high boiling point, 290° C., +and, when evaporated with salts of the more volatile acids, converts +them into sulphates. When nitrates or chlorides are objectionable in a +solution, evaporation with sulphuric acid removes them. In working with +this acid caution is necessary, since, on mixing with water, great heat +is evolved; and, if either the acid or water has been previously heated, +a serious accident may result. In diluting the acid it should be poured +into cold water. Glass vessels containing boiling sulphuric acid should +be handled as little as possible, and should not be cooled under the +tap. The action of diluted sulphuric acid on metals closely resembles +that of dilute hydrochloric acid. Magnesium, aluminium, iron, zinc, +nickel, cobalt, manganese, and cadmium dissolve, with evolution of +hydrogen, in the cold acid, or when warmed. The action of hot and strong +sulphuric acid is altogether different; it acts as an oxidising agent, +and is itself reduced to sulphur dioxide or even to sulphur. The +following metals are attacked in this way:--copper, bismuth, mercury, +silver, antimony, tin, and lead. Gold, platinum, and arsenic are not +affected. This property is made use of in parting silver from gold and +platinum. Metallic sulphides are similarly attacked; but this method of +opening up minerals has the disadvantage of giving rise to the formation +of anhydrous sulphates of iron, &c., which are not readily dissolved +when afterwards diluted. The use of sulphuric acid in assaying is (for +these reasons) to be avoided. Its chief use is as a drying agent, since +it has a strong affinity for water. Air under a bell jar may be kept dry +by means of a basin of sulphuric acid, and gases bubbled through it are +freed from water-vapour. + +~Dilute Sulphuric Acid.~--This is made by diluting 1 volume of the +strong acid with 4 of water. + +~Tartaric Acid~, H_{2}[=T] or C_{4}H_{6}O_{6}.--A crystallised organic +acid, soluble in less than its own weight of water, or in less than +three parts of alcohol. It is used for the same purposes as citric acid +is. The solution is made when required. + + +BASES, SALTS, &c. + +~Alcohol~, C_{2}H_{6}O. (Commercial alcohol of sp. gr. 0.838; it +contains 84 per cent. by weight of alcohol.)--It should burn with a +non-luminous flame and leave no residue. It is used for washing +precipitates where water is inapplicable, and for facilitating drying. + +~Ammonia~, NH_{3}. (Commercial ammonia, a solution having a sp. gr. of +0.88 to 0.89, and containing about 33 per cent. of ammonia.)--It is used +as an alkali (more commonly than soda or potash), since an excess of it +is easily removed by boiling. The salts of ammonium formed by it may be +removed by igniting, or by evaporating in a porcelain dish with an +excess of nitric acid. It differs in a marked way from soda or potash in +its solvent action on the oxides or hydrates of the metals. Salts of the +following metals are soluble in an ammoniacal solution in the presence +of ammonic chloride:--copper, cadmium, silver, nickel, cobalt, +manganese, zinc, magnesium, sodium, potassium, and the alkaline earths. + +~Dilute Ammonia~ is made by diluting 1 vol. of commercial ammonia with 2 +of water. The dilute ammonia is always used; but in assays for copper a +stronger solution (1 of strong ammonia to 1 of water) is required. + +~Ammonic Carbonate~ (Am_{2}CO_{3}) is prepared by dissolving one part of +the commercial sesquicarbonate of ammonia in four parts of water, and +adding one part of strong ammonia. + +~Ammonic Bicarbonate~ (HAmCO_{3}) is prepared by saturating a solution +of the sesquicarbonate of ammonia with carbon dioxide. + +~Ammonic Chloride~, AmCl.--Use the commercial salt in a 20 per cent. +solution in water. The salt should leave no residue on ignition. + +~Ammonic Molybdate.~--The solution is prepared as follows:--Dissolve 100 +grams of the powdered commercial salt in 200 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and +pour the solution in a slow stream into 750 c.c. of dilute nitric acid; +make up to 1 litre, and allow the mixture to settle before using. It is +used for the purpose of separating phosphoric oxide from bases and from +other acids, and also as a test for phosphates and arsenates. In using +this solution the substance must be dissolved in nitric acid, and a +considerable excess of the reagent added (50 c.c. is sufficient to +precipitate 0.1 gram P_{2}O_{5}); when the phosphate is in excess no +precipitate will be got. The precipitate is phospho-molybdate of +ammonia. + +~Ammonic Nitrate~ (AmNO_{3}) is used in the separation of phosphoric +oxide by the molybdate method, and occasionally for destroying organic +matter. It is soluble in less than its own weight of water. The solution +is made when wanted. + +~Ammonic Oxalate~ (Am_{2}C_{2}O_{4}.2H_{2}O) is used chiefly for the +separation of lime. The solution is made by dissolving 15 grams of the +salt in 100 c.c. of water. + +~Ammonic Sulphide~ may be purchased in the state of a strong solution. +It is yellow, and contains the disulphide, S_{2}Am_{2}. It serves the +same purpose as is obtained by passing a current of sulphuretted +hydrogen through an ammoniacal solution; but has the disadvantage of +loading the solution with sulphur, which is precipitated when the +solution is subsequently acidified. It is useful for dissolving the +lower sulphide of tin (SnS). + +~Baric Carbonate~ (BaCO_{3}) is sometimes used for precipitating the +weaker bases. It should be prepared when wanted by precipitating a +solution of baric chloride with ammonic carbonate and washing. The moist +precipitate is used without drying. + +~Baric Chloride~, BaCl_{2}.2H_{2}O.--A crystallised salt, soluble in +2-1/2 parts of water. It is used for the detection and separation of +sulphates. Make a 10 per cent. solution. + +"~Black Flux.~"--A mixture of finely divided carbon with carbonate of +potash or with carbonates of potash and soda. It is prepared by heating +tartar or "rochelle salt" until no more combustible gas is given off. +One gram will reduce about 2 grams of lead from litharge. + +~Borax~, Na_{2}B_{4}O_{7}.10H_{2}O.--It is chiefly used as a flux in dry +assaying, as already described. It is also used in testing before the +blowpipe; many metallic oxides impart a characteristic colour to a bead +of borax in which they have been fused. + +~Calcium Chloride.~--The crystallised salt is CaCl_{2}.6H_{2}O; dried at +200° C. it becomes CaCl_{2}.2H_{2}O, and when fused it becomes +dehydrated. The fused salt, broken into small lumps, is used for drying +gases. It combines with water, giving off much heat; and dissolves in a +little more than its own weight of water. Strong solutions may be used +in baths in which temperatures above the boiling-point of water are +required. One part of the salt and 2 of water give a solution boiling at +112°, and a solution of 2 parts of the salt in 1 of water boils at 158°. +The salt is very little used as a reagent. + +~Calcium Fluoride~ or "~Fluor Spar~," CaF_{2}.--The mineral is used as a +flux in dry assaying; it renders slags which are thick from the presence +of phosphates, &c., very fluid. Mixed with hydrochloric acid it may +sometimes be used instead of hydrofluoric acid. + +~Calcium Carbonate~, CaCO_{3}.--It is precipitated in a pure state by +ammonic carbonate from a solution of calcium chloride. It is used for +standardising. In the impure state, as marble or limestone, it is used +in the preparation of carbonic acid. + +~Calcium Hydrate~ or ~"Lime Water."~--This is used in testing for carbon +dioxide and in estimating the amount of that gas present in air. It may +be made by slaking quicklime and digesting the slaked lime with water. +One hundred c.c. of water at 15° C. dissolves 0.1368 grams of the +hydrate (CaH_{2}O_{2}), and hot water dissolves still less. "_Milk of +lime_" is slaked lime suspended in water. + +~Cobalt Nitrate~ (Co(NO_{3})_{2}.6H_{2}O) is used in a 10 per cent. +solution for the detection of oxides of zinc, aluminium, &c.; on +ignition with which it forms characteristically coloured compounds. + +~Copper~, Cu.--Pure copper, as obtained by electrolysis, can be +purchased. This only should be used. + +~Copper Oxide~, CuO.--It occurs as a black, heavy, and gritty power, and +is used for the oxidation of carbon and hydrogen in organic substances. +It should be ignited and cooled out of contact with air just before +using, since it is hygroscopic. Oxide of copper which has been used may +be again utilised after calcination. + +~Copper Sulphate~ (CuSO_{4}.5H_{2}O) contains 25.4 per cent. of copper. +It is used in the outer cell of a Daniell-battery. The commercial salt +is used for this purpose. The re-crystallised and pure salt is used for +preparing the anhydrous sulphate, which is used for detecting moisture +in gases. For this purpose it is dried at 200° C. till no trace of +green or blue colour remains. It must be prepared when wanted. It may be +conveniently used in the form of pumice-stone, saturated with a solution +of the salt and dried. Traces of moisture develop a green colour. + +~Ferric Chloride~, Fe_{2}Cl_{6}. (When crystallised, +Fe_{2}Cl_{6}.6H_{2}O.)--The solution is prepared as described under +iron. The commercial salt contains arsenic, and, since the chief use of +ferric chloride is for the determination of this substance, it must be +purified (_see_ under ARSENIC). + +~Ferric Sulphate~ (Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{3}) is a yellowish white deliquescent +salt. It is used as an indicator in volumetric silver assaying, and for +the separation of iodine from bromine. It may be purchased as iron alum, +Am_{2}Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{4}.24H_{2}O. But it is best prepared by adding +strong sulphuric acid to ferric hydrate in equivalent proportions. Use +it as a solution containing 2 or 3 per cent. of iron. + +~Ferrous Sulphate~, FeSO_{4}.7H_{2}O.--The granulated form is best, and +can be purchased pure. It is used for standardising. It keeps better in +crystals than in solution. It is readily soluble in water, but the +solution is best made with the help of a little free acid. As a re-agent +use a 10 per cent. solution. The crystals should be clear bluish-green; +if their colour is dark green, brown, or blue, they should be rejected. + +~Ferrous Sulphide~ (FeS) is used for the preparation of sulphuretted +hydrogen. It may be purchased and broken in small lumps, nut-size, for +use. + +"~Fusion Mixture~" (K_{2}CO_{3}.Na_{2}CO_{3}) is a mixture of potassic +and sodic carbonates in the proportions of 13 of the former to 10 of the +latter, by weight. It is hygroscopic. A mixture of the bicarbonates is +better, being purer and less apt to get damp. + +~Gallic Acid~ (C_{7}H_{6}O_{5}.H_{2}O) is an organic acid, occurring as +a pale fawn-coloured crystalline powder, soluble in 100 parts of cold +water, or in 3 parts of boiling water. It is used for the determination +of antimony. A 10 per cent. solution in warm water is made when +required. + +~Hydrogen~ (H) is a gas. It is obtained by acting on zinc with dilute +hydrochloric or sulphuric acid. It is used as a reducing agent, and for +providing an atmosphere free from oxygen. It reduces metallic oxides at +a high temperature. It must be freed from water; and special precautions +should be taken to prevent an admixture with air. It is generally +required in a current which can be continued for an hour or more without +interruption. The preparation can be conveniently carried out in the +apparatus shown (fig. 33). A quart bottle is half filled with sheet +zinc, and connected with bulbs filled with sulphuric acid, and with a +calcium chloride tube. The last is connected with the apparatus through +which the gas has to be passed. Dilute hydrochloric acid mixed with a +few cubic centimetres (20 c.c. to 1 pint) of stannous chloride sol. to +fix any dissolved oxygen, is placed in the funnel, and let into the +bottle by opening the stopcock when required. Care must be taken to let +the hydrogen escape for some time before starting the reduction. + +[Illustration: FIG. 33.] + +~Gold~, Au.--Gold, obtained by cupelling and "parting," is for most +purposes sufficiently pure. It is best kept in the shape of foil. When +the purer metal is required, gold should be dissolved in aqua regia, the +solution evaporated to a paste, diluted, allowed to stand, and filtered. +The filtered solution is acidified with hydrochloric acid, warmed, and +precipitated with sodium sulphite. The precipitate is collected, washed, +and fused on charcoal. + +~Iron~, Fe.--The soft wire (thin) is used for standardising. Rods are +used in dry assays as a desulphurising agent. Steel must not be used, +since it is not pure, and contains a variable amount of iron. + +~Lead~, Pb.--Granulated lead or lead-foil is used in the dry assay for +silver and gold, and in the preparation of lead salts. It can be +obtained very pure, but always contains more or less silver, 1 or 2 +milligrams in 100 grams. The amount of silver it contains must be +determined and recorded. + +~Lead Acetate~ (Pb[=A=c]_{2}.3H_{2}O, or +Pb(C_{2}H_{3}O_{2})_{2}.3H_{2}O) is used as a test, specially for the +detection and estimation of sulphuretted hydrogen. Prepare a 10 per +cent. solution for use. + +~Lead Nitrate~ (Pb(NO_{3})_{2}) can be purchased pure. It is used for +standardising. + +~Lead Dioxide~ (PbO_{2}) occurs as a dark-brown powder. It is used as an +oxidizing agent and for absorbing sulphurous oxide. It can be prepared +by digesting red lead with warm dilute nitric acid; washing and drying +the residue. + +"~Litharge~," PbO.--It can be purchased as a yellow heavy powder. It is +used in dry assaying as a flux, as a desulphurising agent, and also as a +source of lead. It always contains some silver, the amount of which must +be determined. + +~Litmus.~--This is an organic colouring matter which is turned red by +acids and blue by alkalies. For ordinary purposes it is best used as +litmus paper, which may be purchased in small books. A solution is +prepared by digesting 15 or 20 grams of the commercial litmus in 100 +c.c. of water on the water bath. After being allowed to settle, it is +filtered and made just faintly red with acetic acid. Then there is +added a drop or two of a solution of soda and 10 c.c. of alcohol. It +should be kept in a loosely-covered bottle. + +~Magnesia~, MgO.--It may be purchased as "calcined magnesia." It is used +for making "magnesia mixture," and should be kept in a corked +wide-mouthed bottle. + +"~Magnesia Mixture.~"--Dissolve 22 grams of magnesia in about a quarter +of a litre of dilute hydrochloric acid, avoiding excess. Add 5 grams of +magnesia, boil, and filter. Add 300 grams of ammonic chloride, and 250 +c.c. of strong ammonia; and dilute with water to 2 litres. It should be +kept in a stoppered winchester. + +~Magnesium Sulphate~, MgSO_{4}.7H_{2}O.--It can be purchased very pure, +and is occasionally used as a standard salt. + +~Manganese Dioxide~, MnO_{2}.--It is used in the preparation of +chlorine. The commercial article is not pure, but is sufficiently so for +this purpose. + +~Marble~, CaCO_{3}.--Fragments of the white crystalline variety only +should be used. It is used as a source of lime and of carbon dioxide. + +~Mercury~, Hg.--This can be purchased pure. It should have a bright +surface, flow without a tail, and leave no residue on ignition. It is +used as a standard; for amalgamation; and as a confining liquid in gas +analysis. + +~Mercuric Chloride~ (HgCl_{2}) may be purchased pure. Make a 5 per cent. +solution in water. It is used for destroying an excess of stannous +chloride; for removing sulphuretted hydrogen from solution; and as a +test for stannous salts. + +~Microcosmic Salt~, HAmNaPO_{4}.8H_{2}O.--When fused NaPO_{3} is formed. +It is used in testing for metallic oxides and silica before the +blowpipe. The crystals are sometimes used as a standard for phosphoric +acid. + +"~Nessler's Solution.~"--Mode of preparation: Dissolve 35 grams of +potassium iodide in 100 c.c. of water; dissolve 17 grams of mercuric +chloride in 300 c.c. of water, and pour this solution into that of the +iodide till a permanent precipitate is produced; make up to 1 litre with +a 20 per cent. solution of potash; add mercuric chloride till a +precipitate is again formed; allow to settle and decant. It is used for +detecting ammonia. + +~Nitre.~--This is potassium nitrate. + +~Platinum Chloride~, 2HCl.PtCl_{4}. (In the crystallised form it has +6H_{2}O).--It may be made as follows:--Take 5 grams of clean platinum +scrap and dissolve in a flask at a gentle heat in 50 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid with the occasional addition of some nitric acid; +evaporate to a paste; and then dissolve in 100 c.c. of water. It is used +for separating and determining potassium. + +~Phenolphthalein~ is an organic compound used as an indicator; more +especially in determining the weaker acids, it cannot be used in the +presence of ammonia. Dissolve half a gram in 100 c.c. of dilute alcohol. + +~Potassium Bicarbonate~, KHCO_{3}.--It may be purchased pure; on +ignition it leaves the carbonate, K_{2}CO_{3}, which may be used as a +standard. + +~Potassium Cyanide~, KCN.--It is used in the dry assay as a reducing +agent. The commercial salt is very impure. Purchase that sold as +potassic cyanide (gold) which contains about 95 per cent. of KCN. It is +used for copper assaying and occasionally in separation. Make a 10 per +cent. solution when wanted. + +~Potassium Bichromate~, K_{2}Cr_{2}O_{7}. It may be purchased nearly +pure. It is used as an oxidising agent, for determining iron; and as a +test solution. For this last purpose a 10 per cent. solution is +prepared. + +~Potassium Chlorate~ (KClO_{3}) can be purchased pure. It is used with +hydrochloric acid as a substitute for aqua regia. + +~Potassium Ferrocyanide~ (K_{4}Fe(CN)_{6}.3H_{2}O), or "yellow prussiate +of potash," is used as a test; as an indicator; and for the +determination of zinc. Make a 5 per cent. solution. + +~Potassium Ferricyanide~ (K_{6}Fe_{2}(CN)_{12}), or "red prussiate of +potash," is used for testing; and as an indicator. Make a 5 per cent. +solution when wanted, as it decomposes on keeping. + +~Potassium Hydrate~, KHO. Purchase that purified with alcohol. It is an +alkali, and is used for absorbing carbonic acid, &c. + +~Potassium Iodide~, KI. It may be purchased nearly pure. It is used as a +test and for dissolving iodine. It should be used in a 10 per cent. +solution freshly made. The solution decomposes on exposure to light, +with separation of iodine. + +~Potassium Nitrate~ (KNO_{3}) can be purchased pure. It is used in the +dry way as an oxidizing agent. It is very fusible. It decomposes at a +low temperature into potassium nitrite (KNO_{2}) and free oxygen; and at +a higher temperature leaves potash (K_{2}O). It oxidizes sulphur and +carbon with explosive violence. This action may be moderated by mixing +the nitre with carbonate of soda, common salt, or some other inert body. + +~Potassium Nitrite~, KNO_{2}.--The commercial article is not pure, but +is sufficiently so for the purpose required. A saturated solution is +used in the separation of cobalt; the solution is made when wanted. + +~Potassium Permanganate~, KMnO_{4}.--This salt can be purchased +sufficiently pure. It is much used as an oxidizing agent. + +~Potassium Bisulphate~ (KHSO_{4}) is used as a dry reagent for opening +up minerals. It fuses; and at a much higher temperature is converted +into potassium sulphate with loss of sulphuric acid. + +~Potassium Sulphocyanate~ (KCNS) is used for the detection and +determination of traces of ferric iron; as also in the separation of +silver and copper from some of the other metals. Make a 10 per cent. +solution. It should show no colour on the addition of hydrochloric acid. + +"~Red Lead~" (Pb_{3}O_{4}) is used in the dry assay as a flux instead of +litharge, from which it differs in containing a little more oxygen. When +acted on by nitric acid a brown residue of lead dioxide is left, nitrate +of lead going into solution. Like litharge it always carries silver; +about 2 milligrams in 100 grams. + +~Silver~, Ag.--Pure silver in foil is required as a standard. It may be +prepared as follows:--Dissolve scrap silver in dilute nitric acid and +decant off from any residue; dilute the solution with hot water and add +hydrochloric acid until there is no further precipitate, stir; allow the +precipitate to settle; decant and wash; dry the precipitate, mix it with +twice its bulk of carbonate of soda and fuse the mixture in a crucible +until tranquil; clean the button and roll or hammer it into foil. + +~Sodium Acetate~, NaC_{2}H_{3}O_{2}.3H_{2}O.--The crystals may be +purchased sufficiently pure. Make a 20 per cent. solution in water. It +is used for replacing mineral acids by acetic acid.[7] + +~Sodium Acetate and Acetic Acid.~--A solution is used in the +determination of phosphates and arsenates; 100 grams of the salt is +dissolved in 500 c.c. of acetic acid, and diluted with water to one +litre. + +~Sodium Bicarbonate~ (NaHCO_{3})is used as a flux in dry methods. On +ignition it leaves the carbonate (Na_{2}CO_{3}), which is used as a +standard reagent. Make a 20 per cent. solution of the carbonate for use. +It should be free from chlorides or sulphates, or if impure the amount +of impurities must be determined. + +~Sodium Hydrate~, NaHO. It may be purchased in sticks, which should be +kept in a well-corked bottle. It is sometimes called "caustic soda." It +is a strong alkali. It is used for neutralizing acid solutions and for +separations where ammonia is unsuitable. Make a 5 per cent. solution for +use. + +~Sodium Hyposulphite~, Na_{2}S_{2}O_{8}.5H_{2}O.--It may be purchased +pure. It is generally known as "hypo." It is used as a standard. + +~Sodium Sulphite~ (Na_{2}SO_{3}.7H_{2}O) is used as a reducing agent. + +~Sodium Phosphate~, Na_{2}HPO_{4}.12H_{2}O. The crystals may be +purchased pure, but they effloresce in dry air with loss of water. It +is used as a standard and for precipitating magnesia, &c. Make a 10 per +cent. solution. + +~Stannous Chloride~, SnCl_{2}.2H_{2}O.--The crystals are best purchased. +If kept dry and free from air they are fairly permanent. A solution is +made by dissolving 20 grams in 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and diluting +to 1 litre. The solution is not permanent. It is a strong reducing +agent, and is chiefly used in solution for this purpose. + +~Tin~, Sn.--Grain tin should be purchased. It is not pure, but contains +99.5 per cent. of the metal. The chief impurity is copper. It can be +used as a standard. When acted on with hot hydrochloric acid it slowly +dissolves (more rapidly in contact with platinum) and forms stannous +chloride. + +~Uranium Acetate~, UO_{2}(C_{2}H_{3}O_{2})_{2}.H_{2}O.--It is best +purchased in crystals. The solution is used for the determination of +phosphates and arsenates. A solution of 3 per cent. strength is +occasionally used as an indicator. + +~Uranium Nitrate~, UO_{2}(NO_{3})_{2}.6H_{2}O.--This salt is very +soluble in water and is sometimes used instead of the acetate, which is +somewhat difficult to dissolve. + +"~Water~," H_{2}O.--Spring or well water is sufficiently pure for most +purposes, 100 c.c. will leave a residue of from 10 to 30 milligrams, so +that where a salt has to be dissolved out, evaporated, and weighed it +should be replaced by distilled water. Rain water, melted snow, &c., +always leave less residue than spring water; but in other respects they +are often dirtier. Distilled water is best prepared in the office, a +glass or tin condenser being used. + +~Zinc~, Zn.--It is sold in a granulated form or in sticks. It generally +contains over 1 per cent. of lead, with a little iron and arsenic. It is +used for separating metals from their solutions, and generally as a +reducing agent. For the preparation of hydrogen, and in most other +cases, scrap sheet zinc may be used. + +~Zinc Oxide~, ZnO.--The commercial oxide sometimes contains carbonate. + +~Zinc Sulphate~, ZnSO_{4}.7H_{2}O.--It is occasionally used as a +standard, and can be purchased nearly pure. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[6] 3HCl + HNO_{3} = Cl_{2} + NOCl + 2H_{2}O. + +[7] NaC_{2}H_{3}O_{2} + HCl = H_{4}C_{2}O_{2} + NaCl. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +FORMULĘ, EQUATIONS, ETC. + + +Formulę and equations are a kind of short hand for expressing briefly +and in the language of the atomic theory the facts of chemical +composition and reaction. The convenience of this method of expressing +the facts justifies a short description of it here. + +On comparing the percentage composition of a series of compounds the +proportions in which the elements combine appears to be regulated by no +simple law. For example: + + Realgar. Orpiment. Mispickel. Pyrites. + Arsenic 71.4 60.9 46.0 -- + Sulphur 28.6 39.1 19.6 53.3 + Iron -- -- 34.4 46.7 + ------ ------ ------ ------ + 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 + +But if in these examples the composition is calculated, not on 100 +parts, but on 107, 246, 163, and 120 parts respectively, evidence of a +simple law becomes apparent. + + Realgar. Orpiment. Mispickel. Pyrites. + Arsenic 75.0 150.0 75.0 -- + Sulphur 32.0 96.0 32.0 64.0 + Iron -- -- 56.0 56.0 + ------ ------ ------ ------ + 107.0 246.0 163.0 120.0 + +It will be seen that the proportion of arsenic is 75 or twice 75, that +of iron is 56, and that of sulphur 32 or some simple multiple of 32. The +series of examples might be extended indefinitely, and it would still be +found that the "combining proportions" held good. The number 75 is +spoken of as the "combining weight," or, more frequently, as the "atomic +weight" of arsenic. Similarly 56 is the atomic weight of iron, and 32 +the atomic weight of sulphur. The importance of this law of chemical +combination is altogether independent of the atomic theory; but this +theory furnishes the simplest explanation of the facts. According to it +a chemical compound is made up of exactly similar groups of particles. +The particles of each elementary substance are all alike, but differ +from those of other elements in weight. Ultimate particles are called +_atoms_, and the groups of atoms are called _molecules_. The atomic +weight of any particular element is the weight of its atom compared with +the weight of an atom of hydrogen. The atom of sulphur, for instance, is +32 times as heavy as the atom of hydrogen, and the atomic weight of +sulphur is 32. The _molecular weight_ is the sum of the atomic weights +of the group. The molecule of pyrites contains two atoms of sulphur and +one of iron: on referring to the table of atomic weights it will be seen +that the atomic weights are--sulphur 32, and iron 56. The molecular +weight, therefore, is 32+32+56--that is, 120. The meaning of this +is, 120 parts by weight of iron pyrites contain 64 parts of sulphur and +56 parts of iron; and this is true whether the "parts by weight" be +grains or tons. + +_The symbol or formula of an atom_ is generally the initial letter or +letters of the Latin or English name of the substance. The atom of +hydrogen is written H, that of oxygen O, of sulphur S, of iron (ferrum) +Fe, and so on. A list of these symbols is given in the table of atomic +weights. + +_The formula of a molecule_ is obtained by placing together the symbols +of the contained atoms. Thus, Fe represents an atom of iron, S an atom +of sulphur, while FeS represents the molecule of sulphide of iron as +containing one atom of each element. + +When more than one atom of an element is present this is shown by +writing a figure under and after the symbol; thus, FeS_{2} represents a +molecule with one atom of iron and two atoms of sulphur, Fe_{2}S_{3} +similarly shows one with two atoms of iron and three of sulphur. When a +group of atoms is enclosed in brackets, a figure after and under the +bracket multiplies all within it; for example, Pb(NO_{3})_{2} is another +way of writing PbN_{2}O_{6}. Sometimes it is convenient to represent the +atoms of a molecule as divided into two or more groups; this may be done +by writing the formulę of the groups, and separating each simple formula +by a full stop. Slaked lime, for instance, has the formula CaH_{2}O_{2}; +or, as already explained, we may write it Ca(HO)_{2}; or, if for +purposes of explanation we wished to look on it as lime (CaO) and water +(H_{2}O), we could write it CaO.H_{2}O. A plus sign (+) has a different +meaning; CaO + H_{2}O indicates quantities of two substances, water and +lime, which are separate from each other. The sign of equality (=) is +generally used to separate a statement of the reagents used from another +statement of the products of the reaction; it may be translated into the +word "yields" or "becomes." The two statements form an equation. + +Ignoring the quantitative relation, the meaning of the equation CaO + +H_{2}O = CaO.H_{2}O is: "lime and water yield slaked lime." By referring +to a table of atomic weights we can elicit the quantitative relations +thus:-- + + CaO + H_{2}O = CaH_{2}O_{2} + | | | + V V V + Ca = 40 H_{2} = 2 = 1×2 Ca = 40 + O = 16 O = 16 H_{2} = 2 = 1×2 + -- -- O_{2} = 32 = 16×2 + 56 18 -- + 74 + +Or, putting it in words, 56 parts of lime combine with 18 parts of water +to form 74 parts of slaked lime. This equation enables one to answer +such a question as this:--How much lime must be used to produce 1 cwt. +of slaked lime? for, if 74 lbs. of slaked lime require 56 lbs. of lime, +112 lbs. will require (56×112)/74, or about 84-3/4 lbs. + +As another example having a closer bearing on assaying take the +following question:--"In order to assay 5 grams of 'black tin' (SnO_{2}) +by the cyanide process, how much potassic cyanide (KCN) will be +required?" The reaction is + + SnO_{2} + 2KCN = Sn + 2KCNO + | | + V V + Sn = 118 K = 39 + O_{2} = 32 C = 12 + --- N = 14 + 150 -- + 65×2 = 130 + +What is sought for here is the relation between the quantities of +SnO_{2} and KCN. Note that a figure before a formula multiplies all that +follows up to the next stop or plus or equality sign. The question is +now resolved to this: if 150 grams of oxide of tin require 130 grams of +cyanide, how much will 5 grams require? + + 150 : 130 :: 5 : _x_ + _x_ = 4.33 grams. + +A problem of frequent occurrence is to find the percentage composition +of a substance when its formula has been given. For example: "What +percentage of iron is contained in a mineral having the formula +2Fe_{2}O_{3}.3H_{2}O?" Bringing this formula together we have +Fe_{4}H_{6}O_{9}. Find the molecular weight. + + Fe_{4} = 224 = 56×4 + H_{6} = 6 = 1×6 + O_{9} = 144 = 16×9 + --- + 374 + +Then we get: 374 parts of the mineral contain 224 of iron. How much will +100 contain? + + 374 : 224 :: 100 : _x_ + _x_ = 59.89. + +And the answer to the question is 59.89 per cent. + +Again, suppose the question is of this kind:--"How much crystallised +copper sulphate (CuSO_{4}.5H_{2}O) will be required to make 2 litres of +a solution, 1 c.c. of which shall contain 0.0010 gram of copper?" + +A litre is 1000 c.c., so, therefore, 2 litres of the solution must +contain 0.001 gram × 2000, or 2 grams. How much crystallised copper +sulphate will contain this amount of metal? + + Cu = 63.3 + S = 32.0 + O_{4} = 64.0 = 16×4 + 5H_{2}O = 90.0 = 18×5 + ----- + 249.3 + +If 63.3 grams of copper are contained in 249.3 grams of sulphate, in how +much is 2 grams contained. + + 63.3 : 249.3 :: 2 grams : _x_ + _x_ = 7.8769 grams. + +The answer is, 7.8769 grams must be taken. + +As a sample of another class of problem similar in nature to the last +(but a little more complicated) take the following:--"What weight of +permanganate of potash must be taken to make 2 litres of a solution, 100 +c.c. of which shall be equivalent to 1 gram of iron?" In the first place +the 2 litres must be equivalent to 20 grams of iron, for there are 20 × +100 c.c. in two litres. In the titration of iron by permanganate +solution there are two reactions. First in dissolving the iron + +Fe + H_{2}SO_{4} = FeSO_{4} + H_{2} + | + V + 56 + +and second, in the actual titration, + +10FeSO_{4} + 2KMnO_{4} + 9H_{2}SO_{4}= 2MnSO_{4} + | + 5Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{3} + 2KHSO_{4} + 8H_{2}O + V + K = 39 + Mn = 55 + O_{4}= 64 + --- + 158 × 2 = 316 + +As before, attention is confined to the two substances under +consideration--viz., Fe and KMnO_{4}. In the second equation, we find +316 parts of the permanganate are required for 10 molecules of FeSO_{4}; +and in the first equation 56 parts of iron are equivalent to one +molecule of FeSO_{4}, therefore 560 of iron are equivalent to 316 of +permanganate; and the question is, How much of the permanganate will be +equivalent to 20 grams of iron? + + 560 : 316 :: 20 grams : _x_. + _x_= 11.286 grams. + +The answer is 11.286 grams. + +Very similar to this last problem is the question suggested under the +head "Indirect Titration" (p. 43). "If 100 c.c. of the standard +permanganate solution are equivalent to 1 gram of iron, how much +peroxide of manganese will they be equivalent to?" The equation for +dissolving the iron is already given; the second equation is + +2FeSO_{4} + MnO_{2} + 2H_{2}SO_{4} + | = Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{2} + MnSO_{4} + 2H_{2}O + | + V + Mn = 55 + O_{2} = 32 + -- + 87 + +It will be seen that 87 grams of peroxide of manganese are equivalent to +112 grams of iron. How much then is equivalent to 1 gram of iron? + + 112 : 87 :: 1 gram : _x_ + _x_ = 0.7767 gram. + +It is sometimes convenient to calculate the formula of a substance from +its analysis. The method of calculating is shown by the following +example. Required the formula of a mineral which gave the following +figures on analysis:-- + + Cupric oxide (CuO) 10.58 + Ferrous oxide (FeO) 15.69 + Zinc oxide (ZnO) 0.35 + Sulphuric oxide (SO_{2}) 28.82 + Water (H_{2}O) 44.71 + ------ + 100.15 + +First find the molecular weights of CuO, FeO, &c., and divide the +corresponding percentages by these figures. Thus, CuO = 63.3+16 = 79.3 +and 10.58 divided by 79.3 gives 0.1334. Similarly FeO = 56+16 = 72 and +15.69 divided by 72 gives 0.2179. Treated in the same way the oxide of +zinc, sulphuric oxide and water give as results 0.0043, 0.3602 and +2.484. + +Classify the results as follows:-- + + Bases. Acids. Water. + + CuO 0.1334 SO_{3} 0.3602 H_{2}O 2.484 + FeO 0.2179 + ZnO 0.0043 + ---------- ------------- ------------ + RO 0.3556 RO_{3} 0.3602 R_{2}O 2.484 + +The figures 0.3556, 0.3602 and 2.484 should be then divided by the +lowest of them--_i.e._, 0.3556; or where, as in this case, two of the +figures are very near each other the mean of these may be taken--_i.e._, +0.3579. Whichever is taken the figures got will be approximately 1, 1 +and 7. The formula is then RO.SO_{3}.7H_{2}O in which R is nearly 2/5ths +copper, 3/5ths iron and a little zinc. + +This formula requires the following percentage composition, which for +the sake of comparison is placed side by side with the actual results. + + Calculated. Found. + Cupric oxide 11.29 10.58 + Ferrous oxide 15.37 15.69 + Zinc oxide nil 0.35 + Sulphuric oxide 28.47 28.82 + Water 44.84 44.71 + ----- ------ + 99.97 100.15 + +Trimming the results of an analysis to make them fit in more closely +with the calculations from the formula would be foolish as well as +dishonest. There can be no doubt that the actual analytical results +represent the composition of the specimen much more closely than the +formula does; although perhaps other specimens of the same mineral would +yield results which would group themselves better around the calculated +results than around those of the first specimen analysed. It must be +remembered that substances are rarely found pure either in nature or in +the arts; so that in most cases the formula only gives an approximation +to the truth. In the case of hydrated salts there is generally a +difficulty in getting the salt with exactly the right proportion of +water. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +The following calculations may be made:-- + +1. Calculate standards in the following cases-- + (a) Silver taken, 1.003 gram. Standard salt used, 100.15 c.c. + (b) Iron taken, 0.7 gram. Bichromate used, 69.6 c.c. + +2. Calculate percentages:-- + (a) Ore taken, 1 gram. Solution used, 65.2 c.c. Standard, 0.987 + gram. + + (b) Ore taken, 1 gram. Barium sulphate got, 1.432 gram. Barium + sulphate contains 13.73 per cent. of sulphur, and the percentage + of sulphur in the ore is wanted. + + (c) Barium sulphate is BaSO_{4}. Calculate the percentage of sulphur + it contains, for use in the preceding question. + +3. A method of estimating the quantity of peroxide in a manganese ore +is based on the following reactions:-- + + (1) MnO_{2} + 4HCl = MnCl_{2} + Cl_{2} + 2H_{2}O. + + (2) Cl + KI = KCl + I. + +To how much MnO_{2} is 1 gram of Iodine (I) equivalent? + +4. A mineral has the following composition:-- + + Carbonic acid (CO_{2}) 19.09 + Copper oxide (CuO) 71.46 + Water (H_{2}O) 9.02 + +What is its formula? + +5. How much copper is contained in 1.5 gram of crystallized copper +sulphate (CuSO_{4}.5H_{2}O)? How much of these crystals must be taken to +give 0.4 gram of copper? + +6. How much ferrous sulphate crystals (FeSO_{4}.7H_{2}O) must be taken +to yield 2 litres of a solution, 100 c.c. of which shall contain 0.56 +gram of iron? + +7. Galena is PbS, and hęmatite Fe_{2}O_{3}. What percentages of metal do +these minerals contain? + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +SPECIFIC GRAVITY. + + +The relation of the weight of a substance to its volume should be kept +in mind in all cases where both weight and volume are dealt with. +Students are apt to imagine that on mixing equal volumes of, say, +sulphuric acid and water, an acid of half the strength must be obtained. +If the statement of strength is in parts by weight this will lead to +considerable error. For example, 100 c.c. of sulphuric acid containing +98 per cent. by weight of real acid, will, if diluted with 100 c.c. of +water, yield a solution containing not 49 per cent. by weight, but about +63.5 per cent. of the acid. The reason is this: the 100 c.c. of +sulphuric acid weighs 184 grams, and contains 180.32 grams of real acid, +while the 100 c.c. of water weighs only 100 grams; the mixed water and +acid weighs 284 grams, and contains 180.32 of real acid, which is +equivalent to nearly 63.5 per cent. by weight. If, however, the method +of statement be volumetric, it would be correct to say that doubling the +volume halves the strength: if 100 c.c. of brine contains 10 grams of +salt, and is diluted with water to 200 c.c., it would be of one-half the +former strength, that is, 100 c.c. of the solution would contain 5 grams +of salt. + +This confusion is avoided by always stating the strengths as so many +grams or "c.c." in 100 c.c. of the liquid. But obviously it would be +advantageous to be able to determine quickly the weight of any +particular substance corresponding to 1 c.c. or some other given volume. +Moreover, in descriptions of processes the strengths of acids and +solutions are frequently defined neither by their gravimetric nor +volumetric composition, but by a statement either of specific gravity or +of the degrees registered by Twaddell's or Beaumé's hydrometer. Thus, in +the description of the process of gold parting, one writer gives: "The +acid should be of 1.2 specific gravity"; and another says: "The acid +must not be stronger than 32° Beaumé." + +These considerations justify an account of the subject in such a work as +this. And on other grounds the determination of a specific gravity is +one of the operations with which an assayer should be familiar. + +The meaning of "specific gravity" is present in the mind of every one +who uses the sentence "lead is heavier than water." This is meaningless +except some such phrase as "bulk for bulk" be added. Make the sentence +quantitative by saying: "bulk for bulk lead is 11.36 times heavier than +water," and one has the exact meaning of: "the specific gravity of lead +is 11.36." A table of the specific gravities of liquids and solids shows +how many times heavier the substances are than water. + +It is better, however, to look upon the specific gravity (written +shortly, sp. g.) as the weight of a substance divided by its volume. In +the metric system, 1 c.c. of water at 4° C. weighs with sufficient +exactness 1 gram; consequently, the sp. g., which states how many times +heavier than water the substance is, also expresses the weight in grams +of one c.c. of it. So that if a 100 c.c. flask of nitric acid weighs, +after the weight of the flask has been deducted, 120 grams, 1 c.c. of +the acid weighs 1.2 gram, and the sp. g. is 1.2. The specific gravity, +then, may be determined by dividing the weight of a substance in grams +by its volume in c.c.; but it is more convenient in practice to +determine it by dividing _the weight of the substance by the weight of +an equal volume of water_. And since the volumes of all substances, +water included, vary with the temperature, the temperature at which the +sp. g. is determined should be recorded. Even then there is room for +ambiguity to the extent that such a statement as the following, "the +specific gravity of the substance at 50° C. is 0.9010," may mean when +compared with water at 50° C. or 4° C., or even 15.5° C. For practical +purposes it should mean the first of these, for in the actual +experiments the water and the substance are compared at the same +temperature, and it is well to give the statement of results without any +superfluous calculation. In the metric system the standard temperature +is 4° C., for it is at this point that 1 c.c. of water weighs exactly 1 +gram. In England, the standard temperature is 60° F. (15.5° C.), which +is supposed to be an average temperature of the balance-room. The +convenience of the English standard, however, is merely apparent; it +demands warming sometimes and sometimes cooling. For most purposes it is +more convenient to select a temperature sufficiently high to avoid the +necessity of cooling at any time. Warming to the required temperature +gives very little trouble. + +~Determination of Specific Gravity.~--There is a quick and easy method +of determining the density or sp. g. of a liquid, based upon the fact +that a floating body is buoyed up more by a heavy liquid than by a light +one. The method is more remarkable for speed than accuracy, but still +is sufficiently exact. The piece of apparatus used for the purpose is +endowed with a variety of names--sp. g. spindle, hydrometer, areometer, +salimeter, alcoholimeter, lactometer, and so on, according to the +special liquid upon which it is intended to be used. It consists of a +float with a sinker at one end and a graduated tube or rod at the other. +It is made of metal or glass. Generally two are required, one for +liquids ranging in sp. g. from 1.000 to 2.000, and another, which will +indicate a sp. g. between 0.700 and 1.000. The range depends on the size +of the instrument. For special work, in which variations within narrow +limits are to be determined, more delicate instruments with a narrower +range are made. + +[Illustration: FIG. 34.] + +In using a hydrometer, the liquid to be tested is placed in a cylinder +(fig. 34) tall enough to allow the instrument to float, and not too +narrow. The temperature is taken, and the hydrometer is immersed in the +fluid. The mark on the hydrometer stem, level with the surface of the +liquid, is read off. With transparent liquids it is best to read the +mark under and over the water surface and take the mean. + +The graduation of hydrometers is not made to any uniform system. Those +marked in degrees Baumé or Twaddell, or according to specific gravity, +are most commonly used. The degrees on Baumé's hydrometer agree among +themselves in being at equal distances along the stem; but they are +proportional neither to the specific gravity, nor to the percentage of +salt in the solution. They may be converted into an ordinary statement +of specific gravity by the following formulę:-- + + Sp. g. = 144.3/(144.3-degrees Baumé.) + +or putting the rule in words, subtract the degrees Baumé from 144.3, and +divide 144.3 with the number thus obtained. For example: 32° Baumé +equals a sp. g. of 1.285. + + 144.3/(144.3-32) = 144.3/(112.3) = 1.285 + +This rule is for liquids heavier than water; for the lighter liquids the +rule is as follows:-- + + Sp. g. = 146/(136 + degrees Baumé.) + +or in words divide 146 by the number of degrees Baumé added to 136. For +example: ammonia of 30° Beaumé has a sp. g. of 0.880 (nearly). + + 146/(136+30) = 146/166 = 0.8795 + +A simple series of calculations enables one to convert a Beaumé +hydrometer into one showing the actual sp. g. Graduation, according to +sp. g. is the most convenient for general purposes. In these instruments +the distances between the divisions become less as the densities +increase. + +Twaddell's hydrometer is graduated in this way: Each degree Twaddell is +0.005 in excess of unity. To convert into sp. g. multiply the degrees +Twaddell by 0.005, and add 1. For example: 25° Twaddell equals a sp. g. +of 1.125. + + 25×.005 = 0.125; + 1.000 = 1.125. + +There is a practice which ignores the decimal point and speaks of a sp. +g. of 1125 instead of 1.125. In some cases it is convenient, and +inasmuch as no substance has a real sp. g. of much over 20, it can lead +to no confusion. The figures expressed in this way represent the weight +of a litre in grams. + +Some hydrometers are graduated so as to show at a glance the percentage +composition of the liquid they are intended to be used with. Gay-Lussac +designed one to show the alcoholic strength of mixtures of alcohol and +water; the construction of others upon the same principle is easy and +perhaps useful. But when the principle is applied to complex liquids and +mixed solutions, it is misleading. + +The various methods of graduation ought all to give place to one showing +a simple statement of the sp. g. + +The method of determining sp. g. with the hydrometer is obviously +inapplicable to the case of solids, and in the case of liquids it should +not be used where exact figures are required. There are several other +methods which may be used, but on the whole those with the specific +gravity bottle are most convenient. + +[Illustration: FIG. 35.] + +~The specific gravity bottle~ (fig. 35) is a light flask of about 25 +c.c. capacity, provided with a well-fitting perforated stopper. It is +essentially a graduated flask, which measures a constant volume, but it +does not much matter what the volume is. + +_In taking the sp. g. of a liquid_ (_or, what is the same thing, a fused +solid_) there is wanted the weights (1) of the flaskful of water and (2) +of the flaskful of the liquid. Dividing the second by the first gives +the required sp. g. The actual weighings required are-- + + (1) of the dry and empty flask, + + (2) of the flask filled with water, and + + (3) of the flask filled with the liquid. + +The weighing of the flask once made need not be often repeated. It is +well to do so now and then for safety's sake; but one weighing will +serve for a large number of determinations. The same remarks apply to +the weighing of the bottle filled with water. The bottle is dried by +rinsing out first with alcohol and afterwards with ether; ether is very +volatile, and a short exposure in a warm place will soon drive off the +little remaining about the sides. The ether vapour should be sucked out +through a glass tube. See that the bore of the stopper is dry as well as +the bottle. Let the dry bottle stand in the box of the balance for a +minute or two before weighing. The weight is, strictly speaking, not +that of the empty bottle, but of the bottle filled with air. The empty +bottle would weigh from 20 to 30 milligrams less. Correcting for this +would, in most cases, only make a difference in the fourth place of +decimals,[8] so that it is better to ignore the error. + +The weight of the flask filled with water is got by filling it with +distilled water, and inserting the stopper. The excess of water will +overflow at the margin and through the bore. The bottle is wiped with a +soft, dry cloth, taking care not to squeeze or warm the bottle. The +bottle will remain filled to the top of the stopper. It is allowed to +stand in the balance box for a minute or two, and then weighed. + +Distilled water, as stated, should be used; the use of ordinary water +may increase the weight by 5 or 6 milligrams. Many waters, if they have +not previously been boiled, give off bubbles of air which render the +weighing worthless. + +The temperature of the water is of greater importance; lowering the +temperature 2° will increase the weight by 10 or 12 milligrams. A beaker +of water may be warmed or cooled to the required temperature; then the +bottle is filled from it, and quickly weighed. If the balance-room is +cooler than the water, the latter will draw back into the bottle, and a +few small bubbles of air will enter; but even in extreme cases this will +only increase the weight by a very small fraction of a milligram. There +is more trouble caused when the room is warmer, for the liquid then +expands and protrudes as a drop resting on the top of the stopper. +There will in this case be loss by evaporation, which in the case of the +more volatile liquids, such as alcohol, is serious. To prevent this +loss, as well as any that may arise by overflow, the stopper should be +dilated above into a small cup, A (fig. 36), which may itself be +stoppered. In a bottle of this kind the neck of the stopper is +graduated, and the bottle is considered full when the liquid stands at +the level of the mark in the neck. On inserting the stopper, the liquid +rises into the cup, and is reduced to the level of the mark by +absorption with pieces of filter-paper. + +[Illustration: FIG. 36.] + +For most purposes, however, there is no need for cooling and allowing +room for subsequent expansion. The assayer, as a rule, can select his +own standard temperature, and may choose one which will always +necessitate warming. It will be handier in this case to have a bottle +with a thermometer stopper. Of the two types shown in fig. 37, that with +the external thermometer tube (A) is more generally useful. + +[Illustration: FIG. 37.] + +The bottle is filled at a lower temperature, and is then gently warmed +so as to slowly raise the temperature to the required degree. The +superfluous liquid is then at once wiped off, and the bottle cooled and +weighed. + +The weight of the flask filled with the liquid whose sp. g. has to be +determined is ascertained in a similar way. Of course the temperature +must be the same. If the liquid does not mix with water, the bottle +should be dried before filling, but otherwise the flask need only be +rinsed out two or three times with the liquid. + +Having obtained the three weighings, deduct the weight of the bottle +from each of the others to get the weights of the water and liquid +respectively. Divide the latter by the former, the result shows the sp. +g. As an example, take the following, in which a rather large sp. g. +bottle was used:-- + + 1. Weight of bottle 39.299 gram + + 2. Weight of bottle and water 81.884 " + + 3. Weight of bottle and paraffin 73.146 " + +By subtracting 1 from 2 and 3 the result is as follows:-- + + 81.884 grams 73.146 grams + 39.299 " 39.299 " + ------ ------ + 42.585 of water. 33.847 of paraffin. + +Divide the weight of the paraffin by that of the water-- + + 42.585)33.8470(0.7948 + 29.8095 + ------- + ....... + +The sp. g. of the paraffin is 0.7948. + +_The sp. g. of a fusible solid_ may be obtained in the same way at a +temperature some degrees above its fusing point. + +_The sp. g. of a solid in powder or gravel sufficiently fine to pass +through the neck of the bottle_ is easily determined. If the bottle +filled with water weighs 50 grams, and there is placed on the pan +alongside of it 20 grams of a sand, the weight of the two together will +of course be 70 grams. But if the sand is put in the bottle, it +evidently displaces its own bulk of water; and if, on again weighing, +the weight is found to be 62 instead of 70 grams, it is because the 20 +grams of sand has displaced 8 grams of water. Bulk for bulk, the sand is +2-1/2 times as heavy. + +In practice, the weight of the bottle filled with water will probably be +already known; if not, it must be determined. A certain quantity, say 20 +grams, of the powdered substance is then transferred carefully to the +bottle. The bottle need not be dry inside, but its neck and outside must +be. In making this transference a careful worker will make no loss, and +the mode of working saves a little time. But it is better to weigh the +dry flask; put into it 10 to 20 grams of the powder, and weigh again. +The increase in weight gives accurately the weight of powder in the +bottle. About two-thirds fill the bottle with distilled water, and mix +with the powder by gentle shaking. Air bubbles will disentangle +themselves, and rise to the surface of the water. Wash back anything +adhering to the stopper with a jet of water, and fill the bottle almost +to overflowing. Allow it to stand for a minute or so; replace the +stopper; warm to the required temperature; take off the superfluous +moisture; wipe and weigh. As an example, take the following:-- + + 1. Weight of bottle 12.681 grams + 2. " " bottle filled with water 37.708 " + 3. " " bottle with wolfram 40.821 " + 4. " " bottle with wolfram and water 61.199 " + +Subtract (1) from (3) to get the weight of wolfram taken: + + 40.821 grams + 12.681 " + ------ + 28.140 " + +add the weight of the wolfram to the weight of the bottle filled with +water: + + 28.140 grams + 37.708 " + ------ + 65.848 " + +subtract (4) from this to get the weight of water displaced: + + 65.848 grams + 61.199 " + ------ + 4.649 " + +Divide the weight of the wolfram by the weight of the water displaced to +get sp. g.: + + 4.649)28.140(6.053 + 27.894 + ------ + ...... + +_If the solid is soluble in water, or has a tendency to float_, some +liquid other than water is used. Paraffin oil or oil of turpentine will +do. The process is as follows:--The weight of the dry and empty bottle +having been determined, add a sufficiency of the substance and weigh +again to find how much has been added. Fill up with paraffin oil and +weigh again. Clean out the substance by rinsing with paraffin; fill up +and weigh. Calculate the sp. g. as if water had been used, and multiply +by the sp. g. of the paraffin. + +For example: + + 1. Weight of bottle 39.299 grams + 2. " " bottle and nitre 57.830 " + 3. " " bottle and paraffin 73.146 " + 4. " " bottle and paraffin and nitre 84.665 " + 5. " " bottle and water 81.884 " + +First from (1),(3), and (5), calculate the sp. g. of the paraffin as +already shown. It will be 0.7948. Deduct (1) from (2) to get the weight +of the nitre: + + 57.830 grams + 39.299 " + ------ + 18.531 " + +add this to (3): + + 18.531 grams + 73.146 " + ------ + 91.677 " + +and deduct (4) to find the weight of the equal bulk of paraffin. + + 91.677 grams + 84.665 " + ------ + 7.012 " + +divide the weight of the nitre by the weight of the paraffin: + + 7.012)18.531(2.6427 + ------ + ...... + +The sp. g., taking paraffin as the standard instead of water, is 2.6427. +Multiply this by the sp. g. of paraffin, 0.7948, and the result is +2.1004 as the sp. g. of nitre compared with water. + +Similarly, a sp. g. compared with water at say 50° C. can be converted +into one compared with water at standard temperature, by multiplying by +the sp. g. of water at 50° C. The following table gives the sp. g. of +water at various temperatures:-- + + -----------+------++-----------+------++-----------+------- + Degrees | || Degrees | || Degrees | + Centigrade.|Sp. G.||Centigrade.|Sp. G.||Centigrade.|Sp. G. + -----------+------++-----------+------++-----------+------- + 4° |1.0000|| 20° |0.9982|| 40° |0.9923 + 10° |0.9997|| 25° |0.9971|| 50° |0.9881 + 15° |0.9991|| 30° |0.9957|| 100° |0.9586 + -----------+------++-----------+------++-----------+------- + +If, for example, a substance at 50° C. has a sp. g. of 0.9010 as +compared with water at 50° C., it will have (compared with water at 4° +C.) a sp. g. of 0.9010×0.9881; or 0.8903. The figures 0.8903 represent +the sp. g. of the substance at 50° C. compared with water at 4° C. +Except in comparing the sp. gravities of the same substance at different +temperatures, a calculation of this kind serves no useful purpose. + +_In taking the specific gravity of a solid not in powder_, a lump of it +is freed from loose particles and its exact weight determined. By means +of a horse hair with a slip knot it is suspended to the balance, and +beneath it is placed, out of contact with the balance pan, a beaker of +distilled water. The horse hair must be long enough to keep the mineral +well beneath the surface of the water so as to allow the balance to +vibrate. Air bubbles are removed by touching with a camel-hair pencil. +Whilst the mineral is suspended in water the weight is again taken. It +will weigh less than before, and the difference between the two +weighings gives the weight of water (and consequently the volume) +displaced by the mineral. The weight in air divided by the difference is +the specific gravity. Thus + + Weight in air 3.2170 grams + Weight in water 2.7050 " + ------ + Difference 0.5120 gram + + 3.2170/0.5120 equals 6.28, the sp. g. + +The sp. g. of a substance depends mainly on its composition, but is +affected by certain conditions. The effect of temperature has been +already considered. Air holes and empty spaces lessen the specific +gravity of otherwise solid bodies; and metals, which after fusion become +imperfect solids, have their density increased by hammering or rolling. +But metals when free from pores have their density diminished when +rolled, without annealing. The effects of these conditions are slight +when compared with those due to the presence of impurities. + +For simple substances, or mixtures of only two substances, a +determination of sp. g. is a sufficient check on the composition for +many practical purposes; and with more complex mixtures, such as slags +and some of the products of dressing operations in which the material +does not differ much in its nature from time to time, such a +determination will yield information of considerable value, and afford a +check upon the proper working of a process. + +When the mixing of two substances is accompanied by a change in volume, +the sp. g. of the mixture can only be learnt by experiment. But when the +substances have no such action on each other the resulting sp. g. can be +calculated. Some of these calculations have a practical interest as well +as an educational value. Students should practise them so as to become +familiar with the relations between weight and volume. + +_When substances are mixed by volume_, the sp. g. of the mixture is the +mean of those of its constituents, and may be calculated in the usual +way for obtaining averages. 1 c.c. of a substance having a sp. g. of 1.4 +mixed with 1 c.c. of another having a sp. g. of 1.0 will yield 2 c.c. of +a substance having a sp. g. of 1.2. If, however, we write gram instead +of c.c. in the above statement, the resulting sp. g. will be 1.16. The +simplest plan is to remember that the sp. g. is the weight divided by +the volume (sp. g. = w/v) and the sp. g. of a mixture is the sum of the +weights divided by the sum of the volumes (sp. g. = (w + w' + w", +&c.)/(v + v' + v", &c.)). In the above example the sum of the volumes is +2 c.c.; the weights (got by multiplying each volume by its +corresponding sp. g.) are 1.4 gram and 1 gram. The sum of the weights +divided by the sum of the volumes is 2.4/2 or 1.2. + +The sp. g. of a mixture of 10 c.c. of a substance having a sp. g. of +1.2, with 15 c.c. of another having a sp. g. of 1.5 may be thus found:-- + + sp. g. = (12+22.5)/(10+15) = 1.38 + +multiply each volume by its sp. g. to get its weight: + + 10×1.2 = 12 15×1.5 = 22.5 + +add these together (12+22.5 = 34.5) and divide by the sum of the volumes +(10+15 = 25): + + 25)34.5(1.38 + 25 + -- + 95, &c. + +The sp. g. will be 1.38, provided the mixture is not accompanied by any +change of volume. + +The same formula will serve when the proportion of the ingredients is +given by weight. A mixture of 4 parts by weight of galena (sp. g. 7.5) +with 5 parts of blende (sp. g. 4) will have a sp. g. of 5.06: + + sp. g. = (4+5)/(0.53+1.25) = 9/1.78 = 5.06 + +It is necessary in this case to calculate the volumes of the galena and +of the blende, which is done by dividing the weights by the sp. +gravities: thus, 4 divided by 7.5 gives 0.53 and 5 divided by 4 gives +1.25. + +The converse problem is a little more difficult. Given the sp. g. of a +mixture and of each of the two ingredients, the percentage by weight of +the heavier ingredient may be ascertained by the following rule, which +is best expressed as a formula. There are three sp. gravities given; if +the highest be written H, the lowest L and that of the mixture M, then: + + Percentage of heavier mineral = (100×H×(M-L))/(M×(H-L)) + +Suppose a sample of tailings has a sp. g. of 3.0, and is made up of +quartz (sp. g. 2.6) and pyrites (sp. g. 5.1): then the percentage of +pyrites is 27: + + (100×5.1×(3-2.6))/(3×(5.1-2.6)) = (510×0.4)/(3×2.5) = 204/7.5 = 27.2 + +The same problem could be solved with the help of a little algebra by +the rule already given, as thus: the sp. g. of a mixture equals the sum +of the _weights_ of the constituents divided by the sum of the +_volumes_. Then 100 grams of the tailings with _x_ per cent. of pyrites +contain 100-_x_ per cent. of quartz. The sum of the weights is 100. The +volume of the pyrites is _x_/5.1 and of the quartz (100-_x_)/2.6. + +Then we have by the rule + + 3 = 100/((_x_/5.1)+(100-_x_)/2.6) + 3 = 1326/(510-2.5_x_) + 204 = 7.5_x_ + and _x_ = 27.2 + +If the percentage (P) and sp. g. (H) of one constituent and the sp. g. +(M) of the mixture are known, the sp. g. of the other constituent may be +calculated by the following formula, in which _x_ is the required sp. +g.: + + _x_ = ((100-P)×M×H)/((100×H)-(P×M)) + +For example, "tailings" (sp. g. 3.0) containing 27.2 per cent. of +pyrites (sp. g. 5.1) will contain (100-27.2), 72.8 per cent. of earthy +matter having a mean sp. g. of _x_: + + _x_ = ((100-27.2)×3×5.1)/((100×5.1)-(27.2×3)) + = 1113.84/428.4 = 2.6 + +The differences in sp. g. corresponding to differences in strength have +been carefully determined and tabulated in the case of the stronger +acids and of many other liquids. Such tables are given at the end of +this book. + +_To Calculate the Weight of a Measured Volume of Mineral or +Rock._--Multiply the cubic feet by 62.4 and then multiply by the sp. g. +of the stuff, the answer gives the weight in pounds. For example, 100 +cubic feet of quartz weighs 100×62.4×2.6 = 16,224 lbs. The weight of any +mass of mineral of known extent and sp. g. is ascertained in this way. + +The following table gives the specific gravities of some of the commoner +minerals. + + Barytes 4.5 + Blende 4.0 + Calcite 2.6 + Cassiterite 6.9 + Chalybite 3.8 + Copper pyrites 4.2 + Fluor 3.1 + Galena 7.5 + Hęmatite 5.0 + Mispickel 6.2 + Pyrites 5.0 + Quartz 2.6 + +FOOTNOTES: + +[8] The difference of 20 or 30 milligrams is disregarded here because it +detracts equally from the actual weight of the water and liquid to be +determined. If the liquid is a heavy one the difference shows itself in +the third or second place of decimals. The correction may be made by +deducting from the weight of the flask 0.0012 grams for each gram of +water it holds. + + + + +PART II.--THE METALS. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +SILVER, GOLD, CYANIDES, PLATINUM, MERCURY. + + +SILVER. + +Silver is widely diffused, and has been found in most mining districts. +It occurs native in sufficient quantity to constitute one of the chief +ores of the metal. It also occurs combined with sulphur (as in +argentite), with sulphur and antimony (as in stephanite or brittle +silver ore, and in pyrargyrite or ruby silver), and with copper, +sulphur, antimony, and arsenic, as in polybasite. Chloride of silver +occurs native as horn silver or kerargyrite. Silver is found in the ores +of other metals, such as fahlerz, which sometimes contains from two to +ten per cent. of the metal, and galena, which is an important source of +it; in fact, galena is never found entirely free from silver. It is +present also in greater or less quantity in the ores of copper and zinc. + +Silver dissolves readily in nitric acid, forming silver nitrate. It only +forms one family of salts, and of these the chloride and nitrate are of +chief importance to the assayer. The formation of the chloride of silver +on the addition of hydrochloric acid or a soluble chloride to the nitric +acid solution, serves for the recognition and separation of silver. The +precipitated chloride is white (becoming violet on exposure to light), +insoluble in nitric acid, soluble in ammonia, hyposulphite of soda, or +concentrated solutions of chlorides. The best confirmatory test is made +by wrapping the precipitate in a little sheet lead, and cupelling, when +the silver will be left in the metallic state, and is easily recognized. + +~Dry Assay.~--This assay is made up of two parts: (1) the concentration +of the silver in a button of lead; and (2) the cupellation of the +resulting alloy. The concentration of the button of lead may be +effected either by scorification or by fusion in a crucible. + +The scorification assay is performed in a scorifier, which is a shallow +open-mouthed dish about 2-1/2 inches across, with a very thick bottom to +enable it to withstand the corrosive action of the slag. A charge of +more than 3 or 5 grams of the ore cannot be worked in one, and with such +small charges the unavoidable variations have a serious effect on the +figures reported. A difference of one milligram on the weight of the +button of silver got represents a difference of 6 or 10 ounces per ton. +With rich ores such variation is unavoidable under any conditions, and +the only safe plan is to take the mean of several assays. But with +poorer ores the accuracy of the assay, as well as convenience in +working, is much increased by working in a crucible with larger charges. + +In scorification the proportion of lead required for scorifying 1 gram +of ore is in average cases from 10 to 15 grams, sinking in the case of +galena to 2 grams, and rising with earthy and refractory substances to +from 30 to 40 grams. But by fusing in a crucible with well-selected +fluxes, a proportion of 4 of flux to 1 of ore is generally sufficient; +and not only is the proportion of added matter less, but it is also +easier to manipulate large quantities in crucibles, so that, although in +some cases the crucible assay is more troublesome and less satisfactory, +yet with poor and earthy ores it is the best method of dealing with +them; while when properly worked it yields results as accurate as +scorification does. As a general rule, if more than 5 grams of ore must +be taken, the crucible assay should be adopted. + +[Illustration: FIG. 38.] + +~Scorification Assay.~--The charge of ore is usually 3 grams, sometimes +5; the lead varies from 30 to 70 grams, and the quantity of soda, borax, +or powdered glass added varies from 0.3 to 3 or 4 grams. It is generally +recommended to have the lead granulated,[9] and to mix the ore with +about half of it in the scorifier; then to put on the rest of the lead; +and finally to sprinkle the borax or glass on the top. It answers just +as well, however, to use the lead in the shape of foil, and wrap the ore +up in it; and if the ore contains much sulphur, the borax may with +advantage be added (wrapped in a little tissue paper) some five or ten +minutes after the operation has started. + +[Illustration: FIG. 39.] + +The process of scorification is as follows:--A scorifier (fig. 38) of +convenient size having been selected (one 2-1/2 inches across is most +generally useful), it is dried at a gentle heat for about ten minutes. +The charge is then put into it, and it is introduced, with the help of a +scorifier tongs (fig. 39), into a muffle heated considerably above +redness. The muffle is then closed, and when the metal has melted down, +it is opened, but the temperature is kept up. A ring of slag will, after +a time, form around the metal, and when this appearance (known as the +eye) presents itself, the temperature may be lowered. When the eye has +disappeared--that is, when the layer of slag has quite closed in--a +pinch of powdered culm wrapped in tissue paper is added. As soon as the +slag has again become tranquil, the scorifier is taken out, and its +contents are poured into a mould (fig. 40), the slag is detached, and +saved. If the button of metal weighs more than 30 grams, its size is +reduced by another scorification in the same scorifier, which should +have been replaced in the muffle immediately after the contents had been +poured out. If the ore is not a very rich one, the button of lead will +carry practically all the silver; but with rich ores it is more +satisfactory to save the slag, and subsequently to melt it down with the +cupel on which the lead has been treated, so as to recover the silver +lost in the slag, together with that absorbed in the cupel, at one +operation. Or, if the cupellation loss is neglected or calculated in +some other manner, the slag or slags from the scorifier may be powdered +and mixed with 20 grams of oxide of lead, 5 grams of borax, and 1 gram +of charcoal. This should be melted down in a small crucible, and the +resulting button of lead cupelled. + +[Illustration: FIG. 40.] + +If the scorification has been unsatisfactory, the quantity of silver +obtained from the slag will be by no means inconsiderable. The usual +explanation is that with sulphury ores compounds of metallic oxides and +sulphides (oxysulphides) are formed, which remain in the slag, retaining +considerable quantities of the precious metal. It is said that under +certain conditions such a slag may contain as much as 10 per cent. of +silver. An excess of lead and a high temperature prevents the formation +of these oxysulphides. But if much silver is present in the ore, the +slag cannot be safely thrown away, even if sulphur is absent, and the +process has been satisfactorily performed. + +If the crust which appears on the surface of the lead does not clear, +add a small lump of borax and 20 grams more lead; then close the muffle, +and keep the temperature as high as possible. If the slag forms +properly, but shows unfused or only half-fused lumps, even when the +scorification has proceeded for some time, add more borax, and stir with +an iron rod. The slag adhering to the rod must be detached by hammering, +and replaced in the scorifier. + +If the ore consists largely of quartz, soda should be added instead of +borax; or, if it contains much copper, powdered quartz may be used. If +the scorifier at the end of an operation is more than usually corroded, +the borax should be replaced in subsequent assays on similar ores by +powdered glass or quartz. + +If a fairly fluid slag is formed which does not clear from the metal and +show the eye, more lead and a higher temperature is wanted. + +As a general rule, it may be stated that when a scorification is +unsatisfactory, what is wanted is more heat, more lead, or more borax. + +It is a safe plan when work has to be done on a strange ore, to make +three or four assays with varying quantities of lead. The proportion of +lead is right when a further addition does not yield a higher result. +The proper proportion having been found, a note of it should be made for +future use. + + +POT ASSAYS. + +The object of the fusion in a crucible, like that of scorification, is +to concentrate the silver in a button of lead which is to be +subsequently cupelled; and to retain the earthy and waste matters in the +slag. It is necessary to consider the quality of the slag and the weight +and quality of the lead. The slag when fused should be liquid and +homogeneous, and not too corrosive on the crucible. The button of lead +should be soft, malleable, and free from a coating of regulus.[10] In +weight it should not differ much from the ore taken. With 20 grams of +ore, for example, a button of lead weighing from 18 to 25 grams will be +satisfactory: less than this would leave an undue proportion of silver +in the slag; and more would be unnecessarily large for cupelling, and +would increase the loss in that operation. + +With average ores, take 20 grams of the powdered ore and mix with 30 +grams of "soda," 40 grams of red-lead or litharge, 5 grams of borax, and +from 2 to 2.5 grams of flour, and place in an E crucible (Battersea +round). Put these in the furnace at a red heat, cover the crucible, and +gradually raise the temperature until the whole charge has melted down +and is in a state of tranquil fusion. Pour into a mould, and replace the +crucible in the furnace. As soon as the lead is solid, detach the slag +and put it back into the crucible; and when it is again fluid, charge on +to it with a copper scoop a mixture of 20 grams of oxide of lead, and 1 +gram of charcoal: when fusion has again become tranquil, pour and detach +the button of lead. The lead buttons should be hammered into discs with +rounded edges, and be freed from slag; if too big for a cupel they may +be scorified together in a small scorifier, but it is better to cupel +them separately. + +~Ores containing Metallic Oxides.~--Peroxides of iron, manganese, and +copper interfere by counteracting the effect of the charcoal or flour, +and thus reducing the size of the lead button. Peroxide of iron will +reduce the weight of lead by a little more than its own weight; and +peroxide of manganese has about twice this effect. When these oxides are +present an additional quantity of flour must be used, and precautions +must be taken to prevent reoxidation of the slag by the furnace gases. +This may best be prevented by using a layer of common salt as a cover to +the charge. When the ores contain a good deal of quartz or stony matter, +the fluxes just given (for average ores) will do; but the proportion of +soda should be diminished, and that of the borax, oxide of lead, and +flour increased as the quantity of metallic oxides become greater. If +the ore contains practically no quartz, the soda may be altogether +omitted, and some glass or powdered quartz added. The following charge +may be taken as an example: weigh up 20 grams of the powdered ore, 15 +grams each of "soda" and borax, 60 grams of oxide of lead, and 5 grams +of flour. Mix and place them in an E crucible, and cover with a layer of +from a quarter to half an inch of common salt. Place in the furnace as +before. The salt will give off a considerable amount of fume, which +will, to a certain extent, conceal the state of the charge: when the +crucible has been in the furnace for about 25 minutes remove it and pour +out the contents immediately. With ores that produce a thick slag the +addition of 5 grams of fluor spar will be an advantage. It may happen +that with an unknown ore the first assay will be more or less +unsatisfactory: but from it the necessity for adding more or less flour +will be learnt, and a second assay, with the necessary modification of +the charge, should give a good result. + +~Ores containing much Sulphides.~--Ores of this class may be easily +recognized, either by the appearance of the minerals they contain or by +the odour of sulphurous oxide (SO_{2}) which they evolve when roasted on +a spatula. The sulphides most commonly present, in addition to the +sulphurized minerals of silver, are pyrites, galena, blende, and +mispickel. When they are present in only a moderate amount, their effect +is simply to increase the weight of the button of lead; and this is +easily counteracted by reducing the amount of flour, or by omitting it. +When in larger amounts, they not only yield large buttons, but also +render the metal sulphury, sometimes even giving a button of regulus +instead of lead. This last evil may be remedied (1) by putting in a rod +of iron as soon as the charge has fused, or (2) it may be counteracted +by a proper addition of nitre, or (3) when the sulphides present are +only those of iron or copper the sulphur may be removed by calcining, +and the ore converted into one of the class containing metallic oxides. +The calcination is effected as follows:--Weigh up 20 grams of the +powdered ore and place it in a wide-mouthed crucible sufficiently large +to perform the subsequent melting down in. The roasting must be done at +a gentle heat at first, so as to avoid clotting: the mouth of the +crucible should project considerably above the coke, and should slope +forward towards the worker. The charge must be occasionally stirred with +the stirrer (fig. 10) so as to expose fresh surfaces to the action of +the air, and to prevent adhesion to the sides of the crucible. The +stirrer should not be removed till the calcination is finished. The +temperature should be raised at the end to a good red heat; and (to +ensure the decomposition of any sulphate that may be formed) the roasted +ore should be rubbed up in a mortar with a pinch of anthracite, and +again calcined. It is then mixed with fluxes as described, and fused in +the same crucible. + +The calcination of an ore is a work occupying a good deal of time, and, +in most cases, it is better to take advantage of the desulphurizing +power of red lead or nitre. Red lead by itself will do, but a large +quantity of it will be required; 1 part of a metallic sulphide needs +from 20 to 50 parts of red lead to yield a button free from sulphur; +whereas at most from 2 to 2-1/2 parts of nitre are sufficient. There is +sometimes an advantage in having a considerable excess of oxide of lead +in the slag, but where there is no such reason, 2 parts of red lead to 1 +of ore is enough. A charge which will do for most sulphides is the +following: 20 grams of ore, 40 to 100 grams of red lead, 20 grams of +"soda," 5 of borax, and sufficient nitre (or perhaps flour) to give a +button of about 25 grams of lead. How much this must be (if not already +known) may be approximately determined by fusing 3 grams of the ore and +3 grams of "soda" in a small crucible (C) with 50 grams of litharge (not +red lead) under a cover of salt, and weighing the resulting button of +lead. Subtract 3 from the weight of lead obtained, and the difference +multiplied by 1.3 will give the quantity in grams of nitre required. If +the button of lead weighs less than 3 grams flour must be added. If this +is not satisfactory repeat the assay, adding an extra gram of nitre for +each 4 grams of lead in excess of that required, or 1 gram of flour for +a 12-gram deficiency. + +In the method in which iron is used as a de-sulphurising agent, only as +much oxide of lead should be added as will give a button of lead of the +required size. Rather a large button of lead should be got, and the slag +should be strongly alkaline; if the ore does not already carry a large +amount of sulphur some should be added. The fusion should be performed +at a low temperature (similar to that for a galena assay), and should be +continued for some time after it has become tranquil. Take 20 grams of +the ore, 40 grams of "soda," 40 grams of oxide of lead, and 5 or 10 +grams of borax; place this mixture in a crucible (with a rod of iron, as +in the galena assay), cover, and fuse for about half an hour. Take out +the rod, washing it in the slag, and, in a minute or two, pour. Clean +and cupel the button of lead. + +~General Remarks on the Fusion.~--Other things being equal, the smaller +the quantity of the slag the better, provided there is sufficient to +cover the metal. The presence of peroxides of the heavy metals is +prejudicial, since they tend to increase the quantity of silver retained +in the slag. It may be given as a general rule that when iron, copper, +manganese, &c., are present, there is a more than ordinary need for +cleaning the slags, and care must be taken to keep these metals in the +state of lower oxide. + +In selecting the fluxes, it should be remembered that soda is the best +for quartz, and borax for lime and metallic oxides. And that with ores +almost free from gangue some quartz or glass should be added to protect +the crucible. Two parts of soda are enough to flux 1 part of quartz; +whilst of borax, or oxide of lead, 4 parts are barely sufficient. Oxide +of lead has the advantage of being heavy and so does not occupy much +space in the crucible; on the other hand, if the melting down be +performed too quickly, or if oxide of lead only is used, this high +specific gravity is a disadvantage, for the lighter earthy matter floats +as a pasty mass on the more fluid oxide of lead, and thus escapes its +action. + +When metallic sulphides are present in the ore, an excess of oxide of +lead helps to keep the sulphur out of the button of metal. In addition +to the oxide of lead required as a flux, some will be required to +provide the lead in which the silver is to be collected. Oxide of lead, +mixed with charcoal or flour, yields, when heated, a multitude of minute +buttons of metal uniformly distributed through the mass of the charge; +as the charge melts down these run together and fall to the bottom; this +shower of lead collects the silver more easily than a single button at +the bottom of the crucible could do. Only that portion of the oxide of +lead which remains in the slag can be considered as a flux; very often +the first indication of an excessive reduction of lead is the pastiness +of the slag rendered thick by the withdrawal of the oxide of lead which +would have kept it fluid. If, in an assay, it is found that 5 parts of +flux are not sufficient for 1 part of ore, the remedy lies in using a +different flux rather than in taking a larger quantity. + +_On the Reducing Effect of Charcoal, Flour, and Tartar._--The weight to +be got from a given charge will depend (provided sufficient oxide of +lead is present) upon the proportion of the reducing agents in it. We +have thought it well to illustrate this part of the subject by a series +of experiments which the learner will do well to practise for himself +before proceeding to the assay of actual ores. Take 80 grams of litharge +and 20 grams of a mixture of borax and soda. Fuse three lots (1) with +1.5 gram of charcoal, (2) with 3 grams of flour, and (3) with 7.5 grams +of tartar. Weigh the buttons of lead obtained, and divide each by the +weight of reducing agent used. The results will differ somewhat with the +dryness and quality of the flour, etc., used; in one series of +experiments they were as follows:-- + + Gram. Grams. Gram. Grams. + 1.5 charcoal gave 34.0 lead .'. 1 charcoal = 22.6 lead. + 3.0 flour " 33.5 " .'. 1 flour = 11.2 " + 7.5 tartar " 38.0 " .'. 1 tartar = 5.0 " + +The use of flour as a reducing agent has many advantages, and it is well +to remember that _1 gram of flour reduces about 11 grams of lead_; and +that charcoal has twice, and tartar one-half, this reducing effect. + +_On the Reducing Effect of Charcoal, &c., on Red Lead._--It is often +easier to obtain red lead of good quality than it is litharge, and by a +large number of assayers red lead is the form of oxide of lead always +used. Red lead, however, contains an excess of oxygen which will use up +some of the reducing agent before lead separates out. On making a series +of experiments (similar to the last, but using 80 grams of red lead +instead of the litharge) the results were, with the same quantities of +the reducing agents:-- + + With charcoal, 18 grams of lead. + " flour, 18 " " + " tartar, 22 " " + +Comparing these with the results with litharge, in the previous table it +will be seen that the same quantity of reducing agent has in each case +brought down 16 grams less of lead, so that a larger amount of the +reducing agent must be added to get a button of the same weight as that +obtained with litharge. To get a button of a desired weight, say 22 +grams, we must add reducing agent sufficient to throw down 22 + 16 or 38 +grams of lead, which would require 3.4 grams of flour. If this amount of +flour is fused with 80 grams of red lead, a button of lead weighing 22 +grams will be formed, the other 16 grams being kept up by the oxygen of +the red lead. + +If the quantity of red lead differs from 80 grams, this rule must be +modified. With 40 grams of red lead, for example, we should add an +excess of reducing agent sufficient to throw down 8 grams of lead +instead of 16. Similarly, with 160 grams of red lead, we should add +enough to throw down 32 grams. + +The following rule will enable one to calculate the weight of flour +required to produce a button of lead of any desired weight from any +given quantity of red lead. Each 5 grams of red lead present diminishes +the weight of the lead by 1 gram. If then we _divide the weight of red +lead in a charge by 5, and add this to the weight of lead required, the +sum divided by 11 will give the weight of flour which must be added_. +Using 80 grams of red lead and wanting a button of 20 grams, we should +add 3.3 grams of flour. + + 80/5 = 16; 16+20 = 36; 36/11 = 3.3 nearly. + +The following are some results obtained which will illustrate the +rule:-- + + Red Lead used. Flour used. Lead got. + 40 grams 3 grams 25.0 grams + 100 " 3 " 13.5 " + 80 " 4 " 30.0 " + 80 " 5 " 40.0 " + +_On the Reducing Effect of Metallic Sulphides, and the Counteracting +Effect of Nitre._--The sulphides found in ores will reduce a button of +lead from oxide of lead just as flour does; and, as charcoal, flour and +tartar differ in their reducing power, so equal weights of the different +mineral sulphides throw down different weights of lead. + +One gram of iron pyrites yields about 11 grams of lead. One gram of +copper pyrites, blende, fahlerz, or mispickel, yields 7 or 8 grams of +lead, whilst 1 gram of antimonite will give 6, and 1 gram of galena only +a little over 3 grams. It is evident that if an ore carries much of +these sulphides, the quantity of lead reduced will be very much larger +than that required for an assay. To counteract this effect nitre is +added; _1 gram is added for each 4 grams of lead in excess of that +required_. For example: with a 20-gram charge of an ore containing 50 +per cent. of pyrites, if no nitre were added, 110 grams of lead would be +got; or, if there was not sufficient oxide of lead to yield this +quantity of metal, the button would be sulphury. To reduce the weight of +the button by 80 grammes, we should add 20 grams of nitre, if litharge +were used; or if red lead were used, we should add 16 grams of nitre, +_since the oxidizing effect of 20 grams of red lead is equivalent to +that of 1 of nitre_, and since 80 grams of red lead are generally used +in a charge. Two assays of an ore of this kind with these quantities of +nitre gave 26.0 grams of lead with litharge, and 22.5 grams with red +lead. + +It is best to use in these assays 80 grams of red lead, 20 of soda, and +5 of borax, with 20 grams of the ore. If the lead got by the preliminary +fusion in a small crucible with litharge (described under "_ores +containing much sulphides_") is known, the following table will indicate +the quantity of nitre, or flour, to be added with this charge:-- + + -------------------------------+-------------------+------------------ + Lead got in Preliminary Fusion | Flour to be added | Nitre to be added + with 3 grams of Ore. | to the Assay. | to the Assay. + -------------------------------+-------------------+------------------ + 0.0 gram | 3.3 grams | none + 3.0 grams | 1.3 gram | -- + 6.0 " | none | 4.0 grams + 9.0 " | -- | 9.0 " + 12.0 " | -- | 14.0 " + 15.0 " | -- | 19.0 " + 18.0 " | -- | 24.0 " + 21.0 " | -- | 29.0 " + -------------------------------+-------------------+------------------ + +If litharge is used in the assay instead of red lead 4 grams more nitre, +or 1.5 gram less flour must be used. When more than a few grams of nitre +are added to a charge the proportion of "soda" and borax should be +increased, because one of the products of the reaction of nitre upon +sulphides in the presence of soda is sulphate of soda, and because the +"soda" thus used up no longer serves as a flux; more borax should be +added, as it is the best flux for the metallic oxides which are formed +in the process. If in an assay too large a button of lead is got, even +after this calculation has been made, and the assay is repeated, add 1 +gram more nitre for each 4 grams of lead in excess. Sometimes the assay +appears tranquil before the nitre has produced its full effect; in such +cases it is well to seize the crucible with the tongs and mix its fused +contents by rotating them; if this causes an effervescence, the crucible +should be replaced in the fire and the fusion continued. The following +experiments will illustrate the extent to which the above rules may be +relied on. In all of them the standard flux was used, viz.:--80 grams of +red lead, 20 of soda, and 5 of borax. + + _Pyrites_ 5 5 5 5 2.5 5 10 15 20 + Quartz -- 20 -- 20 17.5 15 10 5 + Nitre -- -- 5 5 -- 4 16 28.5 41 + Lead got 42.5 36.0 16.0 19.0 11.5 22.5 22.5 26.5 27.5 + + _Copper Pyrites_ 8 8 8 8 + Quartz -- 12 -- 12 + Nitre -- -- 4 4 + Lead got 47.5 34.0 33.0 26.0 + + _Antimonite_ 8 8 8 8 + Quartz -- 12 -- 12 + Nitre -- -- 4 4 + Lead got 29.0 26.0 13.0 13.0 + + _Galena_ 10 10 10 10 15 20 + Quartz. -- 15 -- 15 5 -- + Nitre -- -- 3 3 3.5 7 + Lead got 17.0 19.0 8.0 8.0 18.5 18.5 + +A similar set of experiments, with 80 grams of litharge instead of 80 +grams of red lead, gave:-- + + _Pyrites_ 4 4 4 4 7 10 + Quartz -- 15 -- 15 13 10 + Nitre -- -- 5 5 12.5 20 + Lead got 46.5 40.5 25.5 24.5 27.0 26.5 + + _Copper Pyrites_ 5 5 5 5 + Quartz -- 15 -- 15 + Nitre -- -- 5 5 + Lead got 44.5 32.5 23.0 25.0 + + _Blende_ 5 5 5 5 10 + Quartz -- 15 -- 15 10 + Nitre -- -- 5 5 15 + Lead got 41.5 38.5 21.5 22.5 21.6 + + _Antimonite_ 5 5 5 5 10 + Quartz -- 15 -- 15 10 + Nitre -- -- 5 5 10 + Lead got 31.0 32.5 11.5 12.5 18.7 + + _Galena_ 10 10 10 10 15 20 + Quartz -- 15 -- 15 5 -- + Nitre -- -- 5 5 7.5 11 + Lead got 33.5 33.5 13.0 14.0 19.5 22.7 + +The variation in some of these experiments, in which we might have +expected similar results, is due to the fact that the sulphur, and in +some cases the metals, are capable of two degrees of oxidation. For +example: theoretically 1 gram of iron pyrites (FeS_{2}) would yield 8.6 +grams of lead if the sulphur were oxidised to sulphurous oxide (SO_{2}), +and the iron to ferrous oxide (FeO); whilst if the sulphur were oxidised +to sulphate (SO_{3}), and the iron to ferric oxide, 12.9 grams of lead +will be thrown down. Similarly the yield with copper pyrites would be +7.5 or 11.6; with blende, 6.4 or 8.5; with antimonite, 5.5 or 8; and +with galena, 2.6 or 3.4. As regards the metals, the lower oxide will +always be formed if the assay is carried out properly (fused under a +cover, and with a sufficiency of reducing agent). But the proportion of +sulphur oxidised completely will vary with the conditions of the assay. +With a slag containing much soda the tendency will be to form sulphate, +and, in consequence, a big reduction of lead; whilst with an acid slag +containing much quartz the tendency will be for the sulphur to go off as +sulphurous oxide (SO_{2}). In a fusion with litharge alone all the +sulphur will be liberated as the lower oxide, whilst with much soda it +will be wholly converted into sulphate. For example: 3 grams of an ore +containing a good deal of pyrites and a little galena, gave, when fused +with litharge, 16.5 grams of lead. A similar charge, containing in +addition 20.0 grams of soda, gave 22.5 grams of lead. + +It will be noted from the experiments that 1 gram of nitre kept up on +the average 4 grams of lead; the range being from 3.2 with acid slags to +5.3 with very basic ones. These facts serve to explain some apparently +irregular results got in practice. + + +CUPELLATION. + +The process is as follows:--The cupels, which should have been made some +time before and stored in a dry place, are first cleaned by gentle +rubbing with the finger and blowing off the loose dust; and then placed +in a hot muffle and heated to redness for from 5 to 10 minutes before +the alloy to be cupelled is placed on them. The reasons for this are +sufficiently obvious: the sudden evolution of much steam will blow a +cupel to pieces; and, if the whole of the water has not been removed +before the cupel is filled with molten lead, the escaping steam will +bubble through, and scatter about particles of the metal. If some +particles of unburnt carbon remain in the bone ash, a similar result +will be produced by the escape of bubbles of carbonic acid as soon as +the fused litharge comes in contact with them. The cupels having been +prepared are arranged in a definite order in the muffle, and the assay +buttons are arranged in a corresponding order on some suitable tray +(cupel tray, fig. 41); the heat of the muffle being at bright redness. +Then with the help of the tongs (fig. 42) the assay buttons should be +placed each in its proper cupel; a note having been previously made of +the position it is to occupy, and the door of the muffle closed. + +[Illustration: FIG. 41.] + +This part of the work should be done promptly, so as not to unduly cool +the muffle: the start requires a fairly high temperature, and is a +critical part of the process. A black crust forms at once on the surface +of the lead; but this ought soon to fuse and flow in greasy drops from +off the face of the metal, so as to leave the latter fluid with a +well-defined outline, and much brighter than the cupel. If this clearing +does not take place, the buttons are said to be frozen; in which case +the temperature must be raised, some pieces of charcoal put in the +muffle, and the door closed. If they still do not clear, the heat must +have been much too low, and it is best to reject them and repeat the +assays. + +[Illustration: FIG. 42.] + +When the buttons have cleared it is well to check the draught of the +furnace, and to partly open the door of the muffle, so as to work at as +low a temperature as is compatible with the continuation of the +process.[11] Too low a temperature is indicated by the freezing of the +buttons and the consequent spoiling of the assays. Experience soon +enables one to judge when the heat is getting too low. A commoner error +is to have the heat too high: it should be remembered that that which +was high enough to clear the buttons at starting is more than sufficient +to keep the process going. At the finish a higher temperature is again +required: therefore the door of the muffle should be closed and the +furnace urged. The finish is easily recognised. The drops of litharge +which in the earlier stages flow steadily from the surface of the alloy, +thin off later to a luminous film. At the end this film appears in +commotion, then presents a brilliant play of colours, and, with a sudden +extinction, the operation is finished. The metal again glows for an +instant whilst becoming solid. + +If the button is a small one the cupel is withdrawn at once and placed +on that square of the cupel tray which corresponds to the position it +occupied in the muffle. If, however, it is fairly large precautions must +be taken to prevent spirting. + +Molten silver dissolves oxygen from the air and gives it off on +solidifying; the escape of the gas on sudden cooling is violent and, by +throwing off particles of the metal, may cause loss. This is called +"vegetation" or "spirting." The silver is apparently solid when spirting +takes place; the crust breaks suddenly and some of the metal is forced +out. The evil is best guarded against by slow cooling and avoiding +draughts. With large buttons of silver precautions should never be +omitted. One plan is to allow the cupels to cool in the muffle itself, +the mouth being closed with hot charcoal. Another is to cover the cupel +with another cupel previously heated to redness; in this case the silver +cools between two hot cupels, and, of course, cools slowly. A third plan +is to withdraw the cupel to the door of the muffle, holding it until it +begins to get solid and then immediately to put it back into the hotter +part of the muffle. + +Silver remains after cupellation in flattened elliptical buttons, +adhering but only slightly to the cupel. Its upper surface should show +faint markings as if it were crystalline. The presence of platinum +renders it still more crystalline, but removes the characteristic lustre +and renders the metal dull and grey. Copper, if not completely removed, +has a very marked effect on the appearance of the button: the metal is +spread out, damping, as it were, and firmly adhering to the cupel, which +latter in the neighbourhood of the metal is almost black with oxide of +copper. Sometimes the silver button is globular, or even more sharply +rounded on its under than on its upper surface; it is said that this is +due to the presence of lead. Gold may be present even to the extent of +50 per cent. without showing any yellow colour. + +The appearance of the cupel affords some useful information. The +presence of cracks evidently due to shrinkage indicates a badly made +cupel. If, however, they are accompanied by a peculiar unfolding of the +cupel, the margin losing its distinctness, it is because of the presence +of antimony. When lead is the only easily oxidisable metal present, the +stained portion of cupel is yellow when cold. A greenish tint may be due +to small quantities of copper or, perhaps, nickel, cobalt, or platinum. +Larger quantities of copper give a greenish grey or almost black colour. +A dark green and corroded cupel may be due to iron. Rings of +pale-coloured scoria may be due to tin, zinc, antimony, or arsenic. When +the cupel shows signs of the presence of these metals in objectionable +quantity, it is well to repeat the assay and scorify so as to remove +them before cupellation. + +The button should be detached from the cold cupel by seizing with a +pair of pliers: the under surface should be distorted by squeezing or +hammering the button so as to loosen the adhering bone ash. The cleaning +is easily completed by rubbing with a clean hard brush. After cleaning +the buttons are best put on a tray of marked watch-glasses, and then +taken to the balance and weighed. The weight of silver got needs a small +correction; (1) by deducting for the amount of silver introduced by the +lead or oxide of lead used in the assay;[12] and (2) by adding for the +cupellation loss. + +~Loss in Cupellation.~--During the whole process of cupelling a silver +lead alloy a more or less abundant fume may be observed rising from the +cupel. This furnishes an evident loss of lead and a possible loss of +silver; for although silver at the temperature of cupellation gives off +no appreciable vapour, it is known that such fume formed on a large +scale contains silver. It is, however, difficult to believe that the +small amount of lead vapourised carries with it a weighable amount of +silver. That it does not do so in the ordinary way of working is shown +by the fact that a button of silver equal in weight to the silver lost +in cupelling may be got by smelting the cupel and cupelling the +resulting button of lead. The loss of silver by volatilisation is +altogether inconsiderable, unless the temperature at which the operation +is performed is much too high. + +Another possible source of loss is the infiltration of small particles +of alloy into the cupel. The cupel is necessarily porous, and particles +of metal may perhaps drain into it, more especially if the bone ash is +not in fine powder; but if this is the main source of loss it is hard to +see why, in cupelling equal weights of silver and gold, the loss is not +equal in each case. It is not easy to believe that the mere filtration +of the fused alloy will effect such a change in the proportion of the +metals as that which actually occurs. For example: a cupel on which an +alloy consisting of 0.80 gram of silver, 0.47 gram of gold, and 25 grams +of lead had been cupelled, was found to contain 7-1/2 milligrams of +silver, and rather less than half a milligram of gold. Assuming, for the +sake of argument, that the gold present had filtered into the cupel in +the form of small drops of alloy, it would have been accompanied by less +than a milligram of silver, and the presence of the extra 6 or 7 +milligrams of silver must have been due to a different cause. There can, +thus, be little doubt that the cause of the greater part of the +"cupellation loss" is a chemical one and cannot be counteracted by a +mechanical contrivance.[13] In cupellation, then, there is a loss, +apart from imperfect working, inherent in the process itself; and as the +amount of this loss varies under different conditions, it is necessary +to study it somewhat in detail. + +The following experiments are taken without selection from the work of +one student. Three experiments were made for each determination, and the +mean result is given. By "range" is meant the difference between the +highest and lowest result and the percentage loss is calculated on the +silver present. The silver added in the lead used has been deducted. + +~Effect of Varying Lead.~--In each experiment 0.4 gram of silver was +taken and cupelled with the lead. The silver loss and "range" are +expressed in milligrams. + + ------------+--------------+--------+------------------ + Lead Used. | Silver Lost. | Range. | Percentage Loss. + ------------+--------------+--------+------------------ + Grams. | | | + 10 | 6.5 | 1.0 | 1.62 + 20 | 7.0 | 1.0 | 1.75 + 40 | 12.0 | 1.5 | 3.00 + 60 | 12.7 | 0.5 | 3.17 + ------------+--------------+--------+------------------ + +The loss increases with the lead used. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--0.4 gram of silver was cupelled with +20 grams of lead. + + Temperature. Silver Lost. Range. Percentage Loss. + + Bright red 7.0 1.0 1.75 + Clear yellow 17.3 1.7 4.32 + +The difference in temperature in these experiments was much greater than +would occur even with careless work. + +~Effect of Varying Silver.~--20 grams of lead were used in each +cupellation. + + ---------------+--------------+--------+------------------ + Silver Taken. | Silver Lost. | Range. | Percentage Loss. + ---------------------------------------------------------- + Milligrams. | | | + 12.5 | 0.7 | 0.2 | 5.6 + 25.0 | 1.4 | 0.1 | 5.6 + 50.0 | 1.6 | 0.4 | 3.2 + 100.0 | 2.9 | 0.3 | 2.9 + 200.0 | 5.6 | 0.5 | 2.8 + 400.0 | 7.0 | 1.0 | 1.7 + 800.0 | 9.7 | 1.0 | 1.2 + ---------------+--------------+--------+------------------ + +It will be seen that, although the quantity of silver lost increases +with the silver present, the percentage loss is greater on the smaller +buttons. + +The following results are often quoted:--Cupelling 1 grain of silver +with 10 grains of lead, the loss was 1.22 per cent.; 10 grains of silver +with 100 grains of lead, loss 1.13 per cent.; 25 grains of silver +cupelled with 250 grains of lead, lost 1.07 per cent. The proportion of +silver to lead was the same in the three experiments, and the largest +button gave the best result. Evidently, if the quantities of lead had +been the same in the three experiments (say, 250 grains in each case), +the loss on the smaller quantities of silver would appear worse in the +comparison. + +In judging these results, it must be borne in mind that it is difficult +to regulate the temperature, &c., in consecutive experiments so as to +get exactly similar results, so that the range in consecutive +cupellations is greater than that in a batch cupelled side by side. + +~Effect of Copper and Antimony.~--0.1 gram of silver was cupelled with +20 grams of lead, and to one batch 0.5 gram of antimony, and to another +0.5 gram of copper was added. + + Loss in + Silver Lost. Range. Percentage. + + Without addition 2.9 0.3 2.9 + With antimony 3.2 0.2 3.2 + With copper 4.9 1.7 4.9 + +Perhaps the antimony has so small an effect because it is eliminated in +the earlier part of the process, while the silver is still alloyed with, +and protected by, a large proportion of lead; whilst the copper on the +other hand makes its fiercest attack towards the close, when the silver +is least capable of resisting it. The ill effects of copper are most +strongly felt when the quantity of lead present is not sufficient to +remove it: the coppery button of silver got under these conditions is +very considerably less than the weight of silver originally taken. + +Although the above is a fair statement of the loss attending average +work, it will not do in very important and exact work to place too much +reliance on the figures given, or, indeed, on any other set of figures, +with the object of correcting the result of an assay. Each man must rely +on his own work. + +It is easy to determine what allowance must be made for the loss in +cupellation by cupelling side by side with the assay piece an alloy of +similar and _known_ composition. For, if the two pieces are very nearly +alike, we may justly conclude that the loss on each will be the same; +and if, further, we take the average of three or four such +determinations we shall get results accurate within 0.1 per cent. The +method of getting such results may be best explained by one or two +illustrations. This method of working is termed "assaying by checks." + +Suppose we have an alloy of silver and lead in unknown proportions and +that by cupelling two lots of 10 grams each there is got from I. 0.1226 +gram of silver, and from II. 0.1229 gram. We should know from general +experience that the actual quantity of silver present was from 2 to 4 +milligrams more than this. To determine more exactly what the loss is, +the following plan is recommended:--The two silver buttons are wrapped +up each in 10 grams of lead, and cupelled side by side with two other +lots of 10 grams of the original alloy. If now the two buttons I. and +II. weigh 0.1202 and 0.1203, they will have suffered in this second +cupellation an average loss of 2.5 milligrams. Suppose the two fresh +lots of alloy gave 0.1233 and 0.1235 of silver, the average loss on +these would also be 2.5 milligrams. Add this loss to each result, and +take the mean; which is in this case 0.1259. + +If copper is present in the alloy as well as silver, it is necessary to +add about the same quantity of copper to the checks as is supposed, or +known, to be present in the assays. If the substance to be assayed is an +alloy of silver and copper, first cupel 0.5 gram of it, with, say, 10 +grams of lead, and weigh the resulting button of silver, in order to get +an approximate knowledge of its composition. Suppose the button weighs +0.3935 gram. We know that this is below the truth: for the sake of round +numbers take it as 0.4, and assume that the rest of the alloy (0.1 gram) +was copper. Two check pieces are then weighed out, each containing 0.4 +gram silver and 0.1 gram of copper wrapped in 5 grams of lead. Of course +the silver must be pure. And there is also weighed out two (or better, +four) assay pieces each containing half a gram of the alloy wrapped in 5 +grams of lead. The whole lot are then cupelled as nearly as possible +under the same conditions. With four assay pieces, the cupels should be +placed close together in two rows of three across the muffle; the two +check pieces are put in the middle cupels. Suppose the buttons of silver +got weighed as follows:-- + + Check pieces I. 0.3940 II. 0.3945 + Assay pieces I. 0.3905 II. 0.3912 + III. 0.3910 IV. 0.3909 + +The average loss on the two check pieces is 5.7 milligrams, and the +average result of the four assay pieces is 0.3909. Add the average loss +to the average result, and there is got the corrected result, 0.3966. +And if 0.5 gram of alloy contain 0.3966 of silver, 1000 will contain +793.2 of silver, and this is the degree of fineness. + +A correction for the loss in cupellation is always made in this way +when rich alloys are being assayed; and in the case of rich ores it may +be done after the manner of the first of the above illustrations. There +is another method of working which relies more on experiment. This is to +smelt the cupel as described further on (p. 114), and to again cupel the +resulting button of lead. The button of silver got in this second +cupellation is added to that first obtained. It will sometimes, but not +often, happen that the two buttons together will slightly exceed in +weight the silver which was actually present. This is because of the +retention in the buttons of a small quantity of lead. It has been stated +that the proportion of lead thus retained may be as much as 1% of the +silver present; this, however, can only be under exceptional conditions. +A determination of the actual silver in the buttons got in the series of +cupellations quoted on pages 102, 103, gave an average percentage of +99.85, so that even with the larger buttons the effect of the retained +lead would be only to increase the weight by about 1 milligram. In the +method of working with checks, the retained lead has no disturbing +influence. + +~The proportion of lead required~ for the cupellation of any particular +alloy requires consideration. With too much lead the time occupied in +the process is increased, and so is the loss of silver; on the other +hand, too little lead is of greater disadvantage than too much. From 8 +to 16 parts of lead are required for each part of silver alloy, or, if +gold is present, about twice as much as this must be used. For the +cupellation of 1 gram of a silver copper alloy containing different +percentages of copper, the following quantities of lead should be +used:-- + + Percentage of Copper + in Alloy. Lead Required. + + 5 6 grams + 10 8 " + 20 10 " + 30 12 " + 40 14 " + 50-100 16-18 " + +The alloy, in not too large pieces, is wrapped in the required weight of +lead foil and charged into the cupel at once; or the lead may be put in +first, and, when the cupellation has fairly started, the alloy may be +added wrapped in tissue paper; or a portion of the lead may be first +started and the alloy wrapped in the remaining lead and subsequently +added. The cupellation of large quantities of alloy or of alloys which +contain tin, antimony, iron, or any substance which produces a scoria, +or corrodes the cupel, must be preceded by a scorification. The +advantages of this are that the slag is poorer in precious metal than +that found on a cupel and is more easily collected and cleaned; that +larger quantities of metal can be treated, and that, even if the +substance is in part infusible, or produces at the start a clinkery mass +or scoria, the oxide of lead gradually accumulates, fluxes the solid +matters, and produces a good final result; but if the oxide of lead by +itself is not sufficient for the purpose, borax or some other flux can +be easily added. + +If the button of silver got is very small its weight may be estimated +from its size; but it must be remembered that the weight varies as the +cube of the diameter. If one button has twice the diameter of another it +is eight times as heavy and so on. Scales specially constructed for +measuring silver and gold buttons may be purchased; but it is much +better to make the measurement with the help of a microscope provided +with an eyepiece micrometer. + +If the length of the long diameter of a silver button be taken the +following table will give the corresponding weight in milligrams:-- + + ------------+-----------++------------+--------- + Diameter. | Weight. || Diameter. | Weight. + ------------------------------------------------ + 0.04 inch | 3.6 || 0.015 inch | 0.19 + 0.035 " | 2.4 || 0.014 " | 0.15 + 0.03 " | 1.5 || 0.013 " | 0.12 + 0.025 " | 0.9 || 0.012 " | 0.097 + 0.02 " | 0.45 || 0.011 " | 0.075 + 0.019 " | 0.4 || 0.010 " | 0.056 + 0.018 " | 0.33 || 0.008 " | 0.028 + 0.017 " | 0.27 || 0.006 " | 0.012 + 0.016 " | 0.23 || 0.004 " | 0.004 + ------------+-----------++------------+--------- + +The weight of a corresponding button of gold is got by multiplying by +2.25. These figures are based on those given by Plattner, and apply only +to buttons of such shape as those left after cupellation. A sphere of +silver 0.01 inch in diameter would weigh 0.09 milligram, and a similar +sphere of gold weighs 0.167 milligram. + +It is safer, however, to compare with a micrometer the diameter of the +button whose weight has to be determined with that of a standard button +of nearly equal size whose weight is known. The weights of the two +buttons are proportional to the cubes of their diameters. This plan of +working is described more fully in Appendix B., page 440. + +~Calculation of the Results.~--After deducting for the silver added, and +correcting for the cupellation loss, the calculation is made in the +usual way; reporting as so many parts per thousand in the case of rich +alloys and as so many ounces and pennyweights, or better as ounces and +decimals of an ounce, in the case of poor alloys and ores. + +In this last case, however, it is less fatiguing to refer to a set of +tables which give, either directly or by means of simple addition, the +produce corresponding to any weight obtained from certain given weights +of the substance. The following table gives the produce in ounces and +decimals of an ounce per ton of 2240 pounds:-- + + ------------+---------------------------------------------------------- + | Weight of Ore taken. + Weight of |----------+----------+-----------+-----------+------------ + Metal got. | 3 grams. | 5 grams. | 20 grams. | 50 grams. | 100 grams. + ------------+----------+----------+-----------+-----------+------------ + 0.0001 | 1.09 | 0.65 | 0.16 | 0.06 | 0.03 + 0.0002 | 2.18 | 1.31 | 0.33 | 0.13 | 0.06 + 0.0003 | 3.27 | 1.96 | 0.49 | 0.20 | 0.10 + 0.0004 | 4.36 | 2.61 | 0.65 | 0.26 | 0.13 + 0.0005 | 5.44 | 3.27 | 0.82 | 0.33 | 0.16 + 0.0006 | 6.53 | 3.92 | 0.98 | 0.39 | 0.19 + 0.0007 | 7.62 | 4.57 | 1.14 | 0.46 | 0.23 + 0.0008 | 8.71 | 5.23 | 1.31 | 0.52 | 0.26 + 0.0009 | 9.80 | 5.88 | 1.47 | 0.59 | 0.29 + 0.001 | 10.89 | 6.53 | 1.63 | 0.65 | 0.33 + 0.002 | 21.78 | 13.07 | 3.27 | 1.31 | 0.65 + 0.003 | 32.67 | 19.60 | 4.90 | 1.96 | 0.98 + 0.004 | 43.56 | 26.13 | 6.53 | 2.61 | 1.31 + 0.005 | 54.44 | 32.67 | 8.17 | 3.27 | 1.63 + 0.006 | 65.33 | 39.20 | 9.80 | 3.92 | 1.96 + 0.007 | 76.22 | 45.73 | 11.43 | 4.57 | 2.29 + 0.008 | 87.11 | 52.27 | 13.07 | 5.23 | 2.61 + 0.009 | 98.00 | 58.80 | 14.70 | 5.88 | 2.94 + 0.01 | 108.89 | 65.33 | 16.33 | 6.53 | 3.27 + 0.02 | 217.78 | 130.67 | 32.67 | 13.07 | 6.53 + 0.03 | 326.67 | 196.00 | 49.00 | 19.60 | 9.80 + 0.04 | 435.56 | 261.33 | 65.33 | 26.13 | 13.07 + 0.05 | 544.44 | 326.67 | 81.67 | 32.67 | 16.33 + 0.06 | 653.33 | 392.00 | 98.00 | 39.20 | 19.60 + 0.07 | 762.22 | 457.33 | 114.33 | 45.73 | 22.87 + 0.08 | 871.11 | 522.67 | 130.67 | 52.27 | 26.13 + 0.09 | 980.00 | 588.00 | 147.00 | 58.80 | 29.40 + 0.1 | 1088.89 | 653.33 | 163.33 | 65.33 | 32.67 + 0.2 | 2177.78 | 1306.67 | 326.67 | 130.67 | 65.33 + 0.3 | 3266.67 | 1960.00 | 490.00 | 196.00 | 98.00 + 0.4 | 4355.56 | 2613.33 | 653.33 | 261.33 | 130.67 + 0.5 | 5444.44 | 3266.67 | 816.67 | 326.67 | 163.33 + 0.6 | 6533.33 | 3920.00 | 980.00 | 392.00 | 196.00 + 0.7 | 7622.22 | 4573.33 | 1143.33 | 457.33 | 228.67 + 0.8 | 8711.11 | 5226.67 | 1306.67 | 522.67 | 261.33 + 0.9 | 9800.00 | 5880.00 | 1470.00 | 588.00 | 294.00 + 1.0 | 10888.89 | 6533.33 | 1633.33 | 653.33 | 326.67 + ------------+----------+----------+-----------+-----------+------------ + +When, as in this table, the fraction of an ounce is expressed by two +places of decimals, it may be reduced to pennyweights (dwts.) by +dividing by 5. For example, 0.40 of an ounce is 8 dwts. The fraction of +a dwt. similarly expressed may be converted into grains with sufficient +exactness by dividing by 4. Thus, 1.63 ozs. equal 1 oz. 12.60 dwts., or +1 oz. 12 dwts. 15 grains. In England it is usual to report in ounces and +decimals of an ounce. + +The way to use the table is best shown by an example. Suppose a button +of silver weighing 0.0435 gram was obtained from 20 grams of ore. Look +down the 20-gram column of the table, and select the values +corresponding to each figure of the weight, thus:-- + + 0.04 = 65.33 ozs. to the ton + 0.003 = 4.90 " + 0.0005 = 0.82 " + ------ ----- + 0.0435 = 71.05 " + +Add these together. The produce is 71.05 ozs., or 71 ozs. 1 dwt. to the +ton. + +Or, suppose an ore is known to contain 1.24 per cent. of silver. Look +down the 100-gram column, select the values, and add them together as +before. + + 1.0 = 326.67 ozs. per ton + 0.2 = 65.33 " + 0.04 = 13.07 " + ---- ------ + 1.24 = 405.07 " + +This gives 405 ozs. 1 dwt. 10 grains to the ton. + +The calculation becomes more complicated when, as is frequently the +case, the ore contains metallic particles. These show themselves by +refusing to pass through the sieve when the ore is powdered. When they +are present, a large portion, or if feasible the whole, of the sample is +powdered and sifted. The weights of the sifted portion and of the +"metallics," or prills, are taken; the sum of these weights gives that +of the whole of the sample taken. It is very important that nothing be +lost during the operation of powdering. + +Each portion has to be assayed separately. It is usual to assay a +portion of the sifted sample, say, 20 or 50 grams, and to add to the +produce of this its share of the "metallics." This way of calculating, +which is more convenient than correct, is illustrated by the following +example:-- + + Weight of whole sample 400 grams + Made up of sifted portions 399 " + " "Metallics" 1 " + --- + 400 " + +Twenty grams of the sifted portion, when assayed, gave 0.1050 gram of +silver. The whole of the "metallics" scorified and cupelled gave 0.842 +gram of silver. Since the 20 grams assayed was 1-20th of the whole, +1-20th part of the 0.842 gram of silver (from the metallics) must be +added to its produce. We thus get 0.1471 gram (0.1050 + 0.0421). + +Referring to the 20 gram column, we get-- + + 0.1 = 163.33 + 0.04 = 65.33 + 0.007 = 11.43 + 0.0001 = 0.16 + ------ ------ + 0.1471 = 240.25 ounces per ton. + +A more legitimate method of calculation is as follows:--Calculate +separately the produce of each fraction as if they were from different +ores. Multiply each produce (best stated in per cents.) by the weight of +the corresponding fraction. Add together the products, and divide by the +weight of the whole sample. Taking the same example for illustration, we +have:-- + + _Metallics._--Weight 1 gram. + 1 gram of it yielded 0.842 grams of silver. + .'. Produce = 84.2 per cent. + Produce multiplied by the weight is still ~84.2~. + _Sifted Portion._--Weight 399 grams. + 20 grams of it yielded 0.105 gram of silver. + .'. Produce = 0.525 per cent. + Produce multiplied by weight (0.525 × 399) is ~209.475~. + +Add together; and divide by 400, the weight of the whole sample-- + + 84.2 + 209.475 + ------- + 400) 293.675 (0.7342 + + +0.7342 is the total produce of the ore in per cents. + +Referring to the 100-gram column in the table we find 239.84 ounces to +the ton as the produce. + + 0.7 = 228.67 + 0.03 = 9.80 + 0.004 = 1.31 + 0.0002 = 0.06 + ------ + 239.84 + +Comparing this with the result calculated by the first method--viz., +240.26, we see that that was 0.38 oz., or between 7 and 8 dwts. too +high. + +With ores containing "metallics" it is of great importance to powder the +whole of the selected sample without loss during the process; and of +even greater importance to well mix the sifted portion, of which the +last portions to come through the sieve are apt to be more than +ordinarily rich through the grinding down of some portions of the +metallic prills. + +~Remarks on Cupellation.~--Cupellation is at once the neatest and the +most important of the dry methods of assaying. Its purpose is to remove +easily oxidisable metals, such as lead and copper, from silver and gold, +which are oxidisable with difficulty. Metals of the first class are +often spoken of as _base_, and gold and silver as _noble_ metals. + +When lead is exposed to the action of air at a temperature a little +above redness, it combines with the oxygen of the air to form litharge, +an oxide of lead, which at the temperature of its formation is a +_liquid_. Consequently, if the lead rests on a porous support, which +allows the fused litharge to drain away as fast as it is formed, a fresh +surface of the lead will be continually exposed to the action of the +air, and the operation goes on until the whole of the lead has been +removed. Silver or gold exposed to similar treatment does not oxidise, +but retains its metallic condition; so that an alloy of lead and silver +similarly treated would yield its lead as oxide, which would sink into +the support, while the silver would remain as a button of metal. + +The porous support, which is called _a cupel_(fig. 5), should absorb the +slag (oxide of lead, etc.) just as a sponge absorbs water, but must be +sufficiently fine-grained to be impervious to the molten metal. At first +sight it appears difficult to filter, as it were, a fluid slag from a +fluid metal; but an ordinary filter-paper damped with oil will allow +oils to run through and yet retain the water; but damped with water it +will allow water to run through and retain oils. Similarly, fused slags +damp and filter through a cupel, but the molten metal not damping it +withdraws itself into a button, which is retained. Although, of course, +if the cupel is very coarse-grained the metal may sink into the hollows. + +Copper, antimony, tin, and most other metals, form powdery oxides, which +are not of themselves easily fusible, and it is necessary when these are +present to add some solvent or flux to render the oxide sufficiently +fluid. Fortunately, oxide of lead is sufficient for the purpose; hence, +mixed oxides of copper and lead, provided the lead is present in proper +proportion, form a fluid slag. In separating copper from silver or gold, +advantage is taken of this fact; for, although we cannot cupel an alloy +of copper and silver, it is easy to cupel an alloy of copper, silver and +lead. If, however, the lead is not present in sufficient quantity, the +whole of the copper will not be removed, and the button of silver, still +retaining copper, will be found embedded in a coating of black oxide of +copper. Copper oxidises less easily than lead does; and, consequently, +the alloy which is being cupelled becomes relatively richer in copper +as the operation proceeds. It is on this account that the ill-effects of +the copper make themselves felt at the close of the operation, and that +the oxide of copper is found accumulated around the button of silver. +Tin and antimony, on the other hand, are more easily oxidised; and the +tendency of their oxides to thicken the slag makes itself felt at the +commencement: if the button of alloy once frees itself from the ring or +crust of unfused oxide first formed, the cupellation proceeds quietly, +and leaves a clean button of silver in the centre. But in either case +the cupellation is imperfect, and should be repeated with a larger +proportion of lead. An unfused and, consequently, unabsorbed slag tends +to retain small buttons of alloy or metal, and thus cause serious loss. + +There is a principle underlying many of the phenomena of dry silver +assaying which the student should endeavour to understand; and which +serves to emphasise and explain some facts which without an explanation +may present difficulties. If a button of melted lead be covered with a +layer of slag rich in oxide of lead, and a second metal be added, this +other metal distributes itself between the metal and slag in proportions +which depend mainly upon the ease with which it is oxidised, and to a +large extent upon the relative quantities of material present. Easily +oxidisable metals such as zinc, iron, antimony and tin, will go mainly +into the slag, and, if the proportion of the slag is large, very little +will go into the metal. On the other hand, with metals oxidisable with +difficulty, such as silver, gold, and platinum, the reverse holds true; +nearly the whole of the metals will go into the lead, and very little +into the slag. If, however, the slag be very rich, say in antimony, the +lead will contain antimony; and, on the other hand, if the lead be very +rich in silver, the slag will contain silver in appreciable quantity. +Copper, which is near lead in the facility with which it is oxidised, +will serve for the purpose of a detailed example. The results of actual +analyses of metal and slag formed in contact with each other are shown +in the following table:-- + + ---------------------------+-------------------------- + Percentage Composition | Percentage Composition + of the Metal. | of the Slag. + ----------+----------------+-----------+-------------- + Lead. | Copper. | Lead. | Copper. + 6.8 | 93.2 | 71.4 | 21.4 + 20.0 | 80.0 | 78.0 | 17.0 + 28.0 | 72.0 | 80.0 | 12.5 + 32.0 | 68.0 | 86.0 | 6.7 + 85.0 | 15.0 | 90.0 | 3.6 + ----------+----------------+-----------+-------------- + +It will be seen from this table that the slag is always much richer in +lead and poorer in copper than the metal with which it is in contact. +The ratio of lead to copper in these five samples is:-- + + In the Metal. In the Slag. + 1 : 14 1 : 0.3 + 1 : 4 1 : 0.2 + 1 : 2.5 1 : 0.16 + 1 : 2 1 : 0.08 + 1 : 0.16 1 : 0.04 + +Assuming these figures to be correct, the following statement is +approximately true. On oxidising an alloy of 10 grams of copper and 10 +grams of lead, and pouring off the slag when 3 grams of lead have gone +into it, there will be a loss of (owing to the slag carrying it off) +about 0.2 gram of copper. On repeating the operation, the next 3 grams +of lead will carry with them about 0.5 gram of copper; and on again +repeating, 3 grams of lead will remove 0.8 gram of copper. Finally, the +last gram of lead will carry with it 0.3 gram of copper, and there will +be left a button of copper weighing 8.3 grams. The slag will have +carried off altogether 1.7 gram of copper, which is 17 per cent. of the +metal originally present. + +With the more perfect exposure to the air, and quicker removal of the +slag, which results from heating on a cupel, the loss would be heavier. +Karsten got by actual experiment on cupelling copper and lead in equal +proportions, a loss of 21.25 per cent. + +Going back to the example: if the slag were collected and fused with a +suitable reducing agent so as to convert, say, half of it into metal, +that half would contain nearly the whole of the copper (such a reduction +is called "cleaning the slag"). On reoxidising this metal, another +button of copper is formed which, added to the first, would reduce the +loss from 17 per cent. to, say, 7 or 8 per cent. And it is conceivable +that by a series of similar operations, almost the whole of the 10 grams +of copper originally taken might be recovered. In practice the problem +is (as far as the copper is concerned) not how to save, but how most +easily to remove it; and since the removal of this metal is quicker from +an alloy containing not too much lead, it is evident that two or three +operations with small quantities of lead will be more effectual than a +single treatment with a larger quantity. With those metals (tin, +antimony, &c.) which pass quickly into the slag, the contrary is true; +hence with these it is necessary to have enough lead present, so that +the slag formed at the outset shall contain enough oxide of lead to make +it fluid. As silver is so much less easily oxidised than copper, we +should reasonably expect that the proportion of silver carried off in +the oxide of lead would be considerably less than that of the copper +indicated in the above example. Indeed, there are one or two facts +which tend to encourage the hope that the operation may be conducted +without any loss. If a piece of pure silver foil is exposed on a cupel +to air at the usual temperature of cupellation, it undergoes very little +change; it does not even fuse; it loses nothing in weight, and does not +oxidise. In fact, even if oxide of silver were formed under these +conditions, it could not continue to exist, for it is decomposed into +silver and oxygen at a temperature considerably below redness. On the +other hand, oxide of silver is not reduced to metal by heat alone, when +mixed with an excess of oxide of lead; while metallic silver is +converted into oxide when heated with the higher oxides of lead, copper, +and some other metals. That silver, and even gold (which is more +difficult to oxidise than silver), may be carried off in the slag in +this way, is in agreement with general experience. If 10 grams of silver +are cupelled with 10 grams of lead, there will be a loss of about 50 +milligrams of silver, which is in round numbers 1-30th of the +corresponding copper loss; with 10 grams of gold and 10 grams of lead, +the loss will be 4 or 5 milligrams, which is about 1-12th of the +corresponding silver loss. + +~Determination of Silver in Assay Lead.~--Scorify 50 grams of the lead +with 0.5 gram of powdered quartz or glass at not too high a temperature. +When the eye has "closed in," pour; reject the slag, and cupel the +button of lead. Remove the cupel from the muffle immediately the +operation is finished. Weigh, and make a prominent note of the result in +the assay book, as so many milligrams of silver contained in 100 grams +of lead. + +~Determination of Silver in Red Lead or Litharge.~--Fuse 100 grams of +the oxide with from 10 to 20 grams of borax; and in the case of litharge +with 2 grams or with red lead 4 grams of flour. Cupel the lead, and +weigh the button of silver. Note the result as in the last case. + +~Determination of Silver in Argentiferous Lead.~--Be careful in taking +the sample, since with rich silver lead alloys the error from bad +sampling may amount to several parts per cent. Cupel two lots of 20 +grams each, and weigh the buttons of silver. Add to these the estimated +cupel loss, and calculate the result. Or wrap each button of silver in +20 grams of assay lead, and re-cupel side by side with two fresh lots of +20 grams each of the alloy. Calculate the loss incurred, and add on to +the weight of the two fresh buttons got. + +~Determination of Silver in Bullion.~--The remarks made under the last +heading as to the importance of correct sampling apply with equal force +here. Make a preliminary assay by cupelling 0.1 gram of the alloy with 1 +gram of assay lead; calculate the percentage composition. Refer to the +table on page 105 to find what weight of lead is required for cupelling +1 gram of alloy. + +Weigh out four lots of 1 gram each, and wrap them in the required +quantity of lead. Make two check pieces by weighing up two lots of fine +silver equal to that which you believe to be present in the assay +pieces; add copper to make up the weight to 1 gram, and wrap in the same +quantity of lead as was used for the assays. + +[Illustration: FIG. 43.] + +Prepare six cupels and charge them in the annexed order (fig. 43), and +cupel. Guard against spirting. Clean and weigh the buttons of silver. +Add the mean loss on the two check pieces to the mean weight of the four +assay pieces; this multiplied by 1000 will give the degree of fineness. + +~Determination of Silver in Copper.~--The silver is best separated in +the wet way before cupelling, but if the proportion is not too small, it +can be found by cupellation. Weigh up 3 grams of the metal, wrap in 30 +grams of sheet lead, and cupel; when the cupellation has proceeded for +fifteen minutes, add 20 grams more lead, and continue till finished. +Weigh the button of silver. + +The cupellation loss will be five or six per cent. of the silver +present. Determine it by powdering the saturated portion of the cupel +and fusing in a large Cornish crucible with 30 grams each of soda and +borax, 10 grams of fluor spar, and 1-1/2 gram of charcoal. Cupel the +resulting button of lead, and add 10 grams more of lead towards the +close of the operation. Deduct the weight of silver contained in the +lead used from the weight of the two buttons, and calculate to ounces to +the ton. + +In an experiment in which 0.1975 gram of silver was present, the weight +of the button from the first cupellation was 0.1867, and that of the +button from the second, after correcting for the lead added, was 0.0110 +gram. + +~Determination of Silver in Galena.~ _By Pot Assay._--Mix 20 grams of +the powdered ore with 30 grams of red lead, 20 grams of soda, and 5 +grams of borax, as also with from 7 to 10 grams of nitre. Fuse and pour. +Clean the slag if the ore is rich. Cupel the buttons of lead. Make the +usual corrections and calculate in ounces to the ton. + +_By Scorification._--Take 10 grams of the ore, 30 grams of lead, and +0.5 gram of borax. Scorify, clean the slag by adding anthracite after +the "eye" has closed in: cupel the button of lead. Weigh the button of +silver, make the necessary corrections, and calculate to ounces to the +ton. + +The determination may also be made by cupelling the button of lead got +in the dry lead assay. + +A sample of galena determined by the three methods gave the following +results:-- + + By pot assay 7.18 ozs. per ton. + " scorification 7.02 " + " lead assay 6.72 " + +~Determination of Silver in an Ore.~ _By Pot Assay._--Take 20 grams of +the powdered ore and mix with 30 grams of soda, 40 grams of red lead, +and 5 grams of borax, as also with from 2 to 3 grams of flour. Fuse: +pour. Clean the slag by fusing with 20 grams of red lead and two grams +of flour. Cupel the buttons of lead; weigh; make the necessary +corrections, and calculate to ounces to the ton. + +_By Scorification._--Take 5 grams of the powdered ore, 50 grams of lead, +and 0.5 gram of "soda" or borax. Scorify. Clean the slag by fusing in a +crucible as in the pot assay. Cupel, &c. + + _Examples._--_By Pot Assay._--Ore taken 20 grams. + Silver got 0.2893 gram + Silver from slag 0.0060 " + Silver lost in cupellation 0.0100 " + ------ + 0.3053 " + Deduct silver in red lead 0.0017 " + ------ + Silver in ore 0.3036 " = 495.9 ozs. per ton. + + _By Scorification._--Ore taken, 3 grams. + Silver got. 0.0425 gram + Silver from slag 0.0022 " + Silver lost in cupellation 0.0020 " + ------ + 0.0467 " + Deduct silver in lead 0.0015 " + ------ + Silver in ore 0.0452 " = 492.2 ozs. per ton. + +~Determination of Silver in Silver Precipitate.~--This substance +contains, in addition to metallic silver and gold, sulphates of lead and +lime; oxides of zinc, copper, and iron; and more or less organic matter. +The sample as received is generally free from "water at 100° C."; and, +since it rapidly absorbs water, care should be taken in weighing it. + +Since it contains combined water it is not suited for scorifying; +therefore the determination of silver and gold (fine metal) is made by +pot assay. Weigh up 5 grams of the precipitate, mix with 100 grams of +litharge and 1 gram of charcoal. Melt in a crucible at a moderate heat +and pour. Detach the slag, replace in the crucible, and, when fused, add +a mixture of 20 grams of litharge and 1 gram of charcoal. When the +fusion is again tranquil, pour; and cupel the two buttons of lead. + +In a sample worked in this manner the mean of four determinations gave +0.6819 gram of "fine metal"; deducting 1 milligram for the silver +contained in the oxide of lead, and adding 8 milligrams for the +cupellation loss, there is got 0.6889 gram or 13.778 per cent. of silver +(and gold) in the sample. + +~Determination of Silver in Burnt Ores.~ _By Pot Assay._--Roasted +cupriferous pyrites containing small quantities of gold and silver comes +under this heading. The following mixture will give a fluid slag which +is heavy and tough when cold:-- + + Ore. Borax. Sand. Litharge. Charcoal. + 100 50 50 100 7 + +Mix; place in a large crucible; cover with salt; and melt down under +cover. When fused drop in an iron rod for a few minutes, and about a +couple of minutes after its withdrawal, pour the charge quickly into a +large conical mould. The button of lead should weigh about 50 grams. +Cupel and weigh the silver. The litharge may be replaced by red lead, in +which case another gram of charcoal powder must be added. + +In our experience the results obtained by this method are about 20 per +cent. less than the actual content of the ore. The results of two +assays, after deducting for the silver in the litharge used, were 3.9 +and 4.1 milligrams; and a third assay, in which 5.4 milligrams of silver +had been added, gave 9.2, which, after deducting the added silver, +leaves 3.8 milligrams. The average of the three results is 3.9 +milligrams from the 100 grams of ore. + +Two lots of 100 grams of the same ore treated in the wet way gave 5.2 +and 5.0 milligrams of silver. Burnt ores from Spanish pyrites carry +about 0.005 per cent. of silver. + + +WET METHODS. + +Silver is got into solution from its ores by attacking with nitric acid, +but it is best, after dissolving, to cautiously add dilute hydrochloric +acid, and to carefully avoid excess. If the quantity of silver is very +small the solution is allowed to stand twenty-four hours, but, +otherwise, it is warmed and filtered as soon as it clears. Dry the +residue and concentrate the silver in a button of lead by pot method or +scorification, according to the amount of stony matter present. Cupel +the lead, and the resulting button will be free from all metals, except +perhaps gold. It may be weighed; or dissolved in nitric acid, and the +silver determined gravimetrically in the diluted and filtered solution. +It is better to weigh the metal and afterwards to determine the gold in +it, estimating the silver by difference. Silver alloys are dissolved in +dilute nitric acid (free from chlorides), diluted, and filtered. The +solution is then ready for gravimetric determination. + +Sulphuretted hydrogen precipitates silver (like copper), completely, +even from fairly acid solutions. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +Add dilute hydrochloric acid in small excess to the hot dilute solution, +which must contain free nitric acid. Heat and stir until the solution +clears. Decant through a small filter, and wash with hot water, +acidulated at first with a little nitric acid if bismuth is suspected to +be present. Dry quickly, transfer as much as possible of the precipitate +to a watch-glass; burn and ignite the filter paper, treating the ash +first with two drops of nitric acid and then with one of hydrochloric, +and again dry. Add the rest of the silver chloride and heat slowly over +a Bunsen burner until it begins to fuse. Cool and weigh. + +The precipitate is silver chloride (AgCl) and contains 75.27 per cent. +of silver. The moist precipitate is heavy and curdy; it is decomposed by +direct sunlight, becoming violet under its influence. When heated it is +yellowish; and, since it is volatile at a high temperature, it must not, +in drying, be heated above its fusing point. The fused chloride can be +removed from the crucible (to which it adheres strongly) by digesting +with dilute acid and zinc. + +For the determination of silver in nearly pure bullion the following +process is used:--Weigh up 1.5054 gram of the alloy. With this amount of +alloy each 2 milligrams of silver chloride formed is equivalent to 1 +degree of fineness, so that the weight of the silver chloride obtained +(stated in milligrams and divided by 2) will give the degree of +fineness. Transfer to a bottle (known as "bottles for the Indian mint +assay") and dissolve in 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, then make up with +water to 200 c.c. and add 3 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid. Allow to +stand a few minutes and then shake. Fill the bottle completely with +water, allow to settle, and syphon off the clear liquid; pour on more +water, shake gently to break up the lumps, and again fill the bottle +with water. Invert over the mouth of the bottle a porous Wedgwood +crucible, somewhat similar to those used in gold parting. Take firm hold +of the crucible and bottle, and invert promptly so that the silver +chloride may be collected in the crucible. Allow to stand a little while +for the precipitate to settle, and then carefully remove the crucible +under water.[14] Drain off most of the water and break up the silver +chloride with the help of a well-rounded glass rod. This greatly +facilitates the subsequent drying. Dry first on the water bath and then +on the iron plate. Remove the dried silver chloride, by inverting the +crucible, and weigh it. + +As an example, 3 determinations of silver in a coin carried out in this +way gave:-- + + (1) 1.8500 gram AgCl = 925.0 fineness. + (2) 1.8498 " = 924.9 " + (3) 1.8502 " = 925.1 " + +~Determination of Silver in Burnt Ores.~--Take 100 grams of the ore and +place in a large beaker of 2-1/2 litres capacity, and cover with 375 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid. Boil for half an hour until the oxides are +dissolved and the residue looks like sand and pyrites; then add 20 c.c. +of nitric acid, and boil till free from nitrous fumes. Dilute to 2 +litres with water, and pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen till the +iron is reduced, the copper and silver precipitated, and the liquor +smells of the gas. This takes about one hour and a half. + +Filter off the precipitate (rejecting the solution) and wash with warm +water. Dry and transfer to an evaporating dish, adding the ashes of the +filter paper. Heat gently with a Bunsen burner until the sulphur burns, +and then calcine until no more sulphurous oxide comes off. When cold add +30 c.c. of nitric acid, boil and dilute to 100 c.c. Add 1 c.c. of very +dilute hydrochloric acid (1 to 100),[15] stir well, and allow to stand +overnight. Decant on to a Swedish filter paper, dry and calcine. + +Mix the ashes with 100 grams of litharge and 1 gram of charcoal, and +fuse in a small crucible. Detach the button of lead and cupel. Weigh and +make the usual corrections. As an example, 100 grams of ore treated in +this way gave 5.8 milligrams of silver; deducting 0.8 for the silver +added in the oxide of lead leaves 5 milligrams obtained from the ore. +Another experiment on 100 grams of the same ore to which 5 milligrams of +silver had been added gave 11.0 milligrams. Deduct 5.8 for the silver +added; this leaves 5.2 milligrams as the silver obtained from the ore. +These give, as a mean result, 0.0051 per cent., or 1.66 ounce per ton. + +~Determination of Silver in Commercial Copper.~--For the method of doing +this, with an example and experiment, see under the heading of +_Examination of Commercial Copper_. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +There are two of these, one adapted for the determination of silver in +alloys of approximately known composition, and the other of more general +application. The first of these, generally known as "Gay-Lussac's" +method is, as regards its working, perfect in principle; but it requires +a practically constant quantity of silver, that is, one which varies by +a few milligrams only in each determination. It is a confirmatory method +rather than a determinative one. The other is known as "Volhard's," and +resembles in principle and method an ordinary volumetric process. + +~Gay-Lussac's method~ is based on the precipitation of silver from a +nitric acid solution by a solution of sodium chloride. The point at +which the whole of the silver is precipitated being recognised by the +standard solution ceasing to give a precipitate. The process depends for +its success upon, (1) the ease which silver chloride separates out from +the solution leaving it clear after shaking, and, (2), the cloudiness +produced by the reaction of very small quantities of silver nitrate and +sodium chloride. In working, a quantity of the sodium chloride solution +equal to 1 gram of silver is added at once to the assay; and, when the +solution has been rendered clear by shaking, the residual silver (which +should not exceed a few milligrams) is estimated with the help of a +weaker solution of sodium chloride. The success in working evidently +depends upon the accuracy with which the first addition of the salt +solution is made. On this account the standard solution is run in from a +special pipette capable of delivering a practically invariable volume of +solution. It is not so important that this shall deliver exactly 100 +c.c. as that in two consecutive deliveries the volume shall not differ +by more than 0.05 c.c. The dilute salt solution is one-tenth of the +strength of that first run in, and 1 c.c. of it is equivalent to 1 +milligram of silver. Ordinarily it is run in 1 c.c. at a time (and an +ordinary burette may be used for this purpose), shaking between each +addition until it ceases to give a precipitate. If many such additions +have to be made the operation not only becomes tedious, but the +solution also ceases to clear after shaking, so that it becomes +impossible to determine the finishing point. + +If the assay contains less than one gram of silver the first addition of +the dilute salt solution of course produces no precipitate. Five +milligrams of silver in solution (5 c.c.) is then added, and the assay +proceeded with in the usual way; 5 milligrams of silver being deducted +from the amount found. + +There is required for the assay a _standard solution of sodium +chloride_, which is prepared by dissolving 5.4162 grams of the salt +(made by neutralizing carbonate of soda with hydrochloric acid) in water +and diluting to one litre. 100 c.c. of this is equivalent to 1 gram of +silver. + +The weaker solution of salt is made by diluting 100 c.c. of the stronger +one to one litre. One c.c. of this will equal 1 milligram of silver, or +0.1 c.c. of the stronger solution. + +A _standard solution of silver_ equivalent to the dilute salt solution +is made by dissolving 1 gram of fine silver in 10 c.c. of dilute nitric +acid, and diluting with water to one litre. + +[Illustration: FIG. 44.] + +The solution of salt is standardised as follows:--Weigh up 1.003 gram of +fine silver and dissolve in 25 c.c. of dilute nitric acid in a bottle +provided with a well-fitting flat-headed stopper. Heat on the water bath +to assist solution, resting the bottle in an inclined position. When +dissolved blow out the nitrous fumes with the help of a glass tube bent +at right angles. Run in from a stoppered pipette (as shown in fig. 44) +100 c.c. of the standard salt solution, and shake vigorously until the +solution clears. Fill an ordinary burette with the weaker standard salt +solution, and run 1 c.c. into the assay bottle, letting it run down the +side so that it forms a layer resting on the assay solution. If any +silver remains in solution a cloudy layer will be formed at the junction +where the two liquids meet. This is best observed against a black +background If a cloudiness is seen, shake, to clear the liquid, and run +in another c.c. of salt, and continue this until a cloudiness is no +longer visible. Deduct 1.5 c.c. from the amount of the weaker sodium +chloride solution run in. Divide the corrected reading by 10, and add to +the 100 c.c. This will give the volume of strong salt solution +equivalent to the silver taken. + +If the first addition of the weaker salt solution causes no cloudiness +add 5 c.c. of the silver solution from an ordinary pipette, shake, and +then run in the weaker salt solution, working as before. These 5 +milligrams of silver added must be allowed for before calculating. As +an example:--1.0100 gram of fine silver was taken for standardising a +solution and 4 c.c. of the weaker salt solution were run in. Deducting +1.5 and dividing by 10 gives 0.25 c.c. to be added to the 100 c.c. + + 100.25 : 1.0100 :: 100 : _x_ + _x_ = 1.0075 + +which is the standard of the salt solution. + +The method of working an assay may be gathered from the following +example:--In the determination of silver in some buttons left after +cupellation, it was assumed that these would contain 99.5 per cent. of +silver. For the assay it was necessary to take a quantity that should +contain a little more than 1.0075 grams of silver; then + + 99.5 : 100 :: 1.0075 : _x_ + _x_ = 1.0125 + +To ensure a slight excess, there was taken 1.0150 gram of the buttons, +which was treated in exactly the same way as for the standardising. The +quantity of the weaker salt solution required was 7 c.c.; deducting 1.5 +c.c., and dividing by 10, gives 100.55 c.c. of strong salt solution, +which is equivalent to 1.0130 gram of silver. This being obtained from +1.015 gram of alloy, is equal to 99.8 per cent., or 998.0 fine. + +~The Effect of Temperature.~--The standardising and the assay must be +done at the same time, since a difference of 5° C. makes a difference of +0.1 c.c. in measuring the 100 c.c. of strong solution of salt. It is +always best to prepare a standard with each batch of assays. + +~SULPHOCYANATE METHOD.~--Volhard's process is based upon the +precipitation of silver in nitric acid solutions with potassium +sulphocyanate, the finishing point being the development of a +reddish-brown colour, produced by the action of the excess of +sulphocyanate upon ferric sulphate. The white sulphocyanate settles +readily, leaving the liquor clear; and a persistent brown coloration in +the liquid indicates the finish. The assay must be carried out in the +cold; and water free from chlorides[16] must be used. + +_The standard sulphocyanate of potassium_ solution is made by dissolving +4-1/2 or 5 grams of the salt (KCyS) in water, and diluting to 1 litre. +100 c.c. are about equivalent to 0.5 gram of silver. + +_The standard silver nitrate solution_ is made by dissolving 5 grams of +fine silver in 50 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boiling off nitrous fumes, +and diluting to 1 litre. + +The _indicator_ is a saturated solution of iron alum, or a solution of +ferric sulphate of equivalent strength made by titrating acid ferrous +sulphate with potassium permanganate. Use 2 c.c. for each assay. + +The sulphocyanate solution is standardised by placing 50 c.c. of the +silver nitrate solution in a flask with 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +diluting to 100 c.c. with water, and running in the sulphocyanate until +the greater part of the silver is precipitated; then adding 2 c.c. of +the ferric indicator, and continuing the titration until a reddish-brown +colour is developed, and remains permanent after shaking continuously. +The assay is similarly performed, the silver being used in the state of +a nitric acid solution. + +The effect of variations in the conditions of the assay may be seen from +the following experiments, in which 20 c.c. of standard silver nitrate +were used:-- + +~Effect of Varying Temperature~:-- + + Temperature 10° C. 30° C. 70° C. 100° C. + Sulphocyanate reqd. 19.6 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 19.0 c.c. 18.6 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Nitric Acid~:--Varying nitric acid has no effect, +except that with a fairly acid solution the finishing point is somewhat +sharper. + + Nitric acid added 5 c.c. 10 c.c. 20 c.c. 50 c.c. + Sulphocyanate reqd. 19.6 c.c. 19.5 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.6 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk~:-- + + Bulk 50 c.c. 100 c.c. 200 c.c. 300 c.c. + Sulphocyanate reqd. 19.5 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.7 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Ammonic Nitrate~:-- + + Ammonic nitrate 0 gram 1 gram 5 grams 10 grams + Sulphocyanate reqd. 19.6 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.7 c.c. 19.9 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Silver~:-- + + Silver added 1 c.c. 10 c.c. 20 c.c. 50 c.c. 100 c.c. + Sulphocyanate reqd. 1.0 c.c. 9.70 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 49.4 c.c. 99.0 c.c. + +This method is valuable for determining silver in salts, alloys, and +solutions, where no more than an ordinary degree of accuracy is +demanded. It is easy, and applicable under most of the usual conditions. +Its greatest disadvantage is the brown coloration produced by the +sulphocyanate when the assay is nearly, but not quite, finished; and the +slowness with which this is removed on shaking up with the precipitate. +This is worse with large quantities of precipitate, and if about 1 gram +of silver is present, it gives an indefiniteness to the finish which +lowers the precision of the process to about 1 in 500; this is useless +for the assays of bullion. One writer states that this inconvenience is +due to portions of liquid being entangled in the precipitate, but it +appears much more likely to be due to the action of the precipitate +itself. In attempting to apply the process to the assay of bullion by +working it on the principle of a Gay-Lussac assay, it was found that a +very considerable excess of silver was required to complete the +reaction. In these experiments 100 c.c. of "sulphocyanate" (very +accurately measured) was run into the solution containing the weighed +portion of bullion (fine silver) and, after shaking the solution, was +filtered. In the filtrate the remaining silver, if there should be any, +was determined by the ordinary titration, but with "sulphocyanate" of +one-tenth the strength. This final titration was quite satisfactory. The +amount of silver precipitated by the first 100 c.c., however, varied +with the quantity of silver present as in the following series.[17] + + Silver present. Silver precipitated. + 1.1342 gram. 1.1322 gram. + 1.1375 " 1.1335 " + 1.1405 " 1.1351 " + 1.1484 " 1.1379 " + +These, of course, preclude a method of the kind aimed at, and at the +same time emphasise the importance of uniformity of work in the ordinary +process. In the determination of chlorides in sea-water, Dittmar used a +combined method: precipitating the bulk of the silver as chloride, and +after filtering, determining the small excess of silver by +sulphocyanate. This modification answers admirably when applied to the +assay of bullion. In the ordinary Gay-Lussac method, the precipitation +of the bulk of the silver by the 100 c.c. of salt solution leaves +nothing to be desired, either as to ease in working or accuracy of +result; the silver precipitate settles quickly, and leaves a clear +liquor admirably fitted for the determination of the few milligrams of +silver remaining in solution. But the method of determining this +residual silver by adding successive small quantities of salt so long as +they continue to give a precipitate is unsatisfactory, and, judged on +its own merits apart from the rest of the process, could hardly escape +condemnation. It is clumsy in practice, for the continued adding of +small portions of salt solution is laborious and becomes impossible with +more than a few milligrams of silver in solution. The proposed +modification is simple; having precipitated the silver with the 100 c.c. +of salt solution, as described under Gay-Lussac's method (page 120), +shake till the liquor clears, and filter into a flask, washing with a +little distilled water. Add 2 c.c. of "ferric indicator" to the filtrate +and titrate with a standard "sulphocyanate solution" made by diluting +the ordinary standard solution to such an extent that 100 c.c. after +diluting shall be equivalent to 0.1 gram of silver.[18] Calculate the +weight of silver found by "sulphocyanate" and add it to the weight which +100 c.c. of the salt solution will precipitate. + +An advantage of this modification is that an excess of 15 milligrams may +be determined as easily and exactly as 5. In standardising the salt +solution, then, weigh up, say 1.0150 gram of pure silver, dissolve and +titrate. Suppose 13.5 c.c. of "sulphocyanate" required; then these are +equivalent to .0135 gram of silver, (100 c.c. = .1); the silver +precipitated by the salt is 1.0150-.0135--_i.e._, 1.0015 gram, which is +the standard. + +~Application of the Method to Assays for Arsenic.~--If silver nitrate be +added to a neutral solution of an arsenate of one of the alkali metals, +silver arsenate (Ag_{3}AsO_{4}), is thrown down as a dark-red +precipitate. If, after adding excess of silver nitrate to insure a +complete precipitation, the arsenate of silver be filtered off, the +weight of the arsenic could be estimated from the weight of silver +arsenate formed. But this may be done much more conveniently by +dissolving the precipitate in nitric acid, and titrating with +sulphocyanate; the silver found will be to the arsenic present as 324 +(108×3) is to 75. + +The mineral is best treated by the method given in the third paragraph +on page 382; but the solution, after being acidified with nitric acid, +should be made exactly neutral with ammonia. A small excess of silver +nitrate should then be added, and since acid is liberated in the +reaction, the liquor must again be neutralised.[19] The precipitate must +then be filtered off, and washed with distilled water. Then dissolve it +in the paper by slowly running over it 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. +Wash the filter with distilled water, collecting with the filtrate in a +small flask. Add 2 c.c. of "ferric indicator" and titrate. + +If the sulphocyanate solution be made up with 11 or 12 grams of the +potassium salt to the litre, and be then standardised and diluted, so +that for 100 c.c. it shall equal 1.08 gram of silver, (see p. 38), then +it will also equal .25 gram of arsenic (As). Except for ores rich in +arsenic, it will be better to work with a solution one half this +strength. The standard as calculated from an experiment with pure silver +should be checked by another using pure resublimed white arsenic, +As_{2}O_{3}, which contains 75.75 % of the metal. The quantity of white +arsenic taken, .1 or .2 gram, should contain about as much arsenic as +will be present in the assays. It is converted into sodium arsenate by +evaporating to a small bulk with nitric acid and neutralising with soda. +The precipitation and titration of the silver arsenate should be exactly +as in the assays. + +The difficulty of the method is in the neutralising; which has to be +very carefully done since silver arsenate is soluble in even faintly +acid solutions; one drop of nitric acid in 100 c.c. of water is enough +to produce an absolutely worthless result; and an excess of acid much +less than this is still very prejudicial. The addition of a little +sodium acetate to the solution after the final neutralising has a good +effect. + +~Arsenic in Mispickel.~--Weigh up .250 gram of the finely-powdered ore, +and place in a Berlin crucible about 1-1/4 or 1-1/2 inch in diameter. +Treat with 10 or 12 drops, one drop at a time, of strong nitric acid, +warm very gently, but avoid much heating. Put on a thin layer of nitre, +and rather more than half fill the crucible with a mixture of equal +parts of soda and nitre. Heat quickly in the blow-pipe flame, and when +the mass is fused and effervescing, withdraw and allow to cool. Boil out +with water, filter and wash. Insert a piece of litmus paper and +cautiously neutralise with nitric acid, using ammonia to neutralise any +accidental excess of the acid. Add a gram or so of ammonium nitrate and +silver nitrate in excess, neutralise again with ammonia and add two or +three grams of sodium acetate. Filter off the precipitate, wash and +titrate. In the fusion care should be taken to avoid much effervescence +(an excess of the soda mitigates this) and the operation should be +stopped as soon as the whole has entered into fusion. + + +COLORIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +There is, properly speaking, no colorimetric method, but the following, +which is sometimes used, is based on similar principles. It is useful +for the determination of small quantities of silver in substances which +yield clear solutions with nitric acid. + +Dissolve a weighed quantity of the substance in nitric acid, and dilute +to a definite bulk. Divide into two equal parts. To one, add a drop or +two of dilute hydrochloric acid, stir and filter. To the other, add a +similar amount of dilute acid, and then to the filtered portion run in +from a burette standard silver nitrate (1 c.c. = 0.5 milligram silver) +until the solutions are equally turbid. Calculate in the usual way. + + +GOLD. + +Gold occurs in nature chiefly as metal. It always contains more or less +silver, and, in alluvial sands, &c., may be associated with platinum and +iridium. + +Gold is insoluble in hydrochloric or nitric acid, but is dissolved by +aqua regia or by solutions of iodine, bromine, or chlorine. It is taken +up by mercury, forming an amalgam, from which the mercury may be driven +off by heat. + +When gold occurs in particles of any size, it is readily detected by its +appearance, but when finely disseminated through a large quantity of +rock, it is separated and detected by the amalgamation assay--described +below--or by a process of washing somewhat similar to vanning, or by the +following test:--Powder and, if necessary, roast 50 to 100 grams of the +ore, put on it three or four crystals of iodine and enough alcohol to +cover it; allow to stand for half an hour; a piece of filter paper +moistened with the liquid and burnt leaves an ash with a distinctly +purple tint if any gold is present. It is better, however, to filter off +the solution, evaporate, and ignite. Then, either take up with mercury, +and ignite the amalgam so as to get a speck of the metallic gold; or +treat with a few drops of aqua regia, and test the solution with +stannous chloride: a purple coloration indicates gold. + +~AMALGAMATION ASSAY.~--This does not attempt to give the total produce +of gold, but rather the quantity which can be extracted on a large +scale; therefore it should imitate as closely as possible the process +adopted in the mine or district for extracting the metal. + +Take 2 lbs of the ore in powder and roast; make into a stiff paste with +hot water and rub up for an hour or so with a little mercury. Wash off +the sand carefully, and collect the amalgam. Drive off the mercury by +heat, and weigh the residual gold. It is best to cupel it with lead +before weighing. + +In an experiment on a lot of ore which contained 0.189 gram of gold, +0.179 gram was obtained by the above process, equal to about 94-1/2 per +cent. recovered. With ores generally, the yield may be from 80 to 90 per +cent. of the actual gold present. + + +DRY ASSAY. + +The dry assay of gold ores resembles in its main particulars the dry +assay for silver by the crucible method; and for much that is of +importance in its discussion the student is referred to what is written +under Silver on pp. 90-113. + +~Size of Assay Charges.~--Gold ores rarely contain more than a few +ounces, often only a few pennyweights of gold to the ton; consequently, +the button of gold obtainable from such quantities of ore as may be +conveniently worked by assaying methods is often so small as to require +more than ordinary care in its manipulation. One milligram of gold forms +a button of about the size of one of the full-stops on this page, and +compared with a million similar particles of quartz (about four ounces), +represents a produce of a quarter of an ounce to the ton: a proportion +such as the assayer is frequently called on to determine. It is evident, +therefore, that a charge of half an ounce or less of the ore, such as is +usual with silver ores, would demand of the worker both skill and care +in the handling of the minute quantity of gold to be obtained from it. +Fortunately the work is simple and precise, so that in practised hands +and with only a 5-gram charge the assay of a 5-dwt. ore is practicable; +with so small a charge, however, the result is barely perceptible on a +sensitive balance: the button of gold should be measured under a +microscope. It follows, therefore, that larger charges of say 50, 100, +or even 200 grams, have an advantage in that they lessen the strain on +the worker's attention, and, except in the case of the poorest mineral, +bring the button of gold within the scope of the balance. On the other +hand, the inconvenience of the larger charges lies in the amount of +fluxes and consequent size of the crucibles required to flux them. + +~Sampling.~--A further consideration in favour of the larger charges is +the matter of sampling. In preparing his ore, the student should ask +himself what reasonable expectation he has that the portion he puts in +the furnace will be of average richness. The larger charges are likely +to be nearer than the smaller ones to the average of the parcel of ore +from which they are taken. In explanation of this, let us suppose a +large heap of 5-dwt. ore, in sand of the coarseness of full-stops, and +containing all its gold in particles of 1 milligram, as uniformly +distributed as care and labour in the mixing can accomplish. Such a heap +could not possibly occur in practice, but it will serve for purposes of +illustration. Now, one ton of the sand, however taken, would contain +appreciably the same quantity of gold as any other ton. For a ton would +contain about 8000 particles of gold; and even if two separate tons +differed by as much as 100 particles (which they are just likely to do), +this would mean only a difference of 1 or 2 grains to the ton. On the +other hand, two portions of 14 lbs., which should contain on the average +50 particles of gold, are likely enough to differ by 10 particles, and +this, calculated on a ton, means a difference of 1 dwt. It is easy to +see that something like this should be true; for on calculating the +14-lb. lot up to a ton, the deviation from the average, whatever it may +be, is multiplied by 160; whereas, if the ton were made up by adding +14-lb. lot to 14-lb. lot, up to the full tale, then a large proportion +of the errors (some being in excess and some in defect) would neutralise +each other. An average which is practically true when dealing with +thousands, and perhaps sufficiently exact with hundreds, would be merely +misleading when applied to tens and units. Reasonable safety in +sampling, then, is dependent largely on the number of particles of gold +in the charge taken, and the risk of an abnormal result is less, the +larger the charge taken. + +By doubling the charge, however, we merely double the number of +particles. Powdering finely is much more effective; for, since the +weight of a particle varies as the cube of the diameter, halving the +diameter of the particles increases their number eight-fold. If, now, we +modify our illustration by assuming the particles to have only one-sixth +the diameter of a full-stop (which would represent a powder of a +fineness not unusual in ores prepared for assaying), we should multiply +the number of particles by 200 (6 × 6 × 6 = 216). We should then +reasonably expect a 14-lb. parcel of the powder to give as safe a sample +as a ton of the sand would give; and portions of a size fit for crucible +work, say 50 or 100 grams, would be as safe as 10 or 20-lb. samples of +the coarser stuff. For example, 60 grams of such powder would contain, +for a 5-dwt. ore, about 100 particles; and in the majority of cases the +error due to sampling would be less than 10 or 12 grains to the ton, and +would only occasionally exceed a pennyweight. With richer ores the +actual deviation stated as so much to the ton of ore might be greater, +but it would represent a smaller proportion, stated in percentage of +the gold actually present, and would ultimately fall within the limits +of unavoidable error. + +It will be seen that the size of the quartz particles has no direct +bearing on the argument; and, in fact, the coarseness of the quartz only +interferes by preventing the uniform mixing of the sand and by binding +together several particles of gold; in this last case, particles so +united must, of course, count as one larger particle. Now, there are +some natural ores in which the gold particles are all very small; with +these fine powdering and mixing yields a product from which a sample may +be safely taken. Then, again, in "tailings," before or after treatment +with cyanide, we have a similar material, inasmuch as the coarser gold +has been removed by previous amalgamation. With these, it is not unusual +to take the portion for assay without any further powdering, since they +are poor in gold, and have already been stamped and passed through a +sieve of say thirty holes to the inch (linear). + +But there are other ores, in lump showing no visible gold, which contain +the gold in all possible degrees of fineness, from say prills of a +milligram or so down to a most impalpable powder. The treatment of these +cannot be so simple and straightforward. Suppose a parcel of 1000 grams +(say 2 lbs.) of such ore in fine powder, containing on an average 1 +particle of 1 milligram (the presence or absence of which makes a +difference of .6 dwt. on the ton), 10 others of about .5 milligram (each +representing .3 dwt.), and 100 others, which are too coarse to pass +through an 80 sieve, and having an average weight of .1 milligram (each +.06 dwt.), and that the rest of the gold, equivalent altogether to 2 +ounces to the ton, is so finely divided that a charge of 50 grams may be +taken without any considerable risk of its interfering with the +sampling. Then in a 50-gram charge there would be one chance in twenty +of getting the milligram particle, in which case the result would be +12.35 dwts. too high; on the other hand, if it were not present the +result would on this account be .65 dwt. too low. Of the ten +.5-milligram particles, it is as likely as not that one will be present, +and its presence or absence would cause an error of 3.3 dwts., more or +less. Of the 100 particles of .1 milligram, there would probably be from +3 to 7, instead of 5, the proper number; this would mean a variation of +2.6 dwts. from the true proportion. So that the probable result would +range about 5 dwts. more or less than the 2-1/2 ozs., which is the true +produce, and there are possibilities of astounding results. It is true +that the majority of the results would be well within these limits, and +now and again the heart of the student would be gladdened by a beautiful +concordance in duplicate assays; nevertheless, there can be no +reasonable expectation of a good assay, and to work in this way, on a +50-gram charge, would be to court failure. The coarse gold must ruin the +assay. + +The difficulty may be met by concentrating the whole of the coarse gold +in a small fraction of the ore, by sifting and making a separate assay +of this fraction. A portion of the ore, of about 1000 grams, is ground +to a very fine powder and passed through an 80 sieve, re-grinding when +necessary, until only 20 or 30 grams is left of the coarser powder. This +is mixed with fluxes and carried through as a separate assay. The sifted +portion is _thoroughly mixed_, and a portion of it, say 30 or 50 grams, +taken for assay. The weights of the two portions must be known, and care +must be taken that nothing is lost in the powdering. The method of +calculating the mean result from the two assays is shown on page 109. In +this way of working there is no advantage in continuing the grinding +until the coarser fraction is reduced to a gram or so--rather the +contrary; and rubbing on until all the gold is sent through the sieve is +to be distinctly avoided. The student must bear in mind that what he is +aiming at is the exclusion of all coarse gold from the portion of ore of +which he is going to take only a fraction. + +The question of the smaller sampling of gold ores has been dwelt on at +considerable length, as befits its importance, in order that the student +may be impressed with a sense of its true meaning. Sampling is not a +mystery, nor does the art lie in any subtle manner of division. It is, +of course, absolutely necessary that the stuff to be sampled shall be +well mixed, and the fractions taken, so that each part of the little +heap shall contribute its share to the sample. Moreover, it must be +remembered that tossing about is a poor sort of mixing, and that +everything tending to separate the large from the small, the light from +the heavy, or the soft from the hard (as happens in sifting), must be +avoided, or, if unavoidable, must be remedied by subsequent mixing. + +With a well-taken sample, we may rely on a great majority of our results +falling within normal limits of error; but nothing can be more certain +than that, in a moderately large experience we shall get, now and again, +deviations much more considerable. These erratic assays can only be met +by the method of working duplicates, which call attention to the fault +by discordant results. Such faulty assays should be repeated in +duplicate, so that we may rest the decision on three out of four +determinations. + +The likelihood of two very faulty assays being concordant is remote; +but with very important work, as in selling parcels of ore, even this +risk should be avoided, as concordance in these cases is demanded in the +reports of two or more assayers. The following actual reports on a +disputed assay will illustrate this: (a) 5 ozs. 1 dwt.; (b) 5 ozs. +10 dwts. 12 grains; (c) 5 ozs. 11 dwts.; (c) 5 ozs. 11 dwts. 12 grs. +The mean result of several assays, unless there be some fault in the +method, will be very fairly exact; and individual assays, with an +uncertainty of 1 in 20, may, by repetition, have this reduced to 1 in +100 or less. + +~Assay Tons, etc.~--Having decided on taking a larger or smaller +portion, the exact quantity to be used will be either some round number +of grams, such as 50 or 100, easily calculable into percentage; or it +will be that known as the "Assay Ton" (see page 13) or some simple +multiple or fraction of it, which is easily calculable into ounces. The +reports, too, are at least as often made as ounces in the short ton of +2000 lbs., as on the more orthodox ton of 2240 lbs. Now the short ton is +equal to 29,166.6 troy ounces; and the corresponding "assay ton" is got +from it by replacing ounces by milligrams. The advantage of its use is +that if one assay ton of ore has been taken, the number of milligrams of +gold obtained is also the number of ounces of gold in a ton of the ore, +and there is absolutely no calculation. Even if half an assay ton has +been taken the only calculation needed is multiplying the milligrams by +two. On the other hand with a charge of two assay tons the milligrams +need halving. Where weights of this kind (_i.e._, assay tons) are not at +hand they may be easily extemporised out of buttons of tin or some +suitable metal, and it is better to do this than to array out the grams +and its fractions at each weighing. The sets of "assay tons," however, +are easily purchased. As stated on page 13, the assay ton for 2240 lbs. +is 32.6667 grams; and for the short ton, 29.1667 grams. If, however, the +round number of grams be used and the result brought by calculation to +the produce on 100 grams, the conversion to ounces to the ton may be +quickly effected by the help of the table on page 107. As this table +only deals with the ton of 2240 lbs., it is supplemented here by a +shortened one dealing only with _the produce of 100 grams_ and stating +the result in _ounces troy to the short ton of 2000 lbs_. + +~Estimation of Small Quantities of Gold.~--_By the Balance._ In +estimating minute quantities of gold there are one or two points, of +importance to an assayer only in this assay, where they will often allow +one to avoid the working of inconveniently large charges. One of these +is known as "weighing by the method of vibrations." + + TABLE FOR CALCULATING OUNCES TO THE SHORT TON FROM THE + YIELD OF GOLD FROM 100 GRAMS OF ORE. + ----------+---------+-----------+---------+-----------+--------- + Milligram.|Ounces to|Milligrams.|Ounces to|Milligrams.|Ounces to + | the Ton.| | the Ton.| | the Ton. + ----------+---------+-----------+---------+-----------+--------- + 0.01 | 0.003 | 0.4 | 0.117 | 7.0 | 2.042 + 0.02 | 0.006 | 0.5 | 0.145 | 8.0 | 2.333 + 0.03 | 0.009 | 0.6 | 0.175 | 9.0 | 2.625 + 0.04 | 0.012 | 0.7 | 0.204 | 10.0 | 2.916 + 0.05 | 0.014 | 0.8 | 0.233 | 20.0 | 5.833 + 0.06 | 0.017 | 0.9 | 0.262 | 30.0 | 8.750 + 0.07 | 0.020 | 1.0 | 0.292 | 40.0 | 11.666 + 0.08 | 0.023 | 2.0 | 0.583 | 50.0 | 14.583 + 0.09 | 0.026 | 3.0 | 0.875 | 60.0 | 17.500 + 0.10 | 0.029 | 4.0 | 1.167 | 70.0 | 20.416 + 0.20 | 0.058 | 5.0 | 1.458 | 80.0 | 23.333 + 0.30 | 0.087 | 6.0 | 1.750 | 90.0 | 26.250 + ----------+---------+-----------+---------+-----------+--------- + +Suppose a balance at rest in perfect equilibrium, with the +pointer exactly over the middle point of the scale. Let the scale be a +series of points at equal distances along a horizontal line; then, if a +small weight be placed on one pan, the pointer will deviate from its +vertical position and come to rest opposite some definite part of the +scale, which will depend upon the magnitude of the weight added. The law +determining this position is a very simple one; the deviation as +measured along the points of the scale varies directly as the weight +added. For example, with an ordinarily sensitive balance, such as is +used for general purposes, one milligram will move the pointer along, +say, three divisions of the scale; then two milligrams will move it six +divisions; half a milligram, one and a half divisions; and so on. Of +course, with a more sensitive balance the deviations will be greater. +Now the point at which the needle comes to rest is also the middle point +about which it vibrates when swinging. For example, if the needle swings +from the third to the seventh division on the right then [(7+3)/2] it +will come to rest on the fifth. In working by this method the following +conventions are useful: Always place the button to be weighed on the +left pan of the balance, the weights on the right; count the divisions +of the scale from the centre to right and left, marking the former + and +the latter -; thus -5 is the fifth division to the left. Then the +position of rest is half the algebraic sum of two readings. For example, +let the readings be 7 to the right and 3 to the left, then (+7-3)/2 = ++2. The mean division is the second division to the right. If the +student will place himself in front of a balance and repeat the +following observations and replace the figures here given by his own, he +will have no difficulty in grasping the method. First determine the +_bias_ of the balance; suppose the unloaded balance swings +1.25 and -1; +the bias then is (1.25-1)/2 = +.125 or one-eighth of a division to the +right. Now having put on the button to be weighed let the readings be ++7.5 and +9.25, and (7.5+9.25)/2 = +8.375. Then the effect of the button +has been to move the pointer from +.125 to +8.375, or 8.25 divisions to +the right; we should, therefore, add the weight equivalent of 8.25 +divisions to the weights, whatever they may be on the right hand pan of +the balance; if the divisions were to the left (- divisions) we should +subtract. The value of 1 division is easily determined. Suppose the +button in the example were a 1 milligram weight, then we should have +found that 1 milligram = 8.25 divisions .'. 1 division = .121 milligram. +This method of working adds very considerably to the power of a balance +in distinguishing small quantities. + +[Illustration: FIG. 44_a._] + +_By the Microscope_.--The use of the microscope also is a real advantage +in estimating the weights of minute buttons of gold where there is no +undue risk in sampling, and where an error of say 1 in 20 on the +quantity of gold is tolerable. For ores with copper, lead, zinc, &c., as +well as for tailings rather poor in gold, this leaves a wide field of +usefulness. The method is described on page 440, but the description +needs supplementing for those who are not accustomed to the use of a +microscope. The eye-piece of a microscope (fig. 44_a_, A) unscrews at +_a_, showing a diaphragm at _b_, which will serve as a support for an +eye-piece micrometer. This last, B, is a scale engraved on glass, and +may be purchased of any optical instrument maker, though it may be +necessary to send the eye-piece to have it properly fitted. When resting +on the diaphragm it is in focus for the upper lens, so that on looking +through the microscope, the scale is clearly seen in whatever position +the instrument may be as regards the object being looked at. Suppose +this to be a small button of gold on a shallow, flat watch-glass, on the +stage of the microscope. Bring the button under the "objective" (_i.e._, +the nose of the microscope), which should be about a quarter of an inch +above the watch-glass; then looking through the instrument, raise the +tube until the button of gold, or at least some dust on the glass, comes +into focus. If the button is not in the field, rest the thumbs and index +fingers, using both hands, on the edge of the watch-glass, pressing +lightly but steadily, and give the glass a slow, short, sweeping motion; +the button will perhaps appear as an ill-defined blackness, because not +quite in focus. Bring this into the centre of the field. Raise or lower +the microscope until the button appears with sharp outlines. If the +scale does not cover the button, rotate the eye-piece; this will bring +the scale into a new position. Since the divisions over the button are +less distinct than the others, it is best to read the latter. Thus, in +fig. 44_b_, there are 36 divisions on one side of the button, and 35 on +the other, making altogether 71. The whole scale is 80, therefore the +diameter of the button is 9 divisions. The value of each division +obviously varies with the magnifying power employed. With most +microscopes there is a telescopic arrangement whereby the tube may be +lengthened; if this be done and the button again brought in focus, it +will be seen that, as measured on the scale, the button is much larger +than before. It is evident, therefore, the micrometer must always be +used in the same way. The method given in the appendix (page 440), for +finding the value of the scale when gold buttons are to be measured is +easy and satisfactory. When the button of gold is so small that there is +considerable risk of losing it in transferring to a watch-glass, it may +be measured on the cupel, but for this purpose it must be well +illuminated; this is best done by concentrating light on it with a lens, +or with what comes to the same thing, a clean flask filled with water. + +[Illustration: FIG. 44_b._] + +Most assayers, however, using a micrometer in this way, would like to +know its absolute value. To do this, a stage micrometer must be +purchased. This is like an ordinary microscope slide (fig. 44_a_, C), +and when looked at through a microscope it shows (fig. 44_c_) lines +ruled on the glass at distances of tenths and hundredths of a +millimetre, ten of each, so that the full scale is 1.1 mm. In the case +illustrated, 60 divisions of the scale in the eye-piece are just equal +to the 1.1 mm., therefore 1 division equals .0183 mm. A cube of this +diameter would contain (.0183×.0183×.0183) .0000061285 cubic mm. The +corresponding sphere is got by multiplying by .5236; this gives +.000003209 cb. mm. The weight of 1 cb. mm. of water is 1 milligram; and, +since gold is 19.2 times as heavy as water (sp. g. = 19.2), the contents +in cb. mm. must be multiplied by 19.2. This gives .0000616 milligram as +the weight of a sphere of gold measuring 1 division. + +[Illustration: FIG. 44_c._] + +If every result had to be calculated in this way the method would be +very laborious; but, having the figures for the first division, those of +the others may be calculated by multiplying by the cube of the +corresponding number. Thus, for the third division (3×3×3 = 27), the +content of the cube (.0000061285×27) is .0001655 cb. mm.; the content of +the sphere (.000003209×27) is .0000866 cb. mm.; and the corresponding +sphere of gold (.0000616×27) is .00166 milligram. With the help of a +table of cubes the whole calculation for 25 or 30 divisions may be made +in half an hour, and the results preserved in the form of a table will +simplify all future work. + +~Assay Operations.~--The actual work of the assay resolves itself into +three operations:--(1) The fusion of the ore and concentration of the +"fine metal" (_i.e._, gold and silver) in a button of lead; (2) The +cupellation of the lead, whereby a button of fine metal is obtained; and +(3) the "parting" of the gold which separates it from the accompanying +silver. The following description takes the order as here given, but the +student, in learning the method, should first practise cupellation if he +has not already done so; next he should practise the separation of gold +from silver, taking known weights of fine gold (p. 63), varying from .5 +or .3 gram down to quite minute quantities, and not resting satisfied +until a sensitive balance can barely distinguish between the weights of +gold taken and found. It may be noted here that if he has not a flatting +mill at his disposal, then for large buttons it is better to make an +alloy with eight or nine parts of silver to one of gold, and attack it +with acid without previous flattening, rather than accept the risk and +labour of beating out a less easily attacked alloy to the necessary +thinness with a hammer. It is only after a sense of security in gold +parting has been acquired, that the attack of an ore can be profitably +accomplished, and even then simple and easy ores should be first taken, +passing on to others more difficult, either because of a more complex +mineral composition or a difficulty in sampling. + +~Concentration of the fine Metal in Lead.~--The best flux for quartz, +which makes up the earthy matter of most gold ores, is soda, and this is +best added as carbonate or bicarbonate. By theory,[20] 50 grams of +quartz will require 88.5 grams of the carbonate, or 140 grams of the +bicarbonate, to form sodium silicate, which is a glassy, easily-fusible +substance, making a good slag. If the bicarbonate is used, and heat is +applied gradually, steam and carbonic acid are given off at a +comparatively low temperature, and the carbonate is left; at a higher +temperature (about 800° C., or a cherry-red heat) the carbonate fuses +attacking the quartz, and giving off more carbonic acid; as the heat +increases, and the attack on the quartz (which of itself is infusible) +becomes complete, the whole mass settles down to a liquid sodium +silicate, which is sufficiently fluid to allow the gold and lead to +settle to the bottom. The fluid slag does to a certain extent dissolve +some of the crucible, but not seriously. In a perfect working of this +experiment, the first evolution of gases (steam and carbonic acid) +should be gentle, so as to run no risk of its blowing the fine powder +out of the crucible; and the heat at which the second evolution of +carbonic acid is produced should be maintained until the reaction is +completed, so that there may be little or no formation of gas in the +fused mass to cause an effervescence which may force some of the charge +over the edges of the crucible. Of course, in practice the ideal fusion +is not attained, but there is no difficulty in approaching it closely +enough to prevent the charge at any time rising above the level it +reached at first in the crucible, and this should be accomplished. It is +usual with quartzose ores to rely mainly on the action of carbonate of +soda, but not entirely. Litharge is also used; it forms, on fusion with +quartz, a silicate of lead, which is a yellow glass, easily fusible, and +more fluid in the furnace than silicate of soda is. By theory, 50 grams +of quartz would require 186 grams of litharge.[21] The reaction takes +place without evolution of gas, and in its working the only point is to +so regulate the heat that the litharge shall not fuse and drain under +the unattacked quartz, leaving it as a pasty mass on the surface. Now, +if in making up a charge for 50 grams of ore, we took 100 grams of +bicarbonate of soda (equivalent to about 63 grams of the carbonate), +this being five-sevenths of 140 grams (which by itself would be +sufficient), leaves two-sevenths of the quartz to be fluxed by other +reagents: two-sevenths of 186 grams (say 52 grams) of litharge would +serve for this purpose. But if we used 10 grams of borax, which has a +fluxing action about equal to that of the litharge, then 40 grams of the +latter, or (making an allowance for the quartz being not quite pure) say +35 grams, will suffice. The fluxes, then, for the 50 grams of ore would +be: bicarbonate of soda 100 grams, litharge 35 grams, and borax 10 +grams; we could decrease any of these, and proportionately increase +either or both of the others, and still rely on getting a fusible slag, +which is the whole of the function of a flux, considered simply as a +flux. It should be remembered, however, that the slag is a bi-silicate +or acid slag, and that its acid character is increased by increasing the +proportion of borax. + +But in addition to the fluxes there is required about 30 or 40 grams of +lead to collect the silver and gold. This is best added as litharge (say +40 grams) and flour (4 grams), or charcoal powder (2 grams). See pages +93 and 94. The full charge, then, would be: + + Ore 50 grams. + Bicarbonate of soda 100 " + Litharge 75 " + Borax 10 " + Flour 4 " + +These should be mixed, placed in a suitable crucible (a G Battersea, +round, will do), and heated, at first at a red heat, but finally much +hotter, so as to get a fluid and clean slag. When the charge has been in +tranquil fusion for some little time, take it out and pour it into an +iron mould. When cold, detach the button of lead. The slag should be +glassy, all through alike, and easily separable from the metal. With +ordinary ores, this slag may be considered as free from gold. In an +experiment in which 90 milligrams of gold were added, the full amount +was obtained from the lead produced by the first fusion. But in certain +cases, more especially where large amounts of metallic oxides are +present, the slag is not so clean, and with these the slag should be +powdered, mixed with 40 grams of litharge and 4 of flour, and melted +again; it is an advantage to add a small prill of say 2 or 3 milligrams +of silver to the charge, as it insures a visible product in the +cupellation. Indeed, this last precaution is a good one to be taken +wherever there is reason to expect very small buttons. It has the +further advantage, that, if the quantity of silver necessary for +inquartation is known, the right quantity may be added here, so as to +save a subsequent operation. + +~Ores containing Oxides of Iron.~--Of the metallic oxides likely to be +present in a slag, oxide of iron is the most important. Gold is +occasionally found in a matrix of this substance, and in the assay of +"concentrates" largely made up of pyrites, this oxide will be formed in +the preliminary calcination. Now, the lower oxide of iron (ferrous +oxide, FeO) is easy to deal with; fused borax will dissolve about its +own weight of it, and a silicate of soda (such as makes up the bulk of a +slag in a gold assay) will take up at least half as much. But the higher +oxide (ferric oxide, Fe_{2}O_{3}) is more refractory; even 6 parts of +borax yields a poor product, and slags with any considerable percentage +of it are not satisfactory. A student attempting to recover gold from +some hęmatite (in which there was about half an ounce of the metal), +found in the slag nearly a gram of gold, although in the first fusion +the slag appeared perfectly fluid. There is, however, no difficulty in +getting good slags, even with large quantities of iron. For example, +with 50 grams of ferric oxide, 10 of quartz, 30 of borax, 30 of +soda,[22] 50 of litharge, and 7 of flour, the result was quite +satisfactory. So, too, was 25 of quartz, 50 of soda, 50 of litharge, and +7 of flour. It is well, however, in such cases to have an ample +proportion of flux and to aim at a larger button of lead than usual by +increasing the proportion of flour or charcoal (see also page 91). A +charge used on the Randt for roasted "concentrates" (which we may +roughly speak of as quartz and ferric oxide), is one assay ton (about 30 +grams) each of ore, soda, and borax, and one and a half assay ton of +litharge and 2 grams of charcoal. Whilst, for the same material, from +which most of the gold has been extracted by "chloridising," 2.5 tons +each of ore, borax, and soda, 4 of litharge, and 4 grams of charcoal are +needed. This quantity requires a large crucible (I Battersea, round). In +this the proportion of silicate of soda and borax counted together is to +the oxide of iron as 4 to 1, on the supposition that the quartz and +oxide of iron of the ore are in about equal quantities; but, in the +larger charge especially, much oxide of lead would also remain as a +flux. + +~Ores containing Sulphides.~--In assaying ores containing a large +proportion of pyrites or mispickel, or both, the best plan is to take a +portion and calcine so as to convert it into a product of the kind just +considered. The weighed portion of ore should be placed in a clean +crucible and be heated to incipient redness: with pyrites the first +effect is to drive off about half the sulphur as vapour which burns as +flame over the ore. At this stage care should be taken that there is no +great increase of temperature, otherwise there may be more or less +fusion, which would spoil the operation. When the sulphur flame ceases +the solid sulphide of iron burns with visible incandescence and the +charge should now be stirred with a flattened iron rod so as to expose +fresh portions to the air. The top of the furnace must be open, so that +air may have free access to the crucible. When stirring is no longer +followed by visible burning the heat may be raised to full redness. The +crucible is then lifted out (the stirrer still resting in it) and if the +charge gives off no odour of burning sulphur it is shaken out into an +iron mortar and mixed with the fluxes, taking care to clean the stirrer +in the mixture. The charge is then replaced in the crucible in which the +roasting was done and fused in the furnace. The resulting button of lead +is cupelled for fine metal. Ores rich in sulphides requiring this +treatment are frequently "concentrates." For their assay take 1 assay +ton (30 grams), calcine and mix with an equal weight of soda and of +borax (30 grams each), and half as much again of litharge (1.5 tons or +45 grams), and with 2 grams of charcoal or 5 grams of flour. + +Where the sulphides are present in smaller proportion (10 per cent. or +less), they may be taken as serving the purpose of flour or charcoal +(see page 95); the sulphur and iron are oxidised at the expense of the +litharge with a consequent separation of lead as metal. If the +proportion of sulphides is not sufficient to give a large enough button +of lead, some charcoal or flour should be added. On the other hand, if +they are in small excess and give a button of lead somewhat sulphury, +_i.e._, hard and brittle, it may be remedied by the judicious addition +of nitre; this last reagent, however, should not be used in large +quantity. A plan much used to prevent sulphury buttons is to insert an +iron rod or a nail in the charge in the crucible; the iron takes the +sulphur forming sulphide of iron which in moderate quantity does not +form a separate layer of matte but dissolves in the slag. A slag formed +of 50 grams of quartz, 100 soda, and some borax, may take up in this way +some 10 or 12 grams of sulphide of iron. If, however, an ore gives a +layer of matte or speise, it is best to repeat the assay by the method +of calcining before fusion. + +~Cyanide Charges, etc.~--In assaying the "tailings" which are to be +treated in a cyaniding plant the following charge is used: + + Tailings 3 assay tons or 100 grams. + Litharge 4.5 " 150 " + Soda 4.5 " 150 " + Borax .75 " 25 " + +The sand is assayed without any further crushing and the assay is made +in duplicate. + +The residues after treatment with cyanide, differing from the tailings +merely in being poorer in gold because of the extraction by the solution +of cyanide, are run down with the same fluxes in the same relative +proportions. But four charges of 2.5 assay tons (say 75 grams) are +worked, and two of the resulting buttons are scorified together and then +cupelled, etc., so as to give duplicate assays on charges of 5 assay +tons. This is one of the cases in which it is desirable to add a small +portion of silver before cupelling. + +In assaying the "cyanide liquors" for gold, 2 assay tons of the liquor +are measured out (58.3 c.c. for the ton of 2000 lbs., 65.3 c.c. for the +other) and are evaporated to dryness in a lead dish weighing about 35 +grams. Such a dish is easily extemporised out of a piece of lead foil, +if the ordinary vessel is not at hand; but care must be taken that the +lead is free from gold. The dish with the dried residue is then +scorified and the resulting button of lead is cupelled. + +[Illustration: FIG. 44c.] + +In some cases the fusion of the ore may be replaced by a treatment with +solution of cyanide of potassium and the gold recovered from the +solution in the way just described. For this purpose the ore should be +in not too fine powder, otherwise there will be great difficulty in +filtering; a sand which will pass a 30 sieve and having no large +proportion of very fine stuff will do. Not less than 200 grams should be +taken; and as an extraction apparatus a bell jar capable of holding half +as much again may be used. Such a jar may be extemporised by cutting off +the bottom of a bottle by leading a crack around it with a red hot +poker; or a lamp chimney will serve the purpose. The smaller mouth of +the jar is closed by a perforated cork provided with a clipped tube +after the manner of a burette (see fig. 44c). In the jar, just over +the cork, put a plug of loose asbestos or glass wool, or a piece of +sponge to act as a filter; a layer of broken glass, coarse at the bottom +and fine at the top, will serve the same purpose. On this, place the +charge of ore to be extracted. Prepare a solution of cyanide of +potassium in water, with 5 or 10 grams of the salt to the litre. It may +be that the whole point of the assay depends on the solution being of a +definite strength; as, for example, where the relative efficiency of +solutions of different strengths is being determined, when it will be +best to estimate the quantity of cyanide of potassium in the dilute +solution by the method given at the end of this article (page 160). Pour +the cyanide solution on to the ore, letting the first portions to come +through run into the beaker, but as soon as the ore is thoroughly wetted +close the clip and allow to stand for several hours. Then, opening the +clip, run through more cyanide solution and then water, so as to wash +the gold-carrying liquor thoroughly into the beaker. It is no matter if +the liquor is a little bit turbid; transfer it to a lead dish, +evaporate, scorify, and cupel in the usual fashion. + +The assay of gold-zinc slimes, which is the precipitate formed by zinc +acting on cyanide solutions of gold, may be made by wrapping 2 or 3 +grams in 40 grams of sheet lead and scorifying, cupelling, &c. The +amount of impurity in the stuff varies greatly; it is usually calcined +and mixed thoroughly with soda 40 per cent., borax 30 per cent., and +sand 10 per cent., and melted in graphite pots. The buttons of bullion +obtained are afterwards remelted with borax and run into bars, the +fineness of which varies from 600 to 830 thousandths. The bars are +sampled by chipping off diagonally opposite corners: or better, by +drilling, the drillings being freed from pieces of steel with the help +of a magnet. + +~Cupellation.~[23]--The cupellation of lead for gold differs very little +from that of lead carrying silver. When the gold is accompanied by a +larger proportion of silver, and both have to be determined, the +cupellation must be conducted exactly as in a silver assay, the usual +precautions being taken to moderate the temperature so as to lessen the +cupellation loss and to promote a slow and undisturbed solidification in +order to avoid spirting. If, however, the gold predominates the finish +should be effected at a higher heat, as the melting-point of gold is +100° higher than that of silver. The bad effect of a higher temperature +in increasing the cupellation loss need hardly be considered in the case +of such small buttons of gold as are obtained in assaying gold ores, as +any loss there may be is hardly appreciable by the balance. With larger +quantities of gold, however (as in assaying gold bullion), this loss +becomes important; and it is therefore necessary to very carefully +regulate the temperature of the muffle so as to minimise the loss. + +~The cupels~ are made of well-burnt bone-ash, of the fineness of coarse +wheat flour, moistened with one-twelfth its weight of water and +compressed into shape in suitable moulds. The moulds sold for this +purpose are often of unsuitable shape. Since lead has a specific gravity +of over 11, a cup to hold from 15 to 25 grams of molten lead need not +have a capacity of more than about 2 c.c. A hollow about 1 inch across +and 1/4 inch deep is sufficient; and the body of the cupel to absorb +this weight of lead should itself weigh from 20 to 25 grams. The button +of lead in a gold assay may be twice as heavy as this. For these larger +buttons a hollow 1-1/3 inch across and 1/3 inch deep will be sufficient. +If these larger cupels are not at hand the larger buttons will have to +be reduced in size by a scorification before cupelling. In some cases +this preliminary scorification is advantageous or even necessary: this +may be because the lead is hard and impure, or it may be that a very +small button of gold is expected. In the latter case it is best to +scorify the lead down to something less than 1 gram, and to perform the +cupellation on a specially prepared small fine cupel. These small cupels +are best made by grinding the unsaturated portion of a used cupel to a +fine powder, and compressing the dry powder into a small Berlin crucible +or scorifier; the face should be made quite smooth by pressure from a +pestle. On such cupels a small speck of gold (less than .01 milligram) +will be left in a good shape and easily visible; but the cupel must be +withdrawn from the muffle as soon as the cupellation is finished to make +sure of always getting the button in good condition. In places, such as +Mints, where large numbers of bullion assays are regularly made a +special form of cupel is used so that not less than six dozen assays may +all be cupelled at the same time in a muffle of ordinary size. These +cupels are square blocks, a little less than 2 inches across, and a +little more than three quarters of an inch deep. Each block carries four +hollows of about .7 inch across and .3 inch deep. A muffle, on a floor +space of 6 inches by 12, would take 3 of these blocks abreast and 6 +deep, and thus provide the means for 72 assays.[24] + +Cupels made with wet bone-ash should be slowly dried; and if in the +muffle they can be slowly brought to an orange-red heat it is all the +better. Under no circumstances must the lead be placed on the cupel +before the latter has been so thoroughly heated that it can no longer +give off steam or gas of any kind. For this gas bubbling through the +molten metal spatters it, thus spoiling one assay and throwing doubt on +all the rest. Again, the risk of freezing at the start is much greater +with a cupel which has not been properly heated. + +The best plan is to do all the cupellations in batches. After the muffle +has cooled down for the withdrawal of the last batch, and the old cupels +have been taken out, the new cupels for the next batch should be put in +their place. The furnace should then be stoked and made ready for the +next cupellations; by the time the furnace is ready the cupels will be +ready also. There should be no unnecessary handling of the cupels once +they have been placed in the muffle. + +~The cupellation temperature for gold~ is an orange-red heat or perhaps +a little hotter. Beginners, who are apt to overheat their furnace, +should avoid a heat which can properly be called yellow. Dr. T.K. +Rose[25] has determined the temperature of a muffle during the +cupellation of gold-silver alloys at the Royal Mint. In one muffle the +temperature ranged from 1065° to 1095° C.; the lower temperature was of +course in the front of the muffle. In another it ranged from 1022° to +1062°, and here the muffle appeared to the eye "decidedly cooler than +usual." The alloy left after cupelling was made up of 1 part of gold to +2-1/2 parts of silver, and was fused at 952°; hence the usual +temperature of cupellation was, say, 120° or 130° above the +melting-point of the residual metal. To obtain some real knowledge as to +the meaning of these figures, the student should prepare pointed pieces +of the following metals: silver, which melts at 945°; gold, which melts +at 1035°; and an alloy, half silver, half gold, which melts at 990°. +These should be placed on clean cupels in a muffle almost entirely +closed; the temperature should be very slowly raised, and the appearance +of the muffle when each metal begins to melt should be carefully noted. +The cupelling temperature in Dr. Rose's experiment was as much above the +melting-point of gold as this is above that of the silver-gold alloy. +The _finish of the cupellation_ of gold or gold-silver alloys is +practically the same as with pure silver; there is the same thinning out +of the litharge into a luminous film which becomes iridescent before the +brightening. But the danger of spirting decreases as the proportion of +gold becomes greater, and disappears when the gold is much over 30 per +cent. Nevertheless it is well to let such buttons become solid +undisturbed and protected from draughts in the body of the muffle. This +means closing the muffle and allowing the furnace to cool down somewhat +before withdrawing the cupels. Buttons solidified in this way are more +malleable than when they are withdrawn promptly on the finish of the +cupellation. This is important with large buttons, as in a bullion +assay. On the other hand, very small buttons, especially such as have to +be measured rather than weighed, should be withdrawn as soon as the +luminous film has disappeared. For when this is done the button can be +loosened from the cupel by merely touching it with the point of a pin, +and is then safely and easily transferred to a watch glass by touching +it with the head of a pin which has been moistened. It adheres to this, +and if the pin is not too wet comes off at once on touching the glass, +or in any case will do so on gentle warming. + +Molten gold, with little or no silver, has a peculiar colour which is +easy to recognise; it is more globular than a button of silver of the +same size would be, and it shows less adhesion to the cupel. Just after +becoming solid it glows beautifully, and this is so marked that it is a +valuable help in finding the position of a button when it is more than +ordinarily minute. + +If the button left from cupellation is yellow it is at least half gold, +and a rough guess as to the proportion of gold may be made from its +yellowness; the rest of the metal is generally silver. The presence of +platinum or one of the platinum group of metals makes the surface of the +button dull and crystalline. The native alloy of osmium and iridium does +not alloy with gold, however, but falls to the bottom of the molten +metal. It shows itself in the subsequent parting as a black spot or +streak on the under surface. + +The buttons are removed from the cupel with a pair of pliers and then +brushed to remove adherent litharge and bone-ash. Some assayers advise +cleaning by dipping in warm dilute hydrochloric acid followed by washing +in water and drying. The button is next weighed. When the quantity of +silver obtained is not required to be known the weighing may sometimes +be omitted. The next operation in either case is parting either with or +without a previous inquartation. + +_The loss of gold in cupellation_ is by no means always inconsiderable. +In three cupellations of 1 gram of gold with 20 grams of lead made +purposely at a very high temperature the cupel absorbed 6.04, 6.20, and +6.45 milligrams of gold. Hence at a high temperature there may easily be +a loss of more than half a per cent. of the gold. In ten cupellations +with the same quantities of gold and lead, but at an ordinary +temperature, the gold recovered from the cupels varied from 1.37 to 1.92 +milligrams, and gave an average of 1.59 milligrams. In round numbers the +cupellation loss of pure gold is .15 per cent. + +But if the gold be alloyed with _silver_ the loss is diminished, as is +shown by the following experiments. Gold, .3 gram, was cupelled with 10 +grams of lead and varying amounts of silver, and the cupels were assayed +for gold with the following results: + + Silver in the alloy .3 gram .6 gram .9 gram + Gold in the cupel .47 milligram .32 milligram .17 milligram + +These, calculated on the .3 gram of gold, give the loss as .157, .107 +and .057 per cent. respectively. The effect of _copper_, on the other +hand, is to increase the cupellation loss, which, silver being absent, +may from this cause rise to .3 per cent., even when the temperature is +not excessive. + +In the ordinary assay of gold-copper alloys a constant weight of the +alloy is always taken; hence as the weight of copper in a cupel charge +increases, the weight of gold decreases. The silver, on the other hand, +is always very nearly two and a half times as much as the gold, whatever +its quantity may be. But the cupellation loss is smaller with less gold +and greater with more copper, and it so happens in these assays that +these two opposites nearly neutralise one another. Mr. W.F. Lowe[26] +found the gold recoverable from the cupels on which 20 grains of gold +bullion had been treated varied only between .014 and .015 grain (_i.e._ +from .07 to .075 per cent. of the bullion treated), although the quality +of the bullion varied from 9 to 22 carat.[27] But in the poorest bullion +there was only 7.5 grains of pure gold, while in the richest there were +18.3 grains; yet each lost on the cupel the same weight of gold, viz., +.014 grain. When reckoned in percentages of the actual gold present the +losses are .187 per cent. and .076 per cent. respectively. The heavier +percentage loss is mainly due to the increased quantity of copper. + +As with silver so with gold the predominant cause of the cupellation +loss is the solution of the metal in the molten litharge which passes +into the cupel. Three lots of 1 gram of gold cupelled each with 20 grams +of lead repeatedly, so as to make 13 cupellations in all, lost in actual +weight 35.72 milligrams. The gold recovered from the cupels amounted +altogether to 34.56 milligrams. This shows that, compared with the +absorption by the cupel, the other causes of loss are inconsiderable. + +The loss of gold by _volatilisation_ is, however, a real one. The dust +from the flues of assay furnaces has been tested on several occasions +and found to contain gold, though in small quantity. Thus Mr. Lowe found +.073 per cent. of silver and .00033 per cent. of gold in such a +material. The lead volatilised from a gold bullion assay would need to +be ten times as rich as this to account for a loss of gold equal to the +hundredth part of a milligram. Dr. Rose, in the paper already quoted, +believes that on a .5 gram charge of standard bullion the loss from +volatilisation is not less than .025 nor more than .05 milligram of +gold. + +By way of conclusion it may be said that the cupellation loss of gold is +about .07 per cent., and that it is largely met or even over corrected +by a compensating error due to silver retained in the gold after +parting. + +~Inquartation.~--The method of separating the gold from the silver in +gold-silver alloys by boiling with nitric acid does not act equally well +in all cases. An alloy half silver half gold, rolled to thin sheet and +boiled for half an hour with nitric acid, may still retain more than +two-thirds of its silver. An alloy of 1 part gold and 1.7 parts of +silver gives up practically the whole of its silver under similar +treatment. The gold is left in a coherent, though easily broken, sheet +retaining the shape of the original alloy. The gold thus left is quite +spongy and porous, so that the acid can penetrate into its innermost +portions. But if the silver is in large excess in the alloy, the +removal of the silver is less complete, and the residual gold, instead +of holding together in a form easy to manipulate, falls to a powder +which requires care and time in its treatment. The older assayers, +therefore, added silver to their gold in such proportion that the alloy +for parting should be one quarter gold to three quarters silver. This +operation they called _inquartation_. + +The modern practice is to aim at getting an alloy with 2-1/2 parts of +silver and 1 part of gold. In gold bullion assays this proportion should +be obtained with fair exactness. And in the parting of such gold buttons +as are obtained in assaying ores it is well to aim at this proportion, +though absolute precision is not a matter of importance. + +If the button left on cupelling the lead from an assay of an ore appears +white, it is best to assume that it already contains at least a +sufficiency of silver, in the absence of any knowledge to the contrary. +This will be true in almost all cases. But if, on parting, it does not +lose at least two-thirds of its weight, this indicates that the +assumption was not justified; and also what quantity of silver must be +added to the button before again attempting to part. Generally the fault +will be in the other direction; the silver will be in excess and the +gold will break up and demand very careful treatment. + +If, however, such a button is yellow, then, from its weight and depth of +colour, a rough estimate can be made of how much gold is contained in +it. Silver must be added to make the total weight 3-1/2 times as much as +that of the gold supposed to be present. Thus, if the button weighs 10 +milligrams and is supposed to contain 8 milligrams of gold, then 8 +multiplied by 3-1/2 is 28; the button must, in such case, be made up to +28 milligrams by adding 18 milligrams of silver. In judging of the +quality of the gold button, no ordinary error will very seriously affect +the result. If, in the example just given, the quantity of gold present +was really 7 or even 9 milligrams of gold, the resulting alloy would +still have been suitable for such partings. In fact, in routine assays, +where the quantity as well as the quality of the gold is known within +fair limits, it is often the custom to add the silver for inquartation +to the lead during the first cupellation. + +But in the assay of rich gold alloys such approximate work will not do. +If the composition is not already known with a fair degree of accuracy +_preliminary assays_ must be made. Weigh up two lots of 100 milligrams +of the alloy and wrap each in 3 grams of lead. To one add 300 milligrams +of silver. Cupel both. The button containing the added silver must be +flattened and boiled with 15 c.c. of nitric acid; and the resulting +gold must be washed, dried, ignited and weighed. This, in milligrams, +gives directly the percentage of gold. The weight of the other button +gives the percentage of gold and silver; the difference between the two +gives the percentage of silver. The rest will, perhaps, be copper. + +The composition of the alloy being known, or having been determined as +just described, the calculation of how much silver must be added is +fairly simple. The following is an example. Suppose the bullion contains +92 per cent. of gold, 1 per cent. of silver and 7 per cent. of copper, +and that .5 gram of it is to be taken for an assay. The .5 gram, then, +will contain + + Gold .460 gram + Silver .005 " + Copper .035 " + +But the total silver required is .46 gram × 2.5. This equals 1.15. +Allowing for the .005 gram of silver already present, 1.145 gram of +silver must be added. + +The silver is incorporated with the gold, and at the same time the +copper is eliminated, by cupelling with sheet lead. How much sheet lead +must be used will depend partly on how much bullion is taken, partly on +how much copper it contains. Four grams of lead will do for a .5 gram +charge; and for a .3 gram charge, 3 grams may be used. But with 20 per +cent. of copper these amounts should be doubled; with 40 per cent. of +copper they should be trebled; and with over 60 per cent. of copper four +times as much lead should be used. For small buttons of gold as little +lead as may be relied on to start cupelling may be taken; the lead may +conveniently be in the form of little cups made by folding lead foil on +a piece of glass rod. With a large number of bullion assays +systematically worked and checked a simple plan would be to always use +the quantity of lead required by the alloy containing most copper which +turns up for assay. This weight, cut out of lead foil, would be kept in +stock folded into little bags ready to receive the bullion and silver. + +The silver used for inquartation must, of course, be free from gold and +is best prepared by the assayer who is to use it (see p. 66). It should +not be in long strips or angular pieces likely to perforate the lead in +which it is folded. When wrapped in the lead it should be in the middle +and should make as compact a parcel as possible. + +Each little parcel, as completed, should be placed on a tray in its +properly numbered compartment. Its position here should correspond to +that it will occupy in the muffle and eventually in the cupel tray. The +cupellation must be made with all the requisite precautions. A good +smooth malleable button is needed for the next operation, which is known +as flatting. + +[Illustration: FIG. 45.] + +~Flatting.~--Small buttons, such as are got in assaying most gold ores, +are placed on a polished steel anvil and flattened by one or two blows +with a hammer. The flattened discs are heated to dull redness on a clean +cupel and are then ready for parting. Somewhat larger buttons may be +similarly treated, but they should be annealed (_i.e._ heated to redness +and allowed to cool) during the flattening. The silver-gold alloy left +from the cupellation is soft and bends like lead; but after hammering or +rolling it becomes harder, gets a spring in it like a piece of +mainspring and cracks or splits somewhat easily. There should be no +cracks or stripping or even roughness on the flattened metal, since such +defects may cause the loss of small particles either during the +flattening or in the subsequent treatment with acid. The softness of the +metal is restored by heating. In bullion assays the flatting of the +buttons requires care and practice for its skilful working. The strips +of alloy for parting should be of uniform thickness and condition so +that the action of the acid shall be equal in all cases. The button is +taken from the cupel, cleaned and placed on the anvil: it is then struck +a heavy blow which widens it to about 3/4 inch in diameter; this blow is +followed by two others, one a little in front, the other behind, which +lengthen the disc and give a very blunt roof-like slope to its upper +face. It should then be annealed. This may be done by putting it in a +just red-hot scorifier heated in a muffle: it very soon attains the +right heat and may then be transferred to a cold scorifier; the hot +scorifier should be put back into the muffle. The softened disc is then +taken to the rolls (Fig. 45). The rolls are loosened until the disc can +be pressed between them. Looking through the interval between them the +rolls should appear exactly parallel; if they are not, one adjusting +screw should be loosened and the other tightened until parallelism is +obtained. The rolls are now turned and the disc should be drawn through +without any great effort. Beginners are apt to err by trying to do too +much with one turn of the handle. It is easy to stop whilst the rolls +are only just gripping the metal and then to bring the disc back by +reversing the action. If the disc was originally level and the rolls +are parallel, the metal will appear as a strip which has been merely +lengthened. If the rolls are tighter on one side the strip will be +bowed; the tighter side will correspond with the outer curve of the +crescent. A mistake of this kind may be amended by passing the strip +through the rolls the other way, so as to reverse the irregularity and +so straighten the strip. The screw on the looser side should then be +tightened until parallelism is obtained; after which more care should be +taken to tighten the two screws equally. The rolling should be stopped +when the strip is 3 or 4 inches long and of the thickness of an ordinary +visiting card. The strip should be annealed during the rolling and again +at the finish. + +~Parting.~--The thin sheet of metal is dropped into hot dilute nitric +acid and boiled for five or six minutes after the brisk action of the +acid on the metal has ceased. At this stage nearly all the silver has +gone into solution as nitrate of silver and the acid is charged with +this salt. This acid is poured off and the residual metal is again +boiled for from 20 to 30 minutes with a second lot of stronger acid. +This leaves the gold almost pure, though it may still retain from .05 to +.1 per cent. of silver. Treatment with the first acid only would +probably leave three or four times as much. + +The _nitric acid_ used should be free from hydrochloric, sulphuric, +iodic and telluric acids. In testing it for the first of these add +nitrate of silver and dilute with distilled water; there should be no +turbidity. In testing for the others evaporate three lots in dishes over +a water-bath. Test one for sulphates by adding water and barium +chloride. Test another for iodates by taking up with a little water, +adding a few drops of starch paste and then dilute sulphurous acid +solution a little at a time; there should be no blue colour. Test the +third for tellurium by heating with 1 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid +until dense fumes come off; allow to cool considerably; a piece of tin +foil added to the warm acid develops a fine purple colour if only a +trace of tellurium is present. + +The presence of lower oxides of nitrogen, which impart a brown colour to +the acid, is objectionable; they, however, are removed by boiling the +diluted acid before using it for parting. It is usual to keep a stock of +the acid suitably diluted to the two strengths required for the parting. +These are known as the parting acids. The _first parting acid_ is the +weaker and is used in the first attack on the metal. The specific +gravity generally recommended for it is about 1.2. It may be prepared +either by diluting the strong acid with about its own volume of +distilled water, or by suitably diluting the second parting acid which +has been already used in an assay; the small proportion of silver this +contains is not harmful for this purpose. The _second parting acid_ has +a specific gravity of about 1.3, and may be made by diluting the strong +acid with half its volume of distilled water. + +_Parting in Flasks._--Flasks are most convenient for the larger +partings, as in bullion assays; and should always be used for this +purpose unless some of the special parting apparatus, like that used in +Mints, is available. Many assayers use flasks, though of a smaller size, +for the ordinary partings in assaying gold ores. The flasks are either +bulbs with long necks (Fig. 46) which ought to be heated on rose burners +of special construction; or they are small flat-bottomed conical flasks +which may be conveniently heated on a hot-plate and are, in this +respect, much easier to deal with in general work. The following +instructions apply to the parting of an alloy containing a few decigrams +of gold together with the proper proportion of silver. + +[Illustration: FIG. 46.] + +The strip from the rolls, after being softened by annealing, is folded +on itself on a glass rod into a roll or cornet. It should be so plastic +that it will retain the shape thus given it and not spring open on +removing the pressure of the fingers. About 50 c.c. of the first parting +acid are placed in a 6-ounce conical flask and heated to boiling; the +flask is then withdrawn, and tilted a little to one side, whilst the +cornet is cautiously dropped into it; there will be a sudden issue of +hot vapours and a prompt withdrawal of the hand is advisable. The flask +is replaced on the hot plate and the acid is kept boiling for 10 or 15 +minutes. The flask is then withdrawn and the acid diluted with about an +equal volume of distilled water. If the flask has a thick glass band +around its neck, a little way down,[28] care must be taken to use hot +water, for any sudden chill will certainly crack the flask where it is +thus thickened. The liquor is carefully decanted into a clean beaker and +is then thrown into a jar marked "waste silver." About 40 c.c. of the +second parting acid, heated to boiling, is then poured into the flask, +which is then replaced on the hot plate. The boiling is continued for 15 +or 20 minutes or even longer. At this stage bumping has to be specially +guarded against; after a little experience it is easy to see when this +is imminent and the flask should be withdrawn to a cooler part of the +plate; it is better to prolong the heating at a temperature below +boiling than to run the risk of disaster. Some of the older writers, +however, are rather insistent on vigorous boiling with large bubbles. +The addition of a small ball of well-burnt clay of about the size of a +pea has been recommended, as it lessens the tendency to irregular and +dangerous boiling. At the end of the treatment with the second acid the +flask is withdrawn from the plate and the acid is diluted with an equal +volume of distilled water. The liquor is carefully decanted into a +beaker, and then poured into a jar or Winchester marked "acid waste"; it +serves for making the first parting acid. The flask is then washed twice +with hot distilled water; the washings must be carefully decanted from +the gold. The flask is then filled with water. A parting cup (size B) is +then placed over its mouth, like a thimble on the tip of a finger. This +cup is of unglazed porous earthenware of such texture that it absorbs +the last few drops of water left on drying; and with a surface to which +the gold does not adhere even on ignition. The gold should fall out +cleanly and completely on merely inverting the cup over the pan of the +balance. The flask and cup are then inverted so that the flask stands +mouth down in the cup; a little of the water from the flask flows into +the cup, but only a little. The gold falls steadily through the water +into the cup. When time has been allowed for even the finest of the gold +to have settled into the cup, the flask is removed. This is easiest done +under water. The cup, with the flask still resting in it, is dipped +under water in a basin; as soon as the neck of the flask is immersed the +crucible can safely be drawn away from under it and then lifted out of +the water. The flask should not be taken away first, for the rush of +water from it may easily sweep the gold out of the cup. The water in the +cup is then drained off and the cup is dried at not too high a +temperature; for if the last drop or two of water should boil there is +danger of spattering the gold out of the crucible. When it is dry, the +cup is heated on a pipe-clay triangle over a Bunsen burner, or on a slab +of asbestos in a muffle, to a dull-red heat. This brings the gold to +"colour"; that is, the loose tender dark coloured gold becomes bright +yellow and coherent; and is in a state fit to be transferred to the +balance and weighed. All unnecessary transferences must be avoided. As +soon as the cup is cool it may be inverted over the pan of the balance, +when the gold will fall out cleanly or, at the worst, a gentle tap with +the finger will be sufficient to detach it. + +_Parting in test-tubes_, or in the smaller conical flasks, is used in +the assay of gold ores of ordinary richness. The work is exactly like +that just described in all its main features. Generally speaking much +less acid will be used; for example, in test-tubes and for small +buttons, 3 or 4 c.c. of each acid is quite enough. Again, the action +need not be so prolonged; 10 or 15 minutes in each acid is sufficient. +So, too, the heating may be less; it is very convenient to support the +test-tubes in a water-bath, or merely to rest them in a beaker of +boiling water; and there is no serious objection to doing this. A +smaller parting cup should be used; the A size is suitable. The button, +on the other hand, should be beaten thinner than is needed for the +larger partings. If the silver should be in excess and the gold becomes +much broken up, ample time should be given for subsidence from the +test-tube or flask into the parting cup. + +_Parting in glazed crucibles or dishes._--This method of working has the +advantage that there is no transference of the gold until it is placed +on the pan of the balance. On the other hand, in the boiling more care +is required in adjusting the temperature. The following instructions +apply to the treatment of very small buttons, to which the method is +more particularly applicable; but very little modification is needed for +the treatment of larger buttons. The smallest sized Berlin crucibles +answer admirably. They should be cleaned by treatment with hot and +strong sulphuric acid, followed by washing in distilled water; the +comfort and ease of working mainly depends on the thoroughness of this +cleaning. The crucible, one-third full with the first parting acid, is +heated on the hot plate until the acid is almost boiling. The flattened +and annealed button is dropped into it and the heating continued with, +at most, gentle boiling for a few minutes. The crucible is then filled +with distilled water, which cools it enough for easy handling; and when +the gold has settled the liquor is poured off along a glass rod into a +clean beaker. Any greasiness of the crucible makes itself felt here and +is very objectionable. The crucible is then one-third filled with the +second parting acid and the heating resumed, care being taken not to +raise the temperature too high; this should be continued much longer +than before, say for five or ten minutes or even longer according to the +size of the button. Distilled water is again added and, when it is +drained off, the washing with distilled water is twice repeated. It will +not be possible to drain off the last drop of water; but if the gold is +coherent, the crucible can be so inclined that this drop drains away +from the gold, in which case the drying can be done rapidly; the boiling +of the water will do no harm. But when the gold is much broken up, it +will collect in the middle of this drop and the drying must be done +gently; best by putting the crucible in a warm place. When dry, the +crucible is heated till the gold changes colour, but the heat must be +kept well below redness. When cold, the gold is transferred directly to +the pan of the balance. With minute specks of gold which will require +measuring, it is best to put a small piece of lead foil (say .1 gram) in +the crucible over the gold, and then heat the crucible to above redness +over a blowpipe. Whilst the lead is oxidising it is easily swept round +in a bath of molten litharge by merely tilting the crucible. In this way +any separated specks of gold can be taken up with certainty. When the +worker is satisfied that the lead has had ample opportunity for taking +up the gold, the lead must be kept in one place and the heat slowly +lowered. By this means the button becomes supported in comparatively +pure litharge and when solid can be picked out quite easily with a pair +of pliers and in a very clean condition. The lead button is then +cupelled on a very fine cupel, as already described. The method of +working last described destroys the crucible. If the gold is not quite +so small this may be avoided. A small piece of lead foil should be +hammered out until it is perfectly flexible. It is then shaped into a +tray and the gold is transferred to it. The lead is then folded over, +with the help of two pins; and cupelled. + +If the crucible shows a black stain on heating it is because some silver +remains through bad washing. It shows poor work and the assay should be +repeated. + +_The silver retained in the gold after parting_ is, in bullion assays, +an important matter; it is roughly equal to the loss of gold due to +absorption by the cupel. Mr. Lowe working on .5 oz. of gold, obtained by +parting in assaying bullion, found it to contain .123 per cent. of +silver. Dr. Rose in some special assay pieces found by a less direct +method of assaying, from .06 to .09 per cent. of silver. The proportion +of silver retained varies in a marked way with the proportion of gold to +silver in the alloy before parting. It is generally stated that the +retained silver is least when this proportion is 1 to 2-1/2, and more or +less silver than this leads to a less pure gold after parting. + +_Platinum_ in an alloy being parted is dissolved along with the silver +either altogether or in part. It imparts a straw yellow colour to the +parting acid. _Palladium_ gives an orange colour to the acid. + +_The loss of gold by solution in the acid during parting_ is small, but +easily demonstrable. On a 500-milligram charge of bullion it may amount +to from .05 to .15 milligram; _i.e._ from .01 to .03 per cent. It is due +to gold actually dissolved and not merely held in suspension. + +~Assaying with checks. Surcharge.~--It will be seen from what has been +stated that the errors in gold parting are of two kinds: viz. (1) a loss +of gold on the cupel and to a less extent by solution in the acid, and +(2) an apparent gain of gold due to the retention of silver in the +parted material. Both errors are small, and as they are of an opposite +character they tend to neutralise each other. Hence they are altogether +without effect on the accuracy of the assays of ores when the total gold +is reckoned in milligrams. And even with the larger amounts present in +bullion assays their influence is so small that an uncorrected result is +still fairly accurate; the resultant error would not be more than one +part in two or three thousand. + +It is customary to report the purity of bullion, or its fineness as it +is called, in parts per thousand of bullion. The sum of the errors of an +assay, which is called the _surcharge_, is reported in the same way. +Thus a surcharge of + .3 means that the gold as weighed was .3 part per +1000 more than the gold actually present. But a surcharge - .3 means +that on the whole there was a loss of .3 part per 1000 in the assay. + +Speaking roughly the retained silver will vary with the weight of gold +present; if one alloy contains twice as much gold as another the +retained silver will be about twice as much also. On the other hand, as +already explained, the cupellation loss on the poorer alloy is as much +as, or even more than, with the richer one, because of the copper, &c. +present. With rich gold alloys the silver more than compensates for the +loss and the surcharge is positive; but with poorer alloys the loss is +greater and the surcharge is negative. + +In Mints and places where bullion assays must be made with the highest +attainable accuracy, the surcharge is determined by experiment, and the +proper correction is made in the reports on the bullion. This is done by +making assays of gold of the highest degree of purity alongside of those +of the bullion whose quality has to be determined. These "checks" are so +made that they do not differ from the actual assays in any material +point. Thus, being of the same quality and weight and undergoing exactly +the same treatment, they may reasonably be expected to have the same +surcharge as the assays they imitate. Suppose the bullion being assayed +varies only a little, up or down, from 900 gold and 100 copper in the +thousand, and that .5 gram of it is used in each assay. A quantity of +gold differing only a little from .450 gram would be very exactly +weighed and placed with .050 gram of copper in the same weight of lead +as is being used in the other assays. It would be cupelled, parted, &c., +as nearly as possible under the same conditions as the actual assays. +Suppose the pure gold weighed .45016 gram and the parted gold weighed +.45025 gram, the gain in weight, .00009 gram, would be deducted from the +actual assays. A surcharge correction is never applied except to bullion +of the same quality as that represented by the "check assay" it was +calculated from. + +It is evident that unless the gold is of the highest degree of purity +these check assays will introduce an error almost equal to that which it +is designed to remedy. Moreover, to work the checks to the greatest +advantage, a very systematic and uniform method of working must be +adopted. + +~Parting in special apparatus.~--One plan for obtaining greater +uniformity is to stamp each cornet with a number for purposes of +identification, and to treat several, including one or more check assays +in the same acid contained in a beaker; all the assays under these +conditions evidently receive precisely the same acid treatment. Such a +plan can of course only be adopted where there is no risk of the gold +breaking up during the parting. An improvement on this is to have a +porcelain basin[29] about 8-1/2 inches in diameter and with a capacity +of about 1-1/2 litres. It is provided with a porcelain cover with 30 +numbered holes through which tubes dip into the acid. The cover is +removable. The tubes are like test-tubes and are supported by the cover; +their bottoms are perforated with holes or slits. The acid is placed in +the basin and boiled over a flat burner; it enters the tubes through the +slits. The cornets are placed each in its proper tube. When the boiling +is finished, the cover with the tubes is lifted and at the same time the +acid drains back into the basin. A dip into a basin of distilled water +washes at one operation all 30 assays. The cover is then put on a basin +containing the stronger parting acid which is already boiling. This +boiling is continued for half an hour. The cover with the 30 cornets is +then lifted out from the acid and dipped two or three times in distilled +water to wash off the last traces of acid. To transfer the cornets from +the tubes to the porous cups the whole of the tube must be dipped under +the water; otherwise the operation is exactly as when working with +test-tubes. + +A still simpler method of working is to use small platinum cups[30] +provided with fine slits which admit the acid but retain the gold. A +number of these, say 60, are supported on a platinum tray. The parting +acids are boiled in platinum dishes under a hood; and the 60 cornets +(each in its proper cup) are placed in the acid all at once: the tray +carrying the cups is provided with a handle suitable for this purpose. +After a proper boiling the tray is lifted out of the weaker acid into +the stronger one, where it undergoes the second boiling. It is next +dipped several times in distilled water and lastly, after a gentle +drying, it is raised to an annealing temperature which must not be too +high for fear of the gold sticking to the platinum. After cooling, the +cornets are transferred from the platinum cups directly to the pan of +the balance. Here all 60 cornets have exactly the same treatment and the +"checks" may be compared with great exactness with the other assays +accompanying them. There is, too, a great saving of labour.[31] + +~Silver, &c., in gold bullion.~--The base metals are generally +determined by cupelling .5 gram of the alloy with 5 grams of lead. The +loss in cupellation having been allowed for by any of the usual methods +(see p. 104) the gold and silver contents are given. By deducting the +gold the proportion of silver is obtained. The silver is generally +determined by difference in this way. If it is desired to dissolve out +the copper, silver, &c., and to determine them in the wet way, the gold +must first be alloyed with a sufficiency of some other metal to render +it amenable to the attack by acid. Cadmium is the metal generally +recommended, and the alloy is made by melting together a weighed portion +of the gold with five or six times its weight of cadmium in a Berlin +crucible and under a thin layer of potassium cyanide. + +~Lead with gold or silver.~--Large quantities of lead carrying gold and +silver are sold to refiners in bars weighing about 100 lbs. each. The +assay of these alloys presents no special difficulties, but the sampling +of them is a question which may be profitably discussed.[32] + +A molten metal may be conceived to have all the physical states observed +in ordinary liquids, although these cannot be actually seen owing to its +opaqueness. There is no doubt that _pure_ lead at a temperature only a +little above its melting-point can contain a large proportion of gold in +such a manner that it may in a figurative way be spoken of as a clear +solution. Any small portion withdrawn from the molten metal would afford +a perfect sample. The same would be true of any pure alloy of lead and +silver in which the silver does not exceed the proportion of 2-1/2 per +cent.[33] On the other hand, if the molten metal contains much more than +.5 per cent. of zinc, more than .1 per cent. of copper, or a larger +quantity of silver, it may be likened to a turbid liquor. The +resemblance holds good so far that if the molten lead be further heated, +whereby its solvent power on the added metal is increased, the turbidity +will disappear, or at least be considerably diminished. A portion taken +at random from such a molten metal may, or may not, give a good sample. +The suspended insoluble matter will tend to concentrate itself in the +upper or lower parts of the liquid according to whether it is heavier or +lighter than it; and this separation may occur with extreme slowness or +with fair rapidity. However, it is generally agreed that in the case of +such alloys as occur in practice, samples taken in this way are quite +satisfactory and are the best obtainable. The precautions insisted on +are that the lead shall be made as hot as practicable; that it shall be +stirred up at the time of taking the sample; and that the portion +withdrawn shall be taken out with a ladle at least as hot as the molten +metal. The further precaution that if any dross be on the surface of the +metal it shall be skimmed off and separately sampled and assayed is +almost too obvious to require mention. An alternative and, perhaps, +better way of taking the sample is to withdraw portions at equal +intervals from the stream of metal whilst the pot is being emptied; +equal weights taken from these portions and mixed (by melting or in some +other way) give a fair sample of the whole. In addition, separate assays +of each portion will show to what extent the metal lacks uniformity in +composition For example, samples taken at the beginning, middle, and end +of a run gave the following results in ozs. of silver per ton: 475, 472, +466, showing an average result of 471 ozs. Fifteen fractions taken at +regular intervals during the same pouring ranged from 475 ozs. to 464 +ozs.: the average result was 469.8 ozs. The same lead cast into bars and +sampled by sawing gave an average of 470 ozs.[34] In another case[35] +samples drawn at the beginning, middle, and end of a run gave 1345 ozs., +1335 ozs. and 1331 ozs. The mean result in such cases is always a +reasonably safe one, but evidently where the metal varies a good deal it +is safer to take more than three dips. + +Imagine such lead run into moulds and allowed to become solid as bars; +the difference between bar and bar would not be greater than that +between corresponding dip samples. But in each bar the distribution of +the silver and gold is very seriously affected during solidification. +Chips taken from the same bar of auriferous lead may show in one place +23 ozs. of gold to the ton, in another 39 ozs.; similarly with silver +they may vary as much as from 900 ozs. to 1500 ozs. to the ton. + +This rearrangement of the constituents of a bar takes place whilst the +lead is partly solid, partly liquid. The most useful conception of such +half-solidified metal is that of a felted spongy mass of skeleton +crystals of comparatively pure lead saturated with a still fluid +enriched alloy. If the solidification of an ingot of impure tin be +watched it will be evident that the frosted appearance of the surface is +due to the withdrawal of the fluid portion from a mat of crystals of +purer tin which have been for some time solid and a contraction of the +mass. The shrinking of the last part to become solid is further shown by +the collapse of the surface of the ingot where weakest; that is, a +furrow is formed on the flat surface. In other cases of fused metal +there is expansion instead of contraction in this final stage of the +solidification, and the enriched alloy then causes the upper face of the +ingot to bulge outwards. There are other causes effecting the +redistribution of the metals through the ingot. There can be no general +rule of wide application showing which part of a bar is richest and +which poorest in the precious metals. This will depend on the quantities +of gold or silver, on the quantities and kinds of other metals present +and on the manner of casting. The student is advised to consult Mr. +Claudet's paper which has been already referred to. + +The best method of sampling such bars is to melt them all down and to +take a dip sample of the molten metal in one or other of the methods +already described. According to Mr. Claudet this should be done in all +cases where the gold exceeds one or two ounces or where the silver +exceeds 200 ozs. to the ton. If during the melting down some dross has +formed this must be skimmed off, weighed and separately sampled and +assayed. The clean lead also must be weighed, sampled and assayed. The +mean result must be calculated. Thus 14 tons 5 cwts. of clean lead +assaying 32 ozs. to the ton will contain 456 ozs. of silver; 15 cwt. +dross assaying 20 ozs. to the ton will contain 15 ozs. of silver. The 15 +tons of lead and dross will contain 471 ozs. of silver or 31.4 ozs. per +ton. + +Of the methods of sampling which avoid melting the bars, that known as +sawing is the only one which is thoroughly satisfactory. In it the bars +are brought to a circular saw having fine teeth and are sawn across +either completely or halfway through; in this way a quantity of lead +sawdust is obtained (say 1 lb. or so from a bar) which represents +exactly the average of the bar along the particular cross section taken +and approximately that of the whole bar. A bar of lead, which by dip +assay gave 334 ozs. to the ton, gave on three transverse sections 333 +ozs., 335 ozs. and 331 ozs. The variation may be greater than this, but +with a large number of bars, where each bar is cut across in as far as +possible a different place, these variations tend to neutralise each +other and a good sample is obtained. Two or three cwt. of sawdust may be +obtained in this way; this is thoroughly mixed and reduced by +quartering in the usual way or by a mechanical sampler. A sample of 2 or +3 lbs. is sent to the assayer. This being contaminated with the oil used +in lubricating the saw is freed from it by washing with carbon +bisulphide, ether or benzene and dried. Then, after mixing, 100 to 200 +grams of it are carefully weighed and placed in a hot crucible, the heat +of which should be sufficient to melt all the lead. The molten lead +should not be overheated and should show no loss due to the melting. The +removal of the oil may have decreased the weight by perhaps one half per +cent. If the lead gives dross on heating it may be melted under 10 or 20 +grams of potassium cyanide, which prevents the formation of dross. +Samples are sometimes taken with a drill, gouge or chisel, though no +method of this kind is quite satisfactory. One plan adopted is to use a +punch which, when driven into the bar, gives a core or rod of metal +about half as long as the bar is thick and about one-eighth of an inch +across. With five bars side by side it is customary to drive in the +punch at one end on the first bar, and at the opposite end on the last +one, and on the others in intermediate positions in such a manner that +all the holes will be along a diagonal of the rectangle enclosing the +bars. The bars are then turned over and similar portions punched out +through the bottoms of the bars and along the other diagonal. Or one set +of five may be sampled along the top and the next set along the bottom +of the bars. + +Silver and gold present in bars of copper are subject to the same +irregularity of distribution as in lead. The sampling of such bars is +guided by the same principles.[36] + + +CYANIDES. + +The cyanides ought perhaps to be considered along with chlorides, +bromides and iodides in Chapter XV. But they are treated here because +they owe their importance to their use in the extraction of gold and +because their determination has become a part of the ordinary work of an +assayer of gold ores. + +Formerly, the cyanide most easily obtained in commerce was potassium +cyanide; and it was generally sold in cakes which might contain as +little as 40 per cent. or as much as 95 per cent. of the pure salt. It +became customary to express the quality of a sample of commercial +cyanide by saying it contained so much per cent. of potassium cyanide. +The commercial product now made by improved methods of manufacture is +actually sodium cyanide, but is called "potassium cyanide" (probably +with the words "double salt" on the label); it contains cyanide +equivalent to something over 100 per cent. of potassium cyanide in +addition to a large proportion of sodium carbonate and other impurities. +What is wanted in most cases is merely a soluble cyanide, and it is a +matter of indifference whether the base be sodium or potassium. But +since 49 parts of sodium cyanide (NaCN = 49) are equivalent to 65 parts +of potassium cyanide (KCN = 65) it is evident that a pure sample of +sodium cyanide would contain cyanide equivalent to little less than 133 +per cent. of potassium cyanide. Therefore a sample of cyanide reported +on in this way may be rich in cyanide, and yet have much impurity. + +The commonest impurity in commercial cyanide is carbonate of sodium or +potassium. This may be tested for by dissolving, say, 2 grams in a +little water and adding barium chloride. There may be formed a white +precipitate of barium carbonate, which if filtered off, washed and +treated with acid, will dissolve with effervescence. Cyanate may be +tested for in the solution from which the barium carbonate has been +filtered by adding a little soda and boiling; if cyanates are present +they decompose, giving off ammonia (which may be tested for in the +steam) and yielding a further precipitate of barium carbonate.[37] If +the soda alone gave a further precipitate of barium carbonate, this may, +perhaps, be due to the presence of bicarbonates. Alkaline sulphides may +be present in small quantity in commercial cyanide. Their presence is +shown at once when the sample is being tested for its strength in +cyanide, inasmuch as the first few drops of silver nitrate solution +produce at once a darkening of the liquor. A special test for sulphide +may be made by adding a drop or two of solution of acetate of lead to +four or five c.c. of soda solution and adding this to a clear solution +of the suspected cyanide. This will cause a black precipitate or colour, +if any sulphide is present. + +The cyanides of the heavier metals combine with the alkaline cyanides to +form double cyanides. Some of these, ferrocyanide and ferricyanide of +potassium for example, have such characteristic properties that the fact +that they are cyanides may be overlooked. Others, such as potassium zinc +cyanide (K_{2}ZnCy_{4}), have much less distinctiveness: they behave +more or less as a mixture of two cyanides and are, moreover, so easily +decomposed that it may be doubted if they can exist in dilute alkaline +solutions. In reporting the cyanide strength of a cyanide liquor as +equivalent to so much per cent. of potassium cyanide, there is a +question as to whether the cyanide present in the form of any of these +double cyanides should be taken into account. It must be remembered that +the object of the assay is not to learn how much of the cyanide exists +in the solution as actual potassium cyanide; reporting the strength in +terms of this salt is a mere matter of convenience; what is really +desired is to know how much of the cyanide present in the liquor is +"free" or "available" for the purposes of dissolving gold. Every one is +agreed as to the exclusion of such cyanides as the following: potassium +ferrocyanide (K_{4}FeCy_{6}), potassium ferricyanide (K_{3}FeCy_{6}), +potassium silver cyanide (KAgCy_{2}), and potassium aurocyanide +(KAuCy_{2}); and the double cyanides with copper or nickel. But with +cyanide liquors containing zinc the position is less satisfactory. One +method of assay gives a lower proportion of cyanide when this metal is +present; and the loss of available cyanide thus reported depends, though +in a fitful and uncertain way, upon the quantity of zinc present. The +other method of assay reports as full a strength in cyanide as if no +zinc were present. Unfortunately, using both methods and accepting the +difference in the results as a measure of the quantity of zinc present, +or at any rate of the zinc present as cyanide, is not satisfactory. It +appears best to use the method which ignores the zinc; and to determine +the amount of zinc by a special assay of the liquor for this metal. + +The cyanide present as hydrogen cyanide or prussic acid (HCy) is +practically useless as a gold solvent. Hence any report on the strength +of a cyanide liquor which assigned to this the same value as its +equivalent of alkaline cyanide would be misleading. On the other hand, +it is "available cyanide" inasmuch as a proper addition of sodium +hydrate[38] would restore its value. The question of the presence or +absence of free prussic acid is involved in the larger one as to whether +the cyanide solution has the right degree of alkalinity. The assay for +"cyanide" should include the hydrogen cyanide with the rest. + +A rough test of the power of a cyanide liquor for dissolving gold may be +made by floating a gold leaf on its surface and noting the time required +for its solution. This test might, perhaps, be improved by taking, say, +20 c.c. of the liquor and adding three or four gold leaves so that the +gold shall always be in considerable excess. The liquor should not be +diluted as this will affect the result. It should be allowed to stand +for a definite time, say at least two or three hours, or better, that +corresponding to the time the liquor is left in contact with the ore in +actual practice. The liquor should then be filtered off and, with the +washings, be evaporated in a lead dish as in the assay of cyanide +liquors for gold (p. 141). The gold obtained on cupelling, less any gold +and silver originally present in the liquor, would be the measure of the +gold dissolving power. + + +THE ASSAY FOR CYANIDE BY TITRATION WITH SILVER NITRATE. + +The determination of the quantity of a cyanide is made by finding how +much silver nitrate is required to convert the whole of the cyanide into +potassium silver cyanide[39] or one of the allied compounds. It will be +seen from the equation that 170 parts by weight of silver nitrate are +required for 130 parts by weight of potassium cyanide. As already +explained it is customary to report the cyanide-strength in terms of +potassium cyanide, even when only the sodium salt is present. One gram +of potassium cyanide will require 1.3076 gram of silver nitrate. _The +standard solution of silver nitrate_ is made by dissolving 13.076 grams +of silver nitrate in distilled water and diluting to 1 litre; 100 c.c. +of such a solution are equivalent to 1 gram of potassium cyanide.[40] + +The titration is performed in the usual way, running the standard +solution of silver nitrate into a solution containing a known weight or +volume of the material containing the cyanide. The _finishing point_ is +determined in one of two ways, both of which are largely used. In the +first place, as long as there remains any free cyanide in the solution +the silver nitrate will combine with it forming the double cyanide and +yielding a clear solution; but as soon as all the free cyanide is used +up the silver nitrate will react with the double cyanide[41] forming +silver cyanide, which separates as a white precipitate and renders the +solution turbid. But, in the second place, if potassium iodide is +present in the solution the excess of silver nitrate will react with +it,[42] rather than with the double cyanide; and silver iodide will +separate as a yellowish turbidity which is easily recognised. + +In working with pure solutions, the two finishing points give the same +results; and this is true even when there is much difference in the +degree of dilution. The finishing point with the iodide, however, has +an advantage in precision. Moreover, it is but little affected by +variations in alkalinity, which render the other finishing point quite +useless. The great difference between the two is shown when zinc is +present in the solution. In this case, when working without the iodide, +the first appearance of a turbidity is less distinct; the turbidity +increases on standing and as a finishing point is unsatisfactory. It can +be determined with precision only by very systematic working and after +some experience. The turbidity is due to the separation of an insoluble +zinc compound. A most important point (to which reference has already +been made) is that less silver nitrate is required to give this +turbidity and, consequently, a lower strength in cyanide is reported. On +the other hand, as much silver nitrate is required to give the yellow +turbidity due to silver iodide as would be required if no zinc were +present. + +Unfortunately the difference in the two titrations does not depend +merely on the quantity of zinc present; as it is also influenced by the +extent of dilution, the degree of alkalinity of the solution, and the +quantity of cyanide present. In an experiment with .055 gram of zinc +sulphate and .1 gram of potassium cyanide the difference in the two +finishing points was only .1 c.c.; whereas with .4 gram of potassium +cyanide, the other conditions being the same, the difference was 1.5 +c.c. of standard silver nitrate. On the assumption that all the zinc was +present as potassium zinc cyanide (K_{2}ZnCy_{4}) the difference should +have been 5 c.c. in each case. Again, repeating the experiment with .4 +gram of potassium cyanide, but with .11 gram of crystallised zinc +sulphate, the difference was 6.5 c.c.: that is, merely doubling the +quantity of zinc increased the difference by more than four times. Hence +it would appear better to use the method with the iodide and make a +separate assay for the zinc. But since the student may be called on to +use the other method, he is advised to practice it also. + +~The assay without iodide.~--The standard solution of silver nitrate is +placed in a small burette divided into tenths of a c.c. Ten c.c. of the +cyanide solution to be assayed is transferred to a small flask and +diluted with water to about 70 c.c. The silver solution is then run in +from the burette (with constant shaking of the flask), a little at a +time but somewhat rapidly, until a permanent turbidity appears. Since 1 +c.c. of the silver nitrate solution corresponds to .01 gram of potassium +cyanide, it also corresponds to .1 per cent. of this salt counted on the +10 c.c. of cyanide solution taken. The titration should be performed in +a fairly good uniform light. The learner should practice on a fairly +pure solution of potassium cyanide at first, and this may conveniently +have a strength of about 1 per cent. For practice with solutions +containing zinc make a solution containing 1.1 gram of crystallised zinc +sulphate in 100 c.c. and slowly add measured quantities of from 1 to 5 +c.c. of this to the 10 c.c. of cyanide liquor before diluting for the +titration. + +If a cyanide solution blackens on the addition of the silver nitrate it +contains sulphide. In this case, shake up a considerable bulk of the +liquor with a few grams of lead carbonate, allow to settle and make the +assay on 10 c.c. of the clear liquor. + +If the cyanide liquor be suspected to contain free prussic acid, take 10 +c.c. for the assay as usual; but, before titrating, add .1 or .2 gram of +sodium carbonate. On no condition must caustic soda or ammonia be added. +The difference between the results, with and without the addition of +carbonate of soda, is supposed to measure the quantity of free prussic +acid. If this has to be reported it is best done as "prussic acid +equivalent to ... per cent. of potassium cyanide." Suppose, for example, +the difference in the two titrations equals 1 c.c. of standard silver +nitrate; the prussic acid found would be equivalent to .1 per cent. of +potassium cyanide. + +~The assay with iodide.~--The standard solution of silver nitrate is +placed in a burette divided into tenths of a c.c. Take 10 c.c. of the +cyanide liquor, which should previously have been treated with white +lead for the removal of sulphides if these happened to be present. +Transfer to a small flask, add 3 or 4 drops of a solution of potassium +iodide and 2 or 3 c.c. of a solution of sodium hydrate; dilute to 60 or +70 c.c. with water. If much zinc is present the soda may be increased to +20 or 30 c.c. with advantage. The standard solution should be run in +somewhat rapidly, but a little at a time, so that the precipitate at +first formed shall be small and have only a momentary existence. The +titration is continued until there is a permanent yellowish turbidity. +The most satisfactory and exact finish is got by ignoring any faint +suspicion of a turbidity and accepting the unmistakable turbidity which +the next drop of silver nitrate is sure to produce. This finishing point +gives results which are exactly proportional to the quantity of cyanide +present; and it can be recognised with more than ordinary precision even +in solutions which are not otherwise perfectly clear. + +Each c.c. of the standard silver nitrate solution corresponds to .01 +gram of potassium cyanide; and if 10 c.c. of the liquor are taken for +assay this corresponds to .1 per cent. or 2 lbs. to the short ton or +2.24 lbs. to the long ton. As already explained the result should be +reported as "cyanide equivalent to so much per cent. of potassium +cyanide." + +The following experimental results were obtained with a solution of +potassium cyanide made up to contain about 1.2 per cent. of the salt. + +~Effect of varying cyanide.~--The bulk before titration was in each case +60 c.c.; 2 c.c. of soda and 3 drops of potassium iodide were used in +each case. + + Cyanide added 40 c.c. 30 c.c. 20 c.c. 10 c.c. 5 c.c. 1 c.c. + Silver required 47.0 c.c. 35.25 c.c. 23.5 c.c. 11.7 c.c. 5.8 c.c. 1.15 c.c. + +Accepting the result for 40 c.c. as correct, the others are in very +satisfactory agreement. + +~Effect of varying dilution.~--The conditions were those of the 40 c.c. +experiment in the last series; but varying amounts of water were used in +diluting. + + Water added none 100 c.c. 200 c.c. 400 c.c. + Silver required 47.0 c.c. 47.0 c.c. 47.0 c.c. 47.05 c.c. + +Very considerable dilution therefore has no effect. + +~Effect of varying soda.~--The conditions were those of the 40 c.c. +experiment in the first series, except that varying amounts of soda +solution were used. + + Soda added none 10 c.c. 30 c.c. + Silver required 46.95 c.c. 47.0 c.c. 47.0 c.c. + +This alkali therefore has no prejudicial effect. + +~Effect of ammonia.~--Soda causes turbidity in some cyanide liquors; +with these it should be replaced by 2 or 3 c.c. of dilute ammonia with a +gram or so of ammonium chloride. The following experiments with dilute +ammonia show that larger quantities of this reagent must be avoided. + + Ammonia added none 10 c.c. 30 c.c. 60 c.c. + Silver required 46.95 c.c. 47.15 c.c. 47.7 c.c. 49.5 c.c. + +~Effect of sodium bicarbonate.~--In this experiment 1 gram of +bicarbonate of soda was used instead of the soda or ammonia of the other +experiments. The silver nitrate required was only 46.45 c.c. instead of +the 47.0 c.c. which is the normal result. This is probably due to the +liberation of prussic acid and shows the importance of having the +solution alkaline. + +~Effect of zinc.~--In each experiment 40 c.c. of the cyanide solution +and .5 gram of zinc sulphate crystals were used and the bulk was made up +to 100 c.c. before titrating. + + Soda added 1 c.c. 5 c.c. 10 c.c. 25 c.c. + Silver required 47.1 c.c. 47.0 c.c. 46.9 c.c. 46.9 c.c. + +The work was easier with the more alkaline solutions. The titration in +the presence of zinc is comparatively easy, but, in learning it, it is +well to have a burette with cyanide so that if a titration be overdone +it can be brought back by the addition of 1 or 2 c.c. more cyanide and +the finish repeated; a quarter of an hour's work in this way will ensure +confidence in the method. + +~Effect of other substances.~--It was found that an alkaline cyanate, +sulphocyanate, ferrocyanide, nitrite, borate, silicate or carbonate has +no effect. The ferricyanide had a small influence and, as might be +expected, hyposulphite is fatal to the assay. The addition of salts of +lead and cadmium was without effect. On the other hand, nickel produces +its full effect; and the quantity of nickel added can be calculated with +accuracy from the extent of its interference with the titration. + +~Assay of commercial cyanide of potassium.~--Break off 20 or 30 grams of +the cyanide in clean fresh pieces, weigh accurately to the nearest +centigram. Dissolve in water containing a little sodium hydroxide; +transfer to a 2-litre flask: dilute to 2 litres; add a few grams of +white lead; shake up and allow to settle. Run 50 c.c. of the clear +liquor from a burette into an 8 oz. flask; add 2 or 3 c.c. of soda +solution and 3 drops of potassium iodide. Titrate with the standard +solution of silver nitrate. The percentage may be calculated by +multiplying the number of c.c. used by 40 (50 c.c. is one fortieth of +the 2 litres) and dividing by the weight of commercial cyanide +originally taken. + +~Alkalinity of commercial potassium cyanide and of cyanide +solutions.~--Hydrocyanic acid like carbonic acid has no action on +methyl-orange;[43] hence the alkaline cyanides may be titrated with +"normal acid" as easily as the carbonates or hydrates. 100 c.c. of +normal acid will neutralise 6.5 grams of pure potassium cyanide.[44] A +solution of commercial cyanide prepared as for the assay last described, +but best without the addition of white lead, may be used for the test. +Take 50 c.c. of it; tint faintly yellow with methyl-orange and titrate +with normal acid till the liquor acquires a permanent reddish tint. In +the case of the purer samples of cyanide the quantity of acid used will +correspond exactly with that required to neutralise the actual quantity +of cyanide present as determined by the assay with nitrate of silver. +The less pure samples will show an excess of alkalinity because of the +presence of sodium carbonate or of potassium carbonate. + +In comparing the alkalinity and cyanide strength of a solution the +simplest plan is to take 65 c.c. of the solution and titrate with +normal acid; for in this case each c.c. of normal acid corresponds to .1 +per cent. of potassium cyanide. In systematic assays of this kind, the +alkalinity would no doubt be generally in excess of that required by the +cyanide present: there would be no inconvenience in recording such +excess in terms of potassium cyanide. + +~Determination of the acidity of an ore.~--Most ores have the power of +destroying more or less of the alkalinity of a cyanide solution and in a +proportionate degree of damaging its efficiency. An assay is needed to +determine how much lime or soda must be added for each ton of ore in +order to counteract this. Whether this acidity should be reported in +terms of the lime or of the soda required to neutralise it will depend +on which of these reagents is to be used in the actual practice. Again, +if the ore is washed with water before treating with cyanide on the +large scale, then the assay should be made of the acidity of the ore +after a similar washing. + +The _standard solutions of acid and alkali_ used for this determination +may be one-fifth normal. 200 c.c. of the normal solution should be +diluted to 1 litre in each case, 1 c.c. of the resulting solutions would +be equivalent to 8 milligrams of soda (NaHO) or 5.6 milligrams of lime, +CaO. It must be remembered this refers to the pure bases in each case. +Suppose it is desired to report as so many lbs. of lime to the short ton +(2000 lbs.) of ore. Since 1 c.c. of the standard solution is equivalent +to 5.6 milligrams of lime, if we take 2000 times this weight of ore +(_i.e._ 11,200 milligrams or 11.2 grams) for the assay, each c.c. of +standard solution will be equivalent to 1 lb. of lime to the short +ton.[45] + +~Total acidity.~--Weigh out 11.2 grams of the ore, place them in a +four-inch evaporating dish and measure on to it from a burette 10 or 20 +c.c. of the standard solution of soda. Stir the soda solution into the +ore and allow to stand for 15 or 20 minutes with occasional stirring. +Stir up with 30 or 40 c.c. of water, float a piece of litmus paper on +the liquid and titrate with the standard solution of acid. If the ore is +strictly neutral the quantity of "acid" required to redden the litmus +will be the same as the quantity of "soda" originally used. If the ore +is acid, less acid will be used. For example, if 10 c.c. of soda were +used and only 7 c.c. of acid were required, the ore will have done the +work of the remaining 3 c.c. of acid. And the ton of ore will require 3 +lbs. of lime to neutralise its acidity. + +~Acidity after washing.~--Take 11.2 grams of the ore; wash thoroughly +with water and immediately treat the residue, without drying, exactly as +just described. + +~Examination of cyanide solutions for metals, &c.~--Take a measured +quantity of the solution, say 20 c.c.[46] and evaporate in a small dish +with, say, half a c.c. of strong sulphuric acid. Evaporate at first, on +a water-bath in a well ventilated place, but finish off with a naked +Bunsen flame, using a high temperature at the end in order to completely +decompose the more refractory double cyanides. Allow to cool; moisten +with strong hydrochloric acid; warm with a little water and test for the +metals in the solution by the ordinary methods. Since the quantities of +the metals likely to be present may be given in milligrams the work must +be carefully performed. It may be worth while to determine the +proportions of lime and magnesia as well as those of the metals proper. + +Or the 20 c.c. of cyanide liquor may be evaporated with 5 c.c. of strong +nitric acid to dryness and gently ignited and the residue taken up with +2 or 3 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid. + +Copper, iron, and zinc can be rapidly determined in such a solution, as +follows. Dilute with water to 10 or 15 c.c., add an excess of ammonia, +and filter. The precipitate will contain the iron as ferric hydrate; +dissolve it in a little hot dilute sulphuric acid: reduce with +sulphuretted hydrogen; boil off the excess of gas, cool and titrate with +standard potassium permanganate (p. 236). Determine the copper in the +filtrate colorimetrically (p. 203); but avoid further dilution. Then add +dilute hydrochloric acid, so as to have an excess of 4 or 5 c.c. after +neutralising the ammonia; add some clean strips of lead foil, and boil +until the solution has for some time become colourless. Titrate with +standard potassium ferrocyanide (p. 263) without further dilution, and +bearing in mind that at most only one or two c.c. will be required. + +~Examination of an ore for "cyanicides."~--Place 100 grams of the ore +with 200 c.c. of a cyanide solution of known strength (say .1 or .2 per +cent.) in a bottle and agitate for a definite time, such as one or two +days. Filter off some of the liquor and assay for cyanide, using say 20 +c.c. Calculate how much cyanide has been destroyed in the operation. +Evaporate 20 c.c. with sulphuric or nitric acid and examine for metal. +Test another portion for sulphides, &c. + +The student who has mastered the methods of assaying can greatly improve +himself by working out such problems as the above. + + +PLATINUM. + +Platinum occurs in nature in alluvial deposits associated with gold and +some rare metals, generally in fine metallic grains, and, occasionally, +in nuggets. It is a grey metal with a high specific gravity, 21.5 when +pure and about 18.0 in native specimens. It is fusible only at the +highest temperature, and is not acted on by acids. + +It is dissolved by warm aqua regia, forming a solution of "platinic +chloride," H_{2}PtCl_{6}. This substance on evaporation remains as a +brownish red deliquescent mass; on drying at 300° C. it is converted +into platinous chloride, PtCl_{2}, and becomes insoluble, and at a +higher temperature it is converted into platinum. All platinum compounds +yield the metal in this way. Platinic chloride combines with other +chlorides to form double salts, of which the ammonic and potassic +platino-chlorides are the most important. + +Platinum alone is not soluble in nitric acid; but when alloyed with +other metals which dissolve in this acid it too is dissolved; so that in +gold parting, for example, if platinum was present, some, or perhaps the +whole of it would go into solution with the silver. Such alloys, +however, when treated with hot sulphuric acid leave the platinum in the +residue with the gold. + +Platinum is detected when in the metallic state by its physical +characters and insolubility in acids. In alloys it may be found by +dissolving them in nitric acid or in aqua regia, evaporating with +hydrochloric acid, and treating the filtrate with ammonic chloride and +alcohol. A heavy yellow precipitate marks its presence. + +The assay of bullion, or of an alloy containing platinum, may be made as +follows: Take 0.2 gram of the alloy and an equal weight of fine silver, +cupel with sheet lead, and weigh. The loss in weight, after deducting +that of the silver added, gives the weight of the base metals, copper, +lead, &c. Flatten the button and part by boiling with strong sulphuric +acid for several minutes. _When cold_, wash, anneal, and weigh. The +weight is that of the platinum and gold. The silver may be got by +difference. Re-cupel the metal thus got with 12 or 15 times its weight +of silver, flatten and part the gold with nitric acid in the usual way +(see under _Gold_), and the platinum will dissolve. The gold may contain +an alloy of osmium and iridium; if so, it should be weighed and treated +with aqua regia. The osmiridium will remain as an insoluble residue, +which can be separated and weighed. Its weight deducted from that +previously ascertained will give the weight of the gold. + +When the platinum only is required, the alloy must be dissolved by +prolonged treatment with aqua regia, the solution evaporated to dryness, +and the residue extracted with water. The solution thus obtained is +treated with ammonic chloride in large excess and with some alcohol. A +sparingly soluble[47] yellow ammonic platinum chloride is thrown down, +mixed, perhaps, with the corresponding salts of other metals of the +platinum group. Gold will be in solution. The solution is allowed to +stand for some time, and then the precipitate is filtered off, washed +with alcohol, dried, and transferred (wrapped in the filter paper) to a +weighed crucible. It is ignited, gently at first, as there is danger of +volatilising some of the platinum chloride, and afterwards intensely. +With large quantities of platinum the ignition should be performed in an +atmosphere of hydrogen. Cool and weigh as metallic platinum. + + +IRIDIUM + +Occurs in nature alloyed with osmium as osmiridium or iridosmine, which +is "rather abundant in the auriferous beach sands of Northern +California" (Dana). It occurs in bright metallic scales, which do not +alloy with lead, and are insoluble in aqua regia. Iridium also occurs in +most platinum ores, and forms as much as two per cent. of some +commercial platinum. In chemical properties it resembles platinum, but +the ammonic irido-chloride has a dark red colour, and on ignition leaves +metallic iridium, which does not dissolve in aqua regia diluted with +four or five times its volume of water and heated to a temperature of +40° or 50° C. + +The other metals of the platinum group are Palladium, Rhodium, Osmium, +and Ruthenium. They differ from gold, platinum, and iridium by the +insolubility of their sulphides in a solution of sodium sulphide. +Palladium is distinguished by the insolubility of its iodide; and Osmium +by the volatility of its oxide on boiling with nitric acid. + + +MERCURY. + +Mercury occurs native and, occasionally, alloyed with gold or silver in +natural amalgams; but its chief ore is the sulphide, cinnabar. It is +comparatively rare, being mined for only in a few districts. It is +chiefly used in the extraction of gold and silver from their ores +(amalgamation); for silvering mirrors, &c. + +Mercury forms two series of salts, mercurous and mercuric, but for the +purposes of the assayer the most important property is the ease with +which it can be reduced to the metallic state from either of these. +Mercury itself is soluble in nitric acid, forming, when the acid is hot +and strong, mercuric nitrate. Cinnabar is soluble only in aqua regia. +Mercurous salts are generally insoluble, and may be converted into +mercuric salts by prolonged boiling with oxidising agents (nitric acid +or aqua regia). The salts of mercury are volatile, and, if heated with a +reducing agent or some body capable of fixing the acid, metallic mercury +is given off, which may be condensed and collected. + +Mercury is separated from its solutions by zinc or copper, or it may be +thrown down by stannous chloride, which, when in excess, gives a grey +powder of metallic mercury, or, if dilute, a white crystalline +precipitate of mercurous chloride. Nitric acid solutions of mercury +yield the metal on electrolysis; and, if the pole on which the metal +comes down be made of gold or copper, or is coated with these, the +separated mercury will adhere thereto. It may then be washed and +weighed. + +The best tests for mercury next to obtaining globules of the metal are: +(1) a black precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen from acid solutions, +which is insoluble in nitric acid; and (2) a white precipitate with +stannous chloride. + + +DRY METHOD. + +[Illustration: FIG. 47.] + +Weigh up 5 grams, if the ore is rich, or 10 grams, if a poorer mineral. +Take a piece of combustion tube from 18 inches to 2 feet long, closed at +one end, and place in it some powdered magnesite, so as to fill it to a +depth of 2 or 3 inches, and on that a layer of an equal quantity of +powdered lime (not slaked). Mix the weighed sample of ore in a mortar +with 10 grams of finely powdered lime and transfer to the tube; rinse +out the mortar with a little more lime, and add the rinsings. Cover with +a layer of six or seven inches more lime and a loosely fitting plug of +asbestos. Draw out the tube before the blowpipe to the shape shown in +fig. 47, avoiding the formation of a ridge or hollow at the bend which +might collect the mercury. Tap gently, holding the tube nearly +horizontal, so as to allow sufficient space above the mixture for the +passage of the gases and vapours which are formed. Place the tube in a +"tube furnace," and, when in position, place a small beaker of water so +that it shall just close the opening of the tube. The point of the tube +should not more than touch the surface of the water. Bring the tube +gradually to a red heat, commencing by heating the lime just behind the +asbestos plug, and travelling slowly backwards. When the portion of the +tube containing the ore has been heated to redness for some time the +heat is carried back to the end of the tube. The magnesite readily gives +up carbonic acid, which fills the tube and sweeps the mercury vapour +before it. Some of the mercury will have dropped into the beaker, and +some will remain as drops adhering to the upper part of the neck. Whilst +the tube is still hot cut off the neck of the tube just in front of the +asbestos plug (a drop of water from the wash bottle will do this), and +wash the mercury from the neck into the beaker. The mercury easily +collects into a globule, which must be transferred, after decanting off +the bulk of the water, to a weighed Berlin crucible. The water is +removed from the crucible, first by the help of filter paper, and then +by exposing in a desiccator over sulphuric acid, where it should be left +until its weight remains constant. It should not be warmed. + +_Example_:--5 grams of an ore treated in this way gave 4.265 grams of +mercury, equivalent to 85.3 per cent. Pure cinnabar contains 86.2 per +cent. + + +WET METHODS. + +_Solution._--Since solutions of chloride of mercury cannot be boiled +without risk of loss,[48] nitric acid solutions should be used wherever +possible. No mercury-containing minerals are insoluble in acids; but +cinnabar requires aqua regia for solution. In dissolving this mineral +nitric acid should be used, with just as much hydrochloric acid as will +suffice to take it up. + +To separate the mercury, pass sulphuretted hydrogen in considerable +excess through the somewhat dilute solution. The precipitate should be +black, although it comes down at first very light coloured. It is +filtered, washed, and transferred back to the beaker, and then digested +with warm ammonic sulphide. The residue, filtered, washed, and boiled +with dilute nitric acid, will, in the absence of much lead, be pure +mercuric sulphide. If much lead is present, a portion may be +precipitated as sulphate, but can be removed by washing with ammonic +acetate. To get the mercury into solution, cover with nitric acid and a +few drops of hydrochloric, and warm till solution is effected. Dilute +with water to 50 or 100 c.c. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +This may be made by _electrolysis_. The same apparatus as is used for +the electrolytic copper assay may be employed, but instead of a cylinder +of platinum one cut out of sheet copper should be taken, or the platinum +one may be coated with an evenly deposited layer of copper. Fix the +spiral and weighed copper cylinder in position, couple up the battery, +_and when this has been done_ put the nitric acid solution of the +mercury in its place.[49] The student had better refer to the +description of the _Electrolytic Copper Assay_. + +The mercury comes down readily, and the precipitation is complete in a +few hours: it is better to leave it overnight to make sure of complete +reduction. Disconnect the apparatus, and wash the cylinder, first with +cold water, then with alcohol. Dry by placing in the water oven for two +or three minutes. Cool and weigh: the increase in weight gives the +amount of metallic mercury. + +It must be remembered that copper will precipitate mercury without the +aid of the battery; but in this case copper will go into solution with a +consequent loss in the weight of the cylinder: this must be avoided by +connecting the battery before immersing the electrodes in the assay +solution. The electrolysed solution should be treated with an excess of +ammonia, when a blue coloration will indicate copper, in which case the +electrolysis is unsatisfactory. With a little care this need not happen. +Gold cylinders may preferably be used instead of copper; but on platinum +the deposit of mercury is grey and non-adherent, so that it cannot be +washed and weighed. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +Several methods have been devised: for the details of these the student +is referred to Sutton's "Handbook of Volumetric Analysis." + + +QUESTIONS. + +1. The specific gravity of mercury is 13.596. What volume would 8 grams +occupy? + +2. If 3.169 grams of cinnabar gave 2.718 grams of mercury, what would be +the percentage of the metal in the ore? + +3. Pour solution of mercuric chloride on mercury and explain what +happens. + +4. On dissolving 0.3 gram of mercury in hot nitric acid, and passing +sulphuretted hydrogen in excess through the diluted solution, what +weight of precipitate will be got? + +FOOTNOTES: + +[9] Lead may be granulated by heating it to a little above the melting +point, pouring it into a closed wooden box, and rapidly agitating it as +it solidifies. + +[10] A rod of iron placed in the crucible with the assays will decompose +any regulus that may be formed. + +[11] With buttons poor in silver the lowering of the temperature at this +stage is not a matter of importance. + +[12] 100 grams of the lead, or of its oxide, will contain from 1.5 to +2.5 milligrams. + +[13] Still the precautions of having cupels well made from bone ash in +fine powder, and of working the cupellation at as low a temperature as +possible are very proper ones, provided they are not carried to an +absurd excess. + +[14] Be careful to remove the crucible before taking the bottle out of +the basin of water; if this is not done the chloride may be washed out +of it. + +[15] 1 c.c. of this dilute acid will precipitate 8 or 9 milligrams of +silver. + +[16] Chlorides interfere not merely by removing silver as insoluble +silver chloride, but also by making it difficult to get a good finishing +point, owing to the silver chloride removing the colour from the +reddened solution. + +[17] These results were obtained when using ammonium sulphocyanate, and +cannot be explained by the presence of such impurities as chlorides, &c. + +[18] Multiply the _standard_ by 1000, and dilute 100 c.c. of the +standard solution to the resulting number of c.c. Thus, with a solution +of a standard .495, dilute 100 c.c. to 495 c.c., using, of course, +distilled water. + +[19] HNa_{2}AsO_{4} + 3AgNO_{3} = Ag_{3}AsO_{4} + HNO_{3} + 2NaNO_{3}. + +[20] SiO_{2} + Na_{2}CO_{3} = CO_{2} + Na_{2}SiO_{3} + SiO_{2} + 2NaHCO_{3} = 2CO_{2} + Na_{2}SiO_{3} + H_{2}O. + +[21] PbO + SiO_{2} = PbSiO_{3} + +[22] Here and elsewhere in this article when a flux is spoken of as soda +the bicarbonate is meant. + +[23] See the description of the process commencing on p. 98 and the +explanatory remarks on p. 110. + +[24] Percy, _Metallurgy of Silver and Gold_, p. 258. + +[25] "Limits of Accuracy attained in Gold-bullion Assay," _Trans. Chem. +Soc._, 1893. + +[26] "Assaying and Hall-marking at the Chester Assay Office." W.F. Lowe. +_Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry_, Sept. 1889. + +[27] Fine or pure gold is 24 carat. Nine carat gold therefore contains 9 +parts of gold in 24 of the alloy; eighteen carat gold contains 18 parts +of gold in 24; and so on. + +[28] The mouth of the flask must not have a rim around it. + +[29] See "Assaying and Hall-marking at the Chester Assay Office," by +W.F. Lowe. _Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry_, Sept. 1889. + +[30] Percy, _Metallurgy of Silver and Gold_, p. 263. + +[31] See also "The Assaying of Gold Bullion," by C. Whitehead and T. +Ulke. _Eng. and Mining Journal_, New York, Feb. 12, 1898. + +[32] Consult Percy's _Metallurgy of Silver and Gold_, p. 172; A.C. +Claudet, _Trans. Inst. Mining and Metallurgy_, vol. vi. p. 29; G.M. +Roberts _Trans. Amer. Inst. Mining Engineers_, Buffalo Meeting, 1898; J. +and H.S. Pattinson, _Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry_, vol. xi. p. 321. + +[33] Heycock and Neville, _Journ. Chem. Soc._, 1892, p. 907. + +[34] G.M. Roberts. + +[35] A.C. Claudet. + +[36] "The Sampling of Argentiferous and Auriferous Copper," by A.R. +Ledoux. _Journ. Canadian Mining Institute_, 1899. + +[37] NaCNO + BaCl_{2} + NaHO + H_{2}O = NH_{3} + BaCO_{3} + 2 NaCl. + +[38] HCy + NaHO = NaCy + H_{2}O. + +[39] 2KCN + AgNO_{3} = KAg(CN)_{2} + KNO_{3}. + +[40] If it be desired to make a solution so that 100 c.c. shall be +equivalent to 1 gram of sodium cyanide, then 18.085 grams of silver +nitrate should be taken for each litre. + +[41] AgNO_{3} + KAgCy_{2} = 2 AgCy + KNO_{3}. + +[42] AgNO_{3} + KI = AgI + KNO_{3}. + +[43] See pp. 322, 323, and 324 for a description of the methods for +measuring the quantity of acid or alkali. + +[44] KCN + HCl = KCl + HCN + +[45] Taking 16.0 grams of ore, each c.c. = 1 lb. of soda to the short +ton. The corresponding figures for the long ton are 12.544 grams for +lime and 17.92 grams for soda. + +[46] In which case each .01 gram of metal found equals 1 lb to the short +ton of solution. + +[47] 100 c.c. of water dissolves 0.66 gram of the salt; it is almost +insoluble in alcohol or in solutions of ammonic chloride. + +[48] According to Personne mercuric chloride is not volatilised from +boiling solutions when alkaline chlorides are present. + +[49] The solution should contain about 0.25 gram of mercury, and a large +excess of nitric acid must be avoided. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +COPPER--LEAD--THALLIUM--BISMUTH--ANTIMONY. + + +COPPER. + + +Copper occurs native in large quantities, especially in the Lake +Superior district; in this state it is generally pure. More frequently +it is found in combination. The ores of copper may be classed as oxides +and sulphides. The most abundant oxidised ores are the carbonates, +malachite and chessylite; the silicates, as also the red and black +oxides, occur less abundantly. All these yield their copper in solution +on boiling with hydrochloric acid. + +The sulphides are more abundant. Copper pyrites (or yellow ore), +erubescite (or purple ore), and chalcocite (or grey ore) are the most +important. Iron pyrites generally carries copper and is frequently +associated with the above-mentioned minerals. These are all attacked by +nitric acid. They nearly all contain a small quantity of organic matter, +and frequently considerable quantities of lead, zinc, silver, gold, +arsenic, bismuth, &c. + +The copper ores are often concentrated on the mine before being sent +into the market, either by smelting, when the product is a regulus or +matte, or by a wet method of extraction, yielding cement copper or +precipitate. A regulus is a sulphide of copper and iron, carrying from +30 to 40 per cent. of copper. A precipitate, which is generally in the +form of powder, consists mainly of metallic copper. Either regulus or +precipitate may be readily dissolved in nitric acid. + +Copper forms two classes of salts, cuprous and cupric. The former are +pale coloured and of little importance to the assayer. They are easily +and completely converted into cupric by oxidising agents. Cupric +compounds are generally green or blue, and are soluble in ammonia, +forming deep blue solutions. + + +DRY ASSAY. + +That, for copper, next after those for gold and silver, holds a more +important position than any other dry assay. The sale of copper ores has +been regulated almost solely in the past by assays made on the Cornish +method. It is not pretended that this method gives the actual content of +copper, but it gives the purchaser an idea of the quantity and quality +of the metal that can be got by smelting. The process is itself one of +smelting on a small scale. As might be expected, however, the assay +produce and the smelting produce are not the same, there being a smaller +loss of copper in the smelting. The method has worked very well, but +when applied to the purchase of low class ores (from which the whole of +the copper is extracted by wet methods) it is unsatisfactory. The +following table, which embodies the results of several years' experience +with copper assays, shows the loss of copper on ores of varying produce. +The figures in the fourth column show how rapidly the proportion of +copper lost increases as the percentage of copper in the ore falls below +30 per cent. For material with more than 30 per cent. the proportion +lost is in inverse proportion to the copper present. + + +LOSS OF COPPER. + + -----------------+------------+-----------+------------------ + Copper present. | Dry Assay. | Margin. | Loss on 100 + | | | Parts of Copper. + -----------------+------------+-----------+------------------ + Per cent. | Per cent. | Per cent. | + 100 | 98 | 2.0 | 2.0 + 95 | 92-1/2 | 2.5 | 2.6 + 90 | 87-3/8 | 2.6 | 2.9 + 85 | 82-3/8 | 2.6 | 3.0 + 80 | 77-3/8 | 2.6 | 3.2 + 75 | 72-3/8 | 2.6 | 3.5 + 70 | 67-1/2 | 2.5 | 3.6 + 65 | 62-1/2 | 2.5 | 3.8 + 60 | 57-5/8 | 2.4 | 4.0 + 55 | 52-3/4 | 2.3 | 4.2 + 50 | 47-3/4 | 2.2 | 4.4 + 45 | 43 | 2.0 | 4.5 + 40 | 38-1/8 | 1.8 | 4.6 + 35 | 33-1/4 | 1.7 | 4.8 + 30 | 28-1/2 | 1.50 | 5.0 + 25 | 23-1/2 | 1.50 | 6.0 + 20 | 18-1/2 | 1.56 | 7.8 + 18 | 16-1/2 | 1.53 | 8.5 + 16 | 14-1/2 | 1.48 | 9.3 + 14 | 12-5/8 | 1.40 | 10.0 + 12 | 10-5/8 | 1.37 | 11.4 + 10 | 8-3/4 | 1.28 | 12.8 + 8 | 6-7/8 | 1.14 | 14.3 + 6 | 5 | 1.05 | 17.5 + 5 | 4 | 1.00 | 20.0 + 4 | 3 | 1.00 | 25.0 + 3.75 | 2-3/4 | 0.97 | 26.0 + 3.50 | 2-9/16 | 0.94 | 27.0 + 3.25 | 2-5/16 | 0.91 | 28.0 + 3.00 | 2-1/8 | 0.87 | 29.0 + 2.75 | 1-15/16 | 0.82 | 30.0 + 2.50 | 1-3/4 | 0.77 | 31.0 + 2.25 | 1-1/2 | 0.72 | 32.0 + 2.00 | 1-5/16 | 0.66 | 33.0 + -----------------+------------+-----------+------------------ + +The wet assay being known, the dry assay can be calculated with the help +of the above table by deducting the amount in the column headed "margin" +opposite the corresponding percentage. For example, if the wet assay +gives a produce of 17.12 per cent., there should be deducted 1.5; the +dry assay would then be 15.62, or, since the fractions are always +expressed in eighths, 15-5/8. With impure ores, containing from 25 to 50 +per cent. of copper, the differences may be perhaps 1/4 greater. + +Wet methods are gradually replacing the dry assay, and it is probable +that in the future they will supersede it; for stock-taking, and the +various determinations required in smelting works and on mines, they are +generally adopted, because they give the actual copper contents, and +since it is obvious that a knowledge of this is more valuable to the +miner and smelter. Moreover, the working of the dry method has been +monopolised by a small ring of assayers, with the double result of +exciting outside jealousy and, worse still, of retarding the development +and improvement of the process. + +The principal stages of the dry assay are: (1) the concentration of the +copper in a regulus; (2) the separation of the sulphur by calcining; (3) +the reduction of the copper by fusion; and (4) the refining of the metal +obtained. + +The whole of these operations are not necessary with all copper +material. Ores are worked through all the stages; with mattes, the +preliminary fusion for regulus is omitted; precipitates are simply fused +for coarse copper, and refined; and blister or bar coppers are refined, +or, if very pure, subjected merely to washing. + +The quantity of ore generally taken is 400 grains, and is known as "a +full trial"; but for rich material, containing more than 50 per cent. of +copper, "a half trial," or 200 grains, is used. + +~Fusion for Regulus.~--The ore (either with or without a previous +imperfect roasting to get rid of any excess of sulphur) is mixed with +borax, glass, lime, and fluor spar; and, in some cases, with nitre, or +iron pyrites, according to the quality of the ore. The mixture is placed +in a large Cornish crucible, and heated as uniformly as possible in the +wind furnace, gradually raising the temperature so as to melt down the +charge in from 15 to 20 minutes. The crucible is removed and its +contents poured into an iron mould. When the slag is solid, it is taken +up with tweezers and quenched in water. The regulus is easily detached +from the slag. It should be convex above and easily broken, have a +reddish brown colour, and contain from 40 to 60 per cent. of copper. A +regulus with more than this is "too fine," and with less "too coarse." A +regulus which is too fine is round, compact, hard, and of a dark bluish +grey on the freshly broken surface. A coarse regulus is flat and coarse +grained, and more nearly resembles sulphide of iron in fracture and +colour. + +If an assay yields a regulus "too coarse," a fresh determination is made +with more nitre added, or the roasting is carried further. With low +class ores a somewhat coarse regulus is an advantage. If, on the other +hand, the regulus is too fine, less nitre or less roasting is the +remedy. With grey copper ores and the oxidised ores, iron pyrites is +added. + +~Calcining the Regulus.~--It is powdered in an iron mortar and +transferred to a small Cornish crucible, or (if the roasting is to be +done in the muffle) to a roasting dish or scorifier. The calcining is +carried out at a dull red heat, which is gradually increased. The charge +requires constant stirring at first to prevent clotting, but towards the +end it becomes sandy and requires less attention. If the temperature +during calcination has been too low sulphates are formed, which are +again reduced to sulphides in the subsequent fusion. To prevent this the +roasted regulus is recalcined at a higher temperature, after being +rubbed up with a little anthracite. The roasted substance must not smell +of burning sulphur when hot. It is practically a mixture of the oxides +of copper and iron. + +~Fusion for Coarse Copper.~--The calcined regulus is mixed with a flux +consisting of borax and carbonate of soda, with more or less tartar +according to its weight. Some "assayers" use both tartar and nitre, the +former of course being in excess. The charge is returned to the crucible +in which it was calcined, and is melted down at a high temperature, and, +as soon as tranquil, poured. When solid it is quenched and the button of +metal separated. + +The slag is black and glassy. The small quantity of copper which it +retains is recovered by a subsequent "cleaning," together with the slags +from the next operation. + +The button of "coarse copper" obtained must be free from a coating of +regulus. It will vary somewhat in appearance according to the nature and +quantity of the impurities. + +~Refining the Coarse Copper.~--The same crucible is put back in the +furnace, deep down and under the crevice between the two bricks. When it +has attained the temperature of the furnace the coarse copper is dropped +into it and the furnace closed. The copper will melt almost at once with +a dull surface, which after a time clears, showing an "eye." Some +refining flux is then shot in from the scoop (fig. 48), and, when the +assay is again fluid, it is poured. When cold the button of metal is +separated. + +[Illustration: FIG. 48.] + +The button of "fine" copper is flat or pitted on its upper surface, and +is coated with a thin orange film; it must have the appearance of good +copper. If it is covered with a red or purple film, it is overdone or +"burnt." If, on the other hand, it has a rough, dull appearance, it is +not sufficiently refined. Assays that have been "burnt" are rejected. +Those not sufficiently fine are treated as "coarse copper," and again +put through the refining operation. + +~Cleaning the Slags.~--These are roughly powdered and re-fused with +tartar, etc., as in the fusion for coarse copper. The button of metal +got is separated (if big enough refined) and weighed. + +The details of the process are slightly varied by different assayers: +the following will be good practice for the student. + +~Determination of Copper in Copper Pyrites.~--Powder, dry, and weigh up +20 grams of the ore. Mix with 20 grams each of powdered lime and fluor, +15 grams each of powdered glass and borax, and 5 or 10 grams of nitre. +Transfer to a large Cornish crucible and fuse under a loose cover at a +high temperature for from 15 to 20 minutes. When fluid and tranquil pour +into a mould. When the slag has solidified, but whilst still hot, quench +by dipping two or three times in cold water. Avoid leaving it in the +water so long that it does not dry after removal. When cold separate the +button, or perhaps buttons, of regulus by crumbling the slag between the +fingers. See that the slag is free from regulus. It should be light +coloured when cold and very fluid when hot. Reject the slag. + +Powder the regulus in a mortar and transfer to a small crucible. +Calcine, with occasional stirring, until no odour of sulphurous oxide +can be detected. Shake back into the mortar, rub up with about 1 gram of +powdered anthracite, and re-calcine for 10 minutes longer. + +Mix the calcined regulus with 10 grams of tartar, 20 grams of soda, and +3 grams of borax; and replace in the crucible used for calcining. Fuse +at a bright red heat for 10 or 15 minutes. Pour, when tranquil. + +As soon as solid, quench in water, separate the button of copper, and +save the slag. + +To refine the copper a very hot fire is wanted, and the fuel should not +be too low down in the furnace. Place the crucible well down in the fire +and in the middle of the furnace. The same crucible is used, or, if a +new one is taken, it must be glazed with a little borax. When the +crucible is at a good red heat, above the fusing point of copper, drop +the button of copper into it, and close the furnace. Watch through the +crevice, and, as soon as the button has melted and appears clear showing +an eye, shoot in 10 grams of refining flux, close the furnace, and, in a +few minutes, pour; then separate the button of copper. Add the slag to +that from the coarse copper fusion, and powder. Mix with 5 grams of +tartar, 0.5 gram of powdered charcoal, and 2 grams of soda. Fuse in the +same crucible, and, when tranquil, pour; quench, and pick out the prills +of metal. + +If the copper thus got from the slags is coarse looking and large in +amount, it must be refined; but, if small in quantity, it may be taken +as four-fifths copper. The combined results multiplied by five give the +percentage of copper. + +The refining flux is made by mixing 3 parts (by measure) of powdered +nitre, 2-1\2 of tartar, and 1 of salt. Put in a large crucible, and stir +with a red-hot iron until action has ceased. This operation should be +carried out in a well-ventilated spot. + +For pure ores in which the copper is present, either as metal or oxide, +and free from sulphur, arsenic, &c., the concentration of the copper in +a regulus may be omitted, and the metal obtained in a pure state by a +single fusion.[50] It is necessary to get a fluid neutral slag with the +addition of as small an amount of flux as possible. The fusion should be +made at a high temperature, so as not to occupy more than from 20 to 25 +minutes. Thirty grams of ore is taken for a charge, mixed with 20 grams +of cream of tartar, and 10 grams each of dried borax and soda. If the +gangue of the ore is basic, carrying much oxide of iron or lime, silica +is added, in quantity not exceeding 10 grams. If, on the other hand, the +gangue is mainly quartz, oxide of iron up to 7 grams must be added. + +_Example._--Twenty grams of copper pyrites, known to contain 27.6 per +cent. of copper, gave by the method first described 5.22 grams of +copper, equalling 26-1/8 per cent. Another sample of 20 grams of the +same ore, calcined, fused with 40 grams of nitre, and washed to ensure +the removal of arsenic and sulphur, and treated according to the second +method, gave a button weighing 5.27 grams, equalling 26-3/8 per cent. +The ore contained a considerable quantity of lead. Lead renders the +assay more difficult, since after calcination it remains as lead +sulphate, and in the fusion for coarse copper reappears as a regulus on +the button. + +~The Estimation of Moisture.~--The Cornish dry assayer very seldom makes +a moisture determination. He dries the samples by placing the papers +containing them on the iron plate of the furnace. + +It is well known that by buying the copper contents of pyrites by +Cornish assay, burning off the sulphur, and converting the copper into +precipitate, a large excess is obtained. + + +NOTES ON THE VALUATION OF COPPER ORES. + +Closely bound up with the practice of dry copper assaying is that of +valuing a parcel of copper ore. The methods by which the valuation is +made have been described by Mr. Westmoreland,[51] and are briefly as +follows:--The produce of the parcel is settled by two assayers, one +acting for the buyer, the other for the seller; with the help, in case +of non-agreement, of a third, or referee, whose decision is final. The +dry assayers who do this are in most cases helped, and sometimes, +perhaps, controlled, by wet assays made for one or both of the parties +in the transaction. + +In the case of "ticketing," the parcels are purchased by the smelters by +tender, and the value of any particular parcel is calculated from the +average price paid, as follows:--The "standard," or absolute value of +each ton of fine copper in the ore, is the price the smelters have paid +for it, plus the returning charges or cost of smelting the quantity of +ore in which it is contained. The value of any particular parcel of ore +is that of the quantity of fine copper it contains, calculated on this +standard, minus the returning charges. The ton consists of 21 cwts., +and it is assumed that the "settled" produce is the actual yield of the +ore. + +If at a ticketing in Cornwall 985 tons of ore containing 63.3 tons of +fine copper (by dry assay) brought £2591 12s., the standard would be +£83 15s. This is calculated as follows:--The returning charge is fixed +at 55s. per ton of ore. This on 985 tons will amount to £2708 15s. +Add this to the actual price paid, and there is got £5300 as the value +of the fine copper present. The weight of copper in these 985 tons being +63.3 tons, the standard is £5300/63.3, or £83 15s. (nearly). + +The value of a parcel of 150 tons of a 6 per cent. ore on the same +standard would be arrived at as follows:--The 150 tons at 6 per cent. +would contain 9 tons (150×6/100) of fine copper. This, at £83 15s. +per ton, would give £753 15s. From this must be deducted the returning +charges on 150 tons of ore at 55s. per ton, or £412 10s. This leaves +£341 5s. as the value of the parcel. + +At Swansea the returning charge is less than in Cornwall, and varies +with the quality of the ore. This appears equitable, since in smelting +there are some costs which are dependent simply on the number of tons +treated, and others which increase with the richness. The returning +charge then is made up of two parts, one fixed at so much (12s. 2d.) +per ton of ore treated, and the other so much (3s. 9d.) per unit of +metal in the ore. In this way the returning charge on a ton of ore of +8-3/4 produce would be (12s. 2d.)+(8-3/4×(3s. 9d.)), or £2 5s. + +If, for example, Chili bars, containing 96 per cent. of copper, bring +£50 per ton, the standard is £71 9s. 4d. It is got at in this way. +The returning charge on a 96 per cent. ore is (12s. 2d.)+(96×(3s. +9d.)), or £18 12s. 2d. This added to £50 gives £68 12s. 2d., +and this multiplied by 100 and divided by 96 (100 tons of the bars will +contain 96 tons of fine copper) will give £71 9s. 4d. + +The price of 100 tons of pyrites, containing 2-1/4 per cent. of copper +by dry assay, would be got on this standard as follows:--The parcel of +ore would contain 2-1/4 tons of copper. This multiplied by the standard +gives £160 16s. 0d. From this must be deducted the returning charge, +which for 1 ton of ore of this produce would be (12s. 2d.) + (2-1/4×(3s. +9d.)) or £1 0s. 7d., and on the 100 tons is £102 18s. 4d. This would +leave £57 17s. 10d. as the price of the parcel, or 11s. 7d. per ton. +This would be on the standard returning charge of 45s. (for 8-3/4 per +cent. ore); if a smaller returning charge was agreed on, say 38s., the +difference in this case, 7s., would be added to the price per ton. + + +WET METHODS. + +The solubility of the ores of copper in acid has already been described, +but certain furnace products, such as slags, are best opened up by +fusion with fusion mixture and a little nitre. + +The method of dissolving varies with the nature of the ore. With 5 grams +of pyrites, a single evaporation with 20 c.c. of nitric acid will give a +residue completely soluble in 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid. If the ore +carries oxide of iron or similar bodies, these are first dissolved up by +boiling with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and the residue attacked by +an addition of 5 c.c. of nitric. When silicates decomposable by acid are +present, the solution is evaporated to dryness to render the silica +insoluble; the residue extracted with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and +diluted with water to 150 c.c. It is advisable to have the copper in +solution as chloride. To separate the copper, heat the solution nearly +to boiling (best in a pint flask), and pass a rapid current of +sulphuretted hydrogen for four or five minutes until the precipitate +settles readily and the liquid smells of the gas. When iron is present +it will be reduced to the ferrous state before the copper sulphide +begins to separate. The copper appears as a brown coloration or black +precipitate according to the quantity present. Filter through a coarse +filter, wash with hot water containing sulphuretted hydrogen, if +necessary. Wash the precipitate back into the flask, boil with 10 c.c. +of nitric acid, add soda till alkaline, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen +again. Warm and filter, wash and redissolve in nitric acid, neutralise +with ammonia, add ammonic carbonate, boil and filter. The copper freed +from impurities will be in the solution. Acidulate and reprecipitate +with sulphuretted hydrogen. When the nature of the impurities will allow +it, this process may be shortened to first filtering off the gangue, +then precipitating with sulphuretted hydrogen and washing the +precipitate on the filter first with water and then with ammonium +sulphide. + +Having separated the copper as sulphide, its weight is determined as +follows. Dry and transfer to a weighed porcelain crucible, mix with a +little pure sulphur, and ignite at a red heat for 5 or 10 minutes in a +current of hydrogen. Allow to cool while the hydrogen is still passing. +Weigh. The subsulphide of copper thus obtained contains 79.85 per cent. +of copper; it is a greyish-black crystalline mass, which loses no weight +on ignition if air is excluded. + +Copper may be separated from its solutions by means of sodium +hyposulphite. The solution is freed from hydrochloric and nitric acids +by evaporation with sulphuric acid; diluted to about a quarter of a +litre; heated nearly to boiling; and treated with a hot solution of +sodium hyposulphite (added a little at a time) until the precipitate +settles and leaves the solution free from colour. The solution contains +suspended sulphur. The precipitate is easily washed, and under the +proper conditions the separation is complete, but the separation with +sulphuretted hydrogen is more satisfactory, since the conditions as to +acidity, &c., need not be so exact. + +Zinc or iron is sometimes used for separating copper from its solutions, +but they are not to be recommended. + + +ELECTROLYTIC ASSAY. + +The separation of copper by means of a current of electricity is largely +made use of, and forms the basis of the most satisfactory method for the +determination of this metal. If the wire closing an electric circuit be +broken, and the two ends immersed in a beaker of acidulated water or +solution of any salt, the electricity will pass through the liquid, +bringing about some remarkable changes. Hydrogen and the metals will be +liberated around that part of the wire connected with the zinc end of +the battery, and oxygen, chlorine, and the acid radicals will be set +free around the other. Different metals are deposited in this way with +varying degrees of ease, and whether or not any particular metal will be +deposited depends--(1) on the conditions of the solution as regards acid +and other substances present, and (2) on the _intensity_ of the current +of electricity used. For analytical purposes the metal should be +deposited not only free from the other metals present, but also as a +firm coherent film, which may afterwards be manipulated without fear of +loss. This is, in the case of copper and many other metals, effected by +a simple control of the conditions. It is necessary that the electrodes, +or wires which bring the electricity into the solution, should be made +of a material to which the deposited metal will adhere, and which will +not be attacked by substances originally present or set free in the +solution. They are generally made of platinum. There are various +arrangements of apparatus used for this purpose, but the following plan +and method of working is simple and effective, and has been in daily use +with very satisfactory results for the last five or six years. + +The battery used is made up of two Daniell cells, coupled up for +intensity as shown in fig. 49--that is, with the copper of one connected +with the zinc of the other. For eight or ten assays daily the quart size +should be used, but for four or five two pint cells will be sufficient. + +[Illustration: FIG. 49.] + +The outer pot of each cell is made of sheet copper, and must be clean +and free from solder on the inside. It is provided near the top with a +perforated copper shelf in the shape of a ring, into which the inner or +porous cell loosely fits. It is charged with a saturated solution of +copper sulphate, and crystals of this salt must be added, and always +kept in excess. When the battery is at work copper is being deposited on +the inner surface of this pot. + +The inner or porous pot contains the zinc rod, and is charged with a +dilute acid, made by diluting one volume of sulphuric acid up to ten +with water. The object of the porous pot is to prevent the mixing of the +acid and copper sulphate solutions, without interrupting the flow of +electricity. The copper sulphate solution will last for months, but the +acid must be emptied out and recharged daily. + +The zinc rods must be well amalgamated by rubbing with mercury under +dilute acid until they show a uniformly bright surface. They should not +produce a brisk effervescence when placed in the acid in the porous pot +before coupling up. + +The battery when working is apt to become dirty from the "creeping" of +the copper and zinc sulphate solution. It must be kept away from the +working bench, and is best kept in a box on the floor. + +[Illustration: FIG. 50.] + +The connection of the battery with, and the fixing of, the electrodes +may be made by any suitable arrangement, but the following is a very +convenient plan. The wire from the zinc is connected by means of a +binding screw with a piece of stout copper wire, which, at a distance +sufficiently great to allow of easy coupling with the battery, is led +along the back of a piece of hard wood. This is fixed horizontally +about one foot above the working bench. The general arrangement is shown +in fig. 50, in which, however, for the sake of economy of space, the +battery is placed on the working bench instead of on the floor. The +piece of wood is one inch square and three or four feet long. It is +perforated from front to back at distances of six inches by a number of +small holes, in which are inserted screws like that shown in fig. 51. +These are known as "terminals," and may be obtained of any electrician. +The head of each screw is soldered to the wire mentioned above as +running along the back and as being connected with the zinc end of the +battery. These terminals serve to fix the electrodes on which the copper +is to be deposited. The wire from the copper end of the battery is +similarly connected by a connecting screw (fig. 52) with another wire (H +in fig. 53), which runs along the top of the rod and has soldered to it, +at distances of six inches, cylindrical spirals of copper wire. These +should project from the rod at points about half-way between the +terminals already described. They may be made by wrapping copper wire +around a black-lead pencil for a length of about three inches. + +[Illustration: FIG. 51.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 52.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 53.] + +The rod is perforated from top to bottom with a series of small holes, +one in advance of each terminal but as near it as possible. Into these +short pieces of glass tube are inserted to ensure insulation. These +receive the other electrodes, which are connected with the wire leading +to the copper end of the battery, through the spirals, with the help of +a binding screw. The figure will make this clear. (Fig. 53.) + +[Illustration: FIG. 54] + +~The electrodes~ consist of a platinum spiral and cylinder. The spiral +should have the shape shown in A, fig. 54. When in work it is passed +through one of the holes fitted with glass tubes and connected with the +copper end of the battery. The thickness of the wire of which it is made +is unimportant, provided it is stout enough to keep its form and does +not easily bend. The spiral will weigh about 8 grams. The cylinder (C, +fig. 54) will weigh about 12 grams. It should have the shape shown in +the figure. In working it is clamped to one of the terminals, and on it +the copper is deposited. A cylinder will serve for the deposition of +from 1 to 1.5 gram of copper. It is made by rivetting a square piece of +foil on to a stiff piece of wire, and then bending into shape over a +glass tube or piece of rounded wood. Each cylinder carries a distinctive +number, and is marked by impressing Roman numerals on the foil with the +blade of a knife. The weight of each is carefully taken and recorded. +They lose slightly in weight when in use, but the loss is uniform, and +averages half a milligram per month when in daily use. The cylinders are +cleaned from deposited copper by dissolving off with nitric acid and +washing with water; and from grease by igniting. + +The ~beakers~, to contain the solution of copper to be electrolysed, are +ordinary tall beakers of about 200 c.c. capacity, and are marked off at +100 c.c. and 150 c.c. They are supported on movable stands, consisting +of wooden blocks about six inches high and three inches across. The bar +of wood which carries the connecting wires and electrodes is permanently +fixed over the working bench, at such a height that, with the beakers +resting on these blocks, the electrodes shall be in position for +working. + +To fix the electrodes to the rod, remove the stand and beaker and pass +the long limb of the spiral up through one of the glass tubes. Connect +it with the free end of the copper spiral by means of a connecting screw +(fig. 52), and then draw out and bend the copper spiral so that the +platinum one may hang freely. Screw the wire of the cylinder to the +terminal, and, if necessary, bend it so that the cylinder itself may be +brought to encircle the rod of the spiral in the manner shown in fig. +53. + +The ~general method of working~ is as follows:--The quantity of ore to +be taken for an assay varies with the richness of the ore, as is shown +in the following table:-- + + Percentage of Copper Quantity of Ore + in the Ore. to be taken. + + 1 to 5 5 grams + 5 to 10 3 " + 10 to 30 2 " + 30 to 50 1.5 " + 50 to 100 1 " + +The weighed quantity of ore is dissolved by evaporating with nitric acid +and taking up with hydrochloric, as already described. Any coloured +residue which may be left is generally organic matter: it is filtered +off, calcined, and any copper it contains is estimated colorimetrically. +Nearly always, however, the residue is white and sandy. The copper is +separated from the solution as sulphide by means of a rapid current of +sulphuretted hydrogen. The liquid is decanted off through a filter, the +precipitate washed once with hot water and then rinsed back into the +flask (the filter paper being opened out) with a jet of water from a +wash bottle. Fifteen c.c. of nitric acid are added to the contents of +the flask, which are then briskly boiled until the bulk is reduced to +less than 10 c.c. The boiling down is carried out in a cupboard free +from cold draughts, so as to prevent the condensation of acid and steam +in the neck of the flask. Twenty c.c. of water are next added, and the +solution is warmed, and filtered into one of the beakers for +electrolysis. The filtrate and washings are diluted with water to the +100 c.c. mark, and the solution is then ready for the battery. It must +not contain more than 10 per cent. by volume of nitric acid. + +The number and weight of the platinum cylinder having been recorded, +both electrodes are fixed in position and the wooden block removed from +under them. The beaker containing the copper solution is then brought up +into its place with one hand, and the block replaced with the other so +as to support it. All the assays having been got into position, the +connecting wires are joined to the battery. If everything is right +bubbles of oxygen at once stream off from the spiral, and the cylinder +becomes tarnished by a deposit of copper. If the oxygen comes off but no +copper is deposited, it is because the assay solution contains too much +nitric acid. If no action whatever takes place, it is because the +current is not passing. In this case examine the connections to see that +they are clean and secure, and the connecting wires to see that they are +not touching each other. + +The action is allowed to go on for sixteen or seventeen hours, so that +it is best to let the current act overnight. In the morning the +solutions will appear colourless, and a slow stream of oxygen will still +be coming off from the spiral. + +A wash-bottle with cold distilled water and two beakers, one with +distilled water and the other with alcohol, are got ready. The block is +then removed, the spiral loosened and lowered with the beaker. The +cylinder is next detached and washed with a stream of water from the +wash-bottle, the washings being added to the original solution. The +current from the battery is not stopped until all the cylinders are +washed. After being dipped in the beaker of water and once or twice in +that with the alcohol, it is dried in the water-oven for about three +minutes, and then weighed. The increase in weight is due to deposited +copper. This should be salmon-red in colour, satin-like or crystalline +in appearance, and in an even coherent deposit, not removed by rubbing. +It is permanent in air when dry, but sulphuretted hydrogen quickly +tarnishes it, producing coloured films. With ores containing even very +small proportions of bismuth, the deposited copper has a dark grey +colour, and when much of this metal is present the copper is coated with +a grey shaggy deposit. + +It still remains to determine any copper left undeposited in the +solution. This does not generally exceed four or five milligrams, and +is estimated colorimetrically. Thirty c.c. of dilute ammonia (one of +strong ammonia mixed with one of water) are added to the electrolysed +solution, which is then diluted up to the 150 c.c. mark with water. It +is mixed, using the spiral as stirrer, and, after standing a few minutes +to allow the precipitate to settle, 100 c.c. of it are filtered off +through a dry filter for the colorimetric determination. Since only +two-thirds of the solution are taken for this, the quantity of copper +found must be increased by one-half to get the quantity actually +present. + +[Illustration: FIG. 55.] + +The ~colorimetric determination~ may be made in the manner described +under that head, but where a number of assays are being carried out it +is more convenient to have a series of standard phials containing known +amounts of copper in ammoniacal solution. By comparing the measured +volume of the assay solution with these, the amount of copper present is +determined at a glance. These standard bottles, however, can only be +economically used where a large number of assays are being made daily. + +A convenient plan is to get a quantity of white glass four-ounce phials, +like that in fig. 55, and to label them so that they shall contain 100 +c.c. when filled up to the bottom of the labels. The labels should be +rendered permanent by coating with wax, and be marked with numbers +indicating the milligrams of copper present. The bottles are stopped +with new clean corks, and contain, in addition to the specified quantity +of copper, 6 c.c. of nitric acid and 10 c.c. of strong ammonia, with +sufficient water to make up the bulk to 100 c.c. The copper is best +added by running in the requisite amount of a standard solution of +copper, each c.c. of which contains 0.001 gram of the metal. + +The standard bottles should be refilled once every three or four months, +since their colorimetric value becomes slowly less on keeping. The +following determinations of a set which had been in use for three months +will illustrate this. The figures indicate milligrams of copper in 100 +c.c.: the first row gives the nominal and the second row the actual +colorimetric value of the standards. The difference between the two +shows the deterioration. + + 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 + 1 2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 9 11 13 + +The amount of copper in the assay is got by increasing that found +colorimetrically by one-half and adding to that found on the platinum +cylinder. The percentage is calculated in the usual way. The following +examples will illustrate this, as well as the method of recording the +work in the laboratory book:-- + + --------------------------------------------- + Cylinder I. + Cu 9.5410 + Cylinder I. 9.5170 + ------ + 0.0240 + By colour 100 c.c. = 0.0015} + 0.0007} 0.0022 + ------ ------ + 0.0022 0.0262 + IX. Sample. Took 5 grams. + Copper = 0.52% + --------------------------------------------- + Cylinder VI. + Cu 10.5705 + Cylinder VI. 10.0437 + ------- + 0.5268 + By colour, 100 c.c. = 0.0070} + 0.0035} 0.0105 + ------ ------ + 0.0105 0.5373 + Matte, No. 1070. Took 1.5 gram. + Copper = 35.82% + --------------------------------------------- + Cylinder XIII. + Cu 12.0352 + Cylinder XIII. 11.0405 + ------- + 0.9947 + By colour 100 c.c. = 0.0005} + 0.0002} 0.0007 + ------ ------ + 0.0007 0.9954 + X. Sample, Cake copper. Took 1.0053 gram. + Copper = 99.00% + --------------------------------------------- + +In the electrolytic assay of metals, alloys, precipitates, and other +bodies rich in copper, the preliminary separation of the copper by +sulphuretted hydrogen is unnecessary. It is sufficient to dissolve the +weighed sample in 10 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, dilute +to 100 c.c. with water, and then electrolyse. + +~General Considerations.~--In the preliminary work with the copper +sulphide there is a small loss owing to its imperfect removal in washing +the filter paper, and another small loss in dissolving in nitric acid +owing to the retention of particles in the fused globules of sulphur. To +determine its amount the filter-papers and sulphur were collected from +forty assays, and the copper in them determined. The average amount of +copper in each assay was 0.175 gram; that left on the filter paper was +0.00067 gram; and that retained by the sulphur 0.00003 gram; thus +showing an average loss from both sources of 0.00070 gram. The +determinations from another lot of forty-two similar assays gave on an +average + + Copper left on filter paper 0.00070 gram + Copper retained by sulphur. 0.00004 " + +The loss from these sources is trifling, and need only be considered +when great accuracy is required. + +The deposition of the copper under the conditions given is satisfactory, +but, as already stated, if the solution contain more than 10 per cent. +of nitric acid it is not thrown down at all; or if a stronger current is +used, say that from three Bunsen cells, it will be precipitated in an +arborescent brittle form, ill adapted for weighing. It may be noted here +that increasing the size of the cells does not necessarily increase the +intensity of the current. + +In two determinations on pure electrotype copper the following results +were obtained:-- + + Copper Taken. Copper Found. + 0.8988 gram 0.8985 gram + 0.8305 " 0.8303 " + +The presence of salts of ammonia, &c., somewhat retards the deposition, +but has no other ill effect. + +The organic matter generally present in copper ores interferes more +especially in the colorimetric determination of the residual copper. It +can be detected on dissolving the ore as a light black residue insoluble +in nitric acid. It is filtered off at once, or, if only present in small +amount, it is carried on in the ordinary process of the assay and +separated in the last filtration before electrolysis. + +The following experiments were made to test the effect of the presence +of salts of foreign metals in the solution during the precipitation of +copper by electrolysis:-- + + --------------+----------------------------------------+--------------- + Copper Taken. | Other Metal Added. | Copper Found. + --------------+----------------------------------------+--------------- + 0.1000 gram | 0.1000 gram of silver | 0.1800 + 0.1050 " | 0.1000 " " | 0.2000 + 0.1030 " | 0.1000 " mercury | 0.2010 + 0.1037 " | 0.1000 " " | 0.2015 + 0.1020 " | 0.1000 " lead | 0.1020 + 0.1030 " | 0.1000 " " | 0.1028 + 0.1010 " | 0.1000 " arsenic | 0.1010 + 0.1007 " | 0.1000 " " | 0.1022 + 0.1030 " | 0.1000 " antimony | 0.1050 + 0.1034 " | 0.1000 " " | 0.1057 + 0.0990 " | 0.1200 " tin | 0.0990 + 0.1014 " | 0.1000 " " | 0.1015 + 0.1000 " | 0.1000 " bismuth | 0.1662 + 0.1040 " | 0.1000 " cadmium | 0.1052 + 0.1009 " | 0.1300 " zinc | 0.1017 + 0.1014 " | 0.1000 " nickel | 0.1007 + 0.1079 " | 0.1200 " iron | 0.1089 + 0.1054 " | 0.1000 " chromium (Cr_{2}O_{3}) | 0.1035 + 0.1034 " | 0.1000 " " (K_{2}CrO_{4}) | 0.1010 + 0.1075 " | 0.1000 " aluminium | 0.1078 + 0.1010 " | 0.1000 " manganese | 0.0980 + --------------+----------------------------------------+--------------- + +It will be seen from these that mercury, silver, and bismuth are the +only metals which are precipitable[52] along with the copper under the +conditions of the assay. Mercury, which if present would interfere, is +separated because of the insolubility of its sulphide in nitric acid. + +Bismuth is precipitated only after the main portion of the copper is +thrown down. It renders the copper obviously unsuitable for weighing. It +darkens, or forms a greyish coating on, the copper; and this darkening +is a delicate test for bismuth. In assaying ores containing about three +and a half per cent. of copper, and known to contain bismuth in +quantities scarcely detectable in ordinary analysis, the metal deposited +was distinctly greyish in colour, and would not be mistaken for pure +copper. Ten grams of this impure copper were collected and analysed, +with the following results:-- + + Copper 99.46 per cent. + Bismuth 00.30 " + Iron 00.14 " + Arsenic 00.10 " + ------ + 100.00 + +The quantity of copper got in each assay was 0.175 gram, and +consequently the bismuth averaged 0.00053 gram. + +To separate the bismuth in such a case the deposit is dissolved off by +warming it in the original solution. The bismuth is precipitated by the +addition of ammonic carbonate, and the solution, after filtering and +acidifying with nitric acid, is re-electrolysed. + +~Determination of Copper in Commercial Copper.~--Take from 1 to 1.5 +gram, weigh carefully, and transfer to a beaker; add 20 c.c. of water +and 10 c.c. of nitric acid; cover with a clock glass, and allow to +dissolve with moderate action; boil off nitrous fumes, dilute to 100 +c.c., and electrolyse. The cylinder must be carefully weighed, and the +electrolysis allowed to proceed for 24 hours. The weight found will be +that of the copper and silver. The silver in it must be determined[53] +and deducted. + +~Determination of Copper in Brass, German Silver, or Bronze.~--Treat in +the same manner as commercial copper. If nickel is present, the few +milligrams of copper remaining in the electrolysed solution should be +separated with sulphuretted hydrogen, the precipitated sulphide +dissolved in nitric acid, and determined colorimetrically. + + +VOLUMETRIC PROCESSES. + +There are two of these in use, one based on the decolorising effect of +potassic cyanide upon an ammoniacal copper solution, and the other upon +the measurement of the quantity of iodine liberated from potassic iodide +by the copper salt. The cyanide process is the more generally used, and +when carefully worked, "on certain understood and orthodox conditions," +yields good results; but probably there is no method of assaying where a +slight deviation from these conditions so surely leads to error. An +operator has no difficulty in getting concordant results with duplicate +assays; yet different assayers, working, without bias, on the same +material, get results uniformly higher or lower; a difference evidently +due to variations in the mode of working. Where a large number of +results are wanted quickly it is a very convenient method. The iodide +process is very satisfactory when worked under the proper conditions. + + +CYANIDE METHOD. + +The process is based upon the facts--(1) that when ammonia is added in +excess to a solution containing cupric salts, ammoniacal copper +compounds are formed which give to the solution a deep blue colour; and +(2) that when potassic cyanide is added in sufficient quantity to such a +solution the colour is removed, double cyanides of copper and potassium +or ammonium being formed.[54] In the explanation generally given the +formation of cuprous cyanide is supposed[55]; but in practice it is +found that one part of copper requires rather more than four parts of +cyanide, which agrees with the former, rather than the latter, +explanation. + +Reliance on the accuracy of the process cannot rest upon the +supposition that the cyanide required for decoloration is proportional +to the copper present, for varying quantities of ammonia salts, ammonia +and water, and differences of temperature have an important effect. The +results are concordant and exact only when the cyanide is standardised +under the same conditions as it is used. It is best to have the assay +solution and that used for standardising as nearly as possible alike, +and to titrate the two solutions side by side. This demands an +approximate knowledge of the quantity of copper contained in the ore and +a separation of the bulk of the impurities. + +For the titration there is required a standard solution of potassium +cyanide made by dissolving 42 grams of the salt, known to dealers as +Potassium Cyanide (Gold), in water and diluting to one litre: 100 c.c. +of this will be about equivalent to one gram of copper. For poor ores +the solution may conveniently be made half this strength. + +The solution of the ore and the separation of the copper as sulphide are +effected in the same ways as have been already described for +electrolysis. Similarly, too, the sulphide is attacked with 15 c.c. of +nitric acid and the assay boiled down to 10 c.c. Add 20 c.c. of water +and warm, filter into a pint flask, wash well with water, and dilute to +about 150 c.c.; add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and cool. + +Prepare a standard by dissolving a quantity of electrotype copper +(judged to be about the same as that contained in the assay) in 20 c.c. +of water and 10 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off the nitrous fumes, and +dilute to 150 c.c.: add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia and cool. + +Fill a burette with the standard cyanide solution. The burette with +syphon arrangement, figured on page 52, is used. A number of titrations +can be carried on at the same time provided the quantity of copper +present in each is about the same. This is regulated in weighing up the +ore. The flasks must of course be marked, and should be arranged in +series on a bench in front of a good light and at such a height that the +liquid can be looked through without stooping. Supposing about 50 c.c. +of cyanide will be required, 30 c.c. should be run into each, and each +addition be recorded as soon as made; then run 15 c.c. into each. The +solutions will now probably show marked differences of tint: add 1 c.c. +of cyanide to the lighter ones and more to the darker, so as to bring +the colours to about the same depth of tint. They should all be of +nearly equal tint just before finishing. At the end add half a c.c. at a +time until the colours are completely discharged. A piece of damp filter +paper held between the light and the flask assists in judging the +colour when nearly finished. Overdone assays show a straw yellow colour +which deepens on standing. + +The following will illustrate the notes recorded of five such assays and +one standard:-- + + (1) 30 c.c. 15 c.c. 5 c.c. 2 c.c. 1 c.c. 1/2 c.c. -- c.c. = 53-1/2 c.c. + (2) 30 " 15 " 1 " 1 " 1 " 1/2 " -- " = 48-1/2 " + (3) 30 " 15 " 3 " 1 " 1 " 1/2 " -- " = 50-1/2 " + (4) 30 " 15 " 5 " 2 " 1 " 1/2 " 1/2 " = 54 " + (5) 30 " 15 " 2 " 1 " 1 " 1/2 " -- " = 49-1/2 " + (6) 30 " 15 " 2 " 1 " 1 " 1/2 " 1/2 " = 50 standard + +Three grams of ore were taken, and the standard contained 0.480 gram of +copper. + +In this series the difference of half a c.c. means about 0.15 per cent. +on the ore; with a little practice it is easy to estimate whether the +whole or half of the last addition should be counted. + +To get satisfactory results, the manner of finishing once adopted must +be adhered to. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the assay:--Use _a solution of copper nitrate_, made by dissolving 10 +grams of copper in 50 c.c. of water and 35 c.c. of nitric acid, and +diluting to a litre. 100 c.c. = 1 gram of copper. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--In these experiments 20 c.c. of copper +nitrate were used, with 10 c.c. of nitric acid, 30 c.c. of dilute +ammonia, and water to 200 c.c. The results were-- + + Temperature 15° 30° 70° 100° + Cyanide required 21.5 c.c. 20.8 c.c. 19.7 c.c. 18.8 c.c. + +The temperature is that of the solution _before_ titrating. These show +the importance of always cooling before titrating, and of titrating the +assay and standard at the same temperature. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--The quantities of copper, acid, and ammonia +were the same as in the last-mentioned experiments. The results were:-- + + Bulk 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 300.0 c.c. 400.0 c.c. + Cyanide required 23.3 " 21.7 " 21.4 " 21.4 " + +These show that large variations in bulk must be avoided. + +~Effect of Varying Ammonia.~--The quantities of copper and acid were the +same as in the series of experiments last noticed. The bulk was 200 c.c. +The results were:-- + + Dilute ammonia 20.0 c.c. 30.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + Cyanide required 20.9 " 21.7 " 22.3 " 24.6 " + +~Effect of Varying Acid.~--The quantities of copper and water were the +same as in the last-noticed set of experiments: 30 c.c. of dilute +ammonia were used. + + Nitric acid 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 15.0 c.c. + Cyanide required 21.6 " 21.7 " 21.5 " + +On adding nitric acid to the solution it combines with a portion of the +ammonia to form ammonic nitrate; it will be seen from the last series of +experiments that the lessening of the amount of free ammonia will +decrease the quantity of cyanide required; but, on the other hand, the +ammonic nitrate which is at the same time formed will increase the +amount required; under the conditions of the assay these two effects +neutralise each other, and such differences in the quantity of acid as +are likely to occur are unimportant. + +~Effect of Varying Ammonic Salts.~--The quantities of copper, water, and +ammonia were the same as in the last mentioned set of experiments, but +no nitric acid was used. + + Ammonic nitrate added 1 gram 5 grams 10 grams 20 grams + Cyanide required 21.2 c.c. 22.1 c.c. 23.1 c.c. 24.1 c.c. + +These show that combined ammonia seriously affects the titration, and +that the principle sometimes recommended of neutralising the acid with +ammonia, and then adding a constant quantity of ammonia, is not a good +one, because there is then an interference both by the ammonia and by +the variable quantity of ammonic salts. + +The same quantity of combined ammonia has the same effect, whether it is +present as sulphate, nitrate, chloride, or acetate, as the following +experiments show. Four lots of 20 c.c. of "copper nitrate" were taken, +and 20 c.c. of dilute ammonia added to each. These were carefully +neutralised with the respective acids, rendered alkaline with 30 c.c. +more of ammonia, cooled, diluted to bulk, and titrated. The results +were:-- + + With sulphuric acid 22.5 c.c. of cyanide + " nitric acid 22.6 " " + " hydrochloric acid 22.6 " " + " acetic acid 22.5 " " + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--Sulphates, nitrates and chlorides of sodium +or potassium have no action, whilst the hydrates, carbonates, +bicarbonates, sulphites, and nitrites have an important effect. The +interference of ammonic salts has already been shown. + +Salts of silver, zinc, and nickel react with cyanide just as copper +does, and consequently interfere. Ferrous salts are sure to be absent, +and ferric salts yield ferric hydrate with the ammonia, which is not +acted on by the cyanide, but, owing to its bulkiness, it settles slowly; +this lengthens the time required for titration, and so modifies the +manner of working. _An assay should not be worked with ferric hydrate +present, unless the standard contains about the same amount of it._ On +mines it is often inconvenient to separate the copper by means of +sulphuretted hydrogen; hence it is customary to titrate without +previous separation. In this case, instead of standardising the cyanide +with electrotype copper, a standard ore should be used. This should be +an ore (of the same kind as those being assayed) in which the copper has +been carefully determined. + +~Effect of Varying Copper.~--In these experiments 10 c.c. of nitric +acid, 30 c.c. of ammonia, and water to 200 c.c. were used. + + Copper nitrate present 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + Cyanide required 0.7 " 11.2 " 21.7 " 54.5 " 108.1 " + +These results show that under the conditions laid down the various +causes of disturbance nearly neutralise one another, and the results +within a fair range are practically proportional. + +~Determination of Copper in Copper Pyrites.~--Weigh up 2 grams of the +dried and powdered ore, and place in an evaporating dish about four +inches in diameter. Cover with 20 c.c. of nitric acid and put on a hot +plate. Evaporate to dryness without further handling. Allow to cool and +take up with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, boil, dilute, and transfer to +a pint flask, filtering if necessary. Make up the bulk with the washings +to about 150 c.c. Precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen, filter, and +wash back the precipitate into the flask. Add 15 c.c. of nitric acid, +and boil down rapidly to 10 c.c. Dilute, add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, +make up to 150 c.c., and cool. For the standard, weigh up 0.5 gram of +copper, more or less, according to the quantity judged to be present in +the assay. Dissolve in 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boil off nitrous +fumes, add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, make up to the same bulk as that +of the assay, and cool. Titrate the two solutions side by side and as +nearly as possible in the same manner. + +Since the assay solution is often turbid from the presence of small +quantities of lead and of iron from incomplete washing, and since this +slight precipitate is very slow in settling, the standard can hardly be +compared strictly with the assay. This can be counteracted by +precipitating in both solutions a mixture of ferric and aluminic +hydrates, which settles readily and leaves the supernatant liquor clear. +To effect this, boil the nitric acid solutions with 30 c.c. of a +solution containing 15 grams each of alum and ferrous sulphate to the +litre. In an actual determination 2 grams of the ore were taken and +compared with 0.5 gram of copper. The assay required 57.7 c.c. of +cyanide and the standard 52.5 c.c. + + 52.5 : 0.5 :: 57.7 : 0.5495 + +This on 2 grams of ore = 27.47 per cent.; the same sample by +electrolysis gave 27.60 per cent. of copper. + +~Determination without Previous Separation.~--Dissolve up 2 grams as +before, but, instead of passing sulphuretted hydrogen, add 30 c.c. of +dilute ammonia, shake well, and cool. Prepare a standard by dissolving +0.5 gram of copper in 1 c.c. of nitric acid, add 0.6 gram of iron in the +form of ferric chloride and 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, dilute to +about 150 c.c., add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and cool. Titrate the two +solutions side by side. In a determination on the sample last used, 58 +c.c. were required for the assay and 53 c.c. for the standard, which +indicates 27.3 per cent. of copper. + +This method of working is somewhat rough. + + +IODIDE METHOD. + +This is based upon the fact that when potassic iodide in excess is added +to a strong solution of a cupric salt in a faintly acid solution, +cuprous iodide is formed and an equivalent of iodine liberated.[56] The +iodine is measured by titrating with a solution of sodium +hyposulphite,[57] using starch paste as indicator. The iodine is soluble +in the excess of potassium iodide, forming a deep brown solution; the +hyposulphite is added until this brown colour is almost removed. Starch +paste is then added, and strikes with the remaining iodine a dirty blue +colour. The addition of the "hypo" is continued until the blue colour is +discharged. The end reaction is sharp; a drop is sufficient to complete +it. + +As regards the titration, the process leaves little to be desired; the +quantity of "hypo" required is strictly proportional to the copper +present, and ordinary variations in the conditions of working are +without effect. The presence of salts of bismuth masks the end reaction +because of the strong colour imparted to the solution by the iodide of +bismuth. Under certain conditions there is a return of the blue colour +in the assay solution after the finishing point has apparently been +reached, which is a heavy tax on the patience and confidence of the +operator. This is specially apt to occur when sodium acetate is present, +although it may also be due to excessive dilution. + +~The standard "hypo" solution~ is made by dissolving 39.18 grams of the +crystallised salt (Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3}.5H_{2}O) in water and diluting to +one litre. One hundred c.c. will equal one gram of copper. + +The starch solution is made by mixing 1 gram of starch into a thin paste +with cold water, pouring it into 200 c.c. of boiling water, and +continuing the boiling for a minute or so. The solution must be cold +before use, and about 2 c.c. is used for each assay. It should not be +added until the bulk of the iodine has been reduced. + +To standardise the "hypo," weigh up 0.3 or 0.4 gram of pure copper, +dissolve in 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, and +dilute with an equal bulk of cold water. Add "soda" solution until a +permanent precipitate is obtained, and then 1 c.c. of acetic acid. This +should yield a clear solution. Fill an ordinary burette with the "hypo." +Add 3 grams of potassium iodide crystals to the copper solution, and, +when these are dissolved, dilute to 100 c.c. with water. Run in the +"hypo" solution rather quickly until the brown colour is nearly +discharged--_i.e._, to within 3 or 4 c.c. of the finish. Add 2 c.c. of +the starch solution, and continue the addition of the "hypo" a few drops +at a time until the tint suddenly changes to a cream colour. The blue +colour must not return on standing three or four minutes. Calculate the +standard in the usual way. + +In assaying ores, the copper is dissolved and separated with +sulphuretted hydrogen as in the other processes, but the sulphide should +be washed more completely to ensure the absence of iron salts. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the assay. Use a solution of copper sulphate containing 39.38 grams +of copper sulphate crystals (CuSO_{4}.5H_{2}O) in the litre. 100 c.c. +equal 1.00 gram of copper. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The assay after the addition of the +potassic iodide must be kept cold, else iodine may be volatilised. + +~Effect of Varying Potassium Iodide.~--In various descriptions of the +process the amount of iodide required is variously stated at from "a few +crystals" to as much as 10 grams. The proportion required by theory for +1 gram of copper is a little over 5 grams: an excess, however, is +required to keep the liberated iodine in solution. On economic grounds +this excess should not be extravagant; if the student uses 10 parts of +the iodide for each part of copper in the assay he will have sufficient. +In the experiments there were used 20 c.c. of the copper sulphate, with +varying amounts of potassic iodide, and the following results were +got:-- + + Potassic iodide added 1.5 gram 3 grams 5 grams + "Hypo" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + +In these the iodide was added direct to the solution containing the +copper, which was afterwards diluted to 100 c.c. and titrated. In +another series the iodide was added after the dilution to 100 c.c., and +the results were:-- + + Potassic iodide added 1.5 gram 3 grams 5 grams 10 grams + "Hypo" required 20.0 c.c. 20.1 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--In these experiments, 20 c.c. of copper +sulphate were taken, 3 grams of potassic iodide added, and also water to +the required bulk. + + Bulk 20.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.0 " 19.9 " + +In the last of these experiments the colour was discharged at 18 c.c., +but gradually returned until 19.9 c.c. had been run in. It will be seen +that considerable variation in bulk does not interfere. + +~Effect of Acetic Acid.~--These experiments were like the last series +mentioned, but the bulk was 100 c.c., and varying amounts of acetic acid +were added. + + Acetic acid added 0 c.c. 1.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.0 " 20.1 " 20.1 " 20.0 " 20.2 " + +Acetic acid, then, does not interfere to any serious extent. + +~Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate.~--These experiments were like those +last mentioned, but without acetic acid, and with varying amounts of +sodium acetate. + + Sodium acetate added 0 gram 1 gram 2 grams 5 grams 10 grams + "Hypo" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.2 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 18.2 c.c. + +In the 5 grams experiment, when the finishing point had been apparently +reached the colour slowly returned; but as the results generally on +titrating were not satisfactory a repetition of the experiment was made +with the addition of 5 c.c. of acetic acid, which gave an equally bad +result. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--The conditions of these experiments were the +same as before. The salts were added and dissolved before the addition +of the potassium iodide. Using 5 grams (or in the case of the acids, 5 +c.c.), the results were as follows:-- + + dilute Acetic + Salt added -- H_{2}SO_{4} acid NaAc NaCl + "Hypo" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.1 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 20.1 c.c. + + Salt added KNO_{3} Na_{2}SO_{4} AmCl Am_{2}SO_{4} + "Hypo" required 20.2 c.c. 18.7 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 19.9 c.c. + +The low result with the sulphate of soda was evidently due to the +formation of a sparingly soluble double salt, which removed copper from +the solution; on adding a little acetic acid the full amount of "hypo" +was required. The effect of the presence of certain metals is important. +The method of determining it was to add the substance to the solution +containing the copper, and partly precipitate with soda solution; then +treating with 1 c.c. of acetic acid, adding the iodide, and proceeding +as before. + + Substance Added. "Hypo" Required, + - 20. c.c + 0.050 gram arsenic as As_{2}O_{5} 20.0 " + 0.050 " antimony as SbCl_{5} 19.8 " + 0.050 " lead as Pb(NO_{3})_{2} 20.1 " + +A similar experiment with 0.050 gram of bismuth nitrate could not be +determined, the end-reaction being masked. Bismuth iodide is soluble in +potassic iodide, forming a brown solution, the colour of which is very +similar to that produced by iodine; and although it does not strike a +blue colour with starch, "hypo" has an action on it. + +A similar experiment with 0.050 gram of iron as ferric chloride required +22.3 c.c. of "hypo," and the colour returned on standing. This shows +that ferric acetate liberates iodine under the conditions of the assay. +Trying to counteract this, by adding to a similar solution 0.5 gram of +phosphate of soda dissolved in a little water, 19.7 c.c. of "hypo" were +required instead of 20.0, but the assay showed signs of returning +colour. + +In standardising, the same result was obtained, whether the copper was +present as nitrate or sulphate before neutralising. + +~Effect of Varying Copper.~--With the same conditions as before, but +with varying amounts of copper and a proportionally increasing quantity +of iodide, the results were:-- + + Copper present 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 1.0 " 10.0 " 20.0 " 50.0 " 100.0 " + +showing the results to be exactly proportional.[58] + +~Determination of Copper in Copper Pyrites.~--Take 2 grams of the dried +and powdered ore and treat in a porcelain dish with 20 c.c. of nitric +acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric +acid, dilute, and transfer to a pint flask; make up with water to 200 +c.c., warm, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen to excess. Filter, and wash +the precipitate with water acidified with sulphuric acid. Wash the +precipitate back into the flask, and dissolve with 15 c.c. of nitric +acid. Evaporate almost to dryness; add 20 c.c. of water, and boil till +free from nitrous fumes; filter off the sulphur and gangue; neutralise +with soda, avoiding excess; add 1 or 2 c.c. of acetic acid, and shake +till clear. Add 5 grams of potassium iodide, dilute to 100 c.c., and +titrate. The following is an example:-- + + 0.5 gram of copper required 50.5 c.c. "hypo." + The assay required 55.6 " " + +which is equal to 27.5 per cent. of copper. + + +COLORIMETRIC PROCESS. + +This is based on the blue coloration of ammoniacal copper solutions. The +quantity of copper in 100 c.c. of the assay solution should not be more +than 15 milligrams, or less than half a milligram. It is not so delicate +as most other colorimetric methods, but nevertheless is a very useful +one. + +The manner of working is the same as that described under iron. + +~Standard Copper Solution.~--Weigh up 0.5 gram of electrotype copper, +dissolve in 10 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, and dilute +to 1 litre. 1 c.c. = 0.5 milligram. + +In nearly all cases it will be necessary to separate the copper with +sulphuretted hydrogen from a solution of about 5 grams of the material +to be assayed. The filter paper containing the sulphide (and, probably, +much sulphur) is dried and burnt. The ashes are dissolved in 5 c.c. of +dilute nitric acid, 10 c.c. of dilute ammonia added, and the solution +filtered through a coarse filter into a Nessler tube, washing the paper +with a little dilute ammonia. + +The estimation of the colour and calculation of the result are made in +the way described on page 44. + +The effect of varying conditions on the assay may be seen from the +following experiments. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The effect of increased temperature is +to slightly decrease the colour, but this can only be observed when a +fair quantity of copper is present. + + 1.0 c.c. at 15° showed the colour of 1.0 c.c. at 70° + 2.5 " " " " 2.7 " + 5.0 " " " " 5.0 " + 10.0 " " " " 9.0 " + +~Effect of Varying Ammonia.~--The solution must, of course, contain free +ammonia; about 5 c.c. of dilute ammonia in 50 c.c. bulk is the quantity +to be used in the experiments. A larger quantity affects the results, +giving lower readings and altering the tint. With small quantities of +ammonia the colour approaches a violet; with larger, a sky-blue. + + 2.5 c.c. with 25 c.c. of strong ammonia read 2.2 c.c. + 5.0 " " " " " 4.0 " + 10.0 " " " " " 8.0 " + +~Effect of Ammonic Salts.~--The following table shows the results after +addition of ammonic salts:-- + + --------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------ + C.c. Present.| With 10 grams | With 10 grams | With 10 grams + | Ammonic Nitrate.| Ammonic Chloride.| Ammonic Sulphate. + --------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------ + 2.5 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 2.0 + 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.3 | 4.3 + 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 8.5 + --------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------ + +These show that sulphates should be avoided, and either nitrate or +chloride solutions be used in the standard as well as in the assay. + +~Determination of Copper in a Manganese Ore.~--Treat 3 grams of the ore +with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up +with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; dilute to about 200 c.c., and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen until the solution smells of the gas; filter, +burn, take up with 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, add 10 c.c. of dilute +ammonia, and filter into the Nessler tube, and make up with the washings +to 50 c.c. Into the "standard" tube put 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid and +10 c.c. of dilute ammonia. Make up to nearly 50 c.c. with water, and run +in the standard copper until the colours are equal. In a determination 4 +c.c. (= 2.0 milligrams of copper) were required; this in 3 grams of ore += 0.07 per cent. + +~Determination of Copper in "Black Tin."~--Weigh up 3 grams of the dried +ore, boil with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and afterwards add 1 c.c. +of nitric; boil off nitrous fumes, evaporate to about 5 c.c., dilute to +50 c.c., add 20 c.c. of dilute ammonia; stir, and filter. If much iron +is present, dissolve the precipitate of ferric hydrate in acid, and +reprecipitate with ammonia. Mix the two filtrates, and dilute to 100 +c.c. Take 50 c.c. for the test. A sample of 3 grams of an ore treated in +this way required 5.2 c.c. of standard copper to produce equality of +tint. This gives 0.35 per cent. + +~Determination of Copper in Tin.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the sample, +transfer to an evaporating dish, and cover with 30 c.c. of aqua regia. +Warm until the metal has dissolved, then evaporate almost to dryness. +Take up with a few c.c. of hydrochloric acid and again evaporate. + +Dissolve the residue in 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid and transfer +to a 100 c.c. flask. Add 10 c.c. of dilute ammonia and make up with +water to the containing mark. + +Filter off 50 c.c. of the solution into a Nessler glass and determine +the copper in it colorimetrically. + + +EXAMINATION OF COMMERCIAL COPPER. + +Very pure copper can be obtained in commerce, owing to the demand for +metal of "high conductivity" for electrical purposes, which practically +means for metal free from impurities. + +Much of the metal sold contains as much as one per cent. of foreign +substances, of which arsenic is the most important. The other elements +to be looked for are bismuth, lead, antimony, silver, gold, iron, +nickel, cobalt, sulphur, and oxygen. In "blister copper" (which is the +unrefined metal), aluminium, silicon, and phosphorus may be met with. + +~Oxygen.~--All commercial copper carries oxygen; most of it is present +as cuprous oxide, which is dissolved by molten copper. The estimation of +oxygen is often made "by difference." The copper and the other +impurities being determined, the rest is assumed to be oxygen. Probably +this is nearly correct, but the whole of the oxygen should not be +ascribed to cuprous oxide; for any arsenic the metal contained would be +present as cuprous arsenite, since arsenide of copper and cuprous oxide +could not exist together at the temperature of fusion without +interacting. In the report of the analysis, it is best to state the +proportion of oxygen thus:-- + + Oxygen ---- per cent. by difference. + +There is a method of determination by fusing 5 or 10 grams in a brasqued +crucible, and counting the loss as oxygen; and another method for the +determination of cuprous oxide based on the reaction of this substance +with nitrate of silver.[59] About 2 grams of silver nitrate, dissolved +in 100 c.c. of water, is allowed to act upon 1 gram of the copper in the +cold. The precipitate is filtered off, washed thoroughly with water, and +the basic salt dissolved and determined colorimetrically. + +One part of copper found represents 1.68 part of cuprous oxide, or 0.19 +part of oxygen. Copper generally carries from 0.1 to 0.2 per cent. of +oxygen. + +~Silver~ is found in most samples, but occurs in variable proportions; +when it amounts to 30 ounces per ton it has a commercial value. To +determine its amount, dissolve 10 grams of the copper in 35 c.c. of +nitric acid and 50 c.c. of water, boil off nitrous fumes, and dilute to +about 100 c.c. One or two c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid (one to 100 +of water) are added, stirred in, and the precipitate allowed to settle +for twenty-four hours. Filter through a double Swedish paper, dry, burn, +and cupel the ashes with one gram of sheet lead. + +Ten grams of a sample of copper gave in this way 4.7 milligrams of +silver. Ten grams of the same copper, to which 24 milligrams of silver +had been added gave 28.2 milligrams. + +~Gold.~--To determine it, dissolve 10, 20, or 50 grams of the sample in +35, 70, or 175 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal volume of water, boil +till free from nitrous fumes, and dilute to double its volume. Allow to +stand for some time, decant on to a filter, dry, burn, and cupel the +ashes with 1 gram of sheet lead. If silver is present, owing to traces +of chlorides in the re-agents used, "parting" will be necessary. (See +_Gold_.) + +Working in this way on 20 grams of copper, to which 1.8 milligram of +gold had been added, a button weighing 2.0 milligrams was obtained. + +~Antimony~ is not a frequent impurity of copper: it can be detected in +quantities over 0.1 per cent. by a white residue of Sb_{2}O_{4}, +insoluble in nitric acid. With material containing only small quantities +of antimony the white oxide does not show itself for some time, but on +long-continued boiling it separates as a fine powder. It is best (when +looking for it) to evaporate the nitric acid solution to the +crystallising point, to add a little fresh nitric acid and water, and +then to filter off the precipitate. After weighing it should be examined +for arsenic and bismuth. + +~Lead.~--Refined coppers are often free from lead, anything more than +traces being seldom found; in coarse coppers it is sometimes present in +considerable quantities. + +Its presence may be detected in the estimation of the copper +electrolytically, the platinum spiral becoming coated with a brown or +black deposit of lead dioxide. The depth of colour varies with the lead +present, and obviously could be made the basis of an approximate +estimation. The colour shows itself within an hour or so, but is best +observed when all the copper has been deposited. + +Electrolysing a solution of one gram of pure copper, to which 0.5 +milligram of lead had been added, the deposit was dark brown; in a +similar solution with 1 milligram of lead it was much darker, and with 2 +milligrams it was black. Under the conditions of the assay the dioxide +cannot be weighed, as it partly dissolves on breaking the current. When +lead has been found, its quantity may be estimated by evaporating to +dryness the nitric acid solution to which an excess of sulphuric acid +has been added, taking up with water, and filtering off and weighing the +lead sulphate. + +The separation of traces of lead as chromate is a fairly good one. +Dissolve 5 grams of the copper in 17 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal +volume of water; boil off nitrous fumes, neutralise with soda, and +afterwards acidulate with acetic acid; and dilute to a litre. Add 20 +grams of sodium acetate, warm, and precipitate the lead with a dilute +solution of potassium chromate. Copper chromate (yellow) may be at the +same time thrown down, but it is readily soluble on diluting. Filter off +the precipitate; wash it into a beaker and pass sulphuretted hydrogen; +oxidise the sulphide and weigh as lead sulphate. Treated in this way 5 +grams of copper yielded sulphate of lead equal to 2.0 milligrams of +lead. Five grams of the same sample to which 10 milligrams of lead were +added gave 11.4 milligrams. + +~Nickel and Cobalt.~--Nickel is always present in larger or smaller +quantities in commercial copper, and, perhaps, has an influence on the +properties of the metal. It is determined as follows:--Dissolve 10 grams +of the copper in 35 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal bulk of water, boil +off nitrous fumes and neutralise with soda, add 2 grams of carbonate of +soda dissolved in water, boil, and filter. Acidify the filtrate with 2 +or 3 c.c. of dilute nitric acid and dilute to 1 or 1-1/2 litres. Pass +sulphuretted hydrogen through the cold solution till the copper is all +down and the liquid smells of the gas. Filter and evaporate the filtrate +to a small bulk, and determine the nickel by electrolysing the solution +rendered ammoniacal, or by precipitating as sulphide and weighing as +sulphate. (See under _Nickel_.) The precipitate, after weighing, should +be tested for cobalt. If present it is separated with potassium nitrite +as described under _Cobalt_. Ten grams of copper gave 6.0 milligrams of +nickel; and another lot of 10 grams of the same copper, to which 10.0 +milligrams of nickel had been added, gave 17.2 milligrams. + +~Sulphur.~--The amount of sulphur in refined copper is very small, +seldom exceeding 0.005 per cent. In coarse copper, as might be expected, +it is found in larger quantities. + +In determining it, it is first converted into sulphuric acid, and then +precipitated and weighed as barium sulphate. The precipitation cannot be +effected from a nitric acid solution. Ten grams of copper are dissolved +in nitric acid, as for the other determinations, and then boiled with +excess of hydrochloric acid till the nitric acid is completely removed. +There is then added a few drops of a dilute solution of baric chloride, +and the solution is allowed to stand for some hours. The baric sulphate +is filtered off and weighed. + +The necessity for precipitating from a hydrochloric acid solution is +seen from the following determinations. In each experiment 10 grams of +copper was used, and a known weight of sulphur, in the form of copper +sulphate, added. + + --------------+---------------------------+--------------------- + Sulphur added.| Sulphur found in | Sulphur found in + |Hydrochloric Acid Solution.|Nitric Acid Solution. + --------------+---------------------------+--------------------- + 5 milligrams | 8 milligrams | 0.03 milligrams + 10 " | 11 " | 0.03 " + 15 " | 17 " | 12.00 " + --------------+---------------------------+--------------------- + +~Bismuth.~--Nearly all samples of copper contain bismuth, but only in +small quantities. It is best determined colorimetrically as described +under _Bismuth_. The method of concentrating and preparing the solution +for colorimetric assay is as follows. Dissolve 10 grams of copper in +nitric acid, as in the other determinations; neutralise with soda; add 1 +or 1.5 grams of bicarbonate of soda and boil for ten minutes; filter, +dissolve the precipitate in hot dilute sulphuric acid; add sulphurous +acid and potassium iodide in excess, and boil till free from iodine. +Filter and dilute to 500 c.c. Take 50 c.c. of the yellow solution for +the determination. A few c.c. of a dilute solution of sulphurous acid (1 +in 100) will prevent the liberation of iodine. The following experiments +test the method of separation. Ten grams of copper were treated as above +and precipitated with 1.5 gram of "soda;" the precipitate contained 0.6 +milligram of bismuth (= 0.006 per cent.). The filtrate treated with +another 1.5 gram of "soda" gave a precipitate which was free from +bismuth. To the filtrate from this was added 1.0 milligram of bismuth, +and another fraction was precipitated with 1.5 gram of "soda." In this +precipitate was found 1.0 milligram of bismuth. To the filtrate another +milligram of bismuth was added and the separation with "soda" repeated. +The bismuth was separated from this precipitate with ammonic carbonate +before determination, and 0.9 milligram was found. + +~Arsenic.~--The proportion of arsenic in copper varies from 0.01 to 0.75 +per cent. whilst in coarse copper it may amount to 2 or even 3 per cent. +To determine it, dissolve 5, 10, or 20 grams of the copper (according to +the amount of arsenic present) in 18 c.c., 35 c.c., or 70 c.c. of nitric +acid, and an equal volume of water. Boil off the nitrous fumes, dilute +to 100 c.c. and neutralise with soda; add 1.5 or 2 grams of carbonate of +soda dissolved in a little water, and boil. Filter (washing is +unnecessary) and dissolve back into the flask with a little dilute +hydrochloric acid; add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia and 25 c.c. of +"magnesia mixture," and allow to stand overnight. The whole of the +arsenic is precipitated as ammonic-magnesic arsenate in one hour, but it +is advisable to leave it longer. The precipitate may be dried and +weighed, or, better, titrated with uranium acetate. (See _Arsenic_.) To +test this method of separation 10 grams of pure copper were taken and +0.200 gram of arsenic dissolved with it. The arsenic was determined by +titration with uranium acetate, and 0.200 gram was found. Two other +similar experiments with 0.080 and 0.010 gram of arsenic added, gave +0.079 and 0.012 gram respectively. + +Antimony or bismuth may be present without interfering with the +titration. With 0.100 gram of antimony and 0.100 gram of arsenic, 0.100 +gram of arsenic was found; and in another case, with 0.100 gram of +bismuth and 0.060 gram of arsenic, 0.060 gram was found. In these +experiments the antimony and bismuth were present in the assay solution +when titrated. For a gravimetric determination they would require to be +removed before precipitating with "magnesia mixture." + +Phosphorus, if present, counts as arsenic in the proportion of 1 to 2.4; +but, except in the case of coarse coppers, it is always absent. + +Iron, if present, interferes by forming a white flocculent precipitate +of ferric arsenate after the addition of the sodium acetate and +preliminary to the titration. Each milligram of iron abstracts, in this +way, 1.3 milligrams of arsenic. + +~Iron.~--Refined coppers carry traces of iron, varying from 0.001 to +0.01 per cent. It is best determined during the arsenic estimation. The +precipitate of the ammonic-magnesic arsenate will contain the whole of +the iron as ferric hydrate. On dissolving in hydrochloric acid, +neutralising with ammonia, adding 5 c.c. of sodic acetate, diluting, and +boiling, it reappears as a white precipitate of ferric arsenate. It is +filtered off (the arsenic being estimated in the filtrate), dissolved in +warm hydrochloric acid, and determined colorimetrically as described +under _Iron_. A series of experiments testing the separation is there +given. + +~Phosphorus.~--Refined coppers do not carry phosphorus, although it may +be present in "coarse copper" up to 1 per cent. or more. In such samples +the following method is adopted for the estimation of both phosphorus +and arsenic. Dissolve 10 grams of copper and 0.1, 0.2, or 0.3 gram of +iron wire (according to the amount of arsenic and phosphorus present) in +35 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal volume of water. Add soda till the +free acid is nearly neutralised. Next add a strong solution of sodium +acetate, until the solution ceases to darken on further addition, then +dilute with water to half a litre. The solution is best contained in a +large beaker; it is next heated to the boiling point, and at once +removed and allowed to settle. If the precipitate is light coloured it +is evidence that sufficient iron has not been added, or, if it is green, +from basic copper salts, it shows that the solution was not sufficiently +acid. In either case start afresh. Filter off the precipitate and wash +with hot water containing a little sodium acetate, dissolve it off the +filter with hot dilute hydrochloric acid, add ammonia in excess, and +pass sulphuretted hydrogen for five minutes. Warm at about 70° C. for a +quarter of an hour. Filter. The clear yellow filtrate contains the +arsenic and phosphorus. Add dilute sulphuric acid in excess; filter off +the yellow precipitate of sulphide of arsenic, dissolve it in nitric +acid, and titrate with uranium acetate, as described under _Arsenic_. + +The filtrate from the sulphide of arsenic is rendered alkaline with +ammonia and "magnesia mixture" added. The solution is stirred, and +allowed to stand overnight. The precipitate of ammonic-magnesic +phosphate is filtered off, dissolved, and titrated with uranium acetate, +using the same standard solution as is used in the arsenic assay: 0.5 +gram of arsenic equals 0.207 gram of phosphorus. + +~Copper.~--The method of determining this has been described under +_Electrolytic Assay_. + +In the method of concentration by fractional precipitation with sodic +carbonate (which is adopted in most of these determinations) the +precipitate will contain all the bismuth, iron, and alumina; the arsenic +and phosphorus as cupric arsenate and phosphate; and the greater part of +the lead, antimony, and silver. The nickel and cobalt, and the sulphur +as sulphuric acid, will remain in solution with the greater part of the +copper. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. According to a wet assay 2 grams of a certain ore contained 0.3650 +gram of copper. What would you expect the dry assay produce to be? + +2. A standard solution is made by dissolving 25 grams of potassic +cyanide and diluting to a litre. Assuming the salt to be 98 per cent. +real cyanide, what would 100 c.c. of the solution be equivalent to in +grams of copper? + +3. How would you make a solution of "hypo" of such strength that 100 +c.c. shall equal 0.633 gram of copper? + +4. What weight of ore, containing 17.0 per cent. of copper, would you +take in order to get about 0.5 gram of copper in solution for +electrolysis? + +5. The solution of copper in nitric acid is effected by the following +reaction:-- + +3Cu + 8HNO_{3} = 3Cu(NO_{3})_{2} + 4H_{2}O + 2NO. + +What volume of nitric acid will be required to dissolve 1 gram of +copper? + + +LEAD. + +The chief ore of lead is galena, a sulphide of lead, common in most +mining districts, and frequently associated with blende and +copper-pyrites. It always carries more or less silver; so that in the +assay of the ore a silver determination is always necessary. Carbonate +(cerussite), sulphate (anglesite), and phosphate (pyromorphite) of lead +also occur as ores, but in much smaller quantities. + +Lead ores are easily concentrated (owing to their high specific gravity, +&c.) by mechanical operations, so that the mineral matter sent to the +smelter is comparatively pure. + +Lead is readily soluble in dilute nitric acid. The addition of sulphuric +acid to this solution throws down heavy, white, and insoluble lead +sulphate. + +Galena is soluble in hot hydrochloric acid, sulphuretted hydrogen being +evolved; but the action is retarded by the separation of the sparingly +soluble lead chloride. If a rod of zinc is placed in this solution, +metallic lead is precipitated on it as a spongy mass, the lead chloride +being decomposed as fast as it is formed. The opening up of the ore is +thus easily effected, the sulphur going off as sulphuretted hydrogen, +and the lead remaining in a form easily soluble in dilute nitric acid. +Galena itself is readily attacked by nitric acid, part of the lead going +into solution, and the rest remaining as insoluble lead sulphate. The +sulphate is due to the oxidation of the sulphur by nitric acid; its +amount will vary with the quantity and concentration of the acid used. +Sulphate of lead is soluble in solutions of ammonium or sodium acetate; +or it may be converted into carbonate by boiling with carbonate of soda. +The carbonate, after washing off the sulphate of soda, dissolves easily +in nitric acid. The precipitation of lead from acid solutions with +sulphuric acid, and the solubility of the precipitate in ammonium +acetate, distinguishes it from all other metals. The addition of +potassium chromate to the acetate solution reprecipitates the lead as a +yellow chromate. + + +DRY ASSAY. + +The dry assay of lead is largely used, but it is only applicable to rich +or concentrated ores, and even with these only gives approximate +results. Both lead and lead sulphide are sensibly volatile at a +moderately-high temperature; hence it is necessary to obtain a slag +which is easily fusible. As a reducing agent iron is almost always used, +and this is added either in the form of an iron rod, or the crucible +itself is made of this metal. The flux used is carbonate of soda. + +When a clay crucible is used, the method of working is as +follows:--Weigh up 25 grams of the dry and powdered ore, mix with an +equal weight of "soda" and 2 grams of tartar; place in a crucible (E. +Battersea round), and then insert a piece of iron rod about half an inch +in diameter, and of such a length that it will just allow the crucible +to be covered. The rod should be pushed down so as to touch the bottom +of the crucible, and the mixture should be covered with a sprinkling of +borax. Place in a furnace heated to, but not above, redness, and cover +the crucible. In about twenty minutes the charge will be fused: the +fusion is complete when bubbles of gas are no longer being evolved; and +then, but not till then, the iron is withdrawn, any adhering buttons of +lead being washed off by dipping the rod a few times in the slag. Cover +the crucible, leave it for a minute or two, and then pour. Detach the +slag, when cold, by hammering. The weight of the button multiplied by 4 +gives the percentage. The commoner errors of students in working the +process are too high a temperature and too quick a withdrawal. + +A sample of ore treated in this manner gave on duplicate assay 17.5 and +17.6 grams of lead, equalling 70.0 and 70.4 per cent. respectively. By +wet assay the sample gave 73.3 per cent. Using an iron crucible, the +results will be 1 per cent. or so higher. The crucible must be made of +wrought iron; and, if it has been previously used, should be cleaned by +heating to dull redness and scraping the scale off with a stirrer. Take +30 grams of the ore, mix with 30 grams of "soda" and 3 grams of tartar; +put the mixture in the crucible, and cover with a sprinkling of borax; +heat for about twenty minutes at not too high a temperature, and then +scrape down the slag adhering to the side with a stirrer. Leave in the +furnace till action has ceased. Before pouring, tap the pot gently, and +then tilt it so as to make the slag wash over the part of the crucible +along which the charge is to be poured. Pour; and, when cold, clean and +weigh the button of metal. A crucible may be used from ten to twenty +times. + +These assays are for ores containing the lead chiefly as sulphide. For +oxidised ores, charcoal or tartar is employed as the reducing agent. The +student may practise on red lead as follows:--Take 30 grams of red lead; +mix with 10 grams each of borax and "soda" and about 1.5 gram of +powdered charcoal; place in a small clay crucible with a cover (C. +Battersea round), fuse at a gentle heat, and pour when action ceases. +This assay will only take a few minutes. + +Where lead is present as phosphate (as in the case of pyromorphite), or +mixed with phosphates (as sometimes happens), carbonate of soda is a +suitable flux; but the phosphate of soda which is formed makes a thick +tenacious slag, which is very apt to be carried out of the pot by the +escaping gas. A wide-mouthed clay pot is taken and a little fluor spar +added. For the assay of pyromorphite the following charge may be +used:--Ore, 20 grams; "soda," 25 grams; tartar, 7 grams; and fluor spar, +5 grams; and 2 grams of borax as a cover. This will melt down in about +ten minutes, and should be poured as soon as tranquil. + + +WET ASSAY. + +In the case of galena the best method of getting the lead into solution +is to treat with hydrochloric acid and zinc. Put 1 gram of the ore in an +evaporating dish 4 inches across, and cover with 10 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid. Heat till the evolution of sulphuretted hydrogen +becomes sluggish, and then drop in a piece of zinc rod. If the solution +effervesces too strongly, dilute it. Continue the heating until the +sulphide is seen to be all dissolved; when the lead is all precipitated, +pour off the liquid and wash twice with cold water. Peel off the +precipitated lead with the help of a glass rod, and then clean the zinc. +Cover the lead with 20 c.c. of water and 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +and heat gently till dissolved; all the lead will be in solution, and, +when filtered off from the gangue, will be ready for a gravimetric +determination. For volumetric work this filtering is unnecessary. + +The chief objection to this method is that commercial zinc carries +considerable quantities of lead. Although this can be determined and +allowed for, the correction required is in most cases too large to be +satisfactory. The following method is applicable in all cases, but is +more troublesome:--Treat 1 gram of the ore with 10 c.c. of dilute nitric +acid in an evaporating dish covered with a clock-glass, and evaporate +till nearly dry. Take up with 50 c.c. of water, and add 10 c.c. of +dilute sulphuric acid. Filter. The residue contains the lead as +sulphate, together with the insoluble matter of the ore and globules of +sulphur. Warm with a solution of ammonium acetate, and filter. The lead +will be in the filtrate, and is recovered in a state fit for direct +gravimetric estimation by the addition of dilute sulphuric acid. If the +volumetric method is to be used, the lead sulphate should be dissolved +out with a solution of sodium acetate instead of with the ammonium salt +solution. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The lead is separated and precipitated as sulphate, as already +described. The solution must be allowed to stand, and the clear liquid +be decanted through a filter. Transfer the precipitate, and wash with +very dilute sulphuric acid (1 or 2 c.c. in 100 c.c. of water). The acid +must be completely removed with one or two washes with cold water, and +then with alcohol. The volume of liquid required for washing is small, +as the precipitate is dense and easily cleaned; but the washing must be +carefully done, since if any acid remains it will, on drying, char the +paper, and render the subsequent work troublesome. Dry, transfer to a +watch-glass, and burn the filter paper, collecting its ash in a weighed +porcelain crucible. The filter paper must be freed as much as possible +from the lead sulphate before burning, and the ash treated with a drop +or two of nitric and sulphuric acids. Transfer the lead sulphate to the +crucible; ignite gently, keeping the temperature below redness; cool, +and weigh. The precipitate will contain 73.6 per cent. of lead oxide or +68.3 per cent. of lead. + +~Determination of Lead in Commercial Zinc.~--Take 10 grams of zinc, and +treat (without heating) with 60 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid. When +the zinc is nearly all dissolved, decant off the clear liquid, and +dissolve the residue in 2 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. Evaporate till +most of the acid is removed; dilute to 20 or 30 c.c. with water, and add +10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid. Filter off, and weigh the lead +sulphate. Ten grams treated in this way gave--0.1610 gram of lead +sulphate, equivalent to 1.10 per cent. of lead. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This is based upon the reaction between chromate of potash and soluble +lead salts in neutral solutions, whereby an insoluble yellow chromate of +lead is produced.[60] An excess of the chromate is required to complete +the reaction, so that the point at which an indicator shows the presence +of undecomposed chromate cannot be satisfactorily taken as the finish. +Therefore an excess of the standard chromate must be run in, and such +excess determined. + + +Chromate of lead is not precipitated from strong nitric acid solutions, +and only incompletely from dilute ones. Acids generally are detrimental +to the precipitation, and must be neutralised before titrating. If the +lead is present as sulphate in sodic acetate solution, it is well to +render it distinctly alkaline with ammonia. + +Lead chromate precipitated in the cold is a lemon-yellow, light +precipitate, very difficult to filter: on heating to 40° C. the colour +becomes orange; at 60° C. it assumes a deeper hue, and becomes +flocculent; and at a boiling temperature it still further darkens and +settles readily. These changes in colour are not due to any chemical +change, as will be seen by testing the filtrate for chromium or lead: +this is an advantage to the assay, since it is only at the higher +temperature that the precipitate can be easily filtered. The lead is not +completely precipitated, but the amount remaining in solution is only 2 +or 3 milligrams, which is just sufficient to give a dark coloration with +sulphuretted hydrogen. + +_The standard chromate of potash solution_ is made by dissolving 7.13 +grams of bichromate of potash and 2.0 grams of caustic soda in water, +and diluting to 1 litre; or 9.40 grams of the neutral chromate +(K_{2}CrO_{4}) may be dissolved and diluted to 1 litre: 100 c.c. will be +equivalent to 1.000 gram of lead. + +_Standard Lead Solution._--16 grams of nitrate of lead (Pb(NO_{3})_{2}) +are dissolved in water and diluted to 1 litre; 100 c.c. will contain +1.000 gram of lead. + +_Acetate of Soda Solution._--250 grams of the crystallised salt +(NaAc.3H_{2}O) are dissolved, and diluted to 1 litre. Use 40 c.c. for +each assay. + +In the titration the assay solution should measure 150 to 200 c.c., and +should be boiling or nearly so. It is best contained in a pint flask, +and the standard chromate solution used with an ordinary burette. Run in +the chromate solution in a steady stream until the whole of the lead has +been precipitated. The amount required for this may be calculated: for +example, 1 gram of an 80 per cent. ore would require 80 c.c. A little of +the assay may be filtered off, and if it does not show a yellow colour +in the filtrate run in 2 c.c. more of the standard solution and continue +this addition till a colour is shown. After this run in another c.c. to +ensure an excess, dilute to 250 c.c., and heat to boiling; allow to +settle for three or four minutes, filter off 50 c.c. into a Nessler +glass, and determine the excess of chromate colorimetrically. The excess +found in the 50 c.c. must, of course, be multiplied by five, and then be +deducted from the quantity of chromate originally run into the assay +solution. The quantity to be deducted should not exceed 3 c.c. Where a +number of determinations are made the colorimetric estimation is +facilitated by using a series of standard phials similar to those +described under the _Electrolytic Copper Assay_. The determination is +rendered sharper and less liable to error by the addition of a few drops +of acetic acid to convert the chromate into bichromate. The same +chromate solution must be used in this determination as was used in the +precipitation. + +In standardising the chromate solution, the standard lead nitrate +solution is used. A quantity containing about as much lead as the assay +is supposed to contain is measured off, rendered alkaline with dilute +ammonia, and then neutralised with acetic acid, using a small piece of +litmus paper dropped into the solution as indicator. Then dilute, boil, +and titrate. When the lead in the assay has been separated as sulphate +and dissolved in sodic acetate, less chromate is apparently required, +and in this case it will be necessary to precipitate the lead in the +standard with an equivalent of sodic sulphate and redissolve in sodic +acetate just as in the assay. In these solutions (although there is +considerable chromate in excess) a further addition of 5 or 6 c.c. of +the chromate solution will cause a further precipitate. The following +experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions of the +assay:-- + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--Twenty c.c. of lead nitrate solution +and 10 grams of sodium acetate were used; diluted to 200 c.c., heated to +the desired temperature, and titrated. The results were:-- + + Temperature 15° 30° 50° 100° + "Chromate" required 19.8 c.c. 19.5 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 19.2 c.c. + +The first two of these filtered badly, the precipitate coming through +the filter; the last was very satisfactory in the working. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--Using 20 c.c. of lead nitrate, and 10 grams +of sodium acetate as before, diluting to the required bulk, heating to +boiling, and titrating, the results were:-- + + Bulk 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. 1000.0 c.c. + "Chromate" required 19.6 " 19.3 " 19.4 " 19.4 " + +~Effect of Varying Acetic Acid.~--Since the experiments are carried out +in the presence of sodic acetate, acetic acid is the only acid whose +effect need be considered. Working as before, but with 200 c.c. bulk and +varying amounts of the acid, the results were:-- + + Acid present -- 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 40.0 c.c. + "Chromate" required 19.7 c.c. 19.1 " 18.5 " 17.3 " + +These experiments show that only slight quantities of acid are +admissible. + +~Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate.~--With the same conditions as before, +but with varying weights of sodium acetate, the results were:-- + + Sodium acetate present -- 5 grams 10 grams 25 grams 50 grams + "Chromate" required 19.7 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 18.8 c.c. 17.8 c.c. + +These experiments show that excessive quantities of sodium acetate must +be avoided. Ammonium acetate interferes to a greater extent, and if +both acetic acid and this salt are present, each exerts its disturbing +influence. With 10 grams of ammonium acetate, 19.4 c.c. of the chromate +solution were required instead of 19.7 c.c. in the absence of this salt; +with 10 grams of the acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic acid, only 18.6 c.c. +were required. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--As already stated, sulphates interfere. +Twenty c.c. of the lead nitrate solution were taken, precipitated with +sulphate of soda, and the precipitate dissolved in 10 grams of sodium +acetate and titrated as before. Duplicate experiments required 18.6 c.c. +and 18.7 c.c. of the chromate solution. A similar experiment with 40 +c.c. of lead nitrate required 37.4 c.c. of chromate. If the sulphate had +not been present, the results would have been 19.7 c.c. and 39.4 c.c. +respectively. + +~Effect of Varying Lead.~--In these experiments the conditions were as +before, but with varying amounts of lead. + + Lead nitrate solution present 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + Chromate solution required. 9.4 " 19.7 " 48.8 " 98.2 " + +~Determination of Lead in Galena.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the powdered and +dried ore, and boil in an evaporating dish with 10 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid. When the action becomes sluggish, dilute with an +equal bulk of water, and add a weighed piece of zinc rod about 1 inch +long and quarter-inch across. Keep up a moderate action by warming till +the ore is seen to be completely attacked and the lead precipitated. +Decant off the solution, wash once, strip off the lead, wash and weigh +the remaining zinc. Dissolve the lead in 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +and 5 c.c. of water with the aid of heat. Dilute and transfer to a pint +flask; add a slight excess of dilute ammonia, and render faintly acid +with acetic acid. Dilute to 150 c.c., heat to boiling, and run in the +standard chromate in slight excess, noting the amount required, and make +up to 250 c.c. with water. Boil the solution, allow to settle for a +minute or so, filter off 50 c.c., and determine the excess of chromate +colorimetrically. As an example, 1 gram of an impure galena was +precipitated with 75 c.c. of standard chromate (100 c.c. = 1.020 gram +lead). The excess found in 50 c.c. was 0.3 c.c., which, multiplied by 5, +gives 1.5 c.c. as the excess in the whole solution. The remaining 73.5 +c.c. of "chromate" required by the assay, are equivalent to 0.7497 gram +of lead. The zinc used up weighed 1.5 grams, and contained 0.0165 gram +of lead. Thus we get-- + + Lead in the assay 0.7497 gram + Lead from the zinc 0.0165 " + ------ + .'. Lead in the galena 0.7332 " + + Equivalent to 73.3 per cent. + +Another sample, in which the galena was accompanied with a large +quantity of pyrites, gave the following results:--Three grams were +treated with 30 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid and a rod of zinc. The +zinc and lead were carefully transferred to another vessel, the zinc +cleaned, and the lead (dissolved in 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid and 20 +c.c. of water) treated as before. + + 14.5 c.c. of the chromate were required = 0.1479 gram lead + Lead in 2 grams of zinc = 0.0220 " + ------ + .'. Lead in 3 grams of the ore = 0.1259 " + + Equivalent to 4.20 per cent. + +The same ore gave by separation of the lead with sulphuretted hydrogen, +and conversion into sulphate, 4.16 per cent. + +With fairly pure ores, free from sulphate, the assay may be made more +quickly as follows: Dissolve 1 gram of the finely powdered ore by +boiling gently with 40 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid for 15 minutes; +cool; add a few drops of permanganate; neutralise with ammonia, add +acetic acid and a little sodium acetate. Titrate with standard chromate. + + +COLORIMETRIC PROCESS. + +This is based upon the brown coloration produced in very dilute +solutions of lead by the action of a solution of sulphuretted hydrogen. +The quantity of lead in the 50 c.c. of the assay solution must not much +exceed 0.5 milligram, nor be less than 0.01. The sulphuretted hydrogen +is used in the form of a solution, and is not bubbled through the assay. +The principle of working is the same as previously described. + +_Standard Lead Solution._--Each c.c. of this should contain 0.1 +milligram of lead. It is made by diluting 10 c.c. of the solution of +lead nitrate, described under the volumetric process, to 1 litre. + +_Sulphuretted hydrogen water_ is made by passing a current of the washed +gas into water till the latter is saturated. + +Five c.c. of the sulphuretted hydrogen water are put into a Nessler +tube, the measured portion of the assay solution added, and the whole +diluted with water to the 50 c.c. mark. Into the standard Nessler tube +the same amount of the sulphuretted hydrogen water is put, and diluted +to nearly 50 c.c. The standard lead solution is then run in till the +tints are equal. The assay solution must not contain much free acid, and +if the conditions will allow it, may with advantage be rendered alkaline +with ammonia. The chief cause of disturbance is the precipitation of +lead sulphide forming a black turbid solution instead of a brown clear +one. This may be caused by using hot solutions or an excess of acid. +Other metals precipitable by sulphuretted hydrogen must be absent as +well as strong oxidising agents. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The effect of increased temperature is +to change the colour from brown to black, and to render the estimation +difficult. + + 1 c.c. at 15° C. showed the colour of 0.5 c.c. at 60° C. + 2 " " " " 1.5 " at 60° C. + 3 " " " " 5.0 " at 50° C. + +~Effect of Varying Time.~--The colour becomes lighter on standing: 2 +c.c. on standing 10, 20, and 40 minutes became equal in colour to 1.7 +c.c. + +~Effect of Acids and Ammonia.~--Two c.c. of the solution with 2 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid became cloudy and equivalent to about 2.5 c.c.; +and a similar result was got with 2 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid. With +2 c.c. of dilute ammonia the solution became somewhat darker, or equal +to 2.3 c.c.; but gave a very clear solution easy to compare. + +~Determination of Lead in Commercial Zinc.~--Dissolve 0.1 gram of the +metal in 1 c.c. of dilute nitric acid evaporates till a solid separates +out, dilute to 100 c.c. with water, and take 20 c.c. for assay. A sample +treated in this way required 2.4 c.c.; this multiplied by 5 gives 12.0 +c.c., equivalent to 1.2 milligram of lead, or 1.2 per cent. By +gravimetric assay the sample gave 1.10 per cent. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. Thirty grams of galena gave on dry assay 21 grams of lead; and this, +on cupellation, gave 15 milligrams of silver. Calculate the results in +per cents. of lead and in ounces of silver to the ton of ore. + +2. How many ounces of silver to the ton would be contained in the lead +got from this ore if the loss in smelting is equal to that of the assay? + +3. Having given you a sample of white lead freed from oil by washing +with ether, how would you proceed to determine the percentage of lead in +it? + + +THALLIUM. + +Thallium is a rare metal, found in small quantities in some varieties of +iron and copper pyrites, and in some lithia micas. It resembles lead in +appearance. Its compounds resemble the salts of the alkalies in some +respects; and, in others, those of the heavy metals. + +It is detected by the green colour which its salts impart to the flame. +This, when examined with the spectroscope, shows only one bright green +line. + +It is separated and estimated by dissolving in aqua regia; converting +into sulphate by evaporation with sulphuric acid; separating the second +group of metals with sulphuretted hydrogen in the acid solution, boiling +off the excess of the gas; nearly neutralising with carbonate of soda; +and precipitating the thallium with an excess of potassic iodide. On +allowing the liquid to stand for some time a bright yellow precipitate +of thallous iodide separates out. This is collected on a weighed filter; +washed with cold water, finishing off with alcohol; dried at 100° C., +and weighed. The precipitate is thallous iodide TlI, and contains 61.6 +per cent. of thallium. + + +BISMUTH. + +Bismuth is nearly always found in nature in the metallic state; but +occasionally it is met with as sulphide in bismuthine and as carbonate +in bismutite. It is also found in some comparatively rare minerals, such +as tetradymite, combined with tellurium, and associated with gold. In +minute quantities it is widely distributed: it is a common constituent +of most copper ores; hence it finds its way into refined copper, which +is seldom free from it. It is occasionally met with in silver in +sufficient quantity to interfere with the working qualities of that +metal. + +Bismuth compounds are used in medicine and in the manufacture of alloys. +Bismuth possesses many useful properties. It has considerable commercial +value, and sells at a high price. + +The metal is brittle, breaks with a highly crystalline fracture, and has +a characteristic reddish-yellow colour. It is almost insoluble in +hydrochloric, but readily dissolves in nitric, acid; and gives, if the +acid is in excess, a clear solution. Bismuth salts have a strong +tendency to separate out as insoluble basic compounds; this is more +especially true of the chloride which, on diluting with a large volume +of water, becomes milky; the whole of the bismuth separating out. The +nitrate, carbonate, and hydrate yield the oxide (Bi_{2}O_{3}) on +ignition. This oxide closely resembles litharge. It combines with +silica, forming fluid slags; and at a red heat is liquid enough to be +absorbed by a cupel; in fact, bismuth may take the place of lead in +cupellation. The metal itself is easily fusible, and may be separated +from its ores by liquation. + +The assay of bismuth by wet methods presents little difficulty, and is +fairly accurate. The price of the metal is such that only methods which +yield good results should be adopted; and, since bismuth is volatile at +the temperature of the furnace, and is found mixed with ores not easy to +flux, as also with metals which are not easily separated by the dry +method, the dry assay can only be considered as having a qualitative +value. + + +DRY ASSAY. + +~By Liquation.~--This is adapted to ores containing the bismuth as +metal. Take 20 grams of the powdered ore and place in a crucible with a +perforated bottom, put this crucible into another of about the same size +and lute the joint. Lute on a cover, place in the furnace and heat to +redness. The bismuth melts readily and drains into the lower crucible +from which, when cold, it is taken and weighed. + +~By Fusion.~--For fairly pure ores the process is as follows:--Take 20 +grams of the ore and mix with 20 grams of fusion mixture, 10 grams of +salt and 5 or 10 grams of potassium cyanide; place in a crucible, cover, +and fuse at a moderate temperature for about fifteen minutes; pour; when +cold detach the metal and weigh. + +For coppery ores in which the metals are present as sulphides use the +fluxes just given with 2 grams of charcoal (instead of the cyanide) and +a little sulphur. + +For coppery ores in which the metals are present as oxides, mix 20 grams +of the ore with 10 grams of fusion mixture, 4 grams of salt, 4 grams of +sulphur and 2 grams of charcoal; and fuse. + +A considerable percentage of bismuth is lost in these assays; it is +stated as being nearly 8 per cent. of the metal present. + + +WET METHODS. + +~Detection.~--Bismuth is detected by dissolving the substance in nitric +or hydrochloric acid and precipitating the diluted solution with +sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitated sulphides, after digesting with +soda and washing, are dissolved in nitric acid and the solution boiled +with ammonium carbonate. The precipitate is washed and then warmed with +dilute sulphuric acid. The solution will contain the bismuth. Add a +solution of potassium iodide in excess, and boil; a yellow or dark brown +solution proves that bismuth is present. Another good test for small +quantities of bismuth is to add tartaric acid to the solution to be +tested, and then to make it alkaline with potash. Add a few c.c. of +Schneider's liquid,[61] and heat. A brownish-black colour is produced by +as little as one part of bismuth in 200,000 of solution. The test is not +applicable in the presence of mercury, copper, or manganese. + +Compounds of bismuth fused with cyanide of potassium in a Berlin +crucible readily give a globule of bismuth which is recognised by its +appearance and fracture. + +~Solution and Separation.~--The solution of bismuth compounds presents +no difficulty. They are soluble in nitric acid or aqua regia, and, +provided the solution is sufficiently acid, they remain dissolved. In +separating it from other metals the solution is made up to about 100 +c.c. and treated with a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. The bismuth +comes down in a tolerably strong acid solution. The sulphide is decanted +on to a filter and washed. It is next digested with ammonic sulphide; +or, better (especially when other metals are present), dissolved in +nitric acid, and treated with an excess of ammonia and a current of +sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitate is filtered off and evaporated to +dryness with nitric acid. It is taken up with a few drops of sulphuric +acid and a little water; and warmed and filtered, if necessary. The +filtrate is nearly neutralised with ammonia; ammonium carbonate added in +slight excess; and the liquid heated to boiling and filtered. The +bismuth will be contained in the precipitate with perhaps traces of +lead, antimony, tin, or sometimes iron from incomplete separation or +washing. When only traces of a precipitate are got it must be tested. +The bismuth precipitate is readily soluble in dilute nitric acid. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The bismuth having been separated and dissolved in nitric acid[62] is +precipitated (after dilution) by the addition of carbonate of ammonium +in slight excess, and boiling. The precipitate is filtered off, washed +with hot water, dried, ignited, and weighed. The ignition should be +performed carefully at not above a low red heat. The oxide which is +formed has, at this temperature, a dark yellow or brown colour, and +becomes yellow on cooling. It is bismuthic oxide (Bi_{2}O_{3}) and +contains 89.65 per cent. of bismuth. Fusion with potassium cyanide at a +temperature just sufficient to melt the salt reduces it to the metal +which falls to the bottom and runs into a globule. The button of metal +may be weighed, but it often sticks tenaciously to the bottom of the +crucible. The precipitation with ammonic carbonate must not be made in a +sulphate or chloride solution; since basic compounds would then be +thrown down, and the result on weighing would either be too low (because +of the volatilisation of the chloride), or too high (because of the +retention of sulphuric acid). + +Bismuth compounds in a nitric acid solution are readily decomposed by +the electric current, but the deposited bismuth is not coherent. It +comes down in shaggy tufts which are difficult to wash and easy to +oxidise. + + +VOLUMETRIC ASSAY. + +There are two methods which have been proposed; one based on the +precipitation as chromate and the estimation of the chromic acid; and +the other on the precipitation as oxalate and subsequent titration with +permanganate of potash. These offer little advantage over the easy +gravimetric determination. + + +COLORIMETRIC METHOD. + +Bismuth iodide dissolves in excess of potassium iodide, forming a +yellow-coloured solution, indistinguishable in colour from that given by +iodine. The colour, however, is not removed by boiling or by sulphurous +acid. Since none of the commoner metals give such a colour, and free +iodine is easily separated by boiling, this method is specially suited +for small determinations of bismuth. + +It requires a _solution of bismuth_, made by dissolving 0.1 gram of +bismuth in a drop or so of nitric acid, evaporating with a little +sulphuric acid and diluting with water to 1 litre. 1 c.c. will contain +0.1 milligram of bismuth. And a _solution of sulphurous acid_, made by +diluting 10 c.c. of the commercial acid to 1 litre with water. + +The determination is made in the usual way: 50 c.c. of the prepared +solution, which should not carry more than 0.75 milligram nor less than +0.01 milligram of bismuth, are placed in a Nessler tube and the colour +compared with that observed in a similar tube containing water and +potassium iodide on adding the standard solution of bismuth. + +The assay solution is prepared by separating the bismuth with +sulphuretted hydrogen, boiling the precipitate with nitric acid, and +evaporating with sulphuric acid. Take up with water, add 10 or 20 c.c. +of solution of potassium iodide, boil off any iodine liberated, dilute, +filter, and make up to 100 c.c. According to the depth of colour take +10, 20, or 50 c.c. and transfer to the Nessler tube. Add a few c.c. of +the solution of sulphurous acid. Into the other Nessler tube put as much +potassium iodide solution as is contained in the assay tube, with +sulphurous acid and water to within a few c.c. of the bulk. Then add the +standard bismuth solution till the tints are equal. + +The student must be careful not to confuse the colour of the bismuth +iodide with that of free iodine. If the yellow colour is removed by +boiling and returns on standing it is due altogether to iodine; if it is +lessened by the addition of a few drops of the dilute sulphurous acid, +it is in part due to it. Hence the necessity of having a little free +sulphurous acid in each tube. A strong solution must not be used, since +it liberates iodine from potassium iodide. + +The following experiments illustrate the effect of variation in the +conditions of the assay:-- + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--At a higher temperature the colour is +somewhat lessened. + + 1.0 c.c. at 15° C. showed the colour of 0.8 c.c. at 70° C. + 2.5 " " " " 2.0 " + 5.0 " " " " 5.0 " + +~Effect of Free Acid.~-- + + 2.5 c.c. with 5 c.c. of nitric acid equalled 2.5 c.c. + 5.0 " " sulphuric acid " 5.0 " + +Hydrochloric acid almost completely removes the colour, which, however, +is restored by the addition of a few crystals of potassium iodide. + +~Effect of Alkalies.~--Ammonia, soda, or potash destroys the colour, but +it is restored on acidifying with nitric or sulphuric acid. + +~Effect of Ammonic Salts.~--The following table shows the results after +addition of ammonic salts:-- + + -------------+----------------+-----------------+----------------- + C.c. present.|With 10 grams |With 10 grams |With 10 grams + |Ammonic Nitrate.|Ammonic Sulphate.|Ammonic Chloride. + -------------+----------------+-----------------+----------------- + 1.0 c.c. | 0.9 c.c. | 1.1 c.c. | -- + 2.5 " | 2.5 " | 2.7 " | -- + 5.0 " | 5.0 " | 5.5 " | -- + -------------+----------------+-----------------+----------------- + +Ammonic chloride, like hydrochloric acid, removes the colour, which may +be restored on the addition of more potassium iodide. Nitrates and +sulphates do not thus interfere. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--Sodic hyposulphite almost completely removes +the colour. Copper salts liberate iodine; but when this has been removed +by boiling and the cuprous iodide has been filtered off there is no +further interference. Dilute solutions of lead salts give no colour. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. A fusible alloy is made up of 8 parts of bismuth, 5 of lead, and 3 of +tin. What weight of oxide of bismuth, Bi_{2}O_{3}, would you get on the +analysis of 1 gram of it? + +2. What weight of bismuth can be got from 2 grams of the subnitrate +BiONO_{3}.H_{2}O? + +3. How would you detect and separate arsenic, lead, and copper in a +sample of bismuth? + + +ANTIMONY. + +Antimony occurs in the native state, but is rare; its common ore is +antimonite, the sulphide (Sb_{2}S_{3}). Jamesonite and other sulphides +of lead and antimony are frequently met with. Sulphide of antimony is +also a constituent of fahlerz and of many silver ores. + +Antimonite occurs generally in fibrous masses, has a lead-like metallic +lustre, is easily cut with a knife, and melts in the flame of a candle. + +Antimony itself has a very crystalline fracture, is brittle, and has a +bluish-white colour. It is used in the preparation of alloys with lead +and tin for the manufacture of type-metal. It is readily fusible, and +imparts hardness and the property of taking a sharp cast to its alloys. +It is practically insoluble in hydrochloric acid. On boiling with strong +nitric acid it is converted into antimonic oxide (Sb_{2}O_{5}), which is +a powder almost insoluble in this acid or in water, but which may be got +into solution with difficulty by the prolonged action of hydrochloric +and tartaric acids. Antimonic oxide is converted on ignition into the +tetroxide (Sb_{2}O_{4}) with loss of oxygen. Antimony forms two series +of salts, antimonious and antimonic; and advantage is taken of this in +its determination volumetrically. Either sulphide of antimony yields +antimonious chloride on boiling with hydrochloric acid, sulphuretted +hydrogen being given off; and, in the case of antimonic sulphide, +sulphur is deposited. Antimonious is converted into antimonic chloride +by treatment with permanganate of potash in an acid solution. Antimonic +chloride and potassium iodide react, forming antimonious chloride and +free iodine. This latter may be got rid of by boiling. Sulphide of +antimony is separated from the ore by liquation; this regulus is met +with in commerce as "crude antimony." + + +DRY ASSAY. + +An approximate determination of the amount of sulphide of antimony in an +ore may be made by fusing and liquating in a luted double crucible in +the manner described under bismuth. This is unsatisfactory. The +determination of metallic antimony in an ore is made either by fusion +with potassium cyanide or by fusion with iron, as in the galena assay. +Both methods yield poor results; and, where iron is used, it must be +added in quantity only sufficient for desulphurising; this amounts to +about 40 per cent. in pure ores. If the iron is in excess it alloys with +the reduced antimony. If, on the other hand, it is insufficient, the +metal will contain sulphur; or sulphide of antimony will be lost in the +slag. + +The following note, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bedford McNeill, +A.R.S.M., gives a description of the method adopted in the commercial +valuation of a parcel of antimony ore:-- + +The antimony smelter, when he wishes to determine the value of any +parcel of ore--usually the sulphide--that may be offered for sale, +practically has recourse to the smelting operation. That is, a quantity +of 2 or 3 cwts. taken by his sampler having been obtained, he treats it +under the immediate supervision of the foreman smelter as if it formed +part of the ore in process of daily reduction at his works. He thus +determines by actual trial the output which it may fairly be anticipated +will be yielded by the bulk, and upon the result of this trial or assay, +and the knowledge gained of the actual behaviour of the ore under +treatment, he bases his tender, knowing that, should he secure the +parcel, he may confidently expect a similar return. + +Briefly, the process consists of the three ordinary operations of-- + + (a) Singling or removing most of the antimony from the ore; + (b) Doubling; + (c) Refining or "starring." + +But in the assay sufficient information is generally given by the first +two of these. + +A new pot having been taken and made hot in the furnace, 40 or 45 lbs. +of the ore is weighed in (the mineral from the necessities of sampling +not exceeding walnut size); 1 to 3 lbs. of salt cake is now added to +render the separation of the resulting sulphide of iron more easy, as +also to assist in the fusion of the gangue; 20 to 25 lbs. of tin-plate +scrap, beaten more or less into ball shape, is weighed, placed on the +top of the ore and salt cake, and the whole brought to a state of +fusion. The foreman from time to time takes notice of the behaviour of +the ore under the working conditions. Ores that manifest a tendency to +"boil" or "froth " require the admixture of other more sluggish mineral +in order to render their reduction economically practicable. + +After 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 hours (the time depending mainly on the +temperature), the contents of the crucible are usually in a state of +tranquil fusion. The pot is now lifted from the fire, and its contents +transferred to a conical iron mould, the empty pot being immediately put +back into the fire, and the latter "mended" with sufficient coke for +another run. The conical mould (when dealing with a "strange" ore, and +the possibility of insufficient iron being present to satisfy the +sulphur contents) is wiped inside with clay previous to pouring in the +molten charge. Otherwise the mould itself will be attacked, and the +contents after solidifying will require to be chiselled out piecemeal. + +A further 40 lbs. of the ore is now charged into the crucible with iron +as above; but before this second charge is ready to be drawn an +inspection of the first may suggest the addition of either 3 or 5 lbs. +more iron, or 5 or 10 lbs. more ore. + +It is a good fault rather to aim at an excess of iron as tending to +clean the ore from antimony, any of the latter that (from an +insufficiency of iron) may be left in the slag from the first process +being irretrievably lost; whereas, if the iron be in excess, that which +is combined with the crude antimony resulting from the first process is +easily got rid of by adding 3 to 5 lbs. or so of ore in the second +process. + +This latter, as practised for the determination of the value of a parcel +of ore, consists in selecting two of the best quality singles, resulting +from perhaps four or five trials as above, and running them down with a +few pounds of salt cake, or a mixture of salt cake with American potash, +and (as is generally necessary) a small addition of ore. + +Upon the final result (confirmed perhaps on another pair of singles, +and, judging from the total weight or output of the metal as calculated +from the ore used in "singling," plus any added in the "doubling," the +crystalline fracture and face of the metal, its colour, etc.) the price +to be offered for the parcel of ore is fixed. + + +WET METHODS. + +~Detection.~--The antimony, if any, being got into solution by treating +the ore with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia may be detected by +evaporating with hydrochloric acid, diluting, and filtering into the +cover of a platinum crucible or (better) a platinum dish. A small lump +of zinc is then added, and, if antimony is present, _the dish_ will in a +minute or so be stained black with a deposit of metallic antimony. This +stain is removed by nitric, but not by hydrochloric, acid. The reaction +is delicate and characteristic; arsenic under like conditions is evolved +as arseniuretted hydrogen, and tin is deposited as metal _on the zinc_. + +~Solution.~--Ores, &c., containing antimony are best opened up by +boiling with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia; treatment with nitric +acid should be avoided wherever possible, since it forms antimonic acid, +which is subsequently dissolved only with difficulty. Salts of antimony +in solution have a tendency to form insoluble basic salts; so that care +must be exercised in diluting. Compounds such as antimonite which are +soluble in hydrochloric should be dissolved at once in that acid. + +~Separation.~--To the solution add potash in excess and a little free +sulphur, and pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen for some minutes; +allow to digest for an hour or so on a hot plate; filter; and wash the +residue. Acidulate the filtrate with hydrochloric acid: the precipitate +will contain the antimony (as Sb_{2}S_{5}), and possibly arsenic or tin. +The precipitate is transferred to a beaker and boiled with hydrochloric +acid; the solution is filtered off and diluted. Add a few crystals of +tartaric acid, and pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen for some +time. The first flocculent precipitate will become denser, and render +the filtering more easy. Transfer the precipitate (after washing free +from chlorides) to a Berlin dish, and treat cautiously with fuming +nitric acid. The action of this acid on the sulphide is very violent. +Evaporate and ignite, transfer to a silver dish, and fuse with four or +five times its weight of caustic soda, cool and extract with a little +water, then add an equal volume of alcohol, and allow to stand +overnight. Filter, wash with dilute alcohol. (The filtrate will contain +the tin.) The residue contains the antimony as antimonate of soda, and +is dissolved off the filter with hot dilute hydrochloric, with the help +of a little tartaric, acid. The filtrate is now ready for the +gravimetric determination. + + +GRAVIMETRIC ASSAY. + +Pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen through the solution containing +the antimony to which a little tartaric acid has been previously added. +Pass the gas till the precipitate becomes dense, and the antimony is all +down. The solution must not be too strongly acid. Filter off the +precipitate, wash with hot water, dry in the water oven, transfer to a +weighed porcelain dish, and cautiously treat with fuming nitric acid. +Continue the action on the water bath till the sulphur and antimony are +completely oxidised. Evaporate; ignite, gently at first, then strongly +over the blast; cool, and weigh. The residue is a white infusible +powder, and consists of antimony tetroxide, Sb_{2}O_{4}, containing +78.94 per cent. of the metal. + +~Determination of Antimony as Bigallate.~--What appears to be a very +good method has been worked out by M.A. Guyard, and is described in +Crookes' _Select Methods_, p. 398. + +The antimony must be in solution as antimonious chloride, and must not +be accompanied by an excess of hydrochloric acid. To ensure these +conditions, the solution is treated with potassium iodide until no more +iodine is evolved, and is then evaporated to remove the excess of +hydrochloric acid. To the concentrated, and nearly neutral, solution a +freshly-prepared solution of gallic acid is added in slight excess. A +bulky white precipitate is formed that settles rapidly. The solution is +diluted with hot water and washed by decantation. Then the precipitate +is collected on a weighed double filter, washed once or twice with hot +water, and dried at 100° C. The dried substance is antimony bigallate, +and contains 40.85 per cent. of antimony. It should be completely +soluble in ammonium sulphide. The solution in which the antimony is +precipitated need not be quite free from other metals. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This is based on the reduction of antimonic chloride (SbCl_{5}) to +antimonious (SbCl_{3}) by the action of potassium iodide in strong +hydrochloric acid solution.[63] Iodine is at the same time liberated, +and the amount of antimony reduced is got at by titrating with sodium +hyposulphite, which measures the iodine set free. + +The standard solution of sodium hyposulphite is made by dissolving 41.32 +grams of the salt (Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3}.5H_{2}O) in water, and diluting to 1 +litre. One hundred c.c. will be equivalent to about 1 gram of antimony. + +It is standardised with the help of a solution of antimony made as +follows:--Weigh up 5 grams of powdered antimony, transfer to a flask, +and cover with 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; boil, and add nitric acid +(5 or 10 drops at a time) until the metal is dissolved. Allow the action +of the nitric acid to cease before adding more. Boil down to a small +bulk, add 250 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and dilute to nearly 1 litre. +Warm until any precipitate which has formed is redissolved; allow to +cool slowly, and run in from a pipette a weak solution of permanganate +until a faint brown colour is produced. Dilute to exactly 1 litre; 100 +c.c. contain 0.5 gram of antimony as antimonic chloride. + +In standardising, take 50 c.c. of the antimony solution, and transfer to +a flask; add 2 grams of potassium iodide crystals, and when dissolved, +after standing a few minutes, run in the solution of "hypo" from an +ordinary burette until the greater part of the iodine has been reduced. +Add a few drops of starch solution, and continue the addition of the +"hypo" until the muddy-green colour changes to a clear brownish-yellow. +The solution must be shaken after each addition of the "hypo." + +In determining antimony in ore, weigh up 0.5 to 1 gram, and dissolve in +hydrochloric acid with, if necessary, the help of chlorate of potash. +The antimony is separated as sulphide, redissolved in hydrochloric acid, +and oxidised with a crystal of chlorate of potash. Chlorine is boiled +off, and the solution diluted with an equal bulk of water. To the clear +cold solution potassium iodide is added, and after a few minutes the +liberated iodine is titrated with "hypo," as already described. The +method only yields satisfactory results when the standard and assay are +carried out alike. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[50] "Modern American Methods of Copper Smelting" (Dr. Peters). + +[51] "Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry," vol. v. No. 2. + +[52] Lead when present is precipitated on the _spiral_ in the form of a +dark powder of dioxide (PbO_{2}). Manganese is also thrown down on the +spiral as dioxide (MnO_{2}), the solution at the same time becomes +violet from the formation of permanganic acid. + +[53] See the method given under _Examination of Commercial Copper_. + +[54] CuSO_{4} + 4KCy = 2KCy.CuCy_{2} + K_{2}SO_{4}. + +[55] 2CuSO_{4} + 3KCy + Am_{2}O = Cu_{2}Cy_{2} + Am_{2}SO_(4) + +K_{2}SO_{4} + KCyO. + +[56] 2CuSO_{4} + 4KI = Cn_{2}I_{2} + 2I + 2K_{2}SO_{4}. + +[57] 2Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3} + 2I = 2NaI + Na_{2}S_{4}O_{6}. + +[58] For further information, see Appendix B., and a paper by J.W. +Westmoreland, _Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry_, vol. v. +p. 48. + +[59] 3Cu_{2}O + 6AgNO_{3} + 3H_{2}O = 2Cu_{2}H_{3}O_{3}NO_{3} + +2Cu(NO_{3})_{2} + 6Ag. (Insoluble basic salt.) + +[60] K_{2}CrO_{4} + Pb(NO_{3})_{2} = PbCrO_{4} + 2KNO_{3} + +[61] Made by dissolving 12 grams of tartaric acid and 4 grams of +stannous chloride in water, and adding potash solution till it is +alkaline. The solution should remain clear on heating to 60° or 70° C. + +[62] It must be remembered that arsenate of bismuth is completely +insoluble in this acid. + +[63] SbCl_{5} + 2KI = I_{2} + SbCl_{3} + 2KCl. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +IRON--NICKEL--COBALT--ZINC--CADMIUM. + + +IRON. + +Iron rusts or oxidises very readily, and, consequently, is rarely found +in the metallic state in nature; such native iron as is found being +generally of meteoric origin or imbedded in basalt and other igneous +rocks. It chiefly occurs as oxide, as in magnetite, hęmatite, and in the +brown iron ores and ochres. Chalybite, which is carbonate of iron, is an +ore of great importance. Iron is found combined with sulphur in +pyrrhotine and pyrites, and together with arsenic in mispickel. It is a +common constituent of most rocks, imparting to them a green, black, or +brown colour; and is present, either as an essential part or as an +impurity, in most substances. + +The chemistry of iron is somewhat complicated by the existence of two +oxides, each of which gives rise to a well-marked series of compounds. +Those derived from the lower oxide, known as ferrous salts, are +generally pale and greenish. Ferric salts are derived from the higher +oxide, and are generally red, brown, or yellow. The existence of these +two well-marked families of salts renders the assay of iron +comparatively easy, for the quantity of iron present in a solution can +be readily measured by the amount of oxidising or reducing agent +required to convert it from the one state into the other--that is, from +ferrous to ferric, or from ferric to ferrous, as the case may be. + +In the red and brown iron ores and ochres ferric iron is present; in +chalybite the iron is in the ferrous state; and in magnetite it is +present in both forms. Traces of iron in the ferrous state may be found +(even in the presence of much ferric iron) by either of the following +tests:-- + + 1. Ferricyanide of potassium gives a blue precipitate or green + coloration; with ferric salts a brown colour only is produced. + + 2. A solution of permanganate of potassium is decolorised by a + ferrous salt, but not by a ferric one. + +Traces of ferric iron can be detected (even in the presence of much +ferrous iron) by the following tests:-- + + (1) By the brown or yellow colour of the solution, especially + when hot. + + (2) By giving a pink or red coloration with sulphocyanide of + potassium. + +Substances containing oxide of iron yield the whole of the iron as metal +when fused at a high temperature with charcoal and suitable fluxes. The +metal, however, will contain varying proportions of carbon and other +impurities, and its weight can only afford a rough knowledge of the +proportion of the metal in the ore. There are two or three methods of +dry assay for iron, but they are not only inexact, but more troublesome +than the wet methods, and need not be further considered. Chalybite and +the hydrated oxides dissolve very readily in hydrochloric acid; hęmatite +and magnetite dissolve with rather more difficulty. Iron itself, when +soft, is easily soluble in dilute hydrochloric, or sulphuric, acid. +Pyrites, mispickel, &c., are insoluble in hydrochloric acid, but they +are readily attacked by nitric acid. Certain minerals, such as chrome +iron ore, titaniferous iron ore, and some silicates containing iron, +remain in the residue insoluble in acids. Some of these yield their iron +when attacked with strong sulphuric acid, or when fused with the acid +sulphate of potash. Generally, however, it is better in such stubborn +cases to fuse with carbonate of soda, and then attack the "melt" with +hydrochloric acid. + +When nitric acid, or the fusion method, has been used, the metal will be +in solution in the ferric state, no matter in what condition it existed +in the ore. But with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid it will +retain its former degree of oxidation. Hydrochloric acid, for example, +with chalybite (ferrous carbonate) will give a solution of _ferrous_ +chloride; with hęmatite (ferric oxide) it will yield _ferric_ chloride; +and with magnetite (ferrous and ferric oxides) a mixture of ferrous and +ferric chlorides. Metallic iron yields solutions of _ferrous_ salts. It +is convenient to speak of the iron in a ferrous salt as ferrous iron, +and when in the ferric state as ferric iron. Frequently it is required +to determine how much of the iron exists in an ore in each condition. In +such cases it is necessary to keep off the air whilst dissolving; the +operation should, therefore, be performed in an atmosphere of carbonic +acid. + +~Separation.~--The separation of the iron from the other substances is +as follows:--Silica is removed by evaporating the acid solution, and +taking up with acid, as described under _Silica_; the whole of the iron +will be in solution. The metals of Groups I. and II. are removed by +passing sulphuretted hydrogen, and at the same time the iron will be +reduced to the ferrous state. The solution should be filtered into a 16 +oz. flask, boiled to get rid of the gas, and treated (whilst boiling) +with a few drops of nitric acid, in order to convert the whole of the +iron into the ferric state. When this condition is arrived at, an +additional drop of nitric acid causes no dark coloration. The boiling +must be continued to remove nitrous fumes. Next add caustic soda +solution until the colour of the solution changes from yellow to red. +The solution must be free from a precipitate; if the soda be +incautiously added a permanent precipitate will be formed, in which case +it must be redissolved with hydrochloric acid, and soda again, but more +cautiously, added. After cooling, a solution of sodium acetate is added +until the colour of the solution is no longer darkened. The solution, +diluted to two-thirds of the flaskful with water, is heated to boiling. +Long-continued boiling must be avoided. The precipitate is filtered +quickly through a large filter, and washed with hot water containing a +little acetate of soda. + +The precipitate will contain all the iron and may also contain alumina, +chromium, titanium, as well as phosphoric, and, perhaps, arsenic +acids.[64] + +Dissolve the precipitate off the filter with dilute sulphuric acid, +avoiding excess, add tartaric acid and then ammonia in excess. Pass +sulphuretted hydrogen, warm, and allow the precipitate to settle. Filter +and wash with water containing a little ammonic sulphide. + + +GRAVIMETRIC METHOD. + +Dissolve the precipitate in dilute hydrochloric acid; peroxidise with a +few drops of nitric acid and boil, dilute to about 200 c.c., add ammonia +(with constant stirring) till the liquid smells of it, and heat to +boiling. Wash as much as possible by decantation with hot water. +Transfer to the filter, and wash till the filtrate gives no indication +of soluble salts coming through. The filtrate must be colourless and +clear. The wet precipitate is very bulky, of a dark-brown colour and +readily soluble in dilute acids, but insoluble in ammonia and dilute +alkalies. When thrown down from a solution containing other metals it is +very apt to carry portions of these with it, even when they are by +themselves very soluble in ammoniacal solutions. It must be dried and +ignited, the filter paper being burnt separately and its ash added. When +further ignition ceases to cause a loss of weight, the residue is ferric +oxide (Fe_{2}O_{3}), which contains 70 per cent. of iron. The weight of +iron therefore can be calculated by multiplying the weight of oxide +obtained by 0.7. + +The presence of ammonic chloride causes loss of iron during the +ignition, and organic matter causes an apparent loss by reducing the +iron to a lower state of oxidation. When the iron in the solution much +exceeds 0.2 gram the volumetric determination is generally adopted, as +the bulkiness of the precipitate of ferric hydrate makes the gravimetric +method very inconvenient. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +As already explained these are based on the measurement of the volume of +a reagent required to bring the whole of the iron from the ferrous to +the ferric state (oxidation), or from the ferric to the ferrous +(reduction). Ferrous compounds are converted into ferric by the action +of an oxidising agent in the presence of an acid. Either permanganate or +bichromate of potash is generally used for this purpose.[65] + +Ferric compounds are reduced to ferrous by the action of:-- + + (1) Stannous chloride; + (2) Sulphuretted hydrogen; + (3) Sodium sulphite; or + (4) Zinc.[66] + +The processes, then, may be divided into two kinds, one based on +oxidation and the other on reduction. In each case the titration must be +preceded by an exact preparation of the solution to be assayed in order +that the iron may be in the right state of oxidation. + + +~PERMANGANATE AND BICHROMATE METHODS.~ + +These consist of three operations:-- + + (1) Solution of the ore; + (2) Reduction of the iron to the ferrous state; and + (3) Titration. + +~Solution.~--The only point to be noticed concerning the first operation +(in addition to those already mentioned) is that nitric acid must be +absent. If nitric acid has been used, evaporate to dryness, of course +without previous dilution; add hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, and boil +for five or ten minutes. Dilute with water to about 100 c.c., and warm +until solution is complete. + +The reduction is performed by either of the following methods:-- + +1. _With Stannous Chloride._--Fill a burette with a solution of stannous +chloride,[67] and cautiously run the liquid into the hot assay solution +(in which the iron is present as _chloride_) until the colour is +discharged. A large excess of the stannous chloride must be avoided. +Then add 5 c.c. of a 2-1/2 per cent. solution of mercuric chloride, this +will cause a white precipitate (or a grey one if too large an excess of +the stannous chloride has been added). Boil till the solution clears, +cool, dilute, and titrate. + +2. _With Sulphuretted Hydrogen._--Cool the solution and pass through it +a current of washed sulphuretted hydrogen till the liquid smells +strongly of the gas after withdrawal and shaking. A white precipitate of +sulphur will be formed, this will not interfere with the subsequent +titration provided it is precipitated in the cold. If, however, the +precipitate is coloured (showing the presence of the second group +metals), or if the precipitation has been carried out in a hot solution, +it should be filtered off. Boil the solution until the sulphuretted +hydrogen is driven off; this may be tested by holding a strip of filter +paper dipped in lead acetate solution in the steam issuing from the +flask. The presence of sulphuretted hydrogen should be looked for rather +than its absence. It is well to continue the boiling for a few minutes +after the gas has been driven off. Cool and titrate. + +3. _With Sodium Sulphite._--Add ammonia (a few drops at a time) until +the precipitate first formed redissolves with difficulty. If a permanent +precipitate is formed, redissolve with a few drops of acid. To the warm +solution add from 2 to 3 grams of sodium sulphite crystals. The solution +will become strongly coloured, but the colour will fade away on standing +for a few minutes in a warm place. When the colour is quite removed, add +20 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, and boil until the steam is quite free +from the odour of sulphurous acid. Cool and titrate. + +4. _With Zinc._--Add about 10 grams of granulated zinc; if the hydrogen +comes off violently add water; if, on the other hand, the action is very +slow, add sufficient dilute sulphuric acid to keep up a brisk +effervescence. The reduction is hastened by warming, and is complete +when the solution is quite colourless and a drop of the liquid tested +with sulphocyanate of potassium gives no reaction for ferric iron. +Filter through "glass wool" or quick filtering paper. The zinc should be +still giving off gas rapidly, indicating a freely acid solution; if not, +acid must be added. Wash with water rendered acid. Cool and titrate. + +With regard to the relative advantages of the different methods they may +be roughly summed up as follows:--The stannous chloride method has the +advantage of immediately reducing the ferric iron whether in hot or cold +solution and under varied conditions in regard to acidity, but has the +disadvantage of similarly reducing salts of copper and antimony, which, +in a subsequent titration, count as iron. Moreover, there is no +convenient method of eliminating any large excess of the reagent that +may have been used; and, consequently, it either leaves too much to the +judgment of the operator, or entails as much care as a titration. +Students generally get good results by this method. + +The sulphuretted hydrogen method also has the advantage of quick +reduction under varying conditions, and the further one of adding +nothing objectionable to the solution; in fact it removes certain +impurities. The disadvantages are the necessity for boiling off the +excess of the gas, and of filtering off the precipitated sulphur, +although this last is not necessary if precipitated cold. The tendency +with students is to get high results. The sodium sulphite method has the +advantages of being clean and neat, and of requiring no nitration. On +the other hand it requires practice in obtaining the best conditions for +complete reduction; and, as with sulphuretted hydrogen, there is the +necessity for boiling off the gas, while there is no simple and delicate +test for the residual sulphurous acid. In addition, if an excess of +sodium sulphite has been used and enough acid not subsequently added, +the excess will count as iron. Students generally get low results by +this method. + +The advantages of the zinc method are, that it is easily worked and that +the excess of zinc is readily removed by simply filtering. The +disadvantages are the slowness[68] with which the last portions of +ferric iron are reduced, the danger of loss by effervescence, the +precipitation of basic salts, and, perhaps, of iron, and the loading of +the solution with salts of zinc, which in the titration with bichromate +have a prejudicial effect. The tendency in the hands of students is to +get variable results, sometimes low and sometimes high. + +Generally speaking, the sulphuretted hydrogen and sodium sulphite +methods are to be preferred. Carefully worked each method will yield +good results. + +The titration may be done with a standard solution of (1) permanganate +of potash, or (2) bichromate of potash. + +1. _With Permanganate of Potash._--Prepare a standard solution by +dissolving 2.82 grams of the salt and diluting to one litre. The +strength of this should be 100 c.c. = 0.5 gram of iron, but it varies +slightly, and should be determined (and afterwards checked every two or +three weeks) by weighing up 0.2 gram of iron wire, dissolving in 10 c.c. +of dilute sulphuric acid, diluting to about 100 c.c., and titrating. + +The standard solution must be put in a burette with a glass stopcock, as +it attacks india-rubber. The assay should be contained in a pint flask, +and be cooled before titrating. The standard solution must be run in +until a pinkish tinge permeates the whole solution; this must be taken +as the finishing point. When certain interfering bodies are present this +colour quickly fades, but the fading must be ignored. With pure +solutions the colour is fairly permanent, and a single drop of the +potassium permanganate solution is sufficient to determine the finishing +point. + +2. _With Bichromate of Potash._--Prepare a standard solution by +dissolving 4.39 grams of the powdered and dried salt in water, and +diluting to 1 litre. This solution is permanent, its strength is +determined by dissolving 0.2 gram of iron wire in 10 c.c. of dilute +sulphuric acid, diluting to about a quarter of a litre, and titrating. + +Also prepare a test solution by dissolving 0.1 gram of ferricyanide of +potassium in 100 c.c. of water. This solution does not keep well and +must be freshly prepared. + +An ordinary burette is used. The assay is best contained in a glazed +earthenware dish, and may be titrated hot or cold. To determine the +finishing point, place a series of drops of the ferricyanide solution on +a dry white glazed plate. The drops should be of about the same size and +be placed in lines at fairly equal distances. The bichromate is run in, +in a steady stream, the assay solution being continuously stirred until +the reaction is sensibly slackened. Then bring a drop of the assay with +the stirrer in contact with one of the test drops on the plate. The +standard can be safely run in 1 c.c. at a time, so long as the test drop +shows signs of a precipitate. When only a coloration is produced run in +cautiously a few drops at a time so long as two drops of the assay gives +with the test a colour which is even faintly greener than two drops of +the assay solution placed alongside. The finishing point is decided and +practically permanent, although it demands a little practice to +recognise it. The titration with permanganate of potassium has the +advantage of a more distinct finishing point and easier mode of working; +its application, however, is somewhat limited by the disturbing effects +of hydrochloric acid. The bichromate method has the advantage of a +standard solution which does not alter in strength, and the further one +of being but little affected by altering conditions of assay. +Hydrochloric acid has practically no effect on it. Both methods give +accurate results and are good examples of volumetric methods. + +The following results illustrate the extent to which the methods may be +relied on; and the influence which the various conditions of experiment +have on the assay. + +Solutions of ferrous sulphate and of ferrous chloride were made +containing 0.5 gram of iron in each 100 c.c., thus corresponding to the +standard solutions of permanganate and bichromate of potassium. These +last were prepared in the way already described. The solution of ferrous +sulphate was made by dissolving 5.01 grams of iron wire in 100 c.c. of +dilute sulphuric acid and diluting to 1 litre. A similar solution may be +made by dissolving 24.82 grams of pure ferrous sulphate crystals in +water, adding 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, and diluting to 1 +litre. + +~Rate of Oxidation by Exposure to Air.~--This is an important +consideration, and if the rate were at all rapid would have a serious +influence on the manner of working, since exclusion of air in the +various operations would be troublesome. 20 c.c. of the solution of +ferrous sulphate were taken in each experiment, acidified with 10 c.c. +of dilute sulphuric acid, and diluted to 100 c.c. The solution was +exposed, cold, in an open beaker for varying lengths of time, and +titrated with permanganate of potassium. + + Time exposed 1 hour 1 day 2 days 3 days + c.c. required 19.2 19.1 19.0 19.0 + +These results show that the atmospheric oxidation in cold solutions is +unimportant. With boiling solutions the results are somewhat different; +a solution which at the outset required 20 c.c. of permanganate of +potassium, after boiling for an hour in an open beaker (without any +precautions to prevent oxidation), water being added from time to time +to replace that lost by evaporation, required 19.2 c.c. If the solution +be evaporated to dryness the oxidising power of concentrated sulphuric +acid comes into play, so that very little ferrous iron will be left. A +solution evaporated in this way required only 2.2 c.c. of permanganate +of potassium. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--In these experiments the bulk was in +each case 100 c.c., and 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid were present. +The permanganate required by + + 1 c.c. of ferrous sulphate was, at 15° 1.0 c.c., and at 70° 1.1 c.c. + 10 " " " 9.7 " 9.8 " + 100 " " " 97.7 " 96.8 " + +The lower result with the 100 c.c. may be due to oxidation from +exposure. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--The following experiments show that +considerable variations in bulk have no practical effect. In each case +20 c.c. of ferrous sulphate solution and 10 c.c. of dilute acid were +used. + + Bulk of assay 30 c.c. 100 c.c. 500 c.c. 1000 c.c. + Permanganate required 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.2 " 20.5 " + +~Effect of Free Sulphuric Acid.~--Free acid is necessary for these +assays; if there is an insufficiency, the assay solution, instead of +immediately decolorising the permanganate, assumes a brown colour. The +addition of 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid suffices to meet +requirements and keep the assay clear throughout. The following +experiments show that a considerable excess of acid may be used without +in the least affecting the results. In each case 20 c.c. of ferrous +sulphate were used. + +Dilute sulphuric + acid 1.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. +Permanganate + required 19.3 " 19.3 " 19.3 " 19.3 " 19.3 " 19.3 " + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--When the assay has been reduced with zinc +varying quantities of salts of this metal pass into solution, the amount +depending on the quantity of acid and iron present. Salts of sodium or +ammonium may similarly be introduced. It is essential to know by +experiment that these salts do not exert any effect on the titration. +The following series of experiments show that as much as 50 grams of +zinc sulphate may be present without interfering. + + Zinc sulphate present 0 gram 1 gram 10 grams 50 grams + Permanganate required 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. + +Magnesium, sodium, and ammonium salts, are equally without effect. + + Ammonic sulphate present 0 gram 1 gram 10 grams + Permanganate required 19.3 c.c. 19.2 c.c. 19.3 c.c. + +Sodic sulphate present 0 gram 1 gram 10 grams +Permanganate required 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. + +Magnesic sulphate present 0 gram 1 gram 10 grams +Permanganate required 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. 19.3 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Amounts of Iron.~--It is important to know within +what limits the quantity of iron in an assay may safely vary from that +used in standardising. In the following experiments the conditions as to +bulk, acidity, and mode of working were the same as before:-- + + Ferrous sulphate solution taken 1 c.c. 10 c.c. 20 c.c. 50 c.c. 100 c.c. + Permanganate required 1.0 " 9.7 " 19.6 " 48.9 " 97.7 " + +The ferrous sulphate solution is here a little weaker than that of the +permanganate of potassium, but the results show that the permanganate +required is proportional to the iron present. + +~Titrations in Hydrochloric Solutions.~--These are less satisfactory +than those in sulphuric solutions, since an excess of hydrochloric acid +decomposes permanganate of potassium, evolving chlorine, and since the +finishing point is indicated, not by the persistence of the pink colour +of the permanganate, but by a brown coloration probably due to +perchloride of manganese. Nevertheless, if the solution contains only +from 5 to 10 per cent. of free hydrochloric acid (sp. g. 1.16) the +results are the same as those obtained in a sulphuric acid solution. +Equal weights (0.1 gram) of the same iron wire required exactly the same +quantity of the permanganate of potassium solution (20 c.c.) whether the +iron was dissolved in dilute sulphuric or dilute hydrochloric acid. The +following series of experiments are on the same plan as those given +above with sulphuric acid solutions. A solution of ferrous chloride was +made by dissolving 5.01 grams of iron wire in 50 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid and diluting to 1 litre. The dilute hydrochloric acid +was made by mixing equal volumes of the acid (sp. g. 1.16) and water. + +~Rate of Atmospheric Oxidation.~--20 c.c. of the ferrous chloride +solution were acidified with 10 c.c. of the dilute hydrochloric acid and +diluted to 100 c.c. This solution was exposed cold in open beakers. + + Time exposed -- 1 hour 1 day 2 days 3 days + Permanganate required 19.6 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.5 c.c. 19.4 c.c. 19.5 c.c. + +Similar solutions boiled required, before boiling, 20 c.c.; after +boiling for one hour, replacing the water as it evaporated, 19.3 c.c.; +and after evaporation to a paste and redissolving, 17.0 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--Solutions similar to the last were +titrated and gave the following results:-- + + Temperature 15° 30° 50° 70° + Permanganate required 19.8 c.c. 19.6 c.c. 19.5 c.c. 19.4 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--As before, 20 c.c. of the iron solution, and +10 c.c. of the dilute acid were diluted to the required volumes and +titrated. + + Bulk 30 c.c. 100 c.c. 500 c.c. 1000 c.c. + Permanganate required 20.4 " 20.3 " 20.8 " 21.5 " + +The variation due to difference in bulk here, although only equal to an +excess of 0.7 milligram of iron for each 100 c.c. of dilution, are about +three times as great as those observed in a sulphuric acid solution. + +~Effect of Free Hydrochloric Acid.~--In these experiments 20 c.c. of the +ferrous chloride solution were used with varying quantities of acid, the +bulk of the assay in each case being 100 c.c. + + Dilute acid present 5 c.c. 10 c.c. 50 c.c. 100 c.c. + Permanganate required 20.2 " 20.2 " 20.5 " 21.0 " + +The last had a very indistinct finishing point, the brown coloration +being very evanescent. The effect of the acid is modified by the +presence of alkaline and other sulphates, but not by sulphuric acid. +Repeating the last experiment we got-- + + Without further addition 21.0 c.c. + With 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid 22.0 " + " 10 grams ammonic sulphate 20.5 " + " 10 " sodic sulphate 20.0 " + " 10 " magnesium sulphate 20.4 " + " 10 " manganese sulphate 20.2 " + +The results with these salts, in counteracting the interference of the +acid, however, were not a complete success, since the end-reactions were +all indistinct, with the exception, perhaps, of that with the manganese +sulphate. + +~Effect of Varying Amounts of Iron.~--In these experiments the bulk of +the assay was 100 c.c., and 10 c.c. of acid were present. + + Ferrous chloride used 1 c.c. 10 c.c. 20 c.c. 50 c.c. 100 c.c. + Permanganate required 1.1 " 10.3 " 20.3 " 50.4 " 100.1 " + +In making himself familiar with the permanganate of potassium titration, +the student should practise by working out a series of experiments +similar to the above, varying his conditions one at a time so as to be +certain of the cause of any variation in his results. He may then +proceed to experiment on the various methods of reduction. + +_A solution of ferric chloride_ is made by dissolving 5.01 grams of iron +wire in 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid (sp. g. 1.16), and running from a +burette nitric acid diluted with an equal volume of water into the +boiling iron solution, until the liquid changes from a black to a +reddish-yellow. About 4.5 c.c. of the nitric acid will be required, and +the finishing point is marked by a brisk effervescence. The solution of +iron should be contained in an evaporating dish, and boiled briskly, +with constant stirring. There should be no excess of nitric acid. Boil +down to about half its bulk; then cool, and dilute to one litre with +water. Twenty c.c. of this solution diluted to 100 c.c. with water, and +acidified with 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, should not +decolorise any of the permanganate of potassium solution; this shows the +absence of ferrous salts. And 20 c.c. of the same solution, boiled with +20 c.c. of the ferrous sulphate solution, should not decrease the +quantity of "permanganate" required for the titration of the ferrous +sulphate added. In a series of experiments on the various methods of +reduction, the following results were got. The modes of working were +those already described. + +(1) _With Stannous Chloride._--Twenty c.c. of the ferric chloride +solution required, after reduction with stannous chloride, 20 c.c. of +"permanganate." Fifty c.c. of a solution of ferrous chloride, which +required on titration 49.8 c.c. of "permanganate," required for +re-titration (after subsequent reduction with stannous chloride) 50 c.c. +of the permanganate solution. + +(2) _With Sulphuretted Hydrogen._--Two experiments with this gas, using +in each 20 c.c. of the ferric chloride solution, and 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, required (after reduction) 20.2 c.c. and 20.1 c.c. of +"permanganate." Repeating the experiments by passing the gas through a +nearly boiling solution, but in other respects working in the same way, +21.3 c.c. and 21.6 c.c. of the permanganate solution were required. The +sulphur was not filtered off in any of these. In another experiment, in +which 50 c.c. of the ferrous sulphate solution were titrated with +"permanganate," 48 c.c. of the latter were required. The titrated +solution was next reduced with sulphuretted hydrogen, brought to the +same bulk as before, and again titrated; 47.9 c.c. of the permanganate +of potassium solution were required. + +(3) _With Sodium Sulphite._--Twenty c.c. of the ferric chloride +solution, reduced with sodium sulphite, required 19.9 c.c. of +"permanganate." In one experiment 50 c.c. of the ferrous sulphate +solution were titrated with "permanganate"; 49.3 c.c. of the +last-mentioned solution were required. The titrated solution was reduced +with sodium sulphite, and again titrated; it required 49.2 c.c. of the +permanganate of potassium solution. + +(4) _With Zinc._--Twenty c.c. of the ferric chloride solution, reduced +with zinc and titrated, required 20.8 c.c. of "permanganate." Fifty c.c. +of a solution of ferrous sulphate which required 49.7 c.c. of +"permanganate," required for re-titration, after reduction with zinc, +49.7 c.c. + +The student should next practise the titration with bichromate, which is +more especially valuable in the estimation of hydrochloric acid +solutions. The following experiments are on the same plan as those +already given. In each experiment (except when otherwise stated) there +were present 20 c.c. of the ferrous chloride solution, and 10 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid, and the bulk was 300 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The quantities of the bichromate of +potassium solution required were as follows:-- + + Temperature 15° 30° 70° 100° + Bichromate required 20.2 c.c. 20.3 c.c. 20.3 c.c. 20.4 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~-- + + Bulk 50 c.c. 100 c.c. 200 c.c. 500 c.c. 1000 c.c. + Bichromate required 20.4 " 20.4 " 20.4 " 20.5 " 20.8 " + +~Effect of Varying Acid.~--In these, variable quantities of dilute +hydrochloric acid were used. + + Acid present 10 c.c. 50 c.c. 100 c.c. + Bichromate required 20.3 " 20.3 " 20.2 " + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--The effect of the addition of 10 grams of +crystallized zinc sulphate was to decrease the quantity of "bichromate" +required from 20.3 c.c. to 20.1 c.c., but the colour produced with the +test-drop was very slight at 18.5 c.c., and with incautious work the +finishing point might have been taken anywhere between these extremes. +Zinc should not be used as a reducing agent preliminary to a +"bichromate" titration. Ten grams of ammonic sulphate had the effect of +rendering the finishing point faint for about 0.5 c.c. before the +titration was finished, but there was no doubt about the finishing point +when allowed to stand for a minute. The student should note that a +titration is not completed if a colour is developed on standing for five +or ten minutes. Ten grams of sodic sulphate had no effect; 20.3 c.c. +were required. + +~Effect of Varying Iron.~--The results are proportional, as will be seen +from the following details:-- + + Ferrous chloride + present 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + Bichromate required 1.0 " 10.2 " 20.3 " 51.0 " 102.3 " + +The student may now apply these titrations to actual assays of minerals. +The following examples will illustrate the mode of working and of +calculating the results:-- + +~Determination of Iron in Chalybite.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the dry +powdered ore, and dissolve in 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid and an +equal volume of water with the aid of heat. Avoid evaporating to +dryness. Dilute and titrate. The result will give the percentage of iron +existing in the ore in the ferrous state. Some ferric iron may be +present. If it is wished to determine this also, add (in dissolving +another portion) 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid to the sulphuric +acid already ordered, and reduce the resulting solution before +titrating. By dissolving and titrating (without previous reduction) one +has a measure of the ferrous iron present; by dissolving, reducing, and +then titrating, one can measure the total iron; and as the iron exists +in only two conditions, the total iron, less the ferrous iron, is the +measure of the ferric iron. + +~Determination of Iron in Brown or Red Ores or Magnetite.~--Weigh up 0.5 +gram of the ore (powdered and dried at 100° C.), and dissolve in from 10 +to 20 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid, boiling until all is dissolved, +or until no coloured particles are left. Dilute, reduce, and titrate. + +~Determination of Iron in Pyrites.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the dry powdered +ore, and place in a beaker. Cover with 10 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid, +mix well by shaking, and place on the hot plate without further handling +for an hour or so until the action has ceased. _Allow to cool_, and +dilute to 100 c.c. Warm until solution is complete. Reduce and titrate. + +~Determination of Iron in Substances Insoluble in Acids.~--Weigh up 1 +gram of the ore, mix with 5 or 6 grams of carbonate of soda and 0.5 gram +of nitre by rubbing in a small mortar, and transfer to a platinum +crucible. Clean out the mortar by rubbing up another gram or so of soda, +and add this to the contents of the crucible as a cover. Fuse till +tranquil. Cool. Extract with water. If the ore carries much silica, +evaporate to dryness with hydrochloric acid to separate it. Re-dissolve +in hydrochloric acid, and separate the iron by precipitating with +ammonia and filtering. If only a small quantity of silica is present, +the aqueous extract of the "melt" must be filtered, and the insoluble +residue washed and dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. Reduce and +titrate. + +A convenient method of at once separating iron from a solution and +reducing it, is to add ammonia, pass sulphuretted hydrogen through it, +filter, and dissolve the precipitate in dilute sulphuric acid. The +solution, when boiled free from sulphuretted hydrogen, is ready for +titrating. + + +STANNOUS CHLORIDE PROCESS. + +The colour imparted to hot hydrochloric acid solutions by a trace of a +ferric compound is so strong, and the reducing action of stannous +chloride is so rapid, that a method of titration is based upon the +quantity of a standard solution of stannous chloride required to +completely decolorise a solution containing ferric iron. This method is +more especially adapted for the assay of liquors containing much ferric +iron and of those oxidised ores which are completely soluble in +hydrochloric acid. It must be remembered, however, that it only measures +the ferric iron present, and when (as is generally the case) the total +iron is wanted, it is well to calcine the weighed portion of ore +previous to solution in order to get the whole of the iron into the +higher state of oxidation, since many ores which are generally supposed +to contain only ferric iron carry a considerable percentage of ferrous. + +_The stannous chloride solution_ is made by dissolving 20 grams of the +commercial salt (SnCl_{2}.2H_{2}O) in 100 c.c. of water with the help of +20 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and diluting to a litre. The +solution may be slightly opalescent, but should show no signs of a +precipitate. The strength of this is about equivalent to 1 gram of iron +for each 100 c.c. of the solution, but it is apt to lessen on standing, +taking up oxygen from the air, forming stannic chloride. A larger +proportion of hydrochloric acid than is ordered above would remove the +opalescence, but at the same time increase this tendency to atmospheric +oxidation, as the following experiments show. The stannous chloride +solution (20 c.c.) was mixed with varying amounts of strong hydrochloric +acid (sp. g. 1.16), diluted to 100 c.c., and exposed in open beakers for +varying lengths of time; and the residual stannous chloride measured by +titration with permanganate. The quantities required were as follows:-- + + Time Exposed. 50 per cent. Acid. 10 per cent. Acid. 1 per cent. Acid. + 1 hour 33.2 c.c. 34.4 c.c. 34.5 c.c. + 1 day 5.0 " 24.0 " 27.6 " + 2 days 3.0 " 14.5 " 21.3 " + +These indicate very clearly the increased susceptibility to oxidation in +strongly acid solutions. + +_A standard solution of ferric chloride_ is prepared in the same manner +as that described under the experiments on the methods of reduction; but +it should be of twice the strength, so that 100 c.c. may contain 1 gram +of iron. This solution is used for standardising the stannous chloride +when required; and must be carefully prepared; and tested for the +presence of nitric acid. + +The titration is more limited in its application than either of the +oxidising processes because of the restrictions as to bulk, quality and +quantity of free acid present, and other conditions of the solution to +be assayed. The following experiments show the conditions necessary for +a successful titration. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--Twenty c.c. of ferric chloride +solution with 20 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid, diluted to 50 c.c., +gave the following results when titrated:-- + + Temperature 15° 30° 70° 100° + Stannous chloride required 22.8 c.c. 22.0 c.c. 22.1 c.c. 22.0 c.c. + +The finishing point, however, is more distinct the hotter the solution; +so that it is best in all cases to run the standard into the boiling +solution. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--Solutions containing the same quantity of +iron and acid as the last, but diluted to various bulks, and titrated +while boiling, gave the following results:-- + + Bulk 30 c.c. 100 c.c. 500 c.c. + Stannous chloride required 21.5 " 21.7 " 24.3 " + +~Effect of Varying Quantities of Hydrochloric Acid.~--In these +experiments the bulk before titration was 50 c.c. except in the last, in +which it was 70 c.c. With less than 5 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid +the finishing point is indistinct and prolonged. + + Strong hydrochloric + acid present 5 c.c. 10 c.c. 20 c.c. 30 c.c. 50 c.c. + Stannous chloride + required 21.1 " 21.1 " 21.2 " 21.8 " 22.2 " + +~Effect of Free Sulphuric Acid.~--In these experiments 20 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid were present, and the bulk was 50 c.c. + + Strong sulphuric acid + present -- c.c. 3 c.c. 5 c.c. 10 c.c. + Stannous chloride + required 21.6 " 22.3 " 22.9 " 23.1 " + +This interference of strong sulphuric acid may be completely +counteracted by somewhat modifying the mode of working. Another +experiment, like the last of this series, required 21.6 c.c. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--Experiments in which 10 grams of various +salts were added showed them to be without effect. The results were as +follows:-- + + Salt present -- AmCl Am_{2}SO_{4} MgCl_{2} + Stannous chloride required 21.6 c.c. 21.6 c.c. 21.6 c.c. 21.6 c.c. + + Salt present CaCl_{2} FeCl_{2} Al_{2}Cl_{6} + Stannous chloride required 21.8 c.c. 21.6 c.c. 21.6 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Iron.~--Titrating a solution (with 20 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid) measuring 50 c.c., and kept boiling, the quantity of +stannous chloride solution required is practically proportional to the +iron present. + + Ferric chloride + added 1 c.c. 10 c.c. 20 c.c. 50 c.c. 100 c.c. + Stannous chloride + required 1.1 " 10.5 " 20.6 " 51.4 " 102.6 " + +The student, having practised some of the above experiments, may proceed +to the assay of an iron ore. + +~Determination of Iron in Brown Iron Ore.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the dried +and powdered ore, calcine in the cover of a platinum crucible, and +dissolve up in an evaporating dish[69] with 20 c.c. of strong +hydrochloric acid. When solution is complete, dilute to 50 c.c. after +replacing any acid that may have been evaporated. Boil, and run in the +stannous chloride solution until the colour is faintly yellow; boil +again, and continue the addition of the stannous chloride solution, +stirring continuously until the solution appears colourless. Note the +quantity of the stannous chloride solution required. Suppose this to be +59 c.c. Take 60 c.c. of the standard ferric chloride solution, add 20 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid, boil and titrate in the same way as before. +Suppose this to require 61 c.c. Then as 61 is equivalent to 60 of the +iron solution, 59 is equivalent to 58.13.[70] This gives the percentage. +It is not necessary to standardise the stannous chloride solution in +this way with each sample assayed, the ratio 61: 60 would serve for a +whole batch of samples; but the standardising should be repeated at +least once each day. + + +COLORIMETRIC METHOD. + +This method is valuable for the determination of small quantities of +iron present as impurities in other metals or ores. It is based on the +red coloration developed by the action of potassic sulphocyanate on acid +solutions of ferric salts. + +_Standard Ferric Chloride Solution._--Take 1 c.c. of the ferric chloride +solution used for standardising the stannous chloride solution, add 2 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and dilute to 1 litre with water. 1 +c.c. = 0.01 milligram. + +_Solution of Potassic Sulphocyanate._--Dissolve 60 grams of the salt in +water, and dilute to a litre. It should be colourless. Use 10 c.c. for +each test. + +The quantity of the substance to be weighed for the assay should not +contain more than a milligram of iron; consequently, if the ore contain +more than 0.1 per cent. of that metal, less than a gram of it must be +taken. + +The method is as follows:--Weigh up 1 gram of the substance and dissolve +in a suitable acid; dilute; and add permanganate of potash solution +until tinted. Boil for some time and dilute to 100 c.c. Take a couple of +Nessler tubes, holding over 100 c.c., but marked at 50 c.c.; label them +"1" and "2"; and into each put 10 c.c. of the potassic sulphocyanate +solution and 2 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid. The solutions should be +colourless. To "1" add 10 c.c. of the assay solution, and dilute to the +50 c.c. mark. To the other add water, but only to within 5 or 10 c.c. of +this mark. Now run in the standard ferric chloride solution from a small +burette, 1 c.c. at a time, stirring after each addition till the colour +is nearly equal to that of the assay (No. 1). At this stage bring the +solution to the same level by diluting, and make a further addition of +the standard ferric chloride solution till the colours correspond. The +amount of iron will be the same in each tube; that in the standard may +be known by reading off the volume from the burette and multiplying by +0.01 milligram. + +If the 10 c.c. of the assay solution gave a colour requiring more than 5 +or 6 c.c. of the standard ferric chloride solution, repeat the +determination, taking a smaller proportion. + +The effect of varying conditions on the assay will be seen from the +following experiments:-- + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The effect of increase of temperature +is to lessen the colour; in fact, by boiling, the colour can be entirely +removed. All assays are best carried out in the cold. + + 1 c.c. at 15° would only show the colour of 0.75 c.c. at 45° + 2 " " " " 1.75 " + 5 " " " " 4.0 " + +~Effect of Time.~--The effect of increase of time is to increase the +colour, as will be seen from the following experiments:-- + + 2 c.c. on standing 10 minutes became equal to 2.25 c.c. + 2 " 20 " " " 2.75 " + 2 " 40 " " " 3.00 " + +~Effect of Free Acid.~--If no acid at all be present, the sulphocyanate +of potassium solution removes the colour it first produces, so that a +certain amount of acid is necessary to develop the colour. The use of a +large excess has a tendency to increase the colour produced. + +5 c.c. nitric acid (sp. g. 1.4) read 3.7 c.c. instead of 2 c.c. with the +dilute acid. + +5 c.c. sulphuric acid (sp. g. 1.32) read 2.2 c.c. instead of 2 c.c. with +the dilute acid. + +5 c.c. hydrochloric acid (sp. g. 1.16) read 2.5 c.c. instead of 2 c.c. +with the dilute acid. + + +~Effect of Foreign Metals.~--Lead, mercury, cadmium, bismuth, arsenic, +tin, antimony, nickel, cobalt, manganese, aluminium, zinc, strontium, +barium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, or potassium, when separately +present in quantities of from 100 to 200 times the weight of iron +present, do not interfere if they have previously been brought to their +highest oxidised condition by boiling with nitric acid or by treating +with permanganate. Arsenic and phosphoric acids interfere unless an +excess of free hydrochloric or other acid is present. Oxalic acid (but +not tartaric acid) in minute quantities destroys the colour. Nitrous +acid strikes a red colour with the sulphocyanate of potassium; +consequently, when nitric acid has been used in excess, high results may +be obtained. Copper and some other metals interfere, so that in most +cases it is advisable to concentrate the iron before estimating it. A +blank experiment should always be made with the reagents used in order +to determine the iron, if any, introduced during the solution, &c., of +the substance assayed. + +~Determination of Iron in Metallic Copper.~--This may be most +conveniently done during the estimation of the arsenic. The small +quantity of white flocculent precipitate which may be observed in the +acetic acid solution before titrating, contains the whole of the iron as +ferric arsenate. It should be filtered off, dissolved in 10 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid, and diluted to 100 c.c.; 10 c.c. of this may +be taken for the estimation. For example: 10 grams of copper were taken, +and the iron estimated; 3.0 c.c. of standard ferric chloride solution +were used, equivalent to 0.03 milligram of iron; this multiplied by 10 +(because only 1/10th of the sample was taken) gives 0.3 milligram as the +iron in 10 grams of copper. This equals 0.003 per cent. + +In a series of experiments with this method working on 10-gram lots of +copper, to which known quantities of iron had been added, the following +were the results:-- + + Iron present 0.015% 0.070% 0.100% 0.495% + Iron found 0.015" 0.061" 0.087" 0.522" + +When no arsenic is present in the copper, the iron can be separated by +fractionally precipitating with sodic carbonate, dissolving in ammonia, +and filtering off the ferric hydrate. Coppers generally carry more iron +the less arsenic they contain. + +~Determination of Iron in Metallic Zinc.~--Dissolve 1 gram of zinc in 10 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, adding a drop or two of nitric acid +towards the end to effect complete solution. Boil, dilute, and tint with +the permanganate of potassium solution; boil till colourless, and dilute +to 100 c.c. Take 10 c.c. for the determination. Make a blank experiment +by boiling 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid with a drop or two of +nitric acid; add a similar quantity of the permanganate of potassium +solution, boiling, &c., as before. The quantity of iron in zinc varies +from less than 0.005 to more than 2.0 per cent. When 1 gram is taken +and worked as above, each c.c. of ferric chloride solution required +indicates 0.01 per cent. of iron. + +~Determination of Iron in Metallic Tin.~--Cover 1 gram of tin with 5 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid, add 1 c.c. of nitric acid, and evaporate to +dryness. Take up with 2 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, add 10 c.c. of +the potassic sulphocyanate solution, and make up to 50 c.c. Probably the +colour developed will be brown instead of red owing to the presence of +copper; in this case, add to the standard as much copper as the assay is +known to contain (which must have previously been determined; see +_Copper_); the titration is then carried out in the usual way. + +Or the iron may be separated from the copper in the tin by the following +process:--Dissolve 5 grams of metal in 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and +5 c.c. of nitric acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up with 5 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid, add 10 grams of potash dissolved in 30 c.c. of +water, and warm till the tin is dissolved. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen, +boil, cool, and filter. The iron and copper will be in the precipitate. +They are separated in the ordinary manner. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. Calculate from the following determinations the percentages of +ferrous, ferric, and total iron in the sample of ore used. + +1 gram of ore dissolved and titrated required 26.7 c.c. of bichromate of +potassium solution. + +1 gram of ore dissolved, reduced, and titrated required 43.5 c.c. of +bichromate of potassium solution. + +Standard = 1.014. + +2. One gram of an ore contained 0.307 gram of ferrous iron and 0.655 +gram of total iron. The iron existing as oxide, what are the percentages +of ferrous oxide (FeO) and ferric oxide (Fe_{2}O_{3}) in the ore? + +3. One gram of brown iron ore dissolved in hydrochloric acid required +59.2 c.c. of stannous chloride (standard = 0.930). Another gram +dissolved in acid and titrated with "permanganate" required 8.2 c.c. +(standard = 0.4951). Calculate the percentages of ferrous, ferric, and +total iron. + +4. Another gram of the same ore, roasted, dissolved and titrated with +stannous chloride, required 63.5 c.c. To what extent does this result +confirm the others? + +5. Two grams of a metal were dissolved and diluted to 100 c.c. Five c.c. +were taken for a colorimetric determination, and required 4.5 c.c. of +the standard ferric chloride solution. What is the percentage of iron in +the metal? + + +NICKEL. + +Nickel and cobalt are closely related in their chemical properties, and +may best be considered together. Nickel is the commoner of the two, and +is met with in commerce alloyed with copper and zinc as German silver; +as also in the coinage of the United States and on the Continent. It is +used for plating polished iron and steel goods, forming a coating little +liable to rust and taking a good polish. The ores of nickel are not very +common. Kupfernickel and chloanthite are arsenides of nickel with, +generally, more or less iron and cobalt. Noumeite and garnierite are +hydrated silicates of nickel and magnesia. The chief sources of nickel +are these silicates, which are found in large quantity in New Caledonia; +and a pyrites found in Norway, containing three or four per cent. of the +metal. In smaller quantities it is more widely distributed, being +frequently met with in copper ores; consequently, commercial copper is +rarely free from it. + +Nickel is readily soluble in moderately concentrated nitric acid. Its +salts are mostly green, and soluble in excess of ammonia, forming blue +solutions; in these respects it resembles copper. The acid solutions, +however, are not precipitated by sulphuretted hydrogen, although in +alkaline solutions a black sulphide is formed which is insoluble in +dilute hydrochloric acid. If the sulphide is formed in a solution +containing much free ammonia, the precipitation is incomplete, some +sulphide remaining in the solution and colouring it dark brown. These +reactions serve to distinguish and separate nickel from other metals, +except cobalt. If the separated sulphide be heated in a borax bead, the +colour obtained will be a sherry brown in the outer flame, and grey or +colourless in the inner flame if nickel only is present. In the presence +of cobalt these colours are masked by the intense and characteristic +blue yielded in both flames by that metal. + + +DRY ASSAY. + +The dry assay of nickel (cobalt being at the same time determined) is +based on the formation of a speise which will carry the cobalt, nickel, +copper, and some of the iron of the ore in combination with arsenic. A +speise of this kind, fused and exposed at a red heat to air, first loses +arsenide of iron by oxidation. It is only when the iron has been +oxidised that the arsenide of cobalt begins to be attacked; and when the +removal of the cobalt is complete, the nickel commences to pass into the +slag, the copper being left till last. The changes are rendered evident +by fusion in contact with borax. The process is as follows:--Weigh up 5 +grams of the ore, and calcine thoroughly on a roasting dish in the +muffle. Rub up with some anthracite, and re-roast. Mix intimately with +from 3 to 5 grams of metallic arsenic, and heat in a small covered clay +crucible at dull redness in a muffle until no more fumes of arsenic come +off (about 15 minutes). Take out the crucible, and inject a mixture of +20 grams of carbonate of soda, 5 grams of flour, and 2 grams of fused +borax. Place in the wind furnace, and raise the temperature gradually +until the charge is in a state of tranquil fusion. Pour; when cold, +detach the button of speise, and weigh. + +Weigh out carefully a portion of about 1 gram of it. Place a shallow +clay dish in the muffle, and heat it to bright redness; then add about +1.5 gram of borax glass wrapped in a piece of tissue paper; when this +has fused, drop the piece of speise into it. Close the muffle until the +speise has melted, which should be almost at once. The arsenide of iron +will oxidise first, and when this has ceased the surface of the button +brightens. Remove it from the muffle, and quench in water as soon as the +button has solidified. The borax should be coloured slightly blue. +Weigh: the loss is the arsenide of iron. Repeat the operation with the +weighed button on another dish, using rather less borax. Continue the +scorification until a film, green when cold, floating on the surface of +the button shows that the nickel is beginning to oxidise. Cool, +separate, and weigh the button as before. The loss is the arsenide of +cobalt. + +If copper is absent, the speise is now arsenide of nickel. + +The weight of nickel corresponding to the arsenide got is calculated by +multiplying by 0.607; and, similarly, the weight of the cobalt is +ascertained by multiplying the loss in the last scorification by +0.615.[71] It must be remembered that the nickel and cobalt so obtained +are derived from a fraction only of the speise yielded by the ore taken, +so that the results must be multiplied by the weight of the whole of the +speise, and divided by the weight of the fragment used in the +determination. As an example, suppose 5 grams of ore gave 3.3 grams of +speise, and 1.1 gram of this gave 0.8 gram of nickel arsenide. Then-- + + 0.8×0.607 = 0.4856 gram of nickel + 0.4856×3.3/1.1 = 1.456 gram of nickel + +And this being obtained from 5 grams of ore is equivalent to 29.12 per +cent. + +When copper is also present, weigh up accurately about 0.5 gram of gold, +and place it on the scorifier with the button of nickel and copper +arsenide, using borax as before. Scorify until the button shows the +bluish-green colour of a fused gold-copper alloy. Then cool, and weigh +the button of copper and gold. The increase in weight of the gold button +gives the copper as metal. The weight of the copper multiplied by 1.395 +is the weight of the copper arsenide (Cu_{3}As) present. The difference +will be the nickel arsenide. + +The student should enter the weighings in his book as follows: + + Ore taken -- grams + Speise got -- " + + Speise taken -- grams + Arsenides of cobalt, nickel, and copper -- " + " nickel and copper -- " + Gold added -- " + Gold and copper got -- " + Showing Cobalt -- per cent. + Nickel -- " + Copper -- " + + +WET METHODS. + +~Solution and Separation.~--Two or three grams of a rich ore, or 5 to 10 +grams if poor, are taken for the assay. If much arsenic is present (as +is usually the case), the ore must be calcined before attacking with +acids. Transfer to a flask; and boil, first with hydrochloric acid until +the oxides are dissolved, and then with the help of nitric acid, until +nothing metalliferous is left. Dilute, nearly neutralise with soda, and +separate the iron as basic acetate,[72] as described in page 233. +Through the filtrate pass sulphuretted hydrogen till saturated. Allow to +settle (best overnight), filter, and wash. Transfer the precipitate to a +beaker, and dissolve in nitric acid. Dilute with water, pass +sulphuretted hydrogen, and filter off the precipitate, if any. Boil off +the gas, add ammonia until a precipitate is formed, and then acidify +somewhat strongly with acetic acid. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen in a slow +stream until any white precipitate of zinc sulphide, there may be, +begins to darken. Filter; to the filtrate add ammonia, and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitate will contain the nickel and +cobalt as sulphides. + +Where small quantities of nickel and cobalt are present, and an +approximate determination is sufficient, they can be concentrated as +follows:--Remove the copper, &c., by passing sulphuretted hydrogen +through the acid solution and filtering; add ammonia to the filtrate, +and again pass sulphuretted hydrogen; then heat nearly to boiling, and +filter. Dissolve the precipitate off the filter with dilute hydrochloric +acid; the residue will contain nearly all the nickel and cobalt as +sulphides. + +~Separation of Nickel and Cobalt.~--Dissolve the sulphides separated as +above in nitric acid; render alkaline with a solution of potash, then +acidify with acetic acid; add a concentrated solution of _nitrite_ of +potash. The liquid after this addition must have an acid reaction. Allow +to stand for 24 hours in a warm place. Filter off the yellow precipitate +of nitrite of potash and cobalt, and wash with a 10 per cent. solution +of acetate of potash. The cobalt is determined in the precipitate in the +way described under _Cobalt_. The nickel is separated from the solution +by boiling with sodic hydrate, filtering, and dissolving the precipitate +in nitric acid. The solution will contain the nickel. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution, which contains the nickel free from other metals, is +heated, and a solution of sodic hydrate added in slight excess. The +precipitate is filtered off, washed with boiling water, dried, ignited +at a red heat, and weighed when cold. The ignited substance is nickel +oxide (NiO), and contains 78.67 per cent. of nickel. The oxide is a +green powder, readily and completely soluble in hydrochloric acid, and +without action on litmus paper. It is very easily reduced by ignition in +hydrogen to metallic nickel. + +[Illustration: FIG. 56.] + +Nickel is also determined by electrolysis, as follows:--The nitric acid +solution is rendered strongly ammoniacal, and placed under the +electrolytic apparatus used for the copper assay. Three cells (fig. 56), +however, must be used, coupled up for intensity, that is, with the zinc +of one connected with the copper of the next. The electrolysis is +allowed to go on overnight, and in the morning the nickel will be +deposited as a bright and coherent film. A portion of the solution is +drawn off with a pipette; if it smells of ammonia, has no blue colour, +and gives no precipitate with ammonic sulphide, the separation is +complete. Wash the cylinder containing the deposited metal, first with +water and then with alcohol, as in the copper assay. Dry in the water +oven, and weigh. The increase in weight is metallic nickel. + +As an example:--There was taken 1 gram of a nickel alloy used for +coinage. It was dissolved in 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and diluted to 100 +c.c. with water. The copper was then precipitated by electrolysis. It +weighed 0.734 gram. The solution, after electrolysis, was treated with +sulphuretted hydrogen, and the remaining copper was thrown down as +sulphide, and estimated colorimetrically. This amounted to 3-1/2 +milligrams. The filtrate was evaporated, treated with ammonia, warmed, +and filtered. The ferric hydrate was dissolved in dilute acid, and +reprecipitated, dried, ignited, and weighed. Its weight was 0.0310 gram. +The two filtrates were mixed, and reduced in bulk to about 50 c.c.; a +considerable excess of ammonia was added, and the nickel precipitated by +electrolysis. It weighed 0.2434 gram. These quantities are equivalent +to: + + Copper 73.75 per cent. + Nickel 24.34 " + Iron 2.17 " + ------ + 100.26 + + +VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +An alkaline solution of potassium cyanide, to which a little potassium +iodide has been added, can be assayed for its strength in cyanide by +titrating with a standard solution of silver nitrate. Nickel interferes +with this assay, doing the work of its equivalent of silver; and the +quantity of nickel present can be calculated from the amount of its +interference in the titration. A volumetric assay for nickel is based on +this. It has the disadvantage of all indirect titrations in that it +requires two standard solutions. On the other hand it gives good results +even under unfavourable conditions, and is applicable in the presence of +much zinc. Small quantities of cobalt will count as so much nickel, but +larger quantities make the assay unworkable. Some of the other +metals--lead for example--have no appreciable effect; but practically +the solution demands a preliminary treatment which would result in their +removal. Nevertheless it is a very satisfactory method and makes the +determination of nickel quick and comparatively easy in most cases. + +_The standard solution of silver nitrate_ is made by dissolving 14.48 +grams of recrystallised silver nitrate in distilled water and diluting +to 1 litre: 100 c.c. of this solution are equivalent to 0.25 gram of +nickel.[73] + +_The standard solution of potassium cyanide_ should be made so as to be +exactly equal to the silver nitrate solution. This can be done as +follows: Weigh up 12 grams of good potassium cyanide (95 per cent.), +dissolve in water, add 50 c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of sodium +hydrate and dilute to 1 litre. Fill one burette with this and another +with the solution of silver nitrate. Run 50 c.c. of the cyanide into a +flask; add a few drops of potassium iodide solution and titrate with the +standard silver nitrate until there is a distinct permanent yellowish +turbidity. The titration is more fully described under _Cyanide_, p. +165. The cyanide solution will be found rather stronger than the silver +nitrate; dilute it so as to get the two solutions of equal value. For +example, 51.3 c.c. of silver nitrate may have been required: then add +1.3 c.c. of water to each 50 c.c. of the cyanide solution remaining. If +the full 950 c.c. are available, then add to them 24.7 c.c. of water. +After mixing, take another 50 c.c. and titrate with the silver nitrate; +the two solutions should now be exactly equal. The cyanide solution, +being strongly alkaline with soda, keeps very well; but its strength +should be checked from time to time by titrating with silver nitrate; +should there be any slight inequality in the strengths of the two +solutions it is easily allowed for in the calculations. + +~The titration.~--The solution, containing not much more than 0.1 gram +of nickel, and free from the interfering metals, must be cooled. It is +next neutralised and then made strongly alkaline with a solution of soda +(NaHO); an excess of 20 or 30 c.c. suffices. This will produce a +precipitate. The cyanide solution is now run in from a burette until the +solution clears, after which an excess of about 20 c.c. is added. It is +well to use some round number of c.c. to simplify the calculation. Add a +few drops of potassium iodide solution, and run in the standard solution +of silver nitrate from a burette. This should be done a little at a +time, though somewhat rapidly, and with constant shaking, till a +permanent yellow precipitate appears. If the addition of the cyanide did +not result in a perfectly clear solution, this is because something +besides nickel is present. The residue may be filtered off, though with +a little practice the finishing-point may be detected with certainty in +the presence of a small precipitate. If the student has the slightest +doubt about a finish he should run in another 5 c.c. of the cyanide and +again finish with silver nitrate. The second result will be the same as +the first. For example, if 40 c.c. of cyanide and 30 c.c. of silver +nitrate were required at the first titration, then the 45 c.c. of +cyanide in the second titration will require 35 c.c. of silver nitrate. +The difference between the quantities of the two solutions used in each +case will be 10 c.c. It is this difference in the readings of the two +burettes which measures the quantity of nickel present. Each c.c. of the +difference is equal to .0025 gram of nickel. But if the cyanide solution +is not exactly equal in strength to the silver nitrate, the quantity of +cyanide used should be calculated to its equivalent in silver nitrate +before making the subtraction. + +The following experimental results illustrate the accuracy of the assay +and the effect upon it of varying conditions. A solution containing 1 +gram of nickel sulphate (NiSO_{4}.6H_{2}O) in 100 c.c. was used. By a +separate assay the sulphate was found to contain 22.25 per cent. of +nickel. For the sake of simplicity the results of the experiments are +stated in weights of nickel in grams. + +~Effect of varying excess of Cyanide Solution.~--In each experiment +there was 20 c.c. of the nickel solution, equal to .0445 gram of nickel. +There were also 10 c.c. of soda solution, 3 or 4 drops of potassium +iodide and sufficient water to bring the bulk to 100 c.c. before +titrating. + + Cyanide in excess 6 c.c. 4 c.c. 8 c.c. 12 c.c. 25 c.c. + Nickel found .0434 .0436 .0440 .0442 .0444 + +Although the difference between the highest and lowest of these results +is only 1 milligram, their meaning is quite obvious. The excess of +cyanide should not be less than 20 c.c. + +~Effect of varying the quantity of Soda.~--There were two series of +experiments, one with 2 c.c. of nickel solution (= .0044 gram of +nickel), the other with 20 c.c. The conditions were as before, except +that the quantity of soda was varied. + + Soda added 5 c.c. 15 c.c. 30 c.c. + Nickel found, 1st series .0037 .0042 .0045 + " " 2nd series .0444 .0444 .0442 + +These show that the presence of much soda, though it has only a small +effect, is beneficial rather than otherwise. Ammonia has a bad effect, +if present in anything like the same quantities. + +~Effect of varying the Nickel.~--In experiments with 10, 20, and 40 c.c. +of the nickel solution, the results were:-- + + Nickel present .0222 .0445 .0890 + Nickel found .0220 .0442 .0884 + +~Effect of Zinc.~--In these experiments 20 c.c. of nickel solution (= +.0445 gram of nickel), 10 c.c. of soda, 6 drops of potassium iodide and +water to 100 c.c. were used. The excess of cyanide was purposely kept at +from 10 to 15 c.c., which is hardly sufficient. + + Zinc added 0 .25 gram. .5 gram. + Nickel found .0442 .0440 .0407 + +On increasing the excess of cyanide to over 20 c.c. and doubling the +quantity of soda, the experiment with 0.5 gram of zinc gave 0.441 gram +of nickel. Hence the titration is satisfactory in the presence of zinc +provided that not fewer than 20 or 30 c.c. of soda are used, and that +the excess of cyanide is such that not fewer than 20 or 30 c.c. of +silver nitrate are required in the titration. Moreover, these +precautions should be taken whether zinc is present or not. + +~Effect of other Metals.~--If metals of the first and second groups are +present they should be removed by passing sulphuretted hydrogen and +filtering. If _iron_ is present it must be removed, since ferrous salts +use up much cyanide, forming ferrocyanides, and ferric salts yield +ferric hydrate, which obscures the end reaction. Hence the sulphuretted +hydrogen must be boiled off and the iron removed as basic ferric acetate +by the method described on p. 233. If the precipitate is bulky it should +be dissolved in a little dilute acid, neutralised and again precipitated +as basic acetate. The nickel will be in the two filtrates. In the +absence of manganese and cobalt the titration may be made without +further separation. + +_Manganese_ does not directly interfere, but the precipitated hydrate, +which rapidly darkens through atmospheric oxidation, obscures the end +reaction. It may be removed by passing sulphuretted hydrogen through the +filtrate from the acetate separation: sulphides of nickel, cobalt and +zinc will be precipitated, whilst manganese remains in solution: the +addition of more sodium acetate may assist the precipitation. The +precipitate must be filtered off and dissolved in nitric acid: the +solution should be evaporated to dryness. The filtrate may retain a +little nickel; if so, add ammonia till alkaline, then acidify with +acetic acid and again filter; any small precipitate obtained here should +be added to that first obtained. + +It is only when _cobalt_ is present that any further separation is +required. Cobalt hydrate takes up oxygen from the air, and on adding +potassium cyanide some may refuse to dissolve; and the solution itself +acquires a brown colour, which becomes deeper on standing. At this stage +the cobalt is easily separated. The solution containing the nickel and +cobalt with no great excess of acid, is made alkaline by adding 20 c.c. +of soda exactly as in preparing for a titration. So, too, the solution +of cyanide is added so as to have an excess of 20 or 30 c.c.; the +solution may have a brown colour, but if it is not quite clear it _must_ +be filtered. Then warm (boiling is not needed) and add from 50 to 100 +c.c. of bromine water. This throws down all the nickel as black +peroxide in a condition easy to filter. Filter it off and wash with +water. The precipitate can be dissolved off the filter with the greatest +ease by a little warm sulphurous acid. The filtrate and washings, boiled +till free from sulphurous acid, yield the nickel as sulphate in a clean +condition. + +~Determination of Nickel in Nickel Sulphate Crystals.~--Take 0.5 gram of +the salt, dissolve in 50 c.c. of water and add 25 c.c. of solution of +soda. Run in from a burette, say, 60 c.c. "cyanide." Add a few drops of +potassium iodide and titrate back with "silver nitrate." Suppose 15.5 +c.c. of the latter is required. Then 15.5 c.c. subtracted from 60 c.c. +leaves 44.5 c.c., and since 100 c.c. = 0.25 gram of nickel, 44.5 c.c. +will equal 0.11125 gram of nickel. This in 0.5 gram of the salt equals +22.25 per cent. + +~Determination of Nickel in German Silver.~--Weigh up 0.5 gram of the +alloy, and dissolve in a dish with 5 or 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. +Add 5 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid and evaporate till all the nitric +acid is removed. Cool, take up with 50 c.c. of water, and when dissolved +pass sulphuretted hydrogen through the solution. Filter off the +precipitate and wash with water containing sulphuretted hydrogen and +dilute sulphuric acid. Boil down the filtrate and washings to get rid of +the excess of the gas; add some nitric acid and continue the boiling. +Cool, neutralise the excess of acid with soda, add 1 gram of sodium +acetate and boil. Filter off the precipitate which contains the iron. +The filtrate, cooled and rendered alkaline with soda, is ready for the +titration. + + +COBALT + +Occurs less abundantly than nickel. Its chief ores are smaltite and +cobaltite, which are arsenides of cobalt, with more or less iron, +nickel, and copper. It also occurs as arseniate in erythrine, and as +oxide in asbolan or earthy cobalt, which is essentially a wad carrying +cobalt. + +It is mainly used in the manufacture of smalts for imparting a blue +colour to glass and enamels. The oxide of cobalt forms coloured +compounds with many other metallic oxides. With oxide of zinc it forms +"Rinman's green"; with aluminia, a blue; with magnesia, a pink. This +property is taken advantage of in the detection of substances before the +blow-pipe. + +The compounds of cobalt in most of their properties closely resemble +those of nickel, and the remarks as to solution and separation given for +the latter metal apply here. Solutions of cobalt are pink, whilst those +of nickel are green. + +The detection of cobalt, even in very small quantity, is rendered easy +by the strong blue colour which it gives to the borax bead, both in the +oxidising and in the reducing flame. It is concentrated from the ore in +the same way as nickel, and should be separated from that metal by means +of potassic nitrite in the way described. The dry assay of cobalt has +been given under _Nickel_. + + +GRAVIMETRIC METHOD. + +The yellow precipitate from the potassium nitrite, after being washed +with the acetate of potash, is washed with alcohol, dried, transferred +to a weighed porcelain crucible, and cautiously ignited with an excess +of strong sulphuric acid. The heat must not be sufficient to decompose +the sulphate of cobalt, which decomposition is indicated by a blackening +of the substance at the edges. The salt bears a low red heat without +breaking up. If blackening has occurred, moisten with sulphuric acid, +and ignite again. Cool and weigh. The substance is a mixture of the +sulphates of cobalt and potash (2CoSO_{4} + 3K_{2}SO_{4}), and contains +14.17 per cent. of cobalt. + +Cobalt is also gravimetrically determined, like nickel, by electrolysis, +or by precipitation with sodic hydrate. In the latter case, the ignited +oxide will be somewhat uncertain in composition, owing to its containing +an excess of oxygen. Consequently, it is better to reduce it by igniting +at a red heat in a current of hydrogen and to weigh it as metallic +cobalt. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. In the dry assay of an ore containing cobalt, nickel, and copper, the +following results were obtained. Calculate the percentages. Ore taken, 5 +grams. Speise formed, 0.99 gram. Speise taken. 0.99 gram. Arsenides of +cobalt, nickel, and copper got, 0.75 gram. Arsenide of nickel and copper +got, 0.54 gram. Gold added, 0.5 gram. Gold and copper got, 0.61 gram. + +2. Calculate the percentage composition of the following compounds: +Co_{2}As, Ni_{2}As, and Cu_{2}As. + +3. A sample of mispickel contains 7 per cent. cobalt. What weight of the +mixed sulphates of potash and cobalt will be obtained in a gravimetric +determination on 1 gram of the ore? + +4. 0.3157 gram of metal was deposited by the electrolysis of a nickel +and cobalt solution. On dissolving in nitric acid and determining the +cobalt 0.2563 gram of potassium and cobalt sulphates were got. Find the +weights of cobalt and nickel present in the deposit. + +5. What should be the percentage composition of pure cobaltite, its +formula being CoAsS? + + +ZINC. + +Zinc occurs in nature most commonly as sulphide (blende); it also occurs +as carbonate (calamine) and silicate (smithsonite). Each of these is +sufficiently abundant to be a source of the metal. + +The metal is known in commerce as "spelter" when in ingots, and as sheet +zinc when rolled. It is chiefly used in the form of alloys with copper, +which are known as brasses. It is also used in the form of a thin film, +to protect iron goods from rusting--galvanised iron. + +Ores of zinc, more especially blende, are met with in most lead, copper, +gold, and silver mines, in larger or small quantities scattered through +the lodes. Those ores which generally come under the notice of the +assayer are fairly rich in zinc; but alloys and metallurgical products +contain it in very varying proportions. + +Zinc itself is readily soluble in dilute acids; any residue which is +left after boiling with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid consists +simply of the impurities of the metal; this is generally lead. + +All zinc compounds are either soluble in, or are decomposed by, boiling +with acids, the zinc going into solution. Zinc forms only one series of +salts, and these are colourless. Their chief characteristic is +solubility in an alkaline solution, from which sulphuretted hydrogen +produces a white precipitate of zinc sulphide. Zinc is detected by +dissolving the substance in hydrochloric or nitric acid, boiling, and +adding sodic hydrate in excess, filtering, and adding ammonic sulphide +to the filtrate. The precipitate contains the zinc, which can be +dissolved out by boiling with dilute sulphuric acid, and detected by the +formation of a white precipitate on the addition of potassic +ferrocyanide. + +The dry assay of zinc can only be made indirectly, and is +unsatisfactory. Zinc is volatile, and at the temperature of its +reduction is a gas. It is impracticable to condense the vapour so as to +weigh the metal, consequently its amount is determined by loss. The +following method gives approximate results: Take 10 grams of the dried +and powdered ore and roast, first at a low temperature and afterwards at +a higher one, with the help of carbonate of ammonia to decompose the +sulphates formed; cool and weigh. The metals will be present as oxides. +Mix with 2 grams of powdered charcoal and charge into a black-lead +crucible heated to whiteness, cover loosely, and leave in the furnace +for about a quarter of an hour. Uncover and calcine the residue, cool +and weigh. The loss in weight multiplied by 8.03 gives the percentage of +zinc in the ore. + + +WET METHODS. + +Solution and separation may be effected as follows: Treat 1 or 3 grams +of the substance with 10 or 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid or aqua regia; +evaporate to dryness; take up with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and +dilute to 100 c.c.; heat nearly to boiling; saturate with sulphuretted +hydrogen; filter, and wash with water acidulated with hydrochloric acid. +Boil off the sulphuretted hydrogen and peroxidise with a few drops of +nitric acid. Cool; add caustic soda till nearly, but not quite, +neutralised, and separate the iron as basic acetate by the method +described under _Iron_. To the filtrate add ammonia till alkaline, and +pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Allow to settle and decant on to a filter. +Dissolve off the precipitate from the filter with hot dilute +hydrochloric acid. The solution will contain the zinc, together with any +manganese the ore contained, and, perhaps, traces of nickel and cobalt. +If the zinc is to be determined volumetrically, and manganese is +present, this latter is separated with carbonate of ammonia, as +described further on; but if a gravimetric method is used, and only +small quantities of manganese are present, it is better to proceed as if +it were absent, and to subsequently determine its amount, which should +be deducted. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution containing the zinc is contained in an evaporating dish, +and freed from sulphuretted hydrogen by boiling, and, if necessary, from +an excess of acid by evaporation. The evaporating dish must be a large +one. Cautiously add sodium carbonate to the hot, moderately dilute +solution, until the liquid is distinctly alkaline, and boil. Allow the +precipitate to settle, decant on to a filter, and wash with hot water. +Dry, transfer to a porcelain crucible (cleaning the paper as much as +possible), add the ash, ignite, and weigh. The substance weighed is +oxide of zinc, which contains 80.26 per cent. of the metal. It is a +white powder, becoming yellow when heated. It must not show an alkaline +reaction when moistened. If it contains manganese this metal will be +present as sesquioxide (Mn_{2}O_{3}). Its amount can be determined by +dissolving in dilute acid and boiling with an excess of sodic hydrate. +The oxide of manganese will be precipitated, and can be ignited and +weighed. Its weight multiplied by 1.035 must be deducted from the weight +of oxide of zinc previously obtained. The results yielded by the +gravimetric determination are likely to be high, since the basic +carbonate of zinc frequently carries down with it more or less soda +which is difficult to wash off. + + +VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION + +This method is based on the facts that zinc salts in an acid solution +decompose potassium ferrocyanide, forming a white insoluble zinc +compound; and that an excess of the ferrocyanide can be detected by the +brown coloration it strikes with uranium acetate. The method resembles +in its working the bichromate iron assay. The standard solution of +potassium ferrocyanide is run into a hot hydrochloric acid solution of +the zinc until a drop of the latter brought in contact with a drop of +the indicator (uranium acetate) on a white plate strikes a brown colour. +The quantity of zinc in the solution must be approximately known; run in +a little less of the ferrocyanide than is expected will be necessary; +test a drop or two of the assay, and then run in, one or two c.c. at a +time, until the brown colour is obtained. Add 5 c.c. of a standard zinc +solution, equivalent in strength to the standard "ferrocyanide," +re-titrate, and finish off cautiously. Of course 5 c.c. must be deducted +from the reading on the burette. The precipitate of zinc ferrocyanide +formed in the assay solution is white; but if traces of iron are +present, it becomes bluish. If the quantity of ferrocyanide required is +known within a few c.c., the finishing point is exactly determined in +the first titration without any addition of the standard zinc solution. +Unfortunately this titration serves simply to replace the gravimetric +determination, and does not, as many volumetric processes do, lessen the +necessity for a complete separation of any other metals which are +present. Most metals give precipitates with ferrocyanide of potassium in +acid solutions. If the conditions are held to, the titration is a fairly +good one, and differences in the results of an assay will be due to +error in the separation. Ferric hydrate precipitated in a fairly strong +solution of zinc will carry with it perceptible quantities of that +metal. Similarly, large quantities of copper precipitated as sulphide by +means of sulphuretted hydrogen will carry zinc with it, except under +certain nicely drawn conditions. When much copper is present it is best +separated in a nitric acid solution by electrolysis. The titration of +the zinc takes less time, and, with ordinary working, is more +trustworthy than the gravimetric method. + +_The standard ferrocyanide solution_ is made by dissolving 43.2 grams of +potassium ferrocyanide (K_{4}FeCy_{6}.3H_{2}O) in water, and diluting to +a litre. One hundred c.c. are equal to 1 gram of zinc. + +_The standard zinc solution_ is made by dissolving 10 grams of pure zinc +in 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and 100 or 200 c.c. of water, and +diluting to 1 litre, or by dissolving 44.15 grams of zinc sulphate +(ZnSO_{4}.7H_{2}O) in water with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and +diluting to 1 litre. One hundred c.c. will contain 1 gram of zinc. + +_The uranium acetate solution_ is made by dissolving 0.2 gram of the +salt in 100 c.c. of water. + +To standardise the "ferrocyanide" measure off 50 c.c. of the standard +zinc solution into a 10 oz. beaker, dilute to 100 c.c., and heat to +about 50° C. (not to boiling). Run in 47 or 48 c.c. of the +"ferrocyanide" solution from an ordinary burette, and finish off +cautiously. Fifty divided by the quantity of "ferrocyanide" solution +required gives the standard. + +In assaying ores, &c., take such quantity as shall contain from 0.1 to 1 +gram of zinc, separate the zinc as sulphide, as already directed. +Dissolve the sulphide off the filter with hot dilute hydrochloric acid, +which is best done by a stream from a wash bottle. Evaporate the +filtrate to a paste, add 5 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute to +100 c.c. or 150 c.c., heat to about 50° C., and titrate. Manganese, if +present, counts as so much zinc, and must be specially separated, since +it is not removed by the method already given. The following method will +effect its removal. To the hydrochloric acid solution of the zinc and +manganese add sodium acetate in large excess and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen freely. Allow to settle, filter off the zinc sulphide and wash +with sulphuretted hydrogen water. The precipitate, freed from manganese, +is then dissolved in hydrochloric acid and titrated. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the assay:-- + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--Using 20 c.c. of the standard zinc +solution, 5 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and diluting to 100 c.c. + + Temperature 15° C. 30° C. 70° C. 100° C. + "Ferrocyanide" required 20.6 c.c. 20.3 c.c. 20.3 c.c. 20.3 c.c. + +The solution can be heated to boiling before titrating without +interfering with the result; but it is more convenient to work with the +solution at about 50° C. Cold solutions must not be used. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--These were all titrated at about 50° C., and +were like the last, but with varying bulk. + + Bulk 25.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. + "Ferrocyanide" required 20.2 " 20.4 " 20.3 " 20.4 " + +Any ordinary variation in bulk has no effect. + +~Effect of Varying Hydrochloric Acid.~-- With 100 c.c. bulk and varying +dilute hydrochloric acid the results were:-- + + Acid added 0.0 c.c. 1.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + "Ferrocyanide" + required 24.4 " 20.2 " 20.3 " 20.3 " 20.7 " + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--The experiments were carried out under the +same conditions as the others. Five grams each of the following salts +were added:-- + + Salt added { Ammonic Ammonic Sodium Sodium + { chloride. sulphate. chloride. sulphate. + "Ferrocyanide" + required 20.3 c.c. 20.5 c.c. 20.6 c.c. 20.4 c.c. + + Salt added { Potassium Magnesium Nil. + { Nitrate. sulphate. + "Ferrocyanide" + required 20.2 c.c. 20.4 c.c. 20.4 c.c. + +In a series of experiments in which foreign metals were present to the +extent of 0.050 gram in each, with 20 c.c. of zinc solution and 5 c.c. +of dilute hydrochloric acid, those in which copper sulphate, ferrous +sulphate, and ferric chloride were used, gave (as might be expected) so +strongly coloured precipitates that the end reaction could not be +recognised. The other results were:-- + + "Ferrocyanide" + required. + With nothing added. 20.3 c.c. + " 0.050 gram lead (as chloride) 20.9 " + " 0.050 " manganese (as sulphate) 25.5 " + " 0.050 " cadmium (as sulphate) 23.5 " + " 0.050 " nickel (as sulphate) 26.2 " + +~Effect of Varying Zinc.~--These were titrated under the usual +conditions, and gave the following results:-- + + Zinc added 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Ferrocyanide" + required 1.1 " 10.2 " 20.3 " 50.6 " 101.0 " + +~Determination of Zinc in a Sample of Brass.~--Take the solution from +which the copper has been separated by electrolysis and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen until the remaining traces of copper and the lead +are precipitated, filter, boil the solution free from sulphuretted +hydrogen, put in a piece of litmus paper, and add sodic hydrate solution +in slight excess; add 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid (which should +render the solution acid and clear); warm, and titrate. + +A sample of 0.5 gram of brass treated in this manner required 16.4 c.c. +of "ferrocyanide" (standard 100 c.c. = 0.9909 zinc), which equals 0.1625 +gram of zinc or 32.5 per cent. + +~Determination of Zinc in Blende.~--Dissolve 1 gram of the dried and +powdered sample in 25 c.c. of nitric acid with the help of two or three +grams of potassium chlorate dissolved in the acid. Evaporate to complete +dryness, taking care to avoid spirting. Add 7 grams of powdered ammonium +chloride, 15 c.c. of strong ammonia and 25 c.c. of boiling water; boil +for one minute and see that the residue is all softened. Filter through +a small filter, and wash thoroughly with small quantities of a hot one +per cent. solution of ammonium chloride. Add 25 c.c. of hydrochloric +acid to the filtrate. Place in the solution some clean lead foil, say 10 +or 20 square inches. Boil gently until the solution has been colourless +for three or four minutes. Filter, wash with a little hot water; and +titrate with standard ferrocyanide. + +~Determination of Zinc in Silver Precipitate.~--This precipitate +contains lead sulphate, silver, copper, iron, zinc, lime, &c. Weigh up 5 +grams of the sample, and extract with 30 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid +with the aid of heat. Separate the copper with sulphuretted hydrogen, +peroxidise the iron with a drop or two of nitric acid, and separate as +acetate. Render the filtrate ammoniacal, pass sulphuretted hydrogen; +warm, and filter. Dissolve the precipitated zinc sulphide in dilute +hydrochloric acid, evaporate, dilute, and titrate. Silver precipitates +carry about 2.5 per cent. of zinc. + + +GASOMETRIC METHOD. + +Metallic zinc is readily soluble in dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric +acid, hydrogen being at the same time evolved.[74] The volume of the +hydrogen evolved is obviously a measure of the amount of zinc present in +the metallic state. The speed with which the reaction goes on (even in +the cold) and the insolubility of hydrogen renders this method of assay +a convenient one. It is especially applicable to the determination of +the proportion of zinc in zinc dust. The apparatus described in the +chapter on gasometric method is used. The method of working is as +follows: Fill the two burettes with cold water to a little above the +zero mark, place in the bottle about 0.25 gram of the substance to be +determined, and in the inner phial or test tube 5 c.c. of dilute +sulphuric acid; cork the apparatus tightly and allow to stand for a few +minutes; then bring the water to the same level in the two burettes by +running out through the clip at the bottom. Read off the level of the +liquid in the graduated burette. Turn the bottle over sufficiently to +spill the acid over the zinc, and then run water out of the apparatus so +as to keep the liquid in the two burettes at the same level, taking care +not to run it out more quickly than the hydrogen is being generated. +When the volume of gas ceases to increase, read off the level of the +liquid, deduct the reading which was started with; the difference gives +the volume of hydrogen evolved. At the same time read off the volume of +air in the "volume corrector," which must be fixed alongside the gas +burettes. Make the correction. For example: A piece of zinc weighing +0.2835 gram was found to give 99.9 c.c. of gas at a time when the +corrector read 104 c.c.[75] Then the corrected volume is + + 104 : 100 :: 99.9 : _x_. + _x_ = 96.0 c.c. + +100 c.c. of hydrogen at 0° C. and 760 mm. is equivalent to 0.2912 gram +of zinc; therefore the quantity of zinc found is + + 100 : 96 :: 0.2912 : _x_. + _x_ = 0.2795 gram of zinc. + +This being contained in 0.2835 gram of metal is equivalent to 98.5 per +cent. + +As an example of a determination in which reducing the volume of +liberated hydrogen to 0° C. and 760 mm. is avoided, the following may be +taken:-- + + 0.2315 gram of pure zinc gave 82.1 c.c. of gas; +and the volume of air in the corrector was 103.6 c.c. + + 0.2835 gram of the assay gave 99.9 c.c. of gas; +and the volume of air in the corrector was 104.0 c.c.; + + 104 : 103.6 :: 99.9 : _x_. + _x_ = 99.5 c.c. + +This is the volume of gas got in the assay if measured under the same +conditions as the standard, + + 82.1 : 99.5 :: 0.2315 : _x_. + _x_ = 0.2806. + + Then 0.2835 : 0.2806 :: 100: _x_. + _x_ = 98.9 per cent. + +As these assays can be made quickly, it is well for the sake of greater +accuracy to make them in duplicate, and to take the mean of the +readings. One set of standardisings will do for any number of assays. +The student must carefully avoid unnecessary handling of the bottle in +which the zinc is dissolved. + +~Colorimetric Method.~--Zinc salts being colourless, there is no +colorimetric determination. + + +EXAMINATION OF COMMERCIAL ZINC. + +Take 20 grams of zinc, and dissolve them in dilute nitric acid; boil, +allow to settle; filter; wash, dry; ignite the precipitate, if any, and +weigh as oxide of tin. Examine this for arsenic. + +~Lead.~--Add ammonia and carbonate of ammonia to the liquid, and boil, +filter off the precipitate, wash with hot water. Digest the precipitate +with dilute sulphuric acid; filter, wash, and weigh the sulphate of +lead. + +~Iron.~--To the filtrate from the sulphate of lead add ammonia, and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen; digest, and filter. (Save the filtrate.) Dissolve +the precipitate in hydrochloric acid, oxidise with nitric acid, and +precipitate with ammonia. Wash, ignite, and weigh as ferric oxide. +Calculate to iron. + +~Arsenic.~--To the filtrate from the sulphide of iron add hydrochloric +acid in slight excess; filter off, and wash the precipitate. Rinse it +back into the beaker, dissolve in nitric acid, filter from the sulphur, +and add ammonia, in excess, and magnesia mixture. Filter off the +ammonic-magnesic arsenate, and wash with dilute ammonia. Dry, ignite +with nitric acid, and weigh as magnesic pyrarsenate. Calculate to +arsenic, and add to that found with the tin. + +~Copper.~--To the filtrate from the ammonia and ammonic carbonate add +sulphuric acid in small excess, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Allow to +settle, filter, and wash. Rinse the precipitate into a beaker, boil with +dilute sulphuric acid, and filter. (Save the filtrate.) Dry, burn the +paper with the precipitate, treat with a drop or two of nitric acid, +ignite, and weigh as copper oxide. Calculate to copper. + +~Cadmium.~--To the filtrate from the sulphide of copper add ammonia, so +as to nearly neutralise the excess of acid, and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen. Collect and weigh the precipitate as cadmium sulphide, as +described under _Cadmium_. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. What weight of hydrogen will be evolved in dissolving 1 gram of zinc +in dilute sulphuric acid? + +2. How many c.c. would this quantity of hydrogen measure at 0° C. and +760 m.m.? (1 litre weighs 0.0896 gram). + +3. 0.23 gram of zinc are found to give 77.9 c.c. of hydrogen. In another +experiment under the same conditions 80.2 c.c. are got. What weight of +zinc was used for the second experiment? + +4. A sample of blende is found to contain 55 per cent. of zinc. What +percentage of zinc sulphide did the sample contain? + +5. How much metallic lead would be precipitated from a solution of lead +acetate by 1 gram of zinc? + + +CADMIUM. + +Cadmium occurs in nature as cadmium sulphide in greenockite, CdS, which +is very rare. It is widely diffused in calamine, blende, and other zinc +ores, forming, in some cases, as much as 2 or 3 per cent. of the ore. +Oxide of cadmium forms the "brown blaze" of the zinc smelters. + +Sulphide of cadmium is used as a pigment (cadmium yellow); and the metal +and some of its salts are useful reagents. + +The salts of cadmium closely resemble those of zinc. The hydrate, +however, is insoluble in excess of potash, and the sulphide is insoluble +in dilute acids. It forms only one series of salts. + +Cadmium is detected by giving with sulphuretted hydrogen in solutions, +not too strongly acid, a yellow precipitate, which is insoluble in +solutions of the alkalies, alkaline sulphides, or cyanide of potassium. + +~Solution and Separation.~--Substances containing cadmium are soluble in +acids. The solution is evaporated to dryness (to render any silica that +may be present insoluble) and taken up with 10 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid. Dilute to 100 c.c., and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. +Filter, digest the precipitate with soda, wash, and boil with dilute +sulphuric acid. Filter; the filtrate contains the cadmium and, possibly, +a small quantity of zinc, from which it is best separated by +reprecipitating with sulphuretted hydrogen. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution containing the cadmium freed from the other metals is +precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen in a moderately-acid solution. +The precipitate is collected on a weighed filter, and washed, first with +an acid solution of sulphuretted hydrogen, and afterwards with water. It +is dried at 100° C. and weighed. If free sulphur is suspected to be +present, extract with bisulphide of carbon, and again weigh. The residue +is cadmium sulphide, which contains 77.78 per cent. of cadmium. It is a +yellow powder insoluble in solutions of the alkalies, alkaline +sulphides, or cyanide of potassium. It dissolves readily in acid. It +cannot be ignited in a current of hydrogen without loss. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +The solution containing the cadmium is concentrated by evaporation, and +mixed with an excess of oxalic acid and alcohol. The precipitate is +filtered, washed with alcohol, dissolved in hot hydrochloric acid, and +titrated with permanganate of potassium. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[64] When chromium is present some of the iron may escape precipitation +but it can be recovered from the solution by means of ammonic sulphide. + +[65] + +(1) 10FeSO_{4} + 2KMnO_{4} + 8H_{2}SO_{4} = 5Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{3} + +2MnSO_{4} + K_{2}SO_{4} + 8H_{2}O. + +(2) 6FeCl_{2} + K_{2}Cr_{2}O_{7} + 14HCl = 3Fe_{2}Cl_{6} + Cr_{2}Cl_{6} ++ 2KCl + 7H_{2}O. + +[66] (1) Fe_{2}Cl_{6} + SnCl_{2} = 2FeCl_{2} + SnCl_{4}. + (2) Fe_{2}Cl_{6} + SH_{2} = 2FeCl_{2} + 2HCl + S. + (3) Fe_{2}Cl_{6} + Na_{2}SO_{3} + H_{2}O = 2FeCl_{2} + + Na_{2}SO_{4} + 2HCl. + (4) Fe_{2}Cl_{6} + Zn = 2FeCl_{2} + ZnCl_{2}. + +[67] 20 grams of stannous chloride and 20 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric +acid are diluted to one litre. + +[68] The maximum reducing effect of zinc is obtained by exposing as +large a surface as possible of the metal in a hot concentrated solution +containing but little free acid (Thorpe). + +[69] About 5 inches in diameter. + +[70] 61: 60:: 59: 58.13. + +The iron in the ore is, then, the same in amount as that in 58.13 c.c. +of the ferric chloride solution; and since 100 c.c. of the latter +contain 1 gram of iron, 58.13 c.c. of the same contains 0.5813 gram of +iron; and, further, if 1 gram of ore carries this amount of iron, 100 +grams of ore will obviously give 58.13 grams of iron. + +[71] These compounds are Ni_{2}As and Co_{2}As. + +[72] With large quantities of iron the ferric precipitate should be +re-dissolved and re-precipitated. The filtrate must be added to the +original filtrate. + +[73] 4KCy + NiSO_{4} = K_{2}NiCy_{4} + K_{2}SO_{4} 2KCy + AgNO_{3} + = KAgCy_{2} + KNO_{3} + .'. 2AgNO_{3} = Ni + +[74] Zn + H_{2}SO_{4} = H_{2} + ZnSO_{4}. + +[75] These 104 c.c. are equivalent to 100 c.c. of dry air at 0° C. and +760 mm. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +TIN--TUNGSTEN--TITANIUM. + + +TIN. + +Tin occurs in nature as cassiterite (containing from 90 to 95 per cent. +of oxide of tin), which mineral is the source from which the whole of +the tin of commerce is derived. Tin also occurs as sulphide combined +with sulphides of copper and iron in the mineral stannine or bell-metal +ore. It is a constituent of certain rare minerals, such as tantalite. + +The methods of assaying tin in actual use are remarkable when compared +with those of other metals. The more strictly chemical methods are +rendered troublesome by the oxide being insoluble in acids, resembling +in this respect the gangue with which it is associated. Moreover, it is +not readily decomposed by fusion with alkalies. The oxide has first to +be reduced to metal before the tin can be dissolved. The reduction may +be performed by fusing with potassic cyanide, by heating to moderate +redness in a current of hydrogen or coal gas, or by heating to a higher +temperature with carbon. The reduced metal is only slowly dissolved by +hydrochloric acid, and although it is readily soluble in aqua regia, the +solution cannot be evaporated or freed from the excess of acids, by +boiling, without loss of tin, because of the volatility of stannic +chloride. There has long been a difficulty in getting a quick wet +method. + +The process of assaying tin ores adopted in the mines of Cornwall is a +mechanical one known as "vanning," the object of which is to find the +percentage of "black tin," which, it is well to remember, is not pure +cassiterite, much less pure oxide of tin. Tin ore, as taken from the +lode, contains from 2 to 5 per cent. of cassiterite, and is mainly made +up of quartz, felspar, chlorite, schorl, and other stony minerals, +together with more or less mispickel, iron and copper pyrites, oxide of +iron, and wolfram. The cassiterite has a specific gravity (6.4 to 7.1) +considerably higher than that of the vein-stuff (2.5 to 3.0), and is +concentrated by a series of washings till it is free from the lighter +material. Those minerals which have a specific gravity approaching that +of the cassiterite are not completely removed. The mispickel and copper +and iron pyrites are converted into oxides by roasting, and are in great +part removed by a subsequent washing. The concentrated product is known +as "black tin," and in this condition is sold to the smelter. The chief +foreign matters in the black tin are silica, oxides of iron and copper, +and wolfram, with traces of manganese and niobic acid; and in certain +stream ores there may be as much as 6 or 7 per cent. of titaniferous +iron. The black tin from the mines contains from 5 to 12 per cent. of +water, and is sold and assayed wet. A series of typical samples of black +tin ranged as follows:-- + + --------------------------+---------------------+----------------- + Source of Material. | Percentage of Metal |Specific Gravity. + | in Dry Ore. | + --------------------------+---------------------+----------------- + Good mine ore | 72.0 | 6.39 + Inferior do. | 71.5 | 6.64 + Titaniferous stream ore | 67.0 | 6.39 + Mine ore with wolfram | 64.5 | 6.67 + Ore from stream works | 58.5 | 5.99 + --------------------------+---------------------+----------------- + +It will be seen from these figures that black tin is a very variable +substance; and that the specific gravity is largely influenced by the +impurities; hence, it is only an indication of the percentage of metal +when the same kind of ore is dealt with. + +As already pointed out, the object of vanning is to determine the +proportion of black tin in the lode stuff. The relation between the +actual content in oxide of tin and the produce got by vanning has been +tested on several occasions with results which show a fair degree of +approximation. + +The following are some published results of assays of the same batch of +ore. The vanning results were obtained by a Cornish vanner of recognised +ability, and the wet assays by two London firms of the highest +standing:-- + + Vanning results: + (Average) 91 lbs. of "black tin." + Wet Assay results: + A 83.7 lbs. of stannic oxide. + B 79.7 lbs. " + +The vanner reported his black tin as containing 70 per cent. of tin. +This will bring his result, if calculated as stannic oxide, to 80.9 lbs. +to the ton; which agrees with the others. + +According to our experience the "van" assay agrees fairly well with the +"wet" one, if the black tin is assumed to contain 92.5 per cent. of +stannic oxide (SnO_{2}). + +Vanners are, as a rule, skilful men, and show remarkable dexterity in +separating the black tin, with the help of their apparatus, which +consists simply of a shovel and a kieve of water. An account of the +process is given below. But different vanners, all good men, will get +different results working on material new to them. The black tin weighed +by the vanner is supposed to correspond in quality with the black tin +returned from the floors of the mine for which he is assaying, but this +differs materially in different mines with the nature of the gangue. The +process leaves too much to the judgment of the vanner. It is more than +probable that in practice the returns from the dressing-floors check the +assayer, instead of, as should properly be the case, the assayer +checking the returns. It is only when this last is done that any control +is had over the system of dressing. A correct assay of this ore is a +matter of some importance, because of the high price of the metal. + +The method of assaying the black tin is a dry one, and consists of +mixing it with "culm," and submitting it in a black-lead crucible to the +highest temperature of a wind furnace. The sample is taken wet as it +arrives at the smelting house, and is assayed direct. The product of the +assay is examined, and a deduction of a considerable percentage is very +properly made for impurities, since the assay really determines the +percentage, not merely of tin, but of the bodies present which are +reducible at a white heat. The judgment as to how much is to be deducted +is assisted partly by an examination of the metal got from the assay, +and partly by the experience acquired in smelting similar ores. The +produce, which is that of the impure tin, is stated in parts in twenty; +thus a produce of 14 is equivalent to 70 per cent., or to 14 cwt. per +ton. + +[Illustration: FIG. 57.] + +MECHANICAL SEPARATION.--VANNING. + +This process, which has already been referred to, is carried out as +follows:--After sampling the ore in the ordinary way, a quantity +(varying with its richness) is weighed out. Special weights are +generally used. The standard weight, marked 200, weighs about an ounce; +with poor ores this quantity is taken for an assay, but with richer ores +100 or even 50 is sufficient. The unit of weight has no special name, +but the parts in 200 are spoken of as the produce; thus, if 200 of ore +were taken and 9.5 of black tin were separated, the produce would be +9-1/2: obviously half the "produce" will give the percentage. The +weighed portion of the ore is placed on the vanning shovel. The vanner +stands in front of a tub of water (kieve) and allows 30 or 40 c.c. of +water to flow on to the ore. He then raises the shovel a little above +the surface of the water, and, holding it nearly horizontal, briskly +rotates the water by imparting to the shovel a slight circular motion, +passing into an elliptical one (front to back). This causes the finer +mud to be suspended in the liquid, which is then run off, leaving the +body of the ore in the centre of the shovel. This is repeated until the +water after standing a moment is fairly clear. About half as much water +as before is brought on; then, with a motion which is similar to the +previous one, but with a jerk added in one direction, the heavier +minerals are thrown up, and the stony matter brought back. The jerk is +produced just as the wave of water is returning. The descending wave of +water draws with it the bulkier and lighter particles of the ore, whilst +the heavier matter lying on the bottom is scarcely affected by it. The +jerky motion, however, carries it to the front of the shovel. The +lighter stuff is washed off, and the residue dried by holding the shovel +over the furnace. It now corresponds, more or less, to the stuff which +on the mine is sent to the calciner. It is swept from the shovel into a +scoop, and transferred to a hot crucible; in which it is calcined until +free from sulphur. Some vanners calcine their samples before commencing +to van. The calcined ore is shaken out of the crucible on to the shovel; +rubbed up with a hammer; and washed (as at first) to get rid of the +finer and lighter "waste." The separating motions are again gone +through; and the "head" of the best of the black tin is thrown well up +on one side of the shovel in the form of a crescent, so as to leave room +on the shovel to work with the "tailings." The quantity of water used is +kept low, to prevent this "crop" tin from being washed back again. The +tailings are then crushed to free the tin from adherent oxide of iron; +and again washed to throw up the remaining tin ore. As this tin is +finely divided, it is more difficult to bring it up, so that a vigorous +and rapid motion is required. The tailings are now washed off, and the +whole of the black tin is brought into the centre of the shovel. It +requires two or three washings more to free it from the waste it +contains. Very small quantities of water are used. The purity of the +black tin can be seen by its appearance on the shovel. The cleaned ore +is dried as before, freed from particles of iron with the aid of a +magnet, and weighed. The weighings are carried to 1/8th of the unit +used. The following example illustrates the method of calculation +adopted on the mine. A parcel of 1 ton 2 cwt. 3 qrs. of tin ore with a +produce of 45 (equal to 22-1/2 per cent.) contains 5 cwt. 0 qrs. 12 lbs. +of black tin. This result is obtained as follows:-- + + ton cwt. qrs. + 1 2 3 + 9 } + ----------------- } + 10 4 3 } equivalent to multiplying by 45. + 5 } + ---------------- } + 5.1 3 3 strike off the first figure to the right. + 4 multiply by 4 to reduce to quarters. + --------- + 4 12 + 3 + --------- + 4 15 + 28 multiply by 28 to reduce to pounds. + ----- + 112 + 15 + ----- + 12.7 strike off the first figure to the right. + +Similarly, a parcel of 20 tons 10 cwt. with a produce of 9-1/2 contains +19 cwt. 1 qr. 25 lbs. of black tin. For the following information, as +well as for much of that already given about vanning, we are indebted to +Captain Reynolds, of Cook's Kitchen Mine. "To have a complete set of +tools for all vanning purposes, it will be necessary to get the +following:--A vanning shovel 14 inches long and 13 inches wide, weighing +not over 2-3/4 pounds. It is made of hammered sheet iron of the shape +shown in fig. 57. It must have a light wooden handle (preferably of +deal) 3 feet long. A bruising hammer, weighing 2-1/2 pounds, with a +handle 1 foot long. A pair of tongs (furnace) 2-1/2 feet long, made of +1/2-inch round iron. And a set of ordinary clay crucibles for calcining. +There ought to be two sets of scales and weights: the first should be +confined to weighing the powdered tin stuff, and the second ought to be +a much higher class one, for weighing the black tin obtained. The +furnace for roasting the sample should be 10 inches square and 12 inches +deep, with the fire-bars at the bottom three-quarters of an inch apart. +The water-box for vanning in should be at least 4 feet long, 2 feet 6 +inches wide, and 8 inches deep." + + +DRY METHODS. + +For the following description of the process adopted in Cornwall we are +indebted to Mr. A.K. Barnett, F.G.S., of Chyandour. + +~Cornish Method.~--_Tin Ore Assay._--The ore to be smelted or assayed +should be concentrated to say not less than 50 per cent. of metallic +tin; though to obtain satisfactory results it should be brought nearer +70 per cent., as with ore containing less than 40 to 50 per cent. of +metal there will be a considerable loss both in the assaying and in the +smelting. If the ore to be operated on does not contain this quantity of +metal, then the sample (if coarse) must be reduced to a fine state, the +gangue being removed by vanning, and the ore saved for the fire assay. + +The method adopted for the determination of tin in the ore is as +follows:--About 2-1/2 ounces troy (1200 grains, or about 80 grams) of +the ore to be assayed is weighed out and mixed on a flat copper pan +(shaped with a long lip) with one-fifth of its weight (240 grains, or +15.5 grams) of powdered culm (anthracite). The mixture of ore and culm +is either transferred to a black-lead crucible before the latter is put +into the furnace, or, as some prefer, it is carefully swept into a +crucible which has been imbedded in the fire. Some assayers cover their +pots with a flat cover placed loosely on, while others leave the mixture +in the open pot. The furnace, which has been previously fired to a +strong heat, is then covered, and the sample is subjected to a sharp +fire for a period of from twelve to twenty minutes. No definite time can +be stated, as, besides the strength of the fire, the quality and +condition of the ore, and the impurities associated with it, greatly +affects the time required for the complete reduction of the ore. As soon +as the mixture in the crucible has settled down to a uniform white heat, +and any very slight ebullition which may have taken place has subsided, +the crucible is gently shaken, removed from the fire (the culm-ash or +slag which covers the metal being carefully drawn aside with an iron +scraper), and the metal is poured quickly into an iron ingot-mould, +which is usually placed on a copper pan to save the culm-slag and the +adherent metal which comes out with it. The crucible is then carefully +scraped, and the scrapings, together with the contents of the mould and +pan, are transferred to a mortar. There the ingot of tin is freed from +slag and then taken to the scales. The rest, after being finely +powdered, is passed through a sieve. The flattened particles of tin +which remain on the sieve are weighed with the ingot (the _lump_, as it +is called); whilst the siftings are vanned on a shovel, and (the slag +being washed off) the fine tin is collected, dried, and weighed with the +rest: the whole gives the produce or percentage of metal in the ore. +The results of the assays are expressed in cwts. of metal in the ton of +ore. The percentage is rarely given and never used in Cornwall. +Thus--"13-1/2 Produce" would mean that the assay yielded results at the +rate of 13-1/2 cwts. of metal for one ton of the ore. Some assayers use +a little powdered fluor-spar to assist the fusion of refractory slags. A +small quantity of borax will also occasionally be of service for ores +containing silica in excess of any iron that may be present. The borax +renders the slag more fusible, and assists the formation of a larger +lump (with less fine tin in the slag) than would be obtained by the use +of culm alone. + +The quality and the percentage of _pure tin_ in the metal will vary +considerably, according to the impurities that are associated with the +ore to be assayed. + +The crude lump is then remelted in a small iron ladle at as low a +temperature as possible, and the fused metal is poured into a shallow +trench about 4 inches long by 3/4 of an inch wide cut in a block of +white marble. The metal will be silvery-white if the temperature +employed be correct; if too hot, the surface will show a yellow, red, or +blue colour (according to the heat employed); in such case the metal +should be remelted at a lower temperature. If the metal on cooling +remains perfectly clear and bright, then it may be assumed that the tin +is of good quality and commercially pure. A crystallised or frosted +appearance of the metal indicates the presence of some alloy, say of +iron, copper, zinc, lead, antimony, &c. The assayer who has had much +practice can readily distinguish the metal or metals that are associated +with the ore by noting the appearance of the tin on cooling; and can +fairly judge the quantity of impurity present by the amount of the +crystallisation or stain. + +Whilst the foregoing method of assaying cannot lay claim to scientific +accuracy, it is by no means so imperfect as some writers would have us +believe, who state that a loss of 5 to 10 per cent. arises in the +operation. It is certainly the most ready and expeditious mode of +determining the commercial value of a parcel of tin ore, which, after +all, is the main object of all assaying operations. + +The difficulty which beginners find in obtaining satisfactory results, +and any loss of metal which those not accustomed to the process may +incur, will invariably occur in the vanning of the powdered slag for the +fine tin, the rest of the operations being easy of execution, and +requiring only the ordinary care necessary for all metallurgical work. + +There is no doubt that if low percentage ores containing silica are +assayed in this manner, low results are obtained, as it is impossible +to reduce the whole of the tin in the presence of free silica; with this +class of ores, care should be taken to remove some of the silica by +preliminary vanning, or some flux should be added which will combine +with the silica, and so prevent its entering into combination with the +tin. Low quality tin ores containing iron, copper, lead, zinc, antimony, +etc., combined with arsenic, sulphur, or oxygen, will give very much +higher results than the actual percentage of tin in the sample. The +other metals (being readily reduced in the presence of tin) alloy with +it, and give a hard lump difficult to fuse in the iron ladle; where the +quantity of foreign metals is large, the metal can only be melted to a +stiff pasty mass; so that (in determining the value of a ton of tin ore, +or even reporting on the percentage of tin it contains) not only must +the weight of the assay be the basis for calculation, but the quality +and character of the metal obtained must also be considered. Thus two +ores of tin might be assayed both yielding a similar _produce_, say +13-1/2 (67-1/2 per cent.), and yet one might contain 5 per cent. less +tin than the other. + +If it be required to obtain the pure metal from tin ores containing the +ores of other metals associated with them, the latter must be removed by +digesting in strong hydrochloric acid, and washing. The assay may then +be conducted in the usual way, and a fairly pure lump will be obtained. + +If wolfram be present in any appreciable quantity in the ore, it +considerably reduces the proportion of lump, and at the same time it +increases the fine tin (or _prillion_, as it is termed) in the assay. +This may be got rid of by boiling in aqua regia, and dissolving out the +tungstic acid which has been liberated by means of ammonia. + +It will be seen that this method of assaying tin has its advantages and +its drawbacks. It is quickly performed; with ores of good quality it +gives results not to be excelled by any other process; and it gives the +smelter the actual alloy and quality of metal he may expect to get in +the smelting of the ore, which no other mode of assaying will do: +against which may be set the skill required to obtain accurate results +with the vanning shovel; the loss of metal in poor ores containing an +excess of silica; and the high results from ores containing a large +quantity of metallic impurities. + +~Cyanide Method.~--Weigh up 20 grams of the ore and dry it on a scoop +over the Bunsen flame. When dry, weigh, and calculate the percentage of +water from the loss in weight. Transfer the dried ore to an evaporating +dish, and cover with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; boil for 10 or 12 +minutes, and then add 5 c.c. of nitric acid and boil again. Dilute with +water, and filter. Transfer the filter and its contents to an E +Battersea crucible, and calcine it for a few minutes. Cool, and weigh +the residue. The loss equals the oxides soluble in acid. Transfer the +residue to the crucible and mix it with its own weight of cyanide of +potassium; add a similar amount of "cyanide" as a cover. Place in the +furnace, and when the charge has attained the temperature of the furnace +(in from 3 to 6 minutes), remove it at once; tap the pot _vigorously_ +several times, and then pour its contents quietly into a mould. Dissolve +the slag in water, clean, dry, and weigh the button of tin. + + +WET METHODS. + +~Detection.~--Tin ore is detected by its insolubility in acids, high +specific gravity, and characteristic appearance in water. The powder is +separated from the lighter gangue by washing. It is fused in a Berlin +crucible with five times its weight of potassic cyanide at a moderately +high temperature in a muffle, or over the blowpipe. The slag is washed +off with water, and the metallic buttons or residue treated with +hydrochloric acid (not aqua regia), for some time. One portion of the +solution strikes a purple colour with chloride of gold, another portion +gives a white or grey precipitate or cloudiness with mercuric chloride. +These reactions are characteristic of tin as stannous chloride. + +Metallic tin treated with nitric acid becomes converted into a white +insoluble powder (metastannic acid). Aqua regia dissolves tin readily, +forming stannic chloride, and in this solution the metal is detected by +precipitation with sulphuretted hydrogen, which gives a yellow +precipitate. Tin in solution as stannic or stannous chloride is +precipitated as metal by means of zinc. + +The fact that tin forms two well-defined series of compounds is taken +advantage of in assaying (just as in the case of iron), by determining +how much of an oxidising agent is required to convert it from the +stannous into the stannic state. For example, on the addition of a +solution of permanganate of potash to a solution of stannous chloride +the oxidation goes on rapidly, and the finishing point is sharp and +distinct; but acid solutions of stannous chloride quickly take up oxygen +from that dissolved in the water used and from the air. Unfortunately, +there is no obvious sign that such oxidation has taken place, except +that (fatal to the assay) a smaller volume of the permanganate is +required. Great care is required with such solutions, both before and +during titration. The addition of an excess of ferric chloride to the +stannous solution, as soon as the whole of the tin has been dissolved, +will lessen this liability to oxidation. + +~Separation.~--If the tin is present in an alloy, the substance is +boiled in an evaporating dish with dilute nitric acid until the whole of +the material is attacked. Evaporate nearly to dryness, dilute, boil for +a few minutes, and filter off the white insoluble residue. Under certain +circumstances this residue will be nearly free from other metals, in +which case it is ignited and weighed. If not known to be pure it must be +ignited, reduced in a current of hydrogen, and treated as subsequently +described. + +When the tin is present as insoluble oxide in an ore, the substance is +finely powdered, and from 1 to 5 grams of it (according to its richness) +boiled with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid in an evaporating dish till the +oxide of iron is seen to be dissolved. Then add 1 c.c. of nitric acid +(or more if much pyrites, &c., is present) and continue the boiling till +these are decomposed; dilute and filter off, washing first with dilute +acid and afterwards with a little dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and place +in a combustion tube (together with the filter-ash) and heat to redness +for about thirty minutes in a current of dried hydrogen. + +[Illustration: FIG. 58.] + +The oxide of tin is placed in a porcelain boat (fig. 58), which is then +introduced into a piece of combustion tube. The latter, wrapped in a +piece of wire gauze, is supported on a couple of iron rings, and heated +by one or two Bunsen burners in a furnace fitted up with loose +fire-brick tiles, as shown in fig. 59. + +[Illustration: FIG. 59.] + +When the reduction is complete the tube is allowed to cool; the boat is +removed and the tin dissolved. Add a rod of zinc to the freely-acid hot +solution, and in a few minutes decant through a filter and wash with +water, after having removed the zinc. Wash the precipitated metal back +into the beaker, and dissolve in 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +evaporate off the excess of acid; dilute, boil, and filter. Wash, dry, +ignite strongly in a porcelain crucible, and weigh. + +In the absence of antimony the above separation works very well, but if +this metal is present in quantity the metals precipitated on the zinc +must be covered with hydrochloric acid and treated with a few drops of +nitric. It is then warmed with iron wire until no more of the latter +dissolves. The antimony is precipitated as metal, and the tin remains in +solution as stannous chloride. The antimony is filtered off, and may be +washed with alcohol, and weighed, whilst the tin in the filtrate is +precipitated with zinc, and treated as already described. + + +GRAVIMETRIC METHOD. + +If the tin is not already in the metallic state it is reduced to this +condition by the method given (precipitation by zinc). Treat the +finely-divided metal (washed free from chlorides) in a four-inch +evaporating dish with 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, cover with a +clock-glass, and apply a gentle heat until the precipitate appears of a +white colour and the metal is completely attacked. Evaporate nearly to +dryness on a water-bath; then add 50 c.c. of water, heat to boiling, and +filter. Wash with hot water, dry, transfer to a weighed porcelain +crucible, add the filter-ash, ignite strongly, and weigh. The +precipitate after ignition is stannic oxide (SnO_{2}). It is a +yellowish-white powder (darker whilst hot), insoluble in acids, and +contains 78.67 per cent. of tin. Cold dilute nitric acid dissolves tin +to a clear solution, which becomes a white enamel-like jelly on heating; +this (filtered off, washed, and dried) forms an opal-like substance, +which is converted on ignition into stannic oxide with evolution of +nitrous fumes. Stannic oxide when ignited with chlorides is more or less +completely converted into stannic chloride, which volatilises. The +presence of chlorides during the evaporation with nitric acid causes a +similar loss. + +~Determination of Tin in an Alloy.~--(_Bronze._)--Take 2 grams, and +attack with 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid in a covered beaker with the +aid of heat. Boil till the bulk is reduced by one-half, dilute with 50 +c.c. of water, allow to settle for a few minutes, and filter; wash well +first with water acidulated with a little nitric acid, and afterwards +with water; dry, ignite, and weigh as stannic oxide. + +~Determination of Tin in Tin Ore.~--Treat 5 grams of the dried and +finely-powdered ore with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid in a four-inch +evaporating dish. After the soluble oxides have been dissolved add 1 or +2 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, dilute, and filter. Dry +the filter, transfer the cleaned ore to a piece of combustion tube ten +or twelve inches long and narrowed at one end. Pass a current of +hydrogen through the tube and heat to redness for 30 minutes; cool +whilst the gas is still passing. Dissolve in 20 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid and keep the solution tinted with permanganate of +potassium. When the colour of the permanganate becomes permanent dilute +to a bulk of 50 c.c. with water, filter, and wash. Heat; add a rod of +zinc weighing about 3 grams; allow to stand for a few minutes; decant +through a filter; and wash, removing the remaining zinc and returning +the tin to the beaker. Treat with 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boil for +some time, take up with water, filter, wash, dry, ignite, and weigh as +stannic oxide. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +~Titration with Solution of Permanganate of Potassium.~--This titration +may be made either directly on the solution of stannous chloride +(prepared by dissolving the precipitated metal in hydrochloric acid), or +indirectly, on a solution of ferrous chloride (produced by the reducing +action of the precipitated metal on ferric chloride). The standard +solution of permanganate of potassium is made by dissolving 5.356 grams +of the salt in water and diluting to one litre. 100 c.c. are equivalent +to 1.00 gram of tin. + +The precipitated tin is transferred to a flask; and dissolved in 10 c.c. +hydrochloric acid, with the aid of heat and in an atmosphere of carbonic +acid. The acid and metal are placed in the flask; which is then filled +with the gas, and stopped with a cork provided with a rubber valve. When +solution is complete the flask is again filled with carbonic acid. Fifty +c.c. of water freed from air and saturated with carbonic acid are then +added. This water is made by adding a gram of bicarbonate of soda and 2 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid to 100 c.c. of water: the effervescence sweeps +out the dissolved oxygen. The permanganate of potassium solution is then +run in from a stop-cock burette in the usual way until a faint pink +tinge is obtained. + +The following experiments show the effect of variations in the +conditions of the assay. A solution of stannous chloride equivalent in +strength to the "permanganate" was made by dissolving 19.06 grams of the +crystallised salt (SnCl_{2}.2H_{2}O.) in 50 c.c. of water and 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid and diluting to 1 litre with water freed from +dissolved oxygen. 100 c.c. contain 1 gram of tin. In the first +experiments tap water was used and no precautions were taken for +excluding air. Except when otherwise stated, 20 c.c. of the stannous +chloride were used in each experiment with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, +and were diluted to 100 c.c. with water before titration. + +~Effect of Varying Hydrochloric Acid.~ + + Acid added 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. + "Permanganate" required 18.8 " 18.9 " 18.8 " 18.8 " + +The only effect of the increase in quantity of acid was to give the +brown of perchloride of manganese instead of the pink of permanganic +acid to mark the finishing point. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~ + + Temperature 15° C. 50° C. 70° C. 100° C. + "Permanganate" required 18.8 c.c. 18.7 c.c. 18.6 c.c. 18.4 c.c. + +~Rate of Atmospheric Oxidation.~--Solutions ready for titration were +exposed to air at the ordinary temperature for varying lengths of time +and then titrated. + + Time exposed 0 min. 5 min. 10 min. 20 min. 60 min. + "Permanganate" + required 18.8 c.c. 18.8 c.c. 18.8 c.c. 18.8 c.c. 18.6 c.c. + +It is best to titrate at once, although the loss by oxidation is only +small after one hour's exposure. + +~Effect of Varying Tin.~ + + Stannous chloride + added 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Permanganate" + required 0.7 " 8.8 " 18.0 " 47.4 " 95.4 " + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~ + + Bulk 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. + "Permanganate" required. 9.0 " 18.3 " 17.4 " 15.1 " + +The two last series show an interference, which is due to the oxygen +dissolved in the water, as may be seen from the following similar +experiments, which were, however, performed with water freed from oxygen +and in which the titrations were effected in an atmosphere of carbonic +acid. + +~Effect of Varying Tin.~--A new solution of stannous chloride was used. + + Stannous chloride + added 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Permanganate" + required 1.0 " 10.0 " 19.8 " 49.6 " 99.3 " + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~ + + Bulk 30.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. + "Permanganate" + required 19.8 " 19.8 " 19.8 " 19.8 " 19.8 " + +It will be seen that in working under these conditions the results are +proportional and the method satisfactory. + +~Examination of Tin Phosphide.~--(_Phosphor Tin_.)--This substance is +used in the manufacture of "phosphor bronze" and similar alloys. It is a +crystalline, imperfectly-malleable, metallic substance. It is soluble in +hydrochloric acid with effervescence; phosphoretted hydrogen, which +inflames on the addition of a drop or two of nitric acid, being evolved. +It is attacked by nitric acid, yielding a white powder of stannic +phosphate; this is not easily decomposed by ammonium sulphide or readily +soluble in hydrochloric acid. + +"Phosphor-tin" is made up only of tin and phosphorus. For the estimation +weigh up 1 gram. Place in a weighed Berlin dish; and cover with 10 c.c. +of nitric acid and 3 or 4 c.c. of water. Let the reaction proceed (under +a clock-glass) on the water-bath till complete. Remove the glass; +evaporate to dryness, and ignite, at first gently over a Bunsen burner, +and afterwards in the muffle at a red heat. Cool in the desiccator, and +weigh as quickly as possible when cold. The substance contains the tin +as stannic oxide, SnO_{2}, and the phosphorus as phosphoric oxide, +P_{2}O_{5}. The increase in weight on the gram of substance taken gives +the weight of the oxygen taken up by the phosphorus and tin, and since 1 +gram of tin takes up only 0.271 gram of oxygen, and 1 gram of phosphorus +takes up 1.29 gram, the proportion of tin to phosphorus can be +calculated from the increase in weight. For example, 1 gram of a sample +gave 1.3410 gram of mixed oxides, which is 0.070 gram in excess of that +which would be got with pure tin. If the substance was all phosphorus +the excess would be 1.0190 gram; consequently the proportion of +phosphorus in the substance is 0.070 / 1.019, or 6.87 per cent. The tin +is calculated by difference, 93.13 per cent. + +Another method of separating and determining the phosphorus is as +follows:--Take 1 gram of the substance and add to it 15 c.c. of hot aqua +regia. Boil till dissolved, dilute, and precipitate the tin with +sulphuretted hydrogen. To the filtrate add ammonia and "magnesia +mixture." Filter; wash the precipitate with dilute ammonia; dry, ignite, +and weigh as magnesic pyrophosphate. Calculate the phosphorus, and take +the tin by difference. + +A sample of phosphor tin gave-- + + Tin 93.1 per cent. (by difference) + Phosphorus 6.9 " + ----- + 100.0 + +~Tin Arsenide.~--This is met with in tin-smelting; it closely resembles +the phosphide, but the crystals have a duller grey appearance. It +contains simply tin and arsenic. The determination is made by treating 1 +gram of the substance with nitric acid and weighing the mixed oxides of +tin and arsenic in the same manner as in the case of the phosphide. One +gram of arsenic will give 1.533 gram of arsenic oxide, As_{2}O_{5}; +consequently the excess of weight of the mixed oxides over 1.271 gram +must be divided by 0.262; the result multiplied by 100 gives the +percentage of arsenic. In consequence of the higher atomic weight of +arsenic the results by this method are not so close as with the +phosphide. Each milligram of excess weight (over 1.271) represents 0.38 +per cent. of arsenic, As. Both in this and in the corresponding +phosphide determination care must be taken to avoid absorption of +moisture, by allowing the oxides to cool in a desiccator and weighing +quickly. + +The percentage of arsenic is better determined as follows:--Weigh up 1 +gram of the substance, dissolve in aqua regia, dilute, and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen. Render alkaline with ammonia, and add ammonium +sulphide till the precipitate is dissolved. Add "magnesia mixture." +Filter off the precipitate, wash with dilute ammonia, ignite with a few +drops of nitric acid, and weigh as magnesic pyrarsenate. Calculate the +arsenic and take the tin by difference. A sample treated in this way +gave-- + + Tin 96.8 per cent. by difference + Arsenic 3.2 " + ----- + 100.0 + +~Examination of Black Tin.~--Dry the ore, and reduce it to a fine +powder. Weigh up 2 grams, and boil with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and +2 c.c. of nitric for ten or fifteen minutes. Filter, and reserve the +filtrate. + +~Tungstic Acid.~--Digest the residue with about 50 c.c. of water and a +few c.c. of dilute ammonia for a few minutes, and filter; collect the +filtrate in a weighed porcelain dish, evaporate to dryness, ignite, and +weigh as tungstic acid, WO_{3}. + +~Stannic Oxide.~--Dry, ignite, and weigh the insoluble residue. Transfer +to a porcelain boat, and reduce in a current of hydrogen at a red heat +for half an hour. Allow to cool whilst the hydrogen is still passing. +Transfer the boat to a beaker, and dissolve up the tin in 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid and a c.c. or so of nitric. Wash out the combustion +tube with some acid and add the washing to the contents of the beaker. +Warm gently, dilute with water, and filter. Collect, dry, ignite, and +weigh the insoluble residue. Through the filtrate pass a rapid current +of sulphuretted hydrogen, allow to settle, and filter. Wash the +precipitate with hot water, dry, calcine gently; ignite with ammonium +carbonate, and weigh as stannic oxide, SnO_{2}. The insoluble residue +will in most cases retain some tin. Fuse it with fusion mixture, take up +with hydrochloric acid, filter, pass sulphuretted hydrogen through the +filtrate, collect and wash the sulphide of tin. Ignite and weigh as +stannic oxide, and add it to that previously obtained. + +~Copper.~--Pass sulphuretted hydrogen through the acid filtrate obtained +in the first cleaning of the ore, collect the precipitate, and wash +first with soda solution and then with hot water. Dry, ignite, and weigh +as cupric oxide, CuO. Mix the filtrate with that from the main portion +of the sulphide of tin. + +~Ferric Oxide.~--Boil off the sulphuretted hydrogen from the mixed +filtrates and peroxidise with nitric acid. Add ammonia in slight excess, +boil, filter, dry, ignite, and weigh the precipitate as ferric oxide. +This will be practically pure, but the iron in it must be determined by +dissolving and titrating. The filtrate from the iron may contain zinc, +lime, and magnesia, but rarely in quantities sufficient to be +determined. + +~Silica, &c.~---The silica may be calculated from the weight of the +residue insoluble in acid, after the reduction of the tin in hydrogen, +by deducting from it the weight of the oxide of tin subsequently found. +Or it may be determined as follows:--The insoluble portion is fused with +fusion mixture, and taken up with hydrochloric acid, as already +described. On filtering, the filter will retain a portion of the silica. +The rest is recovered, after the removal of the stannous sulphide, by +evaporating to dryness, taking up with hydrochloric acid, and filtering +through the same filter. It is washed, dried, ignited, and weighed as +silica. The filtrate from the silica is boiled with a little nitric acid +and precipitated with ammonia. The precipitate is collected, washed, +ignited, and weighed as ferric oxide and alumina (but it frequently +contains oxide of titanium). When the last is present it is determined +by fusing with bisulphate of potash and extracting with cold water. The +solution is nearly neutralised with ammonia, charged with sulphurous +acid, and boiled. The precipitate is collected, washed, dried, ignited, +and weighed as oxide of titanium, TiO_{2}. The difference between this +weight and that of the combined oxides gives the ferric oxide and +alumina. The filtrate from the mixed oxides is examined for lime and +magnesia. + +~Sulphur.~--Rub up 5 grams of the ore with 5 grams of nitre, transfer to +a porcelain dish, and fuse over a Bunsen burner for fifteen minutes. +When cold, extract with water, and determine the sulphur volumetrically +with standard barium chloride. The sulphur may be present as sulphide or +sulphate. + +~Arsenic.~--Take 5 grams, and evaporate with nitric acid; dilute, add +ammonia, pass sulphuretted hydrogen, and filter. + +To the filtrate add "magnesia mixture." Collect the precipitate, ignite +with nitric acid, and weigh as magnesic pyrarsenate. + +The following may be taken as an example of the composition of an impure +black tin:-- + + Tungstic acid 1.8 % + Stannic oxide 79.0 + Silica 2.6 + Titanic oxide 0.8 + Copper oxide 0.9 + Ferric oxide 13.4 + Sulphur 0.4 + Arsenic 0.3 + ---- + 99.2 + +~Examination of Hardhead.~--In the smelting of tin ores a quantity of +speise, known as "hardhead," is produced. It is essentially an arsenide +of iron, carrying a considerable quantity of tin. Much of this last is +present in the form of small buttons of metal distributed through the +mass. The buttons can be seen on careful inspection, and become evident +on powdering. + +In assaying the substance, a variation in the usual method of sampling +is required, because of the quantity of metal present which cannot be +powdered. After powdering as finely as possible, the coarse particles +are sifted off and weighed. The weight of the powder is also taken. The +method of working is best illustrated by an example. A sample of +hardhead weighed 155.1 grams, and gave 21.0 grams of coarse particles, +equivalent to 13.5 per cent. of the whole. The fine portion weighed 134 +grams, which is equivalent to 86.5 per cent. + +Thirteen and a half grams of the coarse material were dissolved in aqua +regia, and diluted with water to 1 litre. Ten c.c. of this contain 0.135 +gram of the metallic portion, which is the amount contained in 1 gram of +the original hardhead. If, in a determination, 1 gram of the substance +is wanted, weigh up 0.865 gram of the powdered portion, and add to it 10 +c.c. of the solution. It will be seen that these together make up 1 gram +of the original sample. The solution of the metallic portion must be +saved until the analysis is finished. + +~Tin and Copper.~--Weigh up the portion of the powdered stuff equivalent +to 1 gram of the sample. Transfer to a flask, and cover with 10 c.c. of +the solution of the metallic portion and 10 c.c. of aqua regia. Boil +gently till oxidation is complete and the nitric acid for the greater +part driven off. Dilute to 100 c.c. with water, and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen for some time. Filter, wash with hot water, and rinse through +the funnel back into the flask. Digest with yellow sodium sulphide until +only a light, flocculent, black precipitate is left. Filter this off, +wash with hot water, dry, calcine, treat with a little nitric acid, +ignite, and weigh as copper oxide, CuO. The weight multiplied by 0.7983 +gives the weight of copper. + +The filtrate containing the tin is rendered acid with hydrochloric acid, +and filtered. The precipitate is rinsed into a half-pint beaker, covered +with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and boiled down to about 20 c.c. The +solution is filtered off from the sulphur and sulphide of arsenic, +which, after washing with hot water, is transferred to a flask labelled +"arsenic." A strip of sheet zinc (2 in. by 1 in.) is placed in the +solution. The evolution of hydrogen should be brisk. In five or ten +minutes decant off a few c.c. of the liquid, and test with sulphuretted +hydrogen for tin. If no yellowish precipitate is formed, decant off the +rest of the liquid, and wash the precipitated metal with hot water two +or three times by decantation. The metal should be in a lump; if there +are any floating particles they must be made to sink by compression with +a glass rod. Transfer the washed metal to an evaporating dish 3 or 4 in. +across, and cover with a few c.c. of hot water. Add nitric acid drop by +drop till the tin is completely attacked. Evaporate nearly to dryness, +and add a drop or two more of nitric acid and 20 c.c. of water. Boil and +filter. Wash with hot water, dry, ignite, and weigh as stannic oxide, +SnO_{2}. Calculate to metallic tin by multiplying by 0.7867.[76] + +The filtrate from the first treatment with sulphuretted hydrogen will +probably no longer smell of the gas. Warm and pass the gas for a few +minutes longer. Filter off any precipitate of sulphide of arsenic, and +transfer it to the flask for "arsenic." Boil the filtrate (ignoring any +signs of a further precipitation of arsenic) with a few c.c. of nitric +acid, and separate the iron as basic acetate. Wash; reserve the filtrate +for cobalt. + +~Iron.~--Rinse back the "basic acetate," precipitate into the flask, add +ammonia, dilute with water to about 100 c.c., and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen for a few minutes. Filter, and wash with hot water. Collect the +filtrate in the flask labelled "arsenic." Boil the precipitate with +dilute sulphuric acid, filter, and titrate the filtrate with the +permanganate of potassium solution after boiling off the sulphuretted +hydrogen. Report the result as iron. The sulphuric acid will not effect +complete solution, a light black residue will remain, chiefly sulphur; +this must be rinsed into the filtrate from the acetate separation. It +contains cobalt. + +~Cobalt.~--The filtrate from the acetate separation will have a pink +colour. Render it ammoniacal and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Collect +the precipitate on a filter, dry, and ignite. Dissolve in hydrochloric +acid, and evaporate nearly to dryness with an excess of nitric acid. +Dilute with 10 or 20 c.c. of water and add potash solution in slight +excess. Add acetic acid until the solution is acid and the precipitate +is quite dissolved. Add 20 or 30 c.c. of a strong solution of potassium +nitrite, and determine the cobalt, as described on pp. 254, 256. Boil +the filtrate from the cobalt, precipitate with hydrochloric acid, render +ammoniacal, and test for zinc, nickel, and manganese. + +_The remainder of the tin_ will be contained in the flask labelled +"arsenic." Acidify with hydrochloric acid and filter. Rinse into a +beaker, and evaporate to a small bulk with 10 c.c. of nitric acid. +Dilute and filter. Dry the precipitate, consisting of stannic arsenate +(2SnO_{2}.As_{2}O_{5}), ignite, and weigh. Calculate the tin it contains +by multiplying by 0.4453, and add to that already found. + +~Arsenic.~--This is determined in a separate portion. Weigh up a portion +of the powder equivalent to 1 gram of the hardhead, place in a pint +flask, and boil with 10 c.c. of nitric acid. When action has ceased add +10 c.c. of the solution of the metallic portion and then hydrochloric +acid (a few drops at a time) till solution is complete. Warm gently in +dissolving, but do not boil. Dilute to about 100 c.c., render alkaline +with ammonia, and add 20 c.c. of yellow ammonium sulphide. Digest at a +gentle heat for about thirty minutes, filter, and wash. Add 50 c.c. of +magnesia mixture, shake well, allow to stand for an hour, filter, and +wash with dilute ammonia. The precipitate is dissolved and then titrated +with uranium acetate, or it is evaporated with nitric acid, ignited, and +weighed as pyrarsenate of magnesia. Calculate the result to arsenic, As. + +~Sulphur.~--Weigh up a portion of the powder equivalent to 2 or 3 grams +of the hardhead. Rub up in a mortar with 5 grams of nitre and fuse in a +porcelain dish for ten minutes. Extract with water, add 20 or 30 c.c. +(as the case may be) of the solution of the "metallics." Add 10 grams of +sodic acetate, and ferric chloride until the precipitate turns brown; +dilute with water to half a litre, boil, and titrate with standard baric +chloride, as described under _Sulphur_. Report as sulphur. + +A sample of hardhead examined in this way gave-- + + Sulphur 3.00% + Arsenic 27.10 + Tin 22.2 + Copper 1.64 + Iron 43.2 + Cobalt 2.6 + ------ + 99.74 + +~Examination of Tin Slags.~--In tin smelting works the term "slag" is +applied to the unfused portion of the charge. It is made up of unburnt +anthracite and small lumps of slag proper together with some buttons of +metallic tin. This is rarely, if ever, assayed. The slag proper (or, as +it is generally called, "glass") is a silicate of iron, alumina, and +lime, containing from 3 to 7 per cent. of tin. It is thus examined:--The +sample after bruising on an iron plate, is reduced to a very fine powder +by grinding in an agate mortar. In this state it is in most cases +readily decomposed by hydrochloric acid. + +~Determination of Tin.~--Where the percentage of tin only is required, +take 2 grams of the powdered slag and well mix with it 20 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, and heat to boiling. Add 1 c.c. of nitric acid, allow +to stand for fifteen minutes, dilute with water, and filter. Pass a +rapid current of sulphuretted hydrogen for some time. Allow to settle, +and filter. The precipitate, after washing with hot water, is dried, and +gently calcined until the greater part of the sulphur is burnt off. It +is then strongly ignited in the muffle (or over the blowpipe) with the +addition of a small lump of ammonic carbonate. The residue is weighed as +stannic oxide (SnO_{2}); and is calculated to metallic tin by +multiplying by 0.787. The percentage on the slag is calculated in the +usual way. + +The tin is always best determined in the examination of slags by a +separate assay carried out in this way. The determination of the other +constituents is thus made:-- + +~Silica.~--Take 2 grams of the powdered slag and cover them, in a small +evaporating dish, with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; mix well by +stirring with a glass rod; and evaporate to dryness. If (as is generally +the case) tungsten is present the solution will be blue. Take up with 20 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid. Add 1 c.c. of nitric acid; and reduce by +boiling to about half the bulk. Add about 20 c.c. of water, boil, and +filter. Wash the residue with hot dilute hydrochloric acid. It consists +of silica with the tungstic acid. Wash it back into the dish; and digest +with 5 or 10 c.c. of a cold solution of ammonic carbonate. Filter; and +collect the filtrate and washings in a weighed porcelain dish. Dry the +residue, ignite strongly, and weigh as silica, SiO_{2}. In certain +exceptional cases this may contain some unaltered cassiterite, which is +easily recognised by its appearance. + +~Tungsten.~--The ammonic carbonate filtrate from the silica is +evaporated to dryness, ignited strongly over the blowpipe, and weighed. +The residue is tungstic acid, WO_{3}. The tungsten may be conveniently +reported in this form, although it is probably present as a lower +oxide. + +~Tin.~--The acid filtrate from the silica and tungstic acid is treated +with sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphide of tin is filtered off. Since +the percentage of tin has been already determined, this precipitate may +be neglected; or may be treated in the same way as the previous one, so +as to check the result. Since some stannic chloride will have been lost +in the evaporation, a low result may be expected. The tin should be +reported as stannous oxide; and is calculated by multiplying the +percentage of tin by 1.136. + +The filtrate from the tin is boiled rapidly down to remove sulphuretted +hydrogen; and then peroxidised with 1 or 2 c.c. of nitric acid. It is +cooled, transferred to a graduated flask, and diluted with water to 200 +c.c. + +~Ferrous Oxide and Alumina.~--Half the filtrate from the tin (that is, +100 c.c.) is taken, nearly neutralised with soda, and treated with +sodium acetate. The basic acetate precipitate obtained on boiling is +filtered off and washed. Reserve the filtrate. The precipitate is +dissolved off the filter with hot dilute hydrochloric acid; and the +solution thus formed is treated with a slight excess of ammonia, and +boiled. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with hot water, dried, +ignited, and weighed as mixed ferric oxide and alumina. The ignited +precipitate is then dissolved with sulphuric and hydrochloric acids; and +the iron determined in the solution by titration with the solution of +stannous chloride. The iron found is calculated to and reported as +ferrous oxide, FeO (factor = 1.286). To find the alumina, which is best +estimated by difference, multiply the iron by 1.428 to get the weight of +ferric oxide, and deduct this from the weight of alumina and ferric +oxide found. This, of course, gives the alumina. A direct determination +may be made by removing the tin from the titrated solution with +sulphuretted hydrogen, filtering, nearly neutralising with ammonia, and +boiling with a few grams of hyposulphite of soda. The precipitate, +filtered, washed, and ignited, is the alumina, which is weighed. The +direct determination gives a slightly low result. + +~Oxides of Zinc and Manganese.~--These are determined in the filtrate +from the basic acetate precipitate by rendering alkaline with ammonia, +and passing a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. Generally a small, but +decided, precipitate of alumina comes down, together with sulphides of +any zinc or manganese which is present. The precipitate is allowed to +settle, dried, ignited, and weighed. The metals are separately +determined in it; and the residue is counted as alumina, and added to +that already found. The mixed precipitate amounts to from 1 to 2 per +cent. of the sample. + +~Lime.~--The filtrate from the last is treated with ammonic oxalate, +boiled for a few minutes, allowed to settle, and filtered. The +precipitate is washed with hot water; dried; ignited; and weighed as +carbonate, after gentle ignition; or as lime, after strong ignition in +the muffle. + +~Magnesia.~--The filtrate from the lime is treated with sodic phosphate +and ammonia. It is well mixed by stirring, and allowed to stand +overnight. The precipitate is washed with dilute ammonia, dried, +ignited, and weighed as pyrophosphate. + +~Soda and Potash.~--These are determined in the remaining half of the +filtrate from the tin. The solution is rendered ammoniacal with ammonia; +and treated, first with sulphuretted hydrogen, and then with ammonium +oxalate. The precipitate is filtered off and rejected. The filtrate is +evaporated in a small porcelain dish over a Bunsen burner, or on the +sand bath; and towards the close (or earlier if the evaporation is not +proceeding well) nitric acid is added. The evaporation is carried to +dryness; and the residue heated nearly to redness. The residue, which +consists of magnesia with carbonates and chlorides of the alkalies, is +extracted with water; and filtered. The filtrate is evaporated with +hydrochloric acid in a weighed platinum dish, ignited gently, and +weighed. This gives the weight of the mixed chlorides of sodium and +potassium; which are then separated and determined as described under +_Potash_. + +It must be remembered when calculating the percentage that (with the +exception of the silica, tungstic acid, and tin) the determinations have +been made on 1 gram of the sample. + +The following analysis will illustrate the composition of such a slag:-- + + Tungstic acid 1.3% + Silica 39.4 + Stannous oxide 8.1 + Ferrous oxide 26.2 + Alumina 14.8 + Oxide of manganese traces + Lime 7.9 + Magnesia 0.5 + Alkalies calculated as soda 1.7 + ----- + 99.9 + + +TITANIUM. + +Titanium only occurs as a mineral in its oxidised state, or as titanic +oxide (TiO_{2}). It is a substance which has little commercial value, +and is generally recognised as one of the rare bodies; although, in +small quantities, it is widely disseminated. It occurs in granite, +basalt, and other igneous rocks in quantities up to as much as 1 per +cent. It is also met with in clays and iron ores, and in river sands, in +which it is often associated with stream tin. The proper minerals of +titanium are rutile (TiO_{2}), titaniferous iron (titanate of iron), and +sphene (titanate and silicate of lime). + +The oxide of titanium (like cassiterite and quartz) is undecomposed by +hydrochloric or nitric acid; so that it is generally found in the +residue insoluble in acids. The titanates, however, are attacked, and a +portion of the titanium dissolves; so that it must be looked for in both +the filtrate and residue. Oxide of titanium in its native form, or after +ignition, may be made soluble by fusing the finely-divided substance +with fusion mixture in a platinum dish. The resulting titanate is +dissolved out of the "melt" by cold hydrochloric acid. + +The method most commonly used is fusion with bisulphate of potash. This +renders the oxide of titanium soluble in cold water. The process is as +follows:--The substance is extracted with hydrochloric and nitric acids, +and the solution reserved for further treatment; the residue is dried, +moistened with sulphuric acid, and evaporated once or twice to dryness +with hydrofluoric acid. It is then fused with bisulphate of potash, and +the "melt" extracted with cold water until all soluble matter is +removed. The solution is filtered. The residue may consist of unremoved +silica, and oxides of tantalum, niobium, and, perhaps, chromium. On the +prolonged boiling of the filtrate, the oxide of titanium (and oxide of +zirconium, if any) is precipitated. + +Any titanium dissolved by the first extraction with acids is recovered +in the following way:--Sulphuretted hydrogen is passed into the acid +solution, and any precipitate that may be formed is filtered off. The +filtrate is oxidised, and the iron, aluminium, and titanium are +separated as basic acetates (see under _Iron_). The precipitate is dried +and fused with bisulphate of potash. The "melt" is extracted with cold +water, filtered if necessary, and the solution rendered first faintly +alkaline with ammonia, then very slightly acid with sulphuric acid. 30 +or 40 c.c. of a saturated solution of sulphurous acid is added, and the +oxide of titanium precipitated by prolonged boiling. It is filtered off, +added to the precipitate previously got, ignited with ammonic carbonate +towards the end, and then weighed. + +~Detection.~--Titanium is detected in an insoluble residue by fusing the +residue for some time in a bead of microcosmic salt. In the reducing +flame it gives a violet colour, which becomes reddish-brown if much iron +is present. In the oxidising flame it gives a colourless or whitish +bead. It is best detected in acid solutions by the deep brown or iodine +colour developed on adding hydroxyl. A solution of this can be prepared +by pouring peroxide of barium (BaO_{2}) diffused in water into dilute +hydrochloric acid (a little at a time), and keeping the acid in excess. + +~Separation.~--In the usual course of an analytical separation the +hydrate of titanium will be thrown down with ferric hydrate, &c., on the +addition of ammonic chloride and ammonia. It is best separated from this +precipitate by fusion with bisulphate of potash, as already described, +but it must be remembered that the presence of much mineral acid +prevents complete precipitation when the solution is boiled. Further, if +phosphates are present, the precipitate will contain phosphoric oxide; +it may be freed from this by fusion with sodium carbonate. A very good +method of separating titanium from iron is to add tartaric acid and +ammonia to the solution, and then precipitate the iron (as sulphide) +with sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate contains the titanium, which is +recovered by evaporating and igniting. It may be separated from zirconia +by the action of sodium carbonate, which precipitates both; but when +concentrated, redissolves the zirconia. The separation from large +quantities of silica is best effected by evaporating with hydrofluoric +acid, which volatilises the silicon; but sulphuric acid must be present, +otherwise some titanium also will be lost, as may be seen from the +following experiments,[77] in which oxide of titanium (pure, ignited) +was evaporated to dryness with a quantity of hydrofluoric acid known by +experiment to be sufficient to volatilise 1 gram of silica. + +_Without sulphuric acid_, 0.0466 gram of titanic oxide left 0.0340 gram, +showing a loss of about 25 per cent. + +_With sulphuric acid_ the following results were obtained:-- + + Oxide taken. Left after Evaporation + and Ignition. + 0.0340 gram 0.0340 gram + 0.0414 " 0.0413 " + 0.0520 " 0.0520 " + 0.0352 " 0.0352 " + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The titanic hydrate thrown down by ammonia (or on boiling the solution +from the bisulphate) is collected, washed, dried, ignited strongly with +the addition of a little ammonic carbonate, and weighed. The substance +is titanic oxide (TiO_{2}), and is generally reported as such. It +contains 60.98 per cent. of titanium. It should be white, if pure +(Holland), white, yellow, or brown (Fresenius), or black (Tidy). + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +A method has been proposed based on the reduction of titanic oxide by +zinc in hydrochloric acid solutions to the sesquioxide. The reduction is +marked by the development of a violet or green colour, the former with +chlorides and the latter when fluorides are present. The quantity of +titanium reduced is measured by titrating with permanganate of potassium +solution. The water used must be free from dissolved oxygen. + + +TUNGSTEN AND TUNGSTATES. + +Tungsten occurs in nature only in the oxidised state, or as tungstic +acid (WO_{3}), either free, as in wolframine, or combined with oxides of +manganese and iron, as in wolfram, or with lime, as in scheelite. +Wolfram occurs associated with tin ores, the value of which is +consequently lowered. Both wolfram and scheelite are of considerable +importance as a source of tungstic acid for the manufacture of sodium +tungstate, which is used as a mordant and for some other purposes, and +as a source of metallic tungsten, which is used in steel-making. + +The tungsten minerals have a high specific gravity (6 to 7.5). On +treatment with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia they are decomposed; the +yellow tungstic acid separates and remains insoluble. + +Tungsten itself is insoluble in nitric acid or aqua regia; but is +converted into tungstic acid (WO_{3}) by prolonged and strong ignition +in air. Alloys containing tungsten leave tungstic acid after treatment +with nitric acid or aqua regia. Tungstic acid may be got into solution +after fusion with alkalies or alkaline carbonates. This solution gives +with hydrochloric acid a white precipitate of tungstic acid, which +becomes yellow on boiling, but the separation is not complete. Fusion +with bisulphate of potash gives a residue, which does not dissolve in +water, but is soluble in ammonic carbonate. For the assay of minerals +containing tungsten these reactions are only occasionally taken +advantage of for testing or purifying the separated tungstic acid. + +~Detection.~--The minerals are easily recognised by their physical +characters, and the yellow tungstic acid separated by boiling with acids +is the best test for its presence; this, after decanting and washing, +immediately dissolves in a few drops of dilute ammonia. A solution of +tungstate acidulated with hydrochloric acid becomes intensely blue on +the addition of stannous chloride and warming. Fused in a bead of +microcosmic salt it gives a clear blue colour (reddish-brown if iron is +also present) in the reducing flame, but is colourless in the oxidising +flame. + +~Solution and Separation.~--The decomposition and solution of natural +tungstates is difficult to effect owing to the separation of tungstic +acid; the method of treatment is as follows:--Boil the finely-powdered +substance with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia till it apparently ceases +to be attacked; dilute, filter, and wash with dilute hydrochloric acid. +Cover with dilute ammonia, and filter the solution, which contains +ammonic tungstate, into an evaporating dish. Treat the residue again +with acid, and again dissolve out the separated tungstic acid with +ammonia, and repeat this operation until decomposition is complete. By +this means there will be obtained--(1) a solution containing tungstate +of ammonia; (2) an insoluble residue with silicates, and oxides of tin, +niobium, tantalum, &c.; and (3) an acid solution containing the soluble +bases. The tungstate of ammonia requires simple evaporation on the +water-bath and gentle ignition in order to cause the tungstic acid to be +left in an almost pure state; possibly, it may carry a little silica. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The tungstic acid is dissolved, and separated as ammonic tungstate, and, +after evaporation, is gently ignited, the heat being increased towards +the end. The residual tungstic acid is fixed, so that when the ammonia +has been driven off it may be strongly heated without loss. It is a dark +yellow or brown powder whilst hot, which becomes a light yellow on +cooling. If any reduction has taken place it will be more or less +greenish. It is weighed when cold, and is the trioxide or "tungstic +acid" (WO_{3}), which contains 79.31 per cent. of tungsten. After its +weight has been taken its purity is checked by fusing with hydric +potassic sulphate, extracting with water, and treating the residue with +ammonic carbonate. Any silica present will be left undissolved; it +should be separated and weighed, and its weight deducted from that of +the tungstic acid found. + +~Determination of Tungstic Acid in Wolfram.~--Take 2 grams of the +finely-powdered sample and boil with 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid for +half an hour, adding 5 c.c. of nitric acid towards the end. Allow to +stand overnight and boil again for 15 or 20 minutes; dilute with an +equal volume of water, and filter. Wash with dilute hydrochloric acid, +dissolve in a few c.c. of warm dilute ammonia, and dilute to 200 c.c. +with distilled water; allow to settle, and filter. Evaporate in a +weighed dish, ignite, and weigh. + +The following analysis will illustrate the composition of a sample of +Cornish wolfram as brought into the market:-- + + Tungstic acid 50.1% + Cassiterite 10.9 + Ferrous oxide 24.6 + Manganous oxide 5.4 + Niobic oxide, alumina, &c. 3.5 + Silica 1.2 + Copper oxide 2.7 + Zinc oxide 0.22 + Arsenic 0.51 + Sulphur 0.20 + ----- + 99.33 + + +NIOBIC AND TANTALIC OXIDES. + +These oxides are commonly met with in samples of wolfram and tinstone, +especially niobic. They are probably present in the form of columbite, a +niobate of iron and manganese; and tantalite, a tantalate of the same +metals. + +On boiling with hydrochloric acid they are both liberated, and remain +for the greater part (all the niobic) in the insoluble residue with the +tungstic acid. On removing the latter with dilute ammonia they remain as +a white insoluble precipitate, very prone to run through the filter on +washing. They may be dissolved in hydrofluoric acid either at once or +after fusion with bisulphate of potash, and extraction with cold water. +To the solution in hydrofluoric acid gradually add a boiling solution of +acid potassium fluoride (HF, KF.). Potassic fluotantalate (soluble in +200 parts of water) separates out first, and afterwards potassic +fluoniobate (soluble in 12 parts of water). The separated salts (after +heating with sulphuric acid and washing out the potassium sulphate +formed) are ignited with ammonic carbonate, and weighed as tantalic +oxide (Ta_{2}O_{5}) and niobic oxide (Nb_{2}O_{5}) respectively. + +They are both white powders. The oxide of niobium dissolved in a bead of +microcosmic salt gives a bluish colour in the reducing flame. The oxide +of tantalum dissolves in the bead, but gives no colour. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[76] This will give almost the whole of the tin; a further portion will +be got in subsequent work, and must be added to this result. + +[77] Published by P. Holland, in the _Chemical News_, vol. lix. p. 27. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +MANGANESE, CHROMIUM, &c. + + +MANGANESE. + +Manganese occurs mainly as black oxide (MnO_{2}) in the mineral +pyrolusite; and, in a less pure form, in psilomelane and wad. The value +of the ore depends rather on the percentage of available oxygen than on +the proportion of metal present. The results of assays are generally +reported as so much per cent. of the dioxide (MnO_{2}). In smaller +quantities it is very widely distributed. Manganese itself has a value +for steel-making; or, rather, for the making of spiegeleisen and +ferro-manganese, which are used in the Bessemer and Siemens processes. +For this purpose the percentage of the metal (Mn) is required. +Consequently the minerals of manganese may be considered in two +aspects--(1) as a source of oxygen; and (2) as a source of manganese. +These will require separate consideration. + +The black oxide is mainly used in the preparation of chlorine, +liberation of which it brings about when treated with hot hydrochloric +acid, or with a mixture of common salt and sulphuric acid. The quantity +of chlorine which is obtained depends upon the proportion of dioxide +present;[78] and in assaying may either be measured by its equivalent of +iodine liberated, or by the oxidising effect on an acid solution of +ferrous sulphate. When the ore also carries substances which have a +reducing effect (such as ferrous compounds), such assays will give, not +the total dioxide (MnO_{2}), but less, by the amount required to oxidise +these impurities; and this is exactly what is required in valuing such +an ore for commercial purposes. Manganese compounds are characterised by +the readiness with which they may be converted into highly-oxidised +bodies. Solution of manganese in hydrochloric acid, rendered alkaline +with ammonia, yields a clear solution,[79] which rapidly takes up oxygen +from the air, forming a brown precipitate of the oxide (Mn_{2}O_{3}). +The addition of bromine or chlorine to such a solution determines the +precipitation of a still higher oxide (approximately MnO_{2}). On +treating a compound containing manganese with nitric acid and dioxide of +lead (PbO_{2}), the oxidation is carried still further, a +purple-coloured solution of permanganic acid (HMnO_{4} or +H_{2}O.Mn_{2}O_{7}) being formed. On fusing minerals containing (even +traces of) manganese with sodium carbonate in an open crucible, a green +"melt" is obtained which owes its colour to sodium manganate +(Na_{2}MnO_{4} or Na_{2}O.MnO_{3}). This salt is soluble in water, +forming a green solution; which, when rendered acid, rapidly changes +into the permanganate with the characteristic purple colour. +Permanganate of potash is a salt much used in assaying, with some +properties of which the student will have already become familiar. + +Compounds of manganese, on boiling with strong hydrochloric acid, yield +manganous chloride[80] (MnCl_{2}). + +The properties given above serve for the detection of manganese; the +higher oxides are distinguished by causing the evolution of chlorine +(with its peculiarly suffocating smell) when acted on with hydrochloric +acid; while the green "melt," with sodium carbonate, can be relied on +for the recognition of manganese itself. There is no dry assay of +manganese ores. + + +WET METHODS. + +Strong hydrochloric acid is the best solvent for ores of manganese; but +where the proportion of dioxide (MnO_{2}) is required, the solution is +effected during the assay. The ore should be in a very fine state of +division before treatment with acids. + +The separation of manganese from other metals is thus effected: Ignite, +in order to destroy any organic matter which may be present; dissolve in +hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to dryness, to separate silica. Take up +with hydrochloric acid, dilute, pass sulphuretted hydrogen, and filter. +Boil off the excess of gas, peroxidise the iron with a drop or two of +nitric acid, and separate the iron as basic acetate (as described under +_Iron_).[81] If the iron precipitate is bulky, it is dissolved in a +little hydrochloric acid, reprecipitated, and the filtrate added to the +original one. Neutralise with soda, and add bromine in excess; heat +gradually to boiling, allow to settle, and filter. The precipitate is +impure dioxide of manganese (containing alkalies and, possibly, cobalt +or nickel). + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +Dissolve the precipitate in hydrochloric acid, and boil; add a slight +excess of carbonate of soda, warm, and filter. Wash with hot water, dry, +carefully ignite in an open Berlin crucible, and weigh. The substance is +the brown oxide (Mn_{3}O_{4}), and contains 72.05 per cent. of +manganese. If the percentage of dioxide is required it may be calculated +by multiplying the percentage of manganese by 1.582. It must be borne in +mind that the manganese should never be calculated to dioxide except +when it is known to exist in the ore only in that form. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +The two methods are based on the oxidising effect of manganese dioxide; +and if the metal does not already exist in this form it will require a +preliminary treatment to convert it. The following method due to Mr. J. +Pattinson[82] effects this: A quantity of the ore containing not more +than .25 grams of the metal (Mn), is dissolved in hydrochloric acid in a +pint beaker, and, if necessary, 3 or 4 c.c. of nitric acid are added to +peroxidise the iron, and ferric chloride is added if required, so that +there may be at least as much iron as manganese. Calcium carbonate is +added till the solution is slightly red; and next the redness is removed +by the cautious addition of acid; 30 c.c. of zinc chloride solution +(containing 15 grams of zinc per litre) are added, the liquid is brought +to boil and diluted to about 300 c.c. with boiling water; 60 c.c. of a +solution of bleaching powder (33 grams to the litre and filtered), +rendered slightly greenish by acid, are then run in and are followed by +3 grams of calcium carbonate suspended in 15 c.c. of boiling water. +During effervescence the beaker is covered, the precipitate is stirred, +and 2 c.c. of methylated spirit are mixed in. The precipitate is +collected on a large filter, washed with cold water, and then with hot, +till free from chlorine, which is tested for with starch and potassium +iodide. The acid ferrous sulphate solution (presently described) is then +measured into the beaker, and the precipitate, still in the paper, +added; more acid is added (if necessary), and the solution is diluted +and titrated. In place of bleaching powder solution, 90 c.c. of bromine +water (containing 22 grams per litre) may be used. + + +FERROUS SULPHATE ASSAY. + +This method, which is the one commonly used, is based on the +determination of the amount of ferrous iron oxidised by a known weight +of the ore. It is known that 87 parts of the dioxide will oxidise 112 +parts of ferrous iron;[83] therefore 1 gram will oxidise 1.287 gram of +ferrous iron, or 1 gram of ferrous iron oxidised will be equivalent to +0.7768 gram of the dioxide. The finely-divided substance containing the +dioxide is digested in a solution of a known quantity of iron in +sulphuric acid. The iron, of course, must be in excess, which excess is +determined when the ore is dissolved by titrating with standard +permanganate or bichromate of potash solution. The assay resolves itself +into one for the determination of ferrous iron, for which the standard +solutions and method of working described under _Iron_ are used. + +The assay is as follows:--For rich ores, 2 grams of clean soft iron wire +are treated, in a pint flask, with 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid and +warmed till dissolved. Carefully sample the ore, and in one portion +determine the "moisture at 100° C.;" grind the rest in a Wedgwood mortar +with a little pure alcohol until free from grit. This reduces the +substance to a finely-divided state and assists solution. Evaporate off +the alcohol and dry at 100° C., mix well, and keep in a weighing-bottle. +Weigh up 2 grams and add them to the solution of iron in the flask; +carefully wash it all down into the acid liquid. On rotating the flask +the ore will rapidly dissolve, but gentle heat may be used towards the +end to complete the solution. When the residue is clean and +sandy-looking, and free from black particles, the flask is cooled, and +the residual ferrous iron is determined by titration with +"permanganate." The iron thus found, deducted from the 2 grams taken, +will give the amount of iron peroxidised by the dioxide contained in the +2 grams of ore. This divided by 2 and multiplied by 77.68 will give the +percentage of dioxide in the sample, or multiplied by 49.41 will give +that of metallic manganese. + +When the quantity of manganese or of the dioxide to be determined is +small, it is not necessary to use 2 grams of iron; 1 gram, or even less, +may be taken. The iron may be used in the form of a standard solution of +ferrous sulphate and portions measured off, thus saving the labour of +weighing. + +~Determination of Dioxide in a Manganese Ore.~--Weigh up 1 or 2 grams of +the finely-powdered ore[84] and an equal weight of pure iron wire, +dissolve the wire in 50 or 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, and, when +solution is complete, add the ore and warm till it too is dissolved. +Cool and titrate the remaining ferrous iron with the permanganate or +bichromate of potassium solution. + +For example, 0.7560 gram of pyrolusite and 1.000 gram of iron were taken +and treated as above; 13.9 c.c. of "permanganate" (standard 100 c.c. = +0.4920 gram iron) were required; this indicates that 0.0684 gram of iron +was left unoxidised by the ore. The iron oxidised, then, was 0.9316 gram +(1.000 - 0.0684); multiplying this by 0.7768, we find that 0.7237 gram +is the quantity of manganese dioxide which was present. This is +equivalent to 95.77 per cent.; + + 0.7560 : 0.7237 :: 100 : 95.77. + + +IODINE METHOD. + +It has been already stated that when dioxide of manganese is boiled with +strong hydrochloric acid chlorine is given off, and that the amount of +chlorine so liberated is a measure of the dioxide present. If the +chlorine is passed into a solution of potassium iodide, an equivalent of +iodine will be set free.[85] This is apparently a very indirect way of +determining how much of the dioxide is present; but the reactions are +very sharp, and the final determination of the iodine is an easy one. + +[Illustration: FIG. 60.] + +The finely-powdered sample of dioxide is placed in a small flask +provided with an exit tube leading into a solution of potassic iodide +(fig. 60). On adding hydrochloric acid and boiling, the chlorine evolved +is driven into the iodide solution and there absorbed; the boiling is +continued till the steam and hydrochloric acid fumes have driven the +last portions of the chlorine out of the flask and into the solution. In +this experiment there is a strong tendency for the iodide solution to +rush back into the flask. This tendency is overcome by avoiding draughts +and regulating the heat; or by placing a lump of magnesite in the flask, +which acts by evolving carbonic acid and so producing a steady outward +pressure. When the distillation is finished the tube containing the +iodine is detached and washed out into a beaker. If the solution is +strongly acid it should be almost neutralised by the cautious addition +of dilute ammonia. If crystals of iodine have separated, potassium +iodide must be added in quantity sufficient to dissolve them. The +condenser must be kept cool whilst the chlorine is passing into it. + +The solution, transferred to a beaker, is titrated with a standard +solution of sodic hyposulphite (100 c.c. = 1.27 gram iodine or 0.435 +gram of dioxide of manganese). In titrating, the solution should be +cold, or not warmer than 30° C. The bulk may vary from 100 to 200 c.c.; +but it is best always to work with the same volume. The "hypo" is run in +with constant agitation until the brown colour has been reduced to a +light yellow; 5 c.c. of starch solution are then added and the titration +cautiously continued until the end is reached; the finish is indicated +by a change from blue to colourless. + +The assay solution may be acidified with acetic, sulphuric, or +hydrochloric acid before titrating with "hypo;" but it must be only +faintly so. An excess of acid may be nearly neutralised with ammonia +without interference, but excess of alkali is fatal. Bicarbonate of soda +must not be used in excess; it is best to avoid it altogether. The assay +solution should be titrated at once, as it weakens on standing; and the +"hypo" solution should be standardised every two or three days, as its +strength is not constant. + +_The standard solution of hyposulphite of soda_ is made by dissolving 25 +grams of the salt (Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3}.5H_{2}O) in water and diluting to 1 +litre. 100 c.c. are equivalent to 1.27 gram of iodine. + +This solution is standardised by weighing, in a small beaker, about half +a gram of iodine, to which is added a crystal or two of potassium iodide +and a few drops of water. When dissolved, the solution is diluted to 100 +c.c., and titrated in the manner described. The starch solution is made +in the manner described under the iodide copper assay. 5 c.c. are used +for each titration. + +In determining the effects of variations in the condition of the assay a +solution of iodine was used, which was equivalent in strength to the +"hypo" solution. It was made by dissolving 12.7 grams of iodine with 25 +grams of potassium iodide in a little water and diluting to 1 litre. 100 +c.c. of this solution were found (at the time of the experiments) to be +equivalent to 102.0 c.c. of the "hypo." + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The bulk of the solution was 100 c.c.; +20 c.c. of iodine were taken, and 5 c.c. of starch solution were added +towards the end as indicator. These conditions are also those of the +other experiments, except where otherwise stated. Iodine being volatile, +it is to be expected that with hot solutions low results will be +obtained. + + Temperature 15° 20° 40° 60° 80° + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 20.4 c.c. 20.1 c.c. 19.2 c.c. 15.5 c.c. + +These show that the temperature should not much exceed 20°. + +~Effect of Exposure of the Iodine Solution.~--Twenty c.c. of the iodine +were diluted to 100 c.c., and exposed for varying lengths of time in +open beakers at the ordinary temperature, and then titrated. + + Time exposed -- 1 day 2 days 3 days + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 16.1 c.c. 13.6 c.c. 9.4 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--These experiments were carried out in the +usual way, bulk only varying. + + Bulk 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 300.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 " 20.4 " 20.4 " 20.4 " + +~Effect of Varying Acid.~--These experiments were under the usual +conditions, the bulk being 100 c.c. The results were-- + + Acetic acid -- 1.5 c.c. 30.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 20.7 " 20.7 " + + Hydrochloric acid -- 1.5 c.c. 15.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 20.6 " 20.9 " + + Sulphuric acid -- 0.5 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 20.7 " 15.2 "[86] + + Nitric acid -- 0.5 c.c. 10.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 21.5 " could not be titrated. + +In the application of this titration to the assay of manganese ores, +hydrochloric and hydriodic acids are the only ones likely to be present. + +~Effect of Alkalies.~--On theoretical grounds the presence of these is +known to be inadmissible. A solution rendered faintly alkaline with +ammonia required only 11.2 c.c. of "hypo;" and another, with 0.5 gram of +caustic soda, required 4.0 c.c. instead of 20.4 c.c. as in neutral +solutions. + +~Effect of nearly Neutralising Hydrochloric Acid Solutions with +Ammonia.~--Provided care is taken not to add excess of ammonia, this +has a good effect, counteracting the interference of excess of acid. +Thus 20 c.c. of iodine (as before) required 20.4 c.c. of "hypo;" with 15 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid 20.7 c.c. were required, but with 15 c.c. of +acid, nearly neutralised with dilute ammonia 20.4 c.c. were used. + +~Effect of the Addition of Starch.~--The addition of varying quantities +of starch has no effect, provided it is added when the titration is +nearly finished, as the following experiments show:-- + + Starch added 1.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 " 20.4 " 20.4 " 20.5 " + +But if the starch is added before the titration, the results are liable +to error. + + Starch added 1.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 20.4 " 24.0 " + +The starch should be used fresh, and is best made on the day it is used; +after four days the finishing point is not so good. + +~Effect of Varying Potassium Iodide.~--An excess of iodide is always +required to keep the iodine in solution; a larger excess has little +effect. + + Iodide added -- 1 gram 20 grams + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 20.5 c.c. 20.6 c.c. + +The 20 c.c. of iodine used, itself contained 0.5 gram of potassium +iodide. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~-- + + Bicarbonate of soda + added -- 0.5 gram 1.5 gram 5.0 grams + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 18.2 c.c. 17.1 c.c. 16.0 c.c. + +The solution obviously must be free from bicarbonate of soda. This +should be remembered, since when titrating arsenic assays with iodine it +must be present; and students must avoid confounding the two titrations. + +In some other experiments, in which 10 grams each of the salts were +taken, the following results were obtained:-- + + Salt added -- AmCl AmNO_{3} Am_{2}SO_{4} + "Hypo" required 20.4 c.c. 20.5 c.c. 20.3 c.c. 20.2 c.c. + + Salt added NaCl NaNO_{3} Na_{2}SO_{4} + "Hypo" required 20.3 c.c. 20.4 c.c. 20.4 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Iodine.~-- + + Iodine added 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Hypo" required 1.3 " 10.2 " 20.4 " 51.0 " 102.0 " + +~Determination of Dioxide in a Manganese Ore.~--Weigh up 0.25 to 0.3 +gram of the powdered ore; place in a flask, cover with 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, and close the flask with a paraffined cork, and bulbs +(as shown in fig. 60), having previously charged the bulb with 5 grams +of potassium iodide in strong solution. Heat the flask, and boil +cautiously for about fifteen minutes. Wash the contents of the bulbs +into a large beaker, nearly (but not quite) neutralise with dilute +ammonia, and titrate with the standard "hypo." + +As an example, 0.2675 gram of pyrolusite was taken, and required 60.3 +c.c. of standard "hypo" (100 c.c. equal 1.185 gram iodine, or 0.4042 +gram MnO_{2}), which equals 0.2437 gram of the dioxide or 91.1 per cent. + + +COLORIMETRIC METHOD. + +When compounds of manganese free from chlorides are boiled with nitric +acid and dioxide of lead,[87] the manganese is converted into +permanganic acid, which is soluble and tints the solution violet. The +depth of colour depends on the amount of manganese present, and this +should not much exceed 10 milligrams. A quantity of substance containing +not more than this amount of manganese should be boiled for a few +minutes with 25 c.c. of a solution containing 5 c.c. of nitric acid, and +10 or 20 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, with 2 or 3 grams of lead +dioxide. Filter through asbestos, wash by decantation with dilute +sulphuric acid, make up with distilled water[88] to a definite bulk, and +take a measured portion for the colorimetric determination. + +The standard solution of manganese is made by dissolving 0.1435 gram of +permanganate of potash (KMnO_{4}) in a little water acidulated with +nitric acid, and diluting to 1 litre. One c.c. will contain 0.05 +milligram of manganese. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. What percentage of manganese (Mn) is contained in permanganate of +potash (KMnO_{4})? + +2. Ten c.c. of a solution of permanganate of potash is found to oxidise +10 c.c. of an acid solution of ferrous sulphate. The manganese is +determined in the titrated solution by precipitation as dioxide and +titrating. How much of the ferrous solution will be oxidised in the +second titration? + +3. What weight of potassium iodide would be just sufficient to absorb +the chlorine evolved by 0.5 gram of pure dioxide of manganese? + +4. What weight of iron must be dissolved up so as to have an excess of +0.25 gram after oxidation by 1 gram of pure dioxide? + +5. What weight of the brown oxide, Mn_{2}O_{4} will be left on igniting +1 gram of the pure dioxide? + + +CHROMIUM. + +Chromium occurs in nature chiefly as chromite or chrome iron ore +(FeO_{2}Cr_{2}O_{3}, with more or less MgO and Al_{2}O_{3}), which is +the chief ore. It is a constituent of some silicates, and is frequently +met with in very small quantities in iron ores. It occurs as chromate in +crocoisite (PbCrO_{4}), and some other rare minerals. + +The metal is used in steel-making. Steel containing about 0.5 per cent. +of it is rendered very hard; but its chief value is in its salts, the +chromates. These are highly-coloured compounds, generally red or yellow. +Some of the insoluble chromates are used as pigments; chromate of lead +or chrome-yellow is the most important. The soluble chromates, those of +soda and potash, are valuable chemicals, and are largely used in the +preparation of pigments, dyeing and tanning, and as oxidising agents. + +Chromium forms two important classes of compounds--chromic salts, +corresponding to the oxide Cr_{2}O_{3}, and chromates, which contain the +trioxide CrO_{3}. Solutions of chromic salts are green, whilst those of +the chromates are yellow. Chromates are reduced to chromic salts by the +action of most reducing agents in the presence of an acid; and this +property is used in assaying for the volumetric determination of ferrous +iron, &c. The chromates in solution are more stable than other similar +oxidising agents, and consequently are generally used in the laboratory +as one of the standard oxidising agents for volumetric analysis. They +have the disadvantage of requiring an outside indicator. Bichromate of +potash (K_{2}Cr_{2}O_{7}) is the salt generally used for this purpose. + +Chromic salts are oxidised to chromate by fusion with "fusion mixture" +and nitre, or by treating with chlorine in an alkaline solution. + +Chromic salts closely resemble those of ferric iron, and in the ordinary +course of analysis chromic hydrate (green) is precipitated together with +ferric hydrate, alumina, &c., on the addition of ammonic chloride and +ammonia. The ignited oxide, Cr_{2}O_{3}, however, is not reduced on +heating to redness in a current of hydrogen. + +~Detection.~--Chromium is detected by fusing the powdered substance with +"fusion mixture" and nitre. The melt is extracted with water and +filtered. The filtrate is acidified with acetic acid, and treated with a +few drops of a solution of lead acetate. A yellow precipitate indicates +chromium. Substances containing chromium impart a green colour to the +borax bead in both flames. Small quantities of chromate in neutral +solution can be found by the dark or violet-red colouration imparted +thereto on boiling with a dilute decoction of logwood. + +~Solution and Separation.~--Chromates and chromic salts are generally +soluble in water or dilute acids. Chrome iron ore, however, and ignited +chromic oxide are insoluble; and the former presents considerable +difficulty on attempting to open up by the usual methods. A large number +of mixtures have been tried in order to get all the chromium in a +soluble form. Among these are the following. One part of the very +finely-powdered ore is fused with any of these mixtures. + + (1) 10 parts of bisulphate of potash. + (2) 5 parts of bisulphate of potash and 5 parts of potassium fluoride. + (3) 5 parts of hydric potassic fluoride. + (4) 12 parts of bisulphate of potash; and, afterwards, with 6 parts of + carbonate of soda and 6 parts of nitre. + (5) 8 parts of borax; afterwards, with carbonate of soda till it ceases + to effervesce; then, with 3 parts of carbonate of soda and 3 of + nitre. + (6) 4 parts of borax and 6 parts of fusion mixture. + (7) 12 parts of caustic potash. + (8) 10 parts of caustic soda and 30 of magnesia. + (9) 5 parts of caustic soda and 3 of magnesia. + (10) 2 parts of carbonate of soda and 1 of lime. + (11) 6 parts of soda-lime and 2 of chlorate of potash. + (12) Sodium peroxide. + +Of these, numbers 1, 2, and 3 yield the chromium in a form soluble in +dilute acids, as chromic salt. The rest in a form soluble in water, as +potassium or sodium chromate. + +On boiling an insoluble chromium compound with chlorate of potash and +nitric acid, the chromium passes into solution as chromate. This method, +however, does not answer for chrome iron ore. In the fusion methods the +ore must be very finely powdered, well mixed with the fluxes, and +subjected to a prolonged fusion in a platinum vessel at a high +temperature. Undecomposed particles require re-fusion. + +The aqueous extract containing the chromate is ready for volumetric +work, except in those cases where nitre has been used. For gravimetric +work the solution is acidified with hydrochloric acid, then mixed with +ammonia in slight excess, boiled, and filtered. The filtrate is +acidified with hydrochloric acid, and treated with sulphuretted +hydrogen, warmed, rendered slightly alkaline with ammonia, and the gas +again passed. The chromium is precipitated as chromic hydrate mixed with +sulphur from the reduction with sulphuretted hydrogen. It is filtered +off, washed with hot water, and ignited. It is weighed as chromic oxide. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution containing the chromium, freed from other metals and earths +and in the form of (green) chromic salt, is heated to boiling. If any +chromate is present reduce it with sodium sulphite or sulphuretted +hydrogen. Add ammonia in slight excess, boil till the liquid is free +from a red tint, and allow to settle for a few minutes. Filter, wash +with hot water, dry, and ignite strongly in a loosely-covered crucible. +Cool, and weigh. The substance is chromic oxide, Cr_{2}O_{3}, and +contains 68.62 per cent. of chromium. It is a dark-green powder +insoluble in acids. + +When, as is generally the case, the chromium exists altogether as +chromate (phosphates and arsenates being absent) it is best to proceed +as follows:--Render the solution acid with acetic acid, then add sodium +acetate to the solution and heat nearly to boiling; next treat with a +slight excess of acetate of lead, and boil. Allow to settle, and filter. +Wash the precipitate with hot water, dry in the water-oven or at a low +temperature. Transfer the precipitate to a weighed Berlin crucible, burn +the filter separately, ignite below redness, cool in the desiccator, and +weigh. The substance is lead chromate, PbCrO_{4}, and contains 16.1 per +cent. of chromium, or 23.53 per cent. of chromic oxide (Cr_{2}O_{3}). + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This is based on the oxidation of ferrous iron by the solution +containing the chromium as chromate. A known weight of iron (0.5, 1, or +1.5 gram, according to the quantity of chromate) is dissolved in 50 c.c. +of dilute sulphuric acid. The solution containing the chromate is added, +and the remaining ferrous iron titrated with the permanganate or +bichromate of potassium solution, as described under _Iron_. The iron +thus found is deducted from that taken, and the difference gives the +iron oxidised by the chromate. This multiplied by 0.3101 gives the +chromium, Cr, and when multiplied by 0.4529 gives the chromic oxide, +Cr_{2}O_{3}. + + +COLORIMETRIC METHOD. + +Small quantities of chromium may be determined, after conversion into +chromate, colorimetrically. The solution, which should not contain more +than a few milligrams in 100 c.c., is acidified with acetic acid and +compared against an equal volume of water rendered acid with acetic +acid and tinted with a standard bichromate of potassium solution. This +standard bichromate is made by dissolving 2.827 grams of the salt in +water and diluting to 1 litre. One c.c. will contain 1 milligram of +chromium, Cr. The manner of working this assay is the same as that +adopted in the other colorimetric processes. + +~Determination of Chromium in Steel.~[89]--Weigh up 2.4 grams, dissolve +in hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to dryness. Fuse with sodium +carbonate and nitre, extract with water, and make up to 301 c.c. Take +250 c.c. of the clear liquor, boil with hydrochloric acid, add sodium +phosphate, and then ammonia in slight excess. Heat till clear. Filter +off the precipitate, dissolve it in hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to +dryness. Take up with a little acid, filter, and precipitate with a +slight excess of ammonia. Wash, ignite, and weigh as chromium phosphate +(3Cr_{2}O_{3},2P_{2}O_{5}), which contains 42.2 per cent. of chromium. + + +VANADIUM. + +Vanadium occurs in certain rare minerals, such as vanadinite +(3Pb_{3}(VO_{4})_{2}.PbCl_{2}), a vanadate of lead; mottramite, a +vanadate of copper and lead; and dechenite, a vanadate of lead and zinc. +It is occasionally found in iron and copper ores and in the slags from +them. In Spanish copper-precipitates it is found along with chromium, +and is probably derived from the iron used for precipitating. The +vanadates, like the chromates, are coloured compounds, generally yellow +or red. On reduction, blue solutions are got. In their general reactions +vanadates resemble phosphates. + +Vanadium is detected by the red colouration produced by passing +sulphuretted hydrogen into ammoniacal solutions for some time. On adding +an acid to the filtered solution a brown precipitate of the sulphide is +produced. This gives with borax a colourless bead in the oxidising, and +a green one in the reducing, flame. + +It is separated by fusing the ore with potassic nitrate, extracting with +water and precipitating with baric chloride. The precipitate is boiled +with dilute sulphuric acid, filtered, neutralised with ammonia, and +saturated with ammonic chloride. Ammonium vanadate separates out. It is +filtered off, ignited, and weighed as vanadic oxide, V_{2}O_{5}, +containing 56.18 per cent. of vanadium. + + +MOLYBDENUM. + +Molybdenum occurs in nature chiefly as molybdenite (MoS_{2}); it also +occurs in wulfenite, a molybdate of lead (PbMoO_{4}), and in molybdic +ochre (MoO_{3}). + +Molybdate of ammonia is an important reagent in the determination of +phosphates, the manufacture of which compound is the chief purpose to +which molybdenum is applied. + +Iron and copper ores frequently contain molybdenum, sometimes in +quantity; consequently it is met with in slags and pig-iron. + +Molybdenum forms several series of salts. In those corresponding to the +lower oxides it is basic; but the trioxide (MoO_{3}) is the acid oxide +which forms a series of salts called the molybdates. All molybdenum +compounds are converted into the trioxide by boiling with nitric acid. +The trioxide is a white powder readily dissolved by ammonia. It fuses at +a red heat, and volatilises freely in contact with air. It is slightly +soluble in water. + +Molybdates are easily reduced, with the production of coloured +solutions, by most reducing agents. Sulphuretted hydrogen first produces +a blue tint, and then precipitates a brown sulphide. The precipitation +as sulphide is only complete on prolonged treatment; a green colour +indicates that some molybdenum still remains in solution. The +precipitated sulphide is soluble in ammonium sulphide. + +~Detection.~--Molybdenum is detected by its behaviour with sulphuretted +hydrogen. Molybdenite can only be mistaken for graphite, from which it +is easily distinguished by yielding sulphur dioxide on roasting, and by +giving, on charcoal, a yellowish white incrustation, which becomes blue +on touching it for a moment with the reducing flame. The borax-bead is +colourless in the oxidising, and dark-brown in the reducing, flame. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution containing the molybdate is neutralised and treated with an +excess of mercurous nitrate. The precipitate is allowed to settle for +some time, filtered, and washed with a dilute solution of mercurous +nitrate. Then it is dried, transferred to a weighed Berlin crucible +containing ignited oxide of lead, mixed, ignited, and weighed. The +increase in weight gives the amount of trioxide, MoO_{3}. This contains +66.7 per cent. of molybdenum. + + +URANIUM. + +Uranium occurs chiefly as pitchblende, which is an impure oxide +(U_{3}O_{8}). It is also found as sulphate in uranochre, johannite, &c.; +and as phosphate in the uranites, torbernite (hydrated phosphate of +uranium and copper), and autunite (hydrated phosphate of uranium and +lime). It also occurs in some rarer minerals. + +The oxide is used for colouring glass; and the nitrate and acetate are +used as reagents. "Uranium yellow," used for enamel painting, is sodium +uranate. The uranates, in which the oxide of uranium acts as an acid, +are mostly insoluble and of secondary importance. + +Uranium forms two families of salts, uranous and uranic; corresponding +to the oxides UO_{2} and UO_{3} respectively. The former are generally +green and the latter yellow. Uranous salts are converted into uranic by +boiling with nitric acid or other oxidising agents. Uranic salts, on the +other hand, are easily reduced by sulphuretted hydrogen, stannous +chloride or zinc. This property is made use of in determining the +quantity of uranium in pure solutions by titrating with permanganate of +potassium solution as in the case with iron. + +~Detection.~--The most characteristic reaction of the uranium compounds +is their behaviour in the presence of alkaline carbonates in which they +are freely soluble; even ammonium sulphide will not precipitate uranium +from these solutions. On neutralising the carbonate with an acid a +uranate of the alkali is precipitated. Ammonia or sodic hydrate (free +from carbonates) give yellow precipitates, which are insoluble in excess +of the reagent, but are soluble in acids. Ferrocyanide of potassium +gives a reddish-brown precipitate. Uranium colours the borax-bead +yellowish-green in the oxidising, and green in the reducing, flame. + +~Solution and Separation.~--The compounds of uranium are soluble in +acids. Powder the substance and evaporate with an excess of nitric acid. +Take up with hydrochloric acid, dilute, pass sulphuretted hydrogen, and +filter. Peroxidise the filtrate with a little nitric acid, add an excess +of ammonic carbonate and some ammonium sulphide, and filter. Render the +solution acid, boil; and precipitate the uranium by means of ammonia. +Filter off, and wash it with dilute ammonic chloride. Ignite, and weigh +as protosesqui-oxide, U_{3}O_{8}. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution containing the uranium free from other metals is, if +required, first peroxidised by boiling with nitric acid. Ammonia in +slight excess is added to the nearly-boiling solution. A yellow +precipitate is formed, which is filtered off hot and washed with a +dilute solution of ammonium chloride. The precipitate is dried and +ignited; and weighed as U_{3}O_{8}, which contains 84.8 per cent. of +uranium. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This is based on the precipitation of uranium as phosphate from acetic +acid solutions and the recognition of complete precipitation by testing +with potassic ferrocyanide; it is the converse of the process for the +volumetric determination of phosphate. + +_The standard solution of phosphate_ is prepared by dissolving 29.835 +grams of hydric sodic phosphate (Na_{2}HPO_{4}.12H_{2}O) in water and +diluting to 1 litre. 100 c.c. will be equivalent to 2 grams of uranium. + +Take 1 gram of the sample (or, if poor in uranium, 2 grams) and separate +the uranium as described. Dissolve the precipitate in nitric acid and +evaporate to a small bulk, add 2 grams of sodium acetate, dilute with +water to 100 c.c., and boil. Titrate the boiling solution with the +sodium phosphate till it ceases to give a brown colouration with +potassium ferrocyanide. Calculate the percentage in the usual way. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[78] MnO_{2} + 4HCl = MnCl_{2} + Cl_{2} + 2H_{2}O. + +[79] Provided a sufficiency of ammonic chloride is present. + +[80] With some silicates, &c., a preliminary fusion with sodium +carbonate will be necessary. + +[81] Instead of sodium acetate, ammonium succinate can be used. + +[82] _Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry_, vol. x. p. 333. + +[83] MnO_{2} + 2FeSO_{4} + 2H_{2}SO_{4} = Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{3} + MnSO_{4} ++ 2H_{2}O. + +[84] If the ore is very rich, a smaller quantity (0.75 or 1.5 gram) must +be taken; otherwise the iron will be insufficient. + +[85] MnO_{2} + 4HCl = MnCl_{2} + 2H_{2}O + Cl_{2}. + Cl_{2} + 2KI = 2KCl + I_{2}. + +[86] Iodine probably lost by volatilisation. + +[87] Obtained as a brown powder by digesting red lead with nitric acid +and filtering. + +[88] The water for dilution and the dilute sulphuric acid used for +washing should be previously tested, to see they have no reducing +action, with dilute permanganate of potassium solution. + +[89] Arnold and Hardy, _Chemical News_, vol. lvii. p. 153. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +EARTHS, ALKALINE EARTHS, ALKALIES. + + +ALUMINA. + +Alumina, the oxide of aluminium (Al_{2}O_{3}), is found in nature fairly +pure in the mineral corundum; transparent and coloured varieties of +which form the gems sapphire and ruby. A coarser compact variety +contaminated with oxide of iron constitutes emery. Compounded with +silica, alumina forms the base of clays and many rock-forming minerals. +China clay (or kaolin) is used as a source of alumina. Bauxite, hydrated +alumina, is also used for the same purpose--that is, for the preparation +of sulphate of alumina. The mineral cryolite is a fluoride of aluminium +and sodium. + +Corundum is characterised by a high specific gravity (4.0) and extreme +hardness. By these it is distinguished from felspar and similar +minerals, which it somewhat resembles in general appearance. + +Aluminium is used for a variety of small purposes: it is white, light, +and very tenacious; but owing to the difficulty of its reduction it is +expensive. + +Aluminium forms one series of salts which closely resemble those of +ferric iron. It forms an interesting series of double sulphates, known +as the alums. Common potash alum is +Al_{2}(SO_{4})_{3},K_{2}SO_{4},24H_{2}O. + +~Detection.~--Alumina is not precipitated from its acid solution by +sulphuretted hydrogen, but it is thrown down by ammonia (with the other +earths) as a white hydrate, soluble in soda and insoluble in ammonic +carbonate. Filtered off and ignited, it assumes, after treatment with +nitrate of cobalt before the blowpipe, a blue colour which is +characteristic. With natural compounds containing metallic oxides this +colour is masked. It is more satisfactory to make a separation in the +wet way and to test the ignited oxide. + +~Separation and Solution.~--If the substance is insoluble in +hydrochloric acid it is finely powdered and fused with "fusion mixture" +with the help, in the case of corundum (which is very refractory) of a +little caustic soda or potash. The method of working is the same as +that described for opening up silicates. See under _Silica_. Corundum +cannot be powdered in Wedgwood, or even agate, mortars; since it rapidly +wears these away and becomes contaminated with their powder. It is best +to use a hard steel mortar and to extract the metallic particles from +the bruised sample with a magnet or dilute acid. + +When the substance has been completely attacked and dissolved, it is +evaporated to dryness with an excess of hydrochloric acid on the +water-bath to render any silica present insoluble. The residue is +extracted with hydrochloric acid and freed from the second group of +metals by means of sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate from this (after +removing the sulphuretted hydrogen by boiling) is nearly neutralised, +and treated with 8 or 10 grams of hyposulphite of soda[90] in solution. +It is then boiled till the sulphurous oxide is driven off. The +precipitate is filtered off, ignited, and weighed as alumina. + +It is sometimes more convenient to proceed as follows:--After boiling +off the sulphuretted hydrogen peroxidise the iron with a little nitric +acid, add a solution of ammonic chloride, and then ammonia in very +slight excess; boil, filter, wash, ignite, and weigh the oxides. These +generally consist of ferric oxide and alumina. It is a common practice +to determine the iron, calculate it to ferric oxide, and so to estimate +the alumina indirectly. This may be done either by igniting in a current +of hydrogen and estimating the iron by the weight of oxygen lost; or, by +dissolving with sulphuric and hydrochloric acids, and determining the +iron volumetrically. It should be borne in mind that these oxides will +also contain any phosphoric oxide that happened to be in the mineral. + +In general analyses of samples containing alumina, it may be contained +in both the soluble and insoluble portions. In these cases it is better +to fuse the sample with "fusion mixture" before treatment with acids. +The alumina in the fused mass will exist in a state soluble in acids. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +Solutions containing alumina free from the other metals are diluted to a +convenient bulk and heated nearly to boiling. Add chloride of ammonium, +and then ammonia in slight excess; boil, allow to settle, filter, and +wash with hot water. Dry the precipitate, and ignite in a platinum or +porcelain crucible at the strongest heat. Cool, and weigh. The substance +is alumina, Al_{2}O_{3}, which contains 52.94 per cent. of aluminium. +It is only in special cases, such as the analysis of metals and alloys, +that it is reported as aluminium. The percentage of alumina is generally +given. + +Ignited alumina is difficultly soluble in acids; it is not reduced by +hydrogen at a red heat. Ignited with ammonium chloride portions are +volatilised. + +~Direct Determination of Alumina in the Presence of Iron.~--The iron and +alumina are precipitated as hydrates by ammonia. The precipitate is +dissolved in hydrochloric acid and the iron reduced to the ferrous +state. It is then added to a hot solution of potash or soda. The +solution is boiled till the precipitate settles readily, filtered, and +washed with hot water. The alumina is contained in the filtrate, which +is acidified with hydrochloric acid and the alumina precipitated +therefrom as hydrate with ammonia, as just described. + +~Determination of Alumina in the Presence of Phosphates and Iron.~--For +details, see a paper by R.T. Thomson in the "Journal of the Society of +Chemical Industry," v. p. 152. The principles of the method are as +follows:--If the substance does not already contain sufficient +phosphoric oxide to saturate the alumina, some phosphate is added. The +iron is reduced to the ferrous state and phosphate of alumina +precipitated in an acetic acid solution. It is purified by +reprecipitation, ignited, and weighed as phosphate +(Al_{2}O_{3},P_{2}O_{5}), which contains 41.8 per cent. of alumina, +Al_{2}O_{3}. + + +EXAMINATION OF CLAYS. + +~Moisture.~--Take 5 grams of the carefully-prepared sample and dry in +the water-oven till the weight is constant. + +~Loss on Ignition.~--Weigh up 2 grams of the sample used for the +moisture determination, and ignite in a platinum-crucible to redness, +cool, and weigh. + +~Silica and Insoluble Silicates.~--Weigh up another 2 grams of the dried +sample, and place them in a platinum dish; moisten with water, and cover +with 20 c.c. of sulphuric acid. Evaporate and heat gently to drive off +the greater portion of the free acid. Allow to cool; and repeat the +operation. Extract by boiling with dilute hydrochloric acid, filter, +wash, dry, ignite, and weigh. The quantity of insoluble silicates is +determined by dissolving out the separated silica with a strong boiling +solution of sodium carbonate. The residue (washed, dried, and ignited) +is weighed, and reported as "sand." + +~Alumina and Ferrous Oxide.~--To the filtrate from the silica add "soda" +solution till nearly neutral, and then sodium acetate. Boil and filter +off the precipitate. Reserve the filtrate. Dissolve the precipitate in +hydrochloric acid, and dilute to exactly 200 c.c. Divide into two parts +of 100 c.c. each. In one determine the iron by reducing and titrating in +the way described under volumetric iron. Calculate the percentage as +ferrous oxide, unless there are reasons to the contrary, also calculate +its weight as ferric oxide. To the other portion add ammonia in slight +excess, and boil. Filter, wash with hot water, dry, ignite, and weigh as +mixed alumina and ferric oxide. The weight of the ferric oxide has +already been determined in the first portion: deduct it, and the +difference is the weight of alumina. + +~Lime.~--To the reserved filtrate, concentrated by evaporation, add +ammonium oxalate and ammonia; boil, filter, ignite strongly, and weigh +as lime. + +~Magnesia~ is separated from the filtrate by adding sodium phosphate. It +is weighed as magnesium pyrophosphate. + +~Potash and Soda.~--These are determined in a fresh portion of the +sample by Lawrence Smith's method, as described on page 333. + + +THORIA. + +This is an oxide of thorium, ThO_{2}. It is only found in a few rare +minerals. It is a heavy oxide, having, when strongly ignited, a specific +gravity of 9.2. In the ordinary course of analysis it will be separated +and weighed as alumina. It is separated from this and other earths by +the following method. The solution in hydrochloric acid is nearly +neutralised and then boiled with sodium hyposulphite. The thoria will be +in the precipitate. It is dissolved, and the solution heated with +ammonium oxalate in excess. The precipitate is thorium oxalate, which is +washed with hot water, dried, and ignited. It is then weighed as thoria, +ThO_{2}. Thoria which has been ignited is not readily soluble in acids. + + +ZIRCONIA. + +The oxide of zirconium, ZrO_{2}, is found in the mineral zircon, a +silicate of zirconia, ZrSiO_{4}. When heated intensely it becomes very +luminous, and is used on this account for incandescent lights. + +In the ordinary course it is thrown down by ammonia with the other +earths, from which it is thus separated:--The hydrates precipitated in +the cold, and washed with cold water, are dissolved in hydrochloric +acid, nearly neutralised with soda, and precipitated by boiling with +hyposulphite of soda. Dissolve; and from the hydrochloric acid solution +precipitate the thoria (if any) with ammonium oxalate. To the filtrate +add carbonate of ammonia, which will precipitate any titanium present. +The zirconia will be in solution, and is recovered by precipitating with +potassium sulphate, or by evaporating the solution and igniting. It is +separated from alumina by taking advantage of its insolubility in +potassic hydrate. + +It is estimated in zircons in the following way:--The powdered substance +is fused with bisulphate of potash, and extracted with dilute sulphuric +acid. The residue is fused with caustic soda and extracted with water. +The portion not dissolved, consisting of zirconate of soda, is dissolved +in hydrochloric acid. The solution is diluted, filtered if necessary, +and treated with ammonia in excess. The precipitate is filtered off, +washed with hot water, dried, ignited, and weighed as zirconia, ZrO_{2}. +This is a white powder, which is insoluble in acids; even in +hydrofluoric acid it is only slightly attacked. + + +CERIUM. + +Cerium occurs as silicate (together with the oxides of lanthanum, +didymium, iron and calcium) in the mineral cerite, which is its chief +source. It also occurs as phosphate in monazite, and as fluoride in +fluocerite. The oxalate is used in medicine. Cerium forms two classes of +salts corresponding to the oxides, cerous oxide (Ce_{2}O_{3}) and ceric +oxide (CeO_{2}). Compounds of cerium with volatile acids yield dioxide +on ignition; and this, on solution in hydrochloric acid, yields cerous +chloride and chlorine. + +In the ordinary course cerium is thrown down along with alumina and the +other earths by ammonia. It is separated by dissolving the hydrates in +hydrochloric acid, and oxidizing with chlorine water. On treating with +oxalic acid, cerium, lanthanum, and didymium are precipitated as +oxalates, which on ignition are converted into oxides. These are soluble +in acids. Their solution in hydrochloric acid is nearly neutralised; +acetate of soda is then added, and an excess of sodium hypochlorite. On +boiling, the cerium is precipitated as dioxide, which is filtered off, +ignited, and weighed. + +Cerium is detected by giving with borax a bead which is yellow in the +oxidising, and colourless in the reducing flame. Traces of cerium +compounds boiled with dioxide of lead and nitric acid will give a yellow +solution. + + +LANTHANUM AND DIDYMIUM + +occur together with cerium in cerite, and are separated with that metal +as oxalates, as described under _Cerium_. + +Didymium salts have a rose or violet colour, and impart (when in +sufficient quantity) the same colour to the borax bead. Solutions have a +characteristic absorption-spectrum. + +The separation of lanthanum and didymium in the solution from which the +cerium has been precipitated is effected by precipitating them together +as oxalates, igniting, and dissolving in dilute nitric acid. This +solution is then evaporated to dryness and ignited, for a few minutes, +just below redness. A subnitrate of didymium is formed, and remains as +an insoluble residue on extracting with hot water. The separated salts +are treated with ammonia and ignited, and weighed as oxides (La_{2}O_{3} +and Di_{2}O_{3}). + + +YTTRIA. + +Yttria is found in gadolinite and some other rare minerals. It is +precipitated along with the other earths by ammonia. It is distinguished +by the insolubility of its hydrate in potash, by the insolubility of its +oxalate in oxalic acid, and by not being precipitated by hyposulphite of +soda or potassium sulphate. Further, it is precipitated by potash in the +presence of tartaric acid as an insoluble tartrate. This reaction +distinguishes the members of the yttria group from most of the other +earths. The other members of the group closely resemble it, and amongst +them are erbia, terbia, ytterbia, scandia, &c. + + +BERYLLIA. + +The oxide of beryllium, BeO (also known as glucina), occurs in nature +mainly as silicate. Beryl, the green transparent variety of which is the +emerald, is the best known of these. It is a silicate of alumina and +beryllia.[91] Some other minerals in which it occurs are phenakite, +euclase, and chrysoberyl. + +In the ordinary course of analysis, beryllia will be precipitated with +alumina, &c., by ammonic hydrate. It is distinguished by the solubility +of its hydrate in ammonic carbonate, by not being precipitated by +boiling with sodium hyposulphite, and by not being precipitated by +ammonic sulphide from an ammonic carbonate solution. + +The analysis of silicates containing beryllia is thus effected. The +finely powdered substance is fused with twice its weight of potassium +carbonate; and the "melt" is extracted with water, and evaporated with a +slight excess of sulphuric acid to render the silica insoluble. Treat +with water, filter, and evaporate the filtrate until a crust is formed. +Potash alum crystallises out. The liquor is poured off into a warm +strong solution of ammonium carbonate. Ferric hydrate and alumina will +be precipitated. They are filtered off, re-dissolved, and again +precipitated in ammonic carbonate solution; the combined filtrates are +boiled for some time, and acidified slightly with hydrochloric acid. The +carbon dioxide is boiled off, and the beryllia is then precipitated as +hydrate with ammonia. The hydrate is washed with hot water, dried, +ignited, and weighed as beryllia, BeO. + +Beryllia has a specific gravity of 3.08. It is white, infusible, and +insoluble in water. After ignition, it is insoluble in acids, except +sulphuric, but is rendered soluble by fusion with alkalies. + +Beryllia, in a solution of carbonate of ammonia, is precipitated as +carbonate on boiling in proportion as the carbonate of ammonia is +volatilised. The hydrate is dissolved by a boiling solution of ammonic +chloride, ammonia being evolved. + + +THE ALKALINE EARTHS. + + +LIME. + +Lime is an oxide of calcium, CaO. It occurs abundantly in nature, but +only in a state of combination. The carbonate (CaCO_{3}), found as +limestone, chalk, and other rocks, and as the minerals calcite and +arragonite, is the most commonly occurring compound. The hydrated +sulphate, gypsum (CaSO_{4}.2H_{2}O), is common, and is used in making +"plaster of Paris." Anhydrite (CaSO_{4}) also occurs in rock masses, and +is often associated with rock salt. Phosphate of lime, in the forms of +apatite, phosphorite, coprolite, &c., is largely mined. Lime is a +component of most natural silicates. Calcium also occurs, combined with +fluorine, in the mineral fluor (CaF_{2}). In most of these the acid is +the important part of the mineral; it is only the carbonate which is +used as a source of lime. + +Lime, in addition to its use in mortars and cements, is valuable as a +flux in metallurgical operations, and as a base in chemical work on a +large scale. A mixture of lime and magnesia is used in the manufacture +of basic fire-bricks. + +Carbonate of lime on ignition, especially when in contact with reducing +substances, loses carbonic acid, and becomes lime. This is known as +"quicklime"; on treatment with water it becomes hot, expands, and falls +to a powder of "slaked lime" or calcium hydrate (CaH_{2}O_{2}). The +hydrate is slightly soluble in water (0.1368 gram in 100 c.c.), forming +an alkaline solution known as lime-water. Calcium hydrate is more +generally used suspended in water as "milk of lime." + +As a flux it is used either as limestone or as quicklime. Silica forms +with lime a compound, calcium silicate, which is not very fusible; but +when alumina and other oxides are present, as in clays and in most rocky +substances, the addition of lime gives a very fusible slag. + +~Detection.~--Calcium is detected by the reddish colour which its salts +impart to the flame. It is best to moisten with hydrochloric acid (or, +in the case of some silicates, to treat with ammonium fluoride) before +bringing the substance into the flame. When seen through a spectroscope, +it shows a large number of lines, of which a green and an orange are +most intense and characteristic. Calcium is detected in solution (after +removal of the metals by treatment with sulphuretted hydrogen and +ammonium sulphide) by boiling with ammonium oxalate and ammonia. The +lime is completely thrown down as a white precipitate. Lime is +distinguished from the other alkaline earths by forming a sulphate +insoluble in dilute alcohol, but completely soluble in a boiling +solution of ammonium sulphate. + +Lime compounds are for the most part soluble in water or in dilute +hydrochloric acid. Calcium fluoride must be first converted into +sulphate by evaporation in a platinum dish with sulphuric acid. +Insoluble silicates are opened up by fusion with "fusion mixture," as +described under _Silica_. + +~Separation.~--The separation of lime is effected by evaporating with +hydrochloric acid, to separate silica; and by treating with sulphuretted +hydrogen, to remove the second group of metals. If the substance +contains much iron, the solution is next oxidised by boiling with a +little nitric acid; and the iron, alumina, &c., are removed as basic +acetates. The filtrate is treated with ammonia and sulphuretted +hydrogen, and allowed to settle. The filtrate from this is heated to +boiling, treated with a solution of ammonium oxalate in excess, boiled +for five or ten minutes, allowed to settle for half an hour, and +filtered. The precipitate contains all the lime as calcium oxalate. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The precipitate of calcium oxalate is washed with hot water, dried, +transferred to a weighed platinum crucible, and ignited at a +temperature not above incipient redness. This ignition converts the +oxalate into carbonate, with evolution of carbonic oxide, which burns at +the mouth of the crucible with a blue flame.[92] Generally a small +quantity of the carbonate is at the same time converted into lime. To +reconvert it into carbonate, moisten with a few drops of ammonic +carbonate solution, and dry in a water-oven. Heat gently over a Bunsen +burner, cool, and weigh. The substance is calcium carbonate (CaCO_{3}), +and contains 56 per cent. of lime (CaO). It is a white powder, and +should show no alkaline reaction with moistened litmus-paper. + +Where the precipitate is small, it is better to ignite strongly over the +blowpipe, and weigh directly as lime. With larger quantities, and when +many determinations have to be made, it is easier to make the +determination volumetrically. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +These are carried out either by dissolving the oxalate at once in dilute +sulphuric acid, and titrating with permanganate of potassium solution; +or by calcining it to a mixture of lime and carbonate, and determining +its neutralising power with the standard solutions of acid and alkali. + +~Titration with Permanganate of Potassium Solution.~--This solution is +made by dissolving 5.643 grams of the salt in water, and by diluting to +1 litre; 100 c.c. are equivalent to 0.5 gram of lime. The solution is +standardised by titrating a quantity of oxalic acid about equivalent to +the lime present in the assay; 0.5 gram of lime is equivalent to 1.125 +gram of crystallised oxalic acid. The standardising may be done with +iron. The standard found for iron multiplied by 0.5 gives that for lime. + +The process is as follows:--The calcium oxalate (having been +precipitated and washed, as in the gravimetric process) is washed +through the funnel into a flask with hot dilute sulphuric acid, boiled +till dissolved, diluted to 200 c.c. with water, and heated to about 80° C. +The standard solution of "permanganate" is then run in, (not too +quickly, and with constant shaking) until a permanent pink tinge is +produced. The c.c. used multiplied by the standard, and divided by the +weight of the substance taken, will give the percentage of lime. + +~Estimation of Lime by Alkalimetry.~--The methods of determining the +amount of an alkali or base by means of a standard acid solution, or, +conversely, of determining an acid by means of a standard alkaline +solution, are so closely related that they are best considered under +one head. The same standard solution is applicable for many purposes, +and, consequently, it is convenient to make it of such strength that one +litre of it shall equal an equivalent in grams of any of the substances +to be determined. Such solutions are termed _normal_. For example, a +solution of hydrochloric acid (HCl = 36.5) containing 36.5 grams of real +acid per litre, would be normal and of equivalent strength to a solution +containing either 17 grams of ammonia (NH_{3} = 17) or 40 grams of sodic +hydrate (NaHO = 40) per litre. It will be seen in these cases that the +normal solution contains the molecular weight in grams per litre; and, +if solutions of these strengths be made, it will be found that they +possess equal neutralising value. + +If, now, a solution containing 98 grams of sulphuric acid (H_{2}SO_{4} = +98) per litre be made, it will be found to have twice the strength of +the above solution, that is, 100 c.c. of the soda would only require 50 +c.c. of the acid to neutralise it. The reason for this will be seen on +inspecting the equations:-- + + NaHO + HCl = NaCl + H_{2}O. + 2NaHO + H_{2}SO_{4} = Na_{2}SO_{4} + 2H_{2}O. + +Acids like sulphuric acid are termed bibasic, and their equivalent is +only half the molecular weight. Thus, a normal solution of sulphuric +acid would contain 49 grams (98/2) of real acid per litre. Similarly, +lime and most of the bases are bibasic, as may be seen from the +following equations; hence their equivalent will be half the molecular +weight. + + 2HCl + CaO = CaCl_{2} + H_{2}O. + 2HCl + MgO = MgCl_{2} + H_{2}O. + +_The standard normal solution of hydrochloric acid_ is made by diluting +100 c.c. of the strong acid to one litre with water. This will be +approximately normal. In order to determine its exact strength, weigh up +3 grams of recently ignited pure sodium carbonate or of the ignited +bicarbonate. Transfer to a flask and dissolve in 200 c.c. of water; when +dissolved, cool, tint faintly yellow with a few drops of a solution of +methyl orange, and run in the standard "acid " from a burette till the +yellow changes to a pink. Read off the number of c.c. used, and +calculate to how much sodium carbonate 100 c.c. of the "acid" are +equivalent. If the "acid" is strictly normal, this will be 5.3 grams. It +will probably be equivalent to more than this. Now calculate how much +strictly normal "acid" would be equivalent to the standard found. For +example: suppose the standard found is 5.5 gram of sodium carbonate, +then-- + + 5.3 : 5.5 :: 100 : _x_ + (where _x_ is the quantity of normal "acid" required). + _x_ = 103.8 c.c. + +To get the "acid" of normal strength, we should then add 3.8 c.c. of +water to each 100 c.c. of the standard solution remaining. Suppose there +were left 930 c.c. of the approximate "acid," 35.3 c.c. of water must be +added and mixed. It should then be checked by another titration with +pure sodium carbonate. + +_The standard solution of semi-normal "alkali."_ The best alkali for +general purposes is ammonia, but, since it is volatile (especially in +strong solutions), it is best to make it of half the usual strength, or +_semi-normal_. One litre of this will contain 8.5 grams of ammonia +(NH_{3}), and 100 c.c. of it will just neutralise 50 c.c. of the normal +"acid." Take 100 c.c. of dilute ammonia and dilute with water to one +litre. Run into a flask 50 c.c. of the standard "acid," tint with methyl +orange, and run in from a burette the solution of ammonia till +neutralised. Less than 100 c.c. will probably be used. Suppose 95 c.c. +were required, there should have been 100, hence there is a deficiency +of five. Then, for each 95 c.c. of standard "ammonia" left, add 5 c.c. +of water, and mix well. 100 c.c. will now be equivalent to 50 c.c. of +the "acid." + +As an example of the application of this method, we may take the +determination of lime in limestone, marble, and similar substances. + +~Determination of Lime in Limestone.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the dried +sample, and dissolve in 25 c.c. of normal acid, cool, dilute to 100 +c.c., and titrate with the semi-normal solution of alkali (using +methyl-orange as an indicator). Divide the c.c. of alkali used by 2, +subtract from 25, and multiply by 0.028 to find the weight of lime. This +method is not applicable in the presence of other carbonates or oxides, +unless the weight of these substances be afterwards determined and due +correction be made. + + +STRONTIA. + +Strontia, the oxide of strontium (SrO), occurs in nature as sulphate, in +the mineral celestine (SrSO_{4}), and as carbonate in strontianite +(SrCO_{3}). It is found in small quantities in limestones, chalk, &c. + +Strontia is used in sugar-refining, and for the preparation of coloured +lights. + +~Detection.~--It is detected by the crimson colour which its compounds +(when moistened with hydrochloric acid) impart to the flame. The +spectrum shows a large number of lines, of which a red, an orange, and a +blue are most characteristic. + +It resembles lime in many of its compounds, but is distinguished by the +insolubility of its sulphate in a boiling solution of ammonium sulphate, +and by the insolubility of its nitrate in alcohol. From baryta, which it +also resembles, it is distinguished by not yielding an insoluble +chromate in an acetic acid solution, by the solubility of its chloride +in alcohol, and by the fact that its sulphate is converted into +carbonate on boiling with a solution formed of 3 parts of potassium +carbonate and 1 of potassium sulphate. + +It is got into solution in the same manner as lime. The sulphate should +be fused with "fusion mixture," extracted with water, and thoroughly +washed. The residue will contain the strontia as carbonate, which is +readily soluble in dilute hydrochloric or nitric acid. + +~Separation.~--It is separated (after removal of the silica and metals, +as described under _Lime_) by adding ammonia and ammonia carbonate, and +allowing to stand for some hours in a warm place. In the absence of +baryta or lime it is filtered off, and weighed as strontium carbonate, +which contains 70.17 per cent. of strontia. It is separated from baryta +by dissolving in a little hydrochloric acid, adding ammonia in excess, +and then acidifying with acetic acid, and precipitating the baryta with +potassium bichromate, as described under _Baryta_. The strontia is +precipitated from the filtrate by boiling for some time with a strong +solution of ammonic sulphate and a little ammonia. Fifty parts of +ammonic sulphate are required for each part of strontia or lime present. +The precipitate is filtered off, and washed first with a solution of +ammonic sulphate, and then with alcohol. It is dried, ignited and +weighed as strontium sulphate. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The determination of strontia in pure solutions is best made by adding +sulphuric acid in excess and alcohol in volume equal to that of the +solution. Allow to stand overnight, filter, wash with dilute alcohol, +dry, ignite at a red heat, and weigh as sulphate (SrSO_{4}). This +contains 56.4 per cent. of strontia (SrO); or 47.7 per cent. of +strontium. + + +BARYTA. + +Baryta, oxide of barium (BaO), commonly occurs in combination with +sulphuric oxide in the mineral barytes or heavy spar (BaSO_{4}), and in +combination with carbon dioxide in witherite (BaCO_{3}). These minerals +are not unfrequently found in large quantity (associated with galena and +other metallic sulphides) in lodes. Small isolated crystals of these are +frequently found in mining districts. Barium is a constituent of certain +mineral waters. The minerals are recognised by their high specific +gravity and their crystalline form. + +Compounds of barium are often used by the assayer, more especially the +chloride and hydrate. The salts are, with the exception of the sulphate, +generally soluble in water or hydrochloric acid. In such solutions +sulphuric acid produces a white precipitate of baric sulphate, which is +practically insoluble in all acids. + +The dioxide (BaO_{2}) is used for the preparation of oxygen. On strong +ignition it gives up oxygen, and is converted into baryta (BaO), which, +at a lower temperature, takes up oxygen from the air, re-forming the +dioxide. + +~Detection.~--Barium is detected by the green colour its salts, +especially the chloride, give to the flame. This, viewed through the +spectroscope, shows a complicated spectrum, of which two lines in the +green are most easily recognised and characteristic. The salts of barium +give no precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen in either acid or +alkaline solution, but with sulphuric acid they at once give a +precipitate, which is insoluble in acetate of soda. In solutions +rendered faintly acid with acetic acid, they give a yellow precipitate +with bichromate of potash. These reactions are characteristic of barium. + +Baryta is got into solution in the manner described under _Lime_; but in +the case of the sulphate the substance is fused with three or four times +its weight of "fusion mixture." The "melt" is extracted with water, +washed, and the residue dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. + +~Separation.~--The separation is thus effected:--The solution in +hydrochloric acid is evaporated to dryness, re-dissolved in hot dilute +hydrochloric acid, and sulphuric acid is added to the solution till no +further precipitate is formed. The precipitate is filtered off, and +digested with a solution of ammonium acetate or of sodium hyposulphite +at 50° or 60° C. to dissolve out any lead sulphate. The residue is +filtered off, washed, dried, and ignited. The ignited substance is mixed +with four or five times its weight of "fusion mixture," and fused in a +platinum-dish over the blowpipe for a few minutes. When cold, it is +extracted with cold water, filtered, and washed. The residue is +dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, and (if necessary) filtered. The +solution contains the barium as baric chloride mixed, perhaps, with +salts of strontium or lime. To separate these, ammonia is added till the +solution is alkaline, and then acetic acid in slight excess. Chromate of +baryta is then thrown down, by the addition of bichromate of potash, as +a yellow precipitate. It is allowed to settle, filtered and washed with +a solution of acetate or of nitrate of ammonia. It is dried, ignited +gently, and weighed. It is BaCrO_{4}, and contains 60.47 per cent. of +baryta. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The gravimetric determination of baryta, when lime and strontia are +absent, is as follows:--The solution, if it contains much free acid, is +nearly neutralised with ammonia, and then diluted to 100 or 200 c.c. It +is heated to boiling, and dilute sulphuric acid is added till no further +precipitation takes place. The precipitate is allowed to settle for a +few minutes, decanted through a filter, and washed with hot water; and, +afterwards, dried, transferred to a porcelain crucible, and strongly +ignited in the muffle or over the blowpipe for a few minutes. It is then +cooled, and weighed as sulphate of baryta (BaSO_{4}). It contains 65.67 +per cent. of baryta (BaO). + +In determining the baryta in minerals which are soluble in acid, it is +precipitated direct from the hydrochloric acid solution (nearly +neutralised with ammonia) by means of sulphuric acid. The precipitated +baric sulphate is digested with a solution of ammonic acetate; and +filtered, washed, ignited, and weighed. + + +VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The principle and mode of working of this is the same as that given +under the Sulphur Assay; but using a standard solution of sulphuric acid +instead of one of barium chloride. The standard solution of sulphuric +acid is made to contain 32.02 grams of sulphuric acid (H_{2}SO_{4}), or +an equivalent of a soluble alkaline sulphate, per litre. 100 c.c. will +be equal to 5 grams of baryta. + +Five grams of the substance are taken, and the baryta they contain +converted into carbonate (if necessary). The carbonate is dissolved in +dilute hydrochloric acid. Ten grams of sodium acetate are added, and the +solution, diluted to 500 c.c., is boiled, and titrated in the manner +described. + +Lead salts must be absent in the titration, and so must strontia and +lime. Ferrous salts should be peroxidised by means of permanganate or +chlorate of potash. Other salts do not interfere. + + +MAGNESIA. + +Magnesia, the oxide of magnesium (MgO) occurs in nature in the rare +mineral periclase (MgO); and hydrated, as brucite (MgH_{2}O_{2}). As +carbonate it occurs in large quantity as magnesite (MgCO_{3}), which is +the chief source of magnesia. Mixed with carbonate of lime, it forms +magnesian limestone and dolomite. It is present in larger or smaller +quantity in most silicates; and the minerals, serpentine, talc, steatite +and meerschaum are essentially hydrated silicates of magnesia. Soluble +magnesian salts occur in many natural waters; more especially the +sulphate and the chloride. Kieserite (MgSO_{4}.H_{2}O) occurs in +quantity at Stassfurt, and is used in the manufacture of Epsom salts. + +~Detection.~--Magnesia is best detected in the wet way. Its compounds +give no colour to the flame, and the only characteristic dry reaction is +its yielding a pink mass when ignited before the blowpipe (after +treatment with a solution of cobalt nitrate). In solution, it is +recognised by giving no precipitate with ammonia or ammonic carbonate in +the presence of ammonic chloride, and by giving a white crystalline +precipitate on adding sodium phosphate or arsenate to the ammoniacal +solution. + +Magnesia differs from the other alkaline earths by the solubility of its +sulphate in water. + +Magnesia is dissolved by boiling with moderately strong acids; the +insoluble compounds are fused with "fusion mixture," and treated as +described under _Silicates_. + +~Separation.~--It is separated by evaporating the acid solution to +dryness to render silica insoluble, and by taking up with dilute +hydrochloric acid. The solution is freed from the second group of metals +by means of sulphuretted hydrogen, and the iron, alumina, &c., are +removed with ammonic chloride, ammonia, and ammonic sulphide. The +somewhat diluted filtrate is treated, first, with ammonia, and then with +carbonate of ammonia in slight excess. It is allowed to stand for an +hour in a warm place, and then filtered. The magnesia is precipitated +from the filtrate by the addition of an excess of sodium phosphate and +ammonia. It is allowed to stand overnight, filtered, and washed with +dilute ammonia. The precipitate contains the magnesia as +ammonic-magnesic phosphate. + +In cases where it is not desirable to introduce sodium salts or +phosphoric acid into the assay solution, the following method is +adopted. The solution (freed from the other alkaline earths by ammonium +carbonate) is evaporated in a small porcelain dish with nitric acid. The +residue (after removing the ammonic salts by ignition) is taken up with +a little water and a few crystals of oxalic acid, transferred to a +platinum dish, evaporated to dryness, and ignited. The residue is +extracted with small quantities of boiling water and filtered off; while +the insoluble magnesia is washed. The filtrate contains the alkalies. +The residue is ignited, and weighed as magnesia. It is MgO. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution containing the magnesia is mixed with chloride of ammonium +and ammonia in excess. If a precipitate should form, more ammonic +chloride is required. Add sodium phosphate solution in excess, stir and +allow to stand overnight. Filter and wash the precipitate with dilute +ammonia. Dry, transfer to a platinum or porcelain crucible, and ignite +(finally at intense redness); cool, and weigh. The substance is magnesic +pyrophosphate (Mg_{2}P_{2}O_{7}), and contains 36.04 per cent. of +magnesia. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +The magnesia having been precipitated as ammonic-magnesic phosphate, +which is the usual separation, its weight can be determined +volumetrically by the method of titration described under _Phosphates_. + +The same standard solution of uranium acetate is used. Its standard for +magnesia is got by multiplying the standard for phosphoric oxide by +0.5493. For example, if one hundred c.c. are equivalent to 0.5 gram of +phosphoric oxide, they will be equivalent to (0.5 × .5493) 0.2746 gram +of magnesia. The method of working and the conditions of the titration +are the same as for the phosphate titration. The quantity of substance +taken for assay must not contain more than 0.1 or 0.2 gram of magnesia. +After precipitating as ammonic-magnesic phosphate with sodium phosphate, +and well washing with ammonia, it is dissolved in dilute hydrochloric +acid, neutralised with ammonia, and sodic acetate and acetic acid are +added in the usual quantity. The solution is boiled and titrated. + + +EXAMINATION OF A LIMESTONE. + +~Silica and Insoluble Silicates.~--Take one gram of the dried sample and +dissolve it in 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid; filter; wash, dry, +and ignite the residue. + +~Organic Matter.~--If the residue insoluble in hydrochloric acid shows +the presence of organic matter, it must be collected on a weighed filter +and dried at 100°. On weighing, it gives the combined weights of organic +and insoluble matter. The latter is determined by igniting and weighing +again. The organic matter is calculated by difference. + +~Lime.~--Where but little magnesia is present, this is determined by +titration with standard acid. Take one gram, and dissolve it in 25 c.c. +of normal hydrochloric acid. Tint with methyl-orange and titrate with +semi-normal ammonia. Divide the quantity of ammonia used by 2, deduct +this from 25, and multiply the remainder by 2.8. This gives the +percentage of lime. Where magnesia is present, the same method is +adopted, and the magnesia (which is separately determined) is afterwards +deducted. The percentage of magnesia found is multiplied by 1.4, and the +result is deducted from the apparent percentage of lime got by +titrating. + +~Magnesia.~--Dissolve 2 grams of the limestone in hydrochloric acid, and +separate the lime with ammonia and ammonium oxalate. The filtrate is +treated with sodium phosphate, and the magnesia is weighed as +pyrophosphate, or titrated with uranium acetate. + +~Iron.~--Dissolve 2 grams in hydrochloric acid, reduce, and titrate with +standard permanganate of potassium solution. This gives the total iron. +The ferrous iron is determined by dissolving another 2 grams in +hydrochloric acid and at once titrating with the permanganate of +potassium solution. + +~Manganese.~--Dissolve 20 grams in hydrochloric acid, nearly neutralise +with soda, add sodium acetate, boil, and filter. To the filtrate add +bromine; boil, and determine the manganese in the precipitate. See page +300. + +~Phosphoric Oxide.~--This is determined by dissolving the ferric acetate +precipitate from the manganese separation in hydrochloric acid, adding +ammonia in excess, and passing sulphuretted hydrogen. Filter and add to +the filtrate "magnesia mixture." The precipitate is collected, washed +with ammonia, ignited, and weighed as pyrophosphate. + + +THE ALKALIES. + +The oxides of sodium, potassium, lithium, cęsium, and rubidium and +ammonia are grouped under this head. Of these cęsia and rubidia are +rare, and lithia comparatively so. They are easily distinguished by +their spectra. They are characterised by the solubility of almost all +their salts in water, and, consequently, are found in the solutions from +which the earths and oxides of the metals have been separated by the +usual group re-agents. + +The solution from which the other substances have been separated is +evaporated to dryness, and the product ignited to remove the ammonic +salts added for the purpose of separation. The residue contains the +alkali metals generally, as chlorides or sulphates. Before determining +the quantities of the particular alkali metals present, it is best to +convert them altogether, either into chloride or sulphate, and to take +the weight of the mixed salts. It is generally more convenient to weigh +them as chlorides. They are converted into this form, if none of the +stronger acids are present, by simply evaporating with an excess of +hydrochloric acid. Nitrates are converted into chlorides by this +treatment. When sulphates or phosphates are present, the substance is +dissolved in a little water, and the sulphuric or phosphoric acid +precipitated with a slight excess of acetate of lead in the presence of +alcohol. The solution is filtered, and the excess of lead precipitated +with sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate from this is evaporated to +dryness with an excess of hydrochloric acid, and the residue, consisting +of the mixed chlorides, is gently ignited and weighed. In many cases +(such as the analysis of slags and of some natural silicates where the +percentage of alkalies is small) the percentage of soda and potash +(which most commonly occur) need not be separately determined. It is +sufficient to report the proportion of mixed alkalies; which is thus +ascertained:--Dissolve the ignited and weighed chlorides in 100 c.c. of +distilled water, and titrate with the standard solution of silver +nitrate (using potassic chromate as indicator) in the manner described +under _Chlorine_. The c.c. of silver nitrate used gives the weight in +milligrams of the chlorine present. Multiply this by 0.775, and deduct +the product from the weight of the mixed chlorides. This will give the +combined weight of the alkalies (Na_{2}O and K_{2}O) present. For +example, 0.0266 gram of mixed chlorides required on titrating 14.2 c.c. +of silver nitrate, which is equivalent to 0.0142 gram of chlorine. This +multiplied by 0.775 gives 0.0110 to be deducted from the weight of the +mixed chlorides. + + Mixed chlorides 0.0266 gram + Deduction 0.0110 " + ------ + Mixed alkalies 0.0156 " + +Assuming this to have been got from 1 gram of a rock, it would amount to +1.56 per cent. of "potash and soda." + +The relative proportions of the potash and soda can be ascertained from +the same determination. Sodium and potassium chlorides have the +following composition:-- + + Sodium 39.38 Potassium 52.46 + Chlorine 60.62 Chlorine 47.54 + ----- ----- + 100.00 100.00 + +The percentage of chlorine in the mixed chlorides is calculated. It +necessarily falls somewhere between 47.5 and 60.6 per cent., and +approaches the one or the other of these numbers as the proportion of +the sodium or potassium preponderates. Each per cent. of chlorine in +excess of 47.5 represents 7.63 per cent. of sodium chloride in the mixed +chlorides. The percentage of potash and soda in the substance can be +calculated in the usual way. Sodium chloride multiplied by 0.5302 gives +its equivalent of soda (Na_{2}O), and potassium chloride multiplied by +0.6317 gives its equivalent of potash (K_{2}O). + +The weight of sodium chloride in the mixed chlorides is also calculated +thus:--Take the same example for illustration. Multiply the chlorine +found by 2.103. This gives-- + + (0.0142×2.103) = 0.02987. + +From the product deduct the weight of the mixed chlorides found-- + + Product 0.02987 + Mixed chlorides 0.02660 + ------- + Difference 0.00327 + +The difference multiplied by 3.6288 gives the weight of sodium chloride +in the mixture. In this case it equals 0.0118 gram. The potassium +chloride is indicated by the difference between this and the weight of +the mixed chlorides. It equals 0.0148 gram. We have now got-- + + Sodium chloride 0.0118 gram + Potassium chloride 0.0148 " + +from 1 gram of the rock taken. Multiplying these by their factors we +have (Soda = 0.0118×0.5302; Potash 0.0148×0.6317)-- + + Soda = 0.625 per cent. + Potash = 0.935 " + +~Concentration of the Alkalies.~--With the exception of magnesia, all +the other bases are separated from the alkalies in the ordinary course +of work without the addition of any re-agent which cannot be removed by +simple evaporation and ignition. Consequently, with substances soluble +in acids, successive treatment of the solution with sulphuretted +hydrogen, ammonia, ammonic sulphide, and ammonic carbonate, filtering, +where necessary, will yield a filtrate containing the whole of the +alkalies with ammonic salts and, perhaps, magnesia. + +The filtrate is evaporated in a small porcelain dish, with the addition +of nitric acid towards the finish. It is carried to dryness and ignited. +The residue is taken up with a little water, treated with a few crystals +of oxalic acid, and again evaporated and ignited. The alkaline salts are +extracted with water, and filtered from the magnesia into a weighed +platinum dish. The solution is then evaporated with an excess of +hydrochloric acid, ignited at a low red heat, and weighed. The residue +consists of the mixed alkaline chlorides. + +For substances (such as most silicates and similar bodies) not +completely decomposed by acids, Lawrence Smith's method is generally +used. This is as follows:--Take from 0.5 to 1 gram of the finely +powdered mineral, and mix, by rubbing in the mortar, with an equal +weight of ammonium chloride. Then mix with eight times as much pure +calcium carbonate, using a part of it to rinse out the mortar. Transfer +to a platinum crucible, and heat gently over a Bunsen burner until the +ammonic chloride is decomposed (five or ten minutes). Raise the heat to +redness, and continue at this temperature for about three quarters of an +hour. The crucible must be kept covered. Cool, and turn out the mass +into a 4-inch evaporating dish; wash the crucible and cover with +distilled water, and add the washings to the dish; dilute to 60 or 80 +c.c., and heat to boiling. Filter and wash. Add to the filtrate about +1.5 gram of ammonium carbonate; evaporate to about 40 c.c., and add a +little more ammonic carbonate and some ammonia. Filter into a weighed +platinum dish, and evaporate to dryness. Heat gently, to drive off the +ammonic chloride, and ignite to a little below redness. Cool and weigh. +The residue consists of the mixed alkaline chlorides. + +~Separation of the Alkali-Metals from each other.~--Sodium and lithium +are separated from the other alkali-metals by taking advantage of the +solubility of their chlorides in the presence of platinic chloride; and +from one another by the formation of an almost insoluble lithic +phosphate on boiling with a solution of sodium phosphate in a slightly +alkaline solution. Cęsium, rubidium, and potassium yield precipitates +with platinic chloride, which are somewhat soluble, and must be +precipitated from concentrated solutions. Cęsium and rubidium are +separated from potassium by fractional precipitation with platinum +chloride. Their platino-chlorides, being less soluble than that of +potassium, are precipitated first. One hundred parts of boiling water +dissolve 5.18 of the potassium platino-chloride, 0.634 of the rubidium +salt, and 0.377 of the corresponding cęsium compound. The separation of +lithium, cęsium, and rubidium is seldom called for, owing to their +rarity. The details of the separation of potassium from sodium are +described under _Potassium_. Ammonia compounds are sharply marked off +from the rest by their volatility, and it is always assumed that they +have been removed by ignition; if left in the solution, they would count +as potassium compounds. They will be considered under _Ammonia_. + + +SODIUM. + +Sodium is the commonest of the alkali metals. It is found in nature +chiefly combined with chlorine as "common salt" (NaCl). This mineral is +the source from which the various compounds of sodium in use are +prepared. Sodium occurs abundantly as nitrate (NaNO_{3}) in Chili +saltpetre, and as silicate in various minerals, such as albite (or +soda-felspar). + +It occurs as fluoride in cryolite (Na_{3}AlF_{6}), and as carbonate in +natron, &c. Sulphates are also found. Sodium is very widely diffused, +few substances being free from it. + +The detection of sodium is easy and certain, owing to the strong yellow +colour its salts impart to the flame; this, when viewed by the +spectroscope, shows a single yellow line.[93] The extreme delicacy of +this test limits its value, because of the wide diffusion of sodium +salts. It is more satisfactory to separate the chloride, which may be +recognised by its taste, flame coloration, fusibility, and negative +action with reagents. The chloride dissolved in a few drops of water +gives with potassium metantimoniate, a white precipitate of the +corresponding sodium salt. + +Sodium salts are dissolved out from most compounds on treatment with +water or dilute acids. Insoluble silicates are decomposed and the alkali +rendered soluble by Lawrence Smith's method, which has just been +described. The separation of the sodium from the mixed chlorides is +effected in the following way:--The chlorides are dissolved in a little +water and the potassium separated as platino-chloride. The soluble +sodium platino-chloride, with the excess of platinum, is boiled, mixed +with sulphuric acid, evaporated to dryness, and ignited. On extracting +with water, filtering, evaporating, and igniting, sodium sulphate is +left, and is weighed as such. + +It is more usual, and quite as satisfactory, to calculate the weight of +the sodium chloride by difference from that of the mixed chlorides, by +subtracting that of the potassium chloride, which is separately +determined. For example, 1 gram of a rock gave--Mixed chlorides, 0.0266 +gram, and 0.0486 gram of potassic platino-chloride. This last is +equivalent to 0.0149 gram of potassium chloride. + + Mixed chlorides found 0.0266 + Deduct potassium chloride 0.0149 + ------ + Leaves sodium chloride 0.0117 + +The weight of sodium chloride found, multiplied by 0.5302, gives the +weight of the soda (Na_{2}O). + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The solution, which must contain no other metal than sodium, is +evaporated in a weighed platinum crucible or dish. Towards the finish an +excess, not too great, of sulphuric acid is added, and the evaporation +is continued under a loosely fitting cover. The residue is ignited over +the blowpipe, a fragment of ammonic carbonate being added towards the +end, when fumes of sulphuric acid cease to be evolved. This ensures the +removal of the excess of acid. The crucible is cooled in the desiccator, +and weighed. The substance is sulphate of soda (Na_{2}SO_{4}), and +contains 43.66 per cent. of soda (Na_{2}O), or 32.38 per cent. of sodium +(Na). + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +There are various methods used for the different compounds of sodium. +There is no one method of general application. Thus with "common salt" +the chlorine is determined volumetrically; and the sodium, after +deducting for the other impurities, is estimated by difference. + +With sodic carbonate and caustic soda, a given weight of the sample is +titrated with standard acid, and the equivalent of soda estimated from +the alkalinity of the solution. + +With sodium sulphate, a modification of the same method is used. To a +solution of 3.55 grams of the salt contained in a half-litre flask, 250 +c.c. of a solution of baryta water is added. The volume is made up to +500 c.c. with water. The solution is mixed and filtered. Half of the +filtrate is measured off, treated with a current of carbonic acid, and +then boiled. It is transferred to a half-litre flask, diluted to the +mark, shaken up, and filtered. 250 c.c. of the filtrate, representing a +quarter of the sample taken, is then titrated with standard acid. The +standard acid is made by diluting 250 c.c. of the normal acid to 1 +litre. The c.c. of acid used multiplied by 2 gives the percentage. A +correction must be made to counteract the effect of impurities in the +baryta as well as errors inherent in the process. This is small, and its +amount is determined by an experiment with 3.55 grams of pure sodium +sulphate. + + +EXAMINATION OF COMMON SALT. + +~Moisture.~--Powder and weigh up 10 grams of the sample into a platinum +dish. Dry in a water oven for an hour, and afterwards heat to bare +redness over a Bunsen burner. Cool, and weigh. The loss gives the water. + +~Chlorine.~--Weigh up two separate lots of 1 gram each; dissolve in 100 +c.c. of water, and determine the chlorine by titrating with the standard +silver nitrate solution, using chromate of potash as indicator. See +_Chlorine_. + +~Insoluble Matter.~--Dissolve 10 grams of the salt in water with the +help of a little hydrochloric acid. Filter off the sediment, wash, +ignite, and weigh. This residue is chiefly sand. Dilute the nitrate to +500 c.c. + +~Lime.~--Take 250 c.c. of the filtrate, render ammoniacal and add +ammonium oxalate; wash, dry, and ignite the precipitate. Weigh as lime +(CaO). + +~Magnesia.~--To the filtrate from the lime add phosphate of soda. Allow +to stand overnight, filter, wash with dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and +weigh as pyrophosphate. + +~Sulphuric Oxide.~--To the remaining 250 c.c. of the filtrate from the +"insoluble," add an excess of barium chloride. Collect, wash, dry, +ignite, and weigh the barium sulphate. + +~Sodium.~--It is estimated by difference. + +The following may be taken as an example:-- + + Moisture 0.35 + Insoluble matter 0.40 + Lime 0.40 + Magnesia 0.05 + Sulphuric oxide 0.60 + Chlorine 59.60 + Sodium 38.60 + ------ + 100.00 + + +POTASSIUM. + +Potassium occurs in nature as chloride, in the mineral sylvine (KCl), +and more abundantly combined with magnesium chloride, in earnallite +(KCl.MgCl_{2}.6H_{2}O). It occurs as nitrate in nitre (KNO_{3}), and as +silicate in many minerals, such as orthoclase (or potash-felspar) and +muscovite (or potash-mica). + +Potassium compounds are detected by the characteristic violet colour +they impart to the flame. The presence of sodium salts masks this tint, +but the interference can be neutralised by viewing the flame through a +piece of blue glass. Viewed through the spectroscope, it shows a +characteristic line in the red and another in the violet. These, +however, are not so easy to recognise or obtain as the sodium one. +Concentrated solutions of potassium salts give a yellow crystalline +precipitate with platinum chloride, and a white crystalline one with the +acid tartrate of soda. For these tests the solution is best neutral. +These tests are only applicable in the absence of compounds other than +those of potassium and sodium. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +This process serves for its separation from sodium. Take 1 gram of the +sample and dissolve it in an evaporating dish with 50 c.c. of water. +Acidify with hydrochloric acid in quantity sufficient (if the metals are +present as chlorides) to make it acid, or, if other acids are present, +in at least such quantity as will provide the equivalent of chlorine. +Add 3 grams of platinum, in solution as platinum chloride, and evaporate +on a water-bath to a stiff paste, but not to dryness. Moisten with a few +drops of platinic chloride solution without breaking up the paste by +stirring. Cover with 20 c.c. of strong alcohol, and wash the crystals as +much as possible by rotating the dish. Allow to settle for a few +moments, and decant through a filter. Wash in the same way two or three +times until the colour of the filtrate shows that the excess of the +platinum chloride used is removed. Wash the precipitate on to the filter +with a jet of alcohol from the wash-bottle; clean the filter-paper, +using as little alcohol as possible. Dry in the water-oven for an hour. +Brush the precipitate into a weighed dish, and weigh it. It is potassium +platino-chloride (K_{2}PtCl_{6}), and contains 16.03 per cent. of +potassium, or 30.56 per cent. of potassium chloride (KCl), which is +equivalent to 19.3 per cent. of potash (K_{2}O). + +If the filter-paper is not free from precipitate, burn it and weigh +separately. The excess of weight over that of the ash will be due to +platinum and potassic chloride (Pt and 2KCl). This multiplied by 1.413 +will give the weight of the potassic platino-chloride from which it was +formed. It must be added to the weight of the main precipitate. + +The mixed alkaline chlorides obtained in the usual course of analysis +are treated in this manner; the quantity of platinum added must be about +three times as much as the mixed chlorides weigh. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +These are the same as with soda. + +~Examination of Commercial Carbonate of Potash.~--The impurities to be +determined are moisture, silica, and insoluble matter, chlorine, +sulphuric oxide, and oxide of iron. These determinations are made in the +ways described under the examination of common salt. + +The ~potassium~ is determined by converting it into chloride and +precipitating with platinum chloride, &c., as just described. + +~Available Alkali.~--Weigh up 23.5 grams of the sample, dissolve in +water, and make up to 500 c.c. Take 50 c.c., tint with methyl orange, +and titrate with the normal solution of acid. The c.c. of acid used +multiplied by 2 gives the percentage of available alkali calculated as +potash (K_{2}O). + +~Soda.~--This is calculated indirectly in the following way:--Deduct +from the potassium found the quantity required for combination with the +chlorine and sulphuric oxide present, and calculate the remainder to +potash (K_{2}O). The apparent surplus excess of available alkali is the +measure of the soda present. + +~Carbon Dioxide.~--The c.c. of acid used in the available alkali +determination, multiplied by 2.2 and divided by 2.35, gives the +percentage of carbon dioxide. + + +LITHIUM. + +Lithia, the oxide of lithium (Li_{2}O), occurs in quantities of 3 or 4 +per cent. in various silicates, such as lepidolite (or lithia-mica), +spodumene, and petalite. It also occurs as phosphate in triphyline. It +is a constituent of the water of certain mineral springs. A spring at +Wheal Clifford contained as much as 0.372 gram of lithium chloride per +litre. In small quantities, lithia is very widely diffused. + +The ~Detection~ of lithia is rendered easy by the spectroscope; its +spectrum shows a red line lying about midway between the yellow sodium +line and the red one of potassium. It also shows a faint yellow line. +The colour of the flame (a crimson) is characteristic. + +The reactions of the lithium compounds lie between those of the alkalies +and of the alkaline earths. Solutions are not precipitated by tartaric +acid nor by platinic chloride. The oxide is slowly soluble in water. +The carbonate is not freely soluble. Lithia is completely precipitated +by sodic phosphate, especially in hot alkaline solutions. + +In its determination the mixed alkaline chlorides obtained in the +separation of the alkalies are dissolved in water, a solution of soda is +added in slight excess, and the lithia precipitated with _sodic_ +phosphate. Before filtering, it is evaporated to dryness and extracted +with hot water rendered slightly ammoniacal. The residue is transferred +to a filter, dried, ignited, and weighed. The precipitate is lithium +phosphate (3Li_{2}O, P_{2}O_{5}), and contains 38.8 per cent. of lithia. +The separation of lithia from magnesia is not given by the usual +authorities. Wohler recommends evaporating the solution to dryness with +carbonate of soda. On extracting the residue with water, the lithia +dissolves out and is determined in the filtrate. One hundred parts of +water dissolve, at the ordinary temperature, 0.769 parts of lithium +carbonate (Li_{2}CO_{3}); the basic magnesia compound is almost +insoluble in the absence of carbon dioxide and ammonium salts. + + +CAESIUM. + +The oxide of caesium, caesia (Cs_{2}O), is found associated with lithia +in lepidolite, &c., and, together with rubidium, in many mineral waters. +The mineral pollux is essentially a silicate of alumina and caesia; it +contains 34.0 per cent. of the latter oxide. + +Caesium is best detected by the spectroscope, its spectrum being +characterised by two lines in the blue and one in the red; the latter is +about midway between the lithium and sodium lines. + +If not detected by the spectroscope, or specially looked for, caesia +would, in the ordinary course of work, be separated with the potash and +weighed as potassium platino-chloride. + +Caesia is separated from all the other alkalies by adding to the acid +solution of the mixed chlorides a strongly acid cold solution of +antimonious chloride. The acid used must be hydrochloric. The caesium is +precipitated as a white crystalline precipitate (CsCl.SbCl_{3}), which +is filtered off, and washed, when cold, with strong hydrochloric acid; +since it is decomposed by water or on warming. The precipitate is washed +into a beaker, and treated with sulphuretted hydrogen; after filtering +off the sulphide of antimony, the solution leaves, on evaporation, the +caesium as chloride. + + +RUBIDIUM. + +Rubidium occurs widely diffused in nature, but in very small quantities. +It is generally associated with caesium. + +It is detected by the spectroscope, which shows two violet lines and two +dark red ones. Like caesium, it is precipitated with platinic chloride, +and in the ordinary course of work would be weighed as potassium. It is +separated from potassium by fractional precipitation with platinic +chloride. Rubidium platino-chloride is much less soluble than the +potassium salt. + + +AMMONIUM. + +It is usual to look upon the salts of ammonia as containing a compound +radical (NH_{4} = Am), which resembles in many respects the metals of +the alkalies. Ammonium occurs in nature as chloride in sal ammoniac +(AmCl), as sulphate in mascagnine (Am_{2}SO_{4}), as phosphate in +struvite (AmMgPO_{4}.12H_{2}O). Minerals containing ammonium are rare, +and are chiefly found either in volcanic districts or associated with +guano. Ammonia and ammonium sulphide occur in the waters of certain +Tuscan lagoons, which are largely worked for the boracic acid they +contain. The crude boracic acid from this source contains from 5 to 10 +per cent. of ammonium salts. It is from these that the purer forms of +ammonium compounds of commerce known as "from volcanic ammonia" are +derived. But the bulk of the ammonia of commerce is prepared from the +ammoniacal liquors obtained as bye-products in the working of certain +forms of blast furnaces and coke ovens, and more especially in +gas-making. + +Ammonia hardly comes within the objects of assaying; but it is largely +used in the laboratory, and the assayer is not unfrequently called on to +determine it. Ammonium salts are mostly soluble in water. In strong +solutions they give a yellow precipitate of ammonium platino-chloride on +the addition of chloride of platinum; and with the acid tartrate of soda +yield a white precipitate of hydric ammonic tartrate. These reactions +are similar to those produced with potassium compounds. + +Heated with a base, such as lime or sodic hydrate, ammonium salts are +decomposed, yielding ammonia gas (NH_{3}), which is readily soluble in +water. The solution of this substance is known as ammonic hydrate or +"ammonia." + +They are volatilised on ignition; either with, or without, decomposition +according to the acid present. This fact is of importance in analytical +work; since it allows of the use of alkaline solutions and reagents +which leave nothing behind on heating. It must be remembered, however, +that, although ammonic chloride is volatile, it cannot be volatilised in +the presence of substances which form volatile chlorides without loss of +the latter. For example: ferric oxide and alumina are thus lost, +volatilising as chlorides; and there are some other compounds (notably +ammonic magnesic arsenate) which on heating to redness suffer reduction. +The presence of ammonic chloride in such cases must be avoided. + +~Detection.~--Compounds of ammonium are detected by their evolving +ammonia when mixed or heated with any of the stronger bases. The ammonia +is recognised by its odour, by its alkaline reaction with litmus paper, +and by yielding white fumes, when brought in contact with fuming acid. +In consequence of the use of ammonium salts and ammonia as reagents, it +is necessary to make a special test for and determination of +ammonium.[94] In the ordinary course of work it will be "lost on +ignition." The determination presents little difficulty, and is based on +the method used for its detection. + +[Illustration: FIG. 61.] + +~Solution and Separation.~--Although ammonium salts are soluble in +water, there is no necessity for dissolving them. The compound +containing the ammonia is boiled with an alkaline solution; and the +liberated ammonia condensed and collected. The substance is weighed out +into a flask of about 200 c.c. capacity. The flask is closed with a +rubber cork perforated to carry a 20 c.c. pipette and a bulb exit tube. +The latter is connected with a receiver, which is a small flask +containing dilute hydrochloric acid (fig. 61). The flask containing the +substance is corked, and the greater part of the soda solution is run in +from the pipette. The solution is then boiled. The ammonia volatilises, +and is carried over into the hydrochloric acid, with which it combines +to form ammonic chloride. The distillation is carried on gently until +the bulk of the liquid is driven over. The ammonia in the receiver will +be mixed only with the excess of hydrochloric acid. This separation is +used in all determinations. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +The contents of the flask are transferred to a weighed platinum dish, +and evaporated on the water-bath. It is dried until the weight is +constant. The chloride of ammonium remains as a white mass which, after +cooling in a desiccator, is weighed. It contains 33.72 per cent. of +ammonium (NH_{4}), or 31.85 per cent. of ammonia (NH_{3}). On heating +over the Bunsen burner it is completely volatilised, leaving no residue. + + +VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +Weigh up 1.7 gram of the substance and place it in the flask. Measure +off 50 c.c. of the normal solution of acid, place them in the receiver, +and dilute with an equal volume of water. Run in through the pipette (by +opening the clip) 20 c.c. of a strong solution of soda, boil until the +ammonia has passed over, and then aspirate a current of air through the +apparatus. Disconnect the receiver, and tint its contents with methyl +orange. Titrate the residual acid with a semi-normal solution of alkali. +Divide the c.c. of the "alkali" solution used by 2, and deduct from the +50 c.c. The difference will give the number of c.c. of the normal acid +solution neutralised by the ammonia distilled over. Each c.c. of "acid" +so neutralised, represents 1 per cent. of ammonia in the sample. If the +results are to be reported as ammonium, 1.8 gram of the sample is taken +instead of 1.7 gram. + + +COLORIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +This is effected by means of "Nessler's" reagent, which strikes a brown +colour with traces of ammonia, even with a few hundredths of a milligram +in 100 c.c. of liquid. With larger quantities of ammonia the reagent +gives a precipitate. This reagent is a strongly alkaline solution of +potassic mercuric iodide; and is thus made:-- + + +_Nessler's solution_: Dissolve 17 grams of mercuric chloride in 300 c.c. +of water; and add the solution to one of 35 grams of potassium iodide in +100 c.c. of water until a permanent precipitate is produced. Both +solutions must be cold. Then make up to a litre by adding a 20 per cent. +solution of potash. Add more of the mercuric chloride (a little at a +time) until a permanent precipitate is again formed. Allow to settle, +decant, and use the clear liquor. Four or five c.c. are used for each +100 c.c. of liquid to be tested. + +_A Standard Solution of Ammonia_ is made by dissolving 0.315 gram of +ammonic chloride in water, and diluting to 100 c.c. Ten c.c. of this are +taken and diluted to 1 litre. One c.c. contains 0.01 milligram of +ammonia (NH_{3}). + +In working, the solution containing the ammonia is diluted to a definite +volume, and to such an extent that 50 c.c. of it shall not contain more +than 0.02 or 0.03 milligram of ammonia. Fifty c.c. of it are transferred +to a Nessler glass and mixed with 2 c.c. of Nessler's reagent. The +colour is noted, and an estimate made as to the amount of ammonia it +indicates. A measured quantity of the standard ammonia, judged to +contain about as much ammonia as that in the assay, is then put into +another Nessler glass. It is diluted to 50 c.c. with water, and mixed +with 2 c.c. of "Nessler." After standing a minute or two, the colours in +the two glasses are compared. If the tints are equal, the assay is +finished; but if the standard is weaker or stronger than the assay, +another standard, containing more or less ammonia, as the case may be, +must be prepared and compared with the assay. Two such experiments will +generally be sufficient; but, if not, a third must be made. The addition +of more standard ammonia to the solution to which the "Nessler" has +already been added does not give a satisfactory result. + +When the ammonia in 50 c.c. has been determined, that in the whole +solution is ascertained by a suitable multiplication. By 10, for +example, if the bulk was 500 c.c., or by 20 if it was a litre. + +Distilled water is used throughout. It must be free from ammonia; and is +best prepared by distilling an ammonia-free spring water. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[90] Al_{2}Cl_{6} + 3Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3} + 3H_{2}O = Al_{2}(HO)_{6} + 6NaCl ++ 3S + 3SO_{2} + +[91] 3BeO,Al_{2}O_{3},6SiO_{2} + +[92] CaC_{2}O_{4} = CaCO_{3}+CO. + +[93] Resolved into two with a powerful spectroscope. + +[94] Ammonium compounds are frequently produced when dissolving metals +in nitric acid; or when nitrates are heated in the presence of the +metals. + + + + +PART III--NON-METALS. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +OXYGEN AND OXIDES.--THE HALOGENS. + + +OXYGEN. + +Oxygen occurs in nature in the free state, forming 23 per cent. by +weight, or 21 per cent. by volume of the atmosphere; but, since it is a +gas, its presence is easily overlooked and its importance +underestimated. Except in the examination of furnace-gases, &c., the +assayer is not often called upon to determine its quantity, but it forms +one of his most useful reagents, and there are many cases where he +cannot afford to disregard its presence. It occurs not only in the air, +but also dissolved in water; ordinary waters containing on an average +0.00085 per cent. by weight, or 0.85 parts per 100,000. + +Chemically, it is characterised by its power of combining, especially at +high temperatures, with the other elements, forming an important class +of compounds called oxides. This combination, when rapid, is accompanied +by the evolution of light and heat; hence oxygen is generally called the +supporter of combustion. This property is taken advantage of in the +operation of calcining, scorifying, cupelling, &c. The importance of a +free access of air in all such work is seen when it is remembered that 1 +litre of air contains 0.2975 gram of oxygen, and this quantity will only +oxidise 0.1115 gram of carbon, 0.2975 gram of sulphur, or 3.849 grams of +lead. + +Oxidation takes place at the ordinary temperature with many substances. +Examples of such action are seen in the weathering of pyrites, rusting +of iron, and (in the assay office) the weakening of solutions of many +reducing agents. + +For methods of determining the percentage of oxygen in gases, for +technical purposes, the student is referred to Winkler & Lunge's +"Technical Gas Analysis." + + +OXIDES. + +Oxides are abundant in nature, almost all the commonly occurring bodies +being oxidised. Water (H_{2}O) contains 88.8 per cent. of oxygen; +silica, lime, alumina, magnesia, and the other earths are oxides, and +the oxides of the heavier metals are in many cases important ores; as, +for example, cassiterite (SnO_{2}), hęmatite (Fe_{2}O_{3}), magnetite +(Fe_{3}O_{4}), and pyrolusite (MnO_{2}). In fact, the last-named mineral +owes its value to the excess of oxygen it contains, and may be regarded +as an ore of oxygen rather than of manganese. + +Most of the metals, when heated to redness in contact with air, lose +their metallic lustre and become coated with, or (if the heating be +prolonged) altogether converted into, oxide. This oxide was formerly +termed a "calx," and has long been known to weigh more than the metal +from which it was obtained. For example, one part by weight of tin +becomes, on calcining, 1.271 parts of oxide (putty powder). The student +will do well to try the following experiments:--Take 20 grams of tin and +heat them in a muffle on a scorifier, scraping back the dross as it +forms, and continuing the operation until the whole of the metal is +burnt to a white powder and ceases to increase in weight.[95] Take care +to avoid loss, and, when cold, weigh the oxide formed. The oxide should +weigh 25.42 grams, which increase in weight is due to the oxygen +absorbed from the air and combined with the metal. It can be calculated +from this experiment (if there has been no loss) that oxide of tin +contains 21.33 per cent. of oxygen and 78.67 per cent. of tin. Oxidation +is performed with greater convenience by wet methods, using reagents, +such as nitric acid, which contain a large proportion of oxygen loosely +held. Such reagents are termed oxidising agents. Besides nitric acid, +permanganate of potash, bichromate of potash, and peroxide of hydrogen +are largely used for this purpose. One c.c. of nitric acid contains as +much oxygen as 2.56 litres of air, and the greater part of this is +available for oxidising purposes. Try the following experiment:--Take 2 +grams of tin and cover in a weighed Berlin dish with 20 c.c. of dilute +nitric acid, heat till decomposed, evaporate to dryness, ignite, and +weigh. The 2 grams of tin should yield 2.542 grams of oxide. The +increase in weight will be proportionally the same as in the previous +experiment by calcination, and is due to oxygen, which in this case has +been derived from the nitric acid. + +The percentage of oxygen in this oxide of tin (or in any of the oxides +of the heavier metals) may be directly determined by heating such oxides +in a current of hydrogen, and collecting and weighing the water formed. + +It is found by experiment that 88.86 parts by weight of oxygen, +combining with 11.14 parts of hydrogen, form 100 parts of water; so that +from the weight of water formed it is easy to calculate the amount of +oxygen the oxide contained. + +[Illustration: FIG. 62.] + +Take 1 gram of the dried and powdered oxide and place it in a warm dry +combustion tube. Place the tube in a furnace, and connect at one end +with a hydrogen apparatus provided with a sulphuric acid bulb for drying +the gas, and at the other with a weighed sulphuric acid tube for +collecting the water formed. The apparatus required is shown in fig. 62. +Pass hydrogen through the apparatus, and, when the air has been cleared +out, light the furnace. Continue the heat and current of hydrogen for +half an hour (or longer, if necessary). Allow to cool. Draw a current of +dry air through the weighed tube. Weigh. The increase in weight gives +the amount of water formed, and this, multiplied by 0.8886, gives the +weight of the oxygen. The percentage of oxygen thus determined should be +compared with that got by the oxidation of the metal. It will be +practically the same. The following results can be taken as examples:-- + +Twenty grams of tin, calcined as described, gave 25.37 grams of oxide. + +Two grams of tin, oxidised with nitric acid and ignited, gave 2.551 +grams of oxide. + +One gram of the oxide of tin, on reduction in a current of hydrogen, +gave 0.2360 gram of water (equivalent to 0.2098 gram of oxygen), and +left 0.7900 gram of metal. + +Ten grams of ferrous sulphate gave, on strong ignition, 2.898 grams of +ferric oxide (Fe_{2}O_{3})[96] instead of 2.877. + +The student should similarly determine the percentage of oxygen in +oxides of copper and iron. The former oxide may be prepared by +dissolving 5 grams of copper in 50 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +evaporating to dryness, and strongly igniting the residue. The oxide of +iron may be made by weighing up 10 grams of powdered ferrous sulphate +(= to 2.014 grams of iron) and heating, at first gently, to drive off the +water, and then at a red heat, until completely decomposed. The weight +of oxide, in each case, should be determined; and the percentage of +oxygen calculated. Compare the figures arrived at with those calculated +from the formula of the oxides, CuO and Fe_{2}O_{3}. + +It would be found in a more extended series of experiments that the same +metal will, under certain conditions, form two or more oxides differing +among themselves in the amount of oxygen they contain. These oxides are +distinguished from one another by such names as "higher" and "lower +oxides," "peroxides," "protoxides," "dioxides," &c. + +The oxides may be conveniently classified under three heads:-- + +(1) _Those that are reduced to metal by heat alone_, such as the oxides +of mercury, silver, platinum, gold, &c.; + +(2) _Those which are reduced by hydrogen at a red heat_, which includes +the oxides of the heavy metals; + +(3) _Those which are not reduced by these means_, good examples of which +are silica, alumina, the alkalies, and the alkaline earths. + +Another important classification is into acid, basic and neutral oxides. +The oxides of the non-metallic elements, such as sulphur, carbon, +phosphorus, &c., are, as a rule, acid; and the more oxygen they contain, +the more distinctly acid they are. The oxides of the metals are nearly +all basic; and, as a rule, the less oxygen they contain, the more +distinctly basic they are. + +The basic oxides, which are soluble in acids, give rise to the formation +of salts when dissolved therein. During the solution, water is formed, +but no gas is evolved. The oxide dissolved in each case neutralizes an +equivalent of the acid used for solution.[97] The basic properties of +many of these can be taken advantage of for their determination. This is +done in the case of soda, potash, lime, &c., by finding the quantity of +acid required to neutralize a given weight of the substance. + +There are some oxides which, under certain conditions, are acid to one +substance (a stronger base) and basic to another (a stronger acid). For +example, the oxides of lead and of tin, as also alumina, dissolve in +caustic soda, acting as acids; whilst, on the other hand, they combine +with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, playing the part of bases. + +The oxides known as "earths," when ignited, are many of them insoluble +in acids, although easily dissolved before ignition. + +It is common in complete analyses of minerals to meet with cases in +which the sum total of the elements found falls short of the amount of +ore taken; and here oxygen must be looked for. For example, this occurs +in the case of a mixture of pyrites with oxide of iron, or in a mixture +of sulphides and sulphates. The state in which the elements are present, +and the percentage (say of sulphides and sulphates) can in many cases be +determined; but this is not always required. When the difference between +the sum total and the elements found is small, it is reported as "oxygen +and loss." When, however, it is considerable, the oxygen may be reported +as such; and its amount be either determined directly in the way already +described, or calculated from the best determination that can be made of +the relative amounts of oxides, sulphides, sulphates, &c., present. Such +cases require a careful qualitative analysis to find out that the +substance is present; and then the separation of each constituent is +made as strictly as possible. These remarks apply especially to ores of +the heavy metals. The separation of the constituents is effected with +suitable solvents applied in proper order. The soluble sulphates, for +example, are extracted with water; the oxides by the dilute acids or +alkalies in which they are known to be soluble. The oxygen in the +sulphates and oxides thus obtained is estimated by determining the +sulphur and metals in the solutions, and calculating the amount of +oxygen with which they combine. The metals of the earths and alkalies +are almost invariably present as oxides, and are reported as such; +except it is known that they are present in some other form, such as +fluoride or chloride. Thus, silica, alumina, lime, water, &c., appear in +an analysis; even in those cases where "oxygen and loss" is also +mentioned. As an example of such a report, take the following analysis +of Spanish pyrites:-- + + Sulphur 49.00 + Iron 43.55 + Copper 3.20 + Arsenic 0.47 + Lead 0.93 + Zinc 0.35 + Lime 0.10 + Silica, &c. 0.63 + Water 0.70 + Oxygen and loss 1.07 + ----- + 100.00 + +The following example will illustrate the mode of calculating and +reporting. A mineral, occurring as blue crystals soluble in water, and +found on testing to be a mixed sulphate of iron and copper, gave on +analysis the following results:-- + + Water 44.51 per cent. + Sulphuric oxide 28.82 " + Copper 8.44 " + Ferrous iron 11.81 " + Ferric iron 0.38 " + Zinc 0.28 " + ----- + 94.24 + +There is here a deficiency of 5.76 per cent. due to oxygen. Nothing else +could be found, and it is known that in the sulphates the metals exist +as oxides. By multiplying the weight of the copper by 1.252, the weight +of copper oxide (CuO) will be ascertained; in this case it equals 10.57 +per cent. The ferrous iron multiplied by 1.286 will give the ferrous +oxide (FeO); in this case 15.19 per cent. The ferric iron multiplied by +1.428 will give the ferric oxide (Fe_{2}O_{3}); in this case 0.54 per +cent. The zinc multiplied by 1.246 will give the zinc oxide (ZnO); in +this case it equals 0.35 per cent. The analysis will be reported as-- + + Water 44.51 + Sulphuric oxide 28.82 + Copper oxide 10.57 equal to copper 8.44% + Ferrous oxide 15.19 + Ferric oxide 0.54 + Zinc oxide 0.35 + ----- + 99.98 + +The following (A) is an analysis of a sample of South American copper +ore, which will serve as a further illustration. The analysis showed the +presence of 6.89 per cent. of ferrous oxide, and some oxide of copper. + +The analysis (B) is that of an ore from the same mine after an imperfect +roasting. It will be seen that the carbonates have been converted into +sulphates. If the total sulphur simply had been determined, and the +sulphate overlooked, the "oxygen and loss" would have been 5.65 per +cent., an amount which would obviously require an explanation. + + A. B. + Water 0.25 0.59 + Organic matter 0.54 -- + Sulphur 29.50 21.33 + Copper 10.92 9.80 {Copper 9.57 + {Copper oxide 0.28 + Iron 32.09 39.73 {Iron 34.32 + {Ferric oxide 7.73 + Lead 0.35 0.12 + Zinc 0.86 0.69 + Cobalt 0.06 0.11 + Lime 5.25 7.69 + Magnesia 2.33 2.55 + Sulphuric oxide 1.00 5.30 + Carbon dioxide 8.87 -- + "Insoluble silicates" 5.12 8.38 + Oxygen and loss 2.86 2.47 + ----- Potash 0.15 + 100.00 Soda 1.09 + ----- + 100.00 + + +WATER. + +Water occurs in minerals in two forms, free and combined. The term +"moisture" ought, strictly, to be limited to the first, although, as has +already been explained, it is more convenient in assaying to apply the +term to all water which is driven off on drying at 100° C. The combined +water is really a part of the mineral itself, although it may be driven +off at a high temperature, which varies with the base. In some cases a +prolonged red heat is required; whilst with crystallised salts it is +sometimes given off at the ordinary temperatures. This latter +phenomenon, known as efflorescence, is mostly confined to artificial +salts. + +The determination of the combined water may often be made by simply +igniting the substance from which the moisture has been removed. The +quantity of water may be determined, either indirectly by the loss, or +directly by collecting it in a calcium chloride tube, and weighing. In +some cases, in which the loss on ignition does not give simply the +proportion of combined water, it can be seen from the analysis to what +else the loss is due; and, after a proper deduction, the amount of water +can be estimated. For example, 1 gram of crystallised iron sulphate was +found to contain on analysis 0.2877 gram of sulphuric oxide; and on +igniting another gram, 0.2877 gram of ferric oxide was left. As the salt +is known to be made up of ferrous oxide, sulphuric oxide, and combined +water, the combined water can be thus calculated: 0.2877 gram of ferric +oxide is equal to 0.2589 gram of ferrous oxide,[98] and consequently, +the loss on ignition has been diminished by 0.0288 gram, which is the +weight of oxygen absorbed by the ferrous oxide during calcining. The +loss on ignition was 0.7123 gram, to which must be added 0.0288 gram; +hence 0.7411 gram is the weight of the combined sulphuric oxide and +water present. Deducting the weight of sulphuric oxide found, 0.2877 +gram, there is left for combined water 0.4534 gram. The composition of 1 +gram of the dry salt is then:-- + + Water 0.4534 + Sulphuric oxide 0.2877 + Ferrous oxide 0.2589 + ------ + 1.0000 + +The following is another example:--A sample of malachite lost on +ignition 28.47 per cent., leaving a residue which was found on analysis +to be made up of oxide of copper (equal to 70.16 per cent. on the +mineral), and silica and oxide of iron (equal to 1.37 per cent.). Carbon +dioxide and water (but nothing else) was found to be present, and the +carbon dioxide amounted to 19.64 per cent.; deducting this from the loss +on ignition, we have 8.82 as the percentage of water present. The +analysis was then reported as follows:-- + + Cupric oxide 70.16 equal to 56.0% copper. + Silica and ferric oxide 1.37 + Carbon dioxide 19.64 + Water 8.82 + ----- + 99.99 + +[Illustration: FIG. 63.] + +~Direct Determination of Combined Water.~--Transfer about 3 grams of the +substance to a piece of combustion tube (8 or 10 inches long), attached +(as in fig. 63) at one end to a ~U~-tube containing sulphuric acid, and +at the other end to a calcium chloride tube. The last is weighed +previous to the determination. The tube should be warmed to ensure +complete dryness, and must be free from a misty appearance. Aspirate a +current of air through the apparatus, heat the mineral by means of a +Bunsen burner, cautiously at first, and afterwards to redness (if +necessary). The water is driven off and condenses in the calcium +chloride tube, which is afterwards cooled and weighed. The increase in +weight is due to the water. If the substance gives off acid products on +heating, it is previously mixed with some dry oxide of lead or pure +calcined magnesia. + + +EXAMINATION OF WATERS. + +The assayer is occasionally called on to test water for the purpose of +ascertaining the nature and quantity of the salts contained in it, and +whether it is or is not fit for technical and drinking purposes. + +In mineral districts the water is generally of exceptional character, +being more or less charged, not only with earthy salts, but also +frequently with those of the metals. Distilled water is only used by +assayers in certain exceptional cases, so that by many it would be +classed among the rarer oxides. Water of ordinary purity will do for +most purposes, but the nature and quantity of the impurities must be +known. + +The following determinations are of chief importance:-- + +~Total Solids at 100° C.~--Where simply the amount is required, take 100 +c.c. and evaporate on the water-bath in a weighed dish; then dry in the +water-oven, and weigh. + +~Total Solids Ignited.~--The above residue is very gently ignited +(keeping the heat well below redness), and again weighed. A larger loss +than 4 or 5 parts per 100,000 on the water requires an explanation. + +~Chlorine.~--Take 100 c.c. of the water in a porcelain dish, add 2 c.c. +of a 5 per cent. solution of neutral potassic chromate, and titrate with +a neutral standard solution of nitrate of silver, made by dissolving +4.789 grams of crystallised silver nitrate in distilled water, and +diluting to 1 litre. The addition of the nitrate of silver is continued +until the yellow of the solution assumes a reddish tint. The reaction is +very sharp. Each c.c. of nitrate of silver used is equal to 1 part by +weight of chlorine in 100,000 of water. At inland places this rarely +amounts to more than 1 in 100,000; but near the sea it may amount to 3 +or 5. More than this requires explanation, and generally indicates +sewage pollution. + +~Nitric Pentoxide (N_{2}O_{5}).~--It is more generally reported under +the heading, "nitrogen as nitrates." Take 250 c.c. of the water and +evaporate to 2 or 3 c.c.; acidulate with a few drops of dilute sulphuric +acid, and transfer to a nitrometer (using strong sulphuric acid to wash +in the last traces). The sulphuric acid must be added to at least twice +the bulk of the liquid. Shake up with mercury. The mercury rapidly +flours, and nitric oxide is given off (if any nitrate is present). The +volume of the nitric oxide (corrected to normal temperature and +pressure), multiplied by 0.25, gives the parts of nitrogen per 100,000; +or, multiplied by 0.965, will give the nitric pentoxide in parts per +100,000. In well and spring waters the nitrogen may amount to 0.3 or 0.4 +parts per 100,000; or in richly cultivated districts 0.7 or 0.8 parts +per 100,000. An excess of nitrates is a suspicious feature, and is +generally due to previous contamination. + +~Ammonia.~--Take 500 c.c. of the water and place them in a retort +connected with a Liebig's condenser. Add a drop or two of a solution of +carbonate of soda and distil over 100 c.c.; collect another 50 c.c. +separately. Determine the ammonia in the distillate colorimetrically +(with Nessler's solution, as described under _Ammonia_) and compare with +a standard solution of ammonic chloride containing 0.0315 gram of +ammonic chloride in 1 litre of water. One c.c. contains 0.01 milligram +of ammonia. The second distillate will show little, if any, ammonia in +ordinary cases. The amounts found in both distillates are added +together, and expressed in parts per 100,000. + +Waters (other than rain and tank waters) which contain more than 0.003 +per 100,000 are suspicious. + +~Organic Matter.~--The organic matter cannot be determined directly; but +for ordinary purposes it may be measured by the amount of permanganate +of potassium which it reduces, or by the amount of ammonia which it +evolves on boiling with an alkaline permanganate of potassium solution. + +A. _Albuminoid Ammonia._--To the residue left after distilling the +ammonia add 50 c.c. of a solution made by dissolving 200 grams of potash +and 8 grams of potassium permanganate in 1100 c.c. of water, and rapidly +boiling till the volume is reduced to 1 litre (this should be kept in a +well stoppered bottle, and be occasionally tested to see that it is free +from ammonia). Continue the distillation, collecting 50 c.c. at a time, +until the distillate is free from ammonia. Three or four fractions are +generally sufficient. Determine the ammonia colorimetrically as before. +If the total albuminoid ammonia does not exceed 0.005 in 100,000, the +water may be regarded as clean as regards organic matter; if it amounts +to more than 0.015, it is dirty. + +B. _Oxygen Consumed._--A standard solution of permanganate of potash is +made by dissolving 0.395 gram of the salt in water and diluting to 1 +litre. Each c.c. equals 0.1 milligram of available oxygen. The following +are also required:--1. A solution of sodium hyposulphite containing 1 +gram of the salt (Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3}.5H_{2}O) in 1 litre of water. 2. +Dilute sulphuric acid, made by adding one part of the acid to three of +water, and titrating with the permanganate solution till a faint pink +persists after warming for several hours. 3. Starch paste. 4. Potassium +iodide solution. + +Take 250 c.c. of the water in a stoppered bottle, add 10 c.c. of +sulphuric acid and 10 c.c. of the permanganate, and allow to stand in a +warm place for four hours. Then add a few drops of the solution of +potassium iodide, and titrate the liberated iodine with "hypo," using +starch paste towards the end as an indicator. To standardise the +hyposulphite, take 250 c.c. of water and 10 c.c. of sulphuric acid, and +a few drops of potassium iodide; then run in 10 c.c. of the +"permanganate" solution, and again titrate; about 30 c.c. of the "hypo" +will be used. The difference in the two titrations, divided by the last +and multiplied by 10, will give the c.c. of permanganate solution used +in oxidising the organic matter in the 250 c.c. of water. Each c.c. +represents 0.04 parts of oxygen in 100,000. + +~Metals.~--These may for the most part be estimated colorimetrically. + +~Lead.~--Take 100 c.c. of the water in a Nessler tube, and add 10 c.c. +of sulphuretted hydrogen water, and compare the tint, if any, against a +standard lead solution, as described under _Colorimetric Lead_. Report +in parts per 100,000. + +~Copper.~--Proceed as with the last-mentioned metal; but, if lead is +also present, boil down 500 c.c. to about 50 c.c., then add ammonia, +filter, and estimate the copper in the blue solution, as described under +_Colorimetric Copper_. + +~Iron.~--Take 50 c.c., or a smaller quantity (if necessary), dilute up +to the mark with distilled water, and determine with potassium +sulphocyanate, as described under _Colorimetric Iron_. + +~Zinc.~--Zinc is the only other metal likely to be present; and, since +it cannot be determined colorimetrically, it must be separately +estimated during the examination of the "total solids." + +~Examination of "Total Solids."~--Evaporate 500 c.c. to dryness with a +drop or two of hydrochloric acid. Take up with hydrochloric acid, +filter, ignite, and weigh the residue as "silica." To the filtrate add a +little ammonic chloride and ammonia, boil and filter, ignite, and weigh +the precipitate as "oxide of iron and alumina." Collect the filtrate in +a small flask, add a few drops of ammonium sulphide or pass sulphuretted +hydrogen, cork the flask, and allow to stand overnight; filter, wash, +and determine the zinc gravimetrically as oxide of zinc. If copper or +lead were present, they should have been previously removed with +sulphuretted hydrogen in the acid solution. To the filtrate add ammonic +oxalate and ammonia, boil for some time, allow to stand, filter, wash, +ignite, and weigh as "lime." Evaporate the filtrate with nitric acid, +and ignite. Take up with a few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid, add +baric hydrate in excess, evaporate, and extract with water. The residue +contains the magnesia; boil with dilute sulphuric acid, filter, +precipitate it with phosphate of soda and ammonia, and weigh as +pyrophosphate. The aqueous extract contains the alkalies with the excess +of barium. Add sulphuric acid in slight excess, filter, evaporate, and +ignite strongly. The residue consists of the sulphates of the alkalies +(which are separately determined, as described under _Potash_). + +~Sulphuric Oxide (SO_{3}).~--Take 200 c.c. and boil to a small bulk with +a little hydrochloric acid, filter (if necessary), add baric chloride +solution in slight excess to the hot solution, filter, ignite, and weigh +as baric sulphate. + +~Carbon Dioxide (free).~--Carbon dioxide exists in waters in two forms, +free and combined. The latter generally occurs as bicarbonate, although +on analysis it is more convenient to consider it as carbonate, and to +count the excess of carbon dioxide with the free. The method is as +follows:--To determine the free carbon dioxide, take 100 c.c. of the +water, place them in a flask with 3 c.c. of a strong solution of calcium +chloride and 2 c.c. of a solution of ammonic chloride, next add 50 c.c. +of lime-water. The strength of the lime-water must be known. Make up to +200 c.c. with distilled water, stop the flask, and allow the precipitate +to settle. Take out 100 c.c. of the clear solution with a pipette, and +titrate with the standard solution of acid.[99] The number of c.c. +required, multiplied by two, and deducted from that required for the 50 +c.c. of lime-water, and then multiplied by 0.0045, will give the carbon +dioxide present other than as normal carbonates. + +~Carbon Dioxide combined~ as normal carbonate.--100 c.c. of the water +are tinted with phenacetolin or lacmoid; then heated to near boiling, +and titrated with standard acid. The number of c.c. used, multiplied by +0.0045, will give the weight in grams of the combined carbon dioxide. + +~Free Acid.~--In some waters (especially those from mining districts) +there will be no carbonates. On the contrary, there may be free mineral +acid or acid salts. In these cases it is necessary to determine the +amount of acid (other than carbon dioxide) present in excess of that +required to form normal salts. This is done in the following way:--Make +an ammoniacal copper solution by taking 13 grams of copper sulphate +(CuSO_{4}.5H_{2}O), dissolving in water, adding solution of ammonia +until the precipitate first formed has nearly dissolved, and diluting to +1 litre. Allow to settle, and decant off the clear liquid. The strength +of this solution is determined by titrating against 10 or 20 c.c. of the +standard solution of sulphuric acid (100 c.c. = 1 gram H_{2}SO_{4}). The +finishing point is reached as soon as the solution becomes turbid from +precipitated cupric hydrate. At first, as each drop falls into the acid +solution, the ammonia and cupric hydrate combine with the free acid to +form ammonic and cupric sulphates; but as soon as the free acid is used +up, the ammonia in the next drop not only precipitates an equivalent of +cupric hydrate from the solution, but also throws down that carried by +itself. This method is applicable in the presence of metallic sulphates +_other than ferric_. The standardising and titration should be made +under the same conditions. Since sulphuric acid and sulphates are +predominant in waters of this kind, it is most convenient to report the +acidity of the water as equivalent to so much sulphuric acid. + +~Dissolved Oxygen.~--For the gasometric method of analysing for +dissolved oxygen, and for the Schützenberger's volumetric method, the +student is referred to Sutton's "Volumetric Analysis." The following is +an easy method of estimating the free oxygen in a water:--Take 20 c.c. +of a stannous chloride solution (about 20 grams of the salt with 10 c.c. +of hydrochloric acid to the litre); add 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, +and titrate in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide with standard +permanganate of potassium solution (made by dissolving 1.975 gram of the +salt in 1 litre of water: 1 c.c. equals 0.5 milligram of oxygen). A +similar titration is made with the addition of 100 c.c. of the water to +be tested. Less permanganate will be required in the second titration, +according to the amount of oxygen in the water; and the difference, +multiplied by 0.5, will give the weight of the oxygen in milligrams. +Small quantities of nitrates do not interfere. + +In REPORTING the results of the analysis, it is customary to combine the +acids and bases found on some such principle as the following:--The +sulphuric oxide is calculated as combined with the potash, and reported +as potassic sulphate (K_{2}SO_{4}); the balance of the sulphuric oxide +is then apportioned to the soda, and reported as sulphate of soda +(Na_{2}SO_{4}); if any is still left, it is reported as calcium sulphate +(CaSO_{4}), and after that as magnesic sulphate (MgSO_{4}). When the +sulphuric oxide has been satisfied, the chlorine is distributed, taking +the bases in the same order, then the nitric pentoxide, and lastly the +carbon dioxide. But any method for thus combining the bases and acids +must be arbitrary and inaccurate. It is extremely improbable that any +simple statement can represent the manner in which the bases and acids +are distributed whilst in solution; and, since different chemists are +not agreed as to any one system, it is better to give up the attempt, +and simply state the results of the analysis. This has only one +inconvenience. The bases are represented as oxides; and, since some of +them are present as chlorides, the sum total of the analysis will be in +excess of the actual amount present by the weight of the oxygen +equivalent to the chlorine present as chloride. The following is an +example of such a statement:-- + + Parts per 100,000. + Total solids, dried at 100° C. 28.73 + Chlorine 1.70 + Nitrogen as nitrate 0.03 + Ammonia 0.001 + Albuminoid ammonia 0.004 + "Oxygen consumed" in 4 hours 0.01 + +The solids were made up as under:-- + + Per 100,000 of the Water. + Potash 0.38 + Soda 2.01 + Magnesia 1.44 + Lime 10.55 + Ferric oxide 0.01 + Silica 0.30 + Sulphuric oxide 3.69 + Nitrogen pentoxide 0.11 + Carbon dioxide 8.38 + Chlorine 1.70 + Volatile and organic matter 0.66 + ----- + 29.23 + Less oxygen equivalent to chlorine found 0.39 + ----- + 28.84 + +For the preparation of distilled water, the apparatus shown in fig. 64 +is convenient for laboratory use. It consists of a copper retort heated +by a ring gas-burner, and connected with a worm-condenser. + +[Illustration: FIG. 64] + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISE. + +A mineral, on analysis, gave the following results:--Water, 44.94 per +cent.; sulphuric oxide, 28.72 per cent.; ferrous iron, 13.92 per cent.; +ferric iron, 0.35 per cent.; copper, 6.1 per cent. The mineral was +soluble in water, and showed nothing else on testing. How would you +report the analysis? Calculate the formula for the salt. + + +THE HALOGENS. + +There is a group of closely allied elements to which the name halogen +(salt-producer) has been given. It comprises chlorine, bromine, iodine, +and fluorine. These elements combine directly with metals, forming as +many series of salts (chlorides, bromides, iodides, and fluorides), +corresponding to the respective oxides, but differing in their formulę +by having two atoms of the halogen in the place of one atom of oxygen. +For example, ferrous oxide is FeO and ferrous chloride is FeCl_{2}, and, +again, ferric oxide is Fe_{2}O_{3}, whilst ferric chloride is +Fe_{2}Cl_{6}. These salts differ from the carbonates, nitrates, &c., in +containing no oxygen. Consequently, it is incorrect to speak of such +compounds as chloride of potash, fluoride of lime, &c., since potash and +lime are oxides. It is important to bear this in mind in reporting +analyses in which determinations have been made, say, of chlorine, +magnesia, and potash, or of fluorine, silica, and alumina. It is +necessary in all such cases to deduct from the total an amount of oxygen +equivalent to the halogen found, except, of course, where the base has +been determined and recorded as metal. Compounds containing oxides and +fluorides, &c., do not lend themselves to the method of determining the +halogen by difference. For example, topaz, which, according to Dana, has +the formula Al_{2}SiO_{4}F_{2}, would yield in the ordinary course of +analysis-- + + Alumina 55.4% + Silica 32.6 + Fluorine 20.6 + ----- + 108.6 + +The oxygen equivalent to 20.6 per cent. fluorine may be found by +multiplying the percentage of fluorine by 0.421; it is 8.7 per cent., +and must be deducted. The analysis would then be reported thus:-- + + Alumina 55.4% + Silica 32.6 + Fluorine 20.6 + ----- + 108.6 + Less oxygen equivalent to fluorine 8.7 + ----- + 99.9 + +Take as an illustration the following actual analysis by F.W. Clarke and +J.S. Diller:-- + + Alumina 57.38% + Silica 31.92 + Fluorine 16.99 + Potash 0.15 + Soda 1.33 + Water 0.20 + ------ + 107.97 + Deduct oxygen equivalent 7.16 + ------ + 100.81 + +In calculating the factor for the "oxygen equivalent," divide the weight +of one atom of oxygen (16) by the weight of two atoms of the halogen; +for example, with chlorine it would be 16/71 or 0.2253; with bromine, +16/160 or 0.1000; with iodine, 16/254 or 0.063; and with fluorine, 16/38 +or 0.421. + + +CHLORINE AND CHLORIDES. + +Chlorine occurs in nature chiefly combined with sodium, as halite or +rock salt (NaCl). With potassium it forms sylvine (KCl), and, together +with magnesium, carnallite (KCl.MgCl_{2}.6H_{2}O). Of the metalliferous +minerals containing chlorine, kerargyrite, or horn silver (AgCl), and +atacamite, an oxychloride of copper (CuCl_{2}.3Cu(HO)_{2}.) are the most +important. Apatite (phosphate of lime) and pyromorphite (phosphate of +lead) contain a considerable amount of it. Chlorine is a gas of a +greenish colour, possessing a characteristic odour, and moderately +soluble in water. It does not occur native, and is generally prepared by +the action of an oxidising agent on hydrochloric acid. It combines +directly with metals at the ordinary temperature (even with platinum and +gold), forming chlorides, which (except in the case of silver) are +soluble. + +It is important in metallurgy, because of the extensive use of it in +extracting gold by "chloridising" processes. It is also used in refining +gold. + +~Detection.~--Compounds containing the oxides of chlorine are not found +in nature, because of the readiness with which they lose oxygen. By +reduction they yield a chloride; the form in which chlorine is met with +in minerals. In testing, the compound supposed to contain a chloride is +boiled with water, or, in some cases, dilute nitric acid. To the clear +solution containing nitric acid a few drops of nitrate of silver +solution are added. If, on shaking, a white curdy precipitate, soluble +in ammonia, separates out, it is sufficiently satisfactory evidence of +the presence of chlorides. + +~Solution and Separation.~--The chlorides are generally soluble in +water, and are got into solution by extracting with warm dilute nitric +acid. Or, if insoluble, the substance is fused with carbonate of soda, +extracted with water, and the filtrate acidified with nitric acid. For +the determination, it is not necessary to obtain the solution of the +chloride free from other acids or metals. If tin, antimony, mercury, or +platinum is present, it is best to separate by means of sulphuretted +hydrogen. The chloride is determined in the solution after removal of +the excess of the gas. Where traces of chlorides are being looked for, a +blank experiment is made to determine the quantity introduced with the +reagents. One hundred c.c. of ordinary water contains from 1 to 3 +milligrams of chlorine. On the addition of nitrate of silver to the +nitric acid solution, chloride of silver separates out. This is free +from other substances, except, perhaps, bromide and iodide. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +Freely mix the solution containing the chloride with dilute nitric acid, +filter (if necessary), and treat with nitrate of silver. Heat nearly to +boiling, and, when the precipitate has settled, filter, and wash with +hot distilled water. Dry, and transfer to a weighed Berlin crucible. +Burn the filter-paper separately, and convert any reduced silver into +chloride by alternate treatment with drops of nitric and of hydrochloric +acid. Add the main portion to this, and heat cautiously till the edges +of the mass show signs of fusing (about 260°). Cool in the desiccator +and weigh. The substance is chloride of silver (AgCl), and contains +24.73 per cent. of chlorine. + +The precipitated chloride is filtered and washed as soon as possible +after settling, since on exposure to light it becomes purple, and loses +a small amount of chlorine. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +There are several volumetric methods; but that based on the +precipitation of silver chloride in neutral solution, by means of a +standard solution of silver nitrate (using potassium chromate as +indicator), is preferred. Silver chromate is a red-coloured salt; and, +when silver nitrate is added to a solution containing both chloride and +chromate, the development of the red colour marks off sharply the point +at which the chloride is used up. Silver chromate is decomposed and +consequently decolorised by solution of any chloride. The solution for +this method must be neutral, since free acid prevents the formation of +the red silver chromate. If not already neutral, it is neutralised by +titrating cautiously with a solution of soda. In a neutral solution, +other substances (such as phosphates and arsenates) also yield a +precipitate with a solution of nitrate of silver; and will count as +chloride if they are not removed. + +_The Standard Solution of Nitrate of Silver_ is made by dissolving 23.94 +grams of the salt (AgNO_{3}) in distilled water, and diluting to 1 +litre; 100 c.c. are equal to 0.5 gram of chlorine. + +The _indicator_ is made by adding silver nitrate to a strong neutral +solution of yellow chromate of potash (K_{2}CrO_{4}), till a permanent +red precipitate is formed. The solution is allowed to settle, and the +clear liquid decanted into a stoppered bottle labelled "chromate +indicator for chlorine." + +Standardise the silver nitrate by weighing up 0.5 gram of pure sodium +chloride (or potassium chloride). Transfer to a flask and dissolve in +distilled water; dilute to 100 c.c. Fill an ordinary burette with the +standard silver solution, and (after adjusting) run into the flask a +quantity sufficient to throw down the greater part of the chlorine. Add +a few drops of the chromate indicator and continue the addition of the +silver nitrate until the yellow colour of the solution becomes +permanently tinted red, after shaking. This shows that the chlorine is +all precipitated, and that the chromate is beginning to come down. The +further addition of a couple of drops of the silver solution will cause +a marked difference in the tint. Read off the quantity run in, and +calculate the standard. One gram of sodium chloride contains 0.6062 gram +of chlorine; and 1 gram of potassium chloride contains 0.4754 gram. + +For the determination of small quantities of chloride (a few +milligrams), the same method is used; but the standard solution is +diluted so that each c.c. is equal to 1 milligram of chlorine; and the +chromate indicator is added before titrating. The standard solution is +made by measuring off 200 c.c. of the solution described above, and +diluting with distilled water to 1 litre. + + +BROMINE AND BROMIDES. + +Bromine closely resembles chlorine in the nature of its compounds. It +does not occur free in nature, but is occasionally found in combination +with silver as bromargyrite (AgBr) and, together with chloride, in +embolite. It mainly occurs as alkaline bromides in certain natural +waters. Nearly all the bromine of commerce is derived from the mother +liquors of salt-works--_i.e._, the liquors from which the common salt +has been crystallised out. Bromine combines directly with the metals, +forming a series of salts--the bromides. In ordinary work they are +separated with, and (except when specially tested for) counted as, +chlorides. They are detected by adding chlorine water to the suspected +solution and shaking up with carbon bisulphide. Bromine colours the +latter brown. + + +IODINE AND IODIDES. + +Iodine does not occur in nature in the free state; and iodides are rare, +iodargyrite or iodide of silver (AgI) being the only one which ranks as +a mineral species. Iodates are found associated with Chili saltpetre, +which is an important source of the element. + +Iodine and Iodides are largely used in the laboratory, and have already +been frequently referred to. It is used as an oxidising agent in a +similar manner as permanganate and bichromate of potash, especially in +the determinations of copper, arsenic, antimony, and manganese. + +Iodine is not readily soluble in water; but dissolves easily in a +concentrated solution of potassium iodide. Its solutions are strongly +coloured; a drop of a dilute solution colours a large volume of water +decidedly yellow; on the addition of starch paste, this becomes blue. +The delicacy of this reaction is taken advantage of in titrations to +determine when free iodine is present. The blue colour may be +alternately developed and removed by the addition of iodine (or an +oxidising agent) and hyposulphite of soda (or some other reducing +agent). In decolorising, the solution changes from blue or black to +colourless or pale yellow according to circumstances. Sometimes the +solution, instead of remaining colourless, gradually develops a blue +which recurs in spite of the further addition of the reducing agent. In +these cases the conditions of the assay have been departed from, or (and +this is more often the case) there is some substance present capable of +liberating iodine. + +Iodine forms a series of salts--the iodides--resembling in many respects +the chlorides. These can be obtained by direct combination of the metals +with iodine. + +~Detection.~--Free iodine is best recognised by the violet vapours +evolved from the solution on heating, and by the blue or black colour +which it strikes on the addition of starch paste. Iodides are detected +by boiling with strong solutions of ferric sulphate or chloride. Iodine +is liberated, distilled over, and collected. Chlorine also liberates +iodine from iodides; and this reaction is frequently made use of in +assaying. A process based on this is described under _Manganese_. All +substances which liberate chlorine on boiling with hydrochloric acid +(dioxides, bichromates, permanganates, &c.) are determined in a similar +way. + +~Solution and Separation.~--Most iodides are soluble in water or dilute +acids. The separation is effected by distilling the substance with +solution of ferric sulphate, and collecting the vapour in a dilute +solution of sulphurous acid or arsenite of soda. On the completion of +the distillation, the iodine will be in the distillate as iodide; and +the gravimetric determination is made on this. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +To the solution containing the iodine, as iodide, and which is free from +chlorides (and bromides), add a little dilute nitric acid and nitrate of +silver till no further precipitate is produced. Filter off, wash with +hot water, and dry. Clean the filter-paper as much as possible, and burn +it. Collect the ash in a weighed porcelain crucible, add the main +portion, and heat to incipient fusion; cool, and weigh. The substance is +silver iodide, and contains 54.03 per cent. of iodine. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This is for the titration of free iodine, and is practically that which +is described under _Manganese_. The substance to be determined is +distilled with ferric sulphate, and the iodine is collected in a +solution of potassium iodide, in which it readily dissolves. If flaky +crystals separate out in the receiver, more potassium iodide crystals +are added. When the distillation is finished, the receiver is +disconnected, and its contents washed out into a beaker and titrated +with "hypo." The standard solution of "hypo" is made by dissolving 19.58 +grams of hyposulphite of soda (Na_{2}S_{2}O_{3}.5H_{2}O) in water and +diluting to 1 litre; 100 c.c. are equal to 1 gram of iodine. To +standardise the solution, weigh up 0.25 gram of pure iodine in a small +beaker. Add 2 or 3 crystals of potassium iodide; cover with water; and, +when dissolved, dilute to 50 or 100 c.c. Titrate, and calculate the +standard. + + +FLUORINE AND FLUORIDES. + +Fluorine is frequently met with as calcium fluoride or fluor-spar +(CaF_{2}). It occurs less abundantly as cryolite (Na_{3}AlF_{6}), a +fluoride of aluminium and sodium, which is used in glass-making. Certain +other rarer fluorides are occasionally met with. Fluorine is also found +in apatite, and in some silicates, such as topaz, tourmaline, micas, &c. + +Hydrofluoric acid is used for etching glass and opening up silicates. It +attacks silica, forming fluoride of silicon (SiF_{4}), which is +volatile. Silica is by this means eliminated from other oxides, which, +in the presence of sulphuric acid, are fixed. The commercial acid is +seldom pure, and generally weak; and the acid itself is dangerously +obnoxious. The use of ammonium fluoride (or sodium fluoride) and a +mineral acid is more convenient. Determinations of this kind are made in +platinum dishes enclosed in lead or copper vessels in a well-ventilated +place. Fluor-spar is useful as a flux in dry assaying; it renders slags, +which would otherwise be pasty, quite fluid. Fluorides generally are +fusible, and impart fusibility to substances with which they form weak +compounds. Their fluxing action does not depend on the removal of +silicon as fluoride. + +~Detection.~--Fluorides in small quantity are easily overlooked unless +specially sought for. In larger amounts they are recognised by the +property hydrofluoric acid has of etching glass. A watch-glass is +warmed, and a layer of wax is melted over the convex side. When cold, +some lines are engraved on the waxed surface with any sharp-pointed +instrument. The substance to be tested is powdered; and moistened, in a +platinum dish, with sulphuric acid. The watch-glass is filled with cold +water and supported over the dish. The dish is then carefully warmed, +but not sufficiently to melt the wax. After a minute or two, the glass +is taken off, and the wax removed. If the substance contained fluorine, +the characters will be found permanently etched on the glass. An equally +good, but more rapid, test is to mix the powdered substance with some +silica, and to heat the mixture in a test tube with sulphuric acid. +Silicon fluoride is evolved, and, if a moistened glass rod is held in +the tube, it becomes coated with a white deposit of silica, formed by +the decomposition of the silicon fluoride by the water. This is also +used as a test for silica; but in this case the substance is mixed with +a fluoride, and the experiment must obviously be carried out in a +platinum vessel. + +~Separation and Determination.~--The determination of fluorine is +difficult. In the case of fluorides free from silicates (such as +fluor-spar), it is determined indirectly by decomposing a weighed +portion with sulphuric acid, evaporating, igniting, and weighing the +residual sulphate. The increase in weight multiplied by 0.655 gives the +weight of fluorine. + +In the presence of silica this method does not answer, because of the +volatilisation of silicon fluoride. In these cases Wöhler adopted the +following plan, which resembles that for the indirect determination of +carbon dioxide. Mix the weighed substance in a small flask with powdered +silica and sulphuric acid. The mouth of the flask is closed with a cork +carrying a tube which is filled, the first half with calcium chloride +and the second half with pumice coated with dried copper sulphate. The +apparatus is weighed quickly, and then warmed till decomposition is +complete. A current of dry air is aspirated for a minute or two; and the +apparatus again weighed. The loss in weight gives that of the silicon +fluoride (SiF_{4}), which, multiplied by 0.7307, gives the weight of +fluorine. + +Fresenius uses the same reaction; but collects and weighs the silicon +fluoride. The finely powdered and dried substance is mixed with ten or +fifteen times its weight of ignited and powdered silica. The mixture is +introduced into a small dry flask connected on one side with a series of +drying-tubes, and on the other with an empty tube (to condense any +sulphuric acid). To this last is joined a drying-tube containing +chloride of calcium and anhydrous copper sulphate. This is directly +connected with a series of three weighed tubes in which the fluoride of +silicon is collected. The last of these is joined to another +drying-tube. The first weighed tube contains pumice and cotton wool, +moistened with water; the second tube contains soda-lime as well as (in +the upper half of the second limb) fused calcium chloride between plugs +of wool; the third tube is filled half with soda-lime and half with +fused calcium chloride. The distilling-flask containing the substance +mixed with silica is charged with 40 or 50 c.c. of sulphuric acid, and +placed on the hot plate. Alongside it is placed a similar dry flask +containing a thermometer, and the temperature in this is kept at 150° or +160° C. A current of air is sent through the tubes during the operation, +which takes from one to three hours for from 0.1 to 1 gram of the +substance. A correction is made by deducting 0.001 gram for every hour +the dried air has been passed through. The increase in weight of the +three tubes gives the weight of the silicon fluoride. + +Penfield uses a similar arrangement, but passes his silicon fluoride +into an alcoholic solution of potassium chloride. Silica and potassium +silico-fluoride are precipitated, and hydrochloric acid is set +free.[100] The acid thus liberated is titrated, with a standard solution +of alkali, in the alcoholic solution, and from the amount of free acid +found the fluorine is calculated. The weight of hydrochloric acid (HCl) +found, multiplied by 1.562, gives the weight of the fluorine. With this +method of working, fewer ~U~-tubes are required. The exit tube from the +flask is bent so as to form a small ~V~, which is kept cool in water; +this is directly connected with the ~U~-tube containing the alcoholic +solution of potassium chloride. The flask with the assay is heated for +about two hours, and a current of dry air is aspirated throughout the +determination. Fluoride of silicon is a gas not easily condensed to a +liquid: but is immediately decomposed by water or moist air. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[95] This will require two or three hours to thoroughly complete. It is +best to powder the oxide first produced, and recalcine. + +[96] No magnetic oxide was formed. + +[97] For example:-- + +CaO + 2HCl = CaCl_{2} + H_{2}O. + +PbO + H_{2}SO_{4} = PbSO_{4} + H_{2}O. + +MgO + 2HNO_{3} = Mg(NO_{3})_{2} + H_{2}O. + +Al_{2}O_{3} + 6HCl = Al_{2}Cl_{6} + 3H_{2}O. + +Fe_{2}O_{3} + 3H_{2}SO_{4} = Fe_{2}(SO_{4})_{3} + 3H_{2}O. + +[98] Fe_{2}O_{3}: 2FeO:: 0.2877: 0.2589. + +[99] 100 c.c. contain 1 gram of sulphuric acid. + +[100] 3SiF_{4} + 4KCl + 2H_{2}O = 2K_{2}SiF_{6} + SiO_{2} + 4HCl. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +SULPHUR AND SULPHATES. + + +Sulphur occurs native in volcanic districts, and is mined in Sicily, +Italy, and California in considerable quantities. Combined with metals +(sulphides), it is common in all mineral districts. Iron pyrites +(FeS_{2}) is the most abundant source of this element. Sulphates, such +as gypsum, are fairly common, but have no value so far as the sulphur in +them is concerned. In coal it exists as an impurity, occurring partly as +a constituent of organic compounds. + +Sulphur, whether free or combined with metals, forms, on burning, +sulphurous oxide (SO_{2}), which by the action of oxidising agents and +water is converted into sulphuric acid. It forms two oxides, sulphurous +(SO_{2}) and sulphuric (SO_{3}), which combine with bases to form +sulphites and sulphates. Sulphites are of little importance to the +assayer, and are converted into sulphates by the action of nitric acid +and other oxidising agents. + +The native sulphides, when acted on with hydrochloric acid, give off +sulphuretted hydrogen; with nitric acid or aqua regia, sulphates are +formed, and more or less sulphur separated. + +Sulphur is detected in sulphides by the irritating odour of sulphurous +oxide given off on roasting, by the evolution of sulphuretted hydrogen +when treated with hydrochloric acid, or by a white precipitate of barium +sulphate formed when barium chloride is added to the aqua regia +solution. + +~Dry Assay.~--There is no method of general application. Free or native +sulphur may be volatilised, condensed, and weighed, but pyrites only +gives up a portion of its sulphur when heated in a closed vessel, while +most sulphides, and all sulphates, give up none at all. + +In the determination of sulphur in brimstone, 10 grams of the substance +are taken, placed in a small porcelain dish, heated over a Bunsen burner +in a well-ventilated place, and ignited. When the sulphur has been +completely burnt off, the residue (which consists chiefly of sand) is +collected and weighed. In a separate portion the moisture and arsenic +are determined; the amounts of these are deducted from the loss in the +first experiment. The difference, multiplied by 10, gives the percentage +of sulphur. + + +WET METHODS. + +~Solution.~--All sulphates, excepting those of lead, barium, strontium, +and lime, are soluble in water or dilute acid. All sulphides, except +cinnabar, are converted into sulphates by the action of nitric acid at a +gentle heat; or, better, by the action of a mixture of three volumes of +nitric acid and one volume of hydrochloric acid. This last attacks +cinnabar as well. With most substances it is difficult to convert the +whole of the sulphur into sulphuric acid. The sulphur separates out at +first as a dark spongy mass, which (on continued treatment) changes to +light-coloured flakes. When the solution becomes concentrated and the +temperature rises sufficiently, the sulphur fuses into one or more +honey-coloured globules which, owing to the small surface they oppose to +the acid, are very slowly oxidised. It is not desirable to assist the +formation of these globules; therefore, the temperature is kept as low +as possible, and strong nitric acid is used. When such globules form, it +is best to allow the solution to cool, when the globules will solidify. +They can then be filtered off and picked out from the insoluble residue, +dried, weighed, ignited, and again weighed, the loss being counted as +sulphur. With iron pyrites this difficulty seldom occurs. + +Metallic sulphides when fused with an excess of nitre are completely +oxidised. If the ore is rich in sulphur, some inert body (such as sodium +chloride, or, better, sodium carbonate) is added to dilute the action. +With pure sulphur, the action is so energetic as to cause an explosion, +so that care should be taken. With burnt ores (incompletely calcined +pyrites), there is sufficient oxide of iron present to prevent too rapid +action. + +These fusions with nitre are best conducted in a platinum dish covered +with a piece of platinum foil. The ore is ground with the nitre to +ensure complete mixing. The heat need not be excessive, so that a single +Bunsen burner placed beneath the dish will suffice; if the bottom of the +dish is seen to be red-hot, it is sufficient. On cooling and extracting +with water, the sulphur will pass into solution as potassium sulphate, +which is then filtered off from the insoluble oxides of iron, copper, +&c. The filtrate, after having been treated with a large excess of +hydrochloric acid, evaporated to dryness, and re-dissolved in water, is +ready for the determination. + +Lead sulphate may be dissolved by boiling with ammonium acetate. The +insoluble sulphates of barium, strontium, and lime, are decomposed by +fusing with 4 or 5 times their weight of "fusion mixture." The alkaline +sulphates are then dissolved out with water, and filtered off from the +insoluble residue. The filtrate is rendered acid with hydrochloric acid. + +~Separation.~--The determination of the sulphuric acid in these +solutions by precipitation with barium chloride also serves as a +separation; but in hot acid solutions containing copper, and more +especially iron salts, the baric sulphate has a strong tendency to carry +down amounts of those bodies, varying, no doubt, with the conditions of +the precipitation. Boiling hydrochloric acid fails to completely extract +them. Moreover, the use of hot concentrated hydrochloric acid causes a +loss by dissolving barium sulphate. Nitric acid and nitrates must be +decomposed by prolonged boiling and evaporation with hydrochloric acid. +The iron may be removed by adding a slight excess of ammonia to the +faintly acid solution, filtering off, and washing the precipitated +ferric hydrate with hot water. By slightly acidulating the filtrate with +hydrochloric acid, it will be rendered ready for the determination. + + +GRAVIMETRIC METHOD. + +This assay is one of those which strikingly shows the necessity of +getting the assay solution under proper conditions, in order to obtain +satisfactory results. The method has been repeatedly investigated, and +the conclusion arrived at, "that it can be correct only by accident." +Yet there are many chemists who get good results, and place considerable +faith in its accuracy. This can only be due to differences in the manner +of working. It is generally understood that nitric acid or nitrates must +be absent; and our experience fully confirms this. Precipitations in +nitrate solutions are worthless, as the following experiments show. In +each experiment the bulk of the solution was 150 c.c. The solutions +contained 10 grams of nitre, were freely acid with hydrochloric acid, +and were precipitated (while boiling) with slight excess of baric +chloride. + + Sulphuric acid taken 0.020 gram 0.050 gram 0.100 gram + " found 0.019 " 0.047 " 0.098 " + " taken 0.500 " 1.004 " 1.000 " + " found 0.526 " 1.126 " 1.126 " + +All the precipitates were boiled with hydrochloric acid, and thoroughly +washed before weighing. The results of some other experiments on this +subject are given under "sulphur" in the "examination of commercial +copper," page 207. + +The solution having been obtained free from nitrates and chlorates (and +containing but little free hydrochloric acid), is largely diluted, +heated to boiling, and precipitated with a moderate excess of a solution +of chloride of barium (8 parts of the crystallized barium chloride are +sufficient for 1 of sulphur). It is allowed to settle for half-an-hour, +and then decanted through a filter. The precipitate is shaken up with +boiling water, rendered slightly acid, filtered, washed, dried, ignited, +and weighed. The ignited precipitate, when pure, is white, and is not +decomposed at a red heat; it is barium sulphate (BaSO_{4}), and contains +13.73 per cent. of sulphur, or 34.33 per cent. of sulphuric oxide +(SO_{3}). + +~Determination of Sulphur in Pyrites.~--Weigh up half a gram of the +dried and powdered sample, and treat with 10 c.c. of a mixture of 3 +volumes of nitric acid and 1 volume of hydrochloric acid, occasionally +heating. Evaporate to dryness, treat with 5 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, +and again evaporate; take up with 1 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and 100 +c.c. of hot water, filter through a small filter, and wash. The residue +may contain sulphates of lead, barium, or lime; it must be separately +examined, if the total sulphur is wanted. The filtrate is heated, and +rendered slightly alkaline with ammonia. Filter off the precipitated +ferric hydrate through a quick filter, and wash with hot water. If +necessary, evaporate the bulk to about 200 c.c., render faintly acid +with hydrochloric acid, and add 20 c.c. of solution of barium chloride; +allow to stand for half-an-hour, and decant through a filter. Wash with +hot water, dry, ignite, and weigh. Pure pyrites contains 53.33 per cent. +of sulphur. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This is based upon the easy conversion of all sulphur compounds into +sulphates by fusion with nitre or by oxidation with nitric acid; and on +the determination of the sulphate formed by titration in an acetic acid +solution with baric chloride.[101] The finishing point is determined by +filtering off portions of the assay solution, and testing with sulphuric +acid. A slight excess of baric chloride will cause a precipitate. + +The process may be divided into--(1) the preparation of the solution, +and (2) the titration. + +~Preparation of the Solution.~--Weigh up from 1 to 5 grams of the dried +and powdered substance, and mix intimately with 4 grams of powdered +nitre; clean out the mortar with another gram of nitre, and add this as +a cover. Heat in a platinum crucible for fifteen minutes at a low +temperature; cool, and extract with water in an evaporating-dish about +9 inches across, and holding 700 or 800 c.c. Add 10 grams of sodium +acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic acid, and dilute to half a litre. Boil. +The solution is ready for titrating. Substances which lose sulphur on +heating (such as pyrites) are thus treated:--Weigh up 1 gram, and +evaporate nearly to dryness with 10 c.c. each of nitric and hydrochloric +acids. Take up with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and again boil down to +a small bulk; dilute and transfer to a 9-inch evaporating-dish; add 10 +grams of sodium acetate and 5 c.c. of acetic acid, dilute to half a +litre, and boil. The solution is ready for titrating. Sulphates may be +dissolved up in the dish itself with the help of a c.c. or so of +hydrochloric acid; sodium acetate and acetic acid are then added; and, +after dilution and boiling, the solutions are at once titrated. + +The solution before titration must contain no free mineral acid, but 5 +or 10 c.c. of acetic acid should be present. It must contain 10 grams of +sodium acetate, or sufficient to convert any free mineral acid into its +corresponding sodic salt; or, if chlorides, nitrates or sulphates of the +metals are present, sufficient to decompose them. If a precipitation +occurs, as is the case with ferric salts, &c., the solution is titrated +with the precipitate in it. + +~The Titration.~--_The standard solution of barium chloride_ is made by +dissolving 76.25 grams of the crystallized salt (BaCl_{2}.2H_{2}O) in +distilled water, and diluting to 1 litre. 100 c.c. will equal 1 gram of +sulphur. As indicator, use dilute sulphuric acid. The strength of the +solution may be checked by the titration of 5 grams of ferrous sulphate +(oxidized with permanganate of potassium or a few drops of nitric acid), +which should require 57.5 c.c. of the barium chloride solution; or any +pure sulphate of known composition can be used; anhydrous salts should +be preferred. + +[Illustration: FIG. 65.] + +Fill an ordinary 100 c.c. burette with the solution of barium chloride. +The evaporating dish containing the assay solution is placed on a round +burner (as shown in fig. 65), and the solution is kept steadily boiling. +An ordinary Bunsen-burner flame will cause bumping, and should not be +used. Run in the standard solution in quantity known to be +insufficient; then withdraw a portion of about 2 c.c., with a pipette, +and filter through a fine filter-paper into a test tube. Run in another +0.5 c.c. of the standard solution, and withdraw and filter into a test +tube another portion of 2 c.c.; and continue this operation until +half-a-dozen or more portions have been drawn off. The test tubes should +be arranged in order in a stand resting on a piece of paper, so that +each test tube representing 0.5 c.c. of the standard baric chloride may +have its value recorded beneath it (fig. 66). Add to each test tube 3 +drops of dilute sulphuric acid; that which shows the first appearance of +a precipitate marks the point at which the titration is complete. +Suppose, for example, that the test tube marked 48.5 c.c. shows no +precipitate, while that at 49.0 c.c. shows one, it is evident that the +finishing point lies between these readings. With a little practice, one +can judge from the appearance of the precipitate in the 49 c.c. tube, +whether 1/4 c.c. should be deducted or not. + +[Illustration: FIG. 66.] + +It is better to add dilute sulphuric acid, and to watch for the +appearance of a precipitate in the test tube, than to add baric chloride +and to look for its non-appearance; besides, baric chloride is much less +likely to be present in a test tube as impurity than sulphates are. In +this way the chance of error from what are termed "accidental causes" is +diminished. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of titration:-- + +Make _a standard solution of sulphuric acid_ by diluting 43.65 grams of +sulphuric acid (sp. g. 1.6165) to 1 litre: 100 c.c. will contain 1 gram +of sulphur. An equivalent solution may be made by dissolving 100.62 +grams of sodium sulphate crystals (Na_{2}SO_{4}.10H_{2}O), or 86.88 +grams of ferrous sulphate (FeSO_{4}.7H_{2}O), in water (oxidising the +latter), and diluting to 1 litre. + +The order in which these experiments are given is that in which they +were made in an investigation into the conditions under which the +titration could most accurately be effected. + +~Effect of Hydrochloric and Nitric Acids.~--The titrations were +performed in the manner already described, but sodic acetate and acetic +acid were absent. Twenty c.c. of the standard solution of sulphuric acid +were used. + + Hydrochloric acid present 0.0 c.c. 1.0 c.c. 2.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 " 20.0 " 19.7 " 12.5 " + + Nitric acid present 0.0 c.c. 1.0 c.c. 2.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 " 19.5 " 18.0 " 10.0 " + +These show clearly the interference of free mineral acids, although very +dilute hydrochloric acid (1 c.c. in 500 of water) has no effect. + +~Effect of Acetic and Citric Acids.~--A similar series of experiments +with these acids gave the following results:-- + + Acetic acid present 0.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.0 " + + Citric acid present 0 gram 1 gram 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + +These acids do not interfere. + +~Effect of Sodic Acetate and Acetic Acid.~--In each of these experiments +5 c.c. of acetic acid was present. + + Sodium acetate added 0 gram 1 gram 10 grams 50 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + +As sodic acetate and acetic acid did not interfere, it became desirable +to make some experiments on the _finishing point_. The first object +sought for was the smallest amount of the standard baric chloride in 500 +c.c. of water, required to give an indication when tested in the manner +already described. + + Baric Chloride + Conditions of Assay Solution. required. + + Water only 0.05 c.c. + With 10 grams of sodium acetate and 5 c.c. of + acetic acid 0.05 " + The same with 5 grams of nitre 0.10 " + Like the last, but with 5 grams of salt instead of + nitre 0.10 " + +These show that as small an amount of baric chloride solution as is +equal to only 0.000002 gram of sulphur in the 2 c.c. of solution tested +yields a decided precipitate on the addition of 3 drops of sulphuric +acid. + +To determine whether the same finishing point is obtained on testing the +filtered portions in the test tubes with baric chloride as is obtained +on testing with sulphuric acid, a titration was made with 20 c.c. of +standard solution of sulphuric acid, together with the usual quantities +of sodic acetate and acetic acid; and two lots of 2 c.c. each were +filtered into two sets of test tubes after each addition of the standard +baric chloride. To one series 3 drops of baric chloride solution were +added, and to the other 3 drops of sulphuric acid. The results were-- + + With Dilute With Baric + "Baric Chloride" added. Sulphuric Acid. Chloride Solution. + + 19.5 c.c. Clear Cloudy + 19.75 " Clear Cloudy + 20.0 " Finished Finished + 20.25 " Cloudy Clear + 20.5 " Cloudy Clear + +The two methods of testing give the same result. But this balance is +disturbed in the presence of much nitre, the indications with baric +chloride being disturbed by an opalescence for some c.c. beyond the +finishing point. In solutions containing free hydrochloric or nitric +acid, a precipitate is obtained with either baric chloride or sulphuric +acid. + +~Effect of Varying Sulphur.~--In these and the subsequent experiments +the titrations were performed in the presence of 10 grams of sodic +acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic acid in the manner already described. + + Standard sulphuric + acid used 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + + "Baric chloride" + required 5.0 " 10.0 " 20.0 " 50.0 " 100.0 " + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--With 5 c.c. of standard sulphuric acid +titrated at 15° C., 5 c.c. of baric chloride were required; but with +larger quantities the results were altogether unsatisfactory when +titrated cold. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~-- + + Bulk 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. 1000.0 c.c. + "Baric chloride" + required 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.5 " + +Considerable variation in bulk has no effect, but 500 c.c. is the most +convenient volume to work with. It is well to occasionally replace the +water boiled off during titration. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--In all these experiments 20 c.c. of +"sulphuric acid" were used, and the titration was performed in the +ordinary way. + + _Sodic chloride_ added 0 gram 5 grams 10 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 19.7 c.c. + + _Ammonic chloride_ added 0 gram 5 grams 10 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 19.5 c.c. + + _Calcic chloride_ added 0 gram 1 gram 2 grams 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 19.2 c.c. 19.0 c.c. + + _Zinc chloride_ added 0 gram 1 gram 3 grams 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + + _Ferrous chloride_ added 0 gram 1 gram 3 grams 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 19.7 c.c. 19.5 c.c. 19.0 c.c. + + _Ferric chloride_ added 0 gram 1 gram 3 grams 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + + _Copper chloride_ added 0 gram 1 gram 3 grams 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + + _Potassic Nitrate_ added 0 gram 1 gram 5 grams 10 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 19.0 c.c. + + _Potassic Nitrite_ added 0 gram 1 gram 5 grams + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + + _Sodic phosphate_ added 0 gram 1 gram + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 22.5 c.c. + + _Sodic arsenate_ added 0 gram 1 gram + "Baric chloride" required 20.0 c.c. 20.5 c.c. + +In the absence of ferric salts, phosphates and arsenates count as +sulphur. + +In two series of experiments for determining the effect of varying +amounts of sulphur in the form of ferrous sulphate, we obtained the +following results:--In the first series the assay solution was prepared +in the manner we have described for _Pyrites_; and in the second series, +by fusion with nitre. + + Sulphur added 0.050 gram 0.100 gram 0.200 gram + "Baric chloride" required (1) 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + " " (2) 4.7 " 10.0 " 20.0 " + + Sulphur added 0.500 gram 1.000 gram + "Baric chloride" required (1) 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + " " (2) 50.0 " 100.0 " + +More than 5 grams of nitre must not be used in an assay; and, since the +requisite amount of nitre considerably exceeds that sufficient to +oxidise the sulphur, not more than 0.5 gram of unoxidised sulphur should +be present in the portion of the sample weighed up for determination. +When the amount of sulphur present is not known within reasonable +limits, the test portions may be tried with a drop of baric chloride +solution instead of sulphuric acid, so that the diminishing quantity of +precipitate may give warning of an approach to the finishing point. + +~Determination of Sulphur in Blende.~--Weigh up 1 gram of dried and +powdered blende, and mix and fuse with 5 grams of nitre in the manner +described. Place the dish and its contents in the titrating-dish, +extract with water, add 10 grams of sodium acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic +acid, remove and wash the platinum-dish, and dilute to 500 c.c.; boil +and titrate. In the example, duplicate determinations required (a) +32.0 c.c., (b) 32.25 c.c., giving an average of 32.1 per cent. of +sulphur. + +~Determination of Sulphur in Chalcopyrite~ (Yellow Copper Ore).--Take 1 +gram of the finely-powdered sample, and 5 grams of nitre. Sprinkle a +little of the nitre in a small Wedgwood mortar, place the ore on it, and +cover with 2 or 3 grams more of the nitre. Rub up together, and transfer +to a small porcelain dish; clean out the mortar with the rest of the +nitre, and add to the contents of the dish. Cover with a piece of +platinum foil, and heat gently with a Bunsen burner till the nitre melts +and the stuff shows signs of deflagrating; remove the heat, and allow +the action to go on by itself for a minute or so, then heat over the +Bunsen burner for 10 minutes. Cool; transfer the whole to the +titrating-dish; boil with 500 c.c. of water; remove the small dish and +foil; add sodic acetate and acetic acid, and titrate. + +For example, 1 gram required 34.5 c.c. of "barium chloride" (standard = +1.005 gram S), which is equivalent to 34.7 per cent. sulphur. The +theoretical percentage is 34.8. + +~Determination of Sulphur in Chalcocite~ (Grey Copper Ore).--Proceed as +in the last experiment but, since the action with nitre is more +moderate, no special precautions need be taken on heating. A platinum +dish may be used. + +An example which was heated for 30 minutes required 20.5 c.c. of the +barium chloride solution. This is equivalent to 20.6 per cent. of +sulphur. The theoretical yield is 20.2 per cent. + +~Determination of Sulphur in Pyrites.~--Take 1 gram of the +finely-powdered sample, cover with 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and, when +action has ceased, evaporate to a small bulk. Add 3 or 4 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, and again evaporate to a paste. Take up with 1 or 2 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute with water, transfer to a +titrating-dish, add 10 grams of sodic acetate and 5 c.c. of acetic acid, +and dilute with water to 500 c.c. Boil and titrate. + +An example with 1 gram of a pure crystallized pyrites required 52.7 c.c. +of the barium chloride solution, which is equivalent to 53.0 per cent. +of sulphur. Theory requires 53.3 per cent. of sulphur. + +~Determination of Sulphur in Mispickel.~--Take 1 gram of the powdered +ore and evaporate with 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and take up with 3 or 4 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid. If any globules of sulphur remain, again +evaporate with nitric acid. Dilute, and transfer to the titrating-dish. +Add 10 grams of sodic acetate, dilute with water, boil, and titrate. The +mispickel carries (according to theory) exactly sufficient iron to +precipitate the arsenic as ferric arsenate in an acetic acid solution, +so no more iron need be added. The ferric arsenate will separate out as +a yellowish-white flocculent precipitate. + +An example required, in duplicate experiment, 18.5 c.c. and 18.7 c.c. of +barium chloride, equivalent to 18.7 per cent. of sulphur. The formula, +FeS_{2}.FeAs_{2}, requires 19.6 percent., but the sulphur generally +varies considerably from this amount. + +~Determination of Sulphur in Burnt Ores.~--Take 5 grams of the dried and +powdered ore, and rub up with 4 grams of nitre; transfer to the +platinum-dish; clean out the mortar with another gram of nitre, and add +this as a cover. Heat, and extract with water as before; add the sodium +acetate and acetic acid; and titrate. Burnt ores carry from 2.5 to 5 per +cent. of sulphur. A series of four determinations gave:-- + + "Baric Chloride" Required. Percentage of Sulphur. Gravimetric Results. + 12.6 c.c. 2.52 % 2.45 % + 29.9 " 5.98 " 5.84 " + 18.1 " 3.62 " 3.53 " + 22.0 " 4.40 " 4.43 " + +For ores carrying less than 1 per cent. of sulphur, take 10 grams for +the assay. + +~Determination of Sulphuric Oxide (SO_{3}) in Sulphates.~--When the +sulphur exists in the sample received by the assayer in an oxidised +state as sulphate, it is usual to report it in terms of sulphuric oxide +(SO_{3}). In this case, the metal must also be reported as oxide. For +example, an analysis of copper sulphate would be thus reported:-- + + Oxide of copper (CuO) 31.8 % + Sulphuric oxide (SO_{3}) 32.1 " + Water 36.1 " + ----- + 100.0 + +The percentage of sulphur multiplied by 2.5 gives the percentage of +sulphuric oxide. Thus a sample of copper sulphate containing 12.85 per +cent. of sulphur will contain 12.85 × 2.5 or 32.12 per cent. of +sulphuric oxide. + +In minerals and metallurgical products, it is common to find the sulphur +in both conditions--_i.e._, as sulphate and sulphide. Generally in these +the percentage of sulphur only is wanted; but this will depend entirely +on commercial requirements, and not on the fancy of the assayer. +Soluble sulphates are determined separately by extracting with small +quantities of cold water, so as to avoid the separation of basic +sulphates, or, if the sulphides present are not at the same time +attacked, by dilute hydrochloric acid. Lead sulphate may be extracted by +boiling with ammonic acetate; whilst barium, strontium, and, perhaps, +calcium sulphate, will be mainly found in the residue insoluble in +acids. + +Weigh up from 2 to 5 grams of the material according to the amount of +sulphur judged to be present, and dissolve them in the titrating-dish +with 1 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and 50 c.c. of water. Add 10 grams of +sodic acetate, and 10 c.c. of acetic acid; dilute, boil, and titrate. In +the case of ferric salts, half the quantity of acetic acid will be +better, as then the ferric iron will be precipitated, and a colourless +solution will be left, in which the end reaction is more readily +distinguished. + +Determined in this way, 5 gram samples of the following salts gave the +results indicated below:-- + + "Barium Chloride" + Salt. Required. Sulphuric Oxide. + Copper sulphate 64.25 c.c. 32.12 % + Magnesium sulphate 65.25 " 32.62 " + Zinc sulphate 56.25 " 28.12 " + Ferrous sulphate 58.25 " 29.12 " + Sodium sulphate 51.25 " 25.60 " + +~Determination of Sulphuric Oxide in Barytes~ (Heavy spar).--Fuse 2 +grams of the powdered mineral with 5 grams of "fusion mixture" for five +minutes; and, when cold, extract with water. Filter, acidulate the +filtrate with an excess of 10 c.c. of acetic acid, dilute, boil, and +titrate. For example, a transparent crystallised sample required 27.0 +c.c. of barium chloride, which is equivalent to 13.6 per cent. of +sulphur, or 34.0 per cent. of sulphuric oxide. Theory requires 34.3 per +cent. of the latter. Since both carbonate of soda and potash are liable +to contain sulphates, a blank determination should be made on 5 grams of +the "fusion mixture," and the amount found be deducted from that got in +the assay. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. The price of sulphur in an ore being 4-1/2d. per unit in the +northern markets, what would be the price of a ton of ore containing 49 +per cent. of sulphur? What would be the effect on the price of an error +of 0.25 per cent. in the assay? + +2. Pyrites carries 50 per cent. of sulphur, and on calcining yields 70 +per cent. of its weight of burnt ore. Supposing the burnt ore carries +3.5 per cent. of sulphur, what proportion of the sulphur will have been +removed in the calcining? + +3. How would blende compare with pyrites as a source of sulphur for +sulphuric acid making? + +4. How would you determine the percentage of sulphuric oxide in a sample +of gypsum? What is sulphuric oxide, and what relation does it bear to +sulphur? + +5. A mineral contains 20.7 per cent. of water, 32.4 per cent. of lime, +and 18.6 per cent. of sulphur. What is its probable composition? What +experiment would you try to determine the accuracy of your conclusion? + + +SELENIUM + +occurs in nature combined with copper, mercury, and lead, in certain +rare minerals. In small quantities it is found in many ores. It is +detected in solution by the red precipitate produced on boiling the acid +solution with sodium sulphite. This reaction is used for its +determination. + +~Solution.~--The solution is effected by boiling with nitric acid or +aqua regia, or by fusing with nitre. To separate the selenium, the +solution is evaporated with an excess of hydrochloric acid and a little +sodium or potassium chloride. This destroys any nitric acid that may be +present, and reduces selenic acid (H_{2}SeO_{4}) to selenious +(H_{2}SeO_{3}). The solution is diluted with water, and treated with a +solution of sulphite of soda. It is warmed, and at last boiled. The +selenium separates as a red precipitate, which (on boiling) becomes +denser and black. It is collected on a weighed filter, washed with hot +water, dried at 100° C., and weighed as pure selenium. + +Selenium can be precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen as a sulphide, +which is readily soluble in ammonium sulphide. This sulphide may be +oxidised with hydrochloric acid and chlorate of potash; and the selenium +separated in the manner described. + + +TELLURIUM. + +Tellurium occurs in nature, native, and in combination with gold, +silver, bismuth and lead. It is sometimes met with in assaying gold +ores. It may be detected by the purple colour it imparts to strong +sulphuric acid when dissolved in the cold, and by the black precipitate +of metallic tellurium which its solutions yield on treatment with a +reducing agent. Telluric acid is reduced to tellurous (with evolution of +chlorine) on boiling with hydrochloric acid. + +~Solution~ is effected by boiling with aqua regia, or by fusing with +nitre and sodium carbonate. + +~Separation.~--Tellurium closely resembles selenium in its reactions. It +is separated and determined in the same way. Like it, it forms a +sulphide soluble in ammonium sulphide. It is distinguished from selenium +by the insolubility, in a solution of cyanide of potassium, of the metal +precipitated by sodium sulphite; whereas selenium dissolves, forming a +soluble potassic seleno-cyanide.[102] + +For the determination, solution is effected by fusing with nitre and +sodium carbonate, dissolving out the tellurate of potash with water, and +boiling with hydrochloric acid. Tellurous compounds are formed, with +evolution of chlorine; and the solution, on treating with a reducing +agent (such as sulphurous acid or stannous chloride), yields metallic +tellurium; which is washed, dried at 100° C., and weighed. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[101] BaCl_{2} + Na_{2}SO_{4} = BaSO_{4} + 2NaCl. + +[102] Se + KCy = KCySe. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +ARSENIC, PHOSPHORUS, NITROGEN. + + +ARSENIC. + +The chief source of the arsenic of commerce is arsenical pyrites, or +mispickel, which contains about 45 per cent. of arsenic (As). Arsenic +also occurs as a constituent of several comparatively rare minerals; +and, as an impurity, it is very widely distributed. White arsenic is an +oxide of arsenic, and is obtained by roasting arsenical ores, and +refining the material (crude arsenic), which condenses in the flues. +Arsenic itself is volatile, and many of its compounds have the same +property. It forms two well-defined series of salts, corresponding to +the oxides: arsenious oxide (As_{2}O_{3}), and arsenic oxide +(As_{2}O_{5}). These combine with bases to form arsenites and arsenates +respectively. Boiling with nitric acid converts the lower into the +higher oxide; and powerful reducing-agents, such as cuprous chloride, +have the opposite effect. + +Arsenic may be detected by dissolving the substance in hydrochloric +acid, or in aqua regia (avoiding an excess of nitric acid), and adding a +little of this solution to the contents of a small flask in which +hydrogen is being made by the action of zinc and hydrochloric acid. The +ignited jet of hydrogen assumes a blue colour if arsenic is present, and +a cold porcelain dish held in the flame (fig. 67) becomes coated with a +dark deposit of metallic arsenic. Antimony produces a similar effect, +but is distinguished by the insolubility of its deposit in a cold +solution of bleaching-powder. + +[Illustration FIG. 67.] + +Arsenites are distinguished by the volatility of the chloride; by +decolorising a solution of permanganate of potassium, and by immediately +giving a yellow precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen. Arsenates are +distinguished (after converting into soda salts by boiling with +carbonate of soda and neutralising) by giving with nitrate of silver a +red precipitate, and with "magnesia mixture" a white crystalline one. + +~Dry Assay.~--There is no dry assay which is trustworthy. The following +method is sometimes used to find the proportion of arsenious oxide in +"crude arsenic":--Weigh up 5 grams of the dried sample, and place them +in a clean dry test-tube about 6 inches long. Tie a small filter-paper +over the mouth of the tube, so as to prevent air-currents. Heat the tube +cautiously so as to sublime off the white arsenic into the upper part of +the tube. Cut off the bottom of the test-tube by wetting whilst hot. +Scrape out the arsenic and weigh it. The weight gives an approximate +idea of the quantity, and the colour of the quality, of the white +arsenic obtainable from the sample. Some workers (sellers) weigh the +residue, and determine the white arsenic by difference. In determining +the percentage of moisture in these samples, the substance is dried on a +water-bath or in a water-oven. + + +WET METHODS. + +~Solution.~--Where, as in crude arsenic, the substance is arsenious +oxide (As_{2}O_{3}) mixed with impurities, the arsenic is best got into +solution by warming with caustic soda, and neutralising the excess with +hydrochloric acid; it will be present as sodium arsenite. Metals and +alloys are acted on by means of nitric acid; or the arsenic may be at +the same time dissolved and separated by distilling with a strongly-acid +solution of ferric chloride, in the way described under _Volumetric +Methods_. + +With minerals, mattes, &c., solution is thus effected:--The +finely-powdered substance is mixed (in a large platinum or porcelain +crucible) with from six to ten times its weight of a mixture of equal +parts of carbonate of soda and nitre. The mass is then heated gradually +to fusion, and kept for a few minutes in that state. When cold, it is +extracted with warm water, and filtered from the insoluble residue. The +solution, acidified with nitric acid and boiled, contains the arsenic as +sodium arsenate. With mispickel, and those substances which easily give +off arsenic on heating, the substance is first treated with nitric acid, +evaporated to dryness, and then the residue is treated in the way just +described. + +When the arsenic is present as arsenite or arsenide, distillation with +an acid solution of ferric chloride will give the whole of the arsenic +in the distillate free from any metal except, perhaps, tin as stannic +chloride. With arsenates, dissolve the substance in acid and then add an +excess of soda. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen into the solution; warm, and +filter. Acidulate the filtrate, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Decant +off the liquid through a filter, and digest the precipitate with ammonic +carbonate; filter, and re-precipitate with hydrochloric acid and +sulphuretted hydrogen. Allow to stand in a warm place, and filter off +the yellow sulphide of arsenic. Wash it into a beaker, clean the +filter-paper (if necessary) with a drop or two of dilute ammonia; +evaporate with 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid to a small bulk; dilute; +and filter off the globules of sulphur. The filtrate contains the +arsenic as arsenic acid. + + +GRAVIMETRIC METHOD. + +Having got the arsenic into solution as arsenic acid, and in a volume +not much exceeding 50 c.c., add about 20 c.c. of dilute ammonia and 20 +c.c. of "magnesia mixture." Stir with a glass rod, and allow to settle +overnight. Filter, and wash with dilute ammonia, avoiding the use of +large quantities of wash water. Dry, transfer the precipitate to a +Berlin crucible, and clean the filter-paper thoroughly. Burn this paper +carefully and completely; and add the ash to the contents of the +crucible, together with 4 or 5 drops of nitric acid. Evaporate with a +Bunsen burner, and slowly ignite, finishing off with the blow-pipe or +muffle. Cool, and weigh. The ignited precipitate is pyrarsenate of +magnesia (Mg_{2}As_{2}O_{7}), and contains 48.4 per cent. of arsenic +(As). + +Instead of igniting the precipitate with nitric acid, it may be +collected on a weighed filter-paper, dried at 100° C., and weighed as +ammonic-magnesic arsenate (2AmMgAsO_{4}.H_{2}O), which contains 39.5 per +cent. of arsenic. The results in this case are likely to be a little +higher. The drying is very tedious, and is likely to leave behind more +water than is allowed for in the formula. In a series of determinations +in which the arsenic was weighed in both forms, the results were:-- + + Ammonic-magnesic Arsenic Magnesium Pyrarsenate Arsenic + Arsenate in grams. in grams. in grams. in grams. + 0.0080 0.0032 0.0065 0.0031 + 0.0400 0.0158 0.0330 0.0160 + 0.0799 0.0316 0.0633 0.0306 + 0.1600 0.0632 0.1287 0.0623 + 0.4000 0.1580 0.3205 0.1551 + 0.7990 0.3156 0.6435 0.3114 + + +VOLUMETRIC METHODS. + +There are two methods: one for determining the arsenic in the lower, and +the other in the higher state of oxidation. In the first-mentioned +method this is done by titrating with a standard solution of iodine; and +in the latter with a solution of uranium acetate. Where the arsenic +already exists as arsenious oxide, or where it is most conveniently +separated by distillation as arsenious chloride, the iodine method +should be used; but when the arsenic is separated as ammonic-magnesic +arsenate or as sulphide, the uranium acetate titration should be +adopted. + + +IODINE PROCESS. + +This is based on the fact that sodium arsenite in a solution containing +an excess of bicarbonate of soda is indirectly oxidised by iodine to +sodium arsenate,[103] and that an excess of iodine may be recognised by +the blue colour it strikes with starch. The process is divided into two +parts--(1) the preparation of the solution, and (2) the titration. + +~Preparation of the Solution.~--For substances like crude arsenic, in +which the arsenic is present as arsenious oxide, the method is as +follows:--Take a portion which shall contain from 0.25 to 0.5 gram of +the oxide, place in a beaker, and cover with 10 c.c. of sodic hydrate +solution; warm till dissolved, put a small piece of litmus paper in the +solution, and render acid with dilute hydrochloric acid. Add 2 grams of +bicarbonate of soda in solution, filter (if necessary), and dilute to +100 c.c. The solution is now ready for titrating. + +[Illustration: FIG. 68.] + +Where the arsenic has to be separated as arsenious chloride, the process +is as follows:[104]--Weigh up 1 gram of the finely-powdered ore (metals +should be hammered out into a thin foil or be used as filings), and +place in a 16-ounce flask provided with a well-fitting cork, and +connected with a ~U~-tube, as shown in the drawing (fig. 68). The +~U~-tube should contain 2 or 3 c.c. of water, and is cooled by being +placed in a jar or large beaker of cold water. The water used for +cooling should be renewed for each assay. + +Pour on the assay in the flask 50 c.c. of a "ferric chloride mixture," +made by dissolving 600 grams of calcium chloride and 300 grams of ferric +chloride in 600 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and making up to 1 litre with +water. + +Firmly cork up the apparatus, and boil over a small Bunsen-burner flame +for fifteen or twenty minutes, but avoid evaporating to dryness. +Disconnect the flask, and pour away its contents at once to prevent +breakage of the flask by their solidification. The arsenic will be +condensed in the ~U~-tube, together with the greater part of the +hydrochloric acid; transfer the distillate to a beaker washing out the +tube two or three times with water; add a small piece of litmus paper; +neutralise with ammonia; render faintly _acid_ with dilute hydrochloric +acid; add 2 grams of bicarbonate of soda in solution; and dilute to 250 +c.c. The solution is now ready for titrating. + +The arsenic comes over in the early part of the distillation, as will be +seen from the following experiment, made on 1 gram of copper +precipitate; in which experiment the distillate was collected in +separate portions at equal intervals, and the arsenic in each portion +determined:-- + + Time Iodine Equivalent to Arsenic + Distilling. Required. in the Distillate. + + 5 minutes 12.0 c.c. 0.0450 gram + 5 " 0.17 " 0.0005 " + 5 " 0.0 " + 5 " 0.0 " + To dryness 0.0 " + +The volume of each distillate was about 5 c.c. + +In this operation the metals are converted into chlorides by the action +of ferric chloride, which gives up a part of its chlorine, and becomes +reduced to the ferrous salt. The calcium chloride does not enter into +the chemical reaction, but raises the temperature at which the solution +boils, and is essential for the completion of the distillation.[105] Two +experiments with material containing 3.48 per cent. of arsenic gave--(1) +with ferric chloride alone, 2.74 per cent.; and (2) with the addition of +calcium chloride, 3.48 per cent. + +It is always necessary to make a blank determination with 1 gram of +electrotype copper, to find out the amount of arsenic in the ferric +chloride mixture.[106] Unfortunately, a correction is always required. +This amounts to about 0.15 per cent. of arsenic on each assay, even when +the mixture has been purified; and this constitutes the weakness of the +method, since, in some cases, the correction is as much as, or even +greater than, the percentage to be determined. + +The acid distillate containing the arsenious chloride may be left for an +hour or so without much fear of oxidation; but it is safer to neutralise +and then to add the bicarbonate of soda, as the following experiments +show. Several portions of a solution, each having a bulk of 100 c.c., +were exposed for varying lengths of time, and the arsenic in each +determined. + + _____________________________________________________________________ + | | | | + | | Acid Solutions. | Neutralised Solutions. | + | Time Exposed. | "Iodine" Arsenic Found. |"Iodine" Arsenic Found. | + | | Required. | Required | + |_______________|___________________________|_________________________| + | | | | + | -- | 18.2 c.c. = 0.0136 gram | 18.1 c.c. = 0.0136 gram | + | 1 hour | 18.2 " = 0.0136 " | 18.2 " = 0.0136 " | + | 2 hours | 17.7 " = 0.0133 " | 18.0 " = 0.0135 " | + | 4 " | 17.5 " = 0.0131 " | 18.4 " = 0.0138 " | + | 5 " | 17.0 " = 0.0127 " | 18.3 " = 0.0137 " | + |_______________|___________________________|_________________________| + +~The Titration.~--Make a _standard solution of iodine_ by weighing up in +a beaker 16.933 grams of iodine and 30 grams of potassium iodide in +crystals; add a few c.c. of water, and, when dissolved, dilute to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. will equal 0.500 gram of arsenic. + +A solution of starch similar to that used in the iodide-copper assay +will be required. Use 2 c.c. for each assay. Variations in the quantity +of starch used do not interfere; but the solution must be freshly +prepared, as after seven or eight days it becomes useless. + +To standardise the iodine solution, weigh up 0.3 gram of white arsenic; +dissolve in caustic soda; neutralise; after acidulating, add 2 grams of +bicarbonate of soda and 2 c.c. of the starch solution, and dilute to 200 +c.c. with cold water. Fill a burette having a glass stop-cock with the +iodine solution, and run it into the solution of arsenic, rapidly at +first, and then more cautiously, till a final drop produces a blue +colour throughout the solution. Calculate the standard in the usual way. +White arsenic contains 75.76 per cent. of arsenic. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the titration:-- + +Make a solution of arsenic by dissolving 6.60 grams of white arsenic in +100 c.c. of sodic hydrate solution; render slightly acid with +hydrochloric acid; add 10 grains of bicarbonate of soda, and dilute to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. will contain 0.50 gram of arsenic. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The reaction goes on very quickly in +the cold, and, since there is no occasion for heating, all titrations +should therefore be carried out cold. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--In these experiments, 20 c.c. of arsenic +solution were taken, 2 grams of bicarbonate of soda and 2 c.c. of starch +solution added, and water supplied to the required bulk. The results +were:-- + + Bulk 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 250.0 c.c. 500.0 c.c. + "Iodine" required 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.0 " 20.0 " + +Considerable variation in bulk does not interfere. + +~Effect of Varying Bicarbonate of Soda.~--This salt must be present in +each titration in considerable excess, to prevent the interference of +free acid. The bicarbonate must be dissolved without heating, as neutral +carbonates should be avoided. + + Bicarbonate added 1 gram 2 grams 5 grams 10 grams + "Iodine" required 20.1 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 20.1 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + +These results show that large variation in the quantity of bicarbonate +has no effect. + +~Effect of Free Acid.~--In these experiments, the arsenic taken, the +starch, and the bulk were as before, but no bicarbonate was added. In +one case the solution was rendered acid with 5 c.c. of acetic acid, and +in the other with 5 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; in both cases the +interference was strongly marked, and no satisfactory finishing point +could be obtained. This was much more marked with the hydrochloric acid. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--The process for getting the arsenic into +solution will exclude all metals except tin, but the solution will be +charged with sodium or ammonium salts in the process of neutralising, so +that it is only necessary to see if these cause any interference. The +alkaline hydrates, including ammonia, are plainly inadmissible, since no +free iodine can exist in their presence. Monocarbonates similarly +interfere, but to a much less extent; hence the necessity for rendering +the assay distinctly acid before adding the bicarbonate of soda. + +With 20 c.c. of arsenic solution; and with bulk, soda, and starch as +before, the results obtained were:-- + + "Iodine" required. + With 20 grams of ammonic chloride 20.0 c.c. + " 20 grams of sodium chloride 20.0 " + " 20 grams of sodium acetate 20.0 " + " 0.050 gram of tin, as stannic chloride 19.6 " + Without any addition 20.0 " + +The interference of the stannic salt is probably mechanical, the +precipitate carrying down some arsenious acid. + +~Effect of Varying Arsenic.~--With bulk, starch, and soda as before, but +with varying arsenic, the results were:-- + + Arsenic added 1.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Iodine" required 1.1 " 9.9 " 20.0 " 50.0 " 100.0 " + +~Determination of Arsenic in Metallic Copper.~--Put 1 gram of the copper +filings, freed from particles of the file with a magnet, into a +16-oz.-flask; and distil with the ferric chloride mixture, as above +described. Neutralise the distillate; acidify; add bicarbonate of soda +and starch; dilute; and titrate with the standard solution of +iodine.[107] Make a blank determination with 1 gram of electrotype +copper, proceeding exactly as with the assay; and deduct the amount of +arsenic found in this experiment from that previously obtained. + +Working in this way on a copper containing 0.38 per cent. of arsenic and +0.80 per cent. of antimony, 0.38 per cent. of arsenic was found. + +~Determination of White Arsenic in Crude Arsenic.~--Weigh out 1 gram of +the dried and powdered substance (or 0.5 gram if rich), and digest with +10 c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of soda; dilute to about 50 c.c., and +filter. Render faintly acid with hydrochloric acid, and filter (if +necessary); add 2 or 3 grams of bicarbonate of soda in solution, then 5 +c.c. of starch, and titrate the cold solution with the standard solution +of iodine. + +The following is an example:-- + + 1 gram of crude arsenic required 53.7 c.c. "Iodine;" + 100 c.c. "Iodine" = 0.6000 gram white arsenic; + 100 : 53.7 :: 0.6 : 0.3222, or 32.2 per cent. + +With the test-tube method of dry assaying, this same sample gave results +varying from 33 to 35 per cent. of white arsenic, which (judging from +its appearance) was impure. + + +URANIC ACETATE PROCESS. + +This may be looked upon as an alternative to the gravimetric method. It +is applicable in all cases where the arsenic exists in solution as +arsenic acid or as arsenate of soda. The process may be considered in +two parts: (1) the preparation of the solution, and (2) the titration. + +~Preparation of the Solution.~--If the arsenic has been separated as +sulphide, it is sufficient to attack it with 10 or 15 c.c. of nitric +acid, and to heat gently till dissolved, avoiding too high a temperature +at first. Afterwards continue the heat till the separated sulphur runs +into globules, and the bulk of the acid has been reduced to 3 or 4 c.c. +Dilute with 20 or 30 c.c. of water; put in a piece of litmus paper; and +add dilute ammonia until just alkaline. Then add 5 c.c. of the sodium +acetate and acetic acid solution (which should make the solution +distinctly acid); dilute to 150 c.c., and heat to boiling. The solution +is ready for titrating. + +When the arsenic exists in a nitric acid solution mixed with much +copper, it is separated in the way described under _Examination of +Commercial Copper_ (Arsenic and Phosphorus), pages 208, 209. + +If the arsenic has been separated as ammonium-magnesium arsenate, and +phosphates are known to be absent; dissolve the precipitate (after +filtering, but without washing) in dilute hydrochloric acid. Add dilute +ammonia till a slight precipitate is formed, and then 5 c.c. of the +sodium acetate and acetic acid solution; dilute to 150 c.c., and heat to +boiling. Titrate. + +If phosphates are present (which will always be the case if they were +present in the original substance, and no separation with sulphuretted +hydrogen has been made), the phosphorus will count in the subsequent +titration as arsenic (one part of phosphorus counting as 2.4 parts of +arsenic). It will be necessary to dissolve the mixed arsenate and +phosphate of magnesia in hydrochloric acid. Add about four or five times +as much iron (as ferric chloride) as the combined phosphorus and arsenic +present will unite with, and separate by the "basic acetate" process as +described under PHOSPHORUS in the _Examination of Commercial Copper_, +page 209. Obviously, when phosphates are present, it is easier to +separate the arsenic as sulphide than to precipitate it with the +"magnesia mixture." + +~The Titration.~--The _standard solution of uranium acetate_ is made by +dissolving 34.1 grams of the salt (with the help of 25 c.c. of acetic +acid) in water; and diluting to 1 litre. The water and acid are added a +little at a time, and warmed till solution is effected; then cooled, and +diluted to the required volume: 100 c.c. will equal 0.50 gram of +arsenic. + +The _sodic acetate and acetic acid solution_ is made by dissolving 100 +grams of sodic acetate in 500 c.c. of acetic acid, and diluting with +water to 1 litre. Five c.c. are used for each assay. + +The solution of potassic ferrocyanide used as _indicator_ is made by +dissolving 10 grams of the salt in 100 c.c. of water. + +To standardise the solution of uranium acetate, weigh up a quantity of +white arsenic (As_{2}O_{3}) which shall be about equivalent to the +arsenic contained in the assay (0.1 or 0.2 gram); transfer to a flask, +and dissolve in 10 c.c. of nitric acid with the aid of heat. Evaporate +to a small bulk (taking care to avoid the presence of hydrochloric +acid); dilute with water; add a small piece of litmus paper; render +faintly alkaline with ammonia; then add 5 c.c. of the sodic acetate +mixture; dilute to 150 c.c.; and heat to boiling. + +Fill an ordinary burette with the uranium acetate solution, and run into +the assay a quantity known to be insufficient. Again heat for a minute +or two. Arrange a series of drops of the solution of ferrocyanide of +potassium on a porcelain slab, and, with the help of a glass rod, bring +a drop of the assay solution in contact with one of these. If no colour +is produced, run in the uranium acetate, 1 c.c. at a time, testing after +each addition, till a brown colour is developed. It is best to overdo +the assay, and to count back. It is not necessary to filter off a +portion of the assay before testing with the "ferrocyanide," since the +precipitate (uranic arsenate) has no effect. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of titration. Make a solution of arsenic acid by dissolving 4.95 grams +of arsenious acid (As_{2}O_{3}) in a covered beaker with 35 c.c. of +nitric acid; evaporate down to 7 or 8 c.c.; and dilute with water to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. will contain 0.375 gram of arsenic. Use 20 c.c. for each +experiment. + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--It is generally recommended to titrate +the boiling solution, since it is possible that the precipitation is +only complete on boiling. Low results are obtained in a cold solution, +the apparent excess of uranium acetate striking a colour at once; on +boiling, however, it ceases to do so; consequently, the solution should +always be boiled directly before testing. + +In four experiments made in the way described, but with 20 c.c. of a +solution of arsenic acid stronger than that given (100 c.c. = 0.5 gram +As), the results at varying temperatures were:-- + + Temperature 15° C. 30° C. 70° C. 100° C. + "Uranium" required 18.0 c.c. 18.5 c.c. 18.5 c.c. 18.7 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~--These experiments were like those last +mentioned, but were titrated boiling, and the volume was varied:-- + + Bulk 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 300.0 c.c. + "Uranium" required 14.0 " 14.0 " 14.5 " 15.0 " + +Considerable variations in bulk are to be avoided. + +~Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate.~--These experiments were carried out +like those last noticed, but the bulk was 150 c.c., and varying amounts +of sodic acetate were added in excess of the quantity used in the +experiments previously described:-- + + Sodic acetate added 0 gram 1 gram 10 grams 20 grams + "Uranium" required 14.5 c.c. 14.5 c.c. 16.0 c.c. 18.0 c.c. + +It is evidently important that the quantity of this salt present in each +titration be measured out, so as to avoid variation. + +~Effect of Varying the Sodium Acetate and Acetic Acid Solution.~--Acetic +Acid also affects the results, but in the opposite direction, by +preventing the precipitation of uranium arsenate. With varying volumes +of the solution now under notice, the results were:-- + + Solution added 0.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 15.0 c.c. + "Uranium" required 14.5 " 14.5 " 14.5 " 14.0 " + Solution added 20.0 " 30.0 " 40.0 " 50.0 " + "Uranium" required 13.2 " 10.0 " 6.0 " 2.0 " + +These show that the quantity ordered (5 c.c.) must be adhered to. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--In these experiments, 10 grams of the salt +(the effect of which it was desired to determine) were added to a +solution in other respects resembling those previously used:-- + + Salt added {Ammonic Ammonic Ammonic Magnesium + {sulphate nitrate chloride sulphate + "Uranium" required 15.5 c.c. 15.5 c.c. 15.3 c.c. 15.3 c.c. + +Without any addition, 15.0 c.c. were required; and in another +experiment, in which 30 grams of ammonic salts were present, 15.6 c.c. +of uranium solution were required. Such variations in the amount of +ammonic salts as occur in ordinary working are unimportant. + +Phosphates, of course, interfere. In fact, the uranium acetate solution +can be standardised by titrating with a known weight of phosphate, and +calculating its equivalent of arsenic. Thus, in an experiment with 0.6 +gram of hydric sodic phosphate (Na_{2}HPO_{4}.12H_{2}O), equivalent to +0.05195 gram of phosphorus, or 0.1256 gram of arsenic, 23.25 c.c. of a +solution of uranium acetate were required. The same solution +standardised with white arsenic gave a standard of which 100 c.c. = +0.5333 gram arsenic. On this standard the 0.6 gram of sodic phosphate +should have required 23.5 c.c. + +Experiments in which 0.1 gram of bismuth and 0.1 gram of antimony were +present with 0.1 gram of arsenic, showed no interference on the +titration. Ferric or aluminic salts would remove their equivalent of +arsenic, and, consequently, must be removed before titrating. + +~Effect of Varying Arsenic.~--Varying amounts of metallic arsenic were +weighed up and dissolved in nitric acid, &c., and titrated:-- + + Arsenic taken 0.010 gram 0.050 gram 0.100 gram 0.200 gram + Arsenic found 0.010 " 0.050 " 0.100 " 0.197 " + +These experiments show that the method yields good results within these +limits. + +~Determination of Arsenic in Mispickel.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the dried +and powdered ore, and evaporate to near dryness with 20 c.c. of dilute +nitric acid. Make up to 100 c.c. with water, and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen to reduce the ferric iron to the ferrous state, then add 20 +c.c. of dilute ammonia, and again pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Warm, +filter, and evaporate the filtrate to drive off the excess of ammonia; +then add 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and boil down till the sulphide of +arsenic at first precipitated is dissolved; neutralise; add 5 c.c. of +sodium acetate and acetic acid solution; transfer to a pint flask, boil, +and titrate. + +For example, an impure sample of ore required, in duplicate assay of +half a gram each, when treated in the above-mentioned way, 39.6 and 39.5 +c.c. of the uranium acetate solution (100 c.c. = 0.537 gram of arsenic), +equivalent to 0.2114 gram of arsenic, or 42.3 per cent. + +An alternative method is as follows. Powder the ore very finely and +weigh up .5 gram. Place in a 2-3/4 inch berlin dish and add strong +nitric acid, one drop at a time until the action ceases; with care there +need be no very violent reaction. Dry over a water bath. Cover with 2 +grams of nitre and over this spread 5 grams of a mixture of equal parts +of nitre and carbonate of soda. Fuse in a muffle or over a large gentle +blow-pipe flame for 4 or 5 minutes. This will spoil the dish. Allow to +cool and boil out in a larger dish with 100 c.c. of water. Filter and +wash into an 8 oz. flask. Acidify the liquor with nitric and boil down +to about 100 c.c. The acid should not be in too large excess, but an +excess is needed to destroy nitrites. Neutralise with soda or ammonia. +Add 5 c.c. of the mixture of sodium acetate and acetic acid. Titrate +with uranium acetate. + +~Determination of Arsenic (As) in Crude Arsenic.~--The method given +under the iodine titration simply determines that portion of the arsenic +which is present in the substance as arsenious oxide or white arsenic. +The following method will give the total arsenic in the sample. It would +be incorrect to report this as so much per cent. of arsenious oxide, +although it may be reported as so much per cent. of arsenic equivalent +to so much per cent. of white arsenic, thus:-- + + Arsenic 30.0 per cent. + Equivalent to white arsenic 39.6 " + +The equivalent of white arsenic is calculated by multiplying the +percentage of arsenic by 1.32. The method of determining the percentage +of arsenic is as follows:---Boil 1 gram of the sample with 10 c.c. of +nitric acid. When the bulk of the solution has been reduced to one-half, +and red fumes are no longer evolved, dilute with a little water, and +filter into a flask. Neutralise the filtrate, add 5 c.c. of sodic +acetate solution, boil and filter. The precipitate (ferric arsenate) is +transferred to a small beaker, treated with 5 c.c. of dilute ammonia, +and sulphuretted hydrogen passed through it. The iron sulphide is +filtered off, and the filtrate evaporated with an excess of nitric acid. +When the solution is clear, it is neutralised, and 1 or 2 c.c. of sodic +acetate solution having been added, is then mixed with the first +filtrate. The solution is boiled and titrated. + +A sample treated in this way required 49.2 c.c. of the uranium acetate +solution (100 c.c. = 0.537 gram of arsenic), equivalent to 26.4 per +cent. + +~Determination of Arsenic in Brimstone.~--Take 10 grams of the +substance, and powder in a mortar; rub up with 10 c.c. of dilute ammonia +and a little water; rinse into a pint flask; pass a current of +sulphuretted hydrogen; and warm on a hot plate for a few minutes. +Filter, acidulate the filtrate with sulphuric acid; filter off the +precipitate; attack it with 10 c.c. of nitric acid; and proceed as in +the other determinations. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. Mispickel contains 45.0 per cent. of arsenic, to how much white +arsenic will this be equivalent? + +2. How would you make a standard solution of iodine so that 100 c.c. +shall be equivalent to 1 gram of white arsenic? + +3. What weight of arsenic is contained in 1 gram of pyrarsenate of +magnesia, and what weight of ammonic-magnesic arsenate would it be +equivalent to? + +4. The residue, after heating 10 grams of crude arsenic, weighed 0.62 +gram. What information does this give as to the composition of the +substance? If another 10 grams of the substance, heated on a water-bath, +lost 0.43 gram, what conclusions would you draw, and how would you +report your results? + +5. If a sample of copper contained 0.5 per cent. of arsenic, and 1 gram +of it were taken for an assay, how much standard uranium acetate +solution would be required in the titration? + + +PHOSPHORUS AND PHOSPHATES. + +Phosphorus rarely occurs among minerals except in its highest oxidized +state, phosphoric oxide (P_{2}O_{5}), in which it occurs abundantly as +"rock phosphate," a variety of apatite which is mainly phosphate of +lime. Phosphates of most of the metallic oxides are found. Phosphoric +oxide in small quantities is widely diffused, and is a constituent of +most rocks. Its presence in varying amounts in iron ores is a matter of +importance, since it affects the quality of the iron obtainable from +them. + +Phosphorus occurs in alloys in the unoxidized state. It is directly +combined with the metal, forming a phosphide. In this manner it occurs +in meteoric iron. The alloy phosphor-bronze is made up of copper, tin, +zinc, and phosphorus. + +Phosphates are mined in large quantities for the use of manure +manufacturers, and for making phosphorus. + +Phosphorus and arsenic closely resemble each other in their chemical +properties, more especially those which the assayer makes use of for +their determination. Phosphorus forms several series of salts; but the +phosphates are the only ones which need be considered. Pyrophosphate of +magnesia, which is the form in which phosphoric oxide is generally +weighed, differs from the ordinary phosphate in the proportion of base +to acid. Metaphosphates differ in the same way. If these are present, it +must be remembered they act differently with some reagents from the +ordinary phosphates, which are called orthophosphates. They are, +however, all convertible into orthophosphates by some means which will +remove their base, such as fusion with alkaline carbonates, boiling with +strong acids, &c.[108] + +Phosphides are converted into phosphates by the action of nitric acid or +other oxidizing agents. Dilute acids, when they act on the substance, +evolve phosphuretted hydrogen (PH_{3}). The student should be on his +guard against losing phosphorus in this manner. + +There is no dry assay for phosphorus. All assays for it are made either +gravimetrically or volumetrically. + +The separation of phosphoric oxide is made as follows:--The ore or metal +is dissolved in acid and evaporated, to render the silica insoluble. It +is taken up with hydrochloric acid, diluted with water, and treated with +sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate is boiled, to get rid of the excess +of gas, and treated with nitric acid, to peroxidize the iron present. If +the iron is not present in more than sufficient quantity to form ferric +phosphate with all the phosphorus present, some ferric chloride is +added. The iron is then separated as basic acetate. The precipitate will +contain the phosphorus, together with any arsenic acid not reduced by +the sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitate should have a decided brown +colour. The precipitate is washed, transferred to a flask, and treated +first with ammonia, and then with a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. +The filtrate from this (acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and, if +necessary, filtered) contains the phosphorus as phosphoric acid. This +method is not applicable in the presence of alumina, chromium, titanium, +or tin, if the solution is effected with nitric acid. The precipitate +obtained by the action of nitric acid on tin retains any phosphoric or +arsenic oxide that may be present. + +A method of separation more generally applicable and more convenient to +work is based on the precipitation of a yellow phospho-molybdate of +ammonia,[109] by the action of an excess of ammonic molybdate upon a +solution of a phosphate in nitric acid. Dissolve the substance by +treatment with acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up with 10 c.c. of +nitric acid, and add 20 grams of ammonic nitrate, together with a little +water. Next put in the solution of ammonium molybdate solution in the +proportion of about 50 c.c. for each 0.1 gram of phosphoric oxide judged +to be present. Warm to about 80° C., and allow to stand for an hour. +Filter, and wash with a 10 per cent. solution of ammonic nitrate. It is +not necessary that the whole of the precipitate be placed on the filter; +but the beaker must be completely cleaned. Dissolve the precipitate off +the filter with dilute ammonia, and run the solution into the original +beaker. Run in from a burette, slowly and with stirring, "magnesia +mixture," using about 15 c.c. for each 0.1 gram of phosphoric oxide. +Allow to stand for one hour. The white crystalline precipitate contains +the phosphorus as ammonium-magnesium phosphate. + +Phosphate of lead is decomposed by sulphuric acid; the lead is converted +into the insoluble lead sulphate, and the phosphoric acid is dissolved. +Phosphate of copper and phosphate of iron may be treated with +sulphuretted hydrogen; the former in an acid, and the latter in an +alkaline, solution. Phosphate of alumina is generally weighed without +separation of the alumina, since this requires a fusion. In all cases +the aim is to get the phosphoric oxide either free, or combined with +some metal whose phosphate is soluble in ammonia. + +Joulie's method of separation is as follows:--One to ten grams of the +sample are treated with hydrochloric acid, and evaporated to dryness +with the addition (if any pyrites is present) of a little nitric acid. +The residue is taken up with hydrochloric acid, cooled, transferred to a +graduated flask, and diluted to the mark. It is then shaken up, filtered +through a dry filter, and a measured portion (containing about 0.05 gram +of phosphoric acid) transferred to a small beaker. Ten c.c. of a +citric-acid solution of magnesia[110] is added, and then an excess of +ammonia. If an immediate precipitate is formed, a fresh portion must be +measured out and treated with 20 c.c. of the citrate of magnesia +solution and with ammonia as before. The beaker is put aside for from +two to twelve hours. The precipitate is then filtered off and washed +with weak ammonia; it contains the phosphorus as ammonium-magnesium +phosphate. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +If the phosphate is not already in the form of ammonic-magnesic +phosphate, it is converted into this by the addition to its solution of +an excess of ammonia and "magnesia mixture." In order to get the +precipitate pure, the "magnesia mixture" is run in gradually (by drops) +from a burette, with constant stirring. A white crystalline precipitate +at once falls, if much phosphorus is present; but, if there is only a +small quantity, it may be an hour or two before it shows itself. The +solution is best allowed to rest for twelve or fifteen hours (overnight) +before filtering. The presence of tartaric acid should be avoided; and +the appearance of the precipitate should be crystalline. The solution is +decanted through a filter, and the precipitate washed with dilute +ammonia, using as little as may be necessary. The precipitate is dried, +transferred to a weighed Berlin or platinum crucible; the filter-paper +is carefully burnt, and its ash added to the precipitate, which is then +ignited, at first gently over a Bunsen burner, and then more strongly +over the blowpipe or in the muffle. The residue is a white mass of +magnesium pyrophosphate containing 27.92 per cent. of phosphorus, or +63.96 per cent. of phosphoric oxide. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +Instead of separating and weighing this compound, the phosphoric oxide +in it can be determined by titration. In many cases the ore may be +dissolved and immediately titrated without previous separation. It is +better, however, to carry the separation so far as to get phosphoric +acid, an alkaline phosphate, or the magnesia precipitate. It may then be +prepared for titration in the following way:--The precipitate in the +last case (without much washing) is dissolved in a little hydrochloric +acid, and the solution in any case rendered fairly acid. Dilute ammonia +is added till it is just alkaline, and then 5 c.c. of the sodic acetate +and acetic acid mixture (as described under the Arsenic Assay). This +should yield a clear distinctly-acid solution. It is diluted to 100 or +150 c.c., heated to boiling, and titrated with the uranium acetate +solution, using that of potassic ferrocyanide as indicator. + +The _standard solution_ required is made by dissolving 35 grams of +uranium acetate in water with the aid of 25 c.c. of acetic acid, and +diluting to 1 litre. + +An _equivalent solution of phosphoric oxide_ is made by dissolving 25.21 +grams of crystallised hydric disodic phosphate (HNa_{2}PO_{4}.12H_{2}O) +in water, and making up to 1 litre. 100 c.c. will contain 0.5 gram of +phosphoric oxide (P_{2}O_{5}), or 0.2183 gram of phosphorus. In making +this solution, transparent crystals only must be used. The uranium +acetate solution is only approximately equivalent to this, so that its +exact standard must be determined. + +_Sodic Acetate and Acetic Acid Solution._--It is the same as that +described under _Arsenic_.[111] Use 5 c.c. for each assay. + +The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the titration:-- + +~Effect of Varying Temperature.~--The solution should be titrated while +boiling. This is especially necessary for the last few c.c. in order to +get a decided and fixed finishing point. + + Temperature 15° C. 30° C. 70° C. 100° C. + "Uranium" required 18.0 c.c. 19.2 c.c. 19.0 c.c. 18.9 c.c. + +~Effect of Varying Bulk.~-- + + Bulk 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. 200.0 c.c. 300.0 c.c. + "Uranium" required 18.8 " 18.9 " 19.0 " 19.3 " + +Variation in bulk affects the results; therefore, a constant bulk should +be adhered to. + +~Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate and Acetic Acid Solution.~-- + + Sodium acetate + and acetic + acid solution 0.0 c.c. 1.0 c.c. 5.0 c.c. 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. + "Uranium" required 18.9 " 18.9 " 19.0 " 18.8 " 17.5 " + +As in the titration with arsenates, an excess is dangerous to the assay; +a definite quantity (5 c.c.) should, therefore, be used. + +~Effect of Foreign Salts.~--Besides the sodium acetate, &c., added, the +only salts likely to be present are those of ammonia and magnesia. In +three experiments, in one of which no foreign salts were introduced, +while in the other two 5 grams of ammonic chloride and of magnesium +sulphate respectively were added, there were required:-- + + With ammonic chloride 18.8 c.c. "Uranium" solution + With magnesium sulphate 19.0 " " + Without foreign salts 18.9 " " + +~Effect of Varying Phosphate.~-- + + "Phosphate" solution added 10.0 c.c. 20.0 c.c. 50.0 c.c. 100.0 c.c. + "Uranium" required 9.8 " 18.9 " 47.6 " 94.5 " + +The quantity of phosphoric oxide in the assay solution for the +conditions of titration should not be much less than 0.05 gram. For +smaller quantities the uranium solution should be diluted to half its +strength, and the assay solution concentrated by reducing its bulk to 50 +c.c. and using 2.5 c.c. of the sodium acetate and acetic acid solution. + +~Determination of Phosphoric Oxide in Apatite.~--Weigh up 0.5 gram of +the dried and powdered sample, and dissolve it in 5 c.c. of hydrochloric +acid. Evaporate to a paste, add 5 c.c. of the sodic acetate and acetic +acid solution, dilute to 100 c.c. with water, boil, and titrate with +uranium acetate solution. + +In an example, 0.5 gram of apatite required 37.4 c.c. of uranium acetate +solution (standard equal to 0.5291 gram of phosphoric oxide). The sample +therefore contained 0.1979 gram of P_{2}O_{5}, equal to 39.58 per cent. + +~Determination of Phosphoric Oxide in an Iron Ore.~--Take 10 grams, boil +with 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to a paste; take up +with 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and dilute with water to 400 +c.c. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen for nearly a quarter of an hour; warm, +and filter. Boil off the excess of gas; cool, add ammonia till nearly +neutral, and then a few drops of ferric chloride solution, and 4 or 5 +grams of sodium acetate, with a drop or two of acetic acid. Boil and +filter. Dissolve the precipitate in hot dilute hydrochloric acid, and +add citro-magnesia mixture and ammonia; allow to stand overnight; +filter, ignite, and weigh. + +In an example, 10 grams of ore gave 28.5 milligrams of magnesic +pyrophosphate, which is equivalent to 0.18 per cent. of phosphoric +oxide. + +~Determination of Phosphorus in Iron.~--Take from 2 to 10 grams +(according to the amount of phosphorus present), and dissolve in aqua +regia, keeping the nitric acid in excess; evaporate to dryness and take +up with hydrochloric acid, boil, dilute, and filter. Add 10 c.c. of +nitric acid, nearly neutralise with ammonia, render acid with 3 or 4 +c.c. of nitric acid, and add 10 or 20 c.c. of ammonic molybdate +solution. Heat for some time, allow to settle, filter, and wash the +precipitate with a solution of ammonic nitrate. Dissolve the precipitate +in dilute ammonia, nearly neutralise with dilute hydrochloric acid, and +add first "magnesia mixture," and then ammonia; allow to stand +overnight; filter, wash with dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and weigh as +magnesic pyrophosphate. Calculate to phosphorus. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. Ten grams of an iron yielded 12 milligrams of pyrophosphate of +magnesia. What percentage of phosphorus did the metal contain? + +2. Ten grams of an iron ore gave 12 milligrams of pyrophosphate. What +percentage of phosphoric oxide did it contain? + +3. What weight of apatite 3Ca_{3}(PO_{4})_{2}.CaClF would require 50 +c.c. of standard uranium solution (100 c.c. equal to 0.5 gram of +P_{2}O_{5})? + +4. You have reason to believe that a precipitate which has been weighed +as magnetic pyrophosphate contains some arsenate. How would you +determine the amount of phosphate really present? + +5. Twenty c.c. of a solution of sodic phosphate containing 0.100 gram of +P_{2}O_{5} was found to require a solution containing 0.700 gram of +hydrated uranium acetate in a titration. The precipitate contains 80.09 +per cent. uranium oxide and 19.91 per cent. of phosphoric oxide. What +percentage of uranium oxide was contained in the uranic acetate? + + +NITROGEN AND NITRATES. + +Nitrogen occurs in nature in the free state, and forms about four-fifths +of the atmosphere. In combination, as nitrate, it is found in nitre +(KNO_{3}), and Chili saltpetre (NaNO_{3}), minerals which have a +commercial importance. The latter occurs in beds, and is extensively +worked for use as a manure and in the preparation of nitric acid. + +Nitrogen is mainly characterised by negative properties, although many +of its compounds are very energetic bodies. It is a gas, present +everywhere, but so inactive that the assayer can always afford to ignore +its presence, and, except in testing furnace gases, &c., he is never +called on to determine its quantity. + +The nitrates are an important class of salts, and may be looked on as +compounds of the bases with nitric pentoxide (N_{2}O_{5}). They are, +with the exception of a few basic compounds, soluble in water, and are +remarkable for the ease with which they give up their oxygen. The +alkaline nitrates fuse readily, and lose oxygen with effervescence +forming nitrites; while at a higher temperature they yield more oxygen +and lose their nitrogen, either as a lower oxide or as nitrogen. The +nitrates of the metals, on heating, leave the oxide of the metal. It is +as yielders of oxygen that nitrates are so largely used in the +manufacture of explosives. Gunpowder contains from 65 to 75 per cent. of +potassium nitrate (nitre). + +Nitrates are best detected and determined by their yielding nitric oxide +when treated with sulphuric acid and a suitable reducing agent, such as +ferrous sulphate, mercury, or copper. Nitric oxide is a colourless gas +very slightly soluble in water. It combines at once with oxygen, on +mixing with the air, to form brown "nitrous fumes," and dissolves in a +solution of ferrous sulphate, producing a characteristic blackish-brown +colour. It is this colour which affords the best and most easily-applied +test for nitrates. The substance suspected to contain nitrates is +dissolved in about 1 c.c. of water, and treated with an equal volume of +strong sulphuric acid. After cooling, a solution of ferrous sulphate is +poured on its surface, so as to form a layer resting on it. On standing, +a brown or black ring is developed where the liquids join, if any +nitrate or nitrite is present. Nitrites are distinguished from nitrates +by effervescing and yielding brown fumes when treated with a little +dilute sulphuric acid. + +The separation of nitrates is in many cases difficult. Generally, on +treating the substance with water, the nitrate will be in the solution, +and is filtered off from any insoluble matter. In the exceptional cases +it is got into solution by treating with a boiling solution of sodium +carbonate; the nitrate will contain it as an alkaline nitrate. + +Since, however, in their determination, nitrates are never separated and +weighed as such, the difficulty of separating them has little +importance. Usually, the determination can be made on the original +aqueous solution, and it is never necessary to do more than remove any +special substance which has a bad effect; and this is easily done by the +usual reagents. + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +It follows from what has been said that there is no direct gravimetric +determination. The percentage of nitrogen pentoxide (N_{2}O_{5}) in a +comparatively pure nitrate is sometimes determined indirectly in the +following way:--Place in a platinum-crucible 4 or 5 grams of powdered +and cleaned quartz. Ignite, cool in a desiccator, and weigh with the +cover. Mix 1 gram of the dried and powdered salt with the quartz in the +crucible by stirring with a stout platinum-wire. Cover the crucible, and +heat in a Bunsen-burner flame at scarcely visible redness for +half-an-hour. Cool and weigh. The loss in weight gives the amount of +nitrogen pentoxide. Sulphates and chlorides in moderate quantity do not +interfere. The following is an example of the process:-- + + Crucible and sand 26.6485 grams + Nitre taken 1.0000 " + ------- + 27.6485 " + Weight after ignition 27.1160 " + ------- + Loss on ignition 0.5325 " + +This is equal to 53.25 per cent. of nitrogen pentoxide. + + +VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +This is based on the oxidising action of nitric acid, or of nitrates in +acid solutions on ferrous salts. The pentoxide (N_{2}O_{5}) of the +nitrate is reduced to nitric oxide (NO), so that 336 parts of iron +peroxidised represent 108 parts of nitric pentoxide as oxidising +agent.[112] The quantity of iron peroxidised is determined by taking a +known quantity of ferrous salt, oxidizing with a weighed sample of +nitrate, and then determining the residual ferrous iron by titration +with bichromate or permanganate of potassium solution. The difference +between the ferrous iron taken and that found, gives the amount oxidized +by the nitrate. The speed with which nitric oxide takes up oxygen from +the air, and thus becomes capable of oxidising more iron, renders some +precautions necessary; ferrous chloride should, therefore, be used, +since it is easier to expel nitric oxide (by boiling) from solutions of +a chloride than it is from those of a sulphate. The process is as +follows:--Dissolve 2 grams of thin soft iron wire in 50 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid in a flask provided with an arrangement for +maintaining an atmosphere of carbon dioxide. When the iron has +dissolved, allow the solution to cool, and add 0.5 gram of the nitrate. +Heat gently for a few minutes, and then boil until the nitric oxide is +expelled. An atmosphere of carbon dioxide must be kept up. Dilute with +water, and titrate the residual iron with standard solution of +bichromate of potassium. The standard "bichromate" is made by dissolving +17.5 grams of the salt (K_{2}Cr_{2}O_{7}) in water, and diluting to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. equal 2 grams of iron. Deduct the weight of iron found +from the 2 grams originally taken, and multiply by 0.3214. This gives +the weight of the pentoxide in the sample. In an example, 0.5 gram of +nitre was taken, and 59.4 c.c. of the "bichromate" solution were +required. The 59.4 c.c. thus used are equivalent to 1.198 gram of iron. +This leaves 0.822 gram as the quantity oxidised by the nitre, which, +multiplied by 0.3214, gives 0.2642 gram for the nitrogen pentoxide, or +52.8 per cent. + + +GASOMETRIC METHOD. + +This is based upon the measurement of the nitric oxide evolved on +shaking up a weighed quantity of the nitrate with sulphuric acid over +mercury in a nitrometer. Each c.c. of nitric oxide obtained, when +reduced to normal temperature and pressure, is equivalent to:-- + + 0.627 milligram of nitrogen. + 1.343 " of nitric oxide. + 2.418 " of nitric pentoxide. + 2.820 " of nitric acid. + 3.805 " of sodium nitrate. + 4.523 " of potassium nitrate. + +In working on substances not rich in nitrates, an ordinary nitrometer +(fig. 69) is used; but in the assay of sodium nitrate, nitroglycerine, +&c., an instrument provided with a bulb having a capacity of 100 c.c. is +employed. + +[Illustration: FIG. 69.] + +The plan of working is as follows:--The "measuring tube" is filled with +mercury until it reaches up into the tap, and the levelling-tube is +placed so that it contains an inch or two of mercury. If the nitrate is +in solution, 2 or 3 c.c. of the liquid (dilute liquids are brought to +this bulk by evaporation) are measured into the cup. The levelling-tube +is lowered a little, and the tap cautiously opened until all but the +last drop of the liquid has run in. The cup is then rinsed with 2 or 3 +c.c. of sulphuric acid, which is run in in the same way, and the +operation is repeated with another lot of acid. The measuring-tube is +now taken from the clamp, and shaken for two or three minutes, until no +more gas is given off. It is replaced, and the mercury-level in the two +tubes adjusted. Then it is allowed to stand until the froth has +subsided, and the gas has cooled to the temperature of the room. The +volume of the gas is then read off. In adjusting the level, account must +be taken of the sulphuric acid in the measuring-tube; this is allowed +for by having the mercury higher in the other tube by, say, 1 mm. for +each 6.5 mm. of sulphuric acid, or it is counterpoised by an equal +height of sulphuric acid in the levelling-tube, in which case the two +mercury-levels are made to correspond. On opening the tap after reading +off the volume, there should be no change in the level of the mercury. +If it should rise or fall a little, a slight increase or decrease (say +0.1 c.c.) is made to the volume previously read off. + +In working with nitrate of soda, &c., in the bulb nitrometer, it is +necessary to take a quantity of the substance which will yield more than +100 and less than 150 c.c. of the gas. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[103] Na_{3}AsO_{3} + H_{2}O + 2I = Na_{3}AsO_{4} + 2HI. The acid is at +once neutralised. + +[104] Mr. Thomas Gibb is the originator of this ingenious process. + +[105] By taking hold of the water present, it may prevent the +dissociation of arsenious chloride. + +[106] It is difficult to get ferric chloride free from arsenic; but the +following treatment will remove 80 or 90 per cent. of the arsenic +contained in the commercial material:--Dissolve 2 or 3 lbs. of ferric +chloride with the smallest amount of water that will effect solution +with the addition of 100 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; add a solution of +sulphurous acid in quantity sufficient to reduce 2 or 3 per cent. of the +iron to the ferrous state; allow to stand a week; and then boil, to +remove the hydrochloric acid added. Nitric acid, which is prejudicial, +is also removed by this treatment. + +[107] When the amount of arsenic to be estimated is small (as in refined +coppers), it is better to use a weaker solution of iodine. This is made +by diluting 200 c.c. of the standard solution with water to 1 litre. +Each c.c. will equal 0.1 per cent., if 1 gram of the metal has been +taken for the assay. + +[108] The constitution of these phosphates may be thus illustrated-- + + Magnesic meta-phosphate MgO.P_{2}O_{5}. + Magnesic pyro-phosphate 2MgO.P_{2}O_{5}. + Magnesic ortho-phosphate 3MgO.P_{2}O_{5}. + +[109] The composition of which is-- + + MoO_{2} 90.74, + P_{2}O_{5} 3.14, + (NH_{4})_{2}O 3.57, + H_{2}O 2.55 = 100.00. + +[110] This is made by adding 27 grams of magnesium carbonate (a little +at a time) to a solution of 270 grams of citric acid in 350 c.c. of warm +water; and, when dissolved, adding 400 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and +making up the bulk to 1 litre; 20 c.c. of the solution is sufficient for +0.1 gram of P_{2}O_{5}, although more will be required if much iron or +alumina is present. + +[111] For the details of the titration, the student is referred to the +same place. + +[112] N_{2}O_{5} + 6FeO = 3Fe_{2}O_{3} + 2NO. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +SILICON, CARBON, BORON. + + +SILICON AND SILICATES. + +In assaying, more especially products direct from the mine, there is +always found, when the rock is siliceous, a quantity of white +sandy-looking substance, insoluble in acids, which is sometimes +accompanied by a light gelatinous material very difficult to filter. +This is variously described as "insoluble," "sand," "insoluble +silicates," "gangue," or "rocky matter." It may be pure quartz; but +oftener it is mixed with silicates from the rock containing the mineral. +Some silicates, but not many, are completely decomposed by boiling with +hydrochloric acid or aqua regia; and others are partly so, they yield a +gelatinous precipitate of silica which greatly interferes with the +filtering. It is a common practice with assayers to carry the first +attack of the sample with acids to dryness, and to take up with a fresh +portion of acid. By this means the separated silica becomes granular and +insoluble, and capable of being filtered off and washed with comparative +ease. + +This residue may be ignited and weighed; and be reported as so much per +cent. of "silica and silicates insoluble in acids." Unless specially +wanted, a determination of its constituents need not be made. When +required, the analysis is best made on the ignited residue, and +separately reported as "analysis of the insoluble portion." + +Silicon only occurs in nature in the oxidised state; but the oxide +generally known as silica (SiO_{2}) is common, being represented by the +abundant minerals--quartz, flint, &c. Silica, combined with alumina, +lime, oxide of iron, magnesia and the alkalies, forms a large number of +rock-forming minerals. Most rock masses, other than limestones, contain +over 50 per cent. of silica. The following are analyses of some of the +commoner silicates; but it must be noted that these minerals often show +great variation in composition. This is more especially true of +chlorite, schorl, hornblende and augite. + +[Table has been split into two because of its width--Transcriber] + +------------------+--------+------------+------------+-------+---------------- + | | | Ferric |Ferrous| + | Silica | Alumina | Oxide, | Oxide,| Fluorine, + |SiO_{2}.|Al_{2}O_{3}.|Fe_{2}O_{3}.| FeO. | Water &c. +------------------+--------+------------+------------+-------+---------------- +Potash-felspar | 65.2 | 18.2 | 0.2 | -- | +Soda-felspar | 67.0 | 19.2 | -- | 0.3 | +Lime-felspar | 43.3 | 35.4 | -- | 1.3 | +Potash-mica | 45.7 | 33.7 | 3.1 | -- |F (0.8) + | | | | | H_{2}O (4.9) +Magnesia-mica | 39.1 | 15.4 | 7.1 | -- |F (0.7) +Hornblende | 40.6 | 14.3 | 5.8 | 7.2 | +Augite | 50.0 | 3.7 | 2.4 | 6.6 |MnO (0.1) +Almandine (Garnet)| 39.7 | 19.7 | -- | 39.7 |MnO (1.8) +Chlorite (Peach) | 32.1 | 18.5 | -- | -- |H_{2}O (12.1) +Schorl | 37.0 | 33.1 | 9.3 | 6.2 |B_{2}O_{3} (7.7) + | | | | | F (1.5) +China-clay | 46.7 | 39.6 | -- | -- |H_{2}O (13.4) +Talc | 61.7 | -- | -- | 1.7 |H_{2}O (3.8) +Serpentine | 42.9 | -- | -- | 3.8 |H_{2}O (12.6) +Olivine | 39.3 | -- | -- | 14.8 | +------------------+--------+------------+------------+-------+---------------- + +------------------+-----+--------+-------+--------+------------------------ + | | | | | + |Lime,|Magnesia|Potash | Soda, | Fluorine, + |CaO. | MgO. |K_{2}O.|Na_{2}O.| Water, &c. +------------------+-----+--------+-------+--------+------------------------ +Potash-felspar | -- | -- | 14.7 | 1.5 | +Soda-felspar | 1.2 | 1.8 | 2.2 | 7.2 | +Lime-felspar |17.4 | 0.35 | 0.5 | 0.9 | +Potash-mica | -- | 1.1 | 7.5 | 2.8 |F (0.8) H_{2}O (4.9) + | | | | | +Magnesia-mica | -- | 23.6 | 7.5 | 2.6 |F (0.7) +Hornblende |12.5 | 14.0 | 1.5 | 1.6 | +Augite |22.8 | 13.5 | -- | -- |MnO (0.1) +Almandine (Garnet)| -- | -- | -- | -- |MnO (1.8) +Chlorite (Peach) | -- | 36.7 | -- | -- |H_{2}O (12.1) +Schorl | 0.5 | 2.6 | 0.7 | 1.4 |B_{2}O_{3} (7.7) F (1.5) + | | | | | +China-clay | -- | -- | -- | -- |H_{2}O (13.4) +Talc | -- | 31.7 | -- | -- |H_{2}O (3.8) +Serpentine | -- | 40.5 | -- | -- |H_{2}O (12.6) +Olivine | -- | 45.8 | -- | -- | +------------------+-----+--------+-------+--------+------------------------ + +Silicon, from a chemical point of view, is an interesting body. It +combines with iron to form a silicide; and is present in this condition +in cast iron. Only in the case of the analysis of this and similar +substances is the assayer called on to report the percentage of +_silicon_. Silicon is readily converted into silica by the action of +oxidizing agents. Silica forms only one series of salts--the +silicates--which have in many cases a complex constitution; thus there +are a large number of double silicates, which vary among themselves, not +only in the relation of base to acid (which is the essential +difference), but also in the ratio of the bases between themselves +(which varies with almost every specimen). + +Silica is detected by heating the substance with a fluoride and +sulphuric acid in a platinum-crucible. On holding a rod, moistened with +a drop of water, over the escaping fumes, the white crust of silica +formed on the drop of water shows its presence. The insolubility of a +fragment of the mineral in a bead of microcosmic salt, is also a very +good test; the fragment, on prolonged heating, does not lose its angular +form. + +There is no dry assay for this substance, nor volumetric method; when +the determination is required, it is carried out gravimetrically and, +generally, by the following plan. + +If the sample contains oxides, sulphides, &c., in any quantity, these +are first dissolved out by treatment with acid, evaporated to dryness, +taken up with hydrochloric acid, and filtered. The dried residue is +treated in the same way as the silicates. Some silicates are completely +decomposed by such treatment; but it saves time (unless one is sure that +no undecomposable silicate is present) to treat these in the same way as +the others. On the other hand, there are some silicates which are only +attacked with difficulty even by fusion with alkaline carbonates; +consequently, it is always well to have the substance reduced to the +finest state of division by careful powdering, as this greatly assists +the subsequent action. With very hard silicates, the grinding away of +the mortar in this operation will be perceptible; the foreign matter +thus introduced must not be ignored. Previously igniting the substance +sometimes assists the powdering; but it is best to use a steel mortar. +The particles of steel can be removed by a magnet, or, where the nature +of the substance will allow it, by boiling with a little dilute +hydrochloric acid. + +The dried and powdered material is intimately mixed with four times its +weight of "fusion mixture" in a platinum-crucible or dish. It is then +moderately heated over a Bunsen burner, and afterwards more strongly +fused over a blast, or enclosed in a clay crucible in the wind-furnace. +The action is continued until the fused mass is perfectly tranquil. With +very refractory substances, the action must be long continued at a high +temperature. When sufficiently cold, the crucible is examined to see +that no particles of foreign matter are adhering to its outer surface. +It is then transferred to a five- or six-inch evaporating-dish, where +its contents are acted upon with warm water for some time. The "melt" +will slowly dissolve, but the solution should be hastened by keeping the +liquid moderately acid with hydrochloric acid. When the "melt" has +dissolved, clean and remove the platinum-dish, and evaporate the +solution to a paste. Continue the evaporation to dryness on a water-bath +(not on the hot plate), and whilst drying stir with a glass rod, feeling +at the bottom of the dish for any unfused particles, which, if present, +can be detected by their grittiness. If there is much grit, it will be +necessary to repeat the assay; but with a small quantity it will only be +necessary to refuse the grit and silica after ignition. + +During solution of the "melt" and evaporation (which may be carried on +together), a clear solution will not be obtained, a flocculent silica +will separate out, and towards the end of the evaporation the mass will +get gelatinous. The drying of the jelly must be finished on the +water-bath; first, because at this temperature the silica is rendered +insoluble in hydrochloric acid, whilst the solubility of the alumina, +iron, &c., is unaffected, which would not be the case at a much higher +temperature; and second, because the gelatinous residue requires very +cautious drying to prevent loss from spirting. + +When dry, the substance is moistened, and heated with strong +hydrochloric acid, and the sides of the dish are washed down with water. +The silica is washed by decantation two or three times with hydrochloric +acid and hot water, before being thrown on to the filter. The filtrate +is again evaporated to dryness, taken up with a little hydrochloric acid +and water and again filtered. The residue on the filter is silica. The +two lots of silica are washed free from chlorides with hot water, dried +on an air-bath, transferred to a platinum-crucible, ignited gently at +first, at last strongly over the blast or in a muffle, cooled in a +desiccator, and weighed. + +The white powdery precipitate is silica (SiO_{2}), and its weight, +multiplied by 100, and divided by the weight of ore taken, gives the +percentage of silica in the sample. Where the percentage of silicon is +wanted, which is very rarely the case, it is got by multiplying this +result by 0.4667. It is always necessary to examine the purity of the +body weighed as silica. This is done by re-fusing the material weighed, +and re-determining the silica in it; or, better, by mixing a weighed +portion in a platinum-dish with a little strong sulphuric acid, covering +with hydrofluoric acid, and evaporating. In the latter case, the silica +will be converted into fluoride, which will be driven off, and the +impurities will be left behind as sulphates of barium, phosphate and +oxide of tin, titanium, &c. This must be weighed and deducted from the +weight of the silica. In a complete examination of a silicate it should +be treated with the precipitate containing alumina, ferric oxide, &c. + + +EXAMINATION OF SILICATES. + +The student interested in the analysis of rocks and rock-forming +minerals is advised to consult a valuable paper by Dr. W.F. Hillebrand +in the _Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey_, _No._ 148, to +which I am very largely indebted in the revision of the following pages. + +~Moisture.~--Five grams of the powdered sample is dried between +watch-glasses in the water-oven for two hours, or till its weight is +constant; and the loss is reported as water lost at 100° C. The rest of +the determinations are made on this dried mineral. + +~Combined Water, &c.~--Weigh up 1 gram of the substance, and ignite +over the blowpipe for some time in a platinum-crucible, cool in a +desiccator, and weigh. Record the loss as "loss on ignition," not as +"combined water." + +~Silica.~--The ignition should have been performed in an oxidising +atmosphere in a muffle or over a slanting blowpipe flame; this will +ensure the oxidation of any pyrites or other sulphide present, which if +unoxidised would injure the crucible in the next operation. The ignited +residue is mixed with 6 or 7 grams of anhydrous sodium carbonate. This +reagent should be the purest obtainable, but its purity should be +checked, or rather its impurities should be determined by running a +"check" or "blank" assay with 10 grams of it through the stages of the +analysis; the impurities will be chiefly silica, alumina and lime, and +altogether they ought not to exceed 1 milligram. The crucible with the +mixture is heated at first gently over a Bunsen and afterwards more +strongly in an oxidising atmosphere in a muffle or over the blowpipe. +The fused mass is allowed to cool in the crucible, and is then dissolved +out in a basin with water and a small excess of hydrochloric acid. After +the removal and cleaning of the crucible, the liquor is evaporated +almost to dryness. Dr. Hillebrand advises stopping short of complete +dryness. The residue is taken up with a little hydrochloric acid and +water and filtered and washed. The liquor, including the washings, is +again evaporated and taken up with water and a little acid. Usually +about 1 per cent. of silica will be thus recovered. It is to be filtered +off and washed and added to the main silica. The filtrate is reserved. +The silica, thoroughly washed, is dried and ignited at a high +temperature for twenty or thirty minutes. It is then weighed in a +platinum crucible. After weighing it is treated with hydrofluoric acid +and a little sulphuric, carefully evaporated and ignited strongly. The +residue, which in extreme cases may amount to 2 or 3 per cent. of the +rock, is weighed and deducted from the weight of the impure silica. It +is retained in the crucible. + +~Alumina, &c.~--The filtrate from silica is treated by the basic acetate +method. That is, it is first treated by a cautious addition of a +solution of soda, almost to the point of producing a precipitate, in +order to neutralise the excess of acid; 2 or 3 grams of sodium acetate +are added, and the whole boiled for a minute or so. The precipitate is +filtered off and washed only slightly. Save the filtrate. The +precipitate is dissolved in hydrochloric, or, perhaps better, in nitric +acid; and is reprecipitated by adding an excess of ammonia and boiling. +The precipitate is filtered and washed with water containing 2 per cent. +of ammonium nitrate. Both filtrates are evaporated separately to a small +bulk, a drop or two of ammonia being added to the second towards the +finish. They are next filtered into a 6 or 8-ounce flask through a small +filter, the second filtrate coming after, and serving in a manner as +wash water for the first[113]. The two washed alumina precipitates are +dried and placed in the platinum crucible containing the residue from +silica after treatment with hydrofluoric acid. They are then ignited in +an oxidising atmosphere at a high temperature for about 10 minutes. The +weight, including that of the residue from the silica, is noted as that +of "alumina, &c." + +The weighed oxides are next fused with bisulphate of potash for some +hours. The bisulphate should have been first fused, apart, until the +effervescence from the escape of steam has stopped. The melt is +dissolved out with cold water and dilute sulphuric acid, and any +insoluble residue is filtered off, washed, ignited and weighed. The +filtrate is reserved for determinations of iron and titanium. The +residue, after weighing, may be treated with hydrofluoric and sulphuric +acids for any silica,[114] which would be determined by loss. It may be +tested for barium sulphate by treatment with hot strong sulphuric acid; +in which this salt dissolves, but is again insoluble (and so comes out +as a white precipitate) on diluting with cold water; the acid also must +be cold before adding the water. The filtrate containing the iron is +reduced with sulphuretted hydrogen, boiled till free from that gas, +filtered and titrated with a standard solution of permanganate of +potassium. The iron found is calculated to ferric oxide by dividing by +.7. The iron solution after titration serves for the determination of +titanium oxide (TiO_{2}). This is done colorimetrically, by adding +peroxide of hydrogen free from hydrofluoric acid, and comparing the +brown colour produced with that produced by the addition of a standard +solution of titanium to an equal volume of water containing sulphuric +acid.[115] The alumina is determined by difference. From the weight of +the combined precipitate which has been recorded as "Alumina, &c.," +deduct (1) the residue, insoluble, after fusion with bisulphate; (2) the +ferric oxide; (3) the titanium oxide; and (4) the phosphoric oxide +(P_{2}O_{5}), the amount of which is subsequently determined in a +separate portion. This gives the alumina. + +~Manganous oxide, &c.~--The filtrate from the "alumina, &c." contained +in a 6 or 8-ounce flask, which it nearly fills, is made slightly +alkaline with ammonia and treated with a small excess of ammonium +sulphide; the flask is then corked and placed on one side for some time +(a day or so) so that the manganese sulphide may separate. The +precipitate is filtered off and washed with water containing ammonium +chloride and a few drops of ammonium sulphide. The filtrate is reserved +for lime, &c. The precipitate is digested with sulphuretted hydrogen +water, to which one-fifth of its volume of strong hydrochloric acid has +been added; this dissolves the sulphides of zinc and manganese; any +black residue should be tested for copper and perhaps nickel. The +solution is evaporated to dryness, taken up with a little water and +treated with a small excess of solution of carbonate of soda. It is +boiled and again evaporated, washed out with hot water and filtered on +to a small filter, dried, ignited, and weighed as Mn_{3}O_{4}. It is +calculated to MnO. It may contain, and should be tested for oxide of +zinc, which, if present, must be deducted. If the dish becomes stained +during evaporation, take up with a few drops of hydrochloric and +sulphurous acids, evaporate, and then treat with carbonate of soda. + +~Lime, &c.~--The filtrate from the manganese sulphide is boiled, and +without cooling, treated with ammonium oxalate in solution, which also +should be heated to boiling. The liquid is filtered off and reserved for +magnesia. The precipitate is dissolved in very little hydrochloric acid +and reprecipitated by adding ammonium oxalate and ammonia to the boiling +solution. The filtrate and washings from this are reserved for magnesia. +The precipitate is either dissolved in dilute sulphuric and titrated +with permanganate of potash as described under Lime (p. 322); or it is +ignited and weighed as oxide. In this last case it may be examined for +barium and strontium, the former of which will rarely be present. + +~Magnesia.~--The filtrate from the first lime precipitate is treated +with sodium phosphate and ammonia, and allowed to stand overnight. It is +then filtered. The precipitate is dissolved in hydrochloric acid; the +solution is filtered into the beaker containing the solution from the +second lime precipitate. Ammonia and sodium phosphate are again added, +and the precipitate, after standing, is filtered off, washed with water +containing ammonia; it is then dried, ignited and weighed as magnesium +pyrophosphate. This is calculated into magnesia. + +~Potash and Soda.~--Weigh out .5 gram of the dried ore, and mix with an +equal quantity of ammonic chloride; and to the mixture add gradually 4 +grams of calcium carbonate ("precipitated"). Introduce into a +platinum-crucible and cover loosely. Heat, at first, gently; and then at +a red heat for from forty to sixty minutes. Transfer to a porcelain +dish, and digest with 60 or 80 c.c. of water; warm and filter: to the +filtrate add ammonic carbonate and ammonia, and filter; evaporate the +filtrate to dryness, adding a few drops more of ammonic carbonate +towards the end; when dry, heat gently, and then raise the temperature +to a little below redness. Dissolve in a small quantity of water, add a +drop of ammonic carbonate, and filter through a small filter into a +weighed platinum dish. Evaporate, ignite gently, and weigh. The residue +contains the soda and potash of the mineral as chlorides. + +To determine the proportion of potassium, dissolve this residue in a +little water, add platinum chloride in excess, evaporate to a paste, +extract with alcohol, decant through a small weighed filter, wash with +alcohol, and dry at 100° C. Weigh. The substance is potassium platinic +chloride (2KCl.PtCl_{4}). Its weight, multiplied by 0.1941, will give +the weight of potash (K_{2}O). + +To find the proportion of soda, multiply the weight of the potassium +platinic chloride by 0.306; this gives the weight of potassium chloride. +Deduct this from the weight of the mixed chlorides first got; the +difference will be the sodium chloride, which weight, multiplied by +0.53, will give the weight of soda (Na_{2}O). + +~Ferrous Oxide.~--When a qualitative test shows both ferric and ferrous +oxide to be present, the proportion of the ferrous oxide must be +separately determined. The finely ground mineral mixed with dilute +sulphuric acid is treated on a water bath with hydrofluoric acid. +Solution is best effected in an atmosphere of carbonic acid. In about an +hour the decomposition is complete, and the solution is diluted with +cold water, and titrated with the solution of bichromate or of +permanganate of potassium. The iron found is multiplied by 1.286, and +reported as ferrous oxide. To find the proportion of ferric oxide, the +ferrous iron found is multiplied by 1.428, and this is deducted from the +weight of ferric oxide obtained by precipitation with ammonia. The +ammonia precipitate contains the whole of the iron as ferric oxide; +hence the necessity for calculating the ferrous oxide as ferric, and +deducting it. + +~Phosphoric Oxide (P_{2}O_{5}).~--Weigh up 5 grams of the finely-divided +and dry sample, and digest with 10 or 20 c.c. of nitric acid; evaporate +to dryness on the water-bath; take up with a little dilute nitric acid; +dilute with water; and filter. Add a few grams of ammonic nitrate and 10 +c.c. of ammonium molybdate solution, heat nearly to boiling, and allow +to settle; filter off, and wash the yellow precipitate. Dissolve with +dilute ammonia, add "magnesia mixture," and allow to stand overnight. +Filter, wash with dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and weigh as +pyrophosphate of magnesia. The weight, multiplied by 0.6396, gives the +weight of phosphoric oxide. + +~Soluble Silica.~--Some silicates are acted on by hydrochloric acid, and +leave on evaporation a residue; which, when the soluble salts have been +washed out, consists generally of the separated silica with perhaps +quartz and unattacked silicates. It should be ignited, weighed and +boiled with a solution containing less than 10 per cent. of caustic +soda: this dissolves the separated silica. The liquor is diluted, +rendered faintly acid, and filtered. The residue is washed, ignited and +weighed. The loss gives the soluble silica. + +~Estimation of Silica in Slags~ (Ferrous silicates).--Take 1 gram of the +powdered slag, treat with aqua regia, evaporate to dryness, extract with +hydrochloric acid, filter, dry, ignite, and fuse the ignited residue +with "fusion mixture," then separate and weigh the silica in the usual +way. Slags are for the most part decomposed by boiling with aqua regia, +but it will be found more convenient and accurate to first extract with +acids and then to treat the residue as an insoluble silicate. + +~Estimation of "Silica and Insoluble Silicates" in an Ore.~--Take 2 +grams of the powdered mineral, evaporate with nitric acid (if sulphides +are present), treat the dried residue (or the original substance if +sulphides are absent) with 10 or 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; again +evaporate to dryness, take up with dilute hydrochloric acid, filter, +wash, ignite, and weigh. + +~Estimation of Silicon in Iron.~--Place 2 grams of the metal (borings or +filings) in a four-inch evaporating dish, and dissolve (with aid of +heat) in 25 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. Evaporate to complete dryness, +take up with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and allow to digest for one +hour. Boil down to a small bulk, dilute with a 5 per cent. solution of +hydrochloric acid, boil, and filter. Wash with acid and water, dry, +ignite in a platinum crucible, and weigh the SiO_{2}. This, multiplied +by 0.4673, gives the weight of the silicon. The percentage is calculated +in the usual way. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. A certain rock is a mixture of 70 per cent. of quartz, 25 per cent. +of potash-felspar, and 5 per cent. of potash-mica. What per cent. of +silica will it contain? + +2. Two grams of a mixture of silica and cassiterite left, after +reduction in hydrogen, 1.78 grams. Assuming all the oxide of tin to have +been reduced, what will be the percentage of silica? + +3. The formula of a compound is 2FeO.SiO_{2}. What percentage of silica +will it contain? + +4. Two grams of a sample of cast-iron gave 0.025 gram of silica. Find +the percentage of silicon in the metal. + +5. What weights of quartz and marble (CaCO_{3}) would you take to make +30 grams of a slag having the formula CaO.SiO_{2}? + + +CARBON AND CARBONATES. + +Carbon compounds enter so largely into the structure of organised bodies +that their chemistry is generally considered apart from that of the +other elements under the head of _Organic Chemistry_. Carbon occurs, +however, among minerals not only in the oxidised state (as carbonates), +but also in the elementary form (as in diamond and graphite), and +combined with hydrogen, oxygen, &c. (as in petroleums, bitumens, +lignites, shales, and coals). In small quantities "organic matter" is +widely diffused in minerals and rocks. In shales and clays it may amount +to as much as 10 or 20 per cent. (mainly as bituminous and coaly +matters). + +The assayer has only to take account of the organic matter when it is of +commercial importance, so that in assays it is generally included under +"loss on ignition." + +In coals, shales, lignites, &c., the carbon compounds are, on heating, +split up into oils and similar compounds. The products of distillation +may be classified as water, gas, tars, coke, and ash. The assay of these +bodies generally resolves itself into a distillation, and, in the case +of the shales, an examination of the distillates for the useful oils, +paraffin, creosote, &c., contained in them. + +Elementary carbon is found in nature in three different forms, but these +all re-act chemically in the same way. They combine with oxygen to form +the dioxide.[116] The weight of oxygen required to burn a given weight +of any form of carbon is the same, and the resulting product from all +three has the same characteristic properties. Carbon dioxide is the +common oxide of carbon. A lower oxide exists, but on burning it is +converted into the dioxide. Wherever the oxidation of carbon takes +place, if there is sufficient oxygen, carbon dioxide (carbonic acid) is +formed; this re-action is the one used for the determination of carbon +in bodies generally. The dioxide has acid properties, and combines with +lime and other bases forming a series of salts called carbonates. + +The carbon-compounds (other than carbonates, which will be subsequently +considered) occurring in minerals are generally characterised by their +sparing solubility in acids. The diamond is distinguished from other +crystals by its hardness, lustre, and specific gravity. It may be +subjected to a red heat without being apparently affected, but at a +higher temperature it slowly burns away. Graphite, also, burns slowly, +but at a lower temperature. The other bodies (coals, shales, &c.) differ +considerably among themselves in the temperature at which they commence +to burn. Some, such as anthracite, burn with little or no flame, but +most give off gases, which burn with a luminous flame. They deflagrate +when sprinkled on fused nitre, forming carbonate of potash. In making +this test the student must remember that sulphur and, in fact, all +oxidisable bodies similarly deflagrate, but it is only in the case of +carbon compounds that carbonate of potash is formed. Carbon unites with +iron and some of the metals to form carbides; combined carbon of this +kind is detected by the odour of the carburetted hydrogen evolved when +the metal is treated with hydrochloric acid; for example, on dissolving +steel in acid. + +The natural carbon compounds, although, speaking generally, insoluble in +hydrochloric or nitric acids, are more or less attacked by aqua regia. +The assayer seldom requires these compounds to be in solution. The +presence of "organic matter"[117] interferes with most of the reactions +which are used for the determination of the metals. Consequently, in +such cases, it should be removed by calcination unless it is known that +its presence will not interfere. When calcination is not admissible it +may be destroyed by heating with strong sulphuric acid and bichromate or +permanganate of potash or by fusion with nitre. + +Carbon may be separated from other substances by conversion into carbon +dioxide by burning. In most cases substances soluble in acids are first +removed, and the insoluble residue dried, weighed, and then calcined or +burned in a current of air. The quantity of "organic matter" may be +determined indirectly by the loss the substance undergoes, but it is +better to determine the "organic carbon" by confining the calcination in +a tube, and collecting and weighing the carbon dioxide formed. Each gram +of carbon dioxide is equivalent to 0.2727 gram of carbon. + +[Illustration: FIG. 70.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 71.] + +Instead of a current of oxygen or air, oxide of copper may be more +conveniently used. The operation is as follows:--Take a clean and dry +piece of combustion tube drawn out and closed at one end, as shown in +the figure (fig. 70), and about eighteen inches long. Fit it with a +perforated cork connected with a ~U~-tube (containing freshly-fused +calcium chloride in coarse grains) and a set of potash bulbs (fig. 71) +(containing a strong solution of potash), the exit of which last is +provided with a small tube containing calcium chloride or a stick of +potash. Both the ~U~-tube and bulbs should have a loop of fine wire, by +which they may be suspended on the hook of the balance for convenience +in weighing. They must both be weighed before the combustion is +commenced; to prevent absorption of moisture during weighing, &c., the +ends are plugged with pieces of tube and glass rod. + +Fill the combustion tube to a depth of about eight inches with some +copper oxide, which has been recently ignited and cooled in a close +vessel. Put in the weighed portion for assay and a little fresh copper +oxide, and mix in the tube by means of an iron wire shaped at the end +after the manner of a corkscrew. Put in some more oxide of copper, and +clean the stirrer in it. Close loosely with a plug of recently ignited +asbestos, place in the furnace, and connect the ~U~-tube and bulbs in +the way shown in the sketch (fig. 72). + +[Illustration: FIG. 72.] + +See that the joints are tight, and then commence the combustion by +lighting the burners nearest the ~U~-tube; make the first three or four +inches red hot, and gradually extend the heat backwards the length of +the tube, but avoid too rapid a disengagement of gas. When gas ceases to +come off, open the pointed end of the tube and draw a current of dried +air through the apparatus. + +The carbon dioxide is absorbed in the potash bulbs, and their increase +in weight multiplied 0.2727 gives the amount of carbon in the substance +taken. + +The increase in weight in the calcium chloride tube will be due to the +water formed by the oxidation of the combined hydrogen. If this last is +required the increase in weight multiplied by 0.111 gives its amount. + + +COALS. + +The determination of the actual carbon in coals and shales is seldom +called for; if required, it would be performed in the way just +described.[118] The ordinary assay of a sample of coal involves the +following determinations--moisture, volatile matter, fixed carbon, ash, +and sulphur. These are thus carried out:-- + +~Determination of Moisture.~--Take 3 grams of the powdered sample and +dry in a water-bath for an hour or so. The loss is reported as moisture. +Coals carry from 1 to 2 per cent. If the drying is carried too far, +coals gain a little in weight owing to oxidation, so that it is not +advisable to extend it over more than one or two hours. + +~Determination of Volatile Matter.~--This determination is an +approximate one, and it is only when working under the same conditions +with regard to time, amount of coal taken, and degree of heat used, that +concordant results can be arrived at. It is a matter of importance +whether the coal has been previously dried before heating or not, since +a difference of 2 per cent. may be got by working on the dried or +undried sample. Take 2 grams of the powdered, but undried, sample of +coal, place in a weighed platinum crucible, and support this over a good +Bunsen burner by means of a thin platinum-wire triangle. The heat is +continued until no further quantity of gas comes off and burns at the +mouth. This takes only a few minutes. The cover is tightly fitted on, +and when cold the crucible is weighed. The loss in weight, after +deducting the moisture, gives the "volatile matter," and the residue +consists of "fixed carbon" and "ash." + +~Determination of Ash.~--The coke produced in the last operation is +turned out into a porcelain dish and ignited over a Bunsen burner till +the residue is free from particles of carbon. Calcination is hastened by +stirring with a platinum wire. The operation may be done in a muffle, +but this gives results a few tenths of a per cent. too low. The dish is +cooled in a dessicator, and weighed. The increase in weight gives the +amount of "ash," and the difference between this and the weight of the +coke gives the "fixed carbon." + +The assay is reported as follows:-- + + Moisture at 100° C. ---- per cent. + Volatile matter ---- " + Fixed carbon ---- " + Ash ---- " + contains sulphur ---- per cent. + +~Determination of Sulphur.~--The sulphur exists in the coal partly in +organic combination, partly as metallic sulphide (iron pyrites, +marcasite, &c.), and, perhaps, as sulphate. So that the sulphur +determination must be separately reported, since a portion will go off +with the volatile matter, and the remainder would be retained and +weighed with the coke. + +The sulphur is thus determined:--Take 1 gram of the coal and mix with +1.5 gram of a mixture of 2 parts of calcined magnesia and 1 part of +carbonate of soda, and heat in a platinum crucible for one hour or until +oxidation is complete. Turn out the mass and extract it with water and +bromine, filter, acidulate with hydrochloric acid, boil off the bromine, +and precipitate with baric chloride (estimating gravimetrically as given +under _Sulphur_). Another method is as follows:--Take 1 gram of the coal +and drop it gradually from a sheet of note paper on to 5 grams of fused +nitre contained in a platinum dish. Extract with water, acidify with +acetic acid, and estimate volumetrically as described under _Sulphur_. + +[Illustration: FIG. 73.] + +~Calorific Effect of Coals.~--The heat-giving value of a coal is best +expressed in the number of pounds of water, previously heated to the +boiling point, which it will convert into steam. This is generally +termed its evaporative-power. It may be determined by means of the +calorimeter (fig. 73). This consists of a glass cylinder marked to hold +29.010 grains of water. The instrument consists of a perforated copper +stand, provided with a socket and three springs. The socket holds a +copper cylinder which is charged with 30 grains of the dried coal mixed +with 300 grains of a mixture of 3 parts of potassium chlorate and 1 part +of nitre. The charge is well packed in the cylinder and provided with a +small fuse of cotton saturated with nitre. Fill the glass cylinder to +its mark with water and take the temperature with a thermometer marked +in degrees Fahrenheit. Ignite the fuse and immediately cover with the +outer copper cylinder (extinguisher-fashion), which will be held in its +place by the springs. The stop-cock should be closed before this is +done. Place the apparatus quickly in the cylinder of water. When the +action is over open the stop-cock and agitate the water by raising and +lowering the instrument a few times. Again take the temperature. The +rise in temperature, plus 10 per cent. for the heat used in warming the +apparatus and lost by radiation, gives the evaporative-power. + +The following is an example:-- + + Temperature before experiment 67.0° F. + Temperature after " 79.0° " + -------- + Rise 12.0° " + + 1/10th 1.2° " + -------- + Gives 13.2° " + +One pound of the coal will evaporate 13.2 pounds of water. + + +SHALES, ETC. + +The assay of these is carried out in the same way as that of coals, but +the volatile matters are separately examined, and, in consequence, a +larger quantity of material must be used. For the moisture, volatile +matter, fixed carbon and ash, the determinations are the same, but a +special distillation must be made to obtain a sufficient quantity of the +volatile products for subsequent examination. Take 500 or 1000 grams of +the well-sampled and powdered shale, and introduce into a cast-iron +retort as shown in fig. 74. Lute the joint with fire-clay, place the +cover on, and bolt it down. The bolts should have a covering of +fire-clay to protect them from the action of the fire. Place the retort +in a wind furnace, supporting it on a brick, and pack well around with +coke. Build up the furnace around and over the retort with loose +fire-bricks, and heat gradually. + +[Illustration: FIG. 74.] + +As soon as water begins to drip, the tube of the retort is cooled by +wrapping a wet cloth around it, and keeping wet with water. The water is +kept from running into the receiver by a ring of damp fire-clay. A +quantity of gas first comes over and will be lost, afterwards water and +oily matters. The retort must be red hot at the close of the +distillation, and when nothing more distils off, which occurs in about +two or three hours, the wet cloth is removed, and the tube heated with a +Bunsen burner to drive forward the matter condensed in it into the +receiver, and thus to clean the tube. It can be seen when the tube is +clean by looking up through it into the red-hot retort. The receiver is +then removed, and the retort, taken from the furnace, is allowed to +cool. When cold it is opened, and the fixed carbon and ash weighed, as a +check on the smaller assay. + +The distillate of water and oil is warmed, and will separate into two +layers, the upper one of which is oil, and the lower water. These are +measured, and if the specific gravity of the oil is taken, its weight +may be calculated. If the two liquids do not separate well, the water +may be filtered off, after cooling, through a damped filter. The +separation is, however, best effected in a separator (fig. 75). The +liquids are poured into this, allowed to settle, and the lower layer +drained off. The volume of the water is measured and its weight +calculated in per cents. on the amount of shale taken. + +[Illustration: FIG. 75.] + +~Examination of the Oil.~--A sufficient quantity of the oil must be got, +so that if one distillation does not yield enough, the requisite +quantity must be obtained by making two or more distillations. The oils +are mixed, and the mixture, after having had its volume and specific +gravity ascertained, is placed in a copper retort, and re-distilled with +the aid of a current of steam. The residue in the retort is coke. + +The distillate is separated from the water by means of the separator, +and shaken for ten minutes with one-twentieth of its bulk of sulphuric +acid (sp. g. 1.70). The temperature should not be allowed to rise above +40°. Allow to stand, and run off the "acid tar." + +The oil is now shaken up with from 10 c.c. to 20 c.c. of sodic hydrate +solution (sp. g. 1.3), allowed to stand, warmed for half-an-hour, and +the "soda-tar" run off. + +On mixing this soda-tar with dilute acid, the "crude shale oil creosote" +separates, and is measured off. + +The purified oil is next re-distilled in fractions, which come over in +the following order:--"Naphtha," "light oil," "heavy oil," and "still +bottoms." For the first product, which is only got from certain shales, +the receiver is changed when the distillate has a specific gravity of +0.78. For the second product the process is continued till a drop of the +distillate, caught as it falls from the neck of the retort on a cold +spatula, shows signs of solidifying. This is "crude light oil." + +The receiver is changed, and the "heavy oil" comes over; towards the end +a thick brown or yellow viscid product is got. The receiver is again +changed, and the distillation carried to dryness. + +The "crude light oil" is washed cold with 2 per cent. of sulphuric acid +(concentrated), and afterwards with excess of soda. Thus purified it is +again distilled to dryness, three fractions being collected as before. +Naphtha, which is added to the main portion, and measured; "light oil," +which is also measured; and "heavy oil," which is added to that got in +the first distillation. This last is poured into a flat-bottom capsule, +and allowed to cool slowly. The temperature may with advantage be +carried below freezing-point. The cooled cake is pressed between folds +of linen, and the paraffin scale detached and weighed. + +The results may be reported thus:-- + + Naphtha, sp. g. ---- + Light oil, sp. g. ---- + Heavy oil, sp. g. ---- + Paraffin scale ---- + Coke, &c. ---- + +The results are calculated in per cents. on the oil taken. Some workers +take their fractions at each rise of 50° C. The composition of average +shale, as given by Mills, is as follows:--Specific gravity, 1.877; +moisture, 2.54. + + Gas } + Volatile matter, water, ammonia } 23.53 + Oil } + Fixed carbon 12.69 + Ash 63.74 + _____ + 99.96 + +The ash is made up of silica, 55.6; ferric oxide, 12.2; alumina, 22.14; +lime, 1.5; sulphur, 0.9; soluble salts (containing 0.92 per cent. +sulphuric oxide), 8.3. + + Total sulphur in shale 1.8 per cent. + " " in ash 1.3 " + +For further information on these assays, and for the assay of +petroleums, bitumens, &c., the student is referred to Allen's +"Commercial Organic Analysis," Vol. II. + +~Determination of Organic Carbon in a Limestone.~--Take 1 or 2 grams and +dissolve with a very slight excess of dilute hydrochloric acid, +evaporate to dryness, and determine the carbon in the residue by +combustion with copper oxide. + +~Estimation of Carbon in a Sample of Graphite (Black-lead).~--Weigh up 1 +or 2 grams in a dish and calcine in the muffle till the carbon is burnt +off. Weigh the residue, and calculate the carbon by difference. + +[Illustration: FIG. 76.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 77.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 78.] + +~Determination of Carbon in Iron.~--The carbon exists in two +states--free (graphite) and combined. The following process estimates +the total carbon:--The carbon existing as graphite may be separately +estimated in another portion by the same process, but using hydrochloric +acid to dissolve the iron instead of the copper solution:--Weigh up 2 +grams of the iron (or a larger quantity if very poor in carbon), and +attack it with 30 grams of ammonic-cupric chloride[119] dissolved in 100 +c.c. of water. Let the reaction proceed for a quarter-of-an-hour, and +then warm until the copper is dissolved. Allow to settle, and filter +through a filtering-tube. This is a piece of combustion tube drawn out +and narrowed at one end, as shown in fig. 76. The narrow part is blocked +with a pea of baked clay, and on this is placed half-an-inch of silica +sand (previously calcined to remove organic matter), then a small plug +of asbestos, and then a quarter-of-an-inch of sand. The tube is +connected with a pump working at a gentle pressure, and the solution is +filtered through the tube with the aid of a small funnel (fig. 77). The +residue is washed, first with dilute hydrochloric acid, and then with +distilled water. The tube is dried by aspirating air through it, and +gently warming with a Bunsen burner. The tube is then placed in a small +combustion-furnace, and connected with calcium chloride and potash +bulbs, as shown in fig. 78. The potash bulb to the right of the figure +must be weighed. A slow stream of air is drawn through the apparatus, +and the heat gradually raised; in from thirty minutes to one hour the +combustion will be complete. The potash bulbs are then disconnected and +weighed, and the increase multiplied by 0.2727 gives the weight of +carbon. + + +CARBONATES. + +Carbon dioxide, which is formed by the complete oxidation of carbon, is +a gas with a sweetish odour and taste, having a strong affinity for +alkalies, and forming a series of compounds termed carbonates. The gas +itself occurs in nature, and is sometimes met with in quantity in +mining. The carbonates occur largely in nature, forming mountain masses +of limestone, &c. Carbonates of many of the metals, such as carbonate of +lead (cerussite), carbonate of iron (chalybite), carbonates of copper +(malachite and chessylite), and carbonate of magnesia (magnesite), are +common. + +All the carbonates (those of the alkalies and alkaline earths excepted) +are completely decomposed on ignition into the oxide of the metal and +carbon dioxide; but the temperature required for this decomposition +varies with the nature of the base. All carbonates are soluble with +effervescence in dilute acids; some, such as chalybite and magnesite, +require the aid of heat. The alkaline carbonates are soluble in water; +the rest, with the exception of the bicarbonates, are insoluble therein. + +Carbonates are recognised by their effervescence with acids--a stream of +bubbles of gas are given off which collect in the tube, and possess the +property of extinguishing a lighted match. The most characteristic test +for the gas is a white precipitate, which is produced by passing it into +lime or baryta-water, or into a solution of subacetate of lead. + +The expulsion of carbon dioxide by the stronger acids serves for the +separation of this body from the other acids and bases. + +~Dry Assay.~--There is no dry assay in use. Any method which may be +adopted will necessarily be applicable only to special compounds. + + +WET METHODS. + +There are several methods in use which leave little to be desired either +in speed or accuracy. We will give (1) a gravimetric method in which the +estimation may be made directly by weighing the carbonic acid, or, +indirectly, by estimating the carbon dioxide from the loss; (2) a +volumetric one, by which an indirect determination is made of the gas; +and (3) a gasometric method, in which the volume of carbon dioxide given +off is measured, and its weight deducted. + +[Illustration: FIG. 79.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 80.] + +~Direct Gravimetric Method.~--Fit up the apparatus shown in the diagram +(fig. 79). The various tubes are supported by a fixed rod with nails and +wire loops, and connected by short lengths of rubber-tubing. The first +tube contains soda-lime. The small flask is fitted with a rubber-stopper +perforated with two holes, through one of which passes the tube of a +pipette holding 25 or 30 c.c. This pipette is to contain the acid. The +substance to be determined is weighed out into the flask. The second +tube contains strong sulphuric acid; the third, pumice stone, saturated +with copper sulphate solution, and dried until nearly white (at 200° C.); +the fourth contains recently fused calcium chloride; and the fifth, +which is the weighed tube in which the carbonic acid is absorbed, +contains calcium chloride and soda-lime,[120] as shown in fig. 80. The +sixth also contains calcium chloride and soda-lime; its object is to +prevent the access of moisture and carbonic acid to the weighed tube +from this direction; it is connected with an aspirator. + +Having weighed the ~U~-tube and got the apparatus in order, weigh up 1, +2, or 5 grams of the substance and place in the flask. Fill the pipette +with dilute acid, close the clamp, and cork the flask. Then see that the +apparatus is tight. Open the clamp and allow from 10 to 20 c.c. of the +acid to run on to the assay. Carbonic acid will be evolved and will be +driven through the tubes. The gas should bubble through the sulphuric +acid in a moderate and regular stream. When the effervescence slackens +the clamp is opened and the greater part of the remaining acid run in. +When the effervescence has ceased the clamp is opened to its full extent +and a current of air drawn through with an aspirator. A gentle heat is +applied to the flask; but it should not be prolonged or carried to +boiling. After the removal of the heat a gentle current of air is drawn +through the apparatus for 30 or 40 minutes. The weighed ~U~-tube, which +in the early part of the operation will have become warm if much +carbonic acid was present, will by this time be cold. It is +disconnected, plugged, and weighed. The increase in weight is due to the +carbon dioxide of the sample. + +_Example._--Ore taken 1 gram. + + Weight of tube, before 42.6525 grams + " " after 43.0940 " + ------- + Increase equals CO_{2} 0.4415 " + +[Illustration: FIG. 81.] + +~Indirect Gravimetric, or Determination by Loss.~--Take a Geissler's +carbonic-acid apparatus (fig. 81) and place in the double bulb some +strong sulphuric acid. Put into the other bulb, the stopcock being +closed, 3 or 4 c.c. of nitric acid diluted with water. Leave the +apparatus in the balance-box for a few minutes and weigh. Introduce into +the flask (through A) about 1 gram of the powdered substance and again +weigh to find the exact amount added. Allow the acid to run gradually on +to the carbonate, and when solution is complete, heat and aspirate. Cool +and again weigh; the loss in weight is the carbonic acid. + +For _Example_:-- + + Weight of apparatus and acids 85.494 grams + " " marble 86.879 " + ------ + Equal to marble taken 1.385 " + + Weight of apparatus and marble 86.879 grams + " " minus carbonic acid 86.2692 " + ------- + Equal to carbonic acid 0.6098 " + + 1.385 : 100 :: 0.6098 : _x_ + _x_ = 44.03 per cent. + +The substance contains 44.03 per cent. of carbonic acid; a duplicate +experiment gave 43.73 per cent. + +This method is quicker, but less exact, than the direct gravimetric +determination. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This, which is of somewhat limited application, is based upon the +determination of the quantity of acid required to decompose the +carbonate. It consists in adding to a weighed quantity of the mineral a +known amount of standard solution of acid which is in excess of that +required to effect the decomposition. The quantity of residual acid is +then determined by titrating with standard solution of alkali. This +method has been described under _Lime_. + + +GASOMETRIC METHOD. + +This method is the quickest of all, and the least troublesome after the +apparatus has been once prepared. It yields fairly accurate results when +worked in the manner described below; but if greater precautions are +taken the results are exact. It depends on the measurement of the volume +of gas given off on treating the weighed sample with acid. The apparatus +described, page 52, is used. Weigh out a portion of the mineral which +shall contain not more than 0.15 gram of carbonic acid (or 0.4 gram of +carbonate of lime) and put it in the bottle. Put in the inner tube 10 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid (1--1), cork tightly, and read off the +level of the liquid in the burette after adjusting the pressure. Turn +the acid over on to the mineral. Run out the water so as to keep the +level in the two burettes the same. When effervescence has ceased, +rotate the contents of the bottle; finally, adjust the level in the +burettes and read off the volume. The increase in volume is due to the +evolved carbon dioxide. At the same time read off the "volume +corrector." + +Some of the carbon dioxide remains dissolved in the acid in the +generating bottle, and the quantity thus dissolved will depend on the +amount of carbonate as well as on the amount of acid present. +Consequently, a measured quantity of acid should be used in each assay +and a comparative experiment made with a known weight of pure carbonate +of lime which will yield about the same volume of gas. The number of +c.c. of gas got in the assay multiplied by 4.7 will give the number of +milligrams of pure carbonate of lime that must be taken for the +standard. With ordinary work the error rarely exceeds half a c.c. + +The following example will illustrate the calculations:-- + +One gram of a mineral was taken, and yielded 49.0 c.c. of gas. The +"volume corrector" reading was 100.4 c.c. + +0.2405 gram of pure carbonate of lime was then taken, and treated in the +same way; 50.5 c.c. of gas were got. The volume corrector still read +100.4 c.c. + +0.2405 gram of carbonate of lime is equivalent to 0.1058 gram of carbon +dioxide; then, + + 50.5 : 49.0 :: 0.1058 : _x_ + _x_ = 10.26 per cent. + +~Estimation of Carbonic Acid in the Air of Mines.~--According to a +series of analyses by Angus Smith, the proportion of carbonic acid in +the air of underground workings varied from 0.04 to 2.7 per cent. by +volume. In places where men are working the proportion ought not to +reach 0.25 per cent. + +A simple method of determining whether a sample of air reaches this +limit (0.25 per cent.) is described by Dr. C. Le Neve Foster in the +"Proceedings of the Mining Association and Institute of Cornwall" for +1888. The apparatus used is an ordinary corked 8-ounce medicine bottle. +This is filled with the air to be examined by sucking out its contents +with a piece of rubber-tube. Half-an-ounce of dilute lime-water[121] +(tinted with phenolphthalein) is poured in. If, on corking the bottle +and shaking, the colour is not discharged, the air contains less than +0.25 per cent. of carbon dioxide. "If the colour fades slowly, and does +not finally vanish till after a great deal of shaking, it may be assumed +that the percentage of carbon dioxide does not greatly exceed one +quarter; whereas, if the disappearance is rapid after a very few shakes, +the contrary, of course, is the case." The dilute lime-water is measured +out and carried in ordinary half-ounce phials. This method does not +pretend to great accuracy, but as a method of distinguishing between +good and bad air it is very convenient, and will be found useful. + +For determining the actual proportion in the air the following plan is +adopted:--Take a bottle which will hold about 50 ounces, and measure its +capacity; fill the bottle with the air to be examined, pour in 100 c.c. +of lime-water, and shake up for some time; add phenolphthalein, and +titrate the remaining calcium hydrate with standard solution of oxalic +acid. + +The solution of oxalic acid is made by dissolving 2.25 grams of +re-crystallised oxalic acid (H_{2}C_{2}O_{4}.2H_{2}O) in water and +diluting to 1 litre. One c.c. = 0.001 gram of lime (CaO), or 0.0007857 +gram of carbon dioxide. + +Take 100 c.c. of the same lime-water, to which add the same amount of +phenolphthalein as before. Titrate. The difference between the two +readings gives the amount of "acid" equivalent to the lime-water +neutralised by the carbon dioxide. The number of c.c. thus used up, when +multiplied by 0.3989, gives the number of c.c. of carbon dioxide (at +0° C. and 760 mm.) in the volume of air taken. This volume, which is that +of the bottle less 100 c.c., must in accurate work be reduced to the +normal temperature and pressure.[122] The percentage by volume can then +be calculated. + + +PRACTICAL EXERCISES. + +1. In a gasometric determination 71.3 c.c. of gas were obtained from +0.2055 gram of mineral. The "volume corrector" reading was 102.2 c.c. +0.3445 gram of pure carbonate of lime gave 74.1 c.c. The "volume +corrector" reading was 100.6. What is the percentage of carbon dioxide +in the substance? + +2. What volume of dry gas at 0° C. and 760 m.m. pressure should be +obtained from 0.3445 gram of carbonate of lime? 1 c.c. of CO_{2} under +these conditions weighs 1.97 milligrams. + +3. A sample of coal is reported on as follows:-- + + Specific gravity 1.315 + Moisture 1.001 + Volatile matter 35.484 + Fixed carbon 50.172 + Ash 12.028 + ------- + 100.000 + +What is there about this requiring explanation? + +4. Calculate the percentage of carbonic acid in a mineral from the +following data:-- + + Weight of apparatus and acids 87.0888 grams + " " " plus mineral 88.8858 " + " " " after loss of carbonic acid 88.1000 " + +5. A sample of pig iron contains 1.43 per cent. of "combined" and 2.02 +per cent. of "free" carbon. Taking 2 grams of it for each determination, +what weight of CO_{2} will be got on burning the residue from solution +in ammonium cupric chloride, and what from the residue after solution in +hydrochloric acid? + + +BORON AND BORATES. + +Boron occurs in nature as boric acid or sassoline (H_{3}BO_{3}); borax +or tincal (Na_{2}B_{4}O_{7}.10H_{2}O); ulexite or boronatrocalcite +(2CaB_{4}O_{7}.Na_{2}B_{4}O_{7}); borocalcite (CaB_{4}O_{7}.4H_{2}O); +boracite, 2Mg_{3}B_{8}O_{15}.MgCl_{2}, and some other minerals. Boric +acid is also a constituent of certain silicates, such as tourmaline, +axinite, and datholite. + +The natural borates are used in the preparation of borax, which is +largely employed as a preservative agent, for fluxing, and for other +purposes. + +There is only one series of boron compounds which have any importance. +These are the borates in which the trioxide (B_{2}O_{3}) acts the part +of a weak acid. The addition of any acid liberates boric acid, which +separates out in cold solutions as a crystalline precipitate. Boric acid +is soluble in alcohol and in hot water. On evaporating these solutions +it is volatilised, although the anhydrous oxide is "fixed" at a red +heat. The borates are mostly fusible compounds, and are soluble in acids +and in solutions of ammonic salts. + +~Detection.~--Boron in small quantities will escape detection unless +specially looked for, but there is no difficulty in detecting its +presence. Heated in the Bunsen-burner flame with "Turner's test," it +gives an evanescent yellowish-green colour, due to fluoride of boron +(BF_{3}). "Turner's test" is a mixture of 5 parts of bisulphate of +potash and 1 part of fluor spar. Boric acid itself imparts a +characteristic green colour to the flame, which gives a spectrum made up +of four well-marked and equidistant lines, three in the green and one in +the blue. Solutions of boric acid give with "turmeric paper," which has +been dipped into it and dried, a characteristic red tint. This is a very +delicate test, but in trying it a blank experiment should be carried out +alongside with a solution made up of the same re-agents which have been +used in liberating the boric acid in the sample. + +~Solution and Separation.~--The solution presents no difficulty, but the +separation is troublesome. The best method is that of Gooch; who, if +necessary, first fuses with carbonate of soda, and after the removal of +chlorides and fluorides (by nitrate of silver or a lime salt), +evaporates the aqueous extract with nitric or acetic acid to dryness in +a retort and, subsequently, with repeated doses of 10 c.c. each of +methyl alcohol. The distillate contains the boron as boric acid. Half a +gram of the trioxide (B_{2}O_{3}) is completely carried over by two +evaporations, each with 10 c.c. of the alcohol; but if water or foreign +salts are present, more than this is required. In ordinary cases six +such evaporations are sufficient for 0.2 gram of the oxide.[123] + + +GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION. + +Before the introduction of Gooch's process it was usual to determine the +boron trioxide "by difference." If the alcoholic distillate containing +the boric acid is digested with about 1 gram (a known weight) of lime +for ten or fifteen minutes, the alcohol can be evaporated off without +danger of loss. Either calcium nitrate or acetate (which will be formed +at the same time) yields lime upon subsequent ignition. Consequently, +the increase in weight, after ignition, upon that of the lime taken +gives the amount of boron trioxide present. The trioxide contains 31.4 +per cent. of boron (B). Since magnesia does not form a soluble hydrate +it cannot satisfactorily be used instead of lime. + +[Illustration: FIG. 82.] + +The apparatus required is shown in fig. 82. It consists of a small +retort or evaporating vessel made out of a pipette of 200 c.c. capacity. +This is heated by means of a paraffin-bath at 130° or 140° C. It is +connected with an upright condenser, at the lower end of which is a +small flask which serves as a receiver. + +The quantity of the borate taken should contain not more than 0.2 gram +of the trioxide. Insoluble compounds are "dissolved in nitric acid at +once, or, if necessary, first fused with sodium carbonate." With soluble +and alkaline borates sufficient nitric acid is added to render it +faintly acid. The solution is then introduced into the retort. + +"The lime, to retain the boric acid in the distillate, is ignited in the +crucible in which the evaporation of the distillate is to be made +subsequently." It is then cooled in the desiccator for ten minutes, and +weighed. The lime is transferred to the receiving flask and slaked with +a little water. The retort is lowered into the bath so that "only the +rear dips below the surface." The evaporation is carried to dryness, +the retort being lowered further into the bath as the evaporation +proceeds. Ten c.c. of methyl alcohol are introduced upon the residue, +and the evaporation again started. Six such portions of alcohol are thus +distilled and 2 c.c. of water are introduced and evaporated between the +second and third, as also between the fourth and fifth distillations. If +acetic acid is used instead of nitric in the first instance this +addition of water is unnecessary. + +The distillate is evaporated in the crucible ignited over the blowpipe, +cooled in the desiccator for ten minutes and weighed. The increase in +weight gives the boron trioxide. The results tend to be from 1 to 2 +milligrams too high. + + +VOLUMETRIC METHOD. + +This method is applicable to the indirect determination of boric acid in +borax and similar compounds. It is based on the measurement of the +quantity of normal solution of acid required to replace the boric acid, +and, consequently, is rather a measure of the soda present. The process +is an alkalimetric one, and is carried out as follows:--Weigh up 3 grams +of the sample and dissolve in water. Tint with methyl orange, and run in +from an ordinary burette normal solution of sulphuric acid until a pink +tint is got. 100 c.c. of the normal solution of acid are equal to 7.0 +grams of boron trioxide (B_{2}O_{3}), or 10.1 grams of anhydrous borax +(Na_{2}B_{4}O_{7}). + +~Examination of Borax.~--In addition to the determination just given, +the following determinations are also required:-- + +~Water.~--Take about 2 grams and heat to tranquil fusion in a platinum +crucible. Count the loss in weight as water. + +~Sulphuric Oxide.~--Take 2 grams, dissolve in water, acidify with +hydrochloric acid, filter, and precipitate with barium chloride. Wash +the precipitate, ignite, and weigh as barium sulphate (see _Sulphur_). + +~Chlorine.~--Take 2 grams, dissolve in water, acidify with nitric acid, +filter, and add silver nitrate. Collect, wash, and weigh the precipitate +as silver chloride. + +~Alumina.~--Take 5 or 10 grams, dissolve in water, boil, add ammonia in +slight excess, and filter off the precipitate when it has settled. Wash +with hot water, ignite, and weigh as alumina (Al_{2}O_{3}). + +FOOTNOTES: + +[113] If the dishes show a manganese stain, wash them out with a few +drops of hydrochloric and sulphurous acids. Pass the acid liquor through +the same small filter but collect the liquor apart. Make ammoniacal and +again pass through the filter, this time collecting the liquid with the +main filtrate. + +[114] This rarely amounts to more than 1 milligram. + +[115] To make this, dissolve 1 gram of titanium oxide by fusing for some +time with an excess of bisulphate of potash and dissolve out with cold +water and sulphuric acid. Dilute to 1 litre, having previously added not +less than 50 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid: 1 c.c. will contain .01 gram +of TiO_{2}. For the assay take 10 c.c. of this, add 2 c.c. of peroxide +of hydrogen and dilute to 100 c.c. Run this from a burette into the +flask until the colour equals that of the assay. Each c.c. equals 1 +milligram of TiO_{2}. Fluorides must be absent. + +[116] C + O_{2} = CO_{2} + +[117] For example, soluble organic acids formed by partial oxidation +with nitric acid. + +[118] For coals, and other bodies containing sulphur, chromate of lead +should be used instead of oxide of copper; and the temperature should be +limited to dull redness. + +[119] This may be prepared by dissolving 534 grams of ammonium chloride +and 854 grams of crystallized cupric chloride (CuCl_{2}.2H_{2}O) in hot +water and crystallizing. + +[120] Soda-lime is made by dissolving 100 grams of "soda" in water, and +carefully slaking 200 grams of lime with it. Evaporate to dryness in an +iron dish and ignite at a low red heat in a crucible. Use the small +lumps. + +[121] Made by diluting 1 part by measure of saturated lime-water up to +10 with recently boiled distilled water. + +[122] See under _Gasometric Assays_. + +[123] See "A Method for the Separation and Estimation of Boric Acid," by +F.A. Gooch, _Chemical News_, January 7, 1887. + + + + +APPENDIX A. + +TABLE OF ATOMIC WEIGHTS AND OTHER CONSTANTS. + + ---------+------------+----------+----------+--------- + | | | | + Symbols.| Names. | Atomic | Specific | Melting + | | Weights. | Gravity. | Points. + ---------+------------+----------+----------+--------- + | | | | C. + Ag | Silver | 107.9 | 10.5 | 1000° + Al | Aluminium | 27.0 | 2.7 | 700° + As | Arsenic | 75.0 | 5.9 | + Au | Gold | 197.3 | 19.2 | 1200° + B | Boron | 11.0 | 2.7 | + Ba | Barium | 137.0 | 4.0 | + Be | Beryllium | 9.0 | 2.1 | + Bi | Bismuth | 208.9 | 9.8 | 270° + Br | Bromine | 80.0 | 3.2 | -25° + C | Carbon | 12.0 | | + Ca | Calcium | 40.0 | 1.6 | + Cd | Cadmium | 112.0 | 8.6 | 315° + Ce | Cerium | 140.2 | 6.7 | + Cl | Chlorine | 35.5 | | + Co | Cobalt | 59.0 | 8.5 | + Cr | Chromium | 52.1 | 7.3 | + Cs | Caesium | 132.9 | 1.9 | 25° + Cu | Copper | 63.4 | 8.9 | 1090° + Di | Didymium | 142.3 | 6.5 | + Er | Erbium | 166.3 | | + F | Fluorine | 19.0 | | + Fe | Iron | 56.0 | 7.8 | + Ga | Gallium | 69.0 | 5.9 | 30° + Ge | Germanium | 72.3 | | + H | Hydrogen | 1.0 | | + Hg | Mercury | 200.0 | 13.6 | -40° + I | Iodine | 126.8 | 4.9 | 106° + In | Indium | 113.7 | 7.4 | 175° + Ir | Iridium | 193.1 | 22.4 | + K | Potassium | 39.1 | 0.86 | 62.5° + La | Lanthanum | 138.2 | 6.1 | + Li | Lithium | 7.0 | 0.59 | 180° + Mg | Magnesium | 24.3 | 1.7 | + Mn | Manganese | 55.0 | 8.0 | + Mo | Molybdenum | 96.0 | 8.6 | + N | Nitrogen | 14.0 | | + Na | Sodium | 23.0 | 0.97 | 95.6° + Nb | Niobium | 94.0 | 4.1 | + Ni | Nickel | 58.7 | 8.9 | + O | Oxygen | 16.0 | | + Os | Osmium | 191.7 | 22.4 | + P | Phosphorus | 31.0 | 1.8 | 44° + Pb | Lead | 206.9 | 11.4 | 334° + Pd | Palladium | 106.6 | 11.4 | 1350° + Pt | Platinum | 195.0 | 21.5 | 2000° + Rb | Rubidium | 85.5 | 1.5 | 38.5° + Rh | Rhodium | 103.5 | 12.1 | + Ru | Ruthenium | 101.6 | 11.4 | + S | Sulphur | 32.0 | 2.0 | 115° + Sb | Antimony | 120.0 | 6.7 | 425° + Se | Selenium | 79.0 | 4.8 | 100° + Si | Silicon | 28.4 | 2.0 | + Sn | Tin | 119.0 | 7.3 | 235° + Sr | Strontium | 87.6 | 2.5 | + Ta | Tantalum | 182.6 | | + Te | Tellurium | 125.0 | 6.2 | 480° + Th | Thorium | 232.6 | 7.8 | + Ti | Titanium | 48.0 | 5.3 | + Tl | Thallium | 204.2 | 11.9 | 294° + U | Uranium | 239.6 | 18.4 | + V | Vanadium | 51.4 | 5.5 | + W | Tungsten | 184.0 | 19.1 | + Y | Yttrium | 89.1 | | + Yb | Ytterbium | 173.0 | | + Zn | Zinc | 65.3 | 6.9 | 423° + Zr | Zirconium | 90.6 | 4.1 | + _________|____________|__________|__________|_________ + +The atomic weights in this table are in accord with the numbers given by +F.W. Clarke (Dec. 6, 1890), chief chemist of the United States +Geological Survey. + +[Illustration: _Table for Converting Degrees of the Centigrade +Thermometer into Degrees of Fahrenheit's Scale._] + + +Nitric Acid. + +_Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Acid_ (HNO_{3}) _in +Aqueous Solutions of Nitric Acid of different Specific Gravities. +Temperature_, 15° C. + + -------+-------++-------+-------++-------+------- + 1.530 | 100.0 || 1.405 | 66.0 || 1.205 | 33.0 + 1.527 | 99.0 || 1.400 | 65.0 || 1.198 | 32.0 + 1.524 | 98.0 || 1.395 | 64.0 || 1.192 | 31.0 + 1.520 | 97.0 || 1.390 | 63.0 || 1.185 | 30.0 + 1.516 | 96.0 || 1.386 | 62.0 || 1.179 | 29.0 + 1.513 | 95.0 || 1.380 | 61.0 || 1.172 | 28.0 + 1.509 | 94.0 || 1.374 | 60.0 || 1.166 | 27.0 + 1.506 | 93.0 || 1.368 | 59.0 || 1.159 | 26.0 + 1.503 | 92.0 || 1.363 | 58.0 || 1.152 | 25.0 + 1.499 | 91.0 || 1.358 | 57.0 || 1.145 | 24.0 + 1.495 | 90.0 || 1.353 | 56.0 || 1.138 | 23.0 + 1.492 | 89.0 || 1.346 | 55.0 || 1.132 | 22.0 + 1.488 | 88.0 || 1.341 | 54.0 || 1.126 | 21.0 + 1.485 | 87.0 || 1.335 | 53.0 || 1.120 | 20.0 + 1.482 | 86.0 || 1.329 | 52.0 || 1.114 | 19.0 + 1.478 | 85.0 || 1.323 | 51.0 || 1.108 | 18.0 + 1.474 | 84.0 || 1.317 | 50.0 || 1.102 | 17.0 + 1.470 | 83.0 || 1.311 | 49.0 || 1.096 | 16.0 + 1.467 | 82.0 || 1.304 | 48.0 || 1.089 | 15.0 + 1.463 | 81.0 || 1.298 | 47.0 || 1.083 | 14.0 + 1.460 | 80.0 || 1.291 | 46.0 || 1.077 | 13.0 + 1.456 | 79.0 || 1.284 | 45.0 || 1.071 | 12.0 + 1.452 | 78.0 || 1.277 | 44.0 || 1.065 | 11.0 + 1.449 | 77.0 || 1.270 | 43.0 || 1.060 | 10.0 + 1.445 | 76.0 || 1.264 | 42.0 || 1.053 | 9.0 + 1.442 | 75.0 || 1.257 | 41.0 || 1.047 | 8.0 + 1.438 | 74.0 || 1.251 | 40.0 || 1.041 | 7.0 + 1.435 | 73.0 || 1.244 | 39.0 || 1.034 | 6.0 + 1.431 | 72.0 || 1.238 | 38.0 || 1.028 | 5.0 + 1.427 | 71.0 || 1.232 | 37.0 || 1.022 | 4.0 + 1.423 | 70.0 || 1.225 | 36.0 || 1.016 | 3.0 + 1.418 | 69.0 || 1.218 | 35.0 || 1.010 | 2.0 + 1.414 | 68.0 || 1.212 | 34.0 || 1.004 | 1.0 + 1.410 | 67.0 || | || | + -------+-------++-------+-------++-------+-------- + + +HYDROCHLORIC ACID. + +_Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Acid_ (HCl) _in +Aqueous Solutions of Hydrochloric Acid of different Specific Gravities. +Temperature_, 15° C. + + -----------+---------++----------+---------++----------+--------- + | 1.2000 | 40.78 || 1.1410 | 28.54 || 1.0798 | 16.31 | + | 1.1982 | 40.37 || 1.1389 | 28.13 || 1.0778 | 15.90 | + | 1.1964 | 39.96 || 1.1369 | 27.72 || 1.0758 | 15.49 | + | 1.1946 | 39.55 || 1.1349 | 27.32 || 1.0738 | 15.08 | + | 1.1928 | 39.14 || 1.1328 | 26.91 || 1.0718 | 14.68 | + | 1.1910 | 38.74 || 1.1308 | 26.50 || 1.0697 | 14.27 | + | 1.1893 | 38.33 || 1.1287 | 26.10 || 1.0677 | 13.86 | + | 1.1875 | 37.92 || 1.1267 | 25.69 || 1.0657 | 13.45 | + | 1.1857 | 37.51 || 1.1247 | 25.28 || 1.0637 | 13.05 | + | 1.1846 | 37.11 || 1.1226 | 24.87 || 1.0617 | 12.64 | + | 1.1822 | 36.70 || 1.1206 | 24.46 || 1.0597 | 12.23 | + | 1.1802 | 36.29 || 1.1185 | 24.06 || 1.0577 | 11.82 | + | 1.1782 | 35.88 || 1.1164 | 23.65 || 1.0557 | 11.41 | + | 1.1762 | 35.47 || 1.1143 | 23.24 || 1.0537 | 11.01 | + | 1.1741 | 35.07 || 1.1123 | 22.83 || 1.0517 | 10.60 | + | 1.1721 | 34.66 || 1.1102 | 22.43 || 1.0497 | 10.19 | + | 1.1701 | 34.25 || 1.1082 | 22.02 || 1.0477 | 9.78 | + | 1.1681 | 33.84 || 1.1061 | 21.61 || 1.0457 | 9.38 | + | 1.1661 | 33.43 || 1.1041 | 21.20 || 1.0437 | 8.97 | + | 1.1641 | 33.03 || 1.1020 | 20.79 || 1.0417 | 8.56 | + | 1.1620 | 32.62 || 1.1000 | 20.39 || 1.0397 | 8.15 | + | 1.1599 | 32.21 || 1.0980 | 19.98 || 1.0377 | 7.75 | + | 1.1578 | 31.80 || 1.0960 | 19.57 || 1.0357 | 7.34 | + | 1.1557 | 31.40 || 1.0939 | 19.16 || 1.0337 | 6.93 | + | 1.1536 | 30.99 || 1.0919 | 18.76 || 1.0318 | 6.52 | + | 1.1515 | 30.58 || 1.0899 | 18.35 || 1.0298 | 6.11 | + | 1.1494 | 30.17 || 1.0879 | 17.94 || 1.0279 | 5.51 | + | 1.1473 | 29.76 || 1.0859 | 17.53 || 1.0259 | 5.30 | + | 1.1452 | 29.36 || 1.0838 | 17.12 || 1.0239 | 4.89 | + | 1.1431 | 28.95 || 1.0818 | 16.72 || 1.0200 | 4.01 | + -----------+---------++----------+---------++----------+--------- + + +AMMONIA. + +_Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Ammonia_ (NH_{3}) _in +Aqueous Solutions of Ammonia of different Specific Gravities. +Temperature_, 14° C. + + ----------+--------++----------+--------++----------+-------- + 0.8844 | 36.0 || 0.9145 | 23.6 || 0.9534 | 11.6 + 0.8852 | 35.6 || 0.9156 | 23.2 || 0.9549 | 11.2 + 0.8860 | 35.2 || 0.9168 | 22.8 || 0.9563 | 10.8 + 0.8868 | 34.8 || 0.9180 | 22.4 || 0.9578 | 10.4 + 0.8877 | 34.4 || 0.9191 | 22.0 || 0.9593 | 10.0 + 0.8885 | 34.0 || 0.9203 | 21.6 || 0.9608 | 9.6 + 0.8894 | 33.6 || 0.9215 | 21.2 || 0.9623 | 9.2 + 0.8903 | 33.2 || 0.9227 | 20.8 || 0.9639 | 8.8 + 0.8911 | 32.8 || 0.9239 | 20.4 || 0.9654 | 8.4 + 0.8920 | 32.4 || 0.9251 | 20.0 || 0.9670 | 8.0 + 0.8929 | 32.0 || 0.9264 | 19.6 || 0.9685 | 7.6 + 0.8938 | 31.6 || 0.9277 | 19.2 || 0.9701 | 7.2 + 0.8948 | 31.2 || 0.9289 | 18.8 || 0.9717 | 6.8 + 0.8957 | 30.8 || 0.9302 | 18.4 || 0.9733 | 6.4 + 0.8967 | 30.4 || 0.9314 | 18.0 || 0.9749 | 6.0 + 0.8976 | 30.0 || 0.9327 | 17.6 || 0.9765 | 5.6 + 0.8986 | 29.6 || 0.9340 | 17.2 || 0.9781 | 5.2 + 0.8996 | 29.2 || 0.9353 | 16.8 || 0.9790 | 4.8 + 0.9006 | 28.8 || 0.9366 | 16.4 || 0.9807 | 4.6 + 0.9016 | 28.4 || 0.9380 | 16.0 || 0.9823 | 4.2 + 0.9026 | 28.0 || 0.9393 | 15.6 || 0.9839 | 3.8 + 0.9036 | 27.6 || 0.9407 | 15.2 || 0.9855 | 3.4 + 0.9047 | 27.2 || 0.9420 | 14.8 || 0.9873 | 3.0 + 0.9057 | 26.8 || 0.9434 | 14.4 || 0.9890 | 2.6 + 0.9068 | 26.4 || 0.9449 | 14.0 || 0.9907 | 2.2 + 0.9078 | 26.0 || 0.9463 | 13.6 || 0.9924 | 1.8 + 0.9089 | 25.6 || 0.9477 | 13.2 || 0.9941 | 1.4 + 0.9100 | 25.2 || 0.9491 | 12.8 || 0.9959 | 1.0 + 0.9111 | 24.8 || 0.9505 | 12.4 || 0.9975 | 0.6 + 0.9122 | 24.4 || 0.9520 | 12.0 || 0.9991 | 0.2 + 0.9133 | 24.0 || | || | + ----------+--------++----------+--------++----------+-------- + + +SULPHURIC ACID. + +_Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Acid_ (H_{2}SO_{4}) +_in Aqueous Solutions of Sulphuric Acid of varying Specific Gravity. +Temperature_, 15° C. + + --------+--------++--------+--------++--------+-------- + 1.838 | 100.0 || 1.568 | 66.0 || 1.247 | 33.0 + 1.840 | 99.0 || 1.557 | 65.0 || 1.239 | 32.0 + 1.841 | 98.0 || 1.545 | 64.0 || 1.231 | 31.0 + 1.841 | 97.0 || 1.534 | 63.0 || 1.223 | 30.0 + 1.840 | 96.0 || 1.523 | 62.0 || 1.215 | 29.0 + 1.838 | 95.0 || 1.512 | 61.0 || 1.206 | 28.0 + 1.836 | 94.0 || 1.501 | 60.0 || 1.198 | 27.0 + 1.834 | 93.0 || 1.490 | 59.0 || 1.190 | 26.0 + 1.831 | 92.0 || 1.480 | 58.0 || 1.182 | 25.0 + 1.827 | 91.0 || 1.469 | 57.0 || 1.174 | 24.0 + 1.822 | 90.0 || 1.458 | 56.0 || 1.167 | 23.0 + 1.816 | 89.0 || 1.448 | 55.0 || 1.159 | 22.0 + 1.809 | 88.0 || 1.438 | 54.0 || 1.151 | 21.0 + 1.802 | 87.0 || 1.428 | 53.0 || 1.144 | 20.0 + 1.794 | 86.0 || 1.418 | 52.0 || 1.136 | 19.0 + 1.786 | 85.0 || 1.408 | 51.0 || 1.129 | 18.0 + 1.777 | 84.0 || 1.398 | 50.0 || 1.121 | 17.0 + 1.767 | 83.0 || 1.388 | 49.0 || 1.113 | 16.0 + 1.756 | 82.0 || 1.379 | 48.0 || 1.106 | 15.0 + 1.745 | 81.0 || 1.370 | 47.0 || 1.098 | 14.0 + 1.734 | 80.0 || 1.361 | 46.0 || 1.091 | 13.0 + 1.722 | 79.0 || 1.351 | 45.0 || 1.083 | 12.0 + 1.710 | 78.0 || 1.342 | 44.0 || 1.075 | 11.0 + 1.698 | 77.0 || 1.333 | 43.0 || 1.068 | 10.0 + 1.686 | 76.0 || 1.324 | 42.0 || 1.061 | 9.0 + 1.675 | 75.0 || 1.315 | 41.0 || 1.053 | 8.0 + 1.663 | 74.0 || 1.306 | 40.0 || 1.046 | 7.0 + 1.651 | 73.0 || 1.297 | 39.0 || 1.039 | 6.0 + 1.639 | 72.0 || 1.289 | 38.0 || 1.032 | 5.0 + 1.627 | 71.0 || 1.281 | 37.0 || 1.025 | 4.0 + 1.615 | 70.0 || 1.272 | 36.0 || 1.019 | 3.0 + 1.604 | 69.0 || 1.264 | 35.0 || 1.013 | 2.0 + 1.592 | 68.0 || 1.256 | 34.0 || 1.006 | 1.0 + 1.580 | 67.0 || | || | + --------+--------++--------+--------++--------+-------- + + + + +APPENDIX B. + + +ESTIMATION OF SMALL QUANTITIES OF GOLD.[124] + +In the case of small buttons of gold the weight can be determined more +easily and accurately by measuring with the help of a microscope than by +the actual use of a balance. Moreover, the method of measurement is +applicable to the determination of quantities of gold too minute to +affect even the most delicate balance. + +For quantities of gold of from .5 to .005 milligram a microscope with +1/2 inch objective and B eyepiece is suitable. The measurements are made +with the help of a scale engraved (or, better, photographed) on a +circular piece of glass which rests on the diaphragm of the eyepiece. +This scale and the object upon the stage can be easily brought into +focus at the same time. The button of gold obtained by cupelling is +loosened from the cupel by gently touching with the moistened point of a +knife; it generally adheres to the knife, and is then transferred to a +glass slide. The slide is placed on the stage of the microscope, +illuminated from below; and the button is brought into focus, and so +placed that it apparently coincides with the scale. The diameters in two +or three directions (avoiding the flattened surface) are then read off: +the different directions being got by rotating the eyepiece. The mean +diameter is taken. The weight of the button is arrived at by comparing +with the mean diameter of a _standard prill_ of gold of known weight. +The weights are in the proportion of the cubes of the diameters. For +example, suppose a prill has been obtained which measures 12.5 divisions +of the scale, and that a standard prill weighing 0.1 milligram measures +11.1 divisions. The weight will be calculated as follows: + + 11.1^{3} : 12.5^{3} :: 0.1 : _x_ + + 0.1×12.5×12.5×12.5 + _x_ = -------------------- = 0.143 milligram. + 11.1×11.1×11.1 + +The calculations are simplified by the use of a table of cubes. The +standard prills used in the comparison should not differ much in size +from the prills to be determined. They are prepared by alloying known +weights of gold and lead, so as to get an alloy of known composition, +say one per cent. gold. Portions of the alloy containing the weight of +gold required (say 0.1 milligram) are then weighed off and cupelled on +small smooth cupels, made with the finest bone-ash. Care must be taken +to remove the cupels as soon as cupellation has finished. Several +standard prills of the same size should be made at the same time, and +their mean diameter calculated. The lead for making the gold-lead alloy +is prepared from litharge purified by reducing from it about 10 per +cent. of its lead by fusion with a suitable proportion of flour; the +purified litharge is powdered, mixed with sufficient flour and reduced +to metal. + +In determining the gold contained in small buttons of silver-gold alloy +obtained in assaying (and in which the silver is almost sure to be in +excess of that required for parting), transfer the button from the cupel +to a small clean porcelain crucible; pour on it a drop or two of nitric +acid (diluted with half its bulk of water), and heat gently and +cautiously until action has ceased. If the residual gold is broken up, +move the crucible so as to bring the particles together, so that they +may cohere. Wash three or four times with distilled water, about half +filling the crucible each time and decanting off against the finger. Dry +the crucible in a warm place; and when dry, but whilst still black, take +the gold up on a small piece of pure lead. Half a grain of lead is +sufficient, and it is best to hold it on the point of a blunt penknife, +and press it on the gold in the crucible. The latter generally adheres. +Transfer to a small smooth cupel and place in the muffle. When the +cupellation has finished, the button of gold is measured as already +described. + + +PRACTICAL NOTES ON THE IODIDE PROCESS OF COPPER ASSAYING. + +For the following remarks and experiments we are indebted to Mr. J.W. +Westmoreland, who has had considerable experience with the process. +Having dissolved the ore he converts the metals into sulphates by +evaporating with sulphuric acid. The copper is then separated as +subsulphide by means of hyposulphite of soda, and the precipitate is +washed, dried, and calcined. The resulting oxide of copper is then +dissolved in nitric acid; and to the concentrated solution, a saturated +solution of carbonate of soda is added in sufficient quantity to throw +down a considerable proportion of the copper. Acetic acid is added to +dissolve the precipitate, and when this is effected more of the acid is +poured on so as to render the solution strongly acid. To this potassium +iodide crystals are added in the proportion of ten parts of iodide to +each one part of copper supposed to be present. The solution is then +titrated with "hypo" as usual. + +For the examination of technical products experiments made in sulphuric +acid solutions have no value, since arsenic acid, which is generally +present to a greater or less extent, affects the end reaction. In such +solutions bismuth may also interfere. + +The solution best suited for the assay is one containing acetate of soda +and free acetic acid. The presence of acetate of soda counteracts the +interference of arsenic and of bismuth. + +The return of the blue colour after titration is due to the excessive +dilution of the assay, or to an insufficiency of potassium iodide, or to +the presence of nitrous fumes. The interference of an excess of sodium +acetate is avoided by adding more iodide crystals to the extent of +doubling the usual amount. + +The interference of lead can be avoided by the addition of sulphuric +acid or of phosphate of soda to the acid solution containing the copper, +and before neutralising with carbonate of soda. The end reaction is, +however, with care distinguishable without this addition. The following +experiments, each containing .0648 gram of lead, were made by him in +illustration: + + ---------------+-------------------+---------------+--------------------- + Copper taken. | Reagent added. | Copper found. | End reaction. + ---------------+-------------------+---------------+--------------------- + .2092 gram | -- | .2077 gram | fairly satisfactory + .2101 " | -- | .2092 " | " + .2167 " | sulphuric acid | .2152 " | " + .2117 " | " | .2108 " | " + .2109 " | phosphate of soda | .2092 " | good, colourless + .2205 " | " | .2174 " | rather yellow + ---------------+-------------------+---------------+--------------------- + +_Effect of Sodium Acetate._--Each solution contained .3343 gram of +copper. + + a.b.c. d. e. f. g. + grams. grams. grams. grams. grams. + "Acetate" added -- 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.2 + "Iodide" added 3.5 3.5 7.0 3.5 7.0 + Copper found .3343 .3324 .3351 .3269 .3356 + +In these experiments, except with the excessive quantities of acetate of +soda and the insufficiency of potassium iodide in the cases of c and +f, there was no difficulty with the after-blueing. + + +METHOD OF SEPARATING COBALT AND NICKEL. + +The following method of separating and estimating cobalt and nickel has +been described by Mr. James Hope,[125] with whom it has been in daily +use for several years with completely satisfactory results. + +The quantity of ore taken should contain about .5 gram of the mixed +metals. It is dissolved in hydrochloric acid or aqua regia, and the +solution evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up with dilute +hydrochloric acid and hot water. The solution is filtered off from the +silica, freed from second group metals by treatment with sulphuretted +hydrogen and filtered, and after oxidation with nitric acid is separated +from iron and alumina by the basic acetate method (page 233). The +precipitate is redissolved in a little hydrochloric acid, and again +precipitated by sodium acetate. The two filtrates are mixed and treated +with a little acetic acid, and the cobalt and nickel are then +precipitated as sulphides by a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. The +precipitate is filtered off, washed, dried, and calcined, and the +resulting oxides are weighed to get an idea as to the quantity of the +two metals present. + +The calcined precipitate is dissolved in a small covered beaker in aqua +regia with the help of a few drops of bromine to remove any separated +sulphur, and the solution evaporated to dryness with a few drops of +sulphuric acid. The residue is dissolved in hot water, diluted to about +50 c.c., and heated to boiling. About 2 grams (four times the quantity +of mixed metals present) of ammonium phosphate (AmH_{2}PO_{4}) are +weighed off, dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of water, and +boiled for a minute or two with a few c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid. +This is added to the boiling-hot solution of cobalt and nickel, which is +then treated cautiously with dilute ammonia until the precipitate +partially dissolves. The addition of the ammonia is continued drop by +drop with constant stirring, until the cobalt comes down as a pink +precipitate of ammonium cobalt phosphate (AmCoPO_{4}). The beaker is +placed on the top of a water bath with occasional stirring for five or +ten minutes. The blue liquid containing the nickel is decanted through a +small filter and the precipitate is dissolved with a few drops of dilute +sulphuric acid. The resulting solution is treated with a small excess of +ammonium phosphate and the cobalt again precipitated by the cautious +addition of ammonia exactly as before. The precipitate containing the +whole of the cobalt is filtered off and washed with small quantities of +hot water. The filtrate is added to the previous one containing the +greater part of the nickel. + +The ammonium cobalt phosphate is dried, transferred to a platinum +crucible, and ignited over a Bunsen flame for fifteen or twenty minutes. +A purple coloured cobalt pyrophosphate (Co_{2}P_{2}O_{7}) is thus +formed, and is weighed. It contains 40.3 per cent. of cobalt. + +The mixed filtrates containing the nickel are placed in a tall beaker, +and dilated if necessary to about 200 c.c. Ten c.c. of strong ammonia +are added, and the solution, heated to 70° C., is ready for +electrolysis. A battery of two 1-1/2 pint Bunsen cells is used. This is +found capable of depositing from .15 to .20 gram of nickel per hour, and +from two to three hours is generally sufficient for the electrolysis. +The electrode with the deposited nickel is washed with distilled water, +afterwards with alcohol as described under copper, and is then dried and +weighed. + +The following results obtained with this method by Mr. Hope illustrate +the accuracy of the method. They were obtained by working on solutions +containing known weights of the two metals: + + -------------------------+------------------------- + Taken. | Found. + ------------+------------+------------+------------ + Cobalt. | Nickel. | Cobalt. | Nickel. + ------------+------------+------------+------------ + .1236 gram | .1155 gram | .1242 gram | .1155 gram + .1236 " | .0577 " | .1232 " | .0575 " + .2472 " | .0577 " | .2449 " | .0585 " + .3708 " | .0577 " | .3701 " | .0580 " + .0618 " | .3465 " | .0619 " | .3454 " + .0618 " | .2310 " | .0625 " | .2295 " + .0618 " | .1155 " | .0621 " | .1155 " + ------------+------------+------------+------------ + +FOOTNOTES: + +[124] For fuller information see a paper on "The Estimation of Minute +Quantities of Gold," by Dr. George Tate; read before the Liverpool +Polytechnic Society, Nov. 1889. + +[125] _Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry_, No 4, vol. ix. +April 30, 1890. + + + + +APPENDIX C. + + +A LECTURE ON THE THEORY OF SAMPLING. + +The problem of the sampler is essentially the same as that of the +student of statistics. One aims at getting a small parcel of ore, the +other a number of data, but each hopes to obtain what shall represent a +true average applicable to a much larger mass of material. Ignoring the +mechanical part of the problems, the sampling errors of the one and the +deviations from the average of the other are the same thing. + +It may be doubted whether many not specially trained in the study of +statistics could answer such a question as the following:--Seven hundred +thousand men being employed, there are, in a given year, one thousand +deaths from accident. Assuming the conditions to remain unaltered, +within what limits could one foretell the number of deaths by accident +in any other year? + +On the other hand, there is a widespread belief in the efficacy of what +is called the law of averages. Even the ordinary newspaper reader is +accustomed to look on the national death-rate or birth-rate as a thing +capable of being stated with accuracy to one or two places of decimals, +and he knows that the annual number of suicides is practically constant. + +If a man played whist often and kept a record of the number of trumps n +each hand, he would find fortune treated him quite fairly; in a year's +play the average number would deviate very little from the theoretical +average, _i.e._, one-quarter of thirteen. And a knowledge of this truth +is useful, and that not merely in keeping ejaculations in due restraint. +But every good player knows more than this: he has a sense of what +variations in the number of trumps may reasonably be expected. For +example, he will be prepared to risk something on neither of his +opponents having more than five trumps, and will accept it as a +practical certainty that no one has more than eight. Much of what is +known as good judgment is based on a proper estimate of deviations from +the average. The question has an important bearing on sampling, as may +be seen from the fact that shuffling and dealing at cards are but +modifications of the well-known mixing and quartering of the sampler. + +Because of this bearing on sampling and for other reasons, I became many +years ago much interested in the question, and gave to its solution +perhaps more labour than it was worth. In books on Medical Statistics +the answer to the question is stated in a mathematical formula, called +Poisson's formula, which, in a modified form, I shall give further on. +But this did not satisfy me, because I wanted to learn what a reasonably +safe _limit of error_ actually meant, and this could be best learnt by +experiment; so with the help of some friends I went in for a thorough +course of penny-tossing. + +Tossing a penny twenty times, an average result would be ten heads and +ten tails. To find the deviations from this, we tossed two hundred +twenties, _i.e._, four thousand times. Of the two hundred, thirty-three +gave the exact average, viz.:--10 heads; sixty-four gave an error of +one, viz.:--9 or 11 heads; forty-nine, an error of two; twenty-six, an +error of three; twenty, an error of four; eight gave an error of five, +and this limit was not exceeded. From these we may say that six is a +reasonably safe limit of error. Ninety-seven cases, say one-half, gave +an error not exceeding one; and the mean error is 1.8. + +In other words, in twenty tosses you will not get more than 16 nor less +than 4 heads; you are as likely as not to get 9, 10, or 11 heads; and +lastly, if you lost in twenty throws all heads or tails over 10 your +average loss would be 1.8 penny, or say roughly 2d. on the twenty +throws. + +It was necessary to compare these with another series containing a +larger average, say that of 100 heads in 200 throws. I confess the +labour of tossing pennies two hundred at a time was little to our taste. +So from a bag of pennies borrowed from the bank, we weighed out samples +containing two hundred, and for an evening we were busy counting heads +and tails in these. The heads in sixty samples ranged from 80 to 114. +One hundred heads occurred seven times. The extent and frequency of the +errors is shown in the table. + + ------+-------+------+-------+------+------- + Error.|No. of |Error.|No. of |Error.|No. of + | Times.| | Times.| | Times. + ------+-------+------+-------+------+------- + 1 | 8 | 6 | 3 | 11 | 1 + 2 | 5 | 7 | 3 | 14 | 3 + 3 | 6 | 8 | 3 | 15 | 1 + 4 | 3 | 9 | 7 | 18 | 2 + 5 | 6 | 10 | 1 | 20 | 1 + -------------------------------------------- + +We may call the limit of error 21. Twenty-nine results out of sixty, say +one-half, had an error not exceeding 4; and the mean error is 5.6. In +comparing these with the series 10 in 20 we must, working by rule, +divide not by 10 but by 3.16, the square root of 10; for if we multiply +an average by any number[126] the error is also multiplied but only by +the square root of the number. The error varies as the square root of +the number. Now + + 21/3.16 = 6.6 = limit of error for 10 in 20. + 5.6/3.16 = 1.8 = mean error " " " + 4/3.16 = 1.2 = probable error " " " + +It will be seen that these calculated results agree fairly well with +those actually obtained. The rule by which these calculations are made +is important and will bear further illustration. To calculate the +number of heads in 3200 throws, we have to find the limit of error on a +true average of 1600 in 3200. This being 16 times the average of 100 in +200, the corresponding errors must be multiplied by 4. This gives + + 21×4 = 84 = limit of error. + 5.6×4 = 22.4 = mean error. + 4×4 = 16 = probable error. + +The results I have actually obtained with these large numbers are hardly +enough to base much on, but have a value by way of confirmation. +Expecting 1600 heads, the actual numbers were 1560, 1596, 1643, 1557, +1591, 1605, 1615, 1545. + +It will be seen that exactly half are within the probable error; but +this, considering the small number of results, must be more or less of +an accident; it is more to the point they are all well within the limits +of error. + +I have a large number of other results which with a single exception are +all in accord with those given; and this exception only just overstepped +the limits. It was like a case of nine trumps, which though in a sense +possible, is very unlikely to happen in any one's experience. + +But even now we are not quite in a position to answer the question with +which we started. If you refer to it you will see that we are face to +face with this problem: the limit of variation on the 1000 who died +would be say 70,[127] ignoring decimals. But if we calculate on the +number who did not die, viz.--699,000,[128] we shall get a variation 26 +times as great as this. But it is evident the variation must be the same +in each case. I submitted this kind of problem also to the test of +experiment, the results of which gave me great faith in Poisson's +formula. + +Imagine two hundred pennies in a bag all heads up. Any shaking will +spoil this arrangement and give a certain proportion of tails. And, +further, the probable effect of shaking and turning will be to reduce +the preponderance of heads or tails whichever may be in excess. This of +course is the reason why we are so unlikely to get more than 120 of them +in either position. + +But if the two hundred pennies are increased to 20,000 by adding pennies +which have tails on both sides, then the shaking or mixing would be less +effective. We should still expect as an average result to get the 100 +heads but in 20,000 instead of 200. The variation will be 28 or 29 on +the 100 instead of 20. And this is a better limit in such cases. _Taking +28 as the limit of error on 100 instances_ and proportionally increasing +the others so that _the mean error becomes 7.8 and the probable error +5.6_, we may now calculate the answer without gross mistake. + +The probable variation on the 1000 deaths by accident will be 18, the +mean variation will be 24.6, and the limits of variation 88.5. One such +table showing in five years a mean number of deaths of about 1120 per +annum gives an annual deviation of about 50 up or down of this. It will +be seen at once that an improvement of 30 or 40 in any one year would be +without meaning, but that an improvement of from 100 to 200 would +indicate some change for the better in the circumstances of the +industry. Before applying these principles to the elucidation of some of +the problems of sampling it will be well to give Poisson's formula (in a +modified form) and to illustrate its working. + +Let _x_ equal the number of cases of one sort, _y_ the cases of the +other sort, and _z_ the total. In the example, _z_ will be the 700,000 +engaged in the industry; _x_ will be the 1000 killed by accidents, and +_y_ will be the 699,000 who did not so die. The limit of deviation or +error calculated by Poisson's formula will be the square root of +8_xy_/_z_. Replacing _x_, _y_ and _z_ by the figures of the example we +get the square root of (8×1000×699000)/700,000, which works out to the +square root of 7988.57, or 89.3. Which means that we may reasonably +expect the number of deaths not to vary from 1000 by more than 89, +_i.e._, they will be between 1090 and 910. It will be seen that this +number is in very satisfactory agreement with 88.5 given by the rougher +calculation based on my own experiments. + +To come to the question of sampling. Consider a powder of uniform +fineness and fine enough to pass through an 80 sieve. For purposes of +calculation this may be assumed to be made up of particles of about +one-eighth of a millimetre across (say roughly 1/200 of an inch); cubed, +this gives the content as about 1/500 (strictly 1/512) of a cubic m.m. +Now one cubic m.m. of water weighs 1 milligram; therefore 500 such +particles if they have the specific gravity of water weigh 1 milligram, +and otherwise weigh 1 milligram multiplied by the sp. gr.: 500 particles +of ruby silver (Pyrargyrite)[129] will weigh 5.8 milligrams and will +contain nearly 3.5 milligrams of silver. + +Now suppose a portion of 3.2667 grams (1/10 Assay Ton) of silver ore to +contain 500 such particles of ruby silver and no other material carrying +silver: such an ore would contain 35 ozs. of silver to the ton. But the +limits of variation on 500 particles would be 28[130] multiplied by the +square root of 5, or 62 particles. Thus the limit of sampling error +would amount to just one-eighth of the silver present, or say to rather +more than 4 ozs. to the ton; the mean sampling error would be rather +more than a quarter of this, or say about 1.3 ozs. to the ton. + +On the other hand, if one took for the assay a charge six times greater +(say about 20 grams), the number of particles would be 3000 and the +limits of variation would be 28 multiplied by the square root of 30, or +153 particles, which is very closely 1/20 of the silver present, or say +1.75 ozs. to the ton, whilst the mean error would amount to about .5 +ozs. to the ton. + +To work these examples by Poisson's formula let us assume the gangue to +have a mean sp. gr. of 3. Then 500 particles would weigh 3 milligrams; +and 3.2609[131] grams would contain 543,500 particles. There would be +then 500 of ruby silver and 543,500 of gangue, together 544,000, and the +formula gives the square root of (8×500×543500)/544000, which works out +to 63 particles as against 62 by the other method. + +A practical conclusion from this is of course that either the ore must +be powdered more finely or a larger portion than 3 grams must be taken +for the assay. Moreover, it is evident that on such an ore no small +sample must be taken containing less than several million particles. + +Consider now a copper ore of the same uniform fineness containing +particles of copper pyrites (sp. gr. 4) of which 1000 particles will +weigh 8 milligrams, mixed with gangue of which 1000 particles weigh 6 +milligrams. + +If one gram of such ore contain .5 gram of copper pyrites (= .1725 gram +copper) and .5 gram of gangue, these will contain 62,500 and say 83,500 +particles respectively. Altogether 146,000 particles. With Poisson's +formula this gives the limit of sampling error as the square root of +(8×62500×83500)/146000 or 521 particles. But a variation of 521 on +62,500 is a variation of .83 per cent. The percentage of copper in the +ore is 17.25 per cent., and .83 per cent. of this is .14 per cent. The +limits of sampling error, therefore, are 17.11 per cent. and 17.39 per +cent. Again, it must be remembered that the mean sampling error would be +a little over one-quarter of this, or say from 17.2 per cent. to 17.3 +per cent. The practical conclusion is that a powder of this degree of +fineness is not fine enough. In the last place let us consider a similar +iron ore containing 90 per cent. of hęmatite (sp. gr. 5) and 10 per +cent. of gangue (sp. gr. 3), 1 gram of such ore will contain 90,000 +particles of hęmatite weighing .9 gram and containing .63 gram of iron +with say 16,500 particles of gangue weighing .1 gram. Altogether 106,500 +particles. + +Poisson's formula then gives the limits of variation as the square root +of (8×90000×16500)/106500 or 334 particles. But 334 on 90,000 is 0.23 on +63.0, which is the percentage of iron present. The limits of sampling +error then are 62.77 per cent. and 63.23 per cent. and the mean +variation is from 62.94 per cent. to 63.06 per cent. + +These examples are worthy of careful consideration, and it must be +remembered that the calculations are made on the assumption that the ore +is made up of uniform particles of mineral of such fineness as would +pass easily through an 80 sieve, but which does not pretend to represent +with great exactness the fineness of the powdered ore customary in +practice. They show that having passed through such a sieve is no proof +of sufficient powdering, not that all ores powdered and so sifted are +unfit for assaying. This last would be an absurd and illogical +conclusion. + +If an ore be powdered to a fairly fine sand and then be passed through a +series of sieves, say a 40, 60, and 80, in such a state that little or +none remains on the first, but the others retain a large proportion; +then of that which comes through the 80 sieve, perhaps two-thirds by +weight may be even coarser than the powder I have used in the example. +Of the rest most may be of about half this diameter; the weight of the +really fine powder may be quite inconsiderable. On the other hand, if +the grinding be continued until, on sifting, little or nothing that is +powderable remains on the sieves; then in the sifted product the +proportions will be very different. This last, of course, is the only +right way of powdering. Also it is evident that so much depends on the +manner of powdering that nothing precise can be stated as to the average +coarseness of the powder. Suppose, however, by good powdering a product +is obtained which may be represented by a uniform powder with particles +1/20th of a millimetre in diameter (say roughly 1/500 inch). Compared +with the previous powder, the diameter has been divided by 2.5; their +number, therefore, in any given weight has been increased by the cube of +2.5, which is 15.6. But the value of a sample varies as the square root +of the number of particles. Hence the reduction in size and consequent +increase in number has made the sample nearly four times better than +before; and it will be seen that this brings the sampling error within +tolerable limits. + +There are one or two words of warning which should be given. In the +first place, using a 90 sieve instead of an 80 must not be too much +relied on; the powder I took in the example would pass through it. It is +a question of good powdering rather than of fine sifting. In the second +place, a set of, say half-a-dozen, assays concordant within 1 oz. where +the theory gives 4 ozs. as the limit of error does not upset the theory: +the theory itself states this as likely. It is the error you _may_ get +in one or two assays out of a hundred, not the error you are _likely_ to +get in any one assay, which is considered under the heading "limit of +error." + +Accepting the result just arrived at that a portion of 1 gram may be +safely taken for an assay if the particles are 1-20th of a millimetre in +diameter, the further question remains as to what weight of the original +sample must be reduced to this degree of fineness. This may be answered +on the principle that the same degree of excellence should be aimed at +in each of a series of samplings. This principle is illustrated in the +table on page 2. + +A fine sand, such as would pass a 40 sieve but be retained on a 60 +sieve, would be fairly represented by particles one-quarter of a +millimetre in diameter. This being five times coarser, to contain the +same number of particles must be 125 times (the cube of 5) as heavy; +therefore 125 grams of it can be taken with the same degree of safety as +1 gram of the finer powder. Of such a sand about this weight should be +taken and reduced to the finer powder. If the ore were in coarse sand, +say in particles 1 millimetre in diameter, this would be four times as +coarse as that last considered, and we should have to take 64 times as +much of it: 64 times 125 grams is 8 kilos, or say roughly from 15 to 20 +lbs. This should be crushed to the finer size and mixed; then from 100 +to 150 grams should be taken and ground to the finest powder. + +There is, however, a reason why, on the coarser stuff, a smaller +proportion may safely be used. This becomes more evident if we consider +a still coarser sample. A heap of ore in stones about 2 inches across +would be 50 times coarser than the sand, and an equivalent sample would +need to be 125,000 times heavier; this would amount to about 1000 tons. +Experienced samplers would say that under such conditions so large a +sample was hardly necessary. + +This is because I have assumed in the calculations that the grains of +copper pyrites, for example, were all copper pyrites and the particles +of gangue were free from copper. This would be true or nearly so for the +very fine powder, but far from true in the case of the ore heap. In the +heap probably few of the stones would be pure ore and still fewer would +be free from copper. The stones would differ among themselves in their +copper contents only within certain comparatively narrow limits. And it +is evident that, if replacing one stone by another, instead of resulting +in the gain or loss of all the copper one or other contained, merely +affected the result to one-tenth of this amount, then a sample of +1-100th of the weight (say 10 tons) would be equally safe. + +It should be remembered, however, that while the man who samples on a +large scale can safely and properly reduce the size of his samples on +this account, yet the principle is one which counts less and less as the +stuff becomes more finely divided, and ought to be ignored in the +working down of the smaller samples which come to the assayer. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[126] The 10 in 20 multiplied by 10 = 100 in 200. + +[127] Multiply the errors for 100 by the square root of 10. + +[128] Multiply the errors for 100 by the square root of 6990. + +[129] Sp. Gr. 5.8. Silver 60 per cent. + +[130] Taking 28 as the limit of variation on 100. + +[131] The weight of the ore less the weight of ruby silver in it. + + + + +INDEX. + + +Acid measures, 49 + +Acidimetry, 323 + +Acidity of ores, 168 + +Acids, 54 + strength of, 54, 75, 436 + +Air of mines, carbonic acid in, 428 + +Alkalies, 330 + determination of, 331 + Lawrence Smith's method for, 333, 412 + separation of, 332 + +Alkalimetry, 323 + +Alkaline earths, 320 + +Alumina, 314 + determination of, 315 + in mineral phosphates, 316 + separation of, 314, 316 + +Amalgamation, 126 + +Ammonia, detection of, 341 + determination of, 342 + in natural waters, 353 + +Antimony, 225 + detection of, 227 + dry assay for, 226 + gravimetric assay, 228 + separation of, 228 + volumetric assay, 229 + +Arsenic, 381 + detection of, 381 + dry assay for, 382 + gravimetric assay, 383 + in brimstone, 393 + in crude arsenic, 388, 393 + in mispickel, 125, 392 + iodine, assay for, 386 + separation by distilling, 384 + uranium acetate, assay for, 389 + Volhard's method applied to, 124 + +Assay book, 11 + note, 12 + results, 7 + tons, 13, 131 + +Assaying, 1 + methods, 15 + +Assays, check, 154 + preliminary, 147 + +Atomic weights, 69 + table of, 433 + + +Barium, 326 + +Baryta, 326 + +Barytes, sulphur in, 378 + +Base bullion, sampling of, 157 + +Basic acetate separation, 233 + +Baumé's hydrometer, 77 + +Beryllia, 319 + +Bismuth, 220 + colorimetric assay, 223 + detection of, 221 + gravimetric determination of, 222 + in commercial copper, 208 + separation of, 222 + +Black tin, 271 + an analysis of, 287 + assay of, 276 + copper in, 204 + examination of, 285 + separation by vanning, 272 + +Blank assays, 34 + +Blende, sulphur in, 375 + zinc in, 266 + +Book, assay, 11 + laboratory, 10 + sample, 9 + +Boracic acid. _See Boron_ + +Borax, examination of, 431 + +Boron, 429 + direct determination of, 431 + +Brass, copper in, 194 + zinc in, 265 + +Bromine and bromides, 361 + +Bronze, copper in, 194 + tin in, 281 + +Burettes, 51 + +Burnt ore, silver in, 116, 118 + sulphur in, 377 + + +Cadmium, 269 + gravimetric determination, 269 + separation of, 269 + +Caesium, 339 + +Calcination, 22, 92, 139, 345 + +Calcium, 320 + detection of, 321 + gravimetric determination, 321 + separation of, 321 + titration with normal acid, 322 + titration with permanganate, 322 + +Calculation of results, 7 + +Calculations from formulę, 70 + +Calorific effect of coal, 419 + +Calorimeter, 419 + +Calx, 345 + +Carbon, 414 + gravimetric determination, 416 + in iron or steel, 423 + +Carbonates, 424 + +Carbonic acid in the air of mines, 428 + +Caustic potash = potassium hydroxide, 65 + +Caustic soda = sodium hydroxide, 66 + +Cerium, 318 + +Chalybite, iron in, 243 + +Charcoal, 21, 94 + +Check assays for gold, 154 + for silver, 104, 113 + +Chlorine and chlorides, 359 + +Chromium, 307 + gravimetric assay, 309 + in chrome iron ore, 308 + volumetric assay, 309 + +Clays, examination of, 316 + +Coals, 418 + +Cobalt, 259 + detection of, 259 + dry assay for, 251 + gravimetric determination, 260 + in hardhead, 288 + separation from nickel, 442, 254, 258 + +Coke, 25 + +Common salt, examination of, 336 + +Concentrates, assay for gold of, 140 + +Colorimetric assays, 44 + +Copper, 175 + +Copper, bismuth in, 208 + colorimetric assay for, 190, 203 + commercial, arsenic in, 208, 388 + commercial, copper in, 193 + commercial, examination of, 205 + cyanide assay for, 194 + dry assay of, 176 + dry assay, loss of, in, 176 + electrolytic assay for, 190, 203 + gold in, 206 + iodide assay for, 199 + iron in, 209, 249 + lead in, 206 + separation of, 183 + silver in, 205 + sulphur in, 207 + +Copper ores, solution of, 183 + valuation of, 181 + +Copper pyrites, copper in, 179, 188, 198, 202 + sulphur in, 376 + +Culm, 22 + +Cupel, 23, 142 + +Cupellation, loss, corrections for, 103 + loss in gold, 145 + loss in silver, 101 + of gold lead alloys, 182 + of silver lead alloys, 98, 110 + temperature of, 143 + +Cyanicides, 169 + +Cyanide assay for copper, 194 + for nickel, 255 + for tin, 278 + +Cyanides, alkalinity of, 167 + assay of, 167 + commercial, 160 + double, 161 + gold-dissolving power, 162 + prussic acid, 162 + volumetric determination of, 163, 165 + +Cyanide liquors, alkalinity of, 167 + assay of, 164, 165 + assay of, for gold, 140 + assay of, for zinc, &c., 169 + + +Daniell cells, 185 + +Didymium, 319 + +Dollars to the ton, 9 + +Dry assays, 16 + +Drying, 5, 33 + + +Earths, 314 + the alkaline, 320 + +Electrodes, 187 + +Electrolysis for copper, 184 + for nickel, 254 + +Equations, 69 + +Erbia, 319 + + +Ferrous and ferric salts, 231 + +Filtration, 31 + +Finishing point, 42 + +Flasks, graduated, 49 + +Flatting, 149 + +Fluorine and fluorides, 363 + +Fluxes, 16, 93, 136, 138, 140 + +Formulę, 68 + +Furnaces, 25 + + +Galena, lead in, 217, 218 + +Gangue, 405 + iron in the, 244 + +Gas-measuring apparatus, 52 + +Gases, measurement of, 44 + +Gay-Lussac's assay for silver, 119 + assay for silver modified, 123 + +German silver, copper in, 194 + nickel in, 255, 259 + +Gold, 126 + amalgamation of, 126 + in cyanide liquor, 140 + loss of, in cupellation, 145 + loss of, in parting, 154 + preparation of, 63 + silver in, 157 + silver in, after parting, 154 + test for, 126 + +Gold-lead alloys, cupellation of, 142 + sampling of, 158 + +Gold ores assay with cyanide solutions, 141 + calcination of, 139 + concentrates, 140 + fluxing, 136, 138, 140 + sampling of, 127 + size of assay charges, 127 + tailings, 140 + +Gold-parting, 150 + platinum in, 145, 154, 170, 171 + +Gold-zinc slimes, 142 + +Graduated vessels, 49 + +Gravimetric methods, 15, 27 + + +Halogens, 358 + +Hardhead, 287 + an analysis of, 289 + +Hot plate, 30 + +Hydrogen, preparation of, 62 + reduction by, 280 + +Hydrometer, 77 + + +Ignition, 32 + in hydrogen, 280 + +Indicators, 42 + +Inquartation, 146 + +Iodine and iodides, 362 + +Iridium, 171 + +Iron, 231 + bichromate assay for, 237, 243, + carbon in, 423 + colorimetric assay for, 247 + ferrous and ferric, 231 + gravimetric determination, 233 + permanganate assay for, 236, 238 + phosphorus in, 399 + reduction of ferric solutions, 235, 241 + separation of, 232 + stannous chloride assay for, 244 + volumetric assays for, 234 + +Iron ores, iron in, 244, 247 + phosphates in, 399 + + +Laboratory books, 9 + +Lanthanum, 319 + +Lawrence Smith's method for alkalies, 333, 412 + +Lead, 211 + colorimetric assay for, 218 + detection of, 211 + dry assay for, 211 + gravimetric determination of, 213 + in commercial copper, 206 + in commercial zinc, 214 + in galena, 217, 218 + separation of, 211, 213 + volumetric determination of, 214 + +Litharge, use of, in dry assays, 20, 93 + +Lithium, 338 + +Lime, 320 + milk of, 321 + volumetric assays for, 322 + +Limestone, examination of, 329 + lime in, 324 + +Limewater, 321 + +Loths, 9 + + +Magnesia, magnesium, 328 + mixture, preparation of, 64 + +Manganese, 298 + colorimetric assay, 306 + detection of, 299 + gravimetric determination of, 300 + separation of, 299 + volumetric determination of, 300 + +Manganese peroxide, ferrous sulphate assay for, 301 + iodine assay for, 302 + = manganese dioxide, 298 + +Manganese ore, copper in, 204 + manganese in, 300 + peroxide in, 302 + +Matte, 18 + +Measuring, 49 + flasks, 49 + gases, 44, 52 + gold buttons, 133, 440, + liquids, 49 + silver buttons, 106 + +Mechanical methods, 16 + +Mercury, 171 + dry assay, 172 + wet assay, 173 + +Metallic particles in ores, gold, 129 + particles in ores, silver, 108 + particles, tin, 278, 287 + +Micrometer, 133 + +Microscope, measuring with the, 440, 133 + +Mispickel, arsenic in, 125, 392 + sulphur in, 376 + +Moisture, 7, 350 + +Molybdate separation for phosphates, 395 + solution, preparation of, 60 + +Molybdenum, 311 + +Muffle, 25 + + +Nessler's solution, 342 + +Nickel, 251 + dry assay for, 251 + electrolytic assay, 254 + gravimetric determination of, 254 + in German silver, 255, 259 + separation from cobalt, 254, 258, 442 + separation from iron, 258 + separation from manganese, 258 + separation of, 253 + volumetric assay, 255 + +Niobium, 297 + +Nitre, 22 + use of, in dry assays, 95 + +Nitrogen and nitrates, 400 + +Nitrometer, 403 + +Normal acid, normal solutions, 323 + + +Ores, determining water in, 5, 351 + drying, 5 + powdering, 4, 109, 130, 448 + quantities of, for an assay, 11, 27, 127 + sampling, 1, 127, 444 + with metallic particles, 3, 108, 129 + +Osmiridium, 171 + +Osmium, 171 + +Ounces to the ton, long, 107 + to the ton, short, 132 + +Oxidation, 345 + +Oxides, 345 + determination of oxygen in, 346 + +Oxidising agents, 22, 95, 345 + effect of nitre, 95 + effect of nitric acid, 56 + +Oxygen, 344 + equivalent, 358 + in natural waters, 344, 356 + in ores, 348 + + +Palladium, 171 + +Parting, 150 + acids, 150 + in flasks, 151 + in glazed crucibles, 153 + in special apparatus, 156 + in test tubes, 152 + +Phosphate, assay of apatite for, 399 + assay of iron ore for, 399 + +Phosphates, gravimetric assay, 396 + volumetric assay, 397 + +Phosphorus and phosphates, 394 + in iron, 399 + +Pipette, 50, 120 + +Platinum, 170 + in gold, 145, 154, 170 + +Potash, commercial examination of, 338 + +Potassium, 336 + gravimetric determination, 337 + +Potassium cyanide, 22, 65, 160 + commercial assay of, 167 + commercial, purity of, 161 + +Powdering, 4, 130, 448, 109 + +Precipitation, 30 + +Precipitates, drying, 32 + igniting, 32, 34 + washing, 31 + +Preliminary assays, 104, 147 + +Preparation of acids, 54 + of other reagents, 59 + +Prill, 108, 129, 278, 287 + +Produce, 8 + +Pyrarsenate of magnesia, 383 + +Pyrites, iron in, 244 + sulphur in, 370, 376 + +Pyrophosphate of magnesia, 397 + + +Quantity to be taken for an assay, 11, 27, 127 + +Quartation, 146 + +Quartering, 2 + + +Reagents, strength of, 54 + +Red lead for dry assays, 20, 22, 94 + +Reducing agents, 21, 94 + effects of charcoal, &c., 94 + effect of mineral sulphides, 95, 97, 98 + +Reduction by hydrogen, 280 + of ferric solutions, 235, 242, 244 + +Regulus, 18 + +Report form, 12 + +Results, calculation of, 7, 13, 16, 38, 107, 131, 132 + statement of, 7 + +Rhodium, 171 + +Roasting, 22, 345 + +Rolling, 149 + +Rubidium, 340 + +Ruthenium, 171 + + +Sample book, 9 + +Sampling, 1 + effect of powdering on, 449 + errors, 447 + gold ores, 127 + metals, 157 + theory of, 444 + +Scorification of silver ores, 88 + +Scorifier, 23, 89 + +Selenium, 379 + +Separation, as sulphides, 57 + basic acetate, 233 + molybdate, 395 + +Shales, bituminous, 420 + +Silicon and silicates, 405 + in iron, 414 + +Silica in rocks, 409 + in slags, 414 + +Silicates, alkalies in, 333, 412 + beryllia in, 320 + examination of, 409 + titanium in, 411 + +Silver, 87 + correction for cupellation loss, 103 + detection of, 87 + Gay-Lussac's assay, 119 + Gay-Lussac's assay modified, 123 + gravimetric determination of, 117 + in bullion, 113 + in burnt ore, 116, 118 + in copper, 114, 205 + in galena, 114 + in lead, 113 + in oxide of lead, 113 + in silver precipitate, 115 + loss in cupellation, 101 + pure preparation of, 66 + Volhard's assay, 121 + volumetric methods, 119, 121, 123 + +Silver lead alloys, cupellation of, 98 + sampling of, 157 + +Silver ore, crucible assay of, 90 + metallic particles in, 108 + scorification of, 88 + +Size of assay charges, 11, 27, 127 + +Slags, 19 + +Soda-lime, 425 + +Sodium, 334 + +Sodium cyanide, 160 + +Solution, 29 + +Solutions, normal, 323 + standard, 36 + +Specific gravity, 75, 436 + +Speise, 19 + +Standard, 37 + solutions, 36 + +Standardising, 37 + +Steel, carbon in, 423 + chromium in, 310 + manganese in, 300 + +Stoking, 25, 143 + +Strength of reagents, 54 + +Strontium, 324 + +Sulphates and sulphur, 367 + gravimetric determination, 369 + volumetric determination, 370 + +Sulphides, reducing action of, 9, 95 + +Sulphocyanate assay for silver, 121 + +Sulphur in blende, 375 + in burnt ore, 377 + in chalcocite, 376 + in coal, 419 + in copper, 207 + in copper pyrites, 376 + in mispickel, 376 + in pyrites, 370, 376 + +Sulphuretted hydrogen, preparation, 57 + +Surcharge, 154 + +System in assaying, 28 + + +Table, atomic weights, 433 + comparing thermometers, 435 + ounces to the long ton, 107 + ounces to the short ton, 132 + sp. g. ammonia, 438 + sp. g. hydrochloric acid, 437 + sp. g. minerals, 86 + sp. g. nitric acid, 436 + sp. g. sulphuric acid, 439 + sp. g. water, 83 + +Tantalum, 297 + +Tartar, 20, 94 + +Tellurium, 379 + improved test for, 150 + +Thallium, 219 + +Thorium, 317 + +Tin, 271 _See also Black tin_ + assay for, by vanning, 273 + copper in, 204 + Cornish assay, 276 + cyanide assay, 278 + detection of, 279 + gravimetric determination of, 281 + iron in, 250 + separation of, 280 + volumetric assay for, 282 + +Tin arsenide, 284 + +Tin phosphide, 284 + +Tin slag, 290 + an analysis of, 292 + tin in, 290 + +Titanium, 292 + detection of, 293 + in black tin, 272, 287 + in rocks, 411 + separation, &c., 294 + +Titration, 35 + indirect, 43, 72 + +Ton, assay, 13, 131, + long, 2240 lbs. = 32,666.6 oz., 107 + short, 2000 lbs = 29,166.6 oz., 132 + +Tungsten, 295 + +Tungstic acid, 295 + gravimetric determination, 296 + in black tin, 285 + in wolfram, 296 + + +Uranium, 312 + +Valuation, of copper ores, 181 + +Vanadium, 310 + +Vanning, 273 + +Volhard's assay applied to arsenic, 124 + silver assay, 121 + +Volume-corrector, 53 + +Volumetric assay, 35, 38 + + +Water, 7, 350 + direct determination of, 351 + examination of, 352 + expansion of, 83 + solids in, 354 + +Weighing, 47 + small gold buttons, 131 + +Weights, 47 + +Wolfram, an analysis of, 296 + tungstic acid in, 296 + + +Yttria, 319 + + +Zinc, 261 + commercial, examination of, 268 + commercial, iron in, 249 + commercial, lead in, 214 + dry assay, 261 + gasometric assay, 266 + gravimetric determination, 262 + in blende, 266 + in cyanide liquors, 169 + in silver precipitate, 266 + separation of, 262 + volumetric assay, 263 + +Zirconia, 317 + + +Printed by BALLANTYNE, HANSON & Co. + +London & Edinburgh. + + + + +A SELECTION FROM THE SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WORKS + +_PUBLISHED BY_ + +~CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY, LIMITED.~ + +[Illustration] + +MESSRS. CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS may be obtained through +any Bookseller in the United Kingdom, or will be sent Post-free on +receipt of a remittance to cover published price. To prevent delay, +Orders should be accompanied by a Cheque or Postal Order crossed "UNION +OF LONDON AND SMITH'S BANK, Chancery Lane Branch." + +*** _For INDEX, see next page._ +[Transcriber's Note: No index on next page.] + +[Illustration] + +COMPLETE TECHNICAL, MEDICAL, and GENERAL CATALOGUES forwarded Post-free +on Application. + +~LONDON:~ + +~EXETER STREET, STRAND.~ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, _Revised, with an Additional Chapter on Foundations. +Numerous Diagrams, Examples, and Tables. Large 8vo. Cloth. 16s._ + +~THE DESIGN OF STRUCTURES:~ + +~A Practical Treatise on the Building of Bridges, Roofs, &c.~ + +BY S. ANGLIN, C.E., + +Master of Engineering, Royal University of Ireland, late Whitworth +Scholar, &c. + +"Students of Engineering will find this Text-Book +INVALUABLE."--_Architect._ + +"The author has certainly succeeded in producing a THOROUGHLY PRACTICAL +Text-Book."--_Builder._ + +"We can unhesitatingly recommend this work not only to the Student, as +the BEST TEXT-BOOK on the subject, but also to the professional engineer +as an EXCEEDINGLY VALUABLE book of reference."--_Mechanical World._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, _Thoroughly Revised. Royal 8vo. With numerous +Illustrations and 13 Lithographic Plates. Handsome Cloth. Price 30s._ + +~A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON~ + +~BRIDGE-CONSTRUCTION:~ + +~Being a Text-Book on the Construction of Bridges in Iron and Steel.~ + +~FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS, DRAUGHTSMEN, AND ENGINEERS.~ + +BY T. CLAXTON FIDLER, M. INST. C.E., + +~Prof. of Engineering, University College, Dundee.~ + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--PART I.--Elementary Statics. PART II.--General +Principles of Bridge-Construction. PART III.--The Strength of Materials. +PART IV.--The Design of Bridges in Detail. + +"The new edition of Mr. Fidler's work will again occupy the same +CONSPICUOUS POSITION among professional text-books and treatises as has +been accorded to its predecessors. The instruction imparted is SOUND, +SIMPLE, AND FULL. The volume will be found valuable and useful alike to +those who may wish to study only the theoretical principles enunciated, +and ... to others whose object and business is ... practical."--_The +Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +At Press. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Copious Plates and +Illustrations. + +The Principles and Practice of ~DOCK ENGINEERING.~ + +By BRYSON CUNNINGHAM, B.E., ASSOC.M.INST.C.E., Of the Engineers' +Department, Mersey Docks and Harbour Board. + +~GENERAL CONTENTS.~ + +Historical and Discursive.--Dock Design.--Constructive +Appliances.--Materials.--Dock and Quay Walls.--Entrance Passages and +Locks.--Jetties, Wharves, and Piers.--Dock Gates and Caissons.--Transit +Sheds and Warehouses.--Dock Bridges.--Graving and Repairing +Docks.--Working Equipment of Docks.--INDEX. + +*** The object of the Author has been to deal fully and comprehensively +with the problems arising out of the construction and maintenance of +Docks and their appanages, not simply as a record of works carried out, +but as a treatise on the principles underlying their construction and an +investigation of the mathematical theories involved. It is primarily +intended for the student; but it is hoped that the large amount of data +and material collected from various sources, and in many cases +contributed specially for this book, will render it useful to the expert +engineer as a work of reference; while, at the same time, of general +interest to directors and others connected with the management and +administration of seaports. + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION. In Two Parts, Published Separately. + +A TEXT-BOOK OF + +~Engineering Drawing and Design~ + +Vol. I.--Practical Geometry, Plane, and Solid. 3s. + +VOL. II.--Machine and Engine Drawing and Design. 4s. 6d. + +by + +SIDNEY H. WELLS, WH.SC., + +A.M.INST.C.E., A.M.INST.MECH.E., + +Principal of the Battersea Polytechnic Institute, and Head of the +Engineering Department therein; formerly of the Engineering Departments +of the Yorkshire College, Leeds; and Dulwich College, London. + +_With many Illustrations, specially prepared for the Work, and numerous +Examples, for the Use of Students in Technical Schools and Colleges._ + +"A CAPITAL TEXT-BOOK, arranged on an EXCELLENT SYSTEM, calculated to +give an intelligent grasp of the subject, and not the mere faculty of +mechanical copying.... Mr. Wells shows how to make complete working +drawings, discussing fully each step in the design."--_Electrical +Review._ + +"The first book leads easily and naturally towards the second, where the +technical pupil brought into contact with large and more complex +designs."--_The Schoolmaster._ + + * * * * * + +~Works by BRYAN DONKIN, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. Mech. E., &c.~ + +THIRD EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. With additional Illustrations. +Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. 25s. + +~GAS, OIL, AND AIR ENGINES: + +A Practical Text-Book on Internal Combustion Motors without Boiler.~ + +BY BRYAN DONKIN, M. INST. C.E., M. INST. MECH. E. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--~Gas Engines~:--General Description--History and +Development--British, French, and German Gas Engines--Gas Production for +Motive Power--Theory of the Gas Engine--Chemical Composition of Gas in +Gas Engines--Utilisation of Heat--Explosion and Combustion. ~Oil +Motors~:--History and Development--Various Types--Priestman's and other +Oil Engines. ~Hot-Air Engines~:--History and Development--Various Types: +Stirling's, Ericsson's, &c., &c. + +"The BEST BOOK NOW PUBLISHED on Gas, Oil, and Air Engines.... Will be of +VERY GREAT INTEREST to the numerous practical engineers who have to make +themselves familiar with the motor of the day.... Mr. Donkin has the +advantage of LONG PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE, combined with HIGH SCIENTIFIC +AND EXPERIMENTAL KNOWLEDGE, and an accurate perception of the +requirements of Engineers."--_The Engineer._ + +"We HEARTILY RECOMMEND Mr. Donkin's work.... A monument of careful +labour.... Luminous and comprehensive."--_Journal of Gas Lighting_. + +"A thoroughly RELIABLE AND EXHAUSTIVE Treatise."--_Engineering._ + + * * * * * + +In Quarto, Handsome Cloth. With Numerous Plates. 25s. + +THE HEAT EFFICIENCY OF STEAM BOILERS (LAND, MARINE, AND LOCOMOTIVE). + +~With many Tests and Experiments on different Types of Boilers, as to +the Heating Value of Fuels, &c., with Analyses of Gases and Amount of +Evaporation, and Suggestions for the Testing of Boilers.~ + +BY BRYAN DONKIN, M. INST. C.E. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Classification of different Types of Boilers--425 +Experiments on English and Foreign Boilers with their Heat Efficiencies +shown in Fifty Tables--Fire Grates of Various Types--Mechanical +Stokers--Combustion of Fuel in Boilers--Transmission of Heat through +Boiler Plates, and their Temperature--Feed Water Heaters, Superheaters, +Feed Pumps, &c.--Smoke and its Prevention--Instruments used in +Testing Boilers--Marine and Locomotive Boilers--Fuel Testing +Stations--Discussion of the Trials and Conclusions--On the +Choice of a Boiler, and Testing of Land, Marine, and Locomotive +Boilers--Appendices--Bibliography--Index. + +_With Plates illustrating Progress made during recent years, and the +best Modern Practice._ + +"A WORK OF REFERENCE AT PRESENT UNIQUE. Will give an answer to almost +any question connected with the performance of boilers that it is +possible to ask."--_Engineer._ + +"Probably the MOST EXHAUSTIVE _résumé_ that has ever been collected. A +PRACTICAL BOOK by a thoroughly practical man."--_Iron and Coal Trades +Review._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, _Revised and Enlarged. Pocket-Size, Leather, 12s. 6d.; +also Larger Size for Office Use, Cloth, 12s. 6d._ + +~Boilers, Marine and Land:~ THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND STRENGTH. + +A HANDBOOK OF RULES, FORMULĘ, TABLES, &C., RELATIVE TO MATERIAL, +SCANTLINGS, AND PRESSURES, SAFETY VALVES, SPRINGS, FITTINGS AND +MOUNTINGS, &C. + +FOR THE USE OF ENGINEERS, SURVEYORS, BOILER-MAKERS, AND STEAM USERS. + +BY T.W. TRAILL, M. INST. C.E., F.E.R.N., Late Engineer Surveyor-in-Chief +to the Board of Trade. + +*** To the Second and Third Editions many New Tables for Pressure, up to +200 Lbs. per Square Inch have been added. + +"THE MOST VALUABLE WORK on Boilers published in England."--_Shipping +World._ + +"Contains an ENORMOUS QUANTITY OF INFORMATION arranged in a very +convenient form.... A MOST USEFUL VOLUME ... supplying information to be +had nowhere else."--_The Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +_Third Impression._ Large Crown 8vo. With numerous Illustrations. 6s. + +ENGINE-ROOM PRACTICE: + +~A Handbook for Engineers and Officers in the Royal Navy and Mercantile +Marine, Including the Management of the Main and Auxiliary Engines on +Board Ship.~ + +BY JOHN G. LIVERSIDGE, + +Engineer, R.N., A.M.I.C.E., Instructor in Applied Mechanics at the Royal +Naval College, Greenwich. + +_Contents._--General Description of Marine Machinery.--The Conditions of +Service and Duties of Engineers of the Royal Navy.--Entry and Conditions +of Service of Engineers of the Leading S.S. Companies.--Raising +Steam.--Duties of a Steaming Watch on Engines and Boilers.--Shutting off +Steam.--Harbour Duties and Watches.--Adjustments and Repairs of +Engines.--Preservation and Repairs of "Tank" Boilers.--The Hull and its +Fittings.--Cleaning and Painting Machinery.--Reciprocating Pumps, Feed +Heaters, and Automatic Feed-Water Regulators.--Evaporators.--Steam +Boats.--Electric Light Machinery.--Hydraulic Machinery.--Air-Compressing +Pumps.--Refrigerating Machines.--Machinery of Destroyers.--The +Management of Water-Tube Boilers.--Regulations for Entry of Assistant +Engineers, R.N.--Questions given in Examinations for Promotion of +Engineers, R.N.--Regulations respecting Board of Trade Examinations for +Engineers, &c. + +"The contents CANNOT FAIL TO BE APPRECIATED."--_The Steamship._ + +"This very useful book.... ILLUSTRATIONS are of GREAT IMPORTANCE in a +work of this kind, and it is satisfactory to find that SPECIAL ATTENTION +has been given in this respect."--_Engineers' Gazette._ + + * * * * * + +_In Crown 8vo, extra, with Numerous Illustrations_. [_Shortly._ + +GAS AND OIL ENGINES: + +An Introductory Text-Book on the Theory, Design, Construction, and +Testing of Internal Combustion Engines without Boiler. + +FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS. + +BY PROF. W.H. WATKINSON, WHIT. SCH., M. INST. MECH. E., Glasgow and West +of Scotland Technical College. + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Revised. With numerous Plates reduced from Working +Drawings and 280 Illustrations in the Text. 21s. + +_A MANUAL OF_ LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERING: + +A Practical Text-Book for the Use of Engine Builders, Designers and +Draughtsmen, Railway Engineers, and Students. + +BY + +WILLIAM FRANK PETTIGREW, M. INST. C.E. + +With a Section on American and Continental Engines. + +BY ALBERT F. RAVENSHEAR, B.SC., Of His Majesty's Patent Office. + +_Contents_.--Historical Introduction, 1763-1863.--Modern Locomotives: +Simple.--Modern Locomotives: Compound.--Primary Consideration in +Locomotive Design.--Cylinders, Steam Chests, and Stuffing +Boxes.--Pistons, Piston Rods, Crossheads, and Slide Bars.--Connecting +and Coupling Rods.--Wheels and Axles, Axle Boxes, Hornblocks, and +Bearing Springs.--Balancing.--Valve Gear.--Slide Valves and Valve +Gear Details.--Framing, Bogies and Axle Trucks, Radial Axle +Boxes.--Boilers.--Smokebox, Blast Pipe, Firebox Fittings.--Boiler +Mountings.--Tenders.--Railway Brakes.--Lubrication.--Consumption +of Fuel, Evaporation and Engine Efficiency.--American +Locomotives.--Continental Locomotives.--Repairs, Running, Inspection, +and Renewals.--Three Appendices.--Index. + +"Likely to remain for many years the STANDARD WORK for those wishing to +learn Design."--_Engineer._ + +"A most interesting and valuable addition to the bibliography of the +Locomotive."--_Railway Official Gazette._ + +"We recommend the book as THOROUGHLY PRACTICAL in its character, and +MERITING A PLACE IN ANY COLLECTION of ... works on Locomotive +Engineering."--_Railway News._ + +"The work CONTAINS ALL THAT CAN BE LEARNT from a book upon such a +subject. It will at once rank as THE STANDARD WORK UPON THIS IMPORTANT +SUBJECT."--_Railway Magazine._ + + * * * * * + +_In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Plates and Illustrations. 16s._ + +LIGHT RAILWAYS AT HOME AND ABROAD. + +BY WILLIAM HENRY COLE, M. INST. C.E., Late Deputy-Manager, North-Western +Railway, India. + +_Contents._--Discussion of the Term "Light Railways."--English Railways, +Rates, and Farmers.--Light Railways in Belgium, France, Italy, other +European Countries, America and the Colonies, India, Ireland.--Road +Transport as an alternative.--The Light Railways Act, 1896.--The +Question of Gauge.--Construction and Working.--Locomotives and +Rolling-Stock.--Light Railways in England, Scotland, and +Wales.--Appendices and Index. + +"Mr. W.H. Cole has brought together ... a LARGE AMOUNT OF VALUABLE +INFORMATION ... hitherto practically inaccessible to the ordinary +reader."--_Times._ + +"Will remain, for some time yet a STANDARD WORK in everything relating +to Light Railways."--_Engineer._ + +"The author has extended practical experience that makes the book lucid +and useful. It is EXCEEDINGLY well done"--_Engineering._ + +"The whole subject is EXHAUSTIVELY and PRACTICALLY considered. The work +can be cordially recommended as INDISPENSABLE to those whose duty it is +to become acquainted with one of the prime necessities of the immediate +future."--_Railway Official Gazette._ + +"THERE COULD BE NO BETTER BOOK of first reference on its subject. All +classes of Engineers will welcome its appearance."--_Scotsman._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. _With Numerous Illustrations. Price +8s. 6d._ + +~VALVES AND VALVE-GEARING:~ + +_INCLUDING THE CORLISS VALVE AND TRIP GEARS._ + +BY + +CHARLES HURST, Practical Draughtsman. + +"CONCISE explanations illustrated by 115 VERY CLEAR DIAGRAMS and +drawings and 4 folding-plates ... the book fulfils a VALUABLE +function."--_Athenęum._ + +"MR. HURST'S VALVES AND VALVE-GEARING will prove a very valuable aid, +and tend to the production of Engines of SCIENTIFIC DESIGN AND +ECONOMICAL WORKING.... Will be largely sought after by Students and +Designers.--_Marine Engineer._ + +"USEFUL AND THOROUGHLY PRACTICAL. Will undoubtedly be found of GREAT +VALUE to all concerned with the design of Valve-gearing."--_Mechanical +World._ + +"Almost EVERY TYPE OF VALVE and its gearing is clearly set forth, and +illustrated in such a way as to be READILY UNDERSTOOD and PRACTICALLY +APPLIED by either the Engineer, Draughtsman, or Student.... Should prove +both USEFUL and VALUABLE to all Engineers seeking for RELIABLE and CLEAR +information on the subject. Its moderate price brings it within the +reach of all"--_Industries and Iron._ + +"Mr. HURST'S work is ADMIRABLY suited to the needs of the practical +mechanic.... It is free from any elaborate theoretical discussions, and +the explanations of the various types of valve-gear are accompanied by +diagrams which render them EASILY UNDERSTOOD."--_The Scientific +American._ + + * * * * * + +~Hints on Steam Engine Design and Construction.~ By CHARLES HURST, +"Author of Valves and Valve Gearing." In Paper Boards, 8vo., Cloth Back. +Illustrated. Price 1s. 6d. net. + +CONTENTS.--I. Steam Pipes.--II. Valves.--III. Cylinders.--IV. Air Pumps +and Condensers.--V. Motion Work.--VI. Crank Shafts and Pedestals.--VII. +Valve Gear.--VIII. Lubrication.--IX. Miscellaneous Details--INDEX. + +"A handy volume which every practical young engineer should +possess."--_The Model Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +JUST OUT. Strongly Bound in Super Royal 8vo. Cloth Boards. + +~BONUS TABLES:~ + +For Calculating Wages on the Bonus or Premium Systems. + +_For Engineering, Technical and Allied Trades._ + +BY HENRY A. GOLDING, A.M.INST.M.E., + +Technical Assistant to Messrs. Bryan Donkin and Clench, Ltd., and +Assistant Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering at the Northampton +Institute, London, E.C. + +"The adoption of this system for the payment of workmen has created a +demand for some handy table or series of tables, by means of which the +wages may be easily found without the necessity of any calculations +whatever. With the object of supplying this need, the author has +compiled the following tables, which have been in practical use for some +time past at a large engineering works in London, and have been found of +inestimable value. Not only are they of great value as a 'time saving +appliance,' the computation of the bonus or premiums earned by a number +of men taking only _one-tenth_ the time by the aid of these tables +compared with ordinary calculations, but they possess the additional +advantage of being less liable to error, as there is practically no +possibility of a mistake occurring."--_Extract from Preface._ + + * * * * * + +Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations, Tables, &c. 21s. + +Lubrication & Lubricants: + +A TREATISE ON THE + +~THEORY AND PRACTICE OF LUBRICATION~ + +AND ON THE + +~NATURE, PROPERTIES, AND TESTING OF LUBRICANTS.~ + +BY LEONARD ARCHBUTT, F.I.C., F.C.S., Chemist to the Midland Railway +Company, + +AND + +R. MOUNTFORD DEELEY, M.I.M.E., F.G.S., Midland Railway Locomotive Works' +Manager, Derby. + +CONTENTS.--I. Friction of Solids.--II. Liquid Friction or Viscosity, and +Plastic Friction.--III. Superficial Tension.--IV. The Theory of +Lubrication.--V. Lubricants, their Sources, Preparation, and +Properties.--VI. Physical Properties and Methods of Examination of +Lubricants.--VII. Chemical Properties and Methods of Examination of +Lubricants.--VIII. The Systematic Testing of Lubricants by Physical and +Chemical Methods.--IX. The Mechanical Testing of Lubricants.--X. The +Design and Lubrication of Bearings.--XI. The Lubrication of +Machinery.--INDEX. + +"Destined to become a CLASSIC on the subject."--_Industries and Iron._ + +"Contains practically ALL THAT IS KNOWN on the subject. Deserves the +careful attention of all Engineers."--_Railway Official Guide._ + + * * * * * + +FOURTH EDITION. _Very fully Illustrated. Cloth_, _4s. 6d._ + +STEAM-BOILERS: THEIR DEFECTS, MANAGEMENT, AND CONSTRUCTION. + +BY R.D. MUNRO, _Chief Engineer of the Scottish Boiler Insurance and +Engine Inspection Company._ + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--I. EXPLOSIONS caused (1) by Overheating of +Plates--(2) By Defective and Overloaded Safety Valves--(3) By +Corrosion, Internal or External--(4) By Defective Design +and Construction (Unsupported Flue Tubes; Unstrengthened Manholes; +Defective Staying; Strength of Rivetted Joints; Factor of +Safety)--II. CONSTRUCTION OF VERTICAL BOILERS: Shells--Crown +Plates and Uptake Tubes--Man-Holes, Mud-Holes, and +Fire-Holes--Fireboxes--Mountings--Management--Cleaning--Table of +Bursting Pressures of Steel Boilers--Table of Rivetted +Joints--Specifications and Drawings of Lancashire Boiler for Working +Pressures (a) 80 lbs.; (b) 200 lbs. per square inch respectively. + +"A valuable companion for workmen and engineers engaged about Steam +Boilers, ought to be carefully studied, and ALWAYS AT HAND."--_Coll. +Guardian._ + +"The book is VERY USEFUL, especially to steam users, artisans, and young +Engineers."--_Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +BY THE SAME AUTHOR. + +KITCHEN BOILER EXPLOSIONS: Why they Occur, and How to Prevent their +Occurrence. A Practical Handbook based on Actual Experiment. With +Diagram and Coloured Plate. Price 3s. + + * * * * * + +JUST OUT. _In Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Numerous Illustrations. +5s. net._ + +EMERY GRINDING MACHINERY. + +~_A Text-Book of Workshop Practice in General Tool Grinding, and the +Design, Construction, and Application of the Machines Employed._~ + +BY + +R.B. HODGSON, A.M. INST. MECH. E., Author of "Machines and Tools +Employed in the Working of Sheet Metals." + +INTRODUCTION.--Tool Grinding.--Emery Wheels.--Mounting Emery +Wheels.--Emery Rings and Cylinders.--Conditions to Ensure Efficient +Working.--Leading Types of Machines.--Concave and Convex Grinding.--Cup +and Cone Machines.--Multiple Grinding.--"Guest" Universal and Cutter +Grinding Machines.--Ward Universal Cutter Grinder.--Press.--Tool +Grinding.--Lathe Centre Grinder.--Polishing.--INDEX. + +"Deals practically with every phase of his subject."--_Ironmonger._ + + * * * * * + +FIFTH EDITION. Folio, strongly half-bound, 21/. + +TRAVERSE TABLES: + +~Computed to Four Places of Decimals for every Minute of Angle up to 100 +of Distance.~ + +~For the use of Surveyors and Engineers.~ + +BY + +RICHARD LLOYD GURDEN, +Authorised Surveyor for the Governments of New South Wales and Victoria. + +*** _Published with the Concurrence of the Surveyors-General for New +South Wales and Victoria._ + +"Those who have experience in exact SURVEY-WORK will best know how to +appreciate the enormous amount of labour represented by this valuable +book. The computations enable the user to ascertain the sines and +cosines for a distance of twelve miles to within half an inch, and this +BY REFERENCE TO BUT ONE TABLE, in place of the usual Fifteen minute +computations required. This alone is evidence of the assistance which +the Tables ensure to every user, and as every Surveyor in active +practice has felt the want of such assistance FEW KNOWING OF THEIR +PUBLICATION WILL REMAIN WITHOUT THEM."--_Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +WORKS BY + +ANDREW JAMIESON, M. INST. C.E., M.I.E.E., F.R.S.E., + +_Formerly Professor of Electrical Engineering, The Glasgow and West of +Scotland Technical College._ + + * * * * * + +PROFESSOR JAMIESON'S ADVANCED TEXT-BOOKS. + +_In Large Crown 8vo. Fully Illustrated._ + +~STEAM AND STEAM-ENGINES (A Text-Book on).~ For the Use of Students +preparing for Competitive Examinations. With 600 pp., over 200 +Illustrations, 6 Folding Plates, and numerous Examination Papers. +THIRTEENTH EDITION, Revised. 8/6. + +"Professor Jamieson fascinates the reader by his CLEARNESS OF CONCEPTION +AND SIMPLICITY OF EXPRESSION. His treatment recalls the lecturing of +Faraday."--_Athenęum._ + +"The BEST BOOK yet published for the use of Students."--_Engineer._ + +~MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY (An Advanced Text-Book on).~ For Advanced and +"Honours" Students. By Prof. Jamieson, assisted by David Robertson, +B.Sc., Professor of Electrical Engineering in the Merchant Venturers' +Technical College, Bristol. [_Shortly._ + +~APPLIED MECHANICS (An Advanced Text-Book on).~ + +Vol. I.--Comprising Part I.: The Principle of Work and its applications; +Part II.: Gearing. Price 7s. 6d. THIRD EDITION. + +"FULLY MAINTAINS the reputation of the Author."--_Pract. Engineer._ + +Vol. II.--Comprising Parts III. to VI.: Motion and Energy; Graphic +Statics; Strength of Materials; Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery. +SECOND EDITION. 8s. 6d. + +"WELL AND LUCIDLY WRITTEN."--_The Engineer._ + +*** _Each of the above volumes is complete in itself, and sold +separately._ + + * * * * * + +PROFESSOR JAMIESON'S INTRODUCTORY MANUALS. + +_Crown 8vo. With Illustrations and Examination Papers._ + +~STEAM AND THE STEAM-ENGINE (Elementary Manual of).~ For First-Year +Students. NINTH EDITION, Revised. 3/6. + +"Should be in the hands of EVERY engineering apprentice."--_Practical +Engineer._ + +~MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY (Elementary Manual of).~ For First-Year +Students. FIFTH EDITION.. 3/6. + +"A CAPITAL TEXT-BOOK.... The diagrams are an important +feature."--_Schoolmaster._ + +"A THOROUGHLY TRUSTWORTHY Text-book. PRACTICAL and clear."--_Nature._ + +~APPLIED MECHANICS (Elementary Manual of).~ Specially arranged for +First-Year Students. FIFTH EDITION, Revised. 3/6. + +"The work has VERY HIGH QUALITIES, which may be condensed into the one +word 'CLEAR.'"--_Science and Art._ + + * * * * * + +IN PREPARATION. _300 pages. Crown 8vo. Profusely Illustrated._ + +~MODERN ELECTRIC TRAMWAY TRACTION: A Text-Book of Present-Day Practice.~ + +_For the Use of Electrical Engineering Students and those interested in +Electric Transmission of Power._ + +BY PROF. ANDREW JAMIESON. + + * * * * * + +~A POCKET-BOOK of ELECTRICAL RULES and TABLES.~ For the Use of +Electricians and Engineers. Pocket Size. Leather, 8s. 6d. SIXTEENTH +EDITION. [See p. 49. + + * * * * * + +WORKS BY + +W.J. MACQUORN RANKINE, LL.D., F.R.S., + +_Late Regius Professor of Civil Engineering in the University of +Glasgow._ + +THOROUGHLY REVISED BY + +W.J. MILLAR, C.E., + +_Late Secretary to the Institute of Engineers and Shipbuilders in +Scotland._ + + * * * * * + +~A MANUAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS:~ Comprising the Principles of Statics +and Cinematics, and Theory of Structures, Mechanism, and Machines. With +Numerous Diagrams. Crown 8vo, cloth. SIXTEENTH EDITION. 12s. 6d. + + * * * * * + +~A MANUAL OF CIVIL ENGINEERING:~ Comprising Engineering Surveys, +Earthwork, Foundations, Masonry, Carpentry, Metal Work, Roads, Railways, +Canals, Rivers, Waterworks, Harbours, &c. With Numerous Tables and +Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth. TWENTY-FIRST EDITION. 16s. + + * * * * * + +~A MANUAL OF MACHINERY AND MILLWORK:~ Comprising the Geometry, Motions, +Work, Strength, Construction, and Objects of Machines, &c. Illustrated +with nearly 300 Woodcuts, Crown 8vo, cloth. SEVENTH EDITION. 12s. 6d. + + * * * * * + +~A MANUAL OF THE STEAM-ENGINE AND OTHER PRIME MOVERS:~ With a Section on +GAS, OIL, and AIR ENGINES, by BRYAN DONKIN, M.Inst.C.E. With Folding +Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth. FIFTEENTH EDITION. +12s. 6d. + + * * * * * + +~USEFUL RULES AND TABLES:~ For Architects, Builders, Engineers, +Founders, Mechanics, Shipbuilders, Surveyors, &c. With APPENDIX for the +use of ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS. By Professor JAMIESON, F.R.S.E. SEVENTH +EDITION. 10s. 6d. + + * * * * * + +~A MECHANICAL TEXT-BOOK:~ A Practical and Simple Introduction to the +Study of Mechanics. By Professor RANKINE and E.F. BAMBER, C.E. With +Numerous Illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth. FIFTH EDITION. 9s. + +*** _The_ "MECHANICAL TEXT-BOOK" _was designed by_ Professor RANKINE _as +an_ INTRODUCTION _to the above Series of Manuals._ + + * * * * * + +~MISCELLANEOUS SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.~ + +Royal 8vo. Cloth, 31s. 6d. + +Part I. Papers relating to Temperature, Elasticity, and Expansion of +Vapours, Liquids, and Solids. Part II. Papers on Energy and its +Transformations. Part III. Papers on Wave-Forms, Propulsion of Vessels, +&c. + +With Memoir by Professor TAIT, M.A. Edited by W.J. MILLAR, C.E. With +fine Portrait on Steel, Plates, and Diagrams. + +"No more enduring Memorial of Professor Rankine could be devised than +the publication of these papers in an accessible form.... The Collection +is most valuable on account of the nature of his discoveries, and the +beauty and completeness of his analysis.... The Volume exceeds in +importance any work in the same department published in our +time."--_Architect._ + + * * * * * + +SHELTON-BEY (W. Vincent, Foreman to the Imperial Ottoman Gun Factories, +Constantinople): + +~THE MECHANIC'S GUIDE:~ A Hand-Book for Engineers and Artizans. With +Copious Tables and Valuable Recipes for Practical Use. Illustrated. +_Second Edition._ Crown 8vo. Cloth, 7/6. + + * * * * * + +_SECOND EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. In Large 8vo, Handsome cloth, +34s._ + +HYDRAULIC POWER AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY. + +BY HENRY ROBINSON, M. INST. C.E., F.G.S., + +FELLOW OF KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON; PROF. OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, KING'S +COLLEGE, ETC., ETC. + +With numerous Woodcuts, and Sixty-nine Plates. + +"A Book of great Professional Usefulness."--_Iron._ + + * * * * * + +_In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Frontispiece, several Plates, and +over 250 Illustrations. 21s._ + +THE PRINCIPLES AND CONSTRUCTION OF PUMPING MACHINERY (STEAM AND WATER +PRESSURE). + +With Practical Illustrations of ENGINES and PUMPS applied to MINING, +TOWN WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE of Lands, &c., also Economy and Efficiency +Trials of Pumping Machinery. + +BY HENRY DAVEY, + +Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers, Member of the Institution +of Mechanical Engineers, F.G.S., &c. + +CONTENTS--Early History of Pumping Engines--Steam Pumping Engines--Pumps +and Pump Valves--General Principles of Non-Rotative Pumping Engines--The +Cornish Engine, Simple and Compound--Types of Mining Engines--Pit +Work--Shaft Sinking--Hydraulic Transmission of Power in Mines--Valve +Gears of Pumping Engines--Water Pressure Pumping Engines--Water +Works Engines--Pumping Engine Economy and Trials of Pumping +Machinery--Centrifugal and other Low-Lift Pumps--Hydraulic Rams. Pumping +Mains, &c.--INDEX. + +"By the 'one' English Engineer who probably knows more about Pumping +Machinery than ANY OTHER.' ... A VOLUME RECORDING THE RESULTS OF LONG +EXPERIENCE AND STUDY."--_The Engineer._ + +"Undoubtedly THE BEST AND MOST PRACTICAL TREATISE on Pumping Machinery +THAT HAS YET BEEN PUBLISHED."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +_Royal 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With numerous Illustrations and Tables. +25s._ + +THE STABILITY OF SHIPS. + +BY + +SIR EDWARD J. REED, K.C.B., F.R.S., M.P., + +KNIGHT OF THE IMPERIAL ORDERS OF ST. STANILAUS OF RUSSIA; FRANCIS JOSEPH +OF AUSTRIA; MEDJIDIE OF TURKEY; AND RISING SUN OF JAPAN; VICE-PRESIDENT +OF THE INSTITUTION OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS. + +In order to render the work complete for the purposes of the +Shipbuilder, whether at home or abroad, the Methods of Calculation +introduced by Mr. F.K. BARNES, Mr. GRAY, M. REECH, M. DAYMARD, and Mr. +BENJAMIN, are all given separately, illustrated by Tables and worked-out +examples. The book contains more than 200 Diagrams, and is illustrated +by a large number of actual cases, derived from ships of all +descriptions. + +"Sir EDWARD REED'S 'STABILITY OF SHIPS' is INVALUABLE. The NAVAL +ARCHITECT will find brought together and ready to his hand, a mass of +information which he would otherwise have to seek in an almost endless +variety of publications, and some of which he would possibly not be able +to obtain at all elsewhere."--_Steamship._ + + * * * * * + +~THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS.~ By JOHN HARVARD BILES, +M.INST.N.A., Professor of Naval Architecture in the University of +Glasgow. [_In Preparation._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION. Illustrated with Plates, Numerous Diagrams, and Figures +in the Text. 18s. net. + +~STEEL SHIPS: THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE.~ + +_A Manual for Shipbuilders, Ship Superintendents, Students, and Marine +Engineers._ + +BY THOMAS WALTON, NAVAL ARCHITECT, AUTHOR OF "KNOW YOUR OWN SHIP." + +CONTENTS.--I. Manufacture of Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, and +Steel.--Composition of Iron and Steel, Quality, Strength, Tests, &c. II. +Classification of Steel Ships. III. Considerations in making choice of +Type of Vessel.--Framing of Ships. IV. Strains experienced by +Ships.--Methods of Computing and Comparing Strengths of Ships. V. +Construction of Ships.--Alternative Modes of Construction.--Types of +Vessels.--Turret, Self Trimming, and Trunk Steamers, &c.--Rivets +and Rivetting, Workmanship. VI. Pumping Arrangements. VII. +Maintenance.--Prevention of Deterioration in the Hulls of +Ships.--Cement, Paint, &c.--INDEX. + +"So thorough and well written is every chapter in the book that it is +difficult to select any of them as being worthy of exceptional praise. +Altogether, the work is excellent, and will prove of great value to +those for whom it is intended."--_The Engineer._ + +"Mr. Walton has written for the profession of which he is an ornament. +His work will be read and appreciated, no doubt, by every M.I.N.A., and +with great benefit by the majority of them."--_Journal of Commerce._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Cloth, 8s. 6d. Leather, for the Pocket, 8s. 6d. + +~GRIFFIN'S ELECTRICAL PRICE-BOOK:~ For Electrical, Civil, Marine, and +Borough Engineers, Local Authorities, Architects, Railway Contractors, +&c., &c. Edited by H.J. DOWSING. + +"The ELECTRICAL PRICE-BOOK REMOVES ALL MYSTERY about the cost of +Electrical Power. By its aid the EXPENSE that will be entailed +by utilising electricity on a large or small scale can be +discovered."--_Architect._ + + * * * * * + +GRIFFIN'S NAUTICAL SERIES, + +EDITED BY EDW. BLACKMORE, + +Master Mariner, First Class Trinity House Certificate, Assoc. Inst. +N.A.; AND WRITTEN, MAINLY, by SAILORS for SAILORS. + +"THIS ADMIRABLE SERIES."--_Fairplay_. "A VERY USEFUL SERIES."--_Nature_. + +"The volumes of MESSRS. GRIFFIN'S NAUTICAL SERIES may well and +profitably be read by ALL interested in our NATIONAL MARITIME +PROGRESS."--_Marine Engineer._ + +"EVERY SHIP should have the WHOLE SERIES as a REFERENCE LIBRARY. +HANDSOMELY BOUND, CLEARLY PRINTED and ILLUSTRATED."--_Liverpool Journ. +of Commerce._ + +~The British Mercantile Marine:~ An Historical Sketch of its Rise and +Development. By the EDITOR, CAPT. BLACKMORE. 3s. 6d. + +"Captain Blackmore's SPLENDID BOOK ... contains paragraphs on every +point of interest to the Merchant Marine. The 243 pages of this book are +THE MOST VALUABLE to the sea captain that have EVER been +COMPILED."--_Merchant Service Review._ + +~Elementary Seamanship.~ By D. WILSON-BARKER, Master Mariner, F.R.S.E., +F.R.G.S. With numerous Plates, two in Colours, and Frontispiece. THIRD +EDITION, Thoroughly Revised, Enlarged, and Re-set. With additional +Illustrations. 6s. + +"This ADMIRABLE MANUAL, by CAPT. WILSON BARKER, of the 'Worcester', +seems to us PERFECTLY DESIGNED. "--_Athenęum._ + +~Know Your Own Ship~: A Simple Explanation of the Stability, +Construction, Tonnage, and Freeboard of Ships. By THOS. WALTON, Naval +Architect. With numerous Illustrations and additional Chapters on +Buoyancy, Trim, and Calculations. SIXTH EDITION, Revised. 7s. 6d. + +"MR. WALTON'S book will be found VERY USEFUL."--_The Engineer._ + +~Navigation: Theoretical and Practical.~ By D. WILSON-BARKER, Master +Mariner, &c., and WILLIAM ALLINGHAM. SECOND EDITION, Revised. 8s. 6d. + +"PRECISELY the kind of work required for the New Certificates of +competency. Candidates will find it INVALUABLE."--_Dundee Advertiser._ + +~Marine Meteorology~: For Officers of the Merchant Navy. By WILLIAM +ALLINGHAM, First Class Honours, Navigation, Science and Art Department. +With Illustrations, Maps, and Diagrams, and _facsimile_ reproduction of +log page. 7s. 6d. + +"Quite the BEST PUBLICATION on this subject."--_Shipping Gazette._ + +~Latitude and Longitude: How to find them.~ By W.J. MILLAR, C.E., late +Sec. to the Inst. of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland. SECOND +EDITION, Revised. 2s. + +"Cannot but prove an acquisition to those studying Navigation."--_Marine +Engineer._ + +~Practical Mechanics:~ Applied to the requirements of the Sailor. By +THOS. MACKENZIE, Master Mariner, F.R.A.S. SECOND EDITION, Revised. 3s. +6d. + +"WELL WORTH the money ... EXCEEDINGLY HELPFUL."--_Shipping World._ + +~Trigonometry:~ For the Young Sailor, &c. By RICH. C. BUCK, of the +Thames Nautical Training College, H.M.S. "Worcester." SECOND EDITION, +Revised. Price 3s. 6d. + +"This EMINENTLY PRACTICAL and reliable volume."--_Schoolmaster_. + +~Practical Algebra.~ By RICH. C. BUCK. Companion Volume to the above, +for Sailors and others. Price 3s. 6d. + +"It is JUST THE BOOK for the young sailor mindful of +progress."--_Nautical Magazine._ + +~The Legal Duties of Shipmasters.~ By BENEDICT WM. GINSBURG, M.A., +LL.D., of the Inner Temple and Northern Circuit; Barrister-at-Law. +SECOND EDITION, Thoroughly Revised and Extended. Price 4s. 6d. + +"INVALUABLE to masters ... We can fully recommend it."--_Shipping +Gazette._ + +~A Medical and Surgical Help for Shipmasters.~ Including First Aid at +Sea. By WM. JOHNSON SMITH, F.R.C.S., Principal Medical Officer, Seamen's +Hospital, Greenwich. SECOND EDITION, Revised. 6s. "SOUND, JUDICIOUS, +REALLY HELPFUL."--_The Lancet._ + + * * * * * + +_Introductory Volume. Price 3s. 6d._ + +THE ~British Mercantile Marine.~ + +BY EDWARD BLACKMORE, MASTER MARINER; ASSOCIATE OF THE INSTITUTION OF +NAVAL ARCHITECTS; MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS AND +SHIPBUILDERS IN SCOTLAND; EDITOR OF GRIFFIN'S "NAUTICAL SERIES." + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--HISTORICAL: From Early Times to 1486--Progress under +Henry VIII.--To Death of Mary--During Elizabeth's Reign--Up to the Reign +of William III.--The 18th and 19th Centuries--Institution of +Examinations--Rise and Progress of Steam Propulsion--Development of Free +Trade--Shipping Legislation, 1862 to 1875--"Locksley Hall" +Case--Shipmasters' Societies--Loading of Ships--Shipping +Legislation, 1884 to 1894--Statistics of Shipping. THE PERSONNEL: +Shipowners--Officers--Mariners--Duties and Present Position. EDUCATION: +A Seaman's Education: what it should be--Present Means of +Education--Hints. DISCIPLINE AND DUTY--Postscript--The Serious Decrease +in the Number of British Seamen, a Matter demanding the Attention of the +Nation. + +"INTERESTING AND INSTRUCTIVE ... may be read WITH PROFIT AND +ENJOYMENT."--_Glasgow Herald._ + +"EVERY BRANCH of the subject is dealt with in a way which shows that the +writer 'knows the ropes' familiarly."--_Scotsman._ + +"This ADMIRABLE book ... TEEMS with useful information--Should be in the +hands of every Sailor."--_Western Morning News._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, _Thoroughly Revised, Enlarged, and Re-set. With +Additional Illustrations. Price 6s._ + +~A MANUAL OF ELEMENTARY SEAMANSHIP.~ + +BY + +D. WILSON-BARKER, MASTER MARINER; F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S., &C., &C.; YOUNGER +BROTHER OF THE TRINITY HOUSE. + +With Frontispiece, Numerous Plates (Two in Colours), and Illustrations +in the Text. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--The Building of a Ship; Parts of Hull, Masts, +&c.--Ropes, Knots, Splicing, &c.--Gear, Lead and Log, &c.--Rigging, +Anchors--Sailmaking--The Sails, &c.--Handling of Boats under +Sail--Signals and Signalling--Rule of the Road--Keeping and Relieving +Watch--Points of Etiquette--Glossary of Sea Terms and Phrases--Index. + +*** The volume contains the NEW RULES OF THE ROAD. + +"This ADMIRABLE MANUAL, by CAPT. WILSON-BARKER of the 'Worcester,' seems +to us PERFECTLY DESIGNED, and holds its place excellently in GRIFFIN'S +NAUTICAL SERIES.' ... Although intended for those who are to become +Officers of the Merchant Navy, it will be found useful by ALL +YACHTSMEN."--_Athenęum._ + +*** For complete List of GRIFFIN'S NAUTICAL SERIES, see p. 39. + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, _Revised and Illustrated. Price 3s. 6d._ + +~NAVIGATION:~ + +~PRACTICAL AND THEORETICAL~ + +BY DAVID WILSON-BARKER, R.N.R, F.R.S.E., &c., &c., + +AND + +WILLIAM ALLINGHAM, + +FIRST-CLASS HONORS, NAVIGATION, SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT. + +With Numerous Illustrations and Examination Questions. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Definitions--Latitude and Longitude--Instruments of +Navigation--Correction of Courses--Plane Sailing--Traverse +Sailing--Day's Work--Parallel Sailing--Middle Latitude +Sailing--Mercator's Chart--Mercator Sailing--Current Sailing--Position +by Bearings--Great Circle Sailing--The Tides--Questions--Appendix: +Compass Error--Numerous Useful Hints, &c.--Index. + +"PRECISELY the kind of work required for the New Certificates of +competency in grades from Second Mate to extra Master.... Candidates +will find it INVALUABLE."--_Dundee Advertiser._ + +"A CAPITAL LITTLE BOOK ... specially adapted to the New Examinations. +The Authors are CAPT. WILSON-BARKER (Captain-Superintendent of the +Nautical College, H.M.S. 'Worcester,' who has had great experience in +the highest problems of Navigation), and MR. ALLINGHAM, a well-known +writer on the Science of Navigation and Nautical Astronomy."--_Shipping +World._ + + * * * * * + +_Handsome Cloth. Fully Illustrated. Price 7s. 6d._ + +~MARINE METEOROLOGY, FOR OFFICERS OF THE MERCHANT NAVY.~ + +BY WILLIAM ALLINGHAM, + +Joint Author of "Navigation, Theoretical and Practical." + +With numerous Plates, Maps, Diagrams, and Illustrations, and a facsimile +Reproduction of a Page from an actual Meteorological Log-Book. + +SUMMARY OF CONTENTS. + +INTRODUCTORY.--Instruments Used at Sea for Meteorological +Purposes.--Meteorological Log-Books.--Atmospheric Pressure.--Air +Temperatures.--Sea Temperatures.--Winds.--Wind Force Scales.--History of +the Law of Storms.--Hurricanes, Seasons, and Storm Tracks.--Solution of +the Cyclone Problem.--Ocean Currents.--Icebergs.--Synchronous +Charts.--Dew, Mists, Fogs, and Haze.--Clouds.--Rain, Snow, and +Hail.--Mirage, Rainbows, Coronas, Halos, and Meteors.--Lightning, +Corposants, and Auroras.--QUESTIONS.--APPENDIX.--INDEX. + +"Quite the BEST publication, AND certainly the MOST INTERESTING, on this +subject ever presented to Nautical men."--_Shipping Gazette._ + +*** For Complete List of GRIFFIN'S NAUTICAL SERIES, see p. 39. + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, REVISED. With Numerous Illustrations. Price ~3s. 6d.~ + +~Practical Mechanics:~ Applied to the Requirements of the Sailor. + +By THOS. MACKENZIE, + +_Master Mariner, F.R.A.S._ + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Resolution and Composition of Forces--Work done by +Machines and Living Agents--The Mechanical Powers: The Lever; Derricks +as Bent Levers--The Wheel and Axle: Windlass; Ship's Capstan; Crab +Winch--Tackles: the "Old Man"--The Inclined Plane; the Screw--The Centre +of Gravity of a Ship and Cargo--Relative Strength of Rope: Steel Wire, +Manilla, Hemp, Coir--Derricks and Shears--Calculation of +the Cross-breaking Strain of Fir Spar--Centre of Effort of +Sails--Hydrostatics: the Diving-bell; Stability of Floating Bodies; the +Ship's Pump, &c. + +"THIS EXCELLENT BOOK ... contains a LARGE AMOUNT of +information."--_Nature._ + +"WELL WORTH the money ... will be found EXCEEDINGLY HELPFUL."--_Shipping +World._ + +"NO SHIPS' OFFICERS' BOOKCASE will henceforth be complete without +CAPTAIN MACKENZIE'S 'PRACTICAL MECHANICS.' Notwithstanding my many +years' experience at sea, it has told me _how much more there is to +acquire_."--(Letter to the Publishers from a Master Mariner). + +"I must express my thanks to you for the labour and care you have taken +in 'PRACTICAL MECHANICS.' ... IT IS A LIFE'S EXPERIENCE. ... What an +amount we frequently see wasted by rigging purchases without reason and +accidents to spars, &c., &c.! 'PRACTICAL MECHANICS' WOULD SAVE ALL +THIS."--(Letter to the Author from another Master Mariner). + + * * * * * + +~WORKS BY RICHARD C. BUCK,~ + +of the Thames Nautical Training College, H.M.S. 'Worcester.' + +~A Manual of Trigonometry:~ _With Diagrams, Examples, and Exercises. +Price 3s. 6d._ + +SECOND EDITION, Revised and Corrected. + +*** Mr. Buck's Text-Book has been SPECIALLY PREPARED with a view to the +New Examinations of the Board of Trade, in which Trigonometry is an +obligatory subject. + +"This EMINENTLY PRACTICAL and RELIABLE VOLUME."--_Schoolmaster._ + + * * * * * + +~A Manual of Algebra.~ + +_Designed to meet the Requirements of Sailors and others. Price 3s. 6d._ + +*** These elementary works on ALGEBRA and TRIGONOMETRY are written +specially for those who will have little opportunity of consulting a +Teacher. They are books for "SELF-HELP." All but the simplest +explanations have, therefore, been avoided, and ANSWERS to the Exercises +are given. Any person may readily, by careful study, become master of +their contents, and thus lay the foundation for a further mathematical +course, if desired. It is hoped that to the younger Officers of our +Mercantile Marine they will be found decidedly serviceable. The Examples +and Exercises are taken from the Examination Papers set for the Cadets +of the "Worcester." + +"Clearly arranged, and well got up.... A first-rate Elementary +Algebra."--_Nautical Magazine._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Thoroughly Revised and Extended. In Crown 8vo. Handsome +Cloth. Price 4s. 6d. + +~THE LEGAL DUTIES OF SHIPMASTERS.~ + +BY + +BENEDICT WM. GINSBURG, M.A., LL.D. (CANTAB.), + +Of the Inner Temple and Northern Circuit; Barrister-at-Law. + +~General Contents.~--The Qualification for the Position of +Shipmaster--The Contract with the Shipowner--The Master's Duty in +respect of the Crew: Engagement; Apprentices; Discipline; Provisions, +Accommodation, and Medical Comforts; Payment of Wages and Discharge--The +Master's Duty in respect of the Passengers--The Master's Financial +Responsibilities--The Master's Duty in respect of the Cargo--The +Master's Duty in Case of Casualty--The Master's Duty to certain Public +Authorities--The Master's Duty in relation to Pilots, Signals, Flags, +and Light Dues--The Master's Duty upon Arrival at the Port of +Discharge--Appendices relative to certain Legal Matters: Board of Trade +Certificates, Dietary Scales, Stowage of Grain Cargoes, Load Line +Regulations, Life-saving Appliances, Carriage of Cattle at Sea, &c., +&c.--Copious Index. + +"No intelligent Master should fail to add this to his list of necessary +books. A few lines of it may SAVE A LAWYER'S FEE, BESIDES ENDLESS +WORRY."--_Liverpool Journal of Commerce._ + +"SENSIBLE, plainly written, in CLEAR and NON-TECHNICAL LANGUAGE, and +will be found of much service by the Shipmaster."--_British Trade +Review._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Revised. With Diagrams. Price 2s. + +~Latitude and Longitude: How to Find them.~ + +By W.J. MILLAR, C.E., + +_Late Secretary to the Inst. of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland._ + +"CONCISELY and CLEARLY WRITTEN ... cannot but prove an acquisition to +those studying Navigation."--_Marine Engineer._ + +"Young Seamen will find it HANDY and USEFUL, SIMPLE and CLEAR."--_The +Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +~FIRST AID AT SEA.~ + +SECOND EDITION, Revised. With Coloured Plates and Numerous +Illustrations, and comprising the latest Regulations Respecting the +Carriage of Medical Stores on Board Ship. Price 6s. + +~A MEDICAL AND SURGICAL HELP FOR SHIPMASTERS AND OFFICERS IN THE +MERCHANT NAVY.~ + +BY + +WM. JOHNSON SMITH, F.R.C.S., + +Principal Medical Officer, Seamen's Hospital, Greenwich. + +*** The attention of all interested in our Merchant Navy is requested to +this exceedingly useful and valuable work. It is needless to say that it +is the outcome of many years PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE amongst Seamen. + +"SOUND, JUDICIOUS, REALLY HELPFUL."--_The Lancet._ + + * * * * * + +SIXTH EDITION. _Revised, with Chapters on Trim, Buoyancy, and +Calculations. Numerous Illustrations. Handsome Cloth, Crown 8vo. Price +7s. 6d._ + +~KNOW YOUR OWN SHIP.~ + +BY THOMAS WALTON, NAVAL ARCHITECT. + +SPECIALLY ARRANGED TO SUIT THE REQUIREMENTS OF SHIPS' OFFICERS, +SHIPOWNERS, SUPERINTENDENTS, DRAUGHTSMEN, ENGINEERS, AND OTHERS. + +This work explains, in a simple manner, such important subjects as:-- + + Displacement, + Deadweight, + Tonnage, + Freeboard, + Moments, + Buoyancy, + Strain, + Structure, + Stability, + Rolling, + Ballasting, + Loading, + Shifting Cargoes, + Admission of Water, + Sail Area, + &c., &c. + +"The little book will be found EXCEEDINGLY HANDY by most officers and +officials connected with shipping.... Mr. Walton's work will obtain +LASTING SUCCESS, because of its unique fitness for those for whom it has +been written."--_Shipping World._ + +"An EXCELLENT WORK, full of solid instruction and INVALUABLE to every +officer of the Mercantile Marine who has his profession at +heart."--_Shipping._ + +"Not one of the 242 pages could well be spared. It will admirably fulfil +its purpose ... useful to ship owners, ship superintendents, ship +draughtsmen, and all interested in shipping."--_Liverpool Journal of +Commerce._ + +"A mass of VERY USEFUL INFORMATION, accompanied by diagrams and +illustrations, is given in a compact form."--_Fairplay._ + +"We have found no one statement that we could have wished differently +expressed. The matter has, so far as clearness allows, been admirably +condensed, and is simple enough to be understood by every +seaman."--_Marine Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +~BY THE SAME AUTHOR.~ + +~Steel Ships: Their Construction and Maintenance.~ + +(~See page 38.~) + + * * * * * + +Fourteenth Edition, Revised. Price 21s. + +_Demy 8vo, Cloth. With Numerous Illustrations, reduced from Working +Drawings._ + +~A MANUAL OF MARINE ENGINEERING:~ COMPRISING THE DESIGNING, +CONSTRUCTION, AND WORKING OF MARINE MACHINERY. + +By A.E. SEATON, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. Mech. E., M. Inst. N.A. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--PART I.--Principles of Marine Propulsion. PART +II.--Principles of Steam Engineering. PART III.--Details of Marine +Engines: Design and Calculations for Cylinders, Pistons, Valves, +Expansion Valves, &c. PART IV.--Propellers. PART V.--Boilers. PART +VI.--Miscellaneous. + +*** This EDITION includes a Chapter on WATER-TUBE BOILERS, with +Illustrations of the leading Types and the Revised Rules of the _Bureau +Veritas_. + +"In the three-fold capacity of enabling a Student to learn how to +design, construct, and work a Marine Steam-Engine, Mr. Seaton's Manual +has NO RIVAL."--_Times._ + +"By far the BEST MANUAL in existence.... Gives a complete account of the +methods of solving, with the utmost possible economy, the problems +before the Marine Engineer."--_Athenęum._ + +"The Student, Draughtsman, and Engineer will find this work the MOST +VALUABLE HANDBOOK of Reference on the Marine Engine now in +existence."--_Marine Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +SEVENTH EDITION, Thoroughly Revised. Pocket-Size, Leather. 8s. 6d. + +~A POCKET-BOOK OF MARINE ENGINEERING RULES AND TABLES, FOR THE USE OF +Marine Engineers, Naval Architects, Designers, Draughtsmen, +Superintendents and Others.~ + +BY + +A.E. SEATON, M.I.C.E., M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A., + +AND + +H.M. ROUNTHWAITE, M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A. + +"ADMIRABLY FULFILS its purpose."--_Marine Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +By B. CUNNINGHAM. + +~DOCKS: THEIR CONSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE.~ + +(See page 27.) + + * * * * * + +WORKS BY PROF. ROBERT H. SMITH, Assoc. M.I.C.E., M.I.M.E., M.I.El.B., +M.I. Min. E., Whit. Sch., M. Ord. Meiji. + + * * * * * + +THE CALCULUS FOR ENGINEERS AND PHYSICISTS, Applied to Technical +Problems. + +WITH EXTENSIVE CLASSIFIED REFERENCE LIST OF INTEGRALS. + +By PROF. ROBERT H. SMITH. + +ASSISTED BY + +R.F. MUIRHEAD, M.A., B.Sc., + +Formerly Clark Fellow of Glasgow University, and Lecturer on Mathematics +at Mason College. + +_In Crown 8vo, extra, with Diagrams and Folding-Plate._ 8s. 6d. + +"PROF. R.H. SMITH'S book will be serviceable in rendering a hard road AS +EASY AS PRACTICABLE for the non-mathematical Student and +Engineer."--_Athenęum._ + +"Interesting diagrams, with practical illustrations of actual +occurrence, are to be found here in abundance. THE VERY COMPLETE +CLASSIFIED REFERENCE TABLE will prove very useful in saving the time of +those who want an integral in a hurry."--_The Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +MEASUREMENT CONVERSIONS + +(English and French): 28 GRAPHIC TABLES OR DIAGRAMS. + +Showing at a glance the MUTUAL CONVERSION of MEASUREMENTS in DIFFERENT +UNITS + +Of Lengths, Areas, Volumes, Weights, Stresses, Densities, Quantities of +Work, Horse Powers, Temperatures, &c. + +_For the use of Engineers, Surveyors, Architects, and Contractors._ + +_In 4to, Boards. 7s. 6d._ + + * * * * * + +*** Prof. SMITH'S CONVERSION-TABLES form the most unique and +comprehensive collection ever placed before the profession. By their use +much time and labour will be saved, and the chances of error in +calculation diminished. It is believed that henceforth no Engineer's +Office will be considered complete without them. + +"The work is INVALUABLE."--_Colliery Guardian._ + +"Ought to be in EVERY office where even occasional conversions are +required.... Prof. SMITH'S TABLES form very EXCELLENT CHECKS on +results."--_Electrical Review._ + +"Prof. Smith deserves the hearty thanks, not only of the ENGINEER, but +of the COMMERCIAL WORLD, for having smoothed the way for the ADOPTION of +the METRIC SYSTEM of MEASUREMENT, a subject which is now assuming great +importance as a factor in maintaining our HOLD upon FOREIGN +TRADE."--_The Machinery Market._ + + * * * * * + +In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 10s. 6d. + +CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS. + +BY + +BERTRAM BLOUNT, F.I.C., F.C.S., A.I.C.E., Consulting Chemist to the +Crown Agents for the Colonies. + +AND + +A.G. BLOXAM, F.I.C., F.C.S., Consulting Chemist, Head of the Chemistry +Department, Goldsmiths' Inst., New Cross. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction--Chemistry of the Chief Materials of +Construction--Sources of Energy--Chemistry of Steam-raising--Chemistry +of Lubrication and Lubricants--Metallurgical Processes used in the +Winning and Manufacture of Metals. + +"The authors have SUCCEEDED beyond all expectation, and have produced a +work which should give FRESH POWER to the Engineer and +Manufacturer."--_The Times._ + +"PRACTICAL THROUGHOUT ... an ADMIRABLE TEXT-BOOK, useful not only to +Students, but to ENGINEERS and MANAGERS OF WORKS in PREVENTING WASTE and +IMPROVING PROCESSES."--_Scotsman._ + +"A book worthy to take HIGH RANK ... treatment of the subject of GASEOUS +FUEL particularly good.... WATER GAS and its production clearly worked +out.... We WARMLY RECOMMEND the work."--_Journal of Gas Lighting._ + +For Companion Volume by the same Authors, see "CHEMISTRY FOR +MANUFACTURERS," p. 71. + + * * * * * + +WORKS BY WALTER R. BROWNE, M.A., M. INST. C.E., Late Fellow of Trinity +College, Cambridge. + +~THE STUDENT'S MECHANICS: An Introduction to the Study of Force and +Motion.~ + +With Diagrams. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 4s. 6d. + +"Clear in style and practical in method, 'THE STUDENT'S MECHANICS' is +cordially to be commended from all points of view."--_Athenęum._ + + * * * * * + +FOUNDATIONS OF MECHANICS. + +Papers reprinted from the _Engineer._ In Crown 8vo, 1s. + + * * * * * + +Demy 8vo, with Numerous Illustrations, 9s. + +FUEL AND WATER: A Manual for Users of Steam and Water. + +BY PROF. FRANZ SCHWACKHÖFER OF VIENNA, AND WALTER R. BROWNE, M.A., C.E. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Heat and Combustion--Fuel, Varieties of--Firing +Arrangements: Furnace, Flues, Chimney--The Boiler, Choice +of--Varieties--Feed-water Heaters--Steam Pipes--Water: Composition, +Purification--Prevention of Scale, &c., &c. + +"The Section on Heat is one of the best and most lucid ever +written."--_Engineer._ + +"Cannot fail to be valuable to thousands using steam power."--_Railway +Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +GRIFFINS LOCAL GOVERNMENT HANDBOOKS. + +WORKS SUITABLE FOR MUNICIPAL AND COUNTY ENGINEERS, ANALYSTS, AND OTHERS. + +See also Davies' _Hygiene_, p. 99, and MacLeod's _Public Health_, p. +110. + +~Gas Manufacture (The Chemistry of).~ A Handbook on the Production, +Purification, and Testing of Illuminating Gas, and the Assay of +Bye-Products. By W.J.A. BUTTERFIELD, M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S. With +Illustrations. THIRD EDITION, Revised (in preparation). [See page 77. + +~Water Supply:~ A Practical Treatise on the Selection of Sources and the +Distribution of Water. By REGINALD E. MIDDLETON, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. +Mech. E., F.S.I. With Four Plates and Numerous Diagrams. Crown 8vo. [See +page 77. + +~Central Electrical Stations:~ Their Design, Organisation, and +Management. By ~C.H. Wordingham~, A.K.C., M. Inst. C.E. Price 24s. net. + +_For details see opposite page._ + +~Sewage Disposal Works:~ A Guide to the Construction of Works for the +Prevention of the Pollution by Sewage of Rivers and Estuaries. By W. +SANTO CRIMP, M. Inst. C.E., F.G.S. SECOND EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. +Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With 37 Plates. Price 30s. [See page 76. + +~Trades' Waste:~ Its Treatment and Utilisation, with Special Reference +to the Prevention of Rivers' Pollution. By W. NAYLOR, F.C.S., A.M. Inst. +C.E. With Numerous Plates, Diagrams, and Illustrations. 21s. net. [See +page 76. + +~Calcareous Cements:~ Their Nature, Preparation, and Uses. With some +Remarks upon Cement Testing. By GILBERT REDGRAVE, Assoc. Inst. C.E. With +Illustrations, Analytical Data, and Appendices on Costs, &c. 8s. 6d. +[See page 76. + +~Road Making and Maintenance:~ A Practical Treatise for Engineers, +Surveyors, and others. With an Historical Sketch of Ancient and Modern +Practice. By THOMAS AITKEN, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., M. Assoc. Municipal +and County Engrs.; M. San. Inst. With numerous Plates, Diagrams, and +Illustrations. 21s. [See page 79. + +~Light Railways at Home and Abroad.~ By WILLIAM HENRY COLE, M. Inst. +C.E., late Deputy Manager, North-Western Railway, India. Large 8vo, +Handsome Cloth, Plates and illustrations. 16s. [See page 30. + +~Practical Sanitation:~ A Handbook for Sanitary Inspectors and others +interested in Sanitation. By GEO. REID, M.D., D.P.H., Medical Officer, +Staffordshire County Council. With Appendix on Sanitary Law, by Herbert +Manley, M.A., M.B., D.P.H. TENTH EDITION, Revised. 6s. [See page 78. + +~Sanitary Engineering~: A Practical Manual of Town Drainage and Sewage +and Refuse Disposal. By FRANK WOOD, A.M. Inst. C.E., F.G.S., Borough +Surveyor, Fulham. Fully Illustrated. 8s. 6d. net. [See page 78. + +~Dairy Chemistry:~ A Practical Handbook for Dairy Managers, Chemists, +and Analysts. By ~H. Droop Richmond~, F.C.S., Chemist to the Aylesbury +Dairy Company. With Tables, Illustrations, &c. Handsome Cloth, 16s. [See +page 73. + +~Milk: Its Production and Uses.~ With Chapters on Dairy Farming, The +Diseases of Cattle, and on the Hygiene and Control of Supplies. By +EDWARD F. WILLOUGHBY, M.D. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond. and Camb.), Inspector +of Farms and General Scientific Adviser to Welford & Sons, Ltd. [See +page 73. + +~Flesh Foods:~ With Methods for their Chemical, Microscopical, and +Bacteriological Examination. A Handbook for Medical Men, Inspectors, +Analysts, and others. By C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A., F.I.C., Mem. +Council Soc. of Public Analysts. With numerous Illustrations and a +coloured Plate. 10s. 6d. [See page 73. + +~Foods:~ Their Composition and Analysis. By A. WYNTER BLYTH, M.R.C.S., +F.C.S., Public Analyst for the County of Devon. With Tables, Folding +Plate, and Frontispiece. FIFTH EDITION, Thoroughly Revised. 21s. [See +page 72. + +"AN ADMIRABLE DIGEST of the most recent state of knowledge."--_Chemical +News._ + + * * * * * + +ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. + +_In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Profusely Illustrated with Plates, +Diagrams, and Figures. 24s. net._ + +CENTRAL ELECTRICAL STATIONS: Their Design, Organisation, and Management. + +BY CHAS. H. WORDINGHAM, A.K.C., M. INST. C.E., M. INST. MECH. E., Late +Memb. of Council Inst. E.E., and Electrical Engineer to the City of +Manchester. + +ABRIDGED CONTENTS. + +Introductory.--Central Station Work as a Profession.--As an +Investment.--The Establishment of a Central Station.--Systems of +Supply.--Site.--Architecture.--Plant.--Boilers.--Systems of Draught and +Waste Heat Economy.--Coal Handling, Weighing, and Storing.--The +Transmission of Steam.--Generators.--Condensing Appliances.--Switching +Gear, Instruments, and Connections.--Distributing Mains.--Insulation, +Resistance, and Cost.--Distributing Networks.--Service Mains and +Feeders.--Testing Mains.--Meters and Appliances.--Standardising +and Testing Laboratory.--Secondary Batteries.--Street +Lighting.--Cost.--General Organisation.--Mains Department.--Installation +Department.--Standardising Department.--Drawing Office.--Clerical +Department.--The Consumer.--Routine and Main Laying.--INDEX. + +"One of the MOST VALUABLE CONTRIBUTIONS to Central Station literature we +have had for some time."--_Electricity._ + + * * * * * + +ELECTRICITY CONTROL. + +A Treatise on Electricity Switchgear and Systems of Transmission. + +BY LEONARD ANDREWS, M.I.E.E., + +Ex-Member of Council of the Incorporated Municipal Electrical +Association; Consulting Electrical Engineer to the Hastings Corporation, +&c., &c. + +General Principles of Switchgear Design.--Constructional +Details.--Circuit Breakers or Arc Interrupting Devices.--Automatically +Operated Circuit Breakers.--Alternating Reverse Current +Devices.--Arrangement of 'Bus Bars, and Apparatus for Parallel +Running.--General Arrangement of Controlling Apparatus for High Tension +Systems.--General Arrangement of Controlling Apparatus for Low Tension +Systems.--Examples of Complete Installations.--Long Distance +Transmission Schemes. + + * * * * * + +SIXTEENTH EDITION, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. + +A POCKET-BOOK OF ELECTRICAL RULES & TABLES + +_FOR THE USE OF ELECTRICIANS AND ENGINEERS._ + +BY JOHN MUNRO, C.E., & PROF. JAMIESON, M. INST. C.E., F.R.S.E. + +With Numerous Diagrams. Pocket Size. Leather, 8s. 6d. + +~GENERAL CONTENTS.~ + +Units of Measurement.--Measures.--Testing.--Conductors.--Dielectrics.-- +Submarine Cables.--Telegraphy.--Electro-Chemistry.--Electro-Metallurgy.-- +Batteries.--Dynamos and Motors.--Transformers.--Electric +Lighting.--Miscellaneous.--Logarithms.--Appendices. + +"WONDERFULLY PERFECT.... Worthy of the highest commendation we can give +it."--_Electrician._ + +"The STERLING VALUE of Messrs. MUNRO and JAMIESON'S +POCKET-BOOK."--_Electrical Review._ + + * * * * * + +~By PROFESSORS J.H. POYNTING & J.J. THOMSON.~ + +In Five Volumes. Large 8vo. Sold Separately. + +~A TEXT-BOOK OF PHYSICS.~ + +BY + +J.H. POYNTING, SC.D., F.R.S., + +Late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Professor of Physics, +Birmingham University. + +AND + +J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S. + +Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Prof. of Experimental Physics in +the University of Cambridge. + + * * * * * + +Introductory Volume, fully Illustrated. SECOND EDITION, Revised. + +Price 10s. 6d. + +~PROPERTIES OF MATTER.~ + +CONTENTS.--Gravitation.--The Acceleration of +Gravity.--Elasticity.--Stresses and Strains.--Torsion.--Bending of +Rods.--Spiral Springs.--Collision.--Compressibility of +Liquids.--Pressures and Volumes of Gases.--Thermal Effects Accompanying +Strain.--Capillarity.--Surface Tension.--Laplace's Theory of +Capillarity.--Diffusion of Liquids.--Diffusion of Gases.--Viscosity of +Liquids.--INDEX. + + * * * * * + +VOLUME II. SECOND EDITION. Fully Illustrated. Price 8s. 6d. + +~SOUND.~ + +CONTENTS.--The Nature of Sound and its chief Characteristics.--The +Velocity of Sound in Air and other Media.--Reflection and Refraction of +Sound.--Frequency and Pitch of Notes.--Resonance and Forced +Oscillations.--Analysis of Vibrations.--The Transverse +Vibrations of Stretched Strings or Wires.--Pipes and other Air +Cavities.--Rods.--Plates.--Membranes.--Vibrations maintained by +Heat.--Sensitive Flames and Jets.--Musical Sand.--The Superposition of +Waves.--INDEX. + +"The work ... may be recommended to anyone desirous of possessing an +EASY UP-TO-DATE STANDARD TREATISE on Acoustics."--_Literature._ + +"Very clearly written.... The names of the authors are a guarantee of +the SCIENTIFIC ACCURACY and UP-TO-DATE CHARACTER of the +work."--_Educational Times._ + + * * * * * + +VOLUME III. At Press. Fully Illustrated. + +~HEAT.~ + +Remaining Volumes in Preparation-- + +~LIGHT; MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY.~ + + * * * * * + +~THE MEAN DENSITY OF THE EARTH:~ An Essay to which the Adams Prize was +adjudged in 1893 in the University of Cambridge. By J.H. POYNTING, +Sc.D., F.R.S., Late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Professor of +Physics, Birmingham University. In Large 8vo, with Bibliography, +Illustrations in the Text, and Seven Lithographed Plates. 12s. 6d. + +"An account of this subject cannot fail to be of GREAT and GENERAL +INTEREST to the scientific mind. Especially is this the case when the +account is given by one who has contributed so considerably as has Prof. +Poynting to our present state of knowledge with respect to a very +difficult subject.... Remarkably has Newton's estimate been verified by +Prof. Poynting."--_Athenęum._ + + * * * * * + +~Griffin's Geological, Prospecting, Mining, and Metallurgical +Publications.~ + +For Works on CHEMISTRY and CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES see p. 69. + + PAGE +Geology, Stratigraphical, R. ETHERIDGE, F.R.S., 52 + " Physical, PROF. H.G. SEELEY, 52 + " Practical Aids, PROF. GRENVILLE COLE, 53 + " Open Air Studies, " " 19 +Griffin's "New Land" Series, ED. BY PROF. COLE, 54 + Prospecting for Minerals, S. HERBERT COX, A.R.S.M., 55 + Food Supply, ROBT. BRUCE, 55 + New Lands, H.R. MILL, D.SC., F.R.S.E., 54 + Building Construction, PROF. JAMES LYON, 54 +Ore and Stone Mining, PROF. LE NEVE FOSTER, 56 + Elementary Mining, " " 56 + Coal Mining, H.W. HUGHES, F.G.S., 56 + Practical Coal Mining, G.L. KERR, M.INST.M.E., 58 + Elementary " " " 58 + Electrical Coal Mining, D. BURNS, 58 +Mine-Surveying, BENNETT H. BROUGH, A.R.S.M., 57 +Blasting and Explosives, O. GUTTMANN, A.M.I.C.E., 57 +Mine Accounts, PROF. J.G. LAWN, 57 +Mining Engineers' Pkt.-Bk., E.R. FIELD, M.INST.M.M., 60 +Petroleum, REDWOOD AND HOLLOWAY, 61 + A Handbook on Petroleum, J.H. THOMSON AND DR. REDWOOD, 61 + The Petroleum Lamp, " " 61 +Metallurgical Analysis, MACLEOD AND WALKER, 60 +Metallurgy (General), PHILLIPS AND BAUERMAN, 60 + " (Elementary), PROF. HUMBOLDT SEXTON, 66 + Getting Gold, J.C.F. JOHNSON, F.G.S., 58 + Gold Seeking in South Africa, THEO KASSNER, 59 + Cyanide Process, JAMES PARK, F.G.S., 59 + Cyaniding, SMART AND JULIAN, 59 + Electric Smelting, Borchers and McMillan, 67 + Electro-Metallurgy, W.G. McMillan, F.I.C., 67 + Assaying, J.J. & C. BERINGER, 66 + Metallurgical Analysis, J.J. MORGAN, F.C.S, 66 +Griffin's Metallurgical Series ED. BY SIR W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, 62 + Introduction, SIR W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., 63 + Gold, Metallurgy of, DR. KIRKE ROSE, A.R.S.M., 63 + Lead and Silver, " H.F. COLLINS, A.R.S.M., 64 + Iron, Metallurgy of, THOS. TURNER, A.R.S.M., 65 + Steel, " F.W. HARBORD, 65 + Metallurgical Machinery, H.C. JENKINS, A.R.S.M., 64 +Goldsmith and Jeweller's Art, THOS. B. WIGLEY, 68 +Precious Stones, DR. MAX BAUER, 68 + + * * * * * + +_Demy 8vo, Handsome cloth, 18s._ + +Physical Geology and Palęontology, + +_ON THE BASIS OF PHILLIPS._ + +BY + +HARRY GOVIER SEELEY, F.R.S., PROFESSOR OF GEOGRAPHY IN KING'S COLLEGE, +LONDON. + +With Frontispiece in Chromo-Lithography, and Illustrations. + +"It is impossible to praise too highly the research which PROFESSOR +SEELEY'S 'PHYSICAL GEOLOGY' evidences. IT IS FAR MORE THAN A +TEXT-BOOK--it is a DIRECTORY to the Student in prosecuting his +researches."--_Presidential Address to the Geological Society, 1885, by +Rev. Prof. Bonney, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S._ + +"PROFESSOR SEELEY maintains in his 'PHYSICAL GEOLOGY' the high +reputation he already deservedly bears as a Teacher."--_Dr. Henry +Woodward, F.R.S., in the "Geological Magazine."_ + +"PROFESSOR SEELEY'S work includes one of the most satisfactory Treatises +on Lithology in the English language."--_American Journal of +Engineering._ + + * * * * * + +_Demy 8vo, Handsome cloth, 34s._ + +Stratigraphical Geology & Palęontology, + +_ON THE BASIS OF PHILLIPS._ + +BY + +ROBERT ETHERIDGE, F.R.S., + +OF THE NATURAL HIST. DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM, LATE PALĘONTOLOGIST TO +THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF GREAT BRITAIN, PAST PRESIDENT OF THE GEOLOGICAL +SOCIETY, ETC. + +With Map, Numerous Tables, and Thirty-six Plates. + +"No such compendium of geological knowledge has ever been brought +together before."--_Westminster Review._ + +"If PROF. SEELEY'S volume was remarkable for its originality and the +breadth of its views, Mr. ETHERIDGE fully justifies the assertion made +in his preface that his book differs in construction and detail from +any known manual.... Must take HIGH RANK AMONG WORKS OF +REFERENCE."--_Athenęum._ + + * * * * * + +OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN GEOLOGY: An Introduction to Geology Out-of-doors. + +BY PROFESSOR GRENVILLE COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S. + +For details, see Griffin's Introductory Science Series, p. 85. + + * * * * * + +_Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth, 2s. 6d._ + +~RESEARCHES ON THE PAST AND PRESENT HISTORY OF THE EARTH'S ATMOSPHERE.~ + +_Including the latest Discoveries and their Practical Applications._ + +BY DR. THOMAS LAMB PHIPSON. + +PART I.--THE EARTH'S ATMOSPHERE IN REMOTE GEOLOGICAL PERIODS. + +PART II.--THE ATMOSPHERE OF OUR PRESENT PERIOD. APPENDICES; INDEX. + +*** Dr. Phipson's work presents, amidst much which is of interest to the +Scientist and the General Reader alike, a short _résumé_ of his +discovery of the origin of Atmospheric Oxygen, the existence of which he +attributes wholly to the action of Solar Radiation upon vegetable life. +The book will be found replete with much that is new, curious, and +interesting, both in connection with Weather Lore, and with Scientific +Meteorology.--_Publisher's Note._ + +"The book should prove of interest to general readers, as well as to +meteorologists and other students of science."--_Nature._ + + * * * * * + +By GRENVILLE A.J. COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S., + +Professor of Geology in the Royal College of Science for Ireland, and +Examiner in the University of London. + +_See also the two following pages (54, 55), and page 85._ + + * * * * * + +~AIDS IN PRACTICAL GEOLOGY:~ + +_WITH A SECTION ON PALĘONTOLOGY._ + +BY PROFESSOR GRENVILLE COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S. + +FOURTH EDITION, Thoroughly Revised. With Frontispiece and Illustrations. +Cloth, 10s. 6d. + + GENERAL CONTENTS.-- + PART I.--SAMPLING OF THE EARTH'S CRUST. + PART II.--EXAMINATION OF MINERALS. + PART III.--EXAMINATION OF ROCKS. + PART IV.--EXAMINATION OF FOSSILS. + +"Prof. Cole treats of the examination of minerals and rocks in a way +that has never been attempted before ... DESERVING OF THE HIGHEST +PRAISE. Here indeed are 'Aids' INNUMERABLE and INVALUABLE. All +the directions are given, with the utmost clearness and +precision."--_Athenęum._ + +"That the work deserves its title, that it is full of 'AIDS,' and in the +highest degree 'PRACTICAL,' will be the verdict of all who use +it."--_Nature._ + +"This EXCELLENT MANUAL ... will be A VERY GREAT HELP.... The Section on +the Examination of Fossils is probably the BEST of its kind yet +published.... FULL of well-digested information from the newest sources +and from personal research."--_Annals of Nat. History._ + + * * * * * + +GRIFFINS "NEW LAND" SERIES. + + * * * * * + +_Practical Hand-Books for the Use of Prospectors, Explorers, Settlers, +Colonists, and all Interested in the opening up and Development of New +Lands._ + +EDITED BY GRENVILLE A.J. COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S., + +Professor of Geology in the Royal College of Science for Ireland, and +Examiner in the University of London. + + * * * * * + +_In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 5s._ + +_With Numerous Maps Specially Drawn and Executed for this Work._ + +NEW LANDS: + +THEIR RESOURCES AND PROSPECTIVE ADVANTAGES. + +BY HUGH ROBERT MILL, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.E., + +Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. + +INTRODUCTORY.--The Development of New Lands.--The Dominion of +Canada.--Canada, Eastern Provinces.--Canada, Western Provinces and +Territories.--Newfoundland.--The United States.--Latin America, +Mexico.--Latin America, Temperate Brazil and Chili.--Latin America, +Argentina.--The Falkland Islands.--Victoria.--New South +Wales.--Queensland.--South Australia.--Tasmania.--Western +Australia.--New Zealand.--The Resources of South Africa.--Southern +Rhodesia.--INDEX. + +"PAINSTAKING ... COMPLETE ... of great PRACTICAL ASSISTANCE."--_The +Field._ + +"A want admirably supplied.... Has the advantage of being written by a +professed Geographer."--_Geographical Journal._ + + * * * * * + +_IN PREPARATION._ + +~BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IN WOOD, STONE, AND CONCRETE.~ By JAMES LYON, +M.A., Professor of Engineering in the Royal College of Science for +Ireland; sometime Superintendent of the Engineering Department in the +University of Cambridge; and J. Taylor, A.R.C.S.I. + + * * * * * + +*** Other Volumes, dealing with subjects of PRIMARY IMPORTANCE in the +EXAMINATION and UTILISATION of Lands which have not as yet been fully +developed, are in preparation. + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, _Revised. With Illustrations. Handsome Cloth, 5s._ + +PROSPECTING FOR MINERALS. + +A Practical Handbook for Prospectors, Explorers, Settlers, and all +interested in the Opening up and Development of New Lands. + +BY + +S. HERBERT COX, Assoc. R.S.M., M. Inst. M.M., F.G.S., &c. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction and Hints on Geology--The Determination +of Minerals: Use of the Blow-pipe, &c.--Rock-forming Minerals and +Non-Metallic Minerals of Commercial Value: Rock Salt, Borax, Marbles, +Lithographic Stone, Quartz and Opal, &c., &c.--Precious Stones and +Gems--Stratified Deposits: Coal and Ores--Mineral Veins and +Lodes--Irregular Deposits--Dynamics of Lodes: Faults, &c.--Alluvial +Deposits--Noble Metals: Gold, Platinum, Silver, +&c.--Lead--Mercury--Copper--Tin--Zinc--Iron--Nickel, &c.--Sulphur, +Antimony, Arsenic, &c.--Combustible Minerals--Petroleum--General Hints +on Prospecting--Glossary--Index. + + "This ADMIRABLE LITTLE WORK ... written with SCIENTIFIC + ACCURACY in a CLEAR and LUCID style.... An IMPORTANT ADDITION + to technical literature ... will be of value not only to the + Student, but to the experienced Prospector.... If the + succeeding volumes of the NEW LAND SERIES are equal in merit to + the First, we must congratulate the Publishers on successfully + filling up a gap in existing literature.--_Mining Journal._ + + "This EXCELLENT HANDBOOK will prove a perfect _Vade-mecum_ to + those engaged in the practical work of Mining and + Metallurgy."--_Times of Africa._ + + * * * * * + +With many Engravings and Photographs. Handsome Cloth, 4s. 6d. + +FOOD SUPPLY. + +By ROBERT BRUCE, Agricultural Superintendent to the Royal Dublin +Society. + +With Appendix on Preserved Foods by C.A. Mitchell, B.A., F.L.C. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Climate and Soil--Drainage and Rotation of +Crops--Seeds and Crops--Vegetables and Fruits--Cattle and +Cattle-Breeding--Sheep and Sheep Rearing--Pigs--Poultry--Horses--The +Dairy--The Farmer's Implements--The Settler's Home. + +"BRISTLES WITH INFORMATION."--_Farmers' Gazette._ + +"The work is one which will appeal to those intending to become farmers +at home or in the Colonies, and who desire to obtain a general idea of +the true principles of farming in ALL ITS BRANCHES."--_Journal of the +Royal Colonial Inst._ + +"A most READABLE and VALUABLE book, and merits an EXTENSIVE +SALE."--_Scottish Farmer._ + +"Will prove of service in ANY PART OF THE WORLD."--_Nature._ + + * * * * * + +FOURTH EDITION, Revised, and brought thoroughly up-to-date by L.H. +COOKE, Instructor in Mine Surveying, Royal College of Science. + +With Frontispiece and 716 Illustrations. Price 34s. + +ORE & STONE MINING. + +BY + +C. LE NEVE FOSTER, D.Sc., F.R.S., + +PROFESSOR OF MINING, ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE; EXAMINER IN MINING TO THE +BOARD OF EDUCATION. + +GENERAL CONTENTS. + +INTRODUCTION. Mode of Occurrence of +Minerals.--Prospecting.--Boring.--Breaking Ground.--Supporting +Excavations.--Exploitation.--Haulage or Transport.--Hoisting or +Winding.--Drainage.--Ventilation.--Lighting.--Descent and +Ascent.--Dressing.--Principles of Employment of Mining +Labour.--Legislation affecting Mines and Quarries.--Condition of the +Miner.--Accidents.--Index. + +"Dr. Foster's book was expected to be epoch-making, and it fully +justifies such expectation.... A MOST ADMIRABLE account of the mode of +occurrence of practically ALL KNOWN MINERALS. Probably stands unrivalled +for completeness."--_The Mining Journal_. + +"This EPOCH-MAKING work ... appeals to MEN OF EXPERIENCE no less than to +students."--_Berg- und Hüttenmännische Zeitung_. + +"This SPLENDID WORK."--_Oesterr. Ztschrft. für Berg- und Hüttenwesen_. + + * * * * * + +ELEMENTARY MINING AND QUARRYING + +(An Introductory Text-book). By Prof. C. LE NEVE FOSTER, F.R.S. With +Illustrations. [_At Press._ + + * * * * * + +FOURTH EDITION, _Revised and Greatly Enlarged. With Numerous Additional +Illustrations, mostly reduced from Working Drawings. Price 24s. net._ + +A TEXT-BOOK OF COAL-MINING: + +_FOR THE USE OF COLLIERY MANAGERS AND OTHERS ENGAGED IN COAL-MINING._ + +BY + +HERBERT WILLIAM HUGHES, F.G.S., + +Assoc. Royal School of Mines, General Manager of Sandwell Park Colliery. + +GENERAL CONTENTS. + +Geology.--Search for Coal.--Breaking Ground.--Sinking.--Preliminary +Operations.--Methods of Working.--Haulage.--Winding.--Pumping.-- +Ventilation.--Lighting.--Works at Surface.--Preparation of Coal for +Market.--INDEX. + +"Quite THE BEST book of its kind ... as PRACTICAL in aim as a book can +be ... The illustrations are EXCELLENT."--_Athenęum_. + +"We cordially recommend the work."--_Colliery Guardian_. + +"Will soon come to be regarded as the STANDARD WORK of its +kind."--_Birmingham Daily Gazette._ + + * * * * * + +TENTH EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. With Numerous Diagrams. + +Cloth, 7s. 6d. + +~A TREATISE ON MINE-SURVEYING: + +For the use of Managers of Mines and Collieries, Students at the Royal +School of Mines, &c.~ + +By BENNETT H. BROUGH, F.G.S., ASSOC.R.S.M., + +Formerly Instructor of Mine-Surveying, Royal School of Mines. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--General Explanations.--Measurement of +Distances.--Miner's Dial.--Variation of the +Magnetic-Needle.--Surveying.--German Dial.--Theodolite.--Traversing +Underground.--Surface-Surveys.--Plotting the Survey.--Calculation of +Areas.--Levelling.--Measuring Distances by +Telescope.--Setting-out.--Problems.--Photographic +Surveying.--_Appendices._ + +"Its CLEARNESS of STYLE, LUCIDITY of DESCRIPTION, and FULNESS of DETAIL +have long ago won for it a place unique in the literature of this branch +of mining engineering, and the present edition fully maintains the high +standard of its predecessors. To the student, and to the mining engineer +alike, ITS VALUE is inestimable. The illustrations are excellent."--_The +Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +_In Large 8vo._ SECOND EDITION. _Price 10s. 6d._ + +~Mine Accounts and Mining Book-keeping.~ + +For Students, Managers, Secretaries, and others. + +_With Examples taken from Actual Practice of Leading Companies._ + +BY + +JAMES GUNSON LAWN, Assoc.R.S.M., Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E., F.G.S., + +Professor of Mining at the South African School of Mines. + +EDITED BY C. LE NEVE FOSTER, D.Sc., F.R.S. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction.--Part I. Engagement and Payment of +Workmen.--Part II. Purchases and Sales.--Part III. Working Summaries and +Analyses.--Part IV. Ledger, Balance Sheet, and Company Books.--Part V. +Reports and Statistics. + +"It seems IMPOSSIBLE to suggest how Mr. LAWN'S book could be made more +COMPLETE or more VALUABLE, careful, and exhaustive."--_Accountants' +Magazine_. + + * * * * * + +_In Large 8vo, with Illustrations and Folding-Plates. 10s. 6d._ + +~BLASTING~: + +AND THE USE OF EXPLOSIVES. + +A Handbook for Engineers and others Engaged in Mining, Tunnelling, +Quarrying, &c. + +BY OSCAR GUTTMANN, ASSOC. M. INST. C.E. + +_Member of the Societies of Civil Engineers and Architects of Vienna and +Budapest, Corresponding Member of the Imp. Roy. Geological Institution +of Austria, &c._ + +"This ADMIRABLE work."--_Colliery Guardian._ + +"Should prove a _vade-mecum_ to Mining Engineers and all engaged in +practical work."--_Iron and Coal Trades Review._ + + * * * * * + +_In Crown 8vo. Handsome cloth. With Numerous Illustrations. 6s. net._ + +~ELECTRICAL PRACTICE IN COLLIERIES.~ + +BY D. BURNS, M.E., M.INST.M.E., + +Certificated Colliery Manager, and Lecturer on Mining and Geology to the +Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College. + +Units of Measurement, Conductors, &c.--The Theory of the Dynamo.--The +Dynamo, Details of Construction and Working.--Motors.--Lighting +Installations in Collieries.--Pumping by Electricity.--Electrical +Haulage.--Coal Cutting.--Miscellaneous Applications of Electricity in +Mines.--INDEX. + +"A clear and concise introduction to electrical practice in +collieries."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION. Large Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With over 520 +Illustrations in the Text. 12s. 6d. + +~PRACTICAL COAL-MINING:~ A MANUAL FOR MANAGERS, UNDER-MANAGERS, COLLIERY +ENGINEERS, AND OTHERS. + +_With Worked-out Problems on Haulage, Pumping, Ventilation, &c._ + +BY GEORGE L. KERR, M.E., M.INST.M.E. + +"An ESSENTIALLY PRACTICAL WORK, and can be confidently recommended. No +department of Coal-Mining has been overlooked."--_Engineers' Gazette._ + +"This book JUST MEETS the wants of Students preparing for the Colliery +Managers' Examinations. I have decided to use it for our classes +here.... We have, I believe the largest atining class in Great +Britain."--_The Principal of a Training College._ + + * * * * * + +ELEMENTARY COAL-MINING: For the Use of Students, Miners, and others +preparing for Examinations. By GEORGE L. KERR, M.E., M.INST.M.E., Author +of "Practical Coal-Mining." In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With 200 +Illustrations. 3s. 6d. + +"An abundance of information conveyed in a popular and attractive +form.... Will be of great use to all who are in any way interested in +coal mining."--_Scottish Critic._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION. _With Illustrations. Cloth, 3s. 6d._ + +~GETTING GOLD:~ + +A GOLD-MINING HANDBOOK FOR PRACTICAL MEN. + +BY J.C.F. JOHNSON, F.G.S., A.I.M.E., + +Life Member Australasian Mine-Managers' Association. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introductory: Prospecting (Alluvial and +General)--Lode or Reef Prospecting--Genesiology of Gold--Auriferous +Lodes--Drifts--Gold Extraction--Lixiviation--Calcination--Motor Power +and its Transmission--Company Formation--Mining Appliances and +Methods--Australasian Mining Regulations. + +"PRACTICAL from beginning to end ... deals thoroughly with the +Prospecting, Sinking, Crushing, and Extraction of gold."--_Brit. +Australasian._ + + * * * * * + +_With Plates and Illustrations. Handsome Cloth. At Press._ + +~THE CYANIDE PROCESS OF GOLD EXTRACTION.~ + +_A Text-Book for the Use of Metallurgists and Students at Schools of +Mines, &c._ + +BY JAMES PARK, F.G.S., M.INST.M.M., + +Professor of Mining and Director of the Otago University School of +Mines; late Director Thames School of Mines, and Geological Surveyor and +Mining Geologist to the Government of New Zealand. + +THIRD ENGLISH EDITION. Thoroughly Revised and Greatly Enlarged. With +additional details concerning the Siemens-Halske and other recent +processes. + +CONTENTS.--The MacArthur Process.--Chemistry of the Process.--Laboratory +Experiments.--Control Testing and Analysis of Solutions.--Appliances for +Cyanide Extraction.--The Actual Extraction by Cyanide.--Application of +the Process.--Leaching by Agitation.--Zinc Precipitation of Gold.--The +Siemens-Halske Process.--Other Cyanide Processes.--Antidotes for Cyanide +Poisoning.--Cyaniding in New Zealand. + +"Mr. Park's book deserves to be ranked as amongst the BEST OF EXISTING +TREATISES ON THIS SUBJECT."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +AT PRESS. _With Numerous Plates, Maps, and Illustrations._ + +~CYANIDING GOLD & SILVER ORES.~ + +A Practical Treatise on the Cyanide Process; its Application, Methods of +Working, Design and Construction of Plant, and Costs. + +BY H. FORBES JULIAN, + +Mining and Metallurgical Engineer; Specialist in Gold: Late Technical +Adviser of the Deutsche Gold und Silber Scheide Anstalt, +Frankfort-on-Maine. + +AND EDGAR SMART, A.M.I.C.E., + +Civil and Metallurgical Engineer. + +*** This book deals with the Cyanide Process from Technical, Commercial, +and Scientific points of view. It is adapted for the Use of Directors, +Managers, and Superintendents of Mines and Metallurgical Works, Mining +Engineers, Metallurgists, Chemists, Assayers, Working Cyaniders, and +Students. + + * * * * * + +_In Crown. 8vo. Illustrated. Fancy Cloth Boards._ 4c. 6c. + +~GOLD SEEKING IN SOUTH AFRICA:~ + +A Handbook of Hints for intending Explorers, Prospectors, and Settlers. + +BY THEO KASSNER, + +Mine Manager, Author of the Geological Sketch Map of the De Kaap Gold +Fields. + +_With a Chapter on the Agricultural Prospects of South Africa._ + +ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS--History.--Geology.--Prospecting.--The De Kaap +Goldfields.--Komati and Swaziland.--Cost of Mining, Native Labour, +&c.--Lydenberg Goldfields--Zoutspanberg.--Witwatersrand.--Other +Goldfields.--General Considerations--Conclusions.--Agricultural +Prospects, Tables, Index, &c. + +"As fascinating in its way as anything ever penned by Jules Verne. Mr. +Kassner manages to impart his information in a way that enables him to +be understanded even of the dullest."--_African Commerce._ + + * * * * * + +AT PRESS. Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations. + +METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS & ASSAYING: + +A THREE YEARS' COURSE FOR STUDENTS OF SCHOOLS OF MINES. + +By W.A. MACLEOD, B.A., B.Sc., A.O.S.M. (N.Z.), + +Formerly Assist.-Director, Thames School of Mines (N.Z.), and Lecturer +in Chemistry, University of Tasmania; Director of Queensland Government +School of Mines, Charters Towers; + +AND CHAS. WALKER, F.C.S., + +Formerly Assist.-Demonstrator in Chemistry, Sydney University; Lecturer +in Chemistry and Metallurgy, Charters Towers School of Mines + +PART I.--QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES OF GASES. + +PART II.--QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. + +PART III.--ASSAYING, TECHNICAL ANALYSIS (GAS, WATER, FUELS, OILS, &C.). + +*** "The aim of this work is to provide the student with a graded course +of work leading from Simple Quantitative Analysis up to the Technical +Quantitative Methods. It has been specially prepared to meet the +requirements of Schools of Mines, and more especially, of those in the +Colonies, the subject matter having been selected to cover a three +years' laboratory course."--_Extract from Author's Preface._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION. With Folding Plates and Many Illustrations. 36s. + +ELEMENTS OF METALLURGY. + +A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE ART OF EXTRACTING METALS FROM THEIR ORES. + +BY J. ARTHUR PHILLIPS, M. INST. C.E., F.C.S., F.G.S., &c., AND H. +BAUERMAN, V.P.G.S. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Refractory Materials.--Fire-Clays.--Fuels, +&c.--Aluminium.--Copper.--Tin.--Antimony.--Arsenic.--Zinc.--Mercury.-- +Bismuth.--Lead.--Iron.--Cobalt.--Nickel.--Silver.--Gold.--Platinum. + +"Of the THIRD EDITION, we are still able to say that, as a Text-book of +Metallurgy, it is THE BEST with which we are acquainted."--_Engineer._ + +"A work which is equally valuable to the Student as a Text-book, and to +the practical Smelter as a Standard Work of Reference.... The +Illustrations are admirable examples of Wood Engraving."--_Chemical +News._ + + * * * * * + +~THE MINING ENGINEERS' REPORT BOOK AND DIRECTORS'~ AND SHAREHOLDERS' +GUIDE TO MINING REPORTS. By EDWIN R. FIELD, M.INST.M.M. With Notes on +the Valuation of Mining Property and Tabulating Reports, Useful Tables, +&c., and provided with detachable blank pages for MS. Notes. + +"An ADMIRABLY compiled book which Mining Engineers and Managers will +find EXTREMELY USEFUL."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION. _In Preparation. In Two Volumes, Large 8vo. With +Numerous Maps, Plates, and Illustrations in the Text. Price 45s._ + +~PETROLEUM _AND ITS PRODUCTS:_ A PRACTICAL TREATISE.~ + +By Dr. BOVERTON REDWOOD, F.R.S.E., F.I.C., ASSOC.R.C.S., + +Hon. Corr. Mem. of the Imperial Russian Technical Society; Mem. of the +American Chemical Society; Adviser to the Home Office and to the +Corporation of London under the Petroleum Acts, &c., &c. + +ASSISTED BY GEO. T. HOLLOWAY, F.I.C., ASSOC. R.C.S., And Numerous +Contributors. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--I. Historical.--II. Geological and Geographical +Distribution of Petroleum and Natural Gas.--III. Chemical and Physical +Properties.--IV. Origin--V. Production.--VI. Refining.--VII. The Shale +Oil and Allied Industries.--VIII. Transport, Storage, and +Distribution.--IX. Testing.--X. Application and Uses.--XI. Legislation +at Home and Abroad.--XII. Statistics.--INDEX. + +"The MOST COMPREHENSIVE AND CONVENIENT ACCOUNT that has yet appeared of +a gigantic Industry which has made incalculable additions to the comfort +of civilised man."--_The Times._ + +"A SPLENDID CONTRIBUTION to our technical literature."--_Chemical News._ + + * * * * * + +_With Plates (One Coloured) and Illustrations. Price 8s. 6d. net._ + +~A HANDBOOK ON PETROLEUM.~ + +_FOR INSPECTORS UNDER THE PETROLEUM ACTS,_ + +And for those engaged in the Storage, Transport, Distribution, and +Industrial Use of Petroleum and its Products, and of Calcium Carbide. +With suggestions on the Construction and Use of Mineral Oil Lamps. + +BY CAPTAIN J.H. THOMSON, H.M. Chief Inspector of Explosives, + +AND + +DR. BOVERTON REDWOOD, Author of "Petroleum and its Products." + +CONTENTS.--I. Introductory.--II. Sources of Supply.--III. +Production.--IV. Chemical Products, Shale Oil, and Coal Tar.--V. Flash +Point and Fire Test.--VI. Testings.--VII. Existing Legislation relating +to Petroleum.--VIII.--IX.--Precautions Necessary.--X. Petroleum Oil +Lamps.--XI. Carbide of Calcium and Acetylene.--Appendices.--INDEX. + +"A volume that will enrich the world's petroleum literature, and render +a service to the British branch of the industry.... Reliable, +indispensable, a brilliant contribution."--_Petroleum._ + + * * * * * + +~THE PETROLEUM LAMP: Its Choice and Use.~ A Guide to the Safe Employment +of Mineral Oil in what is commonly termed the Paraffin Lamp. By CAPT. +J.H. THOMSON and Dr. BOVERTON REDWOOD. Popular Edition, Illustrated. 1s. +net. + +"The book contains a great deal of interesting reading, much of which is +thoroughly practical and useful. It is a work which will meet every +purpose for which it has been written."--_Petroleum._ + + * * * * * + +Griffin's Metallurgical Series. + + * * * * * + +_STANDARD WORKS OF REFERENCE_ + +FOR + +Metallurgists, Mine-Owners, Assayers, Manufacturers, and all interested +in the development of the Metallurgical Industries. + +EDITED BY Sir W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., D.C.L, F.R.S. + +_In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations._ + + * * * * * + +~INTRODUCTION to the STUDY of METALLURGY.~ By the EDITOR. FIFTH EDITION. +18s. (See p. 63.) + +~GOLD (The Metallurgy of).~ By THOS. KIRKE ROSE, D.Sc., Assoc.R.S.M., +F.I.C., Chemist and Assayer of the Royal Mint. FOURTH EDITION. 21s. (See +p. 63.) + +~LEAD AND SILVER (The Metallurgy of).~ By H.F. COLLINS, Assoc.R.S.M., +M.Inst.M.M. Part I., Lead, 16s; Part II., Silver, 16s. (See p. 64.) + +~IRON (The Metallurgy of).~ By T. TURNER, A.R.S.M., F.I.C., F.C.S. +SECOND EDITION, Revised. 16s. (See p. 65.) + +~STEEL (The Metallurgy of).~ By F.W. HARBORD, Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C., with +a Section on Mechanical Treatment by J.W. HALL, A.M.Inst, C.E. (See p. +65.) [_Ready shortly._ + + * * * * * + +_Will be Published at Short Intervals._ + +~METALLURGICAL MACHINERY:~ the Application of Engineering to +Metallurgical Problems. By HENRY CHARLES JENKINS, Wh.Sc., Assoc.R.S.M., +Assoc.M.Inst.C.E., of the Royal College of Science. (See p. 64). + +~ALLOYS.~ By the EDITOR. + +*** Other Volumes in Preparation. + + * * * * * + +FIFTH EDITION, thoroughly Revised and considerably Enlarged. Large 8vo, +with numerous Illustrations and Micro-Photographic Plates of different +varieties of Steel. 18s. + +~An Introduction to the Study of METALLURGY.~ + +BY + +Sir W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., A.R.S.M., Late Chemist +and Assayer of the Royal Mint, and Professor of Metallurgy in the Royal +College of Science. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--The Relation of Metallurgy to Chemistry.--Physical +Properties of Metals.--Alloys.--The Thermal Treatment of Metals.--Fuel +and Thermal Measurements.--Materials and Products of +Metallurgical Processes.--Furnaces.--Means of Supplying Air to +Furnaces.--Thermo-Chemistry.--Typical Metallurgical Processes.--The +Micro-Structure of Metals and Alloys.--Economic Considerations. + +"No English text-book at all approaches this in the COMPLETENESS with +which the most modern views on the subject are dealt with. Professor +Austen's volume will be INVALUABLE, not only to the student, but also to +those whose knowledge of the art is far advanced."--_Chemical News._ + + * * * * * + +FOURTH EDITION, Revised, Considerably Enlarged, and in part Re-written. +Including the most recent Improvements in the Cyanide Process. With +Frontispiece and numerous Illustrations. 21s. + +~THE METALLURGY OF GOLD.~ + +BY + +T. KIRKE ROSE, D.Sc.Lond., Assoc.R.S.M., _Chemist and Assayer of the +Royal Mint_. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--The Properties of Gold and its Alloys.--Chemistry of +Gold.--Mode of Occurrence and Distribution.--Placer Mining.--Shallow +Deposits.--Deep Placer Mining.--Quartz Crushing in the Stamp +Battery.--Amalgamation.--Other Forms of Crushing and +Amalgamating.--Concentration.--Stamp Battery Practice.--Chlorination: +The Preparation of Ore.--The Vat Process.--The Barrel +Process.--Chlorination Practice in Particular Mills.--The Cyanide +Process.--Chemistry of the Process.--Pyritic Smelting.--The Refining and +Parting of Gold Bullion--The Assay of Gold Ores.--The Assay of +Bullion--Economic Considerations.--Bibliography. + +"A COMPREHENSIVE PRACTICAL TREATISE on this important subject."--_The +Times._ + +"The MOST COMPLETE description of the CHLORINATION PROCESS which has yet +been published."--_Mining Journal._ + +"Adapted for all who are interested in the Gold Mining Industry, being +free from technicalities as far as possible, but is more particularly of +value to those engaged in the industry."--_Cape Times._ + + * * * * * + +EDITED BY SIR W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L. + +_In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations._ + + * * * * * + +In Two Volumes, Each Complete in Itself and Sold Separately. + +~THE METALLURGY OF LEAD AND SILVER.~ + +BY H.F. COLLINS, ASSOC.R.S.M., M.INST.M.M. + +~Part I.--LEAD:~ + +A Complete and Exhaustive Treatise on the Manufacture of Lead, with +Sections on Smelting and Desilverisation, and Chapters on the Assay and +Analysis of the Materials involved. Price 16s. + +SUMMARY OF CONTENTS.--Sampling and Assaying Lead and Silver.--Properties +and Compounds of Lead.--Lead Ores.--Lead +Smelting.--Reverberatories.--Lead Smelting in Hearths.--The Roasting of +Lead Ores.--Blast Furnace Smelting; Principles, Practice, and Examples; +Products.--Flue Dust, its Composition, Collection and Treatment.--Costs +and Losses, Purchase of Ores.--Treatment of Zinc, Lead Sulphides, +Desilverisation, Softening and Refining.--The Pattinson Process.--The +Parkes Process.--Cupellation and Refining, &c., &c. + +"A THOROUGHLY SOUND and useful digest. May with EVERY CONFIDENCE be +recommended."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +~Part II. SILVER.~ + +Comprising Details regarding the Sources and Treatment of Silver Ores, +together with Descriptions of Plant, Machinery, and Processes of +Manufacture, Refining of Bullion, Cost of Working, &c. Price 16s. + +SUMMARY OF CONTENTS.--Properties of Silver and its Principal +Compounds.--Silver Ores.--The Patio Process.--The Kazo, +Fondon, Kröhnke, and Tina Processes.--The Pan Process.--Roast +Amalgamation.--Treatment of Tailings and Concentration.--Retorting, +Melting, and Assaying.--Chloridising-Roasting.--The Augustin, +Claudet, and Ziervogel Processes.--The Hypo-Sulphite Leaching +Process.--Refining.--Matte Smelting.--Pyritic Smelting.--Matte +Smelting in Reverberatories.--Silver-Copper Smelting and Refining.--INDEX. + +"The author has focussed A LARGE AMOUNT OF VALUABLE INFORMATION into a +convenient form.... The author has evidently considerable practical +experience, and describes the various processes clearly and +well."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +~_IN PREPARATION._~ + +~METALLURGICAL MACHINERY: The Application of Engineering to +Metallurgical Problems.~ + +BY HENRY CHARLES JENKINS, + +_Wh.Sc., Assoc.R.S.M., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E._ + + * * * * * + +READY SHORTLY. With Numerous Illustrations. Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. + +~THE METALLURGY OF STEEL.~ + +BY F.W. HARBORD, ASSOC.R.S.M., F.I.C., _Consulting Metallurgist and +Analytical Chemist to the Indian Government, Royal Indian Engineering +College, Coopers Hill._ + +With over 40 Plates, 500 Illustrations (comprising nearly 100 +Micro-Sections of Steel), Diagrams of Plant and Machinery, reduced from +Working Drawings, and a Section on Mill Practice. + +BY J.W. HALL, A.M.INST.C.E. + +ABRIDGED CONTENTS.--The Plant, Machinery, Methods and Chemistry of the +Bessemer and of the Open Hearth Processes (Acid and Basic).--The +Mechanical Treatment of Steel comprising Mill Practice, Plant and +Machinery.--The Influence of Metalloids, Heat Treatment, Special Steels, +Microstructure, Testing, and Specifications. + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Revised. Price 16s. + +~THE METALLURGY OF IRON.~ + +BY THOMAS TURNER, ASSOC.R.S.M., F.I.C., _Professor of Metallurgy in the +University of Birmingham._ + +In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth, With Numerous Illustrations (many from +Photographs). + +_General Contents._--Early History of Iron.--Modern History of +Iron.--The Age of Steel.--Chief Iron Ores.--Preparation of Iron +Ores.--The Blast Furnace.--The Air used in the Blast Furnace.--Reactions +of the Blast Furnace.--The Fuel used in the Blast Furnace.--Slags and +Fluxes of Iron Smelting.--Properties of Cast Iron.--Foundry +Practice.--Wrought Iron.--Indirect Production of Wrought Iron.--The +Puddling Process.--Further Treatment of Wrought Iron.--Corrosion of Iron +and Steel. + +"A MOST VALUABLE SUMMARY of knowledge relating to every method and stage +in the manufacture of cast and wrought iron ... rich in chemical +details.... EXHAUSTIVE and THOROUGHLY UP-TO-DATE."--_Bulletin of the +American Iron and Steel Association._ + +"This is A DELIGHTFUL BOOK, giving, as it does, reliable information on +a subject becoming every day more elaborate."--_Colliery Guardian._ + +"A THOROUGHLY USEFUL BOOK, which brings the subject UP TO DATE. OF GREAT +VALUE to those engaged in the iron industry."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +*** For Details of WORKS ON MINING, see pages 55-59. + + * * * * * + +~A TEXT-BOOK OF ASSAYING:~ + +_For the use of Students, Mine Managers, Assayers, &c._ + +BY J.J. BERINGER, F.I.C., F.C.S., Public Analyst for, and Lecturer to +the Mining Association of, Cornwall. + +AND C. BERINGER, F.C.S., Late Chief Assayer to the Rio Tinto Copper +Company, London. + +With numerous Tables and Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 10s. 6d. +EIGHTH EDITION. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--PART I.--INTRODUCTORY; MANIPULATION: Sampling; +Drying; Calculation of Results--Laboratory-books and Reports. METHODS: +Dry Gravimetric; Wet Gravimetric--Volumetric Assays: Titrometric, +Colorimetric, Gasometric--Weighing and Measuring--Reagents--Formulę, +Equations, &c.--Specific Gravity. + +PART II.--METALS: Detection and Assay of Silver, Gold, Platinum, +Mercury, Copper, Lead, Thallium, Bismuth, Antimony, Iron, Nickel, +Cobalt, Zinc, Cadmium, Tin, Tungsten, Titanium, Manganese, Chromium, +&c.--Earths, Alkalies. + +PART III.--NON-METALS: Oxygen and Oxides; The Halogens--Sulphur and +Sulphates--Arsenic, Phosphorus, Nitrogen--Silicon, Carbon, Boron--Useful +Tables. + +"A REALLY MERITORIOUS WORK, that may be safely depended upon either for +systematic instruction or for reference."--_Nature._ + +"This work is one of the best of its kind."--_Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, _Revised. Handsome Cloth. With Numerous Illustrations. +6s._ + +A TEXT-BOOK OF ~ELEMENTARY METALLURGY.~ + +Including the Author's Practical Laboratory Course. + +BY A. HUMBOLDT SEXTON, F.I.C., F.C.S., Professor of Metallurgy in the +Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction.--Properties of the +Metals.--Combustion.--Fuels.--Refractory Materials.--Furnaces.--Occurrence +of the Metals in Nature.--Preparation of the Ore for the +Smelter.--Metallurgical Processes.--Iron.--Steel.---Copper.--Lead.--Zinc +and Tin.--Silver.--Gold.--Mercury.--Alloys.--Applications of ELECTRICITY +to Metallurgy.--LABORATORY COURSE. + +"Just the kind of work for Students commencing the study of Metallurgy, +or for ENGINEERING Students."--_Practical Engineer._ + +"EXCELLENTLY got-up and WELL-ARRANGED."--_Chemical Trade Journal._ + + * * * * * + +In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Price 4s. + +~TABLES FOR QUANTITATIVE METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS.~ FOR LABORATORY USE. + +_ON THE PRINCIPLE OF "GROUP" SEPARATIONS._ + +BY J. JAMES MORGAN, F.C.S., M.S.C.I. + +"The Author may be CONGRATULATED on the way his work has been carried +out."--_The Engineer._ + +"Will COMMEND ITSELF highly in Laboratory Practice. Its CLEARNESS and +PRECISION mark the book out as a highly useful one."--_Mining Journal._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Revised, Enlarged, and in part Re-written. With +Additional Sections on MODERN THEORIES OF ELECTROLYSIS COSTS, &c. Price +10s. 6d. + +A TREATISE ON ~ELECTRO-METALLURGY:~ + +Embracing the Application of Electrolysis to the Plating, Depositing, +Smelting, and Refining of various Metals, and to the Reproduction of +Printing Surfaces and Art-Work, &c. + +BY + +WALTER G. McMILLAN, F.I.C., F.C.S., _Secretary to the Institution of +Electrical Engineers; late Lecturer in Metallurgy at Mason College, +Birmingham._ + +With numerous Illustrations. Large Crown 8vo. Cloth. + +"This excellent treatise, ... one of the BEST and MOST COMPLETE manuals +hitherto published on Electro-Metallurgy."--_Electrical Review._ + +"This work will be a STANDARD."--_Jeweller._ + +"Any metallurgical process which REDUCES the cost of production must of +necessity prove of great commercial importance.... We recommend this +manual to ALL who are interested in the PRACTICAL APPLICATION of +electrolytic processes."--_Nature._ + + * * * * * + +In large 8vo. With Numerous Illustrations and Three Folding-Plates. +Price 21s. + +~ELECTRIC SMELTING & REFINING:~ A Practical Manual of the Extraction and +Treatment of Metals by Electrical Methods. + +Being the "ELEKTRO-METALLURGIE" of DR. W. BORCHERS. + +Translated from the Second Edition by WALTER G. McMILLAN, F.I.C., +F.C.S + + * * * * * + +CONTENTS. + +PART I.--ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTH METALS: Magnesium, Lithium, +Beryllium, Sodium, Potassium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, the Carbides +of the Alkaline Earth Metals. + +PART II.--THE EARTH METALS: Aluminium, Cerium, Lanthanum, Didymium. + +PART III.--THE HEAVY METALS: Copper, Silver, Gold, Zinc and Cadmium, +Mercury, Tin, Lead, Bismuth, Antimony, Chromium, Molybdenum, Tungsten, +Uranium, Manganese, Iron, Nickel, and Cobalt, the Platinum Group. + +"COMPREHENSIVE and AUTHORITATIVE ... not only FULL of VALUABLE +INFORMATION, but gives evidence of a THOROUGH INSIGHT into the technical +VALUE and POSSIBILITIES of all the methods discussed."--_The +Electrician._ + +"Dr. BORCHERS' WELL-KNOWN WORK ... must of NECESSITY BE ACQUIRED by +every one interested in the subject. EXCELLENTLY put into English with +additional matter by Mr. MCMILLAN."--_Nature._ + +"Will be of GREAT SERVICE to the practical man and the +Student."--_Electric Smelting._ + + * * * * * + +_In Large 4to, Library Style. Beautifully Illustrated with 20 Plates, +many in Colours, and 94 Figures in the Text._ + +~PRECIOUS STONES: Their Properties, Occurrences, and Uses.~ + +_A Treatise for Dealers, Manufacturers, Jewellers, and for all +Collectors and others interested in Gems._ + +BY DR. MAX BAUER, Professor in the University of Marburg, + +TRANSLATED BY L.J. SPENCER, M.A. (CANTAB.), F.G.S. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--General Properties of Gems: Their Natural Characters, +Occurrence, Application, and Uses.--Detailed Description of Particular +Gems: The Diamond, Rubies, Sapphires; Emeralds, Tourmalines, and Opals; +Felspars, Amphiboles, Malachite.--Non-mineral Gems: Amber, &c.--Optical +Features, Transparency, Translucency, Opacity, Refraction and +Dispersion, &c.--APPENDIX: Pearls; Coral. + + * * * * * + +_In Large Crown 8vo. With Numerous Illustrations. 8s. 6d._ + +~The Art of the Goldsmith and Jeweller A Manual on the Manipulation of +Gold and the Manufacture of Personal Ornaments.~ + +BY THOS. B. WIGLEY, Headmaster of the Jewellers and Silversmiths' +Association Technical School, Birmingham. + +ASSISTED BY J.H. STANSBIE, B.SC. (LOND.), F.I.C., Lecturer at the +Birmingham Municipal Technical School. + + * * * * * + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction.--The Ancient Goldsmith's +Art.--Metallurgy of Gold.--Prices, &c.--Alloys.--Melting, +Rolling, and Slitting Gold.--The workshop and Tools.--Wire +Drawing.--Rings.--Chains and Insignia.--Antique Jewellery +Work.--PRECIOUS STONES.--Cutting.--Polishing and Finishing.--Chasing, +and its Revival.--Etruscan Embossing, and Repoussé Work.--Colouring +and Finishing.--Enamelling.--Engraving.--Moulding and +Casting Ornaments, &c.--Fluxes. &c.--Recovery of the Precious +Metals.--Refining and Assaying.--Gilding and Electro +Deposition.--Hall-Marking.--Miscellaneous.--Appendix. + + * * * * * + +~Griffin's Chemical and Technological Publications.~ + + * * * * * + +_For Metallurgy and Electro-Metallurgy, see previous Section._ + + PAGE +~Inorganic Chemistry~, PROFS. DUPRÉ AND HAKE, 70 +~Quantitative Analysis~, PROF. HUMBOLDT SEXTON, 70 +~Qualitative "~ " " 70 +~Chemistry for Engineers~, BLOUNT AND BLOXAM, 71 + ~" " Manufacturers~, " " 71 +~Foods, Analysis of~, A. WYNTER BLYTH, 72 +~Poisons, Detection of~, " " 72 +~Tables for Chemists and Manufacturers~, PROF. CASTELL-EVANS, 79 +~Agricultural Chemistry~, PROF. J.M.H. MUNRO, 75 +~Dairy Chemistry~, H. D. RICHMOND, 73 +~Milk~, E.F. WILLOUGHBY, 73 +~Flesh Foods~, C.A. MITCHELL, 73 +~Practical Sanitation~, DR. G. REID, 78 +~Sanitary Engineering~, F. WOOD, 78 +~Technical Mycology~, LAFAR AND SALTER, 74 +~Ferments~, C. OPPENHEIMER, 74 +~Brewing~, DR. W.J. SYKES, 75 +~Sewage Disposal~, SANTO CRIMP, 76 +~Trades' Waste~, W. NAYLOR, 76 +~Cements~, G.R. REDGRAVE, 76 +~Water Supply~, R.E. MIDDLETON, 77 +~Road Making~, THOS. AITKEN, 79 +~Gas Manufacture~, W. ATKINSON BUTTERFIELD, 77 +~Acetylene~, LEEDS AND BUTTERFIELD, 77 +~Fire Risks~, DR. SCHWARTZ, 77 +~Petroleum~, REDWOOD AND HOLLOWAY, 61 +~---- (Handbook)~, THOMSON AND REDWOOD, 61 +~Oils, Soaps, Candles~, DR. ALDER WRIGHT, 81 +~Lubrication and Lubricants~, ARCHBUTT AND DEELEY, 32 +~India Rubber~, DR. CARL O. WEBER, 81 +~Painters' Colours, Oils, and Varnishes~, G.H. HURST, 80 +~Painters' Laboratory Guide~, " " 80 +~Painting and Decorating~, W.J. PEARCE, 80 +~Photography~, A. BROTHERS, 21 +~Dyeing~, KNECHT AND RAWSON, 82 +~Dictionary of Dyes~, RAWSON, GARDNER, AND LAYCOCK, 82 +~Textile Printing~, SEYMOUR ROTHWELL, 83 +~Textile Fibres of Commerce~, W.I. HANNAN, 83 +~Dyeing and Cleaning~, G.H. HURST, 84 +~Bleaching and Calico-Printing~, GEO. DUERR, 84 + + * * * * * + +~A SHORT MANUAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.~ + +BY A. DUPRÉ, Ph.D., F.R.S., + +AND + +WILSON HAKE, Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., Of the Westminster Hospital Medical +School + +THIRD EDITION, Revised, Enlarged, and Re-issued. Price 6s. net. + +"A well-written, clear and accurate Elementary Manual of Inorganic +Chemistry.... We agree heartily with the system adopted by Drs. Dupré +and Hake. WILL MAKE EXPERIMENTAL WORK TREBLY INTERESTING BECAUSE +INTELLIGIBLE."--_Saturday Review._ + +"There is no question that, given the PERFECT GROUNDING of the Student +in his Science, the remainder comes afterwards to him in a manner much +more simple and easily acquired. The work is AN EXAMPLE OF THE +ADVANTAGES OF THE SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT of a Science over the fragmentary +style so generally followed. BY A LONG WAY THE BEST of the small Manuals +for Students."--_Analyst._ + + * * * * * + +~LABORATORY HANDBOOKS BY A. HUMBOLDT SEXTON,~ + +Professor of Metallurgy in the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical +College. + + * * * * * + +~OUTLINES OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.~ + +_FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS._ + +With Illustrations. FOURTH EDITION. Crown 8vo, Cloth, 3s. + +"A COMPACT LABORATORY GUIDE for beginners was wanted, and the want has +been WELL SUPPLIED.... A good and useful book."--_Lancet_. + + * * * * * + +~OUTLINES OF QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.~ + +_FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS._ + +With Illustrations. FOURTH EDITION, Revised. Crown 8vo, Cloth, 3s. 6d. + +"The work of a thoroughly practical chemist."--_British Medical +Journal._ + +"Compiled with great care, and will supply a want."--_Journal of +Education._ + + * * * * * + +~ELEMENTARY METALLURGY:~ Including the Author's Practical Laboratory +Course. With many Illustrations. [See p. 66. + +THIRD EDITION, Revised. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 6s. + +"Just the kind of work for students commencing the study of +metallurgy."--_Practical Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +~CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS.~ + +A PRACTICAL TEXT-BOOK. + +BY + +BERTRAM BLOUNT, F.I.C., F.C.S., Assoc.Inst.C.E., Consulting Chemist to +the Crown Agents for the Colonies. + +AND + +A.G. BLOXAM, F.I.C., F.C.S., Consulting Chemist, Head of the Chemistry +Department, Goldsmiths' Inst., New Cross. + +In Two Vols., Large 8vo. With Illustrations. Sold Separately. + + * * * * * + +"The authors have SUCCEEDED beyond all expectations, and have +produced a work which should give FRESH POWER to the Engineer and +Manufacturer."--_The Times_. + + * * * * * + +~VOLUME I. Price 10s. 6d.~ + +CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEERING, BUILDING, AND METALLURGY. + +_General Content._--INTRODUCTION--Chemistry of the Chief Materials of +Construction--Sources of Energy--Chemistry of Steam-raising--Chemistry +of Lubrication and Lubricants--Metallurgical Processes used in the +Winning and Manufacture of Metals. + +"PRACTICAL THROUGHOUT ... an ADMIRABLE TEXT-BOOK, useful not only to +Students, but to ENGINEERS and MANAGERS OF WORKS in PREVENTING WASTE and +IMPROVING PROCESSES."--_Scotsman._ + +"EMINENTLY PRACTICAL."--_Glasgow Herald._ + +"A book worthy of HIGH RANK ... its merit is great ... treatment of the +subject of GASEOUS FUEL particularly good.... WATER GAS and the +production clearly worked out.... Altogether a most creditable +production. WE WARMLY RECOMMEND IT, and look forward with keen interest +to the appearance of Vol. II."--_Journal of Gas Lighting._ + +~VOLUME II. Price 16s.~ + +THE CHEMISTRY OF MANUFACTURING PROCESSES. + +_General Contents._--Sulphuric Acid Manufacture--Manufacture of +Alkali, &c.--Destructive Distillation--Artificial Manure +Manufacture--Petroleum--Lime and Cement--Clay Industries and +Glass--Sugar and Starch--Brewing and Distilling--Oils, Resins, and +Varnishes--Soap and Candles--Textiles and Bleaching--Colouring Matters, +Dyeing, and Printing--Paper and Pasteboard--Pigments and +Paints--Leather, Glue, and Size--Explosives and Matches--Minor Chemical +Manufactures. + +"Certainly a GOOD and USEFUL BOOK, constituting a PRACTICAL GUIDE for +students by affording a clear conception of the numerous processes as a +whole."--_Chemical Trade Journal._ + +"We CONFIDENTLY RECOMMEND this volume as a PRACTICAL, and not +overloaded, TEXT-BOOK, of GREAT VALUE to students."--_The Builder._ + + * * * * * + +JUST OUT. FIFTH EDITION, Thoroughly Revised, Greatly Enlarged and +Re-written. With additional Tables, Plates, and Illustrations. 21s. +~FOODS: THEIR COMPOSITION AND ANALYSIS.~ + +BY A. WYNTER BLYTH, M.R.C.S., F.I.C., F.C.S., + +Barrister-at-Law, Public Analyst for the County of Devon, and Medical +Officer of Health for St. Marylebone. + +AND M. WYNTER BLYTH, B.A., B.SC., F.C.S. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--History of +Adulteration.--Legislation.--Apparatus.--"Ash."--Sugar.--Confectionery.-- +Honey.--Treacle.--Jams and Preserved Fruits.--Starches.--Wheaten-Flour.-- +Bread.--Oats.--Barley.--Rye.--Rice.--Maize.--Millet.--Potato.--Peas.-- +Lentils.--Beans.--Milk.--Cream.--Butter.--Oleo-Margarine.--Cheese.-- +Lard.--Tea.--Coffee.--Cocoa and Chocolate.--Alcohol.--Brandy.--Rum.-- +Whisky.--Gin.--Arrack.--Liqueurs.--Absinthe.--Yeast.---Beer.--Wine.-- +Vinegar.--Lemon and Lime Juice.--Mustard.--Pepper.--Sweet and Bitter +Almonds.--Annatto.--Olive Oil.--Water Analysis.--Appendix: Adulteration +Acts, &c. + +"Simply INDISPENSABLE in the Analyst's laboratory."--_The Lancet._ + +"A new edition of Mr. Wynter Blyth's Standard work, ENRICHED WITH ALL +THE RECENT DISCOVERIES AND IMPROVEMENTS, will be accepted as a +boon."--_Chemical News._ + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION. In Large 8vo, Cloth, with Tables and Illustrations. Price +21s. + +~POISONS: THEIR EFFECTS AND DETECTION.~ + +BY A. WYNTER BLYTH, M.R.C.S., F.I.C., F.C.S., + +Barrister-at-Law, Public Analyst for the County of Devon, and Medical +Officer of Health for St. Marylebone. + +GENERAL CONTENTS. + +I.--Historical Introduction. II.--Classification--Statistics--Connection +between Toxic Action and Chemical Composition--Life Tests--General +Method of Procedure--The Spectroscope--Examination of Blood and Blood +Stains. III.--Poisonous Gases. IV.--Acids and Alkalies. V.--More or less +Volatile Poisonous Substances. VI.--Alkaloids and Poisonous Vegetable +Principles. VII.--Poisons derived from Living or Dead Animal Substances. +VIII.--The Oxalic Acid Group. IX.--Inorganic Poisons. Appendix: +Treatment, by Antidotes or otherwise, of Cases of Poisoning. + +"Undoubtedly THE MOST COMPLETE WORK on Toxicology in our +language."--_The Analyst (on the Third Edition)._ + +"As a PRACTICAL GUIDE, we know NO BETTER work."--_The Lancet (on the +Third Edition)._ + +*** In the THIRD EDITION, Enlarged and partly Re-written, NEW ANALYTICAL +METHODS have been introduced, and the CADAVERIC ALKALOIDS, or PTOMAINES, +bodies playing so great a part in Food-poisoning and in the +Manifestations of Disease, have received special attention. + + * * * * * + +With Numerous Tables, and 22 Illustrations. 16s. + +~DAIRY CHEMISTRY FOR DAIRY MANAGERS, CHEMISTS, AND ANALYSTS~ + +A Practical Handbook for Dairy Chemists and others having Control of +Dairies. + +BY H. DROOP RICHMOND, F.C.S., CHEMIST TO THE AYLESBURY DAIRY COMPANY. + +_Contents._--I. Introductory.--The Constituents of Milk. II. The +Analysis of Milk. III. Normal Milk: its Adulterations and +and their Detection. IV. The Chemical Control of the Dairy. V. +Alterations, Biological and Sanitary Matters. VI. Butter. VII. +Other Milk Products. VIII. The Milk of Mammals other than the +Cow.--Appendices.--Tables.--Index. + +" ... In our opinion the book is the BEST CONTRIBUTION ON THE SUBJECT +THAT HAS YET APPEARED in the English language."--_Lancet._ + + * * * * * + +AT PRESS, Fully Illustrated. + +~MILK: ITS PRODUCTION & USES.~ + +_With Chapters on Dairy Farming, The Diseases of Cattle, and on the +Hygiene and Control of Supplies._ + +BY EDWARD F. WILLOUGHBY, M.D. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond. and Camb.), +Inspector of Farms and General Scientific Adviser to Welford and Sons, +Ltd. + + * * * * * + +Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. Fully Illustrated. 10s. 6d. + +~FLESH FOODS: With Methods for their Chemical, Microscopical, and +Bacteriological Examination.~ + +_A Practical Handbook for Medical Men, Analysts, Inspectors and others._ + +BY C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A.(OXON), Fellow of the Institute of +Chemistry; Member of Council, Society of Public Analysts. + +_With Numerous Tables, Illustrations, and a Coloured Plate._ + +CONTENTS.--Structure and Chemical Composition of Muscular Fibre.--of +Connective Tissue, and Blood.--The Flesh of Different Animals.--The +Examination of Flesh.--Methods of Examining Animal Fat.--The +Preservation of Flesh.--Composition and Analysis of Sausages.--Proteids +of Flesh.--Meat Extracts and Flesh Peptones.--The Cooking of +Flesh.--Poisonous Flesh.--The Animal Parasites of Flesh.--The +Bacteriological Examination of Flesh.--The Extraction and Separation of +Ptomaines.--INDEX. + +*** This work is a complete compendium of the CHEMISTRY OF ANIMAL +TISSUES. It contains directions for the detection of morbid conditions, +putrefactive changes, and poisonous or injurious constituents, together +with an account of their causes and effects.--_Publishers' Note._ + +"A compilation which will be most useful for the class for whom it is +intended."--_Athenęum._ + +"A book which NO ONE whose duties involve considerations of food supply +CAN AFFORD TO BE WITHOUT."--_Municipal Journal._ + + * * * * * + +In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With numerous Illustrations. + +_Each Volume Complete in Itself, and Sold Separately._ + +~TECHNICAL MYCOLOGY:~ THE UTILISATION OF MICRO-ORGANISMS IN THE ARTS AND +MANUFACTURES. + +_A Practical Handbook on Fermentation and Fermentative Processes for the +Use of Brewers and Distillers, Analysts, Technical and Agricultural +Chemists, and all interested in the Industries dependent on +Fermentation._ + +BY DR. FRANZ LAFAR, + +Professor of Fermentation-Physiology and Bacteriology in the Technical +High School, Vienna. + +With an Introduction by DR. EMIL CHR. HANSEN, Principal of the Carlsberg +Laboratory, Copenhagen. + +TRANSLATED BY CHARLES T.C. SALTER. + +~Vol. I.--SCHIZOMYCETIC FERMENTATION.~ 15s. + +_Including the Theory of Fermentation, the Principles of Sterilization, +and Pure Culture Processes._ + +~Vol. II., Part I. EUMYCETIC FERMENTATION.~ 7s. 6d. + +_The Morphology, Chemistry, Physiology, and Fermentative Processes of +the Eumycetes, Zygomycetes, and Saccharomycetes._ + +"The first work of the kind which can lay claim to completeness in the +treatment of a fascinating subject. The plan is admirable, the +classification simple, the style is good, and the tendency of the whole +volume is to convey sure information to the reader."--_Lancet_. + +*** The publishers trust that before long they will be able to present +English readers with the whole of the second volume, arrangements having +been concluded whereby, upon its appearance in Germany, the English +translation will be at once put in hand. This is now being done with +Part I., which will be issued shortly, and which will be followed by the +two final parts. + + * * * * * + +In Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. Price 7s. 6d. net. + +~_FERMENTS_ AND THEIR ACTIONS.~ + +_A Text-book on the Chemistry and Physics of Fermentative Changes._ + +BY CARL OPPENHEIMER, PH.D., M.D., Of the Physiological Institute at +Eilangen. + +TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN BY C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A., F.I.C., +F.C.S. + +ABRIDGED CONTENTS.--Introduction.--Definition.--Chemical Nature of +Ferments.--Influence of External Factors.--Mode of Action.--Physiological +Action.--Secretion.--Importance of Ferments to Vital Action.--Proteolytic +Ferments.--Trypsin.--Bacteriolytic and Hęmolytic +Ferments.--Vegetable Ferments.--Coagulating Ferments.--Saccharifying +Ferments.--Diastases.--Polysaccharides.--Enzymes.--Ferments which +decompose Glucosides.--Hydrolytic Ferments.--Lactic Acid +Fermentation.--Alcoholic Fermentation.--Biology of Alcoholic +Fermentation.--Oxydases.--Oxidising Fermentation.--Bibliography.--INDEX. + +~The present Translation embodies Notes and Additions to the Work made +by the Author subsequent to its Publication in Germany.~ + +"Such a veritable _multum in parvo_ has never yet appeared. The author +has set himself the task of writing a work on Ferments that should +embrace human erudition on the subject"--_Brewers' Journal_. + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Revised. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Plate and +Illustrations. Price 21s. + +~THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF BREWING.~ + +FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS AND PRACTICAL MEN. + +BY + +WALTER J. SYKES, M.D., D.P.H., F.I.C., + +EDITOR OF "THE ANALYST." + +ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS. + + I. Physical Principles involved in Brewing Operations. + Chemistry with special reference to the materials used in Brewing. + + II. The Microscope. + Vegetable Biology. + Fermentation. + + III. Water. + Barley and Malting. + Brewery Plant. + Brewing. + Beer and its Diseases. + + Appendices. + + Index. + +"A volume of Brewing Science, which has long been awaited.... We +consider it one of THE MOST COMPLETE in CONTENTS and NOVEL IN +ARRANGEMENT that has yet been published.... Will command a large +sale."--_The Brewers' Journal._ + +"The appearance of a work such as this serves to remind us of the +ENORMOUSLY RAPID ADVANCES made in our knowledge of the Scientific +Principles underlying the Brewing Processes.... Dr. Sykes' work will +undoubtedly be of the GREATEST ASSISTANCE, not merely to Brewers, but to +all Chemists and Biologists interested in the problems which the +Fermentation Industries present."--_The Analyst._ + +"The publication of DR. SYKES' MASTERLY TREATISE on the art of Brewing +is quite an event in the Brewing World.... Deserves our warmest +praise.... A better guide than Dr. Sykes could hardly be +found."--_County Brewers' Gazette._ + + * * * * * + +In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. + +~AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AND ANALYSIS:~ + +_A PRACTICAL HANDBOOK FOR THE USE OF AGRICULTURAL STUDENTS._ + +BY + +J.M.H. MUNRO, D.Sc., F.I.C., F.C.S., + +Professor of Chemistry, Downton College of Agriculture. + +[_In Preparation._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED. + +With Tables, Illustrations in the Text, and 37 Lithographic Plates. +Medium 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 30s. + +~SEWAGE DISPOSAL WORKS:~ + +A Guide to the Construction of Works for the Prevention of the Pollution +by Sewage of Rivers and Estuaries. + +BY W. SANTO CRIMP, M.INST.C.E., F.G.S., Late Assistant-Engineer, London +County Council. + +PART I.--INTRODUCTORY. PART II.--SEWAGE DISPOSAL WORKS IN +OPERATION--THEIR CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, AND COST. + +*** From the fact of the Author's having, for some years, had charge of +the Main Drainage Works of the Northern Section of the Metropolis, the +chapter on LONDON will be found to contain many important details which +would not otherwise have been available. + +"All persons interested in Sanitary Science owe a debt of gratitude to +Mr. Crimp.... His work will be especially useful to SANITARY AUTHORITIES +and their advisers ... EMINENTLY PRACTICAL AND USEFUL."--_Lancet._ + +"Probably the MOST COMPLETE AND BEST TREATISE on the subject which has +appeared in our language.... Will prove of the greatest use to all who +have the problem of Sewage Disposal to face."--_Edinburgh Medical +Journal._ + + * * * * * + +_Beautifully Illustrated, with Numerous Plates, Diagrams, and Figures in +the Text. 21s. net._ + +~TRADES' WASTE: ITS TREATMENT AND UTILISATION.~ + +A Handbook for Borough Engineers, Surveyors, Architects, and Analysts. + +BY W. NAYLOR, F.C.S., A.M.INST.C.E., Chief Inspector of Rivers, Ribble +Joint Committee. + +CONTENTS.--I. Introduction.--II. Chemical Engineering.--III.--Wool +De-greasing and Grease Recovery.--IV. Textile Industries; Calico +Bleaching and Dyeing.--V. Dyeing and Calico-Printing,--VI. Tanning and +Fellmongery.--VII. Brewery and Distillery Waste.--VIII. Paper Mill +Refuse.--IX. General Trades' Waste.--INDEX. + +"There is probably no person in England to-day better fitted to deal +rationally with such a subject."--_British Sanitarian._ + +"The work is thoroughly practical, and will serve as a handbook in the +future for those who have to encounter the problems +discussed."--_Chemical Trade Journal._ + + * * * * * + +In Crown 8vo, Extra. With Illustrations. 8s. 6d. + +~CALCAREOUS CEMENTS: _THEIR NATURE, PREPARATION, AND USES_.~ + +~With some Remarks upon Cement Testing.~ + +BY GILBERT R. REDGRAVE, ASSOC. INST. C.E., Assistant Secretary for +Technology, Board of Education, South Kensington. + +"INVALUABLE to the Student, Architect, and Engineer."--_Building News._ + +"Will be useful to all interested in the MANUFACTURE, USE, and TESTING +of Cements."--_Engineer._ + + * * * * * + +Just Out. With Four Folding Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Large +8vo. + +~WATER SUPPLY:~ + +_A Practical Treatise on the Selection of Sources and the Distribution +of Water._ + +BY REGINALD E. MIDDLETON, M.INST.C.E., M.INST.MECH.E., F.S.I. + +ABRIDGED CONTENTS.--Introductory.--Requirements as to +Quality.--Requirements as to Quantity.--Storage +Reservoirs.--Purification.--Service Reservoirs.--The Flow of Water +through Pipes.--Distributing Systems.--Pumping Machines.--Special +Requirements. + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, Revised. Fully Illustrated. _At Press._ + +THE CHEMISTRY OF ~GAS MANUFACTURE:~ + +_A Hand-Book on the Production, Purification, and Testing of +Illuminating Gas, and the Assay of the Bye-Products of Gas Manufacture._ + +BY W.J. ATKINSON BUTTERFIELD, M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S., Formerly Head +Chemist, Gas Works, Beckton, London, E. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--I. Raw Materials for Gas Manufacture.--II. Coal +Gas.--III. Carburetted Water Gas.--IV. Oil Gas.--V. Enriching by Light +Oils.--VI. Final Details of Manufacture.--VII. Gas Analysis.--VIII. +Photometry.--IX. Applications of Gas.--X. Bye-Products.--XI. +Acetylene.--INDEX. + +"The BEST WORK of its kind which we have ever had the pleasure of +reviewing."--_Journal of Gas Lighting_. + + * * * * * + +JUST OUT. With Diagrams and Illustrations. 5s. net. + +~ACETYLENE:~ + +THE PRINCIPLES OF ITS GENERATION AND USE. + +BY F.H. LEEDS, F.I.C., F.C.S., Member of the Society of Public Analysts +and of the Acetylene Association; + +AND W.J. ATKINSON BUTTERFIELD, M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S., Consulting Chemist, +Author of "The Chemistry of Gas Manufacture." + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introductory.--Advantages of Acetylene and other +Illuminants.--Chemistry and Physics.--General Principles of Acetylene +Generation.--Choice of a Generator.--Statutory Regulations.--Treatment +of Acetylene after Generation.--General Properties.--Mains and Service +Pipes.--Subsidiary Apparatus.--Burners.--Incandescent Burners.--Heating +Apparatus and Motors.--Carburetted, Compressed, and Dissolved +Acetylene.--Mixtures with other Gases.--Sundry Uses.--Acetylene +Lamps.--Valuation and Analysis of Carbide. + + * * * * * + +READY IMMEDIATELY. Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Price 16s. net. + +~FIRE AND EXPLOSION RISKS.~ + +_A Handbook of the Detection, Investigation, and Prevention of Fires and +Explosion._ + +BY DR. VON SCHWARTZ. + +Translated from the Revised German Edition BY C.T.C. SALTER. + +ABRIDGED GENERAL CONTENTS.--Fires and Explosions of a General +Character.--Dangers arising from Sources of Light and Heat.--Dangerous +Gases.--Risks Attending Special Industries.--Materials +Employed.--Agricultural Products.--Fats, Oils, and Resins.--Mineral Oils +and Tar.--Alcohol, &c.--Metals, Oxides, Acids, &c.--Lightning, Ignition +Appliances, Fireworks. + + * * * * * + +TENTH EDITION, Revised. Price 6s. + +~PRACTICAL SANITATION: _A HAND-BOOK FOR SANITARY INSPECTORS AND OTHERS +INTERESTED IN SANITATION._~ + +BY GEORGE REID, M.D., D.P.H., _Fellow, Mem. Council, and Examiner, +Sanitary Institute of Great Britain, and Medical Officer to the +Staffordshire County Council._ + +~With an Appendix on Sanitary Law.~ + +BY HERBERT MANLEY, M.A., M.B., D.P.H., _Medical Officer of Health for +the County Borough of West Bromwich._ + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction--Water Supply: Drinking Water, Pollution +of Water--Ventilation and Warming--Principles of Sewage Removal--Details +of Drainage; Refuse Removal and Disposal--Sanitary and Insanitary Work +and Appliances--Details of Plumbers' Work--House Construction--Infection +and Disinfection--Food, Inspection of; Characteristics of Good Meat; +Meat, Milk, Fish, &c., unfit for Human Food--Appendix: Sanitary Law; +Model Bye-Laws, &c. + +"Dr. Reid's very useful Manual ... ABOUNDS IN PRACTICAL +DETAIL."--_British Medical Journal_. + +"A VERY USEFUL HANDBOOK, with a very useful Appendix. We recommend it +not only to SANITARY INSPECTORS, but to HOUSEHOLDERS and ALL interested +in Sanitary matters."--_Sanitary Record_. + + * * * * * + +COMPANION VOLUME TO REID'S SANITATION. + +In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Profusely Illustrated. 8s. 6d. net. + +~Sanitary Engineering:~ _A Practical Manual of Town Drainage and Sewage +and Refuse Disposal._ + +For Sanitary Authorities, Engineers, Inspectors, Architects, +Contractors, and Students. + +BY + +FRANCIS WOOD, A.M.INST.C.E., F.G.S., Borough Engineer and Surveyor, +Fulham; late Borough Engineer, Bacup, Lancs. + +GENERAL CONTENTS. + +Introduction.--Hydraulics.--Velocity of Water in Pipes.--Earth +Pressures and Retaining Walls.--Powers.--House Drainage.--Land +Drainage.--Sewers.--Separate System.--Sewage Pumping.--Sewer +Ventilation.--Drainage Areas.--Sewers, Manholes, &c.--Trade +Refuse.--Sewage Disposal Works.--BACTERIOLYSIS.--Sludge +Disposal.--Construction and Cleansing of Sewers.--Refuse +Disposal.--Chimneys and Foundations. + +"The volume bristles with information which will be greedily read by +those in need of assistance. The book is one that ought to be on the +bookshelves of EVERY PRACTICAL ENGINEER."--_Sanitary Journal_. + +"A VERITABLE POCKET COMPENDIUM of Sanitary Engineering.... A work which +may, in many respects, be considered as COMPLETE ... COMMENDABLY +CAUTIOUS ... INTERESTING ... SUGGESTIVE."--_Public Health Engineer_. + + * * * * * + +VOL. I. NOW READY. IN HALF MOROCCO, 24S. + +_In Two Volumes, each complete in itself._ + +~PHYSICO-CHEMICAL TABLES~ + +FOR THE USE OF ANALYSTS, PHYSICISTS, CHEMICAL MANUFACTURERS, AND +SCIENTIFIC CHEMISTS. + +Volume I.--Chemical Engineering, Physical Chemistry. [_Just Out._ + +Volume II.--Chemical Physics, Pure and Analytical Chemistry. + +BY JOHN CASTELL-EVANS, F.I.C., F.C.S., Superintendent of the Chemical +Laboratories, and Lecturer on Inorganic Chemistry and Metallurgy at the +Finsbury Technical College. + +The Tables may almost claim to be exhaustive, and embody and collate all +the most recent data established by experimentalists at home and abroad. +The volumes will be found invaluable to all engaged in research and +experimental investigation in Chemistry and Physics. + +The Work comprehends as far as possible ALL RULLES AND TABLES required +by the Analyst, Brewer, Distiller, Acid- and Alkali-Manufacturer, &c., +&c.; and also the principal data in THERMO-CHEMISTRY, ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY, +and the various branches of CHEMICAL PHYSICS. Every possible care has +been taken to ensure perfect accuracy, and to include the results of the +most recent investigations. + + * * * * * + +_In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Beautifully Illustrated. With Plates and +Figures in the Text._ 21s. + +~Road Making and Maintenance:~ + +A PRACTICAL TREATISE FOR ENGINEERS, SURVEYORS, AND OTHERS. + +WITH AN HISTORICAL SKETCH OF ANCIENT AND MODERN PRACTICE. + +BY THOS. AITKEN, ASSOC.M.INST.C.E., Member of the Association of +Municipal and County Engineers; Member of the Sanitary Inst.; Surveyor +to the County Council of Fife, Cupar Division. + +_WITH NUMEROUS PLATES, DIAGRAMS, AND ILLUSTRATIONS._ + +CONTENTS.--Historical Sketch.--Resistance of Traction.--Laying out New +Roads.--Earthworks, Drainage, and Retaining Walls.--Road Materials, or +Metal.--Quarrying.--Stone Breaking and Haulage.--Road-Rolling and +Scarifying.--The Construction of New, and the Maintenance of existing +Roads.--Carriage Ways and Foot Ways. + +"The Literary style is EXCELLENT ... A COMPREHENSIVE and EXCELLENT +Modern Book, an UP-TO-DATE work ... Should be on the reference shelf of +every Municipal and County Engineer or Surveyor in the United Kingdom, +and of every Colonial Engineer."--_The Surveyor_. + + * * * * * + +THIRD EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. With Illustrations, 12s. 6d. + +~Painters' Colours, Oils, & Varnishes:~ + +~A PRACTICAL MANUAL.~ + +BY GEORGE H. HURST, F.C.S., Member of the Society of Chemical Industry; +Lecturer on the Technology of Painters' Colours, Oils, and Varnishes, +the Municipal Technical School, Manchester. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introductory--THE COMPOSITION, MANUFACTURE, ASSAY, +and ANALYSIS of PIGMENTS, White, Red, Yellow and Orange, Green, Blue, +Brown, and Black--LAKES--Colour and Paint Machinery--Paint Vehicles +(Oils, Turpentine, &c., &c.)--Driers--VARNISHES. + +"A THOROUGHLY PRACTICAL book, ... the ONLY English work that +satisfactorily treats of the manufacture of oils, colours, and +pigments."--_Chemical Trades' Journal_. + +*** FOR MR. HURST'S GARMENT DYEING AND CLEANING, see p. 84. + + * * * * * + +In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations. 5s. + +~THE PAINTER'S LABORATORY GUIDE.~ + +A Student's Handbook of Paints, Colours, and Varnishes. + +BY GEORGE H. HURST, F.C.S., M.S.C.I. + +ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS.--Preparation of Pigment Colours.--Chemical +Principles Involved.--Oils and Varnishes.--Properties of Oils and +Varnishes.--Tests and Experiments.--Plants, Methods, and Machinery of +the Paint and Varnish Manufactures. + +_This Work has been designed by the Author for the Laboratory of the +Technical School, and of the Paint and Colour Works, and for all +interested or engaged in these industries._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION, Revised. In Crown 8vo. extra. With Numerous +Illustrations and Plates (some in Colours), including Original Designs. +12s. 6d. + +~Painting and Decorating:~ + +_A Complete Practical Manual for House Painters and Decorators._ + +BY WALTER JOHN PEARCE, + +LECTURER AT THE MANCHESTER TECHNICAL SCHOOL FOR HOUSE-PAINTING AND +DECORATING. + +GENERAL CONTENTS. + +Introduction--Workshop and Stores--Plant and Appliances--Brushes and +Tools--Materials: Pigments, Driers, Painters' Oils--Wall Hangings--Paper +Hanging--Colour Mixing--Distempering--Plain Painting--Staining--Varnish +and Varnishing--Imitative +Painting--Graining--Marbling--Gilding--Sign-Writing and +Lettering--Decoration: General Principles--Decoration in +Distemper--Painted Decoration--Relievo Decoration--Colour--Measuring and +Estimating--Coach-Painting--Ship-Painting. + +"A THOROUGHLY USEFUL BOOK ... GOOD, SOUND, PRACTICAL INFORMATION in a +CLEAR and CONCISE FORM."--_Plumber and Decorator_. + +"A THOROUGHLY GOOD AND RELIABLE TEXT-BOOK.... So FULL and COMPLETE that +it would be difficult to imagine how anything further could be added +about the Painter's craft."--_Builders' Journal_. + + * * * * * + +In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With 4 Plates and Several Illustrations. +16s. net. + +~THE CHEMISTRY OF INDIA RUBBER.~ + +A Treatise on the Nature of India Rubber, its Chemical and Physical +Examination, and the Determination and Valuation of India Rubber +Substitutes. + +_Including the Outlines of a Theory on Vulcanisation._ + +BY + +CARL OTTO WEBER, PH.D. + +ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS.--Introduction.--The Chemistry of India +Rubber.--The Examination and Valuation of India Rubber.--Examination of +India Rubber Substitutes.--Inorganic Filling Materials.--Vulcanisers and +Sulphur Carriers.--India Rubber Solvents.--Colouring Matters and Pigment +Colours.--Constructive Components of India Rubber Articles.--Analysis of +Manufactured India Rubber.--Sanitary Conditions in India Rubber +Works.--INDEX. + +"Replete with scientific and also with technical interest.... The +sub-section on the physical properties is a complete _résumé_ of every +thing known to-day on the subject."--_India-rubber Journal_. + + * * * * * + +NEW EDITION. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With 144 Illustrations. + +~OILS, FATS, BUTTERS & WAXES:~ _THEIR PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES, AND +MANUFACTURE THEREFROM OF CANDLES, SOAPS, AND OTHER PRODUCTS._ + +BY + +C.R. ALDER WRIGHT, D.Sc., F.R.S., Late Lecturer on Chemistry, St. Mary's +Hospital Medical School; Examiner in "Soap" to the City and Guilds of +London Institute. + +Thoroughly Revised, Enlarged, and in Part Rewritten + +BY C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A., F.I.C. + +"Dr. WRIGHT'S work will be found ABSOLUTELY INDISPENSABLE by every +Chemist. TEEMS with information valuable alike to the Analyst and the +Technical Chemist."--_The Analyst_. + +"Will rank as the STANDARD ENGLISH AUTHORITY on OILS and FATS for many +years to come."--_Industries and Iron_. + + * * * * * + +~THE TEXTILE INDUSTRIES.~ + + * * * * * + +_In Two Large Volumes, 920 pp., with a Supplementary Volume, containing +Specimens of Dyed Fabrics. 45s._ + +~A MANUAL OF DYEING: _FOR THE USE OF PRACTICAL DYERS, MANUFACTURERS, +STUDENTS, AND ALL INTERESTED IN THE ART OF DYEING._~ + +BY + +E. KNECHT, Ph.D., F.I.C., Head of the Chemistry and Dyeing Department of +the Technical College, Manchester; Editor of "The Journal of the Society +of Dyers and Colourists;" + +CHR. RAWSON, F.I.C., F.C.S., Late Head of the Chemistry and Dyeing +Department of the Technical College, Bradford; Member of Council of the +Society of Dyers and Colourists; + +And RICHARD LOEWENTHAL, Ph.D. + + * * * * * + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Chemical Technology of the Textile +Fabrics--Water--Washing and Bleaching--Acids, Alkalies, +Mordants--Natural Colouring Matters--Artificial Organic Colouring +Matters--Mineral Colours--Machinery used in Dyeing--Tinctorial +Properties of Colouring Matters--Analysis and Valuation of Materials +used in Dyeing, &c., &c. + +"The MOST VALUABLE and USEFUL WORK on Dyeing that has yet appeared in +the English language ... likely to be the STANDARD WORK OF REFERENCE for +years to come."--_Textile Mercury_. + +"This authoritative and exhaustive work ... the MOST COMPLETE we have +yet seen on the subject."--_Textile Manufacturer._ + +"The MOST EXHAUSTIVE AND COMPLETE WORK on the subject extant."--_Textile +Recorder._ + + * * * * * + +_Companion Volume to Knecht & Rawson's "Dyeing." In Large 8vo. Handsome +Cloth, Library Style. 16s. net._ + +~A DICTIONARY OF DYES, MORDANTS, & OTHER COMPOUNDS USED IN DYEING AND +CALICO PRINTING.~ + +_With Formulę, Properties, and Applications of the various substances +described, and concise directions for their Commercial Valuation. and +for the Detection of Adulterants._ + +BY CHRISTOPHER RAWSON, F.I.C., F.C.S., Consulting Chemist to the Behar +Indigo Planters' Association: Co-Author of "A Manual of Dyeing;" + +WALTER M. GARDNER, F.C.S., + +Head of the Department of Chemistry and Dyeing, Bradford Municipal +Technical College; Editor of the "Journ. Soc. Dyers and Colourists;" + +AND W.F. LAYCOCK, PH.D., F.C.S., Analytical and Consulting Chemist. + +"Turn to the book as one may on any subject, or any substance in +connection with the trade, and a reference is sure to be found. The +authors have apparently left nothing out. Considering the immense amount +of information, the book is a cheap one, and we trust it will be widely +appreciated,"--_Textile Mercury._ + + * * * * * + +_In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth, with Numerous Illustrations. 9s. net._ + +~TEXTILE FIBRES OF COMMERCE.~ + +A HANDBOOK OF The Occurrence, Distribution, Preparation, and Industrial +Uses of the Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Products used in Spinning and +Weaving. + +BY WILLIAM I. HANNAN, Lecturer on Botany at the Ashton Municipal +Technical School, Lecturer on Cotton Spinning at the Chorley Science and +Art School, &c. + +With Numerous Photo Engravings from Nature. + +*** The subjects discussed in this volume are, in order to facilitate +reference, arranged in alphabetical order under their respective heads. +The work may thus be regarded as a Dictionary of Textile Fibres. A +feature of the work is the wealth of botanical description which +accompanies the Section dealing with Vegetable Fibres.--_Publishers' +Note._ + +"USEFUL INFORMATION.... ADMIRABLE ILLUSTRATIONS.... The information is +not easily attainable, and in its present convenient form will be +valuable."--_Textile Recorder._ + + * * * * * + +~TEXTILE PRINTING: A PRACTICAL MANUAL.~ + +Including the Processes Used in the Printing of COTTON, WOOLLEN, SILK, +and HALF-SILK FABRICS. + +By C.F. SEYMOUR ROTHWELL, F.C.S., _Mem. Soc. of Chemical Industries; +late Lecturer at the Municipal Technical School, Manchester_. + +In Large 8vo, with Illustrations and Printed Patterns. Price 21s. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Introduction.--The Machinery Used in Textile +Printing.--Thickeners and Mordants.--The Printing of Cotton Goods.--The +Steam Style.--Colours Produced Directly on the Fibre.--Dyed +Styles.--Padding Style.--Resist and Discharge Styles.--The Printing of +Compound Colourings, &c.--The Printing of Woollen Goods.--The Printing +of Silk Goods.--Practical Recipes for Printing.--Appendix.--Useful +Tables.--Patterns. + +"BY FAR THE BEST and MOST PRACTICAL BOOK on TEXTILE PRINTING which has +yet been brought out, and will long remain the standard work on the +subject. It is essentially practical in character."--_Textile Mercury._ + +"THE MOST PRACTICAL MANUAL of TEXTILE PRINTING which has yet appeared. +We have no hesitation in recommending it."--_The Textile Manufacturer._ + + * * * * * + +Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 12s. 6d. + +~BLEACHING & CALICO-PRINTING.~ + +A Short Manual for Students and Practical Men. + +BY GEORGE DUERR, Director of the Bleaching, Dyeing, and Printing +Department at the Accrington and Bacup Technical Schools; Chemist and +Colourist at the Irwell Print Works. + +ASSISTED BY WILLIAM TURNBULL (of Turnbull & Stockdale, Limited). + +With Illustrations and upwards of One Hundred Dyed and Printed Patterns +designed specially to show various Stages of the Processes described. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--COTTON, Composition of; BLEACHING, New Processes; +PRINTING, Hand-Block; Flat-Press Work; Machine Printing--MORDANTS--STYLES +OF CALICO-PRINTING: The Dyed or Madder Style, Resist Padded Style, +Discharge and Extract Style, Chromed or Raised Colours, +Insoluble Colours, &c.--Thickeners--Natural Organic Colouring +Matters--Tannin Matters--Oils, Soaps, Solvents--Organic +Acids--Salts--Mineral Colours--Coal Tar Colours--Dyeing--Water, +Softening of--Theory of Colours--Weights and Measures, &c. + +"When a READY WAY out of a difficulty is wanted, it is IN BOOKS LIKE +THIS that it is found."--_Textile Recorder._ + +"Mr. DUERR'S WORK will be found MOST USEFUL.... The information given is +of GREAT VALUE.... The Recipes are THOROUGHLY PRACTICAL."--_Textile +Manufacturer._ + + * * * * * + +SECOND EDITION. Revised and Enlarged. With Numerous Illustrations. 4s. +6d. + +~GARMENT DYEING AND CLEANING.~ + +A Practical Book for Practical Men. + +BY GEORGE H. HURST, F.C.S., Member of the Society of Chemical Industry. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--Technology of the Textile Fibres--Garment +Cleaning--Dyeing of Textile Fabrics--Bleaching--Finishing of Dyed and +Cleaned Fabrics--Scouring and Dyeing of Skin Rugs and Mats--Cleaning and +Dyeing of Feathers--Glove Cleaning and Dyeing--Straw Bleaching and +Dyeing--Glossary of Drugs and Chemicals--Useful Tables. + +"An UP-TO-DATE hand book has long been wanted, and Mr. Hurst has done +nothing more complete than this. An important work, the more so that +several of the branches of the craft here treated upon are almost +entirely without English Manuals for the guidance of workers. The price +brings it within the reach of all."--_Dyer and Calico-Printer._ + +"Mr. Hurst's work DECIDEDLY FILLS A WANT ... ought to be in the hands of +every GARMENT DYER and cleaner in the Kingdom"--_Textile Mercury._ + + * * * * * + +"Boys COULD NOT HAVE A MORE ALLURING INTRODUCTION to scientific pursuits +than these charming-looking volumes."--Letter to the Publishers from the +Headmaster of one of our great Public Schools. + +Handsome Cloth, 7s. 6d. Gilt, for Presentation, 8s. 6d. + +~OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BOTANY: SKETCHES OF BRITISH WILD FLOWERS IN THEIR +HOMES.~ + +BY R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A. + +Illustrated by Drawings from Nature by S. Rosamond Praeger, and +Photographs by R. Welch. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--A Daisy-Starred Pasture--Under the Hawthorns--By the +River--Along the Shingle--A Fragrant Hedgerow--A Connemara Bog--Where +the Samphire grows--A Flowery Meadow--Among the Corn (a Study in +Weeds)--In the Home of the Alpines--A City Rubbish-Heap--Glossary. + +"A FRESH AND STIMULATING book ... should take a high place.... The +Illustrations are drawn with much skill."--_The Times._ + +"BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED.... One of the MOST ACCURATE as well as +INTERESTING books of the kind we have seen."--_Athenęum._ + +"Redolent with the scent of woodland and meadow."--_The Standard._ + + * * * * * + +_With 12 Full-Page Illustrations from Photographs. Cloth. Second +Edition, Revised. 8s. 6d._ + +~OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN GEOLOGY: An Introduction to Geology Out-of-doors.~ + +BY GRENVILLE A.J. COLE, F.G.S., M.R.I.A., Professor of Geology in the +Royal College of Science for Ireland, and Examiner in the University of +London. + +GENERAL CONTENTS.--The Materials of the Earth--A Mountain Hollow--Down +the Valley--Along the Shore--Across the Plains--Dead Volcanoes--A +Granite Highland--The Annals of the Earth--The Surrey Hills--The Folds +of the Mountains. + +"The FASCINATING 'OPEN-AIR STUDIES' of PROF. COLE give the Subject a +GLOW ANIMATION ... cannot fail to arouse keen interest in +geology."--_Geological Magazine._ + +"A CHARMING BOOK, beautifully illustrated."--_Athenęum._ + + * * * * * + +_Beautifully Illustrated. With a Frontispiece in Colours, and Numerous +Specially Drawn Plates by Charles Whymper. 7s. 6d._ + +~OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BIRD-LIFE: SKETCHES OF BRITISH BIRDS IN THEIR +HAUNTS.~ + +BY CHARLES DIXON. + +The Spacious Air.--The Open Fields and Downs.--In the Hedgerows.--On +Open Heath and Moor.--On the Mountains.--Amongst the Evergreens.--Copse +and Woodland.--By Stream and Pool.--The Sandy Wastes and +Mud-flats.--Sea-laved Rocks.--Birds of the Cities.--INDEX. + +"Enriched with excellent illustrations. A welcome addition to all +libraries."--_Westminster Review._ + + * * * * * + +_Twentieth Annual Issue. Handsome cloth, 7s. 6d. (To Subscribers, 6s.)._ + +THE OFFICIAL YEAR-BOOK OF THE SCIENTIFIC AND LEARNED SOCIETIES OF GREAT +BRITAIN AND IRELAND. + +COMPILED FROM OFFICIAL SOURCES. + +_Comprising (together with other Official Information) LISTS of the +PAPERS read during the Session 1902-1903 before all the LEADING +SOCIETIES throughout the Kingdom engaged in the following Departments of +Research_:-- + +§ 1. Science Generally: _i.e._, Societies occupying themselves with +several Branches of Science, or with Science and Literature jointly. + +§ 2. Mathematics and Physics. + +§ 3. Chemistry and Photography. + +§ 4. Geology, Geography, and Mineralogy. + +§ 5. Biology, including Microscopy and Anthropology. + +§ 6. Economic Science and Statistics. + +§ 7. Mechanical Science, Engineering, and Architecture. + +§ 8. Naval and Military Science. + +§ 9. Agriculture and Horticulture. + +§ 10. Law. + +§ 11. Literature. + +§ 12. Psychology. + +§ 13. Archęology. + +§ 14. Medicine. + +"FILLS A VERY REAL WANT."--_Engineering._ + +"INDISPENSABLE to any one who may wish to keep himself abreast of the +scientific work of the day."--_Edinburgh Medical Journal._ + +"The YEAR-BOOK OF SOCIETIES is a Record which ought to be of the +_greatest use for the progress of Science_."--_Lord Playfair, F.R.S., +K.C.B., M.P., Past-President of the British Association._ + +"It goes almost without saying that a Handbook of this subject will be +in time _one of the most generally useful works for the library or the +desk_."--_The Times._ + +"British Societies are now _well represented_ in the 'Year-Book of the +Scientific and Learned Societies of Great Britain and Ireland'"--(Art. +"Societies" in New Edition of "Encyclopędia Britannica," vol. xxii.) + + * * * * * + +Copies of the FIRST ISSUE, giving an Account of the History, +Organization, and Conditions of Membership of the various Societies, and +forming the groundwork of the Series, may still be had, price 7/6. _Also +Copies of the Issues following._ + +The _YEAR-BOOK OF SOCIETIES_ forms a complete _INDEX TO THE SCIENTIFIC +WORK_ of the sessional year in the various Departments. It is used as a +HANDBOOK in all our great SCIENTIFIC CENTRES, MUSEUMS, and LIBRARIES +throughout the Kingdom, and has become an _INDISPENSABLE BOOK OF +REFERENCE_ to every one engaged in Scientific Work. + +_READY IN OCTOBER EACH YEAR._ + + +~Griffin's Metallurgical Series.~ + +Edited by SIR W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L. + + * * * * * + +_Fifth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Considerably Enlarged._ 18s. + +~INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF METALLURGY.~ By Sir W.C. ROBERTS-AUSTEN. +With additional Illustrations and Micro-Photographic Plates of Different +Varieties of Steel. + +_Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged._ 21s. ~THE METALLURGY +OF GOLD.~ By T. KIRKE ROSE, D.Sc., Assayer of the Royal Mint. Including +the most recent Improvements in the Cyanide Process. With new +Frontispiece and additional Illustrations. + +_In Two Volumes, each complete in itself._ + +~THE METALLURGY OF LEAD AND SILVER.~ By H.F. COLLINS, Assoc. R.S.M., +M.Inst.M.M. ~Part I.--LEAD.~ With Sections on Smelting and +Desilverisation, and the Assay and Analysis of the Materials Involved. +16s. ~Part II.--SILVER.~ Sources and Treatment of Ores, with +Descriptions of Plant, Machinery, &c. 16s. + +_Second Edition, Revised. With numerous Illustrations._ 16s. ~THE +METALLURGY OF IRON.~ By THOMAS TURNER, F.I.C., Assoc. R.S.M. Professor +of Metallurgy at the University of Birmingham. + +_Large 8vo. Profusely Illustrated with Plates and Diagrams._ ~THE +METALLURGY OF STEEL.~ By F.W. HARBORD. With a Section on the Mechanical +Treatment of Steel. By J.W. HALL. 25s. net. + + * * * * * + +~ASSAYING.~ By J.J. BERINGER, F.I.C., F.C.S., and C. BERINGER, F.C.S. +NINTH EDITION, Revised. With Diagrams, 10s. 6d. + +~GETTING GOLD.~ A Practical Treatise for Prospectors and MINERS. By +J.C.F. JOHNSON, A.I.M.E.. F.G.S., Life Member Australian Mine Managers' +Association. Numerous Illustrations. SECOND EDITION. 3s. 6d. + +~GOLD SEEKING IN SOUTH AFRICA.~ A Handbook of Hints for Intending +Explorers, Prospectors, and Settlers. By THEO. KASSNER. With a Chapter +on Agriculture. Crown 8vo, Fancy Cloth Boards. Illustrated. 4s. 6d. net. + +~THE CYANIDE PROCESS OF GOLD EXTRACTION.~ By JAMES PARK, F.G.S., +M.Inst.M.M., late Geological Surveyor and Mining Geologist to the New +Zealand Government. NEW EDITION, Revised and Enlarged from the last New +Zealand Edition. With Frontispiece, Plates and Illustrations. 6s. net. + +~PROSPECTING FOR MINERALS.~ A Practical Handbook. By S. HERBERT COX, +Assoc. R.S.M., M.Inst.M.M., F.G.S., &c. With Illustrations. SECOND +EDITION, Revised. Cloth, 5s.; Leather, 6s. 6d. + +~TABLES FOR QUANTITATIVE METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS FOR LABORATORY USE.~ By +J. JAMES MORGAN, F.C.S. Large 8vo, strongly bound, cloth, 4s. + +~ELECTRIC SMELTING AND REFINING.~ By Dr. W. BORCHERS. Translated by +WALTER G. MCMILLAN, F.I.C., F.C.S., from the Second German Edition. With +numerous Illustrations and Three Folding Plates. 21s. + +~MINE ACCOUNTS AND MINING BOOKKEEPING.~ From the ACTUAL PRACTICE of +leading Mining Companies. By JAMES G. LAWN, Assoc. R.S.M., +A.M.Inst.C.E.F.G.S. Edited by Sir LE NEVE FOSTER, D.Sc., F.R.S. Large +8vo. THIRD EDITION. 10s. 6d. + + * * * * * + +_Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Illustrated, 12s. 6d. net._ ~METALLURGICAL +ANALYSIS AND ASSAYING:~ A Three Years' Course for Students. By W.A. +MACLEOD, B.A., B.Sc., A.O.S.M. (N.Z.), and CHAS. WALKER, F.C.S. + +~Part I.--Qualitative Analysis, and Preparation and Properties of +Cases.~ ~Part II.--Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.~ ~Part +III.--Assaying, Technical Analysis (Gas, Water, Fuels, Oils, &c.).~ + + * * * * * + +London: Charles Griffin & Co., Ltd., Exeter Street, Strand. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A TEXTBOOK OF ASSAYING: FOR THE USE +OF THOSE CONNECTED WITH MINES.*** + + +******* This file should be named 18751-8.txt or 18751-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/5/18751 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/18751-8.zip b/18751-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..506e296 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-8.zip diff --git a/18751-h.zip b/18751-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c421405 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h.zip diff --git a/18751-h/18751-h.htm b/18751-h/18751-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc39c1d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/18751-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28170 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Textbook of Assaying: For the Use of Those Connected with Mines., by Cornelius Beringer and John Jacob Beringer</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + .sidenote {width: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em; margin-left: 1em; + float: right; clear: right; margin-top: 1em; + font-size: smaller; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: dashed 1px;} + + .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + .bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + .bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + .br {border-right: solid 2px;} + .bbox {border: solid 2px;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .u {text-decoration: underline;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + hr.full { width: 100%; } + pre.pg {font-size: 80%;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, A Textbook of Assaying: For the Use of Those +Connected with Mines., by Cornelius Beringer and John Jacob Beringer</h1> +<pre class="pg"> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: A Textbook of Assaying: For the Use of Those Connected with Mines.</p> +<p>Author: Cornelius Beringer and John Jacob Beringer</p> +<p>Release Date: July 3, 2006 [eBook #18751]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A TEXTBOOK OF ASSAYING: FOR THE USE OF THOSE CONNECTED WITH MINES.***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3>E-text prepared by Peter Yearsley, Josephine Paolucci,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> + (http://www.pgdp.net/)</h3> +<p> </p> +<p>Transcriber's Note:</p> + +<p>Parentheses have been added to clarify fractions. +Letters in brackets with a = sign before it means +that the letters have a macron over them, e.g. H[=A=c] signifies that +the Ac has a macron over it.</p> + +<p>Minor typographical errors have been corrected. Footnotes have been +moved to the end of the chapter, and all advertisements have been moved +to the end of the book.</p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> + +<h1>A TEXT-BOOK OF ASSAYING:</h1> + +<h3><i>FOR THE USE OF THOSE CONNECTED WITH MINES.</i></h3> + +<h3>BY</h3> + +<h2>C. AND J. J. BERINGER.</h2> + +<h4>REVISED BY</h4> + +<h2>J. J. BERINGER,</h2> + +<p class="center">ASSOC. OF THE ROYAL SCHOOL OF MINES; FELLOW OF THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY AND +OF THE INST. OF CHEMISTRY; PRINCIPAL OF THE CAMBORNE MINING SCHOOL; AND +LATE PUBLIC ANALYST FOR THE COUNTY OF CORNWALL.</p> + +<h4><i>With numerous Diagrams and Tables.</i></h4> + +<h3><i>NINTH EDITION.</i></h3> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> + +<p class ="center"> +LONDON:<br /> +CHARLES GRIFFIN AND COMPANY, <span class="smcap">Limited</span>,<br /> +EXETER STREET, STRAND.<br /><br /> +1904.</p> + +<h4>[<i>All rights reserved.</i>]</h4> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h2><a name="PUBLISHERS_NOTE_TO_THE_NINTH_EDITION" id="PUBLISHERS_NOTE_TO_THE_NINTH_EDITION"></a>PUBLISHER'S NOTE TO THE NINTH EDITION</h2> + + +<p>The continued popularity of the present work, the last edition of which +was published only a little over a year ago, continues to be a source of +gratification to the publishers, who have much pleasure in issuing the +present edition.</p> + +<p> <i>January 1904.</i></p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> +<h2>PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION</h2> + +<p>The principal changes in this edition are additions to the articles on +Gold, Cyanides, and Nickel, and a much enlarged Index. The additional +matter covers more than forty pages.</p> + +<p> +J. J. BERINGER.<br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">Camborne</span>,<br /> +<i>January 1900.</i><br /> +</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[Pg vi]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE.</h2> + + +<p>The Text-book now offered to the public has been prepared to meet the +existing want of a practical "handy book" for the Assayer.</p> + +<p>To mining men the word "assaying" conveys a sufficiently clear meaning, +but it is difficult to define. Some writers limit it to the +determination of silver and gold, and others imagine that it has only to +do with "furnace-work." These limitations are not recognised in +practice. In fact, assaying is becoming wider in its scope, and the +distinction between "assayers" and "analysts" will in time be difficult +to detect. We have endeavoured rather to give what will be of use to the +assayer than to cover the ground within the limits of a faulty +definition.</p> + +<p>At first our intention was to supply a description of those substances +only which have a commercial value, but on consideration we have added +short accounts of the rarer elements, since they are frequently met +with, and occasionally affect the accuracy of an assay.</p> + +<p>Under the more important methods we have given the results of a series +of experiments showing the effect of varying conditions<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span> on the accuracy +of the process. Such experiments are often made by assayers, but seldom +recorded. Statements like those generally made—that "this or that +substance interferes"—are insufficient. It is necessary to know under +what conditions and to what extent.</p> + +<p>Students learning any particular process cannot do better than repeat +such a series of experiments. By this means they will, at the same time, +acquire the skill necessary for performing an assay and a confidence in +their results based upon work under different conditions.</p> + +<p>The electrolytic method of copper assaying given under <i>Copper</i> is a +modification of Luckow's; it was introduced by us into the offices of +the Rio Tinto Copper Company, and has been in use for many years with +success. This modification is now employed in copper-works in Spain, +Germany, and England, and is used in place of the dry assay for the +commercial valuation of copper ores.</p> + +<p>We have adhered to the gram and the "c.c." as the units of weight and +volume. Those who prefer working with grains and grain-measures can use +the figures given, multiplied by ten. For example:—When 1 gram is +mentioned, 10 grains should be used, and 10 grain-measures take the +place of 1 "c.c." It is not advisable to mix the two systems, as by +using gram weights and grain-measures.</p> + +<p>We have intentionally to a large extent omitted to mention the names of +those who have originated or modified the various processes. The +practice of naming a process after its discoverer has developed of late +years, and is becoming objectionable. It is a graceful thing to name a +gas-burner after Bunsen, or a condenser after Liebig; but when the +practice has developed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</a></span> so far that one is directed to "Finkenerise" a +residue, or to use the "Reichert-Meissl-Wollny" process, it is time to +stop.</p> + +<p>We are indebted to the standard works of Allen, Crookes, Fresenius, +Lunge, Michell, Percy, and Sutton, and wish to express our sense of +special indebtedness to Mr. Richard Smith, of the Royal School of Mines. +One or two of the illustrations are taken from Mr. Sexton's excellent +little book on <i>Qualitative Analysis</i>. Our obligation to some others is +mentioned in the text.</p> + +<p>Finally, we have to thank for assistance in the experimental work +Messrs. Bailey, Beswick, Clarke, Grant, Higgins, and Smith.</p> + +<p>THE AUTHORS.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Camborne</span>, <i>Nov. 1889</i>.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>PART I.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER I.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>INTRODUCTORY.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>Page</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Object of assaying</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_1'>1</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sampling</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_1'>1</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Drying: determination of moisture</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_5'>5</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Calculation and statement of results</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_7'>7</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Laboratory books and report forms</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_9'>9</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quantity to be taken for an assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_11'>11</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Exercises</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_14'>14</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER II.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>METHODS OF ASSAYING.—DRY GRAVIMETRIC METHODS.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Methods of assaying</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_15'>15</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gravimetric methods</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_15'>15</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mechanical separations</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_16'>16</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Dry assays</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_16'>16</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>a</i>) Fluxes</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_16'>16</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>b</i>) Reducing agents</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_21'>21</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>c</i>) Oxidising agents</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_22'>22</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>d</i>) Apparatus</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_24'>24</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER III.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>WET GRAVIMETRIC METHODS.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Wet gravimetric methods</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_27'>27</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>a</i>) Solution</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_29'>29</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>b</i>) Precipitation</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_30'>30</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>c</i>) Filtration</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_31'>31</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>d</i>) Drying and igniting</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_32'>32</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER IV.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>VOLUMETRIC ASSAYS.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Titrometric assays</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_35'>35</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>a</i>) Standard solutions</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_36'>36</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>b</i>) Standardising</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_37'>37</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>c</i>) Methods of working</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_42'>42</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>d</i>) Indirect titration</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_43'>43</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Colorimetric assays</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_44'>44</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gasometric assays</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_44'>44</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER V.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>WEIGHING AND MEASURING.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Weighing</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_47'>47</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Measuring liquids</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_49'>49</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>a</i>) Graduated flasks</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_49'>49</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>b</i>) Pipettes</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_50'>50</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>c</i>) Burettes</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_51'>51</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Measuring gases</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_52'>52</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER VI.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>REAGENTS.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Acids, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_54'>54</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bases, salts, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_59'>59</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER VII.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Formulæ, equations, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_68'>68</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER VIII.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>SPECIFIC GRAVITY.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Introductory</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_75'>75</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Determination of specific gravity—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>a</i>) Hydrometers</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_76'>76</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (<i>b</i>) Specific gravity bottles</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_78'>78</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Calculations depending on specific gravity</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_84'>84</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr><tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>PART II.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER IX.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>SILVER, GOLD, PLATINUM, CYANIDES, MERCURY.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver—Detection</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_87'>87</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_87'>87</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Scorification</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_88'>88</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (2) Pot assays, average ores</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_90'>90</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " ores with metallic oxides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_91'>91</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " ores with metallic sulphides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_91'>91</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Explanatory notes on the fusion</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_93'>93</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> The effect of charcoal, flour, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_94'>94</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> The effect of nitre</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_95'>95</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> The effect of mineral sulphides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_95'>95</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (3) Cupellation</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_98'>98</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> The loss of silver</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_101'>101</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Condition affecting the loss</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_102'>102</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Methods of correction</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_103'>103</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Lead required for cupellation</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_105'>105</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (4) Calculation of the results in ounces to the ton of 2240 lbs. Table</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_107'>107</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Ores with metallic particles</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_108'>108</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (5) Explanatory notes</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_110'>110</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (6) Examples of dry silver assays</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_113'>113</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Wet assays</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_116'>116</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_117'>117</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gay-Lussac's method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_119'>119</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volhard's method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_121'>121</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> A modified Gay-Lussac</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_123'>123</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volhard's method applied to arsenic</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_124'>124</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gold—Detection</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_126'>126</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Amalgamation assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_126'>126</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_127'>127</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Size of charges</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_127'>127</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (2) Sampling</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_127'>127</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (3) Assay tons</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_131'>131</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (4) Small buttons, weighing</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_131'>131</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " measuring</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_133'>133</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (5) Concentration in lead</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_136'>136</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Quartz ores</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_136'>136</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Ores with oxide of iron</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_138'>138</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Ores with metallic sulphides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_139'>139</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (6) Cyanide charges, residues, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_140'>140</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (7) Cupellation</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_142'>142</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cupels</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_142'>142</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cupellation temperature</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_143'>143</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cupellation loss</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_145'>145</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (8) Inquartation</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_146'>146</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (9) Flatting</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_149'>149</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (10) Parting, in flasks</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_151'>151</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " in test tubes</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_152'>152</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " in glazed crucibles</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_153'>153</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " Loss, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_154'>154</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (11) Check assays, surcharge</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_154'>154</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (12) Bullion assays in special apparatus</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_156'>156</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Silver, &c., in gold bullion</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_157'>157</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (13) Sampling of base bullion, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_157'>157</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanides—Commercial cyanides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_160'>160</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Double cyanides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_161'>161</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Prussic acid</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_162'>162</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gold-dissolving power of cyanide liquor</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_162'>162</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Assay for cyanide strength</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_163'>163</a>, 165</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Assay of commercial cyanide</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_167'>167</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Alkalinity of cyanides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_167'>167</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Acidity of ores</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_168'>168</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Metals in cyanide liquors</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_169'>169</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cyanicides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_169'>169</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Platinum</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_170'>170</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iridium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_171'>171</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mercury</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_171'>171</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_172'>172</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Wet method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_173'>173</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER X.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>COPPER, LEAD, THALLIUM, BISMUTH, ANTIMONY.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper—Introductory</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_175'>175</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_176'>176</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Valuation of copper ores</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_181'>181</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Wet methods</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_183'>183</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Electrolytic assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_184'>184</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volumetric methods</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_194'>194</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Cyanide method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_194'>194</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (2) Iodide method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_199'>199</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (3) Colorimetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_203'>203</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Examination of commercial copper</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_205'>205</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_211'>211</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_211'>211</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Wet assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_213'>213</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Gravimetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_213'>213</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (2) Volumetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_214'>214</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (3) Colorimetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_218'>218</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Thallium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_219'>219</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bismuth</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_220'>220</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_221'>221</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Wet method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_221'>221</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_222'>222</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (2) Colorimetric assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_223'>223</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Antimony</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_225'>225</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_225'>225</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Wet method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_227'>227</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (1) Gravimetric assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_228'>228</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> (2) Volumetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_229'>229</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XI.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>IRON, NICKEL, COBALT, ZINC, CADMIUM.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_231'>231</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_233'>233</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Permanganate and bichromate methods</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_234'>234</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Stannous chloride method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_244'>244</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Colorimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_247'>247</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_251'>251</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_251'>251</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Electrolytic assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_254'>254</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Titration by cyanide</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_255'>255</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cobalt</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_259'>259</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_261'>261</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_262'>262</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volumetric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_263'>263</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gasometric method</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_266'>266</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cadmium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_269'>269</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XII.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>TIN, TUNGSTEN, TITANIUM.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tin</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_271'>271</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Vanning</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_273'>273</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Dry assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_276'>276</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Detection, &c.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_279'>279</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_281'>281</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volumetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_282'>282</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Examples</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_284'>284</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Titanium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_292'>292</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tungsten</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_295'>295</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Niobic and Tantalic Oxides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_297'>297</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XIII.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>MANGANESE, CHROMIUM, ETC.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Manganese</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_298'>298</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_300'>300</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volumetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_300'>300</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Ferrous sulphate assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_301'>301</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Iodine assay</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_302'>302</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Colorimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_306'>306</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chromium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_307'>307</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Vanadium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_310'>310</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Molybdenum</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_311'>311</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Uranium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_312'>312</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XIV.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>EARTHS, ALKALINE EARTHS, ALKALIES.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Alumina</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_314'>314</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Thoria</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_317'>317</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zirconia</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_317'>317</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cerium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_318'>318</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lanthanum and Didymium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_319'>319</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Yttria</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_319'>319</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Beryllia</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_319'>319</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lime</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_320'>320</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Strontia</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_324'>324</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Baryta</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_326'>326</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesia</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_328'>328</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Alkalies</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_330'>330</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Sodium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_334'>334</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Potassium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_336'>336</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Lithium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_338'>338</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cæsium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_339'>339</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Rubidium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_340'>340</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Ammonium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_340'>340</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr><tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>PART III.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XV.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>OXYGEN AND OXIDES—THE HALOGENS.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxygen</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_344'>344</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxides</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_345'>345</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_350'>350</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Halogens</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_358'>358</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Chlorine</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_359'>359</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Bromine</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_361'>361</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Iodine</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_362'>362</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Fluorine</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_363'>363</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XVI.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>SULPHUR AND SULPHATES.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_367'>367</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_369'>369</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volumetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_370'>370</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphates</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_377'>377</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Selenium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_379'>379</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tellurium</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_379'>379</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XVII.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>ARSENIC, PHOSPHORUS, NITROGEN.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_381'>381</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_383'>383</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Volumetric method, "iodine"</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_384'>384</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " "uranic acetate"</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_389'>389</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Phosphorus</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_394'>394</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gravimetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_396'>396</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Volumetric determination</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_397'>397</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitrogen and Nitrates</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_400'>400</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>CHAPTER XVIII.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>SILICON, CARBON, BORON.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silicon and Silicates</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_405'>405</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Carbon and Carbonates</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_414'>414</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Coals</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_418'>418</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Shales</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_420'>420</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Carbonates</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_424'>424</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Boron and Borates</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_429'>429</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>APPENDIX A.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Table of atomic weights and other constants</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_433'>433</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Table for converting degrees of the centigrade thermometer</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> into degrees of Fahrenheit's scale</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_435'>435</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tables showing strengths of aqueous solutions of nitric and hydrochloric acids,</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> of ammonia and of sulphuric acid</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_436'>436</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>APPENDIX B.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Estimation of small quantities of gold</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_440'>440</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Practical notes on the iodide process of copper assaying</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_441'>441</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Method of separating cobalt and nickel</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_442'>442</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>APPENDIX C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A lecture on the theory of sampling</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_444'>444</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr><tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Index</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_450'>450</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="A_TEXT-BOOK_OF_ASSAYING" id="A_TEXT-BOOK_OF_ASSAYING"></a>A TEXT-BOOK OF ASSAYING.</h2> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2> + +<h3>INTRODUCTORY.</h3> + + +<p>Assaying has for its object the determination of the quantities of those +constituents of a material which add to or detract from its value in the +arts and manufactures. The methods of assaying are mainly those of +analytical chemistry, and are limited by various practical +considerations to the determination of the constituents of a small +parcel, which is frequently only a few grains, and rarely more than a +few ounces, in weight. From these determinations calculations are made, +which have reference to a mass of material of, perhaps, hundreds of +tons. But in all cases, whether the mass under consideration be large or +small, whether the material be obtained by mining, grown, or +manufactured, the assayer is supposed to receive a small quantity, +called "the sample," which is, or ought to be, the exact counterpart of +the mass of material that is being dealt with. The taking and making of +this sample is termed "sampling"; and the men whose special work it is +to select such samples are "the samplers."</p> + +<p>But although "sampling" is thus distinct from "assaying," the assayer +should be familiar with the principles of sampling, and rigorous in the +application of these principles in the selecting, from the sample sent +him, that smaller portion upon which he performs his operations.</p> + +<p><b>Sampling.</b>—<i>In the case of gases</i>, there is absolutely no trouble in +mixing. The only difficulty is in drawing off a fair sample where, as in +flues, the body of the gas is in motion, and varies a little in +composition from time to time. In this case, care must be taken to draw +off uniformly a sufficient volume of the gas during a prolonged period; +any portion of this larger volume may then be taken for the analytical +operation.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>In the case of liquids</i>, which mix more or less easily—and this class +includes metals, &c., in the state of fusion—more or less severe +agitation, followed by the immediate withdrawal of a portion, will yield +a fairly representative sample.</p> + +<p><i>In the case of solids</i>, the whole mass must be crushed, and, if not +already of fairly uniform quality, mixed, before sampling can take +place. Most of the material which a sampler is called upon to deal with, +is, however, in a more or less divided state and fairly uniform. In +practice it is assumed that 5 per cent. of the whole (= 1/20th), if +taken in portions of equal weight and at frequent and regular intervals, +will represent the mass from which it was taken. Taking a heap of ore, +A, and selecting one out of every twenty spade-, bag-, barrow-, or +wagon-fuls, according to the quantity of stuff in the heap, there is +obtained a second heap, B, containing one-twentieth of the stuff of the +heap A. If we crush the stuff in B until this heap contains +approximately the same number of stones as A did—which means, crushing +every stone in B into about twenty pieces—B will become the counterpart +of A. Selecting in the same manner 5 per cent. of B, there is got a +third heap, C. This alternate reduction and pulverising must be carried +on until a sample of suitable size is obtained. This may be expressed +very clearly thus:—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">A = 1000 tons of rocks and lumpy ore.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">B = 50 " " rough stones, 1/20th of A.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">C = 2.5 " " small stones, 1/20th of B.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">D = 0.125 " " coarse powder, 1/20th of C.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 358px;"> +<img src="images/fig001.jpg" width="358" height="300" alt="Fig. 1." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>If the material to be sampled is already a dry powder, 5 per cent. of it +should be heaped in a cone; each lot being added on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span> the apex of the +cone already formed, so that it may distribute itself by falling evenly +in all directions. When the cone is completed, convert it into a low +frustrum of a cone by drawing stuff uniformly and in a direct line from +the centre to the circumference. Draw two diameters at right angles to +each other, and reserving any two alternate quarters, reject the others. +Mix; and form another cone, and proceed until a sample is got of the +bulk required.</p> + +<p>This is the usual plan, and all samples should be treated in this way +when the stuff is fine enough to fall evenly down the sides of a cone.</p> + +<p>Samples as they reach the assay office are seldom in a fit state for the +work of the assayer; they are generally too coarse, and ought always to +be more than he wants for any particular determination. The portion he +requires should never be taken at hap-hazard; the sample must be reduced +systematically to the quantity required.</p> + +<p>1. <i>If the sample is a liquid:</i> it is sufficient to shake the bottle, +and take out a measured or weighed quantity for the assay.</p> + +<p>2. <i>If a liquid with a solid in suspension:</i> measure the whole of it. +Filter. Make up the filtrate with the wash-water or water to the +original bulk. Assay it. Dry and weigh the residue, and make a separate +assay of it.</p> + +<p>3. <i>If of a creamy consistency, free from heavy particles:</i> mix well; +spread out evenly on a glazed tile. Take up equal portions at equal +distances. Mix and assay.</p> + +<p>4. <i>If a mud of coarse and fine particles, or of particles of unequal +density:</i> weigh and transfer to a porcelain dish, or weigh in the dish. +Dry at 100° C., weigh. Treat the residue as a solid capable of being +powdered.</p> + +<p>5. <i>If a solid capable of being powdered, or already powdered:</i> heap up +into a cone; flatten with a spatula; divide along two diameters at right +angles, and carefully reject the whole of two alternate quarters, +brushing away any fine powder. Mix the other quarters, and repeat (if +necessary). For small quantities a fine state of division is essential.</p> + +<p>6. <i>If a solid with metallic particles:</i> powder and pass through a +sieve; the metallic particles will not pass through. Weigh both portions +and assay separately. <i>Sifting should be followed by a very thorough +mixing.</i></p> + +<p>7. <i>If a metal or alloy in bar or ingot:</i> clean the upper surface of the +bar, and bore through the bar. Use the borings. If the ingot or bar is +small, cut it through and file the section. Filings must be freed from +fragments of the file by means of a magnet; and from oil, if any be +present, by washing with a suitable<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span> solvent.<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> Where practicable, +metals and alloys are best sampled by melting and granulating. The +student must carefully avoid any chance of mixing dirt or particles of +other samples with the particular sample which he is preparing. One ore +should be done at a time, and when finished, it should be labelled and +wrapped up, or bottled, before starting on a fresh sample.</p> + +<p>When an ore requires to be very finely ground in an agate mortar, it is +often advisable to mix with a little pure alcohol and rub until free +from grit; dry at 100° C. and mix well before weighing.</p> + +<p>When an assay is required of a quantity of ore made up of parcels of +different weight and quality, each parcel should be separately sampled +and parts of each sample, bearing to each other the same proportion by +weight as the original parcels, should be taken and mixed. For example, +a lot of ore is made up of one parcel of A, 570 tons, one of B, 180 +tons, and another of C, 50 tons; a sample representing the whole may be +got by mixing 57 parts of a sample of A with 18 parts of a sample of B, +and 5 parts of a sample of C.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 386px;"> +<img src="images/fig002.jpg" width="386" height="300" alt="Fig. 2." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>A bruising plate, like that in fig. 2, is convenient for general office +work. The slab is of cast iron, about an inch thick. It is firmly +supported on a solid block of wood, and pivoted for convenience in +emptying. The bruising-hammer is steel-faced, about 4 inches square, and +1-1/2 inch thick. The block is firmly fixed to a small table or tressel, +so that the slab is about 2 feet 6 inches<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> from the ground. The slab is +cleaned, and the sample collected with the help of a stiff-haired brush.</p> + +<p><b>Drying: Determination of Moisture.</b>—In practice, the moisture is +generally determined by the samplers, and the proportion is specified in +grains per pound on the label attached to the sample when it reaches the +assay office. The method adopted is usually to dry 1 lb. = 7000 grs. of +the ore in a frying-pan heated over a gas flame, or in an ordinary oven, +until a cold bright piece of metal or glass is no longer damped when +held over it. The loss of weight in grains = moisture.</p> + +<p>Properly, however, this work should be done by the assayer, if only for +the following reason. It is assumed that the dry ore of the sampler and +of the assayer are the same thing; according to the nature of the ore, +this may or may not be the case. The assayer, however, uses the sample +which he has dried for his moisture-determination, as the dry ore on +which he makes his other assays, and no variation in moisture would +influence the other and more important determinations. Some ores are +sent to the smelter with from 5 to 15 per cent. of adherent water. In +these cases it is best to spread out the sample, and taking equal +portions fairly at regular intervals, weigh into a Berlin dish 20 grams. +This should then be dried over a sand-bath, or if the ore is likely to +be injured by excess of heat, over a water-bath until the weight is +constant. The loss of weight multiplied by 5 gives the percentage of +water present.</p> + +<p>Example:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight of dish + wolfram</td><td align='right'>32.67</td> <td align='left'>grms.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " dish</td><td align='right'>12.67</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " wolfram</td><td align='right'>20.00</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " dish + wolfram</td><td align='right'>32.67</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " " dried</td><td align='right'>30.15</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " water</td><td align='right'>2.52</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.52 × 5 = 12.6</td><td align='right'><b>12.6%.</b></td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>There are other ores which are not apparently wet, but in the state +called "air-dried." It is easier to take fair samples of these, and, +consequently, it is not necessary to use so large a quantity as 20 +grams. But with a smaller quantity, extra precautions must be taken. All +dry solids at ordinary temperatures absorb moisture from the air. The +amount varies with the nature of the material and with the quantity of +surface exposed. Light bulky powders absorb more than heavy ones, +because of the greater condensing surface. It is on this account that it +is well to weigh substances, which have been dried, between +close-fitting watch-glasses. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span> method of determining moisture is to +weigh out into the glasses 5 grams of ore, and dry in the water-oven +until there is no further loss of weight. On taking the glasses out of +the oven, they should be at once closed, the clip put on, and after +cooling in a desiccator weighed. If after a second trial the loss is the +same, or only increased by a milligram, the determination is finished.</p> + +<p>Example:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> Weight of glasses + pyrites</td><td align='right'>31.0470</td> <td align='left'>grms.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " glasses</td><td align='right'>26.0470</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " pyrites</td><td align='right'>5.0000</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " glasses + pyrites, dried 1 hour</td><td align='right'>30.8965</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " " " dried 1-1/2 "</td><td align='right'>30.8957</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " " " </td><td align='right'>31.0470</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " " " dried</td><td align='right'>30.8957</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " " moisture</td><td align='left'>0.1513</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1513 × 20 = 3.026</td><td align='right'><b>3.02%.</b></td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 103px;"> +<img src="images/fig003.jpg" width="103" height="400" alt="Fig. 3." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Sometimes it may be advisable to dry 10 grams, in which case multiplying +the loss by 10 will give the percentage. The dried ore should be +transferred to a weighing-tube (fig. 3), and reserved for the subsequent +determinations. The weighing-tube with the ore must be marked, and kept +in a desiccator.</p> + +<p>Most ores and inorganic substances can be dried, and their moisture +determined by the loss in this way. When, however, the substance +contains another somewhat volatile ingredient, it is exposed over +sulphuric acid in a desiccator for two days (if <i>in vacuo</i>, all the +better), and the loss determined. Moisture in dynamite should be +determined in this way.</p> + +<p>When water is simply mechanically mixed with a substance it presents but +little difficulty. The combined water is a different matter. Slaked +lime, even when perfectly dry, contains much water; and if the water of +soda crystals were separated and frozen, it would occupy a volume equal +to that of the original crystals. Perfectly dry substances may contain +much water, and this combined water is retained by different materials +with very unequal vigour. Sodium sulphate and sodium phosphate crystals +lose water even when exposed under ordinary conditions to dry air. Soda +crystals when heated melt, and at a moderate temperature give off their +water with ebullition. The temperature at which all the water is given +up varies with each particular salt; the actual determination of the +water in each case will require somewhat different treatment. Such +determinations, however, are seldom<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> required; and from a practical +point of view this combined water causes no trouble.</p> + +<p><i>In assaying ores</i>, we term "moisture" all water which is lost by +exposure in a water-oven at 100° C., and the "dry ore" is the ore which +has been dried at this temperature. No advantage, but rather endless +confusion, would be caused by varying the temperature with the object of +estimating the whole of the water which a hydrated salt may contain. The +results of the assay of the other components should be calculated on the +"dry ore." One advantage of this is obvious:—The dry ore has a constant +composition, and the results of all assays of it will be the same, no +matter when made; the moisture, however, may vary from day to day, and +would be influenced by a passing shower of rain. It is well to limit +this variability to the moisture by considering it apart, and thus avoid +having the percentage, say, of copper rising and falling under the +influence of the weather.</p> + +<p>In the case of certain salts, however, such as soda crystals and +hydrated sulphate of copper (when these constitute the bulk of the +substance to be assayed), it is as well to perform the assay on the +moist, or at any rate air-dried, substance.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> It would be equally +convenient to calculate on the substance dried at 100° C.; but in this +case it would be well, in order to avoid a somewhat shallow criticism, +to replace the term "moisture" by the longer but equivalent phrase +"water lost at 100° C."</p> + +<p><b>Calculation and Statement of Results.</b>—By far the most generally +convenient method of stating the results of an assay is that of the +percentage or parts in a hundred, and to avoid a needlessly troublesome +calculation it is well to take such a quantity of ore for each assay as +by a simple multiplication will yield the percentage. In these +calculations decimals are freely employed, and students should make +themselves familiar with the methods of using them.</p> + +<p>Other methods of statement are in use, and have advantages in certain +special cases. With bullion the parts in a thousand are given, and in +those cases in which the percentage is very small, as in water analysis, +it is convenient to report on parts in 100,000, or even on parts per +1,000,000. These are easily got from the corresponding percentages by +shifting the decimal point one, three, or four places to the right. Thus +92.5 per cent. is 925 per thousand; and 0.0036 per cent. is 3.6 per +100,000, or 36 per million.</p> + +<p>With ores of tin, silver, and gold, the result is stated as so many +cwts., lbs., or ozs., in the ton. With dressed tin ores as they are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> +sent to the smelter, the produce is given in cwts. and quarters to the +ton. The corresponding percentage may be obtained by multiplying by +five; or, inversely, if the percentage is given, the produce may be got +by dividing by five. A produce of 13-1/2 equals a percentage of 13.5 × 5 += 67.5; and a percentage of 70.0 equals a produce of 70 / 5 = 14. With +tin ores as raised (in which the percentage is small) the reduction must +be carried to pounds per ton. One per cent. equals 22.4 lbs. to the ton; +consequently, if we multiply the percentage by 22.4, the produce will be +given. Thus, if an ore contains 6.7 per cent. of oxide of tin, the +produce is 6.7 × 22.4 = 150 lbs. (or 1 cwt., 1 quarter, and 10 lbs.) to +the ton. With gold and silver ores, the proportion of precious metal is +small, and it is necessary to carry the reduction to ozs. and dwts. to +the ton; and since gold and silver are sold by troy weight, whilst the +ton is avoirdupois, it is of importance to remember that the ounces in +the two systems are not the same. A ton contains 15,680,000 grains, +which equal 653,333.3 dwts. or 32,666.6 ozs. (troy). The following rules +are useful:—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">To get ozs. (troy) per ton, multiply parts per 100,000 by 0.327;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">To get dwts. per ton, multiply parts per 100,000 by 6.53;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">To get grains per ton, multiply parts per 100,000 by 156.8.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Where liquids are being assayed, cubic centimetres are held to be +equivalent to grams, and the usual method of statement is, "so many +parts by weight in so many by measure." Where the statement is made as +grams per litre or grains per gallon, there can be no doubt as to what +is meant; and even if it be expressed in parts per 100,000, parts by +weight in a measured volume must be understood unless the contrary is +expressly stated.</p> + +<p>In some cases, where the density of the solution differs greatly from +that of water, the percentage by weight may be given; and in others, +mixtures of two or more liquids, the percentages may be given by volume +or by weight; as so many c.c. in 100 c.c., or as so many grams in 100 +grams, or even as so many grams in 100 c.c. In such cases it must be +distinctly shown which method of statement is adopted.</p> + +<p>One grain per gallon means 1 grain in 70,000 grain-measures, or one part +in 70,000. Dividing by 7 and multiplying by 10 will convert grains per +gallon into parts per 100,000. Inversely, dividing by 10 and multiplying +by 7, will convert parts per 100,000 into grains per gallon.</p> + +<p>Grams per litre are parts per 1000; multiplying by 100 will give parts +per 100,000, and multiplying by 70 will give grains per gallon.</p> + +<p>Among foreign systems of weights, the French is by far the best. +Kilograms (2.205 lbs.) per quintal (220.5 lbs.) are parts per cent.; and +grams (15.43 grs.) per quintal are parts per<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span> 100,000. From the rule +already given, grams per quintal may be converted into ounces to the ton +by multiplying by 0.327.</p> + +<p>The German loths per centner (1/2 oz. (avoirdupois) to 100 lbs.) equal +parts per 3200; they are converted into parts per cent. by dividing by +32, or into ounces (troy) per ton by multiplying by 10.208.</p> + +<p>In the United States, as a sort of compromise between the avoirdupois +and metric systems, a ton is taken as 2000 lbs. There, too, the custom +is adopted of reporting the gold and silver contents of an ore as so +many dollars and cents to the ton. In the case of gold, an ounce is +considered to be worth 20.6718 dollars. With silver, the <i>nominal</i> value +is 1.2929 dollars per ounce, but frequently in assay reports it is taken +as one dollar. The practice is objectionable. The prices of metals vary +with the fluctuations of the market, and if the assayer fixed the price, +the <i>date</i> of his report would be all important; if, on the other hand, +he takes a fixed price which does not at all times agree with the market +one, it leaves a path open for the deception of those unacquainted with +the custom. American "dollars on the ton of 2000 lbs." may be converted +into "ounces in the ton of 2240 lbs." by dividing by 1.1544 in the case +of silver, and by 18.457 in the case of gold.</p> + +<p><b>Laboratory Books and Report Forms.</b>—The record which the assayer makes +of his work must be clear and neat, so that reference, even after an +interval of years, should be certain and easy. One method should be +adopted and adhered to. Where there are a large number of samples, three +books are required.</p> + +<p><i>Sample Book.</i>—This contains particulars of the samples (marks, &c.), +which are entered by the office-clerk as they arrive. He at the same +time puts on each sample the distinguishing number.</p> + +<p class="center"> +<span class="smcap">Example of Page of Sample Book</span>.<br /></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Date.</td><td align='left'>Number.</td><td align='left'>Sample.</td><td align='left'>Remarks.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Feb. 1</td><td align='left'>482</td><td align='left'>Tough Copper</td><td align='left'>For Arsenic.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " 2</td><td align='left'>X</td><td align='left'>Piece of Metal</td><td align='left'>For Ni and Cu.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>483</td><td align='left'>Tough Copper.</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>73</td><td align='left'>Silver Precipitate, 4 casks, 24 cwt. 1 qr.</td><td align='left'>With Letter.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>494</td><td align='left'>Purple Ore, 200 tons.</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>1 J.T.</td><td align='left'>Lead Ore, 1 J.T.</td><td align='left'>From Corsica.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>2 J.T.</td><td align='left'> " 2 J.T.</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<p><i>Laboratory Book.</i> This is the Assayer's note-book, in which he enters +clearly the particulars of his work—the results obtained, as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> well as +how these results were arrived at. The calculations should be done on +scrap-paper, and should not be entered, although, of course, detail +enough must be shown to enable the results to be recalculated.</p> + +<p class="center"> +<span class="smcap">Example of Page of Laboratory Book.</span><br /></p> + +<pre> +____________________________________________________________ + +Purple Ore 5 grams +19/10/89 0.0042 grm. + 0.0021 " + ——— + Colorimetric 0.0063 × 20 = 0.13% Copper +______________________________________________________________ + + 482 + Tough Copper 10 grams + Feb. 1/89 10.5 c.c. Uranium. + = 0.52% Arsenic +______________________________________________________________ + + 2082 + Tough Copper 10 grams + 12.7 c.c. Uranium. + = 0.63% Arsenic +______________________________________________________________ + + 491 10 grams + Tough Copper 13.7 c.c. Uranium + Feb. 1/89 + = 0.68% Arsenic +______________________________________________________________ + + Standard of Uranium acetate. + 0.150 gram As2O3 = 23.3 c.c. Uranium. + ∴ 100 cc. Uranium = 0.5 gram As. +______________________________________________________________ + + 10071 5 grams + Tin Ore Cruc. and SnO2 9.6065 grms. + Feb. 3/89 Cruc. and Ash 9.4235 " + ——— + SnO2 = 0.1830 = 2.88% Tin +______________________________________________________________ +</pre> + +<p><i>The Assay Book.</i>—This is the Official book, and is a combination of +the Sample and Laboratory books. It corresponds with the report-forms. +Without being loaded with detail, it should contain sufficient to +characterise each sample.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"> + +<span class="smcap">Example of Page of Assay Book.</span><br /></p> + +<p><b>Description of Sample.</b></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Date.</td><td align='left'>Material.</td><td align='left'> Weight.</td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'>No.</td><td align='left'> Water Lost at 100° C.</td><td align='left'> Assay on the Dry Material.</td><td align='left'> Date Reported.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1889</td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> ton</td><td align='left'> cwt</td><td align='left'> qrs</td><td align='left'> lbs</td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Feb. 1</td><td align='left'> Tough cake copper</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> 482</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> Arsenic, 0.52%</td><td align='left'>7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>Tough cake copper</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> 2082</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> Arsenic, 0.63%</td><td align='left'>7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'> Tough cake copper</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> 491</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> Arsenic, 0.68%</td><td align='left'>7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Feb. 2</td><td align='left'> Nickel disc for C.R.</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> X</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> Copper, 73.75</td><td align='left'>7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Nickel, 24.34</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Iron, 2.18</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> ———</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> 100.27</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> ———</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'> Silver precipitate, 4 casks</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>24</td><td align='left'> 1</td><td align='left'> 0</td><td align='left'> 73</td><td align='left'> Not det.</td><td align='left'> Silver, 4.851</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Gold, 0.0215</td><td align='left'>...</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Lead, 19.37</td><td align='left'>...</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Zinc, 2.00</td><td align='left'>...</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Silver, 1584.7 ozs. per ton</td><td align='left'>...</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Gold, 7.0 ozs. per ton</td><td align='left'>...</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>Purple ore</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> 200</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'>...</td><td align='left'> 494</td><td align='left'> Not det.</td><td align='left'> Copper, 0.13%</td><td align='left'> 11</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Sulphur 0.15%</td><td align='left'>...</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>When the number of samples is small, the Sample Book may be omitted, and +the entries made in the Assay Book as the samples arrive.</p> + +<p><i>Report-forms.</i> These should entail as little writing as possible in +making out the report. For general purposes the form given on p. 12 is +useful.</p> + +<p><b>The quantity of substance</b> to be taken for any particular assay depends +largely upon the method of assay adopted. There are, however, some +general considerations which should be remembered, and some devices for +simplifying the calculations which should be discussed.</p> + +<p>The smaller the percentage of the substance to be determined, the larger +should be the amount of the ore taken. The following table will give a +general idea as to this:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>Percentage of the substance to be determined.</td><td align='center'>Amount of ore, &c. to be weighed.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>100-10</td><td align='center'>1 gram.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>10-5</td><td align='center'>2 grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>5-1</td><td align='center'>5 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>1-0.1</td><td align='center'>10 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>0.1-0.01</td><td align='center'>20 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 490px;"> +<img src="images/assaynote.jpg" width="490" height="300" alt="ASSAY NOTE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">ASSAY NOTE</span> +</div> + +<p>The rougher the method of assay adopted, the larger should be the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> +quantity of ore taken. If the degree of accuracy attainable with the +methods and instruments at the assayer's service is known, it is easy to +calculate what quantity should be taken for any particular case. If the +results are good within 0.001 gram, then, taking 1 gram of ore we can +report within 0.1 per cent., or if they are good within 0.0002 gram, +taking 20 grams of ore, we can report within 1 part per 100,000, or very +closely within 6-1/2 dwt. to the ton. If it is wished to be yet more +particular in reporting, larger quantities must be taken. The difficulty +of manipulating very small or very large precipitates, &c., must be +borne in mind. So, too, must the fact that the greater the weight of the +final product of an assay, the less, as a rule, is the percentage error. +The distinction between absolute and percentage error, often overlooked, +is important. If 0.5 gram of silver be cupelled with 20 grams of lead, +there may be obtained a button of 0.495 gram; the absolute loss is 0.005 +gram, and this equals 1 per cent. of the silver present. Similarly, +cupelling 0.1 gram, the resulting button may be 0.098; the absolute loss +is only 0.002 gram, but this equals 2 per cent. of the silver present. +In the same way the student should see that the two results, 91.5 per +cent. and 92.0 per cent., are really more concordant than the results +9.1 per cent. and 9.2 per cent.</p> + +<p>A device often adopted in practice where a large number of assays of one +kind are made, and the report is given as so many ounces or pounds to +the ton, is that known as the <i>assay ton</i>. The assay ton may be any +arbitrary and convenient weight, but its subdivisions must bear to it +the same relations as pounds and ounces bear to the actual ton. On the +other hand, in a laboratory where many kinds of work are performed, +different sets of weights of this kind would only tend to confusion, +even if they were not unnecessary. With a set of gram weights and its +subdivisions anything may be done. If it is desired to report as pounds +to the ton, then, since there are 2240 lbs. to the ton, a weight of +2.240 grams may be taken as the assay ton, and each 0.001 gram yielded +will equal 1 lb., or 22.4 grams may represent the ton, and each 0.01 +gram a pound. Similarly, since there are 32,666.6 ozs. troy to the ton; +if we take 32.6667 grams as the assay ton, each 0.001 gram will equal 1 +oz. to the ton. In some cases it may be convenient to have, in addition +to the usual gram weights, one or other of the "assay tons" mentioned +above, but generally it is better to work on a purely decimal system, +and convert when required into ounces per ton, &c., either by actual +calculation or by reference to a set of tables.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p> + + +<p><span class="smcap">Practical Exercises.</span></p> + +<p>The student should practise such calculations as the following:—</p> + +<p> +1. Calculate the percentages in the following cases:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Ore taken, 2 grams; copper found, 0.2155.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) " 1.5 gram; iron found, 0.8340.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) " 30 grams; lead found, 23.2.</span><br /> +<br /> +2. Calculate the parts per thousand in the following:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Bullion taken, 1.1 gram; silver found, 1.017.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) " 1.14 gram; silver found, 1.026.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) " 0.6 gram; gold found, 0.5500.</span><br /> +<br /> +3. Calculate parts per 100,000 in the following:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Ore taken, 20 grams; silver found, 0.0075.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) " 50 grams; gold found, 0.0026.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) Water taken, 500 c.c.; solids found, 0.1205.</span><br /> +<br /> +4. Calculate cwts. to the ton in the following:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Ore taken, 5 grams; tin found, 2.816.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) " 5 grams; tin found, 3.128.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) An ore with 68.2 per cent. of tin.</span><br /> +<br /> +5. Calculate lbs. to the ton in the following:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(a) An ore with 3.28 per cent. oxide of tin.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(b) Ore taken, 20 grams; oxide of tin found, 1.67.</span><br /> +<br /> +6. Calculate ozs. (troy) to the ton in the following:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Ore taken, 50 grams; gold found, 0.0035.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) " 20 grams; silver found, 0.0287.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) " 25 grains; silver found, 0.0164.</span><br /> +<br /> +7. Calculate in grains per gallon:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) 0.51 gram per litre.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) 24.6 parts per 100,000.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) Solution taken, 100 c.c.; copper found, 0.0045 gram.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>d</i>) " 50 c.c.; iron found, 0.165 gram.</span><br /> +<br /> +8. Convert into ozs. (troy) per ton:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) 7 loths per centner.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) 30 grams per quintal.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) 15 parts per 100,000.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Ether or carbon bisulphide.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Such substances are best dried by pressing between folds of +dry filter-paper.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p> + +<h3>METHODS OF ASSAYING.—DRY GRAVIMETRIC METHODS.</h3> + + +<p>The methods of assaying are best classed under two heads, Gravimetric +and Volumetric, in the former of which the final results are weighed, +whilst in the latter they are measured. A commoner and older division is +expressed in the terms much used in practice—wet assays and dry assays. +Wet assays include all those in which solvents, &c. (liquid at the +ordinary temperature), are mainly used; and dry assays, those in which +solid re-agents are almost exclusively employed. Dry assays form a +branch of gravimetric work, and we shall include under this head all +those assays requiring the help of a wind furnace. Wet assays, as +generally understood, would include not only those which we class as wet +gravimetric assays, but also all the volumetric processes.</p> + +<p><b>Gravimetric Methods</b> aim at the separation of the substance from the +other matters present in the ore, so that it may be weighed; and, +therefore, they must yield the <i>whole</i> of the substance in a pure state. +It is not necessary that a metal should be weighed as metal; it may be +weighed in the form of a compound of definite and well known +composition. For example, one part by weight of silver chloride contains +(and, if pure, always contains) 0.7527 part of silver; and a quantity of +this metal can be as exactly determined by weighing it as chloride as by +weighing it in the metallic state. But in either case the metal or its +chloride must be pure.</p> + +<p>Exact purity and complete separation are not easily obtained; and +methods are used which are defective in one or both of these respects. +It is well to note that an impure product increases the result, whilst a +loss of the substance decreases it; so that if both defects exist in a +process they tend to neutralise each other. Of dry methods generally, it +may be said that they neither give the whole of the substance nor give +it pure; so that they are only calculated to show the amount of metal +that can be extracted on a manufacturing scale, and not the actual +quantity of it present.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> Their determinations are generally rough and +always low. The gold and silver determinations, however, will compare +very favourably with any of the other processes for the estimation of +these metals in their ores.</p> + +<p>The calculation of the results of a gravimetric assay has already been +referred to. If the result is to be stated as percentage, it may always +be done by the following rule:—<i>Multiply the weight of the substance +got by the percentage of metal it contains, and divide by the weight of +ore taken.</i></p> + +<p>Gravimetric methods are divided into three groups: (1) mechanical +separations; (2) dry methods; and (3) wet methods.</p> + +<p><b>Mechanical Separations.</b>—Under this head are classed the method of +assaying tin ores, known as vanning, and the amalgamation assay for +gold. A set of sieves to determine the relative proportion of powders of +different degrees of fineness is sometimes useful. A set with 10, 20, 40 +and 80 meshes to the inch is convenient.</p> + +<p><b>Dry Assays.</b>—An important distinction between wet and dry methods of +assaying is, that in the former the substance is got into the liquid +state by solution, whilst in the latter fusion is taken advantage of.</p> + +<p>The difference between solution and fusion is easily illustrated: a lump +of sugar heated over a candle-flame melts or fuses; suspended in water +it dissolves. Many substances which are insoluble or infusible of +themselves, become soluble or fusible when mixed with certain others; +thus, in this way, solution is got with the aid of reagents, and fusion +with the help of fluxes. For example, lead is insoluble in water, but if +nitric acid be added, the metal rapidly disappears. It is convenient, +but somewhat inaccurate, to say that the acid dissolves the lead. If the +lead be acted on by nitric acid alone, without water, it is converted +into a white powder, which does not dissolve until water is added; in +this case it is obvious that the water is the solvent. The function of +the acid is to convert the lead into a soluble compound.</p> + +<p><b>Fluxes</b> may act as true solvents. Fused carbonate of soda dissolves +baric carbonate, and perhaps in many slags true solution occurs; but in +the great majority of cases a flux is a solid reagent added for the +purpose of forming a fusible <i>compound</i> with the earthy or stony +minerals of the ore. Few of the minerals which occur in the gangue of an +ore are fusible; and still fewer are sufficiently fusible for the +purposes of the assayer, consequently the subject is one of importance, +and it ought to be treated on chemical principles. An idea of the +composition of some of the more frequently occurring rocks may be +gathered from the following table, which represents rough averages:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'>Silica.</td><td align='left'>Alumina.</td><td align='left'>Oxide of iron</td><td align='left'>Lime and Magnesia.</td><td align='left'>Alkalies.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'>%</td><td align='left'>%</td><td align='left'>%</td><td align='left'>%</td><td align='left'>%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sandstone, grit, quartzite, &c.</td><td align='left'>80-100</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Granite, gneiss, quartz-porphyry, fire-clay, &c.</td><td align='left'>70-75</td><td align='left'>13-20</td><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>5-8 Less in fire-clay.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mica-schist</td><td align='left'>65</td><td align='left'>18</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>3</td><td align='left'>3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Trachyte, syenite</td><td align='left'>60</td><td align='left'>17</td><td align='left'>7</td><td align='left'>4-7</td><td align='left'>6-9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Clay-slate</td><td align='left'>60</td><td align='left'>18</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Diorite</td><td align='left'>54</td><td align='left'>17</td><td align='left'>12</td><td align='left'>9</td><td align='left'>3-4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Horneblende-rock</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>18</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>12</td><td align='left'>3-4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Brick-clay</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>34</td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>6</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>China-clay</td><td align='left'>47</td><td align='left'>39</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Basalt, dolerite, &c.</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>16</td><td align='left'>3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Serpentine</td><td align='left'>44</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>44</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chalk, limestone, dolomite, &c.</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>45-55</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Silica itself, and the silicates of alumina, of lime, and of magnesia, +are practically infusible; the silicates of soda, of potash, and of iron +are easily fusible if the base (soda, potash, or oxide of iron) be +present in sufficient quantity, and if, in the case of the iron, it is +present mainly as lower oxide (ferrous silicate). The addition of lime, +oxide of iron, or alkali to silicate of alumina results in the formation +of a double silicate of alumina and lime, or of alumina and iron, &c., +all of which are easily fusible. Similarly, if to a silicate of lime we +add oxide of iron, or soda, or even alumina, a fusible double silicate +will be formed. Thus lime, soda, oxide of iron, and clay, are <i>fluxes</i> +when properly used; but since lime, clay (and oxide of iron if there be +any tendency to form peroxide), are of themselves infusible, any excess +of these fluxes would tend to stiffen and render pasty the resulting +slag. So, too, soda, which is a very strong base, may act prejudicially +if it be in sufficient excess to set free notable quantities of lime and +magnesia, which but for that excess would exist in combination as +complex fusible silicates. There are many minerals which with but little +soda form a glass, but with more yield a lumpy scoriacious mass. There +are many minerals, too, which are already basic (for example, calcite), +and which, when present, demand either a less basic or an acid flux +according to the proportions in which they exist. For purposes of this +kind borax, or glass, or clay with more or less soda may be used, and of +these borax is by far the most generally useful. An objection to too +basic a slag (and a very important one) is the speed with which it +corrodes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> ordinary crucibles. These crucibles, consisting of quartz and +clay, are rapidly attacked by lime, soda and bases generally.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 456px;"> +<img src="images/fig004.jpg" width="456" height="309" alt="Fig. 4." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>In considering what is and what is not a good slag, certain chemical +properties are of importance. If a mixture of many substances be fused +and allowed to solidify in a crucible, there will be found some or all +of the following. At the bottom of the crucible (fig. 4) a button of +metal, resting on this a speise; then a regulus, next a slag made up of +silicates and borates and metallic oxides, and lastly, on the top +another layer of slag, mainly made up of fusible chlorides and +sulphates. In assaying operations the object is generally to concentrate +the metal sought for in a button of metal, speise or regulus, and to +leave the earthy and other impurities as far as possible in the slag; +whether there be one or two layers of slag is a matter of +indifference;<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> but the chemical action of the lower layer upon the +speise, or regulus, or metal, is of great importance.</p> + +<p>A <i>regulus</i> is a compound of one or more of the metals with sulphur; it +is usually brittle, often crystalline, and of a dull somewhat greasy +lustre. It is essential that the slag, when solid, shall be so much more +brittle than the regulus, that it shall be easy to crumble, and remove +it without breaking the latter; and it must not be basic. The effect of +fusing a regulus with a basic slag is well seen when <i>sulphide of lead</i> +is fused with <i>carbonate of soda</i>; the result is a button of metal (more +or less pure), and a slag containing sulphides of lead and sodium; and +again, if sulphide of lead be fused with an excess of oxide of lead, a +button of lead will be got, and a slag which is simply oxide of lead +(with whatever it may have taken up from the crucible), or if a +sufficient excess has not been used, oxide of lead mixed with some +sulphide. When (as is most frequently the case) the desire is to prevent +the formation of regulus, these reactions may be taken advantage of, but +otherwise the use of a flux having any such tendency must be avoided. A +good slag (from which a regulus may be easily separated) may be obtained +by fusing, say, 20 grams of ore with borax 15 grams, powdered glass 15 +grams, fluor spar, 20 grams, and lime 20 grams; by quenching the slag in +water as soon as it has solidified, it is rendered very brittle.</p> + +<p>Sulphide of iron formed during an assay will remain diffused<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> through +the slag, instead of fusing into a button of regulus, if the slag +contain sulphide of sodium. The same is true of other sulphides if not +present in too great a quantity, and if the temperature is not too high.</p> + +<p><i>Speises</i> are compounds of a metal or metals with arsenic. They are +chiefly of interest in the metallurgy of nickel, cobalt, and tin. They +are formed by heating the metal or ore in covered crucibles with arsenic +and, if necessary, a reducing agent. The product is fused with more +arsenic under a slag, consisting mainly of borax. They are very fusible, +brittle compounds. On exposure to the air at a red heat the arsenic and +the metal simultaneously oxidize. When iron, cobalt, nickel, and copper +are present in the same speise, they are eliminated in the order +mentioned.</p> + +<p><i>Slags</i> from which metals are to be separated should not be too acid; at +least, in those cases in which the metal is to be reduced from a +compound, as well as separated from earthy impurities. Where the object +is simply to get a button of metal from a substance in which it is +already in the metallic state, but mixed with dross (made up of metallic +oxides, such as those of zinc or iron), from which it is desired to +separate it, an acid flux like borax is best; or, if the metal is easily +fusible, and there would be danger of loss of metal by oxidation or +volatilising, it may be melted under a layer of resin or fat. Common +salt is sometimes used with a similar object, and is often useful. Under +certain conditions, however, it has a tendency to cause the formation of +volatile chlorides with a consequent loss of metal.</p> + +<p>In the great majority of cases, the fusion of the metal is accompanied +by reduction from the state of oxide; in these the slag should be basic. +It is not easy to reduce the whole of a reducible oxide (say oxide of +copper or of iron) from a slag in which it exists as a borate or +silicate; there should be at least enough soda present to liberate it. +When the object is to separate one metal, say copper, without reducing +an unnecessary amount of another (iron) at the same time, a slag with a +good deal of borax is a distinct advantage. The slag then will probably +not be free from copper, so that it will be necessary to powder and mix +the slag with some soda and a reducing agent, and to again fuse the slag +in order to separate this residual metal. In all those cases in which +the slag retains an oxide of a heavy metal, this cleaning of the slag is +advisable, and in the case of rich ores necessary. Slags containing +sulphides are especially apt to retain the more easily reducible metals.</p> + +<p>The following are the ordinary and most useful fluxes:—</p> + +<p><b>Soda.</b>—The powdered bicarbonate, sold by druggists as "carbonate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> of +soda," is generally used. It gives off its water and excess of carbonic +acid readily and without fusion. Where the melting down is performed +rapidly, the escaping gas is apt to cause trouble by frothing, and so +causing waste of the material. Ordinary carbonate of soda, when hydrated +(soda crystals), melts easily, and gives off its water with ebullition. +It is unfit for use in assaying, but when dried it can be used instead +of the bicarbonate. One part of the dried carbonate is equivalent to +rather more than one and a half parts of the bicarbonate. From two to +four parts of the flux are amply sufficient to yield a fluid slag with +one part of earthy matter. This statement is also true of the fluxes +which follow.</p> + +<p><b>Borax</b> is a hydrated biborate of soda, containing nearly half its +weight of water. When heated it swells up, loses its water, and fuses +into a glass. The swelling up may become a source of loss in the assay +by pushing some of the contents out of the crucible. To avoid this, +<i>fused</i> or <i>dried borax</i> may be used, in which case a little more than +half the amount of borax indicated will suffice. Borax will flux almost +anything, but it is especially valuable in fluxing lime, &c., and +metallic oxides; as also in those cases in which it is desired to keep +certain of the latter in the slag and out of the button of metal.</p> + +<p><b>Oxide of Lead</b>, in the form of red lead or litharge, is a valuable +flux; it easily dissolves those metallic oxides which are either +infusible or difficultly fusible of themselves, such as oxides of iron +or copper. The resulting slag is strongly basic and very corrosive; no +crucible will long withstand the attack of a fused mixture of oxides of +lead and copper. With silicates, also, it forms very fusible double +silicates; but in the absence of silicates and borates it has no action +upon lime or magnesia. Whether the lead be added as litharge or as red +lead, it will exist in the slag as monoxide (litharge); the excess of +oxygen of the red lead is thus available for oxidising purposes. If this +oxidising power is prejudicial, it may be neutralised by mixing the red +lead with 1 per cent. of charcoal.</p> + +<p><b>Glass</b>: broken beakers and flasks, cleaned, dried, and powdered will +do. It should be free from lead.</p> + +<p><b>Fluor</b>: fluor-spar as free as possible from other minerals, powdered. +It helps to flux phosphate of lime, &c., and infusible silicates.</p> + +<p><b>Lime</b>: should be fresh and powdered. It must not be slaked. Powdered +white marble (carbonate of lime) will do; but nearly double the quantity +must be taken. One part of lime produces the same effect as 1.8 parts of +the carbonate of lime.</p> + +<p><b>Tartar</b> and "black flux," are reducing agents as well as fluxes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> The +"black flux," which may be obtained by heating tartar, is a mixture of +carbonate of potash and charcoal.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Reducing Agents.</span>—The distinction between reducing agents and +fluxes (too often ignored) is an important one. Fluxes yield slags; +reducing agents give buttons of regulus or of metal. The action of a +reducing agent is the separation of the oxygen or sulphur from the metal +with which it is combined. For example, the mineral anglesite (lead +sulphate) is a compound of lead, sulphur, and oxygen; by carefully +heating it with charcoal the oxygen is taken away by the charcoal, and a +regulus of lead sulphide remains. If the regulus be then fused with +metallic iron the sulphur is removed by the iron, and metallic lead is +left. The charcoal and the iron are reducing agents. But in defining a +reducing agent as one which removes oxygen, or sulphur, from a metallic +compound so as to set the metal free, it must be remembered that sulphur +itself will reduce metallic lead from fused litharge, and that oxygen +will similarly set free the metal in fused lead sulphide. There is no +impropriety in describing sulphur as a reducing agent; but it is absurd +to call oxygen one. Some confusion will be avoided if these substances +and those which are opposite to them in property be classed as oxidising +and de-oxidising, sulphurising, and de-sulphurising agents. Most +oxidising agents also act as de-sulphurisers.</p> + +<p><i>The de-oxidising agents</i> most in use are the following:—</p> + +<p><b>Charcoal.</b>—Powdered wood charcoal; it contains more or less +hygroscopic moisture and about 3 or 4 per cent. of ash. The rest may be +considered carbon. Carbon heated with metallic oxides takes the oxygen; +at low temperatures it forms carbon dioxide, and at higher ones, carbon +monoxide. Other conditions besides that of temperature have an influence +in producing these results; and as the quantity of charcoal required to +complete a definite reaction varies with these, it should be calculated +from the results of immediate experience rather than from theoretical +considerations.</p> + +<p><b>Flour.</b>—Ordinary wheat flour is convenient in use. On being heated it +gives off inflammable gases which have a certain reducing effect, and a +residue of finely divided carbon is left. It is likely to vary in the +quantity of moisture it contains. Two parts of flour should be used +where one part of charcoal would be otherwise required.</p> + +<p><b>Tartar.</b>—This is crude hydric potassic tartrate; the purified salt, +cream of tartar, may be used. On being heated it gives off inflammable +gases, and leaves a residue formed of potassic carbonate mixed with +finely divided carbon. Five parts of tartar should be used in the place +of one of charcoal.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Anthracite</b> or <b>Culm</b> is a kind of coal containing 90 per cent. or more +of carbon. It gives off no inflammable gas. It is denser, and takes +longer in burning, than charcoal. Its reducing effect is little inferior +to that of charcoal. Almost any organic substance can be used as a +reducing agent, but it is well not to select one which melts, swells up, +or gives off much water and gas when heated in the furnace.</p> + +<p><b>Potassic Cyanide</b> is an easily fusible and somewhat volatile salt, +which, when fused, readily removes oxygen and sulphur from metallic +compounds, and forms potassic cyanate or sulphocyanate as the case may +be. Commercial samples vary much in purity; some contain less than 50 +per cent. of the salt. For assaying, only the better qualities should be +used.</p> + +<p><b>Iron</b> is a de-sulphurising rather than a de-oxidising agent. Iron is +used in the form of rods, 1/2-inch in diameter, or of nails, or of hoop +iron. In the last case it should be thin enough to be bent without +difficulty. Wrought iron crucibles are very useful in the processes +required for making galena assays.</p> + +<p><i>The chief oxidising agents (which are also de-sulphurisers)</i> are the +following:—</p> + +<p><b>Nitre</b>, or Potassic Nitrate.—This salt fuses very easily to a watery +liquid. It oxidises most combustible substances with deflagration, and +thereby converts sulphides into sulphates, arsenides into arsenates, and +most metals into oxides. In the presence of strong bases, such as soda, +the whole of the sulphur is fully oxidised; but in many cases some +arsenic is apt to escape, and to give rise to a peculiar garlic-like +odour. The sulphates of soda and potash are thus formed, and float as a +watery liquid on the surface of the slag.</p> + +<p><b>Red lead</b> is an oxide of lead. About one-quarter of its oxygen is very +loosely held, and, hence, is available for oxidising purposes, without +any separation of metallic lead. The rest of the oxygen is also +available; but for each part of oxygen given off, about 13 parts of +metallic lead are deposited. In silver assays this power of readily +giving up oxygen is made use of. The residual oxide (litharge) acts as a +flux.</p> + +<p><b>Hot air</b> is the oxidising agent in roasting operations. The sulphur and +arsenic of such minerals as mispickel and pyrites are oxidised by the +hot air and pass off as sulphur dioxide and "white arsenic." The metals +generally remain in the form of oxide, mixed with more or less sulphate +and arsenate. The residue may remain as a powdery substance (a calx), in +which case the process of roasting is termed calcination; or it may be a +pasty mass or liquid. In the calcination of somewhat fusible minerals, +the roasting should be done at a low temperature to avoid clotting;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> +arsenic and sulphur being with difficulty burnt off from the clotted +mineral. A low temperature, however, favours the formation of sulphates; +and these (if not removed) would reappear in a subsequent reduction as +sulphides. These sulphates may be decomposed by a higher temperature +towards the end of the operation; their removal is rendered more certain +by rubbing up the calx with some culm and re-roasting, or by strongly +heating the calx after the addition of solid ammonic carbonate. In +roasting operations, as large a surface of the substance as possible +should be exposed to the air. If done in a crucible, the crucible should +be of the Cornish type, short and open, not long and narrow. For +calcinations, <i>roasting dishes</i> are useful: these are broad and shallow, +not unlike saucers, but unglazed. In those cases in which the products +of the roasting are liquid at the temperature used, a <i>scorifier</i> (fig. +38) is suitable if it is desired to keep the liquid; but if the liquid +is best drained off as quickly as it is formed, a <i>cupel</i> (fig. 5) +should be used.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 340px;"> +<img src="images/fig005.jpg" width="340" height="235" alt="Fig. 5." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>A scorifier is essentially a roasting dish sufficiently thick to resist, +for a time, the corrosive action of the fused metallic oxides it is to +contain. The essential property of a cupel is, that it is sufficiently +porous to allow the fused oxide to drain into it as fast as it is +formed. It should be large enough to absorb the whole of the liquid; and +of course must be made of a material upon which the liquid has no +corrosive action. Cupels do not bear transport well; hence the assayer +generally has to make them, or to supervise their making. A quantity of +bone ash is carefully mixed with water so that no lumps are formed, and +the mixture is then worked up by rubbing between the hands. The bone ash +is sufficiently wet when its cohesion is such that it can be pressed +into a lump, and yet be easily crumbled into powder. Cupel moulds should +be purchased. They are generally made of turned iron or brass. They +consist of three parts (1) a hollow cylinder; (2) a disc of metal; and +(3) a piston for compressing the bone ash and shaping the top of the +cupel. The disc forms a false bottom for the cylinder. This is put in +its place, and the cylinder filled (or nearly so) with the moistened +bone ash. The bone ash is then pressed into shape with the piston, and +the cupel finished with the help of three or four smart blows from a +mallet. Before removing the piston, turn it half-way round upon its axis +so as to loosen and smooth the face of the cupel. The cupel is got out +by pressing up<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> the disc of metal forming the false bottom; the removal +is more easily effected if the mould is somewhat conical, instead of +cylindrical, in form. The cupels are put in a warm place to dry for two +or three days. A conveniently sized cupel is 1-1/4 inches in diameter +and about 3/4 inch high. The cavity of the cupel is about 1/4 inch deep, +and something of the shape shown in fig. 5.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig006.jpg" width="300" height="414" alt="Fig. 6." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig007.jpg" width="300" height="518" alt="Fig. 7." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 522px;"> +<img src="images/fig008.jpg" width="522" height="300" alt="Fig. 8." title="" /> + +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> + +<p>There are two kinds of furnaces required, the "wind" and "muffle" +furnaces. These are built of brick, fire-brick, of course, being used +for the lining. They are connected with a chimney that will provide a +good draught. Figure 6 shows a section of the wind furnace, fig. 7 a +section of the muffle furnace, and fig. 8 a general view of a group +comprising a muffle and two wind furnaces suitable for general work. +When in operation, the furnaces are covered with iron-bound tiles. The +opening under the door of the muffle is closed with a loosely fitting +brick. The floor of the muffle is protected with a layer of bone-ash, +which absorbs any oxide of lead that may be accidentally spilt. The fire +bars should be easily removable.</p> + +<p>Few tools are wanted; the most important are some cast-iron moulds, +tongs (fig. 9), stirrers for calcining (fig. 10), and light tongs of a +special form for handling scorifiers and cupels (<i>see</i> <span class="smcap">Silver</span>).</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 746px;"> +<img src="images/fig009.jpg" width="746" height="153" alt="Fig. 9." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/fig010.jpg" width="500" height="67" alt="Fig. 10." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The coke used should be of good quality; the formation of a fused ash +(clinker), in any quantity, causes ceaseless trouble, and requires +frequent removal. The coke should be broken into lumps of a uniform size +(about 2 in. across) before being brought into the office. The furnace +should be well packed by stirring, raising the coke and not ramming it, +and it should be uniformly heated, not hot below and cold above. In +lighting a furnace, a start is made with wood and charcoal, this readily +ignites and sets fire to the coke, which of itself does not kindle +easily.</p> + +<p>In commencing work, add (if necessary) fresh coke, and mix well; make +hollows, and into these put old crucibles; pack around with coke, so +that the surface shall be concave, sloping upwards from the mouths of +the crucibles to the sides of the furnace; close the furnace, and, when +uniformly heated, substitute for the empty crucibles those which contain +the assays. It is rarely advisable to have a very hot fire at first, +because with a gradual heat the gases and steam quietly escape through +the unfused mass, while with too strong a heat these might make some of +the matter in the crucible overflow. Moreover, if the heat should be too +strong at first, the flux might melt and run to the bottom of the +crucible, leaving the quartz, &c., as a pasty mass above; with a gentler +heat combination is completed, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> subsequent fiercer heat simply +melts the fusible compound into homogeneous slag.</p> + +<p>The fused material may be left in the crucible and separated from it by +breaking when cold. It is generally more convenient to pour it into +cast-iron moulds. These moulds should be dry and smooth. They act best +when warmed and oiled or black-leaded.</p> + +<p>Air entering through the fire-bars of a furnace and coming in contact +with hot coke combines with it, forming a very hot mixture of carbonic +acid and nitrogen; this ascending, comes in contact with more coke, and +the carbonic acid is reduced to carbonic oxide; at the top of the +furnace, or in the flue, the carbonic oxide meeting fresh air, combines +with the oxygen therein and re-forms carbonic acid. In the first and +third of these reactions, much heat is evolved; in the second, the +furnace is cooled a little. It must always be remembered, that the +carbonic oxide of the furnace gases is a reducing agent. When these +gases are likely to exert a prejudicial effect, and a strongly oxidising +atmosphere is required, the work is best done in a <i>muffle</i>.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> There is an exception to this, as when the slag is liable +to be acted on when exposed to the air and to the gases of the furnace. +In this case a layer of fused common salt floating on the slag, so as to +protect it from the air and furnace gases, is a distinct advantage.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2> + +<h3>WET GRAVIMETRIC METHODS.</h3> + + +<p>In <i>dry assays</i> the metal is almost always separated and weighed as +metal; in <i>wet</i> gravimetric assays the metal is more usually weighed in +the form of a definite compound of known composition. The general +methods of working resemble those of ordinary chemical analysis, and +their successful working is greatly helped by a knowledge of, at any +rate, those compounds of the metal which enable it to be separated, and +of those which are the most convenient forms in which it can be weighed. +But the work of the assayer differs from that of the analyst, inasmuch +as the bulk of his estimations are made upon material of practically the +same kind, varying only in richness; consequently in assaying, it is +possible (and necessary) to work on such a definite plan as will involve +the least amount of labour in weighing and calculating.</p> + +<p>The assayer connected with mining has generally two classes of material +to deal with: those comparatively rich and those comparatively poor. For +example, silver in bullion and in ores; copper precipitates or regulus, +and copper ores and slags; and "black tin" and tin ores. He is only +occasionally called on to assay the intermediate products. It is +indispensable that he should have an approximate knowledge of the +substance to be determined. With new ores this information is best got +by a qualitative testing. Knowing that only certain bodies are present, +it is evident that the number of separations can be reduced, and that +simple methods can be devised for arriving at the results sought for. +The best method is that which involves the least number of separations. +The reactions must be sharp and complete, and yet not be liable to error +under varying conditions.</p> + +<p>To bring the richer and poorer materials under the same conditions for +the assay, a small weight, say 1 gram of the richer, and a larger weight +(5 or 10 grams) of the poorer, substance is weighed up. A method is then +adopted which will concentrate the whole of the metal (either during or +after solution) in a product which need not necessarily be pure. The +work on this product is comparatively easy. In separating small +quantities of a substance from a large bulk of impurities, the group +separations must not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span> as a rule be too much relied on. Very large +precipitates carry down small quantities of bodies not belonging to the +group, more especially when there is a tendency to form weak double +compounds. The re-dissolving and re-precipitating of bulky precipitates +should be avoided.</p> + +<p>When a large number of assays of the same kind have to be carried out, a +plan something like the following is adopted:—The samples, after having +been dried, are placed in order on a table at the left hand of the +assayer. He takes the first, marks it with a number, samples and weighs +up the quantity required, and transfers it to a flask, which is +similarly marked. As the weighings are finished, the samples are placed +in the same order on his right hand. The assistant takes the flasks in +batches of four or five at a time to the fume cupboard, where he adds a +measured quantity of acid. When solution has been effected, dilution +with a measured volume is generally necessary. The assayer sees to this +and (whilst the funnels and filters are being prepared) makes any +separation that is necessary. The filters are arranged in order on a +rack (fig. 11), and need not be marked unless the precipitates or +residues have subsequently to be dried. The filters are washed with hot +water, and if the filtrates are wanted flasks are placed beneath, if +not, the solution is drained off down the sink. Precipitation or +reduction (or whatever it may be) is now made; the assistant filters the +prepared samples, one at a time, whilst the assayer is engaged with the +others. The same style of work is continued until the assays are +completed. If one should be spoiled, it is better to allow it to stand +over for assaying along with the next batch. If one filters slowly or is +in any way less forward than the rest, it may lessen the accuracy of the +other assays, owing to oxidation, &c., it should, therefore, be put on +one side. The assays are dealt with in batches of ten or twenty, so that +a large quantity of work can be quickly finished.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig011.jpg" width="450" height="231" alt="Fig. 11." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>When the assays are finished, it is the duty of the assistant to clean +the apparatus (with reagents, if necessary), and to put the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> vessels in +the place set apart for them. Flasks are best kept inverted on a rack, +so that they may be dry and clean by the next morning. Berlin crucibles +must be cleaned and ignited.</p> + +<p>The amount of apparatus employed should be as little as is feasible. The +assay should be carried out as much as possible in the same flask. The +bench must be clean, and altogether free from apparatus not in actual +use. Crucibles and dishes in which weighings are made should be marked +with numbers or letters; and their weights recorded, together with the +date of weighing, in a small ledger, which is kept in the drawer of the +balance. By this means a record of the "wear" of each piece of apparatus +is obtained, and, what is more important, much weighing is saved, and +increased confidence is gained. The weight of each piece of apparatus +need not be taken daily. It will be seen from the record in the book and +a knowledge of the use it has been put to how often a checking of the +weight is necessary. The entries are made in black lead as follows:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Dish, A. </td><td align='left'>Feb. 3 </td><td align='left'>9.4210 grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>5 </td><td align='left'>9.4225</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>6 </td><td align='left'>9.4230</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>7 </td><td align='left'>9.4200</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Platinum vessels and apparatus lose, and porcelain ones slightly gain, +weight with continued use.</p> + +<p>The special details of the work is given under each assay; certain +general instructions will be given here.</p> + +<p><b>Solution.</b>—It is not always necessary to get the whole of the mineral +in solution, provided the body sought for is either completely dissolved +or altogether left in the residue. It is often only by a qualitative +examination of the solution (or residue, as the case may be) that the +assayer can satisfy himself that it is free from the substance sought. +But previous experience with the same kind of ore will show to what +extent this testing is necessary.</p> + +<p>Solution is generally best effected in flasks; but where the resulting +liquid has afterwards to be evaporated to dryness and ignited, +evaporating dishes (fig. 12) are used. With them clock glasses are used +as covers during solution to avoid loss through effervescence. +Evaporating dishes are also best when an insoluble residue has to be +collected, since it is difficult to wash out most residues from a flask. +Bumping occurs less frequently in dishes than in flasks.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 294px;"> +<img src="images/fig012.jpg" width="294" height="232" alt="Fig. 12." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>After the addition of the acid, and mixing by agitation, the vessel +containing the substance is heated. This is best done on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> the "hot +plate" (fig. 13). This consists of a slab of cast iron about half or +three-quarters of an inch thick, supported on loose fire bricks, and +heated by two or three ring burners (figs. 14 and 15). The burners are +connected to the gas supply by means of <i>lead</i> tubing, to which they are +soldered. Flasks and dishes after being put on the plate are not further +handled until solution is complete or the evaporation is carried to +dryness. The hot plate is contained in a cupboard so as to be out of the +reach of cold draughts.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig013.jpg" width="450" height="206" alt="Fig. 13." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig014.jpg" width="450" height="149" alt="Fig. 14." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 431px;"> +<img src="images/fig015.jpg" width="431" height="300" alt="Fig. 15." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The action of the acids and other solvents is described in the chapter +on Reagents.</p> + +<p><b>Precipitation.</b>—In precipitating add sufficient of the reagent to +complete the reaction. The student must be on his guard against adding a +very large excess, which is the commoner error. In some reactions the +finishing point is obvious enough; either no more precipitate is formed, +or a precipitate is completely dissolved, or some well-marked colour or +odour is developed or removed.</p> + +<p>In those cases in which there is no such indication, theoretical +considerations should keep the use of reagents within reasonable limits. +The solutions of the reagents (<i>see</i> <span class="smcap">Reagents</span>) are generally of +five or ten per cent. strength. A small excess over that demanded by +theory should be sufficient.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 299px;"> +<img src="images/fig016.jpg" width="299" height="328" alt="Fig. 16." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig017.jpg" width="450" height="203" alt="Fig. 17." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 339px;"> +<img src="images/fig018.jpg" width="339" height="352" alt="Fig. 18." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig019.jpg" width="450" height="207" alt="Fig. 19." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Filtration.</b>—Solutions are best filtered hot whenever the assay allows +of this being so done. The precipitate should be allowed to settle, and +the clear liquid decanted on the filter with the aid of a glass rod if +necessary. The filter-paper must not be too large, but at the same time +it must not be overloaded with the precipitate. There should be ample +room for washing. For general use three sizes of filter-paper are +sufficient. Common quick filtering-paper (English) is best for most work +in assaying. The specially prepared paper (Swedish or Rhenish) is used +for collecting those precipitates which have to be weighed. The papers +are folded as shown in fig. 16, and should not project above the funnel. +The filter-paper works better if damped with hot water. In special cases +filtering is hastened by means of an air-pump. The apparatus used +consists of a water-jet (fig. 17), which is connected with the tap, as +also with a bottle fitted as shown in fig. 18. The pump draws the air +out from the bottle, and atmospheric pressure forces the liquid through +the filter-paper. The bottom of the funnel is provided with a platinum +cone, which supports the filter-paper, and prevents its breaking. The +pump is only used in exceptional cases; nearly all the filtrations +required by the assayer can be made without it. The usual methods of +supporting the funnel during filtration are shown in fig. 19. Where the +filtrate is not wanted, pickle bottles make convenient supports. After +the precipitate has been thrown on the filter, it is washed. In washing, +several washings with a small quantity of water are more effective than +a few with a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> larger quantity of that fluid. The upper edge of the +filter-paper is specially liable to escape complete washing. Excessive +washing must be avoided; the point at which the washing is complete is +found by collecting a little of the filtrate and testing it. The +precipitate is removed from the filter-paper for further treatment by +opening out the paper and by washing the precipitate with a jet of water +from a wash-bottle into a beaker, or back through the funnel into the +flask. In some cases, when the precipitate has to be dissolved in +anything in which it is readily soluble, solution is effected in the +filter itself allowing the liquid to run through as it is formed.</p> + +<p><b>Drying and Igniting.</b>—Precipitates, as a rule, require drying before +being ignited. With small precipitates the filter-paper may be opened +out, and placed on a warm asbestos slab till dry; or the funnel and the +filter with the precipitate is placed in a warm place, and supported by +any convenient means. The heat must never be sufficient to char the +paper. Some precipitates must be dried at a temperature not higher than +100°C. These are placed in the water-oven (fig. 20), and, when +apparently dry, they are taken from the funnel, placed between glasses, +and then left in the oven till they cease to lose weight. Such +precipitates are collected on tared filters. Those precipitates which +will stand a higher temperature are dried in the hot-air oven at a +temperature of from 120° to 150°. The drying is continued until they +appear to be free from moisture, and until the precipitate ceases to +adhere to the filter. In drying sulphides the heat must not be raised to +the melting point of sulphur, since, if there is any free sulphur +present, it fuses and filters through.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 321px;"> +<img src="images/fig020.jpg" width="321" height="450" alt="Fig. 20." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The precipitate, having been dried, is transferred to a watch-glass. The +filter-paper is opened out over a sheet of note-paper, and, with a +camel-hair brush, the precipitate is gently brought into the glass. Most +precipitates come away easily, and the transfer can be made without +apparent loss. The watch-glass is covered by the funnel, and the +filter-paper (folded into a quadrant) held by the tweezers and set fire +to with the flame of a Bunsen burner. It is allowed to burn over the +crucible, into which the black bulky ash is allowed to drop, and two or +three drops of nitric acid are then added. The crucible is placed on a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span> +pipe-stem triangle (fig. 21), supported on a tripod. It is at first +heated gently with a Bunsen burner, and afterwards more strongly, until +the residue is free from carbon. It is cooled, and treated with any acid +necessary to convert the small amount of precipitate into the state in +which it is to be weighed; heated again, and cooled. The main +precipitate is transferred to the crucible, and the heating repeated +very gently at first, but more strongly towards the end of the +operation. It is next placed in the muffle, and, after two or three +minutes at a red heat, it is removed and allowed to cool in the +desiccator before weighing. This is for bodies that will bear a red +heat; for those compounds that require a lower temperature the heating +in the muffle is omitted. The muffle used for this purpose must not be +used at the same time for cupelling; a gas muffle (fig. 22), such as one +of Fletcher's, is best. A desiccator (fig. 23) is an air-tight vessel +which prevents access of moisture, &c., to the substance. Usually the +air in it is kept dry by means of a basin containing sulphuric acid.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 371px;"> +<img src="images/fig021.jpg" width="371" height="377" alt="Fig. 21." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 316px;"> +<img src="images/fig022.jpg" width="316" height="300" alt="Fig. 22." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 405px;"> +<img src="images/fig023.jpg" width="405" height="397" alt="Fig. 23." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The crucible is removed from the muffle with the tongs and carried to +the desiccator. It is best, in an office, to have a large desiccator +permanently fixed alongside the balance, into which all substances may +be put before being weighed. The substance is removed from the bench or +muffle in the small hand apparatus generally sold, and carried to the +balance room to be transferred to the large desiccator, where it is +allowed to become thoroughly cold before being weighed. Twenty minutes +is generally the time allowed after ignition before it is advisable to +weigh. Bodies allowed to cool in the air after they have been ignited +will absorb moisture, and hot bodies placed in the balance-pan will +disturb the equilibrium and show false results. Compounds that absorb +moisture must be weighed quickly; they should, therefore, be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> weighed in +covered vessels. Such compounds are detected by their +continually-increasing weight. They should be ignited and weighed again +in a well-covered dish.</p> + +<p>Substances that have been washed with alcohol, ether, or any readily +volatile liquid are dried in the water oven. They quickly dry if there +is no water present, and are generally fit for weighing in less than one +hour. Sometimes drying for a few minutes only will be sufficient.</p> + +<p>The weight of the crucible and precipitate having been obtained, the +weight of the crucible and ash is deducted; for example—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Crucible and precipitate</td><td align='right'>10.183</td><td align='left'>grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Crucible and ash</td><td align='right'>9.527</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>0.656</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The weight of the ash is best added to that of the crucible. The amount +of ash in filter-papers must not be neglected, although papers are now +made almost free from ash, and the amount to be deducted is found by +taking eight or ten papers and burning them until they become white, and +then weighing the ash. The amount varies from 0.004 to 0.0005 gram for +different papers. Having determined the ash, place in the balance-drawer +three of the filter-papers pinned together, with the weights marked on +them in the way shown in fig. 24, so as to be readily seen when there is +occasion to refer to them.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 294px;"> +<img src="images/fig024.jpg" width="294" height="351" alt="Fig. 24." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>It must be remembered that the determination of small quantities of +substances generally involves the use of reagents which are often +contaminated, as an impurity, with the body sought for. Thus, in +assaying silver, the oxide of lead or metallic lead used is rarely free +from silver; and in the case of arsenic, the acids, zinc or ferric +chloride are sure to contain arsenic. The same observation applies to +the precipitation of lead by zinc, &c. The errors caused by these +impurities are more marked in the determination of material having small +quantities of metal than in that of ores which contain larger +quantities. Errors of this kind are counteracted or neutralised by +"blank" or "blind" determinations. These consist in carrying out by the +side of and during the assay a duplicate experiment with the reagents +only, which are thereby subjected to the same processes of solution, +evaporation, filtration, &c. The final result thus obtained is deducted +from that given by the assay, the difference gives the corrected result. +In some cases, where it is desired or necessary to have a tangible +residue or precipitate, some <i>pure</i> inert material is added.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2> + +<h3>VOLUMETRIC ASSAYS.</h3> + + +<p>These have been already described as those in which the results are got +by measuring, either—(1) the volume of a reagent required to complete +some reaction, or (2) the volume of the resulting product. For example, +if a permanganate of potash solution be added to a solution containing a +weighed amount of iron, dissolved in sulphuric acid, the strong colour +of the permanganate of potash will be removed until a certain quantity +of it has been added. Repeating the experiment, it will be found that +the same amount of iron decolorises the same volume of the permanganate +solution within certain narrow limits of variation, known as "error of +experiment." This error is due to variation in the method of working and +to slight differences in the weighings and measurings; it is present in +all experimental methods, although the limits of variation are wider in +some than in others. Apart from this error of experiment, however, it is +certain that a given volume of the permanganate of potash solution +corresponds to a definite weight of iron, so that if either is known the +other may be calculated. Similarly, if a known weight of zinc (or of +carbonate of lime) be dissolved in hydrochloric acid, a gas will be +given off which can be measured, and so long as the conditions of the +experiment do not vary, the same weight of zinc (or of carbonate of +lime) gives off the same volume of gas. The weight of the one can be +determined from the volume of the other.</p> + +<p>Or, again, the quantity of some substances may be measured by the colour +of their solutions, on the principle that, other things being equal, the +colour of a solution depends upon the quantity of colouring matter +present. So that if two solutions of the same substance are equally +coloured they are of equal strength. In this way an unknown may be +compared with a known strength, and a fairly accurate determination may +be made. These three illustrations serve as types of the three chief +classes of volumetric assays—titrometric, gasometric, and colorimetric.</p> + +<p><b>Titrometric Assays.</b>—Within the limits of the error of experiment, a +definite volume of a solution or gas represents a certain weight of +metal or other substance, hence the exact weight may be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> determined by +experiment. The error of experiment may be reduced to insignificant +dimensions by repeating the experiment, and taking the mean of three or +four determinations. This will at the same time show the amount of +variation. Thus, if 0.5 gram of iron were dissolved and found to require +50.3 cubic centimetres of the solution of permanganate of potash, and if +on repeating, 50.4, 50.2, and 50.3 c.c. were required, the experimenter +would be justified in saying that 50.3 c.c. of the permanganate solution +represent 0.5 gram of iron, and that his results were good within 0.2 +c.c. of the permanganate solution. So that if in an unknown solution of +iron, 50.5 c.c. of the permanganate solution were used up, he could +state with confidence that it contained a little more than 0.5 gram of +iron. With a larger experience the confidence would increase, and with +practice the experimental error will diminish.</p> + +<p>But supposing that the unknown solution required, say, 100.5 instead of +50.5 c.c., he would not be justified in saying that, since 50.3 c.c. are +equivalent to 0.5 gram, 100.6 c.c. are equivalent to twice that amount; +and that, consequently, the unknown solution contained a little less +than 1 gram of iron; or, at least, he could not say it except he (or +some one else) had determined it by experiment. But if on dissolving 1 +gram of iron, he found it to require 100.6 c.c. of the solution, and in +another experiment with 0.8 gram of iron that 80.5 c.c. of the solution +were required, he would be justified in stating that <i>the volume of +solution required is proportional to the quantity of metal present</i>. +There are a large number of volumetric assays of which this is true, but +that it is true in any particular case can only be proved by experiment. +Even where true it is well not to rest too much weight upon it, and in +all cases the quantity of metal taken, to determine the strength of the +solution used, should not differ widely from that present in the assay. +There are certain terms which should be explained here. When the +solution of a reagent is applied under such conditions that the volume +added can be correctly determined, the operation is called "titrating," +the solution of the reagent used the "standard solution," and the +process of determining the strength of the standard solution is +"standardising." The "standard" is the quantity of metal equivalent to +100 c.c. of the standard solution.</p> + +<p><b>Standard Solutions.</b>—In making these the salt is accurately weighed +and transferred to a litre flask, or to the graduated cylinder, and +dissolved. The method of dissolving it varies in special cases, and +instructions for these will be found under the respective assays. +Generally it is dissolved in a small quantity of liquid, and then +diluted to the mark. For those substances that require the aid of heat, +the solution is made in a pint flask, cooled,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> and transferred; after +which the flask is well washed out. After dilution, the liquids in the +measuring vessel must be thoroughly mixed by shaking. This is more +easily and better done in the cylinder than in the litre flask. The +solution is next transferred to a dry "Winchester" bottle and labelled. +The label may be rendered permanent by waxing it.</p> + +<p>Standard solutions should not be kept in a place exposed to direct +sunlight. Oxidising and reducing solutions, such as those of +permanganate of potash, ferrous sulphate, iodine, hyposulphite of soda, +&c., gradually weaken in strength; the solutions of other salts are more +stable; while those of potassium bichromate and baric chloride are +almost permanent. Solutions of potassium permanganate may be kept for a +month or so without much change. The solutions of hyposulphite of soda +and of iodine should be examined weekly. Ferrous sulphate solutions, if +acidulated with sulphuric acid, may be depended on for two or three +weeks without fresh standardising. Before filling the burette, the +"Winchester" bottle should be well shaken and a portion of about 50 or +100 c.c. poured into a dry beaker or test-glass. Besides the standard +solutions, which are required for titrating an assay, permanent +solutions of the metal or acid of equivalent strength are very useful. +When the finishing point of a titration has been overstepped (<i>i.e.</i>, +the assay has been "overdone"), a measured volume, say 5 or 10 c.c., of +a solution containing the same metal may be added. The titration can +then be continued, but more cautiously, and the value in "c.c." for the +quantity added be deducted from the final reading.</p> + +<p><b>Standardising.</b>—Suppose the object is to standardise a solution of +permanganate similar to that referred to above. A convenient quantity of +iron (say 0.5 gram) would be weighed out, dissolved in dilute sulphuric +acid, and the solution titrated. Suppose 49.6 c.c. of the permanganate +solution are required, then</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">49.6 : 0.5 :: 100 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11em;"><i>x</i> = 1.008 gram.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>This result, 1.008 gram, is the "<i>standard</i>." When a gas is measured, +the standard may be calculated in the same way. For example: with 0.224 +gram of zinc, 75.8 c.c. of gas were obtained. Then the quantity of zinc +equivalent to 100 c.c. of the gas is got by the proportion.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">75.8 : 0.224 :: 100 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11em;"><i>x</i> = 0.2955 gram.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Using the term "standard" in this sense, the following rules hold +good:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>—</p> + +<p>To find the weight of metal in a given substance:—<i>Multiply the +standard by the number of c.c. used and divide by 100.</i> For example: a +piece of zinc was dissolved and the gas evolved measured 73.9 c.c. Then +by the rule, 0.2955 × 73.9 / 100 should give the weight of the piece of +zinc. This gives 0.2184 gram.</p> + +<p>To find the percentage of metal in a given substance:—<i>Multiply the +standard by the number of c.c. used and divide by the weight of +substance taken.</i> For example: if 2 grams of a mineral were taken, and +if on titrating with the permanganate solution (standard 1.008) 60.4 +c.c. were required, then (1.008×60.4)/2 = 30.44. This is the +percentage.</p> + +<p>If the standard is exactly 1 gram, and 1 gram of ore is always taken, +these calculations become very simple. The "c.c." used give at once the +percentage, or divided by 100 give the weight of metal.</p> + +<p>If it is desired to have a solution with a standard exactly 1.0 gram, it +is best first to make one rather stronger than this, and then to +standardise carefully. Divide 1000 by the standard thus obtained and the +result will be the number of c.c. which must be taken and be diluted +with water to 1 litre. For example: suppose the standard is 1.008, then +1000/1.008 gives 992, and if 992 c.c. be taken and diluted with water to +1000 c.c. a solution of the desired strength will be obtained. The +standard of this should be confirmed. A simpler calculation for the same +purpose is to multiply the standard by 1000; this will give the number +of c.c. to which 1 litre of the solution should be diluted. In the above +example a litre should be diluted to 1008 c.c.</p> + +<p>It has been assumed in these rules that the titration has yielded +proportional results; but these are not always obtained. There can be no +doubt that in any actual re-action the proportion between any two +re-agents is a fixed one, and that if we double one of these then +exactly twice as much of the other will enter into the re-action; but in +the working it may very well be that no re-action at all will take place +until after a certain excess of one or of both of the re-agents is +present. In titrating lead with a chromate of potash solution, for +example, it is possible that at the end of the titration a small +quantity of the lead may remain unacted on; and it is certain that a +small excess of the chromate is present in the solution. So, too, in +precipitating a solution of silver with a standard solution of common +salt, a point is reached at which a small quantity of each remains in +solution; a further addition either of silver or of salt will cause a +precipitate, and a similar phenomenon has been observed in precipitating +a hydrochloric acid solution of a sulphate with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> baric chloride. The +excess of one or other of the re-agents may be large or small; or, in +some cases, they may neutralise each other. Considerations like these +emphasise the necessity for uniformity in the mode of working. Whether a +process yields proportional results, or not, will be seen from a series +of standardisings. Having obtained these, the results should be arranged +as in the table, placing the quantities of metal used in the order of +weight in the first column, the volumes measured in the second, and the +standards calculated in the third. If the results are proportional, +these standards will vary more or less, according to the delicacy of the +process, but there will be no apparent order in the variation. The +average of the standards should then be taken.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight.</td><td align='left'>Volume found.</td><td align='left'>Standard</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 0.2160 gram</td><td align='left'>72.9 c.c.</td><td align='left'>0.2963</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 0.2185 "</td><td align='left'>73.9 "</td><td align='left'>0.2957</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 0.2365 "</td><td align='left'>79.9 "</td><td align='left'>0.2959</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 0.2440 "</td><td align='left'>82.3 "</td><td align='left'>0.2964</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 0.2555 "</td><td align='left'>85.9 "</td><td align='left'>0.2974</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Any inclination that may be felt for obtaining an appearance of greater +accuracy by ignoring the last result must be resisted. For, although it +would make no practical difference whether the mean standard is taken as +0.2961 or 0.2963, it is well not to ignore the possibility that an error +of 0.4 c.c. may arise. A result should only be ignored when the cause of +its variation is known.</p> + +<p>In this series the results are proportional, but the range of weights +(0.216-0.2555 gram) is small. All processes yield fairly proportional +results if the quantities vary within narrow limits.</p> + +<p>As to results which are not proportional, it is best to take some +imaginary examples, and then to apply the lesson to an actual one. A +series of titrations of a copper solution by means of a solution of +potassic cyanide gave the following results:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper taken.</td><td align='left'>Cyanide used.</td><td align='left'>Standard.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1 gram</td><td align='left'>11.9 c.c.</td><td align='left'>0.8403</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.2 "</td><td align='left'>23.7 "</td><td align='left'>0.8438</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3 "</td><td align='left'>35.6 "</td><td align='left'>0.8426</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.4 "</td><td align='left'>47.6 "</td><td align='left'>0.8403</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These are proportional, but by using a larger quantity of acid and +ammonia in the work preliminary to titration, we might have had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> to use +1 c.c. of cyanide solution more in each case before the finishing point +was reached. The results would then have been:</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper taken.</td><td align='left'>Cyanide used.</td><td align='left'>Standard.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1 gram</td><td align='left'>12.9 c.c.</td><td align='left'>0.7752</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.2 "</td><td align='left'>24.7 "</td><td align='left'>0.8097</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3 "</td><td align='left'>36.6 "</td><td align='left'>0.8191</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.4 "</td><td align='left'>48.6 "</td><td align='left'>0.8230</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will be noted that the value of the standard increases with the +weight of metal used; and calculations from the mean standard will be +incorrect.</p> + +<p>By subtracting the lowest standardising from the highest, a third result +is got free from any error common to the other two; thus:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>0.4</td><td align='left'>gram</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>48.6</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>"cyanide."</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>12.9</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>——</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>35.7</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>And the standard calculated from this corrected result is 0.8404. +Further, if 0.3 gram requires 35.7 c.c., then 0.1 gram should require +11.9 c.c., or 1.0 c.c. less than that actually found.</p> + +<p>We may therefore use the following rules for working processes which do +not yield proportional results. Make a series of two or three +titrations, using very different quantities of metal in each. Subtract +the lowest of these from the highest, and calculate the standard with +the remainder. Calculate the volume required by this standard in any +case, and find the excess or deficit, as the case may be. If an excess, +subtract it from the result of each titration; if a deficit, add it; and +use the standard in the usual way. The following table shows an actual +example:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Chalk taken.</td><td align='left'>Gas obtained.</td><td align='left'>Standard.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0873 gram</td><td align='left'>17.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>0.4904</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1305 "</td><td align='left'>27.3 "</td><td align='left'>0.4780</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1690 "</td><td align='left'>35.8 "</td><td align='left'>0.4721</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1905 "</td><td align='left'>40.4 "</td><td align='left'>0.4715</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.2460 "</td><td align='left'>52.5 "</td><td align='left'>0.4686</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3000 "</td><td align='left'>64.0 "</td><td align='left'>0.4687</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will be seen that the standard decreases as the quantity of chalk +increases; this points to a deficiency in the quantity of gas evolved.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p> + +<p>Then</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3000</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>64.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0873</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>17.8</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.2127</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>46.2</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>and 0.2127×100/46.2 = 0.4604. Then, multiplying the weight of chalk +taken by 100, and dividing by 0.4604, we get the calculated results of +the following table:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Chalk taken.</td><td align='left'>Gas found.</td><td align='left'>Gas calculated.</td><td align='left'>Difference.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0873 gram</td><td align='left'>17.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.9 c.c.</td><td align='left'>-1.1 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1305 "</td><td align='left'>27.3 "</td><td align='left'>28.3 "</td><td align='left'>-1.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1690 "</td><td align='left'>35.8 "</td><td align='left'>36.7 "</td><td align='left'>-0.9 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1905 "</td><td align='left'>40.4 "</td><td align='left'>41.4 "</td><td align='left'>-1.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.2460 "</td><td align='left'>52.5 "</td><td align='left'>53.4 "</td><td align='left'>-0.9 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3000 "</td><td align='left'>64.0 "</td><td align='left'>65.1 "</td><td align='left'>-1.1 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>By adding 1 c.c. to the quantity of gas obtained, and taking 0.4604 as +the standard, the calculated results will agree with those found with a +variation of 0.1 c.c. When a large number of assays of the same kind are +being made, this method of calculation is convenient; when, however, +only one or two determinations are in question, it is easier to make a +couple of standardisings, taking quantities as nearly as possible the +same as those present in the assays.</p> + +<p>Sometimes it is necessary to draw up a table which will show, without +calculation, the weight of substance equivalent to a given volume of gas +or of solution. The substance used for standardising should be, whenever +possible, a pure sample of the substance to be determined—that is, for +copper assays pure copper should be used, for iron assays pure iron, and +so on; but when this cannot be got an impure substance may be used, +provided it contains a known percentage of the metal, and that the +impurities present are not such as will interfere with the accuracy of +the assay. Including compounds with these, the standard may be +calculated by multiplying the standard got in the usual way, by the +percentage of metal in the compound or impure substance, and dividing by +100. If, for example, the standard 1.008 gram was obtained by using a +sample of iron containing 99.7 per cent. of metal, the corrected +standard would be 1.008×99.7/100 = 1.005.</p> + +<p>In volumetric analysis the change brought about must be one in which the +end of the reaction is rendered prominent either by a change of colour +or by the presence or absence of a precipitate. If the end of the +reaction or finishing-point is not of itself visible,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> then it must be +rendered visible by the use of a third reagent called an indicator.</p> + +<p>For example, the action of sulphuric acid upon soda results in nothing +which makes the action conspicuous; if, however, litmus or +phenolphthalein be added the change from blue to red in the first case, +or from red to colourless in the second, renders the finishing-point +evident. Some indicators cannot be added to the assay solution without +spoiling the result; in which case portions of the assay solution must +be withdrawn from time to time and tested. This withdrawal of portions +of the assay solution, if rashly done, must result in loss; if, however, +the solution is not concentrated, and if the portions are only withdrawn +towards the end of the titration, the loss is very trifling, and will +not show-up on the result. The usual plan adopted is to have a solution +of the indicator placed in drops at fairly equal intervals distributed +over a clean and dry white porcelain-plate: a drop or two of the +solution to be tested is then brought in contact with one of these and +the effect noted. Another plan is to have thin blotting-paper, moistened +with a solution of the indicator and dried; a drop of the solution to be +tested placed on this shows the characteristic change. When the assay +solution contains a suspended solid which interferes with the test, a +prepared paper covered with an ordinary filter-paper answers very well; +a drop of the solution to be tested is placed on the filter-paper, and, +sinking through, shows its effect on the paper below.</p> + +<p>Except when otherwise stated, all titrations should be made at the +ordinary temperature; cooling, if necessary, by holding the flask under +the tap. When a titration is directed to be made in a boiling solution, +it must be remembered that the standard solution is cold, and that every +addition lowers the temperature of the assay.</p> + +<p>On running the solution from the burette into the assay, do not let it +run down the side of the flask. If a portion of the assay has to be +withdrawn for testing, shake the flask to ensure mixing, and then take +out a drop with the test-rod; the neglect of these precautions may give +a finishing-point too early. This is generally indicated by a sudden +finish, in which case on shaking the flask and again testing no reaction +is got. Do not remove the drop on the point of the burette with the +test-rod; let it remain where it is or drop it into the solution by +carefully opening the clip.</p> + +<p>Generally the methods of working are as follows:—</p> + +<p>(1) <i>When the finishing-point depends on a change of colour in the +solution.</i>—Increase the bulk of the assay up to from 100 to 150 c.c. +with water. Boil or cool, as the case may be. Run in the standard +solution from a burette speedily, until the re-agent appears to have a +slower action, and shake or stir all the time.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> Then run 1 c.c. or so at +a time, still stirring, and finally add drops until the colour change is +got.</p> + +<p>(2) <i>When an outside-indicator is used.</i>—Pour the standard solution +from a burette into the assay until 5 or 6 c.c. from the +finishing-point; then run in 1 c.c. at a time (stirring and testing on +the plate between each) until the indicator shows the change wanted, and +deduct 0.5 c.c. for excess. When greater accuracy is sought for a +duplicate assay is made. In this case the standard solution is run in +close up to the end, and the operation is finished off with a few drops +at a time.</p> + +<p>(3) <i>Where the finishing-point depends upon the absence of a precipitate +and no outside-indicator is used.</i>—As in the last case, run in the +standard solution up to within a few c.c. of the end, then run in 1 c.c. +at a time until a precipitate is no longer formed, but here 1.5 c.c. +must be deducted for excess, since it is evident that the whole of the +last "c.c." must have been, and a portion of the previous one may have +been, in excess.</p> + +<p><b>Indirect Titration.</b>—The action of permanganate of potash upon a +ferrous solution is one of oxidation, hence it is evident that if any +other oxidising agent is present it will count as permanganate. In such +a case the titration can be used (indirectly) to estimate the quantity +of such oxidising agent, by determining how much less of the +permanganate is used. For example, suppose that 1 gram of iron dissolved +in sulphuric acid requires 100 c.c. of standard permanganate to fully +oxidise it, but that the same amount of iron only requires 35.6 c.c. of +the same standard permanganate if it has been previously heated with 0.5 +gram of black oxide of manganese. Here it is evident that 0.5 gram of +black oxide does the work of 64.4 c.c.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> of the permanganate solution, +and that these quantities are equivalent; moreover, if 64.4 c.c. +correspond with 0.5 gram, then 100 c.c. correspond with 0.7764 which is +the standard. On theoretical grounds, and by a method of calculation +which will be explained further on (under the heading "Calculations from +Formulæ"), it can be found that if the standard for iron is 1 gram, that +for the black oxide will be 0.7764 gram.</p> + +<p>The principles of these indirect titrations become clearer when +expressed in a condensed form. Thus, in the example selected, and using +the formulæ Fe = Iron, KMnO<sub>4</sub> = permanganate of potash, and MnO<sub>2</sub> = +oxide of manganese, we have:—</p> + +<p> +(1) 1 gram Fe = 100 c.c. KMnO<sub>4</sub><br /> +<br /> +(2) 1 gram Fe = 35.6 c.c. KMnO<sub>4</sub> + 0.5 gram MnO<sub>2</sub><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">∴ 100 c.c. KMnO<sub>4</sub> = 35.6 c.c. KMnO<sub>4</sub> + 0.5 gram MnO<sub>2</sub></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 5em;">(100 - 35.6) c.c. KMnO<sub>4</sub> = 0.5 gram MnO<sub>2</sub></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 5em;">64.4 c.c. KMnO<sub>4</sub> = 0.5 gram MnO<sub>2</sub></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p> + +<p>The iron does not enter into the calculation if the same quantity is +present in the two experiments.</p> + +<p>An indirect titration thus requires three determinations, but if more +than one assay is to be carried on, two of these need not be repeated. +The standard is calculated in the usual way.</p> + +<p><b>Colorimetric Assays.</b>—These are assays in which the colour imparted to +a solution by some compound of the metal to be determined is taken +advantage of; the depth of colour depending on the quantity of metal +present. They are generally used for the determination of such small +quantities as are too minute to be weighed. The method of working is as +follows:—A measured portion of the assay solution (generally 2/3, 1/2, +1/3, or 1/4 of the whole), coloured by the substance to be estimated, is +placed in a white glass cylinder standing on a sheet of white paper or +glazed porcelain. Into an exactly similar cylinder is placed the same +amount of re-agents, &c., as the portion of the assay solution contains, +and then water is added until the solutions are of nearly equal bulk. +Next, a standard solution of the metal being estimated is run in from a +burette, the mixture being stirred after each addition until the colour +approaches that of the assay. The bulk of the two solutions is equalised +by adding water. Then more standard solution is added until the tints +are very nearly alike. Next, the amount added is read off from the +burette, still more is poured in until the colour is slightly darker +than that of the assay, and the burette read off again. The mean of the +readings is taken, and gives the quantity of metal added. It equals the +quantity of metal in the portion of the assay. If this portion was +one-half of the whole, multiply by two; if one-third, multiply by three, +and so on. When the quantity of metal in very dilute solutions is to be +determined, it is sometimes necessary to concentrate the solutions by +boiling them down before applying the re-agent which produces the +coloured compound. Such concentration does not affect the calculations.</p> + +<p><b>Gasometric Assays.</b>—Gasometric methods are not much used by assayers, +and, therefore, those students who wish to study them more fully than +the limits of this work will permit, are recommended to consult Winkler +and Lunge's text-book on the subject. The methods are without doubt +capable of a more extended application. In measuring liquids, ordinary +variations of temperature have but little effect, and variations of +atmospheric pressure have none at all, whereas with gases it is +different. Thus, 100 c.c. of an ordinary aqueous solution would, if +heated from 10° C. to 20° C., expand to about 100.15 c.c. 100 c.c. of a +gas similarly warmed would expand to about 103.5 c.c., and a fall of one +inch in the barometer would have a very similar effect. And in +measuring<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> gases we have not only to take into account variations in +volume due to changes in temperature and atmospheric pressure, but also +that which is observed when a gas is measured wet and dry. Water gives +off vapour at all temperatures, but the amount of vapour is larger as +the temperature increases.</p> + +<p>By ignoring these considerations, errors of 3 or 4 per cent. are easily +made; but, fortunately, the corrections are simple, and it is easy to +construct a piece of apparatus by means of which they may be reduced to +a simple calculation by the rule of three.</p> + +<p>The volume of a gas is, in practice, usually reduced to that which it +would be at a temperature of 0° C., when the column of mercury in the +barometer is 760 mm. high. But, although convenient, this practice is +not always necessary. The only thing required is some way of checking +the variations in volume, and of calculating what the corrected volume +would be under certain fixed conditions.</p> + +<p>Suppose that at the time a series of standardisings is being made, 100 +c.c. of air were confined in a graduated tube over moist mercury. These +100 c.c. would vary in volume from day to day, but it would always be +true of them that they would measure 100 c.c. under the same conditions +as those under which the standardisings were made. If, then, in making +an actual assay, 35.4 c.c. of gas were obtained, and the air in the tube +measured 105 c.c., we should be justified in saying, that if the +conditions had been those of the standardising, the 105 c.c. would have +measured 100 c.c., and the 35.4 c.c. would have been 33.7; for 105: +100:: 35.4: 33.7. The rule for using such a piece of apparatus for +correcting volumes is:—<i>Multiply the c.c. of gas obtained by 100, and +divide by the number of c.c. of air in the apparatus.</i></p> + +<p>If it is desired to calculate the volumes under standard conditions +(that is, the gas dry, at 0° C. and 760 mm. barometric pressure) the +calculations are easily performed, but the temperature and pressure must +be known.</p> + +<p><i>Correction for Moisture.</i>—The "vapour tension" of water has been +accurately determined for various temperatures, and it may be looked +upon as counteracting the barometric pressure. For example, at 15° C. +the vapour tension equals 12.7 millimetres of mercury; if the barometer +stood at 750 mm., the correction for moisture would be made by +subtracting 12.7 from 750, and taking 737.3 mm. to be the true +barometric pressure.</p> + +<p>The vapour tensions for temperatures from 0° C. to 20° C. are as +follows:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temp.</td><td align='left'>Tension.</td><td align='left'>Temp.</td><td align='left'>Tension.</td><td align='left'>Temp.</td><td align='left'>Tension.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0°</td><td align='left'>4.6 mm.</td><td align='left'>7°</td><td align='left'>7.5 mm.</td><td align='left'>14°</td><td align='left'>11.9 mm.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1°</td><td align='left'>4.9 mm.</td><td align='left'>8°</td><td align='left'>8.0 mm.</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>12.7 mm.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2°</td><td align='left'>5.3 mm.</td><td align='left'>9°</td><td align='left'>8.6 mm.</td><td align='left'>16°</td><td align='left'>13.5 mm.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3°</td><td align='left'>5.7 mm.</td><td align='left'>10°</td><td align='left'>9.2 mm.</td><td align='left'>17°</td><td align='left'>14.4 mm.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4°</td><td align='left'>6.1 mm.</td><td align='left'>11°</td><td align='left'>9.8 mm.</td><td align='left'>18°</td><td align='left'>15.3 mm.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5°</td><td align='left'>6.5 mm.</td><td align='left'>12°</td><td align='left'>10.5 mm.</td><td align='left'>19°</td><td align='left'>16.3 mm.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>6°</td><td align='left'>7.0 mm.</td><td align='left'>13°</td><td align='left'>11.2 mm.</td><td align='left'>20°</td><td align='left'>17.4 mm.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<p>The <i>correction for pressure</i> is:—Multiply the volume by the actual +pressure and divide by 760.</p> + +<p>The <i>correction for temperature</i>:—Multiply the volume by 273 and divide +by the temperature (in degrees Centigrade) added to 273.</p> + +<p>For all three corrections the following rules hold good. <i>To reduce to +0° C. and 760 mm. dry.</i></p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 12em;">Volume × 0.3592 × (Pressure-tension)</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Corrected volume = ———————————————————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 15em;">Temperature + 273</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>To find the volume, which a given volume under standard conditions would +assume, if those conditions are altered.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 10em;">Volume × 2.784 × (Temperature + 273)</span><br /> +Resulting volume = ——————————————————<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14.5em;">Pressure - tension</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>As an example, we will suppose that it is desired to enclose in the +apparatus referred to on p. 45, a volume of air, which, when dry (at 0° +C. and 760 mm.), shall measure 100 c.c., whilst the actual temperature +is 15° C., and the pressure 750 mm.</p> + +<p>The second formula is the one to be used, and we get 108.7 c.c.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 11.5em;">100 c.c.×2.784×288</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Required volume = ———————————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 13.5em;">750-12.7</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11em;">80179.2</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 10em;">= ————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11.5em;">737.3</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11em;">= 108.7 c.c.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> 100-35.6 = 64.4.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2> + +<h3>WEIGHING AND MEASURING.</h3> + + +<p><b>Weighing.</b>—The system of weights and measures which we have adopted is +the French or metric system; in this the gram (15.43 grains) is the unit +of weight; the only other weight frequently referred to is the +milligram, which is 0.001, or 1/1000 gram. The unit of volume is the +cubic centimetre, which is approximately the volume of 1 gram of water, +and which thus bears to the gram the same relation as grain-measures +bear to grains. It is usual to write and even pronounce cubic centimetre +shortly as c.c., and the only other denomination of volume we shall have +occasion to use is the "litre," which measures 1000 c.c., and is roughly +1-3/4 pints.</p> + +<p>The weights used are kept in boxes in a definite order, so that the +weights on the balance can be counted as well by noting those which are +absent from the box as by counting those present on the scale-pan. The +weights run 50, 20, 10, 10, 5, 2, 1, 1 and 1 grams, and are formed of +brass. The fractions of the gram are generally made of platinum or of +aluminium, and are arranged in the following order:—0.5, 0.2, 0.1, 0.1, +and 0.05, 0.02, 0.01, 0.01. These may be marked in this way, or they may +be marked 500, 200, 100, 100, 50, 20, 10, 10; the 500 meaning 500 +milligrams.</p> + +<p>Some makers send out weights in the series 50, 20, 20, 10, &c.</p> + +<p>Weights of less than 0.01 gram are generally present in a box, but it is +much more convenient to work with a rider. This is a piece of wire which +in the pan weighs 0.01 gram; it is made in such a form that it will ride +on the beam, and its effective weight decreases as it approaches the +centre. If the arm of the beam is divided into tenths, then each tenth +counting from the centre outward equals 0.001 gram or 1 milligram, and +if these tenths be further subdivided the fractions of a milligram are +obtained; and these give figures in the fourth place of decimals. A +fairly good balance should be sensitive to 0.0001 gram. The weights must +never be touched with the fingers, and the forceps for moving them is +used for no other purpose. When not in actual use the box is kept +closed. The weights must not be allowed to remain on the pan of the +balance. The balance-case must not be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> open without some reason. It must +be fixed level, and, once fixed, must not be needlessly moved. The bench +on which it stands should be used for no other purpose, and no one +should be allowed to lean upon it.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig025.jpg" width="300" height="125" alt="Fig. 25." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>When using a balance sit directly in front of it. Ordinarily the +substance to be weighed is best put on the pan to the user's left; the +weights and the rider are then easily manipulated. Powders, &c., should +not be weighed directly on the balance; a counterpoised watch-glass or +metal scoop (fig. 25) should be used. In some cases it is advisable to +use a weighing-bottle. This is a light, well-stoppered bottle (fig. 3) +containing the powdered ore. It is first filled and weighed; then some +of the substance is carefully poured from it into a beaker or other +vessel, and it is weighed again; the difference in the two weighings +gives the weight of substance taken. A substance must always be cold +when weighed, and large glass vessels should be allowed to stand in the +balance-box a little while before being weighed. Always have the balance +at rest when putting on or taking off anything from the pans. Put the +weights on systematically. In using the rider (except you have a reason +to the contrary), put it on at the 5; if this is too much, then try it +at the 3; if then the weights are too little, try at the 4, if still not +enough, the correct weight must be between the 4 and 5; try half-way +between.</p> + +<p>It is best to work with the balance vibrating; equilibrium is +established when the vibration to the left is the mean of the preceding +and succeeding vibrations to the right. For example, if it vibrates 6 +divisions to the right on one swing, and 5 divisions on the next, the +intermediate vibration to the left should have been 5-1/2.</p> + +<p>Note whether the substance increases in weight whilst on the balance. If +it does it may be because it was put on warm, and is cooling, or it may +be because it is taking up moisture from the air. Substances which take +up moisture rapidly should be weighed in clipped watch-glasses or in +light-weighing bottles or tubes.</p> + +<p>Students, in recording the weights, should first read off those missing +from the box, writing down each order of figures as determined; first +tens, then units, and so on. Remember that the first four platinum +weights give the figures of the first place of decimals, the second four +give the second place, and that the third and fourth places are given by +the rider. Having taken down the figures, confirm them by reading off +the weights as you put them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> back into the box. Do not rest a weight on +the palm of your hand for convenience in reading the mark upon it. +Remember one weight lost from a box spoils the set. Do not take it for +granted that the balance is in equilibrium before you start weighing: +try it.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 253px;"> +<img src="images/fig026.jpg" width="253" height="435" alt="Fig. 26." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Measuring Liquids.</b>—For coarse work, such as measuring acids for +dissolving ores, graduated glasses similar to those used by druggists +may be used. It is well to have two sizes—a smaller graduated into +divisions of 5 c.c. (fig. 26), and a larger with divisions equal to 10 +c.c. No measurement of importance should be made in a vessel of this +kind, as a slight variation in level causes a serious error.</p> + +<p><b>Graduated flasks</b> must be used when anything has to be made up to a +definite bulk, or when a fixed volume has to be collected. If, for +example, a certain weight of substance has to be dissolved and diluted +to a litre, or if the first 50 c.c. of a distillate has to be collected, +a flask should be used. Each flask is graduated for one particular +quantity; the most useful sizes are 1000 c.c., 500 c.c., 200 c.c., 100 +c.c., and 50 c.c. The mark should be in the narrowest part of the neck, +and should be tangential to the curved surface of the liquid when the +flask <i>contains</i> the exact volume specified. The level of a curved +surface of liquid is at first somewhat difficult to read: the beginner +is in doubt whether the surface should be taken at <span class="smcap">a</span>, +<span class="smcap">b</span>, or <span class="smcap">c</span> (fig. 27). It is best to take the lowest +reading <span class="smcap">c</span>. In some lights it is difficult to find this; in such +cases a piece of white paper or card held behind and a little below, so +as to throw light up and against the curved surface, will render it +clear. In reading, one should look neither up at nor down upon the +surface, but the eye should be on the same level with it. It must be +kept in mind that flasks <i>contain</i> the quantity specified, but deliver +less than this by the amount remaining in them and damping the sides. If +it is desired to transfer the contents say of a 100 c.c. flask to a +beaker, it will be necessary to complete the transfer by rinsing out the +flask and adding the washings; otherwise there will be a sensible loss. +Graduated cylinders (fig. 28) are convenient for preparing standard +solutions.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 319px;"> +<img src="images/fig027.jpg" width="319" height="400" alt="Fig. 27." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 228px;"> +<img src="images/fig028.jpg" width="228" height="450" alt="Fig. 28." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig029.jpg" width="300" height="344" alt="Fig. 29." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Pipettes</b> and burettes are graduated to <i>deliver</i> the quantities<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> +specified. The principle of the pipette, and the advantages and +disadvantages of its various forms, may be understood by considering the +first form shown in fig. 29. It is essentially a bulbed tube drawn out +to a jet at its lower end, and having on each side of the bulb a mark so +placed that when the surface of the liquid falls from the upper to the +lower mark the instrument shall deliver exactly 100 c.c. The bore of the +jet should be of such a size as will allow the level of the liquid to +fall at the rate of about one foot in two minutes. If it runs more +quickly than this, an appreciable error arises from the varying amount +of liquid remaining, and damping the sides of the bulb. The flow of +liquid from a pipette must not be hastened by blowing into it. The lower +tube or nose of the pipette should be long enough to reach into the +bottle or flask containing the liquid about to be measured. The pipette +is filled by sucking at the open end with the mouth; this method of +filling renders the use of the instrument dangerous for such liquids as +strong acids, ammonia, and such poisonous solutions as that of potassic +cyanide. One attempt with a fairly strong solution of ammonia will teach +the beginner a very useful lesson. As soon as the liquid rises above the +upper mark in the pipette, the mouth is withdrawn, and the pipette +quickly closed by pressing the upper aperture with the index finger of +the right hand; it is well to have the finger slightly moist, but not +damp. The neck of the pipette should be long enough to allow its being +firmly grasped by the fingers and thumb of the right hand without +inconvenience. The pipette is first held in a vertical position long +enough to allow any moisture outside the tube to run down, and then the +liquid is allowed to run out to the level of the upper mark; this is +easily effected by lessening the pressure. If the finger is wet, the +flow will be jerky, and good work impossible. The pipette is next held +over the vessel into which the 100 c.c. are to be put, and the liquid +allowed to run out. When the bulb is nearly empty, the flow should be +checked by replacing the finger, and the liquid allowed to escape slowly +until the lower mark is reached. The pipette is then withdrawn; it is in +the withdrawing that the disadvantage of this particular form<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> makes +itself felt. It must be withdrawn<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> very steadily, as the slightest shock +causes the remaining column of liquid to vibrate, whereby air is drawn +in and the liquid is forced out.</p> + +<p>This disadvantage is got rid of by making the mouth of the jet the lower +limit, or, in other words, allowing the instrument to empty itself. +There are two forms of such pipettes; in the one generally recommended +in Gay-Lussac's silver assay (the last shown in fig. 29) the nose is +replaced by a jet. This is most conveniently filled by stopping the jet +with the finger, and allowing the liquid to flow in a fine stream into +the neck until the pipette is filled, and then working as just +described. The other form is the one in general use; in fact, a long +nose to a pipette is so convenient that it may almost be said to be +necessary. But the accuracy is slightly diminished; a long narrow tube +makes a poor measuring instrument because of the amount of liquid it +finally retains. A defect possessed by both forms is the retention of a +drop of varying size in the nozzle. Whatever method is adopted for +removing this drop must be always adhered to. The most convenient form +is the one last described, and the most useful sizes are 100 c.c., 50 +c.c., 20 c.c., 10 c.c., and 5 c.c. Ten c.c. pipettes graduated into +tenths of a cubic centimetre are very useful: those are best in which +the graduation stops short of the bottom.</p> + +<p>All measurements should be made at the ordinary temperature; and, before +being used, the pipette should be rinsed out with a cubic centimetre or +so of the solution to be measured. After using, it should be washed out +with water.</p> + +<p><b>Burettes</b> differ mainly from pipettes in having the flow of liquid +controlled from below instead of from above. The best form is that known +as Mohr's, one kind of which is provided with a glass stopcock, while +the other has a piece of india-rubber tube compressed by a clip. The +latter cannot be used for solutions of permanganate of potash or of +iodine, or of any substance which acts on india-rubber; but in other +respects there is little to choose between the two kinds. A burette +delivering 100 c.c., and graduated into fifths (<i>i.e.</i>, each division = +0.2 c.c.), is a very convenient size. For some kinds of work, 50 c.c. +divided into tenths (<i>i.e.</i>, each division = 0.1 c.c.) may be selected.</p> + +<p>Burettes may be fixed in any convenient stand; they must be vertical and +should be so placed that the assayer can read any part of the graduated +scale without straining. When not in use, they should be kept full of +water. When using a burette, the water must be run out; the burette is +next rinsed with some of the solution to be used, and drained; and then +it is filled with the solution. Next squeeze the india-rubber tube so as +to disentangle air-bubbles and, by smartly opening the clip, allow the +tube and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> jet to be filled; see that no bubbles of air are left. Then +run out cautiously until the level of the liquid in the burette stands +at zero. In reading the level with very dark-coloured liquids it is +convenient to read from the level <span class="smcap">a</span> (fig. 27), and, provided it +is done in each reading, there is no objection to this. The accuracy of +the reading of a burette is sensibly increased by the use of an Erdmann +float. This is an elongated bulb, weighted with mercury, and fitting +(somewhat loosely) the tube of the burette. It floats in the solution, +and is marked with a horizontal line; this line is taken as the level of +the liquid. If the burette is filled from the top, the float rises with +aggravating slowness, and this is its chief disadvantage. The float must +come to rest before any reading is made.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/fig030.jpg" width="150" height="450" alt="Fig. 30." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>A convenient plan for filling a burette from below is shown in fig. 30. +The diagram explains itself. The bottle containing the standard solution +is connected with the burette by a syphon arrangement through the glass +tube and T-piece. The flow of liquid into the burette is controlled by +the clip. When this clip is opened, the burette fills; and when it is +closed, the burette is ready for use in the ordinary way.</p> + +<p><b>Measuring Gases.</b>—Lange's nitrometer (fig. 69) is a very convenient +instrument for many gasometric methods. It requires the use of a fair +quantity of mercury. In fig. 31, there is a representation of a piece of +apparatus easily fitted up from the ordinary material of a laboratory. +It is one which will serve some useful purposes. It consists of a +wide-mouthed bottle fitted (by preference) with a rubber cork. The cork +is perforated, and in the perforation is placed a glass tube which +communicates with the burette. The burette is connected by a rubber tube +and a Y-piece, either with another burette or with a piece of ordinary +combustion-tube of about the same size. The wide-mouthed bottle contains +either a short test-tube or an ordinary phial with its neck cut off. In +working the apparatus the weighed substance is put in the bottle and the +re-agent which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> is to act on it, in the test-tube; the cork is then +inserted. The liquid in the two burettes is next brought to the same +level, either by pouring it in at <span class="smcap">a</span> or running it out at +<span class="smcap">b</span>. The level of the liquid in the apparatus for correcting +variation in volume is then read and noted. Next, after seeing that the +level of the liquid in the burette has not changed, turn the bottle over +on its side so that the re-agent in the test-tube shall be upset into +the bottle. Then, as the volume of the gas increases, lower the liquid +in the burette by running it out at <span class="smcap">b</span>, and at the same time +keep the level in <span class="smcap">a</span> half an inch or so lower than that in the +burette. When the action has finished bring the liquid in the two +vessels to the same level and read off the burette. This part of the +work must always be done in the same manner.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 248px;"> +<img src="images/fig031.jpg" width="248" height="450" alt="Fig. 31." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><i>The volume corrector for gas analysis</i> is a graduated glass tube of 120 +c.c. capacity inverted over a narrow glass cylinder of mercury. It +contains 0.2 or 0.3 c.c. of water and a volume of air, which, if dry and +under standard conditions, would measure 100 c.c. The actual volume +varies from day to day, and is read off at any time by bringing the +mercury inside and outside to the same level. This is done by raising or +lowering the tube, as may be required. Any volume of gas obtained in an +assay can be corrected to standard temperature and pressure by +multiplying by 100 and dividing by the number of c.c. in the corrector +at the time the assay is made.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> It is best to use this form with a glass stopcock, or with +an india-rubber tube and clip, after the manner of a Mohr's burette.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2> + +<h3>RE-AGENTS.—ACIDS, ETC.</h3> + + +<p><b>Acetic Acid</b>, H[=A=c] or C<sub>2</sub>H<sub>4</sub>O<sub>2</sub>. (sp. gr. 1.044, containing 33 +per cent. real acid).—An organic acid, forming a class of salts, +acetates, which are for the most part soluble in water, and which, on +ignition, leave the oxide or carbonate of the metal. It is almost always +used in those cases where mineral acids are objectionable. To convert, +for example, a solution of a substance in hydrochloric acid into a +solution of the same in acetic acid, alkali should be added in excess +and then acetic acid. Many compounds are insoluble in acetic acid, which +are soluble in mineral acids, such as ferric phosphate, ferric arsenate, +zinc sulphide, calcium oxalate, &c., so that the use of acetic acid is +valuable in some separations. The commercial acid is strong enough for +most purposes, and is used without dilution.</p> + +<p><b>"Aqua Regia"</b> is a mixture of 1 part by measure of nitric acid and 3 +parts of hydrochloric acid. The acids react forming what is practically +a solution of chlorine.<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> The mixture is best made when wanted, and is +chiefly used for the solution of gold and platinum and for "opening up" +sulphides. When solutions in aqua regia are evaporated, chlorides are +left.</p> + +<p><b>Bromine</b>, Br. (sp. gr. 3.0). Practically pure bromine.—It is a heavy +reddish-brown liquid and very volatile. It boils at 60° C., and, +consequently, must be kept in a cool place. It gives off brown +irritating vapours, which render its use very objectionable. Generally +it answers the same purpose as aqua regia, and is employed where the +addition of nitric acid to a solution has to be specially avoided. It is +also used for dissolving metals only from ores which contain metallic +oxides not desired in the solution.</p> + +<p><b>"Bromine Water"</b> is simply bromine shaken up with water till no more is +dissolved.</p> + +<p><b>Carbonic Acid</b>, CO<sub>2</sub>.—A heavy gas, somewhat soluble in water; it is +mainly used for providing an atmosphere in which substances may be +dissolved, titrated, &c., without fear of oxidation. It is also used in +titrating arsenic assays with "iodine" when a feeble acid<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span> is required +to prevent the absorption of iodine by the alkaline carbonate. It is +prepared when wanted in solution, by adding a gram or so of bicarbonate +of soda and then as much acid as will decompose the bicarbonate +mentioned. When a quantity of the gas is wanted, it is prepared, in an +apparatus like that used for sulphuretted hydrogen, by acting on +fragments of marble or limestone with dilute hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Citric Acid</b> (H<sub>3</sub>[=C=i] or C<sub>6</sub>H<sub>8</sub>O<sub>7</sub>.H<sub>2</sub>O) is an organic acid +which occurs in colourless crystals, soluble in less than their weight +of water. The solution must be freshly prepared, as it gets mouldy when +kept. It forms a comparatively unimportant class of salts (citrates). It +is used in the determination of phosphoric acid, chiefly for the purpose +of preventing the precipitation of phosphates of iron and alumina by +ammonia, and in a few similar cases. The commercial crystals are used; +they should be free from sulphuric acid and leave no ash on ignition.</p> + +<p><b>Hydrochloric Acid</b>, HCl in water, (sp. gr. 1.16. It contains 32 per +cent. of hydrogen chloride).—It is sometimes called "muriatic acid," +and when impure, "spirit of salt." The acid solution should be +colourless and free from arsenic, iron, and sulphuric acid. It forms an +important family of salts, the chlorides. It is the best acid for +dissolving metallic oxides and carbonates, and is always used by the +assayer when oxidising agents are to be avoided. The acid is used +without dilution when no directions are expressly given to dilute it. It +has no action on the following metals: gold, platinum, arsenic, and +mercury; it very slightly attacks antimony, bismuth, lead, silver, and +copper. Tin is more soluble in it, but with difficulty; whilst iron, +zinc, nickel, cobalt, cadmium, and aluminium easily dissolve with +evolution of hydrogen and the formation of the lower chloride if the +metal forms more than one class of salts. All the metallic oxides, +except a few of the native and rarer oxides, are dissolved by it with +the formation of chlorides of the metal and water.</p> + +<p><b>Dilute Hydrochloric Acid</b> is made by diluting the strong acid with an +equal volume of water. This is used for dissolving precipitates obtained +in the general course of analysis and the more easily soluble metals.</p> + +<p><b>Hydrofluoric Acid, HF.</b>—A solution in water may be purchased in +gutta-percha or lead bottles. It is of variable strength and doubtful +purity. It must always be examined quantitatively for the residue left +on evaporation. It is used occasionally for the examination of +silicates. It attacks silica, forming fluoride of silicon, which is a +gas. When the introduction of another base will not interfere with the +assay, the substance may be mixed in the platinum dish with fluoride of +ammonium,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> or of potassium, or of calcium, and hydrochloric acid, +instead of treating it with the commercial acid. It is only required in +special work. The fumes and acid are dangerous, and, of course, glass or +porcelain vessels cannot be used with it.</p> + +<p><b>Iodine, I.</b>—This can be obtained in commerce quite pure, and is often +used for standardising. It is very slightly soluble in water, but +readily dissolves in potassium iodide solution. It closely resembles +chlorine and bromine in its properties, and can be used for dissolving +metals without, at the same time, attacking any oxide which may be +present. It is chiefly used as an oxidizing agent in volumetric work, +being sharp in its reactions and easily detected in minute quantities. +It cannot be used in alkaline solutions, since it reacts with the +hydrates, and even with the carbonates, to form iodides and iodates. +Iodine is soluble in alcohol.</p> + +<p><b>Nitric Acid, HNO<sub>3</sub>.</b> (Sp. gr. 1.42; boiling point 121° C.; contains +70 per cent. by weight of hydrogen nitrate).—It is convenient to +remember that one c.c. of this contains 1 gram of real acid. It combines +the properties of an acid and of an oxidising agent. One c.c. contains +0.76 gram of oxygen, most of which is very loosely held, and easily +given up to metals and other oxidisable substances. Consequently it will +dissolve many metals, &c., upon which hydrochloric acid has no action. +All sulphides (that of mercury excepted) are attacked by it, and for the +most part rendered soluble. It has no action on gold or platinum, and +very little on aluminium. The strong acid at the ordinary temperature +does not act on iron or tin; and in most cases it acts better when +diluted. Some nitrates being insoluble in nitric acid, form a protecting +coat to the metal which hinders further action. Where the strong acid +does act the action is very violent, so that generally it is better to +use the dilute acid. When iron has been immersed in strong nitric acid +it not only remains unacted on, but assumes a <i>passive</i> state; so that +if, after being wiped, it is then placed in the dilute acid, it will not +dissolve. Tin and antimony are converted into insoluble oxides, while +the other metals (with the exception of those already mentioned) +dissolve as nitrates. During the solution of the metal red fumes are +given off, which mainly consist of nitrogen peroxide. The solution is +often coloured brown or green because of dissolved oxides of nitrogen, +which must be got rid of by boiling. Generally some ammonium nitrate is +formed, especially in the cases of zinc, iron, and tin, when these are +acted on by cold dilute acid. Sulphur, phosphorus, and arsenic are +converted into sulphuric, phosphoric, and arsenic acids respectively, +when boiled with the strong acid.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Dilute Nitric Acid.</b>—Dilute 1 volume of the strong acid with 2 of +water.</p> + +<p><b>Oxalic Acid</b>, H<sub>2</sub>O or (H<sub>2</sub>C<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O.)—This is an organic +acid in colourless crystals. It forms a family of salts—the oxalates. +It is used in standardising; being a crystallised and permanent acid, it +can be readily weighed. It is also used in separations, many of the +oxalates being insoluble. For general use make a 10 per cent. solution. +Use the commercially pure acid. On ignition the acid should leave no +residue.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig032.jpg" width="450" height="316" alt="Fig. 32." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Sulphuretted Hydrogen.</b> Hydrosulphuric acid, SH<sub>2</sub>.—A gas largely +used in assaying, since by its action it allows of the metals being +conveniently classed into groups. It is soluble in water, this liquid +dissolving at the ordinary temperature about three times its volume of +the gas. The solution is only useful for testing. In separations, a +current of the gas must always be used. It is best prepared in an +apparatus like that shown in fig. 32, by acting on ferrous sulphide with +dilute hydrochloric acid. When iron has to be subsequently determined in +the assay solution, the gas should be washed by bubbling it through +water in the smaller bottle; but for most purposes washing can be +dispensed with. The gas is very objectionable, and operations with it +must be carried out in a cupboard with a good draught. When the +precipitation has been completed, the apparatus should always be washed +out. The effect of this acid on solutions of the metals is to form +sulphides. All the metallic sulphides are insoluble in water; but some +are soluble in alkaline, and some in acid, solutions. If sulphuretted +hydrogen is passed through an acid solution containing the metals till +no further precipitation takes place, a precipitate will be formed +containing sulphides insoluble in the acid. On filtering, adding ammonia +(to render the filtrate alkaline), and again passing the gas, a further +precipitate will be obtained, consisting of sulphides insoluble in an +alkaline solution, but not precipitable in an acid one; the filtrate may +also contain sulphides not precipitable in an acid solution, which are +soluble in an alkaline one; these will be thrown down on neutralising. +Again, the metals precipitated in the acid solution form sulphides which +may be divided into groups, the one consisting of those which are +soluble, and the other of those which are not soluble, in alkalies. This +classification is shown in the following summary:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>—</p> + +<p> +1. <i>Precipitable in an acid solution.</i><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Soluble in Alkalies.—Sulphides of As, Sb, Sn, Au, Pt, Ir, Mo, Te, and Se.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) Insoluble in Alkalies.—Sulphides of Ag, Pb, Hg, Bi, Cu, Cd, Pd, Rh, Os, and Ru.</span><br /> +<br /> +2. <i>Not precipitated in an acid solution, but thrown down in an alkaline one.</i><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Sulphides of Mn, Zn, Fe, Ni, Co, In, Tl, and Ga.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>These can again be divided into those which are dissolved by dilute +acids and those which are not.</p> + +<p> +3. <i>Not precipitated in an acid or alkaline solution, but thrown<br /> +down on neutralising the latter.</i><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Sulphides of V and W.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Sulphuretted hydrogen is a strong reducing agent. Ferric salts are +thereby quickly reduced to ferrous; in hot solutions nitric acid is +decomposed. These changes are marked by a precipitation of sulphur, and +the student must be careful to pass the gas sufficiently long, and not +be too hasty in concluding that no sulphide will form because it does +not at once make its appearance. The best indication that it has been +passed long enough is the smell of the gas in the solution after +shaking.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphurous Acid</b>, H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>3</sub>.—The reagent used may be regarded as a +saturated solution of sulphur dioxide in water. It may be purchased, and +keeps for a long time. It may be made by heating copper with sulphuric +acid and passing the gas formed into water. The heat should be withdrawn +when the gas is coming off freely. It is used as a reducing agent, and +should not be diluted.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphuric Acid</b>, H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>. (Sp. gr. 1.84, containing 96 per cent. of +real acid, H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>.)—This acid forms insoluble sulphates with salts +of lead, strontium, and barium. It has a high boiling point, 290° C., +and, when evaporated with salts of the more volatile acids, converts +them into sulphates. When nitrates or chlorides are objectionable in a +solution, evaporation with sulphuric acid removes them. In working with +this acid caution is necessary, since, on mixing with water, great heat +is evolved; and, if either the acid or water has been previously heated, +a serious accident may result. In diluting the acid it should be poured +into cold water. Glass vessels containing boiling sulphuric acid should +be handled as little as possible, and should not be cooled under the +tap. The action of diluted sulphuric acid on metals closely resembles +that of dilute hydrochloric acid. Magnesium, aluminium, iron, zinc, +nickel, cobalt, manganese, and cadmium dissolve, with evolution of +hydrogen, in the cold acid, or when warmed. The action of hot and strong +sulphuric acid is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span> altogether different; it acts as an oxidising agent, +and is itself reduced to sulphur dioxide or even to sulphur. The +following metals are attacked in this way:—copper, bismuth, mercury, +silver, antimony, tin, and lead. Gold, platinum, and arsenic are not +affected. This property is made use of in parting silver from gold and +platinum. Metallic sulphides are similarly attacked; but this method of +opening up minerals has the disadvantage of giving rise to the formation +of anhydrous sulphates of iron, &c., which are not readily dissolved +when afterwards diluted. The use of sulphuric acid in assaying is (for +these reasons) to be avoided. Its chief use is as a drying agent, since +it has a strong affinity for water. Air under a bell jar may be kept dry +by means of a basin of sulphuric acid, and gases bubbled through it are +freed from water-vapour.</p> + +<p><b>Dilute Sulphuric Acid.</b>—This is made by diluting 1 volume of the +strong acid with 4 of water.</p> + +<p><b>Tartaric Acid</b>, H<sub>2</sub>[=T] or C<sub>4</sub>H<sub>6</sub>O<sub>6</sub>.—A crystallised organic +acid, soluble in less than its own weight of water, or in less than +three parts of alcohol. It is used for the same purposes as citric acid +is. The solution is made when required.</p> + + +<h4>BASES, SALTS, &c.</h4> + +<p><b>Alcohol</b>, C<sub>2</sub>H<sub>6</sub>O. (Commercial alcohol of sp. gr. 0.838; it +contains 84 per cent. by weight of alcohol.)—It should burn with a +non-luminous flame and leave no residue. It is used for washing +precipitates where water is inapplicable, and for facilitating drying.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonia</b>, NH<sub>3</sub>. (Commercial ammonia, a solution having a sp. gr. of +0.88 to 0.89, and containing about 33 per cent. of ammonia.)—It is used +as an alkali (more commonly than soda or potash), since an excess of it +is easily removed by boiling. The salts of ammonium formed by it may be +removed by igniting, or by evaporating in a porcelain dish with an +excess of nitric acid. It differs in a marked way from soda or potash in +its solvent action on the oxides or hydrates of the metals. Salts of the +following metals are soluble in an ammoniacal solution in the presence +of ammonic chloride:—copper, cadmium, silver, nickel, cobalt, +manganese, zinc, magnesium, sodium, potassium, and the alkaline earths.</p> + +<p><b>Dilute Ammonia</b> is made by diluting 1 vol. of commercial ammonia with 2 +of water. The dilute ammonia is always used; but in assays for copper a +stronger solution (1 of strong ammonia to 1 of water) is required.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Carbonate</b> (Am<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>) is prepared by dissolving one part of +the commercial sesquicarbonate of ammonia in four parts of water, and +adding one part of strong ammonia.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Bicarbonate</b> (HAmCO<sub>3</sub>) is prepared by saturating a solution +of the sesquicarbonate of ammonia with carbon dioxide.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Chloride</b>, AmCl.—Use the commercial salt in a 20 per cent. +solution in water. The salt should leave no residue on ignition.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Molybdate.</b>—The solution is prepared as follows:—Dissolve 100 +grams of the powdered commercial salt in 200 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and +pour the solution in a slow stream into 750 c.c. of dilute nitric acid; +make up to 1 litre, and allow the mixture to settle before using. It is +used for the purpose of separating phosphoric oxide from bases and from +other acids, and also as a test for phosphates and arsenates. In using +this solution the substance must be dissolved in nitric acid, and a +considerable excess of the reagent added (50 c.c. is sufficient to +precipitate 0.1 gram P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>); when the phosphate is in excess no +precipitate will be got. The precipitate is phospho-molybdate of +ammonia.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Nitrate</b> (AmNO<sub>3</sub>) is used in the separation of phosphoric +oxide by the molybdate method, and occasionally for destroying organic +matter. It is soluble in less than its own weight of water. The solution +is made when wanted.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Oxalate</b> (Am<sub>2</sub>C<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O) is used chiefly for the +separation of lime. The solution is made by dissolving 15 grams of the +salt in 100 c.c. of water.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonic Sulphide</b> may be purchased in the state of a strong solution. +It is yellow, and contains the disulphide, S<sub>2</sub>Am<sub>2</sub>. It serves the +same purpose as is obtained by passing a current of sulphuretted +hydrogen through an ammoniacal solution; but has the disadvantage of +loading the solution with sulphur, which is precipitated when the +solution is subsequently acidified. It is useful for dissolving the +lower sulphide of tin (SnS).</p> + +<p><b>Baric Carbonate</b> (BaCO<sub>3</sub>) is sometimes used for precipitating the +weaker bases. It should be prepared when wanted by precipitating a +solution of baric chloride with ammonic carbonate and washing. The moist +precipitate is used without drying.</p> + +<p><b>Baric Chloride</b>, BaCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O.—A crystallised salt, soluble in +2-1/2 parts of water. It is used for the detection and separation of +sulphates. Make a 10 per cent. solution.</p> + +<p>"<b>Black Flux.</b>"—A mixture of finely divided carbon with carbonate of +potash or with carbonates of potash and soda. It is prepared by heating +tartar or "rochelle salt" until no more combustible gas is given off. +One gram will reduce about 2 grams of lead from litharge.</p> + +<p><b>Borax</b>, Na<sub>2</sub>B<sub>4</sub>O<sub>7</sub>.10H<sub>2</sub>O.—It is chiefly used as a flux in dry +assaying, as already described. It is also used in testing before<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> the +blowpipe; many metallic oxides impart a characteristic colour to a bead +of borax in which they have been fused.</p> + +<p><b>Calcium Chloride.</b>—The crystallised salt is CaCl<sub>2</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O; dried at +200° C. it becomes CaCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O, and when fused it becomes +dehydrated. The fused salt, broken into small lumps, is used for drying +gases. It combines with water, giving off much heat; and dissolves in a +little more than its own weight of water. Strong solutions may be used +in baths in which temperatures above the boiling-point of water are +required. One part of the salt and 2 of water give a solution boiling at +112°, and a solution of 2 parts of the salt in 1 of water boils at 158°. +The salt is very little used as a reagent.</p> + +<p><b>Calcium Fluoride</b> or "<b>Fluor Spar</b>," CaF<sub>2</sub>.—The mineral is used as a +flux in dry assaying; it renders slags which are thick from the presence +of phosphates, &c., very fluid. Mixed with hydrochloric acid it may +sometimes be used instead of hydrofluoric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Calcium Carbonate</b>, CaCO<sub>3</sub>.—It is precipitated in a pure state by +ammonic carbonate from a solution of calcium chloride. It is used for +standardising. In the impure state, as marble or limestone, it is used +in the preparation of carbonic acid.</p> + +<p><b>Calcium Hydrate</b> or <b>"Lime Water."</b>—This is used in testing for carbon +dioxide and in estimating the amount of that gas present in air. It may +be made by slaking quicklime and digesting the slaked lime with water. +One hundred c.c. of water at 15° C. dissolves 0.1368 grams of the +hydrate (CaH<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub>), and hot water dissolves still less. "<i>Milk of +lime</i>" is slaked lime suspended in water.</p> + +<p><b>Cobalt Nitrate</b> (Co(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O) is used in a 10 per cent. +solution for the detection of oxides of zinc, aluminium, &c.; on +ignition with which it forms characteristically coloured compounds.</p> + +<p><b>Copper</b>, Cu.—Pure copper, as obtained by electrolysis, can be +purchased. This only should be used.</p> + +<p><b>Copper Oxide</b>, CuO.—It occurs as a black, heavy, and gritty power, and +is used for the oxidation of carbon and hydrogen in organic substances. +It should be ignited and cooled out of contact with air just before +using, since it is hygroscopic. Oxide of copper which has been used may +be again utilised after calcination.</p> + +<p><b>Copper Sulphate</b> (CuSO<sub>4</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) contains 25.4 per cent. of copper. +It is used in the outer cell of a Daniell-battery. The commercial salt +is used for this purpose. The re-crystallised and pure salt is used for +preparing the anhydrous sulphate, which is used for detecting moisture +in gases. For this purpose it is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> dried at 200° C. till no trace of +green or blue colour remains. It must be prepared when wanted. It may be +conveniently used in the form of pumice-stone, saturated with a solution +of the salt and dried. Traces of moisture develop a green colour.</p> + +<p><b>Ferric Chloride</b>, Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub>. (When crystallised, +Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O.)—The solution is prepared as described under +iron. The commercial salt contains arsenic, and, since the chief use of +ferric chloride is for the determination of this substance, it must be +purified (<i>see</i> under <span class="smcap">Arsenic</span>).</p> + +<p><b>Ferric Sulphate</b> (Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub>) is a yellowish white deliquescent +salt. It is used as an indicator in volumetric silver assaying, and for +the separation of iodine from bromine. It may be purchased as iron alum, +Am<sub>2</sub>Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>4</sub>.24H<sub>2</sub>O. But it is best prepared by adding +strong sulphuric acid to ferric hydrate in equivalent proportions. Use +it as a solution containing 2 or 3 per cent. of iron.</p> + +<p><b>Ferrous Sulphate</b>, FeSO<sub>4</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O.—The granulated form is best, and +can be purchased pure. It is used for standardising. It keeps better in +crystals than in solution. It is readily soluble in water, but the +solution is best made with the help of a little free acid. As a re-agent +use a 10 per cent. solution. The crystals should be clear bluish-green; +if their colour is dark green, brown, or blue, they should be rejected.</p> + +<p><b>Ferrous Sulphide</b> (FeS) is used for the preparation of sulphuretted +hydrogen. It may be purchased and broken in small lumps, nut-size, for +use.</p> + +<p>"<b>Fusion Mixture</b>" (K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>.Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>) is a mixture of potassic +and sodic carbonates in the proportions of 13 of the former to 10 of the +latter, by weight. It is hygroscopic. A mixture of the bicarbonates is +better, being purer and less apt to get damp.</p> + +<p><b>Gallic Acid</b> (C<sub>7</sub>H<sub>6</sub>O<sub>5</sub>.H<sub>2</sub>O) is an organic acid, occurring as +a pale fawn-coloured crystalline powder, soluble in 100 parts of cold +water, or in 3 parts of boiling water. It is used for the determination +of antimony. A 10 per cent. solution in warm water is made when +required.</p> + +<p><b>Hydrogen</b> (H) is a gas. It is obtained by acting on zinc with dilute +hydrochloric or sulphuric acid. It is used as a reducing agent, and for +providing an atmosphere free from oxygen. It reduces metallic oxides at +a high temperature. It must be freed from water; and special precautions +should be taken to prevent an admixture with air. It is generally +required in a current which can be continued for an hour or more without +interruption. The preparation can be conveniently carried out in the +apparatus shown (fig. 33). A quart bottle is half filled with sheet +zinc, and connected with bulbs filled with sulphuric acid, and with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> a +calcium chloride tube. The last is connected with the apparatus through +which the gas has to be passed. Dilute hydrochloric acid mixed with a +few cubic centimetres (20 c.c. to 1 pint) of stannous chloride sol. to +fix any dissolved oxygen, is placed in the funnel, and let into the +bottle by opening the stopcock when required. Care must be taken to let +the hydrogen escape for some time before starting the reduction.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 470px;"> +<img src="images/fig033.jpg" width="470" height="320" alt="Fig. 33." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Gold</b>, Au.—Gold, obtained by cupelling and "parting," is for most +purposes sufficiently pure. It is best kept in the shape of foil. When +the purer metal is required, gold should be dissolved in aqua regia, the +solution evaporated to a paste, diluted, allowed to stand, and filtered. +The filtered solution is acidified with hydrochloric acid, warmed, and +precipitated with sodium sulphite. The precipitate is collected, washed, +and fused on charcoal.</p> + +<p><b>Iron</b>, Fe.—The soft wire (thin) is used for standardising. Rods are +used in dry assays as a desulphurising agent. Steel must not be used, +since it is not pure, and contains a variable amount of iron.</p> + +<p><b>Lead</b>, Pb.—Granulated lead or lead-foil is used in the dry assay for +silver and gold, and in the preparation of lead salts. It can be +obtained very pure, but always contains more or less silver, 1 or 2 +milligrams in 100 grams. The amount of silver it contains must be +determined and recorded.</p> + +<p><b>Lead Acetate</b> (Pb[=A=c]<sub>2</sub>.3H<sub>2</sub>O, or +Pb(C<sub>2</sub>H<sub>3</sub>O<sub>2</sub>)<sub>2</sub>.3H<sub>2</sub>O) is used as a test, specially for the +detection and estimation of sulphuretted hydrogen. Prepare a 10 per +cent. solution for use.</p> + +<p><b>Lead Nitrate</b> (Pb(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub>) can be purchased pure. It is used for +standardising.</p> + +<p><b>Lead Dioxide</b> (PbO<sub>2</sub>) occurs as a dark-brown powder. It is used as an +oxidizing agent and for absorbing sulphurous oxide. It can be prepared +by digesting red lead with warm dilute nitric acid; washing and drying +the residue.</p> + +<p>"<b>Litharge</b>," PbO.—It can be purchased as a yellow heavy powder. It is +used in dry assaying as a flux, as a desulphurising agent, and also as a +source of lead. It always contains some silver, the amount of which must +be determined.</p> + +<p><b>Litmus.</b>—This is an organic colouring matter which is turned red by +acids and blue by alkalies. For ordinary purposes it is best used as +litmus paper, which may be purchased in small books. A solution is +prepared by digesting 15 or 20 grams of the commercial litmus in 100 +c.c. of water on the water bath. After being allowed to settle, it is +filtered and made just faintly red with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> acetic acid. Then there is +added a drop or two of a solution of soda and 10 c.c. of alcohol. It +should be kept in a loosely-covered bottle.</p> + +<p><b>Magnesia</b>, MgO.—It may be purchased as "calcined magnesia." It is used +for making "magnesia mixture," and should be kept in a corked +wide-mouthed bottle.</p> + +<p>"<b>Magnesia Mixture.</b>"—Dissolve 22 grams of magnesia in about a quarter +of a litre of dilute hydrochloric acid, avoiding excess. Add 5 grams of +magnesia, boil, and filter. Add 300 grams of ammonic chloride, and 250 +c.c. of strong ammonia; and dilute with water to 2 litres. It should be +kept in a stoppered winchester.</p> + +<p><b>Magnesium Sulphate</b>, MgSO<sub>4</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O.—It can be purchased very pure, +and is occasionally used as a standard salt.</p> + +<p><b>Manganese Dioxide</b>, MnO<sub>2</sub>.—It is used in the preparation of +chlorine. The commercial article is not pure, but is sufficiently so for +this purpose.</p> + +<p><b>Marble</b>, CaCO<sub>3</sub>.—Fragments of the white crystalline variety only +should be used. It is used as a source of lime and of carbon dioxide.</p> + +<p><b>Mercury</b>, Hg.—This can be purchased pure. It should have a bright +surface, flow without a tail, and leave no residue on ignition. It is +used as a standard; for amalgamation; and as a confining liquid in gas +analysis.</p> + +<p><b>Mercuric Chloride</b> (HgCl<sub>2</sub>) may be purchased pure. Make a 5 per cent. +solution in water. It is used for destroying an excess of stannous +chloride; for removing sulphuretted hydrogen from solution; and as a +test for stannous salts.</p> + +<p><b>Microcosmic Salt</b>, HAmNaPO<sub>4</sub>.8H<sub>2</sub>O.—When fused NaPO<sub>3</sub> is formed. +It is used in testing for metallic oxides and silica before the +blowpipe. The crystals are sometimes used as a standard for phosphoric +acid.</p> + +<p>"<b>Nessler's Solution.</b>"—Mode of preparation: Dissolve 35 grams of +potassium iodide in 100 c.c. of water; dissolve 17 grams of mercuric +chloride in 300 c.c. of water, and pour this solution into that of the +iodide till a permanent precipitate is produced; make up to 1 litre with +a 20 per cent. solution of potash; add mercuric chloride till a +precipitate is again formed; allow to settle and decant. It is used for +detecting ammonia.</p> + +<p><b>Nitre.</b>—This is potassium nitrate.</p> + +<p><b>Platinum Chloride</b>, 2HCl.PtCl<sub>4</sub>. (In the crystallised form it has +6H<sub>2</sub>O).—It may be made as follows:—Take 5 grams of clean platinum +scrap and dissolve in a flask at a gentle heat in 50 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid with the occasional addition of some nitric acid; +evaporate to a paste; and then dissolve in 100 c.c. of water. It is used +for separating and determining potassium.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Phenolphthalein</b> is an organic compound used as an indicator; more +especially in determining the weaker acids, it cannot be used in the +presence of ammonia. Dissolve half a gram in 100 c.c. of dilute alcohol.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Bicarbonate</b>, KHCO<sub>3</sub>.—It may be purchased pure; on +ignition it leaves the carbonate, K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>, which may be used as a +standard.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Cyanide</b>, KCN.—It is used in the dry assay as a reducing +agent. The commercial salt is very impure. Purchase that sold as +potassic cyanide (gold) which contains about 95 per cent. of KCN. It is +used for copper assaying and occasionally in separation. Make a 10 per +cent. solution when wanted.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Bichromate</b>, K<sub>2</sub>Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>. It may be purchased nearly +pure. It is used as an oxidising agent, for determining iron; and as a +test solution. For this last purpose a 10 per cent. solution is +prepared.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Chlorate</b> (KClO<sub>3</sub>) can be purchased pure. It is used with +hydrochloric acid as a substitute for aqua regia.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Ferrocyanide</b> (K<sub>4</sub>Fe(CN)<sub>6</sub>.3H<sub>2</sub>O), or "yellow prussiate +of potash," is used as a test; as an indicator; and for the +determination of zinc. Make a 5 per cent. solution.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Ferricyanide</b> (K<sub>6</sub>Fe<sub>2</sub>(CN)<sub>12</sub>), or "red prussiate of +potash," is used for testing; and as an indicator. Make a 5 per cent. +solution when wanted, as it decomposes on keeping.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Hydrate</b>, KHO. Purchase that purified with alcohol. It is an +alkali, and is used for absorbing carbonic acid, &c.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Iodide</b>, KI. It may be purchased nearly pure. It is used as a +test and for dissolving iodine. It should be used in a 10 per cent. +solution freshly made. The solution decomposes on exposure to light, +with separation of iodine.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Nitrate</b> (KNO<sub>3</sub>) can be purchased pure. It is used in the +dry way as an oxidizing agent. It is very fusible. It decomposes at a +low temperature into potassium nitrite (KNO<sub>2</sub>) and free oxygen; and at +a higher temperature leaves potash (K<sub>2</sub>O). It oxidizes sulphur and +carbon with explosive violence. This action may be moderated by mixing +the nitre with carbonate of soda, common salt, or some other inert body.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Nitrite</b>, KNO<sub>2</sub>.—The commercial article is not pure, but +is sufficiently so for the purpose required. A saturated solution is +used in the separation of cobalt; the solution is made when wanted.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Permanganate</b>, KMnO<sub>4</sub>.—This salt can be purchased +sufficiently pure. It is much used as an oxidizing agent.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Bisulphate</b> (KHSO<sub>4</sub>) is used as a dry reagent for opening +up minerals. It fuses; and at a much higher temperature<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> is converted +into potassium sulphate with loss of sulphuric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Potassium Sulphocyanate</b> (KCNS) is used for the detection and +determination of traces of ferric iron; as also in the separation of +silver and copper from some of the other metals. Make a 10 per cent. +solution. It should show no colour on the addition of hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>"<b>Red Lead</b>" (Pb<sub>3</sub>O<sub>4</sub>) is used in the dry assay as a flux instead of +litharge, from which it differs in containing a little more oxygen. When +acted on by nitric acid a brown residue of lead dioxide is left, nitrate +of lead going into solution. Like litharge it always carries silver; +about 2 milligrams in 100 grams.</p> + +<p><b>Silver</b>, Ag.—Pure silver in foil is required as a standard. It may be +prepared as follows:—Dissolve scrap silver in dilute nitric acid and +decant off from any residue; dilute the solution with hot water and add +hydrochloric acid until there is no further precipitate, stir; allow the +precipitate to settle; decant and wash; dry the precipitate, mix it with +twice its bulk of carbonate of soda and fuse the mixture in a crucible +until tranquil; clean the button and roll or hammer it into foil.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium Acetate</b>, NaC<sub>2</sub>H<sub>3</sub>O<sub>2</sub>.3H<sub>2</sub>O.—The crystals may be +purchased sufficiently pure. Make a 20 per cent. solution in water. It +is used for replacing mineral acids by acetic acid.<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p> + +<p><b>Sodium Acetate and Acetic Acid.</b>—A solution is used in the +determination of phosphates and arsenates; 100 grams of the salt is +dissolved in 500 c.c. of acetic acid, and diluted with water to one +litre.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium Bicarbonate</b> (NaHCO<sub>3</sub>)is used as a flux in dry methods. On +ignition it leaves the carbonate (Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>), which is used as a +standard reagent. Make a 20 per cent. solution of the carbonate for use. +It should be free from chlorides or sulphates, or if impure the amount +of impurities must be determined.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium Hydrate</b>, NaHO. It may be purchased in sticks, which should be +kept in a well-corked bottle. It is sometimes called "caustic soda." It +is a strong alkali. It is used for neutralizing acid solutions and for +separations where ammonia is unsuitable. Make a 5 per cent. solution for +use.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium Hyposulphite</b>, Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>8</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O.—It may be purchased +pure. It is generally known as "hypo." It is used as a standard.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium Sulphite</b> (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>3</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O) is used as a reducing agent.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium Phosphate</b>, Na<sub>2</sub>HPO<sub>4</sub>.12H<sub>2</sub>O. The crystals may be +purchased pure, but they effloresce in dry air with loss of water.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> It +is used as a standard and for precipitating magnesia, &c. Make a 10 per +cent. solution.</p> + +<p><b>Stannous Chloride</b>, SnCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O.—The crystals are best purchased. +If kept dry and free from air they are fairly permanent. A solution is +made by dissolving 20 grams in 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and diluting +to 1 litre. The solution is not permanent. It is a strong reducing +agent, and is chiefly used in solution for this purpose.</p> + +<p><b>Tin</b>, Sn.—Grain tin should be purchased. It is not pure, but contains +99.5 per cent. of the metal. The chief impurity is copper. It can be +used as a standard. When acted on with hot hydrochloric acid it slowly +dissolves (more rapidly in contact with platinum) and forms stannous +chloride.</p> + +<p><b>Uranium Acetate</b>, UO<sub>2</sub>(C<sub>2</sub>H<sub>3</sub>O<sub>2</sub>)<sub>2</sub>.H<sub>2</sub>O.—It is best +purchased in crystals. The solution is used for the determination of +phosphates and arsenates. A solution of 3 per cent. strength is +occasionally used as an indicator.</p> + +<p><b>Uranium Nitrate</b>, UO<sub>2</sub>(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O.—This salt is very +soluble in water and is sometimes used instead of the acetate, which is +somewhat difficult to dissolve.</p> + +<p>"<b>Water</b>," H<sub>2</sub>O.—Spring or well water is sufficiently pure for most +purposes, 100 c.c. will leave a residue of from 10 to 30 milligrams, so +that where a salt has to be dissolved out, evaporated, and weighed it +should be replaced by distilled water. Rain water, melted snow, &c., +always leave less residue than spring water; but in other respects they +are often dirtier. Distilled water is best prepared in the office, a +glass or tin condenser being used.</p> + +<p><b>Zinc</b>, Zn.—It is sold in a granulated form or in sticks. It generally +contains over 1 per cent. of lead, with a little iron and arsenic. It is +used for separating metals from their solutions, and generally as a +reducing agent. For the preparation of hydrogen, and in most other +cases, scrap sheet zinc may be used.</p> + +<p><b>Zinc Oxide</b>, ZnO.—The commercial oxide sometimes contains carbonate.</p> + +<p><b>Zinc Sulphate</b>, ZnSO<sub>4</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O.—It is occasionally used as a +standard, and can be purchased nearly pure.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> 3HCl + HNO<sub>3</sub> = Cl<sub>2</sub> + NOCl + 2H<sub>2</sub>O.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> NaC<sub>2</sub>H<sub>3</sub>O<sub>2</sub> + HCl = H<sub>4</sub>C<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> + NaCl.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2> + +<h3>FORMULÆ, EQUATIONS, ETC.</h3> + + +<p>Formulæ and equations are a kind of short hand for expressing briefly +and in the language of the atomic theory the facts of chemical +composition and reaction. The convenience of this method of expressing +the facts justifies a short description of it here.</p> + +<p>On comparing the percentage composition of a series of compounds the +proportions in which the elements combine appears to be regulated by no +simple law. For example:</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Realgar.</td><td align='left'>Orpiment.</td><td align='left'>Mispickel.</td><td align='left'>Pyrites.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='left'>71.4</td><td align='left'>60.9</td><td align='left'>46.0</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='left'>28.6</td><td align='left'>39.1</td><td align='left'>19.6</td><td align='left'>53.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>34.4</td><td align='left'>46.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>100.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>But if in these examples the composition is calculated, not on 100 +parts, but on 107, 246, 163, and 120 parts respectively, evidence of a +simple law becomes apparent.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Realgar.</td><td align='left'>Orpiment.</td><td align='left'>Mispickel.</td><td align='left'>Pyrites.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='left'>75.0</td><td align='left'>150.0</td><td align='left'>75.0</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='left'>32.0</td><td align='left'>96.0</td><td align='left'>32.0</td><td align='left'>64.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>56.0</td><td align='left'>56.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>107.0</td><td align='left'>246.0</td><td align='left'>163.0</td><td align='left'>120.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will be seen that the proportion of arsenic is 75 or twice 75, that +of iron is 56, and that of sulphur 32 or some simple multiple of 32. The +series of examples might be extended indefinitely, and it would still be +found that the "combining proportions" held good. The number 75 is +spoken of as the "combining weight," or, more frequently, as the "atomic +weight" of arsenic. Similarly 56 is the atomic weight of iron, and 32 +the atomic weight of sulphur. The importance of this law of chemical +combination is altogether independent of the atomic theory; but this +theory furnishes the simplest explanation of the facts. According to it +a chemical compound is made up of exactly similar groups of particles. +The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> particles of each elementary substance are all alike, but differ +from those of other elements in weight. Ultimate particles are called +<i>atoms</i>, and the groups of atoms are called <i>molecules</i>. The atomic +weight of any particular element is the weight of its atom compared with +the weight of an atom of hydrogen. The atom of sulphur, for instance, is +32 times as heavy as the atom of hydrogen, and the atomic weight of +sulphur is 32. The <i>molecular weight</i> is the sum of the atomic weights +of the group. The molecule of pyrites contains two atoms of sulphur and +one of iron: on referring to the table of atomic weights it will be seen +that the atomic weights are—sulphur 32, and iron 56. The molecular +weight, therefore, is 32 + 32 + 56—that is, 120. The meaning of this +is, 120 parts by weight of iron pyrites contain 64 parts of sulphur and +56 parts of iron; and this is true whether the "parts by weight" be +grains or tons.</p> + +<p><i>The symbol or formula of an atom</i> is generally the initial letter or +letters of the Latin or English name of the substance. The atom of +hydrogen is written H, that of oxygen O, of sulphur S, of iron (ferrum) +Fe, and so on. A list of these symbols is given in the table of atomic +weights.</p> + +<p><i>The formula of a molecule</i> is obtained by placing together the symbols +of the contained atoms. Thus, Fe represents an atom of iron, S an atom +of sulphur, while FeS represents the molecule of sulphide of iron as +containing one atom of each element.</p> + +<p>When more than one atom of an element is present this is shown by +writing a figure under and after the symbol; thus, FeS<sub>2</sub> represents a +molecule with one atom of iron and two atoms of sulphur, Fe<sub>2</sub>S<sub>3</sub> +similarly shows one with two atoms of iron and three of sulphur. When a +group of atoms is enclosed in brackets, a figure after and under the +bracket multiplies all within it; for example, Pb(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub> is another +way of writing PbN<sub>2</sub>O<sub>6</sub>. Sometimes it is convenient to represent the +atoms of a molecule as divided into two or more groups; this may be done +by writing the formulæ of the groups, and separating each simple formula +by a full stop. Slaked lime, for instance, has the formula CaH<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub>; +or, as already explained, we may write it Ca(HO)<sub>2</sub>; or, if for +purposes of explanation we wished to look on it as lime (CaO) and water +(H<sub>2</sub>O), we could write it CaO.H<sub>2</sub>O. A plus sign (+) has a different +meaning; CaO + H<sub>2</sub>O indicates quantities of two substances, water and +lime, which are separate from each other. The sign of equality (=) is +generally used to separate a statement of the reagents used from another +statement of the products of the reaction; it may be translated into the +word "yields" or "becomes." The two statements form an equation.</p> + +<p>Ignoring the quantitative relation, the meaning of the equation<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> CaO + +H<sub>2</sub>O = CaO.H<sub>2</sub>O is: "lime and water yield slaked lime." By referring +to a table of atomic weights we can elicit the quantitative relations +thus:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>CaO</td><td align='center'>+</td><td align='center'>H<sub>2</sub>O</td><td align='center'>=</td><td align='center'>CaH<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>↓</td><td align='left'></td><td align='center'>↓</td><td align='left'></td><td align='center'>↓</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>Ca = 40</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>H<sub>2</sub> = 2</td><td align='center'> = 1×2</td><td align='right'>Ca = 40</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>O = 16</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>O = 16</td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>H<sub>2</sub> = 2</td><td align='center'> = 1×2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>——</td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>——</td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>O<sub>2</sub> = 32</td><td align='center'> = 16×2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>56</td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>18</td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>74</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + + +<p>Or, putting it in words, 56 parts of lime combine with 18 parts of water +to form 74 parts of slaked lime. This equation enables one to answer +such a question as this:—How much lime must be used to produce 1 cwt. +of slaked lime? for, if 74 lbs. of slaked lime require 56 lbs. of lime, +112 lbs. will require (56 × 112)/74, or about 84-3/4 lbs.</p> + +<p>As another example having a closer bearing on assaying take the +following question:—"In order to assay 5 grams of 'black tin' (SnO<sub>2</sub>) +by the cyanide process, how much potassic cyanide (KCN) will be +required?" The reaction is</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>SnO<sub>2</sub></td><td align='left'>+</td><td align='left'>2KCN</td><td align='left'>= Sn + 2KCNO</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>↓</td><td align='left'></td><td align='center'>↓</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>Sn = 118</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>K = 39</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>O<sub>2</sub> = 32</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>C = 12</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>——</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>N = 14</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>150</td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>65</td><td align='left'>×2 = 130</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>What is sought for here is the relation between the quantities of +SnO<sub>2</sub> and KCN. Note that a figure before a formula multiplies all that +follows up to the next stop or plus or equality sign. The question is +now resolved to this: if 150 grams of oxide of tin require 130 grams of +cyanide, how much will 5 grams require?</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">150 : 130 :: 5 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11.5em;"><i>x</i> = 4.33 grams.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>A problem of frequent occurrence is to find the percentage composition +of a substance when its formula has been given. For example: "What +percentage of iron is contained in a mineral having the formula +2Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.3H<sub>2</sub>O?" Bringing this formula together we have +Fe<sub>4</sub>H<sub>6</sub>O<sub>9</sub>. Find the molecular weight.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Fe<sub>4</sub></td><td align='right'>= 224</td><td align='left'>= 56×4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>H<sub>6</sub></td><td align='right'>= 6</td><td align='left'>= 1×6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>O<sub>9</sub></td><td align='right'>= 144</td><td align='left'>= 16×9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>374</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p> + +<p>Then we get: 374 parts of the mineral contain 224 of iron. How much will +100 contain?</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">374 : 224 :: 100 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 12em;"><i>x</i> = 59.89.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>And the answer to the question is 59.89 per cent.</p> + +<p>Again, suppose the question is of this kind:—"How much crystallised +copper sulphate (CuSO<sub>4</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) will be required to make 2 litres of +a solution, 1 c.c. of which shall contain 0.0010 gram of copper?"</p> + +<p>A litre is 1000 c.c., so, therefore, 2 litres of the solution must +contain 0.001 gram × 2000, or 2 grams. How much crystallised copper +sulphate will contain this amount of metal?</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Cu</td><td align='right'>= 63.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>S</td><td align='right'>= 32.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>O<sub>4</sub></td><td align='right'>= 64.0</td><td align='left'>= 16×4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5H<sub>2</sub>O</td><td align='right'> = 90.0</td><td align='left'>= 18×5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>249.3</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>If 63.3 grams of copper are contained in 249.3 grams of sulphate, in how +much is 2 grams contained.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">63.3 : 249.3 :: 2 grams : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 16em;"><i>x</i> = 7.8769 grams.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The answer is, 7.8769 grams must be taken.</p> + +<p>As a sample of another class of problem similar in nature to the last +(but a little more complicated) take the following:—"What weight of +permanganate of potash must be taken to make 2 litres of a solution, 100 +c.c. of which shall be equivalent to 1 gram of iron?" In the first place +the 2 litres must be equivalent to 20 grams of iron, for there are 20 × +100 c.c. in two litres. In the titration of iron by permanganate +solution there are two reactions. First in dissolving the iron</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Fe + H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = FeSO<sub>4</sub> + H<sub>2</sub></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">↓</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">56</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>and second, in the actual titration,</p> + +<p> +10FeSO<sub>4</sub> + 2KMnO<sub>4</sub> + 9H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>= 2MnSO<sub>4</sub> + 5Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub> + 2KHSO<sub>4</sub> + 8H<sub>2</sub>O<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7.5em;">↓</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6.5em;">K = 39</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">Mn = 55</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6.5em;">O<sub>4</sub>= 64</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9em;">——</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9em;">158 × 2 = 316</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>As before, attention is confined to the two substances under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> +consideration—viz., Fe and KMnO<sub>4</sub>. In the second equation, we find +316 parts of the permanganate are required for 10 molecules of FeSO<sub>4</sub>; +and in the first equation 56 parts of iron are equivalent to one +molecule of FeSO<sub>4</sub>, therefore 560 of iron are equivalent to 316 of +permanganate; and the question is, How much of the permanganate will be +equivalent to 20 grams of iron?</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">560 : 316 :: 20 grams : <i>x</i>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 10.5em;"><i>x</i> = 11.286 grams.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The answer is 11.286 grams.</p> + +<p>Very similar to this last problem is the question suggested under the +head "Indirect Titration" (p. 43). "If 100 c.c. of the standard +permanganate solution are equivalent to 1 gram of iron, how much +peroxide of manganese will they be equivalent to?" The equation for +dissolving the iron is already given; the second equation is</p> + +<p> +2FeSO<sub>4</sub> + MnO<sub>2</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>2</sub> + MnSO<sub>4</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>O<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 7em;">↓</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 5.5em;">Mn = 55</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 5.5em;">O<sub>2</sub> = 32</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">——</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">87</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>It will be seen that 87 grams of peroxide of manganese are equivalent to +112 grams of iron. How much then is equivalent to 1 gram of iron?</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">112 : 87 :: 1 gram : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 10em;"><i>x</i> = 0.7767 gram.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>It is sometimes convenient to calculate the formula of a substance from +its analysis. The method of calculating is shown by the following +example. Required the formula of a mineral which gave the following +figures on analysis:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Cupric oxide (CuO)</td><td align='right'>10.58</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous oxide (FeO)</td><td align='right'>15.69</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc oxide (ZnO)</td><td align='right'>0.35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide (SO<sub>2</sub>)</td><td align='right'>28.82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water (H<sub>2</sub>O)</td><td align='right'>44.71</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>——————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>100.15</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>First find the molecular weights of CuO, FeO, &c., and divide the +corresponding percentages by these figures. Thus, CuO = 63.3+16 = 79.3 +and 10.58 divided by 79.3 gives 0.1334. Similarly FeO = 56+16 = 72 and +15.69 divided by 72 gives 0.2179. Treated in the same way the oxide of +zinc, sulphuric oxide and water give as results 0.0043, 0.3602 and +2.484.</p> + +<p>Classify the results as follows:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bases. </td><td align='left'>Acids. </td><td align='left'>Water. </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>CuO 0.1334 </td><td align='left'>SO<sub>3</sub> 0.3602 </td><td align='left'>H<sub>2</sub>O 2.484 </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>FeO 0.2179 </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>ZnO 0.0043</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>—————————— </td><td align='left'>—————————— </td><td align='left'>——————————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> RO 0.3556 </td><td align='left'>RO<sub>3</sub> 0.3602 </td><td align='left'>R<sub>2</sub>O 2.484</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The figures 0.3556, 0.3602 and 2.484 should be then divided by the +lowest of them—<i>i.e.</i>, 0.3556; or where, as in this case, two of the +figures are very near each other the mean of these may be taken—<i>i.e.</i>, +0.3579. Whichever is taken the figures got will be approximately 1, 1 +and 7. The formula is then RO.SO<sub>3</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O in which R is nearly 2/5ths +copper, 3/5ths iron and a little zinc.</p> + +<p>This formula requires the following percentage composition, which for +the sake of comparison is placed side by side with the actual results.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>Calculated.</td><td align='right'>Found.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cupric oxide</td><td align='right'>11.29</td><td align='right'>10.58</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous oxide</td><td align='right'>15.37</td><td align='right'>15.69</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc oxide</td><td align='right'>nil</td><td align='right'>0.35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='right'>28.47</td><td align='right'>28.82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='right'>44.84</td><td align='right'>44.71</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>99.97</td><td align='right'>100.15</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Trimming the results of an analysis to make them fit in more closely +with the calculations from the formula would be foolish as well as +dishonest. There can be no doubt that the actual analytical results +represent the composition of the specimen much more closely than the +formula does; although perhaps other specimens of the same mineral would +yield results which would group themselves better around the calculated +results than around those of the first specimen analysed. It must be +remembered that substances are rarely found pure either in nature or in +the arts; so that in most cases the formula only gives an approximation +to the truth. In the case of hydrated salts there is generally a +difficulty in getting the salt with exactly the right proportion of +water.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>The following calculations may be made:—</p> + +<p> +1. Calculate standards in the following cases—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Silver taken, 1.003 gram. Standard salt used, 100.15 c.c.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) Iron taken, 0.7 gram. Bichromate used, 69.6 c.c.</span><br /> +<br /> +2. Calculate percentages:—<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>a</i>) Ore taken, 1 gram. Solution used, 65.2 c.c. Standard, 0.987 gram.</span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>b</i>) Ore taken, 1 gram. Barium sulphate got, 1.432 gram. Barium +sulphate contains 13.73 per cent. of sulphur, and the percentage +of sulphur in the ore is wanted.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(<i>c</i>) Barium sulphate is BaSO<sub>4</sub>. Calculate the percentage of sulphur +it contains, for use in the preceding question.</span><br /> +<br /> +3. A method of estimating the quantity of peroxide in a manganese ore +is based on the following reactions:—<br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">(1) MnO<sub>2</sub> + 4HCl = MnCl<sub>2</sub> + Cl<sub>2</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>O.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">(2) Cl + KI = KCl + I.</span><br /> +<br /> +To how much MnO<sub>2</sub> is 1 gram of Iodine (I) equivalent?<br /> +<br /> +4. A mineral has the following composition:—<br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Carbonic acid (CO<sub>2</sub>) 19.09</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Copper oxide (CuO) 71.46</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Water (H<sub>2</sub>O) 9.02</span><br /> +<br /> +What is its formula?<br /> +<br /> +5. How much copper is contained in 1.5 gram of crystallized copper sulphate +(CuSO<sub>4</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O)? How much of these crystals must be taken +to give 0.4 gram of copper?<br /> +<br /> +6. How much ferrous sulphate crystals (FeSO<sub>4</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O) must be taken to +yield 2 litres of a solution, 100 c.c. of which shall contain 0.56 +gram of iron?<br /> +<br /> +7. Galena is PbS, and hæmatite Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>. What percentages of metal do +these minerals contain?<br /> +</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<h3>SPECIFIC GRAVITY.</h3> + + +<p>The relation of the weight of a substance to its volume should be kept +in mind in all cases where both weight and volume are dealt with. +Students are apt to imagine that on mixing equal volumes of, say, +sulphuric acid and water, an acid of half the strength must be obtained. +If the statement of strength is in parts by weight this will lead to +considerable error. For example, 100 c.c. of sulphuric acid containing +98 per cent. by weight of real acid, will, if diluted with 100 c.c. of +water, yield a solution containing not 49 per cent. by weight, but about +63.5 per cent. of the acid. The reason is this: the 100 c.c. of +sulphuric acid weighs 184 grams, and contains 180.32 grams of real acid, +while the 100 c.c. of water weighs only 100 grams; the mixed water and +acid weighs 284 grams, and contains 180.32 of real acid, which is +equivalent to nearly 63.5 per cent. by weight. If, however, the method +of statement be volumetric, it would be correct to say that doubling the +volume halves the strength: if 100 c.c. of brine contains 10 grams of +salt, and is diluted with water to 200 c.c., it would be of one-half the +former strength, that is, 100 c.c. of the solution would contain 5 grams +of salt.</p> + +<p>This confusion is avoided by always stating the strengths as so many +grams or "c.c." in 100 c.c. of the liquid. But obviously it would be +advantageous to be able to determine quickly the weight of any +particular substance corresponding to 1 c.c. or some other given volume. +Moreover, in descriptions of processes the strengths of acids and +solutions are frequently defined neither by their gravimetric nor +volumetric composition, but by a statement either of specific gravity or +of the degrees registered by Twaddell's or Beaumé's hydrometer. Thus, in +the description of the process of gold parting, one writer gives: "The +acid should be of 1.2 specific gravity"; and another says: "The acid +must not be stronger than 32° Beaumé."</p> + +<p>These considerations justify an account of the subject in such a work as +this. And on other grounds the determination of a specific<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> gravity is +one of the operations with which an assayer should be familiar.</p> + +<p>The meaning of "specific gravity" is present in the mind of every one +who uses the sentence "lead is heavier than water." This is meaningless +except some such phrase as "bulk for bulk" be added. Make the sentence +quantitative by saying: "bulk for bulk lead is 11.36 times heavier than +water," and one has the exact meaning of: "the specific gravity of lead +is 11.36." A table of the specific gravities of liquids and solids shows +how many times heavier the substances are than water.</p> + +<p>It is better, however, to look upon the specific gravity (written +shortly, sp. g.) as the weight of a substance divided by its volume. In +the metric system, 1 c.c. of water at 4° C. weighs with sufficient +exactness 1 gram; consequently, the sp. g., which states how many times +heavier than water the substance is, also expresses the weight in grams +of one c.c. of it. So that if a 100 c.c. flask of nitric acid weighs, +after the weight of the flask has been deducted, 120 grams, 1 c.c. of +the acid weighs 1.2 gram, and the sp. g. is 1.2. The specific gravity, +then, may be determined by dividing the weight of a substance in grams +by its volume in c.c.; but it is more convenient in practice to +determine it by dividing <i>the weight of the substance by the weight of +an equal volume of water</i>. And since the volumes of all substances, +water included, vary with the temperature, the temperature at which the +sp. g. is determined should be recorded. Even then there is room for +ambiguity to the extent that such a statement as the following, "the +specific gravity of the substance at 50° C. is 0.9010," may mean when +compared with water at 50° C. or 4° C., or even 15.5° C. For practical +purposes it should mean the first of these, for in the actual +experiments the water and the substance are compared at the same +temperature, and it is well to give the statement of results without any +superfluous calculation. In the metric system the standard temperature +is 4° C., for it is at this point that 1 c.c. of water weighs exactly 1 +gram. In England, the standard temperature is 60° F. (15.5° C.), which +is supposed to be an average temperature of the balance-room. The +convenience of the English standard, however, is merely apparent; it +demands warming sometimes and sometimes cooling. For most purposes it is +more convenient to select a temperature sufficiently high to avoid the +necessity of cooling at any time. Warming to the required temperature +gives very little trouble.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Specific Gravity.</b>—There is a quick and easy method +of determining the density or sp. g. of a liquid, based upon the fact +that a floating body is buoyed up more by a heavy liquid than by a light +one. The method is more remarkable for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> speed than accuracy, but still +is sufficiently exact. The piece of apparatus used for the purpose is +endowed with a variety of names—sp. g. spindle, hydrometer, areometer, +salimeter, alcoholimeter, lactometer, and so on, according to the +special liquid upon which it is intended to be used. It consists of a +float with a sinker at one end and a graduated tube or rod at the other. +It is made of metal or glass. Generally two are required, one for +liquids ranging in sp. g. from 1.000 to 2.000, and another, which will +indicate a sp. g. between 0.700 and 1.000. The range depends on the size +of the instrument. For special work, in which variations within narrow +limits are to be determined, more delicate instruments with a narrower +range are made.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 228px;"> +<img src="images/fig034.jpg" width="228" height="450" alt="Fig. 34." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>In using a hydrometer, the liquid to be tested is placed in a cylinder +(fig. 34) tall enough to allow the instrument to float, and not too +narrow. The temperature is taken, and the hydrometer is immersed in the +fluid. The mark on the hydrometer stem, level with the surface of the +liquid, is read off. With transparent liquids it is best to read the +mark under and over the water surface and take the mean.</p> + +<p>The graduation of hydrometers is not made to any uniform system. Those +marked in degrees Baumé or Twaddell, or according to specific gravity, +are most commonly used. The degrees on Baumé's hydrometer agree among +themselves in being at equal distances along the stem; but they are +proportional neither to the specific gravity, nor to the percentage of +salt in the solution. They may be converted into an ordinary statement +of specific gravity by the following formulæ:—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Sp. g. = 144.3/(144.3-degrees Baumé.)</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>or putting the rule in words, subtract the degrees Baumé from 144.3, and +divide 144.3 with the number thus obtained. For example: 32° Baumé +equals a sp. g. of 1.285.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">144.3/(144.3-32) = 144.3/(112.3) = 1.285</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>This rule is for liquids heavier than water; for the lighter liquids the +rule is as follows:—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Sp. g. = 146/(136 + degrees Baumé.)</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>or in words divide 146 by the number of degrees Baumé added<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> to 136. For +example: ammonia of 30° Beaumé has a sp. g. of 0.880 (nearly).</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">146/(136+30) = 146/166 = 0.8795</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>A simple series of calculations enables one to convert a Beaumé +hydrometer into one showing the actual sp. g. Graduation, according to +sp. g. is the most convenient for general purposes. In these instruments +the distances between the divisions become less as the densities +increase.</p> + +<p>Twaddell's hydrometer is graduated in this way: Each degree Twaddell is +0.005 in excess of unity. To convert into sp. g. multiply the degrees +Twaddell by 0.005, and add 1. For example: 25° Twaddell equals a sp. g. +of 1.125.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">25×.005 = 0.125; + 1.000 = 1.125.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>There is a practice which ignores the decimal point and speaks of a sp. +g. of 1125 instead of 1.125. In some cases it is convenient, and +inasmuch as no substance has a real sp. g. of much over 20, it can lead +to no confusion. The figures expressed in this way represent the weight +of a litre in grams.</p> + +<p>Some hydrometers are graduated so as to show at a glance the percentage +composition of the liquid they are intended to be used with. Gay-Lussac +designed one to show the alcoholic strength of mixtures of alcohol and +water; the construction of others upon the same principle is easy and +perhaps useful. But when the principle is applied to complex liquids and +mixed solutions, it is misleading.</p> + +<p>The various methods of graduation ought all to give place to one showing +a simple statement of the sp. g.</p> + +<p>The method of determining sp. g. with the hydrometer is obviously +inapplicable to the case of solids, and in the case of liquids it should +not be used where exact figures are required. There are several other +methods which may be used, but on the whole those with the specific +gravity bottle are most convenient.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 114px;"> +<img src="images/fig035.jpg" width="114" height="300" alt="Fig. 35." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>The specific gravity bottle</b> (fig. 35) is a light flask of about 25 +c.c. capacity, provided with a well-fitting perforated stopper. It is +essentially a graduated flask, which measures a constant volume, but it +does not much matter what the volume is.</p> + +<p><i>In taking the sp. g. of a liquid</i> (<i>or, what is the same thing, a fused +solid</i>) there is wanted the weights (1) of the flaskful of water and (2) +of the flaskful of the liquid. Dividing the second by the first gives +the required sp. g. The actual weighings required are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>—</p> + +<p> +(1) of the dry and empty flask,<br /> +<br /> +(2) of the flask filled with water, and<br /> +<br /> +(3) of the flask filled with the liquid.<br /> +</p> + +<p>The weighing of the flask once made need not be often repeated. It is +well to do so now and then for safety's sake; but one weighing will +serve for a large number of determinations. The same remarks apply to +the weighing of the bottle filled with water. The bottle is dried by +rinsing out first with alcohol and afterwards with ether; ether is very +volatile, and a short exposure in a warm place will soon drive off the +little remaining about the sides. The ether vapour should be sucked out +through a glass tube. See that the bore of the stopper is dry as well as +the bottle. Let the dry bottle stand in the box of the balance for a +minute or two before weighing. The weight is, strictly speaking, not +that of the empty bottle, but of the bottle filled with air. The empty +bottle would weigh from 20 to 30 milligrams less. Correcting for this +would, in most cases, only make a difference in the fourth place of +decimals,<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> so that it is better to ignore the error.</p> + +<p>The weight of the flask filled with water is got by filling it with +distilled water, and inserting the stopper. The excess of water will +overflow at the margin and through the bore. The bottle is wiped with a +soft, dry cloth, taking care not to squeeze or warm the bottle. The +bottle will remain filled to the top of the stopper. It is allowed to +stand in the balance box for a minute or two, and then weighed.</p> + +<p>Distilled water, as stated, should be used; the use of ordinary water +may increase the weight by 5 or 6 milligrams. Many waters, if they have +not previously been boiled, give off bubbles of air which render the +weighing worthless.</p> + +<p>The temperature of the water is of greater importance; lowering the +temperature 2° will increase the weight by 10 or 12 milligrams. A beaker +of water may be warmed or cooled to the required temperature; then the +bottle is filled from it, and quickly weighed. If the balance-room is +cooler than the water, the latter will draw back into the bottle, and a +few small bubbles of air will enter; but even in extreme cases this will +only increase the weight by a very small fraction of a milligram. There +is more trouble caused when the room is warmer, for the liquid then +expands and protrudes as a drop resting on the top of the stopper.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> +There will in this case be loss by evaporation, which in the case of the +more volatile liquids, such as alcohol, is serious. To prevent this +loss, as well as any that may arise by overflow, the stopper should be +dilated above into a small cup, A (fig. 36), which may itself be +stoppered. In a bottle of this kind the neck of the stopper is +graduated, and the bottle is considered full when the liquid stands at +the level of the mark in the neck. On inserting the stopper, the liquid +rises into the cup, and is reduced to the level of the mark by +absorption with pieces of filter-paper.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 126px;"> +<img src="images/fig036.jpg" width="126" height="300" alt="Fig. 36." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>For most purposes, however, there is no need for cooling and allowing +room for subsequent expansion. The assayer, as a rule, can select his +own standard temperature, and may choose one which will always +necessitate warming. It will be handier in this case to have a bottle +with a thermometer stopper. Of the two types shown in fig. 37, that with +the external thermometer tube (A) is more generally useful.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 171px;"> +<img src="images/fig037.jpg" width="171" height="300" alt="Fig. 37." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The bottle is filled at a lower temperature, and is then gently warmed +so as to slowly raise the temperature to the required degree. The +superfluous liquid is then at once wiped off, and the bottle cooled and +weighed.</p> + +<p>The weight of the flask filled with the liquid whose sp. g. has to be +determined is ascertained in a similar way. Of course the temperature +must be the same. If the liquid does not mix with water, the bottle +should be dried before filling, but otherwise the flask need only be +rinsed out two or three times with the liquid.</p> + +<p>Having obtained the three weighings, deduct the weight of the bottle +from each of the others to get the weights of the water and liquid +respectively. Divide the latter by the former, the result shows the sp. +g. As an example, take the following, in which a rather large sp. g. +bottle was used:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1. Weight of bottle</td><td align='left'>39.299</td><td align='left'> gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2. Weight of bottle and water</td><td align='left'>81.884</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3. Weight of bottle and paraffin</td><td align='left'>73.146</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>By subtracting 1 from 2 and 3 the result is as follows:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>81.884</td><td align='left'>grams</td><td align='left'>73.146</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>39.299</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>39.299</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>——————</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>——————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>42.585</td><td align='left'>of water.</td><td align='left'>33.847</td><td align='left'>of paraffin.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Divide the weight of the paraffin by that of the water—</p> + +<p> +42.585)33.8470(0.7948<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">29.8095</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">——————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">.......</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The sp. g. of the paraffin is 0.7948.</p> + +<p><i>The sp. g. of a fusible solid</i> may be obtained in the same way at a +temperature some degrees above its fusing point.</p> + +<p><i>The sp. g. of a solid in powder or gravel sufficiently fine to pass +through the neck of the bottle</i> is easily determined. If the bottle +filled with water weighs 50 grams, and there is placed on the pan +alongside of it 20 grams of a sand, the weight of the two together will +of course be 70 grams. But if the sand is put in the bottle, it +evidently displaces its own bulk of water; and if, on again weighing, +the weight is found to be 62 instead of 70 grams, it is because the 20 +grams of sand has displaced 8 grams of water. Bulk for bulk, the sand is +2-1/2 times as heavy.</p> + +<p>In practice, the weight of the bottle filled with water will probably be +already known; if not, it must be determined. A certain quantity, say 20 +grams, of the powdered substance is then transferred carefully to the +bottle. The bottle need not be dry inside, but its neck and outside must +be. In making this transference a careful worker will make no loss, and +the mode of working saves a little time. But it is better to weigh the +dry flask; put into it 10 to 20 grams of the powder, and weigh again. +The increase in weight gives accurately the weight of powder in the +bottle. About two-thirds fill the bottle with distilled water, and mix +with the powder by gentle shaking. Air bubbles will disentangle +themselves, and rise to the surface of the water. Wash back anything +adhering to the stopper with a jet of water, and fill the bottle almost +to overflowing. Allow it to stand for a minute or so; replace the +stopper; warm to the required temperature; take off the superfluous +moisture; wipe and weigh. As an example, take the following:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.</td><td align='left'>Weight</td><td align='left'>of</td><td align='left'>bottle</td><td align='left'>12.681</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>bottle filled with water</td><td align='left'>37.708</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>bottle with wolfram</td><td align='left'>40.821</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>bottle with wolfram and water</td><td align='left'>61.199</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p> + +<p>Subtract (1) from (3) to get the weight of wolfram taken:</p> + +<p> +40.821 grams<br /> +12.681 "<br /> +——————<br /> +28.140 "<br /> +</p> + +<p>add the weight of the wolfram to the weight of the bottle filled with +water:</p> + +<p> +28.140 grams<br /> +37.708 "<br /> +——————<br /> +65.848 "<br /> +</p> + +<p>subtract (4) from this to get the weight of water displaced:</p> + +<p> +65.848 grams<br /> +61.199 "<br /> +——————<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">4.649 "</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Divide the weight of the wolfram by the weight of the water displaced to +get sp. g.:</p> + +<p> +4.649)28.140(6.053<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">27.894</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">———————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">......</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><i>If the solid is soluble in water, or has a tendency to float</i>, some +liquid other than water is used. Paraffin oil or oil of turpentine will +do. The process is as follows:—The weight of the dry and empty bottle +having been determined, add a sufficiency of the substance and weigh +again to find how much has been added. Fill up with paraffin oil and +weigh again. Clean out the substance by rinsing with paraffin; fill up +and weigh. Calculate the sp. g. as if water had been used, and multiply +by the sp. g. of the paraffin.</p> + +<p>For example:</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.</td><td align='left'> Weight</td><td align='left'> of</td><td align='left'> bottle</td><td align='left'>39.299</td><td align='left'> grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'> bottle and nitre</td><td align='left'>57.830</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>bottle and paraffin</td><td align='left'>73.146</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4.</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'> bottle and paraffin and nitre</td><td align='left'>84.665</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5.</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'> bottle and water</td><td align='left'>81.884</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>First from (1),(3), and (5), calculate the sp. g. of the paraffin as +already shown. It will be 0.7948. Deduct (1) from (2) to get the weight +of the nitre:</p> + +<p> +57.830 grams<br /> +39.299 "<br /> +——————<br /> +18.531 "<br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span></p> + +<p>add this to (3):</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">18.531 grams</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">73.146 "</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">——————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">91.677 "</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>and deduct (4) to find the weight of the equal bulk of paraffin.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">91.677 grams</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">84.665 "</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">——————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9em;">7.012 "</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>divide the weight of the nitre by the weight of the paraffin:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 5.5em;">7.012)18.531(2.6427</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">——————</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8.5em;">......</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The sp. g., taking paraffin as the standard instead of water, is 2.6427. +Multiply this by the sp. g. of paraffin, 0.7948, and the result is +2.1004 as the sp. g. of nitre compared with water.</p> + +<p>Similarly, a sp. g. compared with water at say 50° C. can be converted +into one compared with water at standard temperature, by multiplying by +the sp. g. of water at 50° C. The following table gives the sp. g. of +water at various temperatures:—</p> + + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Degrees Centigrade.</td><td align='left'>Sp. G.</td><td align='left'>Degrees Centigrade.</td><td align='left'>Sp. G.</td><td align='left'>Degrees Centigrade.</td><td align='left'>Sp. G.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>4°</td><td align='left'>1.0000</td><td align='center'>20°</td><td align='left'>0.9982</td><td align='center'>40°</td><td align='left'>0.9923</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>10°</td><td align='left'>0.9997</td><td align='center'>25°</td><td align='left'>0.9971</td><td align='center'>50°</td><td align='left'>0.9881</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>15°</td><td align='left'>0.9991</td><td align='center'>30°</td><td align='left'>0.9957</td><td align='center'>100°</td><td align='left'>0.9586</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>If, for example, a substance at 50° C. has a sp. g. of 0.9010 as +compared with water at 50° C., it will have (compared with water at 4° +C.) a sp. g. of 0.9010 × 0.9881; or 0.8903. The figures 0.8903 represent +the sp. g. of the substance at 50° C. compared with water at 4° C. +Except in comparing the sp. gravities of the same substance at different +temperatures, a calculation of this kind serves no useful purpose.</p> + +<p><i>In taking the specific gravity of a solid not in powder</i>, a lump of it +is freed from loose particles and its exact weight determined. By means +of a horse hair with a slip knot it is suspended to the balance, and +beneath it is placed, out of contact with the balance pan, a beaker of +distilled water. The horse hair must be long enough to keep the mineral +well beneath the surface of the water so as to allow the balance to +vibrate. Air bubbles are removed by touching with a camel-hair pencil. +Whilst the mineral is suspended in water the weight is again taken. It +will weigh less than before, and the difference between the two +weighings gives<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> the weight of water (and consequently the volume) +displaced by the mineral. The weight in air divided by the difference is +the specific gravity. Thus</p> + +<p> +Weight in air 3.2170 grams<br /> +Weight in water 2.7050 "<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9em;">———</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Difference 0.5120 gram</span><br /> +<br /> +3.2170/0.5120 equals 6.28, the sp. g.<br /> +</p> + +<p>The sp. g. of a substance depends mainly on its composition, but is +affected by certain conditions. The effect of temperature has been +already considered. Air holes and empty spaces lessen the specific +gravity of otherwise solid bodies; and metals, which after fusion become +imperfect solids, have their density increased by hammering or rolling. +But metals when free from pores have their density diminished when +rolled, without annealing. The effects of these conditions are slight +when compared with those due to the presence of impurities.</p> + +<p>For simple substances, or mixtures of only two substances, a +determination of sp. g. is a sufficient check on the composition for +many practical purposes; and with more complex mixtures, such as slags +and some of the products of dressing operations in which the material +does not differ much in its nature from time to time, such a +determination will yield information of considerable value, and afford a +check upon the proper working of a process.</p> + +<p>When the mixing of two substances is accompanied by a change in volume, +the sp. g. of the mixture can only be learnt by experiment. But when the +substances have no such action on each other the resulting sp. g. can be +calculated. Some of these calculations have a practical interest as well +as an educational value. Students should practise them so as to become +familiar with the relations between weight and volume.</p> + +<p><i>When substances are mixed by volume</i>, the sp. g. of the mixture is the +mean of those of its constituents, and may be calculated in the usual +way for obtaining averages. 1 c.c. of a substance having a sp. g. of 1.4 +mixed with 1 c.c. of another having a sp. g. of 1.0 will yield 2 c.c. of +a substance having a sp. g. of 1.2. If, however, we write gram instead +of c.c. in the above statement, the resulting sp. g. will be 1.16. The +simplest plan is to remember that the sp. g. is the weight divided by +the volume (sp. g. = w/v) and the sp. g. of a mixture is the sum of the +weights divided by the sum of the volumes (sp. g. = (w + w' + w", +&c.)/(v + v' + v", &c.)). In the above example the sum of the volumes is +2 c.c.; the weights (got by multiplying each volume by its<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> +corresponding sp. g.) are 1.4 gram and 1 gram. The sum of the weights +divided by the sum of the volumes is 2.4/2 or 1.2.</p> + +<p>The sp. g. of a mixture of 10 c.c. of a substance having a sp. g. of +1.2, with 15 c.c. of another having a sp. g. of 1.5 may be thus found:—</p> + +<p> +sp. g. = (12+22.5)/(10+15) = 1.38<br /> +</p> + +<p>multiply each volume by its sp. g. to get its weight:</p> + +<p> +10×1.2 = 12 15×1.5 = 22.5<br /> +</p> + +<p>add these together (12+22.5 = 34.5) and divide by the sum of the volumes +(10+15 = 25):</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">25)34.5(1.38</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">25</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">—</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">95, &c.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The sp. g. will be 1.38, provided the mixture is not accompanied by any +change of volume.</p> + +<p>The same formula will serve when the proportion of the ingredients is +given by weight. A mixture of 4 parts by weight of galena (sp. g. 7.5) +with 5 parts of blende (sp. g. 4) will have a sp. g. of 5.06:</p> + +<p> +sp. g. = (4+5)/(0.53+1.25) = 9/1.78 = 5.06<br /> +</p> + +<p>It is necessary in this case to calculate the volumes of the galena and +of the blende, which is done by dividing the weights by the sp. +gravities: thus, 4 divided by 7.5 gives 0.53 and 5 divided by 4 gives +1.25.</p> + +<p>The converse problem is a little more difficult. Given the sp. g. of a +mixture and of each of the two ingredients, the percentage by weight of +the heavier ingredient may be ascertained by the following rule, which +is best expressed as a formula. There are three sp. gravities given; if +the highest be written H, the lowest L and that of the mixture M, then:</p> + +<p> +Percentage of heavier mineral = (100×H×(M-L))/(M×(H-L))<br /> +</p> + +<p>Suppose a sample of tailings has a sp. g. of 3.0, and is made up of +quartz (sp. g. 2.6) and pyrites (sp. g. 5.1): then the percentage of +pyrites is 27:</p> + +<p> +(100×5.1×(3-2.6))/(3×(5.1-2.6)) = (510×0.4)/(3×2.5) = 204/7.5 = 27.2<br /> +</p> + +<p>The same problem could be solved with the help of a little algebra by +the rule already given, as thus: the sp. g. of a mixture<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> equals the sum +of the <i>weights</i> of the constituents divided by the sum of the +<i>volumes</i>. Then 100 grams of the tailings with <i>x</i> per cent. of pyrites +contain 100-<i>x</i> per cent. of quartz. The sum of the weights is 100. The +volume of the pyrites is <i>x</i>/5.1 and of the quartz (100-<i>x</i>)/2.6.</p> + +<p>Then we have by the rule</p> + +<p> +3 = 100/((<i>x</i>/5.1)+(100-<i>x</i>)/2.6)<br /> +3 = 1326/(510-2.5<i>x</i>)<br /> +204 = 7.5<i>x</i><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">and <i>x</i> = 27.2</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>If the percentage (P) and sp. g. (H) of one constituent and the sp. g. +(M) of the mixture are known, the sp. g. of the other constituent may be +calculated by the following formula, in which <i>x</i> is the required sp. +g.:</p> + +<p> +<i>x</i> = ((100-P)×M×H)/((100×H)-(P×M))<br /> +</p> + +<p>For example, "tailings" (sp. g. 3.0) containing 27.2 per cent. of +pyrites (sp. g. 5.1) will contain (100-27.2), 72.8 per cent. of earthy +matter having a mean sp. g. of <i>x</i>:</p> + +<p> +<i>x</i> = ((100-27.2)×3×5.1)/((100×5.1)-(27.2×3))<br /> + = 1113.84/428.4 = 2.6<br /> +</p> + +<p>The differences in sp. g. corresponding to differences in strength have +been carefully determined and tabulated in the case of the stronger +acids and of many other liquids. Such tables are given at the end of +this book.</p> + +<p><i>To Calculate the Weight of a Measured Volume of Mineral or +Rock.</i>—Multiply the cubic feet by 62.4 and then multiply by the sp. g. +of the stuff, the answer gives the weight in pounds. For example, 100 +cubic feet of quartz weighs 100×62.4×2.6 = 16,224 lbs. The weight of any +mass of mineral of known extent and sp. g. is ascertained in this way.</p> + +<p>The following table gives the specific gravities of some of the commoner +minerals.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Barytes</td><td align='left'>4.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Blende</td><td align='left'>4.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Calcite</td><td align='left'>2.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cassiterite</td><td align='left'>6.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chalybite</td><td align='left'>3.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper pyrites</td><td align='left'>4.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fluor</td><td align='left'>3.1</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Galena</td><td align='left'>7.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Hæmatite</td><td align='left'>5.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mispickel</td><td align='left'>6.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Pyrites</td><td align='left'>5.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>2.6</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> The difference of 20 or 30 milligrams is disregarded here +because it detracts equally from the actual weight of the water and +liquid to be determined. If the liquid is a heavy one the difference +shows itself in the third or second place of decimals. The correction +may be made by deducting from the weight of the flask 0.0012 grams for +each gram of water it holds.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_II_THE_METALS" id="PART_II_THE_METALS"></a>PART II.—THE METALS.</h2> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2> + +<h3>SILVER, GOLD, CYANIDES, PLATINUM, MERCURY.</h3> + + +<h4>SILVER.</h4> + +<p>Silver is widely diffused, and has been found in most mining districts. +It occurs native in sufficient quantity to constitute one of the chief +ores of the metal. It also occurs combined with sulphur (as in +argentite), with sulphur and antimony (as in stephanite or brittle +silver ore, and in pyrargyrite or ruby silver), and with copper, +sulphur, antimony, and arsenic, as in polybasite. Chloride of silver +occurs native as horn silver or kerargyrite. Silver is found in the ores +of other metals, such as fahlerz, which sometimes contains from two to +ten per cent. of the metal, and galena, which is an important source of +it; in fact, galena is never found entirely free from silver. It is +present also in greater or less quantity in the ores of copper and zinc.</p> + +<p>Silver dissolves readily in nitric acid, forming silver nitrate. It only +forms one family of salts, and of these the chloride and nitrate are of +chief importance to the assayer. The formation of the chloride of silver +on the addition of hydrochloric acid or a soluble chloride to the nitric +acid solution, serves for the recognition and separation of silver. The +precipitated chloride is white (becoming violet on exposure to light), +insoluble in nitric acid, soluble in ammonia, hyposulphite of soda, or +concentrated solutions of chlorides. The best confirmatory test is made +by wrapping the precipitate in a little sheet lead, and cupelling, when +the silver will be left in the metallic state, and is easily recognized.</p> + +<p><b>Dry Assay.</b>—This assay is made up of two parts: (1) the concentration +of the silver in a button of lead; and (2) the cupellation of the +resulting alloy. The concentration of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> button of lead may be +effected either by scorification or by fusion in a crucible.</p> + +<p>The scorification assay is performed in a scorifier, which is a shallow +open-mouthed dish about 2-1/2 inches across, with a very thick bottom to +enable it to withstand the corrosive action of the slag. A charge of +more than 3 or 5 grams of the ore cannot be worked in one, and with such +small charges the unavoidable variations have a serious effect on the +figures reported. A difference of one milligram on the weight of the +button of silver got represents a difference of 6 or 10 ounces per ton. +With rich ores such variation is unavoidable under any conditions, and +the only safe plan is to take the mean of several assays. But with +poorer ores the accuracy of the assay, as well as convenience in +working, is much increased by working in a crucible with larger charges.</p> + +<p>In scorification the proportion of lead required for scorifying 1 gram +of ore is in average cases from 10 to 15 grams, sinking in the case of +galena to 2 grams, and rising with earthy and refractory substances to +from 30 to 40 grams. But by fusing in a crucible with well-selected +fluxes, a proportion of 4 of flux to 1 of ore is generally sufficient; +and not only is the proportion of added matter less, but it is also +easier to manipulate large quantities in crucibles, so that, although in +some cases the crucible assay is more troublesome and less satisfactory, +yet with poor and earthy ores it is the best method of dealing with +them; while when properly worked it yields results as accurate as +scorification does. As a general rule, if more than 5 grams of ore must +be taken, the crucible assay should be adopted.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig038.jpg" width="300" height="186" alt="Fig. 38." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Scorification Assay.</b>—The charge of ore is usually 3 grams, sometimes +5; the lead varies from 30 to 70 grams, and the quantity of soda, borax, +or powdered glass added varies from 0.3 to 3 or 4 grams. It is generally +recommended to have the lead granulated,<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> and to mix the ore with +about half of it in the scorifier; then to put on the rest of the lead; +and finally to sprinkle the borax or glass on the top. It answers just +as well, however, to use the lead in the shape of foil, and wrap the ore +up in it; and if the ore contains much sulphur, the borax may with +advantage be added (wrapped in a little tissue paper) some five or ten +minutes after the operation has started.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig039.jpg" width="450" height="96" alt="Fig. 39." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The process of scorification is as follows:—A scorifier (fig. 38) of +convenient size having been selected (one 2-1/2 inches across is most +generally useful), it is dried at a gentle heat for about ten minutes. +The charge is then put into it, and it is introduced, with the help of a +scorifier tongs (fig. 39), into a muffle heated considerably above +redness. The muffle is then closed, and when the metal has melted down, +it is opened, but the temperature is kept up. A ring of slag will, after +a time, form around the metal, and when this appearance (known as the +eye) presents itself, the temperature may be lowered. When the eye has +disappeared—that is, when the layer of slag has quite closed in—a +pinch of powdered culm wrapped in tissue paper is added. As soon as the +slag has again become tranquil, the scorifier is taken out, and its +contents are poured into a mould (fig. 40), the slag is detached, and +saved. If the button of metal weighs more than 30 grams, its size is +reduced by another scorification in the same scorifier, which should +have been replaced in the muffle immediately after the contents had been +poured out. If the ore is not a very rich one, the button of lead will +carry practically all the silver; but with rich ores it is more +satisfactory to save the slag, and subsequently to melt it down with the +cupel on which the lead has been treated, so as to recover the silver +lost in the slag, together with that absorbed in the cupel, at one +operation. Or, if the cupellation loss is neglected or calculated in +some other manner, the slag or slags from the scorifier may be powdered +and mixed with 20 grams of oxide of lead, 5 grams of borax, and 1 gram +of charcoal. This should be melted down in a small crucible, and the +resulting button of lead cupelled.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 485px;"> +<img src="images/fig040.jpg" width="485" height="286" alt="Fig. 40." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>If the scorification has been unsatisfactory, the quantity of silver +obtained from the slag will be by no means inconsiderable. The usual +explanation is that with sulphury ores compounds of metallic oxides and +sulphides (oxysulphides) are formed, which remain in the slag, retaining +considerable quantities of the precious metal. It is said that under +certain conditions such a slag may contain as much as 10 per cent. of +silver. An excess of lead and a high temperature prevents the formation +of these oxysulphides. But if much silver is present in the ore, the +slag cannot be safely<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> thrown away, even if sulphur is absent, and the +process has been satisfactorily performed.</p> + +<p>If the crust which appears on the surface of the lead does not clear, +add a small lump of borax and 20 grams more lead; then close the muffle, +and keep the temperature as high as possible. If the slag forms +properly, but shows unfused or only half-fused lumps, even when the +scorification has proceeded for some time, add more borax, and stir with +an iron rod. The slag adhering to the rod must be detached by hammering, +and replaced in the scorifier.</p> + +<p>If the ore consists largely of quartz, soda should be added instead of +borax; or, if it contains much copper, powdered quartz may be used. If +the scorifier at the end of an operation is more than usually corroded, +the borax should be replaced in subsequent assays on similar ores by +powdered glass or quartz.</p> + +<p>If a fairly fluid slag is formed which does not clear from the metal and +show the eye, more lead and a higher temperature is wanted.</p> + +<p>As a general rule, it may be stated that when a scorification is +unsatisfactory, what is wanted is more heat, more lead, or more borax.</p> + +<p>It is a safe plan when work has to be done on a strange ore, to make +three or four assays with varying quantities of lead. The proportion of +lead is right when a further addition does not yield a higher result. +The proper proportion having been found, a note of it should be made for +future use.</p> + + +<h4>POT ASSAYS.</h4> + +<p>The object of the fusion in a crucible, like that of scorification, is +to concentrate the silver in a button of lead which is to be +subsequently cupelled; and to retain the earthy and waste matters in the +slag. It is necessary to consider the quality of the slag and the weight +and quality of the lead. The slag when fused should be liquid and +homogeneous, and not too corrosive on the crucible. The button of lead +should be soft, malleable, and free from a coating of regulus.<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> In +weight it should not differ much from the ore taken. With 20 grams of +ore, for example, a button of lead weighing from 18 to 25 grams will be +satisfactory: less than this would leave an undue proportion of silver +in the slag; and more would be unnecessarily large for cupelling, and +would increase the loss in that operation.</p> + +<p>With average ores, take 20 grams of the powdered ore and mix with 30 +grams of "soda," 40 grams of red-lead or litharge, 5 grams of borax, and +from 2 to 2.5 grams of flour, and place in an E crucible<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span> (Battersea +round). Put these in the furnace at a red heat, cover the crucible, and +gradually raise the temperature until the whole charge has melted down +and is in a state of tranquil fusion. Pour into a mould, and replace the +crucible in the furnace. As soon as the lead is solid, detach the slag +and put it back into the crucible; and when it is again fluid, charge on +to it with a copper scoop a mixture of 20 grams of oxide of lead, and 1 +gram of charcoal: when fusion has again become tranquil, pour and detach +the button of lead. The lead buttons should be hammered into discs with +rounded edges, and be freed from slag; if too big for a cupel they may +be scorified together in a small scorifier, but it is better to cupel +them separately.</p> + +<p><b>Ores containing Metallic Oxides.</b>—Peroxides of iron, manganese, and +copper interfere by counteracting the effect of the charcoal or flour, +and thus reducing the size of the lead button. Peroxide of iron will +reduce the weight of lead by a little more than its own weight; and +peroxide of manganese has about twice this effect. When these oxides are +present an additional quantity of flour must be used, and precautions +must be taken to prevent reoxidation of the slag by the furnace gases. +This may best be prevented by using a layer of common salt as a cover to +the charge. When the ores contain a good deal of quartz or stony matter, +the fluxes just given (for average ores) will do; but the proportion of +soda should be diminished, and that of the borax, oxide of lead, and +flour increased as the quantity of metallic oxides become greater. If +the ore contains practically no quartz, the soda may be altogether +omitted, and some glass or powdered quartz added. The following charge +may be taken as an example: weigh up 20 grams of the powdered ore, 15 +grams each of "soda" and borax, 60 grams of oxide of lead, and 5 grams +of flour. Mix and place them in an E crucible, and cover with a layer of +from a quarter to half an inch of common salt. Place in the furnace as +before. The salt will give off a considerable amount of fume, which +will, to a certain extent, conceal the state of the charge: when the +crucible has been in the furnace for about 25 minutes remove it and pour +out the contents immediately. With ores that produce a thick slag the +addition of 5 grams of fluor spar will be an advantage. It may happen +that with an unknown ore the first assay will be more or less +unsatisfactory: but from it the necessity for adding more or less flour +will be learnt, and a second assay, with the necessary modification of +the charge, should give a good result.</p> + +<p><b>Ores containing much Sulphides.</b>—Ores of this class may be easily +recognized, either by the appearance of the minerals they contain or by +the odour of sulphurous oxide (SO<sub>2</sub>) which they evolve when roasted on +a spatula. The sulphides most commonly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> present, in addition to the +sulphurized minerals of silver, are pyrites, galena, blende, and +mispickel. When they are present in only a moderate amount, their effect +is simply to increase the weight of the button of lead; and this is +easily counteracted by reducing the amount of flour, or by omitting it. +When in larger amounts, they not only yield large buttons, but also +render the metal sulphury, sometimes even giving a button of regulus +instead of lead. This last evil may be remedied (1) by putting in a rod +of iron as soon as the charge has fused, or (2) it may be counteracted +by a proper addition of nitre, or (3) when the sulphides present are +only those of iron or copper the sulphur may be removed by calcining, +and the ore converted into one of the class containing metallic oxides. +The calcination is effected as follows:—Weigh up 20 grams of the +powdered ore and place it in a wide-mouthed crucible sufficiently large +to perform the subsequent melting down in. The roasting must be done at +a gentle heat at first, so as to avoid clotting: the mouth of the +crucible should project considerably above the coke, and should slope +forward towards the worker. The charge must be occasionally stirred with +the stirrer (fig. 10) so as to expose fresh surfaces to the action of +the air, and to prevent adhesion to the sides of the crucible. The +stirrer should not be removed till the calcination is finished. The +temperature should be raised at the end to a good red heat; and (to +ensure the decomposition of any sulphate that may be formed) the roasted +ore should be rubbed up in a mortar with a pinch of anthracite, and +again calcined. It is then mixed with fluxes as described, and fused in +the same crucible.</p> + +<p>The calcination of an ore is a work occupying a good deal of time, and, +in most cases, it is better to take advantage of the desulphurizing +power of red lead or nitre. Red lead by itself will do, but a large +quantity of it will be required; 1 part of a metallic sulphide needs +from 20 to 50 parts of red lead to yield a button free from sulphur; +whereas at most from 2 to 2-1/2 parts of nitre are sufficient. There is +sometimes an advantage in having a considerable excess of oxide of lead +in the slag, but where there is no such reason, 2 parts of red lead to 1 +of ore is enough. A charge which will do for most sulphides is the +following: 20 grams of ore, 40 to 100 grams of red lead, 20 grams of +"soda," 5 of borax, and sufficient nitre (or perhaps flour) to give a +button of about 25 grams of lead. How much this must be (if not already +known) may be approximately determined by fusing 3 grams of the ore and +3 grams of "soda" in a small crucible (C) with 50 grams of litharge (not +red lead) under a cover of salt, and weighing the resulting button of +lead. Subtract 3 from the weight of lead obtained, and the difference +multiplied by 1.3 will give the quantity in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> grams of nitre required. If +the button of lead weighs less than 3 grams flour must be added. If this +is not satisfactory repeat the assay, adding an extra gram of nitre for +each 4 grams of lead in excess of that required, or 1 gram of flour for +a 12-gram deficiency.</p> + +<p>In the method in which iron is used as a de-sulphurising agent, only as +much oxide of lead should be added as will give a button of lead of the +required size. Rather a large button of lead should be got, and the slag +should be strongly alkaline; if the ore does not already carry a large +amount of sulphur some should be added. The fusion should be performed +at a low temperature (similar to that for a galena assay), and should be +continued for some time after it has become tranquil. Take 20 grams of +the ore, 40 grams of "soda," 40 grams of oxide of lead, and 5 or 10 +grams of borax; place this mixture in a crucible (with a rod of iron, as +in the galena assay), cover, and fuse for about half an hour. Take out +the rod, washing it in the slag, and, in a minute or two, pour. Clean +and cupel the button of lead.</p> + +<p><b>General Remarks on the Fusion.</b>—Other things being equal, the smaller +the quantity of the slag the better, provided there is sufficient to +cover the metal. The presence of peroxides of the heavy metals is +prejudicial, since they tend to increase the quantity of silver retained +in the slag. It may be given as a general rule that when iron, copper, +manganese, &c., are present, there is a more than ordinary need for +cleaning the slags, and care must be taken to keep these metals in the +state of lower oxide.</p> + +<p>In selecting the fluxes, it should be remembered that soda is the best +for quartz, and borax for lime and metallic oxides. And that with ores +almost free from gangue some quartz or glass should be added to protect +the crucible. Two parts of soda are enough to flux 1 part of quartz; +whilst of borax, or oxide of lead, 4 parts are barely sufficient. Oxide +of lead has the advantage of being heavy and so does not occupy much +space in the crucible; on the other hand, if the melting down be +performed too quickly, or if oxide of lead only is used, this high +specific gravity is a disadvantage, for the lighter earthy matter floats +as a pasty mass on the more fluid oxide of lead, and thus escapes its +action.</p> + +<p>When metallic sulphides are present in the ore, an excess of oxide of +lead helps to keep the sulphur out of the button of metal. In addition +to the oxide of lead required as a flux, some will be required to +provide the lead in which the silver is to be collected. Oxide of lead, +mixed with charcoal or flour, yields, when heated, a multitude of minute +buttons of metal uniformly distributed through the mass of the charge; +as the charge melts down these run together and fall to the bottom; this +shower of lead collects<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span> the silver more easily than a single button at +the bottom of the crucible could do. Only that portion of the oxide of +lead which remains in the slag can be considered as a flux; very often +the first indication of an excessive reduction of lead is the pastiness +of the slag rendered thick by the withdrawal of the oxide of lead which +would have kept it fluid. If, in an assay, it is found that 5 parts of +flux are not sufficient for 1 part of ore, the remedy lies in using a +different flux rather than in taking a larger quantity.</p> + +<p><i>On the Reducing Effect of Charcoal, Flour, and Tartar.</i>—The weight to +be got from a given charge will depend (provided sufficient oxide of +lead is present) upon the proportion of the reducing agents in it. We +have thought it well to illustrate this part of the subject by a series +of experiments which the learner will do well to practise for himself +before proceeding to the assay of actual ores. Take 80 grams of litharge +and 20 grams of a mixture of borax and soda. Fuse three lots (1) with +1.5 gram of charcoal, (2) with 3 grams of flour, and (3) with 7.5 grams +of tartar. Weigh the buttons of lead obtained, and divide each by the +weight of reducing agent used. The results will differ somewhat with the +dryness and quality of the flour, etc., used; in one series of +experiments they were as follows:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Gram.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Grams.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Gram.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.5</td><td align='left'>charcoal</td><td align='left'>gave</td><td align='left'>34.0</td><td align='left'>lead</td><td align='left'>∴</td><td align='center'> 1</td><td align='left'>charcoal</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>22.6</td><td align='left'>lead.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.0</td><td align='left'>flour</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>33.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>∴</td><td align='center'>1</td><td align='left'>flour</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>11.2</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>7.5</td><td align='left'>tartar</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>38.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>∴</td><td align='center'>1</td><td align='left'>tartar</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The use of flour as a reducing agent has many advantages, and it is well +to remember that <i>1 gram of flour reduces about 11 grams of lead</i>; and +that charcoal has twice, and tartar one-half, this reducing effect.</p> + +<p><i>On the Reducing Effect of Charcoal, &c., on Red Lead.</i>—It is often +easier to obtain red lead of good quality than it is litharge, and by a +large number of assayers red lead is the form of oxide of lead always +used. Red lead, however, contains an excess of oxygen which will use up +some of the reducing agent before lead separates out. On making a series +of experiments (similar to the last, but using 80 grams of red lead +instead of the litharge) the results were, with the same quantities of +the reducing agents:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>With</td><td align='left'>charcoal,</td><td align='left'>18</td><td align='left'>grams</td><td align='left'>of lead.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='left'>flour,</td><td align='left'>18</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='left'>tartar,</td><td align='left'>22</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Comparing these with the results with litharge, in the previous table it +will be seen that the same quantity of reducing agent has in each case +brought down 16 grams less of lead, so that a larger amount of the +reducing agent must be added to get a button of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span> the same weight as that +obtained with litharge. To get a button of a desired weight, say 22 +grams, we must add reducing agent sufficient to throw down 22 + 16 or 38 +grams of lead, which would require 3.4 grams of flour. If this amount of +flour is fused with 80 grams of red lead, a button of lead weighing 22 +grams will be formed, the other 16 grams being kept up by the oxygen of +the red lead.</p> + +<p>If the quantity of red lead differs from 80 grams, this rule must be +modified. With 40 grams of red lead, for example, we should add an +excess of reducing agent sufficient to throw down 8 grams of lead +instead of 16. Similarly, with 160 grams of red lead, we should add +enough to throw down 32 grams.</p> + +<p>The following rule will enable one to calculate the weight of flour +required to produce a button of lead of any desired weight from any +given quantity of red lead. Each 5 grams of red lead present diminishes +the weight of the lead by 1 gram. If then we <i>divide the weight of red +lead in a charge by 5, and add this to the weight of lead required, the +sum divided by 11 will give the weight of flour which must be added</i>. +Using 80 grams of red lead and wanting a button of 20 grams, we should +add 3.3 grams of flour.</p> + +<p> +80/5 = 16; 16+20 = 36; 36/11 = 3.3 nearly.<br /> +</p> + +<p>The following are some results obtained which will illustrate the +rule:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Red Lead used.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Flour used.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Lead got.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>40</td><td align='center'>grams</td><td align='right'>3</td><td align='center'>grams</td><td align='right'>25.0</td><td align='center'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>100</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>3</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>13.5</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>80</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>4</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>30.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>80</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>40.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><i>On the Reducing Effect of Metallic Sulphides, and the Counteracting +Effect of Nitre.</i>—The sulphides found in ores will reduce a button of +lead from oxide of lead just as flour does; and, as charcoal, flour and +tartar differ in their reducing power, so equal weights of the different +mineral sulphides throw down different weights of lead.</p> + +<p>One gram of iron pyrites yields about 11 grams of lead. One gram of +copper pyrites, blende, fahlerz, or mispickel, yields 7 or 8 grams of +lead, whilst 1 gram of antimonite will give 6, and 1 gram of galena only +a little over 3 grams. It is evident that if an ore carries much of +these sulphides, the quantity of lead reduced will be very much larger +than that required for an assay. To counteract this effect nitre is +added; <i>1 gram is added for each 4 grams of lead in excess of that +required</i>. For example: with a 20-gram charge of an ore containing 50 +per cent. of pyrites, if no nitre were added, 110 grams of lead would be +got; or, if there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span> was not sufficient oxide of lead to yield this +quantity of metal, the button would be sulphury. To reduce the weight of +the button by 80 grammes, we should add 20 grams of nitre, if litharge +were used; or if red lead were used, we should add 16 grams of nitre, +<i>since the oxidizing effect of 20 grams of red lead is equivalent to +that of 1 of nitre</i>, and since 80 grams of red lead are generally used +in a charge. Two assays of an ore of this kind with these quantities of +nitre gave 26.0 grams of lead with litharge, and 22.5 grams with red +lead.</p> + +<p>It is best to use in these assays 80 grams of red lead, 20 of soda, and +5 of borax, with 20 grams of the ore. If the lead got by the preliminary +fusion in a small crucible with litharge (described under "<i>ores +containing much sulphides</i>") is known, the following table will indicate +the quantity of nitre, or flour, to be added with this charge:—</p> + + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got in Preliminary Fusion with 3 grams of Ore.</td><td align='left'>Flour to be added to the Assay.</td><td align='left'>Nitre to be added to the Assay.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0 gram</td><td align='left'>3.3 grams</td><td align='left'>none</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.0 grams</td><td align='left'>1.3 gram</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>6.0 "</td><td align='left'>none</td><td align='left'>4.0 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>9.0 "</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>9.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>12.0 "</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>14.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>15.0 "</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>19.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>18.0 "</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>24.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>21.0 "</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>29.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>If litharge is used in the assay instead of red lead 4 grams more nitre, +or 1.5 gram less flour must be used. When more than a few grams of nitre +are added to a charge the proportion of "soda" and borax should be +increased, because one of the products of the reaction of nitre upon +sulphides in the presence of soda is sulphate of soda, and because the +"soda" thus used up no longer serves as a flux; more borax should be +added, as it is the best flux for the metallic oxides which are formed +in the process. If in an assay too large a button of lead is got, even +after this calculation has been made, and the assay is repeated, add 1 +gram more nitre for each 4 grams of lead in excess. Sometimes the assay +appears tranquil before the nitre has produced its full effect; in such +cases it is well to seize the crucible with the tongs and mix its fused +contents by rotating them; if this causes an effervescence, the crucible +should be replaced in the fire and the fusion continued. The following +experiments will illustrate the extent to which the above rules may be +relied on. In all of them the standard flux was used, viz.:—80 grams of +red lead, 20 of soda, and 5 of borax.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Pyrites</i></td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>20</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>20</td><td align='left'>17.5</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>16</td><td align='left'>28.5</td><td align='left'>41</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>42.5</td><td align='left'>36.0</td><td align='left'>16.0</td><td align='left'>19.0</td><td align='left'>11.5</td><td align='left'>22.5</td><td align='left'>22.5</td><td align='left'>26.5</td><td align='left'>27.5</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Copper Pyrites</i></td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>12</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>12</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>47.5</td><td align='left'>34.0</td><td align='left'>33.0</td><td align='left'>26.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Antimonite</i></td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>12</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>12</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>29.0</td><td align='left'>26.0</td><td align='left'>13.0</td><td align='left'>13.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Galena</i></td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz.</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>3</td><td align='left'>3</td><td align='left'>3.5</td><td align='left'>7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>17.0</td><td align='left'>19.0</td><td align='left'>8.0</td><td align='left'>8.0</td><td align='left'>18.5</td><td align='left'>18.5</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>A similar set of experiments, with 80 grams of litharge instead of 80 +grams of red lead, gave:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Pyrites</i></td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>7</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>13</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>12.5</td><td align='left'>20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>46.5</td><td align='left'>40.5</td><td align='left'>25.5</td><td align='left'>24.5</td><td align='left'>27.0</td><td align='left'>26.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Copper Pyrites</i></td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>44.5</td><td align='left'>32.5</td><td align='left'>23.0</td><td align='left'>25.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Blende</i></td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>41.5</td><td align='left'>38.5</td><td align='left'>21.5</td><td align='left'>22.5</td><td align='left'>21.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Antimonite</i></td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>31.0</td><td align='left'>32.5</td><td align='left'>11.5</td><td align='left'>12.5</td><td align='left'>18.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Galena</i></td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quartz</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>7.5</td><td align='left'>11</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead got</td><td align='left'>33.5</td><td align='left'>33.5</td><td align='left'>13.0</td><td align='left'>14.0</td><td align='left'>19.5</td><td align='left'>22.7</td></tr> +</table></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p> + +<p>The variation in some of these experiments, in which we might have +expected similar results, is due to the fact that the sulphur, and in +some cases the metals, are capable of two degrees of oxidation. For +example: theoretically 1 gram of iron pyrites (FeS<sub>2</sub>) would yield 8.6 +grams of lead if the sulphur were oxidised to sulphurous oxide (SO<sub>2</sub>), +and the iron to ferrous oxide (FeO); whilst if the sulphur were oxidised +to sulphate (SO<sub>3</sub>), and the iron to ferric oxide, 12.9 grams of lead +will be thrown down. Similarly the yield with copper pyrites would be +7.5 or 11.6; with blende, 6.4 or 8.5; with antimonite, 5.5 or 8; and +with galena, 2.6 or 3.4. As regards the metals, the lower oxide will +always be formed if the assay is carried out properly (fused under a +cover, and with a sufficiency of reducing agent). But the proportion of +sulphur oxidised completely will vary with the conditions of the assay. +With a slag containing much soda the tendency will be to form sulphate, +and, in consequence, a big reduction of lead; whilst with an acid slag +containing much quartz the tendency will be for the sulphur to go off as +sulphurous oxide (SO<sub>2</sub>). In a fusion with litharge alone all the +sulphur will be liberated as the lower oxide, whilst with much soda it +will be wholly converted into sulphate. For example: 3 grams of an ore +containing a good deal of pyrites and a little galena, gave, when fused +with litharge, 16.5 grams of lead. A similar charge, containing in +addition 20.0 grams of soda, gave 22.5 grams of lead.</p> + +<p>It will be noted from the experiments that 1 gram of nitre kept up on +the average 4 grams of lead; the range being from 3.2 with acid slags to +5.3 with very basic ones. These facts serve to explain some apparently +irregular results got in practice.</p> + + +<h4>CUPELLATION.</h4> + +<p>The process is as follows:—The cupels, which should have been made some +time before and stored in a dry place, are first cleaned by gentle +rubbing with the finger and blowing off the loose dust; and then placed +in a hot muffle and heated to redness for from 5 to 10 minutes before +the alloy to be cupelled is placed on them. The reasons for this are +sufficiently obvious: the sudden evolution of much steam will blow a +cupel to pieces; and, if the whole of the water has not been removed +before the cupel is filled with molten lead, the escaping steam will +bubble through, and scatter about particles of the metal. If some +particles of unburnt carbon remain in the bone ash, a similar result +will be produced by the escape of bubbles of carbonic acid as soon as +the fused litharge comes in contact with them. The cupels having been +prepared are arranged in a definite order in the muffle, and the assay +buttons<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span> are arranged in a corresponding order on some suitable tray +(cupel tray, fig. 41); the heat of the muffle being at bright redness. +Then with the help of the tongs (fig. 42) the assay buttons should be +placed each in its proper cupel; a note having been previously made of +the position it is to occupy, and the door of the muffle closed.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 422px;"> +<img src="images/fig041.jpg" width="422" height="195" alt="Fig. 41." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>This part of the work should be done promptly, so as not to unduly cool +the muffle: the start requires a fairly high temperature, and is a +critical part of the process. A black crust forms at once on the surface +of the lead; but this ought soon to fuse and flow in greasy drops from +off the face of the metal, so as to leave the latter fluid with a +well-defined outline, and much brighter than the cupel. If this clearing +does not take place, the buttons are said to be frozen; in which case +the temperature must be raised, some pieces of charcoal put in the +muffle, and the door closed. If they still do not clear, the heat must +have been much too low, and it is best to reject them and repeat the +assays.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig042.jpg" width="450" height="63" alt="Fig. 42." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>When the buttons have cleared it is well to check the draught of the +furnace, and to partly open the door of the muffle, so as to work at as +low a temperature as is compatible with the continuation of the +process.<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> Too low a temperature is indicated by the freezing of the +buttons and the consequent spoiling of the assays. Experience soon +enables one to judge when the heat is getting too low. A commoner error +is to have the heat too high: it should be remembered that that which +was high enough to clear the buttons at starting is more than sufficient +to keep the process going. At the finish a higher temperature is again +required: therefore the door of the muffle should be closed and the +furnace urged. The finish is easily recognised. The drops of litharge +which in the earlier stages flow steadily from the surface of the alloy, +thin off later to a luminous film. At the end this film appears in +commotion, then presents a brilliant play of colours, and, with a sudden +extinction, the operation is finished. The metal again glows for an +instant whilst becoming solid.</p> + +<p>If the button is a small one the cupel is withdrawn at once and placed +on that square of the cupel tray which corresponds to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> the position it +occupied in the muffle. If, however, it is fairly large precautions must +be taken to prevent spirting.</p> + +<p>Molten silver dissolves oxygen from the air and gives it off on +solidifying; the escape of the gas on sudden cooling is violent and, by +throwing off particles of the metal, may cause loss. This is called +"vegetation" or "spirting." The silver is apparently solid when spirting +takes place; the crust breaks suddenly and some of the metal is forced +out. The evil is best guarded against by slow cooling and avoiding +draughts. With large buttons of silver precautions should never be +omitted. One plan is to allow the cupels to cool in the muffle itself, +the mouth being closed with hot charcoal. Another is to cover the cupel +with another cupel previously heated to redness; in this case the silver +cools between two hot cupels, and, of course, cools slowly. A third plan +is to withdraw the cupel to the door of the muffle, holding it until it +begins to get solid and then immediately to put it back into the hotter +part of the muffle.</p> + +<p>Silver remains after cupellation in flattened elliptical buttons, +adhering but only slightly to the cupel. Its upper surface should show +faint markings as if it were crystalline. The presence of platinum +renders it still more crystalline, but removes the characteristic lustre +and renders the metal dull and grey. Copper, if not completely removed, +has a very marked effect on the appearance of the button: the metal is +spread out, damping, as it were, and firmly adhering to the cupel, which +latter in the neighbourhood of the metal is almost black with oxide of +copper. Sometimes the silver button is globular, or even more sharply +rounded on its under than on its upper surface; it is said that this is +due to the presence of lead. Gold may be present even to the extent of +50 per cent. without showing any yellow colour.</p> + +<p>The appearance of the cupel affords some useful information. The +presence of cracks evidently due to shrinkage indicates a badly made +cupel. If, however, they are accompanied by a peculiar unfolding of the +cupel, the margin losing its distinctness, it is because of the presence +of antimony. When lead is the only easily oxidisable metal present, the +stained portion of cupel is yellow when cold. A greenish tint may be due +to small quantities of copper or, perhaps, nickel, cobalt, or platinum. +Larger quantities of copper give a greenish grey or almost black colour. +A dark green and corroded cupel may be due to iron. Rings of +pale-coloured scoria may be due to tin, zinc, antimony, or arsenic. When +the cupel shows signs of the presence of these metals in objectionable +quantity, it is well to repeat the assay and scorify so as to remove +them before cupellation.</p> + +<p>The button should be detached from the cold cupel by seizing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> with a +pair of pliers: the under surface should be distorted by squeezing or +hammering the button so as to loosen the adhering bone ash. The cleaning +is easily completed by rubbing with a clean hard brush. After cleaning +the buttons are best put on a tray of marked watch-glasses, and then +taken to the balance and weighed. The weight of silver got needs a small +correction; (1) by deducting for the amount of silver introduced by the +lead or oxide of lead used in the assay;<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> and (2) by adding for the +cupellation loss.</p> + +<p><b>Loss in Cupellation.</b>—During the whole process of cupelling a silver +lead alloy a more or less abundant fume may be observed rising from the +cupel. This furnishes an evident loss of lead and a possible loss of +silver; for although silver at the temperature of cupellation gives off +no appreciable vapour, it is known that such fume formed on a large +scale contains silver. It is, however, difficult to believe that the +small amount of lead vapourised carries with it a weighable amount of +silver. That it does not do so in the ordinary way of working is shown +by the fact that a button of silver equal in weight to the silver lost +in cupelling may be got by smelting the cupel and cupelling the +resulting button of lead. The loss of silver by volatilisation is +altogether inconsiderable, unless the temperature at which the operation +is performed is much too high.</p> + +<p>Another possible source of loss is the infiltration of small particles +of alloy into the cupel. The cupel is necessarily porous, and particles +of metal may perhaps drain into it, more especially if the bone ash is +not in fine powder; but if this is the main source of loss it is hard to +see why, in cupelling equal weights of silver and gold, the loss is not +equal in each case. It is not easy to believe that the mere filtration +of the fused alloy will effect such a change in the proportion of the +metals as that which actually occurs. For example: a cupel on which an +alloy consisting of 0.80 gram of silver, 0.47 gram of gold, and 25 grams +of lead had been cupelled, was found to contain 7-1/2 milligrams of +silver, and rather less than half a milligram of gold. Assuming, for the +sake of argument, that the gold present had filtered into the cupel in +the form of small drops of alloy, it would have been accompanied by less +than a milligram of silver, and the presence of the extra 6 or 7 +milligrams of silver must have been due to a different cause. There can, +thus, be little doubt that the cause of the greater part of the +"cupellation loss" is a chemical one and cannot be counteracted by a +mechanical contrivance.<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> In cupellation,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> then, there is a loss, +apart from imperfect working, inherent in the process itself; and as the +amount of this loss varies under different conditions, it is necessary +to study it somewhat in detail.</p> + +<p>The following experiments are taken without selection from the work of +one student. Three experiments were made for each determination, and the +mean result is given. By "range" is meant the difference between the +highest and lowest result and the percentage loss is calculated on the +silver present. The silver added in the lead used has been deducted.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Lead.</b>—In each experiment 0.4 gram of silver was +taken and cupelled with the lead. The silver loss and "range" are +expressed in milligrams.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead Used.</td><td align='left'>Silver Lost.</td><td align='left'>Range.</td><td align='left'>Percentage Loss.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>6.5</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>1.62</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>20</td><td align='left'>7.0</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>1.75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>40</td><td align='left'>12.0</td><td align='left'>1.5</td><td align='left'>3.00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>60</td><td align='left'>12.7</td><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>3.17</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The loss increases with the lead used.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—0.4 gram of silver was cupelled with +20 grams of lead.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature.</td><td align='left'>Silver Lost.</td><td align='left'>Range.</td><td align='left'>Percentage Loss.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bright red</td><td align='left'>7.0</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>1.75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Clear yellow</td><td align='left'>17.3</td><td align='left'>1.7</td><td align='left'>4.32</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The difference in temperature in these experiments was much greater than +would occur even with careless work.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Silver.</b>—20 grams of lead were used in each +cupellation.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver Taken.</td><td align='left'>Silver Lost.</td><td align='left'>Range.</td><td align='left'>Percentage Loss.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Milligrams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>12.5</td><td align='left'>0.7</td><td align='left'>0.2</td><td align='left'>5.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>25.0</td><td align='left'>1.4</td><td align='left'>0.1</td><td align='left'>5.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>50.0</td><td align='left'>1.6</td><td align='left'>0.4</td><td align='left'>3.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>100.0</td><td align='left'>2.9</td><td align='left'>0.3</td><td align='left'>2.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>200.0</td><td align='left'>5.6</td><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>2.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>400.0</td><td align='left'>7.0</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>1.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>800.0</td><td align='left'>9.7</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>1.2</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>It will be seen that, although the quantity of silver lost increases<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> +with the silver present, the percentage loss is greater on the smaller +buttons.</p> + +<p>The following results are often quoted:—Cupelling 1 grain of silver +with 10 grains of lead, the loss was 1.22 per cent.; 10 grains of silver +with 100 grains of lead, loss 1.13 per cent.; 25 grains of silver +cupelled with 250 grains of lead, lost 1.07 per cent. The proportion of +silver to lead was the same in the three experiments, and the largest +button gave the best result. Evidently, if the quantities of lead had +been the same in the three experiments (say, 250 grains in each case), +the loss on the smaller quantities of silver would appear worse in the +comparison.</p> + +<p>In judging these results, it must be borne in mind that it is difficult +to regulate the temperature, &c., in consecutive experiments so as to +get exactly similar results, so that the range in consecutive +cupellations is greater than that in a batch cupelled side by side.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Copper and Antimony.</b>—0.1 gram of silver was cupelled with +20 grams of lead, and to one batch 0.5 gram of antimony, and to another +0.5 gram of copper was added.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Silver Lost.</td><td align='left'>Range.</td><td align='left'>Loss in Percentage.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Without addition</td><td align='left'>2.9</td><td align='left'>0.3</td><td align='left'>2.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>With antimony</td><td align='left'>3.2</td><td align='left'>0.2</td><td align='left'>3.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>With copper</td><td align='left'>4.9</td><td align='left'>1.7</td><td align='left'>4.9</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Perhaps the antimony has so small an effect because it is eliminated in +the earlier part of the process, while the silver is still alloyed with, +and protected by, a large proportion of lead; whilst the copper on the +other hand makes its fiercest attack towards the close, when the silver +is least capable of resisting it. The ill effects of copper are most +strongly felt when the quantity of lead present is not sufficient to +remove it: the coppery button of silver got under these conditions is +very considerably less than the weight of silver originally taken.</p> + +<p>Although the above is a fair statement of the loss attending average +work, it will not do in very important and exact work to place too much +reliance on the figures given, or, indeed, on any other set of figures, +with the object of correcting the result of an assay. Each man must rely +on his own work.</p> + +<p>It is easy to determine what allowance must be made for the loss in +cupellation by cupelling side by side with the assay piece an alloy of +similar and <i>known</i> composition. For, if the two pieces are very nearly +alike, we may justly conclude that the loss on each will be the same; +and if, further, we take the average of three or four such +determinations we shall get results accurate within 0.1 per cent. The +method of getting such results may be best explained<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> by one or two +illustrations. This method of working is termed "assaying by checks."</p> + +<p>Suppose we have an alloy of silver and lead in unknown proportions and +that by cupelling two lots of 10 grams each there is got from I. 0.1226 +gram of silver, and from II. 0.1229 gram. We should know from general +experience that the actual quantity of silver present was from 2 to 4 +milligrams more than this. To determine more exactly what the loss is, +the following plan is recommended:—The two silver buttons are wrapped +up each in 10 grams of lead, and cupelled side by side with two other +lots of 10 grams of the original alloy. If now the two buttons I. and +II. weigh 0.1202 and 0.1203, they will have suffered in this second +cupellation an average loss of 2.5 milligrams. Suppose the two fresh +lots of alloy gave 0.1233 and 0.1235 of silver, the average loss on +these would also be 2.5 milligrams. Add this loss to each result, and +take the mean; which is in this case 0.1259.</p> + +<p>If copper is present in the alloy as well as silver, it is necessary to +add about the same quantity of copper to the checks as is supposed, or +known, to be present in the assays. If the substance to be assayed is an +alloy of silver and copper, first cupel 0.5 gram of it, with, say, 10 +grams of lead, and weigh the resulting button of silver, in order to get +an approximate knowledge of its composition. Suppose the button weighs +0.3935 gram. We know that this is below the truth: for the sake of round +numbers take it as 0.4, and assume that the rest of the alloy (0.1 gram) +was copper. Two check pieces are then weighed out, each containing 0.4 +gram silver and 0.1 gram of copper wrapped in 5 grams of lead. Of course +the silver must be pure. And there is also weighed out two (or better, +four) assay pieces each containing half a gram of the alloy wrapped in 5 +grams of lead. The whole lot are then cupelled as nearly as possible +under the same conditions. With four assay pieces, the cupels should be +placed close together in two rows of three across the muffle; the two +check pieces are put in the middle cupels. Suppose the buttons of silver +got weighed as follows:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Check pieces</td><td align='left'>I.</td><td align='left'>0.3940</td><td align='left'>II.</td><td align='left'>0.3945</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Assay pieces</td><td align='left'>I.</td><td align='left'>0.3905</td><td align='left'>II.</td><td align='left'>0.3912</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>III.</td><td align='left'>0.3910</td><td align='left'>IV.</td><td align='left'>0.3909</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The average loss on the two check pieces is 5.7 milligrams, and the +average result of the four assay pieces is 0.3909. Add the average loss +to the average result, and there is got the corrected result, 0.3966. +And if 0.5 gram of alloy contain 0.3966 of silver, 1000 will contain +793.2 of silver, and this is the degree of fineness.</p> + +<p>A correction for the loss in cupellation is always made in this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> way +when rich alloys are being assayed; and in the case of rich ores it may +be done after the manner of the first of the above illustrations. There +is another method of working which relies more on experiment. This is to +smelt the cupel as described further on (p. 114), and to again cupel the +resulting button of lead. The button of silver got in this second +cupellation is added to that first obtained. It will sometimes, but not +often, happen that the two buttons together will slightly exceed in +weight the silver which was actually present. This is because of the +retention in the buttons of a small quantity of lead. It has been stated +that the proportion of lead thus retained may be as much as 1% of the +silver present; this, however, can only be under exceptional conditions. +A determination of the actual silver in the buttons got in the series of +cupellations quoted on pages 102, 103, gave an average percentage of +99.85, so that even with the larger buttons the effect of the retained +lead would be only to increase the weight by about 1 milligram. In the +method of working with checks, the retained lead has no disturbing +influence.</p> + +<p><b>The proportion of lead required</b> for the cupellation of any particular +alloy requires consideration. With too much lead the time occupied in +the process is increased, and so is the loss of silver; on the other +hand, too little lead is of greater disadvantage than too much. From 8 +to 16 parts of lead are required for each part of silver alloy, or, if +gold is present, about twice as much as this must be used. For the +cupellation of 1 gram of a silver copper alloy containing different +percentages of copper, the following quantities of lead should be +used:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>Percentage of Copper in Alloy.</td><td align='center'> Lead Required.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>5</td><td align='right'>6</td><td align='center'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>10</td><td align='right'>8</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>20</td><td align='right'>10</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>30</td><td align='right'>12</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>40</td><td align='right'>14</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>50-100</td><td align='right'>16-18</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The alloy, in not too large pieces, is wrapped in the required weight of +lead foil and charged into the cupel at once; or the lead may be put in +first, and, when the cupellation has fairly started, the alloy may be +added wrapped in tissue paper; or a portion of the lead may be first +started and the alloy wrapped in the remaining lead and subsequently +added. The cupellation of large quantities of alloy or of alloys which +contain tin, antimony, iron, or any substance which produces a scoria, +or corrodes the cupel, must be preceded by a scorification. The +advantages of this are that the slag is poorer in precious metal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> than +that found on a cupel and is more easily collected and cleaned; that +larger quantities of metal can be treated, and that, even if the +substance is in part infusible, or produces at the start a clinkery mass +or scoria, the oxide of lead gradually accumulates, fluxes the solid +matters, and produces a good final result; but if the oxide of lead by +itself is not sufficient for the purpose, borax or some other flux can +be easily added.</p> + +<p>If the button of silver got is very small its weight may be estimated +from its size; but it must be remembered that the weight varies as the +cube of the diameter. If one button has twice the diameter of another it +is eight times as heavy and so on. Scales specially constructed for +measuring silver and gold buttons may be purchased; but it is much +better to make the measurement with the help of a microscope provided +with an eyepiece micrometer.</p> + +<p>If the length of the long diameter of a silver button be taken the +following table will give the corresponding weight in milligrams:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Diameter.</td><td align='left'>Weight.</td><td align='left'>Diameter.</td><td align='left'>Weight.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.04 inch</td><td align='left'>3.6</td><td align='left'>0.015 inch</td><td align='left'>0.19</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.035 "</td><td align='left'>2.4</td><td align='left'>0.014 "</td><td align='left'>0.15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.03 "</td><td align='left'>1.5</td><td align='left'>0.013 "</td><td align='left'>0.12</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.025 "</td><td align='left'>0.9</td><td align='left'>0.012 "</td><td align='left'>0.097</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.02 "</td><td align='left'>0.45</td><td align='left'>0.011 "</td><td align='left'>0.075</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.019 "</td><td align='left'>0.4</td><td align='left'>0.010 "</td><td align='left'>0.056</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.018 "</td><td align='left'>0.33</td><td align='left'>0.008 "</td><td align='left'>0.028</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.017 "</td><td align='left'>0.27</td><td align='left'>0.006 "</td><td align='left'>0.012</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.016 "</td><td align='left'>0.23</td><td align='left'>0.004 "</td><td align='left'>0.004</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The weight of a corresponding button of gold is got by multiplying by +2.25. These figures are based on those given by Plattner, and apply only +to buttons of such shape as those left after cupellation. A sphere of +silver 0.01 inch in diameter would weigh 0.09 milligram, and a similar +sphere of gold weighs 0.167 milligram.</p> + +<p>It is safer, however, to compare with a micrometer the diameter of the +button whose weight has to be determined with that of a standard button +of nearly equal size whose weight is known. The weights of the two +buttons are proportional to the cubes of their diameters. This plan of +working is described more fully in Appendix B., page 440.</p> + +<p><b>Calculation of the Results.</b>—After deducting for the silver added, and +correcting for the cupellation loss, the calculation is made in the +usual way; reporting as so many parts per thousand in the case of rich +alloys and as so many ounces and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span> pennyweights, or better as ounces and +decimals of an ounce, in the case of poor alloys and ores.</p> + +<p>In this last case, however, it is less fatiguing to refer to a set of +tables which give, either directly or by means of simple addition, the +produce corresponding to any weight obtained from certain given weights +of the substance. The following table gives the produce in ounces and +decimals of an ounce per ton of 2240 pounds:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight of Metal got.</td><td align='left'>Weight of Ore taken.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'>3 grams.</td><td align='left'>5 grams.</td><td align='left'>20 grams.</td><td align='left'>50 grams.</td><td align='left'>100 grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0001</td><td align='left'>1.09</td><td align='left'>0.65</td><td align='left'>0.16</td><td align='left'>0.06</td><td align='left'>0.03</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0002</td><td align='left'>2.18</td><td align='left'>1.31</td><td align='left'>0.33</td><td align='left'>0.13</td><td align='left'>0.06</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0003</td><td align='left'>3.27</td><td align='left'>1.96</td><td align='left'>0.49</td><td align='left'>0.20</td><td align='left'>0.10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0004</td><td align='left'>4.36</td><td align='left'>2.61</td><td align='left'>0.65</td><td align='left'>0.26</td><td align='left'>0.13</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0005</td><td align='left'>5.44</td><td align='left'>3.27</td><td align='left'>0.82</td><td align='left'>0.33</td><td align='left'>0.16</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0006</td><td align='left'>6.53</td><td align='left'>3.92</td><td align='left'>0.98</td><td align='left'>0.39</td><td align='left'>0.19</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0007</td><td align='left'>7.62</td><td align='left'>4.57</td><td align='left'>1.14</td><td align='left'>0.46</td><td align='left'>0.23</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0008</td><td align='left'>8.71</td><td align='left'>5.23</td><td align='left'>1.31</td><td align='left'>0.52</td><td align='left'>0.26</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0009</td><td align='left'>9.80</td><td align='left'>5.88</td><td align='left'>1.47</td><td align='left'>0.59</td><td align='left'>0.29</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.001</td><td align='left'>10.89</td><td align='left'>6.53</td><td align='left'>1.63</td><td align='left'>0.65</td><td align='left'>0.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.002</td><td align='left'>21.78</td><td align='left'>13.07</td><td align='left'>3.27</td><td align='left'>1.31</td><td align='left'>0.65</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.003</td><td align='left'>32.67</td><td align='left'>19.60</td><td align='left'>4.90</td><td align='left'>1.96</td><td align='left'>0.98</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.004</td><td align='left'>43.56</td><td align='left'>26.13</td><td align='left'>6.53</td><td align='left'>2.61</td><td align='left'>1.31</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.005</td><td align='left'>54.44</td><td align='left'>32.67</td><td align='left'>8.17</td><td align='left'>3.27</td><td align='left'>1.63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.006</td><td align='left'>65.33</td><td align='left'>39.20</td><td align='left'>9.80</td><td align='left'>3.92</td><td align='left'>1.96</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.007</td><td align='left'>76.22</td><td align='left'>45.73</td><td align='left'>11.43</td><td align='left'>4.57</td><td align='left'>2.29</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.008</td><td align='left'>87.11</td><td align='left'>52.27</td><td align='left'>13.07</td><td align='left'>5.23</td><td align='left'>2.61</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.009</td><td align='left'>98.00</td><td align='left'>58.80</td><td align='left'>14.70</td><td align='left'>5.88</td><td align='left'>2.94</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.01</td><td align='left'>108.89</td><td align='left'>65.33</td><td align='left'>16.33</td><td align='left'>6.53</td><td align='left'>3.27</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.02</td><td align='left'>217.78</td><td align='left'>130.67</td><td align='left'>32.67</td><td align='left'>13.07</td><td align='left'>6.53</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.03</td><td align='left'>326.67</td><td align='left'>196.00</td><td align='left'>49.00</td><td align='left'>19.60</td><td align='left'>9.80</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.04</td><td align='left'>435.56</td><td align='left'>261.33</td><td align='left'>65.33</td><td align='left'>26.13</td><td align='left'>13.07</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.05</td><td align='left'>544.44</td><td align='left'>326.67</td><td align='left'>81.67</td><td align='left'>32.67</td><td align='left'>16.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.06</td><td align='left'>653.33</td><td align='left'>392.00</td><td align='left'>98.00</td><td align='left'>39.20</td><td align='left'>19.60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.07</td><td align='left'>762.22</td><td align='left'>457.33</td><td align='left'>114.33</td><td align='left'>45.73</td><td align='left'>22.87</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.08</td><td align='left'>871.11</td><td align='left'>522.67</td><td align='left'>130.67</td><td align='left'>52.27</td><td align='left'>26.13</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.09</td><td align='left'>980.00</td><td align='left'>588.00</td><td align='left'>147.00</td><td align='left'>58.80</td><td align='left'>29.40</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1</td><td align='left'>1088.89</td><td align='left'>653.33</td><td align='left'>163.33</td><td align='left'>65.33</td><td align='left'>32.67</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.2</td><td align='left'>2177.78</td><td align='left'>1306.67</td><td align='left'>326.67</td><td align='left'>130.67</td><td align='left'>65.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.3</td><td align='left'>3266.67</td><td align='left'>1960.00</td><td align='left'>490.00</td><td align='left'>196.00</td><td align='left'>98.00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.4</td><td align='left'>4355.56</td><td align='left'>2613.33</td><td align='left'>653.33</td><td align='left'>261.33</td><td align='left'>130.67</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>5444.44</td><td align='left'>3266.67</td><td align='left'>816.67</td><td align='left'>326.67</td><td align='left'>163.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.6</td><td align='left'>6533.33</td><td align='left'>3920.00</td><td align='left'>980.00</td><td align='left'>392.00</td><td align='left'>196.00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.7</td><td align='left'>7622.22</td><td align='left'>4573.33</td><td align='left'>1143.33</td><td align='left'>457.33</td><td align='left'>228.67</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8</td><td align='left'>8711.11</td><td align='left'>5226.67</td><td align='left'>1306.67</td><td align='left'>522.67</td><td align='left'>261.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9</td><td align='left'>9800.00</td><td align='left'>5880.00</td><td align='left'>1470.00</td><td align='left'>588.00</td><td align='left'>294.00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>10888.89</td><td align='left'>6533.33</td><td align='left'>1633.33</td><td align='left'>653.33</td><td align='left'>326.67</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>When, as in this table, the fraction of an ounce is expressed by two +places of decimals, it may be reduced to pennyweights (dwts.)<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> by +dividing by 5. For example, 0.40 of an ounce is 8 dwts. The fraction of +a dwt. similarly expressed may be converted into grains with sufficient +exactness by dividing by 4. Thus, 1.63 ozs. equal 1 oz. 12.60 dwts., or +1 oz. 12 dwts. 15 grains. In England it is usual to report in ounces and +decimals of an ounce.</p> + +<p>The way to use the table is best shown by an example. Suppose a button +of silver weighing 0.0435 gram was obtained from 20 grams of ore. Look +down the 20-gram column of the table, and select the values +corresponding to each figure of the weight, thus:—</p> + +<p> + 0.04 = 65.33 ozs. to the ton<br /> + 0.003 = 4.90 "<br /> + 0.0005 = 0.82 "<br /> + ——————<br /> + 0.0435 = 71.05 "<br /> +</p> + +<p>Add these together. The produce is 71.05 ozs., or 71 ozs. 1 dwt. to the +ton.</p> + +<p>Or, suppose an ore is known to contain 1.24 per cent. of silver. Look +down the 100-gram column, select the values, and add them together as +before.</p> + +<p> + 1.0 = 326.67 ozs. per ton<br /> + 0.2 = 65.33 "<br /> + 0.04 = 13.07 "<br /> +——————<br /> + 1.24 = 405.07 "<br /> +</p> + +<p>This gives 405 ozs. 1 dwt. 10 grains to the ton.</p> + +<p>The calculation becomes more complicated when, as is frequently the +case, the ore contains metallic particles. These show themselves by +refusing to pass through the sieve when the ore is powdered. When they +are present, a large portion, or if feasible the whole, of the sample is +powdered and sifted. The weights of the sifted portion and of the +"metallics," or prills, are taken; the sum of these weights gives that +of the whole of the sample taken. It is very important that nothing be +lost during the operation of powdering.</p> + +<p>Each portion has to be assayed separately. It is usual to assay a +portion of the sifted sample, say, 20 or 50 grams, and to add to the +produce of this its share of the "metallics." This way of calculating, +which is more convenient than correct, is illustrated by the following +example:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight of</td><td align='left'> whole sample</td><td align='right'>400</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Made up of</td><td align='left'>sifted portions</td><td align='right'>399</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>"Metallics"</td><td align='right'>1</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>400</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span></p> + +<p>Twenty grams of the sifted portion, when assayed, gave 0.1050 gram of +silver. The whole of the "metallics" scorified and cupelled gave 0.842 +gram of silver. Since the 20 grams assayed was 1-20th of the whole, +1-20th part of the 0.842 gram of silver (from the metallics) must be +added to its produce. We thus get 0.1471 gram (0.1050 + 0.0421).</p> + +<p>Referring to the 20 gram column, we get—</p> + +<p> +0.1 = 163.33<br /> +0.04 = 65.33<br /> +0.007 = 11.43<br /> +0.0001 = 0.16<br /> +—————————<br /> +0.1471 = 240.25 ounces per ton.<br /> +</p> + +<p>A more legitimate method of calculation is as follows:—Calculate +separately the produce of each fraction as if they were from different +ores. Multiply each produce (best stated in per cents.) by the weight of +the corresponding fraction. Add together the products, and divide by the +weight of the whole sample. Taking the same example for illustration, we +have:—</p> + +<p> +<i>Metallics.</i>—Weight 1 gram.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">1 gram of it yielded 0.842 grams of silver.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">∴ Produce = 84.2 per cent.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Produce multiplied by the weight is still <b>84.2</b>.</span><br /> +<i>Sifted Portion.</i>—Weight 399 grams.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">20 grams of it yielded 0.105 gram of silver.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">∴ Produce = 0.525 per cent.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Produce multiplied by weight (0.525 × 399) is <b>209.475</b>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Add together; and divide by 400, the weight of the whole sample—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 6.5em;">84.2</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">209.475</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">———-</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">400) 293.675 (0.7342</span><br /> +</p> + + +<p>0.7342 is the total produce of the ore in per cents.</p> + +<p>Referring to the 100-gram column in the table we find 239.84 ounces to +the ton as the produce.</p> + +<p> +0.7 = 228.67<br /> +0.03 = 9.80<br /> +0.004 = 1.31<br /> +0.0002 = 0.06<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">———</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">239.84</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Comparing this with the result calculated by the first method—viz., +240.26, we see that that was 0.38 oz., or between 7 and 8 dwts. too +high.</p> + +<p>With ores containing "metallics" it is of great importance to powder the +whole of the selected sample without loss during the process; and of +even greater importance to well mix the sifted portion, of which the +last portions to come through the sieve are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> apt to be more than +ordinarily rich through the grinding down of some portions of the +metallic prills.</p> + +<p><b>Remarks on Cupellation.</b>—Cupellation is at once the neatest and the +most important of the dry methods of assaying. Its purpose is to remove +easily oxidisable metals, such as lead and copper, from silver and gold, +which are oxidisable with difficulty. Metals of the first class are +often spoken of as <i>base</i>, and gold and silver as <i>noble</i> metals.</p> + +<p>When lead is exposed to the action of air at a temperature a little +above redness, it combines with the oxygen of the air to form litharge, +an oxide of lead, which at the temperature of its formation is a +<i>liquid</i>. Consequently, if the lead rests on a porous support, which +allows the fused litharge to drain away as fast as it is formed, a fresh +surface of the lead will be continually exposed to the action of the +air, and the operation goes on until the whole of the lead has been +removed. Silver or gold exposed to similar treatment does not oxidise, +but retains its metallic condition; so that an alloy of lead and silver +similarly treated would yield its lead as oxide, which would sink into +the support, while the silver would remain as a button of metal.</p> + +<p>The porous support, which is called <i>a cupel</i>(fig. 5), should absorb the +slag (oxide of lead, etc.) just as a sponge absorbs water, but must be +sufficiently fine-grained to be impervious to the molten metal. At first +sight it appears difficult to filter, as it were, a fluid slag from a +fluid metal; but an ordinary filter-paper damped with oil will allow +oils to run through and yet retain the water; but damped with water it +will allow water to run through and retain oils. Similarly, fused slags +damp and filter through a cupel, but the molten metal not damping it +withdraws itself into a button, which is retained. Although, of course, +if the cupel is very coarse-grained the metal may sink into the hollows.</p> + +<p>Copper, antimony, tin, and most other metals, form powdery oxides, which +are not of themselves easily fusible, and it is necessary when these are +present to add some solvent or flux to render the oxide sufficiently +fluid. Fortunately, oxide of lead is sufficient for the purpose; hence, +mixed oxides of copper and lead, provided the lead is present in proper +proportion, form a fluid slag. In separating copper from silver or gold, +advantage is taken of this fact; for, although we cannot cupel an alloy +of copper and silver, it is easy to cupel an alloy of copper, silver and +lead. If, however, the lead is not present in sufficient quantity, the +whole of the copper will not be removed, and the button of silver, still +retaining copper, will be found embedded in a coating of black oxide of +copper. Copper oxidises less easily than lead does; and, consequently, +the alloy which is being cupelled becomes relatively<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> richer in copper +as the operation proceeds. It is on this account that the ill-effects of +the copper make themselves felt at the close of the operation, and that +the oxide of copper is found accumulated around the button of silver. +Tin and antimony, on the other hand, are more easily oxidised; and the +tendency of their oxides to thicken the slag makes itself felt at the +commencement: if the button of alloy once frees itself from the ring or +crust of unfused oxide first formed, the cupellation proceeds quietly, +and leaves a clean button of silver in the centre. But in either case +the cupellation is imperfect, and should be repeated with a larger +proportion of lead. An unfused and, consequently, unabsorbed slag tends +to retain small buttons of alloy or metal, and thus cause serious loss.</p> + +<p>There is a principle underlying many of the phenomena of dry silver +assaying which the student should endeavour to understand; and which +serves to emphasise and explain some facts which without an explanation +may present difficulties. If a button of melted lead be covered with a +layer of slag rich in oxide of lead, and a second metal be added, this +other metal distributes itself between the metal and slag in proportions +which depend mainly upon the ease with which it is oxidised, and to a +large extent upon the relative quantities of material present. Easily +oxidisable metals such as zinc, iron, antimony and tin, will go mainly +into the slag, and, if the proportion of the slag is large, very little +will go into the metal. On the other hand, with metals oxidisable with +difficulty, such as silver, gold, and platinum, the reverse holds true; +nearly the whole of the metals will go into the lead, and very little +into the slag. If, however, the slag be very rich, say in antimony, the +lead will contain antimony; and, on the other hand, if the lead be very +rich in silver, the slag will contain silver in appreciable quantity. +Copper, which is near lead in the facility with which it is oxidised, +will serve for the purpose of a detailed example. The results of actual +analyses of metal and slag formed in contact with each other are shown +in the following table:—</p> + +<p class="center">Percentage Composition of the Metal.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead.</td><td align='right'>Copper.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>6.8</td><td align='right'>93.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>20.0</td><td align='right'>80.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>28.0</td><td align='right'>72.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>32.0</td><td align='right'>68.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>85.0</td><td align='right'>15.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center">Percentage Composition of the Slag.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead.</td><td align='left'>Copper.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>71.4</td><td align='right'>21.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>78.0</td><td align='right'>17.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>80.0</td><td align='right'>12.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>86.0</td><td align='right'>6.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>90.0</td><td align='right'>3.6</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<p>It will be seen from this table that the slag is always much richer in +lead and poorer in copper than the metal with which it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> is in contact. +The ratio of lead to copper in these five samples is:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>In the Metal.</td><td align='left'>In the Slag.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1 : 14</td><td align='left'>1 : 0.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1 : 4</td><td align='left'>1 : 0.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1 : 2.5</td><td align='left'>1 : 0.16</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1 : 2</td><td align='left'>1 : 0.08</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1 : 0.16</td><td align='left'>1 : 0.04</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Assuming these figures to be correct, the following statement is +approximately true. On oxidising an alloy of 10 grams of copper and 10 +grams of lead, and pouring off the slag when 3 grams of lead have gone +into it, there will be a loss of (owing to the slag carrying it off) +about 0.2 gram of copper. On repeating the operation, the next 3 grams +of lead will carry with them about 0.5 gram of copper; and on again +repeating, 3 grams of lead will remove 0.8 gram of copper. Finally, the +last gram of lead will carry with it 0.3 gram of copper, and there will +be left a button of copper weighing 8.3 grams. The slag will have +carried off altogether 1.7 gram of copper, which is 17 per cent. of the +metal originally present.</p> + +<p>With the more perfect exposure to the air, and quicker removal of the +slag, which results from heating on a cupel, the loss would be heavier. +Karsten got by actual experiment on cupelling copper and lead in equal +proportions, a loss of 21.25 per cent.</p> + +<p>Going back to the example: if the slag were collected and fused with a +suitable reducing agent so as to convert, say, half of it into metal, +that half would contain nearly the whole of the copper (such a reduction +is called "cleaning the slag"). On reoxidising this metal, another +button of copper is formed which, added to the first, would reduce the +loss from 17 per cent. to, say, 7 or 8 per cent. And it is conceivable +that by a series of similar operations, almost the whole of the 10 grams +of copper originally taken might be recovered. In practice the problem +is (as far as the copper is concerned) not how to save, but how most +easily to remove it; and since the removal of this metal is quicker from +an alloy containing not too much lead, it is evident that two or three +operations with small quantities of lead will be more effectual than a +single treatment with a larger quantity. With those metals (tin, +antimony, &c.) which pass quickly into the slag, the contrary is true; +hence with these it is necessary to have enough lead present, so that +the slag formed at the outset shall contain enough oxide of lead to make +it fluid. As silver is so much less easily oxidised than copper, we +should reasonably expect that the proportion of silver carried off in +the oxide of lead would be considerably less than that of the copper +indicated in the above<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> example. Indeed, there are one or two facts +which tend to encourage the hope that the operation may be conducted +without any loss. If a piece of pure silver foil is exposed on a cupel +to air at the usual temperature of cupellation, it undergoes very little +change; it does not even fuse; it loses nothing in weight, and does not +oxidise. In fact, even if oxide of silver were formed under these +conditions, it could not continue to exist, for it is decomposed into +silver and oxygen at a temperature considerably below redness. On the +other hand, oxide of silver is not reduced to metal by heat alone, when +mixed with an excess of oxide of lead; while metallic silver is +converted into oxide when heated with the higher oxides of lead, copper, +and some other metals. That silver, and even gold (which is more +difficult to oxidise than silver), may be carried off in the slag in +this way, is in agreement with general experience. If 10 grams of silver +are cupelled with 10 grams of lead, there will be a loss of about 50 +milligrams of silver, which is in round numbers 1-30th of the +corresponding copper loss; with 10 grams of gold and 10 grams of lead, +the loss will be 4 or 5 milligrams, which is about 1-12th of the +corresponding silver loss.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Assay Lead.</b>—Scorify 50 grams of the lead +with 0.5 gram of powdered quartz or glass at not too high a temperature. +When the eye has "closed in," pour; reject the slag, and cupel the +button of lead. Remove the cupel from the muffle immediately the +operation is finished. Weigh, and make a prominent note of the result in +the assay book, as so many milligrams of silver contained in 100 grams +of lead.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Red Lead or Litharge.</b>—Fuse 100 grams of +the oxide with from 10 to 20 grams of borax; and in the case of litharge +with 2 grams or with red lead 4 grams of flour. Cupel the lead, and +weigh the button of silver. Note the result as in the last case.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Argentiferous Lead.</b>—Be careful in taking +the sample, since with rich silver lead alloys the error from bad +sampling may amount to several parts per cent. Cupel two lots of 20 +grams each, and weigh the buttons of silver. Add to these the estimated +cupel loss, and calculate the result. Or wrap each button of silver in +20 grams of assay lead, and re-cupel side by side with two fresh lots of +20 grams each of the alloy. Calculate the loss incurred, and add on to +the weight of the two fresh buttons got.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Bullion.</b>—The remarks made under the last +heading as to the importance of correct sampling apply with equal force +here. Make a preliminary assay by cupelling 0.1 gram of the alloy with 1 +gram of assay lead; calculate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> the percentage composition. Refer to the +table on page 105 to find what weight of lead is required for cupelling +1 gram of alloy.</p> + +<p>Weigh out four lots of 1 gram each, and wrap them in the required +quantity of lead. Make two check pieces by weighing up two lots of fine +silver equal to that which you believe to be present in the assay +pieces; add copper to make up the weight to 1 gram, and wrap in the same +quantity of lead as was used for the assays.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig043.jpg" width="450" height="334" alt="Fig. 43." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Prepare six cupels and charge them in the annexed order (fig. 43), and +cupel. Guard against spirting. Clean and weigh the buttons of silver. +Add the mean loss on the two check pieces to the mean weight of the four +assay pieces; this multiplied by 1000 will give the degree of fineness.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Copper.</b>—The silver is best separated in +the wet way before cupelling, but if the proportion is not too small, it +can be found by cupellation. Weigh up 3 grams of the metal, wrap in 30 +grams of sheet lead, and cupel; when the cupellation has proceeded for +fifteen minutes, add 20 grams more lead, and continue till finished. +Weigh the button of silver.</p> + +<p>The cupellation loss will be five or six per cent. of the silver +present. Determine it by powdering the saturated portion of the cupel +and fusing in a large Cornish crucible with 30 grams each of soda and +borax, 10 grams of fluor spar, and 1-1/2 gram of charcoal. Cupel the +resulting button of lead, and add 10 grams more of lead towards the +close of the operation. Deduct the weight of silver contained in the +lead used from the weight of the two buttons, and calculate to ounces to +the ton.</p> + +<p>In an experiment in which 0.1975 gram of silver was present, the weight +of the button from the first cupellation was 0.1867, and that of the +button from the second, after correcting for the lead added, was 0.0110 +gram.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Galena.</b> <i>By Pot Assay.</i>—Mix 20 grams of +the powdered ore with 30 grams of red lead, 20 grams of soda, and 5 +grams of borax, as also with from 7 to 10 grams of nitre. Fuse and pour. +Clean the slag if the ore is rich. Cupel the buttons of lead. Make the +usual corrections and calculate in ounces to the ton.</p> + +<p><i>By Scorification.</i>—Take 10 grams of the ore, 30 grams of lead,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> and +0.5 gram of borax. Scorify, clean the slag by adding anthracite after +the "eye" has closed in: cupel the button of lead. Weigh the button of +silver, make the necessary corrections, and calculate to ounces to the +ton.</p> + +<p>The determination may also be made by cupelling the button of lead got +in the dry lead assay.</p> + +<p>A sample of galena determined by the three methods gave the following +results:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>By</td><td align='left'>pot assay</td><td align='left'>7.18 ozs.</td><td align='left'> per ton.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>scorification</td><td align='left'>7.02</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>lead assay</td><td align='left'>6.72</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in an Ore.</b> <i>By Pot Assay.</i>—Take 20 grams of +the powdered ore and mix with 30 grams of soda, 40 grams of red lead, +and 5 grams of borax, as also with from 2 to 3 grams of flour. Fuse: +pour. Clean the slag by fusing with 20 grams of red lead and two grams +of flour. Cupel the buttons of lead; weigh; make the necessary +corrections, and calculate to ounces to the ton.</p> + +<p><i>By Scorification.</i>—Take 5 grams of the powdered ore, 50 grams of lead, +and 0.5 gram of "soda" or borax. Scorify. Clean the slag by fusing in a +crucible as in the pot assay. Cupel, &c.</p> + +<p class="center"><i>Examples.</i>—<i>By Pot Assay.</i>—Ore taken 20 grams.<br /></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver got</td><td align='left'>0.2893</td><td align='left'>gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver from slag</td><td align='left'>0.0060</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver lost in cupellation</td><td align='left'>0.0100</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.3053</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Deduct silver in red lead</td><td align='left'>0.0017</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver in ore</td><td align='left'>0.3036</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>= 495.9 ozs. per ton.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center"><i>By Scorification.</i>—Ore taken, 3 grams.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver got.</td><td align='left'>0.0425</td><td align='left'>gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver from slag</td><td align='left'>0.0022</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver lost in cupellation</td><td align='left'>0.0020</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.0467</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Deduct silver in lead</td><td align='left'>0.0015</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver in ore</td><td align='left'>0.0452</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>= 492.2 ozs. per ton.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Silver Precipitate.</b>—This substance +contains, in addition to metallic silver and gold, sulphates of lead and +lime; oxides of zinc, copper, and iron; and more or less organic matter. +The sample as received is generally free from "water at 100° C."; and, +since it rapidly absorbs water, care should be taken in weighing it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p> + +<p>Since it contains combined water it is not suited for scorifying; +therefore the determination of silver and gold (fine metal) is made by +pot assay. Weigh up 5 grams of the precipitate, mix with 100 grams of +litharge and 1 gram of charcoal. Melt in a crucible at a moderate heat +and pour. Detach the slag, replace in the crucible, and, when fused, add +a mixture of 20 grams of litharge and 1 gram of charcoal. When the +fusion is again tranquil, pour; and cupel the two buttons of lead.</p> + +<p>In a sample worked in this manner the mean of four determinations gave +0.6819 gram of "fine metal"; deducting 1 milligram for the silver +contained in the oxide of lead, and adding 8 milligrams for the +cupellation loss, there is got 0.6889 gram or 13.778 per cent. of silver +(and gold) in the sample.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Burnt Ores.</b> <i>By Pot Assay.</i>—Roasted +cupriferous pyrites containing small quantities of gold and silver comes +under this heading. The following mixture will give a fluid slag which +is heavy and tough when cold:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ore.</td><td align='left'>Borax.</td><td align='left'>Sand.</td><td align='left'>Litharge.</td><td align='left'>Charcoal.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'>7</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Mix; place in a large crucible; cover with salt; and melt down under +cover. When fused drop in an iron rod for a few minutes, and about a +couple of minutes after its withdrawal, pour the charge quickly into a +large conical mould. The button of lead should weigh about 50 grams. +Cupel and weigh the silver. The litharge may be replaced by red lead, in +which case another gram of charcoal powder must be added.</p> + +<p>In our experience the results obtained by this method are about 20 per +cent. less than the actual content of the ore. The results of two +assays, after deducting for the silver in the litharge used, were 3.9 +and 4.1 milligrams; and a third assay, in which 5.4 milligrams of silver +had been added, gave 9.2, which, after deducting the added silver, +leaves 3.8 milligrams. The average of the three results is 3.9 +milligrams from the 100 grams of ore.</p> + +<p>Two lots of 100 grams of the same ore treated in the wet way gave 5.2 +and 5.0 milligrams of silver. Burnt ores from Spanish pyrites carry +about 0.005 per cent. of silver.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p>Silver is got into solution from its ores by attacking with nitric acid, +but it is best, after dissolving, to cautiously add dilute hydrochloric +acid, and to carefully avoid excess. If the quantity of silver is very +small the solution is allowed to stand twenty-four hours, but, +otherwise, it is warmed and filtered as soon as it clears.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span> Dry the +residue and concentrate the silver in a button of lead by pot method or +scorification, according to the amount of stony matter present. Cupel +the lead, and the resulting button will be free from all metals, except +perhaps gold. It may be weighed; or dissolved in nitric acid, and the +silver determined gravimetrically in the diluted and filtered solution. +It is better to weigh the metal and afterwards to determine the gold in +it, estimating the silver by difference. Silver alloys are dissolved in +dilute nitric acid (free from chlorides), diluted, and filtered. The +solution is then ready for gravimetric determination.</p> + +<p>Sulphuretted hydrogen precipitates silver (like copper), completely, +even from fairly acid solutions.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>Add dilute hydrochloric acid in small excess to the hot dilute solution, +which must contain free nitric acid. Heat and stir until the solution +clears. Decant through a small filter, and wash with hot water, +acidulated at first with a little nitric acid if bismuth is suspected to +be present. Dry quickly, transfer as much as possible of the precipitate +to a watch-glass; burn and ignite the filter paper, treating the ash +first with two drops of nitric acid and then with one of hydrochloric, +and again dry. Add the rest of the silver chloride and heat slowly over +a Bunsen burner until it begins to fuse. Cool and weigh.</p> + +<p>The precipitate is silver chloride (AgCl) and contains 75.27 per cent. +of silver. The moist precipitate is heavy and curdy; it is decomposed by +direct sunlight, becoming violet under its influence. When heated it is +yellowish; and, since it is volatile at a high temperature, it must not, +in drying, be heated above its fusing point. The fused chloride can be +removed from the crucible (to which it adheres strongly) by digesting +with dilute acid and zinc.</p> + +<p>For the determination of silver in nearly pure bullion the following +process is used:—Weigh up 1.5054 gram of the alloy. With this amount of +alloy each 2 milligrams of silver chloride formed is equivalent to 1 +degree of fineness, so that the weight of the silver chloride obtained +(stated in milligrams and divided by 2) will give the degree of +fineness. Transfer to a bottle (known as "bottles for the Indian mint +assay") and dissolve in 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, then make up with +water to 200 c.c. and add 3 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid. Allow to +stand a few minutes and then shake. Fill the bottle completely with +water, allow to settle, and syphon off the clear liquid; pour on more +water,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> shake gently to break up the lumps, and again fill the bottle +with water. Invert over the mouth of the bottle a porous Wedgwood +crucible, somewhat similar to those used in gold parting. Take firm hold +of the crucible and bottle, and invert promptly so that the silver +chloride may be collected in the crucible. Allow to stand a little while +for the precipitate to settle, and then carefully remove the crucible +under water.<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> Drain off most of the water and break up the silver +chloride with the help of a well-rounded glass rod. This greatly +facilitates the subsequent drying. Dry first on the water bath and then +on the iron plate. Remove the dried silver chloride, by inverting the +crucible, and weigh it.</p> + +<p>As an example, 3 determinations of silver in a coin carried out in this +way gave:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>(1)</td><td align='left'>1.8500</td><td align='left'>gram AgCl</td><td align='left'>= 925.0</td><td align='left'>fineness.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(2)</td><td align='left'>1.8498</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>= 924.9</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(3)</td><td align='left'>1.8502</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>= 925.1</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Burnt Ores.</b>—Take 100 grams of the ore and +place in a large beaker of 2-1/2 litres capacity, and cover with 375 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid. Boil for half an hour until the oxides are +dissolved and the residue looks like sand and pyrites; then add 20 c.c. +of nitric acid, and boil till free from nitrous fumes. Dilute to 2 +litres with water, and pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen till the +iron is reduced, the copper and silver precipitated, and the liquor +smells of the gas. This takes about one hour and a half.</p> + +<p>Filter off the precipitate (rejecting the solution) and wash with warm +water. Dry and transfer to an evaporating dish, adding the ashes of the +filter paper. Heat gently with a Bunsen burner until the sulphur burns, +and then calcine until no more sulphurous oxide comes off. When cold add +30 c.c. of nitric acid, boil and dilute to 100 c.c. Add 1 c.c. of very +dilute hydrochloric acid (1 to 100),<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> stir well, and allow to stand +overnight. Decant on to a Swedish filter paper, dry and calcine.</p> + +<p>Mix the ashes with 100 grams of litharge and 1 gram of charcoal, and +fuse in a small crucible. Detach the button of lead and cupel. Weigh and +make the usual corrections. As an example, 100 grams of ore treated in +this way gave 5.8 milligrams of silver; deducting 0.8 for the silver +added in the oxide of lead leaves 5 milligrams obtained from the ore. +Another experiment on 100 grams of the same ore to which 5 milligrams of +silver had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span> been added gave 11.0 milligrams. Deduct 5.8 for the silver +added; this leaves 5.2 milligrams as the silver obtained from the ore. +These give, as a mean result, 0.0051 per cent., or 1.66 ounce per ton.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Silver in Commercial Copper.</b>—For the method of doing +this, with an example and experiment, see under the heading of +<i>Examination of Commercial Copper</i>.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>There are two of these, one adapted for the determination of silver in +alloys of approximately known composition, and the other of more general +application. The first of these, generally known as "Gay-Lussac's" +method is, as regards its working, perfect in principle; but it requires +a practically constant quantity of silver, that is, one which varies by +a few milligrams only in each determination. It is a confirmatory method +rather than a determinative one. The other is known as "Volhard's," and +resembles in principle and method an ordinary volumetric process.</p> + +<p><b>Gay-Lussac's method</b> is based on the precipitation of silver from a +nitric acid solution by a solution of sodium chloride. The point at +which the whole of the silver is precipitated being recognised by the +standard solution ceasing to give a precipitate. The process depends for +its success upon, (1) the ease which silver chloride separates out from +the solution leaving it clear after shaking, and, (2), the cloudiness +produced by the reaction of very small quantities of silver nitrate and +sodium chloride. In working, a quantity of the sodium chloride solution +equal to 1 gram of silver is added at once to the assay; and, when the +solution has been rendered clear by shaking, the residual silver (which +should not exceed a few milligrams) is estimated with the help of a +weaker solution of sodium chloride. The success in working evidently +depends upon the accuracy with which the first addition of the salt +solution is made. On this account the standard solution is run in from a +special pipette capable of delivering a practically invariable volume of +solution. It is not so important that this shall deliver exactly 100 +c.c. as that in two consecutive deliveries the volume shall not differ +by more than 0.05 c.c. The dilute salt solution is one-tenth of the +strength of that first run in, and 1 c.c. of it is equivalent to 1 +milligram of silver. Ordinarily it is run in 1 c.c. at a time (and an +ordinary burette may be used for this purpose), shaking between each +addition until it ceases to give a precipitate. If many such additions +have to be made the operation not only becomes tedious, but the +solution<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span> also ceases to clear after shaking, so that it becomes +impossible to determine the finishing point.</p> + +<p>If the assay contains less than one gram of silver the first addition of +the dilute salt solution of course produces no precipitate. Five +milligrams of silver in solution (5 c.c.) is then added, and the assay +proceeded with in the usual way; 5 milligrams of silver being deducted +from the amount found.</p> + +<p>There is required for the assay a <i>standard solution of sodium +chloride</i>, which is prepared by dissolving 5.4162 grams of the salt +(made by neutralizing carbonate of soda with hydrochloric acid) in water +and diluting to one litre. 100 c.c. of this is equivalent to 1 gram of +silver.</p> + +<p>The weaker solution of salt is made by diluting 100 c.c. of the stronger +one to one litre. One c.c. of this will equal 1 milligram of silver, or +0.1 c.c. of the stronger solution.</p> + +<p>A <i>standard solution of silver</i> equivalent to the dilute salt solution +is made by dissolving 1 gram of fine silver in 10 c.c. of dilute nitric +acid, and diluting with water to one litre.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 133px;"> +<img src="images/fig044.jpg" width="133" height="450" alt="Fig. 44." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The solution of salt is standardised as follows:—Weigh up 1.003 gram of +fine silver and dissolve in 25 c.c. of dilute nitric acid in a bottle +provided with a well-fitting flat-headed stopper. Heat on the water bath +to assist solution, resting the bottle in an inclined position. When +dissolved blow out the nitrous fumes with the help of a glass tube bent +at right angles. Run in from a stoppered pipette (as shown in fig. 44) +100 c.c. of the standard salt solution, and shake vigorously until the +solution clears. Fill an ordinary burette with the weaker standard salt +solution, and run 1 c.c. into the assay bottle, letting it run down the +side so that it forms a layer resting on the assay solution. If any +silver remains in solution a cloudy layer will be formed at the junction +where the two liquids meet. This is best observed against a black +background If a cloudiness is seen, shake, to clear the liquid, and run +in another c.c. of salt, and continue this until a cloudiness is no +longer visible. Deduct 1.5 c.c. from the amount of the weaker sodium +chloride solution run in. Divide the corrected reading by 10, and add to +the 100 c.c. This will give the volume of strong salt solution +equivalent to the silver taken.</p> + +<p>If the first addition of the weaker salt solution causes no cloudiness +add 5 c.c. of the silver solution from an ordinary pipette, shake, and +then run in the weaker salt solution, working as before. These 5 +milligrams of silver added must be allowed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span> for before calculating. As +an example:—1.0100 gram of fine silver was taken for standardising a +solution and 4 c.c. of the weaker salt solution were run in. Deducting +1.5 and dividing by 10 gives 0.25 c.c. to be added to the 100 c.c.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">100.25 : 1.0100 :: 100 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 10em;"><i>x</i> = 1.0075</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>which is the standard of the salt solution.</p> + +<p>The method of working an assay may be gathered from the following +example:—In the determination of silver in some buttons left after +cupellation, it was assumed that these would contain 99.5 per cent. of +silver. For the assay it was necessary to take a quantity that should +contain a little more than 1.0075 grams of silver; then</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">99.5 : 100 :: 1.0075 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 10em;"><i>x</i> = 1.0125</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>To ensure a slight excess, there was taken 1.0150 gram of the buttons, +which was treated in exactly the same way as for the standardising. The +quantity of the weaker salt solution required was 7 c.c.; deducting 1.5 +c.c., and dividing by 10, gives 100.55 c.c. of strong salt solution, +which is equivalent to 1.0130 gram of silver. This being obtained from +1.015 gram of alloy, is equal to 99.8 per cent., or 998.0 fine.</p> + +<p><b>The Effect of Temperature.</b>—The standardising and the assay must be +done at the same time, since a difference of 5° C. makes a difference of +0.1 c.c. in measuring the 100 c.c. of strong solution of salt. It is +always best to prepare a standard with each batch of assays.</p> + +<p><b>SULPHOCYANATE METHOD.</b>—Volhard's process is based upon the +precipitation of silver in nitric acid solutions with potassium +sulphocyanate, the finishing point being the development of a +reddish-brown colour, produced by the action of the excess of +sulphocyanate upon ferric sulphate. The white sulphocyanate settles +readily, leaving the liquor clear; and a persistent brown coloration in +the liquid indicates the finish. The assay must be carried out in the +cold; and water free from chlorides<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> must be used.</p> + +<p><i>The standard sulphocyanate of potassium</i> solution is made by dissolving +4-1/2 or 5 grams of the salt (KCyS) in water, and diluting to 1 litre. +100 c.c. are about equivalent to 0.5 gram of silver.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>The standard silver nitrate solution</i> is made by dissolving 5 grams of +fine silver in 50 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boiling off nitrous fumes, +and diluting to 1 litre.</p> + +<p>The <i>indicator</i> is a saturated solution of iron alum, or a solution of +ferric sulphate of equivalent strength made by titrating acid ferrous +sulphate with potassium permanganate. Use 2 c.c. for each assay.</p> + +<p>The sulphocyanate solution is standardised by placing 50 c.c. of the +silver nitrate solution in a flask with 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +diluting to 100 c.c. with water, and running in the sulphocyanate until +the greater part of the silver is precipitated; then adding 2 c.c. of +the ferric indicator, and continuing the titration until a reddish-brown +colour is developed, and remains permanent after shaking continuously. +The assay is similarly performed, the silver being used in the state of +a nitric acid solution.</p> + +<p>The effect of variations in the conditions of the assay may be seen from +the following experiments, in which 20 c.c. of standard silver nitrate +were used:—</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature</b>:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>10° C.</td><td align='left'>30° C.</td><td align='left'>70° C.</td><td align='left'>100° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphocyanate reqd.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.6 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Nitric Acid</b>:—Varying nitric acid has no effect, +except that with a fairly acid solution the finishing point is somewhat +sharper.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitric acid added</td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphocyanate reqd.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk</b>:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td><td align='left'>200 c.c.</td><td align='left'>300 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphocyanate reqd.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Ammonic Nitrate</b>:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonic nitrate</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphocyanate reqd.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.9 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Silver</b>:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver added</td><td align='left'>1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphocyanate reqd.</td><td align='left'>1.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>9.70 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>49.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>99.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>This method is valuable for determining silver in salts, alloys, and +solutions, where no more than an ordinary degree of accuracy is +demanded. It is easy, and applicable under most of the usual conditions. +Its greatest disadvantage is the brown coloration<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> produced by the +sulphocyanate when the assay is nearly, but not quite, finished; and the +slowness with which this is removed on shaking up with the precipitate. +This is worse with large quantities of precipitate, and if about 1 gram +of silver is present, it gives an indefiniteness to the finish which +lowers the precision of the process to about 1 in 500; this is useless +for the assays of bullion. One writer states that this inconvenience is +due to portions of liquid being entangled in the precipitate, but it +appears much more likely to be due to the action of the precipitate +itself. In attempting to apply the process to the assay of bullion by +working it on the principle of a Gay-Lussac assay, it was found that a +very considerable excess of silver was required to complete the +reaction. In these experiments 100 c.c. of "sulphocyanate" (very +accurately measured) was run into the solution containing the weighed +portion of bullion (fine silver) and, after shaking the solution, was +filtered. In the filtrate the remaining silver, if there should be any, +was determined by the ordinary titration, but with "sulphocyanate" of +one-tenth the strength. This final titration was quite satisfactory. The +amount of silver precipitated by the first 100 c.c., however, varied +with the quantity of silver present as in the following series.<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver present.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Silver precipitated.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>1.1342</td><td align='left'> gram.</td><td align='right'>1.1322</td><td align='left'> gram.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>1.1375</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>1.1335</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>1.1405</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>1.1351</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>1.1484</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>1.1379</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These, of course, preclude a method of the kind aimed at, and at the +same time emphasise the importance of uniformity of work in the ordinary +process. In the determination of chlorides in sea-water, Dittmar used a +combined method: precipitating the bulk of the silver as chloride, and +after filtering, determining the small excess of silver by +sulphocyanate. This modification answers admirably when applied to the +assay of bullion. In the ordinary Gay-Lussac method, the precipitation +of the bulk of the silver by the 100 c.c. of salt solution leaves +nothing to be desired, either as to ease in working or accuracy of +result; the silver precipitate settles quickly, and leaves a clear +liquor admirably fitted for the determination of the few milligrams of +silver remaining in solution. But the method of determining this +residual silver by adding successive small quantities of salt so long as +they continue to give a precipitate is unsatisfactory, and,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> judged on +its own merits apart from the rest of the process, could hardly escape +condemnation. It is clumsy in practice, for the continued adding of +small portions of salt solution is laborious and becomes impossible with +more than a few milligrams of silver in solution. The proposed +modification is simple; having precipitated the silver with the 100 c.c. +of salt solution, as described under Gay-Lussac's method (page 120), +shake till the liquor clears, and filter into a flask, washing with a +little distilled water. Add 2 c.c. of "ferric indicator" to the filtrate +and titrate with a standard "sulphocyanate solution" made by diluting +the ordinary standard solution to such an extent that 100 c.c. after +diluting shall be equivalent to 0.1 gram of silver.<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> Calculate the +weight of silver found by "sulphocyanate" and add it to the weight which +100 c.c. of the salt solution will precipitate.</p> + +<p>An advantage of this modification is that an excess of 15 milligrams may +be determined as easily and exactly as 5. In standardising the salt +solution, then, weigh up, say 1.0150 gram of pure silver, dissolve and +titrate. Suppose 13.5 c.c. of "sulphocyanate" required; then these are +equivalent to .0135 gram of silver, (100 c.c. = .1); the silver +precipitated by the salt is 1.0150-.0135—<i>i.e.</i>, 1.0015 gram, which is +the standard.</p> + +<p><b>Application of the Method to Assays for Arsenic.</b>—If silver nitrate be +added to a neutral solution of an arsenate of one of the alkali metals, +silver arsenate (Ag<sub>3</sub>AsO<sub>4</sub>), is thrown down as a dark-red +precipitate. If, after adding excess of silver nitrate to insure a +complete precipitation, the arsenate of silver be filtered off, the +weight of the arsenic could be estimated from the weight of silver +arsenate formed. But this may be done much more conveniently by +dissolving the precipitate in nitric acid, and titrating with +sulphocyanate; the silver found will be to the arsenic present as 324 +(108×3) is to 75.</p> + +<p>The mineral is best treated by the method given in the third paragraph +on page 382; but the solution, after being acidified with nitric acid, +should be made exactly neutral with ammonia. A small excess of silver +nitrate should then be added, and since acid is liberated in the +reaction, the liquor must again be neutralised.<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> The precipitate must +then be filtered off, and washed with distilled water. Then dissolve it +in the paper by slowly running over it 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. +Wash the filter with distilled water, collecting with the filtrate in a +small flask. Add 2 c.c. of "ferric indicator" and titrate.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span></p> + +<p>If the sulphocyanate solution be made up with 11 or 12 grams of the +potassium salt to the litre, and be then standardised and diluted, so +that for 100 c.c. it shall equal 1.08 gram of silver, (see p. 38), then +it will also equal .25 gram of arsenic (As). Except for ores rich in +arsenic, it will be better to work with a solution one half this +strength. The standard as calculated from an experiment with pure silver +should be checked by another using pure resublimed white arsenic, +As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, which contains 75.75 % of the metal. The quantity of white +arsenic taken, .1 or .2 gram, should contain about as much arsenic as +will be present in the assays. It is converted into sodium arsenate by +evaporating to a small bulk with nitric acid and neutralising with soda. +The precipitation and titration of the silver arsenate should be exactly +as in the assays.</p> + +<p>The difficulty of the method is in the neutralising; which has to be +very carefully done since silver arsenate is soluble in even faintly +acid solutions; one drop of nitric acid in 100 c.c. of water is enough +to produce an absolutely worthless result; and an excess of acid much +less than this is still very prejudicial. The addition of a little +sodium acetate to the solution after the final neutralising has a good +effect.</p> + +<p><b>Arsenic in Mispickel.</b>—Weigh up .250 gram of the finely-powdered ore, +and place in a Berlin crucible about 1-1/4 or 1-1/2 inch in diameter. +Treat with 10 or 12 drops, one drop at a time, of strong nitric acid, +warm very gently, but avoid much heating. Put on a thin layer of nitre, +and rather more than half fill the crucible with a mixture of equal +parts of soda and nitre. Heat quickly in the blow-pipe flame, and when +the mass is fused and effervescing, withdraw and allow to cool. Boil out +with water, filter and wash. Insert a piece of litmus paper and +cautiously neutralise with nitric acid, using ammonia to neutralise any +accidental excess of the acid. Add a gram or so of ammonium nitrate and +silver nitrate in excess, neutralise again with ammonia and add two or +three grams of sodium acetate. Filter off the precipitate, wash and +titrate. In the fusion care should be taken to avoid much effervescence +(an excess of the soda mitigates this) and the operation should be +stopped as soon as the whole has entered into fusion.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>There is, properly speaking, no colorimetric method, but the following, +which is sometimes used, is based on similar principles.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> It is useful +for the determination of small quantities of silver in substances which +yield clear solutions with nitric acid.</p> + +<p>Dissolve a weighed quantity of the substance in nitric acid, and dilute +to a definite bulk. Divide into two equal parts. To one, add a drop or +two of dilute hydrochloric acid, stir and filter. To the other, add a +similar amount of dilute acid, and then to the filtered portion run in +from a burette standard silver nitrate (1 c.c. = 0.5 milligram silver) +until the solutions are equally turbid. Calculate in the usual way.</p> + + +<h4>GOLD.</h4> + +<p>Gold occurs in nature chiefly as metal. It always contains more or less +silver, and, in alluvial sands, &c., may be associated with platinum and +iridium.</p> + +<p>Gold is insoluble in hydrochloric or nitric acid, but is dissolved by +aqua regia or by solutions of iodine, bromine, or chlorine. It is taken +up by mercury, forming an amalgam, from which the mercury may be driven +off by heat.</p> + +<p>When gold occurs in particles of any size, it is readily detected by its +appearance, but when finely disseminated through a large quantity of +rock, it is separated and detected by the amalgamation assay—described +below—or by a process of washing somewhat similar to vanning, or by the +following test:—Powder and, if necessary, roast 50 to 100 grams of the +ore, put on it three or four crystals of iodine and enough alcohol to +cover it; allow to stand for half an hour; a piece of filter paper +moistened with the liquid and burnt leaves an ash with a distinctly +purple tint if any gold is present. It is better, however, to filter off +the solution, evaporate, and ignite. Then, either take up with mercury, +and ignite the amalgam so as to get a speck of the metallic gold; or +treat with a few drops of aqua regia, and test the solution with +stannous chloride: a purple coloration indicates gold.</p> + +<p><b>AMALGAMATION ASSAY.</b>—This does not attempt to give the total produce +of gold, but rather the quantity which can be extracted on a large +scale; therefore it should imitate as closely as possible the process +adopted in the mine or district for extracting the metal.</p> + +<p>Take 2 lbs of the ore in powder and roast; make into a stiff paste with +hot water and rub up for an hour or so with a little mercury. Wash off +the sand carefully, and collect the amalgam. Drive off the mercury by +heat, and weigh the residual gold. It is best to cupel it with lead +before weighing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p> + +<p>In an experiment on a lot of ore which contained 0.189 gram of gold, +0.179 gram was obtained by the above process, equal to about 94-1/2 per +cent. recovered. With ores generally, the yield may be from 80 to 90 per +cent. of the actual gold present.</p> + + +<h4>DRY ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>The dry assay of gold ores resembles in its main particulars the dry +assay for silver by the crucible method; and for much that is of +importance in its discussion the student is referred to what is written +under Silver on pp. 90-113.</p> + +<p><b>Size of Assay Charges.</b>—Gold ores rarely contain more than a few +ounces, often only a few pennyweights of gold to the ton; consequently, +the button of gold obtainable from such quantities of ore as may be +conveniently worked by assaying methods is often so small as to require +more than ordinary care in its manipulation. One milligram of gold forms +a button of about the size of one of the full-stops on this page, and +compared with a million similar particles of quartz (about four ounces), +represents a produce of a quarter of an ounce to the ton: a proportion +such as the assayer is frequently called on to determine. It is evident, +therefore, that a charge of half an ounce or less of the ore, such as is +usual with silver ores, would demand of the worker both skill and care +in the handling of the minute quantity of gold to be obtained from it. +Fortunately the work is simple and precise, so that in practised hands +and with only a 5-gram charge the assay of a 5-dwt. ore is practicable; +with so small a charge, however, the result is barely perceptible on a +sensitive balance: the button of gold should be measured under a +microscope. It follows, therefore, that larger charges of say 50, 100, +or even 200 grams, have an advantage in that they lessen the strain on +the worker's attention, and, except in the case of the poorest mineral, +bring the button of gold within the scope of the balance. On the other +hand, the inconvenience of the larger charges lies in the amount of +fluxes and consequent size of the crucibles required to flux them.</p> + +<p><b>Sampling.</b>—A further consideration in favour of the larger charges is +the matter of sampling. In preparing his ore, the student should ask +himself what reasonable expectation he has that the portion he puts in +the furnace will be of average richness. The larger charges are likely +to be nearer than the smaller ones to the average of the parcel of ore +from which they are taken. In explanation of this, let us suppose a +large<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> heap of 5-dwt. ore, in sand of the coarseness of full-stops, and +containing all its gold in particles of 1 milligram, as uniformly +distributed as care and labour in the mixing can accomplish. Such a heap +could not possibly occur in practice, but it will serve for purposes of +illustration. Now, one ton of the sand, however taken, would contain +appreciably the same quantity of gold as any other ton. For a ton would +contain about 8000 particles of gold; and even if two separate tons +differed by as much as 100 particles (which they are just likely to do), +this would mean only a difference of 1 or 2 grains to the ton. On the +other hand, two portions of 14 lbs., which should contain on the average +50 particles of gold, are likely enough to differ by 10 particles, and +this, calculated on a ton, means a difference of 1 dwt. It is easy to +see that something like this should be true; for on calculating the +14-lb. lot up to a ton, the deviation from the average, whatever it may +be, is multiplied by 160; whereas, if the ton were made up by adding +14-lb. lot to 14-lb. lot, up to the full tale, then a large proportion +of the errors (some being in excess and some in defect) would neutralise +each other. An average which is practically true when dealing with +thousands, and perhaps sufficiently exact with hundreds, would be merely +misleading when applied to tens and units. Reasonable safety in +sampling, then, is dependent largely on the number of particles of gold +in the charge taken, and the risk of an abnormal result is less, the +larger the charge taken.</p> + +<p>By doubling the charge, however, we merely double the number of +particles. Powdering finely is much more effective; for, since the +weight of a particle varies as the cube of the diameter, halving the +diameter of the particles increases their number eight-fold. If, now, we +modify our illustration by assuming the particles to have only one-sixth +the diameter of a full-stop (which would represent a powder of a +fineness not unusual in ores prepared for assaying), we should multiply +the number of particles by 200 (6 × 6 × 6 = 216). We should then +reasonably expect a 14-lb. parcel of the powder to give as safe a sample +as a ton of the sand would give; and portions of a size fit for crucible +work, say 50 or 100 grams, would be as safe as 10 or 20-lb. samples of +the coarser stuff. For example, 60 grams of such powder would contain, +for a 5-dwt. ore, about 100 particles; and in the majority of cases the +error due to sampling would be less than 10 or 12 grains to the ton, and +would only occasionally exceed a pennyweight. With richer ores the +actual deviation stated as so much to the ton of ore might be greater, +but it would represent a smaller proportion, stated in percentage of +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> gold actually present, and would ultimately fall within the limits +of unavoidable error.</p> + +<p>It will be seen that the size of the quartz particles has no direct +bearing on the argument; and, in fact, the coarseness of the quartz only +interferes by preventing the uniform mixing of the sand and by binding +together several particles of gold; in this last case, particles so +united must, of course, count as one larger particle. Now, there are +some natural ores in which the gold particles are all very small; with +these fine powdering and mixing yields a product from which a sample may +be safely taken. Then, again, in "tailings," before or after treatment +with cyanide, we have a similar material, inasmuch as the coarser gold +has been removed by previous amalgamation. With these, it is not unusual +to take the portion for assay without any further powdering, since they +are poor in gold, and have already been stamped and passed through a +sieve of say thirty holes to the inch (linear).</p> + +<p>But there are other ores, in lump showing no visible gold, which contain +the gold in all possible degrees of fineness, from say prills of a +milligram or so down to a most impalpable powder. The treatment of these +cannot be so simple and straightforward. Suppose a parcel of 1000 grams +(say 2 lbs.) of such ore in fine powder, containing on an average 1 +particle of 1 milligram (the presence or absence of which makes a +difference of .6 dwt. on the ton), 10 others of about .5 milligram (each +representing .3 dwt.), and 100 others, which are too coarse to pass +through an 80 sieve, and having an average weight of .1 milligram (each +.06 dwt.), and that the rest of the gold, equivalent altogether to 2 +ounces to the ton, is so finely divided that a charge of 50 grams may be +taken without any considerable risk of its interfering with the +sampling. Then in a 50-gram charge there would be one chance in twenty +of getting the milligram particle, in which case the result would be +12.35 dwts. too high; on the other hand, if it were not present the +result would on this account be .65 dwt. too low. Of the ten +.5-milligram particles, it is as likely as not that one will be present, +and its presence or absence would cause an error of 3.3 dwts., more or +less. Of the 100 particles of .1 milligram, there would probably be from +3 to 7, instead of 5, the proper number; this would mean a variation of +2.6 dwts. from the true proportion. So that the probable result would +range about 5 dwts. more or less than the 2-1/2 ozs., which is the true +produce, and there are possibilities of astounding results. It is true +that the majority of the results would be well within these limits, and +now and again the heart of the student would be gladdened by a beautiful +concordance in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> duplicate assays; nevertheless, there can be no +reasonable expectation of a good assay, and to work in this way, on a +50-gram charge, would be to court failure. The coarse gold must ruin the +assay.</p> + +<p>The difficulty may be met by concentrating the whole of the coarse gold +in a small fraction of the ore, by sifting and making a separate assay +of this fraction. A portion of the ore, of about 1000 grams, is ground +to a very fine powder and passed through an 80 sieve, re-grinding when +necessary, until only 20 or 30 grams is left of the coarser powder. This +is mixed with fluxes and carried through as a separate assay. The sifted +portion is <i>thoroughly mixed</i>, and a portion of it, say 30 or 50 grams, +taken for assay. The weights of the two portions must be known, and care +must be taken that nothing is lost in the powdering. The method of +calculating the mean result from the two assays is shown on page 109. In +this way of working there is no advantage in continuing the grinding +until the coarser fraction is reduced to a gram or so—rather the +contrary; and rubbing on until all the gold is sent through the sieve is +to be distinctly avoided. The student must bear in mind that what he is +aiming at is the exclusion of all coarse gold from the portion of ore of +which he is going to take only a fraction.</p> + +<p>The question of the smaller sampling of gold ores has been dwelt on at +considerable length, as befits its importance, in order that the student +may be impressed with a sense of its true meaning. Sampling is not a +mystery, nor does the art lie in any subtle manner of division. It is, +of course, absolutely necessary that the stuff to be sampled shall be +well mixed, and the fractions taken, so that each part of the little +heap shall contribute its share to the sample. Moreover, it must be +remembered that tossing about is a poor sort of mixing, and that +everything tending to separate the large from the small, the light from +the heavy, or the soft from the hard (as happens in sifting), must be +avoided, or, if unavoidable, must be remedied by subsequent mixing.</p> + +<p>With a well-taken sample, we may rely on a great majority of our results +falling within normal limits of error; but nothing can be more certain +than that, in a moderately large experience we shall get, now and again, +deviations much more considerable. These erratic assays can only be met +by the method of working duplicates, which call attention to the fault +by discordant results. Such faulty assays should be repeated in +duplicate, so that we may rest the decision on three out of four +determinations.</p> + +<p>The likelihood of two very faulty assays being concordant is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span> remote; +but with very important work, as in selling parcels of ore, even this +risk should be avoided, as concordance in these cases is demanded in the +reports of two or more assayers. The following actual reports on a +disputed assay will illustrate this: (<i>a</i>) 5 ozs. 1 dwt.; (<i>b</i>) 5 ozs. +10 dwts. 12 grains; (<i>c</i>) 5 ozs. 11 dwts.; (<i>d</i>) 5 ozs. 11 dwts. 12 grs. +The mean result of several assays, unless there be some fault in the +method, will be very fairly exact; and individual assays, with an +uncertainty of 1 in 20, may, by repetition, have this reduced to 1 in +100 or less.</p> + +<p><b>Assay Tons, etc.</b>—Having decided on taking a larger or smaller +portion, the exact quantity to be used will be either some round number +of grams, such as 50 or 100, easily calculable into percentage; or it +will be that known as the "Assay Ton" (see page 13) or some simple +multiple or fraction of it, which is easily calculable into ounces. The +reports, too, are at least as often made as ounces in the short ton of +2000 lbs., as on the more orthodox ton of 2240 lbs. Now the short ton is +equal to 29,166.6 troy ounces; and the corresponding "assay ton" is got +from it by replacing ounces by milligrams. The advantage of its use is +that if one assay ton of ore has been taken, the number of milligrams of +gold obtained is also the number of ounces of gold in a ton of the ore, +and there is absolutely no calculation. Even if half an assay ton has +been taken the only calculation needed is multiplying the milligrams by +two. On the other hand with a charge of two assay tons the milligrams +need halving. Where weights of this kind (<i>i.e.</i>, assay tons) are not at +hand they may be easily extemporised out of buttons of tin or some +suitable metal, and it is better to do this than to array out the grams +and its fractions at each weighing. The sets of "assay tons," however, +are easily purchased. As stated on page 13, the assay ton for 2240 lbs. +is 32.6667 grams; and for the short ton, 29.1667 grams. If, however, the +round number of grams be used and the result brought by calculation to +the produce on 100 grams, the conversion to ounces to the ton may be +quickly effected by the help of the table on page 107. As this table +only deals with the ton of 2240 lbs., it is supplemented here by a +shortened one dealing only with <i>the produce of 100 grams</i> and stating +the result in <i>ounces troy to the short ton of 2000 lbs</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Estimation of Small Quantities of Gold.</b>—<i>By the Balance.</i> In +estimating minute quantities of gold there are one or two points, of +importance to an assayer only in this assay, where they will often allow +one to avoid the working of inconveniently large charges. One of these +is known as "weighing by the method of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p> + +<p class="center"> TABLE FOR CALCULATING OUNCES TO THE SHORT TON FROM THE + YIELD OF GOLD FROM 100 GRAMS OF ORE.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Milligram.</td><td align='left'>Ounces to the Ton.</td><td align='left'>Milligram.</td><td align='left'>Ounces to the Ton.</td><td align='left'>Milligram.</td><td align='left'>Ounces to the Ton.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.01</td><td align='left'>0.003</td><td align='left'>0.4</td><td align='left'>0.117</td><td align='left'>7.0</td><td align='left'>2.042</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.02</td><td align='left'>0.006</td><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>0.145</td><td align='left'>8.0</td><td align='left'>2.333</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.03</td><td align='left'>0.009</td><td align='left'>0.6</td><td align='left'>0.175</td><td align='left'>9.0</td><td align='left'>2.625</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.04</td><td align='left'>0.012</td><td align='left'>0.7</td><td align='left'>0.204</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>2.916</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.05</td><td align='left'>0.014</td><td align='left'>0.8</td><td align='left'>0.233</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>5.833</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.06</td><td align='left'>0.017</td><td align='left'>0.9</td><td align='left'>0.262</td><td align='left'>30.0</td><td align='left'>8.750</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.07</td><td align='left'>0.020</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>0.292</td><td align='left'>40.0</td><td align='left'>11.666</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.08</td><td align='left'>0.023</td><td align='left'>2.0</td><td align='left'>0.583</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>14.583</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.09</td><td align='left'>0.026</td><td align='left'>3.0</td><td align='left'>0.875</td><td align='left'>60.0</td><td align='left'>17.500</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.10</td><td align='left'>0.029</td><td align='left'>4.0</td><td align='left'>1.167</td><td align='left'>70.0</td><td align='left'>20.416</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.20</td><td align='left'>0.058</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>1.458</td><td align='left'>80.0</td><td align='left'>23.333</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.30</td><td align='left'>0.087</td><td align='left'>6.0</td><td align='left'>1.750</td><td align='left'>90.0</td><td align='left'>26.250</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>vibrations." Suppose a balance at rest in perfect equilibrium, with the +pointer exactly over the middle point of the scale. Let the scale be a +series of points at equal distances along a horizontal line; then, if a +small weight be placed on one pan, the pointer will deviate from its +vertical position and come to rest opposite some definite part of the +scale, which will depend upon the magnitude of the weight added. The law +determining this position is a very simple one; the deviation as +measured along the points of the scale varies directly as the weight +added. For example, with an ordinarily sensitive balance, such as is +used for general purposes, one milligram will move the pointer along, +say, three divisions of the scale; then two milligrams will move it six +divisions; half a milligram, one and a half divisions; and so on. Of +course, with a more sensitive balance the deviations will be greater. +Now the point at which the needle comes to rest is also the middle point +about which it vibrates when swinging. For example, if the needle swings +from the third to the seventh division on the right then [(7+3)/2] it +will come to rest on the fifth. In working by this method the following +conventions are useful: Always place the button to be weighed on the +left pan of the balance, the weights on the right; count the divisions +of the scale from the centre to right and left, marking the former + and +the latter -; thus -5 is the fifth division to the left. Then the +position of rest is half the algebraic sum of two readings. For example, +let the readings be 7 to the right and 3 to the left, then (+7-3)/2 = ++2. The mean division is the second division<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span> to the right. If the +student will place himself in front of a balance and repeat the +following observations and replace the figures here given by his own, he +will have no difficulty in grasping the method. First determine the +<i>bias</i> of the balance; suppose the unloaded balance swings +1.25 and -1; +the bias then is (1.25-1)/2 = +.125 or one-eighth of a division to the +right. Now having put on the button to be weighed let the readings be ++7.5 and +9.25, and (7.5+9.25)/2 = +8.375. Then the effect of the button +has been to move the pointer from +.125 to +8.375, or 8.25 divisions to +the right; we should, therefore, add the weight equivalent of 8.25 +divisions to the weights, whatever they may be on the right hand pan of +the balance; if the divisions were to the left (- divisions) we should +subtract. The value of 1 division is easily determined. Suppose the +button in the example were a 1 milligram weight, then we should have +found that 1 milligram = 8.25 divisions ∴ 1 division = .121 milligram. +This method of working adds very considerably to the power of a balance +in distinguishing small quantities.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig044a.jpg" width="300" height="380" alt="Fig. 44a." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><i>By the Microscope</i>.—The use of the microscope also is a real advantage +in estimating the weights of minute buttons of gold where there is no +undue risk in sampling, and where an error of say 1 in 20 on the +quantity of gold is tolerable. For ores with copper, lead, zinc, &c., as +well as for tailings rather poor in gold, this leaves a wide field of +usefulness. The method is described on page 440, but the description +needs supplementing for those who are not accustomed to the use of a +microscope. The eye-piece of a microscope (fig. 44<i>a</i>, A) unscrews at +<i>a</i>, showing a diaphragm at <i>b</i>, which will serve as a support for an +eye-piece micrometer. This last, B, is a scale engraved on glass, and +may be purchased of any optical instrument maker, though it may be +necessary to send the eye-piece to have it properly fitted. When resting +on the diaphragm it is in focus for the upper lens, so that on looking +through the microscope, the scale is clearly seen in whatever position +the instrument may be as regards the object being looked at. Suppose +this to be a small button of gold on a shallow, flat watch-glass, on the +stage of the microscope. Bring the button under the "objective" (<i>i.e.</i>, +the nose of the microscope), which should be about a quarter of an inch +above the watch-glass; then looking through the instrument, raise the +tube until the button of gold, or at least some dust on the glass, comes +into focus. If the button is not in the field, rest the thumbs and index +fingers, using both hands, on the edge of the watch-glass, pressing +lightly but steadily, and give the glass a slow, short, sweeping motion; +the button will perhaps appear as an ill-defined blackness, because<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span> not +quite in focus. Bring this into the centre of the field. Raise or lower +the microscope until the button appears with sharp outlines. If the +scale does not cover the button, rotate the eye-piece; this will bring +the scale into a new position. Since the divisions over the button are +less distinct than the others, it is best to read the latter. Thus, in +fig. 44<i>b</i>, there are 36 divisions on one side of the button, and 35 on +the other, making altogether 71. The whole scale is 80, therefore the +diameter of the button is 9 divisions. The value of each division +obviously varies with the magnifying power employed. With most +microscopes there is a telescopic arrangement whereby the tube may be +lengthened; if this be done and the button again brought in focus, it +will be seen that, as measured on the scale, the button is much larger +than before. It is evident, therefore, the micrometer must always be +used in the same way. The method given in the appendix (page 440), for +finding the value of the scale when gold buttons are to be measured is +easy and satisfactory. When the button of gold is so small that there is +considerable risk of losing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> it in transferring to a watch-glass, it may +be measured on the cupel, but for this purpose it must be well +illuminated; this is best done by concentrating light on it with a lens, +or with what comes to the same thing, a clean flask filled with water.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig044b.jpg" width="300" height="350" alt="Fig. 44b." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Most assayers, however, using a micrometer in this way, would like to +know its absolute value. To do this, a stage micrometer must be +purchased. This is like an ordinary microscope slide (fig. 44<i>a</i>, C), +and when looked at through a microscope it shows (fig. 44<i>c</i>) lines +ruled on the glass at distances of tenths and hundredths of a +millimetre, ten of each, so that the full scale is 1.1 mm. In the case +illustrated, 60 divisions of the scale in the eye-piece are just equal +to the 1.1 mm., therefore 1 division equals .0183 mm. A cube of this +diameter would contain (.0183×.0183×.0183) .0000061285 cubic mm. The +corresponding sphere is got by multiplying by .5236; this gives +.000003209 cb. mm. The weight of 1 cb. mm. of water is 1 milligram; and, +since gold is 19.2 times as heavy as water (sp. g. = 19.2), the contents +in cb. mm. must be multiplied by 19.2. This gives .0000616 milligram as +the weight of a sphere of gold measuring 1 division.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig044c.jpg" width="300" height="329" alt="Fig. 44c." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>If every result had to be calculated in this way the method would be +very laborious; but, having the figures for the first division, those of +the others may be calculated by multiplying by the cube of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span> the +corresponding number. Thus, for the third division (3×3×3 = 27), the +content of the cube (.0000061285×27) is .0001655 cb. mm.; the content of +the sphere (.000003209×27) is .0000866 cb. mm.; and the corresponding +sphere of gold (.0000616×27) is .00166 milligram. With the help of a +table of cubes the whole calculation for 25 or 30 divisions may be made +in half an hour, and the results preserved in the form of a table will +simplify all future work.</p> + +<p><b>Assay Operations.</b>—The actual work of the assay resolves itself into +three operations:—(1) The fusion of the ore and concentration of the +"fine metal" (<i>i.e.</i>, gold and silver) in a button of lead; (2) The +cupellation of the lead, whereby a button of fine metal is obtained; and +(3) the "parting" of the gold which separates it from the accompanying +silver. The following description takes the order as here given, but the +student, in learning the method, should first practise cupellation if he +has not already done so; next he should practise the separation of gold +from silver, taking known weights of fine gold (p. 63), varying from .5 +or .3 gram down to quite minute quantities, and not resting satisfied +until a sensitive balance can barely distinguish between the weights of +gold taken and found. It may be noted here that if he has not a flatting +mill at his disposal, then for large buttons it is better to make an +alloy with eight or nine parts of silver to one of gold, and attack it +with acid without previous flattening, rather than accept the risk and +labour of beating out a less easily attacked alloy to the necessary +thinness with a hammer. It is only after a sense of security in gold +parting has been acquired, that the attack of an ore can be profitably +accomplished, and even then simple and easy ores should be first taken, +passing on to others more difficult, either because of a more complex +mineral composition or a difficulty in sampling.</p> + +<p><b>Concentration of the fine Metal in Lead.</b>—The best flux for quartz, +which makes up the earthy matter of most gold ores, is soda, and this is +best added as carbonate or bicarbonate. By theory,<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> 50 grams of +quartz will require 88.5 grams of the carbonate, or 140 grams of the +bicarbonate, to form sodium silicate, which is a glassy, easily-fusible +substance, making a good slag. If the bicarbonate is used, and heat is +applied gradually, steam and carbonic acid are given off at a +comparatively low temperature, and the carbonate is left; at a higher +temperature (about 800° C., or a cherry-red heat) the carbonate fuses +attacking<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span> the quartz, and giving off more carbonic acid; as the heat +increases, and the attack on the quartz (which of itself is infusible) +becomes complete, the whole mass settles down to a liquid sodium +silicate, which is sufficiently fluid to allow the gold and lead to +settle to the bottom. The fluid slag does to a certain extent dissolve +some of the crucible, but not seriously. In a perfect working of this +experiment, the first evolution of gases (steam and carbonic acid) +should be gentle, so as to run no risk of its blowing the fine powder +out of the crucible; and the heat at which the second evolution of +carbonic acid is produced should be maintained until the reaction is +completed, so that there may be little or no formation of gas in the +fused mass to cause an effervescence which may force some of the charge +over the edges of the crucible. Of course, in practice the ideal fusion +is not attained, but there is no difficulty in approaching it closely +enough to prevent the charge at any time rising above the level it +reached at first in the crucible, and this should be accomplished. It is +usual with quartzose ores to rely mainly on the action of carbonate of +soda, but not entirely. Litharge is also used; it forms, on fusion with +quartz, a silicate of lead, which is a yellow glass, easily fusible, and +more fluid in the furnace than silicate of soda is. By theory, 50 grams +of quartz would require 186 grams of litharge.<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> The reaction takes +place without evolution of gas, and in its working the only point is to +so regulate the heat that the litharge shall not fuse and drain under +the unattacked quartz, leaving it as a pasty mass on the surface. Now, +if in making up a charge for 50 grams of ore, we took 100 grams of +bicarbonate of soda (equivalent to about 63 grams of the carbonate), +this being five-sevenths of 140 grams (which by itself would be +sufficient), leaves two-sevenths of the quartz to be fluxed by other +reagents: two-sevenths of 186 grams (say 52 grams) of litharge would +serve for this purpose. But if we used 10 grams of borax, which has a +fluxing action about equal to that of the litharge, then 40 grams of the +latter, or (making an allowance for the quartz being not quite pure) say +35 grams, will suffice. The fluxes, then, for the 50 grams of ore would +be: bicarbonate of soda 100 grams, litharge 35 grams, and borax 10 +grams; we could decrease any of these, and proportionately increase +either or both of the others, and still rely on getting a fusible slag, +which is the whole of the function of a flux, considered simply as a +flux. It should be remembered, however, that the slag is a bi-silicate +or acid slag, and that its acid character is increased by increasing the +proportion of borax.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span></p><p>But in addition to the fluxes there is required about 30 or 40 grams of +lead to collect the silver and gold. This is best added as litharge (say +40 grams) and flour (4 grams), or charcoal powder (2 grams). See pages +93 and 94. The full charge, then, would be:</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ore</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bicarbonate of soda</td><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Litharge</td><td align='left'>75</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Borax</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Flour</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These should be mixed, placed in a suitable crucible (a G Battersea, +round, will do), and heated, at first at a red heat, but finally much +hotter, so as to get a fluid and clean slag. When the charge has been in +tranquil fusion for some little time, take it out and pour it into an +iron mould. When cold, detach the button of lead. The slag should be +glassy, all through alike, and easily separable from the metal. With +ordinary ores, this slag may be considered as free from gold. In an +experiment in which 90 milligrams of gold were added, the full amount +was obtained from the lead produced by the first fusion. But in certain +cases, more especially where large amounts of metallic oxides are +present, the slag is not so clean, and with these the slag should be +powdered, mixed with 40 grams of litharge and 4 of flour, and melted +again; it is an advantage to add a small prill of say 2 or 3 milligrams +of silver to the charge, as it insures a visible product in the +cupellation. Indeed, this last precaution is a good one to be taken +wherever there is reason to expect very small buttons. It has the +further advantage, that, if the quantity of silver necessary for +inquartation is known, the right quantity may be added here, so as to +save a subsequent operation.</p> + +<p><b>Ores containing Oxides of Iron.</b>—Of the metallic oxides likely to be +present in a slag, oxide of iron is the most important. Gold is +occasionally found in a matrix of this substance, and in the assay of +"concentrates" largely made up of pyrites, this oxide will be formed in +the preliminary calcination. Now, the lower oxide of iron (ferrous +oxide, FeO) is easy to deal with; fused borax will dissolve about its +own weight of it, and a silicate of soda (such as makes up the bulk of a +slag in a gold assay) will take up at least half as much. But the higher +oxide (ferric oxide, Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) is more refractory; even 6 parts of +borax yields a poor product, and slags with any considerable percentage +of it are not satisfactory. A student attempting to recover gold from +some hæmatite (in which there was about half an ounce of the metal), +found in the slag nearly a gram of gold, although in the first<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> fusion +the slag appeared perfectly fluid. There is, however, no difficulty in +getting good slags, even with large quantities of iron. For example, +with 50 grams of ferric oxide, 10 of quartz, 30 of borax, 30 of +soda,<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> 50 of litharge, and 7 of flour, the result was quite +satisfactory. So, too, was 25 of quartz, 50 of soda, 50 of litharge, and +7 of flour. It is well, however, in such cases to have an ample +proportion of flux and to aim at a larger button of lead than usual by +increasing the proportion of flour or charcoal (see also page 91). A +charge used on the Randt for roasted "concentrates" (which we may +roughly speak of as quartz and ferric oxide), is one assay ton (about 30 +grams) each of ore, soda, and borax, and one and a half assay ton of +litharge and 2 grams of charcoal. Whilst, for the same material, from +which most of the gold has been extracted by "chloridising," 2.5 tons +each of ore, borax, and soda, 4 of litharge, and 4 grams of charcoal are +needed. This quantity requires a large crucible (I Battersea, round). In +this the proportion of silicate of soda and borax counted together is to +the oxide of iron as 4 to 1, on the supposition that the quartz and +oxide of iron of the ore are in about equal quantities; but, in the +larger charge especially, much oxide of lead would also remain as a +flux.</p> + +<p><b>Ores containing Sulphides.</b>—In assaying ores containing a large +proportion of pyrites or mispickel, or both, the best plan is to take a +portion and calcine so as to convert it into a product of the kind just +considered. The weighed portion of ore should be placed in a clean +crucible and be heated to incipient redness: with pyrites the first +effect is to drive off about half the sulphur as vapour which burns as +flame over the ore. At this stage care should be taken that there is no +great increase of temperature, otherwise there may be more or less +fusion, which would spoil the operation. When the sulphur flame ceases +the solid sulphide of iron burns with visible incandescence and the +charge should now be stirred with a flattened iron rod so as to expose +fresh portions to the air. The top of the furnace must be open, so that +air may have free access to the crucible. When stirring is no longer +followed by visible burning the heat may be raised to full redness. The +crucible is then lifted out (the stirrer still resting in it) and if the +charge gives off no odour of burning sulphur it is shaken out into an +iron mortar and mixed with the fluxes, taking care to clean the stirrer +in the mixture. The charge is then replaced in the crucible in which the +roasting was done and fused in the furnace. The resulting button of lead +is cupelled for fine metal. Ores rich in sulphides requiring this +treatment are frequently<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> "concentrates." For their assay take 1 assay +ton (30 grams), calcine and mix with an equal weight of soda and of +borax (30 grams each), and half as much again of litharge (1.5 tons or +45 grams), and with 2 grams of charcoal or 5 grams of flour.</p> + +<p>Where the sulphides are present in smaller proportion (10 per cent. or +less), they may be taken as serving the purpose of flour or charcoal +(see page 95); the sulphur and iron are oxidised at the expense of the +litharge with a consequent separation of lead as metal. If the +proportion of sulphides is not sufficient to give a large enough button +of lead, some charcoal or flour should be added. On the other hand, if +they are in small excess and give a button of lead somewhat sulphury, +<i>i.e.</i>, hard and brittle, it may be remedied by the judicious addition +of nitre; this last reagent, however, should not be used in large +quantity. A plan much used to prevent sulphury buttons is to insert an +iron rod or a nail in the charge in the crucible; the iron takes the +sulphur forming sulphide of iron which in moderate quantity does not +form a separate layer of matte but dissolves in the slag. A slag formed +of 50 grams of quartz, 100 soda, and some borax, may take up in this way +some 10 or 12 grams of sulphide of iron. If, however, an ore gives a +layer of matte or speise, it is best to repeat the assay by the method +of calcining before fusion.</p> + +<p><b>Cyanide Charges, etc.</b>—In assaying the "tailings" which are to be +treated in a cyaniding plant the following charge is used:</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Tailings</td><td align='left'>3</td><td align='left'>assay tons or</td><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'>grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Litharge</td><td align='left'>4.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>150</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda</td><td align='left'>4.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>150</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Borax</td><td align='left'>.75</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>25</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The sand is assayed without any further crushing and the assay is made +in duplicate.</p> + +<p>The residues after treatment with cyanide, differing from the tailings +merely in being poorer in gold because of the extraction by the solution +of cyanide, are run down with the same fluxes in the same relative +proportions. But four charges of 2.5 assay tons (say 75 grams) are +worked, and two of the resulting buttons are scorified together and then +cupelled, etc., so as to give duplicate assays on charges of 5 assay +tons. This is one of the cases in which it is desirable to add a small +portion of silver before cupelling.</p> + +<p>In assaying the "cyanide liquors" for gold, 2 assay tons of the liquor +are measured out (58.3 c.c. for the ton of 2000 lbs., 65.3 c.c.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span> for the +other) and are evaporated to dryness in a lead dish weighing about 35 +grams. Such a dish is easily extemporised out of a piece of lead foil, +if the ordinary vessel is not at hand; but care must be taken that the +lead is free from gold. The dish with the dried residue is then +scorified and the resulting button of lead is cupelled.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 248px;"> +<img src="images/fig044d.jpg" width="248" height="450" alt="Fig. 44d." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>In some cases the fusion of the ore may be replaced by a treatment with +solution of cyanide of potassium and the gold recovered from the +solution in the way just described. For this purpose the ore should be +in not too fine powder, otherwise there will be great difficulty in +filtering; a sand which will pass a 30 sieve and having no large +proportion of very fine stuff will do. Not less than 200 grams should be +taken; and as an extraction apparatus a bell jar capable of holding half +as much again may be used. Such a jar may be extemporised by cutting off +the bottom of a bottle by leading a crack around it with a red hot +poker; or a lamp chimney will serve the purpose. The smaller mouth of +the jar is closed by a perforated cork provided with a clipped tube +after the manner of a burette (see fig. 44<i>d</i>). In the jar, just over +the cork, put a plug of loose asbestos or glass wool, or a piece of +sponge to act as a filter; a layer of broken glass, coarse at the bottom +and fine at the top, will serve the same purpose. On this, place the +charge of ore to be extracted. Prepare a solution of cyanide of +potassium in water, with 5 or 10 grams of the salt to the litre. It may +be that the whole point of the assay depends on the solution being of a +definite strength; as, for example, where the relative efficiency of +solutions of different strengths is being determined, when it will be +best to estimate the quantity of cyanide of potassium in the dilute +solution by the method given at the end of this article (page 160). Pour +the cyanide solution on to the ore, letting the first portions to come +through run into the beaker, but as soon as the ore is thoroughly wetted +close the clip and allow to stand for several hours. Then, opening the +clip, run through more cyanide solution and then water, so as to wash +the gold-carrying liquor thoroughly into the beaker. It is no matter if +the liquor is a little bit turbid; transfer it to a lead dish, +evaporate, scorify, and cupel in the usual fashion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p> + +<p>The assay of gold-zinc slimes, which is the precipitate formed by zinc +acting on cyanide solutions of gold, may be made by wrapping 2 or 3 +grams in 40 grams of sheet lead and scorifying, cupelling, &c. The +amount of impurity in the stuff varies greatly; it is usually calcined +and mixed thoroughly with soda 40 per cent., borax 30 per cent., and +sand 10 per cent., and melted in graphite pots. The buttons of bullion +obtained are afterwards remelted with borax and run into bars, the +fineness of which varies from 600 to 830 thousandths. The bars are +sampled by chipping off diagonally opposite corners: or better, by +drilling, the drillings being freed from pieces of steel with the help +of a magnet.</p> + +<p><b>Cupellation.</b><a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a>—The cupellation of lead for gold differs very little +from that of lead carrying silver. When the gold is accompanied by a +larger proportion of silver, and both have to be determined, the +cupellation must be conducted exactly as in a silver assay, the usual +precautions being taken to moderate the temperature so as to lessen the +cupellation loss and to promote a slow and undisturbed solidification in +order to avoid spirting. If, however, the gold predominates the finish +should be effected at a higher heat, as the melting-point of gold is +100° higher than that of silver. The bad effect of a higher temperature +in increasing the cupellation loss need hardly be considered in the case +of such small buttons of gold as are obtained in assaying gold ores, as +any loss there may be is hardly appreciable by the balance. With larger +quantities of gold, however (as in assaying gold bullion), this loss +becomes important; and it is therefore necessary to very carefully +regulate the temperature of the muffle so as to minimise the loss.</p> + +<p><b>The cupels</b> are made of well-burnt bone-ash, of the fineness of coarse +wheat flour, moistened with one-twelfth its weight of water and +compressed into shape in suitable moulds. The moulds sold for this +purpose are often of unsuitable shape. Since lead has a specific gravity +of over 11, a cup to hold from 15 to 25 grams of molten lead need not +have a capacity of more than about 2 c.c. A hollow about 1 inch across +and 1/4 inch deep is sufficient; and the body of the cupel to absorb +this weight of lead should itself weigh from 20 to 25 grams. The button +of lead in a gold assay may be twice as heavy as this. For these larger +buttons a hollow 1-1/3 inch across and 1/3 inch deep will be sufficient. +If these larger cupels are not at hand the larger buttons will have to +be reduced in size by a scorification before cupelling. In some cases +this preliminary scorification is advantageous or even necessary: this +may be because the lead is hard and impure, or it may be that a very +small button of gold is expected. In the latter case it is best to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> +scorify the lead down to something less than 1 gram, and to perform the +cupellation on a specially prepared small fine cupel. These small cupels +are best made by grinding the unsaturated portion of a used cupel to a +fine powder, and compressing the dry powder into a small Berlin crucible +or scorifier; the face should be made quite smooth by pressure from a +pestle. On such cupels a small speck of gold (less than .01 milligram) +will be left in a good shape and easily visible; but the cupel must be +withdrawn from the muffle as soon as the cupellation is finished to make +sure of always getting the button in good condition. In places, such as +Mints, where large numbers of bullion assays are regularly made a +special form of cupel is used so that not less than six dozen assays may +all be cupelled at the same time in a muffle of ordinary size. These +cupels are square blocks, a little less than 2 inches across, and a +little more than three quarters of an inch deep. Each block carries four +hollows of about .7 inch across and .3 inch deep. A muffle, on a floor +space of 6 inches by 12, would take 3 of these blocks abreast and 6 +deep, and thus provide the means for 72 assays.<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a></p> + +<p>Cupels made with wet bone-ash should be slowly dried; and if in the +muffle they can be slowly brought to an orange-red heat it is all the +better. Under no circumstances must the lead be placed on the cupel +before the latter has been so thoroughly heated that it can no longer +give off steam or gas of any kind. For this gas bubbling through the +molten metal spatters it, thus spoiling one assay and throwing doubt on +all the rest. Again, the risk of freezing at the start is much greater +with a cupel which has not been properly heated.</p> + +<p>The best plan is to do all the cupellations in batches. After the muffle +has cooled down for the withdrawal of the last batch, and the old cupels +have been taken out, the new cupels for the next batch should be put in +their place. The furnace should then be stoked and made ready for the +next cupellations; by the time the furnace is ready the cupels will be +ready also. There should be no unnecessary handling of the cupels once +they have been placed in the muffle.</p> + +<p><b>The cupellation temperature for gold</b> is an orange-red heat or perhaps +a little hotter. Beginners, who are apt to overheat their furnace, +should avoid a heat which can properly be called yellow. Dr. T.K. +Rose<a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a> has determined the temperature of a muffle during the +cupellation of gold-silver alloys at the Royal Mint. In one muffle the +temperature ranged from 1065° to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> 1095° C.; the lower temperature was of +course in the front of the muffle. In another it ranged from 1022° to +1062°, and here the muffle appeared to the eye "decidedly cooler than +usual." The alloy left after cupelling was made up of 1 part of gold to +2-1/2 parts of silver, and was fused at 952°; hence the usual +temperature of cupellation was, say, 120° or 130° above the +melting-point of the residual metal. To obtain some real knowledge as to +the meaning of these figures, the student should prepare pointed pieces +of the following metals: silver, which melts at 945°; gold, which melts +at 1035°; and an alloy, half silver, half gold, which melts at 990°. +These should be placed on clean cupels in a muffle almost entirely +closed; the temperature should be very slowly raised, and the appearance +of the muffle when each metal begins to melt should be carefully noted. +The cupelling temperature in Dr. Rose's experiment was as much above the +melting-point of gold as this is above that of the silver-gold alloy. +The <i>finish of the cupellation</i> of gold or gold-silver alloys is +practically the same as with pure silver; there is the same thinning out +of the litharge into a luminous film which becomes iridescent before the +brightening. But the danger of spirting decreases as the proportion of +gold becomes greater, and disappears when the gold is much over 30 per +cent. Nevertheless it is well to let such buttons become solid +undisturbed and protected from draughts in the body of the muffle. This +means closing the muffle and allowing the furnace to cool down somewhat +before withdrawing the cupels. Buttons solidified in this way are more +malleable than when they are withdrawn promptly on the finish of the +cupellation. This is important with large buttons, as in a bullion +assay. On the other hand, very small buttons, especially such as have to +be measured rather than weighed, should be withdrawn as soon as the +luminous film has disappeared. For when this is done the button can be +loosened from the cupel by merely touching it with the point of a pin, +and is then safely and easily transferred to a watch glass by touching +it with the head of a pin which has been moistened. It adheres to this, +and if the pin is not too wet comes off at once on touching the glass, +or in any case will do so on gentle warming.</p> + +<p>Molten gold, with little or no silver, has a peculiar colour which is +easy to recognise; it is more globular than a button of silver of the +same size would be, and it shows less adhesion to the cupel. Just after +becoming solid it glows beautifully, and this is so marked that it is a +valuable help in finding the position of a button when it is more than +ordinarily minute.</p> + +<p>If the button left from cupellation is yellow it is at least half gold, +and a rough guess as to the proportion of gold may be made from its +yellowness; the rest of the metal is generally silver. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> presence of +platinum or one of the platinum group of metals makes the surface of the +button dull and crystalline. The native alloy of osmium and iridium does +not alloy with gold, however, but falls to the bottom of the molten +metal. It shows itself in the subsequent parting as a black spot or +streak on the under surface.</p> + +<p>The buttons are removed from the cupel with a pair of pliers and then +brushed to remove adherent litharge and bone-ash. Some assayers advise +cleaning by dipping in warm dilute hydrochloric acid followed by washing +in water and drying. The button is next weighed. When the quantity of +silver obtained is not required to be known the weighing may sometimes +be omitted. The next operation in either case is parting either with or +without a previous inquartation.</p> + +<p><i>The loss of gold in cupellation</i> is by no means always inconsiderable. +In three cupellations of 1 gram of gold with 20 grams of lead made +purposely at a very high temperature the cupel absorbed 6.04, 6.20, and +6.45 milligrams of gold. Hence at a high temperature there may easily be +a loss of more than half a per cent. of the gold. In ten cupellations +with the same quantities of gold and lead, but at an ordinary +temperature, the gold recovered from the cupels varied from 1.37 to 1.92 +milligrams, and gave an average of 1.59 milligrams. In round numbers the +cupellation loss of pure gold is .15 per cent.</p> + +<p>But if the gold be alloyed with <i>silver</i> the loss is diminished, as is +shown by the following experiments. Gold, .3 gram, was cupelled with 10 +grams of lead and varying amounts of silver, and the cupels were assayed +for gold with the following results:</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver in the alloy</td><td align='left'>.3 gram</td><td align='left'>.6 gram</td><td align='left'>.9 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gold in the cupel</td><td align='left'>.47 milligram</td><td align='left'>.32 milligram</td><td align='left'>.17 milligram</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These, calculated on the .3 gram of gold, give the loss as .157, .107 +and .057 per cent. respectively. The effect of <i>copper</i>, on the other +hand, is to increase the cupellation loss, which, silver being absent, +may from this cause rise to .3 per cent., even when the temperature is +not excessive.</p> + +<p>In the ordinary assay of gold-copper alloys a constant weight of the +alloy is always taken; hence as the weight of copper in a cupel charge +increases, the weight of gold decreases. The silver, on the other hand, +is always very nearly two and a half times as much as the gold, whatever +its quantity may be. But the cupellation loss is smaller with less gold +and greater with more copper, and it so happens in these assays that +these two opposites nearly neutralise one another. Mr. W.F. Lowe<a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> +found the gold recoverable<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> from the cupels on which 20 grains of gold +bullion had been treated varied only between .014 and .015 grain (<i>i.e.</i> +from .07 to .075 per cent. of the bullion treated), although the quality +of the bullion varied from 9 to 22 carat.<a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> But in the poorest bullion +there was only 7.5 grains of pure gold, while in the richest there were +18.3 grains; yet each lost on the cupel the same weight of gold, viz., +.014 grain. When reckoned in percentages of the actual gold present the +losses are .187 per cent. and .076 per cent. respectively. The heavier +percentage loss is mainly due to the increased quantity of copper.</p> + +<p>As with silver so with gold the predominant cause of the cupellation +loss is the solution of the metal in the molten litharge which passes +into the cupel. Three lots of 1 gram of gold cupelled each with 20 grams +of lead repeatedly, so as to make 13 cupellations in all, lost in actual +weight 35.72 milligrams. The gold recovered from the cupels amounted +altogether to 34.56 milligrams. This shows that, compared with the +absorption by the cupel, the other causes of loss are inconsiderable.</p> + +<p>The loss of gold by <i>volatilisation</i> is, however, a real one. The dust +from the flues of assay furnaces has been tested on several occasions +and found to contain gold, though in small quantity. Thus Mr. Lowe found +.073 per cent. of silver and .00033 per cent. of gold in such a +material. The lead volatilised from a gold bullion assay would need to +be ten times as rich as this to account for a loss of gold equal to the +hundredth part of a milligram. Dr. Rose, in the paper already quoted, +believes that on a .5 gram charge of standard bullion the loss from +volatilisation is not less than .025 nor more than .05 milligram of +gold.</p> + +<p>By way of conclusion it may be said that the cupellation loss of gold is +about .07 per cent., and that it is largely met or even over corrected +by a compensating error due to silver retained in the gold after +parting.</p> + +<p><b>Inquartation.</b>—The method of separating the gold from the silver in +gold-silver alloys by boiling with nitric acid does not act equally well +in all cases. An alloy half silver half gold, rolled to thin sheet and +boiled for half an hour with nitric acid, may still retain more than +two-thirds of its silver. An alloy of 1 part gold and 1.7 parts of +silver gives up practically the whole of its silver under similar +treatment. The gold is left in a coherent, though easily broken, sheet +retaining the shape of the original alloy. The gold thus left is quite +spongy and porous, so that the acid can penetrate into its innermost +portions. But if the silver is in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> large excess in the alloy, the +removal of the silver is less complete, and the residual gold, instead +of holding together in a form easy to manipulate, falls to a powder +which requires care and time in its treatment. The older assayers, +therefore, added silver to their gold in such proportion that the alloy +for parting should be one quarter gold to three quarters silver. This +operation they called <i>inquartation</i>.</p> + +<p>The modern practice is to aim at getting an alloy with 2-1/2 parts of +silver and 1 part of gold. In gold bullion assays this proportion should +be obtained with fair exactness. And in the parting of such gold buttons +as are obtained in assaying ores it is well to aim at this proportion, +though absolute precision is not a matter of importance.</p> + +<p>If the button left on cupelling the lead from an assay of an ore appears +white, it is best to assume that it already contains at least a +sufficiency of silver, in the absence of any knowledge to the contrary. +This will be true in almost all cases. But if, on parting, it does not +lose at least two-thirds of its weight, this indicates that the +assumption was not justified; and also what quantity of silver must be +added to the button before again attempting to part. Generally the fault +will be in the other direction; the silver will be in excess and the +gold will break up and demand very careful treatment.</p> + +<p>If, however, such a button is yellow, then, from its weight and depth of +colour, a rough estimate can be made of how much gold is contained in +it. Silver must be added to make the total weight 3-1/2 times as much as +that of the gold supposed to be present. Thus, if the button weighs 10 +milligrams and is supposed to contain 8 milligrams of gold, then 8 +multiplied by 3-1/2 is 28; the button must, in such case, be made up to +28 milligrams by adding 18 milligrams of silver. In judging of the +quality of the gold button, no ordinary error will very seriously affect +the result. If, in the example just given, the quantity of gold present +was really 7 or even 9 milligrams of gold, the resulting alloy would +still have been suitable for such partings. In fact, in routine assays, +where the quantity as well as the quality of the gold is known within +fair limits, it is often the custom to add the silver for inquartation +to the lead during the first cupellation.</p> + +<p>But in the assay of rich gold alloys such approximate work will not do. +If the composition is not already known with a fair degree of accuracy +<i>preliminary assays</i> must be made. Weigh up two lots of 100 milligrams +of the alloy and wrap each in 3 grams of lead. To one add 300 milligrams +of silver. Cupel both. The button containing the added silver must be +flattened and boiled with 15 c.c. of nitric acid; and the resulting +gold<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> must be washed, dried, ignited and weighed. This, in milligrams, +gives directly the percentage of gold. The weight of the other button +gives the percentage of gold and silver; the difference between the two +gives the percentage of silver. The rest will, perhaps, be copper.</p> + +<p>The composition of the alloy being known, or having been determined as +just described, the calculation of how much silver must be added is +fairly simple. The following is an example. Suppose the bullion contains +92 per cent. of gold, 1 per cent. of silver and 7 per cent. of copper, +and that .5 gram of it is to be taken for an assay. The .5 gram, then, +will contain</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Gold</td><td align='left'>.460</td><td align='left'> gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver</td><td align='left'>.005</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='left'>.035</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>But the total silver required is .46 gram × 2.5. This equals 1.15. +Allowing for the .005 gram of silver already present, 1.145 gram of +silver must be added.</p> + +<p>The silver is incorporated with the gold, and at the same time the +copper is eliminated, by cupelling with sheet lead. How much sheet lead +must be used will depend partly on how much bullion is taken, partly on +how much copper it contains. Four grams of lead will do for a .5 gram +charge; and for a .3 gram charge, 3 grams may be used. But with 20 per +cent. of copper these amounts should be doubled; with 40 per cent. of +copper they should be trebled; and with over 60 per cent. of copper four +times as much lead should be used. For small buttons of gold as little +lead as may be relied on to start cupelling may be taken; the lead may +conveniently be in the form of little cups made by folding lead foil on +a piece of glass rod. With a large number of bullion assays +systematically worked and checked a simple plan would be to always use +the quantity of lead required by the alloy containing most copper which +turns up for assay. This weight, cut out of lead foil, would be kept in +stock folded into little bags ready to receive the bullion and silver.</p> + +<p>The silver used for inquartation must, of course, be free from gold and +is best prepared by the assayer who is to use it (see p. 66). It should +not be in long strips or angular pieces likely to perforate the lead in +which it is folded. When wrapped in the lead it should be in the middle +and should make as compact a parcel as possible.</p> + +<p>Each little parcel, as completed, should be placed on a tray in its +properly numbered compartment. Its position here should correspond to +that it will occupy in the muffle and eventually in the cupel tray. The +cupellation must be made with all the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> requisite precautions. A good +smooth malleable button is needed for the next operation, which is known +as flatting.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 301px;"> +<img src="images/fig045.jpg" width="301" height="300" alt="Fig. 45." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Flatting.</b>—Small buttons, such as are got in assaying most gold ores, +are placed on a polished steel anvil and flattened by one or two blows +with a hammer. The flattened discs are heated to dull redness on a clean +cupel and are then ready for parting. Somewhat larger buttons may be +similarly treated, but they should be annealed (<i>i.e.</i> heated to redness +and allowed to cool) during the flattening. The silver-gold alloy left +from the cupellation is soft and bends like lead; but after hammering or +rolling it becomes harder, gets a spring in it like a piece of +mainspring and cracks or splits somewhat easily. There should be no +cracks or stripping or even roughness on the flattened metal, since such +defects may cause the loss of small particles either during the +flattening or in the subsequent treatment with acid. The softness of the +metal is restored by heating. In bullion assays the flatting of the +buttons requires care and practice for its skilful working. The strips +of alloy for parting should be of uniform thickness and condition so +that the action of the acid shall be equal in all cases. The button is +taken from the cupel, cleaned and placed on the anvil: it is then struck +a heavy blow which widens it to about 3/4 inch in diameter; this blow is +followed by two others, one a little in front, the other behind, which +lengthen the disc and give a very blunt roof-like slope to its upper +face. It should then be annealed. This may be done by putting it in a +just red-hot scorifier heated in a muffle: it very soon attains the +right heat and may then be transferred to a cold scorifier; the hot +scorifier should be put back into the muffle. The softened disc is then +taken to the rolls (Fig. 45). The rolls are loosened until the disc can +be pressed between them. Looking through the interval between them the +rolls should appear exactly parallel; if they are not, one adjusting +screw should be loosened and the other tightened until parallelism is +obtained. The rolls are now turned and the disc should be drawn through +without any great effort. Beginners are apt to err by trying to do too +much with one turn of the handle. It is easy to stop whilst the rolls +are only just gripping the metal and then to bring the disc back by +reversing the action. If the disc was originally level<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span> and the rolls +are parallel, the metal will appear as a strip which has been merely +lengthened. If the rolls are tighter on one side the strip will be +bowed; the tighter side will correspond with the outer curve of the +crescent. A mistake of this kind may be amended by passing the strip +through the rolls the other way, so as to reverse the irregularity and +so straighten the strip. The screw on the looser side should then be +tightened until parallelism is obtained; after which more care should be +taken to tighten the two screws equally. The rolling should be stopped +when the strip is 3 or 4 inches long and of the thickness of an ordinary +visiting card. The strip should be annealed during the rolling and again +at the finish.</p> + +<p><b>Parting.</b>—The thin sheet of metal is dropped into hot dilute nitric +acid and boiled for five or six minutes after the brisk action of the +acid on the metal has ceased. At this stage nearly all the silver has +gone into solution as nitrate of silver and the acid is charged with +this salt. This acid is poured off and the residual metal is again +boiled for from 20 to 30 minutes with a second lot of stronger acid. +This leaves the gold almost pure, though it may still retain from .05 to +.1 per cent. of silver. Treatment with the first acid only would +probably leave three or four times as much.</p> + +<p>The <i>nitric acid</i> used should be free from hydrochloric, sulphuric, +iodic and telluric acids. In testing it for the first of these add +nitrate of silver and dilute with distilled water; there should be no +turbidity. In testing for the others evaporate three lots in dishes over +a water-bath. Test one for sulphates by adding water and barium +chloride. Test another for iodates by taking up with a little water, +adding a few drops of starch paste and then dilute sulphurous acid +solution a little at a time; there should be no blue colour. Test the +third for tellurium by heating with 1 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid +until dense fumes come off; allow to cool considerably; a piece of tin +foil added to the warm acid develops a fine purple colour if only a +trace of tellurium is present.</p> + +<p>The presence of lower oxides of nitrogen, which impart a brown colour to +the acid, is objectionable; they, however, are removed by boiling the +diluted acid before using it for parting. It is usual to keep a stock of +the acid suitably diluted to the two strengths required for the parting. +These are known as the parting acids. The <i>first parting acid</i> is the +weaker and is used in the first attack on the metal. The specific +gravity generally recommended for it is about 1.2. It may be prepared +either by diluting the strong acid with about its own volume of +distilled water, or by suitably diluting the second parting acid which +has been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span> already used in an assay; the small proportion of silver this +contains is not harmful for this purpose. The <i>second parting acid</i> has +a specific gravity of about 1.3, and may be made by diluting the strong +acid with half its volume of distilled water.</p> + +<p><i>Parting in Flasks.</i>—Flasks are most convenient for the larger +partings, as in bullion assays; and should always be used for this +purpose unless some of the special parting apparatus, like that used in +Mints, is available. Many assayers use flasks, though of a smaller size, +for the ordinary partings in assaying gold ores. The flasks are either +bulbs with long necks (Fig. 46) which ought to be heated on rose burners +of special construction; or they are small flat-bottomed conical flasks +which may be conveniently heated on a hot-plate and are, in this +respect, much easier to deal with in general work. The following +instructions apply to the parting of an alloy containing a few decigrams +of gold together with the proper proportion of silver.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 118px;"> +<img src="images/fig046.jpg" width="118" height="400" alt="Fig. 46." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The strip from the rolls, after being softened by annealing, is folded +on itself on a glass rod into a roll or cornet. It should be so plastic +that it will retain the shape thus given it and not spring open on +removing the pressure of the fingers. About 50 c.c. of the first parting +acid are placed in a 6-ounce conical flask and heated to boiling; the +flask is then withdrawn, and tilted a little to one side, whilst the +cornet is cautiously dropped into it; there will be a sudden issue of +hot vapours and a prompt withdrawal of the hand is advisable. The flask +is replaced on the hot plate and the acid is kept boiling for 10 or 15 +minutes. The flask is then withdrawn and the acid diluted with about an +equal volume of distilled water. If the flask has a thick glass band +around its neck, a little way down,<a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a> care must be taken to use hot +water, for any sudden chill will certainly crack the flask where it is +thus thickened. The liquor is carefully decanted into a clean beaker and +is then thrown into a jar marked "waste silver." About 40 c.c. of the +second parting acid, heated to boiling, is then poured into the flask, +which is then replaced on the hot plate. The boiling is continued for 15 +or 20 minutes or even longer. At this stage bumping has to be specially +guarded against; after a little experience it is easy to see when this +is imminent and the flask should be withdrawn to a cooler part of the +plate; it is better to prolong the heating at a temperature below +boiling than to run the risk of disaster. Some of the older writers, +however, are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> rather insistent on vigorous boiling with large bubbles. +The addition of a small ball of well-burnt clay of about the size of a +pea has been recommended, as it lessens the tendency to irregular and +dangerous boiling. At the end of the treatment with the second acid the +flask is withdrawn from the plate and the acid is diluted with an equal +volume of distilled water. The liquor is carefully decanted into a +beaker, and then poured into a jar or Winchester marked "acid waste"; it +serves for making the first parting acid. The flask is then washed twice +with hot distilled water; the washings must be carefully decanted from +the gold. The flask is then filled with water. A parting cup (size B) is +then placed over its mouth, like a thimble on the tip of a finger. This +cup is of unglazed porous earthenware of such texture that it absorbs +the last few drops of water left on drying; and with a surface to which +the gold does not adhere even on ignition. The gold should fall out +cleanly and completely on merely inverting the cup over the pan of the +balance. The flask and cup are then inverted so that the flask stands +mouth down in the cup; a little of the water from the flask flows into +the cup, but only a little. The gold falls steadily through the water +into the cup. When time has been allowed for even the finest of the gold +to have settled into the cup, the flask is removed. This is easiest done +under water. The cup, with the flask still resting in it, is dipped +under water in a basin; as soon as the neck of the flask is immersed the +crucible can safely be drawn away from under it and then lifted out of +the water. The flask should not be taken away first, for the rush of +water from it may easily sweep the gold out of the cup. The water in the +cup is then drained off and the cup is dried at not too high a +temperature; for if the last drop or two of water should boil there is +danger of spattering the gold out of the crucible. When it is dry, the +cup is heated on a pipe-clay triangle over a Bunsen burner, or on a slab +of asbestos in a muffle, to a dull-red heat. This brings the gold to +"colour"; that is, the loose tender dark coloured gold becomes bright +yellow and coherent; and is in a state fit to be transferred to the +balance and weighed. All unnecessary transferences must be avoided. As +soon as the cup is cool it may be inverted over the pan of the balance, +when the gold will fall out cleanly or, at the worst, a gentle tap with +the finger will be sufficient to detach it.</p> + +<p><i>Parting in test-tubes</i>, or in the smaller conical flasks, is used in +the assay of gold ores of ordinary richness. The work is exactly like +that just described in all its main features. Generally speaking much +less acid will be used; for example, in test-tubes and for small +buttons, 3 or 4 c.c. of each acid is quite enough. Again,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span> the action +need not be so prolonged; 10 or 15 minutes in each acid is sufficient. +So, too, the heating may be less; it is very convenient to support the +test-tubes in a water-bath, or merely to rest them in a beaker of +boiling water; and there is no serious objection to doing this. A +smaller parting cup should be used; the A size is suitable. The button, +on the other hand, should be beaten thinner than is needed for the +larger partings. If the silver should be in excess and the gold becomes +much broken up, ample time should be given for subsidence from the +test-tube or flask into the parting cup.</p> + +<p><i>Parting in glazed crucibles or dishes.</i>—This method of working has the +advantage that there is no transference of the gold until it is placed +on the pan of the balance. On the other hand, in the boiling more care +is required in adjusting the temperature. The following instructions +apply to the treatment of very small buttons, to which the method is +more particularly applicable; but very little modification is needed for +the treatment of larger buttons. The smallest sized Berlin crucibles +answer admirably. They should be cleaned by treatment with hot and +strong sulphuric acid, followed by washing in distilled water; the +comfort and ease of working mainly depends on the thoroughness of this +cleaning. The crucible, one-third full with the first parting acid, is +heated on the hot plate until the acid is almost boiling. The flattened +and annealed button is dropped into it and the heating continued with, +at most, gentle boiling for a few minutes. The crucible is then filled +with distilled water, which cools it enough for easy handling; and when +the gold has settled the liquor is poured off along a glass rod into a +clean beaker. Any greasiness of the crucible makes itself felt here and +is very objectionable. The crucible is then one-third filled with the +second parting acid and the heating resumed, care being taken not to +raise the temperature too high; this should be continued much longer +than before, say for five or ten minutes or even longer according to the +size of the button. Distilled water is again added and, when it is +drained off, the washing with distilled water is twice repeated. It will +not be possible to drain off the last drop of water; but if the gold is +coherent, the crucible can be so inclined that this drop drains away +from the gold, in which case the drying can be done rapidly; the boiling +of the water will do no harm. But when the gold is much broken up, it +will collect in the middle of this drop and the drying must be done +gently; best by putting the crucible in a warm place. When dry, the +crucible is heated till the gold changes colour, but the heat must be +kept well below redness. When cold, the gold is transferred directly to +the pan of the balance. With minute specks of gold which will require<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> +measuring, it is best to put a small piece of lead foil (say .1 gram) in +the crucible over the gold, and then heat the crucible to above redness +over a blowpipe. Whilst the lead is oxidising it is easily swept round +in a bath of molten litharge by merely tilting the crucible. In this way +any separated specks of gold can be taken up with certainty. When the +worker is satisfied that the lead has had ample opportunity for taking +up the gold, the lead must be kept in one place and the heat slowly +lowered. By this means the button becomes supported in comparatively +pure litharge and when solid can be picked out quite easily with a pair +of pliers and in a very clean condition. The lead button is then +cupelled on a very fine cupel, as already described. The method of +working last described destroys the crucible. If the gold is not quite +so small this may be avoided. A small piece of lead foil should be +hammered out until it is perfectly flexible. It is then shaped into a +tray and the gold is transferred to it. The lead is then folded over, +with the help of two pins; and cupelled.</p> + +<p>If the crucible shows a black stain on heating it is because some silver +remains through bad washing. It shows poor work and the assay should be +repeated.</p> + +<p><i>The silver retained in the gold after parting</i> is, in bullion assays, +an important matter; it is roughly equal to the loss of gold due to +absorption by the cupel. Mr. Lowe working on .5 oz. of gold, obtained by +parting in assaying bullion, found it to contain .123 per cent. of +silver. Dr. Rose in some special assay pieces found by a less direct +method of assaying, from .06 to .09 per cent. of silver. The proportion +of silver retained varies in a marked way with the proportion of gold to +silver in the alloy before parting. It is generally stated that the +retained silver is least when this proportion is 1 to 2-1/2, and more or +less silver than this leads to a less pure gold after parting.</p> + +<p><i>Platinum</i> in an alloy being parted is dissolved along with the silver +either altogether or in part. It imparts a straw yellow colour to the +parting acid. <i>Palladium</i> gives an orange colour to the acid.</p> + +<p><i>The loss of gold by solution in the acid during parting</i> is small, but +easily demonstrable. On a 500-milligram charge of bullion it may amount +to from .05 to .15 milligram; <i>i.e.</i> from .01 to .03 per cent. It is due +to gold actually dissolved and not merely held in suspension.</p> + +<p><b>Assaying with checks. Surcharge.</b>—It will be seen from what has been +stated that the errors in gold parting are of two kinds: viz. (1) a loss +of gold on the cupel and to a less extent by solution in the acid, and +(2) an apparent gain of gold due to the retention of silver in the +parted material. Both errors are small,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> and as they are of an opposite +character they tend to neutralise each other. Hence they are altogether +without effect on the accuracy of the assays of ores when the total gold +is reckoned in milligrams. And even with the larger amounts present in +bullion assays their influence is so small that an uncorrected result is +still fairly accurate; the resultant error would not be more than one +part in two or three thousand.</p> + +<p>It is customary to report the purity of bullion, or its fineness as it +is called, in parts per thousand of bullion. The sum of the errors of an +assay, which is called the <i>surcharge</i>, is reported in the same way. +Thus a surcharge of + .3 means that the gold as weighed was .3 part per +1000 more than the gold actually present. But a surcharge - .3 means +that on the whole there was a loss of .3 part per 1000 in the assay.</p> + +<p>Speaking roughly the retained silver will vary with the weight of gold +present; if one alloy contains twice as much gold as another the +retained silver will be about twice as much also. On the other hand, as +already explained, the cupellation loss on the poorer alloy is as much +as, or even more than, with the richer one, because of the copper, &c. +present. With rich gold alloys the silver more than compensates for the +loss and the surcharge is positive; but with poorer alloys the loss is +greater and the surcharge is negative.</p> + +<p>In Mints and places where bullion assays must be made with the highest +attainable accuracy, the surcharge is determined by experiment, and the +proper correction is made in the reports on the bullion. This is done by +making assays of gold of the highest degree of purity alongside of those +of the bullion whose quality has to be determined. These "checks" are so +made that they do not differ from the actual assays in any material +point. Thus, being of the same quality and weight and undergoing exactly +the same treatment, they may reasonably be expected to have the same +surcharge as the assays they imitate. Suppose the bullion being assayed +varies only a little, up or down, from 900 gold and 100 copper in the +thousand, and that .5 gram of it is used in each assay. A quantity of +gold differing only a little from .450 gram would be very exactly +weighed and placed with .050 gram of copper in the same weight of lead +as is being used in the other assays. It would be cupelled, parted, &c., +as nearly as possible under the same conditions as the actual assays. +Suppose the pure gold weighed .45016 gram and the parted gold weighed +.45025 gram, the gain in weight, .00009 gram, would be deducted from the +actual assays. A surcharge correction is never applied except to bullion +of the same quality as that represented by the "check assay" it was +calculated from.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span></p> + +<p>It is evident that unless the gold is of the highest degree of purity +these check assays will introduce an error almost equal to that which it +is designed to remedy. Moreover, to work the checks to the greatest +advantage, a very systematic and uniform method of working must be +adopted.</p> + +<p><b>Parting in special apparatus.</b>—One plan for obtaining greater +uniformity is to stamp each cornet with a number for purposes of +identification, and to treat several, including one or more check assays +in the same acid contained in a beaker; all the assays under these +conditions evidently receive precisely the same acid treatment. Such a +plan can of course only be adopted where there is no risk of the gold +breaking up during the parting. An improvement on this is to have a +porcelain basin<a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> about 8-1/2 inches in diameter and with a capacity +of about 1-1/2 litres. It is provided with a porcelain cover with 30 +numbered holes through which tubes dip into the acid. The cover is +removable. The tubes are like test-tubes and are supported by the cover; +their bottoms are perforated with holes or slits. The acid is placed in +the basin and boiled over a flat burner; it enters the tubes through the +slits. The cornets are placed each in its proper tube. When the boiling +is finished, the cover with the tubes is lifted and at the same time the +acid drains back into the basin. A dip into a basin of distilled water +washes at one operation all 30 assays. The cover is then put on a basin +containing the stronger parting acid which is already boiling. This +boiling is continued for half an hour. The cover with the 30 cornets is +then lifted out from the acid and dipped two or three times in distilled +water to wash off the last traces of acid. To transfer the cornets from +the tubes to the porous cups the whole of the tube must be dipped under +the water; otherwise the operation is exactly as when working with +test-tubes.</p> + +<p>A still simpler method of working is to use small platinum cups<a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a> +provided with fine slits which admit the acid but retain the gold. A +number of these, say 60, are supported on a platinum tray. The parting +acids are boiled in platinum dishes under a hood; and the 60 cornets +(each in its proper cup) are placed in the acid all at once: the tray +carrying the cups is provided with a handle suitable for this purpose. +After a proper boiling the tray is lifted out of the weaker acid into +the stronger one, where it undergoes the second boiling. It is next +dipped several times in distilled water and lastly, after a gentle +drying, it is raised to an annealing temperature which must not be too<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> +high for fear of the gold sticking to the platinum. After cooling, the +cornets are transferred from the platinum cups directly to the pan of +the balance. Here all 60 cornets have exactly the same treatment and the +"checks" may be compared with great exactness with the other assays +accompanying them. There is, too, a great saving of labour.<a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a></p> + +<p><b>Silver, &c., in gold bullion.</b>—The base metals are generally +determined by cupelling .5 gram of the alloy with 5 grams of lead. The +loss in cupellation having been allowed for by any of the usual methods +(see p. 104) the gold and silver contents are given. By deducting the +gold the proportion of silver is obtained. The silver is generally +determined by difference in this way. If it is desired to dissolve out +the copper, silver, &c., and to determine them in the wet way, the gold +must first be alloyed with a sufficiency of some other metal to render +it amenable to the attack by acid. Cadmium is the metal generally +recommended, and the alloy is made by melting together a weighed portion +of the gold with five or six times its weight of cadmium in a Berlin +crucible and under a thin layer of potassium cyanide.</p> + +<p><b>Lead with gold or silver.</b>—Large quantities of lead carrying gold and +silver are sold to refiners in bars weighing about 100 lbs. each. The +assay of these alloys presents no special difficulties, but the sampling +of them is a question which may be profitably discussed.<a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a></p> + +<p>A molten metal may be conceived to have all the physical states observed +in ordinary liquids, although these cannot be actually seen owing to its +opaqueness. There is no doubt that <i>pure</i> lead at a temperature only a +little above its melting-point can contain a large proportion of gold in +such a manner that it may in a figurative way be spoken of as a clear +solution. Any small portion withdrawn from the molten metal would afford +a perfect sample. The same would be true of any pure alloy of lead and +silver in which the silver does not exceed the proportion of 2-1/2 per +cent.<a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a> On the other hand, if the molten metal contains much more than +.5 per cent. of zinc, more than .1 per cent. of copper, or a larger +quantity of silver, it may be likened to a turbid liquor. The +resemblance holds good so far that if the molten lead be further heated, +whereby its solvent power on the added metal is increased, the turbidity +will disappear, or at least<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> be considerably diminished. A portion taken +at random from such a molten metal may, or may not, give a good sample. +The suspended insoluble matter will tend to concentrate itself in the +upper or lower parts of the liquid according to whether it is heavier or +lighter than it; and this separation may occur with extreme slowness or +with fair rapidity. However, it is generally agreed that in the case of +such alloys as occur in practice, samples taken in this way are quite +satisfactory and are the best obtainable. The precautions insisted on +are that the lead shall be made as hot as practicable; that it shall be +stirred up at the time of taking the sample; and that the portion +withdrawn shall be taken out with a ladle at least as hot as the molten +metal. The further precaution that if any dross be on the surface of the +metal it shall be skimmed off and separately sampled and assayed is +almost too obvious to require mention. An alternative and, perhaps, +better way of taking the sample is to withdraw portions at equal +intervals from the stream of metal whilst the pot is being emptied; +equal weights taken from these portions and mixed (by melting or in some +other way) give a fair sample of the whole. In addition, separate assays +of each portion will show to what extent the metal lacks uniformity in +composition For example, samples taken at the beginning, middle, and end +of a run gave the following results in ozs. of silver per ton: 475, 472, +466, showing an average result of 471 ozs. Fifteen fractions taken at +regular intervals during the same pouring ranged from 475 ozs. to 464 +ozs.: the average result was 469.8 ozs. The same lead cast into bars and +sampled by sawing gave an average of 470 ozs.<a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> In another case<a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> +samples drawn at the beginning, middle, and end of a run gave 1345 ozs., +1335 ozs. and 1331 ozs. The mean result in such cases is always a +reasonably safe one, but evidently where the metal varies a good deal it +is safer to take more than three dips.</p> + +<p>Imagine such lead run into moulds and allowed to become solid as bars; +the difference between bar and bar would not be greater than that +between corresponding dip samples. But in each bar the distribution of +the silver and gold is very seriously affected during solidification. +Chips taken from the same bar of auriferous lead may show in one place +23 ozs. of gold to the ton, in another 39 ozs.; similarly with silver +they may vary as much as from 900 ozs. to 1500 ozs. to the ton.</p> + +<p>This rearrangement of the constituents of a bar takes place whilst the +lead is partly solid, partly liquid. The most useful conception of such +half-solidified metal is that of a felted spongy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> mass of skeleton +crystals of comparatively pure lead saturated with a still fluid +enriched alloy. If the solidification of an ingot of impure tin be +watched it will be evident that the frosted appearance of the surface is +due to the withdrawal of the fluid portion from a mat of crystals of +purer tin which have been for some time solid and a contraction of the +mass. The shrinking of the last part to become solid is further shown by +the collapse of the surface of the ingot where weakest; that is, a +furrow is formed on the flat surface. In other cases of fused metal +there is expansion instead of contraction in this final stage of the +solidification, and the enriched alloy then causes the upper face of the +ingot to bulge outwards. There are other causes effecting the +redistribution of the metals through the ingot. There can be no general +rule of wide application showing which part of a bar is richest and +which poorest in the precious metals. This will depend on the quantities +of gold or silver, on the quantities and kinds of other metals present +and on the manner of casting. The student is advised to consult Mr. +Claudet's paper which has been already referred to.</p> + +<p>The best method of sampling such bars is to melt them all down and to +take a dip sample of the molten metal in one or other of the methods +already described. According to Mr. Claudet this should be done in all +cases where the gold exceeds one or two ounces or where the silver +exceeds 200 ozs. to the ton. If during the melting down some dross has +formed this must be skimmed off, weighed and separately sampled and +assayed. The clean lead also must be weighed, sampled and assayed. The +mean result must be calculated. Thus 14 tons 5 cwts. of clean lead +assaying 32 ozs. to the ton will contain 456 ozs. of silver; 15 cwt. +dross assaying 20 ozs. to the ton will contain 15 ozs. of silver. The 15 +tons of lead and dross will contain 471 ozs. of silver or 31.4 ozs. per +ton.</p> + +<p>Of the methods of sampling which avoid melting the bars, that known as +sawing is the only one which is thoroughly satisfactory. In it the bars +are brought to a circular saw having fine teeth and are sawn across +either completely or halfway through; in this way a quantity of lead +sawdust is obtained (say 1 lb. or so from a bar) which represents +exactly the average of the bar along the particular cross section taken +and approximately that of the whole bar. A bar of lead, which by dip +assay gave 334 ozs. to the ton, gave on three transverse sections 333 +ozs., 335 ozs. and 331 ozs. The variation may be greater than this, but +with a large number of bars, where each bar is cut across in as far as +possible a different place, these variations tend to neutralise each +other and a good sample is obtained. Two or three cwt. of sawdust may be +obtained<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> in this way; this is thoroughly mixed and reduced by +quartering in the usual way or by a mechanical sampler. A sample of 2 or +3 lbs. is sent to the assayer. This being contaminated with the oil used +in lubricating the saw is freed from it by washing with carbon +bisulphide, ether or benzene and dried. Then, after mixing, 100 to 200 +grams of it are carefully weighed and placed in a hot crucible, the heat +of which should be sufficient to melt all the lead. The molten lead +should not be overheated and should show no loss due to the melting. The +removal of the oil may have decreased the weight by perhaps one half per +cent. If the lead gives dross on heating it may be melted under 10 or 20 +grams of potassium cyanide, which prevents the formation of dross. +Samples are sometimes taken with a drill, gouge or chisel, though no +method of this kind is quite satisfactory. One plan adopted is to use a +punch which, when driven into the bar, gives a core or rod of metal +about half as long as the bar is thick and about one-eighth of an inch +across. With five bars side by side it is customary to drive in the +punch at one end on the first bar, and at the opposite end on the last +one, and on the others in intermediate positions in such a manner that +all the holes will be along a diagonal of the rectangle enclosing the +bars. The bars are then turned over and similar portions punched out +through the bottoms of the bars and along the other diagonal. Or one set +of five may be sampled along the top and the next set along the bottom +of the bars.</p> + +<p>Silver and gold present in bars of copper are subject to the same +irregularity of distribution as in lead. The sampling of such bars is +guided by the same principles.<a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a></p> + + +<h4>CYANIDES.</h4> + +<p>The cyanides ought perhaps to be considered along with chlorides, +bromides and iodides in Chapter XV. But they are treated here because +they owe their importance to their use in the extraction of gold and +because their determination has become a part of the ordinary work of an +assayer of gold ores.</p> + +<p>Formerly, the cyanide most easily obtained in commerce was potassium +cyanide; and it was generally sold in cakes which might contain as +little as 40 per cent. or as much as 95 per cent. of the pure salt. It +became customary to express the quality of a sample of commercial +cyanide by saying it contained so much per cent. of potassium cyanide. +The commercial product now made<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span> by improved methods of manufacture is +actually sodium cyanide, but is called "potassium cyanide" (probably +with the words "double salt" on the label); it contains cyanide +equivalent to something over 100 per cent. of potassium cyanide in +addition to a large proportion of sodium carbonate and other impurities. +What is wanted in most cases is merely a soluble cyanide, and it is a +matter of indifference whether the base be sodium or potassium. But +since 49 parts of sodium cyanide (NaCN = 49) are equivalent to 65 parts +of potassium cyanide (KCN = 65) it is evident that a pure sample of +sodium cyanide would contain cyanide equivalent to little less than 133 +per cent. of potassium cyanide. Therefore a sample of cyanide reported +on in this way may be rich in cyanide, and yet have much impurity.</p> + +<p>The commonest impurity in commercial cyanide is carbonate of sodium or +potassium. This may be tested for by dissolving, say, 2 grams in a +little water and adding barium chloride. There may be formed a white +precipitate of barium carbonate, which if filtered off, washed and +treated with acid, will dissolve with effervescence. Cyanate may be +tested for in the solution from which the barium carbonate has been +filtered by adding a little soda and boiling; if cyanates are present +they decompose, giving off ammonia (which may be tested for in the +steam) and yielding a further precipitate of barium carbonate.<a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a> If +the soda alone gave a further precipitate of barium carbonate, this may, +perhaps, be due to the presence of bicarbonates. Alkaline sulphides may +be present in small quantity in commercial cyanide. Their presence is +shown at once when the sample is being tested for its strength in +cyanide, inasmuch as the first few drops of silver nitrate solution +produce at once a darkening of the liquor. A special test for sulphide +may be made by adding a drop or two of solution of acetate of lead to +four or five c.c. of soda solution and adding this to a clear solution +of the suspected cyanide. This will cause a black precipitate or colour, +if any sulphide is present.</p> + +<p>The cyanides of the heavier metals combine with the alkaline cyanides to +form double cyanides. Some of these, ferrocyanide and ferricyanide of +potassium for example, have such characteristic properties that the fact +that they are cyanides may be overlooked. Others, such as potassium zinc +cyanide (K<sub>2</sub>ZnCy<sub>4</sub>), have much less distinctiveness: they behave +more or less as a mixture of two cyanides and are, moreover, so easily +decomposed that it may be doubted if they can exist in dilute alkaline +solutions. In reporting the cyanide strength of a cyanide liquor as +equivalent to so much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> per cent. of potassium cyanide, there is a +question as to whether the cyanide present in the form of any of these +double cyanides should be taken into account. It must be remembered that +the object of the assay is not to learn how much of the cyanide exists +in the solution as actual potassium cyanide; reporting the strength in +terms of this salt is a mere matter of convenience; what is really +desired is to know how much of the cyanide present in the liquor is +"free" or "available" for the purposes of dissolving gold. Every one is +agreed as to the exclusion of such cyanides as the following: potassium +ferrocyanide (K<sub>4</sub>FeCy<sub>6</sub>), potassium ferricyanide (K<sub>3</sub>FeCy<sub>6</sub>), +potassium silver cyanide (KAgCy<sub>2</sub>), and potassium aurocyanide +(KAuCy<sub>2</sub>); and the double cyanides with copper or nickel. But with +cyanide liquors containing zinc the position is less satisfactory. One +method of assay gives a lower proportion of cyanide when this metal is +present; and the loss of available cyanide thus reported depends, though +in a fitful and uncertain way, upon the quantity of zinc present. The +other method of assay reports as full a strength in cyanide as if no +zinc were present. Unfortunately, using both methods and accepting the +difference in the results as a measure of the quantity of zinc present, +or at any rate of the zinc present as cyanide, is not satisfactory. It +appears best to use the method which ignores the zinc; and to determine +the amount of zinc by a special assay of the liquor for this metal.</p> + +<p>The cyanide present as hydrogen cyanide or prussic acid (HCy) is +practically useless as a gold solvent. Hence any report on the strength +of a cyanide liquor which assigned to this the same value as its +equivalent of alkaline cyanide would be misleading. On the other hand, +it is "available cyanide" inasmuch as a proper addition of sodium +hydrate<a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> would restore its value. The question of the presence or +absence of free prussic acid is involved in the larger one as to whether +the cyanide solution has the right degree of alkalinity. The assay for +"cyanide" should include the hydrogen cyanide with the rest.</p> + +<p>A rough test of the power of a cyanide liquor for dissolving gold may be +made by floating a gold leaf on its surface and noting the time required +for its solution. This test might, perhaps, be improved by taking, say, +20 c.c. of the liquor and adding three or four gold leaves so that the +gold shall always be in considerable excess. The liquor should not be +diluted as this will affect the result. It should be allowed to stand +for a definite time, say at least two or three hours, or better, that +corresponding to the time the liquor is left in contact with the ore in +actual practice. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span> liquor should then be filtered off and, with the +washings, be evaporated in a lead dish as in the assay of cyanide +liquors for gold (p. 141). The gold obtained on cupelling, less any gold +and silver originally present in the liquor, would be the measure of the +gold dissolving power.</p> + + +<h4>THE ASSAY FOR CYANIDE BY TITRATION WITH SILVER NITRATE.</h4> + +<p>The determination of the quantity of a cyanide is made by finding how +much silver nitrate is required to convert the whole of the cyanide into +potassium silver cyanide<a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> or one of the allied compounds. It will be +seen from the equation that 170 parts by weight of silver nitrate are +required for 130 parts by weight of potassium cyanide. As already +explained it is customary to report the cyanide-strength in terms of +potassium cyanide, even when only the sodium salt is present. One gram +of potassium cyanide will require 1.3076 gram of silver nitrate. <i>The +standard solution of silver nitrate</i> is made by dissolving 13.076 grams +of silver nitrate in distilled water and diluting to 1 litre; 100 c.c. +of such a solution are equivalent to 1 gram of potassium cyanide.<a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a></p> + +<p>The titration is performed in the usual way, running the standard +solution of silver nitrate into a solution containing a known weight or +volume of the material containing the cyanide. The <i>finishing point</i> is +determined in one of two ways, both of which are largely used. In the +first place, as long as there remains any free cyanide in the solution +the silver nitrate will combine with it forming the double cyanide and +yielding a clear solution; but as soon as all the free cyanide is used +up the silver nitrate will react with the double cyanide<a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> forming +silver cyanide, which separates as a white precipitate and renders the +solution turbid. But, in the second place, if potassium iodide is +present in the solution the excess of silver nitrate will react with +it,<a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a> rather than with the double cyanide; and silver iodide will +separate as a yellowish turbidity which is easily recognised.</p> + +<p>In working with pure solutions, the two finishing points give the same +results; and this is true even when there is much difference in the +degree of dilution. The finishing point with the iodide,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span> however, has +an advantage in precision. Moreover, it is but little affected by +variations in alkalinity, which render the other finishing point quite +useless. The great difference between the two is shown when zinc is +present in the solution. In this case, when working without the iodide, +the first appearance of a turbidity is less distinct; the turbidity +increases on standing and as a finishing point is unsatisfactory. It can +be determined with precision only by very systematic working and after +some experience. The turbidity is due to the separation of an insoluble +zinc compound. A most important point (to which reference has already +been made) is that less silver nitrate is required to give this +turbidity and, consequently, a lower strength in cyanide is reported. On +the other hand, as much silver nitrate is required to give the yellow +turbidity due to silver iodide as would be required if no zinc were +present.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately the difference in the two titrations does not depend +merely on the quantity of zinc present; as it is also influenced by the +extent of dilution, the degree of alkalinity of the solution, and the +quantity of cyanide present. In an experiment with .055 gram of zinc +sulphate and .1 gram of potassium cyanide the difference in the two +finishing points was only .1 c.c.; whereas with .4 gram of potassium +cyanide, the other conditions being the same, the difference was 1.5 +c.c. of standard silver nitrate. On the assumption that all the zinc was +present as potassium zinc cyanide (K<sub>2</sub>ZnCy<sub>4</sub>) the difference should +have been 5 c.c. in each case. Again, repeating the experiment with .4 +gram of potassium cyanide, but with .11 gram of crystallised zinc +sulphate, the difference was 6.5 c.c.: that is, merely doubling the +quantity of zinc increased the difference by more than four times. Hence +it would appear better to use the method with the iodide and make a +separate assay for the zinc. But since the student may be called on to +use the other method, he is advised to practice it also.</p> + +<p><b>The assay without iodide.</b>—The standard solution of silver nitrate is +placed in a small burette divided into tenths of a c.c. Ten c.c. of the +cyanide solution to be assayed is transferred to a small flask and +diluted with water to about 70 c.c. The silver solution is then run in +from the burette (with constant shaking of the flask), a little at a +time but somewhat rapidly, until a permanent turbidity appears. Since 1 +c.c. of the silver nitrate solution corresponds to .01 gram of potassium +cyanide, it also corresponds to .1 per cent. of this salt counted on the +10 c.c. of cyanide solution taken. The titration should be performed in +a fairly good uniform light. The learner should practice on a fairly +pure solution of potassium cyanide at first, and this may<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> conveniently +have a strength of about 1 per cent. For practice with solutions +containing zinc make a solution containing 1.1 gram of crystallised zinc +sulphate in 100 c.c. and slowly add measured quantities of from 1 to 5 +c.c. of this to the 10 c.c. of cyanide liquor before diluting for the +titration.</p> + +<p>If a cyanide solution blackens on the addition of the silver nitrate it +contains sulphide. In this case, shake up a considerable bulk of the +liquor with a few grams of lead carbonate, allow to settle and make the +assay on 10 c.c. of the clear liquor.</p> + +<p>If the cyanide liquor be suspected to contain free prussic acid, take 10 +c.c. for the assay as usual; but, before titrating, add .1 or .2 gram of +sodium carbonate. On no condition must caustic soda or ammonia be added. +The difference between the results, with and without the addition of +carbonate of soda, is supposed to measure the quantity of free prussic +acid. If this has to be reported it is best done as "prussic acid +equivalent to ... per cent. of potassium cyanide." Suppose, for example, +the difference in the two titrations equals 1 c.c. of standard silver +nitrate; the prussic acid found would be equivalent to .1 per cent. of +potassium cyanide.</p> + +<p><b>The assay with iodide.</b>—The standard solution of silver nitrate is +placed in a burette divided into tenths of a c.c. Take 10 c.c. of the +cyanide liquor, which should previously have been treated with white +lead for the removal of sulphides if these happened to be present. +Transfer to a small flask, add 3 or 4 drops of a solution of potassium +iodide and 2 or 3 c.c. of a solution of sodium hydrate; dilute to 60 or +70 c.c. with water. If much zinc is present the soda may be increased to +20 or 30 c.c. with advantage. The standard solution should be run in +somewhat rapidly, but a little at a time, so that the precipitate at +first formed shall be small and have only a momentary existence. The +titration is continued until there is a permanent yellowish turbidity. +The most satisfactory and exact finish is got by ignoring any faint +suspicion of a turbidity and accepting the unmistakable turbidity which +the next drop of silver nitrate is sure to produce. This finishing point +gives results which are exactly proportional to the quantity of cyanide +present; and it can be recognised with more than ordinary precision even +in solutions which are not otherwise perfectly clear.</p> + +<p>Each c.c. of the standard silver nitrate solution corresponds to .01 +gram of potassium cyanide; and if 10 c.c. of the liquor are taken for +assay this corresponds to .1 per cent. or 2 lbs. to the short ton or +2.24 lbs. to the long ton. As already explained the result should be +reported as "cyanide equivalent to so much per cent. of potassium +cyanide."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p> + +<p>The following experimental results were obtained with a solution of +potassium cyanide made up to contain about 1.2 per cent. of the salt.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of varying cyanide.</b>—The bulk before titration was in each case +60 c.c.; 2 c.c. of soda and 3 drops of potassium iodide were used in +each case.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide added</td><td align='left'>40 c.c.</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>1 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver required</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>35.25 c.c.</td><td align='left'>23.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>11.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>1.15 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Accepting the result for 40 c.c. as correct, the others are in very +satisfactory agreement.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of varying dilution.</b>—The conditions were those of the 40 c.c. +experiment in the last series; but varying amounts of water were used in +diluting.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Water added</td><td align='left'>none</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td><td align='left'>200 c.c.</td><td align='left'>400 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver required</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.05 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Very considerable dilution therefore has no effect.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of varying soda.</b>—The conditions were those of the 40 c.c. +experiment in the first series, except that varying amounts of soda +solution were used.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda added</td><td align='left'>none</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver required</td><td align='left'>46.95 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>This alkali therefore has no prejudicial effect.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of ammonia.</b>—Soda causes turbidity in some cyanide liquors; +with these it should be replaced by 2 or 3 c.c. of dilute ammonia with a +gram or so of ammonium chloride. The following experiments with dilute +ammonia show that larger quantities of this reagent must be avoided.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonia added</td><td align='left'>none</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td><td align='left'>60 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver required</td><td align='left'>46.95 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.15 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>49.5 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of sodium bicarbonate.</b>—In this experiment 1 gram of +bicarbonate of soda was used instead of the soda or ammonia of the other +experiments. The silver nitrate required was only 46.45 c.c. instead of +the 47.0 c.c. which is the normal result. This is probably due to the +liberation of prussic acid and shows the importance of having the +solution alkaline.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of zinc.</b>—In each experiment 40 c.c. of the cyanide solution +and .5 gram of zinc sulphate crystals were used and the bulk was made up +to 100 c.c. before titrating.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda added</td><td align='left'>1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>25 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silver required</td><td align='left'>47.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>47.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>46.9 c.c.</td><td align='left'>46.9 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The work was easier with the more alkaline solutions. The titration in +the presence of zinc is comparatively easy, but, in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> learning it, it is +well to have a burette with cyanide so that if a titration be overdone +it can be brought back by the addition of 1 or 2 c.c. more cyanide and +the finish repeated; a quarter of an hour's work in this way will ensure +confidence in the method.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of other substances.</b>—It was found that an alkaline cyanate, +sulphocyanate, ferrocyanide, nitrite, borate, silicate or carbonate has +no effect. The ferricyanide had a small influence and, as might be +expected, hyposulphite is fatal to the assay. The addition of salts of +lead and cadmium was without effect. On the other hand, nickel produces +its full effect; and the quantity of nickel added can be calculated with +accuracy from the extent of its interference with the titration.</p> + +<p><b>Assay of commercial cyanide of potassium.</b>—Break off 20 or 30 grams of +the cyanide in clean fresh pieces, weigh accurately to the nearest +centigram. Dissolve in water containing a little sodium hydroxide; +transfer to a 2-litre flask: dilute to 2 litres; add a few grams of +white lead; shake up and allow to settle. Run 50 c.c. of the clear +liquor from a burette into an 8 oz. flask; add 2 or 3 c.c. of soda +solution and 3 drops of potassium iodide. Titrate with the standard +solution of silver nitrate. The percentage may be calculated by +multiplying the number of c.c. used by 40 (50 c.c. is one fortieth of +the 2 litres) and dividing by the weight of commercial cyanide +originally taken.</p> + +<p><b>Alkalinity of commercial potassium cyanide and of cyanide +solutions.</b>—Hydrocyanic acid like carbonic acid has no action on +methyl-orange;<a name="FNanchor_43_43" id="FNanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> hence the alkaline cyanides may be titrated with +"normal acid" as easily as the carbonates or hydrates. 100 c.c. of +normal acid will neutralise 6.5 grams of pure potassium cyanide.<a name="FNanchor_44_44" id="FNanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> A +solution of commercial cyanide prepared as for the assay last described, +but best without the addition of white lead, may be used for the test. +Take 50 c.c. of it; tint faintly yellow with methyl-orange and titrate +with normal acid till the liquor acquires a permanent reddish tint. In +the case of the purer samples of cyanide the quantity of acid used will +correspond exactly with that required to neutralise the actual quantity +of cyanide present as determined by the assay with nitrate of silver. +The less pure samples will show an excess of alkalinity because of the +presence of sodium carbonate or of potassium carbonate.</p> + +<p>In comparing the alkalinity and cyanide strength of a solution the +simplest plan is to take 65 c.c. of the solution and titrate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> with +normal acid; for in this case each c.c. of normal acid corresponds to .1 +per cent. of potassium cyanide. In systematic assays of this kind, the +alkalinity would no doubt be generally in excess of that required by the +cyanide present: there would be no inconvenience in recording such +excess in terms of potassium cyanide.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of the acidity of an ore.</b>—Most ores have the power of +destroying more or less of the alkalinity of a cyanide solution and in a +proportionate degree of damaging its efficiency. An assay is needed to +determine how much lime or soda must be added for each ton of ore in +order to counteract this. Whether this acidity should be reported in +terms of the lime or of the soda required to neutralise it will depend +on which of these reagents is to be used in the actual practice. Again, +if the ore is washed with water before treating with cyanide on the +large scale, then the assay should be made of the acidity of the ore +after a similar washing.</p> + +<p>The <i>standard solutions of acid and alkali</i> used for this determination +may be one-fifth normal. 200 c.c. of the normal solution should be +diluted to 1 litre in each case, 1 c.c. of the resulting solutions would +be equivalent to 8 milligrams of soda (NaHO) or 5.6 milligrams of lime, +CaO. It must be remembered this refers to the pure bases in each case. +Suppose it is desired to report as so many lbs. of lime to the short ton +(2000 lbs.) of ore. Since 1 c.c. of the standard solution is equivalent +to 5.6 milligrams of lime, if we take 2000 times this weight of ore +(<i>i.e.</i> 11,200 milligrams or 11.2 grams) for the assay, each c.c. of +standard solution will be equivalent to 1 lb. of lime to the short +ton.<a name="FNanchor_45_45" id="FNanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a></p> + +<p><b>Total acidity.</b>—Weigh out 11.2 grams of the ore, place them in a +four-inch evaporating dish and measure on to it from a burette 10 or 20 +c.c. of the standard solution of soda. Stir the soda solution into the +ore and allow to stand for 15 or 20 minutes with occasional stirring. +Stir up with 30 or 40 c.c. of water, float a piece of litmus paper on +the liquid and titrate with the standard solution of acid. If the ore is +strictly neutral the quantity of "acid" required to redden the litmus +will be the same as the quantity of "soda" originally used. If the ore +is acid, less acid will be used. For example, if 10 c.c. of soda were +used and only 7 c.c. of acid were required, the ore will have done the +work of the remaining 3 c.c. of acid. And the ton of ore will require 3 +lbs. of lime to neutralise its acidity.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Acidity after washing.</b>—Take 11.2 grams of the ore; wash thoroughly +with water and immediately treat the residue, without drying, exactly as +just described.</p> + +<p><b>Examination of cyanide solutions for metals, &c.</b>—Take a measured +quantity of the solution, say 20 c.c.<a name="FNanchor_46_46" id="FNanchor_46_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a> and evaporate in a small dish +with, say, half a c.c. of strong sulphuric acid. Evaporate at first, on +a water-bath in a well ventilated place, but finish off with a naked +Bunsen flame, using a high temperature at the end in order to completely +decompose the more refractory double cyanides. Allow to cool; moisten +with strong hydrochloric acid; warm with a little water and test for the +metals in the solution by the ordinary methods. Since the quantities of +the metals likely to be present may be given in milligrams the work must +be carefully performed. It may be worth while to determine the +proportions of lime and magnesia as well as those of the metals proper.</p> + +<p>Or the 20 c.c. of cyanide liquor may be evaporated with 5 c.c. of strong +nitric acid to dryness and gently ignited and the residue taken up with +2 or 3 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>Copper, iron, and zinc can be rapidly determined in such a solution, as +follows. Dilute with water to 10 or 15 c.c., add an excess of ammonia, +and filter. The precipitate will contain the iron as ferric hydrate; +dissolve it in a little hot dilute sulphuric acid: reduce with +sulphuretted hydrogen; boil off the excess of gas, cool and titrate with +standard potassium permanganate (p. 236). Determine the copper in the +filtrate colorimetrically (p. 203); but avoid further dilution. Then add +dilute hydrochloric acid, so as to have an excess of 4 or 5 c.c. after +neutralising the ammonia; add some clean strips of lead foil, and boil +until the solution has for some time become colourless. Titrate with +standard potassium ferrocyanide (p. 263) without further dilution, and +bearing in mind that at most only one or two c.c. will be required.</p> + +<p><b>Examination of an ore for "cyanicides."</b>—Place 100 grams of the ore +with 200 c.c. of a cyanide solution of known strength (say .1 or .2 per +cent.) in a bottle and agitate for a definite time, such as one or two +days. Filter off some of the liquor and assay for cyanide, using say 20 +c.c. Calculate how much cyanide has been destroyed in the operation. +Evaporate 20 c.c. with sulphuric or nitric acid and examine for metal. +Test another portion for sulphides, &c.</p> + +<p>The student who has mastered the methods of assaying can greatly improve +himself by working out such problems as the above.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>PLATINUM.</h4> + +<p>Platinum occurs in nature in alluvial deposits associated with gold and +some rare metals, generally in fine metallic grains, and, occasionally, +in nuggets. It is a grey metal with a high specific gravity, 21.5 when +pure and about 18.0 in native specimens. It is fusible only at the +highest temperature, and is not acted on by acids.</p> + +<p>It is dissolved by warm aqua regia, forming a solution of "platinic +chloride," H<sub>2</sub>PtCl<sub>6</sub>. This substance on evaporation remains as a +brownish red deliquescent mass; on drying at 300° C. it is converted +into platinous chloride, PtCl<sub>2</sub>, and becomes insoluble, and at a +higher temperature it is converted into platinum. All platinum compounds +yield the metal in this way. Platinic chloride combines with other +chlorides to form double salts, of which the ammonic and potassic +platino-chlorides are the most important.</p> + +<p>Platinum alone is not soluble in nitric acid; but when alloyed with +other metals which dissolve in this acid it too is dissolved; so that in +gold parting, for example, if platinum was present, some, or perhaps the +whole of it would go into solution with the silver. Such alloys, +however, when treated with hot sulphuric acid leave the platinum in the +residue with the gold.</p> + +<p>Platinum is detected when in the metallic state by its physical +characters and insolubility in acids. In alloys it may be found by +dissolving them in nitric acid or in aqua regia, evaporating with +hydrochloric acid, and treating the filtrate with ammonic chloride and +alcohol. A heavy yellow precipitate marks its presence.</p> + +<p>The assay of bullion, or of an alloy containing platinum, may be made as +follows: Take 0.2 gram of the alloy and an equal weight of fine silver, +cupel with sheet lead, and weigh. The loss in weight, after deducting +that of the silver added, gives the weight of the base metals, copper, +lead, &c. Flatten the button and part by boiling with strong sulphuric +acid for several minutes. <i>When cold</i>, wash, anneal, and weigh. The +weight is that of the platinum and gold. The silver may be got by +difference. Re-cupel the metal thus got with 12 or 15 times its weight +of silver, flatten and part the gold with nitric acid in the usual way +(see under <i>Gold</i>), and the platinum will dissolve. The gold may contain +an alloy of osmium and iridium; if so, it should be weighed and treated +with aqua regia. The osmiridium will remain as an insoluble residue, +which can be separated and weighed. Its weight deducted from that +previously ascertained will give the weight of the gold.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span></p> + +<p>When the platinum only is required, the alloy must be dissolved by +prolonged treatment with aqua regia, the solution evaporated to dryness, +and the residue extracted with water. The solution thus obtained is +treated with ammonic chloride in large excess and with some alcohol. A +sparingly soluble<a name="FNanchor_47_47" id="FNanchor_47_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a> yellow ammonic platinum chloride is thrown down, +mixed, perhaps, with the corresponding salts of other metals of the +platinum group. Gold will be in solution. The solution is allowed to +stand for some time, and then the precipitate is filtered off, washed +with alcohol, dried, and transferred (wrapped in the filter paper) to a +weighed crucible. It is ignited, gently at first, as there is danger of +volatilising some of the platinum chloride, and afterwards intensely. +With large quantities of platinum the ignition should be performed in an +atmosphere of hydrogen. Cool and weigh as metallic platinum.</p> + + +<h4>IRIDIUM</h4> + +<p>Occurs in nature alloyed with osmium as osmiridium or iridosmine, which +is "rather abundant in the auriferous beach sands of Northern +California" (Dana). It occurs in bright metallic scales, which do not +alloy with lead, and are insoluble in aqua regia. Iridium also occurs in +most platinum ores, and forms as much as two per cent. of some +commercial platinum. In chemical properties it resembles platinum, but +the ammonic irido-chloride has a dark red colour, and on ignition leaves +metallic iridium, which does not dissolve in aqua regia diluted with +four or five times its volume of water and heated to a temperature of +40° or 50° C.</p> + +<p>The other metals of the platinum group are Palladium, Rhodium, Osmium, +and Ruthenium. They differ from gold, platinum, and iridium by the +insolubility of their sulphides in a solution of sodium sulphide. +Palladium is distinguished by the insolubility of its iodide; and Osmium +by the volatility of its oxide on boiling with nitric acid.</p> + + +<h4>MERCURY.</h4> + +<p>Mercury occurs native and, occasionally, alloyed with gold or silver in +natural amalgams; but its chief ore is the sulphide, cinnabar. It is +comparatively rare, being mined for only in a few districts. It is +chiefly used in the extraction of gold and silver from their ores +(amalgamation); for silvering mirrors, &c.</p> + +<p>Mercury forms two series of salts, mercurous and mercuric, but for the +purposes of the assayer the most important property<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span> is the ease with +which it can be reduced to the metallic state from either of these. +Mercury itself is soluble in nitric acid, forming, when the acid is hot +and strong, mercuric nitrate. Cinnabar is soluble only in aqua regia. +Mercurous salts are generally insoluble, and may be converted into +mercuric salts by prolonged boiling with oxidising agents (nitric acid +or aqua regia). The salts of mercury are volatile, and, if heated with a +reducing agent or some body capable of fixing the acid, metallic mercury +is given off, which may be condensed and collected.</p> + +<p>Mercury is separated from its solutions by zinc or copper, or it may be +thrown down by stannous chloride, which, when in excess, gives a grey +powder of metallic mercury, or, if dilute, a white crystalline +precipitate of mercurous chloride. Nitric acid solutions of mercury +yield the metal on electrolysis; and, if the pole on which the metal +comes down be made of gold or copper, or is coated with these, the +separated mercury will adhere thereto. It may then be washed and +weighed.</p> + +<p>The best tests for mercury next to obtaining globules of the metal are: +(1) a black precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen from acid solutions, +which is insoluble in nitric acid; and (2) a white precipitate with +stannous chloride.</p> + + +<h4>DRY METHOD.</h4> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig047.jpg" width="450" height="139" alt="Fig. 47." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Weigh up 5 grams, if the ore is rich, or 10 grams, if a poorer mineral. +Take a piece of combustion tube from 18 inches to 2 feet long, closed at +one end, and place in it some powdered magnesite, so as to fill it to a +depth of 2 or 3 inches, and on that a layer of an equal quantity of +powdered lime (not slaked). Mix the weighed sample of ore in a mortar +with 10 grams of finely powdered lime and transfer to the tube; rinse +out the mortar with a little more lime, and add the rinsings. Cover with +a layer of six or seven inches more lime and a loosely fitting plug of +asbestos. Draw out the tube before the blowpipe to the shape shown in +fig. 47, avoiding the formation of a ridge or hollow at the bend which +might collect the mercury. Tap gently, holding the tube nearly +horizontal, so as to allow sufficient space above the mixture for the +passage of the gases and vapours which are formed. Place the tube in a +"tube furnace," and, when in position, place a small beaker of water so +that it shall just close the opening of the tube. The point of the tube +should not more than touch<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> the surface of the water. Bring the tube +gradually to a red heat, commencing by heating the lime just behind the +asbestos plug, and travelling slowly backwards. When the portion of the +tube containing the ore has been heated to redness for some time the +heat is carried back to the end of the tube. The magnesite readily gives +up carbonic acid, which fills the tube and sweeps the mercury vapour +before it. Some of the mercury will have dropped into the beaker, and +some will remain as drops adhering to the upper part of the neck. Whilst +the tube is still hot cut off the neck of the tube just in front of the +asbestos plug (a drop of water from the wash bottle will do this), and +wash the mercury from the neck into the beaker. The mercury easily +collects into a globule, which must be transferred, after decanting off +the bulk of the water, to a weighed Berlin crucible. The water is +removed from the crucible, first by the help of filter paper, and then +by exposing in a desiccator over sulphuric acid, where it should be left +until its weight remains constant. It should not be warmed.</p> + +<p><i>Example</i>:—5 grams of an ore treated in this way gave 4.265 grams of +mercury, equivalent to 85.3 per cent. Pure cinnabar contains 86.2 per +cent.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><i>Solution.</i>—Since solutions of chloride of mercury cannot be boiled +without risk of loss,<a name="FNanchor_48_48" id="FNanchor_48_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_48_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> nitric acid solutions should be used wherever +possible. No mercury-containing minerals are insoluble in acids; but +cinnabar requires aqua regia for solution. In dissolving this mineral +nitric acid should be used, with just as much hydrochloric acid as will +suffice to take it up.</p> + +<p>To separate the mercury, pass sulphuretted hydrogen in considerable +excess through the somewhat dilute solution. The precipitate should be +black, although it comes down at first very light coloured. It is +filtered, washed, and transferred back to the beaker, and then digested +with warm ammonic sulphide. The residue, filtered, washed, and boiled +with dilute nitric acid, will, in the absence of much lead, be pure +mercuric sulphide. If much lead is present, a portion may be +precipitated as sulphate, but can be removed by washing with ammonic +acetate. To get the mercury into solution, cover with nitric acid and a +few drops of hydrochloric, and warm till solution is effected. Dilute +with water to 50 or 100 c.c.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>This may be made by <i>electrolysis</i>. The same apparatus as is used for +the electrolytic copper assay may be employed, but instead of a cylinder +of platinum one cut out of sheet copper should be taken, or the platinum +one may be coated with an evenly deposited layer of copper. Fix the +spiral and weighed copper cylinder in position, couple up the battery, +<i>and when this has been done</i> put the nitric acid solution of the +mercury in its place.<a name="FNanchor_49_49" id="FNanchor_49_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_49_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> The student had better refer to the +description of the <i>Electrolytic Copper Assay</i>.</p> + +<p>The mercury comes down readily, and the precipitation is complete in a +few hours: it is better to leave it overnight to make sure of complete +reduction. Disconnect the apparatus, and wash the cylinder, first with +cold water, then with alcohol. Dry by placing in the water oven for two +or three minutes. Cool and weigh: the increase in weight gives the +amount of metallic mercury.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that copper will precipitate mercury without the +aid of the battery; but in this case copper will go into solution with a +consequent loss in the weight of the cylinder: this must be avoided by +connecting the battery before immersing the electrodes in the assay +solution. The electrolysed solution should be treated with an excess of +ammonia, when a blue coloration will indicate copper, in which case the +electrolysis is unsatisfactory. With a little care this need not happen. +Gold cylinders may preferably be used instead of copper; but on platinum +the deposit of mercury is grey and non-adherent, so that it cannot be +washed and weighed.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>Several methods have been devised: for the details of these the student +is referred to Sutton's "Handbook of Volumetric Analysis."</p> + + +<h4>QUESTIONS.</h4> + +<p>1. The specific gravity of mercury is 13.596. What volume would 8 grams +occupy?</p> + +<p>2. If 3.169 grams of cinnabar gave 2.718 grams of mercury, what would be +the percentage of the metal in the ore?</p> + +<p>3. Pour solution of mercuric chloride on mercury and explain what +happens.</p> + +<p>4. On dissolving 0.3 gram of mercury in hot nitric acid, and passing +sulphuretted hydrogen in excess through the diluted solution, what +weight of precipitate will be got?</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> Lead may be granulated by heating it to a little above the +melting point, pouring it into a closed wooden box, and rapidly +agitating it as it solidifies.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> A rod of iron placed in the crucible with the assays will +decompose any regulus that may be formed.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> With buttons poor in silver the lowering of the +temperature at this stage is not a matter of importance.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> 100 grams of the lead, or of its oxide, will contain from +1.5 to 2.5 milligrams.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> Still the precautions of having cupels well made from bone +ash in fine powder, and of working the cupellation at as low a +temperature as possible are very proper ones, provided they are not +carried to an absurd excess.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Be careful to remove the crucible before taking the bottle +out of the basin of water; if this is not done the chloride may be +washed out of it.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> 1 c.c. of this dilute acid will precipitate 8 or 9 +milligrams of silver.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> Chlorides interfere not merely by removing silver as +insoluble silver chloride, but also by making it difficult to get a good +finishing point, owing to the silver chloride removing the colour from +the reddened solution.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> These results were obtained when using ammonium +sulphocyanate, and cannot be explained by the presence of such +impurities as chlorides, &c.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Multiply the <i>standard</i> by 1000, and dilute 100 c.c. of +the standard solution to the resulting number of c.c. Thus, with a +solution of a standard .495, dilute 100 c.c. to 495 c.c., using, of +course, distilled water.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> HNa<sub>2</sub>AsO<sub>4</sub> + 3AgNO<sub>3</sub> = Ag<sub>3</sub>AsO<sub>4</sub> + HNO<sub>3</sub> + +2NaNO<sub>3</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> +<br /> +SiO<sub>2</sub> + Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> = CO<sub>2</sub> + Na<sub>2</sub>SiO<sub>3</sub><br /> +SiO<sub>2</sub> + 2NaHCO<sub>3</sub> = 2CO<sub>2</sub> + Na<sub>2</sub>SiO<sub>3</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O.<br /> +</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> PbO + SiO<sub>2</sub> = PbSiO<sub>3</sub></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> Here and elsewhere in this article when a flux is spoken +of as soda the bicarbonate is meant.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> See the description of the process commencing on p. 98 and +the explanatory remarks on p. 110.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> Percy, <i>Metallurgy of Silver and Gold</i>, p. 258.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> "Limits of Accuracy attained in Gold-bullion Assay," +<i>Trans. Chem. Soc.</i>, 1893.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> "Assaying and Hall-marking at the Chester Assay Office." +W.F. Lowe. <i>Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry</i>, Sept. 1889.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> Fine or pure gold is 24 carat. Nine carat gold therefore +contains 9 parts of gold in 24 of the alloy; eighteen carat gold +contains 18 parts of gold in 24; and so on.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> The mouth of the flask must not have a rim around it.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> See "Assaying and Hall-marking at the Chester Assay +Office," by W.F. Lowe. <i>Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry</i>, Sept. 1889.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> Percy, <i>Metallurgy of Silver and Gold</i>, p. 263.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> See also "The Assaying of Gold Bullion," by C. Whitehead +and T. Ulke. <i>Eng. and Mining Journal</i>, New York, Feb. 12, 1898.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> Consult Percy's <i>Metallurgy of Silver and Gold</i>, p. 172; +A.C. Claudet, <i>Trans. Inst. Mining and Metallurgy</i>, vol. vi. p. 29; G.M. +Roberts <i>Trans. Amer. Inst. Mining Engineers</i>, Buffalo Meeting, 1898; J. +and H.S. Pattinson, <i>Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry</i>, vol. xi. p. 321.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> Heycock and Neville, <i>Journ. Chem. Soc.</i>, 1892, p. 907.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> G.M. Roberts.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> A.C. Claudet.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> "The Sampling of Argentiferous and Auriferous Copper," by +A.R. Ledoux. <i>Journ. Canadian Mining Institute</i>, 1899.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> NaCNO + BaCl<sub>2</sub> + NaHO + H<sub>2</sub>O = NH<sub>3</sub> + BaCO<sub>3</sub> + 2 +NaCl.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> HCy + NaHO = NaCy + H<sub>2</sub>O.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> 2KCN + AgNO<sub>3</sub> = KAg(CN)<sub>2</sub> + KNO<sub>3</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> If it be desired to make a solution so that 100 c.c. shall +be equivalent to 1 gram of sodium cyanide, then 18.085 grams of silver +nitrate should be taken for each litre.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> AgNO<sub>3</sub> + KAgCy<sub>2</sub> = 2 AgCy + KNO<sub>3</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> AgNO<sub>3</sub> + KI = AgI + KNO<sub>3</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_43_43" id="Footnote_43_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> See pp. 322, 323, and 324 for a description of the methods +for measuring the quantity of acid or alkali.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_44_44" id="Footnote_44_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> KCN + HCl = KCl + HCN</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_45_45" id="Footnote_45_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> Taking 16.0 grams of ore, each c.c. = 1 lb. of soda to the +short ton. The corresponding figures for the long ton are 12.544 grams +for lime and 17.92 grams for soda.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_46_46" id="Footnote_46_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> In which case each .01 gram of metal found equals 1 lb to +the short ton of solution.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_47_47" id="Footnote_47_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> 100 c.c. of water dissolves 0.66 gram of the salt; it is +almost insoluble in alcohol or in solutions of ammonic chloride.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_48_48" id="Footnote_48_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> According to Personne mercuric chloride is not volatilised +from boiling solutions when alkaline chlorides are present.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_49_49" id="Footnote_49_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> The solution should contain about 0.25 gram of mercury, +and a large excess of nitric acid must be avoided.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2> + +<h3>COPPER—LEAD—THALLIUM—BISMUTH—ANTIMONY.</h3> + + +<h4>COPPER.</h4> + + +<p>Copper occurs native in large quantities, especially in the Lake +Superior district; in this state it is generally pure. More frequently +it is found in combination. The ores of copper may be classed as oxides +and sulphides. The most abundant oxidised ores are the carbonates, +malachite and chessylite; the silicates, as also the red and black +oxides, occur less abundantly. All these yield their copper in solution +on boiling with hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>The sulphides are more abundant. Copper pyrites (or yellow ore), +erubescite (or purple ore), and chalcocite (or grey ore) are the most +important. Iron pyrites generally carries copper and is frequently +associated with the above-mentioned minerals. These are all attacked by +nitric acid. They nearly all contain a small quantity of organic matter, +and frequently considerable quantities of lead, zinc, silver, gold, +arsenic, bismuth, &c.</p> + +<p>The copper ores are often concentrated on the mine before being sent +into the market, either by smelting, when the product is a regulus or +matte, or by a wet method of extraction, yielding cement copper or +precipitate. A regulus is a sulphide of copper and iron, carrying from +30 to 40 per cent. of copper. A precipitate, which is generally in the +form of powder, consists mainly of metallic copper. Either regulus or +precipitate may be readily dissolved in nitric acid.</p> + +<p>Copper forms two classes of salts, cuprous and cupric. The former are +pale coloured and of little importance to the assayer. They are easily +and completely converted into cupric by oxidising agents. Cupric +compounds are generally green or blue, and are soluble in ammonia, +forming deep blue solutions.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>DRY ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>That, for copper, next after those for gold and silver, holds a more +important position than any other dry assay. The sale of copper ores has +been regulated almost solely in the past by assays made on the Cornish +method. It is not pretended that this method gives the actual content of +copper, but it gives the purchaser an idea of the quantity and quality +of the metal that can be got by smelting. The process is itself one of +smelting on a small scale. As might be expected, however, the assay +produce and the smelting produce are not the same, there being a smaller +loss of copper in the smelting. The method has worked very well, but +when applied to the purchase of low class ores (from which the whole of +the copper is extracted by wet methods) it is unsatisfactory. The +following table, which embodies the results of several years' experience +with copper assays, shows the loss of copper on ores of varying produce. +The figures in the fourth column show how rapidly the proportion of +copper lost increases as the percentage of copper in the ore falls below +30 per cent. For material with more than 30 per cent. the proportion +lost is in inverse proportion to the copper present.</p> + + +<h4>LOSS OF COPPER.</h4> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper present.</td><td align='left'>Dry Assay.</td><td align='left'>Margin.</td><td align='left'>Loss on 100 Parts of Copper.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Per cent.</td><td align='left'>Per cent.</td><td align='left'>Per cent.</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'>98</td><td align='left'>2.0</td><td align='left'>2.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>95</td><td align='left'>92-1/2</td><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='left'>2.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>90</td><td align='left'>87-3/8</td><td align='left'>2.6</td><td align='left'>2.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>85</td><td align='left'>82-3/8</td><td align='left'>2.6</td><td align='left'>3.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>80</td><td align='left'>77-3/8</td><td align='left'>2.6</td><td align='left'>3.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>75</td><td align='left'>72-3/8</td><td align='left'>2.6</td><td align='left'>3.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>70</td><td align='left'>67-1/2</td><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='left'>3.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>65</td><td align='left'>62-1/2</td><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='left'>3.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>60</td><td align='left'>57-5/8</td><td align='left'>2.4</td><td align='left'>4.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>55</td><td align='left'>52-3/4</td><td align='left'>2.3</td><td align='left'>4.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>47-3/4</td><td align='left'>2.2</td><td align='left'>4.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>45</td><td align='left'>43</td><td align='left'>2.0</td><td align='left'>4.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>40</td><td align='left'>38-1/8</td><td align='left'>1.8</td><td align='left'>4.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>35</td><td align='left'>33-1/4</td><td align='left'>1.7</td><td align='left'>4.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>30</td><td align='left'>28-1/2</td><td align='left'>1.50</td><td align='left'>5.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>25</td><td align='left'>23-1/2</td><td align='left'>1.50</td><td align='left'>6.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>20</td><td align='left'>18-1/2</td><td align='left'>1.56</td><td align='left'>7.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>18</td><td align='left'>16-1/2</td><td align='left'>1.53</td><td align='left'>8.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>16</td><td align='left'>14-1/2</td><td align='left'>1.48</td><td align='left'>9.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>14</td><td align='left'>12-5/8</td><td align='left'>1.40</td><td align='left'>10.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>12</td><td align='left'>10-5/8</td><td align='left'>1.37</td><td align='left'>11.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>8-3/4</td><td align='left'>1.28</td><td align='left'>12.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>8</td><td align='left'>6-7/8</td><td align='left'>1.14</td><td align='left'>14.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>6</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>1.05</td><td align='left'>17.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>1.00</td><td align='left'>20.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4</td><td align='left'>3</td><td align='left'>1.00</td><td align='left'>25.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.75</td><td align='left'>2-3/4</td><td align='left'>0.97</td><td align='left'>26.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.50</td><td align='left'>2-9/16</td><td align='left'>0.94</td><td align='left'>27.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.25</td><td align='left'>2-5/16</td><td align='left'>0.91</td><td align='left'>28.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.00</td><td align='left'>2-1/8</td><td align='left'>0.87</td><td align='left'>29.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.75</td><td align='left'>1-15/16</td><td align='left'>0.82</td><td align='left'>30.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.50</td><td align='left'>1-3/4</td><td align='left'>0.77</td><td align='left'>31.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.25</td><td align='left'>1-1/2</td><td align='left'>0.72</td><td align='left'>32.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.00</td><td align='left'>1-5/16</td><td align='left'>0.66</td><td align='left'>33.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span></p> + +<p>The wet assay being known, the dry assay can be calculated with the help +of the above table by deducting the amount in the column headed "margin" +opposite the corresponding percentage. For example, if the wet assay +gives a produce of 17.12 per cent., there should be deducted 1.5; the +dry assay would then be 15.62, or, since the fractions are always +expressed in eighths, 15-5/8. With impure ores, containing from 25 to 50 +per cent. of copper, the differences may be perhaps 1/4 greater.</p> + +<p>Wet methods are gradually replacing the dry assay, and it is probable +that in the future they will supersede it; for stock-taking, and the +various determinations required in smelting works and on mines, they are +generally adopted, because they give the actual copper contents, and +since it is obvious that a knowledge of this is more valuable to the +miner and smelter. Moreover, the working of the dry method has been +monopolised by a small ring of assayers, with the double result of +exciting outside jealousy and, worse still, of retarding the development +and improvement of the process.</p> + +<p>The principal stages of the dry assay are: (1) the concentration of the +copper in a regulus; (2) the separation of the sulphur by calcining; (3) +the reduction of the copper by fusion; and (4) the refining of the metal +obtained.</p> + +<p>The whole of these operations are not necessary with all copper +material. Ores are worked through all the stages; with mattes, the +preliminary fusion for regulus is omitted; precipitates are simply fused +for coarse copper, and refined; and blister or bar coppers are refined, +or, if very pure, subjected merely to washing.</p> + +<p>The quantity of ore generally taken is 400 grains, and is known as "a +full trial"; but for rich material, containing more than 50 per cent. of +copper, "a half trial," or 200 grains, is used.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Fusion for Regulus.</b>—The ore (either with or without a previous +imperfect roasting to get rid of any excess of sulphur) is mixed with +borax, glass, lime, and fluor spar; and, in some cases, with nitre, or +iron pyrites, according to the quality of the ore. The mixture is placed +in a large Cornish crucible, and heated as uniformly as possible in the +wind furnace, gradually raising the temperature so as to melt down the +charge in from 15 to 20 minutes. The crucible is removed and its +contents poured into an iron mould. When the slag is solid, it is taken +up with tweezers and quenched in water. The regulus is easily detached +from the slag. It should be convex above and easily broken, have a +reddish brown colour, and contain from 40 to 60 per cent. of copper. A +regulus with more than this is "too fine," and with less "too coarse." A +regulus which is too fine is round, compact, hard, and of a dark bluish +grey on the freshly broken surface. A coarse regulus is flat and coarse +grained, and more nearly resembles sulphide of iron in fracture and +colour.</p> + +<p>If an assay yields a regulus "too coarse," a fresh determination is made +with more nitre added, or the roasting is carried further. With low +class ores a somewhat coarse regulus is an advantage. If, on the other +hand, the regulus is too fine, less nitre or less roasting is the +remedy. With grey copper ores and the oxidised ores, iron pyrites is +added.</p> + +<p><b>Calcining the Regulus.</b>—It is powdered in an iron mortar and +transferred to a small Cornish crucible, or (if the roasting is to be +done in the muffle) to a roasting dish or scorifier. The calcining is +carried out at a dull red heat, which is gradually increased. The charge +requires constant stirring at first to prevent clotting, but towards the +end it becomes sandy and requires less attention. If the temperature +during calcination has been too low sulphates are formed, which are +again reduced to sulphides in the subsequent fusion. To prevent this the +roasted regulus is recalcined at a higher temperature, after being +rubbed up with a little anthracite. The roasted substance must not smell +of burning sulphur when hot. It is practically a mixture of the oxides +of copper and iron.</p> + +<p><b>Fusion for Coarse Copper.</b>—The calcined regulus is mixed with a flux +consisting of borax and carbonate of soda, with more or less tartar +according to its weight. Some "assayers" use both tartar and nitre, the +former of course being in excess. The charge is returned to the crucible +in which it was calcined, and is melted down at a high temperature, and, +as soon as tranquil, poured. When solid it is quenched and the button of +metal separated.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p> + +<p>The slag is black and glassy. The small quantity of copper which it +retains is recovered by a subsequent "cleaning," together with the slags +from the next operation.</p> + +<p>The button of "coarse copper" obtained must be free from a coating of +regulus. It will vary somewhat in appearance according to the nature and +quantity of the impurities.</p> + +<p><b>Refining the Coarse Copper.</b>—The same crucible is put back in the +furnace, deep down and under the crevice between the two bricks. When it +has attained the temperature of the furnace the coarse copper is dropped +into it and the furnace closed. The copper will melt almost at once with +a dull surface, which after a time clears, showing an "eye." Some +refining flux is then shot in from the scoop (fig. 48), and, when the +assay is again fluid, it is poured. When cold the button of metal is +separated.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig048.jpg" width="450" height="212" alt="Fig. 48." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The button of "fine" copper is flat or pitted on its upper surface, and +is coated with a thin orange film; it must have the appearance of good +copper. If it is covered with a red or purple film, it is overdone or +"burnt." If, on the other hand, it has a rough, dull appearance, it is +not sufficiently refined. Assays that have been "burnt" are rejected. +Those not sufficiently fine are treated as "coarse copper," and again +put through the refining operation.</p> + +<p><b>Cleaning the Slags.</b>—These are roughly powdered and re-fused with +tartar, etc., as in the fusion for coarse copper. The button of metal +got is separated (if big enough refined) and weighed.</p> + +<p>The details of the process are slightly varied by different assayers: +the following will be good practice for the student.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in Copper Pyrites.</b>—Powder, dry, and weigh up +20 grams of the ore. Mix with 20 grams each of powdered lime and fluor, +15 grams each of powdered glass and borax, and 5 or 10 grams of nitre. +Transfer to a large Cornish crucible and fuse under a loose cover at a +high temperature for from 15 to 20 minutes. When fluid and tranquil pour +into a mould. When the slag has solidified, but whilst still hot, quench +by dipping two or three times in cold water. Avoid leaving it in the +water so long that it does not dry after removal. When cold separate the +button, or perhaps buttons, of regulus by crumbling the slag between the +fingers. See that the slag is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> free from regulus. It should be light +coloured when cold and very fluid when hot. Reject the slag.</p> + +<p>Powder the regulus in a mortar and transfer to a small crucible. +Calcine, with occasional stirring, until no odour of sulphurous oxide +can be detected. Shake back into the mortar, rub up with about 1 gram of +powdered anthracite, and re-calcine for 10 minutes longer.</p> + +<p>Mix the calcined regulus with 10 grams of tartar, 20 grams of soda, and +3 grams of borax; and replace in the crucible used for calcining. Fuse +at a bright red heat for 10 or 15 minutes. Pour, when tranquil.</p> + +<p>As soon as solid, quench in water, separate the button of copper, and +save the slag.</p> + +<p>To refine the copper a very hot fire is wanted, and the fuel should not +be too low down in the furnace. Place the crucible well down in the fire +and in the middle of the furnace. The same crucible is used, or, if a +new one is taken, it must be glazed with a little borax. When the +crucible is at a good red heat, above the fusing point of copper, drop +the button of copper into it, and close the furnace. Watch through the +crevice, and, as soon as the button has melted and appears clear showing +an eye, shoot in 10 grams of refining flux, close the furnace, and, in a +few minutes, pour; then separate the button of copper. Add the slag to +that from the coarse copper fusion, and powder. Mix with 5 grams of +tartar, 0.5 gram of powdered charcoal, and 2 grams of soda. Fuse in the +same crucible, and, when tranquil, pour; quench, and pick out the prills +of metal.</p> + +<p>If the copper thus got from the slags is coarse looking and large in +amount, it must be refined; but, if small in quantity, it may be taken +as four-fifths copper. The combined results multiplied by five give the +percentage of copper.</p> + +<p>The refining flux is made by mixing 3 parts (by measure) of powdered +nitre, 2-1\2 of tartar, and 1 of salt. Put in a large crucible, and stir +with a red-hot iron until action has ceased. This operation should be +carried out in a well-ventilated spot.</p> + +<p>For pure ores in which the copper is present, either as metal or oxide, +and free from sulphur, arsenic, &c., the concentration of the copper in +a regulus may be omitted, and the metal obtained in a pure state by a +single fusion.<a name="FNanchor_50_50" id="FNanchor_50_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a> It is necessary to get a fluid neutral slag with the +addition of as small an amount of flux as possible. The fusion should be +made at a high temperature, so as not to occupy more than from 20 to 25 +minutes. Thirty grams of ore is taken for a charge, mixed with 20 grams +of cream of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> tartar, and 10 grams each of dried borax and soda. If the +gangue of the ore is basic, carrying much oxide of iron or lime, silica +is added, in quantity not exceeding 10 grams. If, on the other hand, the +gangue is mainly quartz, oxide of iron up to 7 grams must be added.</p> + +<p><i>Example.</i>—Twenty grams of copper pyrites, known to contain 27.6 per +cent. of copper, gave by the method first described 5.22 grams of +copper, equalling 26-1/8 per cent. Another sample of 20 grams of the +same ore, calcined, fused with 40 grams of nitre, and washed to ensure +the removal of arsenic and sulphur, and treated according to the second +method, gave a button weighing 5.27 grams, equalling 26-3/8 per cent. +The ore contained a considerable quantity of lead. Lead renders the +assay more difficult, since after calcination it remains as lead +sulphate, and in the fusion for coarse copper reappears as a regulus on +the button.</p> + +<p><b>The Estimation of Moisture.</b>—The Cornish dry assayer very seldom makes +a moisture determination. He dries the samples by placing the papers +containing them on the iron plate of the furnace.</p> + +<p>It is well known that by buying the copper contents of pyrites by +Cornish assay, burning off the sulphur, and converting the copper into +precipitate, a large excess is obtained.</p> + + +<h4>NOTES ON THE VALUATION OF COPPER ORES.</h4> + +<p>Closely bound up with the practice of dry copper assaying is that of +valuing a parcel of copper ore. The methods by which the valuation is +made have been described by Mr. Westmoreland,<a name="FNanchor_51_51" id="FNanchor_51_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> and are briefly as +follows:—The produce of the parcel is settled by two assayers, one +acting for the buyer, the other for the seller; with the help, in case +of non-agreement, of a third, or referee, whose decision is final. The +dry assayers who do this are in most cases helped, and sometimes, +perhaps, controlled, by wet assays made for one or both of the parties +in the transaction.</p> + +<p>In the case of "ticketing," the parcels are purchased by the smelters by +tender, and the value of any particular parcel is calculated from the +average price paid, as follows:—The "standard," or absolute value of +each ton of fine copper in the ore, is the price the smelters have paid +for it, plus the returning charges or cost of smelting the quantity of +ore in which it is contained. The value of any particular parcel of ore +is that of the quantity of fine copper it contains, calculated on this +standard, minus the returning charges. The ton consists of 21 cwts., +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> it is assumed that the "settled" produce is the actual yield of the +ore.</p> + +<p>If at a ticketing in Cornwall 985 tons of ore containing 63.3 tons of +fine copper (by dry assay) brought £2591 12<i>s.</i>, the standard would be +£83 15<i>s.</i> This is calculated as follows:—The returning charge is fixed +at 55<i>s.</i> per ton of ore. This on 985 tons will amount to £2708 15<i>s.</i> +Add this to the actual price paid, and there is got £5300 as the value +of the fine copper present. The weight of copper in these 985 tons being +63.3 tons, the standard is £5300/63.3, or £83 15<i>s.</i> (nearly).</p> + +<p>The value of a parcel of 150 tons of a 6 per cent. ore on the same +standard would be arrived at as follows:—The 150 tons at 6 per cent. +would contain 9 tons (150×6/100) of fine copper. This, at £83 15<i>s.</i> +per ton, would give £753 15<i>s.</i> From this must be deducted the returning +charges on 150 tons of ore at 55<i>s.</i> per ton, or £412 10<i>s.</i> This leaves +£341 5<i>s.</i> as the value of the parcel.</p> + +<p>At Swansea the returning charge is less than in Cornwall, and varies +with the quality of the ore. This appears equitable, since in smelting +there are some costs which are dependent simply on the number of tons +treated, and others which increase with the richness. The returning +charge then is made up of two parts, one fixed at so much (12<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i>) +per ton of ore treated, and the other so much (3<i>s.</i> 9<i>d.</i>) per unit of +metal in the ore. In this way the returning charge on a ton of ore of +8-3/4 produce would be 12<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i>+(8-3/4×3<i>s.</i> 9<i>d.</i>), or £2 5<i>s</i>.</p> + +<p>If, for example, Chili bars, containing 96 per cent. of copper, bring +£50 per ton, the standard is £71 9<i>s.</i> 4<i>d.</i> It is got at in this way. +The returning charge on a 96 per cent. ore is 12<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i>+(96×3<i>s.</i> +9<i>d.</i>), or £18 12<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i> This added to £50 gives £68 12<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i>, +and this multiplied by 100 and divided by 96 (100 tons of the bars will +contain 96 tons of fine copper) will give £71 9<i>s.</i> 4<i>d.</i></p> + +<p>The price of 100 tons of pyrites, containing 2-1/4 per cent. of copper +by dry assay, would be got on this standard as follows:—The parcel of +ore would contain 2-1/4 tons of copper. This multiplied by the standard +gives £160 16<i>s.</i> 0<i>d.</i> From this must be deducted the returning charge, +which for 1 ton of ore of this produce would be 12<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i> + (2-1/4 × +3<i>s.</i> 9<i>d.</i>) or £1 0<i>s.</i> 7<i>d.</i>, and on the 100 tons is £102 18<i>s.</i> 4<i>d.</i> +This would leave £57 17<i>s.</i> 10<i>d.</i> as the price of the parcel, or 11<i>s.</i> +7<i>d.</i> per ton. This would be on the standard returning charge of 45<i>s.</i> +(for 8-3/4 per cent. ore); if a smaller returning charge was agreed on, +say 38<i>s.</i>, the difference in this case, 7<i>s.</i>, would be added to the +price per ton.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p>The solubility of the ores of copper in acid has already been described, +but certain furnace products, such as slags, are best opened up by +fusion with fusion mixture and a little nitre.</p> + +<p>The method of dissolving varies with the nature of the ore. With 5 grams +of pyrites, a single evaporation with 20 c.c. of nitric acid will give a +residue completely soluble in 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid. If the ore +carries oxide of iron or similar bodies, these are first dissolved up by +boiling with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and the residue attacked by +an addition of 5 c.c. of nitric. When silicates decomposable by acid are +present, the solution is evaporated to dryness to render the silica +insoluble; the residue extracted with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and +diluted with water to 150 c.c. It is advisable to have the copper in +solution as chloride. To separate the copper, heat the solution nearly +to boiling (best in a pint flask), and pass a rapid current of +sulphuretted hydrogen for four or five minutes until the precipitate +settles readily and the liquid smells of the gas. When iron is present +it will be reduced to the ferrous state before the copper sulphide +begins to separate. The copper appears as a brown coloration or black +precipitate according to the quantity present. Filter through a coarse +filter, wash with hot water containing sulphuretted hydrogen, if +necessary. Wash the precipitate back into the flask, boil with 10 c.c. +of nitric acid, add soda till alkaline, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen +again. Warm and filter, wash and redissolve in nitric acid, neutralise +with ammonia, add ammonic carbonate, boil and filter. The copper freed +from impurities will be in the solution. Acidulate and reprecipitate +with sulphuretted hydrogen. When the nature of the impurities will allow +it, this process may be shortened to first filtering off the gangue, +then precipitating with sulphuretted hydrogen and washing the +precipitate on the filter first with water and then with ammonium +sulphide.</p> + +<p>Having separated the copper as sulphide, its weight is determined as +follows. Dry and transfer to a weighed porcelain crucible, mix with a +little pure sulphur, and ignite at a red heat for 5 or 10 minutes in a +current of hydrogen. Allow to cool while the hydrogen is still passing. +Weigh. The subsulphide of copper thus obtained contains 79.85 per cent. +of copper; it is a greyish-black crystalline mass, which loses no weight +on ignition if air is excluded.</p> + +<p>Copper may be separated from its solutions by means of sodium +hyposulphite. The solution is freed from hydrochloric and nitric acids +by evaporation with sulphuric acid; diluted to about<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span> a quarter of a +litre; heated nearly to boiling; and treated with a hot solution of +sodium hyposulphite (added a little at a time) until the precipitate +settles and leaves the solution free from colour. The solution contains +suspended sulphur. The precipitate is easily washed, and under the +proper conditions the separation is complete, but the separation with +sulphuretted hydrogen is more satisfactory, since the conditions as to +acidity, &c., need not be so exact.</p> + +<p>Zinc or iron is sometimes used for separating copper from its solutions, +but they are not to be recommended.</p> + + +<h4>ELECTROLYTIC ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>The separation of copper by means of a current of electricity is largely +made use of, and forms the basis of the most satisfactory method for the +determination of this metal. If the wire closing an electric circuit be +broken, and the two ends immersed in a beaker of acidulated water or +solution of any salt, the electricity will pass through the liquid, +bringing about some remarkable changes. Hydrogen and the metals will be +liberated around that part of the wire connected with the zinc end of +the battery, and oxygen, chlorine, and the acid radicals will be set +free around the other. Different metals are deposited in this way with +varying degrees of ease, and whether or not any particular metal will be +deposited depends—(1) on the conditions of the solution as regards acid +and other substances present, and (2) on the <i>intensity</i> of the current +of electricity used. For analytical purposes the metal should be +deposited not only free from the other metals present, but also as a +firm coherent film, which may afterwards be manipulated without fear of +loss. This is, in the case of copper and many other metals, effected by +a simple control of the conditions. It is necessary that the electrodes, +or wires which bring the electricity into the solution, should be made +of a material to which the deposited metal will adhere, and which will +not be attacked by substances originally present or set free in the +solution. They are generally made of platinum. There are various +arrangements of apparatus used for this purpose, but the following plan +and method of working is simple and effective, and has been in daily use +with very satisfactory results for the last five or six years.</p> + +<p>The battery used is made up of two Daniell cells, coupled up for +intensity as shown in fig. 49—that is, with the copper of one connected +with the zinc of the other. For eight or ten assays daily the quart size +should be used, but for four or five two pint cells will be sufficient.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig049.jpg" width="300" height="294" alt="Fig. 49." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The outer pot of each cell is made of sheet copper, and must be clean +and free from solder on the inside. It is provided near the top with a +perforated copper shelf in the shape of a ring, into which the inner or +porous cell loosely fits. It is charged with a saturated solution of +copper sulphate, and crystals of this salt must be added, and always +kept in excess. When the battery is at work copper is being deposited on +the inner surface of this pot.</p> + +<p>The inner or porous pot contains the zinc rod, and is charged with a +dilute acid, made by diluting one volume of sulphuric acid up to ten +with water. The object of the porous pot is to prevent the mixing of the +acid and copper sulphate solutions, without interrupting the flow of +electricity. The copper sulphate solution will last for months, but the +acid must be emptied out and recharged daily.</p> + +<p>The zinc rods must be well amalgamated by rubbing with mercury under +dilute acid until they show a uniformly bright surface. They should not +produce a brisk effervescence when placed in the acid in the porous pot +before coupling up.</p> + +<p>The battery when working is apt to become dirty from the "creeping" of +the copper and zinc sulphate solution. It must be kept away from the +working bench, and is best kept in a box on the floor.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig050.jpg" width="450" height="198" alt="Fig. 50." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The connection of the battery with, and the fixing of, the electrodes +may be made by any suitable arrangement, but the following is a very +convenient plan. The wire from the zinc is connected by means of a +binding screw with a piece of stout copper wire, which, at a distance +sufficiently great to allow of easy coupling with the battery, is led +along the back of a piece<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> of hard wood. This is fixed horizontally +about one foot above the working bench. The general arrangement is shown +in fig. 50, in which, however, for the sake of economy of space, the +battery is placed on the working bench instead of on the floor. The +piece of wood is one inch square and three or four feet long. It is +perforated from front to back at distances of six inches by a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> number of +small holes, in which are inserted screws like that shown in fig. 51. +These are known as "terminals," and may be obtained of any electrician. +The head of each screw is soldered to the wire mentioned above as +running along the back and as being connected with the zinc end of the +battery. These terminals serve to fix the electrodes on which the copper +is to be deposited. The wire from the copper end of the battery is +similarly connected by a connecting screw (fig. 52) with another wire (H +in fig. 53), which runs along the top of the rod and has soldered to it, +at distances of six inches, cylindrical spirals of copper wire. These +should project from the rod at points about half-way between the +terminals already described. They may be made by wrapping copper wire +around a black-lead pencil for a length of about three inches.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 428px;"> +<img src="images/fig051.jpg" width="428" height="265" alt="Fig. 51." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 315px;"> +<img src="images/fig052.jpg" width="315" height="235" alt="Fig. 52." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 348px;"> +<img src="images/fig053.jpg" width="348" height="450" alt="Fig. 53." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The rod is perforated from top to bottom with a series of small holes, +one in advance of each terminal but as near it as possible. Into these +short pieces of glass tube are inserted to ensure insulation. These +receive the other electrodes, which are connected with the wire leading +to the copper end of the battery, through the spirals, with the help of +a binding screw. The figure will make this clear. (Fig. 53.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 278px;"> +<img src="images/fig054.jpg" width="278" height="450" alt="Fig. 54" title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>The electrodes</b> consist of a platinum spiral and cylinder. The spiral +should have the shape shown in A, fig. 54. When in work it is passed +through one of the holes fitted with glass tubes and connected with the +copper end of the battery. The thickness of the wire of which it is made +is unimportant, provided it is stout enough to keep its form and does +not easily bend. The spiral will weigh about 8 grams. The cylinder (C, +fig. 54) will weigh about 12 grams. It should have the shape shown in +the figure. In working it is clamped to one of the terminals, and on it +the copper is deposited. A cylinder will serve for the deposition of +from 1 to 1.5 gram of copper. It is made by rivetting a square piece of +foil on to a stiff piece of wire, and then bending into shape over a +glass tube or piece of rounded wood. Each cylinder carries a distinctive +number, and is marked by impressing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> Roman numerals on the foil with the +blade of a knife. The weight of each is carefully taken and recorded. +They lose slightly in weight when in use, but the loss is uniform, and +averages half a milligram per month when in daily use. The cylinders are +cleaned from deposited copper by dissolving off with nitric acid and +washing with water; and from grease by igniting.</p> + +<p>The <b>beakers</b>, to contain the solution of copper to be electrolysed, are +ordinary tall beakers of about 200 c.c. capacity, and are marked off at +100 c.c. and 150 c.c. They are supported on movable stands, consisting +of wooden blocks about six inches high and three inches across. The bar +of wood which carries the connecting wires and electrodes is permanently +fixed over the working bench, at such a height that, with the beakers +resting on these blocks, the electrodes shall be in position for +working.</p> + +<p>To fix the electrodes to the rod, remove the stand and beaker and pass +the long limb of the spiral up through one of the glass tubes. Connect +it with the free end of the copper spiral by means of a connecting screw +(fig. 52), and then draw out and bend the copper spiral so that the +platinum one may hang freely. Screw the wire of the cylinder to the +terminal, and, if necessary, bend it so that the cylinder itself may be +brought to encircle the rod of the spiral in the manner shown in fig. +53.</p> + +<p>The <b>general method of working</b> is as follows:—The quantity of ore to +be taken for an assay varies with the richness of the ore, as is shown +in the following table:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Percentage of Copper in the Ore.</td><td align='left'>Quantity of Ore to be taken.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>1 to 5</td><td align='center'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>5 to 10</td><td align='center'>3 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>10 to 30</td><td align='center'>2 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>30 to 50</td><td align='center'>1.5 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>50 to 100</td><td align='center'>1 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The weighed quantity of ore is dissolved by evaporating with nitric acid +and taking up with hydrochloric, as already described. Any coloured +residue which may be left is generally organic matter: it is filtered +off, calcined, and any copper it contains is estimated colorimetrically. +Nearly always, however, the residue is white and sandy. The copper is +separated from the solution as sulphide by means of a rapid current of +sulphuretted hydrogen. The liquid is decanted off through a filter, the +precipitate washed once with hot water and then rinsed back into the +flask (the filter paper being opened out) with a jet of water from a +wash bottle. Fifteen c.c. of nitric acid are added to the contents of +the flask, which are then briskly boiled until the bulk is reduced to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> +less than 10 c.c. The boiling down is carried out in a cupboard free +from cold draughts, so as to prevent the condensation of acid and steam +in the neck of the flask. Twenty c.c. of water are next added, and the +solution is warmed, and filtered into one of the beakers for +electrolysis. The filtrate and washings are diluted with water to the +100 c.c. mark, and the solution is then ready for the battery. It must +not contain more than 10 per cent. by volume of nitric acid.</p> + +<p>The number and weight of the platinum cylinder having been recorded, +both electrodes are fixed in position and the wooden block removed from +under them. The beaker containing the copper solution is then brought up +into its place with one hand, and the block replaced with the other so +as to support it. All the assays having been got into position, the +connecting wires are joined to the battery. If everything is right +bubbles of oxygen at once stream off from the spiral, and the cylinder +becomes tarnished by a deposit of copper. If the oxygen comes off but no +copper is deposited, it is because the assay solution contains too much +nitric acid. If no action whatever takes place, it is because the +current is not passing. In this case examine the connections to see that +they are clean and secure, and the connecting wires to see that they are +not touching each other.</p> + +<p>The action is allowed to go on for sixteen or seventeen hours, so that +it is best to let the current act overnight. In the morning the +solutions will appear colourless, and a slow stream of oxygen will still +be coming off from the spiral.</p> + +<p>A wash-bottle with cold distilled water and two beakers, one with +distilled water and the other with alcohol, are got ready. The block is +then removed, the spiral loosened and lowered with the beaker. The +cylinder is next detached and washed with a stream of water from the +wash-bottle, the washings being added to the original solution. The +current from the battery is not stopped until all the cylinders are +washed. After being dipped in the beaker of water and once or twice in +that with the alcohol, it is dried in the water-oven for about three +minutes, and then weighed. The increase in weight is due to deposited +copper. This should be salmon-red in colour, satin-like or crystalline +in appearance, and in an even coherent deposit, not removed by rubbing. +It is permanent in air when dry, but sulphuretted hydrogen quickly +tarnishes it, producing coloured films. With ores containing even very +small proportions of bismuth, the deposited copper has a dark grey +colour, and when much of this metal is present the copper is coated with +a grey shaggy deposit.</p> + +<p>It still remains to determine any copper left undeposited in the +solution. This does not generally exceed four or five milligrams,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> and +is estimated colorimetrically. Thirty c.c. of dilute ammonia (one of +strong ammonia mixed with one of water) are added to the electrolysed +solution, which is then diluted up to the 150 c.c. mark with water. It +is mixed, using the spiral as stirrer, and, after standing a few minutes +to allow the precipitate to settle, 100 c.c. of it are filtered off +through a dry filter for the colorimetric determination. Since only +two-thirds of the solution are taken for this, the quantity of copper +found must be increased by one-half to get the quantity actually +present.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 204px;"> +<img src="images/fig055.jpg" width="204" height="400" alt="Fig. 55." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The <b>colorimetric determination</b> may be made in the manner described +under that head, but where a number of assays are being carried out it +is more convenient to have a series of standard phials containing known +amounts of copper in ammoniacal solution. By comparing the measured +volume of the assay solution with these, the amount of copper present is +determined at a glance. These standard bottles, however, can only be +economically used where a large number of assays are being made daily.</p> + +<p>A convenient plan is to get a quantity of white glass four-ounce phials, +like that in fig. 55, and to label them so that they shall contain 100 +c.c. when filled up to the bottom of the labels. The labels should be +rendered permanent by coating with wax, and be marked with numbers +indicating the milligrams of copper present. The bottles are stopped +with new clean corks, and contain, in addition to the specified quantity +of copper, 6 c.c. of nitric acid and 10 c.c. of strong ammonia, with +sufficient water to make up the bulk to 100 c.c. The copper is best +added by running in the requisite amount of a standard solution of +copper, each c.c. of which contains 0.001 gram of the metal.</p> + +<p>The standard bottles should be refilled once every three or four months, +since their colorimetric value becomes slowly less on keeping. The +following determinations of a set which had been in use for three months +will illustrate this. The figures indicate milligrams of copper in 100 +c.c.: the first row gives the nominal and the second row the actual +colorimetric value of the standards. The difference between the two +shows the deterioration.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> 1 </td><td align='left'>2 </td><td align='left'>3 </td><td align='left'>4 </td><td align='left'>6 </td><td align='left'>8 </td><td align='left'>10 </td><td align='left'>12 </td><td align='left'>14 </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 1 </td><td align='left'>2 </td><td align='left'>3 </td><td align='left'>3.7 </td><td align='left'>5.5 </td><td align='left'>7.5 </td><td align='left'>9 </td><td align='left'>11 </td><td align='left'>13 </td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The amount of copper in the assay is got by increasing that found +colorimetrically by one-half and adding to that found on the platinum +cylinder. The percentage is calculated in the usual<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> way. The following +examples will illustrate this, as well as the method of recording the +work in the laboratory book:—</p> + +<pre> +_____________________________________________ +Cylinder I. + Cu 9.5410 +Cylinder I. 9.5170 + —————— + 0.0240 +By colour 100 c.c. = 0.0015} + 0.0007} 0.0022 + —————— —————— + 0.0022 0.0262 +IX. Sample. Took 5 grams. + Copper = 0.52% +_____________________________________________ +Cylinder VI. + Cu 10.5705 +Cylinder VI. 10.0437 + —————— + 0.5268 +By colour, 100 c.c. = 0.0070} + 0.0035} 0.0105 + —————— —————— + 0.0105 0.5373 +Matte, No. 1070. Took 1.5 gram. + Copper = 35.82% +_____________________________________________ +Cylinder XIII. + Cu 12.0352 +Cylinder XIII. 11.0405 + —————— + 0.9947 +By colour 100 c.c. = 0.0005} + 0.0002} 0.0007 + —————— —————— + 0.0007 0.9954 +X. Sample, Cake copper. Took 1.0053 gram. + Copper = 99.00% +____________________________________________ +</pre> + +<p>In the electrolytic assay of metals, alloys, precipitates, and other +bodies rich in copper, the preliminary separation of the copper by +sulphuretted hydrogen is unnecessary. It is sufficient to dissolve the +weighed sample in 10 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, dilute +to 100 c.c. with water, and then electrolyse.</p> + +<p><b>General Considerations.</b>—In the preliminary work with the copper +sulphide there is a small loss owing to its imperfect removal in washing +the filter paper, and another small loss in dissolving in nitric acid +owing to the retention of particles in the fused globules of sulphur. To +determine its amount the filter-papers and sulphur were collected from +forty assays, and the copper in them determined. The average amount of +copper in each assay was 0.175 gram; that left on the filter paper was +0.00067 gram; and that retained by the sulphur 0.00003 gram; thus +showing an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> average loss from both sources of 0.00070 gram. The +determinations from another lot of forty-two similar assays gave on an +average</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper left on filter paper</td><td align='left'>0.00070</td><td align='left'>gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper retained by sulphur.</td><td align='left'>0.00004</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The loss from these sources is trifling, and need only be considered +when great accuracy is required.</p> + +<p>The deposition of the copper under the conditions given is satisfactory, +but, as already stated, if the solution contain more than 10 per cent. +of nitric acid it is not thrown down at all; or if a stronger current is +used, say that from three Bunsen cells, it will be precipitated in an +arborescent brittle form, ill adapted for weighing. It may be noted here +that increasing the size of the cells does not necessarily increase the +intensity of the current.</p> + +<p>In two determinations on pure electrotype copper the following results +were obtained:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper Taken.</td><td align='left'>Copper Found.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8988 gram</td><td align='left'>0.8985 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8305 "</td><td align='left'>0.8303 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The presence of salts of ammonia, &c., somewhat retards the deposition, +but has no other ill effect.</p> + +<p>The organic matter generally present in copper ores interferes more +especially in the colorimetric determination of the residual copper. It +can be detected on dissolving the ore as a light black residue insoluble +in nitric acid. It is filtered off at once, or, if only present in small +amount, it is carried on in the ordinary process of the assay and +separated in the last filtration before electrolysis.</p> + +<p>The following experiments were made to test the effect of the presence +of salts of foreign metals in the solution during the precipitation of +copper by electrolysis:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper Taken.</td><td align='left'>Other Metal Added.</td><td align='left'>Copper Found.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1000 gram</td><td align='left'>0.1000 gram of silver</td><td align='left'>0.1800</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1050 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " "</td><td align='left'>0.2000</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1030 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " mercury</td><td align='left'>0.2010</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1037 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " "</td><td align='left'>0.2015</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1020 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " lead</td><td align='left'>0.1020</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1030 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " "</td><td align='left'>0.1028</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1010 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " arsenic</td><td align='left'>0.1010</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1007 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " "</td><td align='left'>0.1022</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1030 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " antimony</td><td align='left'>0.1050</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1034 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " "</td><td align='left'>0.1057</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0990 "</td><td align='left'>0.1200 " tin</td><td align='left'>0.0990</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1014 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " "</td><td align='left'>0.1015</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1000 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " bismuth</td><td align='left'>0.1662</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1040 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " of cadmium</td><td align='left'>0.1052</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1009 "</td><td align='left'>0.1300 " zinc</td><td align='left'>0.1017</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1014 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " nickel</td><td align='left'>0.1007</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1079 "</td><td align='left'>0.1200 " iron</td><td align='left'>0.1089</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1054 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " chromium (Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>)</td><td align='left'>0.1035</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1034 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " " (K<sub>2</sub>CrO<sub>4</sub>)</td><td align='left'>0.1010</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1075 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " aluminium</td><td align='left'>0.1078</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1010 "</td><td align='left'>0.1000 " manganese</td><td align='left'>0.0980</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span></p> + +<p>It will be seen from these that mercury, silver, and bismuth are the +only metals which are precipitable<a name="FNanchor_52_52" id="FNanchor_52_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> along with the copper under the +conditions of the assay. Mercury, which if present would interfere, is +separated because of the insolubility of its sulphide in nitric acid.</p> + +<p>Bismuth is precipitated only after the main portion of the copper is +thrown down. It renders the copper obviously unsuitable for weighing. It +darkens, or forms a greyish coating on, the copper; and this darkening +is a delicate test for bismuth. In assaying ores containing about three +and a half per cent. of copper, and known to contain bismuth in +quantities scarcely detectable in ordinary analysis, the metal deposited +was distinctly greyish in colour, and would not be mistaken for pure +copper. Ten grams of this impure copper were collected and analysed, +with the following results:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='right'>99.46</td><td align='left'>per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bismuth</td><td align='right'>00.30</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='right'>00.14</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'>00.10</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>100.00</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The quantity of copper got in each assay was 0.175 gram, and +consequently the bismuth averaged 0.00053 gram.</p> + +<p>To separate the bismuth in such a case the deposit is dissolved off by +warming it in the original solution. The bismuth is precipitated by the +addition of ammonic carbonate, and the solution, after filtering and +acidifying with nitric acid, is re-electrolysed.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in Commercial Copper.</b>—Take from 1 to 1.5 +gram, weigh carefully, and transfer to a beaker; add 20 c.c. of water +and 10 c.c. of nitric acid; cover with a clock<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span> glass, and allow to +dissolve with moderate action; boil off nitrous fumes, dilute to 100 +c.c., and electrolyse. The cylinder must be carefully weighed, and the +electrolysis allowed to proceed for 24 hours. The weight found will be +that of the copper and silver. The silver in it must be determined<a name="FNanchor_53_53" id="FNanchor_53_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a> +and deducted.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in Brass, German Silver, or Bronze.</b>—Treat in +the same manner as commercial copper. If nickel is present, the few +milligrams of copper remaining in the electrolysed solution should be +separated with sulphuretted hydrogen, the precipitated sulphide +dissolved in nitric acid, and determined colorimetrically.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC PROCESSES.</h4> + +<p>There are two of these in use, one based on the decolorising effect of +potassic cyanide upon an ammoniacal copper solution, and the other upon +the measurement of the quantity of iodine liberated from potassic iodide +by the copper salt. The cyanide process is the more generally used, and +when carefully worked, "on certain understood and orthodox conditions," +yields good results; but probably there is no method of assaying where a +slight deviation from these conditions so surely leads to error. An +operator has no difficulty in getting concordant results with duplicate +assays; yet different assayers, working, without bias, on the same +material, get results uniformly higher or lower; a difference evidently +due to variations in the mode of working. Where a large number of +results are wanted quickly it is a very convenient method. The iodide +process is very satisfactory when worked under the proper conditions.</p> + + +<h4>CYANIDE METHOD.</h4> + +<p>The process is based upon the facts—(1) that when ammonia is added in +excess to a solution containing cupric salts, ammoniacal copper +compounds are formed which give to the solution a deep blue colour; and +(2) that when potassic cyanide is added in sufficient quantity to such a +solution the colour is removed, double cyanides of copper and potassium +or ammonium being formed.<a name="FNanchor_54_54" id="FNanchor_54_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> In the explanation generally given the +formation of cuprous cyanide is supposed<a name="FNanchor_55_55" id="FNanchor_55_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a>; but in practice it is +found that one part of copper requires rather more than four parts of +cyanide, which agrees with the former, rather than the latter, +explanation.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span></p><p>Reliance on the accuracy of the process cannot rest upon the +supposition that the cyanide required for decoloration is proportional +to the copper present, for varying quantities of ammonia salts, ammonia +and water, and differences of temperature have an important effect. The +results are concordant and exact only when the cyanide is standardised +under the same conditions as it is used. It is best to have the assay +solution and that used for standardising as nearly as possible alike, +and to titrate the two solutions side by side. This demands an +approximate knowledge of the quantity of copper contained in the ore and +a separation of the bulk of the impurities.</p> + +<p>For the titration there is required a standard solution of potassium +cyanide made by dissolving 42 grams of the salt, known to dealers as +Potassium Cyanide (Gold), in water and diluting to one litre: 100 c.c. +of this will be about equivalent to one gram of copper. For poor ores +the solution may conveniently be made half this strength.</p> + +<p>The solution of the ore and the separation of the copper as sulphide are +effected in the same ways as have been already described for +electrolysis. Similarly, too, the sulphide is attacked with 15 c.c. of +nitric acid and the assay boiled down to 10 c.c. Add 20 c.c. of water +and warm, filter into a pint flask, wash well with water, and dilute to +about 150 c.c.; add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and cool.</p> + +<p>Prepare a standard by dissolving a quantity of electrotype copper +(judged to be about the same as that contained in the assay) in 20 c.c. +of water and 10 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off the nitrous fumes, and +dilute to 150 c.c.: add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia and cool.</p> + +<p>Fill a burette with the standard cyanide solution. The burette with +syphon arrangement, figured on page 52, is used. A number of titrations +can be carried on at the same time provided the quantity of copper +present in each is about the same. This is regulated in weighing up the +ore. The flasks must of course be marked, and should be arranged in +series on a bench in front of a good light and at such a height that the +liquid can be looked through without stooping. Supposing about 50 c.c. +of cyanide will be required, 30 c.c. should be run into each, and each +addition be recorded as soon as made; then run 15 c.c. into each. The +solutions will now probably show marked differences of tint: add 1 c.c. +of cyanide to the lighter ones and more to the darker, so as to bring +the colours to about the same depth of tint. They should all be of +nearly equal tint just before finishing. At the end add half a c.c. at a +time until the colours are completely discharged. A piece of damp filter +paper held between the light<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> and the flask assists in judging the +colour when nearly finished. Overdone assays show a straw yellow colour +which deepens on standing.</p> + +<p>The following will illustrate the notes recorded of five such assays and +one standard:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>(1)</td><td align='left'>30</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'> =</td><td align='left'>53-1/2</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(2)</td><td align='left'> 30</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>48-1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(3)</td><td align='left'> 30</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>50-1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(4)</td><td align='left'> 30</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>5</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>54</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(5)</td><td align='left'> 30</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>49-1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(6)</td><td align='left'> 30</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1/2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>standard</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Three grams of ore were taken, and the standard contained 0.480 gram of +copper.</p> + +<p>In this series the difference of half a c.c. means about 0.15 per cent. +on the ore; with a little practice it is easy to estimate whether the +whole or half of the last addition should be counted.</p> + +<p>To get satisfactory results, the manner of finishing once adopted must +be adhered to.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the assay:—Use <i>a solution of copper nitrate</i>, made by dissolving 10 +grams of copper in 50 c.c. of water and 35 c.c. of nitric acid, and +diluting to a litre. 100 c.c. = 1 gram of copper.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—In these experiments 20 c.c. of copper +nitrate were used, with 10 c.c. of nitric acid, 30 c.c. of dilute +ammonia, and water to 200 c.c. The results were—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>30°</td><td align='left'>70°</td><td align='left'>100°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide required</td><td align='left'>21.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The temperature is that of the solution <i>before</i> titrating. These show +the importance of always cooling before titrating, and of titrating the +assay and standard at the same temperature.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—The quantities of copper, acid, and ammonia +were the same as in the last-mentioned experiments. The results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>300.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>400.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide required</td><td align='left'>23.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These show that large variations in bulk must be avoided.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Ammonia.</b>—The quantities of copper and acid were the +same as in the series of experiments last noticed. The bulk was 200 c.c. +The results were:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Dilute ammonia</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>30.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide required</td><td align='left'>20.9</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>22.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>24.6</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Acid.</b>—The quantities of copper and water were the +same as in the last-noticed set of experiments: 30 c.c. of dilute +ammonia were used.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitric acid</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>15.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide required</td><td align='left'>21.6</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.5</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p> + +<p>On adding nitric acid to the solution it combines with a portion of the +ammonia to form ammonic nitrate; it will be seen from the last series of +experiments that the lessening of the amount of free ammonia will +decrease the quantity of cyanide required; but, on the other hand, the +ammonic nitrate which is at the same time formed will increase the +amount required; under the conditions of the assay these two effects +neutralise each other, and such differences in the quantity of acid as +are likely to occur are unimportant.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Ammonic Salts.</b>—The quantities of copper, water, and +ammonia were the same as in the last mentioned set of experiments, but +no nitric acid was used.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonic nitrate added</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td><td align='left'>20 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide required</td><td align='left'>21.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>22.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>23.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>24.1 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These show that combined ammonia seriously affects the titration, and +that the principle sometimes recommended of neutralising the acid with +ammonia, and then adding a constant quantity of ammonia, is not a good +one, because there is then an interference both by the ammonia and by +the variable quantity of ammonic salts.</p> + +<p>The same quantity of combined ammonia has the same effect, whether it is +present as sulphate, nitrate, chloride, or acetate, as the following +experiments show. Four lots of 20 c.c. of "copper nitrate" were taken, +and 20 c.c. of dilute ammonia added to each. These were carefully +neutralised with the respective acids, rendered alkaline with 30 c.c. +more of ammonia, cooled, diluted to bulk, and titrated. The results +were:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>With</td><td align='left'>sulphuric acid</td><td align='left'>22.5</td><td align='left'>c.c. of</td><td align='left'>cyanide</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>nitric acid</td><td align='left'>22.6</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>hydrochloric acid</td><td align='left'>22.6</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>acetic acid</td><td align='left'>22.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—Sulphates, nitrates and chlorides of sodium +or potassium have no action, whilst the hydrates, carbonates, +bicarbonates, sulphites, and nitrites have an important effect. The +interference of ammonic salts has already been shown.</p> + +<p>Salts of silver, zinc, and nickel react with cyanide just as copper +does, and consequently interfere. Ferrous salts are sure to be absent, +and ferric salts yield ferric hydrate with the ammonia, which is not +acted on by the cyanide, but, owing to its bulkiness, it settles slowly; +this lengthens the time required for titration, and so modifies the +manner of working. <i>An assay should not be worked with ferric hydrate +present, unless the standard contains about the same amount of it.</i> On +mines it is often inconvenient to separate the copper by means of +sulphuretted hydrogen; hence it is customary to titrate without +previous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span> separation. In this case, instead of standardising the cyanide +with electrotype copper, a standard ore should be used. This should be +an ore (of the same kind as those being assayed) in which the copper has +been carefully determined.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Copper.</b>—In these experiments 10 c.c. of nitric +acid, 30 c.c. of ammonia, and water to 200 c.c. were used.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper nitrate present</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'> 100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide required</td><td align='left'>0.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>11.2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>21.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>54.5</td><td align='left'> "</td><td align='left'>108.1</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These results show that under the conditions laid down the various +causes of disturbance nearly neutralise one another, and the results +within a fair range are practically proportional.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in Copper Pyrites.</b>—Weigh up 2 grams of the +dried and powdered ore, and place in an evaporating dish about four +inches in diameter. Cover with 20 c.c. of nitric acid and put on a hot +plate. Evaporate to dryness without further handling. Allow to cool and +take up with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, boil, dilute, and transfer to +a pint flask, filtering if necessary. Make up the bulk with the washings +to about 150 c.c. Precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen, filter, and +wash back the precipitate into the flask. Add 15 c.c. of nitric acid, +and boil down rapidly to 10 c.c. Dilute, add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, +make up to 150 c.c., and cool. For the standard, weigh up 0.5 gram of +copper, more or less, according to the quantity judged to be present in +the assay. Dissolve in 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boil off nitrous +fumes, add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, make up to the same bulk as that +of the assay, and cool. Titrate the two solutions side by side and as +nearly as possible in the same manner.</p> + +<p>Since the assay solution is often turbid from the presence of small +quantities of lead and of iron from incomplete washing, and since this +slight precipitate is very slow in settling, the standard can hardly be +compared strictly with the assay. This can be counteracted by +precipitating in both solutions a mixture of ferric and aluminic +hydrates, which settles readily and leaves the supernatant liquor clear. +To effect this, boil the nitric acid solutions with 30 c.c. of a +solution containing 15 grams each of alum and ferrous sulphate to the +litre. In an actual determination 2 grams of the ore were taken and +compared with 0.5 gram of copper. The assay required 57.7 c.c. of +cyanide and the standard 52.5 c.c.</p> + +<p> + 52.5 : 0.5 :: 57.7 : 0.5495<br /> +</p> + +<p>This on 2 grams of ore = 27.47 per cent.; the same sample by +electrolysis gave 27.60 per cent. of copper.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Determination without Previous Separation.</b>—Dissolve up 2 grams as +before, but, instead of passing sulphuretted hydrogen, add 30 c.c. of +dilute ammonia, shake well, and cool. Prepare a standard by dissolving +0.5 gram of copper in 1 c.c. of nitric acid, add 0.6 gram of iron in the +form of ferric chloride and 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, dilute to +about 150 c.c., add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia, and cool. Titrate the two +solutions side by side. In a determination on the sample last used, 58 +c.c. were required for the assay and 53 c.c. for the standard, which +indicates 27.3 per cent. of copper.</p> + +<p>This method of working is somewhat rough.</p> + + +<h4>IODIDE METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based upon the fact that when potassic iodide in excess is added +to a strong solution of a cupric salt in a faintly acid solution, +cuprous iodide is formed and an equivalent of iodine liberated.<a name="FNanchor_56_56" id="FNanchor_56_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_56_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> The +iodine is measured by titrating with a solution of sodium +hyposulphite,<a name="FNanchor_57_57" id="FNanchor_57_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_57_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> using starch paste as indicator. The iodine is soluble +in the excess of potassium iodide, forming a deep brown solution; the +hyposulphite is added until this brown colour is almost removed. Starch +paste is then added, and strikes with the remaining iodine a dirty blue +colour. The addition of the "hypo" is continued until the blue colour is +discharged. The end reaction is sharp; a drop is sufficient to complete +it.</p> + +<p>As regards the titration, the process leaves little to be desired; the +quantity of "hypo" required is strictly proportional to the copper +present, and ordinary variations in the conditions of working are +without effect. The presence of salts of bismuth masks the end reaction +because of the strong colour imparted to the solution by the iodide of +bismuth. Under certain conditions there is a return of the blue colour +in the assay solution after the finishing point has apparently been +reached, which is a heavy tax on the patience and confidence of the +operator. This is specially apt to occur when sodium acetate is present, +although it may also be due to excessive dilution.</p> + +<p><b>The standard "hypo" solution</b> is made by dissolving 39.18 grams of the +crystallised salt (Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) in water and diluting to +one litre. One hundred c.c. will equal one gram of copper.</p> + +<p>The starch solution is made by mixing 1 gram of starch into a thin paste +with cold water, pouring it into 200 c.c. of boiling<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> water, and +continuing the boiling for a minute or so. The solution must be cold +before use, and about 2 c.c. is used for each assay. It should not be +added until the bulk of the iodine has been reduced.</p> + +<p>To standardise the "hypo," weigh up 0.3 or 0.4 gram of pure copper, +dissolve in 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, and +dilute with an equal bulk of cold water. Add "soda" solution until a +permanent precipitate is obtained, and then 1 c.c. of acetic acid. This +should yield a clear solution. Fill an ordinary burette with the "hypo." +Add 3 grams of potassium iodide crystals to the copper solution, and, +when these are dissolved, dilute to 100 c.c. with water. Run in the +"hypo" solution rather quickly until the brown colour is nearly +discharged—<i>i.e.</i>, to within 3 or 4 c.c. of the finish. Add 2 c.c. of +the starch solution, and continue the addition of the "hypo" a few drops +at a time until the tint suddenly changes to a cream colour. The blue +colour must not return on standing three or four minutes. Calculate the +standard in the usual way.</p> + +<p>In assaying ores, the copper is dissolved and separated with +sulphuretted hydrogen as in the other processes, but the sulphide should +be washed more completely to ensure the absence of iron salts.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the assay. Use a solution of copper sulphate containing 39.38 grams +of copper sulphate crystals (CuSO<sub>4</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) in the litre. 100 c.c. +equal 1.00 gram of copper.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The assay after the addition of the +potassic iodide must be kept cold, else iodine may be volatilised.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Potassium Iodide.</b>—In various descriptions of the +process the amount of iodide required is variously stated at from "a few +crystals" to as much as 10 grams. The proportion required by theory for +1 gram of copper is a little over 5 grams: an excess, however, is +required to keep the liberated iodine in solution. On economic grounds +this excess should not be extravagant; if the student uses 10 parts of +the iodide for each part of copper in the assay he will have sufficient. +In the experiments there were used 20 c.c. of the copper sulphate, with +varying amounts of potassic iodide, and the following results were +got:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Potassic iodide added</td><td align='left'>1.5 gram</td><td align='left'>3 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>In these the iodide was added direct to the solution containing the +copper, which was afterwards diluted to 100 c.c. and titrated.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span> In +another series the iodide was added after the dilution to 100 c.c., and +the results were:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Potassic iodide added</td><td align='left'>1.5 gram</td><td align='left'>3 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—In these experiments, 20 c.c. of copper +sulphate were taken, 3 grams of potassic iodide added, and also water to +the required bulk.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.9</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>In the last of these experiments the colour was discharged at 18 c.c., +but gradually returned until 19.9 c.c. had been run in. It will be seen +that considerable variation in bulk does not interfere.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Acetic Acid.</b>—These experiments were like the last series +mentioned, but the bulk was 100 c.c., and varying amounts of acetic acid +were added.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acetic acid added</td><td align='right'>0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='right'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.2</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Acetic acid, then, does not interfere to any serious extent.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate.</b>—These experiments were like those +last mentioned, but without acetic acid, and with varying amounts of +sodium acetate.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium acetate added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>2 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.2 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>In the 5 grams experiment, when the finishing point had been apparently +reached the colour slowly returned; but as the results generally on +titrating were not satisfactory a repetition of the experiment was made +with the addition of 5 c.c. of acetic acid, which gave an equally bad +result.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—The conditions of these experiments were the +same as before. The salts were added and dissolved before the addition +of the potassium iodide. Using 5 grams (or in the case of the acids, 5 +c.c.), the results were as follows:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>dilute H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub></td><td align='left'>Acetic acid</td><td align='left'>NaAc</td><td align='left'>NaCl</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.1 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>KNO<sub>3</sub></td><td align='left'>Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub></td><td align='left'>AmCl</td><td align='left'>Am<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.9 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The low result with the sulphate of soda was evidently due to the +formation of a sparingly soluble double salt, which removed copper from +the solution; on adding a little acetic acid the full amount of "hypo" +was required. The effect of the presence of certain metals is important. +The method of determining it was to add the substance to the solution +containing the copper, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> partly precipitate with soda solution; then +treating with 1 c.c. of acetic acid, adding the iodide, and proceeding +as before.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Substance Added.</td><td align='left'>"Hypo" Required,</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>-</td><td align='left'>20. c.c</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.050 gram arsenic as As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub></td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.050 " antimony as SbCl<sub>5</sub></td><td align='left'>19.8 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.050 " lead as Pb(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub></td><td align='left'>20.1 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>A similar experiment with 0.050 gram of bismuth nitrate could not be +determined, the end-reaction being masked. Bismuth iodide is soluble in +potassic iodide, forming a brown solution, the colour of which is very +similar to that produced by iodine; and although it does not strike a +blue colour with starch, "hypo" has an action on it.</p> + +<p>A similar experiment with 0.050 gram of iron as ferric chloride required +22.3 c.c. of "hypo," and the colour returned on standing. This shows +that ferric acetate liberates iodine under the conditions of the assay. +Trying to counteract this, by adding to a similar solution 0.5 gram of +phosphate of soda dissolved in a little water, 19.7 c.c. of "hypo" were +required instead of 20.0, but the assay showed signs of returning +colour.</p> + +<p>In standardising, the same result was obtained, whether the copper was +present as nitrate or sulphate before neutralising.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Copper.</b>—With the same conditions as before, but +with varying amounts of copper and a proportionally increasing quantity +of iodide, the results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper present</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>showing the results to be exactly proportional.<a name="FNanchor_58_58" id="FNanchor_58_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_58_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a></p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in Copper Pyrites.</b>—Take 2 grams of the dried +and powdered ore and treat in a porcelain dish with 20 c.c. of nitric +acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric +acid, dilute, and transfer to a pint flask; make up with water to 200 +c.c., warm, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen to excess. Filter, and wash +the precipitate with water acidified with sulphuric acid. Wash the +precipitate back into the flask, and dissolve with 15 c.c. of nitric +acid. Evaporate almost to dryness; add 20 c.c. of water, and boil till +free from nitrous fumes; filter off the sulphur and gangue; neutralise +with soda, avoiding excess; add 1 or 2 c.c. of acetic acid, and shake +till clear. Add 5 grams of potassium iodide, dilute to 100 c.c., and +titrate. The following is an example:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>0.5 gram of copper required</td><td align='left'>50.5</td><td align='left'> c.c.</td><td align='left'> "hypo."</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The assay required</td><td align='left'>55.6</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>which is equal to 27.5 per cent. of copper.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC PROCESS.</h4> + +<p>This is based on the blue coloration of ammoniacal copper solutions. The +quantity of copper in 100 c.c. of the assay solution should not be more +than 15 milligrams, or less than half a milligram. It is not so delicate +as most other colorimetric methods, but nevertheless is a very useful +one.</p> + +<p>The manner of working is the same as that described under iron.</p> + +<p><b>Standard Copper Solution.</b>—Weigh up 0.5 gram of electrotype copper, +dissolve in 10 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes, and dilute +to 1 litre. 1 c.c. = 0.5 milligram.</p> + +<p>In nearly all cases it will be necessary to separate the copper with +sulphuretted hydrogen from a solution of about 5 grams of the material +to be assayed. The filter paper containing the sulphide (and, probably, +much sulphur) is dried and burnt. The ashes are dissolved in 5 c.c. of +dilute nitric acid, 10 c.c. of dilute ammonia added, and the solution +filtered through a coarse filter into a Nessler tube, washing the paper +with a little dilute ammonia.</p> + +<p>The estimation of the colour and calculation of the result are made in +the way described on page 44.</p> + +<p>The effect of varying conditions on the assay may be seen from the +following experiments.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The effect of increased temperature is +to slightly decrease the colour, but this can only be observed when a +fair quantity of copper is present.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c. at 15°</td><td align='left'>showed the</td><td align='left'>colour of</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c. at 70°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>2.7</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>9.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Ammonia.</b>—The solution must, of course, contain free +ammonia; about 5 c.c. of dilute ammonia in 50 c.c. bulk is the quantity +to be used in the experiments. A larger quantity affects the results, +giving lower readings and altering the tint. With small quantities of +ammonia the colour approaches a violet; with larger, a sky-blue.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> 2.5</td><td align='left'>c.c. with</td><td align='left'>25</td><td align='left'>c.c. of</td><td align='left'>strong ammonia</td><td align='left'>read</td><td align='left'>2.2</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>4.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>8.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Ammonic Salts.</b>—The following table shows the results after +addition of ammonic salts:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>C.c. Present.</td><td align='center'>With 10 grams Ammonic Nitrate.</td><td align='left'>With 10 grams Ammonic Chloride.</td><td align='center'>With 10 grams Ammonic Sulphate.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>2.5</td><td align='center'>2.5</td><td align='center'>2.5</td><td align='center'>2.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>5.0</td><td align='center'>5.0</td><td align='center'>5.3</td><td align='center'>4.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>10.0</td><td align='center'>10.0</td><td align='center'>10.0</td><td align='center'>8.5</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These show that sulphates should be avoided, and either nitrate or +chloride solutions be used in the standard as well as in the assay.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in a Manganese Ore.</b>—Treat 3 grams of the ore +with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up +with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; dilute to about 200 c.c., and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen until the solution smells of the gas; filter, +burn, take up with 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, add 10 c.c. of dilute +ammonia, and filter into the Nessler tube, and make up with the washings +to 50 c.c. Into the "standard" tube put 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid and +10 c.c. of dilute ammonia. Make up to nearly 50 c.c. with water, and run +in the standard copper until the colours are equal. In a determination 4 +c.c. (= 2.0 milligrams of copper) were required; this in 3 grams of ore += 0.07 per cent.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in "Black Tin."</b>—Weigh up 3 grams of the dried +ore, boil with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and afterwards add 1 c.c. +of nitric; boil off nitrous fumes, evaporate to about 5 c.c., dilute to +50 c.c., add 20 c.c. of dilute ammonia; stir, and filter. If much iron +is present, dissolve the precipitate of ferric hydrate in acid, and +reprecipitate with ammonia. Mix the two filtrates, and dilute to 100 +c.c. Take 50 c.c. for the test. A sample of 3 grams of an ore treated in +this way required 5.2 c.c. of standard copper to produce equality of +tint. This gives 0.35 per cent.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Copper in Tin.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the sample, +transfer to an evaporating dish, and cover with 30 c.c. of aqua regia. +Warm until the metal has dissolved, then evaporate almost to dryness. +Take up with a few c.c. of hydrochloric acid and again evaporate.</p> + +<p>Dissolve the residue in 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid and transfer +to a 100 c.c. flask. Add 10 c.c. of dilute ammonia and make up with +water to the containing mark.</p> + +<p>Filter off 50 c.c. of the solution into a Nessler glass and determine +the copper in it colorimetrically.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF COMMERCIAL COPPER.</h4> + +<p>Very pure copper can be obtained in commerce, owing to the demand for +metal of "high conductivity" for electrical purposes, which practically +means for metal free from impurities.</p> + +<p>Much of the metal sold contains as much as one per cent. of foreign +substances, of which arsenic is the most important. The other elements +to be looked for are bismuth, lead, antimony, silver, gold, iron, +nickel, cobalt, sulphur, and oxygen. In "blister copper" (which is the +unrefined metal), aluminium, silicon, and phosphorus may be met with.</p> + +<p><b>Oxygen.</b>—All commercial copper carries oxygen; most of it is present +as cuprous oxide, which is dissolved by molten copper. The estimation of +oxygen is often made "by difference." The copper and the other +impurities being determined, the rest is assumed to be oxygen. Probably +this is nearly correct, but the whole of the oxygen should not be +ascribed to cuprous oxide; for any arsenic the metal contained would be +present as cuprous arsenite, since arsenide of copper and cuprous oxide +could not exist together at the temperature of fusion without +interacting. In the report of the analysis, it is best to state the +proportion of oxygen thus:—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Oxygen ——— per cent. by difference.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>There is a method of determination by fusing 5 or 10 grams in a brasqued +crucible, and counting the loss as oxygen; and another method for the +determination of cuprous oxide based on the reaction of this substance +with nitrate of silver.<a name="FNanchor_59_59" id="FNanchor_59_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_59_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a> About 2 grams of silver nitrate, dissolved +in 100 c.c. of water, is allowed to act upon 1 gram of the copper in the +cold. The precipitate is filtered off, washed thoroughly with water, and +the basic salt dissolved and determined colorimetrically.</p> + +<p>One part of copper found represents 1.68 part of cuprous oxide, or 0.19 +part of oxygen. Copper generally carries from 0.1 to 0.2 per cent. of +oxygen.</p> + +<p><b>Silver</b> is found in most samples, but occurs in variable proportions; +when it amounts to 30 ounces per ton it has a commercial value. To +determine its amount, dissolve 10 grams of the copper in 35 c.c. of +nitric acid and 50 c.c. of water, boil off nitrous fumes, and dilute to +about 100 c.c. One or two c.c. of dilute hydrochloric<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> acid (one to 100 +of water) are added, stirred in, and the precipitate allowed to settle +for twenty-four hours. Filter through a double Swedish paper, dry, burn, +and cupel the ashes with one gram of sheet lead.</p> + +<p>Ten grams of a sample of copper gave in this way 4.7 milligrams of +silver. Ten grams of the same copper, to which 24 milligrams of silver +had been added gave 28.2 milligrams.</p> + +<p><b>Gold.</b>—To determine it, dissolve 10, 20, or 50 grams of the sample in +35, 70, or 175 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal volume of water, boil +till free from nitrous fumes, and dilute to double its volume. Allow to +stand for some time, decant on to a filter, dry, burn, and cupel the +ashes with 1 gram of sheet lead. If silver is present, owing to traces +of chlorides in the re-agents used, "parting" will be necessary. (See +<i>Gold</i>.)</p> + +<p>Working in this way on 20 grams of copper, to which 1.8 milligram of +gold had been added, a button weighing 2.0 milligrams was obtained.</p> + +<p><b>Antimony</b> is not a frequent impurity of copper: it can be detected in +quantities over 0.1 per cent. by a white residue of Sb<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>, +insoluble in nitric acid. With material containing only small quantities +of antimony the white oxide does not show itself for some time, but on +long-continued boiling it separates as a fine powder. It is best (when +looking for it) to evaporate the nitric acid solution to the +crystallising point, to add a little fresh nitric acid and water, and +then to filter off the precipitate. After weighing it should be examined +for arsenic and bismuth.</p> + +<p><b>Lead.</b>—Refined coppers are often free from lead, anything more than +traces being seldom found; in coarse coppers it is sometimes present in +considerable quantities.</p> + +<p>Its presence may be detected in the estimation of the copper +electrolytically, the platinum spiral becoming coated with a brown or +black deposit of lead dioxide. The depth of colour varies with the lead +present, and obviously could be made the basis of an approximate +estimation. The colour shows itself within an hour or so, but is best +observed when all the copper has been deposited.</p> + +<p>Electrolysing a solution of one gram of pure copper, to which 0.5 +milligram of lead had been added, the deposit was dark brown; in a +similar solution with 1 milligram of lead it was much darker, and with 2 +milligrams it was black. Under the conditions of the assay the dioxide +cannot be weighed, as it partly dissolves on breaking the current. When +lead has been found, its quantity may be estimated by evaporating to +dryness the nitric acid solution to which an excess of sulphuric acid +has been added, taking up with water, and filtering off and weighing the +lead sulphate.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span></p> + +<p>The separation of traces of lead as chromate is a fairly good one. +Dissolve 5 grams of the copper in 17 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal +volume of water; boil off nitrous fumes, neutralise with soda, and +afterwards acidulate with acetic acid; and dilute to a litre. Add 20 +grams of sodium acetate, warm, and precipitate the lead with a dilute +solution of potassium chromate. Copper chromate (yellow) may be at the +same time thrown down, but it is readily soluble on diluting. Filter off +the precipitate; wash it into a beaker and pass sulphuretted hydrogen; +oxidise the sulphide and weigh as lead sulphate. Treated in this way 5 +grams of copper yielded sulphate of lead equal to 2.0 milligrams of +lead. Five grams of the same sample to which 10 milligrams of lead were +added gave 11.4 milligrams.</p> + +<p><b>Nickel and Cobalt.</b>—Nickel is always present in larger or smaller +quantities in commercial copper, and, perhaps, has an influence on the +properties of the metal. It is determined as follows:—Dissolve 10 grams +of the copper in 35 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal bulk of water, boil +off nitrous fumes and neutralise with soda, add 2 grams of carbonate of +soda dissolved in water, boil, and filter. Acidify the filtrate with 2 +or 3 c.c. of dilute nitric acid and dilute to 1 or 1-1/2 litres. Pass +sulphuretted hydrogen through the cold solution till the copper is all +down and the liquid smells of the gas. Filter and evaporate the filtrate +to a small bulk, and determine the nickel by electrolysing the solution +rendered ammoniacal, or by precipitating as sulphide and weighing as +sulphate. (See under <i>Nickel</i>.) The precipitate, after weighing, should +be tested for cobalt. If present it is separated with potassium nitrite +as described under <i>Cobalt</i>. Ten grams of copper gave 6.0 milligrams of +nickel; and another lot of 10 grams of the same copper, to which 10.0 +milligrams of nickel had been added, gave 17.2 milligrams.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphur.</b>—The amount of sulphur in refined copper is very small, +seldom exceeding 0.005 per cent. In coarse copper, as might be expected, +it is found in larger quantities.</p> + +<p>In determining it, it is first converted into sulphuric acid, and then +precipitated and weighed as barium sulphate. The precipitation cannot be +effected from a nitric acid solution. Ten grams of copper are dissolved +in nitric acid, as for the other determinations, and then boiled with +excess of hydrochloric acid till the nitric acid is completely removed. +There is then added a few drops of a dilute solution of baric chloride, +and the solution is allowed to stand for some hours. The baric sulphate +is filtered off and weighed.</p> + +<p>The necessity for precipitating from a hydrochloric acid solution is +seen from the following determinations. In each experiment<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span> 10 grams of +copper was used, and a known weight of sulphur, in the form of copper +sulphate, added.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>Sulphur added.</td><td align='center'>Sulphur found in Hydrochloric Acid Solution.</td><td align='center'>Sulphur found in Nitric Acid Solution.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>5 milligrams</td><td align='center'>8 milligrams</td><td align='center'>0.03 milligrams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>10 "</td><td align='center'>11 "</td><td align='center'>0.03 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>15 "</td><td align='center'>17 "</td><td align='center'>12.00 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Bismuth.</b>—Nearly all samples of copper contain bismuth, but only in +small quantities. It is best determined colorimetrically as described +under <i>Bismuth</i>. The method of concentrating and preparing the solution +for colorimetric assay is as follows. Dissolve 10 grams of copper in +nitric acid, as in the other determinations; neutralise with soda; add 1 +or 1.5 grams of bicarbonate of soda and boil for ten minutes; filter, +dissolve the precipitate in hot dilute sulphuric acid; add sulphurous +acid and potassium iodide in excess, and boil till free from iodine. +Filter and dilute to 500 c.c. Take 50 c.c. of the yellow solution for +the determination. A few c.c. of a dilute solution of sulphurous acid (1 +in 100) will prevent the liberation of iodine. The following experiments +test the method of separation. Ten grams of copper were treated as above +and precipitated with 1.5 gram of "soda;" the precipitate contained 0.6 +milligram of bismuth (= 0.006 per cent.). The filtrate treated with +another 1.5 gram of "soda" gave a precipitate which was free from +bismuth. To the filtrate from this was added 1.0 milligram of bismuth, +and another fraction was precipitated with 1.5 gram of "soda." In this +precipitate was found 1.0 milligram of bismuth. To the filtrate another +milligram of bismuth was added and the separation with "soda" repeated. +The bismuth was separated from this precipitate with ammonic carbonate +before determination, and 0.9 milligram was found.</p> + +<p><b>Arsenic.</b>—The proportion of arsenic in copper varies from 0.01 to 0.75 +per cent. whilst in coarse copper it may amount to 2 or even 3 per cent. +To determine it, dissolve 5, 10, or 20 grams of the copper (according to +the amount of arsenic present) in 18 c.c., 35 c.c., or 70 c.c. of nitric +acid, and an equal volume of water. Boil off the nitrous fumes, dilute +to 100 c.c. and neutralise with soda; add 1.5 or 2 grams of carbonate of +soda dissolved in a little water, and boil. Filter (washing is +unnecessary) and dissolve back into the flask with a little dilute +hydrochloric acid; add 30 c.c. of dilute ammonia and 25 c.c. of +"magnesia mixture," and allow to stand overnight. The whole of the +arsenic is precipitated as ammonic-magnesic arsenate in one hour, but it +is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span> advisable to leave it longer. The precipitate may be dried and +weighed, or, better, titrated with uranium acetate. (See <i>Arsenic.</i>) To +test this method of separation 10 grams of pure copper were taken and +0.200 gram of arsenic dissolved with it. The arsenic was determined by +titration with uranium acetate, and 0.200 gram was found. Two other +similar experiments with 0.080 and 0.010 gram of arsenic added, gave +0.079 and 0.012 gram respectively.</p> + +<p>Antimony or bismuth may be present without interfering with the +titration. With 0.100 gram of antimony and 0.100 gram of arsenic, 0.100 +gram of arsenic was found; and in another case, with 0.100 gram of +bismuth and 0.060 gram of arsenic, 0.060 gram was found. In these +experiments the antimony and bismuth were present in the assay solution +when titrated. For a gravimetric determination they would require to be +removed before precipitating with "magnesia mixture."</p> + +<p>Phosphorus, if present, counts as arsenic in the proportion of 1 to 2.4; +but, except in the case of coarse coppers, it is always absent.</p> + +<p>Iron, if present, interferes by forming a white flocculent precipitate +of ferric arsenate after the addition of the sodium acetate and +preliminary to the titration. Each milligram of iron abstracts, in this +way, 1.3 milligrams of arsenic.</p> + +<p><b>Iron.</b>—Refined coppers carry traces of iron, varying from 0.001 to +0.01 per cent. It is best determined during the arsenic estimation. The +precipitate of the ammonic-magnesic arsenate will contain the whole of +the iron as ferric hydrate. On dissolving in hydrochloric acid, +neutralising with ammonia, adding 5 c.c. of sodic acetate, diluting, and +boiling, it reappears as a white precipitate of ferric arsenate. It is +filtered off (the arsenic being estimated in the filtrate), dissolved in +warm hydrochloric acid, and determined colorimetrically as described +under <i>Iron</i>. A series of experiments testing the separation is there +given.</p> + +<p><b>Phosphorus.</b>—Refined coppers do not carry phosphorus, although it may +be present in "coarse copper" up to 1 per cent. or more. In such samples +the following method is adopted for the estimation of both phosphorus +and arsenic. Dissolve 10 grams of copper and 0.1, 0.2, or 0.3 gram of +iron wire (according to the amount of arsenic and phosphorus present) in +35 c.c. of nitric acid and an equal volume of water. Add soda till the +free acid is nearly neutralised. Next add a strong solution of sodium +acetate, until the solution ceases to darken on further addition, then +dilute with water to half a litre. The solution is best contained in a +large beaker; it is next heated to the boiling point, and at once +removed and allowed to settle. If the precipitate is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> light coloured it +is evidence that sufficient iron has not been added, or, if it is green, +from basic copper salts, it shows that the solution was not sufficiently +acid. In either case start afresh. Filter off the precipitate and wash +with hot water containing a little sodium acetate, dissolve it off the +filter with hot dilute hydrochloric acid, add ammonia in excess, and +pass sulphuretted hydrogen for five minutes. Warm at about 70° C. for a +quarter of an hour. Filter. The clear yellow filtrate contains the +arsenic and phosphorus. Add dilute sulphuric acid in excess; filter off +the yellow precipitate of sulphide of arsenic, dissolve it in nitric +acid, and titrate with uranium acetate, as described under <i>Arsenic</i>.</p> + +<p>The filtrate from the sulphide of arsenic is rendered alkaline with +ammonia and "magnesia mixture" added. The solution is stirred, and +allowed to stand overnight. The precipitate of ammonic-magnesic +phosphate is filtered off, dissolved, and titrated with uranium acetate, +using the same standard solution as is used in the arsenic assay: 0.5 +gram of arsenic equals 0.207 gram of phosphorus.</p> + +<p><b>Copper.</b>—The method of determining this has been described under +<i>Electrolytic Assay</i>.</p> + +<p>In the method of concentration by fractional precipitation with sodic +carbonate (which is adopted in most of these determinations) the +precipitate will contain all the bismuth, iron, and alumina; the arsenic +and phosphorus as cupric arsenate and phosphate; and the greater part of +the lead, antimony, and silver. The nickel and cobalt, and the sulphur +as sulphuric acid, will remain in solution with the greater part of the +copper.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. According to a wet assay 2 grams of a certain ore contained 0.3650 +gram of copper. What would you expect the dry assay produce to be?</p> + +<p>2. A standard solution is made by dissolving 25 grams of potassic +cyanide and diluting to a litre. Assuming the salt to be 98 per cent. +real cyanide, what would 100 c.c. of the solution be equivalent to in +grams of copper?</p> + +<p>3. How would you make a solution of "hypo" of such strength that 100 +c.c. shall equal 0.633 gram of copper?</p> + +<p>4. What weight of ore, containing 17.0 per cent. of copper, would you +take in order to get about 0.5 gram of copper in solution for +electrolysis?</p> + +<p>5. The solution of copper in nitric acid is effected by the following +reaction:—</p> + +<p>3Cu + 8HNO<sub>3</sub> = 3Cu(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub> + 4H<sub>2</sub>O + 2NO.</p> + +<p>What volume of nitric acid will be required to dissolve 1 gram of +copper?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>LEAD.</h4> + +<p>The chief ore of lead is galena, a sulphide of lead, common in most +mining districts, and frequently associated with blende and +copper-pyrites. It always carries more or less silver; so that in the +assay of the ore a silver determination is always necessary. Carbonate +(cerussite), sulphate (anglesite), and phosphate (pyromorphite) of lead +also occur as ores, but in much smaller quantities.</p> + +<p>Lead ores are easily concentrated (owing to their high specific gravity, +&c.) by mechanical operations, so that the mineral matter sent to the +smelter is comparatively pure.</p> + +<p>Lead is readily soluble in dilute nitric acid. The addition of sulphuric +acid to this solution throws down heavy, white, and insoluble lead +sulphate.</p> + +<p>Galena is soluble in hot hydrochloric acid, sulphuretted hydrogen being +evolved; but the action is retarded by the separation of the sparingly +soluble lead chloride. If a rod of zinc is placed in this solution, +metallic lead is precipitated on it as a spongy mass, the lead chloride +being decomposed as fast as it is formed. The opening up of the ore is +thus easily effected, the sulphur going off as sulphuretted hydrogen, +and the lead remaining in a form easily soluble in dilute nitric acid. +Galena itself is readily attacked by nitric acid, part of the lead going +into solution, and the rest remaining as insoluble lead sulphate. The +sulphate is due to the oxidation of the sulphur by nitric acid; its +amount will vary with the quantity and concentration of the acid used. +Sulphate of lead is soluble in solutions of ammonium or sodium acetate; +or it may be converted into carbonate by boiling with carbonate of soda. +The carbonate, after washing off the sulphate of soda, dissolves easily +in nitric acid. The precipitation of lead from acid solutions with +sulphuric acid, and the solubility of the precipitate in ammonium +acetate, distinguishes it from all other metals. The addition of +potassium chromate to the acetate solution reprecipitates the lead as a +yellow chromate.</p> + + +<h4>DRY ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>The dry assay of lead is largely used, but it is only applicable to rich +or concentrated ores, and even with these only gives approximate +results. Both lead and lead sulphide are sensibly volatile at a +moderately-high temperature; hence it is necessary to obtain a slag +which is easily fusible. As a reducing agent iron is almost always used, +and this is added either in the form of an iron rod, or the crucible +itself is made of this metal. The flux used is carbonate of soda.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span></p> + +<p>When a clay crucible is used, the method of working is as +follows:—Weigh up 25 grams of the dry and powdered ore, mix with an +equal weight of "soda" and 2 grams of tartar; place in a crucible (E. +Battersea round), and then insert a piece of iron rod about half an inch +in diameter, and of such a length that it will just allow the crucible +to be covered. The rod should be pushed down so as to touch the bottom +of the crucible, and the mixture should be covered with a sprinkling of +borax. Place in a furnace heated to, but not above, redness, and cover +the crucible. In about twenty minutes the charge will be fused: the +fusion is complete when bubbles of gas are no longer being evolved; and +then, but not till then, the iron is withdrawn, any adhering buttons of +lead being washed off by dipping the rod a few times in the slag. Cover +the crucible, leave it for a minute or two, and then pour. Detach the +slag, when cold, by hammering. The weight of the button multiplied by 4 +gives the percentage. The commoner errors of students in working the +process are too high a temperature and too quick a withdrawal.</p> + +<p>A sample of ore treated in this manner gave on duplicate assay 17.5 and +17.6 grams of lead, equalling 70.0 and 70.4 per cent. respectively. By +wet assay the sample gave 73.3 per cent. Using an iron crucible, the +results will be 1 per cent. or so higher. The crucible must be made of +wrought iron; and, if it has been previously used, should be cleaned by +heating to dull redness and scraping the scale off with a stirrer. Take +30 grams of the ore, mix with 30 grams of "soda" and 3 grams of tartar; +put the mixture in the crucible, and cover with a sprinkling of borax; +heat for about twenty minutes at not too high a temperature, and then +scrape down the slag adhering to the side with a stirrer. Leave in the +furnace till action has ceased. Before pouring, tap the pot gently, and +then tilt it so as to make the slag wash over the part of the crucible +along which the charge is to be poured. Pour; and, when cold, clean and +weigh the button of metal. A crucible may be used from ten to twenty +times.</p> + +<p>These assays are for ores containing the lead chiefly as sulphide. For +oxidised ores, charcoal or tartar is employed as the reducing agent. The +student may practise on red lead as follows:—Take 30 grams of red lead; +mix with 10 grams each of borax and "soda" and about 1.5 gram of +powdered charcoal; place in a small clay crucible with a cover (C. +Battersea round), fuse at a gentle heat, and pour when action ceases. +This assay will only take a few minutes.</p> + +<p>Where lead is present as phosphate (as in the case of pyromorphite), or +mixed with phosphates (as sometimes happens), carbonate of soda is a +suitable flux; but the phosphate of soda<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span> which is formed makes a thick +tenacious slag, which is very apt to be carried out of the pot by the +escaping gas. A wide-mouthed clay pot is taken and a little fluor spar +added. For the assay of pyromorphite the following charge may be +used:—Ore, 20 grams; "soda," 25 grams; tartar, 7 grams; and fluor spar, +5 grams; and 2 grams of borax as a cover. This will melt down in about +ten minutes, and should be poured as soon as tranquil.</p> + + +<h4>WET ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>In the case of galena the best method of getting the lead into solution +is to treat with hydrochloric acid and zinc. Put 1 gram of the ore in an +evaporating dish 4 inches across, and cover with 10 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid. Heat till the evolution of sulphuretted hydrogen +becomes sluggish, and then drop in a piece of zinc rod. If the solution +effervesces too strongly, dilute it. Continue the heating until the +sulphide is seen to be all dissolved; when the lead is all precipitated, +pour off the liquid and wash twice with cold water. Peel off the +precipitated lead with the help of a glass rod, and then clean the zinc. +Cover the lead with 20 c.c. of water and 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +and heat gently till dissolved; all the lead will be in solution, and, +when filtered off from the gangue, will be ready for a gravimetric +determination. For volumetric work this filtering is unnecessary.</p> + +<p>The chief objection to this method is that commercial zinc carries +considerable quantities of lead. Although this can be determined and +allowed for, the correction required is in most cases too large to be +satisfactory. The following method is applicable in all cases, but is +more troublesome:—Treat 1 gram of the ore with 10 c.c. of dilute nitric +acid in an evaporating dish covered with a clock-glass, and evaporate +till nearly dry. Take up with 50 c.c. of water, and add 10 c.c. of +dilute sulphuric acid. Filter. The residue contains the lead as +sulphate, together with the insoluble matter of the ore and globules of +sulphur. Warm with a solution of ammonium acetate, and filter. The lead +will be in the filtrate, and is recovered in a state fit for direct +gravimetric estimation by the addition of dilute sulphuric acid. If the +volumetric method is to be used, the lead sulphate should be dissolved +out with a solution of sodium acetate instead of with the ammonium salt +solution.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The lead is separated and precipitated as sulphate, as already +described. The solution must be allowed to stand, and the clear<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> liquid +be decanted through a filter. Transfer the precipitate, and wash with +very dilute sulphuric acid (1 or 2 c.c. in 100 c.c. of water). The acid +must be completely removed with one or two washes with cold water, and +then with alcohol. The volume of liquid required for washing is small, +as the precipitate is dense and easily cleaned; but the washing must be +carefully done, since if any acid remains it will, on drying, char the +paper, and render the subsequent work troublesome. Dry, transfer to a +watch-glass, and burn the filter paper, collecting its ash in a weighed +porcelain crucible. The filter paper must be freed as much as possible +from the lead sulphate before burning, and the ash treated with a drop +or two of nitric and sulphuric acids. Transfer the lead sulphate to the +crucible; ignite gently, keeping the temperature below redness; cool, +and weigh. The precipitate will contain 73.6 per cent. of lead oxide or +68.3 per cent. of lead.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Lead in Commercial Zinc.</b>—Take 10 grams of zinc, and +treat (without heating) with 60 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid. When +the zinc is nearly all dissolved, decant off the clear liquid, and +dissolve the residue in 2 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. Evaporate till +most of the acid is removed; dilute to 20 or 30 c.c. with water, and add +10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid. Filter off, and weigh the lead +sulphate. Ten grams treated in this way gave—0.1610 gram of lead +sulphate, equivalent to 1.10 per cent. of lead.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based upon the reaction between chromate of potash and soluble +lead salts in neutral solutions, whereby an insoluble yellow chromate of +lead is produced.<a name="FNanchor_60_60" id="FNanchor_60_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_60_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a> An excess of the chromate is required to complete +the reaction, so that the point at which an indicator shows the presence +of undecomposed chromate cannot be satisfactorily taken as the finish. +Therefore an excess of the standard chromate must be run in, and such +excess determined.</p> + + +<p>Chromate of lead is not precipitated from strong nitric acid solutions, +and only incompletely from dilute ones. Acids generally are detrimental +to the precipitation, and must be neutralised before titrating. If the +lead is present as sulphate in sodic acetate solution, it is well to +render it distinctly alkaline with ammonia.</p> + +<p>Lead chromate precipitated in the cold is a lemon-yellow, light +precipitate, very difficult to filter: on heating to 40° C. the colour +becomes orange; at 60° C. it assumes a deeper hue, and becomes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span> +flocculent; and at a boiling temperature it still further darkens and +settles readily. These changes in colour are not due to any chemical +change, as will be seen by testing the filtrate for chromium or lead: +this is an advantage to the assay, since it is only at the higher +temperature that the precipitate can be easily filtered. The lead is not +completely precipitated, but the amount remaining in solution is only 2 +or 3 milligrams, which is just sufficient to give a dark coloration with +sulphuretted hydrogen.</p> + +<p><i>The standard chromate of potash solution</i> is made by dissolving 7.13 +grams of bichromate of potash and 2.0 grams of caustic soda in water, +and diluting to 1 litre; or 9.40 grams of the neutral chromate +(K<sub>2</sub>CrO<sub>4</sub>) may be dissolved and diluted to 1 litre: 100 c.c. will be +equivalent to 1.000 gram of lead.</p> + +<p><i>Standard Lead Solution.</i>—16 grams of nitrate of lead (Pb(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub>) +are dissolved in water and diluted to 1 litre; 100 c.c. will contain +1.000 gram of lead.</p> + +<p><i>Acetate of Soda Solution.</i>—250 grams of the crystallised salt +(NaAc.3H<sub>2</sub>O) are dissolved, and diluted to 1 litre. Use 40 c.c. for +each assay.</p> + +<p>In the titration the assay solution should measure 150 to 200 c.c., and +should be boiling or nearly so. It is best contained in a pint flask, +and the standard chromate solution used with an ordinary burette. Run in +the chromate solution in a steady stream until the whole of the lead has +been precipitated. The amount required for this may be calculated: for +example, 1 gram of an 80 per cent. ore would require 80 c.c. A little of +the assay may be filtered off, and if it does not show a yellow colour +in the filtrate run in 2 c.c. more of the standard solution and continue +this addition till a colour is shown. After this run in another c.c. to +ensure an excess, dilute to 250 c.c., and heat to boiling; allow to +settle for three or four minutes, filter off 50 c.c. into a Nessler +glass, and determine the excess of chromate colorimetrically. The excess +found in the 50 c.c. must, of course, be multiplied by five, and then be +deducted from the quantity of chromate originally run into the assay +solution. The quantity to be deducted should not exceed 3 c.c. Where a +number of determinations are made the colorimetric estimation is +facilitated by using a series of standard phials similar to those +described under the <i>Electrolytic Copper Assay</i>. The determination is +rendered sharper and less liable to error by the addition of a few drops +of acetic acid to convert the chromate into bichromate. The same +chromate solution must be used in this determination as was used in the +precipitation.</p> + +<p>In standardising the chromate solution, the standard lead nitrate +solution is used. A quantity containing about as much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> lead as the assay +is supposed to contain is measured off, rendered alkaline with dilute +ammonia, and then neutralised with acetic acid, using a small piece of +litmus paper dropped into the solution as indicator. Then dilute, boil, +and titrate. When the lead in the assay has been separated as sulphate +and dissolved in sodic acetate, less chromate is apparently required, +and in this case it will be necessary to precipitate the lead in the +standard with an equivalent of sodic sulphate and redissolve in sodic +acetate just as in the assay. In these solutions (although there is +considerable chromate in excess) a further addition of 5 or 6 c.c. of +the chromate solution will cause a further precipitate. The following +experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions of the +assay:—</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—Twenty c.c. of lead nitrate solution +and 10 grams of sodium acetate were used; diluted to 200 c.c., heated to +the desired temperature, and titrated. The results were:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>30°</td><td align='left'>50°</td><td align='left'>100°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Chromate" required</td><td align='left'>19.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.2 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The first two of these filtered badly, the precipitate coming through +the filter; the last was very satisfactory in the working.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—Using 20 c.c. of lead nitrate, and 10 grams +of sodium acetate as before, diluting to the required bulk, heating to +boiling, and titrating, the results were:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>1000.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Chromate" required</td><td align='left'>19.6</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Acetic Acid.</b>—Since the experiments are carried out +in the presence of sodic acetate, acetic acid is the only acid whose +effect need be considered. Working as before, but with 200 c.c. bulk and +varying amounts of the acid, the results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acid present</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>40.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Chromate" required</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.1</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.5</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>17.3</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These experiments show that only slight quantities of acid are +admissible.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate.</b>—With the same conditions as before, +but with varying weights of sodium acetate, the results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium acetate present</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td><td align='left'>25 grams</td><td align='left'>50 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Chromate" required</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>17.8 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These experiments show that excessive quantities of sodium acetate must +be avoided. Ammonium acetate interferes to a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> greater extent, and if +both acetic acid and this salt are present, each exerts its disturbing +influence. With 10 grams of ammonium acetate, 19.4 c.c. of the chromate +solution were required instead of 19.7 c.c. in the absence of this salt; +with 10 grams of the acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic acid, only 18.6 c.c. +were required.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—As already stated, sulphates interfere. +Twenty c.c. of the lead nitrate solution were taken, precipitated with +sulphate of soda, and the precipitate dissolved in 10 grams of sodium +acetate and titrated as before. Duplicate experiments required 18.6 c.c. +and 18.7 c.c. of the chromate solution. A similar experiment with 40 +c.c. of lead nitrate required 37.4 c.c. of chromate. If the sulphate had +not been present, the results would have been 19.7 c.c. and 39.4 c.c. +respectively.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Lead.</b>—In these experiments the conditions were as +before, but with varying amounts of lead.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead nitrate solution present</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chromate solution required.</td><td align='left'>9.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>48.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>98.2</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Determination of Lead in Galena.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the powdered and +dried ore, and boil in an evaporating dish with 10 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid. When the action becomes sluggish, dilute with an +equal bulk of water, and add a weighed piece of zinc rod about 1 inch +long and quarter-inch across. Keep up a moderate action by warming till +the ore is seen to be completely attacked and the lead precipitated. +Decant off the solution, wash once, strip off the lead, wash and weigh +the remaining zinc. Dissolve the lead in 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +and 5 c.c. of water with the aid of heat. Dilute and transfer to a pint +flask; add a slight excess of dilute ammonia, and render faintly acid +with acetic acid. Dilute to 150 c.c., heat to boiling, and run in the +standard chromate in slight excess, noting the amount required, and make +up to 250 c.c. with water. Boil the solution, allow to settle for a +minute or so, filter off 50 c.c., and determine the excess of chromate +colorimetrically. As an example, 1 gram of an impure galena was +precipitated with 75 c.c. of standard chromate (100 c.c. = 1.020 gram +lead). The excess found in 50 c.c. was 0.3 c.c., which, multiplied by 5, +gives 1.5 c.c. as the excess in the whole solution. The remaining 73.5 +c.c. of "chromate" required by the assay, are equivalent to 0.7497 gram +of lead. The zinc used up weighed 1.5 grams, and contained 0.0165 gram +of lead. Thus we get—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead in the assay</td><td align='left'>0.7497</td><td align='left'>gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead from the zinc</td><td align='left'>0.0165</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>∴ Lead in the galena</td><td align='left'>0.7332</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Equivalent to 73.3 per cent.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span></p> + +<p>Another sample, in which the galena was accompanied with a large +quantity of pyrites, gave the following results:—Three grams were +treated with 30 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid and a rod of zinc. The +zinc and lead were carefully transferred to another vessel, the zinc +cleaned, and the lead (dissolved in 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid and 20 +c.c. of water) treated as before.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>14.5 c.c. of the chromate were required</td><td align='left'>= 0.1479</td><td align='left'>gram lead</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead in 2 grams of zinc</td><td align='left'>= 0.0220</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>∴ Lead in 3 grams of the ore</td><td align='left'>= 0.1259</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Equivalent to 4.20 per cent.</p> + +<p>The same ore gave by separation of the lead with sulphuretted hydrogen, +and conversion into sulphate, 4.16 per cent.</p> + +<p>With fairly pure ores, free from sulphate, the assay may be made more +quickly as follows: Dissolve 1 gram of the finely powdered ore by +boiling gently with 40 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid for 15 minutes; +cool; add a few drops of permanganate; neutralise with ammonia, add +acetic acid and a little sodium acetate. Titrate with standard chromate.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC PROCESS.</h4> + +<p>This is based upon the brown coloration produced in very dilute +solutions of lead by the action of a solution of sulphuretted hydrogen. +The quantity of lead in the 50 c.c. of the assay solution must not much +exceed 0.5 milligram, nor be less than 0.01. The sulphuretted hydrogen +is used in the form of a solution, and is not bubbled through the assay. +The principle of working is the same as previously described.</p> + +<p><i>Standard Lead Solution.</i>—Each c.c. of this should contain 0.1 +milligram of lead. It is made by diluting 10 c.c. of the solution of +lead nitrate, described under the volumetric process, to 1 litre.</p> + +<p><i>Sulphuretted hydrogen water</i> is made by passing a current of the washed +gas into water till the latter is saturated.</p> + +<p>Five c.c. of the sulphuretted hydrogen water are put into a Nessler +tube, the measured portion of the assay solution added, and the whole +diluted with water to the 50 c.c. mark. Into the standard Nessler tube +the same amount of the sulphuretted hydrogen water is put, and diluted +to nearly 50 c.c. The standard lead solution is then run in till the +tints are equal. The assay solution must not contain much free acid, and +if the conditions will allow it, may with advantage be rendered alkaline +with ammonia. The chief cause of disturbance is the precipitation of +lead sulphide forming a black turbid solution instead of a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> brown clear +one. This may be caused by using hot solutions or an excess of acid. +Other metals precipitable by sulphuretted hydrogen must be absent as +well as strong oxidising agents.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The effect of increased temperature is +to change the colour from brown to black, and to render the estimation +difficult.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'> at 15° C.</td><td align='left'>showed the</td><td align='left'>colour of</td><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>at 60° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>at 60° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>at 50° C.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Time.</b>—The colour becomes lighter on standing: 2 +c.c. on standing 10, 20, and 40 minutes became equal in colour to 1.7 +c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Acids and Ammonia.</b>—Two c.c. of the solution with 2 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid became cloudy and equivalent to about 2.5 c.c.; +and a similar result was got with 2 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid. With +2 c.c. of dilute ammonia the solution became somewhat darker, or equal +to 2.3 c.c.; but gave a very clear solution easy to compare.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Lead in Commercial Zinc.</b>—Dissolve 0.1 gram of the +metal in 1 c.c. of dilute nitric acid evaporates till a solid separates +out, dilute to 100 c.c. with water, and take 20 c.c. for assay. A sample +treated in this way required 2.4 c.c.; this multiplied by 5 gives 12.0 +c.c., equivalent to 1.2 milligram of lead, or 1.2 per cent. By +gravimetric assay the sample gave 1.10 per cent.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. Thirty grams of galena gave on dry assay 21 grams of lead; and this, +on cupellation, gave 15 milligrams of silver. Calculate the results in +per cents. of lead and in ounces of silver to the ton of ore.</p> + +<p>2. How many ounces of silver to the ton would be contained in the lead +got from this ore if the loss in smelting is equal to that of the assay?</p> + +<p>3. Having given you a sample of white lead freed from oil by washing +with ether, how would you proceed to determine the percentage of lead in +it?</p> + + +<h4>THALLIUM.</h4> + +<p>Thallium is a rare metal, found in small quantities in some varieties of +iron and copper pyrites, and in some lithia micas. It resembles lead in +appearance. Its compounds resemble the salts of the alkalies in some +respects; and, in others, those of the heavy metals.</p> + +<p>It is detected by the green colour which its salts impart to the flame. +This, when examined with the spectroscope, shows only one bright green +line.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span></p> + +<p>It is separated and estimated by dissolving in aqua regia; converting +into sulphate by evaporation with sulphuric acid; separating the second +group of metals with sulphuretted hydrogen in the acid solution, boiling +off the excess of the gas; nearly neutralising with carbonate of soda; +and precipitating the thallium with an excess of potassic iodide. On +allowing the liquid to stand for some time a bright yellow precipitate +of thallous iodide separates out. This is collected on a weighed filter; +washed with cold water, finishing off with alcohol; dried at 100° C., +and weighed. The precipitate is thallous iodide TlI, and contains 61.6 +per cent. of thallium.</p> + + +<h4>BISMUTH.</h4> + +<p>Bismuth is nearly always found in nature in the metallic state; but +occasionally it is met with as sulphide in bismuthine and as carbonate +in bismutite. It is also found in some comparatively rare minerals, such +as tetradymite, combined with tellurium, and associated with gold. In +minute quantities it is widely distributed: it is a common constituent +of most copper ores; hence it finds its way into refined copper, which +is seldom free from it. It is occasionally met with in silver in +sufficient quantity to interfere with the working qualities of that +metal.</p> + +<p>Bismuth compounds are used in medicine and in the manufacture of alloys. +Bismuth possesses many useful properties. It has considerable commercial +value, and sells at a high price.</p> + +<p>The metal is brittle, breaks with a highly crystalline fracture, and has +a characteristic reddish-yellow colour. It is almost insoluble in +hydrochloric, but readily dissolves in nitric, acid; and gives, if the +acid is in excess, a clear solution. Bismuth salts have a strong +tendency to separate out as insoluble basic compounds; this is more +especially true of the chloride which, on diluting with a large volume +of water, becomes milky; the whole of the bismuth separating out. The +nitrate, carbonate, and hydrate yield the oxide (Bi<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) on +ignition. This oxide closely resembles litharge. It combines with +silica, forming fluid slags; and at a red heat is liquid enough to be +absorbed by a cupel; in fact, bismuth may take the place of lead in +cupellation. The metal itself is easily fusible, and may be separated +from its ores by liquation.</p> + +<p>The assay of bismuth by wet methods presents little difficulty, and is +fairly accurate. The price of the metal is such that only methods which +yield good results should be adopted; and, since bismuth is volatile at +the temperature of the furnace, and is found mixed with ores not easy to +flux, as also with metals which are not easily separated by the dry +method, the dry assay can only be considered as having a qualitative +value.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>DRY ASSAY.</h4> + +<p><b>By Liquation.</b>—This is adapted to ores containing the bismuth as +metal. Take 20 grams of the powdered ore and place in a crucible with a +perforated bottom, put this crucible into another of about the same size +and lute the joint. Lute on a cover, place in the furnace and heat to +redness. The bismuth melts readily and drains into the lower crucible +from which, when cold, it is taken and weighed.</p> + +<p><b>By Fusion.</b>—For fairly pure ores the process is as follows:—Take 20 +grams of the ore and mix with 20 grams of fusion mixture, 10 grams of +salt and 5 or 10 grams of potassium cyanide; place in a crucible, cover, +and fuse at a moderate temperature for about fifteen minutes; pour; when +cold detach the metal and weigh.</p> + +<p>For coppery ores in which the metals are present as sulphides use the +fluxes just given with 2 grams of charcoal (instead of the cyanide) and +a little sulphur.</p> + +<p>For coppery ores in which the metals are present as oxides, mix 20 grams +of the ore with 10 grams of fusion mixture, 4 grams of salt, 4 grams of +sulphur and 2 grams of charcoal; and fuse.</p> + +<p>A considerable percentage of bismuth is lost in these assays; it is +stated as being nearly 8 per cent. of the metal present.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Bismuth is detected by dissolving the substance in nitric +or hydrochloric acid and precipitating the diluted solution with +sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitated sulphides, after digesting with +soda and washing, are dissolved in nitric acid and the solution boiled +with ammonium carbonate. The precipitate is washed and then warmed with +dilute sulphuric acid. The solution will contain the bismuth. Add a +solution of potassium iodide in excess, and boil; a yellow or dark brown +solution proves that bismuth is present. Another good test for small +quantities of bismuth is to add tartaric acid to the solution to be +tested, and then to make it alkaline with potash. Add a few c.c. of +Schneider's liquid,<a name="FNanchor_61_61" id="FNanchor_61_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_61_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> and heat. A brownish-black colour is produced by +as little as one part of bismuth in 200,000 of solution. The test is not +applicable in the presence of mercury, copper, or manganese.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span></p> + +<p>Compounds of bismuth fused with cyanide of potassium in a Berlin +crucible readily give a globule of bismuth which is recognised by its +appearance and fracture.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—The solution of bismuth compounds presents +no difficulty. They are soluble in nitric acid or aqua regia, and, +provided the solution is sufficiently acid, they remain dissolved. In +separating it from other metals the solution is made up to about 100 +c.c. and treated with a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. The bismuth +comes down in a tolerably strong acid solution. The sulphide is decanted +on to a filter and washed. It is next digested with ammonic sulphide; +or, better (especially when other metals are present), dissolved in +nitric acid, and treated with an excess of ammonia and a current of +sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitate is filtered off and evaporated to +dryness with nitric acid. It is taken up with a few drops of sulphuric +acid and a little water; and warmed and filtered, if necessary. The +filtrate is nearly neutralised with ammonia; ammonium carbonate added in +slight excess; and the liquid heated to boiling and filtered. The +bismuth will be contained in the precipitate with perhaps traces of +lead, antimony, tin, or sometimes iron from incomplete separation or +washing. When only traces of a precipitate are got it must be tested. +The bismuth precipitate is readily soluble in dilute nitric acid.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The bismuth having been separated and dissolved in nitric acid<a name="FNanchor_62_62" id="FNanchor_62_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> is +precipitated (after dilution) by the addition of carbonate of ammonium +in slight excess, and boiling. The precipitate is filtered off, washed +with hot water, dried, ignited, and weighed. The ignition should be +performed carefully at not above a low red heat. The oxide which is +formed has, at this temperature, a dark yellow or brown colour, and +becomes yellow on cooling. It is bismuthic oxide (Bi<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) and +contains 89.65 per cent. of bismuth. Fusion with potassium cyanide at a +temperature just sufficient to melt the salt reduces it to the metal +which falls to the bottom and runs into a globule. The button of metal +may be weighed, but it often sticks tenaciously to the bottom of the +crucible. The precipitation with ammonic carbonate must not be made in a +sulphate or chloride solution; since basic compounds would then be +thrown down, and the result on weighing would either be too low (because +of the volatilisation of the chloride), or too high (because of the +retention of sulphuric acid).<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span></p> + +<p>Bismuth compounds in a nitric acid solution are readily decomposed by +the electric current, but the deposited bismuth is not coherent. It +comes down in shaggy tufts which are difficult to wash and easy to +oxidise.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>There are two methods which have been proposed; one based on the +precipitation as chromate and the estimation of the chromic acid; and +the other on the precipitation as oxalate and subsequent titration with +permanganate of potash. These offer little advantage over the easy +gravimetric determination.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>Bismuth iodide dissolves in excess of potassium iodide, forming a +yellow-coloured solution, indistinguishable in colour from that given by +iodine. The colour, however, is not removed by boiling or by sulphurous +acid. Since none of the commoner metals give such a colour, and free +iodine is easily separated by boiling, this method is specially suited +for small determinations of bismuth.</p> + +<p>It requires a <i>solution of bismuth</i>, made by dissolving 0.1 gram of +bismuth in a drop or so of nitric acid, evaporating with a little +sulphuric acid and diluting with water to 1 litre. 1 c.c. will contain +0.1 milligram of bismuth. And a <i>solution of sulphurous acid</i>, made by +diluting 10 c.c. of the commercial acid to 1 litre with water.</p> + +<p>The determination is made in the usual way: 50 c.c. of the prepared +solution, which should not carry more than 0.75 milligram nor less than +0.01 milligram of bismuth, are placed in a Nessler tube and the colour +compared with that observed in a similar tube containing water and +potassium iodide on adding the standard solution of bismuth.</p> + +<p>The assay solution is prepared by separating the bismuth with +sulphuretted hydrogen, boiling the precipitate with nitric acid, and +evaporating with sulphuric acid. Take up with water, add 10 or 20 c.c. +of solution of potassium iodide, boil off any iodine liberated, dilute, +filter, and make up to 100 c.c. According to the depth of colour take +10, 20, or 50 c.c. and transfer to the Nessler tube. Add a few c.c. of +the solution of sulphurous acid. Into the other Nessler tube put as much +potassium iodide solution as is contained in the assay tube, with +sulphurous acid and water to within a few c.c. of the bulk. Then add the +standard bismuth solution till the tints are equal.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span></p> + +<p>The student must be careful not to confuse the colour of the bismuth +iodide with that of free iodine. If the yellow colour is removed by +boiling and returns on standing it is due altogether to iodine; if it is +lessened by the addition of a few drops of the dilute sulphurous acid, +it is in part due to it. Hence the necessity of having a little free +sulphurous acid in each tube. A strong solution must not be used, since +it liberates iodine from potassium iodide.</p> + +<p>The following experiments illustrate the effect of variation in the +conditions of the assay:—</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—At a higher temperature the colour is +somewhat lessened.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>at 15° C.</td><td align='left'>showed the colour of</td><td align='left'>0.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'> at 70° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>2.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Free Acid.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='left'>c.c. with</td><td align='left'>5 c.c. of</td><td align='left'>nitric acid</td><td align='left'>equalled</td><td align='left'>2.5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>sulphuric acid</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Hydrochloric acid almost completely removes the colour, which, however, +is restored by the addition of a few crystals of potassium iodide.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Alkalies.</b>—Ammonia, soda, or potash destroys the colour, but +it is restored on acidifying with nitric or sulphuric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Ammonic Salts.</b>—The following table shows the results after +addition of ammonic salts:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>C.c. present.</td><td align='center'>With 10 grams Ammonic Nitrate.</td><td align='center'>With 10 grams Ammonic Sulphate.</td><td align='center'>With 10 grams Ammonic Chloride.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>1.0 c.c.</td><td align='center'>0.9 c.c.</td><td align='center'>1.1 c.c.</td><td align='center'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>2.5 "</td><td align='center'>2.5 "</td><td align='center'>2.7 "</td><td align='center'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>5.0 "</td><td align='center'>5.0 "</td><td align='center'>5.5 "</td><td align='center'>—</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Ammonic chloride, like hydrochloric acid, removes the colour, which may +be restored on the addition of more potassium iodide. Nitrates and +sulphates do not thus interfere.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—Sodic hyposulphite almost completely removes +the colour. Copper salts liberate iodine; but when this has been removed +by boiling and the cuprous iodide has been filtered off there is no +further interference. Dilute solutions of lead salts give no colour.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. A fusible alloy is made up of 8 parts of bismuth, 5 of lead, and 3 of +tin. What weight of oxide of bismuth, Bi<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, would you get on the +analysis of 1 gram of it?</p> + +<p>2. What weight of bismuth can be got from 2 grams of the subnitrate +BiONO<sub>3</sub>.H<sub>2</sub>O?</p> + +<p>3. How would you detect and separate arsenic, lead, and copper in a +sample of bismuth?</p> + + +<h4>ANTIMONY.</h4> + +<p>Antimony occurs in the native state, but is rare; its common ore is +antimonite, the sulphide (Sb<sub>2</sub>S<sub>3</sub>). Jamesonite and other sulphides +of lead and antimony are frequently met with. Sulphide of antimony is +also a constituent of fahlerz and of many silver ores.</p> + +<p>Antimonite occurs generally in fibrous masses, has a lead-like metallic +lustre, is easily cut with a knife, and melts in the flame of a candle.</p> + +<p>Antimony itself has a very crystalline fracture, is brittle, and has a +bluish-white colour. It is used in the preparation of alloys with lead +and tin for the manufacture of type-metal. It is readily fusible, and +imparts hardness and the property of taking a sharp cast to its alloys. +It is practically insoluble in hydrochloric acid. On boiling with strong +nitric acid it is converted into antimonic oxide (Sb<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), which is +a powder almost insoluble in this acid or in water, but which may be got +into solution with difficulty by the prolonged action of hydrochloric +and tartaric acids. Antimonic oxide is converted on ignition into the +tetroxide (Sb<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>) with loss of oxygen. Antimony forms two series +of salts, antimonious and antimonic; and advantage is taken of this in +its determination volumetrically. Either sulphide of antimony yields +antimonious chloride on boiling with hydrochloric acid, sulphuretted +hydrogen being given off; and, in the case of antimonic sulphide, +sulphur is deposited. Antimonious is converted into antimonic chloride +by treatment with permanganate of potash in an acid solution. Antimonic +chloride and potassium iodide react, forming antimonious chloride and +free iodine. This latter may be got rid of by boiling. Sulphide of +antimony is separated from the ore by liquation; this regulus is met +with in commerce as "crude antimony."</p> + + +<h4>DRY ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>An approximate determination of the amount of sulphide of antimony in an +ore may be made by fusing and liquating in a luted double crucible in +the manner described under bismuth.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span> This is unsatisfactory. The +determination of metallic antimony in an ore is made either by fusion +with potassium cyanide or by fusion with iron, as in the galena assay. +Both methods yield poor results; and, where iron is used, it must be +added in quantity only sufficient for desulphurising; this amounts to +about 40 per cent. in pure ores. If the iron is in excess it alloys with +the reduced antimony. If, on the other hand, it is insufficient, the +metal will contain sulphur; or sulphide of antimony will be lost in the +slag.</p> + +<p>The following note, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bedford McNeill, +A.R.S.M., gives a description of the method adopted in the commercial +valuation of a parcel of antimony ore:—</p> + +<p>The antimony smelter, when he wishes to determine the value of any +parcel of ore—usually the sulphide—that may be offered for sale, +practically has recourse to the smelting operation. That is, a quantity +of 2 or 3 cwts. taken by his sampler having been obtained, he treats it +under the immediate supervision of the foreman smelter as if it formed +part of the ore in process of daily reduction at his works. He thus +determines by actual trial the output which it may fairly be anticipated +will be yielded by the bulk, and upon the result of this trial or assay, +and the knowledge gained of the actual behaviour of the ore under +treatment, he bases his tender, knowing that, should he secure the +parcel, he may confidently expect a similar return.</p> + +<p>Briefly, the process consists of the three ordinary operations of—</p> + +<p> +(<i>a</i>) Singling or removing most of the antimony from the ore;<br /> +(<i>b</i>) Doubling;<br /> +(<i>c</i>) Refining or "starring."<br /> +</p> + +<p>But in the assay sufficient information is generally given by the first +two of these.</p> + +<p>A new pot having been taken and made hot in the furnace, 40 or 45 lbs. +of the ore is weighed in (the mineral from the necessities of sampling +not exceeding walnut size); 1 to 3 lbs. of salt cake is now added to +render the separation of the resulting sulphide of iron more easy, as +also to assist in the fusion of the gangue; 20 to 25 lbs. of tin-plate +scrap, beaten more or less into ball shape, is weighed, placed on the +top of the ore and salt cake, and the whole brought to a state of +fusion. The foreman from time to time takes notice of the behaviour of +the ore under the working conditions. Ores that manifest a tendency to +"boil" or "froth " require the admixture of other more sluggish mineral +in order to render their reduction economically practicable.</p> + +<p>After 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 hours (the time depending mainly on the +temperature), the contents of the crucible are usually in a state of +tranquil fusion. The pot is now lifted from the fire, and its<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span> contents +transferred to a conical iron mould, the empty pot being immediately put +back into the fire, and the latter "mended" with sufficient coke for +another run. The conical mould (when dealing with a "strange" ore, and +the possibility of insufficient iron being present to satisfy the +sulphur contents) is wiped inside with clay previous to pouring in the +molten charge. Otherwise the mould itself will be attacked, and the +contents after solidifying will require to be chiselled out piecemeal.</p> + +<p>A further 40 lbs. of the ore is now charged into the crucible with iron +as above; but before this second charge is ready to be drawn an +inspection of the first may suggest the addition of either 3 or 5 lbs. +more iron, or 5 or 10 lbs. more ore.</p> + +<p>It is a good fault rather to aim at an excess of iron as tending to +clean the ore from antimony, any of the latter that (from an +insufficiency of iron) may be left in the slag from the first process +being irretrievably lost; whereas, if the iron be in excess, that which +is combined with the crude antimony resulting from the first process is +easily got rid of by adding 3 to 5 lbs. or so of ore in the second +process.</p> + +<p>This latter, as practised for the determination of the value of a parcel +of ore, consists in selecting two of the best quality singles, resulting +from perhaps four or five trials as above, and running them down with a +few pounds of salt cake, or a mixture of salt cake with American potash, +and (as is generally necessary) a small addition of ore.</p> + +<p>Upon the final result (confirmed perhaps on another pair of singles, +and, judging from the total weight or output of the metal as calculated +from the ore used in "singling," plus any added in the "doubling," the +crystalline fracture and face of the metal, its colour, etc.) the price +to be offered for the parcel of ore is fixed.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—The antimony, if any, being got into solution by treating +the ore with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia may be detected by +evaporating with hydrochloric acid, diluting, and filtering into the +cover of a platinum crucible or (better) a platinum dish. A small lump +of zinc is then added, and, if antimony is present, <i>the dish</i> will in a +minute or so be stained black with a deposit of metallic antimony. This +stain is removed by nitric, but not by hydrochloric, acid. The reaction +is delicate and characteristic; arsenic under like conditions is evolved +as arseniuretted hydrogen, and tin is deposited as metal <i>on the zinc</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Solution.</b>—Ores, &c., containing antimony are best opened up by +boiling with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia; treatment with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span> nitric +acid should be avoided wherever possible, since it forms antimonic acid, +which is subsequently dissolved only with difficulty. Salts of antimony +in solution have a tendency to form insoluble basic salts; so that care +must be exercised in diluting. Compounds such as antimonite which are +soluble in hydrochloric should be dissolved at once in that acid.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—To the solution add potash in excess and a little free +sulphur, and pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen for some minutes; +allow to digest for an hour or so on a hot plate; filter; and wash the +residue. Acidulate the filtrate with hydrochloric acid: the precipitate +will contain the antimony (as Sb<sub>2</sub>S<sub>5</sub>), and possibly arsenic or tin. +The precipitate is transferred to a beaker and boiled with hydrochloric +acid; the solution is filtered off and diluted. Add a few crystals of +tartaric acid, and pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen for some +time. The first flocculent precipitate will become denser, and render +the filtering more easy. Transfer the precipitate (after washing free +from chlorides) to a Berlin dish, and treat cautiously with fuming +nitric acid. The action of this acid on the sulphide is very violent. +Evaporate and ignite, transfer to a silver dish, and fuse with four or +five times its weight of caustic soda, cool and extract with a little +water, then add an equal volume of alcohol, and allow to stand +overnight. Filter, wash with dilute alcohol. (The filtrate will contain +the tin.) The residue contains the antimony as antimonate of soda, and +is dissolved off the filter with hot dilute hydrochloric, with the help +of a little tartaric, acid. The filtrate is now ready for the +gravimetric determination.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>Pass a current of sulphuretted hydrogen through the solution containing +the antimony to which a little tartaric acid has been previously added. +Pass the gas till the precipitate becomes dense, and the antimony is all +down. The solution must not be too strongly acid. Filter off the +precipitate, wash with hot water, dry in the water oven, transfer to a +weighed porcelain dish, and cautiously treat with fuming nitric acid. +Continue the action on the water bath till the sulphur and antimony are +completely oxidised. Evaporate; ignite, gently at first, then strongly +over the blast; cool, and weigh. The residue is a white infusible +powder, and consists of antimony tetroxide, Sb<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>, containing +78.94 per cent. of the metal.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Antimony as Bigallate.</b>—What appears to be a very +good method has been worked out by M.A. Guyard, and is described in +Crookes' <i>Select Methods</i>, p. 398.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span></p> + +<p>The antimony must be in solution as antimonious chloride, and must not +be accompanied by an excess of hydrochloric acid. To ensure these +conditions, the solution is treated with potassium iodide until no more +iodine is evolved, and is then evaporated to remove the excess of +hydrochloric acid. To the concentrated, and nearly neutral, solution a +freshly-prepared solution of gallic acid is added in slight excess. A +bulky white precipitate is formed that settles rapidly. The solution is +diluted with hot water and washed by decantation. Then the precipitate +is collected on a weighed double filter, washed once or twice with hot +water, and dried at 100° C. The dried substance is antimony bigallate, +and contains 40.85 per cent. of antimony. It should be completely +soluble in ammonium sulphide. The solution in which the antimony is +precipitated need not be quite free from other metals.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based on the reduction of antimonic chloride (SbCl<sub>5</sub>) to +antimonious (SbCl<sub>3</sub>) by the action of potassium iodide in strong +hydrochloric acid solution.<a name="FNanchor_63_63" id="FNanchor_63_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_63_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> Iodine is at the same time liberated, +and the amount of antimony reduced is got at by titrating with sodium +hyposulphite, which measures the iodine set free.</p> + +<p>The standard solution of sodium hyposulphite is made by dissolving 41.32 +grams of the salt (Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) in water, and diluting to 1 +litre. One hundred c.c. will be equivalent to about 1 gram of antimony.</p> + +<p>It is standardised with the help of a solution of antimony made as +follows:—Weigh up 5 grams of powdered antimony, transfer to a flask, +and cover with 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; boil, and add nitric acid +(5 or 10 drops at a time) until the metal is dissolved. Allow the action +of the nitric acid to cease before adding more. Boil down to a small +bulk, add 250 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and dilute to nearly 1 litre. +Warm until any precipitate which has formed is redissolved; allow to +cool slowly, and run in from a pipette a weak solution of permanganate +until a faint brown colour is produced. Dilute to exactly 1 litre; 100 +c.c. contain 0.5 gram of antimony as antimonic chloride.</p> + +<p>In standardising, take 50 c.c. of the antimony solution, and transfer to +a flask; add 2 grams of potassium iodide crystals, and when dissolved, +after standing a few minutes, run in the solution of "hypo" from an +ordinary burette until the greater part of the iodine has been reduced. +Add a few drops of starch solution, and continue the addition of the +"hypo" until the muddy-green colour<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span> changes to a clear brownish-yellow. +The solution must be shaken after each addition of the "hypo."</p> + +<p>In determining antimony in ore, weigh up 0.5 to 1 gram, and dissolve in +hydrochloric acid with, if necessary, the help of chlorate of potash. +The antimony is separated as sulphide, redissolved in hydrochloric acid, +and oxidised with a crystal of chlorate of potash. Chlorine is boiled +off, and the solution diluted with an equal bulk of water. To the clear +cold solution potassium iodide is added, and after a few minutes the +liberated iodine is titrated with "hypo," as already described. The +method only yields satisfactory results when the standard and assay are +carried out alike.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_50_50" id="Footnote_50_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> "Modern American Methods of Copper Smelting" (Dr. +Peters).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_51_51" id="Footnote_51_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> "Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry," vol. v. No. +2.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_52_52" id="Footnote_52_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> Lead when present is precipitated on the <i>spiral</i> in the +form of a dark powder of dioxide (PbO<sub>2</sub>). Manganese is also thrown +down on the spiral as dioxide (MnO<sub>2</sub>), the solution at the same time +becomes violet from the formation of permanganic acid.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_53_53" id="Footnote_53_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> See the method given under <i>Examination of Commercial +Copper</i>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_54_54" id="Footnote_54_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> CuSO<sub>4</sub> + 4KCy = 2KCy.CuCy<sub>2</sub> + K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_55_55" id="Footnote_55_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> 2CuSO<sub>4</sub> + 3KCy + Am<sub>2</sub>O = Cu<sub>2</sub>Cy<sub>2</sub> + Am<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + +K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + KCyO.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_56_56" id="Footnote_56_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> 2CuSO<sub>4</sub> + 4KI = Cn<sub>2</sub>I<sub>2</sub> + 2I + 2K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_57_57" id="Footnote_57_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a> 2Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> + 2I = 2NaI + Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>4</sub>O<sub>6</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_58_58" id="Footnote_58_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a> For further information, see Appendix B., and a paper by +J.W. Westmoreland, <i>Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry</i>, vol. +v. p. 48.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_59_59" id="Footnote_59_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_59_59"><span class="label">[59]</span></a> +<br /> +3Cu<sub>2</sub>O + 6AgNO<sub>3</sub> + 3H<sub>2</sub>O<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">= 2Cu<sub>2</sub>H<sub>3</sub>O<sub>3</sub>NO<sub>3</sub> + 2Cu(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub> + 6Ag.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">(Insoluble basic salt.)</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_60_60" id="Footnote_60_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_60_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a> K<sub>2</sub>CrO<sub>4</sub> + Pb(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub> = PbCrO<sub>4</sub> + 2KNO<sub>3</sub></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_61_61" id="Footnote_61_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a> Made by dissolving 12 grams of tartaric acid and 4 grams +of stannous chloride in water, and adding potash solution till it is +alkaline. The solution should remain clear on heating to 60° or 70° C.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_62_62" id="Footnote_62_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a> It must be remembered that arsenate of bismuth is +completely insoluble in this acid.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_63_63" id="Footnote_63_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a> SbCl<sub>5</sub> + 2KI = I<sub>2</sub> + SbCl<sub>3</sub> + 2KCl.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2> + +<h3>IRON—NICKEL—COBALT—ZINC—CADMIUM.</h3> + + +<h4>IRON.</h4> + +<p>Iron rusts or oxidises very readily, and, consequently, is rarely found +in the metallic state in nature; such native iron as is found being +generally of meteoric origin or imbedded in basalt and other igneous +rocks. It chiefly occurs as oxide, as in magnetite, hæmatite, and in the +brown iron ores and ochres. Chalybite, which is carbonate of iron, is an +ore of great importance. Iron is found combined with sulphur in +pyrrhotine and pyrites, and together with arsenic in mispickel. It is a +common constituent of most rocks, imparting to them a green, black, or +brown colour; and is present, either as an essential part or as an +impurity, in most substances.</p> + +<p>The chemistry of iron is somewhat complicated by the existence of two +oxides, each of which gives rise to a well-marked series of compounds. +Those derived from the lower oxide, known as ferrous salts, are +generally pale and greenish. Ferric salts are derived from the higher +oxide, and are generally red, brown, or yellow. The existence of these +two well-marked families of salts renders the assay of iron +comparatively easy, for the quantity of iron present in a solution can +be readily measured by the amount of oxidising or reducing agent +required to convert it from the one state into the other—that is, from +ferrous to ferric, or from ferric to ferrous, as the case may be.</p> + +<p>In the red and brown iron ores and ochres ferric iron is present; in +chalybite the iron is in the ferrous state; and in magnetite it is +present in both forms. Traces of iron in the ferrous state may be found +(even in the presence of much ferric iron) by either of the following +tests:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>1. Ferricyanide of potassium gives a blue precipitate or green +coloration; with ferric salts a brown colour only is produced.</p> + +<p>2. A solution of permanganate of potassium is decolorised by a +ferrous salt, but not by a ferric one.</p></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span></p> + +<p>Traces of ferric iron can be detected (even in the presence of much +ferrous iron) by the following tests:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(1) By the brown or yellow colour of the solution, especially +when hot.</p> + +<p>(2) By giving a pink or red coloration with sulphocyanide of +potassium.</p></div> + +<p>Substances containing oxide of iron yield the whole of the iron as metal +when fused at a high temperature with charcoal and suitable fluxes. The +metal, however, will contain varying proportions of carbon and other +impurities, and its weight can only afford a rough knowledge of the +proportion of the metal in the ore. There are two or three methods of +dry assay for iron, but they are not only inexact, but more troublesome +than the wet methods, and need not be further considered. Chalybite and +the hydrated oxides dissolve very readily in hydrochloric acid; hæmatite +and magnetite dissolve with rather more difficulty. Iron itself, when +soft, is easily soluble in dilute hydrochloric, or sulphuric, acid. +Pyrites, mispickel, &c., are insoluble in hydrochloric acid, but they +are readily attacked by nitric acid. Certain minerals, such as chrome +iron ore, titaniferous iron ore, and some silicates containing iron, +remain in the residue insoluble in acids. Some of these yield their iron +when attacked with strong sulphuric acid, or when fused with the acid +sulphate of potash. Generally, however, it is better in such stubborn +cases to fuse with carbonate of soda, and then attack the "melt" with +hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>When nitric acid, or the fusion method, has been used, the metal will be +in solution in the ferric state, no matter in what condition it existed +in the ore. But with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid it will +retain its former degree of oxidation. Hydrochloric acid, for example, +with chalybite (ferrous carbonate) will give a solution of <i>ferrous</i> +chloride; with hæmatite (ferric oxide) it will yield <i>ferric</i> chloride; +and with magnetite (ferrous and ferric oxides) a mixture of ferrous and +ferric chlorides. Metallic iron yields solutions of <i>ferrous</i> salts. It +is convenient to speak of the iron in a ferrous salt as ferrous iron, +and when in the ferric state as ferric iron. Frequently it is required +to determine how much of the iron exists in an ore in each condition. In +such cases it is necessary to keep off the air whilst dissolving; the +operation should, therefore, be performed in an atmosphere of carbonic +acid.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—The separation of the iron from the other substances is +as follows:—Silica is removed by evaporating the acid solution, and +taking up with acid, as described under <i>Silica</i>; the whole of the iron +will be in solution. The metals of Groups I. and II. are removed by +passing sulphuretted hydrogen,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span> and at the same time the iron will be +reduced to the ferrous state. The solution should be filtered into a 16 +oz. flask, boiled to get rid of the gas, and treated (whilst boiling) +with a few drops of nitric acid, in order to convert the whole of the +iron into the ferric state. When this condition is arrived at, an +additional drop of nitric acid causes no dark coloration. The boiling +must be continued to remove nitrous fumes. Next add caustic soda +solution until the colour of the solution changes from yellow to red. +The solution must be free from a precipitate; if the soda be +incautiously added a permanent precipitate will be formed, in which case +it must be redissolved with hydrochloric acid, and soda again, but more +cautiously, added. After cooling, a solution of sodium acetate is added +until the colour of the solution is no longer darkened. The solution, +diluted to two-thirds of the flaskful with water, is heated to boiling. +Long-continued boiling must be avoided. The precipitate is filtered +quickly through a large filter, and washed with hot water containing a +little acetate of soda.</p> + +<p>The precipitate will contain all the iron and may also contain alumina, +chromium, titanium, as well as phosphoric, and, perhaps, arsenic +acids.<a name="FNanchor_64_64" id="FNanchor_64_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_64_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a></p> + +<p>Dissolve the precipitate off the filter with dilute sulphuric acid, +avoiding excess, add tartaric acid and then ammonia in excess. Pass +sulphuretted hydrogen, warm, and allow the precipitate to settle. Filter +and wash with water containing a little ammonic sulphide.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>Dissolve the precipitate in dilute hydrochloric acid; peroxidise with a +few drops of nitric acid and boil, dilute to about 200 c.c., add ammonia +(with constant stirring) till the liquid smells of it, and heat to +boiling. Wash as much as possible by decantation with hot water. +Transfer to the filter, and wash till the filtrate gives no indication +of soluble salts coming through. The filtrate must be colourless and +clear. The wet precipitate is very bulky, of a dark-brown colour and +readily soluble in dilute acids, but insoluble in ammonia and dilute +alkalies. When thrown down from a solution containing other metals it is +very apt to carry portions of these with it, even when they are by +themselves very soluble in ammoniacal solutions. It must be dried and +ignited, the filter paper being burnt separately and its ash added. When +further ignition ceases to cause a loss of weight, the residue is ferric +oxide (Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>), which contains 70 per cent. of iron. The weight of +iron therefore can be calculated by multiplying the weight of oxide +obtained by 0.7.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span></p> + +<p>The presence of ammonic chloride causes loss of iron during the +ignition, and organic matter causes an apparent loss by reducing the +iron to a lower state of oxidation. When the iron in the solution much +exceeds 0.2 gram the volumetric determination is generally adopted, as +the bulkiness of the precipitate of ferric hydrate makes the gravimetric +method very inconvenient.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>As already explained these are based on the measurement of the volume of +a reagent required to bring the whole of the iron from the ferrous to +the ferric state (oxidation), or from the ferric to the ferrous +(reduction). Ferrous compounds are converted into ferric by the action +of an oxidising agent in the presence of an acid. Either permanganate or +bichromate of potash is generally used for this purpose.<a name="FNanchor_65_65" id="FNanchor_65_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_65_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a></p> + +<p>Ferric compounds are reduced to ferrous by the action of:—</p> + +<p> +(1) Stannous chloride;<br /> +(2) Sulphuretted hydrogen;<br /> +(3) Sodium sulphite; or<br /> +(4) Zinc.<a name="FNanchor_66_66" id="FNanchor_66_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a><br /> +</p> + +<p>The processes, then, may be divided into two kinds, one based on +oxidation and the other on reduction. In each case the titration must be +preceded by an exact preparation of the solution to be assayed in order +that the iron may be in the right state of oxidation.</p> + + +<h4>PERMANGANATE AND BICHROMATE METHODS.</h4> + +<p>These consist of three operations:—</p> + +<p> +(1) Solution of the ore;<br /> +(2) Reduction of the iron to the ferrous state; and<br /> +(3) Titration.<br /> +</p> + +<p><b>Solution.</b>—The only point to be noticed concerning the first operation +(in addition to those already mentioned) is that nitric acid must be +absent. If nitric acid has been used, evaporate to dryness, of course +without previous dilution; add hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, and boil +for five or ten minutes. Dilute with water to about 100 c.c., and warm +until solution is complete.</p> + +<p>The reduction is performed by either of the following methods:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>—</p> + +<p>1. <i>With Stannous Chloride.</i>—Fill a burette with a solution of stannous +chloride,<a name="FNanchor_67_67" id="FNanchor_67_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a> and cautiously run the liquid into the hot assay solution +(in which the iron is present as <i>chloride</i>) until the colour is +discharged. A large excess of the stannous chloride must be avoided. +Then add 5 c.c. of a 2-1/2 per cent. solution of mercuric chloride, this +will cause a white precipitate (or a grey one if too large an excess of +the stannous chloride has been added). Boil till the solution clears, +cool, dilute, and titrate.</p> + +<p>2. <i>With Sulphuretted Hydrogen.</i>—Cool the solution and pass through it +a current of washed sulphuretted hydrogen till the liquid smells +strongly of the gas after withdrawal and shaking. A white precipitate of +sulphur will be formed, this will not interfere with the subsequent +titration provided it is precipitated in the cold. If, however, the +precipitate is coloured (showing the presence of the second group +metals), or if the precipitation has been carried out in a hot solution, +it should be filtered off. Boil the solution until the sulphuretted +hydrogen is driven off; this may be tested by holding a strip of filter +paper dipped in lead acetate solution in the steam issuing from the +flask. The presence of sulphuretted hydrogen should be looked for rather +than its absence. It is well to continue the boiling for a few minutes +after the gas has been driven off. Cool and titrate.</p> + +<p>3. <i>With Sodium Sulphite.</i>—Add ammonia (a few drops at a time) until +the precipitate first formed redissolves with difficulty. If a permanent +precipitate is formed, redissolve with a few drops of acid. To the warm +solution add from 2 to 3 grams of sodium sulphite crystals. The solution +will become strongly coloured, but the colour will fade away on standing +for a few minutes in a warm place. When the colour is quite removed, add +20 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, and boil until the steam is quite free +from the odour of sulphurous acid. Cool and titrate.</p> + +<p>4. <i>With Zinc.</i>—Add about 10 grams of granulated zinc; if the hydrogen +comes off violently add water; if, on the other hand, the action is very +slow, add sufficient dilute sulphuric acid to keep up a brisk +effervescence. The reduction is hastened by warming, and is complete +when the solution is quite colourless and a drop of the liquid tested +with sulphocyanate of potassium gives no reaction for ferric iron. +Filter through "glass wool" or quick filtering paper. The zinc should be +still giving off gas rapidly, indicating a freely acid solution; if not, +acid must be added. Wash with water rendered acid. Cool and titrate.</p> + +<p>With regard to the relative advantages of the different methods they may +be roughly summed up as follows:—The stannous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span> chloride method has the +advantage of immediately reducing the ferric iron whether in hot or cold +solution and under varied conditions in regard to acidity, but has the +disadvantage of similarly reducing salts of copper and antimony, which, +in a subsequent titration, count as iron. Moreover, there is no +convenient method of eliminating any large excess of the reagent that +may have been used; and, consequently, it either leaves too much to the +judgment of the operator, or entails as much care as a titration. +Students generally get good results by this method.</p> + +<p>The sulphuretted hydrogen method also has the advantage of quick +reduction under varying conditions, and the further one of adding +nothing objectionable to the solution; in fact it removes certain +impurities. The disadvantages are the necessity for boiling off the +excess of the gas, and of filtering off the precipitated sulphur, +although this last is not necessary if precipitated cold. The tendency +with students is to get high results. The sodium sulphite method has the +advantages of being clean and neat, and of requiring no nitration. On +the other hand it requires practice in obtaining the best conditions for +complete reduction; and, as with sulphuretted hydrogen, there is the +necessity for boiling off the gas, while there is no simple and delicate +test for the residual sulphurous acid. In addition, if an excess of +sodium sulphite has been used and enough acid not subsequently added, +the excess will count as iron. Students generally get low results by +this method.</p> + +<p>The advantages of the zinc method are, that it is easily worked and that +the excess of zinc is readily removed by simply filtering. The +disadvantages are the slowness<a name="FNanchor_68_68" id="FNanchor_68_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_68_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a> with which the last portions of +ferric iron are reduced, the danger of loss by effervescence, the +precipitation of basic salts, and, perhaps, of iron, and the loading of +the solution with salts of zinc, which in the titration with bichromate +have a prejudicial effect. The tendency in the hands of students is to +get variable results, sometimes low and sometimes high.</p> + +<p>Generally speaking, the sulphuretted hydrogen and sodium sulphite +methods are to be preferred. Carefully worked each method will yield +good results.</p> + +<p>The titration may be done with a standard solution of (1) permanganate +of potash, or (2) bichromate of potash.</p> + +<p>1. <i>With Permanganate of Potash.</i>—Prepare a standard solution by +dissolving 2.82 grams of the salt and diluting to one litre. The +strength of this should be 100 c.c. = 0.5 gram of iron, but it varies +slightly, and should be determined (and afterwards<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span> checked every two or +three weeks) by weighing up 0.2 gram of iron wire, dissolving in 10 c.c. +of dilute sulphuric acid, diluting to about 100 c.c., and titrating.</p> + +<p>The standard solution must be put in a burette with a glass stopcock, as +it attacks india-rubber. The assay should be contained in a pint flask, +and be cooled before titrating. The standard solution must be run in +until a pinkish tinge permeates the whole solution; this must be taken +as the finishing point. When certain interfering bodies are present this +colour quickly fades, but the fading must be ignored. With pure +solutions the colour is fairly permanent, and a single drop of the +potassium permanganate solution is sufficient to determine the finishing +point.</p> + +<p>2. <i>With Bichromate of Potash.</i>—Prepare a standard solution by +dissolving 4.39 grams of the powdered and dried salt in water, and +diluting to 1 litre. This solution is permanent, its strength is +determined by dissolving 0.2 gram of iron wire in 10 c.c. of dilute +sulphuric acid, diluting to about a quarter of a litre, and titrating.</p> + +<p>Also prepare a test solution by dissolving 0.1 gram of ferricyanide of +potassium in 100 c.c. of water. This solution does not keep well and +must be freshly prepared.</p> + +<p>An ordinary burette is used. The assay is best contained in a glazed +earthenware dish, and may be titrated hot or cold. To determine the +finishing point, place a series of drops of the ferricyanide solution on +a dry white glazed plate. The drops should be of about the same size and +be placed in lines at fairly equal distances. The bichromate is run in, +in a steady stream, the assay solution being continuously stirred until +the reaction is sensibly slackened. Then bring a drop of the assay with +the stirrer in contact with one of the test drops on the plate. The +standard can be safely run in 1 c.c. at a time, so long as the test drop +shows signs of a precipitate. When only a coloration is produced run in +cautiously a few drops at a time so long as two drops of the assay gives +with the test a colour which is even faintly greener than two drops of +the assay solution placed alongside. The finishing point is decided and +practically permanent, although it demands a little practice to +recognise it. The titration with permanganate of potassium has the +advantage of a more distinct finishing point and easier mode of working; +its application, however, is somewhat limited by the disturbing effects +of hydrochloric acid. The bichromate method has the advantage of a +standard solution which does not alter in strength, and the further one +of being but little affected by altering conditions of assay. +Hydrochloric acid has practically no effect on it. Both methods give +accurate results and are good examples of volumetric methods.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span></p> + +<p>The following results illustrate the extent to which the methods may be +relied on; and the influence which the various conditions of experiment +have on the assay.</p> + +<p>Solutions of ferrous sulphate and of ferrous chloride were made +containing 0.5 gram of iron in each 100 c.c., thus corresponding to the +standard solutions of permanganate and bichromate of potassium. These +last were prepared in the way already described. The solution of ferrous +sulphate was made by dissolving 5.01 grams of iron wire in 100 c.c. of +dilute sulphuric acid and diluting to 1 litre. A similar solution may be +made by dissolving 24.82 grams of pure ferrous sulphate crystals in +water, adding 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, and diluting to 1 +litre.</p> + +<p><b>Rate of Oxidation by Exposure to Air.</b>—This is an important +consideration, and if the rate were at all rapid would have a serious +influence on the manner of working, since exclusion of air in the +various operations would be troublesome. 20 c.c. of the solution of +ferrous sulphate were taken in each experiment, acidified with 10 c.c. +of dilute sulphuric acid, and diluted to 100 c.c. The solution was +exposed, cold, in an open beaker for varying lengths of time, and +titrated with permanganate of potassium.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Time exposed</td><td align='left'>1 hour</td><td align='left'>1 day</td><td align='left'>2 days</td><td align='left'>3 days</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>c.c. required</td><td align='left'>19.2</td><td align='left'>19.1</td><td align='left'>19.0</td><td align='left'>19.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These results show that the atmospheric oxidation in cold solutions is +unimportant. With boiling solutions the results are somewhat different; +a solution which at the outset required 20 c.c. of permanganate of +potassium, after boiling for an hour in an open beaker (without any +precautions to prevent oxidation), water being added from time to time +to replace that lost by evaporation, required 19.2 c.c. If the solution +be evaporated to dryness the oxidising power of concentrated sulphuric +acid comes into play, so that very little ferrous iron will be left. A +solution evaporated in this way required only 2.2 c.c. of permanganate +of potassium.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—In these experiments the bulk was in +each case 100 c.c., and 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid were present. +The permanganate required by</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='right'>1</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>of ferrous sulphate was,</td><td align='left'>at 15°</td><td align='right'>1.0 c.c.,</td><td align='left'>and at 70°</td><td align='left'>1.1</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>10</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>9.7</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>9.8</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>100</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>97.7</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>96.8</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The lower result with the 100 c.c. may be due to oxidation from +exposure.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—The following experiments show that +considerable variations in bulk have no practical effect. In each case +20 c.c. of ferrous sulphate solution and 10 c.c. of dilute acid were +used.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk of assay</td><td align='right'>30</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>100</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>500</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='right'>1000</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='right'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='right'>20.5</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Free Sulphuric Acid.</b>—Free acid is necessary for these +assays; if there is an insufficiency, the assay solution, instead of +immediately decolorising the permanganate, assumes a brown colour. The +addition of 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid suffices to meet +requirements and keep the assay clear throughout. The following +experiments show that a considerable excess of acid may be used without +in the least affecting the results. In each case 20 c.c. of ferrous +sulphate were used.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Dilute sulphuric acid</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.3</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—When the assay has been reduced with zinc +varying quantities of salts of this metal pass into solution, the amount +depending on the quantity of acid and iron present. Salts of sodium or +ammonium may similarly be introduced. It is essential to know by +experiment that these salts do not exert any effect on the titration. +The following series of experiments show that as much as 50 grams of +zinc sulphate may be present without interfering.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc sulphate present</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td><td align='left'>50 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Magnesium, sodium, and ammonium salts, are equally without effect.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonic sulphate present</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodic sulphate present</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesic sulphate present</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.3 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Amounts of Iron.</b>—It is important to know within +what limits the quantity of iron in an assay may safely vary from that +used in standardising. In the following experiments the conditions as to +bulk, acidity, and mode of working were the same as before:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous sulphate solution taken</td><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>9.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.6</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>48.9</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>97.7</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span></p> + +<p>The ferrous sulphate solution is here a little weaker than that of the +permanganate of potassium, but the results show that the permanganate +required is proportional to the iron present.</p> + +<p><b>Titrations in Hydrochloric Solutions.</b>—These are less satisfactory +than those in sulphuric solutions, since an excess of hydrochloric acid +decomposes permanganate of potassium, evolving chlorine, and since the +finishing point is indicated, not by the persistence of the pink colour +of the permanganate, but by a brown coloration probably due to +perchloride of manganese. Nevertheless, if the solution contains only +from 5 to 10 per cent. of free hydrochloric acid (sp. g. 1.16) the +results are the same as those obtained in a sulphuric acid solution. +Equal weights (0.1 gram) of the same iron wire required exactly the same +quantity of the permanganate of potassium solution (20 c.c.) whether the +iron was dissolved in dilute sulphuric or dilute hydrochloric acid. The +following series of experiments are on the same plan as those given +above with sulphuric acid solutions. A solution of ferrous chloride was +made by dissolving 5.01 grams of iron wire in 50 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid and diluting to 1 litre. The dilute hydrochloric acid +was made by mixing equal volumes of the acid (sp. g. 1.16) and water.</p> + +<p><b>Rate of Atmospheric Oxidation.</b>—20 c.c. of the ferrous chloride +solution were acidified with 10 c.c. of the dilute hydrochloric acid and +diluted to 100 c.c. This solution was exposed cold in open beakers.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Time exposed</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>1 hour</td><td align='left'>1 day</td><td align='left'>2 days</td><td align='left'>3 days</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Similar solutions boiled required, before boiling, 20 c.c.; after +boiling for one hour, replacing the water as it evaporated, 19.3 c.c.; +and after evaporation to a paste and redissolving, 17.0 c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—Solutions similar to the last were +titrated and gave the following results:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>30°</td><td align='left'>50°</td><td align='left'>70°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>19.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.4 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—As before, 20 c.c. of the iron solution, and +10 c.c. of the dilute acid were diluted to the required volumes and +titrated.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td><td align='left'>500 c.c.</td><td align='left'>1000 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>20.4 "</td><td align='left'>20.3 "</td><td align='left'>20.8 "</td><td align='left'>21.5 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The variation due to difference in bulk here, although only equal to an +excess of 0.7 milligram of iron for each 100 c.c. of dilution, are about +three times as great as those observed in a sulphuric acid solution.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Effect of Free Hydrochloric Acid.</b>—In these experiments 20 c.c. of the +ferrous chloride solution were used with varying quantities of acid, the +bulk of the assay in each case being 100 c.c.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Dilute acid present</td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>20.2 "</td><td align='left'>20.2 "</td><td align='left'>20.5 "</td><td align='left'>21.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The last had a very indistinct finishing point, the brown coloration +being very evanescent. The effect of the acid is modified by the +presence of alkaline and other sulphates, but not by sulphuric acid. +Repeating the last experiment we got—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Without further addition</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>21.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>With</td><td align='left'>100</td><td align='left'> c.c.</td><td align='left'>of dilute sulphuric acid</td><td align='left'>22.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'> "</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>grams</td><td align='left'> ammonic sulphate</td><td align='left'>20.5</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'> "</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>sodic sulphate</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'> "</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>magnesium sulphate</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'> "</td><td align='left'>10</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>manganese sulphate</td><td align='left'>20.2</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The results with these salts, in counteracting the interference of the +acid, however, were not a complete success, since the end-reactions were +all indistinct, with the exception, perhaps, of that with the manganese +sulphate.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Amounts of Iron.</b>—In these experiments the bulk of +the assay was 100 c.c., and 10 c.c. of acid were present.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous chloride used</td><td align='left'>1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Permanganate required</td><td align='left'>1.1 "</td><td align='left'>10.3 "</td><td align='left'>20.3 "</td><td align='left'>50.4 "</td><td align='left'>100.1 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>In making himself familiar with the permanganate of potassium titration, +the student should practise by working out a series of experiments +similar to the above, varying his conditions one at a time so as to be +certain of the cause of any variation in his results. He may then +proceed to experiment on the various methods of reduction.</p> + +<p><i>A solution of ferric chloride</i> is made by dissolving 5.01 grams of iron +wire in 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid (sp. g. 1.16), and running from a +burette nitric acid diluted with an equal volume of water into the +boiling iron solution, until the liquid changes from a black to a +reddish-yellow. About 4.5 c.c. of the nitric acid will be required, and +the finishing point is marked by a brisk effervescence. The solution of +iron should be contained in an evaporating dish, and boiled briskly, +with constant stirring. There should be no excess of nitric acid. Boil +down to about half its bulk; then cool, and dilute to one litre with +water. Twenty c.c. of this solution diluted to 100 c.c. with water, and +acidified with 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, should not +decolorise any of the permanganate of potassium solution; this shows the +absence of ferrous salts. And 20 c.c. of the same solution, boiled with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span> +20 c.c. of the ferrous sulphate solution, should not decrease the +quantity of "permanganate" required for the titration of the ferrous +sulphate added. In a series of experiments on the various methods of +reduction, the following results were got. The modes of working were +those already described.</p> + +<p>(1) <i>With Stannous Chloride.</i>—Twenty c.c. of the ferric chloride +solution required, after reduction with stannous chloride, 20 c.c. of +"permanganate." Fifty c.c. of a solution of ferrous chloride, which +required on titration 49.8 c.c. of "permanganate," required for +re-titration (after subsequent reduction with stannous chloride) 50 c.c. +of the permanganate solution.</p> + +<p>(2) <i>With Sulphuretted Hydrogen.</i>—Two experiments with this gas, using +in each 20 c.c. of the ferric chloride solution, and 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, required (after reduction) 20.2 c.c. and 20.1 c.c. of +"permanganate." Repeating the experiments by passing the gas through a +nearly boiling solution, but in other respects working in the same way, +21.3 c.c. and 21.6 c.c. of the permanganate solution were required. The +sulphur was not filtered off in any of these. In another experiment, in +which 50 c.c. of the ferrous sulphate solution were titrated with +"permanganate," 48 c.c. of the latter were required. The titrated +solution was next reduced with sulphuretted hydrogen, brought to the +same bulk as before, and again titrated; 47.9 c.c. of the permanganate +of potassium solution were required.</p> + +<p>(3) <i>With Sodium Sulphite.</i>—Twenty c.c. of the ferric chloride +solution, reduced with sodium sulphite, required 19.9 c.c. of +"permanganate." In one experiment 50 c.c. of the ferrous sulphate +solution were titrated with "permanganate"; 49.3 c.c. of the +last-mentioned solution were required. The titrated solution was reduced +with sodium sulphite, and again titrated; it required 49.2 c.c. of the +permanganate of potassium solution.</p> + +<p>(4) <i>With Zinc.</i>—Twenty c.c. of the ferric chloride solution, reduced +with zinc and titrated, required 20.8 c.c. of "permanganate." Fifty c.c. +of a solution of ferrous sulphate which required 49.7 c.c. of +"permanganate," required for re-titration, after reduction with zinc, +49.7 c.c.</p> + +<p>The student should next practise the titration with bichromate, which is +more especially valuable in the estimation of hydrochloric acid +solutions. The following experiments are on the same plan as those +already given. In each experiment (except when otherwise stated) there +were present 20 c.c. of the ferrous chloride solution, and 10 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid, and the bulk was 300 c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The quantities of the bichromate of +potassium solution required were as follows:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>30°</td><td align='left'>70°</td><td align='left'>100°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bichromate required</td><td align='left'>20.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td><td align='left'>200 c.c.</td><td align='left'>500 c.c.</td><td align='left'>1000 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bichromate required</td><td align='left'>20.4 "</td><td align='left'>20.4 "</td><td align='left'>20.4 "</td><td align='left'>20.5 "</td><td align='left'>20.8 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Acid.</b>—In these, variable quantities of dilute +hydrochloric acid were used.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acid present</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bichromate required</td><td align='left'>20.3 "</td><td align='left'>20.3 "</td><td align='left'>20.2 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—The effect of the addition of 10 grams of +crystallized zinc sulphate was to decrease the quantity of "bichromate" +required from 20.3 c.c. to 20.1 c.c., but the colour produced with the +test-drop was very slight at 18.5 c.c., and with incautious work the +finishing point might have been taken anywhere between these extremes. +Zinc should not be used as a reducing agent preliminary to a +"bichromate" titration. Ten grams of ammonic sulphate had the effect of +rendering the finishing point faint for about 0.5 c.c. before the +titration was finished, but there was no doubt about the finishing point +when allowed to stand for a minute. The student should note that a +titration is not completed if a colour is developed on standing for five +or ten minutes. Ten grams of sodic sulphate had no effect; 20.3 c.c. +were required.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Iron.</b>—The results are proportional, as will be seen +from the following details:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous chloride present</td><td align='left'>1.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bichromate required</td><td align='left'>1.0 "</td><td align='left'>10.2 "</td><td align='left'>20.3 "</td><td align='left'>51.0 "</td><td align='left'>102.3 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The student may now apply these titrations to actual assays of minerals. +The following examples will illustrate the mode of working and of +calculating the results:—</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Chalybite.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the dry +powdered ore, and dissolve in 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid and an +equal volume of water with the aid of heat. Avoid evaporating to +dryness. Dilute and titrate. The result will give the percentage of iron +existing in the ore in the ferrous state. Some ferric iron may be +present. If it is wished to determine this also, add (in dissolving +another portion) 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid to the sulphuric +acid already ordered, and reduce the resulting solution before +titrating. By dissolving and titrating (without previous reduction) one +has a measure of the ferrous iron present; by dissolving, reducing, and +then titrating, one can<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span> measure the total iron; and as the iron exists +in only two conditions, the total iron, less the ferrous iron, is the +measure of the ferric iron.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Brown or Red Ores or Magnetite.</b>—Weigh up 0.5 +gram of the ore (powdered and dried at 100° C.), and dissolve in from 10 +to 20 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid, boiling until all is dissolved, +or until no coloured particles are left. Dilute, reduce, and titrate.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Pyrites.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the dry powdered +ore, and place in a beaker. Cover with 10 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid, +mix well by shaking, and place on the hot plate without further handling +for an hour or so until the action has ceased. <i>Allow to cool</i>, and +dilute to 100 c.c. Warm until solution is complete. Reduce and titrate.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Substances Insoluble in Acids.</b>—Weigh up 1 +gram of the ore, mix with 5 or 6 grams of carbonate of soda and 0.5 gram +of nitre by rubbing in a small mortar, and transfer to a platinum +crucible. Clean out the mortar by rubbing up another gram or so of soda, +and add this to the contents of the crucible as a cover. Fuse till +tranquil. Cool. Extract with water. If the ore carries much silica, +evaporate to dryness with hydrochloric acid to separate it. Re-dissolve +in hydrochloric acid, and separate the iron by precipitating with +ammonia and filtering. If only a small quantity of silica is present, +the aqueous extract of the "melt" must be filtered, and the insoluble +residue washed and dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. Reduce and +titrate.</p> + +<p>A convenient method of at once separating iron from a solution and +reducing it, is to add ammonia, pass sulphuretted hydrogen through it, +filter, and dissolve the precipitate in dilute sulphuric acid. The +solution, when boiled free from sulphuretted hydrogen, is ready for +titrating.</p> + + +<h4>STANNOUS CHLORIDE PROCESS.</h4> + +<p>The colour imparted to hot hydrochloric acid solutions by a trace of a +ferric compound is so strong, and the reducing action of stannous +chloride is so rapid, that a method of titration is based upon the +quantity of a standard solution of stannous chloride required to +completely decolorise a solution containing ferric iron. This method is +more especially adapted for the assay of liquors containing much ferric +iron and of those oxidised ores which are completely soluble in +hydrochloric acid. It must be remembered, however, that it only measures +the ferric iron present, and when (as is generally the case) the total +iron is wanted,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span> it is well to calcine the weighed portion of ore +previous to solution in order to get the whole of the iron into the +higher state of oxidation, since many ores which are generally supposed +to contain only ferric iron carry a considerable percentage of ferrous.</p> + +<p><i>The stannous chloride solution</i> is made by dissolving 20 grams of the +commercial salt (SnCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O) in 100 c.c. of water with the help of +20 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and diluting to a litre. The +solution may be slightly opalescent, but should show no signs of a +precipitate. The strength of this is about equivalent to 1 gram of iron +for each 100 c.c. of the solution, but it is apt to lessen on standing, +taking up oxygen from the air, forming stannic chloride. A larger +proportion of hydrochloric acid than is ordered above would remove the +opalescence, but at the same time increase this tendency to atmospheric +oxidation, as the following experiments show. The stannous chloride +solution (20 c.c.) was mixed with varying amounts of strong hydrochloric +acid (sp. g. 1.16), diluted to 100 c.c., and exposed in open beakers for +varying lengths of time; and the residual stannous chloride measured by +titration with permanganate. The quantities required were as follows:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Time Exposed.</td><td align='left'>50 per cent. Acid.</td><td align='left'>10 per cent. Acid.</td><td align='left'>1 per cent. Acid.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 hour</td><td align='left'>33.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>34.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>34.5 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 day</td><td align='left'>5.0 "</td><td align='left'>24.0 "</td><td align='left'>27.6 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 days</td><td align='left'>3.0 "</td><td align='left'>14.5 "</td><td align='left'>21.3 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These indicate very clearly the increased susceptibility to oxidation in +strongly acid solutions.</p> + +<p><i>A standard solution of ferric chloride</i> is prepared in the same manner +as that described under the experiments on the methods of reduction; but +it should be of twice the strength, so that 100 c.c. may contain 1 gram +of iron. This solution is used for standardising the stannous chloride +when required; and must be carefully prepared; and tested for the +presence of nitric acid.</p> + +<p>The titration is more limited in its application than either of the +oxidising processes because of the restrictions as to bulk, quality and +quantity of free acid present, and other conditions of the solution to +be assayed. The following experiments show the conditions necessary for +a successful titration.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—Twenty c.c. of ferric chloride +solution with 20 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid, diluted to 50 c.c., +gave the following results when titrated:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>30°</td><td align='left'>70°</td><td align='left'>100°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>22.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>22.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>22.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>22.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The finishing point, however, is more distinct the hotter the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span> solution; +so that it is best in all cases to run the standard into the boiling +solution.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—Solutions containing the same quantity of +iron and acid as the last, but diluted to various bulks, and titrated +while boiling, gave the following results:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td><td align='left'>500 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>21.5 "</td><td align='left'>21.7 "</td><td align='left'>24.3 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Quantities of Hydrochloric Acid.</b>—In these +experiments the bulk before titration was 50 c.c. except in the last, in +which it was 70 c.c. With less than 5 c.c. of strong hydrochloric acid +the finishing point is indistinct and prolonged.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Strong hydrochloric acid present</td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20 c.c.</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>21.1 "</td><td align='left'>21.1 "</td><td align='left'>21.2 "</td><td align='left'>21.8 "</td><td align='left'>22.2 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Free Sulphuric Acid.</b>—In these experiments 20 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid were present, and the bulk was 50 c.c.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Strong sulphuric acid present</td><td align='left'>— c.c.</td><td align='left'>3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>21.6 "</td><td align='left'>22.3 "</td><td align='left'>22.9 "</td><td align='left'>23.1 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>This interference of strong sulphuric acid may be completely +counteracted by somewhat modifying the mode of working. Another +experiment, like the last of this series, required 21.6 c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—Experiments in which 10 grams of various +salts were added showed them to be without effect. The results were as +follows:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt present</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>AmCl</td><td align='left'>Am<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub></td><td align='left'>MgCl<sub>2</sub></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>21.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>21.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>21.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>21.6 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt present</td><td align='left'>CaCl<sub>2</sub></td><td align='left'>FeCl<sub>2</sub></td><td align='left'>Al<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>21.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>21.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>21.6 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Iron.</b>—Titrating a solution (with 20 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid) measuring 50 c.c., and kept boiling, the quantity of +stannous chloride solution required is practically proportional to the +iron present.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferric chloride added</td><td align='left'>1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride required</td><td align='left'>1.1 "</td><td align='left'>10.5 "</td><td align='left'>20.6 "</td><td align='left'>51.4 "</td><td align='left'>102.6 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The student, having practised some of the above experiments, may proceed +to the assay of an iron ore.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Brown Iron Ore.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the dried +and powdered ore, calcine in the cover of a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span> platinum crucible, and +dissolve up in an evaporating dish<a name="FNanchor_69_69" id="FNanchor_69_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_69_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a> with 20 c.c. of strong +hydrochloric acid. When solution is complete, dilute to 50 c.c. after +replacing any acid that may have been evaporated. Boil, and run in the +stannous chloride solution until the colour is faintly yellow; boil +again, and continue the addition of the stannous chloride solution, +stirring continuously until the solution appears colourless. Note the +quantity of the stannous chloride solution required. Suppose this to be +59 c.c. Take 60 c.c. of the standard ferric chloride solution, add 20 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid, boil and titrate in the same way as before. +Suppose this to require 61 c.c. Then as 61 is equivalent to 60 of the +iron solution, 59 is equivalent to 58.13.<a name="FNanchor_70_70" id="FNanchor_70_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_70_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a> This gives the percentage. +It is not necessary to standardise the stannous chloride solution in +this way with each sample assayed, the ratio 61: 60 would serve for a +whole batch of samples; but the standardising should be repeated at +least once each day.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This method is valuable for the determination of small quantities of +iron present as impurities in other metals or ores. It is based on the +red coloration developed by the action of potassic sulphocyanate on acid +solutions of ferric salts.</p> + +<p><i>Standard Ferric Chloride Solution.</i>—Take 1 c.c. of the ferric chloride +solution used for standardising the stannous chloride solution, add 2 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and dilute to 1 litre with water. 1 +c.c. = 0.01 milligram.</p> + +<p><i>Solution of Potassic Sulphocyanate.</i>—Dissolve 60 grams of the salt in +water, and dilute to a litre. It should be colourless. Use 10 c.c. for +each test.</p> + +<p>The quantity of the substance to be weighed for the assay should not +contain more than a milligram of iron; consequently, if the ore contain +more than 0.1 per cent. of that metal, less than a gram of it must be +taken.</p> + +<p>The method is as follows:—Weigh up 1 gram of the substance and dissolve +in a suitable acid; dilute; and add permanganate of potash solution +until tinted. Boil for some time and dilute to 100 c.c. Take a couple of +Nessler tubes, holding over 100 c.c., but marked at 50 c.c.; label them +"1" and "2"; and into each<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span> put 10 c.c. of the potassic sulphocyanate +solution and 2 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid. The solutions should be +colourless. To "1" add 10 c.c. of the assay solution, and dilute to the +50 c.c. mark. To the other add water, but only to within 5 or 10 c.c. of +this mark. Now run in the standard ferric chloride solution from a small +burette, 1 c.c. at a time, stirring after each addition till the colour +is nearly equal to that of the assay (No. 1). At this stage bring the +solution to the same level by diluting, and make a further addition of +the standard ferric chloride solution till the colours correspond. The +amount of iron will be the same in each tube; that in the standard may +be known by reading off the volume from the burette and multiplying by +0.01 milligram.</p> + +<p>If the 10 c.c. of the assay solution gave a colour requiring more than 5 +or 6 c.c. of the standard ferric chloride solution, repeat the +determination, taking a smaller proportion.</p> + +<p>The effect of varying conditions on the assay will be seen from the +following experiments:—</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The effect of increase of temperature +is to lessen the colour; in fact, by boiling, the colour can be entirely +removed. All assays are best carried out in the cold.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1</td><td align='left'>c.c. at 15°</td><td align='left'>would only show</td><td align='left'>the colour of</td><td align='left'>0.75</td><td align='left'>c.c. at 45°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.75</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>4.0</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Time.</b>—The effect of increase of time is to increase the +colour, as will be seen from the following experiments:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>2</td><td align='left'>c.c. on standing</td><td align='left'>10 minutes</td><td align='left'>became equal to</td><td align='left'>2.25</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>20</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>2.75</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>40</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>3.00</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Free Acid.</b>—If no acid at all be present, the sulphocyanate +of potassium solution removes the colour it first produces, so that a +certain amount of acid is necessary to develop the colour. The use of a +large excess has a tendency to increase the colour produced.</p> + + +<p>5 c.c. nitric acid (sp. g. 1.4) read 3.7 c.c. instead of 2 c.c. with the dilute acid.</p> + +<p>5 c.c. sulphuric acid (sp. g. 1.32) read 2.2 c.c. instead of 2 c.c. with the dilute acid.</p> + +<p>5 c.c. hydrochloric acid (sp. g. 1.16) read 2.5 c.c. instead of 2 c.c. with the dilute acid.</p> + + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Metals.</b>—Lead, mercury, cadmium, bismuth, arsenic, +tin, antimony, nickel, cobalt, manganese, aluminium, zinc, strontium, +barium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, or potassium, when separately +present in quantities of from 100 to 200 times the weight of iron +present, do not interfere if they have previously<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span> been brought to their +highest oxidised condition by boiling with nitric acid or by treating +with permanganate. Arsenic and phosphoric acids interfere unless an +excess of free hydrochloric or other acid is present. Oxalic acid (but +not tartaric acid) in minute quantities destroys the colour. Nitrous +acid strikes a red colour with the sulphocyanate of potassium; +consequently, when nitric acid has been used in excess, high results may +be obtained. Copper and some other metals interfere, so that in most +cases it is advisable to concentrate the iron before estimating it. A +blank experiment should always be made with the reagents used in order +to determine the iron, if any, introduced during the solution, &c., of +the substance assayed.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Metallic Copper.</b>—This may be most +conveniently done during the estimation of the arsenic. The small +quantity of white flocculent precipitate which may be observed in the +acetic acid solution before titrating, contains the whole of the iron as +ferric arsenate. It should be filtered off, dissolved in 10 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid, and diluted to 100 c.c.; 10 c.c. of this may +be taken for the estimation. For example: 10 grams of copper were taken, +and the iron estimated; 3.0 c.c. of standard ferric chloride solution +were used, equivalent to 0.03 milligram of iron; this multiplied by 10 +(because only 1/10th of the sample was taken) gives 0.3 milligram as the +iron in 10 grams of copper. This equals 0.003 per cent.</p> + +<p>In a series of experiments with this method working on 10-gram lots of +copper, to which known quantities of iron had been added, the following +were the results:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron present</td><td align='left'>0.015%</td><td align='left'>0.070%</td><td align='left'>0.100%</td><td align='left'>0.495%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron found</td><td align='left'>0.015"</td><td align='left'>0.061"</td><td align='left'>0.087"</td><td align='left'>0.522"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>When no arsenic is present in the copper, the iron can be separated by +fractionally precipitating with sodic carbonate, dissolving in ammonia, +and filtering off the ferric hydrate. Coppers generally carry more iron +the less arsenic they contain.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Metallic Zinc.</b>—Dissolve 1 gram of zinc in 10 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, adding a drop or two of nitric acid +towards the end to effect complete solution. Boil, dilute, and tint with +the permanganate of potassium solution; boil till colourless, and dilute +to 100 c.c. Take 10 c.c. for the determination. Make a blank experiment +by boiling 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid with a drop or two of +nitric acid; add a similar quantity of the permanganate of potassium +solution, boiling, &c., as before. The quantity of iron in zinc varies +from less than 0.005 to more than 2.0 per cent. When 1 gram is taken +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span> worked as above, each c.c. of ferric chloride solution required +indicates 0.01 per cent. of iron.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Iron in Metallic Tin.</b>—Cover 1 gram of tin with 5 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid, add 1 c.c. of nitric acid, and evaporate to +dryness. Take up with 2 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, add 10 c.c. of +the potassic sulphocyanate solution, and make up to 50 c.c. Probably the +colour developed will be brown instead of red owing to the presence of +copper; in this case, add to the standard as much copper as the assay is +known to contain (which must have previously been determined; see +<i>Copper</i>); the titration is then carried out in the usual way.</p> + +<p>Or the iron may be separated from the copper in the tin by the following +process:—Dissolve 5 grams of metal in 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and +5 c.c. of nitric acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up with 5 c.c. of +dilute hydrochloric acid, add 10 grams of potash dissolved in 30 c.c. of +water, and warm till the tin is dissolved. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen, +boil, cool, and filter. The iron and copper will be in the precipitate. +They are separated in the ordinary manner.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. Calculate from the following determinations the percentages of +ferrous, ferric, and total iron in the sample of ore used.</p> + +<p>1 gram of ore dissolved and titrated required 26.7 c.c. of bichromate of +potassium solution.</p> + +<p>1 gram of ore dissolved, reduced, and titrated required 43.5 c.c. of +bichromate of potassium solution.</p> + +<p>Standard = 1.014.</p> + +<p>2. One gram of an ore contained 0.307 gram of ferrous iron and 0.655 +gram of total iron. The iron existing as oxide, what are the percentages +of ferrous oxide (FeO) and ferric oxide (Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) in the ore?</p> + +<p>3. One gram of brown iron ore dissolved in hydrochloric acid required +59.2 c.c. of stannous chloride (standard = 0.930). Another gram +dissolved in acid and titrated with "permanganate" required 8.2 c.c. +(standard = 0.4951). Calculate the percentages of ferrous, ferric, and +total iron.</p> + +<p>4. Another gram of the same ore, roasted, dissolved and titrated with +stannous chloride, required 63.5 c.c. To what extent does this result +confirm the others?</p> + +<p>5. Two grams of a metal were dissolved and diluted to 100 c.c. Five c.c. +were taken for a colorimetric determination, and required 4.5 c.c. of +the standard ferric chloride solution. What is the percentage of iron in +the metal?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>NICKEL.</h4> + +<p>Nickel and cobalt are closely related in their chemical properties, and +may best be considered together. Nickel is the commoner of the two, and +is met with in commerce alloyed with copper and zinc as German silver; +as also in the coinage of the United States and on the Continent. It is +used for plating polished iron and steel goods, forming a coating little +liable to rust and taking a good polish. The ores of nickel are not very +common. Kupfernickel and chloanthite are arsenides of nickel with, +generally, more or less iron and cobalt. Noumeite and garnierite are +hydrated silicates of nickel and magnesia. The chief sources of nickel +are these silicates, which are found in large quantity in New Caledonia; +and a pyrites found in Norway, containing three or four per cent. of the +metal. In smaller quantities it is more widely distributed, being +frequently met with in copper ores; consequently, commercial copper is +rarely free from it.</p> + +<p>Nickel is readily soluble in moderately concentrated nitric acid. Its +salts are mostly green, and soluble in excess of ammonia, forming blue +solutions; in these respects it resembles copper. The acid solutions, +however, are not precipitated by sulphuretted hydrogen, although in +alkaline solutions a black sulphide is formed which is insoluble in +dilute hydrochloric acid. If the sulphide is formed in a solution +containing much free ammonia, the precipitation is incomplete, some +sulphide remaining in the solution and colouring it dark brown. These +reactions serve to distinguish and separate nickel from other metals, +except cobalt. If the separated sulphide be heated in a borax bead, the +colour obtained will be a sherry brown in the outer flame, and grey or +colourless in the inner flame if nickel only is present. In the presence +of cobalt these colours are masked by the intense and characteristic +blue yielded in both flames by that metal.</p> + + +<h4>DRY ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>The dry assay of nickel (cobalt being at the same time determined) is +based on the formation of a speise which will carry the cobalt, nickel, +copper, and some of the iron of the ore in combination with arsenic. A +speise of this kind, fused and exposed at a red heat to air, first loses +arsenide of iron by oxidation. It is only when the iron has been +oxidised that the arsenide of cobalt begins to be attacked; and when the +removal of the cobalt is complete, the nickel commences to pass into the +slag, the copper being left till last. The changes are rendered evident +by fusion<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span> in contact with borax. The process is as follows:—Weigh up 5 +grams of the ore, and calcine thoroughly on a roasting dish in the +muffle. Rub up with some anthracite, and re-roast. Mix intimately with +from 3 to 5 grams of metallic arsenic, and heat in a small covered clay +crucible at dull redness in a muffle until no more fumes of arsenic come +off (about 15 minutes). Take out the crucible, and inject a mixture of +20 grams of carbonate of soda, 5 grams of flour, and 2 grams of fused +borax. Place in the wind furnace, and raise the temperature gradually +until the charge is in a state of tranquil fusion. Pour; when cold, +detach the button of speise, and weigh.</p> + +<p>Weigh out carefully a portion of about 1 gram of it. Place a shallow +clay dish in the muffle, and heat it to bright redness; then add about +1.5 gram of borax glass wrapped in a piece of tissue paper; when this +has fused, drop the piece of speise into it. Close the muffle until the +speise has melted, which should be almost at once. The arsenide of iron +will oxidise first, and when this has ceased the surface of the button +brightens. Remove it from the muffle, and quench in water as soon as the +button has solidified. The borax should be coloured slightly blue. +Weigh: the loss is the arsenide of iron. Repeat the operation with the +weighed button on another dish, using rather less borax. Continue the +scorification until a film, green when cold, floating on the surface of +the button shows that the nickel is beginning to oxidise. Cool, +separate, and weigh the button as before. The loss is the arsenide of +cobalt.</p> + +<p>If copper is absent, the speise is now arsenide of nickel.</p> + +<p>The weight of nickel corresponding to the arsenide got is calculated by +multiplying by 0.607; and, similarly, the weight of the cobalt is +ascertained by multiplying the loss in the last scorification by +0.615.<a name="FNanchor_71_71" id="FNanchor_71_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_71_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a> It must be remembered that the nickel and cobalt so obtained +are derived from a fraction only of the speise yielded by the ore taken, +so that the results must be multiplied by the weight of the whole of the +speise, and divided by the weight of the fragment used in the +determination. As an example, suppose 5 grams of ore gave 3.3 grams of +speise, and 1.1 gram of this gave 0.8 gram of nickel arsenide. Then—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='right'>0.8×0.607</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='right'>0.4856</td><td align='left'>gram of nickel</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>0.4856×3.3/1.1</td><td align='left'>=</td><td align='right'>1.456</td><td align='left'>gram of nickel</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>And this being obtained from 5 grams of ore is equivalent to 29.12 per +cent.</p> + +<p>When copper is also present, weigh up accurately about 0.5 gram of gold, +and place it on the scorifier with the button of nickel and copper +arsenide, using borax as before. Scorify until<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span> the button shows the +bluish-green colour of a fused gold-copper alloy. Then cool, and weigh +the button of copper and gold. The increase in weight of the gold button +gives the copper as metal. The weight of the copper multiplied by 1.395 +is the weight of the copper arsenide (Cu<sub>3</sub>As) present. The difference +will be the nickel arsenide.</p> + +<p>The student should enter the weighings in his book as follows:</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ore taken</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Speise got</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Speise taken</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenides of</td><td align='left'>cobalt, nickel, and copper</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>nickel and copper</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Gold added</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Gold and copper got</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Showing Cobalt</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Nickel</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—Two or three grams of a rich ore, or 5 to 10 +grams if poor, are taken for the assay. If much arsenic is present (as +is usually the case), the ore must be calcined before attacking with +acids. Transfer to a flask; and boil, first with hydrochloric acid until +the oxides are dissolved, and then with the help of nitric acid, until +nothing metalliferous is left. Dilute, nearly neutralise with soda, and +separate the iron as basic acetate,<a name="FNanchor_72_72" id="FNanchor_72_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_72_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> as described in page 233. +Through the filtrate pass sulphuretted hydrogen till saturated. Allow to +settle (best overnight), filter, and wash. Transfer the precipitate to a +beaker, and dissolve in nitric acid. Dilute with water, pass +sulphuretted hydrogen, and filter off the precipitate, if any. Boil off +the gas, add ammonia until a precipitate is formed, and then acidify +somewhat strongly with acetic acid. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen in a slow +stream until any white precipitate of zinc sulphide, there may be, +begins to darken. Filter; to the filtrate add ammonia, and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitate will contain the nickel and +cobalt as sulphides.</p> + +<p>Where small quantities of nickel and cobalt are present, and an +approximate determination is sufficient, they can be concentrated as +follows:—Remove the copper, &c., by passing sulphuretted hydrogen +through the acid solution and filtering; add ammonia<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span> to the filtrate, +and again pass sulphuretted hydrogen; then heat nearly to boiling, and +filter. Dissolve the precipitate off the filter with dilute hydrochloric +acid; the residue will contain nearly all the nickel and cobalt as +sulphides.</p> + +<p><b>Separation of Nickel and Cobalt.</b>—Dissolve the sulphides separated as +above in nitric acid; render alkaline with a solution of potash, then +acidify with acetic acid; add a concentrated solution of <i>nitrite</i> of +potash. The liquid after this addition must have an acid reaction. Allow +to stand for 24 hours in a warm place. Filter off the yellow precipitate +of nitrite of potash and cobalt, and wash with a 10 per cent. solution +of acetate of potash. The cobalt is determined in the precipitate in the +way described under <i>Cobalt</i>. The nickel is separated from the solution +by boiling with sodic hydrate, filtering, and dissolving the precipitate +in nitric acid. The solution will contain the nickel.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution, which contains the nickel free from other metals, is +heated, and a solution of sodic hydrate added in slight excess. The +precipitate is filtered off, washed with boiling water, dried, ignited +at a red heat, and weighed when cold. The ignited substance is nickel +oxide (NiO), and contains 78.67 per cent. of nickel. The oxide is a +green powder, readily and completely soluble in hydrochloric acid, and +without action on litmus paper. It is very easily reduced by ignition in +hydrogen to metallic nickel.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig056.jpg" width="450" height="286" alt="Fig. 56." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Nickel is also determined by electrolysis, as follows:—The nitric acid +solution is rendered strongly ammoniacal, and placed under the +electrolytic apparatus used for the copper assay. Three cells (fig. 56), +however, must be used, coupled up for intensity, that is, with the zinc +of one connected with the copper of the next. The electrolysis is +allowed to go on overnight, and in the morning the nickel will be +deposited as a bright and coherent film. A portion of the solution is +drawn off with a pipette; if it smells of ammonia, has no blue colour, +and gives no precipitate with ammonic sulphide, the separation is +complete. Wash the cylinder containing the deposited metal, first with +water and then with alcohol, as in the copper assay. Dry in the water +oven, and weigh. The increase in weight is metallic nickel.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span></p> + +<p>As an example:—There was taken 1 gram of a nickel alloy used for +coinage. It was dissolved in 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and diluted to 100 +c.c. with water. The copper was then precipitated by electrolysis. It +weighed 0.734 gram. The solution, after electrolysis, was treated with +sulphuretted hydrogen, and the remaining copper was thrown down as +sulphide, and estimated colorimetrically. This amounted to 3-1/2 +milligrams. The filtrate was evaporated, treated with ammonia, warmed, +and filtered. The ferric hydrate was dissolved in dilute acid, and +reprecipitated, dried, ignited, and weighed. Its weight was 0.0310 gram. +The two filtrates were mixed, and reduced in bulk to about 50 c.c.; a +considerable excess of ammonia was added, and the nickel precipitated by +electrolysis. It weighed 0.2434 gram. These quantities are equivalent +to:</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='left'>73.75</td><td align='left'>per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel</td><td align='left'>24.34</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='left'>2.17</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.26</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>An alkaline solution of potassium cyanide, to which a little potassium +iodide has been added, can be assayed for its strength in cyanide by +titrating with a standard solution of silver nitrate. Nickel interferes +with this assay, doing the work of its equivalent of silver; and the +quantity of nickel present can be calculated from the amount of its +interference in the titration. A volumetric assay for nickel is based on +this. It has the disadvantage of all indirect titrations in that it +requires two standard solutions. On the other hand it gives good results +even under unfavourable conditions, and is applicable in the presence of +much zinc. Small quantities of cobalt will count as so much nickel, but +larger quantities make the assay unworkable. Some of the other +metals—lead for example—have no appreciable effect; but practically +the solution demands a preliminary treatment which would result in their +removal. Nevertheless it is a very satisfactory method and makes the +determination of nickel quick and comparatively easy in most cases.</p> + +<p><i>The standard solution of silver nitrate</i> is made by dissolving 14.48 +grams of recrystallised silver nitrate in distilled water and diluting +to 1 litre: 100 c.c. of this solution are equivalent to 0.25 gram of +nickel.<a name="FNanchor_73_73" id="FNanchor_73_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_73_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span></p> +<p><i>The standard solution of potassium cyanide</i> should be made so as to be +exactly equal to the silver nitrate solution. This can be done as +follows: Weigh up 12 grams of good potassium cyanide (95 per cent.), +dissolve in water, add 50 c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of sodium +hydrate and dilute to 1 litre. Fill one burette with this and another +with the solution of silver nitrate. Run 50 c.c. of the cyanide into a +flask; add a few drops of potassium iodide solution and titrate with the +standard silver nitrate until there is a distinct permanent yellowish +turbidity. The titration is more fully described under <i>Cyanide</i>, p. +165. The cyanide solution will be found rather stronger than the silver +nitrate; dilute it so as to get the two solutions of equal value. For +example, 51.3 c.c. of silver nitrate may have been required: then add +1.3 c.c. of water to each 50 c.c. of the cyanide solution remaining. If +the full 950 c.c. are available, then add to them 24.7 c.c. of water. +After mixing, take another 50 c.c. and titrate with the silver nitrate; +the two solutions should now be exactly equal. The cyanide solution, +being strongly alkaline with soda, keeps very well; but its strength +should be checked from time to time by titrating with silver nitrate; +should there be any slight inequality in the strengths of the two +solutions it is easily allowed for in the calculations.</p> + +<p><b>The titration.</b>—The solution, containing not much more than 0.1 gram +of nickel, and free from the interfering metals, must be cooled. It is +next neutralised and then made strongly alkaline with a solution of soda +(NaHO); an excess of 20 or 30 c.c. suffices. This will produce a +precipitate. The cyanide solution is now run in from a burette until the +solution clears, after which an excess of about 20 c.c. is added. It is +well to use some round number of c.c. to simplify the calculation. Add a +few drops of potassium iodide solution, and run in the standard solution +of silver nitrate from a burette. This should be done a little at a +time, though somewhat rapidly, and with constant shaking, till a +permanent yellow precipitate appears. If the addition of the cyanide did +not result in a perfectly clear solution, this is because something +besides nickel is present. The residue may be filtered off, though with +a little practice the finishing-point may be detected with certainty in +the presence of a small precipitate. If the student has the slightest +doubt about a finish he should run in another 5 c.c. of the cyanide and +again finish with silver nitrate. The second result will be the same as +the first. For example, if 40 c.c. of cyanide and 30 c.c. of silver +nitrate were required at the first titration, then the 45 c.c. of +cyanide in the second titration will require 35 c.c. of silver nitrate. +The difference between the quantities<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span> of the two solutions used in each +case will be 10 c.c. It is this difference in the readings of the two +burettes which measures the quantity of nickel present. Each c.c. of the +difference is equal to .0025 gram of nickel. But if the cyanide solution +is not exactly equal in strength to the silver nitrate, the quantity of +cyanide used should be calculated to its equivalent in silver nitrate +before making the subtraction.</p> + +<p>The following experimental results illustrate the accuracy of the assay +and the effect upon it of varying conditions. A solution containing 1 +gram of nickel sulphate (NiSO<sub>4</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O) in 100 c.c. was used. By a +separate assay the sulphate was found to contain 22.25 per cent. of +nickel. For the sake of simplicity the results of the experiments are +stated in weights of nickel in grams.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of varying excess of Cyanide Solution.</b>—In each experiment +there was 20 c.c. of the nickel solution, equal to .0445 gram of nickel. +There were also 10 c.c. of soda solution, 3 or 4 drops of potassium +iodide and sufficient water to bring the bulk to 100 c.c. before +titrating.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Cyanide in excess</td><td align='left'>6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>12 c.c.</td><td align='left'>25 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel found</td><td align='left'>.0434</td><td align='left'>.0436</td><td align='left'>.0440</td><td align='left'>.0442</td><td align='left'>.0444</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Although the difference between the highest and lowest of these results +is only 1 milligram, their meaning is quite obvious. The excess of +cyanide should not be less than 20 c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of varying the quantity of Soda.</b>—There were two series of +experiments, one with 2 c.c. of nickel solution (= .0044 gram of +nickel), the other with 20 c.c. The conditions were as before, except +that the quantity of soda was varied.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda added</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>15 c.c.</td><td align='left'>30 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel found,</td><td align='left'>1st series</td><td align='left'>.0037</td><td align='left'>.0042</td><td align='left'>.0045</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>2nd series</td><td align='left'>.0444</td><td align='left'>.0444</td><td align='left'>.0442</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These show that the presence of much soda, though it has only a small +effect, is beneficial rather than otherwise. Ammonia has a bad effect, +if present in anything like the same quantities.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of varying the Nickel.</b>—In experiments with 10, 20, and 40 c.c. +of the nickel solution, the results were:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel present</td><td align='left'>.0222</td><td align='left'>.0445</td><td align='left'>.0890</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel found</td><td align='left'>.0220</td><td align='left'>.0442</td><td align='left'>.0884</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Zinc.</b>—In these experiments 20 c.c. of nickel solution (= +.0445 gram of nickel), 10 c.c. of soda, 6 drops of potassium iodide and +water to 100 c.c. were used. The excess of cyanide was purposely kept at +from 10 to 15 c.c., which is hardly sufficient.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc added</td><td align='left'>0</td><td align='left'>.25 gram.</td><td align='left'>.5 gram.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nickel found</td><td align='left'>.0442</td><td align='left'>.0440</td><td align='left'>.0407</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span></p> + +<p>On increasing the excess of cyanide to over 20 c.c. and doubling the +quantity of soda, the experiment with 0.5 gram of zinc gave 0.441 gram +of nickel. Hence the titration is satisfactory in the presence of zinc +provided that not fewer than 20 or 30 c.c. of soda are used, and that +the excess of cyanide is such that not fewer than 20 or 30 c.c. of +silver nitrate are required in the titration. Moreover, these +precautions should be taken whether zinc is present or not.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of other Metals.</b>—If metals of the first and second groups are +present they should be removed by passing sulphuretted hydrogen and +filtering. If <i>iron</i> is present it must be removed, since ferrous salts +use up much cyanide, forming ferrocyanides, and ferric salts yield +ferric hydrate, which obscures the end reaction. Hence the sulphuretted +hydrogen must be boiled off and the iron removed as basic ferric acetate +by the method described on p. 233. If the precipitate is bulky it should +be dissolved in a little dilute acid, neutralised and again precipitated +as basic acetate. The nickel will be in the two filtrates. In the +absence of manganese and cobalt the titration may be made without +further separation.</p> + +<p><i>Manganese</i> does not directly interfere, but the precipitated hydrate, +which rapidly darkens through atmospheric oxidation, obscures the end +reaction. It may be removed by passing sulphuretted hydrogen through the +filtrate from the acetate separation: sulphides of nickel, cobalt and +zinc will be precipitated, whilst manganese remains in solution: the +addition of more sodium acetate may assist the precipitation. The +precipitate must be filtered off and dissolved in nitric acid: the +solution should be evaporated to dryness. The filtrate may retain a +little nickel; if so, add ammonia till alkaline, then acidify with +acetic acid and again filter; any small precipitate obtained here should +be added to that first obtained.</p> + +<p>It is only when <i>cobalt</i> is present that any further separation is +required. Cobalt hydrate takes up oxygen from the air, and on adding +potassium cyanide some may refuse to dissolve; and the solution itself +acquires a brown colour, which becomes deeper on standing. At this stage +the cobalt is easily separated. The solution containing the nickel and +cobalt with no great excess of acid, is made alkaline by adding 20 c.c. +of soda exactly as in preparing for a titration. So, too, the solution +of cyanide is added so as to have an excess of 20 or 30 c.c.; the +solution may have a brown colour, but if it is not quite clear it <i>must</i> +be filtered. Then warm (boiling is not needed) and add from 50 to 100 +c.c. of bromine water. This throws down all the nickel as black +peroxide<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span> in a condition easy to filter. Filter it off and wash with +water. The precipitate can be dissolved off the filter with the greatest +ease by a little warm sulphurous acid. The filtrate and washings, boiled +till free from sulphurous acid, yield the nickel as sulphate in a clean +condition.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Nickel in Nickel Sulphate Crystals.</b>—Take 0.5 gram of +the salt, dissolve in 50 c.c. of water and add 25 c.c. of solution of +soda. Run in from a burette, say, 60 c.c. "cyanide." Add a few drops of +potassium iodide and titrate back with "silver nitrate." Suppose 15.5 +c.c. of the latter is required. Then 15.5 c.c. subtracted from 60 c.c. +leaves 44.5 c.c., and since 100 c.c. = 0.25 gram of nickel, 44.5 c.c. +will equal 0.11125 gram of nickel. This in 0.5 gram of the salt equals +22.25 per cent.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Nickel in German Silver.</b>—Weigh up 0.5 gram of the +alloy, and dissolve in a dish with 5 or 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. +Add 5 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid and evaporate till all the nitric +acid is removed. Cool, take up with 50 c.c. of water, and when dissolved +pass sulphuretted hydrogen through the solution. Filter off the +precipitate and wash with water containing sulphuretted hydrogen and +dilute sulphuric acid. Boil down the filtrate and washings to get rid of +the excess of the gas; add some nitric acid and continue the boiling. +Cool, neutralise the excess of acid with soda, add 1 gram of sodium +acetate and boil. Filter off the precipitate which contains the iron. +The filtrate, cooled and rendered alkaline with soda, is ready for the +titration.</p> + + +<h4>COBALT</h4> + +<p>Occurs less abundantly than nickel. Its chief ores are smaltite and +cobaltite, which are arsenides of cobalt, with more or less iron, +nickel, and copper. It also occurs as arseniate in erythrine, and as +oxide in asbolan or earthy cobalt, which is essentially a wad carrying +cobalt.</p> + +<p>It is mainly used in the manufacture of smalts for imparting a blue +colour to glass and enamels. The oxide of cobalt forms coloured +compounds with many other metallic oxides. With oxide of zinc it forms +"Rinman's green"; with aluminia, a blue; with magnesia, a pink. This +property is taken advantage of in the detection of substances before the +blow-pipe.</p> + +<p>The compounds of cobalt in most of their properties closely resemble +those of nickel, and the remarks as to solution and separation given for +the latter metal apply here. Solutions of cobalt are pink, whilst those +of nickel are green.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span></p> + +<p>The detection of cobalt, even in very small quantity, is rendered easy +by the strong blue colour which it gives to the borax bead, both in the +oxidising and in the reducing flame. It is concentrated from the ore in +the same way as nickel, and should be separated from that metal by means +of potassic nitrite in the way described. The dry assay of cobalt has +been given under <i>Nickel</i>.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>The yellow precipitate from the potassium nitrite, after being washed +with the acetate of potash, is washed with alcohol, dried, transferred +to a weighed porcelain crucible, and cautiously ignited with an excess +of strong sulphuric acid. The heat must not be sufficient to decompose +the sulphate of cobalt, which decomposition is indicated by a blackening +of the substance at the edges. The salt bears a low red heat without +breaking up. If blackening has occurred, moisten with sulphuric acid, +and ignite again. Cool and weigh. The substance is a mixture of the +sulphates of cobalt and potash (2CoSO<sub>4</sub> + 3K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), and contains +14.17 per cent. of cobalt.</p> + +<p>Cobalt is also gravimetrically determined, like nickel, by electrolysis, +or by precipitation with sodic hydrate. In the latter case, the ignited +oxide will be somewhat uncertain in composition, owing to its containing +an excess of oxygen. Consequently, it is better to reduce it by igniting +at a red heat in a current of hydrogen and to weigh it as metallic +cobalt.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. In the dry assay of an ore containing cobalt, nickel, and copper, the +following results were obtained. Calculate the percentages. Ore taken, 5 +grams. Speise formed, 0.99 gram. Speise taken. 0.99 gram. Arsenides of +cobalt, nickel, and copper got, 0.75 gram. Arsenide of nickel and copper +got, 0.54 gram. Gold added, 0.5 gram. Gold and copper got, 0.61 gram.</p> + +<p>2. Calculate the percentage composition of the following compounds: +Co<sub>2</sub>As, Ni<sub>2</sub>As, and Cu<sub>2</sub>As.</p> + +<p>3. A sample of mispickel contains 7 per cent. cobalt. What weight of the +mixed sulphates of potash and cobalt will be obtained in a gravimetric +determination on 1 gram of the ore?</p> + +<p>4. 0.3157 gram of metal was deposited by the electrolysis of a nickel +and cobalt solution. On dissolving in nitric acid and determining the +cobalt 0.2563 gram of potassium and cobalt sulphates were got. Find the +weights of cobalt and nickel present in the deposit.</p> + +<p>5. What should be the percentage composition of pure cobaltite, its +formula being CoAsS?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>ZINC.</h4> + +<p>Zinc occurs in nature most commonly as sulphide (blende); it also occurs +as carbonate (calamine) and silicate (smithsonite). Each of these is +sufficiently abundant to be a source of the metal.</p> + +<p>The metal is known in commerce as "spelter" when in ingots, and as sheet +zinc when rolled. It is chiefly used in the form of alloys with copper, +which are known as brasses. It is also used in the form of a thin film, +to protect iron goods from rusting—galvanised iron.</p> + +<p>Ores of zinc, more especially blende, are met with in most lead, copper, +gold, and silver mines, in larger or small quantities scattered through +the lodes. Those ores which generally come under the notice of the +assayer are fairly rich in zinc; but alloys and metallurgical products +contain it in very varying proportions.</p> + +<p>Zinc itself is readily soluble in dilute acids; any residue which is +left after boiling with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid consists +simply of the impurities of the metal; this is generally lead.</p> + +<p>All zinc compounds are either soluble in, or are decomposed by, boiling +with acids, the zinc going into solution. Zinc forms only one series of +salts, and these are colourless. Their chief characteristic is +solubility in an alkaline solution, from which sulphuretted hydrogen +produces a white precipitate of zinc sulphide. Zinc is detected by +dissolving the substance in hydrochloric or nitric acid, boiling, and +adding sodic hydrate in excess, filtering, and adding ammonic sulphide +to the filtrate. The precipitate contains the zinc, which can be +dissolved out by boiling with dilute sulphuric acid, and detected by the +formation of a white precipitate on the addition of potassic +ferrocyanide.</p> + +<p>The dry assay of zinc can only be made indirectly, and is +unsatisfactory. Zinc is volatile, and at the temperature of its +reduction is a gas. It is impracticable to condense the vapour so as to +weigh the metal, consequently its amount is determined by loss. The +following method gives approximate results: Take 10 grams of the dried +and powdered ore and roast, first at a low temperature and afterwards at +a higher one, with the help of carbonate of ammonia to decompose the +sulphates formed; cool and weigh. The metals will be present as oxides. +Mix with 2 grams of powdered charcoal and charge into a black-lead +crucible heated to whiteness, cover loosely, and leave in the furnace +for about a quarter of an hour. Uncover and calcine the residue, cool +and weigh. The loss in weight multiplied by 8.03 gives the percentage of +zinc in the ore.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p>Solution and separation may be effected as follows: Treat 1 or 3 grams +of the substance with 10 or 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid or aqua regia; +evaporate to dryness; take up with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and +dilute to 100 c.c.; heat nearly to boiling; saturate with sulphuretted +hydrogen; filter, and wash with water acidulated with hydrochloric acid. +Boil off the sulphuretted hydrogen and peroxidise with a few drops of +nitric acid. Cool; add caustic soda till nearly, but not quite, +neutralised, and separate the iron as basic acetate by the method +described under <i>Iron</i>. To the filtrate add ammonia till alkaline, and +pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Allow to settle and decant on to a filter. +Dissolve off the precipitate from the filter with hot dilute +hydrochloric acid. The solution will contain the zinc, together with any +manganese the ore contained, and, perhaps, traces of nickel and cobalt. +If the zinc is to be determined volumetrically, and manganese is +present, this latter is separated with carbonate of ammonia, as +described further on; but if a gravimetric method is used, and only +small quantities of manganese are present, it is better to proceed as if +it were absent, and to subsequently determine its amount, which should +be deducted.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the zinc is contained in an evaporating dish, +and freed from sulphuretted hydrogen by boiling, and, if necessary, from +an excess of acid by evaporation. The evaporating dish must be a large +one. Cautiously add sodium carbonate to the hot, moderately dilute +solution, until the liquid is distinctly alkaline, and boil. Allow the +precipitate to settle, decant on to a filter, and wash with hot water. +Dry, transfer to a porcelain crucible (cleaning the paper as much as +possible), add the ash, ignite, and weigh. The substance weighed is +oxide of zinc, which contains 80.26 per cent. of the metal. It is a +white powder, becoming yellow when heated. It must not show an alkaline +reaction when moistened. If it contains manganese this metal will be +present as sesquioxide (Mn<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>). Its amount can be determined by +dissolving in dilute acid and boiling with an excess of sodic hydrate. +The oxide of manganese will be precipitated, and can be ignited and +weighed. Its weight multiplied by 1.035 must be deducted from the weight +of oxide of zinc previously obtained. The results yielded by the +gravimetric determination are likely to be high, since the basic +carbonate of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span> zinc frequently carries down with it more or less soda +which is difficult to wash off.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION</h4> + +<p>This method is based on the facts that zinc salts in an acid solution +decompose potassium ferrocyanide, forming a white insoluble zinc +compound; and that an excess of the ferrocyanide can be detected by the +brown coloration it strikes with uranium acetate. The method resembles +in its working the bichromate iron assay. The standard solution of +potassium ferrocyanide is run into a hot hydrochloric acid solution of +the zinc until a drop of the latter brought in contact with a drop of +the indicator (uranium acetate) on a white plate strikes a brown colour. +The quantity of zinc in the solution must be approximately known; run in +a little less of the ferrocyanide than is expected will be necessary; +test a drop or two of the assay, and then run in, one or two c.c. at a +time, until the brown colour is obtained. Add 5 c.c. of a standard zinc +solution, equivalent in strength to the standard "ferrocyanide," +re-titrate, and finish off cautiously. Of course 5 c.c. must be deducted +from the reading on the burette. The precipitate of zinc ferrocyanide +formed in the assay solution is white; but if traces of iron are +present, it becomes bluish. If the quantity of ferrocyanide required is +known within a few c.c., the finishing point is exactly determined in +the first titration without any addition of the standard zinc solution. +Unfortunately this titration serves simply to replace the gravimetric +determination, and does not, as many volumetric processes do, lessen the +necessity for a complete separation of any other metals which are +present. Most metals give precipitates with ferrocyanide of potassium in +acid solutions. If the conditions are held to, the titration is a fairly +good one, and differences in the results of an assay will be due to +error in the separation. Ferric hydrate precipitated in a fairly strong +solution of zinc will carry with it perceptible quantities of that +metal. Similarly, large quantities of copper precipitated as sulphide by +means of sulphuretted hydrogen will carry zinc with it, except under +certain nicely drawn conditions. When much copper is present it is best +separated in a nitric acid solution by electrolysis. The titration of +the zinc takes less time, and, with ordinary working, is more +trustworthy than the gravimetric method.</p> + +<p><i>The standard ferrocyanide solution</i> is made by dissolving 43.2 grams of +potassium ferrocyanide (K<sub>4</sub>FeCy<sub>6</sub>.3H<sub>2</sub>O) in water, and diluting to +a litre. One hundred c.c. are equal to 1 gram of zinc.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>The standard zinc solution</i> is made by dissolving 10 grams of pure zinc +in 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and 100 or 200 c.c. of water, and +diluting to 1 litre, or by dissolving 44.15 grams of zinc sulphate +(ZnSO<sub>4</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O) in water with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and +diluting to 1 litre. One hundred c.c. will contain 1 gram of zinc.</p> + +<p><i>The uranium acetate solution</i> is made by dissolving 0.2 gram of the +salt in 100 c.c. of water.</p> + +<p>To standardise the "ferrocyanide" measure off 50 c.c. of the standard +zinc solution into a 10 oz. beaker, dilute to 100 c.c., and heat to +about 50° C. (not to boiling). Run in 47 or 48 c.c. of the +"ferrocyanide" solution from an ordinary burette, and finish off +cautiously. Fifty divided by the quantity of "ferrocyanide" solution +required gives the standard.</p> + +<p>In assaying ores, &c., take such quantity as shall contain from 0.1 to 1 +gram of zinc, separate the zinc as sulphide, as already directed. +Dissolve the sulphide off the filter with hot dilute hydrochloric acid, +which is best done by a stream from a wash bottle. Evaporate the +filtrate to a paste, add 5 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute to +100 c.c. or 150 c.c., heat to about 50° C., and titrate. Manganese, if +present, counts as so much zinc, and must be specially separated, since +it is not removed by the method already given. The following method will +effect its removal. To the hydrochloric acid solution of the zinc and +manganese add sodium acetate in large excess and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen freely. Allow to settle, filter off the zinc sulphide and wash +with sulphuretted hydrogen water. The precipitate, freed from manganese, +is then dissolved in hydrochloric acid and titrated.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the assay:—</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—Using 20 c.c. of the standard zinc +solution, 5 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and diluting to 100 c.c.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15° C.</td><td align='left'>30° C.</td><td align='left'>70° C.</td><td align='left'>100° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required</td><td align='left'>20.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The solution can be heated to boiling before titrating without +interfering with the result; but it is more convenient to work with the +solution at about 50° C. Cold solutions must not be used.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—These were all titrated at about 50° C., and +were like the last, but with varying bulk.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>25.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required</td><td align='left'>20.2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Any ordinary variation in bulk has no effect.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Hydrochloric Acid.</b>— With 100 c.c. bulk and varying +dilute hydrochloric acid the results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acid added</td><td align='left'>0.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required</td><td align='left'>24.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.7</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—The experiments were carried out under the +same conditions as the others. Five grams each of the following salts +were added:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>Ammonic chloride.</td><td align='left'>Ammonic sulphate.</td><td align='left'>Sodium chloride.</td><td align='left'>Sodium sulphate.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>Potassium Nitrate.</td><td align='left'>Magnesium sulphate.</td><td align='left'>Nil.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required</td><td align='left'>20.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>In a series of experiments in which foreign metals were present to the +extent of 0.050 gram in each, with 20 c.c. of zinc solution and 5 c.c. +of dilute hydrochloric acid, those in which copper sulphate, ferrous +sulphate, and ferric chloride were used, gave (as might be expected) so +strongly coloured precipitates that the end reaction could not be +recognised. The other results were:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>With</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>nothing added.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='left'>0.050</td><td align='center'>gram</td><td align='left'>lead (as chloride)</td><td align='left'>20.9 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='left'>0.050</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>manganese (as sulphate)</td><td align='left'>25.5 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='left'>0.050</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>cadmium (as sulphate)</td><td align='left'>23.5 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='left'>0.050</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>nickel (as sulphate)</td><td align='left'>26.2 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Zinc.</b>—These were titrated under the usual +conditions, and gave the following results:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc added</td><td align='left'>1.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ferrocyanide" required</td><td align='left'>1.1 "</td><td align='left'>10.2 "</td><td align='left'>20.3 "</td><td align='left'>50.6 "</td><td align='left'>101.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Determination of Zinc in a Sample of Brass.</b>—Take the solution from +which the copper has been separated by electrolysis and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen until the remaining traces of copper and the lead +are precipitated, filter, boil the solution free from sulphuretted +hydrogen, put in a piece of litmus paper, and add sodic hydrate solution +in slight excess; add 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid (which should +render the solution acid and clear); warm, and titrate.</p> + +<p>A sample of 0.5 gram of brass treated in this manner required 16.4 c.c. +of "ferrocyanide" (standard 100 c.c. = 0.9909 zinc), which equals 0.1625 +gram of zinc or 32.5 per cent.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Determination of Zinc in Blende.</b>—Dissolve 1 gram of the dried and +powdered sample in 25 c.c. of nitric acid with the help of two or three +grams of potassium chlorate dissolved in the acid. Evaporate to complete +dryness, taking care to avoid spirting. Add 7 grams of powdered ammonium +chloride, 15 c.c. of strong ammonia and 25 c.c. of boiling water; boil +for one minute and see that the residue is all softened. Filter through +a small filter, and wash thoroughly with small quantities of a hot one +per cent. solution of ammonium chloride. Add 25 c.c. of hydrochloric +acid to the filtrate. Place in the solution some clean lead foil, say 10 +or 20 square inches. Boil gently until the solution has been colourless +for three or four minutes. Filter, wash with a little hot water; and +titrate with standard ferrocyanide.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Zinc in Silver Precipitate.</b>—This precipitate +contains lead sulphate, silver, copper, iron, zinc, lime, &c. Weigh up 5 +grams of the sample, and extract with 30 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid +with the aid of heat. Separate the copper with sulphuretted hydrogen, +peroxidise the iron with a drop or two of nitric acid, and separate as +acetate. Render the filtrate ammoniacal, pass sulphuretted hydrogen; +warm, and filter. Dissolve the precipitated zinc sulphide in dilute +hydrochloric acid, evaporate, dilute, and titrate. Silver precipitates +carry about 2.5 per cent. of zinc.</p> + + +<h4>GASOMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>Metallic zinc is readily soluble in dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric +acid, hydrogen being at the same time evolved.<a name="FNanchor_74_74" id="FNanchor_74_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_74_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a> The volume of the +hydrogen evolved is obviously a measure of the amount of zinc present in +the metallic state. The speed with which the reaction goes on (even in +the cold) and the insolubility of hydrogen renders this method of assay +a convenient one. It is especially applicable to the determination of +the proportion of zinc in zinc dust. The apparatus described in the +chapter on gasometric method is used. The method of working is as +follows: Fill the two burettes with cold water to a little above the +zero mark, place in the bottle about 0.25 gram of the substance to be +determined, and in the inner phial or test tube 5 c.c. of dilute +sulphuric acid; cork the apparatus tightly and allow to stand for a few +minutes; then bring the water to the same level in the two burettes by +running out through the clip at the bottom. Read off the level of the +liquid in the graduated burette. Turn the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span> bottle over sufficiently to +spill the acid over the zinc, and then run water out of the apparatus so +as to keep the liquid in the two burettes at the same level, taking care +not to run it out more quickly than the hydrogen is being generated. +When the volume of gas ceases to increase, read off the level of the +liquid, deduct the reading which was started with; the difference gives +the volume of hydrogen evolved. At the same time read off the volume of +air in the "volume corrector," which must be fixed alongside the gas +burettes. Make the correction. For example: A piece of zinc weighing +0.2835 gram was found to give 99.9 c.c. of gas at a time when the +corrector read 104 c.c.<a name="FNanchor_75_75" id="FNanchor_75_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_75_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a> Then the corrected volume is</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">104 : 100 :: 99.9 : <i>x</i>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14em;"><i>x</i> = 96.0 c.c.</span><br /> +</p> + + +<p>100 c.c. of hydrogen at 0° C. and 760 mm. is equivalent to 0.2912 gram +of zinc; therefore the quantity of zinc found is</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">100 : 96 :: 0.2912 : <i>x</i>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14.5em;"><i>x</i> = 0.2795 gram of zinc.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>This being contained in 0.2835 gram of metal is equivalent to 98.5 per +cent.</p> + +<p>As an example of a determination in which reducing the volume of +liberated hydrogen to 0° C. and 760 mm. is avoided, the following may be +taken:—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">0.2315 gram of pure zinc gave 82.1 c.c. of gas;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">and the volume of air in the corrector was 103.6 c.c.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">0.2835 gram of the assay gave 99.9 c.c. of gas;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">and the volume of air in the corrector was 104.0 c.c.;</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">104 : 103.6 :: 99.9 : <i>x</i>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14.5em;"><i>x</i> = 99.5 c.c.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>This is the volume of gas got in the assay if measured under the same +conditions as the standard,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">82.1 : 99.5 :: 0.2315 : <i>x</i>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14.5em;"><i>x</i> = 0.2806.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Then 0.2835 : 0.2806 :: 100: <i>x</i>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14.5em;"><i>x</i> = 98.9 per cent.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>As these assays can be made quickly, it is well for the sake of greater +accuracy to make them in duplicate, and to take the mean of the +readings. One set of standardisings will do for any number of assays. +The student must carefully avoid unnecessary handling of the bottle in +which the zinc is dissolved.</p> + +<p><b>Colorimetric Method.</b>—Zinc salts being colourless, there is no +colorimetric determination.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF COMMERCIAL ZINC.</h4> + +<p>Take 20 grams of zinc, and dissolve them in dilute nitric acid; boil, +allow to settle; filter; wash, dry; ignite the precipitate, if any, and +weigh as oxide of tin. Examine this for arsenic.</p> + +<p><b>Lead.</b>—Add ammonia and carbonate of ammonia to the liquid, and boil, +filter off the precipitate, wash with hot water. Digest the precipitate +with dilute sulphuric acid; filter, wash, and weigh the sulphate of +lead.</p> + +<p><b>Iron.</b>—To the filtrate from the sulphate of lead add ammonia, and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen; digest, and filter. (Save the filtrate.) Dissolve +the precipitate in hydrochloric acid, oxidise with nitric acid, and +precipitate with ammonia. Wash, ignite, and weigh as ferric oxide. +Calculate to iron.</p> + +<p><b>Arsenic.</b>—To the filtrate from the sulphide of iron add hydrochloric +acid in slight excess; filter off, and wash the precipitate. Rinse it +back into the beaker, dissolve in nitric acid, filter from the sulphur, +and add ammonia, in excess, and magnesia mixture. Filter off the +ammonic-magnesic arsenate, and wash with dilute ammonia. Dry, ignite +with nitric acid, and weigh as magnesic pyrarsenate. Calculate to +arsenic, and add to that found with the tin.</p> + +<p><b>Copper.</b>—To the filtrate from the ammonia and ammonic carbonate add +sulphuric acid in small excess, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Allow to +settle, filter, and wash. Rinse the precipitate into a beaker, boil with +dilute sulphuric acid, and filter. (Save the filtrate.) Dry, burn the +paper with the precipitate, treat with a drop or two of nitric acid, +ignite, and weigh as copper oxide. Calculate to copper.</p> + +<p><b>Cadmium.</b>—To the filtrate from the sulphide of copper add ammonia, so +as to nearly neutralise the excess of acid, and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen. Collect and weigh the precipitate as cadmium sulphide, as +described under <i>Cadmium</i>.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. What weight of hydrogen will be evolved in dissolving 1 gram of zinc +in dilute sulphuric acid?</p> + +<p>2. How many c.c. would this quantity of hydrogen measure at 0° C. and +760 m.m.? (1 litre weighs 0.0896 gram).</p> + +<p>3. 0.23 gram of zinc are found to give 77.9 c.c. of hydrogen. In another +experiment under the same conditions 80.2 c.c. are got. What weight of +zinc was used for the second experiment?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span></p> + +<p>4. A sample of blende is found to contain 55 per cent. of zinc. What +percentage of zinc sulphide did the sample contain?</p> + +<p>5. How much metallic lead would be precipitated from a solution of lead +acetate by 1 gram of zinc?</p> + + +<h4>CADMIUM.</h4> + +<p>Cadmium occurs in nature as cadmium sulphide in greenockite, CdS, which +is very rare. It is widely diffused in calamine, blende, and other zinc +ores, forming, in some cases, as much as 2 or 3 per cent. of the ore. +Oxide of cadmium forms the "brown blaze" of the zinc smelters.</p> + +<p>Sulphide of cadmium is used as a pigment (cadmium yellow); and the metal +and some of its salts are useful reagents.</p> + +<p>The salts of cadmium closely resemble those of zinc. The hydrate, +however, is insoluble in excess of potash, and the sulphide is insoluble +in dilute acids. It forms only one series of salts.</p> + +<p>Cadmium is detected by giving with sulphuretted hydrogen in solutions, +not too strongly acid, a yellow precipitate, which is insoluble in +solutions of the alkalies, alkaline sulphides, or cyanide of potassium.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—Substances containing cadmium are soluble in +acids. The solution is evaporated to dryness (to render any silica that +may be present insoluble) and taken up with 10 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid. Dilute to 100 c.c., and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. +Filter, digest the precipitate with soda, wash, and boil with dilute +sulphuric acid. Filter; the filtrate contains the cadmium and, possibly, +a small quantity of zinc, from which it is best separated by +reprecipitating with sulphuretted hydrogen.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the cadmium freed from the other metals is +precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen in a moderately-acid solution. +The precipitate is collected on a weighed filter, and washed, first with +an acid solution of sulphuretted hydrogen, and afterwards with water. It +is dried at 100° C. and weighed. If free sulphur is suspected to be +present, extract with bisulphide of carbon, and again weigh. The residue +is cadmium sulphide, which contains 77.78 per cent. of cadmium. It is a +yellow powder insoluble in solutions of the alkalies, alkaline +sulphides, or cyanide of potassium. It dissolves readily in acid. It +cannot be ignited in a current of hydrogen without loss.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the cadmium is concentrated by evaporation, and +mixed with an excess of oxalic acid and alcohol. The precipitate is +filtered, washed with alcohol, dissolved in hot hydrochloric acid, and +titrated with permanganate of potassium.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_64_64" id="Footnote_64_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a> When chromium is present some of the iron may escape +precipitation but it can be recovered from the solution by means of +ammonic sulphide.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_65_65" id="Footnote_65_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a> +</p><p> +(1) 10FeSO<sub>4</sub> + 2KMnO<sub>4</sub> + 8H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = 5Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub> + 2MnSO<sub>4</sub> + +K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + 8H<sub>2</sub>O. +(2) 6FeCl<sub>2</sub> + K<sub>2</sub>Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub> + 14HCl = 3Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + Cr<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + 2KCl + +7H<sub>2</sub>O.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_66_66" id="Footnote_66_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_66_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a> +</p><p><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(1) Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + SnCl<sub>2</sub> = 2FeCl<sub>2</sub> + SnCl<sub>4</sub>.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(2) Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + SH<sub>2</sub> = 2FeCl<sub>2</sub> + 2HCl + S.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(3) Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>3</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O = 2FeCl<sub>2</sub> + Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + 2HCl.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(4) Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + Zn = 2FeCl<sub>2</sub> + ZnCl<sub>2</sub>.</span><br /></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_67_67" id="Footnote_67_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a> 20 grams of stannous chloride and 20 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid are diluted to one litre.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_68_68" id="Footnote_68_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_68_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a> The maximum reducing effect of zinc is obtained by +exposing as large a surface as possible of the metal in a hot +concentrated solution containing but little free acid (Thorpe).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_69_69" id="Footnote_69_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a> About 5 inches in diameter.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_70_70" id="Footnote_70_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a> 61: 60:: 59: 58.13. +</p><p> +The iron in the ore is, then, the same in amount as that in 58.13 c.c. +of the ferric chloride solution; and since 100 c.c. of the latter +contain 1 gram of iron, 58.13 c.c. of the same contains 0.5813 gram of +iron; and, further, if 1 gram of ore carries this amount of iron, 100 +grams of ore will obviously give 58.13 grams of iron.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_71_71" id="Footnote_71_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_71_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a> These compounds are Ni<sub>2</sub>As and Co<sub>2</sub>As.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_72_72" id="Footnote_72_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a> With large quantities of iron the ferric precipitate +should be re-dissolved and re-precipitated. The filtrate must be added +to the original filtrate.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_73_73" id="Footnote_73_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a> +<br /> +4KCy + NiSO<sub>4</sub> = K<sub>2</sub>NiCy<sub>4</sub> + K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub><br /> +2KCy + AgNO<sub>3</sub> = KAgCy<sub>2</sub> + KNO<sub>3</sub><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">∴ 2AgNO<sub>3</sub> = Ni</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_74_74" id="Footnote_74_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a> Zn + H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = H<sub>2</sub> + ZnSO<sub>4</sub>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_75_75" id="Footnote_75_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a> These 104 c.c. are equivalent to 100 c.c. of dry air at 0° +C. and 760 mm.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2> + +<h3>TIN—TUNGSTEN—TITANIUM.</h3> + + +<h4>TIN.</h4> + +<p>Tin occurs in nature as cassiterite (containing from 90 to 95 per cent. +of oxide of tin), which mineral is the source from which the whole of +the tin of commerce is derived. Tin also occurs as sulphide combined +with sulphides of copper and iron in the mineral stannine or bell-metal +ore. It is a constituent of certain rare minerals, such as tantalite.</p> + +<p>The methods of assaying tin in actual use are remarkable when compared +with those of other metals. The more strictly chemical methods are +rendered troublesome by the oxide being insoluble in acids, resembling +in this respect the gangue with which it is associated. Moreover, it is +not readily decomposed by fusion with alkalies. The oxide has first to +be reduced to metal before the tin can be dissolved. The reduction may +be performed by fusing with potassic cyanide, by heating to moderate +redness in a current of hydrogen or coal gas, or by heating to a higher +temperature with carbon. The reduced metal is only slowly dissolved by +hydrochloric acid, and although it is readily soluble in aqua regia, the +solution cannot be evaporated or freed from the excess of acids, by +boiling, without loss of tin, because of the volatility of stannic +chloride. There has long been a difficulty in getting a quick wet +method.</p> + +<p>The process of assaying tin ores adopted in the mines of Cornwall is a +mechanical one known as "vanning," the object of which is to find the +percentage of "black tin," which, it is well to remember, is not pure +cassiterite, much less pure oxide of tin. Tin ore, as taken from the +lode, contains from 2 to 5 per cent. of cassiterite, and is mainly made +up of quartz, felspar, chlorite, schorl, and other stony minerals, +together with more or less mispickel, iron and copper pyrites, oxide of +iron, and wolfram. The cassiterite has a specific gravity (6.4 to 7.1) +considerably higher than that of the vein-stuff (2.5 to 3.0), and is +concentrated by a series of washings till it is free from the lighter +material. Those minerals which have a specific gravity approaching that +of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span> the cassiterite are not completely removed. The mispickel and copper +and iron pyrites are converted into oxides by roasting, and are in great +part removed by a subsequent washing. The concentrated product is known +as "black tin," and in this condition is sold to the smelter. The chief +foreign matters in the black tin are silica, oxides of iron and copper, +and wolfram, with traces of manganese and niobic acid; and in certain +stream ores there may be as much as 6 or 7 per cent. of titaniferous +iron. The black tin from the mines contains from 5 to 12 per cent. of +water, and is sold and assayed wet. A series of typical samples of black +tin ranged as follows:—</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Source of Material.</td><td align='center'>Percentage of Metal in Dry Ore.</td><td align='center'>Specific Gravity.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Good mine ore</td><td align='center'>72.0</td><td align='center'>6.39</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Inferior do.</td><td align='center'>71.5</td><td align='center'>6.64</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Titaniferous stream ore</td><td align='center'>67.0</td><td align='center'>6.39</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mine ore with wolfram</td><td align='center'>64.5</td><td align='center'>6.67</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ore from stream works</td><td align='center'>58.5</td><td align='center'>5.99</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will be seen from these figures that black tin is a very variable +substance; and that the specific gravity is largely influenced by the +impurities; hence, it is only an indication of the percentage of metal +when the same kind of ore is dealt with.</p> + +<p>As already pointed out, the object of vanning is to determine the +proportion of black tin in the lode stuff. The relation between the +actual content in oxide of tin and the produce got by vanning has been +tested on several occasions with results which show a fair degree of +approximation.</p> + +<p>The following are some published results of assays of the same batch of +ore. The vanning results were obtained by a Cornish vanner of recognised +ability, and the wet assays by two London firms of the highest +standing:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Vanning results:</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>(Average)</td><td align='left'>91 lbs.</td><td align='left'>of "black tin."</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Wet Assay results:</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>A</td><td align='left'>83.7 lbs.</td><td align='left'>of stannic oxide.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>B</td><td align='left'>79.7 lbs.</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The vanner reported his black tin as containing 70 per cent. of tin. +This will bring his result, if calculated as stannic oxide, to 80.9 lbs. +to the ton; which agrees with the others.</p> + +<p>According to our experience the "van" assay agrees fairly well with the +"wet" one, if the black tin is assumed to contain 92.5 per cent. of +stannic oxide (SnO<sub>2</sub>).</p> + +<p>Vanners are, as a rule, skilful men, and show remarkable dexterity in +separating the black tin, with the help of their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span> apparatus, which +consists simply of a shovel and a kieve of water. An account of the +process is given below. But different vanners, all good men, will get +different results working on material new to them. The black tin weighed +by the vanner is supposed to correspond in quality with the black tin +returned from the floors of the mine for which he is assaying, but this +differs materially in different mines with the nature of the gangue. The +process leaves too much to the judgment of the vanner. It is more than +probable that in practice the returns from the dressing-floors check the +assayer, instead of, as should properly be the case, the assayer +checking the returns. It is only when this last is done that any control +is had over the system of dressing. A correct assay of this ore is a +matter of some importance, because of the high price of the metal.</p> + +<p>The method of assaying the black tin is a dry one, and consists of +mixing it with "culm," and submitting it in a black-lead crucible to the +highest temperature of a wind furnace. The sample is taken wet as it +arrives at the smelting house, and is assayed direct. The product of the +assay is examined, and a deduction of a considerable percentage is very +properly made for impurities, since the assay really determines the +percentage, not merely of tin, but of the bodies present which are +reducible at a white heat. The judgment as to how much is to be deducted +is assisted partly by an examination of the metal got from the assay, +and partly by the experience acquired in smelting similar ores. The +produce, which is that of the impure tin, is stated in parts in twenty; +thus a produce of 14 is equivalent to 70 per cent., or to 14 cwt. per +ton.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 364px;"> +<img src="images/fig057.jpg" width="364" height="300" alt="Fig. 57." title="" /> + +</div> + +<h4>MECHANICAL SEPARATION.—VANNING.</h4> + +<p>This process, which has already been referred to, is carried out as +follows:—After sampling the ore in the ordinary way, a quantity +(varying with its richness) is weighed out. Special weights are +generally used. The standard weight, marked 200, weighs about an ounce; +with poor ores this quantity is taken for an assay, but with richer ores +100 or even 50 is sufficient. The unit of weight has no special name, +but the parts in 200 are spoken of as the produce; thus, if 200 of ore +were taken and 9.5 of black tin were separated, the produce would be +9-1/2: obviously half the "produce" will give the percentage. The +weighed portion of the ore is placed on the vanning shovel. The vanner +stands in front of a tub of water (kieve) and allows 30 or 40 c.c. of +water to flow on to the ore. He then raises the shovel a little above +the surface of the water, and, holding it nearly horizontal, briskly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span> +rotates the water by imparting to the shovel a slight circular motion, +passing into an elliptical one (front to back). This causes the finer +mud to be suspended in the liquid, which is then run off, leaving the +body of the ore in the centre of the shovel. This is repeated until the +water after standing a moment is fairly clear. About half as much water +as before is brought on; then, with a motion which is similar to the +previous one, but with a jerk added in one direction, the heavier +minerals are thrown up, and the stony matter brought back. The jerk is +produced just as the wave of water is returning. The descending wave of +water draws with it the bulkier and lighter particles of the ore, whilst +the heavier matter lying on the bottom is scarcely affected by it. The +jerky motion, however, carries it to the front of the shovel. The +lighter stuff is washed off, and the residue dried by holding the shovel +over the furnace. It now corresponds, more or less, to the stuff which +on the mine is sent to the calciner. It is swept from the shovel into a +scoop, and transferred to a hot crucible; in which it is calcined until +free from sulphur. Some vanners calcine their samples before commencing +to van. The calcined ore is shaken out of the crucible on to the shovel; +rubbed up with a hammer; and washed (as at first) to get rid of the +finer and lighter "waste." The separating motions are again gone +through; and the "head" of the best of the black tin is thrown well up +on one side of the shovel in the form of a crescent, so as to leave room +on the shovel to work with the "tailings." The quantity of water used is +kept low, to prevent this "crop" tin from being washed back again. The +tailings are then crushed to free the tin from adherent oxide of iron; +and again washed to throw up the remaining tin ore. As this tin is +finely divided, it is more difficult to bring it up, so that a vigorous +and rapid motion is required. The tailings are now washed off, and the +whole of the black tin is brought into the centre of the shovel. It +requires two or three washings more to free it from the waste it +contains. Very small quantities of water are used. The purity of the +black tin can be seen by its appearance on the shovel. The cleaned ore +is dried as before, freed from particles of iron with the aid of a +magnet, and weighed. The weighings are carried to 1/8th of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span> unit +used. The following example illustrates the method of calculation +adopted on the mine. A parcel of 1 ton 2 cwt. 3 qrs. of tin ore with a +produce of 45 (equal to 22-1/2 per cent.) contains 5 cwt. 0 qrs. 12 lbs. +of black tin. This result is obtained as follows:—</p> + +<pre> +ton cwt. qrs. + 1 2 3 + 9 } +----------------- } + 10 4 3 } equivalent to multiplying by 45. + 5 } +---------------- } + 5.1 3 3 strike off the first figure to the right. + 4 multiply by 4 to reduce to quarters. +--------- + 4 12 + 3 +--------- + 4 15 + 28 multiply by 28 to reduce to pounds. +----- +112 + 15 +----- + 12.7 strike off the first figure to the right. +</pre> + +<p>Similarly, a parcel of 20 tons 10 cwt. with a produce of 9-1/2 contains +19 cwt. 1 qr. 25 lbs. of black tin. For the following information, as +well as for much of that already given about vanning, we are indebted to +Captain Reynolds, of Cook's Kitchen Mine. "To have a complete set of +tools for all vanning purposes, it will be necessary to get the +following:—A vanning shovel 14 inches long and 13 inches wide, weighing +not over 2-3/4 pounds. It is made of hammered sheet iron of the shape +shown in fig. 57. It must have a light wooden handle (preferably of +deal) 3 feet long. A bruising hammer, weighing 2-1/2 pounds, with a +handle 1 foot long. A pair of tongs (furnace) 2-1/2 feet long, made of +1/2-inch round iron. And a set of ordinary clay crucibles for calcining. +There ought to be two sets of scales and weights: the first should be +confined to weighing the powdered tin stuff, and the second ought to be +a much higher class one, for weighing the black tin obtained. The +furnace for roasting the sample should be 10 inches square and 12 inches +deep, with the fire-bars at the bottom three-quarters of an inch apart. +The water-box for vanning in should be at least 4 feet long, 2 feet 6 +inches wide, and 8 inches deep."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>DRY METHODS.</h4> + +<p>For the following description of the process adopted in Cornwall we are +indebted to Mr. A.K. Barnett, F.G.S., of Chyandour.</p> + +<p><b>Cornish Method.</b>—<i>Tin Ore Assay.</i>—The ore to be smelted or assayed +should be concentrated to say not less than 50 per cent. of metallic +tin; though to obtain satisfactory results it should be brought nearer +70 per cent., as with ore containing less than 40 to 50 per cent. of +metal there will be a considerable loss both in the assaying and in the +smelting. If the ore to be operated on does not contain this quantity of +metal, then the sample (if coarse) must be reduced to a fine state, the +gangue being removed by vanning, and the ore saved for the fire assay.</p> + +<p>The method adopted for the determination of tin in the ore is as +follows:—About 2-1/2 ounces troy (1200 grains, or about 80 grams) of +the ore to be assayed is weighed out and mixed on a flat copper pan +(shaped with a long lip) with one-fifth of its weight (240 grains, or +15.5 grams) of powdered culm (anthracite). The mixture of ore and culm +is either transferred to a black-lead crucible before the latter is put +into the furnace, or, as some prefer, it is carefully swept into a +crucible which has been imbedded in the fire. Some assayers cover their +pots with a flat cover placed loosely on, while others leave the mixture +in the open pot. The furnace, which has been previously fired to a +strong heat, is then covered, and the sample is subjected to a sharp +fire for a period of from twelve to twenty minutes. No definite time can +be stated, as, besides the strength of the fire, the quality and +condition of the ore, and the impurities associated with it, greatly +affects the time required for the complete reduction of the ore. As soon +as the mixture in the crucible has settled down to a uniform white heat, +and any very slight ebullition which may have taken place has subsided, +the crucible is gently shaken, removed from the fire (the culm-ash or +slag which covers the metal being carefully drawn aside with an iron +scraper), and the metal is poured quickly into an iron ingot-mould, +which is usually placed on a copper pan to save the culm-slag and the +adherent metal which comes out with it. The crucible is then carefully +scraped, and the scrapings, together with the contents of the mould and +pan, are transferred to a mortar. There the ingot of tin is freed from +slag and then taken to the scales. The rest, after being finely +powdered, is passed through a sieve. The flattened particles of tin +which remain on the sieve are weighed with the ingot (the <i>lump</i>, as it +is called); whilst the siftings are vanned on a shovel, and (the slag +being washed off) the fine tin is collected, dried, and weighed with the +rest: the whole gives the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span> produce or percentage of metal in the ore. +The results of the assays are expressed in cwts. of metal in the ton of +ore. The percentage is rarely given and never used in Cornwall. +Thus—"13-1/2 Produce" would mean that the assay yielded results at the +rate of 13-1/2 cwts. of metal for one ton of the ore. Some assayers use +a little powdered fluor-spar to assist the fusion of refractory slags. A +small quantity of borax will also occasionally be of service for ores +containing silica in excess of any iron that may be present. The borax +renders the slag more fusible, and assists the formation of a larger +lump (with less fine tin in the slag) than would be obtained by the use +of culm alone.</p> + +<p>The quality and the percentage of <i>pure tin</i> in the metal will vary +considerably, according to the impurities that are associated with the +ore to be assayed.</p> + +<p>The crude lump is then remelted in a small iron ladle at as low a +temperature as possible, and the fused metal is poured into a shallow +trench about 4 inches long by 3/4 of an inch wide cut in a block of +white marble. The metal will be silvery-white if the temperature +employed be correct; if too hot, the surface will show a yellow, red, or +blue colour (according to the heat employed); in such case the metal +should be remelted at a lower temperature. If the metal on cooling +remains perfectly clear and bright, then it may be assumed that the tin +is of good quality and commercially pure. A crystallised or frosted +appearance of the metal indicates the presence of some alloy, say of +iron, copper, zinc, lead, antimony, &c. The assayer who has had much +practice can readily distinguish the metal or metals that are associated +with the ore by noting the appearance of the tin on cooling; and can +fairly judge the quantity of impurity present by the amount of the +crystallisation or stain.</p> + +<p>Whilst the foregoing method of assaying cannot lay claim to scientific +accuracy, it is by no means so imperfect as some writers would have us +believe, who state that a loss of 5 to 10 per cent. arises in the +operation. It is certainly the most ready and expeditious mode of +determining the commercial value of a parcel of tin ore, which, after +all, is the main object of all assaying operations.</p> + +<p>The difficulty which beginners find in obtaining satisfactory results, +and any loss of metal which those not accustomed to the process may +incur, will invariably occur in the vanning of the powdered slag for the +fine tin, the rest of the operations being easy of execution, and +requiring only the ordinary care necessary for all metallurgical work.</p> + +<p>There is no doubt that if low percentage ores containing silica are +assayed in this manner, low results are obtained, as it is impossible<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span> +to reduce the whole of the tin in the presence of free silica; with this +class of ores, care should be taken to remove some of the silica by +preliminary vanning, or some flux should be added which will combine +with the silica, and so prevent its entering into combination with the +tin. Low quality tin ores containing iron, copper, lead, zinc, antimony, +etc., combined with arsenic, sulphur, or oxygen, will give very much +higher results than the actual percentage of tin in the sample. The +other metals (being readily reduced in the presence of tin) alloy with +it, and give a hard lump difficult to fuse in the iron ladle; where the +quantity of foreign metals is large, the metal can only be melted to a +stiff pasty mass; so that (in determining the value of a ton of tin ore, +or even reporting on the percentage of tin it contains) not only must +the weight of the assay be the basis for calculation, but the quality +and character of the metal obtained must also be considered. Thus two +ores of tin might be assayed both yielding a similar <i>produce</i>, say +13-1/2 (67-1/2 per cent.), and yet one might contain 5 per cent. less +tin than the other.</p> + +<p>If it be required to obtain the pure metal from tin ores containing the +ores of other metals associated with them, the latter must be removed by +digesting in strong hydrochloric acid, and washing. The assay may then +be conducted in the usual way, and a fairly pure lump will be obtained.</p> + +<p>If wolfram be present in any appreciable quantity in the ore, it +considerably reduces the proportion of lump, and at the same time it +increases the fine tin (or <i>prillion</i>, as it is termed) in the assay. +This may be got rid of by boiling in aqua regia, and dissolving out the +tungstic acid which has been liberated by means of ammonia.</p> + +<p>It will be seen that this method of assaying tin has its advantages and +its drawbacks. It is quickly performed; with ores of good quality it +gives results not to be excelled by any other process; and it gives the +smelter the actual alloy and quality of metal he may expect to get in +the smelting of the ore, which no other mode of assaying will do: +against which may be set the skill required to obtain accurate results +with the vanning shovel; the loss of metal in poor ores containing an +excess of silica; and the high results from ores containing a large +quantity of metallic impurities.</p> + +<p><b>Cyanide Method.</b>—Weigh up 20 grams of the ore and dry it on a scoop +over the Bunsen flame. When dry, weigh, and calculate the percentage of +water from the loss in weight. Transfer the dried ore to an evaporating +dish, and cover with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; boil for 10 or 12 +minutes, and then add 5 c.c.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span> of nitric acid and boil again. Dilute with +water, and filter. Transfer the filter and its contents to an E +Battersea crucible, and calcine it for a few minutes. Cool, and weigh +the residue. The loss equals the oxides soluble in acid. Transfer the +residue to the crucible and mix it with its own weight of cyanide of +potassium; add a similar amount of "cyanide" as a cover. Place in the +furnace, and when the charge has attained the temperature of the furnace +(in from 3 to 6 minutes), remove it at once; tap the pot <i>vigorously</i> +several times, and then pour its contents quietly into a mould. Dissolve +the slag in water, clean, dry, and weigh the button of tin.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Tin ore is detected by its insolubility in acids, high +specific gravity, and characteristic appearance in water. The powder is +separated from the lighter gangue by washing. It is fused in a Berlin +crucible with five times its weight of potassic cyanide at a moderately +high temperature in a muffle, or over the blowpipe. The slag is washed +off with water, and the metallic buttons or residue treated with +hydrochloric acid (not aqua regia), for some time. One portion of the +solution strikes a purple colour with chloride of gold, another portion +gives a white or grey precipitate or cloudiness with mercuric chloride. +These reactions are characteristic of tin as stannous chloride.</p> + +<p>Metallic tin treated with nitric acid becomes converted into a white +insoluble powder (metastannic acid). Aqua regia dissolves tin readily, +forming stannic chloride, and in this solution the metal is detected by +precipitation with sulphuretted hydrogen, which gives a yellow +precipitate. Tin in solution as stannic or stannous chloride is +precipitated as metal by means of zinc.</p> + +<p>The fact that tin forms two well-defined series of compounds is taken +advantage of in assaying (just as in the case of iron), by determining +how much of an oxidising agent is required to convert it from the +stannous into the stannic state. For example, on the addition of a +solution of permanganate of potash to a solution of stannous chloride +the oxidation goes on rapidly, and the finishing point is sharp and +distinct; but acid solutions of stannous chloride quickly take up oxygen +from that dissolved in the water used and from the air. Unfortunately, +there is no obvious sign that such oxidation has taken place, except +that (fatal to the assay) a smaller volume of the permanganate is +required. Great care is required with such solutions, both before and +during titration. The addition of an excess of ferric chloride to the +stannous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span> solution, as soon as the whole of the tin has been dissolved, +will lessen this liability to oxidation.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—If the tin is present in an alloy, the substance is +boiled in an evaporating dish with dilute nitric acid until the whole of +the material is attacked. Evaporate nearly to dryness, dilute, boil for +a few minutes, and filter off the white insoluble residue. Under certain +circumstances this residue will be nearly free from other metals, in +which case it is ignited and weighed. If not known to be pure it must be +ignited, reduced in a current of hydrogen, and treated as subsequently +described.</p> + +<p>When the tin is present as insoluble oxide in an ore, the substance is +finely powdered, and from 1 to 5 grams of it (according to its richness) +boiled with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid in an evaporating dish till the +oxide of iron is seen to be dissolved. Then add 1 c.c. of nitric acid +(or more if much pyrites, &c., is present) and continue the boiling till +these are decomposed; dilute and filter off, washing first with dilute +acid and afterwards with a little dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and place +in a combustion tube (together with the filter-ash) and heat to redness +for about thirty minutes in a current of dried hydrogen.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig058.jpg" width="450" height="115" alt="Fig. 58." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The oxide of tin is placed in a porcelain boat (fig. 58), which is then +introduced into a piece of combustion tube. The latter, wrapped in a +piece of wire gauze, is supported on a couple of iron rings, and heated +by one or two Bunsen burners in a furnace fitted up with loose +fire-brick tiles, as shown in fig. 59.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig059.jpg" width="450" height="136" alt="Fig. 59." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>When the reduction is complete the tube is allowed to cool; the boat is +removed and the tin dissolved. Add a rod of zinc to the freely-acid hot +solution, and in a few minutes decant through a filter and wash with +water, after having removed the zinc. Wash the precipitated metal back +into the beaker, and dissolve in 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, +evaporate off the excess of acid;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span> dilute, boil, and filter. Wash, dry, +ignite strongly in a porcelain crucible, and weigh.</p> + +<p>In the absence of antimony the above separation works very well, but if +this metal is present in quantity the metals precipitated on the zinc +must be covered with hydrochloric acid and treated with a few drops of +nitric. It is then warmed with iron wire until no more of the latter +dissolves. The antimony is precipitated as metal, and the tin remains in +solution as stannous chloride. The antimony is filtered off, and may be +washed with alcohol, and weighed, whilst the tin in the filtrate is +precipitated with zinc, and treated as already described.</p> + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>If the tin is not already in the metallic state it is reduced to this +condition by the method given (precipitation by zinc). Treat the +finely-divided metal (washed free from chlorides) in a four-inch +evaporating dish with 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, cover with a +clock-glass, and apply a gentle heat until the precipitate appears of a +white colour and the metal is completely attacked. Evaporate nearly to +dryness on a water-bath; then add 50 c.c. of water, heat to boiling, and +filter. Wash with hot water, dry, transfer to a weighed porcelain +crucible, add the filter-ash, ignite strongly, and weigh. The +precipitate after ignition is stannic oxide (SnO<sub>2</sub>). It is a +yellowish-white powder (darker whilst hot), insoluble in acids, and +contains 78.67 per cent. of tin. Cold dilute nitric acid dissolves tin +to a clear solution, which becomes a white enamel-like jelly on heating; +this (filtered off, washed, and dried) forms an opal-like substance, +which is converted on ignition into stannic oxide with evolution of +nitrous fumes. Stannic oxide when ignited with chlorides is more or less +completely converted into stannic chloride, which volatilises. The +presence of chlorides during the evaporation with nitric acid causes a +similar loss.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Tin in an Alloy.</b>—(<i>Bronze.</i>)—Take 2 grams, and +attack with 20 c.c. of dilute nitric acid in a covered beaker with the +aid of heat. Boil till the bulk is reduced by one-half, dilute with 50 +c.c. of water, allow to settle for a few minutes, and filter; wash well +first with water acidulated with a little nitric acid, and afterwards +with water; dry, ignite, and weigh as stannic oxide.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Tin in Tin Ore.</b>—Treat 5 grams of the dried and +finely-powdered ore with 30 c.c. of hydrochloric acid in a four-inch +evaporating dish. After the soluble oxides have been dissolved add 1 or +2 c.c. of nitric acid, boil off nitrous fumes,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span> dilute, and filter. Dry +the filter, transfer the cleaned ore to a piece of combustion tube ten +or twelve inches long and narrowed at one end. Pass a current of +hydrogen through the tube and heat to redness for 30 minutes; cool +whilst the gas is still passing. Dissolve in 20 c.c. of dilute +hydrochloric acid and keep the solution tinted with permanganate of +potassium. When the colour of the permanganate becomes permanent dilute +to a bulk of 50 c.c. with water, filter, and wash. Heat; add a rod of +zinc weighing about 3 grams; allow to stand for a few minutes; decant +through a filter; and wash, removing the remaining zinc and returning +the tin to the beaker. Treat with 5 c.c. of dilute nitric acid, boil for +some time, take up with water, filter, wash, dry, ignite, and weigh as +stannic oxide.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p><b>Titration with Solution of Permanganate of Potassium.</b>—This titration +may be made either directly on the solution of stannous chloride +(prepared by dissolving the precipitated metal in hydrochloric acid), or +indirectly, on a solution of ferrous chloride (produced by the reducing +action of the precipitated metal on ferric chloride). The standard +solution of permanganate of potassium is made by dissolving 5.356 grams +of the salt in water and diluting to one litre. 100 c.c. are equivalent +to 1.00 gram of tin.</p> + +<p>The precipitated tin is transferred to a flask; and dissolved in 10 c.c. +hydrochloric acid, with the aid of heat and in an atmosphere of carbonic +acid. The acid and metal are placed in the flask; which is then filled +with the gas, and stopped with a cork provided with a rubber valve. When +solution is complete the flask is again filled with carbonic acid. Fifty +c.c. of water freed from air and saturated with carbonic acid are then +added. This water is made by adding a gram of bicarbonate of soda and 2 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid to 100 c.c. of water: the effervescence sweeps +out the dissolved oxygen. The permanganate of potassium solution is then +run in from a stop-cock burette in the usual way until a faint pink +tinge is obtained.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variations in the +conditions of the assay. A solution of stannous chloride equivalent in +strength to the "permanganate" was made by dissolving 19.06 grams of the +crystallised salt (SnCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O.) in 50 c.c. of water and 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid and diluting to 1 litre with water freed from +dissolved oxygen. 100 c.c. contain 1 gram of tin. In the first +experiments tap water was used and no precautions were taken for +excluding air. Except when otherwise<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span> stated, 20 c.c. of the stannous +chloride were used in each experiment with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, +and were diluted to 100 c.c. with water before titration.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Hydrochloric Acid.</b></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acid added</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required</td><td align='left'>18.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.9</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.8</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The only effect of the increase in quantity of acid was to give the +brown of perchloride of manganese instead of the pink of permanganic +acid to mark the finishing point.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15° C.</td><td align='left'>50° C.</td><td align='left'>70° C.</td><td align='left'>100° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.4 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Rate of Atmospheric Oxidation.</b>—Solutions ready for titration were +exposed to air at the ordinary temperature for varying lengths of time +and then titrated.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Time exposed</td><td align='left'>0 min.</td><td align='left'>5 min.</td><td align='left'>10 min.</td><td align='left'>20 min.</td><td align='left'>60 min.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.6 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It is best to titrate at once, although the loss by oxidation is only +small after one hour's exposure.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Tin.</b></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride added</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required</td><td align='left'>0.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>8.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>47.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>95.4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required.</td><td align='left'>9.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>17.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15.1</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The two last series show an interference, which is due to the oxygen +dissolved in the water, as may be seen from the following similar +experiments, which were, however, performed with water freed from oxygen +and in which the titrations were effected in an atmosphere of carbonic +acid.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Tin.</b>—A new solution of stannous chloride was used.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous chloride added</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>49.6</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>99.3</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>30.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Permanganate" required</td><td align='left'>19.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.8</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.8</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span></p> + +<p>It will be seen that in working under these conditions the results are +proportional and the method satisfactory.</p> + +<p><b>Examination of Tin Phosphide.</b>—(<i>Phosphor Tin</i>.)—This substance is +used in the manufacture of "phosphor bronze" and similar alloys. It is a +crystalline, imperfectly-malleable, metallic substance. It is soluble in +hydrochloric acid with effervescence; phosphoretted hydrogen, which +inflames on the addition of a drop or two of nitric acid, being evolved. +It is attacked by nitric acid, yielding a white powder of stannic +phosphate; this is not easily decomposed by ammonium sulphide or readily +soluble in hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>"Phosphor-tin" is made up only of tin and phosphorus. For the estimation +weigh up 1 gram. Place in a weighed Berlin dish; and cover with 10 c.c. +of nitric acid and 3 or 4 c.c. of water. Let the reaction proceed (under +a clock-glass) on the water-bath till complete. Remove the glass; +evaporate to dryness, and ignite, at first gently over a Bunsen burner, +and afterwards in the muffle at a red heat. Cool in the desiccator, and +weigh as quickly as possible when cold. The substance contains the tin +as stannic oxide, SnO<sub>2</sub>, and the phosphorus as phosphoric oxide, +P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>. The increase in weight on the gram of substance taken gives +the weight of the oxygen taken up by the phosphorus and tin, and since 1 +gram of tin takes up only 0.271 gram of oxygen, and 1 gram of phosphorus +takes up 1.29 gram, the proportion of tin to phosphorus can be +calculated from the increase in weight. For example, 1 gram of a sample +gave 1.3410 gram of mixed oxides, which is 0.070 gram in excess of that +which would be got with pure tin. If the substance was all phosphorus +the excess would be 1.0190 gram; consequently the proportion of +phosphorus in the substance is 0.070 / 1.019, or 6.87 per cent. The tin +is calculated by difference, 93.13 per cent.</p> + +<p>Another method of separating and determining the phosphorus is as +follows:—Take 1 gram of the substance and add to it 15 c.c. of hot aqua +regia. Boil till dissolved, dilute, and precipitate the tin with +sulphuretted hydrogen. To the filtrate add ammonia and "magnesia +mixture." Filter; wash the precipitate with dilute ammonia; dry, ignite, +and weigh as magnesic pyrophosphate. Calculate the phosphorus, and take +the tin by difference.</p> + +<p>A sample of phosphor tin gave—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Tin</td><td align='left'>93.1</td><td align='left'>per cent. (by difference)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Phosphorus</td><td align='left'>6.9</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>——-</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Tin Arsenide.</b>—This is met with in tin-smelting; it closely resembles +the phosphide, but the crystals have a duller grey<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span> appearance. It +contains simply tin and arsenic. The determination is made by treating 1 +gram of the substance with nitric acid and weighing the mixed oxides of +tin and arsenic in the same manner as in the case of the phosphide. One +gram of arsenic will give 1.533 gram of arsenic oxide, As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>; +consequently the excess of weight of the mixed oxides over 1.271 gram +must be divided by 0.262; the result multiplied by 100 gives the +percentage of arsenic. In consequence of the higher atomic weight of +arsenic the results by this method are not so close as with the +phosphide. Each milligram of excess weight (over 1.271) represents 0.38 +per cent. of arsenic, As. Both in this and in the corresponding +phosphide determination care must be taken to avoid absorption of +moisture, by allowing the oxides to cool in a desiccator and weighing +quickly.</p> + +<p>The percentage of arsenic is better determined as follows:—Weigh up 1 +gram of the substance, dissolve in aqua regia, dilute, and pass +sulphuretted hydrogen. Render alkaline with ammonia, and add ammonium +sulphide till the precipitate is dissolved. Add "magnesia mixture." +Filter off the precipitate, wash with dilute ammonia, ignite with a few +drops of nitric acid, and weigh as magnesic pyrarsenate. Calculate the +arsenic and take the tin by difference. A sample treated in this way +gave—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Tin</td><td align='left'>96.8</td><td align='left'>per cent. by difference</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='left'>3.2</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>——-</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Examination of Black Tin.</b>—Dry the ore, and reduce it to a fine +powder. Weigh up 2 grams, and boil with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and +2 c.c. of nitric for ten or fifteen minutes. Filter, and reserve the +filtrate.</p> + +<p><b>Tungstic Acid.</b>—Digest the residue with about 50 c.c. of water and a +few c.c. of dilute ammonia for a few minutes, and filter; collect the +filtrate in a weighed porcelain dish, evaporate to dryness, ignite, and +weigh as tungstic acid, WO<sub>3</sub>.</p> + +<p><b>Stannic Oxide.</b>—Dry, ignite, and weigh the insoluble residue. Transfer +to a porcelain boat, and reduce in a current of hydrogen at a red heat +for half an hour. Allow to cool whilst the hydrogen is still passing. +Transfer the boat to a beaker, and dissolve up the tin in 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid and a c.c. or so of nitric. Wash out the combustion +tube with some acid and add the washing to the contents of the beaker. +Warm gently, dilute with water, and filter. Collect, dry, ignite, and +weigh the insoluble residue. Through the filtrate pass a rapid current +of sulphuretted hydrogen, allow to settle, and filter. Wash the +precipitate with hot water, dry, calcine gently; ignite with ammonium +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span>carbonate, and weigh as stannic oxide, SnO<sub>2</sub>. The insoluble residue +will in most cases retain some tin. Fuse it with fusion mixture, take up +with hydrochloric acid, filter, pass sulphuretted hydrogen through the +filtrate, collect and wash the sulphide of tin. Ignite and weigh as +stannic oxide, and add it to that previously obtained.</p> + +<p><b>Copper.</b>—Pass sulphuretted hydrogen through the acid filtrate obtained +in the first cleaning of the ore, collect the precipitate, and wash +first with soda solution and then with hot water. Dry, ignite, and weigh +as cupric oxide, CuO. Mix the filtrate with that from the main portion +of the sulphide of tin.</p> + +<p><b>Ferric Oxide.</b>—Boil off the sulphuretted hydrogen from the mixed +filtrates and peroxidise with nitric acid. Add ammonia in slight excess, +boil, filter, dry, ignite, and weigh the precipitate as ferric oxide. +This will be practically pure, but the iron in it must be determined by +dissolving and titrating. The filtrate from the iron may contain zinc, +lime, and magnesia, but rarely in quantities sufficient to be +determined.</p> + +<p><b>Silica, &c.</b>—-The silica may be calculated from the weight of the +residue insoluble in acid, after the reduction of the tin in hydrogen, +by deducting from it the weight of the oxide of tin subsequently found. +Or it may be determined as follows:—The insoluble portion is fused with +fusion mixture, and taken up with hydrochloric acid, as already +described. On filtering, the filter will retain a portion of the silica. +The rest is recovered, after the removal of the stannous sulphide, by +evaporating to dryness, taking up with hydrochloric acid, and filtering +through the same filter. It is washed, dried, ignited, and weighed as +silica. The filtrate from the silica is boiled with a little nitric acid +and precipitated with ammonia. The precipitate is collected, washed, +ignited, and weighed as ferric oxide and alumina (but it frequently +contains oxide of titanium). When the last is present it is determined +by fusing with bisulphate of potash and extracting with cold water. The +solution is nearly neutralised with ammonia, charged with sulphurous +acid, and boiled. The precipitate is collected, washed, dried, ignited, +and weighed as oxide of titanium, TiO<sub>2</sub>. The difference between this +weight and that of the combined oxides gives the ferric oxide and +alumina. The filtrate from the mixed oxides is examined for lime and +magnesia.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphur.</b>—Rub up 5 grams of the ore with 5 grams of nitre, transfer to +a porcelain dish, and fuse over a Bunsen burner for fifteen minutes. +When cold, extract with water, and determine the sulphur volumetrically +with standard barium chloride. The sulphur may be present as sulphide or +sulphate.</p> + +<p><b>Arsenic.</b>—Take 5 grams, and evaporate with nitric acid; dilute, add +ammonia, pass sulphuretted hydrogen, and filter.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span></p> + +<p>To the filtrate add "magnesia mixture." Collect the precipitate, ignite +with nitric acid, and weigh as magnesic pyrarsenate.</p> + +<p>The following may be taken as an example of the composition of an impure +black tin:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Tungstic acid</td><td align='right'>1.8%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannic oxide</td><td align='right'>79.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='right'>2.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Titanic oxide</td><td align='right'>0.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper oxide</td><td align='right'>0.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferric oxide</td><td align='right'>13.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='right'>0.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'>0.3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>99.2</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Examination of Hardhead.</b>—In the smelting of tin ores a quantity of +speise, known as "hardhead," is produced. It is essentially an arsenide +of iron, carrying a considerable quantity of tin. Much of this last is +present in the form of small buttons of metal distributed through the +mass. The buttons can be seen on careful inspection, and become evident +on powdering.</p> + +<p>In assaying the substance, a variation in the usual method of sampling +is required, because of the quantity of metal present which cannot be +powdered. After powdering as finely as possible, the coarse particles +are sifted off and weighed. The weight of the powder is also taken. The +method of working is best illustrated by an example. A sample of +hardhead weighed 155.1 grams, and gave 21.0 grams of coarse particles, +equivalent to 13.5 per cent. of the whole. The fine portion weighed 134 +grams, which is equivalent to 86.5 per cent.</p> + +<p>Thirteen and a half grams of the coarse material were dissolved in aqua +regia, and diluted with water to 1 litre. Ten c.c. of this contain 0.135 +gram of the metallic portion, which is the amount contained in 1 gram of +the original hardhead. If, in a determination, 1 gram of the substance +is wanted, weigh up 0.865 gram of the powdered portion, and add to it 10 +c.c. of the solution. It will be seen that these together make up 1 gram +of the original sample. The solution of the metallic portion must be +saved until the analysis is finished.</p> + +<p><b>Tin and Copper.</b>—Weigh up the portion of the powdered stuff equivalent +to 1 gram of the sample. Transfer to a flask, and cover with 10 c.c. of +the solution of the metallic portion and 10 c.c. of aqua regia. Boil +gently till oxidation is complete and the nitric acid for the greater +part driven off. Dilute to 100 c.c. with water, and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen for some time. Filter, wash with hot water, and rinse through +the funnel back into the flask. Digest with yellow sodium sulphide until +only a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span> light, flocculent, black precipitate is left. Filter this off, +wash with hot water, dry, calcine, treat with a little nitric acid, +ignite, and weigh as copper oxide, CuO. The weight multiplied by 0.7983 +gives the weight of copper.</p> + +<p>The filtrate containing the tin is rendered acid with hydrochloric acid, +and filtered. The precipitate is rinsed into a half-pint beaker, covered +with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and boiled down to about 20 c.c. The +solution is filtered off from the sulphur and sulphide of arsenic, +which, after washing with hot water, is transferred to a flask labelled +"arsenic." A strip of sheet zinc (2 in. by 1 in.) is placed in the +solution. The evolution of hydrogen should be brisk. In five or ten +minutes decant off a few c.c. of the liquid, and test with sulphuretted +hydrogen for tin. If no yellowish precipitate is formed, decant off the +rest of the liquid, and wash the precipitated metal with hot water two +or three times by decantation. The metal should be in a lump; if there +are any floating particles they must be made to sink by compression with +a glass rod. Transfer the washed metal to an evaporating dish 3 or 4 in. +across, and cover with a few c.c. of hot water. Add nitric acid drop by +drop till the tin is completely attacked. Evaporate nearly to dryness, +and add a drop or two more of nitric acid and 20 c.c. of water. Boil and +filter. Wash with hot water, dry, ignite, and weigh as stannic oxide, +SnO<sub>2</sub>. Calculate to metallic tin by multiplying by 0.7867.<a name="FNanchor_76_76" id="FNanchor_76_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_76_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a></p> + +<p>The filtrate from the first treatment with sulphuretted hydrogen will +probably no longer smell of the gas. Warm and pass the gas for a few +minutes longer. Filter off any precipitate of sulphide of arsenic, and +transfer it to the flask for "arsenic." Boil the filtrate (ignoring any +signs of a further precipitation of arsenic) with a few c.c. of nitric +acid, and separate the iron as basic acetate. Wash; reserve the filtrate +for cobalt.</p> + +<p><b>Iron.</b>—Rinse back the "basic acetate," precipitate into the flask, add +ammonia, dilute with water to about 100 c.c., and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen for a few minutes. Filter, and wash with hot water. Collect the +filtrate in the flask labelled "arsenic." Boil the precipitate with +dilute sulphuric acid, filter, and titrate the filtrate with the +permanganate of potassium solution after boiling off the sulphuretted +hydrogen. Report the result as iron. The sulphuric acid will not effect +complete solution, a light black residue will remain, chiefly sulphur; +this must be rinsed into the filtrate from the acetate separation. It +contains cobalt.</p> + +<p><b>Cobalt.</b>—The filtrate from the acetate separation will have a pink +colour. Render it ammoniacal and pass sulphuretted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span> hydrogen. Collect +the precipitate on a filter, dry, and ignite. Dissolve in hydrochloric +acid, and evaporate nearly to dryness with an excess of nitric acid. +Dilute with 10 or 20 c.c. of water and add potash solution in slight +excess. Add acetic acid until the solution is acid and the precipitate +is quite dissolved. Add 20 or 30 c.c. of a strong solution of potassium +nitrite, and determine the cobalt, as described on pp. 254, 256. Boil +the filtrate from the cobalt, precipitate with hydrochloric acid, render +ammoniacal, and test for zinc, nickel, and manganese.</p> + +<p><i>The remainder of the tin</i> will be contained in the flask labelled +"arsenic." Acidify with hydrochloric acid and filter. Rinse into a +beaker, and evaporate to a small bulk with 10 c.c. of nitric acid. +Dilute and filter. Dry the precipitate, consisting of stannic arsenate +(2SnO<sub>2</sub>.As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), ignite, and weigh. Calculate the tin it contains +by multiplying by 0.4453, and add to that already found.</p> + +<p><b>Arsenic.</b>—This is determined in a separate portion. Weigh up a portion +of the powder equivalent to 1 gram of the hardhead, place in a pint +flask, and boil with 10 c.c. of nitric acid. When action has ceased add +10 c.c. of the solution of the metallic portion and then hydrochloric +acid (a few drops at a time) till solution is complete. Warm gently in +dissolving, but do not boil. Dilute to about 100 c.c., render alkaline +with ammonia, and add 20 c.c. of yellow ammonium sulphide. Digest at a +gentle heat for about thirty minutes, filter, and wash. Add 50 c.c. of +magnesia mixture, shake well, allow to stand for an hour, filter, and +wash with dilute ammonia. The precipitate is dissolved and then titrated +with uranium acetate, or it is evaporated with nitric acid, ignited, and +weighed as pyrarsenate of magnesia. Calculate the result to arsenic, As.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphur.</b>—Weigh up a portion of the powder equivalent to 2 or 3 grams +of the hardhead. Rub up in a mortar with 5 grams of nitre and fuse in a +porcelain dish for ten minutes. Extract with water, add 20 or 30 c.c. +(as the case may be) of the solution of the "metallics." Add 10 grams of +sodic acetate, and ferric chloride until the precipitate turns brown; +dilute with water to half a litre, boil, and titrate with standard baric +chloride, as described under <i>Sulphur</i>. Report as sulphur.</p> + +<p>A sample of hardhead examined in this way gave—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='right'>3.00%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'>27.10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tin</td><td align='right'>22.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='right'>1.64</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='right'>43.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cobalt</td><td align='right'>2.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>99.74</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Examination of Tin Slags.</b>—In tin smelting works the term "slag" is +applied to the unfused portion of the charge. It is made up of unburnt +anthracite and small lumps of slag proper together with some buttons of +metallic tin. This is rarely, if ever, assayed. The slag proper (or, as +it is generally called, "glass") is a silicate of iron, alumina, and +lime, containing from 3 to 7 per cent. of tin. It is thus examined:—The +sample after bruising on an iron plate, is reduced to a very fine powder +by grinding in an agate mortar. In this state it is in most cases +readily decomposed by hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Tin.</b>—Where the percentage of tin only is required, +take 2 grams of the powdered slag and well mix with it 20 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, and heat to boiling. Add 1 c.c. of nitric acid, allow +to stand for fifteen minutes, dilute with water, and filter. Pass a +rapid current of sulphuretted hydrogen for some time. Allow to settle, +and filter. The precipitate, after washing with hot water, is dried, and +gently calcined until the greater part of the sulphur is burnt off. It +is then strongly ignited in the muffle (or over the blowpipe) with the +addition of a small lump of ammonic carbonate. The residue is weighed as +stannic oxide (SnO<sub>2</sub>); and is calculated to metallic tin by +multiplying by 0.787. The percentage on the slag is calculated in the +usual way.</p> + +<p>The tin is always best determined in the examination of slags by a +separate assay carried out in this way. The determination of the other +constituents is thus made:—</p> + +<p><b>Silica.</b>—Take 2 grams of the powdered slag and cover them, in a small +evaporating dish, with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; mix well by +stirring with a glass rod; and evaporate to dryness. If (as is generally +the case) tungsten is present the solution will be blue. Take up with 20 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid. Add 1 c.c. of nitric acid; and reduce by +boiling to about half the bulk. Add about 20 c.c. of water, boil, and +filter. Wash the residue with hot dilute hydrochloric acid. It consists +of silica with the tungstic acid. Wash it back into the dish; and digest +with 5 or 10 c.c. of a cold solution of ammonic carbonate. Filter; and +collect the filtrate and washings in a weighed porcelain dish. Dry the +residue, ignite strongly, and weigh as silica, SiO<sub>2</sub>. In certain +exceptional cases this may contain some unaltered cassiterite, which is +easily recognised by its appearance.</p> + +<p><b>Tungsten.</b>—The ammonic carbonate filtrate from the silica is +evaporated to dryness, ignited strongly over the blowpipe, and weighed. +The residue is tungstic acid, WO<sub>3</sub>. The tungsten may be conveniently +reported in this form, although it is probably present as a lower +oxide.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Tin.</b>—The acid filtrate from the silica and tungstic acid is treated +with sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphide of tin is filtered off. Since +the percentage of tin has been already determined, this precipitate may +be neglected; or may be treated in the same way as the previous one, so +as to check the result. Since some stannic chloride will have been lost +in the evaporation, a low result may be expected. The tin should be +reported as stannous oxide; and is calculated by multiplying the +percentage of tin by 1.136.</p> + +<p>The filtrate from the tin is boiled rapidly down to remove sulphuretted +hydrogen; and then peroxidised with 1 or 2 c.c. of nitric acid. It is +cooled, transferred to a graduated flask, and diluted with water to 200 +c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Ferrous Oxide and Alumina.</b>—Half the filtrate from the tin (that is, +100 c.c.) is taken, nearly neutralised with soda, and treated with +sodium acetate. The basic acetate precipitate obtained on boiling is +filtered off and washed. Reserve the filtrate. The precipitate is +dissolved off the filter with hot dilute hydrochloric acid; and the +solution thus formed is treated with a slight excess of ammonia, and +boiled. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with hot water, dried, +ignited, and weighed as mixed ferric oxide and alumina. The ignited +precipitate is then dissolved with sulphuric and hydrochloric acids; and +the iron determined in the solution by titration with the solution of +stannous chloride. The iron found is calculated to and reported as +ferrous oxide, FeO (factor = 1.286). To find the alumina, which is best +estimated by difference, multiply the iron by 1.428 to get the weight of +ferric oxide, and deduct this from the weight of alumina and ferric +oxide found. This, of course, gives the alumina. A direct determination +may be made by removing the tin from the titrated solution with +sulphuretted hydrogen, filtering, nearly neutralising with ammonia, and +boiling with a few grams of hyposulphite of soda. The precipitate, +filtered, washed, and ignited, is the alumina, which is weighed. The +direct determination gives a slightly low result.</p> + +<p><b>Oxides of Zinc and Manganese.</b>—These are determined in the filtrate +from the basic acetate precipitate by rendering alkaline with ammonia, +and passing a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. Generally a small, but +decided, precipitate of alumina comes down, together with sulphides of +any zinc or manganese which is present. The precipitate is allowed to +settle, dried, ignited, and weighed. The metals are separately +determined in it; and the residue is counted as alumina, and added to +that already found. The mixed precipitate amounts to from 1 to 2 per +cent. of the sample.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Lime.</b>—The filtrate from the last is treated with ammonic oxalate, +boiled for a few minutes, allowed to settle, and filtered. The +precipitate is washed with hot water; dried; ignited; and weighed as +carbonate, after gentle ignition; or as lime, after strong ignition in +the muffle.</p> + +<p><b>Magnesia.</b>—The filtrate from the lime is treated with sodic phosphate +and ammonia. It is well mixed by stirring, and allowed to stand +overnight. The precipitate is washed with dilute ammonia, dried, +ignited, and weighed as pyrophosphate.</p> + +<p><b>Soda and Potash.</b>—These are determined in the remaining half of the +filtrate from the tin. The solution is rendered ammoniacal with ammonia; +and treated, first with sulphuretted hydrogen, and then with ammonium +oxalate. The precipitate is filtered off and rejected. The filtrate is +evaporated in a small porcelain dish over a Bunsen burner, or on the +sand bath; and towards the close (or earlier if the evaporation is not +proceeding well) nitric acid is added. The evaporation is carried to +dryness; and the residue heated nearly to redness. The residue, which +consists of magnesia with carbonates and chlorides of the alkalies, is +extracted with water; and filtered. The filtrate is evaporated with +hydrochloric acid in a weighed platinum dish, ignited gently, and +weighed. This gives the weight of the mixed chlorides of sodium and +potassium; which are then separated and determined as described under +<i>Potash</i>.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered when calculating the percentage that (with the +exception of the silica, tungstic acid, and tin) the determinations have +been made on 1 gram of the sample.</p> + +<p>The following analysis will illustrate the composition of such a slag:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Tungstic acid</td><td align='right'>1.3%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='right'>39.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Stannous oxide</td><td align='right'>8.1</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous oxide</td><td align='right'>26.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Alumina</td><td align='right'>14.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxide of manganese</td><td align='right'>traces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lime</td><td align='right'>7.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesia</td><td align='right'>0.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Alkalies calculated as soda</td><td align='right'>1.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>99.9</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<h4>TITANIUM.</h4> + +<p>Titanium only occurs as a mineral in its oxidised state, or as titanic +oxide (TiO<sub>2</sub>). It is a substance which has little commercial value, +and is generally recognised as one of the rare bodies; although, in +small quantities, it is widely disseminated. It occurs in granite, +basalt, and other igneous rocks in quantities up to as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span> much as 1 per +cent. It is also met with in clays and iron ores, and in river sands, in +which it is often associated with stream tin. The proper minerals of +titanium are rutile (TiO<sub>2</sub>), titaniferous iron (titanate of iron), and +sphene (titanate and silicate of lime).</p> + +<p>The oxide of titanium (like cassiterite and quartz) is undecomposed by +hydrochloric or nitric acid; so that it is generally found in the +residue insoluble in acids. The titanates, however, are attacked, and a +portion of the titanium dissolves; so that it must be looked for in both +the filtrate and residue. Oxide of titanium in its native form, or after +ignition, may be made soluble by fusing the finely-divided substance +with fusion mixture in a platinum dish. The resulting titanate is +dissolved out of the "melt" by cold hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>The method most commonly used is fusion with bisulphate of potash. This +renders the oxide of titanium soluble in cold water. The process is as +follows:—The substance is extracted with hydrochloric and nitric acids, +and the solution reserved for further treatment; the residue is dried, +moistened with sulphuric acid, and evaporated once or twice to dryness +with hydrofluoric acid. It is then fused with bisulphate of potash, and +the "melt" extracted with cold water until all soluble matter is +removed. The solution is filtered. The residue may consist of unremoved +silica, and oxides of tantalum, niobium, and, perhaps, chromium. On the +prolonged boiling of the filtrate, the oxide of titanium (and oxide of +zirconium, if any) is precipitated.</p> + +<p>Any titanium dissolved by the first extraction with acids is recovered +in the following way:—Sulphuretted hydrogen is passed into the acid +solution, and any precipitate that may be formed is filtered off. The +filtrate is oxidised, and the iron, aluminium, and titanium are +separated as basic acetates (see under <i>Iron</i>). The precipitate is dried +and fused with bisulphate of potash. The "melt" is extracted with cold +water, filtered if necessary, and the solution rendered first faintly +alkaline with ammonia, then very slightly acid with sulphuric acid. 30 +or 40 c.c. of a saturated solution of sulphurous acid is added, and the +oxide of titanium precipitated by prolonged boiling. It is filtered off, +added to the precipitate previously got, ignited with ammonic carbonate +towards the end, and then weighed.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Titanium is detected in an insoluble residue by fusing the +residue for some time in a bead of microcosmic salt. In the reducing +flame it gives a violet colour, which becomes reddish-brown if much iron +is present. In the oxidising flame it gives a colourless or whitish +bead. It is best detected in acid solutions by the deep brown or iodine +colour developed on adding hydroxyl. A solution of this can be prepared +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span>by pouring peroxide of barium (BaO<sub>2</sub>) diffused in water into dilute +hydrochloric acid (a little at a time), and keeping the acid in excess.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—In the usual course of an analytical separation the +hydrate of titanium will be thrown down with ferric hydrate, &c., on the +addition of ammonic chloride and ammonia. It is best separated from this +precipitate by fusion with bisulphate of potash, as already described, +but it must be remembered that the presence of much mineral acid +prevents complete precipitation when the solution is boiled. Further, if +phosphates are present, the precipitate will contain phosphoric oxide; +it may be freed from this by fusion with sodium carbonate. A very good +method of separating titanium from iron is to add tartaric acid and +ammonia to the solution, and then precipitate the iron (as sulphide) +with sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate contains the titanium, which is +recovered by evaporating and igniting. It may be separated from zirconia +by the action of sodium carbonate, which precipitates both; but when +concentrated, redissolves the zirconia. The separation from large +quantities of silica is best effected by evaporating with hydrofluoric +acid, which volatilises the silicon; but sulphuric acid must be present, +otherwise some titanium also will be lost, as may be seen from the +following experiments,<a name="FNanchor_77_77" id="FNanchor_77_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_77_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a> in which oxide of titanium (pure, ignited) +was evaporated to dryness with a quantity of hydrofluoric acid known by +experiment to be sufficient to volatilise 1 gram of silica.</p> + +<p><i>Without sulphuric acid</i>, 0.0466 gram of titanic oxide left 0.0340 gram, +showing a loss of about 25 per cent.</p> + +<p><i>With sulphuric acid</i> the following results were obtained:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxide taken.</td><td align='left'>Left after Evaporation and Ignition.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0340 gram</td><td align='left'>0.0340 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0414 "</td><td align='left'>0.0413 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0520 "</td><td align='left'>0.0520 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0352 "</td><td align='left'>0.0352 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The titanic hydrate thrown down by ammonia (or on boiling the solution +from the bisulphate) is collected, washed, dried, ignited strongly with +the addition of a little ammonic carbonate, and weighed. The substance +is titanic oxide (TiO<sub>2</sub>), and is generally reported as such. It +contains 60.98 per cent. of titanium. It should be white, if pure +(Holland), white, yellow, or brown (Fresenius), or black (Tidy).<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>A method has been proposed based on the reduction of titanic oxide by +zinc in hydrochloric acid solutions to the sesquioxide. The reduction is +marked by the development of a violet or green colour, the former with +chlorides and the latter when fluorides are present. The quantity of +titanium reduced is measured by titrating with permanganate of potassium +solution. The water used must be free from dissolved oxygen.</p> + + +<h4>TUNGSTEN AND TUNGSTATES.</h4> + +<p>Tungsten occurs in nature only in the oxidised state, or as tungstic +acid (WO<sub>3</sub>), either free, as in wolframine, or combined with oxides of +manganese and iron, as in wolfram, or with lime, as in scheelite. +Wolfram occurs associated with tin ores, the value of which is +consequently lowered. Both wolfram and scheelite are of considerable +importance as a source of tungstic acid for the manufacture of sodium +tungstate, which is used as a mordant and for some other purposes, and +as a source of metallic tungsten, which is used in steel-making.</p> + +<p>The tungsten minerals have a high specific gravity (6 to 7.5). On +treatment with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia they are decomposed; the +yellow tungstic acid separates and remains insoluble.</p> + +<p>Tungsten itself is insoluble in nitric acid or aqua regia; but is +converted into tungstic acid (WO<sub>3</sub>) by prolonged and strong ignition +in air. Alloys containing tungsten leave tungstic acid after treatment +with nitric acid or aqua regia. Tungstic acid may be got into solution +after fusion with alkalies or alkaline carbonates. This solution gives +with hydrochloric acid a white precipitate of tungstic acid, which +becomes yellow on boiling, but the separation is not complete. Fusion +with bisulphate of potash gives a residue, which does not dissolve in +water, but is soluble in ammonic carbonate. For the assay of minerals +containing tungsten these reactions are only occasionally taken +advantage of for testing or purifying the separated tungstic acid.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—The minerals are easily recognised by their physical +characters, and the yellow tungstic acid separated by boiling with acids +is the best test for its presence; this, after decanting and washing, +immediately dissolves in a few drops of dilute ammonia. A solution of +tungstate acidulated with hydrochloric acid becomes intensely blue on +the addition of stannous chloride and warming. Fused in a bead of +microcosmic salt it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span> gives a clear blue colour (reddish-brown if iron is +also present) in the reducing flame, but is colourless in the oxidising +flame.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—The decomposition and solution of natural +tungstates is difficult to effect owing to the separation of tungstic +acid; the method of treatment is as follows:—Boil the finely-powdered +substance with hydrochloric acid or aqua regia till it apparently ceases +to be attacked; dilute, filter, and wash with dilute hydrochloric acid. +Cover with dilute ammonia, and filter the solution, which contains +ammonic tungstate, into an evaporating dish. Treat the residue again +with acid, and again dissolve out the separated tungstic acid with +ammonia, and repeat this operation until decomposition is complete. By +this means there will be obtained—(1) a solution containing tungstate +of ammonia; (2) an insoluble residue with silicates, and oxides of tin, +niobium, tantalum, &c.; and (3) an acid solution containing the soluble +bases. The tungstate of ammonia requires simple evaporation on the +water-bath and gentle ignition in order to cause the tungstic acid to be +left in an almost pure state; possibly, it may carry a little silica.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The tungstic acid is dissolved, and separated as ammonic tungstate, and, +after evaporation, is gently ignited, the heat being increased towards +the end. The residual tungstic acid is fixed, so that when the ammonia +has been driven off it may be strongly heated without loss. It is a dark +yellow or brown powder whilst hot, which becomes a light yellow on +cooling. If any reduction has taken place it will be more or less +greenish. It is weighed when cold, and is the trioxide or "tungstic +acid" (WO<sub>3</sub>), which contains 79.31 per cent. of tungsten. After its +weight has been taken its purity is checked by fusing with hydric +potassic sulphate, extracting with water, and treating the residue with +ammonic carbonate. Any silica present will be left undissolved; it +should be separated and weighed, and its weight deducted from that of +the tungstic acid found.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Tungstic Acid in Wolfram.</b>—Take 2 grams of the +finely-powdered sample and boil with 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid for +half an hour, adding 5 c.c. of nitric acid towards the end. Allow to +stand overnight and boil again for 15 or 20 minutes; dilute with an +equal volume of water, and filter. Wash with dilute hydrochloric acid, +dissolve in a few c.c. of warm dilute ammonia, and dilute to 200 c.c. +with distilled water; allow to settle, and filter. Evaporate in a +weighed dish, ignite, and weigh.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span></p> + +<p>The following analysis will illustrate the composition of a sample of +Cornish wolfram as brought into the market:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Tungstic acid</td><td align='right'>50.1%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cassiterite</td><td align='right'>10.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous oxide</td><td align='right'>24.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Manganous oxide</td><td align='right'>5.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Niobic oxide, alumina, &c.</td><td align='right'>3.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='right'>1.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper oxide</td><td align='right'>2.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc oxide</td><td align='right'>0.22</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'>0.51</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='right'>0.20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>99.33</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<h4>NIOBIC AND TANTALIC OXIDES.</h4> + +<p>These oxides are commonly met with in samples of wolfram and tinstone, +especially niobic. They are probably present in the form of columbite, a +niobate of iron and manganese; and tantalite, a tantalate of the same +metals.</p> + +<p>On boiling with hydrochloric acid they are both liberated, and remain +for the greater part (all the niobic) in the insoluble residue with the +tungstic acid. On removing the latter with dilute ammonia they remain as +a white insoluble precipitate, very prone to run through the filter on +washing. They may be dissolved in hydrofluoric acid either at once or +after fusion with bisulphate of potash, and extraction with cold water. +To the solution in hydrofluoric acid gradually add a boiling solution of +acid potassium fluoride (HF, KF.). Potassic fluotantalate (soluble in +200 parts of water) separates out first, and afterwards potassic +fluoniobate (soluble in 12 parts of water). The separated salts (after +heating with sulphuric acid and washing out the potassium sulphate +formed) are ignited with ammonic carbonate, and weighed as tantalic +oxide (Ta<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>) and niobic oxide (Nb<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>) respectively.</p> + +<p>They are both white powders. The oxide of niobium dissolved in a bead of +microcosmic salt gives a bluish colour in the reducing flame. The oxide +of tantalum dissolves in the bead, but gives no colour.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_76_76" id="Footnote_76_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_76_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a> This will give almost the whole of the tin; a further +portion will be got in subsequent work, and must be added to this +result.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_77_77" id="Footnote_77_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_77_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a> Published by P. Holland, in the <i>Chemical News</i>, vol. lix. +p. 27.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.</h2> + +<h3>MANGANESE, CHROMIUM, &c.</h3> + + +<h4>MANGANESE.</h4> + +<p>Manganese occurs mainly as black oxide (MnO<sub>2</sub>) in the mineral +pyrolusite; and, in a less pure form, in psilomelane and wad. The value +of the ore depends rather on the percentage of available oxygen than on +the proportion of metal present. The results of assays are generally +reported as so much per cent. of the dioxide (MnO<sub>2</sub>). In smaller +quantities it is very widely distributed. Manganese itself has a value +for steel-making; or, rather, for the making of spiegeleisen and +ferro-manganese, which are used in the Bessemer and Siemens processes. +For this purpose the percentage of the metal (Mn) is required. +Consequently the minerals of manganese may be considered in two +aspects—(1) as a source of oxygen; and (2) as a source of manganese. +These will require separate consideration.</p> + +<p>The black oxide is mainly used in the preparation of chlorine, +liberation of which it brings about when treated with hot hydrochloric +acid, or with a mixture of common salt and sulphuric acid. The quantity +of chlorine which is obtained depends upon the proportion of dioxide +present;<a name="FNanchor_78_78" id="FNanchor_78_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_78_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a> and in assaying may either be measured by its equivalent of +iodine liberated, or by the oxidising effect on an acid solution of +ferrous sulphate. When the ore also carries substances which have a +reducing effect (such as ferrous compounds), such assays will give, not +the total dioxide (MnO<sub>2</sub>), but less, by the amount required to oxidise +these impurities; and this is exactly what is required in valuing such +an ore for commercial purposes. Manganese compounds are characterised by +the readiness with which they may be converted into highly-oxidised +bodies. Solution of manganese in hydrochloric acid, rendered alkaline +with ammonia, yields a clear solution,<a name="FNanchor_79_79" id="FNanchor_79_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_79_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a> which rapidly takes up oxygen +from the air, forming a brown precipitate of the oxide (Mn<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>). +The addition of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span> bromine or chlorine to such a solution determines the +precipitation of a still higher oxide (approximately MnO<sub>2</sub>). On +treating a compound containing manganese with nitric acid and dioxide of +lead (PbO<sub>2</sub>), the oxidation is carried still further, a +purple-coloured solution of permanganic acid (HMnO<sub>4</sub> or +H<sub>2</sub>O.Mn<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>) being formed. On fusing minerals containing (even +traces of) manganese with sodium carbonate in an open crucible, a green +"melt" is obtained which owes its colour to sodium manganate +(Na<sub>2</sub>MnO<sub>4</sub> or Na<sub>2</sub>O.MnO<sub>3</sub>). This salt is soluble in water, +forming a green solution; which, when rendered acid, rapidly changes +into the permanganate with the characteristic purple colour. +Permanganate of potash is a salt much used in assaying, with some +properties of which the student will have already become familiar.</p> + + +<p>Compounds of manganese, on boiling with strong hydrochloric acid, yield +manganous chloride<a name="FNanchor_80_80" id="FNanchor_80_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_80_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a> (MnCl<sub>2</sub>).</p> + +<p>The properties given above serve for the detection of manganese; the +higher oxides are distinguished by causing the evolution of chlorine +(with its peculiarly suffocating smell) when acted on with hydrochloric +acid; while the green "melt," with sodium carbonate, can be relied on +for the recognition of manganese itself. There is no dry assay of +manganese ores.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p>Strong hydrochloric acid is the best solvent for ores of manganese; but +where the proportion of dioxide (MnO<sub>2</sub>) is required, the solution is +effected during the assay. The ore should be in a very fine state of +division before treatment with acids.</p> + +<p>The separation of manganese from other metals is thus effected: Ignite, +in order to destroy any organic matter which may be present; dissolve in +hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to dryness, to separate silica. Take up +with hydrochloric acid, dilute, pass sulphuretted hydrogen, and filter. +Boil off the excess of gas, peroxidise the iron with a drop or two of +nitric acid, and separate the iron as basic acetate (as described under +<i>Iron</i>).<a name="FNanchor_81_81" id="FNanchor_81_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_81_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a> If the iron precipitate is bulky, it is dissolved in a +little hydrochloric acid, reprecipitated, and the filtrate added to the +original one. Neutralise with soda, and add bromine in excess; heat +gradually to boiling, allow to settle, and filter. The precipitate is +impure dioxide of manganese (containing alkalies and, possibly, cobalt +or nickel).<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>Dissolve the precipitate in hydrochloric acid, and boil; add a slight +excess of carbonate of soda, warm, and filter. Wash with hot water, dry, +carefully ignite in an open Berlin crucible, and weigh. The substance is +the brown oxide (Mn<sub>3</sub>O<sub>4</sub>), and contains 72.05 per cent. of +manganese. If the percentage of dioxide is required it may be calculated +by multiplying the percentage of manganese by 1.582. It must be borne in +mind that the manganese should never be calculated to dioxide except +when it is known to exist in the ore only in that form.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>The two methods are based on the oxidising effect of manganese dioxide; +and if the metal does not already exist in this form it will require a +preliminary treatment to convert it. The following method due to Mr. J. +Pattinson<a name="FNanchor_82_82" id="FNanchor_82_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_82_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> effects this: A quantity of the ore containing not more +than .25 grams of the metal (Mn), is dissolved in hydrochloric acid in a +pint beaker, and, if necessary, 3 or 4 c.c. of nitric acid are added to +peroxidise the iron, and ferric chloride is added if required, so that +there may be at least as much iron as manganese. Calcium carbonate is +added till the solution is slightly red; and next the redness is removed +by the cautious addition of acid; 30 c.c. of zinc chloride solution +(containing 15 grams of zinc per litre) are added, the liquid is brought +to boil and diluted to about 300 c.c. with boiling water; 60 c.c. of a +solution of bleaching powder (33 grams to the litre and filtered), +rendered slightly greenish by acid, are then run in and are followed by +3 grams of calcium carbonate suspended in 15 c.c. of boiling water. +During effervescence the beaker is covered, the precipitate is stirred, +and 2 c.c. of methylated spirit are mixed in. The precipitate is +collected on a large filter, washed with cold water, and then with hot, +till free from chlorine, which is tested for with starch and potassium +iodide. The acid ferrous sulphate solution (presently described) is then +measured into the beaker, and the precipitate, still in the paper, +added; more acid is added (if necessary), and the solution is diluted +and titrated. In place of bleaching powder solution, 90 c.c. of bromine +water (containing 22 grams per litre) may be used.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>FERROUS SULPHATE ASSAY.</h4> + +<p>This method, which is the one commonly used, is based on the +determination of the amount of ferrous iron oxidised by a known weight +of the ore. It is known that 87 parts of the dioxide will oxidise 112 +parts of ferrous iron;<a name="FNanchor_83_83" id="FNanchor_83_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_83_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> therefore 1 gram will oxidise 1.287 gram of +ferrous iron, or 1 gram of ferrous iron oxidised will be equivalent to +0.7768 gram of the dioxide. The finely-divided substance containing the +dioxide is digested in a solution of a known quantity of iron in +sulphuric acid. The iron, of course, must be in excess, which excess is +determined when the ore is dissolved by titrating with standard +permanganate or bichromate of potash solution. The assay resolves itself +into one for the determination of ferrous iron, for which the standard +solutions and method of working described under <i>Iron</i> are used.</p> + +<p>The assay is as follows:—For rich ores, 2 grams of clean soft iron wire +are treated, in a pint flask, with 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid and +warmed till dissolved. Carefully sample the ore, and in one portion +determine the "moisture at 100° C.;" grind the rest in a Wedgwood mortar +with a little pure alcohol until free from grit. This reduces the +substance to a finely-divided state and assists solution. Evaporate off +the alcohol and dry at 100° C., mix well, and keep in a weighing-bottle. +Weigh up 2 grams and add them to the solution of iron in the flask; +carefully wash it all down into the acid liquid. On rotating the flask +the ore will rapidly dissolve, but gentle heat may be used towards the +end to complete the solution. When the residue is clean and +sandy-looking, and free from black particles, the flask is cooled, and +the residual ferrous iron is determined by titration with +"permanganate." The iron thus found, deducted from the 2 grams taken, +will give the amount of iron peroxidised by the dioxide contained in the +2 grams of ore. This divided by 2 and multiplied by 77.68 will give the +percentage of dioxide in the sample, or multiplied by 49.41 will give +that of metallic manganese.</p> + +<p>When the quantity of manganese or of the dioxide to be determined is +small, it is not necessary to use 2 grams of iron; 1 gram, or even less, +may be taken. The iron may be used in the form of a standard solution of +ferrous sulphate and portions measured off, thus saving the labour of +weighing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Determination of Dioxide in a Manganese Ore.</b>—Weigh up 1 or 2 grams of +the finely-powdered ore<a name="FNanchor_84_84" id="FNanchor_84_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_84_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> and an equal weight of pure iron wire, +dissolve the wire in 50 or 100 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, and, when +solution is complete, add the ore and warm till it too is dissolved. +Cool and titrate the remaining ferrous iron with the permanganate or +bichromate of potassium solution.</p> + +<p>For example, 0.7560 gram of pyrolusite and 1.000 gram of iron were taken +and treated as above; 13.9 c.c. of "permanganate" (standard 100 c.c. = +0.4920 gram iron) were required; this indicates that 0.0684 gram of iron +was left unoxidised by the ore. The iron oxidised, then, was 0.9316 gram +(1.000 - 0.0684); multiplying this by 0.7768, we find that 0.7237 gram +is the quantity of manganese dioxide which was present. This is +equivalent to 95.77 per cent.;</p> + +<p> + 0.7560 : 0.7237 :: 100 : 95.77.<br /> +</p> + + +<h4>IODINE METHOD.</h4> + +<p>It has been already stated that when dioxide of manganese is boiled with +strong hydrochloric acid chlorine is given off, and that the amount of +chlorine so liberated is a measure of the dioxide present. If the +chlorine is passed into a solution of potassium iodide, an equivalent of +iodine will be set free.<a name="FNanchor_85_85" id="FNanchor_85_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_85_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> This is apparently a very indirect way of +determining how much of the dioxide is present; but the reactions are +very sharp, and the final determination of the iodine is an easy one.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig060.jpg" width="300" height="308" alt="Fig. 60." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The finely-powdered sample of dioxide is placed in a small flask +provided with an exit tube leading into a solution of potassic iodide +(fig. 60). On adding hydrochloric acid and boiling, the chlorine evolved +is driven into the iodide solution and there absorbed; the boiling is +continued till the steam and hydrochloric acid fumes have driven the +last portions of the chlorine out of the flask and into the solution. In +this experiment there is a strong tendency for the iodide solution<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span> to +rush back into the flask. This tendency is overcome by avoiding draughts +and regulating the heat; or by placing a lump of magnesite in the flask, +which acts by evolving carbonic acid and so producing a steady outward +pressure. When the distillation is finished the tube containing the +iodine is detached and washed out into a beaker. If the solution is +strongly acid it should be almost neutralised by the cautious addition +of dilute ammonia. If crystals of iodine have separated, potassium +iodide must be added in quantity sufficient to dissolve them. The +condenser must be kept cool whilst the chlorine is passing into it.</p> + +<p>The solution, transferred to a beaker, is titrated with a standard +solution of sodic hyposulphite (100 c.c. = 1.27 gram iodine or 0.435 +gram of dioxide of manganese). In titrating, the solution should be +cold, or not warmer than 30° C. The bulk may vary from 100 to 200 c.c.; +but it is best always to work with the same volume. The "hypo" is run in +with constant agitation until the brown colour has been reduced to a +light yellow; 5 c.c. of starch solution are then added and the titration +cautiously continued until the end is reached; the finish is indicated +by a change from blue to colourless.</p> + +<p>The assay solution may be acidified with acetic, sulphuric, or +hydrochloric acid before titrating with "hypo;" but it must be only +faintly so. An excess of acid may be nearly neutralised with ammonia +without interference, but excess of alkali is fatal. Bicarbonate of soda +must not be used in excess; it is best to avoid it altogether. The assay +solution should be titrated at once, as it weakens on standing; and the +"hypo" solution should be standardised every two or three days, as its +strength is not constant.</p> + +<p><i>The standard solution of hyposulphite of soda</i> is made by dissolving 25 +grams of the salt (Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) in water and diluting to 1 +litre. 100 c.c. are equivalent to 1.27 gram of iodine.</p> + +<p>This solution is standardised by weighing, in a small beaker, about half +a gram of iodine, to which is added a crystal or two of potassium iodide +and a few drops of water. When dissolved, the solution is diluted to 100 +c.c., and titrated in the manner described. The starch solution is made +in the manner described under the iodide copper assay. 5 c.c. are used +for each titration.</p> + +<p>In determining the effects of variations in the condition of the assay a +solution of iodine was used, which was equivalent in strength to the +"hypo" solution. It was made by dissolving 12.7 grams of iodine with 25 +grams of potassium iodide in a little water and diluting to 1 litre. 100 +c.c. of this solution were found (at the time of the experiments) to be +equivalent to 102.0 c.c. of the "hypo."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The bulk of the solution was 100 c.c.; +20 c.c. of iodine were taken, and 5 c.c. of starch solution were added +towards the end as indicator. These conditions are also those of the +other experiments, except where otherwise stated. Iodine being volatile, +it is to be expected that with hot solutions low results will be +obtained.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15°</td><td align='left'>20°</td><td align='left'>40°</td><td align='left'>60°</td><td align='left'>80°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>15.5 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These show that the temperature should not much exceed 20°.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Exposure of the Iodine Solution.</b>—Twenty c.c. of the iodine +were diluted to 100 c.c., and exposed for varying lengths of time in +open beakers at the ordinary temperature, and then titrated.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Time exposed</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>1 day</td><td align='left'>2 days</td><td align='left'>3 days</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>16.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>13.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>9.4 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—These experiments were carried out in the +usual way, bulk only varying.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>300.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Acid.</b>—These experiments were under the usual +conditions, the bulk being 100 c.c. The results were—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acetic acid</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>1.5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>30.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.7</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Hydrochloric acid</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>1.5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>15.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.6</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.9</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric acid</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>15.2</td><td align='left'>"<a name="FNanchor_86_86" id="FNanchor_86_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_86_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitric acid</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>0.5</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'> c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>21.5</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>could not be titrated.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>In the application of this titration to the assay of manganese ores, +hydrochloric and hydriodic acids are the only ones likely to be present.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Alkalies.</b>—On theoretical grounds the presence of these is +known to be inadmissible. A solution rendered faintly alkaline with +ammonia required only 11.2 c.c. of "hypo;" and another, with 0.5 gram of +caustic soda, required 4.0 c.c. instead of 20.4 c.c. as in neutral +solutions.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of nearly Neutralising Hydrochloric Acid Solutions with +Ammonia.</b>—Provided care is taken not to add<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span> excess of ammonia, this +has a good effect, counteracting the interference of excess of acid. +Thus 20 c.c. of iodine (as before) required 20.4 c.c. of "hypo;" with 15 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid 20.7 c.c. were required, but with 15 c.c. of +acid, nearly neutralised with dilute ammonia 20.4 c.c. were used.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of the Addition of Starch.</b>—The addition of varying quantities +of starch has no effect, provided it is added when the titration is +nearly finished, as the following experiments show:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Starch added</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.5</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>But if the starch is added before the titration, the results are liable +to error.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Starch added</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>24.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The starch should be used fresh, and is best made on the day it is used; +after four days the finishing point is not so good.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Potassium Iodide.</b>—An excess of iodide is always +required to keep the iodine in solution; a larger excess has little +effect.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Iodide added</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>20 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.6 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The 20 c.c. of iodine used, itself contained 0.5 gram of potassium +iodide.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bicarbonate of soda added</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>0.5 gram</td><td align='left'>1.5 gram</td><td align='left'>5.0 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>17.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>16.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The solution obviously must be free from bicarbonate of soda. This +should be remembered, since when titrating arsenic assays with iodine it +must be present; and students must avoid confounding the two titrations.</p> + +<p>In some other experiments, in which 10 grams each of the salts were +taken, the following results were obtained:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>AmCl</td><td align='left'>AmNO<sub>3</sub></td><td align='left'>Am<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.2 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>NaCl</td><td align='left'>NaNO<sub>3</sub></td><td align='left'>Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>20.3 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.4 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Iodine.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Iodine added</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hypo" required</td><td align='left'>1.3</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>10.2</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>51.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>102.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Determination of Dioxide in a Manganese Ore.</b>—Weigh up 0.25 to 0.3 +gram of the powdered ore; place in a flask, cover<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span> with 10 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, and close the flask with a paraffined cork, and bulbs +(as shown in fig. 60), having previously charged the bulb with 5 grams +of potassium iodide in strong solution. Heat the flask, and boil +cautiously for about fifteen minutes. Wash the contents of the bulbs +into a large beaker, nearly (but not quite) neutralise with dilute +ammonia, and titrate with the standard "hypo."</p> + +<p>As an example, 0.2675 gram of pyrolusite was taken, and required 60.3 +c.c. of standard "hypo" (100 c.c. equal 1.185 gram iodine, or 0.4042 +gram MnO<sub>2</sub>), which equals 0.2437 gram of the dioxide or 91.1 per cent.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>When compounds of manganese free from chlorides are boiled with nitric +acid and dioxide of lead,<a name="FNanchor_87_87" id="FNanchor_87_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_87_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> the manganese is converted into +permanganic acid, which is soluble and tints the solution violet. The +depth of colour depends on the amount of manganese present, and this +should not much exceed 10 milligrams. A quantity of substance containing +not more than this amount of manganese should be boiled for a few +minutes with 25 c.c. of a solution containing 5 c.c. of nitric acid, and +10 or 20 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid, with 2 or 3 grams of lead +dioxide. Filter through asbestos, wash by decantation with dilute +sulphuric acid, make up with distilled water<a name="FNanchor_88_88" id="FNanchor_88_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_88_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> to a definite bulk, and +take a measured portion for the colorimetric determination.</p> + +<p>The standard solution of manganese is made by dissolving 0.1435 gram of +permanganate of potash (KMnO<sub>4</sub>) in a little water acidulated with +nitric acid, and diluting to 1 litre. One c.c. will contain 0.05 +milligram of manganese.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. What percentage of manganese (Mn) is contained in permanganate of +potash (KMnO<sub>4</sub>)?</p> + +<p>2. Ten c.c. of a solution of permanganate of potash is found to oxidise +10 c.c. of an acid solution of ferrous sulphate. The manganese is +determined in the titrated solution by precipitation as dioxide and +titrating. How much of the ferrous solution will be oxidised in the +second titration?</p> + +<p>3. What weight of potassium iodide would be just sufficient to absorb +the chlorine evolved by 0.5 gram of pure dioxide of manganese?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span></p> + +<p>4. What weight of iron must be dissolved up so as to have an excess of +0.25 gram after oxidation by 1 gram of pure dioxide?</p> + +<p>5. What weight of the brown oxide, Mn<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub> will be left on igniting +1 gram of the pure dioxide?</p> + + +<h4>CHROMIUM.</h4> + +<p>Chromium occurs in nature chiefly as chromite or chrome iron ore (FeO<sub>2</sub>Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, with more or less MgO and Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>), which is the chief +ore. It is a constituent of some silicates, and is frequently met with +in very small quantities in iron ores. It occurs as chromate in +crocoisite (PbCrO<sub>4</sub>), and some other rare minerals.</p> + +<p>The metal is used in steel-making. Steel containing about 0.5 per cent. +of it is rendered very hard; but its chief value is in its salts, the +chromates. These are highly-coloured compounds, generally red or yellow. +Some of the insoluble chromates are used as pigments; chromate of lead +or chrome-yellow is the most important. The soluble chromates, those of +soda and potash, are valuable chemicals, and are largely used in the +preparation of pigments, dyeing and tanning, and as oxidising agents.</p> + +<p>Chromium forms two important classes of compounds—chromic salts, +corresponding to the oxide Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, and chromates, which contain the +trioxide CrO<sub>3</sub>. Solutions of chromic salts are green, whilst those of +the chromates are yellow. Chromates are reduced to chromic salts by the +action of most reducing agents in the presence of an acid; and this +property is used in assaying for the volumetric determination of ferrous +iron, &c. The chromates in solution are more stable than other similar +oxidising agents, and consequently are generally used in the laboratory +as one of the standard oxidising agents for volumetric analysis. They +have the disadvantage of requiring an outside indicator. Bichromate of +potash (K<sub>2</sub>Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>) is the salt generally used for this purpose.</p> + +<p>Chromic salts are oxidised to chromate by fusion with "fusion mixture" +and nitre, or by treating with chlorine in an alkaline solution.</p> + +<p>Chromic salts closely resemble those of ferric iron, and in the ordinary +course of analysis chromic hydrate (green) is precipitated together with +ferric hydrate, alumina, &c., on the addition of ammonic chloride and +ammonia. The ignited oxide, Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, however, is not reduced on +heating to redness in a current of hydrogen.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Chromium is detected by fusing the powdered substance with +"fusion mixture" and nitre. The melt is extracted with water and +filtered. The filtrate is acidified with acetic acid, and treated with a +few drops of a solution of lead<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span> acetate. A yellow precipitate indicates +chromium. Substances containing chromium impart a green colour to the +borax bead in both flames. Small quantities of chromate in neutral +solution can be found by the dark or violet-red colouration imparted +thereto on boiling with a dilute decoction of logwood.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—Chromates and chromic salts are generally +soluble in water or dilute acids. Chrome iron ore, however, and ignited +chromic oxide are insoluble; and the former presents considerable +difficulty on attempting to open up by the usual methods. A large number +of mixtures have been tried in order to get all the chromium in a +soluble form. Among these are the following. One part of the very +finely-powdered ore is fused with any of these mixtures.</p> + +<p> +(1) 10 parts of bisulphate of potash.<br /> +(2) 5 parts of bisulphate of potash and 5 parts of potassium fluoride.<br /> +(3) 5 parts of hydric potassic fluoride.<br /> +(4) 12 parts of bisulphate of potash; and, afterwards, with 6 parts of<br /> +carbonate of soda and 6 parts of nitre.<br /> +(5) 8 parts of borax; afterwards, with carbonate of soda till it ceases<br /> +to effervesce; then, with 3 parts of carbonate of soda and 3 of<br /> +nitre.<br /> +(6) 4 parts of borax and 6 parts of fusion mixture.<br /> +(7) 12 parts of caustic potash.<br /> +(8) 10 parts of caustic soda and 30 of magnesia.<br /> +(9) 5 parts of caustic soda and 3 of magnesia.<br /> +(10) 2 parts of carbonate of soda and 1 of lime.<br /> +(11) 6 parts of soda-lime and 2 of chlorate of potash.<br /> +(12) Sodium peroxide.<br /> +</p> + +<p>Of these, numbers 1, 2, and 3 yield the chromium in a form soluble in +dilute acids, as chromic salt. The rest in a form soluble in water, as +potassium or sodium chromate.</p> + +<p>On boiling an insoluble chromium compound with chlorate of potash and +nitric acid, the chromium passes into solution as chromate. This method, +however, does not answer for chrome iron ore. In the fusion methods the +ore must be very finely powdered, well mixed with the fluxes, and +subjected to a prolonged fusion in a platinum vessel at a high +temperature. Undecomposed particles require re-fusion.</p> + +<p>The aqueous extract containing the chromate is ready for volumetric +work, except in those cases where nitre has been used. For gravimetric +work the solution is acidified with hydrochloric acid, then mixed with +ammonia in slight excess, boiled, and filtered. The filtrate is +acidified with hydrochloric acid, and treated with sulphuretted +hydrogen, warmed, rendered slightly alkaline with ammonia, and the gas +again passed. The chromium is precipitated as chromic hydrate mixed with +sulphur from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span> reduction with sulphuretted hydrogen. It is filtered +off, washed with hot water, and ignited. It is weighed as chromic oxide.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the chromium, freed from other metals and earths +and in the form of (green) chromic salt, is heated to boiling. If any +chromate is present reduce it with sodium sulphite or sulphuretted +hydrogen. Add ammonia in slight excess, boil till the liquid is free +from a red tint, and allow to settle for a few minutes. Filter, wash +with hot water, dry, and ignite strongly in a loosely-covered crucible. +Cool, and weigh. The substance is chromic oxide, Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, and +contains 68.62 per cent. of chromium. It is a dark-green powder +insoluble in acids.</p> + +<p>When, as is generally the case, the chromium exists altogether as +chromate (phosphates and arsenates being absent) it is best to proceed +as follows:—Render the solution acid with acetic acid, then add sodium +acetate to the solution and heat nearly to boiling; next treat with a +slight excess of acetate of lead, and boil. Allow to settle, and filter. +Wash the precipitate with hot water, dry in the water-oven or at a low +temperature. Transfer the precipitate to a weighed Berlin crucible, burn +the filter separately, ignite below redness, cool in the desiccator, and +weigh. The substance is lead chromate, PbCrO<sub>4</sub>, and contains 16.1 per +cent. of chromium, or 23.53 per cent. of chromic oxide (Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>).</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based on the oxidation of ferrous iron by the solution +containing the chromium as chromate. A known weight of iron (0.5, 1, or +1.5 gram, according to the quantity of chromate) is dissolved in 50 c.c. +of dilute sulphuric acid. The solution containing the chromate is added, +and the remaining ferrous iron titrated with the permanganate or +bichromate of potassium solution, as described under <i>Iron</i>. The iron +thus found is deducted from that taken, and the difference gives the +iron oxidised by the chromate. This multiplied by 0.3101 gives the +chromium, Cr, and when multiplied by 0.4529 gives the chromic oxide, +Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>Small quantities of chromium may be determined, after conversion into +chromate, colorimetrically. The solution, which should not contain more +than a few milligrams in 100 c.c., is acidified with acetic acid and +compared against an equal volume<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span> of water rendered acid with acetic +acid and tinted with a standard bichromate of potassium solution. This +standard bichromate is made by dissolving 2.827 grams of the salt in +water and diluting to 1 litre. One c.c. will contain 1 milligram of +chromium, Cr. The manner of working this assay is the same as that +adopted in the other colorimetric processes.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Chromium in Steel.</b><a name="FNanchor_89_89" id="FNanchor_89_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_89_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a>—Weigh up 2.4 grams, dissolve +in hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to dryness. Fuse with sodium +carbonate and nitre, extract with water, and make up to 301 c.c. Take +250 c.c. of the clear liquor, boil with hydrochloric acid, add sodium +phosphate, and then ammonia in slight excess. Heat till clear. Filter +off the precipitate, dissolve it in hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to +dryness. Take up with a little acid, filter, and precipitate with a +slight excess of ammonia. Wash, ignite, and weigh as chromium phosphate +(3Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>,2P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), which contains 42.2 per cent. of chromium.</p> + + +<h4>VANADIUM.</h4> + +<p>Vanadium occurs in certain rare minerals, such as vanadinite +(3Pb<sub>3</sub>(VO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>2</sub>.PbCl<sub>2</sub>), a vanadate of lead; mottramite, a +vanadate of copper and lead; and dechenite, a vanadate of lead and zinc. +It is occasionally found in iron and copper ores and in the slags from +them. In Spanish copper-precipitates it is found along with chromium, +and is probably derived from the iron used for precipitating. The +vanadates, like the chromates, are coloured compounds, generally yellow +or red. On reduction, blue solutions are got. In their general reactions +vanadates resemble phosphates.</p> + +<p>Vanadium is detected by the red colouration produced by passing +sulphuretted hydrogen into ammoniacal solutions for some time. On adding +an acid to the filtered solution a brown precipitate of the sulphide is +produced. This gives with borax a colourless bead in the oxidising, and +a green one in the reducing, flame.</p> + +<p>It is separated by fusing the ore with potassic nitrate, extracting with +water and precipitating with baric chloride. The precipitate is boiled +with dilute sulphuric acid, filtered, neutralised with ammonia, and +saturated with ammonic chloride. Ammonium vanadate separates out. It is +filtered off, ignited, and weighed as vanadic oxide, V<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>, +containing 56.18 per cent. of vanadium.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>MOLYBDENUM.</h4> + +<p>Molybdenum occurs in nature chiefly as molybdenite (MoS<sub>2</sub>); it also +occurs in wulfenite, a molybdate of lead (PbMoO<sub>4</sub>), and in molybdic +ochre (MoO<sub>3</sub>).</p> + +<p>Molybdate of ammonia is an important reagent in the determination of +phosphates, the manufacture of which compound is the chief purpose to +which molybdenum is applied.</p> + +<p>Iron and copper ores frequently contain molybdenum, sometimes in +quantity; consequently it is met with in slags and pig-iron.</p> + +<p>Molybdenum forms several series of salts. In those corresponding to the +lower oxides it is basic; but the trioxide (MoO<sub>3</sub>) is the acid oxide +which forms a series of salts called the molybdates. All molybdenum +compounds are converted into the trioxide by boiling with nitric acid. +The trioxide is a white powder readily dissolved by ammonia. It fuses at +a red heat, and volatilises freely in contact with air. It is slightly +soluble in water.</p> + +<p>Molybdates are easily reduced, with the production of coloured +solutions, by most reducing agents. Sulphuretted hydrogen first produces +a blue tint, and then precipitates a brown sulphide. The precipitation +as sulphide is only complete on prolonged treatment; a green colour +indicates that some molybdenum still remains in solution. The +precipitated sulphide is soluble in ammonium sulphide.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Molybdenum is detected by its behaviour with sulphuretted +hydrogen. Molybdenite can only be mistaken for graphite, from which it +is easily distinguished by yielding sulphur dioxide on roasting, and by +giving, on charcoal, a yellowish white incrustation, which becomes blue +on touching it for a moment with the reducing flame. The borax-bead is +colourless in the oxidising, and dark-brown in the reducing, flame.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the molybdate is neutralised and treated with an +excess of mercurous nitrate. The precipitate is allowed to settle for +some time, filtered, and washed with a dilute solution of mercurous +nitrate. Then it is dried, transferred to a weighed Berlin crucible +containing ignited oxide of lead, mixed, ignited, and weighed. The +increase in weight gives the amount of trioxide, MoO<sub>3</sub>. This contains +66.7 per cent. of molybdenum.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>URANIUM.</h4> + +<p>Uranium occurs chiefly as pitchblende, which is an impure oxide +(U<sub>3</sub>O<sub>8</sub>). It is also found as sulphate in uranochre, johannite, &c.; +and as phosphate in the uranites, torbernite (hydrated phosphate of +uranium and copper), and autunite (hydrated phosphate of uranium and +lime). It also occurs in some rarer minerals.</p> + +<p>The oxide is used for colouring glass; and the nitrate and acetate are +used as reagents. "Uranium yellow," used for enamel painting, is sodium +uranate. The uranates, in which the oxide of uranium acts as an acid, +are mostly insoluble and of secondary importance.</p> + +<p>Uranium forms two families of salts, uranous and uranic; corresponding +to the oxides UO<sub>2</sub> and UO<sub>3</sub> respectively. The former are generally +green and the latter yellow. Uranous salts are converted into uranic by +boiling with nitric acid or other oxidising agents. Uranic salts, on the +other hand, are easily reduced by sulphuretted hydrogen, stannous +chloride or zinc. This property is made use of in determining the +quantity of uranium in pure solutions by titrating with permanganate of +potassium solution as in the case with iron.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—The most characteristic reaction of the uranium compounds +is their behaviour in the presence of alkaline carbonates in which they +are freely soluble; even ammonium sulphide will not precipitate uranium +from these solutions. On neutralising the carbonate with an acid a +uranate of the alkali is precipitated. Ammonia or sodic hydrate (free +from carbonates) give yellow precipitates, which are insoluble in excess +of the reagent, but are soluble in acids. Ferrocyanide of potassium +gives a reddish-brown precipitate. Uranium colours the borax-bead +yellowish-green in the oxidising, and green in the reducing, flame.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—The compounds of uranium are soluble in +acids. Powder the substance and evaporate with an excess of nitric acid. +Take up with hydrochloric acid, dilute, pass sulphuretted hydrogen, and +filter. Peroxidise the filtrate with a little nitric acid, add an excess +of ammonic carbonate and some ammonium sulphide, and filter. Render the +solution acid, boil; and precipitate the uranium by means of ammonia. +Filter off, and wash it with dilute ammonic chloride. Ignite, and weigh +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span>as protosesqui-oxide, U<sub>3</sub>O<sub>8</sub>.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the uranium free from other metals is, if +required, first peroxidised by boiling with nitric acid. Ammonia in +slight excess is added to the nearly-boiling solution. A yellow +precipitate is formed, which is filtered off hot and washed with a +dilute solution of ammonium chloride. The precipitate is dried and +ignited; and weighed as U<sub>3</sub>O<sub>8</sub>, which contains 84.8 per cent. of +uranium.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based on the precipitation of uranium as phosphate from acetic +acid solutions and the recognition of complete precipitation by testing +with potassic ferrocyanide; it is the converse of the process for the +volumetric determination of phosphate.</p> + +<p><i>The standard solution of phosphate</i> is prepared by dissolving 29.835 +grams of hydric sodic phosphate (Na<sub>2</sub>HPO<sub>4</sub>.12H<sub>2</sub>O) in water and +diluting to 1 litre. 100 c.c. will be equivalent to 2 grams of uranium.</p> + +<p>Take 1 gram of the sample (or, if poor in uranium, 2 grams) and separate +the uranium as described. Dissolve the precipitate in nitric acid and +evaporate to a small bulk, add 2 grams of sodium acetate, dilute with +water to 100 c.c., and boil. Titrate the boiling solution with the +sodium phosphate till it ceases to give a brown colouration with +potassium ferrocyanide. Calculate the percentage in the usual way.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_78_78" id="Footnote_78_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_78_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a> MnO<sub>2</sub> + 4HCl = MnCl<sub>2</sub> + Cl<sub>2</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>O.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_79_79" id="Footnote_79_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_79_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a> Provided a sufficiency of ammonic chloride is present.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_80_80" id="Footnote_80_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_80_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a> With some silicates, &c., a preliminary fusion with sodium +carbonate will be necessary.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_81_81" id="Footnote_81_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_81_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a> Instead of sodium acetate, ammonium succinate can be +used.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_82_82" id="Footnote_82_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_82_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a> <i>Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry</i>, vol. x. p. 333.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_83_83" id="Footnote_83_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_83_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a> MnO<sub>2</sub> + 2FeSO<sub>4</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub> + +MnSO<sub>4</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>O.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_84_84" id="Footnote_84_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_84_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a> If the ore is very rich, a smaller quantity (0.75 or 1.5 +gram) must be taken; otherwise the iron will be insufficient.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_85_85" id="Footnote_85_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_85_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a> +<br /> +MnO<sub>2</sub> + 4HCl = MnCl<sub>2</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>O + Cl<sub>2</sub>.<br /> +Cl<sub>2</sub> + 2KI = 2KCl + I<sub>2</sub>.<br /> +</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_86_86" id="Footnote_86_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_86_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a> Iodine probably lost by volatilisation.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_87_87" id="Footnote_87_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_87_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a> Obtained as a brown powder by digesting red lead with +nitric acid and filtering.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_88_88" id="Footnote_88_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_88_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a> The water for dilution and the dilute sulphuric acid used +for washing should be previously tested, to see they have no reducing +action, with dilute permanganate of potassium solution.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_89_89" id="Footnote_89_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a> Arnold and Hardy, <i>Chemical News</i>, vol. lvii. p. 153.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h2> + +<h3>EARTHS, ALKALINE EARTHS, ALKALIES.</h3> + + +<h4>ALUMINA.</h4> + +<p>Alumina, the oxide of aluminium (Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>), is found in nature fairly +pure in the mineral corundum; transparent and coloured varieties of +which form the gems sapphire and ruby. A coarser compact variety +contaminated with oxide of iron constitutes emery. Compounded with +silica, alumina forms the base of clays and many rock-forming minerals. +China clay (or kaolin) is used as a source of alumina. Bauxite, hydrated +alumina, is also used for the same purpose—that is, for the preparation +of sulphate of alumina. The mineral cryolite is a fluoride of aluminium +and sodium.</p> + +<p>Corundum is characterised by a high specific gravity (4.0) and extreme +hardness. By these it is distinguished from felspar and similar +minerals, which it somewhat resembles in general appearance.</p> + +<p>Aluminium is used for a variety of small purposes: it is white, light, +and very tenacious; but owing to the difficulty of its reduction it is +expensive.</p> + +<p>Aluminium forms one series of salts which closely resemble those of +ferric iron. It forms an interesting series of double sulphates, known +as the alums. Common potash alum is +Al<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub>,K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>,24H<sub>2</sub>O.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Alumina is not precipitated from its acid solution by +sulphuretted hydrogen, but it is thrown down by ammonia (with the other +earths) as a white hydrate, soluble in soda and insoluble in ammonic +carbonate. Filtered off and ignited, it assumes, after treatment with +nitrate of cobalt before the blowpipe, a blue colour which is +characteristic. With natural compounds containing metallic oxides this +colour is masked. It is more satisfactory to make a separation in the +wet way and to test the ignited oxide.</p> + +<p><b>Separation and Solution.</b>—If the substance is insoluble in +hydrochloric acid it is finely powdered and fused with "fusion mixture" +with the help, in the case of corundum (which is very refractory) of a +little caustic soda or potash. The method of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span> working is the same as +that described for opening up silicates. See under <i>Silica</i>. Corundum +cannot be powdered in Wedgwood, or even agate, mortars; since it rapidly +wears these away and becomes contaminated with their powder. It is best +to use a hard steel mortar and to extract the metallic particles from +the bruised sample with a magnet or dilute acid.</p> + +<p>When the substance has been completely attacked and dissolved, it is +evaporated to dryness with an excess of hydrochloric acid on the +water-bath to render any silica present insoluble. The residue is +extracted with hydrochloric acid and freed from the second group of +metals by means of sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate from this (after +removing the sulphuretted hydrogen by boiling) is nearly neutralised, +and treated with 8 or 10 grams of hyposulphite of soda<a name="FNanchor_90_90" id="FNanchor_90_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_90_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a> in solution. +It is then boiled till the sulphurous oxide is driven off. The +precipitate is filtered off, ignited, and weighed as alumina.</p> + +<p>It is sometimes more convenient to proceed as follows:—After boiling +off the sulphuretted hydrogen peroxidise the iron with a little nitric +acid, add a solution of ammonic chloride, and then ammonia in very +slight excess; boil, filter, wash, ignite, and weigh the oxides. These +generally consist of ferric oxide and alumina. It is a common practice +to determine the iron, calculate it to ferric oxide, and so to estimate +the alumina indirectly. This may be done either by igniting in a current +of hydrogen and estimating the iron by the weight of oxygen lost; or, by +dissolving with sulphuric and hydrochloric acids, and determining the +iron volumetrically. It should be borne in mind that these oxides will +also contain any phosphoric oxide that happened to be in the mineral.</p> + +<p>In general analyses of samples containing alumina, it may be contained +in both the soluble and insoluble portions. In these cases it is better +to fuse the sample with "fusion mixture" before treatment with acids. +The alumina in the fused mass will exist in a state soluble in acids.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>Solutions containing alumina free from the other metals are diluted to a +convenient bulk and heated nearly to boiling. Add chloride of ammonium, +and then ammonia in slight excess; boil, allow to settle, filter, and +wash with hot water. Dry the precipitate, and ignite in a platinum or +porcelain crucible at the strongest heat. Cool, and weigh. The substance +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span>is alumina, Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, which contains 52.94 per cent. of aluminium. +It is only in special cases, such as the analysis of metals and alloys, +that it is reported as aluminium. The percentage of alumina is generally +given.</p> + +<p>Ignited alumina is difficultly soluble in acids; it is not reduced by +hydrogen at a red heat. Ignited with ammonium chloride portions are +volatilised.</p> + +<p><b>Direct Determination of Alumina in the Presence of Iron.</b>—The iron and +alumina are precipitated as hydrates by ammonia. The precipitate is +dissolved in hydrochloric acid and the iron reduced to the ferrous +state. It is then added to a hot solution of potash or soda. The +solution is boiled till the precipitate settles readily, filtered, and +washed with hot water. The alumina is contained in the filtrate, which +is acidified with hydrochloric acid and the alumina precipitated +therefrom as hydrate with ammonia, as just described.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Alumina in the Presence of Phosphates and Iron.</b>—For +details, see a paper by R.T. Thomson in the "Journal of the Society of +Chemical Industry," v. p. 152. The principles of the method are as +follows:—If the substance does not already contain sufficient +phosphoric oxide to saturate the alumina, some phosphate is added. The +iron is reduced to the ferrous state and phosphate of alumina +precipitated in an acetic acid solution. It is purified by +reprecipitation, ignited, and weighed as phosphate +(Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>,P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), which contains 41.8 per cent. of alumina, +Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.</p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF CLAYS.</h4> + +<p><b>Moisture.</b>—Take 5 grams of the carefully-prepared sample and dry in +the water-oven till the weight is constant.</p> + +<p><b>Loss on Ignition.</b>—Weigh up 2 grams of the sample used for the +moisture determination, and ignite in a platinum-crucible to redness, +cool, and weigh.</p> + +<p><b>Silica and Insoluble Silicates.</b>—Weigh up another 2 grams of the dried +sample, and place them in a platinum dish; moisten with water, and cover +with 20 c.c. of sulphuric acid. Evaporate and heat gently to drive off +the greater portion of the free acid. Allow to cool; and repeat the +operation. Extract by boiling with dilute hydrochloric acid, filter, +wash, dry, ignite, and weigh. The quantity of insoluble silicates is +determined by dissolving out the separated silica with a strong boiling +solution of sodium carbonate. The residue (washed, dried, and ignited) +is weighed, and reported as "sand."</p> + +<p><b>Alumina and Ferrous Oxide.</b>—To the filtrate from the silica add "soda" +solution till nearly neutral, and then sodium<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span> acetate. Boil and filter +off the precipitate. Reserve the filtrate. Dissolve the precipitate in +hydrochloric acid, and dilute to exactly 200 c.c. Divide into two parts +of 100 c.c. each. In one determine the iron by reducing and titrating in +the way described under volumetric iron. Calculate the percentage as +ferrous oxide, unless there are reasons to the contrary, also calculate +its weight as ferric oxide. To the other portion add ammonia in slight +excess, and boil. Filter, wash with hot water, dry, ignite, and weigh as +mixed alumina and ferric oxide. The weight of the ferric oxide has +already been determined in the first portion: deduct it, and the +difference is the weight of alumina.</p> + +<p><b>Lime.</b>—To the reserved filtrate, concentrated by evaporation, add +ammonium oxalate and ammonia; boil, filter, ignite strongly, and weigh +as lime.</p> + +<p><b>Magnesia</b> is separated from the filtrate by adding sodium phosphate. It +is weighed as magnesium pyrophosphate.</p> + +<p><b>Potash and Soda.</b>—These are determined in a fresh portion of the +sample by Lawrence Smith's method, as described on page 333.</p> + + +<h4>THORIA.</h4> + +<p>This is an oxide of thorium, ThO<sub>2</sub>. It is only found in a few rare +minerals. It is a heavy oxide, having, when strongly ignited, a specific +gravity of 9.2. In the ordinary course of analysis it will be separated +and weighed as alumina. It is separated from this and other earths by +the following method. The solution in hydrochloric acid is nearly +neutralised and then boiled with sodium hyposulphite. The thoria will be +in the precipitate. It is dissolved, and the solution heated with +ammonium oxalate in excess. The precipitate is thorium oxalate, which is +washed with hot water, dried, and ignited. It is then weighed as thoria, +ThO<sub>2</sub>. Thoria which has been ignited is not readily soluble in acids.</p> + + +<h4>ZIRCONIA.</h4> + +<p>The oxide of zirconium, ZrO<sub>2</sub>, is found in the mineral zircon, a +silicate of zirconia, ZrSiO<sub>4</sub>. When heated intensely it becomes very +luminous, and is used on this account for incandescent lights.</p> + +<p>In the ordinary course it is thrown down by ammonia with the other +earths, from which it is thus separated:—The hydrates precipitated in +the cold, and washed with cold water, are dissolved<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span> in hydrochloric +acid, nearly neutralised with soda, and precipitated by boiling with +hyposulphite of soda. Dissolve; and from the hydrochloric acid solution +precipitate the thoria (if any) with ammonium oxalate. To the filtrate +add carbonate of ammonia, which will precipitate any titanium present. +The zirconia will be in solution, and is recovered by precipitating with +potassium sulphate, or by evaporating the solution and igniting. It is +separated from alumina by taking advantage of its insolubility in +potassic hydrate.</p> + +<p>It is estimated in zircons in the following way:—The powdered substance +is fused with bisulphate of potash, and extracted with dilute sulphuric +acid. The residue is fused with caustic soda and extracted with water. +The portion not dissolved, consisting of zirconate of soda, is dissolved +in hydrochloric acid. The solution is diluted, filtered if necessary, +and treated with ammonia in excess. The precipitate is filtered off, +washed with hot water, dried, ignited, and weighed as zirconia, ZrO<sub>2</sub>. +This is a white powder, which is insoluble in acids; even in +hydrofluoric acid it is only slightly attacked.</p> + + +<h4>CERIUM.</h4> + +<p>Cerium occurs as silicate (together with the oxides of lanthanum, +didymium, iron and calcium) in the mineral cerite, which is its chief +source. It also occurs as phosphate in monazite, and as fluoride in +fluocerite. The oxalate is used in medicine. Cerium forms two classes of +salts corresponding to the oxides, cerous oxide (Ce<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) and ceric +oxide (CeO<sub>2</sub>). Compounds of cerium with volatile acids yield dioxide +on ignition; and this, on solution in hydrochloric acid, yields cerous +chloride and chlorine.</p> + +<p>In the ordinary course cerium is thrown down along with alumina and the +other earths by ammonia. It is separated by dissolving the hydrates in +hydrochloric acid, and oxidizing with chlorine water. On treating with +oxalic acid, cerium, lanthanum, and didymium are precipitated as +oxalates, which on ignition are converted into oxides. These are soluble +in acids. Their solution in hydrochloric acid is nearly neutralised; +acetate of soda is then added, and an excess of sodium hypochlorite. On +boiling, the cerium is precipitated as dioxide, which is filtered off, +ignited, and weighed.</p> + +<p>Cerium is detected by giving with borax a bead which is yellow in the +oxidising, and colourless in the reducing flame. Traces of cerium +compounds boiled with dioxide of lead and nitric acid will give a yellow +solution.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>LANTHANUM AND DIDYMIUM</h4> + +<p>occur together with cerium in cerite, and are separated with that metal +as oxalates, as described under <i>Cerium</i>.</p> + +<p>Didymium salts have a rose or violet colour, and impart (when in +sufficient quantity) the same colour to the borax bead. Solutions have a +characteristic absorption-spectrum.</p> + +<p>The separation of lanthanum and didymium in the solution from which the +cerium has been precipitated is effected by precipitating them together +as oxalates, igniting, and dissolving in dilute nitric acid. This +solution is then evaporated to dryness and ignited, for a few minutes, +just below redness. A subnitrate of didymium is formed, and remains as +an insoluble residue on extracting with hot water. The separated salts +are treated with ammonia and ignited, and weighed as oxides (La<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> +and Di<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>).</p> + + +<h4>YTTRIA.</h4> + +<p>Yttria is found in gadolinite and some other rare minerals. It is +precipitated along with the other earths by ammonia. It is distinguished +by the insolubility of its hydrate in potash, by the insolubility of its +oxalate in oxalic acid, and by not being precipitated by hyposulphite of +soda or potassium sulphate. Further, it is precipitated by potash in the +presence of tartaric acid as an insoluble tartrate. This reaction +distinguishes the members of the yttria group from most of the other +earths. The other members of the group closely resemble it, and amongst +them are erbia, terbia, ytterbia, scandia, &c.</p> + + +<h4>BERYLLIA.</h4> + +<p>The oxide of beryllium, BeO (also known as glucina), occurs in nature +mainly as silicate. Beryl, the green transparent variety of which is the +emerald, is the best known of these. It is a silicate of alumina and +beryllia.<a name="FNanchor_91_91" id="FNanchor_91_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_91_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a> Some other minerals in which it occurs are phenakite, +euclase, and chrysoberyl.</p> + +<p>In the ordinary course of analysis, beryllia will be precipitated with +alumina, &c., by ammonic hydrate. It is distinguished by the solubility +of its hydrate in ammonic carbonate, by not being precipitated by +boiling with sodium hyposulphite, and by not being precipitated by +ammonic sulphide from an ammonic carbonate solution.</p> + +<p>The analysis of silicates containing beryllia is thus effected.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span> The +finely powdered substance is fused with twice its weight of potassium +carbonate; and the "melt" is extracted with water, and evaporated with a +slight excess of sulphuric acid to render the silica insoluble. Treat +with water, filter, and evaporate the filtrate until a crust is formed. +Potash alum crystallises out. The liquor is poured off into a warm +strong solution of ammonium carbonate. Ferric hydrate and alumina will +be precipitated. They are filtered off, re-dissolved, and again +precipitated in ammonic carbonate solution; the combined filtrates are +boiled for some time, and acidified slightly with hydrochloric acid. The +carbon dioxide is boiled off, and the beryllia is then precipitated as +hydrate with ammonia. The hydrate is washed with hot water, dried, +ignited, and weighed as beryllia, BeO.</p> + +<p>Beryllia has a specific gravity of 3.08. It is white, infusible, and +insoluble in water. After ignition, it is insoluble in acids, except +sulphuric, but is rendered soluble by fusion with alkalies.</p> + +<p>Beryllia, in a solution of carbonate of ammonia, is precipitated as +carbonate on boiling in proportion as the carbonate of ammonia is +volatilised. The hydrate is dissolved by a boiling solution of ammonic +chloride, ammonia being evolved.</p> + + +<h3>THE ALKALINE EARTHS.</h3> + + +<h4>LIME.</h4> + +<p>Lime is an oxide of calcium, CaO. It occurs abundantly in nature, but +only in a state of combination. The carbonate (CaCO<sub>3</sub>), found as +limestone, chalk, and other rocks, and as the minerals calcite and +arragonite, is the most commonly occurring compound. The hydrated +sulphate, gypsum (CaSO<sub>4</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O), is common, and is used in making +"plaster of Paris." Anhydrite (CaSO<sub>4</sub>) also occurs in rock masses, and +is often associated with rock salt. Phosphate of lime, in the forms of +apatite, phosphorite, coprolite, &c., is largely mined. Lime is a +component of most natural silicates. Calcium also occurs, combined with +fluorine, in the mineral fluor (CaF<sub>2</sub>). In most of these the acid is +the important part of the mineral; it is only the carbonate which is +used as a source of lime.</p> + +<p>Lime, in addition to its use in mortars and cements, is valuable as a +flux in metallurgical operations, and as a base in chemical work on a +large scale. A mixture of lime and magnesia is used in the manufacture +of basic fire-bricks.</p> + +<p>Carbonate of lime on ignition, especially when in contact with reducing +substances, loses carbonic acid, and becomes lime. This<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span> is known as +"quicklime"; on treatment with water it becomes hot, expands, and falls +to a powder of "slaked lime" or calcium hydrate (CaH<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub>). The +hydrate is slightly soluble in water (0.1368 gram in 100 c.c.), forming +an alkaline solution known as lime-water. Calcium hydrate is more +generally used suspended in water as "milk of lime."</p> + +<p>As a flux it is used either as limestone or as quicklime. Silica forms +with lime a compound, calcium silicate, which is not very fusible; but +when alumina and other oxides are present, as in clays and in most rocky +substances, the addition of lime gives a very fusible slag.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Calcium is detected by the reddish colour which its salts +impart to the flame. It is best to moisten with hydrochloric acid (or, +in the case of some silicates, to treat with ammonium fluoride) before +bringing the substance into the flame. When seen through a spectroscope, +it shows a large number of lines, of which a green and an orange are +most intense and characteristic. Calcium is detected in solution (after +removal of the metals by treatment with sulphuretted hydrogen and +ammonium sulphide) by boiling with ammonium oxalate and ammonia. The +lime is completely thrown down as a white precipitate. Lime is +distinguished from the other alkaline earths by forming a sulphate +insoluble in dilute alcohol, but completely soluble in a boiling +solution of ammonium sulphate.</p> + +<p>Lime compounds are for the most part soluble in water or in dilute +hydrochloric acid. Calcium fluoride must be first converted into +sulphate by evaporation in a platinum dish with sulphuric acid. +Insoluble silicates are opened up by fusion with "fusion mixture," as +described under <i>Silica</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—The separation of lime is effected by evaporating with +hydrochloric acid, to separate silica; and by treating with sulphuretted +hydrogen, to remove the second group of metals. If the substance +contains much iron, the solution is next oxidised by boiling with a +little nitric acid; and the iron, alumina, &c., are removed as basic +acetates. The filtrate is treated with ammonia and sulphuretted +hydrogen, and allowed to settle. The filtrate from this is heated to +boiling, treated with a solution of ammonium oxalate in excess, boiled +for five or ten minutes, allowed to settle for half an hour, and +filtered. The precipitate contains all the lime as calcium oxalate.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The precipitate of calcium oxalate is washed with hot water, dried, +transferred to a weighed platinum crucible, and ignited at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span> a +temperature not above incipient redness. This ignition converts the +oxalate into carbonate, with evolution of carbonic oxide, which burns at +the mouth of the crucible with a blue flame.<a name="FNanchor_92_92" id="FNanchor_92_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_92_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a> Generally a small +quantity of the carbonate is at the same time converted into lime. To +reconvert it into carbonate, moisten with a few drops of ammonic +carbonate solution, and dry in a water-oven. Heat gently over a Bunsen +burner, cool, and weigh. The substance is calcium carbonate (CaCO<sub>3</sub>), +and contains 56 per cent. of lime (CaO). It is a white powder, and +should show no alkaline reaction with moistened litmus-paper.</p> + +<p>Where the precipitate is small, it is better to ignite strongly over the +blowpipe, and weigh directly as lime. With larger quantities, and when +many determinations have to be made, it is easier to make the +determination volumetrically.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>These are carried out either by dissolving the oxalate at once in dilute +sulphuric acid, and titrating with permanganate of potassium solution; +or by calcining it to a mixture of lime and carbonate, and determining +its neutralising power with the standard solutions of acid and alkali.</p> + +<p><b>Titration with Permanganate of Potassium Solution.</b>—This solution is +made by dissolving 5.643 grams of the salt in water, and by diluting to +1 litre; 100 c.c. are equivalent to 0.5 gram of lime. The solution is +standardised by titrating a quantity of oxalic acid about equivalent to +the lime present in the assay; 0.5 gram of lime is equivalent to 1.125 +gram of crystallised oxalic acid. The standardising may be done with +iron. The standard found for iron multiplied by 0.5 gives that for lime.</p> + +<p>The process is as follows:—The calcium oxalate (having been +precipitated and washed, as in the gravimetric process) is washed +through the funnel into a flask with hot dilute sulphuric acid, boiled +till dissolved, diluted to 200 c.c. with water, and heated to about 80° +C. The standard solution of "permanganate" is then run in, (not too +quickly, and with constant shaking) until a permanent pink tinge is +produced. The c.c. used multiplied by the standard, and divided by the +weight of the substance taken, will give the percentage of lime.</p> + +<p><b>Estimation of Lime by Alkalimetry.</b>—The methods of determining the +amount of an alkali or base by means of a standard acid solution, or, +conversely, of determining an acid by means of a standard alkaline +solution, are so closely related that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span> they are best considered under +one head. The same standard solution is applicable for many purposes, +and, consequently, it is convenient to make it of such strength that one +litre of it shall equal an equivalent in grams of any of the substances +to be determined. Such solutions are termed <i>normal</i>. For example, a +solution of hydrochloric acid (HCl = 36.5) containing 36.5 grams of real +acid per litre, would be normal and of equivalent strength to a solution +containing either 17 grams of ammonia (NH<sub>3</sub> = 17) or 40 grams of sodic +hydrate (NaHO = 40) per litre. It will be seen in these cases that the +normal solution contains the molecular weight in grams per litre; and, +if solutions of these strengths be made, it will be found that they +possess equal neutralising value.</p> + +<p>If, now, a solution containing 98 grams of sulphuric acid (H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = +98) per litre be made, it will be found to have twice the strength of +the above solution, that is, 100 c.c. of the soda would only require 50 +c.c. of the acid to neutralise it. The reason for this will be seen on +inspecting the equations:—</p> + +<p> + NaHO + HCl = NaCl + H<sub>2</sub>O.<br /> + 2NaHO + H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + 2H<sub>2</sub>O.<br /> +</p> + +<p>Acids like sulphuric acid are termed bibasic, and their equivalent is +only half the molecular weight. Thus, a normal solution of sulphuric +acid would contain 49 grams (98/2) of real acid per litre. Similarly, +lime and most of the bases are bibasic, as may be seen from the +following equations; hence their equivalent will be half the molecular +weight.</p> + +<p> + 2HCl + CaO = CaCl<sub>2</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O.<br /> + 2HCl + MgO = MgCl<sub>2</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O.<br /> +</p> + +<p><i>The standard normal solution of hydrochloric acid</i> is made by diluting +100 c.c. of the strong acid to one litre with water. This will be +approximately normal. In order to determine its exact strength, weigh up +3 grams of recently ignited pure sodium carbonate or of the ignited +bicarbonate. Transfer to a flask and dissolve in 200 c.c. of water; when +dissolved, cool, tint faintly yellow with a few drops of a solution of +methyl orange, and run in the standard "acid " from a burette till the +yellow changes to a pink. Read off the number of c.c. used, and +calculate to how much sodium carbonate 100 c.c. of the "acid" are +equivalent. If the "acid" is strictly normal, this will be 5.3 grams. It +will probably be equivalent to more than this. Now calculate how much +strictly normal "acid" would be equivalent to the standard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span> found. For +example: suppose the standard found is 5.5 gram of sodium carbonate, +then—</p> + +<p> + 5.3 : 5.5 :: 100 : <i>x</i><br /> + (where <i>x</i> is the quantity of normal "acid" required).<br /> + <i>x</i> = 103.8 c.c.<br /> +</p> + +<p>To get the "acid" of normal strength, we should then add 3.8 c.c. of +water to each 100 c.c. of the standard solution remaining. Suppose there +were left 930 c.c. of the approximate "acid," 35.3 c.c. of water must be +added and mixed. It should then be checked by another titration with +pure sodium carbonate.</p> + +<p><i>The standard solution of semi-normal "alkali."</i> The best alkali for +general purposes is ammonia, but, since it is volatile (especially in +strong solutions), it is best to make it of half the usual strength, or +<i>semi-normal</i>. One litre of this will contain 8.5 grams of ammonia +(NH<sub>3</sub>), and 100 c.c. of it will just neutralise 50 c.c. of the normal +"acid." Take 100 c.c. of dilute ammonia and dilute with water to one +litre. Run into a flask 50 c.c. of the standard "acid," tint with methyl +orange, and run in from a burette the solution of ammonia till +neutralised. Less than 100 c.c. will probably be used. Suppose 95 c.c. +were required, there should have been 100, hence there is a deficiency +of five. Then, for each 95 c.c. of standard "ammonia" left, add 5 c.c. +of water, and mix well. 100 c.c. will now be equivalent to 50 c.c. of +the "acid."</p> + +<p>As an example of the application of this method, we may take the +determination of lime in limestone, marble, and similar substances.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Lime in Limestone.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the dried +sample, and dissolve in 25 c.c. of normal acid, cool, dilute to 100 +c.c., and titrate with the semi-normal solution of alkali (using +methyl-orange as an indicator). Divide the c.c. of alkali used by 2, +subtract from 25, and multiply by 0.028 to find the weight of lime. This +method is not applicable in the presence of other carbonates or oxides, +unless the weight of these substances be afterwards determined and due +correction be made.</p> + + +<h4>STRONTIA.</h4> + +<p>Strontia, the oxide of strontium (SrO), occurs in nature as sulphate, in +the mineral celestine (SrSO<sub>4</sub>), and as carbonate in strontianite +(SrCO<sub>3</sub>). It is found in small quantities in limestones, chalk, &c.</p> + +<p>Strontia is used in sugar-refining, and for the preparation of coloured +lights.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—It is detected by the crimson colour which its<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span> compounds +(when moistened with hydrochloric acid) impart to the flame. The +spectrum shows a large number of lines, of which a red, an orange, and a +blue are most characteristic.</p> + +<p>It resembles lime in many of its compounds, but is distinguished by the +insolubility of its sulphate in a boiling solution of ammonium sulphate, +and by the insolubility of its nitrate in alcohol. From baryta, which it +also resembles, it is distinguished by not yielding an insoluble +chromate in an acetic acid solution, by the solubility of its chloride +in alcohol, and by the fact that its sulphate is converted into +carbonate on boiling with a solution formed of 3 parts of potassium +carbonate and 1 of potassium sulphate.</p> + +<p>It is got into solution in the same manner as lime. The sulphate should +be fused with "fusion mixture," extracted with water, and thoroughly +washed. The residue will contain the strontia as carbonate, which is +readily soluble in dilute hydrochloric or nitric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—It is separated (after removal of the silica and metals, +as described under <i>Lime</i>) by adding ammonia and ammonia carbonate, and +allowing to stand for some hours in a warm place. In the absence of +baryta or lime it is filtered off, and weighed as strontium carbonate, +which contains 70.17 per cent. of strontia. It is separated from baryta +by dissolving in a little hydrochloric acid, adding ammonia in excess, +and then acidifying with acetic acid, and precipitating the baryta with +potassium bichromate, as described under <i>Baryta</i>. The strontia is +precipitated from the filtrate by boiling for some time with a strong +solution of ammonic sulphate and a little ammonia. Fifty parts of +ammonic sulphate are required for each part of strontia or lime present. +The precipitate is filtered off, and washed first with a solution of +ammonic sulphate, and then with alcohol. It is dried, ignited and +weighed as strontium sulphate.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The determination of strontia in pure solutions is best made by adding +sulphuric acid in excess and alcohol in volume equal to that of the +solution. Allow to stand overnight, filter, wash with dilute alcohol, +dry, ignite at a red heat, and weigh as sulphate (SrSO<sub>4</sub>). This +contains 56.4 per cent. of strontia (SrO); or 47.7 per cent. of +strontium.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>BARYTA.</h4> + +<p>Baryta, oxide of barium (BaO), commonly occurs in combination with +sulphuric oxide in the mineral barytes or heavy spar (BaSO<sub>4</sub>), and in +combination with carbon dioxide in witherite (BaCO<sub>3</sub>). These minerals +are not unfrequently found in large quantity (associated with galena and +other metallic sulphides) in lodes. Small isolated crystals of these are +frequently found in mining districts. Barium is a constituent of certain +mineral waters. The minerals are recognised by their high specific +gravity and their crystalline form.</p> + +<p>Compounds of barium are often used by the assayer, more especially the +chloride and hydrate. The salts are, with the exception of the sulphate, +generally soluble in water or hydrochloric acid. In such solutions +sulphuric acid produces a white precipitate of baric sulphate, which is +practically insoluble in all acids.</p> + +<p>The dioxide (BaO<sub>2</sub>) is used for the preparation of oxygen. On strong +ignition it gives up oxygen, and is converted into baryta (BaO), which, +at a lower temperature, takes up oxygen from the air, re-forming the +dioxide.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Barium is detected by the green colour its salts, +especially the chloride, give to the flame. This, viewed through the +spectroscope, shows a complicated spectrum, of which two lines in the +green are most easily recognised and characteristic. The salts of barium +give no precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen in either acid or +alkaline solution, but with sulphuric acid they at once give a +precipitate, which is insoluble in acetate of soda. In solutions +rendered faintly acid with acetic acid, they give a yellow precipitate +with bichromate of potash. These reactions are characteristic of barium.</p> + +<p>Baryta is got into solution in the manner described under <i>Lime</i>; but in +the case of the sulphate the substance is fused with three or four times +its weight of "fusion mixture." The "melt" is extracted with water, +washed, and the residue dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—The separation is thus effected:—The solution in +hydrochloric acid is evaporated to dryness, re-dissolved in hot dilute +hydrochloric acid, and sulphuric acid is added to the solution till no +further precipitate is formed. The precipitate is filtered off, and +digested with a solution of ammonium acetate or of sodium hyposulphite +at 50° or 60° C. to dissolve out any lead sulphate. The residue is +filtered off, washed, dried, and ignited. The ignited substance is mixed +with four or five times its weight of "fusion mixture," and fused in a +platinum-dish over the blowpipe<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span> for a few minutes. When cold, it is +extracted with cold water, filtered, and washed. The residue is +dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, and (if necessary) filtered. The +solution contains the barium as baric chloride mixed, perhaps, with +salts of strontium or lime. To separate these, ammonia is added till the +solution is alkaline, and then acetic acid in slight excess. Chromate of +baryta is then thrown down, by the addition of bichromate of potash, as +a yellow precipitate. It is allowed to settle, filtered and washed with +a solution of acetate or of nitrate of ammonia. It is dried, ignited +gently, and weighed. It is BaCrO<sub>4</sub>, and contains 60.47 per cent. of +baryta.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The gravimetric determination of baryta, when lime and strontia are +absent, is as follows:—The solution, if it contains much free acid, is +nearly neutralised with ammonia, and then diluted to 100 or 200 c.c. It +is heated to boiling, and dilute sulphuric acid is added till no further +precipitation takes place. The precipitate is allowed to settle for a +few minutes, decanted through a filter, and washed with hot water; and, +afterwards, dried, transferred to a porcelain crucible, and strongly +ignited in the muffle or over the blowpipe for a few minutes. It is then +cooled, and weighed as sulphate of baryta (BaSO<sub>4</sub>). It contains 65.67 +per cent. of baryta (BaO).</p> + +<p>In determining the baryta in minerals which are soluble in acid, it is +precipitated direct from the hydrochloric acid solution (nearly +neutralised with ammonia) by means of sulphuric acid. The precipitated +baric sulphate is digested with a solution of ammonic acetate; and +filtered, washed, ignited, and weighed.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The principle and mode of working of this is the same as that given +under the Sulphur Assay; but using a standard solution of sulphuric acid +instead of one of barium chloride. The standard solution of sulphuric +acid is made to contain 32.02 grams of sulphuric acid (H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), or +an equivalent of a soluble alkaline sulphate, per litre. 100 c.c. will +be equal to 5 grams of baryta.</p> + +<p>Five grams of the substance are taken, and the baryta they contain +converted into carbonate (if necessary). The carbonate is dissolved in +dilute hydrochloric acid. Ten grams of sodium acetate are added, and the +solution, diluted to 500 c.c., is boiled, and titrated in the manner +described.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lead salts must be absent in the titration, and so must strontia and +lime. Ferrous salts should be peroxidised by means of permanganate or +chlorate of potash. Other salts do not interfere.</p> + + +<h4>MAGNESIA.</h4> + +<p>Magnesia, the oxide of magnesium (MgO) occurs in nature in the rare +mineral periclase (MgO); and hydrated, as brucite (MgH<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub>). As +carbonate it occurs in large quantity as magnesite (MgCO<sub>3</sub>), which is +the chief source of magnesia. Mixed with carbonate of lime, it forms +magnesian limestone and dolomite. It is present in larger or smaller +quantity in most silicates; and the minerals, serpentine, talc, steatite +and meerschaum are essentially hydrated silicates of magnesia. Soluble +magnesian salts occur in many natural waters; more especially the +sulphate and the chloride. Kieserite (MgSO<sub>4</sub>.H<sub>2</sub>O) occurs in +quantity at Stassfurt, and is used in the manufacture of Epsom salts.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Magnesia is best detected in the wet way. Its compounds +give no colour to the flame, and the only characteristic dry reaction is +its yielding a pink mass when ignited before the blowpipe (after +treatment with a solution of cobalt nitrate). In solution, it is +recognised by giving no precipitate with ammonia or ammonic carbonate in +the presence of ammonic chloride, and by giving a white crystalline +precipitate on adding sodium phosphate or arsenate to the ammoniacal +solution.</p> + +<p>Magnesia differs from the other alkaline earths by the solubility of its +sulphate in water.</p> + +<p>Magnesia is dissolved by boiling with moderately strong acids; the +insoluble compounds are fused with "fusion mixture," and treated as +described under <i>Silicates</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—It is separated by evaporating the acid solution to +dryness to render silica insoluble, and by taking up with dilute +hydrochloric acid. The solution is freed from the second group of metals +by means of sulphuretted hydrogen, and the iron, alumina, &c., are +removed with ammonic chloride, ammonia, and ammonic sulphide. The +somewhat diluted filtrate is treated, first, with ammonia, and then with +carbonate of ammonia in slight excess. It is allowed to stand for an +hour in a warm place, and then filtered. The magnesia is precipitated +from the filtrate by the addition of an excess of sodium phosphate and +ammonia. It is allowed to stand overnight, filtered, and washed with +dilute ammonia. The precipitate contains the magnesia as +ammonic-magnesic phosphate.</p> + +<p>In cases where it is not desirable to introduce sodium salts or +phosphoric acid into the assay solution, the following method is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span> +adopted. The solution (freed from the other alkaline earths by ammonium +carbonate) is evaporated in a small porcelain dish with nitric acid. The +residue (after removing the ammonic salts by ignition) is taken up with +a little water and a few crystals of oxalic acid, transferred to a +platinum dish, evaporated to dryness, and ignited. The residue is +extracted with small quantities of boiling water and filtered off; while +the insoluble magnesia is washed. The filtrate contains the alkalies. +The residue is ignited, and weighed as magnesia. It is MgO.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution containing the magnesia is mixed with chloride of ammonium +and ammonia in excess. If a precipitate should form, more ammonic +chloride is required. Add sodium phosphate solution in excess, stir and +allow to stand overnight. Filter and wash the precipitate with dilute +ammonia. Dry, transfer to a platinum or porcelain crucible, and ignite +(finally at intense redness); cool, and weigh. The substance is magnesic +pyrophosphate (Mg<sub>2</sub>P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>), and contains 36.04 per cent. of +magnesia.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>The magnesia having been precipitated as ammonic-magnesic phosphate, +which is the usual separation, its weight can be determined +volumetrically by the method of titration described under <i>Phosphates</i>.</p> + +<p>The same standard solution of uranium acetate is used. Its standard for +magnesia is got by multiplying the standard for phosphoric oxide by +0.5493. For example, if one hundred c.c. are equivalent to 0.5 gram of +phosphoric oxide, they will be equivalent to (0.5 × .5493) 0.2746 gram +of magnesia. The method of working and the conditions of the titration +are the same as for the phosphate titration. The quantity of substance +taken for assay must not contain more than 0.1 or 0.2 gram of magnesia. +After precipitating as ammonic-magnesic phosphate with sodium phosphate, +and well washing with ammonia, it is dissolved in dilute hydrochloric +acid, neutralised with ammonia, and sodic acetate and acetic acid are +added in the usual quantity. The solution is boiled and titrated.</p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF A LIMESTONE.</h4> + +<p><b>Silica and Insoluble Silicates.</b>—Take one gram of the dried sample and +dissolve it in 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid; filter; wash, dry, +and ignite the residue.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Organic Matter.</b>—If the residue insoluble in hydrochloric acid shows +the presence of organic matter, it must be collected on a weighed filter +and dried at 100°. On weighing, it gives the combined weights of organic +and insoluble matter. The latter is determined by igniting and weighing +again. The organic matter is calculated by difference.</p> + +<p><b>Lime.</b>—Where but little magnesia is present, this is determined by +titration with standard acid. Take one gram, and dissolve it in 25 c.c. +of normal hydrochloric acid. Tint with methyl-orange and titrate with +semi-normal ammonia. Divide the quantity of ammonia used by 2, deduct +this from 25, and multiply the remainder by 2.8. This gives the +percentage of lime. Where magnesia is present, the same method is +adopted, and the magnesia (which is separately determined) is afterwards +deducted. The percentage of magnesia found is multiplied by 1.4, and the +result is deducted from the apparent percentage of lime got by +titrating.</p> + +<p><b>Magnesia.</b>—Dissolve 2 grams of the limestone in hydrochloric acid, and +separate the lime with ammonia and ammonium oxalate. The filtrate is +treated with sodium phosphate, and the magnesia is weighed as +pyrophosphate, or titrated with uranium acetate.</p> + +<p><b>Iron.</b>—Dissolve 2 grams in hydrochloric acid, reduce, and titrate with +standard permanganate of potassium solution. This gives the total iron. +The ferrous iron is determined by dissolving another 2 grams in +hydrochloric acid and at once titrating with the permanganate of +potassium solution.</p> + +<p><b>Manganese.</b>—Dissolve 20 grams in hydrochloric acid, nearly neutralise +with soda, add sodium acetate, boil, and filter. To the filtrate add +bromine; boil, and determine the manganese in the precipitate. See page +300.</p> + +<p><b>Phosphoric Oxide.</b>—This is determined by dissolving the ferric acetate +precipitate from the manganese separation in hydrochloric acid, adding +ammonia in excess, and passing sulphuretted hydrogen. Filter and add to +the filtrate "magnesia mixture." The precipitate is collected, washed +with ammonia, ignited, and weighed as pyrophosphate.</p> + + +<h4>THE ALKALIES.</h4> + +<p>The oxides of sodium, potassium, lithium, cæsium, and rubidium and +ammonia are grouped under this head. Of these cæsia and rubidia are +rare, and lithia comparatively so. They are easily distinguished by +their spectra. They are characterised by the solubility of almost all +their salts in water, and, consequently, are found in the solutions from +which the earths and oxides of the metals have been separated by the +usual group re-agents.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span></p> + +<p>The solution from which the other substances have been separated is +evaporated to dryness, and the product ignited to remove the ammonic +salts added for the purpose of separation. The residue contains the +alkali metals generally, as chlorides or sulphates. Before determining +the quantities of the particular alkali metals present, it is best to +convert them altogether, either into chloride or sulphate, and to take +the weight of the mixed salts. It is generally more convenient to weigh +them as chlorides. They are converted into this form, if none of the +stronger acids are present, by simply evaporating with an excess of +hydrochloric acid. Nitrates are converted into chlorides by this +treatment. When sulphates or phosphates are present, the substance is +dissolved in a little water, and the sulphuric or phosphoric acid +precipitated with a slight excess of acetate of lead in the presence of +alcohol. The solution is filtered, and the excess of lead precipitated +with sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate from this is evaporated to +dryness with an excess of hydrochloric acid, and the residue, consisting +of the mixed chlorides, is gently ignited and weighed. In many cases +(such as the analysis of slags and of some natural silicates where the +percentage of alkalies is small) the percentage of soda and potash +(which most commonly occur) need not be separately determined. It is +sufficient to report the proportion of mixed alkalies; which is thus +ascertained:—Dissolve the ignited and weighed chlorides in 100 c.c. of +distilled water, and titrate with the standard solution of silver +nitrate (using potassic chromate as indicator) in the manner described +under <i>Chlorine</i>. The c.c. of silver nitrate used gives the weight in +milligrams of the chlorine present. Multiply this by 0.775, and deduct +the product from the weight of the mixed chlorides. This will give the +combined weight of the alkalies (Na<sub>2</sub>O and K<sub>2</sub>O) present. For +example, 0.0266 gram of mixed chlorides required on titrating 14.2 c.c. +of silver nitrate, which is equivalent to 0.0142 gram of chlorine. This +multiplied by 0.775 gives 0.0110 to be deducted from the weight of the +mixed chlorides.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Mixed chlorides</td><td align='left'>0.0266 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Deduction</td><td align='left'>0.0110 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mixed alkalies</td><td align='left'>0.0156 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Assuming this to have been got from 1 gram of a rock, it would amount to +1.56 per cent. of "potash and soda."</p> + +<p>The relative proportions of the potash and soda can be ascertained from +the same determination. Sodium and potassium chlorides have the +following composition:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span>—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium</td><td align='left'>39.38</td><td align='left'>Potassium</td><td align='left'>52.46</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chlorine</td><td align='left'>60.62</td><td align='left'>Chlorine</td><td align='left'>47.54</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.00</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.00</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The percentage of chlorine in the mixed chlorides is calculated. It +necessarily falls somewhere between 47.5 and 60.6 per cent., and +approaches the one or the other of these numbers as the proportion of +the sodium or potassium preponderates. Each per cent. of chlorine in +excess of 47.5 represents 7.63 per cent. of sodium chloride in the mixed +chlorides. The percentage of potash and soda in the substance can be +calculated in the usual way. Sodium chloride multiplied by 0.5302 gives +its equivalent of soda (Na<sub>2</sub>O), and potassium chloride multiplied by +0.6317 gives its equivalent of potash (K<sub>2</sub>O).</p> + +<p>The weight of sodium chloride in the mixed chlorides is also calculated +thus:—Take the same example for illustration. Multiply the chlorine +found by 2.103. This gives—</p> + +<p> + (0.0142×2.103) = 0.02987.<br /> +</p> + +<p>From the product deduct the weight of the mixed chlorides found—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Product</td><td align='left'>0.02987</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mixed chlorides</td><td align='left'>0.02660</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Difference</td><td align='left'>0.00327</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The difference multiplied by 3.6288 gives the weight of sodium chloride +in the mixture. In this case it equals 0.0118 gram. The potassium +chloride is indicated by the difference between this and the weight of +the mixed chlorides. It equals 0.0148 gram. We have now got—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium chloride</td><td align='left'>0.0118 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Potassium chloride</td><td align='left'>0.0148 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>from 1 gram of the rock taken. Multiplying these by their factors we +have (Soda = 0.0118×0.5302; Potash 0.0148×0.6317)—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda</td><td align='left'>= 0.625 per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Potash</td><td align='left'>= 0.935 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Concentration of the Alkalies.</b>—With the exception of magnesia, all +the other bases are separated from the alkalies in the ordinary course +of work without the addition of any re-agent which cannot be removed by +simple evaporation and ignition. Consequently, with substances soluble +in acids, successive treatment of the solution with sulphuretted +hydrogen, ammonia,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span> ammonic sulphide, and ammonic carbonate, filtering, +where necessary, will yield a filtrate containing the whole of the +alkalies with ammonic salts and, perhaps, magnesia.</p> + +<p>The filtrate is evaporated in a small porcelain dish, with the addition +of nitric acid towards the finish. It is carried to dryness and ignited. +The residue is taken up with a little water, treated with a few crystals +of oxalic acid, and again evaporated and ignited. The alkaline salts are +extracted with water, and filtered from the magnesia into a weighed +platinum dish. The solution is then evaporated with an excess of +hydrochloric acid, ignited at a low red heat, and weighed. The residue +consists of the mixed alkaline chlorides.</p> + +<p>For substances (such as most silicates and similar bodies) not +completely decomposed by acids, Lawrence Smith's method is generally +used. This is as follows:—Take from 0.5 to 1 gram of the finely +powdered mineral, and mix, by rubbing in the mortar, with an equal +weight of ammonium chloride. Then mix with eight times as much pure +calcium carbonate, using a part of it to rinse out the mortar. Transfer +to a platinum crucible, and heat gently over a Bunsen burner until the +ammonic chloride is decomposed (five or ten minutes). Raise the heat to +redness, and continue at this temperature for about three quarters of an +hour. The crucible must be kept covered. Cool, and turn out the mass +into a 4-inch evaporating dish; wash the crucible and cover with +distilled water, and add the washings to the dish; dilute to 60 or 80 +c.c., and heat to boiling. Filter and wash. Add to the filtrate about +1.5 gram of ammonium carbonate; evaporate to about 40 c.c., and add a +little more ammonic carbonate and some ammonia. Filter into a weighed +platinum dish, and evaporate to dryness. Heat gently, to drive off the +ammonic chloride, and ignite to a little below redness. Cool and weigh. +The residue consists of the mixed alkaline chlorides.</p> + +<p><b>Separation of the Alkali-Metals from each other.</b>—Sodium and lithium +are separated from the other alkali-metals by taking advantage of the +solubility of their chlorides in the presence of platinic chloride; and +from one another by the formation of an almost insoluble lithic +phosphate on boiling with a solution of sodium phosphate in a slightly +alkaline solution. Cæsium, rubidium, and potassium yield precipitates +with platinic chloride, which are somewhat soluble, and must be +precipitated from concentrated solutions. Cæsium and rubidium are +separated from potassium by fractional precipitation with platinum +chloride. Their platino-chlorides, being less soluble than that of +potassium, are precipitated first. One hundred parts of boiling water +dissolve 5.18 of the potassium platino-chloride, 0.634 of the rubidium<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span> +salt, and 0.377 of the corresponding cæsium compound. The separation of +lithium, cæsium, and rubidium is seldom called for, owing to their +rarity. The details of the separation of potassium from sodium are +described under <i>Potassium</i>. Ammonia compounds are sharply marked off +from the rest by their volatility, and it is always assumed that they +have been removed by ignition; if left in the solution, they would count +as potassium compounds. They will be considered under <i>Ammonia</i>.</p> + + +<h4>SODIUM.</h4> + +<p>Sodium is the commonest of the alkali metals. It is found in nature +chiefly combined with chlorine as "common salt" (NaCl). This mineral is +the source from which the various compounds of sodium in use are +prepared. Sodium occurs abundantly as nitrate (NaNO<sub>3</sub>) in Chili +saltpetre, and as silicate in various minerals, such as albite (or +soda-felspar).</p> + +<p>It occurs as fluoride in cryolite (Na<sub>3</sub>AlF<sub>6</sub>), and as carbonate in +natron, &c. Sulphates are also found. Sodium is very widely diffused, +few substances being free from it.</p> + +<p>The detection of sodium is easy and certain, owing to the strong yellow +colour its salts impart to the flame; this, when viewed by the +spectroscope, shows a single yellow line.<a name="FNanchor_93_93" id="FNanchor_93_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_93_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> The extreme delicacy of +this test limits its value, because of the wide diffusion of sodium +salts. It is more satisfactory to separate the chloride, which may be +recognised by its taste, flame coloration, fusibility, and negative +action with reagents. The chloride dissolved in a few drops of water +gives with potassium metantimoniate, a white precipitate of the +corresponding sodium salt.</p> + +<p>Sodium salts are dissolved out from most compounds on treatment with +water or dilute acids. Insoluble silicates are decomposed and the alkali +rendered soluble by Lawrence Smith's method, which has just been +described. The separation of the sodium from the mixed chlorides is +effected in the following way:—The chlorides are dissolved in a little +water and the potassium separated as platino-chloride. The soluble +sodium platino-chloride, with the excess of platinum, is boiled, mixed +with sulphuric acid, evaporated to dryness, and ignited. On extracting +with water, filtering, evaporating, and igniting, sodium sulphate is +left, and is weighed as such.</p> + +<p>It is more usual, and quite as satisfactory, to calculate the weight of +the sodium chloride by difference from that of the mixed chlorides, by +subtracting that of the potassium chloride,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span> which is separately +determined. For example, 1 gram of a rock gave—Mixed chlorides, 0.0266 +gram, and 0.0486 gram of potassic platino-chloride. This last is +equivalent to 0.0149 gram of potassium chloride.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Mixed chlorides found</td><td align='left'>0.0266</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Deduct potassium chloride</td><td align='left'>0.0149</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Leaves sodium chloride</td><td align='left'>0.0117</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The weight of sodium chloride found, multiplied by 0.5302, gives the +weight of the soda (Na<sub>2</sub>O).</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The solution, which must contain no other metal than sodium, is +evaporated in a weighed platinum crucible or dish. Towards the finish an +excess, not too great, of sulphuric acid is added, and the evaporation +is continued under a loosely fitting cover. The residue is ignited over +the blowpipe, a fragment of ammonic carbonate being added towards the +end, when fumes of sulphuric acid cease to be evolved. This ensures the +removal of the excess of acid. The crucible is cooled in the desiccator, +and weighed. The substance is sulphate of soda (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), and +contains 43.66 per cent. of soda (Na<sub>2</sub>O), or 32.38 per cent. of sodium +(Na).</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>There are various methods used for the different compounds of sodium. +There is no one method of general application. Thus with "common salt" +the chlorine is determined volumetrically; and the sodium, after +deducting for the other impurities, is estimated by difference.</p> + +<p>With sodic carbonate and caustic soda, a given weight of the sample is +titrated with standard acid, and the equivalent of soda estimated from +the alkalinity of the solution.</p> + +<p>With sodium sulphate, a modification of the same method is used. To a +solution of 3.55 grams of the salt contained in a half-litre flask, 250 +c.c. of a solution of baryta water is added. The volume is made up to +500 c.c. with water. The solution is mixed and filtered. Half of the +filtrate is measured off, treated with a current of carbonic acid, and +then boiled. It is transferred to a half-litre flask, diluted to the +mark, shaken up, and filtered. 250 c.c. of the filtrate, representing a +quarter of the sample taken, is then titrated with standard acid. The +standard acid is made by diluting 250 c.c. of the normal acid to 1 +litre. The c.c. of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span> acid used multiplied by 2 gives the percentage. A +correction must be made to counteract the effect of impurities in the +baryta as well as errors inherent in the process. This is small, and its +amount is determined by an experiment with 3.55 grams of pure sodium +sulphate.</p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF COMMON SALT.</h4> + +<p><b>Moisture.</b>—Powder and weigh up 10 grams of the sample into a platinum +dish. Dry in a water oven for an hour, and afterwards heat to bare +redness over a Bunsen burner. Cool, and weigh. The loss gives the water.</p> + +<p><b>Chlorine.</b>—Weigh up two separate lots of 1 gram each; dissolve in 100 +c.c. of water, and determine the chlorine by titrating with the standard +silver nitrate solution, using chromate of potash as indicator. See +<i>Chlorine</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Insoluble Matter.</b>—Dissolve 10 grams of the salt in water with the +help of a little hydrochloric acid. Filter off the sediment, wash, +ignite, and weigh. This residue is chiefly sand. Dilute the nitrate to +500 c.c.</p> + +<p><b>Lime.</b>—Take 250 c.c. of the filtrate, render ammoniacal and add +ammonium oxalate; wash, dry, and ignite the precipitate. Weigh as lime +(CaO).</p> + +<p><b>Magnesia.</b>—To the filtrate from the lime add phosphate of soda. Allow +to stand overnight, filter, wash with dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and +weigh as pyrophosphate.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphuric Oxide.</b>—To the remaining 250 c.c. of the filtrate from the +"insoluble," add an excess of barium chloride. Collect, wash, dry, +ignite, and weigh the barium sulphate.</p> + +<p><b>Sodium.</b>—It is estimated by difference.</p> + +<p>The following may be taken as an example:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Moisture</td><td align='left'>0.35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Insoluble matter</td><td align='left'>0.40</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lime</td><td align='left'>0.40</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesia</td><td align='left'>0.05</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='left'>0.60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chlorine</td><td align='left'>59.60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium</td><td align='left'>38.60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.00</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h4>POTASSIUM.</h4> + +<p>Potassium occurs in nature as chloride, in the mineral sylvine (KCl), +and more abundantly combined with magnesium chloride, in earnallite +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span>(KCl.MgCl<sub>2</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O). It occurs as nitrate in nitre (KNO<sub>3</sub>), and as +silicate in many minerals, such as orthoclase (or potash-felspar) and +muscovite (or potash-mica).</p> + +<p>Potassium compounds are detected by the characteristic violet colour +they impart to the flame. The presence of sodium salts masks this tint, +but the interference can be neutralised by viewing the flame through a +piece of blue glass. Viewed through the spectroscope, it shows a +characteristic line in the red and another in the violet. These, +however, are not so easy to recognise or obtain as the sodium one. +Concentrated solutions of potassium salts give a yellow crystalline +precipitate with platinum chloride, and a white crystalline one with the +acid tartrate of soda. For these tests the solution is best neutral. +These tests are only applicable in the absence of compounds other than +those of potassium and sodium.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>This process serves for its separation from sodium. Take 1 gram of the +sample and dissolve it in an evaporating dish with 50 c.c. of water. +Acidify with hydrochloric acid in quantity sufficient (if the metals are +present as chlorides) to make it acid, or, if other acids are present, +in at least such quantity as will provide the equivalent of chlorine. +Add 3 grams of platinum, in solution as platinum chloride, and evaporate +on a water-bath to a stiff paste, but not to dryness. Moisten with a few +drops of platinic chloride solution without breaking up the paste by +stirring. Cover with 20 c.c. of strong alcohol, and wash the crystals as +much as possible by rotating the dish. Allow to settle for a few +moments, and decant through a filter. Wash in the same way two or three +times until the colour of the filtrate shows that the excess of the +platinum chloride used is removed. Wash the precipitate on to the filter +with a jet of alcohol from the wash-bottle; clean the filter-paper, +using as little alcohol as possible. Dry in the water-oven for an hour. +Brush the precipitate into a weighed dish, and weigh it. It is potassium +platino-chloride (K<sub>2</sub>PtCl<sub>6</sub>), and contains 16.03 per cent. of +potassium, or 30.56 per cent. of potassium chloride (KCl), which is +equivalent to 19.3 per cent. of potash (K<sub>2</sub>O).</p> + +<p>If the filter-paper is not free from precipitate, burn it and weigh +separately. The excess of weight over that of the ash will be due to +platinum and potassic chloride (Pt and 2KCl). This multiplied by 1.413 +will give the weight of the potassic platino-chloride from which it was +formed. It must be added to the weight of the main precipitate.</p> + +<p>The mixed alkaline chlorides obtained in the usual course of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span> analysis +are treated in this manner; the quantity of platinum added must be about +three times as much as the mixed chlorides weigh.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>These are the same as with soda.</p> + +<p><b>Examination of Commercial Carbonate of Potash.</b>—The impurities to be +determined are moisture, silica, and insoluble matter, chlorine, +sulphuric oxide, and oxide of iron. These determinations are made in the +ways described under the examination of common salt.</p> + +<p>The <b>potassium</b> is determined by converting it into chloride and +precipitating with platinum chloride, &c., as just described.</p> + +<p><b>Available Alkali.</b>—Weigh up 23.5 grams of the sample, dissolve in +water, and make up to 500 c.c. Take 50 c.c., tint with methyl orange, +and titrate with the normal solution of acid. The c.c. of acid used +multiplied by 2 gives the percentage of available alkali calculated as +potash (K<sub>2</sub>O).</p> + +<p><b>Soda.</b>—This is calculated indirectly in the following way:—Deduct +from the potassium found the quantity required for combination with the +chlorine and sulphuric oxide present, and calculate the remainder to +potash (K<sub>2</sub>O). The apparent surplus excess of available alkali is the +measure of the soda present.</p> + +<p><b>Carbon Dioxide.</b>—The c.c. of acid used in the available alkali +determination, multiplied by 2.2 and divided by 2.35, gives the +percentage of carbon dioxide.</p> + + +<h4>LITHIUM.</h4> + +<p>Lithia, the oxide of lithium (Li<sub>2</sub>O), occurs in quantities of 3 or 4 +per cent. in various silicates, such as lepidolite (or lithia-mica), +spodumene, and petalite. It also occurs as phosphate in triphyline. It +is a constituent of the water of certain mineral springs. A spring at +Wheal Clifford contained as much as 0.372 gram of lithium chloride per +litre. In small quantities, lithia is very widely diffused.</p> + +<p>The <b>Detection</b> of lithia is rendered easy by the spectroscope; its +spectrum shows a red line lying about midway between the yellow sodium +line and the red one of potassium. It also shows a faint yellow line. +The colour of the flame (a crimson) is characteristic.</p> + +<p>The reactions of the lithium compounds lie between those of the alkalies +and of the alkaline earths. Solutions are not precipitated by tartaric +acid nor by platinic chloride. The oxide is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span> slowly soluble in water. +The carbonate is not freely soluble. Lithia is completely precipitated +by sodic phosphate, especially in hot alkaline solutions.</p> + +<p>In its determination the mixed alkaline chlorides obtained in the +separation of the alkalies are dissolved in water, a solution of soda is +added in slight excess, and the lithia precipitated with <i>sodic</i> +phosphate. Before filtering, it is evaporated to dryness and extracted +with hot water rendered slightly ammoniacal. The residue is transferred +to a filter, dried, ignited, and weighed. The precipitate is lithium +phosphate (3Li<sub>2</sub>O, P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), and contains 38.8 per cent. of lithia. +The separation of lithia from magnesia is not given by the usual +authorities. Wohler recommends evaporating the solution to dryness with +carbonate of soda. On extracting the residue with water, the lithia +dissolves out and is determined in the filtrate. One hundred parts of +water dissolve, at the ordinary temperature, 0.769 parts of lithium +carbonate (Li<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>); the basic magnesia compound is almost +insoluble in the absence of carbon dioxide and ammonium salts.</p> + + +<h4>CAESIUM.</h4> + +<p>The oxide of caesium, caesia (Cs<sub>2</sub>O), is found associated with lithia +in lepidolite, &c., and, together with rubidium, in many mineral waters. +The mineral pollux is essentially a silicate of alumina and caesia; it +contains 34.0 per cent. of the latter oxide.</p> + +<p>Caesium is best detected by the spectroscope, its spectrum being +characterised by two lines in the blue and one in the red; the latter is +about midway between the lithium and sodium lines.</p> + +<p>If not detected by the spectroscope, or specially looked for, caesia +would, in the ordinary course of work, be separated with the potash and +weighed as potassium platino-chloride.</p> + +<p>Caesia is separated from all the other alkalies by adding to the acid +solution of the mixed chlorides a strongly acid cold solution of +antimonious chloride. The acid used must be hydrochloric. The caesium is +precipitated as a white crystalline precipitate (CsCl.SbCl<sub>3</sub>), which +is filtered off, and washed, when cold, with strong hydrochloric acid; +since it is decomposed by water or on warming. The precipitate is washed +into a beaker, and treated with sulphuretted hydrogen; after filtering +off the sulphide of antimony, the solution leaves, on evaporation, the +caesium as chloride.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>RUBIDIUM.</h4> + +<p>Rubidium occurs widely diffused in nature, but in very small quantities. +It is generally associated with caesium.</p> + +<p>It is detected by the spectroscope, which shows two violet lines and two +dark red ones. Like caesium, it is precipitated with platinic chloride, +and in the ordinary course of work would be weighed as potassium. It is +separated from potassium by fractional precipitation with platinic +chloride. Rubidium platino-chloride is much less soluble than the +potassium salt.</p> + + +<h4>AMMONIUM.</h4> + +<p>It is usual to look upon the salts of ammonia as containing a compound +radical (NH<sub>4</sub> = Am), which resembles in many respects the metals of +the alkalies. Ammonium occurs in nature as chloride in sal ammoniac +(AmCl), as sulphate in mascagnine (Am<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), as phosphate in +struvite (AmMgPO<sub>4</sub>.12H<sub>2</sub>O). Minerals containing ammonium are rare, +and are chiefly found either in volcanic districts or associated with +guano. Ammonia and ammonium sulphide occur in the waters of certain +Tuscan lagoons, which are largely worked for the boracic acid they +contain. The crude boracic acid from this source contains from 5 to 10 +per cent. of ammonium salts. It is from these that the purer forms of +ammonium compounds of commerce known as "from volcanic ammonia" are +derived. But the bulk of the ammonia of commerce is prepared from the +ammoniacal liquors obtained as bye-products in the working of certain +forms of blast furnaces and coke ovens, and more especially in +gas-making.</p> + +<p>Ammonia hardly comes within the objects of assaying; but it is largely +used in the laboratory, and the assayer is not unfrequently called on to +determine it. Ammonium salts are mostly soluble in water. In strong +solutions they give a yellow precipitate of ammonium platino-chloride on +the addition of chloride of platinum; and with the acid tartrate of soda +yield a white precipitate of hydric ammonic tartrate. These reactions +are similar to those produced with potassium compounds.</p> + +<p>Heated with a base, such as lime or sodic hydrate, ammonium salts are +decomposed, yielding ammonia gas (NH<sub>3</sub>), which is readily soluble in +water. The solution of this substance is known as ammonic hydrate or +"ammonia."</p> + +<p>They are volatilised on ignition; either with, or without, decomposition +according to the acid present. This fact is of importance in analytical +work; since it allows of the use of alkaline<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span> solutions and reagents +which leave nothing behind on heating. It must be remembered, however, +that, although ammonic chloride is volatile, it cannot be volatilised in +the presence of substances which form volatile chlorides without loss of +the latter. For example: ferric oxide and alumina are thus lost, +volatilising as chlorides; and there are some other compounds (notably +ammonic magnesic arsenate) which on heating to redness suffer reduction. +The presence of ammonic chloride in such cases must be avoided.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Compounds of ammonium are detected by their evolving +ammonia when mixed or heated with any of the stronger bases. The ammonia +is recognised by its odour, by its alkaline reaction with litmus paper, +and by yielding white fumes, when brought in contact with fuming acid. +In consequence of the use of ammonium salts and ammonia as reagents, it +is necessary to make a special test for and determination of +ammonium.<a name="FNanchor_94_94" id="FNanchor_94_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_94_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> In the ordinary course of work it will be "lost on +ignition." The determination presents little difficulty, and is based on +the method used for its detection.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig061.jpg" width="300" height="341" alt="Fig. 61." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—Although ammonium salts are soluble in +water, there is no necessity for dissolving them. The compound +containing the ammonia is boiled with an alkaline solution; and the +liberated ammonia condensed and collected. The substance is weighed out +into a flask of about 200 c.c. capacity. The flask is closed with a +rubber cork perforated to carry a 20 c.c. pipette and a bulb exit tube. +The latter is connected with a receiver, which is a small flask +containing dilute hydrochloric acid (fig. 61). The flask containing the +substance is corked, and the greater part of the soda solution is run in +from the pipette. The solution is then boiled. The ammonia volatilises, +and is carried over into the hydrochloric acid, with which it combines +to form ammonic chloride. The distillation is carried on gently until +the bulk of the liquid is driven over. The ammonia in the receiver will +be mixed only with the excess of hydrochloric acid. This separation is +used in all determinations.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>The contents of the flask are transferred to a weighed platinum dish, +and evaporated on the water-bath. It is dried until the weight is +constant. The chloride of ammonium remains as a white mass which, after +cooling in a desiccator, is weighed. It contains 33.72 per cent. of +ammonium (NH<sub>4</sub>), or 31.85 per cent. of ammonia (NH<sub>3</sub>). On heating +over the Bunsen burner it is completely volatilised, leaving no residue.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>Weigh up 1.7 gram of the substance and place it in the flask. Measure +off 50 c.c. of the normal solution of acid, place them in the receiver, +and dilute with an equal volume of water. Run in through the pipette (by +opening the clip) 20 c.c. of a strong solution of soda, boil until the +ammonia has passed over, and then aspirate a current of air through the +apparatus. Disconnect the receiver, and tint its contents with methyl +orange. Titrate the residual acid with a semi-normal solution of alkali. +Divide the c.c. of the "alkali" solution used by 2, and deduct from the +50 c.c. The difference will give the number of c.c. of the normal acid +solution neutralised by the ammonia distilled over. Each c.c. of "acid" +so neutralised, represents 1 per cent. of ammonia in the sample. If the +results are to be reported as ammonium, 1.8 gram of the sample is taken +instead of 1.7 gram.</p> + + +<h4>COLORIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>This is effected by means of "Nessler's" reagent, which strikes a brown +colour with traces of ammonia, even with a few hundredths of a milligram +in 100 c.c. of liquid. With larger quantities of ammonia the reagent +gives a precipitate. This reagent is a strongly alkaline solution of +potassic mercuric iodide; and is thus made:—</p> + + +<p><i>Nessler's solution</i>: Dissolve 17 grams of mercuric chloride in 300 c.c. +of water; and add the solution to one of 35 grams of potassium iodide in +100 c.c. of water until a permanent precipitate is produced. Both +solutions must be cold. Then make up to a litre by adding a 20 per cent. +solution of potash. Add more of the mercuric chloride (a little at a +time) until a permanent precipitate is again formed. Allow to settle, +decant, and use the clear liquor. Four or five c.c. are used for each +100 c.c. of liquid to be tested.</p> + +<p><i>A Standard Solution of Ammonia</i> is made by dissolving 0.315<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span> gram of +ammonic chloride in water, and diluting to 100 c.c. Ten c.c. of this are +taken and diluted to 1 litre. One c.c. contains 0.01 milligram of +ammonia (NH<sub>3</sub>).</p> + +<p>In working, the solution containing the ammonia is diluted to a definite +volume, and to such an extent that 50 c.c. of it shall not contain more +than 0.02 or 0.03 milligram of ammonia. Fifty c.c. of it are transferred +to a Nessler glass and mixed with 2 c.c. of Nessler's reagent. The +colour is noted, and an estimate made as to the amount of ammonia it +indicates. A measured quantity of the standard ammonia, judged to +contain about as much ammonia as that in the assay, is then put into +another Nessler glass. It is diluted to 50 c.c. with water, and mixed +with 2 c.c. of "Nessler." After standing a minute or two, the colours in +the two glasses are compared. If the tints are equal, the assay is +finished; but if the standard is weaker or stronger than the assay, +another standard, containing more or less ammonia, as the case may be, +must be prepared and compared with the assay. Two such experiments will +generally be sufficient; but, if not, a third must be made. The addition +of more standard ammonia to the solution to which the "Nessler" has +already been added does not give a satisfactory result.</p> + +<p>When the ammonia in 50 c.c. has been determined, that in the whole +solution is ascertained by a suitable multiplication. By 10, for +example, if the bulk was 500 c.c., or by 20 if it was a litre.</p> + +<p>Distilled water is used throughout. It must be free from ammonia; and is +best prepared by distilling an ammonia-free spring water.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_90_90" id="Footnote_90_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a> Al<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + 3Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> + 3H<sub>2</sub>O = +Al<sub>2</sub>(HO)<sub>6</sub> + 6NaCl + 3S + 3SO<sub>2</sub></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_91_91" id="Footnote_91_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a> 3BeO,Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>,6SiO<sub>2</sub></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_92_92" id="Footnote_92_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a> CaC<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub> = CaCO<sub>3</sub>+CO.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_93_93" id="Footnote_93_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_93_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a> Resolved into two with a powerful spectroscope.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_94_94" id="Footnote_94_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_94_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a> Ammonium compounds are frequently produced when dissolving +metals in nitric acid; or when nitrates are heated in the presence of +the metals.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="PART_III_NON-METALS" id="PART_III_NON-METALS"></a>PART III—NON-METALS.</h2> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV.</h2> + +<h3>OXYGEN AND OXIDES.—THE HALOGENS.</h3> + + +<h4>OXYGEN.</h4> + +<p>Oxygen occurs in nature in the free state, forming 23 per cent. by +weight, or 21 per cent. by volume of the atmosphere; but, since it is a +gas, its presence is easily overlooked and its importance +underestimated. Except in the examination of furnace-gases, &c., the +assayer is not often called upon to determine its quantity, but it forms +one of his most useful reagents, and there are many cases where he +cannot afford to disregard its presence. It occurs not only in the air, +but also dissolved in water; ordinary waters containing on an average +0.00085 per cent. by weight, or 0.85 parts per 100,000.</p> + +<p>Chemically, it is characterised by its power of combining, especially at +high temperatures, with the other elements, forming an important class +of compounds called oxides. This combination, when rapid, is accompanied +by the evolution of light and heat; hence oxygen is generally called the +supporter of combustion. This property is taken advantage of in the +operation of calcining, scorifying, cupelling, &c. The importance of a +free access of air in all such work is seen when it is remembered that 1 +litre of air contains 0.2975 gram of oxygen, and this quantity will only +oxidise 0.1115 gram of carbon, 0.2975 gram of sulphur, or 3.849 grams of +lead.</p> + +<p>Oxidation takes place at the ordinary temperature with many substances. +Examples of such action are seen in the weathering of pyrites, rusting +of iron, and (in the assay office) the weakening of solutions of many +reducing agents.</p> + +<p>For methods of determining the percentage of oxygen in gases, for +technical purposes, the student is referred to Winkler & Lunge's +"Technical Gas Analysis."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>OXIDES.</h4> + +<p>Oxides are abundant in nature, almost all the commonly occurring bodies +being oxidised. Water (H<sub>2</sub>O) contains 88.8 per cent. of oxygen; +silica, lime, alumina, magnesia, and the other earths are oxides, and +the oxides of the heavier metals are in many cases important ores; as, +for example, cassiterite (SnO<sub>2</sub>), hæmatite (Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>), magnetite +(Fe<sub>3</sub>O<sub>4</sub>), and pyrolusite (MnO<sub>2</sub>). In fact, the last-named mineral +owes its value to the excess of oxygen it contains, and may be regarded +as an ore of oxygen rather than of manganese.</p> + +<p>Most of the metals, when heated to redness in contact with air, lose +their metallic lustre and become coated with, or (if the heating be +prolonged) altogether converted into, oxide. This oxide was formerly +termed a "calx," and has long been known to weigh more than the metal +from which it was obtained. For example, one part by weight of tin +becomes, on calcining, 1.271 parts of oxide (putty powder). The student +will do well to try the following experiments:—Take 20 grams of tin and +heat them in a muffle on a scorifier, scraping back the dross as it +forms, and continuing the operation until the whole of the metal is +burnt to a white powder and ceases to increase in weight.<a name="FNanchor_95_95" id="FNanchor_95_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_95_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> Take care +to avoid loss, and, when cold, weigh the oxide formed. The oxide should +weigh 25.42 grams, which increase in weight is due to the oxygen +absorbed from the air and combined with the metal. It can be calculated +from this experiment (if there has been no loss) that oxide of tin +contains 21.33 per cent. of oxygen and 78.67 per cent. of tin. Oxidation +is performed with greater convenience by wet methods, using reagents, +such as nitric acid, which contain a large proportion of oxygen loosely +held. Such reagents are termed oxidising agents. Besides nitric acid, +permanganate of potash, bichromate of potash, and peroxide of hydrogen +are largely used for this purpose. One c.c. of nitric acid contains as +much oxygen as 2.56 litres of air, and the greater part of this is +available for oxidising purposes. Try the following experiment:—Take 2 +grams of tin and cover in a weighed Berlin dish with 20 c.c. of dilute +nitric acid, heat till decomposed, evaporate to dryness, ignite, and +weigh. The 2 grams of tin should yield 2.542 grams of oxide. The +increase in weight will be proportionally the same as in the previous +experiment by calcination, and is due to oxygen, which in this case has +been derived from the nitric acid.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</a></span></p> + +<p>The percentage of oxygen in this oxide of tin (or in any of the oxides +of the heavier metals) may be directly determined by heating such oxides +in a current of hydrogen, and collecting and weighing the water formed.</p> + +<p>It is found by experiment that 88.86 parts by weight of oxygen, +combining with 11.14 parts of hydrogen, form 100 parts of water; so that +from the weight of water formed it is easy to calculate the amount of +oxygen the oxide contained.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig062.jpg" width="450" height="151" alt="Fig. 62." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Take 1 gram of the dried and powdered oxide and place it in a warm dry +combustion tube. Place the tube in a furnace, and connect at one end +with a hydrogen apparatus provided with a sulphuric acid bulb for drying +the gas, and at the other with a weighed sulphuric acid tube for +collecting the water formed. The apparatus required is shown in fig. 62. +Pass hydrogen through the apparatus, and, when the air has been cleared +out, light the furnace. Continue the heat and current of hydrogen for +half an hour (or longer, if necessary). Allow to cool. Draw a current of +dry air through the weighed tube. Weigh. The increase in weight gives +the amount of water formed, and this, multiplied by 0.8886, gives the +weight of the oxygen. The percentage of oxygen thus determined should be +compared with that got by the oxidation of the metal. It will be +practically the same. The following results can be taken as examples:—</p> + +<p>Twenty grams of tin, calcined as described, gave 25.37 grams of oxide.</p> + +<p>Two grams of tin, oxidised with nitric acid and ignited, gave 2.551 +grams of oxide.</p> + +<p>One gram of the oxide of tin, on reduction in a current of hydrogen, +gave 0.2360 gram of water (equivalent to 0.2098 gram of oxygen), and +left 0.7900 gram of metal.</p> + +<p>Ten grams of ferrous sulphate gave, on strong ignition, 2.898 grams of +ferric oxide (Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>)<a name="FNanchor_96_96" id="FNanchor_96_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_96_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> instead of 2.877.</p> + +<p>The student should similarly determine the percentage of oxygen in +oxides of copper and iron. The former oxide may be prepared by +dissolving 5 grams of copper in 50 c.c. of dilute nitric<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</a></span> acid, +evaporating to dryness, and strongly igniting the residue. The oxide of +iron may be made by weighing up 10 grams of powdered ferrous sulphate (= +to 2.014 grams of iron) and heating, at first gently, to drive off the +water, and then at a red heat, until completely decomposed. The weight +of oxide, in each case, should be determined; and the percentage of +oxygen calculated. Compare the figures arrived at with those calculated +from the formula of the oxides, CuO and Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.</p> + +<p>It would be found in a more extended series of experiments that the same +metal will, under certain conditions, form two or more oxides differing +among themselves in the amount of oxygen they contain. These oxides are +distinguished from one another by such names as "higher" and "lower +oxides," "peroxides," "protoxides," "dioxides," &c.</p> + +<p>The oxides may be conveniently classified under three heads:—</p> + +<p>(1) <i>Those that are reduced to metal by heat alone</i>, such as the oxides +of mercury, silver, platinum, gold, &c.;</p> + +<p>(2) <i>Those which are reduced by hydrogen at a red heat</i>, which includes +the oxides of the heavy metals;</p> + +<p>(3) <i>Those which are not reduced by these means</i>, good examples of which +are silica, alumina, the alkalies, and the alkaline earths.</p> + +<p>Another important classification is into acid, basic and neutral oxides. +The oxides of the non-metallic elements, such as sulphur, carbon, +phosphorus, &c., are, as a rule, acid; and the more oxygen they contain, +the more distinctly acid they are. The oxides of the metals are nearly +all basic; and, as a rule, the less oxygen they contain, the more +distinctly basic they are.</p> + +<p>The basic oxides, which are soluble in acids, give rise to the formation +of salts when dissolved therein. During the solution, water is formed, +but no gas is evolved. The oxide dissolved in each case neutralizes an +equivalent of the acid used for solution.<a name="FNanchor_97_97" id="FNanchor_97_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_97_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a> The basic properties of +many of these can be taken advantage of for their determination. This is +done in the case of soda, potash, lime, &c., by finding the quantity of +acid required to neutralize a given weight of the substance.</p> + +<p>There are some oxides which, under certain conditions, are acid to one +substance (a stronger base) and basic to another (a stronger acid). For +example, the oxides of lead and of tin, as also alumina, dissolve in +caustic soda, acting as acids; whilst, on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</a></span> the other hand, they combine +with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, playing the part of bases.</p> + +<p>The oxides known as "earths," when ignited, are many of them insoluble +in acids, although easily dissolved before ignition.</p> + +<p>It is common in complete analyses of minerals to meet with cases in +which the sum total of the elements found falls short of the amount of +ore taken; and here oxygen must be looked for. For example, this occurs +in the case of a mixture of pyrites with oxide of iron, or in a mixture +of sulphides and sulphates. The state in which the elements are present, +and the percentage (say of sulphides and sulphates) can in many cases be +determined; but this is not always required. When the difference between +the sum total and the elements found is small, it is reported as "oxygen +and loss." When, however, it is considerable, the oxygen may be reported +as such; and its amount be either determined directly in the way already +described, or calculated from the best determination that can be made of +the relative amounts of oxides, sulphides, sulphates, &c., present. Such +cases require a careful qualitative analysis to find out that the +substance is present; and then the separation of each constituent is +made as strictly as possible. These remarks apply especially to ores of +the heavy metals. The separation of the constituents is effected with +suitable solvents applied in proper order. The soluble sulphates, for +example, are extracted with water; the oxides by the dilute acids or +alkalies in which they are known to be soluble. The oxygen in the +sulphates and oxides thus obtained is estimated by determining the +sulphur and metals in the solutions, and calculating the amount of +oxygen with which they combine. The metals of the earths and alkalies +are almost invariably present as oxides, and are reported as such; +except it is known that they are present in some other form, such as +fluoride or chloride. Thus, silica, alumina, lime, water, &c., appear in +an analysis; even in those cases where "oxygen and loss" is also +mentioned. As an example of such a report, take the following analysis +of Spanish pyrites:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='right'>49.00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='right'>43.55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='right'>3.20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'>0.47</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead</td><td align='right'>0.93</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc</td><td align='right'>0.35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lime</td><td align='right'>0.10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica, &c.</td><td align='right'>0.63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='right'>0.70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxygen and loss</td><td align='right'>1.07</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>100.00</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</a></span></p> + +<p>The following example will illustrate the mode of calculating and +reporting. A mineral, occurring as blue crystals soluble in water, and +found on testing to be a mixed sulphate of iron and copper, gave on +analysis the following results:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>44.51</td><td align='left'>per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='left'>28.82</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='left'>8.44</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous iron</td><td align='left'>11.81</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferric iron</td><td align='left'>0.38</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc</td><td align='left'>0.28</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>94.24</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>There is here a deficiency of 5.76 per cent. due to oxygen. Nothing else +could be found, and it is known that in the sulphates the metals exist +as oxides. By multiplying the weight of the copper by 1.252, the weight +of copper oxide (CuO) will be ascertained; in this case it equals 10.57 +per cent. The ferrous iron multiplied by 1.286 will give the ferrous +oxide (FeO); in this case 15.19 per cent. The ferric iron multiplied by +1.428 will give the ferric oxide (Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>); in this case 0.54 per +cent. The zinc multiplied by 1.246 will give the zinc oxide (ZnO); in +this case it equals 0.35 per cent. The analysis will be reported as—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='right'>44.51</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='right'>28.82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper oxide</td><td align='right'>10.57</td><td align='left'>equal to copper 8.44%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous oxide</td><td align='right'>15.19</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferric oxide</td><td align='right'>0.54</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc oxide</td><td align='right'>0.35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>99.98</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The following (A) is an analysis of a sample of South American copper +ore, which will serve as a further illustration. The analysis showed the +presence of 6.89 per cent. of ferrous oxide, and some oxide of copper.</p> + +<p>The analysis (B) is that of an ore from the same mine after an imperfect +roasting. It will be seen that the carbonates have been converted into +sulphates. If the total sulphur simply had been determined, and the +sulphate overlooked, the "oxygen and loss" would have been 5.65 per +cent., an amount which would obviously require an explanation.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>A.</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>B.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>0.25</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.59</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Organic matter</td><td align='left'>0.54</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur</td><td align='left'>29.50</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>21.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper</td><td align='left'>10.92</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>9.80</td><td align='left'>{Copper</td><td align='left'>9.57</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>{Copper oxide</td><td align='left'>0.28</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron</td><td align='left'>32.09</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>39.73</td><td align='left'>{Iron</td><td align='left'>34.32</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>{Ferric oxide</td><td align='left'>7.73</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lead</td><td align='left'>0.35</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.12</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc</td><td align='left'>0.86</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.69</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cobalt</td><td align='left'>0.06</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.11</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lime</td><td align='left'>5.25</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>7.69</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesia</td><td align='left'>2.33</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>2.55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='left'>1.00</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>5.30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Carbon dioxide</td><td align='left'>8.87</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>—</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Insoluble silicates"</td><td align='left'>5.12</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>8.38</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxygen and loss</td><td align='left'>2.86</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>2.47</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td><td align='left'>Potash</td><td align='left'>0.15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.00</td><td align='left'>Soda</td><td align='left'>1.09</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.00</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h4>WATER.</h4> + +<p>Water occurs in minerals in two forms, free and combined. The term +"moisture" ought, strictly, to be limited to the first, although, as has +already been explained, it is more convenient in assaying to apply the +term to all water which is driven off on drying at 100° C. The combined +water is really a part of the mineral itself, although it may be driven +off at a high temperature, which varies with the base. In some cases a +prolonged red heat is required; whilst with crystallised salts it is +sometimes given off at the ordinary temperatures. This latter +phenomenon, known as efflorescence, is mostly confined to artificial +salts.</p> + +<p>The determination of the combined water may often be made by simply +igniting the substance from which the moisture has been removed. The +quantity of water may be determined, either indirectly by the loss, or +directly by collecting it in a calcium chloride tube, and weighing. In +some cases, in which the loss on ignition does not give simply the +proportion of combined water, it can be seen from the analysis to what +else the loss is due; and, after a proper deduction, the amount of water +can be estimated. For example, 1 gram of crystallised iron sulphate was +found to contain on analysis 0.2877 gram of sulphuric oxide; and on +igniting another gram, 0.2877 gram of ferric oxide was left. As the salt +is known to be made up of ferrous oxide, sulphuric oxide, and combined +water, the combined water can be thus calculated: 0.2877 gram of ferric +oxide is equal to 0.2589 gram of ferrous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</a></span> oxide,<a name="FNanchor_98_98" id="FNanchor_98_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_98_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> and consequently, +the loss on ignition has been diminished by 0.0288 gram, which is the +weight of oxygen absorbed by the ferrous oxide during calcining. The +loss on ignition was 0.7123 gram, to which must be added 0.0288 gram; +hence 0.7411 gram is the weight of the combined sulphuric oxide and +water present. Deducting the weight of sulphuric oxide found, 0.2877 +gram, there is left for combined water 0.4534 gram. The composition of 1 +gram of the dry salt is then:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>0.4534</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='left'>0.2877</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous oxide</td><td align='left'>0.2589</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1.0000</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The following is another example:—A sample of malachite lost on +ignition 28.47 per cent., leaving a residue which was found on analysis +to be made up of oxide of copper (equal to 70.16 per cent. on the +mineral), and silica and oxide of iron (equal to 1.37 per cent.). Carbon +dioxide and water (but nothing else) was found to be present, and the +carbon dioxide amounted to 19.64 per cent.; deducting this from the loss +on ignition, we have 8.82 as the percentage of water present. The +analysis was then reported as follows:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Cupric oxide</td><td align='left'>70.16</td><td align='left'>equal to 56.0% copper.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica and ferric oxide</td><td align='left'>1.37</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Carbon dioxide</td><td align='left'>19.64</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>8.82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>99.99</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig063.jpg" width="450" height="226" alt="Fig. 63." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Direct Determination of Combined Water.</b>—Transfer about 3 grams of the +substance to a piece of combustion tube (8 or 10 inches long), attached +(as in fig. 63) at one end to a <b>U</b>-tube containing sulphuric acid, and +at the other end to a calcium<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</a></span> chloride tube. The last is weighed +previous to the determination. The tube should be warmed to ensure +complete dryness, and must be free from a misty appearance. Aspirate a +current of air through the apparatus, heat the mineral by means of a +Bunsen burner, cautiously at first, and afterwards to redness (if +necessary). The water is driven off and condenses in the calcium +chloride tube, which is afterwards cooled and weighed. The increase in +weight is due to the water. If the substance gives off acid products on +heating, it is previously mixed with some dry oxide of lead or pure +calcined magnesia.</p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF WATERS.</h4> + +<p>The assayer is occasionally called on to test water for the purpose of +ascertaining the nature and quantity of the salts contained in it, and +whether it is or is not fit for technical and drinking purposes.</p> + +<p>In mineral districts the water is generally of exceptional character, +being more or less charged, not only with earthy salts, but also +frequently with those of the metals. Distilled water is only used by +assayers in certain exceptional cases, so that by many it would be +classed among the rarer oxides. Water of ordinary purity will do for +most purposes, but the nature and quantity of the impurities must be +known.</p> + +<p>The following determinations are of chief importance:—</p> + +<p><b>Total Solids at 100° C.</b>—Where simply the amount is required, take 100 +c.c. and evaporate on the water-bath in a weighed dish; then dry in the +water-oven, and weigh.</p> + +<p><b>Total Solids Ignited.</b>—The above residue is very gently ignited +(keeping the heat well below redness), and again weighed. A larger loss +than 4 or 5 parts per 100,000 on the water requires an explanation.</p> + +<p><b>Chlorine.</b>—Take 100 c.c. of the water in a porcelain dish, add 2 c.c. +of a 5 per cent. solution of neutral potassic chromate, and titrate with +a neutral standard solution of nitrate of silver, made by dissolving +4.789 grams of crystallised silver nitrate in distilled water, and +diluting to 1 litre. The addition of the nitrate of silver is continued +until the yellow of the solution assumes a reddish tint. The reaction is +very sharp. Each c.c. of nitrate of silver used is equal to 1 part by +weight of chlorine in 100,000 of water. At inland places this rarely +amounts to more than 1 in 100,000; but near the sea it may amount to 3 +or 5. More than this requires explanation, and generally indicates +sewage pollution.</p> + +<p><b>Nitric Pentoxide (N<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>).</b>—It is more generally reported under +the heading, "nitrogen as nitrates." Take 250 c.c. of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[Pg 353]</a></span> water and +evaporate to 2 or 3 c.c.; acidulate with a few drops of dilute sulphuric +acid, and transfer to a nitrometer (using strong sulphuric acid to wash +in the last traces). The sulphuric acid must be added to at least twice +the bulk of the liquid. Shake up with mercury. The mercury rapidly +flours, and nitric oxide is given off (if any nitrate is present). The +volume of the nitric oxide (corrected to normal temperature and +pressure), multiplied by 0.25, gives the parts of nitrogen per 100,000; +or, multiplied by 0.965, will give the nitric pentoxide in parts per +100,000. In well and spring waters the nitrogen may amount to 0.3 or 0.4 +parts per 100,000; or in richly cultivated districts 0.7 or 0.8 parts +per 100,000. An excess of nitrates is a suspicious feature, and is +generally due to previous contamination.</p> + +<p><b>Ammonia.</b>—Take 500 c.c. of the water and place them in a retort +connected with a Liebig's condenser. Add a drop or two of a solution of +carbonate of soda and distil over 100 c.c.; collect another 50 c.c. +separately. Determine the ammonia in the distillate colorimetrically +(with Nessler's solution, as described under <i>Ammonia</i>) and compare with +a standard solution of ammonic chloride containing 0.0315 gram of +ammonic chloride in 1 litre of water. One c.c. contains 0.01 milligram +of ammonia. The second distillate will show little, if any, ammonia in +ordinary cases. The amounts found in both distillates are added +together, and expressed in parts per 100,000.</p> + +<p>Waters (other than rain and tank waters) which contain more than 0.003 +per 100,000 are suspicious.</p> + +<p><b>Organic Matter.</b>—The organic matter cannot be determined directly; but +for ordinary purposes it may be measured by the amount of permanganate +of potassium which it reduces, or by the amount of ammonia which it +evolves on boiling with an alkaline permanganate of potassium solution.</p> + +<p>A. <i>Albuminoid Ammonia.</i>—To the residue left after distilling the +ammonia add 50 c.c. of a solution made by dissolving 200 grams of potash +and 8 grams of potassium permanganate in 1100 c.c. of water, and rapidly +boiling till the volume is reduced to 1 litre (this should be kept in a +well stoppered bottle, and be occasionally tested to see that it is free +from ammonia). Continue the distillation, collecting 50 c.c. at a time, +until the distillate is free from ammonia. Three or four fractions are +generally sufficient. Determine the ammonia colorimetrically as before. +If the total albuminoid ammonia does not exceed 0.005 in 100,000, the +water may be regarded as clean as regards organic matter; if it amounts +to more than 0.015, it is dirty.</p> + +<p>B. <i>Oxygen Consumed.</i>—A standard solution of permanganate of potash is +made by dissolving 0.395 gram of the salt in water<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[Pg 354]</a></span> and diluting to 1 +litre. Each c.c. equals 0.1 milligram of available oxygen. The following +are also required:—1. A solution of sodium hyposulphite containing 1 +gram of the salt (Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) in 1 litre of water. 2. +Dilute sulphuric acid, made by adding one part of the acid to three of +water, and titrating with the permanganate solution till a faint pink +persists after warming for several hours. 3. Starch paste. 4. Potassium +iodide solution.</p> + +<p>Take 250 c.c. of the water in a stoppered bottle, add 10 c.c. of +sulphuric acid and 10 c.c. of the permanganate, and allow to stand in a +warm place for four hours. Then add a few drops of the solution of +potassium iodide, and titrate the liberated iodine with "hypo," using +starch paste towards the end as an indicator. To standardise the +hyposulphite, take 250 c.c. of water and 10 c.c. of sulphuric acid, and +a few drops of potassium iodide; then run in 10 c.c. of the +"permanganate" solution, and again titrate; about 30 c.c. of the "hypo" +will be used. The difference in the two titrations, divided by the last +and multiplied by 10, will give the c.c. of permanganate solution used +in oxidising the organic matter in the 250 c.c. of water. Each c.c. +represents 0.04 parts of oxygen in 100,000.</p> + +<p><b>Metals.</b>—These may for the most part be estimated colorimetrically.</p> + +<p><b>Lead.</b>—Take 100 c.c. of the water in a Nessler tube, and add 10 c.c. +of sulphuretted hydrogen water, and compare the tint, if any, against a +standard lead solution, as described under <i>Colorimetric Lead</i>. Report +in parts per 100,000.</p> + +<p><b>Copper.</b>—Proceed as with the last-mentioned metal; but, if lead is +also present, boil down 500 c.c. to about 50 c.c., then add ammonia, +filter, and estimate the copper in the blue solution, as described under +<i>Colorimetric Copper</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Iron.</b>—Take 50 c.c., or a smaller quantity (if necessary), dilute up +to the mark with distilled water, and determine with potassium +sulphocyanate, as described under <i>Colorimetric Iron</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Zinc.</b>—Zinc is the only other metal likely to be present; and, since +it cannot be determined colorimetrically, it must be separately +estimated during the examination of the "total solids."</p> + +<p><b>Examination of "Total Solids."</b>—Evaporate 500 c.c. to dryness with a +drop or two of hydrochloric acid. Take up with hydrochloric acid, +filter, ignite, and weigh the residue as "silica." To the filtrate add a +little ammonic chloride and ammonia, boil and filter, ignite, and weigh +the precipitate as "oxide of iron and alumina." Collect the filtrate in +a small flask, add a few drops of ammonium sulphide or pass sulphuretted +hydrogen, cork the flask, and allow to stand overnight; filter, wash, +and determine the zinc gravimetrically as oxide of zinc. If copper or +lead were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[Pg 355]</a></span> present, they should have been previously removed with +sulphuretted hydrogen in the acid solution. To the filtrate add ammonic +oxalate and ammonia, boil for some time, allow to stand, filter, wash, +ignite, and weigh as "lime." Evaporate the filtrate with nitric acid, +and ignite. Take up with a few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid, add +baric hydrate in excess, evaporate, and extract with water. The residue +contains the magnesia; boil with dilute sulphuric acid, filter, +precipitate it with phosphate of soda and ammonia, and weigh as +pyrophosphate. The aqueous extract contains the alkalies with the excess +of barium. Add sulphuric acid in slight excess, filter, evaporate, and +ignite strongly. The residue consists of the sulphates of the alkalies +(which are separately determined, as described under <i>Potash</i>).</p> + +<p><b>Sulphuric Oxide (SO<sub>3</sub>).</b>—Take 200 c.c. and boil to a small bulk with +a little hydrochloric acid, filter (if necessary), add baric chloride +solution in slight excess to the hot solution, filter, ignite, and weigh +as baric sulphate.</p> + +<p><b>Carbon Dioxide (free).</b>—Carbon dioxide exists in waters in two forms, +free and combined. The latter generally occurs as bicarbonate, although +on analysis it is more convenient to consider it as carbonate, and to +count the excess of carbon dioxide with the free. The method is as +follows:—To determine the free carbon dioxide, take 100 c.c. of the +water, place them in a flask with 3 c.c. of a strong solution of calcium +chloride and 2 c.c. of a solution of ammonic chloride, next add 50 c.c. +of lime-water. The strength of the lime-water must be known. Make up to +200 c.c. with distilled water, stop the flask, and allow the precipitate +to settle. Take out 100 c.c. of the clear solution with a pipette, and +titrate with the standard solution of acid.<a name="FNanchor_99_99" id="FNanchor_99_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_99_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> The number of c.c. +required, multiplied by two, and deducted from that required for the 50 +c.c. of lime-water, and then multiplied by 0.0045, will give the carbon +dioxide present other than as normal carbonates.</p> + +<p><b>Carbon Dioxide combined</b> as normal carbonate.—100 c.c. of the water +are tinted with phenacetolin or lacmoid; then heated to near boiling, +and titrated with standard acid. The number of c.c. used, multiplied by +0.0045, will give the weight in grams of the combined carbon dioxide.</p> + +<p><b>Free Acid.</b>—In some waters (especially those from mining districts) +there will be no carbonates. On the contrary, there may be free mineral +acid or acid salts. In these cases it is necessary to determine the +amount of acid (other than carbon dioxide) present in excess of that +required to form normal salts. This is done in the following way:—Make +an ammoniacal copper<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[Pg 356]</a></span> solution by taking 13 grams of copper sulphate +(CuSO<sub>4</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O), dissolving in water, adding solution of ammonia +until the precipitate first formed has nearly dissolved, and diluting to +1 litre. Allow to settle, and decant off the clear liquid. The strength +of this solution is determined by titrating against 10 or 20 c.c. of the +standard solution of sulphuric acid (100 c.c. = 1 gram H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>). The +finishing point is reached as soon as the solution becomes turbid from +precipitated cupric hydrate. At first, as each drop falls into the acid +solution, the ammonia and cupric hydrate combine with the free acid to +form ammonic and cupric sulphates; but as soon as the free acid is used +up, the ammonia in the next drop not only precipitates an equivalent of +cupric hydrate from the solution, but also throws down that carried by +itself. This method is applicable in the presence of metallic sulphates +<i>other than ferric</i>. The standardising and titration should be made +under the same conditions. Since sulphuric acid and sulphates are +predominant in waters of this kind, it is most convenient to report the +acidity of the water as equivalent to so much sulphuric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Dissolved Oxygen.</b>—For the gasometric method of analysing for +dissolved oxygen, and for the Schützenberger's volumetric method, the +student is referred to Sutton's "Volumetric Analysis." The following is +an easy method of estimating the free oxygen in a water:—Take 20 c.c. +of a stannous chloride solution (about 20 grams of the salt with 10 c.c. +of hydrochloric acid to the litre); add 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, +and titrate in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide with standard +permanganate of potassium solution (made by dissolving 1.975 gram of the +salt in 1 litre of water: 1 c.c. equals 0.5 milligram of oxygen). A +similar titration is made with the addition of 100 c.c. of the water to +be tested. Less permanganate will be required in the second titration, +according to the amount of oxygen in the water; and the difference, +multiplied by 0.5, will give the weight of the oxygen in milligrams. +Small quantities of nitrates do not interfere.</p> + +<p>In <span class="smcap">reporting</span> the results of the analysis, it is customary to +combine the acids and bases found on some such principle as the +following:—The sulphuric oxide is calculated as combined with the +potash, and reported as potassic sulphate (K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>); the balance of +the sulphuric oxide is then apportioned to the soda, and reported as +sulphate of soda (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>); if any is still left, it is reported as +calcium sulphate (CaSO<sub>4</sub>), and after that as magnesic sulphate +(MgSO<sub>4</sub>). When the sulphuric oxide has been satisfied, the chlorine is +distributed, taking the bases in the same order, then the nitric +pentoxide, and lastly the carbon dioxide. But any method for thus +combining the bases and acids must be arbitrary and inaccurate. It is +extremely improbable that any<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[Pg 357]</a></span> simple statement can represent the manner +in which the bases and acids are distributed whilst in solution; and, +since different chemists are not agreed as to any one system, it is +better to give up the attempt, and simply state the results of the +analysis. This has only one inconvenience. The bases are represented as +oxides; and, since some of them are present as chlorides, the sum total +of the analysis will be in excess of the actual amount present by the +weight of the oxygen equivalent to the chlorine present as chloride. The +following is an example of such a statement:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Parts per 100,000.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Total solids, dried at 100° C.</td><td align='left'>28.73</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chlorine</td><td align='left'>1.70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitrogen as nitrate</td><td align='left'>0.03</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonia</td><td align='left'>0.001</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Albuminoid ammonia</td><td align='left'>0.004</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Oxygen consumed" in 4 hours</td><td align='left'>0.01</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The solids were made up as under:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>Per 100,000 of the Water.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Potash</td><td align='left'>0.38</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda</td><td align='left'>2.01</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesia</td><td align='left'>1.44</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lime</td><td align='left'>10.55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferric oxide</td><td align='left'>0.01</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='left'>0.30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide</td><td align='left'>3.69</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitrogen pentoxide</td><td align='left'>0.11</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Carbon dioxide</td><td align='left'>8.38</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chlorine</td><td align='left'>1.70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Volatile and organic matter</td><td align='left'>0.66</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>29.23</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Less oxygen equivalent to chlorine found</td><td align='left'>0.39</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>28.84</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>For the preparation of distilled water, the apparatus shown in fig. 64 +is convenient for laboratory use. It consists of a copper retort heated +by a ring gas-burner, and connected with a worm-condenser.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 382px;"> +<img src="images/fig064.jpg" width="382" height="300" alt="Fig. 64" title="" /> + +</div> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISE.</h4> + +<p>A mineral, on analysis, gave the following results:—Water, 44.94 per +cent.; sulphuric oxide, 28.72 per cent.; ferrous iron, 13.92 per cent.; +ferric iron, 0.35 per cent.; copper, 6.1 per cent. The mineral was +soluble in water, and showed nothing else on testing. How would you +report the analysis? Calculate the formula for the salt.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[Pg 358]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>THE HALOGENS.</h4> + +<p>There is a group of closely allied elements to which the name halogen +(salt-producer) has been given. It comprises chlorine, bromine, iodine, +and fluorine. These elements combine directly with metals, forming as +many series of salts (chlorides, bromides, iodides, and fluorides), +corresponding to the respective oxides, but differing in their formulæ +by having two atoms of the halogen in the place of one atom of oxygen. +For example, ferrous oxide is FeO and ferrous chloride is FeCl<sub>2</sub>, and, +again, ferric oxide is Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>, whilst ferric chloride is +Fe<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub>. These salts differ from the carbonates, nitrates, &c., in +containing no oxygen. Consequently, it is incorrect to speak of such +compounds as chloride of potash, fluoride of lime, &c., since potash and +lime are oxides. It is important to bear this in mind in reporting +analyses in which determinations have been made, say, of chlorine, +magnesia, and potash, or of fluorine, silica, and alumina. It is +necessary in all such cases to deduct from the total an amount of oxygen +equivalent to the halogen found, except, of course, where the base has +been determined and recorded as metal. Compounds containing oxides and +fluorides, &c., do not lend themselves to the method of determining the +halogen by difference. For example, topaz, which, according to Dana, has +the formula Al<sub>2</sub>SiO<sub>4</sub>F<sub>2</sub>, would yield in the ordinary course of +analysis—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Alumina</td><td align='left'>55.4%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='left'>32.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fluorine</td><td align='left'>20.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>108.6</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The oxygen equivalent to 20.6 per cent. fluorine may be found by +multiplying the percentage of fluorine by 0.421; it is 8.7 per cent., +and must be deducted. The analysis would then be reported thus:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Alumina</td><td align='left'>55.4%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='left'>32.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fluorine</td><td align='left'>20.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>108.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Less oxygen equivalent to fluorine</td><td align='left'>8.7</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>99.9</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Take as an illustration the following actual analysis by F.W. Clarke and +J.S. Diller:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[Pg 359]</a></span>—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Alumina</td><td align='left'>57.38%</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Silica</td><td align='left'>31.92</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fluorine</td><td align='left'>16.99</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Potash</td><td align='left'>0.15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Soda</td><td align='left'>1.33</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>0.20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>107.97</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Deduct oxygen equivalent</td><td align='left'>7.16</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.81</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>In calculating the factor for the "oxygen equivalent," divide the weight +of one atom of oxygen (16) by the weight of two atoms of the halogen; +for example, with chlorine it would be 16/71 or 0.2253; with bromine, +16/160 or 0.1000; with iodine, 16/254 or 0.063; and with fluorine, 16/38 +or 0.421.</p> + + +<h4>CHLORINE AND CHLORIDES.</h4> + +<p>Chlorine occurs in nature chiefly combined with sodium, as halite or +rock salt (NaCl). With potassium it forms sylvine (KCl), and, together +with magnesium, carnallite (KCl.MgCl<sub>2</sub>.6H<sub>2</sub>O). Of the metalliferous +minerals containing chlorine, kerargyrite, or horn silver (AgCl), and +atacamite, an oxychloride of copper (CuCl<sub>2</sub>.3Cu(HO)<sub>2</sub>.) are the most +important. Apatite (phosphate of lime) and pyromorphite (phosphate of +lead) contain a considerable amount of it. Chlorine is a gas of a +greenish colour, possessing a characteristic odour, and moderately +soluble in water. It does not occur native, and is generally prepared by +the action of an oxidising agent on hydrochloric acid. It combines +directly with metals at the ordinary temperature (even with platinum and +gold), forming chlorides, which (except in the case of silver) are +soluble.</p> + +<p>It is important in metallurgy, because of the extensive use of it in +extracting gold by "chloridising" processes. It is also used in refining +gold.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Compounds containing the oxides of chlorine are not found +in nature, because of the readiness with which they lose oxygen. By +reduction they yield a chloride; the form in which chlorine is met with +in minerals. In testing, the compound supposed to contain a chloride is +boiled with water, or, in some cases, dilute nitric acid. To the clear +solution containing nitric acid a few drops of nitrate of silver +solution are added. If, on shaking, a white curdy precipitate, soluble +in ammonia, separates out, it is sufficiently satisfactory evidence of +the presence of chlorides.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[Pg 360]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—The chlorides are generally soluble in +water, and are got into solution by extracting with warm dilute nitric +acid. Or, if insoluble, the substance is fused with carbonate of soda, +extracted with water, and the filtrate acidified with nitric acid. For +the determination, it is not necessary to obtain the solution of the +chloride free from other acids or metals. If tin, antimony, mercury, or +platinum is present, it is best to separate by means of sulphuretted +hydrogen. The chloride is determined in the solution after removal of +the excess of the gas. Where traces of chlorides are being looked for, a +blank experiment is made to determine the quantity introduced with the +reagents. One hundred c.c. of ordinary water contains from 1 to 3 +milligrams of chlorine. On the addition of nitrate of silver to the +nitric acid solution, chloride of silver separates out. This is free +from other substances, except, perhaps, bromide and iodide.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>Freely mix the solution containing the chloride with dilute nitric acid, +filter (if necessary), and treat with nitrate of silver. Heat nearly to +boiling, and, when the precipitate has settled, filter, and wash with +hot distilled water. Dry, and transfer to a weighed Berlin crucible. +Burn the filter-paper separately, and convert any reduced silver into +chloride by alternate treatment with drops of nitric and of hydrochloric +acid. Add the main portion to this, and heat cautiously till the edges +of the mass show signs of fusing (about 260°). Cool in the desiccator +and weigh. The substance is chloride of silver (AgCl), and contains +24.73 per cent. of chlorine.</p> + +<p>The precipitated chloride is filtered and washed as soon as possible +after settling, since on exposure to light it becomes purple, and loses +a small amount of chlorine.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>There are several volumetric methods; but that based on the +precipitation of silver chloride in neutral solution, by means of a +standard solution of silver nitrate (using potassium chromate as +indicator), is preferred. Silver chromate is a red-coloured salt; and, +when silver nitrate is added to a solution containing both chloride and +chromate, the development of the red colour marks off sharply the point +at which the chloride is used up. Silver chromate is decomposed and +consequently decolorised by solution of any chloride. The solution for +this method must be neutral,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[Pg 361]</a></span> since free acid prevents the formation of +the red silver chromate. If not already neutral, it is neutralised by +titrating cautiously with a solution of soda. In a neutral solution, +other substances (such as phosphates and arsenates) also yield a +precipitate with a solution of nitrate of silver; and will count as +chloride if they are not removed.</p> + +<p><i>The Standard Solution of Nitrate of Silver</i> is made by dissolving 23.94 +grams of the salt (AgNO<sub>3</sub>) in distilled water, and diluting to 1 +litre; 100 c.c. are equal to 0.5 gram of chlorine.</p> + +<p>The <i>indicator</i> is made by adding silver nitrate to a strong neutral +solution of yellow chromate of potash (K<sub>2</sub>CrO<sub>4</sub>), till a permanent +red precipitate is formed. The solution is allowed to settle, and the +clear liquid decanted into a stoppered bottle labelled "chromate +indicator for chlorine."</p> + +<p>Standardise the silver nitrate by weighing up 0.5 gram of pure sodium +chloride (or potassium chloride). Transfer to a flask and dissolve in +distilled water; dilute to 100 c.c. Fill an ordinary burette with the +standard silver solution, and (after adjusting) run into the flask a +quantity sufficient to throw down the greater part of the chlorine. Add +a few drops of the chromate indicator and continue the addition of the +silver nitrate until the yellow colour of the solution becomes +permanently tinted red, after shaking. This shows that the chlorine is +all precipitated, and that the chromate is beginning to come down. The +further addition of a couple of drops of the silver solution will cause +a marked difference in the tint. Read off the quantity run in, and +calculate the standard. One gram of sodium chloride contains 0.6062 gram +of chlorine; and 1 gram of potassium chloride contains 0.4754 gram.</p> + +<p>For the determination of small quantities of chloride (a few +milligrams), the same method is used; but the standard solution is +diluted so that each c.c. is equal to 1 milligram of chlorine; and the +chromate indicator is added before titrating. The standard solution is +made by measuring off 200 c.c. of the solution described above, and +diluting with distilled water to 1 litre.</p> + + +<h4>BROMINE AND BROMIDES.</h4> + +<p>Bromine closely resembles chlorine in the nature of its compounds. It +does not occur free in nature, but is occasionally found in combination +with silver as bromargyrite (AgBr) and, together with chloride, in +embolite. It mainly occurs as alkaline bromides in certain natural +waters. Nearly all the bromine of commerce is derived from the mother +liquors of salt-works—<i>i.e.</i>,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[Pg 362]</a></span> the liquors from which the common salt +has been crystallised out. Bromine combines directly with the metals, +forming a series of salts—the bromides. In ordinary work they are +separated with, and (except when specially tested for) counted as, +chlorides. They are detected by adding chlorine water to the suspected +solution and shaking up with carbon bisulphide. Bromine colours the +latter brown.</p> + + +<h4>IODINE AND IODIDES.</h4> + +<p>Iodine does not occur in nature in the free state; and iodides are rare, +iodargyrite or iodide of silver (AgI) being the only one which ranks as +a mineral species. Iodates are found associated with Chili saltpetre, +which is an important source of the element.</p> + +<p>Iodine and Iodides are largely used in the laboratory, and have already +been frequently referred to. It is used as an oxidising agent in a +similar manner as permanganate and bichromate of potash, especially in +the determinations of copper, arsenic, antimony, and manganese.</p> + +<p>Iodine is not readily soluble in water; but dissolves easily in a +concentrated solution of potassium iodide. Its solutions are strongly +coloured; a drop of a dilute solution colours a large volume of water +decidedly yellow; on the addition of starch paste, this becomes blue. +The delicacy of this reaction is taken advantage of in titrations to +determine when free iodine is present. The blue colour may be +alternately developed and removed by the addition of iodine (or an +oxidising agent) and hyposulphite of soda (or some other reducing +agent). In decolorising, the solution changes from blue or black to +colourless or pale yellow according to circumstances. Sometimes the +solution, instead of remaining colourless, gradually develops a blue +which recurs in spite of the further addition of the reducing agent. In +these cases the conditions of the assay have been departed from, or (and +this is more often the case) there is some substance present capable of +liberating iodine.</p> + +<p>Iodine forms a series of salts—the iodides—resembling in many respects +the chlorides. These can be obtained by direct combination of the metals +with iodine.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Free iodine is best recognised by the violet vapours +evolved from the solution on heating, and by the blue or black colour +which it strikes on the addition of starch paste. Iodides are detected +by boiling with strong solutions of ferric sulphate or chloride. Iodine +is liberated, distilled over, and collected. Chlorine also liberates +iodine from iodides; and this reaction is frequently made use of in +assaying. A process based on this is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_363" id="Page_363">[Pg 363]</a></span> described under <i>Manganese</i>. All +substances which liberate chlorine on boiling with hydrochloric acid +(dioxides, bichromates, permanganates, &c.) are determined in a similar +way.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—Most iodides are soluble in water or dilute +acids. The separation is effected by distilling the substance with +solution of ferric sulphate, and collecting the vapour in a dilute +solution of sulphurous acid or arsenite of soda. On the completion of +the distillation, the iodine will be in the distillate as iodide; and +the gravimetric determination is made on this.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>To the solution containing the iodine, as iodide, and which is free from +chlorides (and bromides), add a little dilute nitric acid and nitrate of +silver till no further precipitate is produced. Filter off, wash with +hot water, and dry. Clean the filter-paper as much as possible, and burn +it. Collect the ash in a weighed porcelain crucible, add the main +portion, and heat to incipient fusion; cool, and weigh. The substance is +silver iodide, and contains 54.03 per cent. of iodine.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is for the titration of free iodine, and is practically that which +is described under <i>Manganese</i>. The substance to be determined is +distilled with ferric sulphate, and the iodine is collected in a +solution of potassium iodide, in which it readily dissolves. If flaky +crystals separate out in the receiver, more potassium iodide crystals +are added. When the distillation is finished, the receiver is +disconnected, and its contents washed out into a beaker and titrated +with "hypo." The standard solution of "hypo" is made by dissolving 19.58 +grams of hyposulphite of soda (Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.5H<sub>2</sub>O) in water and +diluting to 1 litre; 100 c.c. are equal to 1 gram of iodine. To +standardise the solution, weigh up 0.25 gram of pure iodine in a small +beaker. Add 2 or 3 crystals of potassium iodide; cover with water; and, +when dissolved, dilute to 50 or 100 c.c. Titrate, and calculate the +standard.</p> + + +<h4>FLUORINE AND FLUORIDES.</h4> + +<p>Fluorine is frequently met with as calcium fluoride or fluor-spar +(CaF<sub>2</sub>). It occurs less abundantly as cryolite (Na<sub>3</sub>AlF<sub>6</sub>), a +fluoride of aluminium and sodium, which is used in glass-making. Certain +other rarer fluorides are occasionally met with. Fluorine is also<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364">[Pg 364]</a></span> found +in apatite, and in some silicates, such as topaz, tourmaline, micas, &c.</p> + +<p>Hydrofluoric acid is used for etching glass and opening up silicates. It +attacks silica, forming fluoride of silicon (SiF<sub>4</sub>), which is +volatile. Silica is by this means eliminated from other oxides, which, +in the presence of sulphuric acid, are fixed. The commercial acid is +seldom pure, and generally weak; and the acid itself is dangerously +obnoxious. The use of ammonium fluoride (or sodium fluoride) and a +mineral acid is more convenient. Determinations of this kind are made in +platinum dishes enclosed in lead or copper vessels in a well-ventilated +place. Fluor-spar is useful as a flux in dry assaying; it renders slags, +which would otherwise be pasty, quite fluid. Fluorides generally are +fusible, and impart fusibility to substances with which they form weak +compounds. Their fluxing action does not depend on the removal of +silicon as fluoride.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Fluorides in small quantity are easily overlooked unless +specially sought for. In larger amounts they are recognised by the +property hydrofluoric acid has of etching glass. A watch-glass is +warmed, and a layer of wax is melted over the convex side. When cold, +some lines are engraved on the waxed surface with any sharp-pointed +instrument. The substance to be tested is powdered; and moistened, in a +platinum dish, with sulphuric acid. The watch-glass is filled with cold +water and supported over the dish. The dish is then carefully warmed, +but not sufficiently to melt the wax. After a minute or two, the glass +is taken off, and the wax removed. If the substance contained fluorine, +the characters will be found permanently etched on the glass. An equally +good, but more rapid, test is to mix the powdered substance with some +silica, and to heat the mixture in a test tube with sulphuric acid. +Silicon fluoride is evolved, and, if a moistened glass rod is held in +the tube, it becomes coated with a white deposit of silica, formed by +the decomposition of the silicon fluoride by the water. This is also +used as a test for silica; but in this case the substance is mixed with +a fluoride, and the experiment must obviously be carried out in a +platinum vessel.</p> + +<p><b>Separation and Determination.</b>—The determination of fluorine is +difficult. In the case of fluorides free from silicates (such as +fluor-spar), it is determined indirectly by decomposing a weighed +portion with sulphuric acid, evaporating, igniting, and weighing the +residual sulphate. The increase in weight multiplied by 0.655 gives the +weight of fluorine.</p> + +<p>In the presence of silica this method does not answer, because of the +volatilisation of silicon fluoride. In these cases Wöhler<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_365" id="Page_365">[Pg 365]</a></span> adopted the +following plan, which resembles that for the indirect determination of +carbon dioxide. Mix the weighed substance in a small flask with powdered +silica and sulphuric acid. The mouth of the flask is closed with a cork +carrying a tube which is filled, the first half with calcium chloride +and the second half with pumice coated with dried copper sulphate. The +apparatus is weighed quickly, and then warmed till decomposition is +complete. A current of dry air is aspirated for a minute or two; and the +apparatus again weighed. The loss in weight gives that of the silicon +fluoride (SiF<sub>4</sub>), which, multiplied by 0.7307, gives the weight of +fluorine.</p> + +<p>Fresenius uses the same reaction; but collects and weighs the silicon +fluoride. The finely powdered and dried substance is mixed with ten or +fifteen times its weight of ignited and powdered silica. The mixture is +introduced into a small dry flask connected on one side with a series of +drying-tubes, and on the other with an empty tube (to condense any +sulphuric acid). To this last is joined a drying-tube containing +chloride of calcium and anhydrous copper sulphate. This is directly +connected with a series of three weighed tubes in which the fluoride of +silicon is collected. The last of these is joined to another +drying-tube. The first weighed tube contains pumice and cotton wool, +moistened with water; the second tube contains soda-lime as well as (in +the upper half of the second limb) fused calcium chloride between plugs +of wool; the third tube is filled half with soda-lime and half with +fused calcium chloride. The distilling-flask containing the substance +mixed with silica is charged with 40 or 50 c.c. of sulphuric acid, and +placed on the hot plate. Alongside it is placed a similar dry flask +containing a thermometer, and the temperature in this is kept at 150° or +160° C. A current of air is sent through the tubes during the operation, +which takes from one to three hours for from 0.1 to 1 gram of the +substance. A correction is made by deducting 0.001 gram for every hour +the dried air has been passed through. The increase in weight of the +three tubes gives the weight of the silicon fluoride.</p> + +<p>Penfield uses a similar arrangement, but passes his silicon fluoride +into an alcoholic solution of potassium chloride. Silica and potassium +silico-fluoride are precipitated, and hydrochloric acid is set +free.<a name="FNanchor_100_100" id="FNanchor_100_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_100_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> The acid thus liberated is titrated, with a standard solution +of alkali, in the alcoholic solution, and from the amount of free acid +found the fluorine is calculated. The weight of hydrochloric acid (HCl) +found, multiplied by 1.562, gives the weight of the fluorine. With this +method of working, fewer <b>U</b>-tubes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_366" id="Page_366">[Pg 366]</a></span> are required. The exit tube from the +flask is bent so as to form a small <b>V</b>, which is kept cool in water; +this is directly connected with the <b>U</b>-tube containing the alcoholic +solution of potassium chloride. The flask with the assay is heated for +about two hours, and a current of dry air is aspirated throughout the +determination. Fluoride of silicon is a gas not easily condensed to a +liquid: but is immediately decomposed by water or moist air.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_95_95" id="Footnote_95_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a> This will require two or three hours to thoroughly +complete. It is best to powder the oxide first produced, and recalcine.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96_96" id="Footnote_96_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a> No magnetic oxide was formed.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_97_97" id="Footnote_97_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a> For example:— +</p><p> +CaO + 2HCl = CaCl<sub>2</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O. +</p><p> +PbO + H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = PbSO<sub>4</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O. +</p><p> +MgO + 2HNO<sub>3</sub> = Mg(NO<sub>3</sub>)<sub>2</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O. +</p><p> +Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> + 6HCl = Al<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>6</sub> + 3H<sub>2</sub>O. +</p><p> +Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> + 3H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = Fe<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub> + 3H<sub>2</sub>O.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_98_98" id="Footnote_98_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_98_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a> Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>: 2FeO:: 0.2877: 0.2589.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_99_99" id="Footnote_99_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a> 100 c.c. contain 1 gram of sulphuric acid.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_100_100" id="Footnote_100_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_100_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a> 3SiF<sub>4</sub> + 4KCl + 2H<sub>2</sub>O = 2K<sub>2</sub>SiF<sub>6</sub> + SiO<sub>2</sub> + +4HCl.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_367" id="Page_367">[Pg 367]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI.</h2> + +<h3>SULPHUR AND SULPHATES.</h3> + + +<p>Sulphur occurs native in volcanic districts, and is mined in Sicily, +Italy, and California in considerable quantities. Combined with metals +(sulphides), it is common in all mineral districts. Iron pyrites +(FeS<sub>2</sub>) is the most abundant source of this element. Sulphates, such +as gypsum, are fairly common, but have no value so far as the sulphur in +them is concerned. In coal it exists as an impurity, occurring partly as +a constituent of organic compounds.</p> + +<p>Sulphur, whether free or combined with metals, forms, on burning, +sulphurous oxide (SO<sub>2</sub>), which by the action of oxidising agents and +water is converted into sulphuric acid. It forms two oxides, sulphurous +(SO<sub>2</sub>) and sulphuric (SO<sub>3</sub>), which combine with bases to form +sulphites and sulphates. Sulphites are of little importance to the +assayer, and are converted into sulphates by the action of nitric acid +and other oxidising agents.</p> + +<p>The native sulphides, when acted on with hydrochloric acid, give off +sulphuretted hydrogen; with nitric acid or aqua regia, sulphates are +formed, and more or less sulphur separated.</p> + +<p>Sulphur is detected in sulphides by the irritating odour of sulphurous +oxide given off on roasting, by the evolution of sulphuretted hydrogen +when treated with hydrochloric acid, or by a white precipitate of barium +sulphate formed when barium chloride is added to the aqua regia +solution.</p> + +<p><b>Dry Assay.</b>—There is no method of general application. Free or native +sulphur may be volatilised, condensed, and weighed, but pyrites only +gives up a portion of its sulphur when heated in a closed vessel, while +most sulphides, and all sulphates, give up none at all.</p> + +<p>In the determination of sulphur in brimstone, 10 grams of the substance +are taken, placed in a small porcelain dish, heated over a Bunsen burner +in a well-ventilated place, and ignited. When the sulphur has been +completely burnt off, the residue (which consists chiefly of sand) is +collected and weighed. In a separate portion the moisture and arsenic +are determined; the amounts of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_368" id="Page_368">[Pg 368]</a></span> these are deducted from the loss in the +first experiment. The difference, multiplied by 10, gives the percentage +of sulphur.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><b>Solution.</b>—All sulphates, excepting those of lead, barium, strontium, +and lime, are soluble in water or dilute acid. All sulphides, except +cinnabar, are converted into sulphates by the action of nitric acid at a +gentle heat; or, better, by the action of a mixture of three volumes of +nitric acid and one volume of hydrochloric acid. This last attacks +cinnabar as well. With most substances it is difficult to convert the +whole of the sulphur into sulphuric acid. The sulphur separates out at +first as a dark spongy mass, which (on continued treatment) changes to +light-coloured flakes. When the solution becomes concentrated and the +temperature rises sufficiently, the sulphur fuses into one or more +honey-coloured globules which, owing to the small surface they oppose to +the acid, are very slowly oxidised. It is not desirable to assist the +formation of these globules; therefore, the temperature is kept as low +as possible, and strong nitric acid is used. When such globules form, it +is best to allow the solution to cool, when the globules will solidify. +They can then be filtered off and picked out from the insoluble residue, +dried, weighed, ignited, and again weighed, the loss being counted as +sulphur. With iron pyrites this difficulty seldom occurs.</p> + +<p>Metallic sulphides when fused with an excess of nitre are completely +oxidised. If the ore is rich in sulphur, some inert body (such as sodium +chloride, or, better, sodium carbonate) is added to dilute the action. +With pure sulphur, the action is so energetic as to cause an explosion, +so that care should be taken. With burnt ores (incompletely calcined +pyrites), there is sufficient oxide of iron present to prevent too rapid +action.</p> + +<p>These fusions with nitre are best conducted in a platinum dish covered +with a piece of platinum foil. The ore is ground with the nitre to +ensure complete mixing. The heat need not be excessive, so that a single +Bunsen burner placed beneath the dish will suffice; if the bottom of the +dish is seen to be red-hot, it is sufficient. On cooling and extracting +with water, the sulphur will pass into solution as potassium sulphate, +which is then filtered off from the insoluble oxides of iron, copper, +&c. The filtrate, after having been treated with a large excess of +hydrochloric acid, evaporated to dryness, and re-dissolved in water, is +ready for the determination.</p> + +<p>Lead sulphate may be dissolved by boiling with ammonium acetate. The +insoluble sulphates of barium, strontium, and lime,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_369" id="Page_369">[Pg 369]</a></span> are decomposed by +fusing with 4 or 5 times their weight of "fusion mixture." The alkaline +sulphates are then dissolved out with water, and filtered off from the +insoluble residue. The filtrate is rendered acid with hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—The determination of the sulphuric acid in these +solutions by precipitation with barium chloride also serves as a +separation; but in hot acid solutions containing copper, and more +especially iron salts, the baric sulphate has a strong tendency to carry +down amounts of those bodies, varying, no doubt, with the conditions of +the precipitation. Boiling hydrochloric acid fails to completely extract +them. Moreover, the use of hot concentrated hydrochloric acid causes a +loss by dissolving barium sulphate. Nitric acid and nitrates must be +decomposed by prolonged boiling and evaporation with hydrochloric acid. +The iron may be removed by adding a slight excess of ammonia to the +faintly acid solution, filtering off, and washing the precipitated +ferric hydrate with hot water. By slightly acidulating the filtrate with +hydrochloric acid, it will be rendered ready for the determination.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This assay is one of those which strikingly shows the necessity of +getting the assay solution under proper conditions, in order to obtain +satisfactory results. The method has been repeatedly investigated, and +the conclusion arrived at, "that it can be correct only by accident." +Yet there are many chemists who get good results, and place considerable +faith in its accuracy. This can only be due to differences in the manner +of working. It is generally understood that nitric acid or nitrates must +be absent; and our experience fully confirms this. Precipitations in +nitrate solutions are worthless, as the following experiments show. In +each experiment the bulk of the solution was 150 c.c. The solutions +contained 10 grams of nitre, were freely acid with hydrochloric acid, +and were precipitated (while boiling) with slight excess of baric +chloride.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric acid</td><td align='left'>taken</td><td align='left'>0.020</td><td align='left'>gram</td><td align='left'>0.050</td><td align='left'>gram</td><td align='left'>0.100</td><td align='left'>gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>found</td><td align='left'>0.019</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>0.047</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>0.098</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>taken</td><td align='left'>0.500</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1.004</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1.000</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>found</td><td align='left'>0.526</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1.126</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>1.126</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>All the precipitates were boiled with hydrochloric acid, and thoroughly +washed before weighing. The results of some other experiments on this +subject are given under "sulphur" in the "examination of commercial +copper," page 207.</p> + +<p>The solution having been obtained free from nitrates and chlorates<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_370" id="Page_370">[Pg 370]</a></span> (and +containing but little free hydrochloric acid), is largely diluted, +heated to boiling, and precipitated with a moderate excess of a solution +of chloride of barium (8 parts of the crystallized barium chloride are +sufficient for 1 of sulphur). It is allowed to settle for half-an-hour, +and then decanted through a filter. The precipitate is shaken up with +boiling water, rendered slightly acid, filtered, washed, dried, ignited, +and weighed. The ignited precipitate, when pure, is white, and is not +decomposed at a red heat; it is barium sulphate (BaSO<sub>4</sub>), and contains +13.73 per cent. of sulphur, or 34.33 per cent. of sulphuric oxide +(SO<sub>3</sub>).</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Pyrites.</b>—Weigh up half a gram of the +dried and powdered sample, and treat with 10 c.c. of a mixture of 3 +volumes of nitric acid and 1 volume of hydrochloric acid, occasionally +heating. Evaporate to dryness, treat with 5 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, +and again evaporate; take up with 1 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and 100 +c.c. of hot water, filter through a small filter, and wash. The residue +may contain sulphates of lead, barium, or lime; it must be separately +examined, if the total sulphur is wanted. The filtrate is heated, and +rendered slightly alkaline with ammonia. Filter off the precipitated +ferric hydrate through a quick filter, and wash with hot water. If +necessary, evaporate the bulk to about 200 c.c., render faintly acid +with hydrochloric acid, and add 20 c.c. of solution of barium chloride; +allow to stand for half-an-hour, and decant through a filter. Wash with +hot water, dry, ignite, and weigh. Pure pyrites contains 53.33 per cent. +of sulphur.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based upon the easy conversion of all sulphur compounds into +sulphates by fusion with nitre or by oxidation with nitric acid; and on +the determination of the sulphate formed by titration in an acetic acid +solution with baric chloride.<a name="FNanchor_101_101" id="FNanchor_101_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_101_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> The finishing point is determined by +filtering off portions of the assay solution, and testing with sulphuric +acid. A slight excess of baric chloride will cause a precipitate.</p> + +<p>The process may be divided into—(1) the preparation of the solution, +and (2) the titration.</p> + +<p><b>Preparation of the Solution.</b>—Weigh up from 1 to 5 grams of the dried +and powdered substance, and mix intimately with 4 grams of powdered +nitre; clean out the mortar with another gram of nitre, and add this as +a cover. Heat in a platinum crucible for fifteen minutes at a low +temperature; cool, and extract<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_371" id="Page_371">[Pg 371]</a></span> with water in an evaporating-dish about +9 inches across, and holding 700 or 800 c.c. Add 10 grams of sodium +acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic acid, and dilute to half a litre. Boil. +The solution is ready for titrating. Substances which lose sulphur on +heating (such as pyrites) are thus treated:—Weigh up 1 gram, and +evaporate nearly to dryness with 10 c.c. each of nitric and hydrochloric +acids. Take up with 10 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and again boil down to +a small bulk; dilute and transfer to a 9-inch evaporating-dish; add 10 +grams of sodium acetate and 5 c.c. of acetic acid, dilute to half a +litre, and boil. The solution is ready for titrating. Sulphates may be +dissolved up in the dish itself with the help of a c.c. or so of +hydrochloric acid; sodium acetate and acetic acid are then added; and, +after dilution and boiling, the solutions are at once titrated.</p> + +<p>The solution before titration must contain no free mineral acid, but 5 +or 10 c.c. of acetic acid should be present. It must contain 10 grams of +sodium acetate, or sufficient to convert any free mineral acid into its +corresponding sodic salt; or, if chlorides, nitrates or sulphates of the +metals are present, sufficient to decompose them. If a precipitation +occurs, as is the case with ferric salts, &c., the solution is titrated +with the precipitate in it.</p> + +<p><b>The Titration.</b>—<i>The standard solution of barium chloride</i> is made by +dissolving 76.25 grams of the crystallized salt (BaCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O) in +distilled water, and diluting to 1 litre. 100 c.c. will equal 1 gram of +sulphur. As indicator, use dilute sulphuric acid. The strength of the +solution may be checked by the titration of 5 grams of ferrous sulphate +(oxidized with permanganate of potassium or a few drops of nitric acid), +which should require 57.5 c.c. of the barium chloride solution; or any +pure sulphate of known composition can be used; anhydrous salts should +be preferred.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig065.jpg" width="450" height="190" alt="Fig. 65." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Fill an ordinary 100 c.c. burette with the solution of barium chloride. +The evaporating dish containing the assay solution is placed on a round +burner (as shown in fig. 65), and the solution is kept steadily boiling. +An ordinary Bunsen-burner flame will cause bumping, and should not be +used. Run in the standard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_372" id="Page_372">[Pg 372]</a></span> solution in quantity known to be +insufficient; then withdraw a portion of about 2 c.c., with a pipette, +and filter through a fine filter-paper into a test tube. Run in another +0.5 c.c. of the standard solution, and withdraw and filter into a test +tube another portion of 2 c.c.; and continue this operation until +half-a-dozen or more portions have been drawn off. The test tubes should +be arranged in order in a stand resting on a piece of paper, so that +each test tube representing 0.5 c.c. of the standard baric chloride may +have its value recorded beneath it (fig. 66). Add to each test tube 3 +drops of dilute sulphuric acid; that which shows the first appearance of +a precipitate marks the point at which the titration is complete. +Suppose, for example, that the test tube marked 48.5 c.c. shows no +precipitate, while that at 49.0 c.c. shows one, it is evident that the +finishing point lies between these readings. With a little practice, one +can judge from the appearance of the precipitate in the 49 c.c. tube, +whether 1/4 c.c. should be deducted or not.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig066.jpg" width="450" height="213" alt="Fig. 66." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>It is better to add dilute sulphuric acid, and to watch for the +appearance of a precipitate in the test tube, than to add baric chloride +and to look for its non-appearance; besides, baric chloride is much less +likely to be present in a test tube as impurity than sulphates are. In +this way the chance of error from what are termed "accidental causes" is +diminished.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of titration:—</p> + +<p>Make <i>a standard solution of sulphuric acid</i> by diluting 43.65 grams of +sulphuric acid (sp. g. 1.6165) to 1 litre: 100 c.c. will contain 1 gram +of sulphur. An equivalent solution may be made by dissolving 100.62 +grams of sodium sulphate crystals (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>.10H<sub>2</sub>O), or 86.88 +grams of ferrous sulphate (FeSO<sub>4</sub>.7H<sub>2</sub>O), in water (oxidising the +latter), and diluting to 1 litre.</p> + +<p>The order in which these experiments are given is that in which they +were made in an investigation into the conditions under which the +titration could most accurately be effected.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Hydrochloric and Nitric Acids.</b>—The titrations were +performed in the manner already described, but sodic acetate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373">[Pg 373]</a></span> and acetic +acid were absent. Twenty c.c. of the standard solution of sulphuric acid +were used.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Hydrochloric acid present</td><td align='left'>0.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>2.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.7</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>12.5</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitric acid present</td><td align='left'>0.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>1.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>2.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>19.5</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>18.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>10.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These show clearly the interference of free mineral acids, although very +dilute hydrochloric acid (1 c.c. in 500 of water) has no effect.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Acetic and Citric Acids.</b>—A similar series of experiments +with these acids gave the following results:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Acetic acid present</td><td align='left'>0.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0</td><td align='left'>c.c. 50.0</td><td align='left'>c.c. 100.0</td><td align='left'>c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Citric acid present</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These acids do not interfere.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Sodic Acetate and Acetic Acid.</b>—In each of these experiments +5 c.c. of acetic acid was present.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium acetate added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td><td align='left'>50 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>As sodic acetate and acetic acid did not interfere, it became desirable +to make some experiments on the <i>finishing point</i>. The first object +sought for was the smallest amount of the standard baric chloride in 500 +c.c. of water, required to give an indication when tested in the manner +already described.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Conditions of Assay Solution.</td><td align='left'>Baric Chloride required.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water only</td><td align='left'>0.05 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>With 10 grams of sodium acetate and 5 c.c. of acetic acid</td><td align='left'>0.05 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The same with 5 grams of nitre</td><td align='left'>0.10 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Like the last, but with 5 grams of salt instead of nitre</td><td align='left'>0.10 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These show that as small an amount of baric chloride solution as is +equal to only 0.000002 gram of sulphur in the 2 c.c. of solution tested +yields a decided precipitate on the addition of 3 drops of sulphuric +acid.</p> + +<p>To determine whether the same finishing point is obtained on testing the +filtered portions in the test tubes with baric chloride as is obtained +on testing with sulphuric acid, a titration was made with 20 c.c. of +standard solution of sulphuric acid, together with the usual quantities +of sodic acetate and acetic<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_374" id="Page_374">[Pg 374]</a></span> acid; and two lots of 2 c.c. each were +filtered into two sets of test tubes after each addition of the standard +baric chloride. To one series 3 drops of baric chloride solution were +added, and to the other 3 drops of sulphuric acid. The results were—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric Chloride" added.</td><td align='left'>With Dilute Sulphuric Acid.</td><td align='left'>With Baric Chloride Solution.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>Clear</td><td align='left'>Cloudy</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>19.75 "</td><td align='left'>Clear</td><td align='left'>Cloudy</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>Finished</td><td align='left'>Finished</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>20.25 "</td><td align='left'>Cloudy</td><td align='left'>Clear</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>20.5 "</td><td align='left'>Cloudy</td><td align='left'>Clear</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The two methods of testing give the same result. But this balance is +disturbed in the presence of much nitre, the indications with baric +chloride being disturbed by an opalescence for some c.c. beyond the +finishing point. In solutions containing free hydrochloric or nitric +acid, a precipitate is obtained with either baric chloride or sulphuric +acid.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Sulphur.</b>—In these and the subsequent experiments +the titrations were performed in the presence of 10 grams of sodic +acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic acid in the manner already described.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Standard sulphuric acid used</td><td align='left'>5.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'> 100.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>5.0 "</td><td align='left'>10.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>50.0 "</td><td align='left'>100.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—With 5 c.c. of standard sulphuric acid +titrated at 15° C., 5 c.c. of baric chloride were required; but with +larger quantities the results were altogether unsatisfactory when +titrated cold.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>1000.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.5 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Considerable variation in bulk has no effect, but 500 c.c. is the most +convenient volume to work with. It is well to occasionally replace the +water boiled off during titration.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—In all these experiments 20 c.c. of +"sulphuric acid" were used, and the titration was performed in the +ordinary way.</p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375">[Pg 375]</a></span></p> +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Sodic chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Ammonic chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Calcic chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>2 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Zinc chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>3 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Ferrous chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>3 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.7 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Ferric chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>3 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Copper chloride</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>3 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Potassic Nitrate</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Potassic Nitrite</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Sodic phosphate</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>22.5 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>Sodic arsenate</i> added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.5 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>In the absence of ferric salts, phosphates and arsenates count as +sulphur.</p> + +<p>In two series of experiments for determining the effect of varying +amounts of sulphur in the form of ferrous sulphate, we obtained the +following results:—In the first series the assay solution was prepared +in the manner we have described for <i>Pyrites</i>; and in the second series, +by fusion with nitre.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur added</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.050 gram</td><td align='left'>0.100 gram</td><td align='left'>0.200 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride"</td><td align='left'>required</td><td align='left'>(1)</td><td align='left'>5.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>(2)</td><td align='left'>4.7 "</td><td align='left'>10.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphur added</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.500 gram</td><td align='left'>1.000 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric chloride"</td><td align='left'>required</td><td align='left'>(1)</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>(2)</td><td align='left'>50.0 "</td><td align='left'>100.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>More than 5 grams of nitre must not be used in an assay; and, since the +requisite amount of nitre considerably exceeds that sufficient to +oxidise the sulphur, not more than 0.5 gram of unoxidised sulphur should +be present in the portion of the sample weighed up for determination. +When the amount of sulphur present is not known within reasonable +limits, the test portions may be tried with a drop of baric chloride +solution instead of sulphuric acid, so that the diminishing quantity of +precipitate may give warning of an approach to the finishing point.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Blende.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_376" id="Page_376">[Pg 376]</a></span> of dried and +powdered blende, and mix and fuse with 5 grams of nitre in the manner +described. Place the dish and its contents in the titrating-dish, +extract with water, add 10 grams of sodium acetate and 10 c.c. of acetic +acid, remove and wash the platinum-dish, and dilute to 500 c.c.; boil +and titrate. In the example, duplicate determinations required (<i>a</i>) +32.0 c.c., (<i>b</i>) 32.25 c.c., giving an average of 32.1 per cent. of +sulphur.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Chalcopyrite</b> (Yellow Copper Ore).—Take 1 +gram of the finely-powdered sample, and 5 grams of nitre. Sprinkle a +little of the nitre in a small Wedgwood mortar, place the ore on it, and +cover with 2 or 3 grams more of the nitre. Rub up together, and transfer +to a small porcelain dish; clean out the mortar with the rest of the +nitre, and add to the contents of the dish. Cover with a piece of +platinum foil, and heat gently with a Bunsen burner till the nitre melts +and the stuff shows signs of deflagrating; remove the heat, and allow +the action to go on by itself for a minute or so, then heat over the +Bunsen burner for 10 minutes. Cool; transfer the whole to the +titrating-dish; boil with 500 c.c. of water; remove the small dish and +foil; add sodic acetate and acetic acid, and titrate.</p> + +<p>For example, 1 gram required 34.5 c.c. of "barium chloride" (standard = +1.005 gram S), which is equivalent to 34.7 per cent. sulphur. The +theoretical percentage is 34.8.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Chalcocite</b> (Grey Copper Ore).—Proceed as +in the last experiment but, since the action with nitre is more +moderate, no special precautions need be taken on heating. A platinum +dish may be used.</p> + +<p>An example which was heated for 30 minutes required 20.5 c.c. of the +barium chloride solution. This is equivalent to 20.6 per cent. of +sulphur. The theoretical yield is 20.2 per cent.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Pyrites.</b>—Take 1 gram of the +finely-powdered sample, cover with 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and, when +action has ceased, evaporate to a small bulk. Add 3 or 4 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid, and again evaporate to a paste. Take up with 1 or 2 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute with water, transfer to a +titrating-dish, add 10 grams of sodic acetate and 5 c.c. of acetic acid, +and dilute with water to 500 c.c. Boil and titrate.</p> + +<p>An example with 1 gram of a pure crystallized pyrites required 52.7 c.c. +of the barium chloride solution, which is equivalent to 53.0 per cent. +of sulphur. Theory requires 53.3 per cent. of sulphur.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Mispickel.</b>—Take 1 gram of the powdered +ore and evaporate with 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and take up with 3 or 4 +c.c. of hydrochloric acid. If any globules of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377">[Pg 377]</a></span> sulphur remain, again +evaporate with nitric acid. Dilute, and transfer to the titrating-dish. +Add 10 grams of sodic acetate, dilute with water, boil, and titrate. The +mispickel carries (according to theory) exactly sufficient iron to +precipitate the arsenic as ferric arsenate in an acetic acid solution, +so no more iron need be added. The ferric arsenate will separate out as +a yellowish-white flocculent precipitate.</p> + +<p>An example required, in duplicate experiment, 18.5 c.c. and 18.7 c.c. of +barium chloride, equivalent to 18.7 per cent. of sulphur. The formula, +FeS<sub>2</sub>.FeAs<sub>2</sub>, requires 19.6 percent., but the sulphur generally +varies considerably from this amount.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur in Burnt Ores.</b>—Take 5 grams of the dried and +powdered ore, and rub up with 4 grams of nitre; transfer to the +platinum-dish; clean out the mortar with another gram of nitre, and add +this as a cover. Heat, and extract with water as before; add the sodium +acetate and acetic acid; and titrate. Burnt ores carry from 2.5 to 5 per +cent. of sulphur. A series of four determinations gave:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>"Baric Chloride" Required.</td><td align='left'>Percentage of Sulphur.</td><td align='left'>Gravimetric Results.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>12.6 c.c.</td><td align='left'>2.52 %</td><td align='left'>2.45 %</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>29.9 "</td><td align='left'>5.98 "</td><td align='left'>5.84 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>18.1 "</td><td align='left'>3.62 "</td><td align='left'>3.53 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>22.0 "</td><td align='left'>4.40 "</td><td align='left'>4.43 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>For ores carrying less than 1 per cent. of sulphur, take 10 grams for +the assay.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphuric Oxide (SO<sub>3</sub>) in Sulphates.</b>—When the +sulphur exists in the sample received by the assayer in an oxidised +state as sulphate, it is usual to report it in terms of sulphuric oxide +(SO<sub>3</sub>). In this case, the metal must also be reported as oxide. For +example, an analysis of copper sulphate would be thus reported:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Oxide of copper (CuO)</td><td align='left'>31.8 %</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphuric oxide (SO3)</td><td align='left'>32.1 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>36.1 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The percentage of sulphur multiplied by 2.5 gives the percentage of +sulphuric oxide. Thus a sample of copper sulphate containing 12.85 per +cent. of sulphur will contain 12.85 × 2.5 or 32.12 per cent. of +sulphuric oxide.</p> + +<p>In minerals and metallurgical products, it is common to find the sulphur +in both conditions—<i>i.e.</i>, as sulphate and sulphide. Generally in these +the percentage of sulphur only is wanted; but this will depend entirely +on commercial requirements, and not on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_378" id="Page_378">[Pg 378]</a></span> the fancy of the assayer. +Soluble sulphates are determined separately by extracting with small +quantities of cold water, so as to avoid the separation of basic +sulphates, or, if the sulphides present are not at the same time +attacked, by dilute hydrochloric acid. Lead sulphate may be extracted by +boiling with ammonic acetate; whilst barium, strontium, and, perhaps, +calcium sulphate, will be mainly found in the residue insoluble in +acids.</p> + +<p>Weigh up from 2 to 5 grams of the material according to the amount of +sulphur judged to be present, and dissolve them in the titrating-dish +with 1 c.c. of hydrochloric acid and 50 c.c. of water. Add 10 grams of +sodic acetate, and 10 c.c. of acetic acid; dilute, boil, and titrate. In +the case of ferric salts, half the quantity of acetic acid will be +better, as then the ferric iron will be precipitated, and a colourless +solution will be left, in which the end reaction is more readily +distinguished.</p> + +<p>Determined in this way, 5 gram samples of the following salts gave the +results indicated below:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt.</td><td align='left'>"Barium Chloride" Required.</td><td align='left'>Sulphuric Oxide.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper sulphate</td><td align='left'>64.25 c.c.</td><td align='left'>32.12 %</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Magnesium sulphate</td><td align='left'>65.25 "</td><td align='left'>32.62 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Zinc sulphate</td><td align='left'>56.25 "</td><td align='left'>28.12 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ferrous sulphate</td><td align='left'>58.25 "</td><td align='left'>29.12 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium sulphate</td><td align='left'>51.25 "</td><td align='left'>25.60 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphuric Oxide in Barytes</b> (Heavy spar).—Fuse 2 +grams of the powdered mineral with 5 grams of "fusion mixture" for five +minutes; and, when cold, extract with water. Filter, acidulate the +filtrate with an excess of 10 c.c. of acetic acid, dilute, boil, and +titrate. For example, a transparent crystallised sample required 27.0 +c.c. of barium chloride, which is equivalent to 13.6 per cent. of +sulphur, or 34.0 per cent. of sulphuric oxide. Theory requires 34.3 per +cent. of the latter. Since both carbonate of soda and potash are liable +to contain sulphates, a blank determination should be made on 5 grams of +the "fusion mixture," and the amount found be deducted from that got in +the assay.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. The price of sulphur in an ore being 4-1/2<i>d.</i> per unit in the +northern markets, what would be the price of a ton of ore containing 49 +per cent. of sulphur? What would be the effect on the price of an error +of 0.25 per cent. in the assay?</p> + +<p>2. Pyrites carries 50 per cent. of sulphur, and on calcining yields 70 +per cent. of its weight of burnt ore. Supposing the burnt ore carries +3.5 per cent. of sulphur, what proportion of the sulphur will have been +removed in the calcining?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_379" id="Page_379">[Pg 379]</a></span></p> + +<p>3. How would blende compare with pyrites as a source of sulphur for +sulphuric acid making?</p> + +<p>4. How would you determine the percentage of sulphuric oxide in a sample +of gypsum? What is sulphuric oxide, and what relation does it bear to +sulphur?</p> + +<p>5. A mineral contains 20.7 per cent. of water, 32.4 per cent. of lime, +and 18.6 per cent. of sulphur. What is its probable composition? What +experiment would you try to determine the accuracy of your conclusion?</p> + + +<h4>SELENIUM</h4> + +<p>occurs in nature combined with copper, mercury, and lead, in certain +rare minerals. In small quantities it is found in many ores. It is +detected in solution by the red precipitate produced on boiling the acid +solution with sodium sulphite. This reaction is used for its +determination.</p> + +<p><b>Solution.</b>—The solution is effected by boiling with nitric acid or +aqua regia, or by fusing with nitre. To separate the selenium, the +solution is evaporated with an excess of hydrochloric acid and a little +sodium or potassium chloride. This destroys any nitric acid that may be +present, and reduces selenic acid (H<sub>2</sub>SeO<sub>4</sub>) to selenious +(H<sub>2</sub>SeO<sub>3</sub>). The solution is diluted with water, and treated with a +solution of sulphite of soda. It is warmed, and at last boiled. The +selenium separates as a red precipitate, which (on boiling) becomes +denser and black. It is collected on a weighed filter, washed with hot +water, dried at 100° C., and weighed as pure selenium.</p> + +<p>Selenium can be precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen as a sulphide, +which is readily soluble in ammonium sulphide. This sulphide may be +oxidised with hydrochloric acid and chlorate of potash; and the selenium +separated in the manner described.</p> + + +<h4>TELLURIUM.</h4> + +<p>Tellurium occurs in nature, native, and in combination with gold, +silver, bismuth and lead. It is sometimes met with in assaying gold +ores. It may be detected by the purple colour it imparts to strong +sulphuric acid when dissolved in the cold, and by the black precipitate +of metallic tellurium which its solutions yield on treatment with a +reducing agent. Telluric acid is reduced to tellurous (with evolution of +chlorine) on boiling with hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Solution</b> is effected by boiling with aqua regia, or by fusing with +nitre and sodium carbonate.</p> + +<p><b>Separation.</b>—Tellurium closely resembles selenium in its reactions. It +is separated and determined in the same way. Like<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_380" id="Page_380">[Pg 380]</a></span> it, it forms a +sulphide soluble in ammonium sulphide. It is distinguished from selenium +by the insolubility, in a solution of cyanide of potassium, of the metal +precipitated by sodium sulphite; whereas selenium dissolves, forming a +soluble potassic seleno-cyanide.<a name="FNanchor_102_102" id="FNanchor_102_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_102_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a></p> + +<p>For the determination, solution is effected by fusing with nitre and +sodium carbonate, dissolving out the tellurate of potash with water, and +boiling with hydrochloric acid. Tellurous compounds are formed, with +evolution of chlorine; and the solution, on treating with a reducing +agent (such as sulphurous acid or stannous chloride), yields metallic +tellurium; which is washed, dried at 100° C., and weighed.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_101_101" id="Footnote_101_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_101_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a> BaCl<sub>2</sub> + Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> = BaSO<sub>4</sub> + 2NaCl.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_102_102" id="Footnote_102_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_102_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a> Se + KCy = KCySe.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381">[Pg 381]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII.</h2> + +<h3>ARSENIC, PHOSPHORUS, NITROGEN.</h3> + + +<h4>ARSENIC.</h4> + +<p>The chief source of the arsenic of commerce is arsenical pyrites, or +mispickel, which contains about 45 per cent. of arsenic (As). Arsenic +also occurs as a constituent of several comparatively rare minerals; +and, as an impurity, it is very widely distributed. White arsenic is an +oxide of arsenic, and is obtained by roasting arsenical ores, and +refining the material (crude arsenic), which condenses in the flues. +Arsenic itself is volatile, and many of its compounds have the same +property. It forms two well-defined series of salts, corresponding to +the oxides: arsenious oxide (As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>), and arsenic oxide +(As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>). These combine with bases to form arsenites and arsenates +respectively. Boiling with nitric acid converts the lower into the +higher oxide; and powerful reducing-agents, such as cuprous chloride, +have the opposite effect.</p> + +<p>Arsenic may be detected by dissolving the substance in hydrochloric +acid, or in aqua regia (avoiding an excess of nitric acid), and adding a +little of this solution to the contents of a small flask in which +hydrogen is being made by the action of zinc and hydrochloric acid. The +ignited jet of hydrogen assumes a blue colour if arsenic is present, and +a cold porcelain dish held in the flame (fig. 67) becomes coated with a +dark deposit of metallic arsenic. Antimony produces a similar effect, +but is distinguished by the insolubility of its deposit in a cold +solution of bleaching-powder.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig067.jpg" width="450" height="296" alt="Fig. 67." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Arsenites are distinguished by the volatility of the chloride; by +decolorising a solution of permanganate of potassium, and by immediately +giving a yellow precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen. Arsenates are +distinguished (after converting into soda salts by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_382" id="Page_382">[Pg 382]</a></span> boiling with +carbonate of soda and neutralising) by giving with nitrate of silver a +red precipitate, and with "magnesia mixture" a white crystalline one.</p> + +<p><b>Dry Assay.</b>—There is no dry assay which is trustworthy. The following +method is sometimes used to find the proportion of arsenious oxide in +"crude arsenic":—Weigh up 5 grams of the dried sample, and place them +in a clean dry test-tube about 6 inches long. Tie a small filter-paper +over the mouth of the tube, so as to prevent air-currents. Heat the tube +cautiously so as to sublime off the white arsenic into the upper part of +the tube. Cut off the bottom of the test-tube by wetting whilst hot. +Scrape out the arsenic and weigh it. The weight gives an approximate +idea of the quantity, and the colour of the quality, of the white +arsenic obtainable from the sample. Some workers (sellers) weigh the +residue, and determine the white arsenic by difference. In determining +the percentage of moisture in these samples, the substance is dried on a +water-bath or in a water-oven.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p><b>Solution.</b>—Where, as in crude arsenic, the substance is arsenious +oxide (As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) mixed with impurities, the arsenic is best got into +solution by warming with caustic soda, and neutralising the excess with +hydrochloric acid; it will be present as sodium arsenite. Metals and +alloys are acted on by means of nitric acid; or the arsenic may be at +the same time dissolved and separated by distilling with a strongly-acid +solution of ferric chloride, in the way described under <i>Volumetric +Methods</i>.</p> + +<p>With minerals, mattes, &c., solution is thus effected:—The +finely-powdered substance is mixed (in a large platinum or porcelain +crucible) with from six to ten times its weight of a mixture of equal +parts of carbonate of soda and nitre. The mass is then heated gradually +to fusion, and kept for a few minutes in that state. When cold, it is +extracted with warm water, and filtered from the insoluble residue. The +solution, acidified with nitric acid and boiled, contains the arsenic as +sodium arsenate. With mispickel, and those substances which easily give +off arsenic on heating, the substance is first treated with nitric acid, +evaporated to dryness, and then the residue is treated in the way just +described.</p> + +<p>When the arsenic is present as arsenite or arsenide, distillation with +an acid solution of ferric chloride will give the whole of the arsenic +in the distillate free from any metal except, perhaps, tin as stannic +chloride. With arsenates, dissolve the substance in acid and then add an +excess of soda. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen into the solution; warm, and +filter. Acidulate the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383">[Pg 383]</a></span> filtrate, and pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Decant +off the liquid through a filter, and digest the precipitate with ammonic +carbonate; filter, and re-precipitate with hydrochloric acid and +sulphuretted hydrogen. Allow to stand in a warm place, and filter off +the yellow sulphide of arsenic. Wash it into a beaker, clean the +filter-paper (if necessary) with a drop or two of dilute ammonia; +evaporate with 10 c.c. of dilute nitric acid to a small bulk; dilute; +and filter off the globules of sulphur. The filtrate contains the +arsenic as arsenic acid.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>Having got the arsenic into solution as arsenic acid, and in a volume +not much exceeding 50 c.c., add about 20 c.c. of dilute ammonia and 20 +c.c. of "magnesia mixture." Stir with a glass rod, and allow to settle +overnight. Filter, and wash with dilute ammonia, avoiding the use of +large quantities of wash water. Dry, transfer the precipitate to a +Berlin crucible, and clean the filter-paper thoroughly. Burn this paper +carefully and completely; and add the ash to the contents of the +crucible, together with 4 or 5 drops of nitric acid. Evaporate with a +Bunsen burner, and slowly ignite, finishing off with the blow-pipe or +muffle. Cool, and weigh. The ignited precipitate is pyrarsenate of +magnesia (Mg<sub>2</sub>As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>), and contains 48.4 per cent. of arsenic +(As).</p> + +<p>Instead of igniting the precipitate with nitric acid, it may be +collected on a weighed filter-paper, dried at 100° C., and weighed as +ammonic-magnesic arsenate (2AmMgAsO<sub>4</sub>.H<sub>2</sub>O), which contains 39.5 per +cent. of arsenic. The results in this case are likely to be a little +higher. The drying is very tedious, and is likely to leave behind more +water than is allowed for in the formula. In a series of determinations +in which the arsenic was weighed in both forms, the results were:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonic-magnesic Arsenate in grams.</td><td align='left'>Arsenic in grams.</td><td align='left'>Magnesium Pyrarsenate in grams.</td><td align='left'>Arsenic in grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0080</td><td align='left'>0.0032</td><td align='left'>0.0065</td><td align='left'>0.0031</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0400</td><td align='left'>0.0158</td><td align='left'>0.0330</td><td align='left'>0.0160</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.0799</td><td align='left'>0.0316</td><td align='left'>0.0633</td><td align='left'>0.0306</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.1600</td><td align='left'>0.0632</td><td align='left'>0.1287</td><td align='left'>0.0623</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.4000</td><td align='left'>0.1580</td><td align='left'>0.3205</td><td align='left'>0.1551</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.7990</td><td align='left'>0.3156</td><td align='left'>0.6435</td><td align='left'>0.3114</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_384" id="Page_384">[Pg 384]</a></span> </p> + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHODS.</h4> + +<p>There are two methods: one for determining the arsenic in the lower, and +the other in the higher state of oxidation. In the first-mentioned +method this is done by titrating with a standard solution of iodine; and +in the latter with a solution of uranium acetate. Where the arsenic +already exists as arsenious oxide, or where it is most conveniently +separated by distillation as arsenious chloride, the iodine method +should be used; but when the arsenic is separated as ammonic-magnesic +arsenate or as sulphide, the uranium acetate titration should be +adopted.</p> + + +<h4>IODINE PROCESS.</h4> + +<p>This is based on the fact that sodium arsenite in a solution containing +an excess of bicarbonate of soda is indirectly oxidised by iodine to +sodium arsenate,<a name="FNanchor_103_103" id="FNanchor_103_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_103_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> and that an excess of iodine may be recognised by +the blue colour it strikes with starch. The process is divided into two +parts—(1) the preparation of the solution, and (2) the titration.</p> + +<p><b>Preparation of the Solution.</b>—For substances like crude arsenic, in +which the arsenic is present as arsenious oxide, the method is as +follows:—Take a portion which shall contain from 0.25 to 0.5 gram of +the oxide, place in a beaker, and cover with 10 c.c. of sodic hydrate +solution; warm till dissolved, put a small piece of litmus paper in the +solution, and render acid with dilute hydrochloric acid. Add 2 grams of +bicarbonate of soda in solution, filter (if necessary), and dilute to +100 c.c. The solution is now ready for titrating.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig068.jpg" width="300" height="338" alt="Fig. 68." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Where the arsenic has to be separated as arsenious chloride, the process +is as follows:<a name="FNanchor_104_104" id="FNanchor_104_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_104_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a>—Weigh up 1 gram of the finely-powdered ore (metals +should be hammered out into a thin foil or be used as filings), and +place in a 16-ounce flask provided with a well-fitting cork, and +connected with a <b>U</b>-tube, as shown in the drawing (fig. 68). The +<b>U</b>-tube should contain 2 or 3 c.c. of water, and is cooled by being<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385">[Pg 385]</a></span> +placed in a jar or large beaker of cold water. The water used for +cooling should be renewed for each assay.</p> + +<p>Pour on the assay in the flask 50 c.c. of a "ferric chloride mixture," +made by dissolving 600 grams of calcium chloride and 300 grams of ferric +chloride in 600 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and making up to 1 litre with +water.</p> + +<p>Firmly cork up the apparatus, and boil over a small Bunsen-burner flame +for fifteen or twenty minutes, but avoid evaporating to dryness. +Disconnect the flask, and pour away its contents at once to prevent +breakage of the flask by their solidification. The arsenic will be +condensed in the <b>U</b>-tube, together with the greater part of the +hydrochloric acid; transfer the distillate to a beaker washing out the +tube two or three times with water; add a small piece of litmus paper; +neutralise with ammonia; render faintly <i>acid</i> with dilute hydrochloric +acid; add 2 grams of bicarbonate of soda in solution; and dilute to 250 +c.c. The solution is now ready for titrating.</p> + +<p>The arsenic comes over in the early part of the distillation, as will be +seen from the following experiment, made on 1 gram of copper +precipitate; in which experiment the distillate was collected in +separate portions at equal intervals, and the arsenic in each portion +determined:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Time Distilling.</td><td align='left'>Iodine Required.</td><td align='left'>Equivalent to Arsenic in the Distillate.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 minutes</td><td align='left'>12.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>0.0450 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 "</td><td align='left'>0.17 "</td><td align='left'>0.0005 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 "</td><td align='left'>0.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 "</td><td align='left'>0.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>To dryness</td><td align='left'>0.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The volume of each distillate was about 5 c.c.</p> + +<p>In this operation the metals are converted into chlorides by the action +of ferric chloride, which gives up a part of its chlorine, and becomes +reduced to the ferrous salt. The calcium chloride does not enter into +the chemical reaction, but raises the temperature at which the solution +boils, and is essential for the completion of the distillation.<a name="FNanchor_105_105" id="FNanchor_105_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> Two +experiments with material containing 3.48 per cent. of arsenic gave—(1) +with ferric chloride alone, 2.74 per cent.; and (2) with the addition of +calcium chloride, 3.48 per cent.</p> + +<p>It is always necessary to make a blank determination with 1 gram of +electrotype copper, to find out the amount of arsenic in the ferric +chloride mixture.<a name="FNanchor_106_106" id="FNanchor_106_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a> Unfortunately, a correction is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_386" id="Page_386">[Pg 386]</a></span> always required. +This amounts to about 0.15 per cent. of arsenic on each assay, even when +the mixture has been purified; and this constitutes the weakness of the +method, since, in some cases, the correction is as much as, or even +greater than, the percentage to be determined.</p> + +<p>The acid distillate containing the arsenious chloride may be left for an +hour or so without much fear of oxidation; but it is safer to neutralise +and then to add the bicarbonate of soda, as the following experiments +show. Several portions of a solution, each having a bulk of 100 c.c., +were exposed for varying lengths of time, and the arsenic in each +determined.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Time Exposed.</td><td align='left'>Acid Solutions.<br />"Iodine" Required. Arsenic Found.</td><td align='left'>Neutralised Solutions.<br /> "Iodine"Required. Arsenic Found.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>18.2 c.c. = 0.0136 gram</td><td align='left'>18.1 c.c. = 0.0136 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 hour</td><td align='left'>18.2 " = 0.0136 "</td><td align='left'>18.2 " = 0.0136 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 hours</td><td align='left'>17.7 " = 0.0133 "</td><td align='left'>18.0 " = 0.0135 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4 "</td><td align='left'>17.5 " = 0.0131 "</td><td align='left'>18.4 " = 0.0138 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 "</td><td align='left'>17.0 " = 0.0127 "</td><td align='left'>18.3 " = 0.0137 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>The Titration.</b>—Make a <i>standard solution of iodine</i> by weighing up in +a beaker 16.933 grams of iodine and 30 grams of potassium iodide in +crystals; add a few c.c. of water, and, when dissolved, dilute to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. will equal 0.500 gram of arsenic.</p> + +<p>A solution of starch similar to that used in the iodide-copper assay +will be required. Use 2 c.c. for each assay. Variations in the quantity +of starch used do not interfere; but the solution must be freshly +prepared, as after seven or eight days it becomes useless.</p> + +<p>To standardise the iodine solution, weigh up 0.3 gram of white arsenic; +dissolve in caustic soda; neutralise; after acidulating, add 2 grams of +bicarbonate of soda and 2 c.c. of the starch solution, and dilute to 200 +c.c. with cold water. Fill a burette having a glass stop-cock with the +iodine solution, and run it into the solution of arsenic, rapidly at +first, and then more cautiously, till a final drop produces a blue +colour throughout the solution. Calculate the standard in the usual way. +White arsenic contains 75.76 per cent. of arsenic.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the titration:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387">[Pg 387]</a></span>—</p> + +<p>Make a solution of arsenic by dissolving 6.60 grams of white arsenic in +100 c.c. of sodic hydrate solution; render slightly acid with +hydrochloric acid; add 10 grains of bicarbonate of soda, and dilute to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. will contain 0.50 gram of arsenic.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The reaction goes on very quickly in +the cold, and, since there is no occasion for heating, all titrations +should therefore be carried out cold.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—In these experiments, 20 c.c. of arsenic +solution were taken, 2 grams of bicarbonate of soda and 2 c.c. of starch +solution added, and water supplied to the required bulk. The results +were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>250.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>500.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Iodine" required</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Considerable variation in bulk does not interfere.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bicarbonate of Soda.</b>—This salt must be present in +each titration in considerable excess, to prevent the interference of +free acid. The bicarbonate must be dissolved without heating, as neutral +carbonates should be avoided.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bicarbonate added</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>2 grams</td><td align='left'>5 grams</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Iodine" required</td><td align='left'>20.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.1 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These results show that large variation in the quantity of bicarbonate +has no effect.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Free Acid.</b>—In these experiments, the arsenic taken, the +starch, and the bulk were as before, but no bicarbonate was added. In +one case the solution was rendered acid with 5 c.c. of acetic acid, and +in the other with 5 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; in both cases the +interference was strongly marked, and no satisfactory finishing point +could be obtained. This was much more marked with the hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—The process for getting the arsenic into +solution will exclude all metals except tin, but the solution will be +charged with sodium or ammonium salts in the process of neutralising, so +that it is only necessary to see if these cause any interference. The +alkaline hydrates, including ammonia, are plainly inadmissible, since no +free iodine can exist in their presence. Monocarbonates similarly +interfere, but to a much less extent; hence the necessity for rendering +the assay distinctly acid before adding the bicarbonate of soda.</p> + +<p>With 20 c.c. of arsenic solution; and with bulk, soda, and starch as +before, the results obtained were:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388">[Pg 388]</a></span>—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>"Iodine" required.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>With 20 grams of ammonic chloride</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " 20 grams of sodium chloride</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " 20 grams of sodium acetate</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " 0.050 gram of tin, as stannic chloride</td><td align='left'>19.6 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Without any addition</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The interference of the stannic salt is probably mechanical, the +precipitate carrying down some arsenious acid.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Arsenic.</b>—With bulk, starch, and soda as before, but +with varying arsenic, the results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic added</td><td align='left'>1.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Iodine" required</td><td align='left'>1.1 "</td><td align='left'>9.9 "</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>50.0 "</td><td align='left'>100.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Determination of Arsenic in Metallic Copper.</b>—Put 1 gram of the copper +filings, freed from particles of the file with a magnet, into a +16-oz.-flask; and distil with the ferric chloride mixture, as above +described. Neutralise the distillate; acidify; add bicarbonate of soda +and starch; dilute; and titrate with the standard solution of +iodine.<a name="FNanchor_107_107" id="FNanchor_107_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_107_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a> Make a blank determination with 1 gram of electrotype +copper, proceeding exactly as with the assay; and deduct the amount of +arsenic found in this experiment from that previously obtained.</p> + +<p>Working in this way on a copper containing 0.38 per cent. of arsenic and +0.80 per cent. of antimony, 0.38 per cent. of arsenic was found.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of White Arsenic in Crude Arsenic.</b>—Weigh out 1 gram of +the dried and powdered substance (or 0.5 gram if rich), and digest with +10 c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of soda; dilute to about 50 c.c., and +filter. Render faintly acid with hydrochloric acid, and filter (if +necessary); add 2 or 3 grams of bicarbonate of soda in solution, then 5 +c.c. of starch, and titrate the cold solution with the standard solution +of iodine.</p> + +<p>The following is an example:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1 gram of crude arsenic required 53.7 c.c. "Iodine;"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 100 c.c. "Iodine" = 0.6000 gram white arsenic;</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 100 : 53.7 :: 0.6 : 0.3222, or 32.2 per cent.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>With the test-tube method of dry assaying, this same sample gave results +varying from 33 to 35 per cent. of white arsenic, which (judging from +its appearance) was impure.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389">[Pg 389]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>URANIC ACETATE PROCESS.</h4> + +<p>This may be looked upon as an alternative to the gravimetric method. It +is applicable in all cases where the arsenic exists in solution as +arsenic acid or as arsenate of soda. The process may be considered in +two parts: (1) the preparation of the solution, and (2) the titration.</p> + +<p><b>Preparation of the Solution.</b>—If the arsenic has been separated as +sulphide, it is sufficient to attack it with 10 or 15 c.c. of nitric +acid, and to heat gently till dissolved, avoiding too high a temperature +at first. Afterwards continue the heat till the separated sulphur runs +into globules, and the bulk of the acid has been reduced to 3 or 4 c.c. +Dilute with 20 or 30 c.c. of water; put in a piece of litmus paper; and +add dilute ammonia until just alkaline. Then add 5 c.c. of the sodium +acetate and acetic acid solution (which should make the solution +distinctly acid); dilute to 150 c.c., and heat to boiling. The solution +is ready for titrating.</p> + +<p>When the arsenic exists in a nitric acid solution mixed with much +copper, it is separated in the way described under <i>Examination of +Commercial Copper</i> (Arsenic and Phosphorus), pages 208, 209.</p> + +<p>If the arsenic has been separated as ammonium-magnesium arsenate, and +phosphates are known to be absent; dissolve the precipitate (after +filtering, but without washing) in dilute hydrochloric acid. Add dilute +ammonia till a slight precipitate is formed, and then 5 c.c. of the +sodium acetate and acetic acid solution; dilute to 150 c.c., and heat to +boiling. Titrate.</p> + +<p>If phosphates are present (which will always be the case if they were +present in the original substance, and no separation with sulphuretted +hydrogen has been made), the phosphorus will count in the subsequent +titration as arsenic (one part of phosphorus counting as 2.4 parts of +arsenic). It will be necessary to dissolve the mixed arsenate and +phosphate of magnesia in hydrochloric acid. Add about four or five times +as much iron (as ferric chloride) as the combined phosphorus and arsenic +present will unite with, and separate by the "basic acetate" process as +described under <span class="smcap">Phosphorus</span> in the <i>Examination of Commercial +Copper</i>, page 209. Obviously, when phosphates are present, it is easier +to separate the arsenic as sulphide than to precipitate it with the +"magnesia mixture."</p> + +<p><b>The Titration.</b>—The <i>standard solution of uranium acetate</i> is made by +dissolving 34.1 grams of the salt (with the help of 25 c.c.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_390" id="Page_390">[Pg 390]</a></span> of acetic +acid) in water; and diluting to 1 litre. The water and acid are added a +little at a time, and warmed till solution is effected; then cooled, and +diluted to the required volume: 100 c.c. will equal 0.50 gram of +arsenic.</p> + +<p>The <i>sodic acetate and acetic acid solution</i> is made by dissolving 100 +grams of sodic acetate in 500 c.c. of acetic acid, and diluting with +water to 1 litre. Five c.c. are used for each assay.</p> + +<p>The solution of potassic ferrocyanide used as <i>indicator</i> is made by +dissolving 10 grams of the salt in 100 c.c. of water.</p> + +<p>To standardise the solution of uranium acetate, weigh up a quantity of +white arsenic (As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) which shall be about equivalent to the +arsenic contained in the assay (0.1 or 0.2 gram); transfer to a flask, +and dissolve in 10 c.c. of nitric acid with the aid of heat. Evaporate +to a small bulk (taking care to avoid the presence of hydrochloric +acid); dilute with water; add a small piece of litmus paper; render +faintly alkaline with ammonia; then add 5 c.c. of the sodic acetate +mixture; dilute to 150 c.c.; and heat to boiling.</p> + +<p>Fill an ordinary burette with the uranium acetate solution, and run into +the assay a quantity known to be insufficient. Again heat for a minute +or two. Arrange a series of drops of the solution of ferrocyanide of +potassium on a porcelain slab, and, with the help of a glass rod, bring +a drop of the assay solution in contact with one of these. If no colour +is produced, run in the uranium acetate, 1 c.c. at a time, testing after +each addition, till a brown colour is developed. It is best to overdo +the assay, and to count back. It is not necessary to filter off a +portion of the assay before testing with the "ferrocyanide," since the +precipitate (uranic arsenate) has no effect.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of titration. Make a solution of arsenic acid by dissolving 4.95 grams +of arsenious acid (As<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) in a covered beaker with 35 c.c. of +nitric acid; evaporate down to 7 or 8 c.c.; and dilute with water to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. will contain 0.375 gram of arsenic. Use 20 c.c. for each +experiment.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—It is generally recommended to titrate +the boiling solution, since it is possible that the precipitation is +only complete on boiling. Low results are obtained in a cold solution, +the apparent excess of uranium acetate striking a colour at once; on +boiling, however, it ceases to do so; consequently, the solution should +always be boiled directly before testing.</p> + +<p>In four experiments made in the way described, but with 20 c.c<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391">[Pg 391]</a></span>. of a +solution of arsenic acid stronger than that given (100 c.c. = 0.5 gram +As), the results at varying temperatures were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15° C.</td><td align='left'>30° C.</td><td align='left'>70° C.</td><td align='left'>100° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>18.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.7 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—These experiments were like those last +mentioned, but were titrated boiling, and the volume was varied:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>300.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>14.0 "</td><td align='left'>14.0 "</td><td align='left'>14.5 "</td><td align='left'>15.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Considerable variations in bulk are to be avoided.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate.</b>—These experiments were carried out +like those last noticed, but the bulk was 150 c.c., and varying amounts +of sodic acetate were added in excess of the quantity used in the +experiments previously described:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodic acetate added</td><td align='left'>0 gram</td><td align='left'>1 gram</td><td align='left'>10 grams</td><td align='left'>20 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>14.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>14.5 c.c.</td><td align='left'>16.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.0 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It is evidently important that the quantity of this salt present in each +titration be measured out, so as to avoid variation.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying the Sodium Acetate and Acetic Acid Solution.</b>—Acetic +Acid also affects the results, but in the opposite direction, by +preventing the precipitation of uranium arsenate. With varying volumes +of the solution now under notice, the results were:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Solution added</td><td align='left'>0.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>15.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>14.5 "</td><td align='left'>14.5 "</td><td align='left'>14.5 "</td><td align='left'>14.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Solution added</td><td align='left'>20.0 "</td><td align='left'>30.0 "</td><td align='left'>40.0 "</td><td align='left'>50.0 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>13.2 "</td><td align='left'>10.0 "</td><td align='left'>6.0 "</td><td align='left'>2.0 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>These show that the quantity ordered (5 c.c.) must be adhered to.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—In these experiments, 10 grams of the salt +(the effect of which it was desired to determine) were added to a +solution in other respects resembling those previously used:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Salt added</td><td align='left'>Ammonic sulphate</td><td align='left'>Ammonic nitrate</td><td align='left'>Ammonic chloride</td><td align='left'>Magnesium sulphate</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='center'>15.5 c.c.</td><td align='center'>15.5 c.c.</td><td align='center'>15.3 c.c.</td><td align='center'>15.3 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Without any addition, 15.0 c.c. were required; and in another +experiment, in which 30 grams of ammonic salts were present,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392">[Pg 392]</a></span> 15.6 c.c. +of uranium solution were required. Such variations in the amount of +ammonic salts as occur in ordinary working are unimportant.</p> + +<p>Phosphates, of course, interfere. In fact, the uranium acetate solution +can be standardised by titrating with a known weight of phosphate, and +calculating its equivalent of arsenic. Thus, in an experiment with 0.6 +gram of hydric sodic phosphate (Na<sub>2</sub>HPO<sub>4</sub>.12H<sub>2</sub>O), equivalent to +0.05195 gram of phosphorus, or 0.1256 gram of arsenic, 23.25 c.c. of a +solution of uranium acetate were required. The same solution +standardised with white arsenic gave a standard of which 100 c.c. = +0.5333 gram arsenic. On this standard the 0.6 gram of sodic phosphate +should have required 23.5 c.c.</p> + +<p>Experiments in which 0.1 gram of bismuth and 0.1 gram of antimony were +present with 0.1 gram of arsenic, showed no interference on the +titration. Ferric or aluminic salts would remove their equivalent of +arsenic, and, consequently, must be removed before titrating.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Arsenic.</b>—Varying amounts of metallic arsenic were +weighed up and dissolved in nitric acid, &c., and titrated:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic taken</td><td align='left'>0.010 gram</td><td align='left'>0.050 gram</td><td align='left'>0.100 gram</td><td align='left'>0.200 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic found</td><td align='left'>0.010 "</td><td align='left'>0.050 "</td><td align='left'>0.100 "</td><td align='left'>0.197 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These experiments show that the method yields good results within these +limits.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Arsenic in Mispickel.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the dried +and powdered ore, and evaporate to near dryness with 20 c.c. of dilute +nitric acid. Make up to 100 c.c. with water, and pass sulphuretted +hydrogen to reduce the ferric iron to the ferrous state, then add 20 +c.c. of dilute ammonia, and again pass sulphuretted hydrogen. Warm, +filter, and evaporate the filtrate to drive off the excess of ammonia; +then add 10 c.c. of nitric acid, and boil down till the sulphide of +arsenic at first precipitated is dissolved; neutralise; add 5 c.c. of +sodium acetate and acetic acid solution; transfer to a pint flask, boil, +and titrate.</p> + +<p>For example, an impure sample of ore required, in duplicate assay of +half a gram each, when treated in the above-mentioned way, 39.6 and 39.5 +c.c. of the uranium acetate solution (100 c.c. = 0.537 gram of arsenic), +equivalent to 0.2114 gram of arsenic, or 42.3 per cent.</p> + +<p>An alternative method is as follows. Powder the ore very finely and +weigh up .5 gram. Place in a 2-3/4 inch berlin dish and add strong +nitric acid, one drop at a time until the action ceases; with care there +need be no very violent reaction. Dry over a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393">[Pg 393]</a></span> water bath. Cover with 2 +grams of nitre and over this spread 5 grams of a mixture of equal parts +of nitre and carbonate of soda. Fuse in a muffle or over a large gentle +blow-pipe flame for 4 or 5 minutes. This will spoil the dish. Allow to +cool and boil out in a larger dish with 100 c.c. of water. Filter and +wash into an 8 oz. flask. Acidify the liquor with nitric and boil down +to about 100 c.c. The acid should not be in too large excess, but an +excess is needed to destroy nitrites. Neutralise with soda or ammonia. +Add 5 c.c. of the mixture of sodium acetate and acetic acid. Titrate +with uranium acetate.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Arsenic (As) in Crude Arsenic.</b>—The method given +under the iodine titration simply determines that portion of the arsenic +which is present in the substance as arsenious oxide or white arsenic. +The following method will give the total arsenic in the sample. It would +be incorrect to report this as so much per cent. of arsenious oxide, +although it may be reported as so much per cent. of arsenic equivalent +to so much per cent. of white arsenic, thus:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Arsenic</td><td align='left'>30.0 per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Equivalent to white arsenic</td><td align='left'>39.6 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The equivalent of white arsenic is calculated by multiplying the +percentage of arsenic by 1.32. The method of determining the percentage +of arsenic is as follows:—-Boil 1 gram of the sample with 10 c.c. of +nitric acid. When the bulk of the solution has been reduced to one-half, +and red fumes are no longer evolved, dilute with a little water, and +filter into a flask. Neutralise the filtrate, add 5 c.c. of sodic +acetate solution, boil and filter. The precipitate (ferric arsenate) is +transferred to a small beaker, treated with 5 c.c. of dilute ammonia, +and sulphuretted hydrogen passed through it. The iron sulphide is +filtered off, and the filtrate evaporated with an excess of nitric acid. +When the solution is clear, it is neutralised, and 1 or 2 c.c. of sodic +acetate solution having been added, is then mixed with the first +filtrate. The solution is boiled and titrated.</p> + +<p>A sample treated in this way required 49.2 c.c. of the uranium acetate +solution (100 c.c. = 0.537 gram of arsenic), equivalent to 26.4 per +cent.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Arsenic in Brimstone.</b>—Take 10 grams of the +substance, and powder in a mortar; rub up with 10 c.c. of dilute ammonia +and a little water; rinse into a pint flask; pass a current of +sulphuretted hydrogen; and warm on a hot plate for a few minutes. +Filter, acidulate the filtrate with sulphuric acid; filter off the +precipitate; attack it with 10 c.c. of nitric acid; and proceed as in +the other determinations.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_394" id="Page_394">[Pg 394]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. Mispickel contains 45.0 per cent. of arsenic, to how much white +arsenic will this be equivalent?</p> + +<p>2. How would you make a standard solution of iodine so that 100 c.c. +shall be equivalent to 1 gram of white arsenic?</p> + +<p>3. What weight of arsenic is contained in 1 gram of pyrarsenate of +magnesia, and what weight of ammonic-magnesic arsenate would it be +equivalent to?</p> + +<p>4. The residue, after heating 10 grams of crude arsenic, weighed 0.62 +gram. What information does this give as to the composition of the +substance? If another 10 grams of the substance, heated on a water-bath, +lost 0.43 gram, what conclusions would you draw, and how would you +report your results?</p> + +<p>5. If a sample of copper contained 0.5 per cent. of arsenic, and 1 gram +of it were taken for an assay, how much standard uranium acetate +solution would be required in the titration?</p> + + +<h4>PHOSPHORUS AND PHOSPHATES.</h4> + +<p>Phosphorus rarely occurs among minerals except in its highest oxidized +state, phosphoric oxide (P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), in which it occurs abundantly as +"rock phosphate," a variety of apatite which is mainly phosphate of +lime. Phosphates of most of the metallic oxides are found. Phosphoric +oxide in small quantities is widely diffused, and is a constituent of +most rocks. Its presence in varying amounts in iron ores is a matter of +importance, since it affects the quality of the iron obtainable from +them.</p> + +<p>Phosphorus occurs in alloys in the unoxidized state. It is directly +combined with the metal, forming a phosphide. In this manner it occurs +in meteoric iron. The alloy phosphor-bronze is made up of copper, tin, +zinc, and phosphorus.</p> + +<p>Phosphates are mined in large quantities for the use of manure +manufacturers, and for making phosphorus.</p> + +<p>Phosphorus and arsenic closely resemble each other in their chemical +properties, more especially those which the assayer makes use of for +their determination. Phosphorus forms several series of salts; but the +phosphates are the only ones which need be considered. Pyrophosphate of +magnesia, which is the form in which phosphoric oxide is generally +weighed, differs from the ordinary phosphate in the proportion of base +to acid. Metaphosphates differ in the same way. If these are present, it +must be remembered they act differently with some reagents from the +ordinary phosphates, which are called orthophosphates. They are, +however, all convertible into orthophosphates by some means<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_395" id="Page_395">[Pg 395]</a></span> which will +remove their base, such as fusion with alkaline carbonates, boiling with +strong acids, &c.<a name="FNanchor_108_108" id="FNanchor_108_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_108_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a></p> + +<p>Phosphides are converted into phosphates by the action of nitric acid or +other oxidizing agents. Dilute acids, when they act on the substance, +evolve phosphuretted hydrogen (PH<sub>3</sub>). The student should be on his +guard against losing phosphorus in this manner.</p> + +<p>There is no dry assay for phosphorus. All assays for it are made either +gravimetrically or volumetrically.</p> + +<p>The separation of phosphoric oxide is made as follows:—The ore or metal +is dissolved in acid and evaporated, to render the silica insoluble. It +is taken up with hydrochloric acid, diluted with water, and treated with +sulphuretted hydrogen. The filtrate is boiled, to get rid of the excess +of gas, and treated with nitric acid, to peroxidize the iron present. If +the iron is not present in more than sufficient quantity to form ferric +phosphate with all the phosphorus present, some ferric chloride is +added. The iron is then separated as basic acetate. The precipitate will +contain the phosphorus, together with any arsenic acid not reduced by +the sulphuretted hydrogen. The precipitate should have a decided brown +colour. The precipitate is washed, transferred to a flask, and treated +first with ammonia, and then with a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. +The filtrate from this (acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and, if +necessary, filtered) contains the phosphorus as phosphoric acid. This +method is not applicable in the presence of alumina, chromium, titanium, +or tin, if the solution is effected with nitric acid. The precipitate +obtained by the action of nitric acid on tin retains any phosphoric or +arsenic oxide that may be present.</p> + +<p>A method of separation more generally applicable and more convenient to +work is based on the precipitation of a yellow phospho-molybdate of +ammonia,<a name="FNanchor_109_109" id="FNanchor_109_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_109_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a> by the action of an excess of ammonic molybdate upon a +solution of a phosphate in nitric acid. Dissolve the substance by +treatment with acid, and evaporate to dryness. Take up with 10 c.c. of +nitric acid, and add 20 grams of ammonic nitrate, together with a little +water. Next put in the solution of ammonium molybdate solution in the +proportion of about 50 c.c. for each 0.1 gram of phosphoric oxide judged +to be present. Warm to about 80° C., and allow to stand for an hour. +Filter, and wash<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396">[Pg 396]</a></span> with a 10 per cent. solution of ammonic nitrate. It is +not necessary that the whole of the precipitate be placed on the filter; +but the beaker must be completely cleaned. Dissolve the precipitate off +the filter with dilute ammonia, and run the solution into the original +beaker. Run in from a burette, slowly and with stirring, "magnesia +mixture," using about 15 c.c. for each 0.1 gram of phosphoric oxide. +Allow to stand for one hour. The white crystalline precipitate contains +the phosphorus as ammonium-magnesium phosphate.</p> + +<p>Phosphate of lead is decomposed by sulphuric acid; the lead is converted +into the insoluble lead sulphate, and the phosphoric acid is dissolved. +Phosphate of copper and phosphate of iron may be treated with +sulphuretted hydrogen; the former in an acid, and the latter in an +alkaline, solution. Phosphate of alumina is generally weighed without +separation of the alumina, since this requires a fusion. In all cases +the aim is to get the phosphoric oxide either free, or combined with +some metal whose phosphate is soluble in ammonia.</p> + +<p>Joulie's method of separation is as follows:—One to ten grams of the +sample are treated with hydrochloric acid, and evaporated to dryness +with the addition (if any pyrites is present) of a little nitric acid. +The residue is taken up with hydrochloric acid, cooled, transferred to a +graduated flask, and diluted to the mark. It is then shaken up, filtered +through a dry filter, and a measured portion (containing about 0.05 gram +of phosphoric acid) transferred to a small beaker. Ten c.c. of a +citric-acid solution of magnesia<a name="FNanchor_110_110" id="FNanchor_110_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_110_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a> is added, and then an excess of +ammonia. If an immediate precipitate is formed, a fresh portion must be +measured out and treated with 20 c.c. of the citrate of magnesia +solution and with ammonia as before. The beaker is put aside for from +two to twelve hours. The precipitate is then filtered off and washed +with weak ammonia; it contains the phosphorus as ammonium-magnesium +phosphate.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>If the phosphate is not already in the form of ammonic-magnesic +phosphate, it is converted into this by the addition to its solution of +an excess of ammonia and "magnesia mixture." In order to get the +precipitate pure, the "magnesia mixture" is run in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_397" id="Page_397">[Pg 397]</a></span> gradually (by drops) +from a burette, with constant stirring. A white crystalline precipitate +at once falls, if much phosphorus is present; but, if there is only a +small quantity, it may be an hour or two before it shows itself. The +solution is best allowed to rest for twelve or fifteen hours (overnight) +before filtering. The presence of tartaric acid should be avoided; and +the appearance of the precipitate should be crystalline. The solution is +decanted through a filter, and the precipitate washed with dilute +ammonia, using as little as may be necessary. The precipitate is dried, +transferred to a weighed Berlin or platinum crucible; the filter-paper +is carefully burnt, and its ash added to the precipitate, which is then +ignited, at first gently over a Bunsen burner, and then more strongly +over the blowpipe or in the muffle. The residue is a white mass of +magnesium pyrophosphate containing 27.92 per cent. of phosphorus, or +63.96 per cent. of phosphoric oxide.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>Instead of separating and weighing this compound, the phosphoric oxide +in it can be determined by titration. In many cases the ore may be +dissolved and immediately titrated without previous separation. It is +better, however, to carry the separation so far as to get phosphoric +acid, an alkaline phosphate, or the magnesia precipitate. It may then be +prepared for titration in the following way:—The precipitate in the +last case (without much washing) is dissolved in a little hydrochloric +acid, and the solution in any case rendered fairly acid. Dilute ammonia +is added till it is just alkaline, and then 5 c.c. of the sodic acetate +and acetic acid mixture (as described under the Arsenic Assay). This +should yield a clear distinctly-acid solution. It is diluted to 100 or +150 c.c., heated to boiling, and titrated with the uranium acetate +solution, using that of potassic ferrocyanide as indicator.</p> + +<p>The <i>standard solution</i> required is made by dissolving 35 grams of +uranium acetate in water with the aid of 25 c.c. of acetic acid, and +diluting to 1 litre.</p> + +<p>An <i>equivalent solution of phosphoric oxide</i> is made by dissolving 25.21 +grams of crystallised hydric disodic phosphate (HNa<sub>2</sub>PO<sub>4</sub>.12H<sub>2</sub>O) +in water, and making up to 1 litre. 100 c.c. will contain 0.5 gram of +phosphoric oxide (P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), or 0.2183 gram of phosphorus. In making +this solution, transparent crystals only must be used. The uranium +acetate solution is only approximately equivalent to this, so that its +exact standard must be determined.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_398" id="Page_398">[Pg 398]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Sodic Acetate and Acetic Acid Solution.</i>—It is the same as that +described under <i>Arsenic</i>.<a name="FNanchor_111_111" id="FNanchor_111_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_111_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a> Use 5 c.c. for each assay.</p> + +<p>The following experiments show the effect of variation in the conditions +of the titration:—</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Temperature.</b>—The solution should be titrated while +boiling. This is especially necessary for the last few c.c. in order to +get a decided and fixed finishing point.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature</td><td align='left'>15° C.</td><td align='left'>30° C.</td><td align='left'>70° C.</td><td align='left'>100° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>18.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.2 c.c.</td><td align='left'>19.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>18.9 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Bulk.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bulk</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>200.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>300.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>18.8 "</td><td align='left'>18.9 "</td><td align='left'>19.0 "</td><td align='left'>19.3 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>Variation in bulk affects the results; therefore, a constant bulk should +be adhered to.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Sodium Acetate and Acetic Acid Solution.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Sodium acetate and acetic acid solution</td><td align='left'>0.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>1.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>5.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'> 20.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>18.9 "</td><td align='left'>18.9 "</td><td align='left'>19.0 "</td><td align='left'>18.8 "</td><td align='left'>17.5 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>As in the titration with arsenates, an excess is dangerous to the assay; +a definite quantity (5 c.c.) should, therefore, be used.</p> + +<p><b>Effect of Foreign Salts.</b>—Besides the sodium acetate, &c., added, the +only salts likely to be present are those of ammonia and magnesia. In +three experiments, in one of which no foreign salts were introduced, +while in the other two 5 grams of ammonic chloride and of magnesium +sulphate respectively were added, there were required:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>With ammonic chloride</td><td align='left'>18.8 c.c.</td><td align='left'>"Uranium" solution</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>With magnesium sulphate</td><td align='left'>19.0 "</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Without foreign salts</td><td align='left'>18.9 "</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><b>Effect of Varying Phosphate.</b>—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>"Phosphate" solution added</td><td align='left'>10.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>20.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>50.0 c.c.</td><td align='left'>100.0 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Uranium" required</td><td align='left'>9.8 "</td><td align='left'>18.9 "</td><td align='left'>47.6 "</td><td align='left'>94.5 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The quantity of phosphoric oxide in the assay solution for the +conditions of titration should not be much less than 0.05 gram.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_399" id="Page_399">[Pg 399]</a></span> For +smaller quantities the uranium solution should be diluted to half its +strength, and the assay solution concentrated by reducing its bulk to 50 +c.c. and using 2.5 c.c. of the sodium acetate and acetic acid solution.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Phosphoric Oxide in Apatite.</b>—Weigh up 0.5 gram of +the dried and powdered sample, and dissolve it in 5 c.c. of hydrochloric +acid. Evaporate to a paste, add 5 c.c. of the sodic acetate and acetic +acid solution, dilute to 100 c.c. with water, boil, and titrate with +uranium acetate solution.</p> + +<p>In an example, 0.5 gram of apatite required 37.4 c.c. of uranium acetate +solution (standard equal to 0.5291 gram of phosphoric oxide). The sample +therefore contained 0.1979 gram of P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>, equal to 39.58 per cent.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Phosphoric Oxide in an Iron Ore.</b>—Take 10 grams, boil +with 50 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and evaporate to a paste; take up +with 10 c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid, and dilute with water to 400 +c.c. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen for nearly a quarter of an hour; warm, +and filter. Boil off the excess of gas; cool, add ammonia till nearly +neutral, and then a few drops of ferric chloride solution, and 4 or 5 +grams of sodium acetate, with a drop or two of acetic acid. Boil and +filter. Dissolve the precipitate in hot dilute hydrochloric acid, and +add citro-magnesia mixture and ammonia; allow to stand overnight; +filter, ignite, and weigh.</p> + +<p>In an example, 10 grams of ore gave 28.5 milligrams of magnesic +pyrophosphate, which is equivalent to 0.18 per cent. of phosphoric +oxide.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Phosphorus in Iron.</b>—Take from 2 to 10 grams +(according to the amount of phosphorus present), and dissolve in aqua +regia, keeping the nitric acid in excess; evaporate to dryness and take +up with hydrochloric acid, boil, dilute, and filter. Add 10 c.c. of +nitric acid, nearly neutralise with ammonia, render acid with 3 or 4 +c.c. of nitric acid, and add 10 or 20 c.c. of ammonic molybdate +solution. Heat for some time, allow to settle, filter, and wash the +precipitate with a solution of ammonic nitrate. Dissolve the precipitate +in dilute ammonia, nearly neutralise with dilute hydrochloric acid, and +add first "magnesia mixture," and then ammonia; allow to stand +overnight; filter, wash with dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and weigh as +magnesic pyrophosphate. Calculate to phosphorus.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_400" id="Page_400">[Pg 400]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. Ten grams of an iron yielded 12 milligrams of pyrophosphate of +magnesia. What percentage of phosphorus did the metal contain?</p> + +<p>2. Ten grams of an iron ore gave 12 milligrams of pyrophosphate. What +percentage of phosphoric oxide did it contain?</p> + +<p>3. What weight of apatite 3Ca<sub>3</sub>(PO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>2</sub>.CaClF would require 50 +c.c. of standard uranium solution (100 c.c. equal to 0.5 gram of +P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>)?</p> + +<p>4. You have reason to believe that a precipitate which has been weighed +as magnetic pyrophosphate contains some arsenate. How would you +determine the amount of phosphate really present?</p> + +<p>5. Twenty c.c. of a solution of sodic phosphate containing 0.100 gram of +P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub> was found to require a solution containing 0.700 gram of +hydrated uranium acetate in a titration. The precipitate contains 80.09 +per cent. uranium oxide and 19.91 per cent. of phosphoric oxide. What +percentage of uranium oxide was contained in the uranic acetate?</p> + + +<h4>NITROGEN AND NITRATES.</h4> + +<p>Nitrogen occurs in nature in the free state, and forms about four-fifths +of the atmosphere. In combination, as nitrate, it is found in nitre +(KNO<sub>3</sub>), and Chili saltpetre (NaNO<sub>3</sub>), minerals which have a +commercial importance. The latter occurs in beds, and is extensively +worked for use as a manure and in the preparation of nitric acid.</p> + +<p>Nitrogen is mainly characterised by negative properties, although many +of its compounds are very energetic bodies. It is a gas, present +everywhere, but so inactive that the assayer can always afford to ignore +its presence, and, except in testing furnace gases, &c., he is never +called on to determine its quantity.</p> + +<p>The nitrates are an important class of salts, and may be looked on as +compounds of the bases with nitric pentoxide (N<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>). They are, +with the exception of a few basic compounds, soluble in water, and are +remarkable for the ease with which they give up their oxygen. The +alkaline nitrates fuse readily, and lose oxygen with effervescence +forming nitrites; while at a higher temperature they yield more oxygen +and lose their nitrogen, either as a lower oxide or as nitrogen. The +nitrates of the metals, on heating, leave the oxide of the metal. It is +as yielders of oxygen that nitrates are so largely used in the +manufacture of explosives. Gunpowder contains from 65 to 75 per cent. of +potassium nitrate (nitre).</p> + +<p>Nitrates are best detected and determined by their yielding nitric oxide +when treated with sulphuric acid and a suitable reducing agent, such as +ferrous sulphate, mercury, or copper. Nitric oxide is a colourless gas +very slightly soluble in water. It<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_401" id="Page_401">[Pg 401]</a></span> combines at once with oxygen, on +mixing with the air, to form brown "nitrous fumes," and dissolves in a +solution of ferrous sulphate, producing a characteristic blackish-brown +colour. It is this colour which affords the best and most easily-applied +test for nitrates. The substance suspected to contain nitrates is +dissolved in about 1 c.c. of water, and treated with an equal volume of +strong sulphuric acid. After cooling, a solution of ferrous sulphate is +poured on its surface, so as to form a layer resting on it. On standing, +a brown or black ring is developed where the liquids join, if any +nitrate or nitrite is present. Nitrites are distinguished from nitrates +by effervescing and yielding brown fumes when treated with a little +dilute sulphuric acid.</p> + +<p>The separation of nitrates is in many cases difficult. Generally, on +treating the substance with water, the nitrate will be in the solution, +and is filtered off from any insoluble matter. In the exceptional cases +it is got into solution by treating with a boiling solution of sodium +carbonate; the nitrate will contain it as an alkaline nitrate.</p> + +<p>Since, however, in their determination, nitrates are never separated and +weighed as such, the difficulty of separating them has little +importance. Usually, the determination can be made on the original +aqueous solution, and it is never necessary to do more than remove any +special substance which has a bad effect; and this is easily done by the +usual reagents.</p> + + +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>It follows from what has been said that there is no direct gravimetric +determination. The percentage of nitrogen pentoxide (N<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>) in a +comparatively pure nitrate is sometimes determined indirectly in the +following way:—Place in a platinum-crucible 4 or 5 grams of powdered +and cleaned quartz. Ignite, cool in a desiccator, and weigh with the +cover. Mix 1 gram of the dried and powdered salt with the quartz in the +crucible by stirring with a stout platinum-wire. Cover the crucible, and +heat in a Bunsen-burner flame at scarcely visible redness for +half-an-hour. Cool and weigh. The loss in weight gives the amount of +nitrogen pentoxide. Sulphates and chlorides in moderate quantity do not +interfere. The following is an example of the process:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_402" id="Page_402">[Pg 402]</a></span>—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Crucible and sand</td><td align='left'>26.6485 grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nitre taken</td><td align='left'>1.0000 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>27.6485 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight after ignition</td><td align='left'>27.1160 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Loss on ignition</td><td align='left'>0.5325 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>This is equal to 53.25 per cent. of nitrogen pentoxide.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>This is based on the oxidising action of nitric acid, or of nitrates in +acid solutions on ferrous salts. The pentoxide (N<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>) of the +nitrate is reduced to nitric oxide (NO), so that 336 parts of iron +peroxidised represent 108 parts of nitric pentoxide as oxidising +agent.<a name="FNanchor_112_112" id="FNanchor_112_112"></a><a href="#Footnote_112_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> The quantity of iron peroxidised is determined by taking a +known quantity of ferrous salt, oxidizing with a weighed sample of +nitrate, and then determining the residual ferrous iron by titration +with bichromate or permanganate of potassium solution. The difference +between the ferrous iron taken and that found, gives the amount oxidized +by the nitrate. The speed with which nitric oxide takes up oxygen from +the air, and thus becomes capable of oxidising more iron, renders some +precautions necessary; ferrous chloride should, therefore, be used, +since it is easier to expel nitric oxide (by boiling) from solutions of +a chloride than it is from those of a sulphate. The process is as +follows:—Dissolve 2 grams of thin soft iron wire in 50 c.c. of +hydrochloric acid in a flask provided with an arrangement for +maintaining an atmosphere of carbon dioxide. When the iron has +dissolved, allow the solution to cool, and add 0.5 gram of the nitrate. +Heat gently for a few minutes, and then boil until the nitric oxide is +expelled. An atmosphere of carbon dioxide must be kept up. Dilute with +water, and titrate the residual iron with standard solution of +bichromate of potassium. The standard "bichromate" is made by dissolving +17.5 grams of the salt (K<sub>2</sub>Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>) in water, and diluting to 1 +litre: 100 c.c. equal 2 grams of iron. Deduct the weight of iron found +from the 2 grams originally taken, and multiply by 0.3214. This gives +the weight of the pentoxide in the sample. In an example, 0.5 gram of +nitre was taken, and 59.4 c.c. of the "bichromate" solution were +required. The 59.4 c.c. thus used are equivalent to 1.198 gram of iron. +This leaves 0.822 gram as the quantity oxidised by the nitre, which, +multiplied by 0.3214, gives 0.2642 gram for the nitrogen pentoxide, or +52.8 per cent.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_403" id="Page_403">[Pg 403]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>GASOMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This is based upon the measurement of the nitric oxide evolved on +shaking up a weighed quantity of the nitrate with sulphuric acid over +mercury in a nitrometer. Each c.c. of nitric oxide obtained, when +reduced to normal temperature and pressure, is equivalent to:—</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>0.627</td><td align='left'>milligram</td><td align='left'>of nitrogen.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.343</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>of nitric oxide.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.418</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>of nitric pentoxide.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2.820</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>of nitric acid.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3.805</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>of sodium nitrate.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4.523</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>of potassium nitrate.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>In working on substances not rich in nitrates, an ordinary nitrometer +(fig. 69) is used; but in the assay of sodium nitrate, nitroglycerine, +&c., an instrument provided with a bulb having a capacity of 100 c.c. is +employed.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 278px;"> +<img src="images/fig069.jpg" width="278" height="450" alt="Fig. 69." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The plan of working is as follows:—The "measuring tube" is filled with +mercury until it reaches up into the tap, and the levelling-tube is +placed so that it contains an inch or two of mercury. If the nitrate is +in solution, 2 or 3 c.c. of the liquid (dilute liquids are brought to +this bulk by evaporation) are measured into the cup. The levelling-tube +is lowered a little, and the tap cautiously opened until all but the +last drop of the liquid has run in. The cup is then rinsed with 2 or 3 +c.c. of sulphuric acid, which is run in in the same way, and the +operation is repeated with another lot of acid. The measuring-tube is +now taken from the clamp, and shaken for two or three minutes, until no +more gas is given off. It is replaced, and the mercury-level in the two +tubes adjusted. Then it is allowed to stand until the froth has +subsided, and the gas has cooled to the temperature of the room. The +volume of the gas is then read off. In adjusting the level, account must +be taken of the sulphuric acid in the measuring-tube; this is allowed +for by having the mercury higher in the other tube by,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_404" id="Page_404">[Pg 404]</a></span> say, 1 mm. for +each 6.5 mm. of sulphuric acid, or it is counterpoised by an equal +height of sulphuric acid in the levelling-tube, in which case the two +mercury-levels are made to correspond. On opening the tap after reading +off the volume, there should be no change in the level of the mercury. +If it should rise or fall a little, a slight increase or decrease (say +0.1 c.c.) is made to the volume previously read off.</p> + +<p>In working with nitrate of soda, &c., in the bulb nitrometer, it is +necessary to take a quantity of the substance which will yield more than +100 and less than 150 c.c. of the gas.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_103_103" id="Footnote_103_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_103_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a> Na<sub>3</sub>AsO<sub>3</sub> + H<sub>2</sub>O + 2I = Na<sub>3</sub>AsO<sub>4</sub> + 2HI. The +acid is at once neutralised.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_104_104" id="Footnote_104_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_104_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a> Mr. Thomas Gibb is the originator of this ingenious +process.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_105_105" id="Footnote_105_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_105_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a> By taking hold of the water present, it may prevent the +dissociation of arsenious chloride.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_106_106" id="Footnote_106_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_106_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a> It is difficult to get ferric chloride free from arsenic; +but the following treatment will remove 80 or 90 per cent. of the +arsenic contained in the commercial material:—Dissolve 2 or 3 lbs. of +ferric chloride with the smallest amount of water that will effect +solution with the addition of 100 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; add a +solution of sulphurous acid in quantity sufficient to reduce 2 or 3 per +cent. of the iron to the ferrous state; allow to stand a week; and then +boil, to remove the hydrochloric acid added. Nitric acid, which is +prejudicial, is also removed by this treatment.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_107_107" id="Footnote_107_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_107_107"><span class="label">[107]</span></a> When the amount of arsenic to be estimated is small (as +in refined coppers), it is better to use a weaker solution of iodine. +This is made by diluting 200 c.c. of the standard solution with water to +1 litre. Each c.c. will equal 0.1 per cent., if 1 gram of the metal has +been taken for the assay.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_108_108" id="Footnote_108_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_108_108"><span class="label">[108]</span></a> The constitution of these phosphates may be thus +illustrated—<br /> +</p> +<p>Magnesic meta-phosphate MgO.P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>.<br /> +Magnesic pyro-phosphate 2MgO.P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>.<br /> +Magnesic ortho-phosphate 3MgO.P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>.<br /> +</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_109_109" id="Footnote_109_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_109_109"><span class="label">[109]</span></a> The composition of which is— +<br /> +MoO<sub>2</sub> 90.74,<br /> +P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub> 3.14,<br /> +(NH<sub>4</sub>)<sub>2</sub>O 3.57,<br /> +H<sub>2</sub>O 2.55=100.00.<br /> +</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_110_110" id="Footnote_110_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_110_110"><span class="label">[110]</span></a> This is made by adding 27 grams of magnesium carbonate (a +little at a time) to a solution of 270 grams of citric acid in 350 c.c. +of warm water; and, when dissolved, adding 400 c.c. of dilute ammonia, +and making up the bulk to 1 litre; 20 c.c. of the solution is sufficient +for 0.1 gram of P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>, although more will be required if much iron +or alumina is present.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_111_111" id="Footnote_111_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_111_111"><span class="label">[111]</span></a> For the details of the titration, the student is referred +to the same place.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_112_112" id="Footnote_112_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_112_112"><span class="label">[112]</span></a> N<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub> + 6FeO = 3Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> + 2NO.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_405" id="Page_405">[Pg 405]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2> + +<h3>SILICON, CARBON, BORON.</h3> + + +<h4>SILICON AND SILICATES.</h4> + +<p>In assaying, more especially products direct from the mine, there is +always found, when the rock is siliceous, a quantity of white +sandy-looking substance, insoluble in acids, which is sometimes +accompanied by a light gelatinous material very difficult to filter. +This is variously described as "insoluble," "sand," "insoluble +silicates," "gangue," or "rocky matter." It may be pure quartz; but +oftener it is mixed with silicates from the rock containing the mineral. +Some silicates, but not many, are completely decomposed by boiling with +hydrochloric acid or aqua regia; and others are partly so, they yield a +gelatinous precipitate of silica which greatly interferes with the +filtering. It is a common practice with assayers to carry the first +attack of the sample with acids to dryness, and to take up with a fresh +portion of acid. By this means the separated silica becomes granular and +insoluble, and capable of being filtered off and washed with comparative +ease.</p> + +<p>This residue may be ignited and weighed; and be reported as so much per +cent. of "silica and silicates insoluble in acids." Unless specially +wanted, a determination of its constituents need not be made. When +required, the analysis is best made on the ignited residue, and +separately reported as "analysis of the insoluble portion."</p> + +<p>Silicon only occurs in nature in the oxidised state; but the oxide +generally known as silica (SiO<sub>2</sub>) is common, being represented by the +abundant minerals—quartz, flint, &c. Silica, combined with alumina, +lime, oxide of iron, magnesia and the alkalies, forms a large number of +rock-forming minerals. Most rock masses, other than limestones, contain +over 50 per cent. of silica. The following are analyses of some of the +commoner silicates; but it must be noted that these minerals often show +great variation in composition. This is more especially true of +chlorite, schorl, hornblende and augite.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_406" id="Page_406">[Pg 406]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'></td><td align='center'>Silica, SiO<sub>2</sub>.</td><td align='center'>Alumina, Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.</td><td align='center'>Ferric Oxide, Fe<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.</td><td align='center'>Ferrous Oxide, FeO.</td><td align='center'>Lime, CaO.</td><td align='center'>Magnesia, MgO.</td><td align='center'>Potash, K<sub>2</sub>O.</td><td align='center'>Soda, Na<sub>2</sub>O.</td><td align='center'>Fluorine, Water &c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Potash-felspar</td><td align='center'>65.2</td><td align='center'>18.2</td><td align='center'>0.2</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>14.7</td><td align='center'>1.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Soda-felspar</td><td align='center'>67.0</td><td align='center'>19.2</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>0.3</td><td align='center'>1.2</td><td align='center'>1.8</td><td align='center'>2.2</td><td align='center'>7.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Lime-felspar</td><td align='center'>43.3</td><td align='center'>35.4</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>1.3</td><td align='center'>17.4</td><td align='center'>0.35</td><td align='center'>0.5</td><td align='center'>0.9</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Potash-mica</td><td align='center'>45.7</td><td align='center'>33.7</td><td align='center'>3.1</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>1.1</td><td align='center'>7.5</td><td align='center'>2.8</td><td align='center'>F (0.8)<br /> H<sub>2</sub>O (4.9)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Magnesia-mica</td><td align='center'>39.1</td><td align='center'>15.4</td><td align='center'>7.1</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>23.6</td><td align='center'>7.5</td><td align='center'>2.6</td><td align='center'>F (0.7)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Hornblende</td><td align='center'>40.6</td><td align='center'>14.3</td><td align='center'>5.8</td><td align='center'>7.2</td><td align='center'>12.5</td><td align='center'>14.0</td><td align='center'>1.5</td><td align='center'>1.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Augite</td><td align='center'>50.0</td><td align='center'>3.7</td><td align='center'>2.4</td><td align='center'>6.6</td><td align='center'>22.8</td><td align='center'>13.5</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>MnO (0.1)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Almandine (Garnet)</td><td align='center'>39.7</td><td align='center'>19.7</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>39.7</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>MnO (1.8)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Chlorite (Peach)</td><td align='center'>32.1</td><td align='center'>18.5</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>36.7</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>H<sub>2</sub>O (12.1)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Schorl</td><td align='center'>37.0</td><td align='center'>33.1</td><td align='center'>9.3</td><td align='center'>6.2</td><td align='center'>0.5</td><td align='center'>2.6</td><td align='center'>0.7</td><td align='center'>1.4</td><td align='center'>B<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub> (7.7)<br /> F (1.5)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>China-clay</td><td align='center'>46.7</td><td align='center'>39.6</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>H<sub>2</sub>O (13.4)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Talc</td><td align='center'>61.7</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>1.7</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>31.7</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>H<sub>2</sub>O (3.8)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Serpentine</td><td align='center'>42.9</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>3.8</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>40.5</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>H<sub>2</sub>O (12.6)</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Olivine</td><td align='center'>39.3</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>14.8</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>45.8</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>—</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_407" id="Page_407">[Pg 407]</a></span></p> + +<p>Silicon, from a chemical point of view, is an interesting body. It +combines with iron to form a silicide; and is present in this condition +in cast iron. Only in the case of the analysis of this and similar +substances is the assayer called on to report the percentage of +<i>silicon</i>. Silicon is readily converted into silica by the action of +oxidizing agents. Silica forms only one series of salts—the +silicates—which have in many cases a complex constitution; thus there +are a large number of double silicates, which vary among themselves, not +only in the relation of base to acid (which is the essential +difference), but also in the ratio of the bases between themselves +(which varies with almost every specimen).</p> + +<p>Silica is detected by heating the substance with a fluoride and +sulphuric acid in a platinum-crucible. On holding a rod, moistened with +a drop of water, over the escaping fumes, the white crust of silica +formed on the drop of water shows its presence. The insolubility of a +fragment of the mineral in a bead of microcosmic salt, is also a very +good test; the fragment, on prolonged heating, does not lose its angular +form.</p> + +<p>There is no dry assay for this substance, nor volumetric method; when +the determination is required, it is carried out gravimetrically and, +generally, by the following plan.</p> + +<p>If the sample contains oxides, sulphides, &c., in any quantity, these +are first dissolved out by treatment with acid, evaporated to dryness, +taken up with hydrochloric acid, and filtered. The dried residue is +treated in the same way as the silicates. Some silicates are completely +decomposed by such treatment; but it saves time (unless one is sure that +no undecomposable silicate is present) to treat these in the same way as +the others. On the other hand, there are some silicates which are only +attacked with difficulty even by fusion with alkaline carbonates; +consequently, it is always well to have the substance reduced to the +finest state of division by careful powdering, as this greatly assists +the subsequent action. With very hard silicates, the grinding away of +the mortar in this operation will be perceptible; the foreign matter +thus introduced must not be ignored. Previously igniting the substance +sometimes assists the powdering; but it is best to use a steel mortar. +The particles of steel can be removed by a magnet, or, where the nature +of the substance will allow it, by boiling with a little dilute +hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>The dried and powdered material is intimately mixed with four times its +weight of "fusion mixture" in a platinum-crucible or dish. It is then +moderately heated over a Bunsen burner, and afterwards more strongly +fused over a blast, or enclosed in a clay crucible in the wind-furnace. +The action is continued until the fused mass is perfectly tranquil. With +very refractory substances,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_408" id="Page_408">[Pg 408]</a></span> the action must be long continued at a high +temperature. When sufficiently cold, the crucible is examined to see +that no particles of foreign matter are adhering to its outer surface. +It is then transferred to a five- or six-inch evaporating-dish, where +its contents are acted upon with warm water for some time. The "melt" +will slowly dissolve, but the solution should be hastened by keeping the +liquid moderately acid with hydrochloric acid. When the "melt" has +dissolved, clean and remove the platinum-dish, and evaporate the +solution to a paste. Continue the evaporation to dryness on a water-bath +(not on the hot plate), and whilst drying stir with a glass rod, feeling +at the bottom of the dish for any unfused particles, which, if present, +can be detected by their grittiness. If there is much grit, it will be +necessary to repeat the assay; but with a small quantity it will only be +necessary to refuse the grit and silica after ignition.</p> + +<p>During solution of the "melt" and evaporation (which may be carried on +together), a clear solution will not be obtained, a flocculent silica +will separate out, and towards the end of the evaporation the mass will +get gelatinous. The drying of the jelly must be finished on the +water-bath; first, because at this temperature the silica is rendered +insoluble in hydrochloric acid, whilst the solubility of the alumina, +iron, &c., is unaffected, which would not be the case at a much higher +temperature; and second, because the gelatinous residue requires very +cautious drying to prevent loss from spirting.</p> + +<p>When dry, the substance is moistened, and heated with strong +hydrochloric acid, and the sides of the dish are washed down with water. +The silica is washed by decantation two or three times with hydrochloric +acid and hot water, before being thrown on to the filter. The filtrate +is again evaporated to dryness, taken up with a little hydrochloric acid +and water and again filtered. The residue on the filter is silica. The +two lots of silica are washed free from chlorides with hot water, dried +on an air-bath, transferred to a platinum-crucible, ignited gently at +first, at last strongly over the blast or in a muffle, cooled in a +desiccator, and weighed.</p> + +<p>The white powdery precipitate is silica (SiO<sub>2</sub>), and its weight, +multiplied by 100, and divided by the weight of ore taken, gives the +percentage of silica in the sample. Where the percentage of silicon is +wanted, which is very rarely the case, it is got by multiplying this +result by 0.4667. It is always necessary to examine the purity of the +body weighed as silica. This is done by re-fusing the material weighed, +and re-determining the silica in it; or, better, by mixing a weighed +portion in a platinum-dish with a little strong sulphuric acid, covering +with hydrofluoric acid, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_409" id="Page_409">[Pg 409]</a></span> evaporating. In the latter case, the silica +will be converted into fluoride, which will be driven off, and the +impurities will be left behind as sulphates of barium, phosphate and +oxide of tin, titanium, &c. This must be weighed and deducted from the +weight of the silica. In a complete examination of a silicate it should +be treated with the precipitate containing alumina, ferric oxide, &c.</p> + + +<h4>EXAMINATION OF SILICATES.</h4> + +<p>The student interested in the analysis of rocks and rock-forming +minerals is advised to consult a valuable paper by Dr. W.F. Hillebrand +in the <i>Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey</i>, <i>No.</i> 148, to +which I am very largely indebted in the revision of the following pages.</p> + +<p><b>Moisture.</b>—Five grams of the powdered sample is dried between +watch-glasses in the water-oven for two hours, or till its weight is +constant; and the loss is reported as water lost at 100° C. The rest of +the determinations are made on this dried mineral.</p> + +<p><b>Combined Water, &c.</b>—Weigh up 1 gram of the substance, and ignite +over the blowpipe for some time in a platinum-crucible, cool in a +desiccator, and weigh. Record the loss as "loss on ignition," not as +"combined water."</p> + +<p><b>Silica.</b>—The ignition should have been performed in an oxidising +atmosphere in a muffle or over a slanting blowpipe flame; this will +ensure the oxidation of any pyrites or other sulphide present, which if +unoxidised would injure the crucible in the next operation. The ignited +residue is mixed with 6 or 7 grams of anhydrous sodium carbonate. This +reagent should be the purest obtainable, but its purity should be +checked, or rather its impurities should be determined by running a +"check" or "blank" assay with 10 grams of it through the stages of the +analysis; the impurities will be chiefly silica, alumina and lime, and +altogether they ought not to exceed 1 milligram. The crucible with the +mixture is heated at first gently over a Bunsen and afterwards more +strongly in an oxidising atmosphere in a muffle or over the blowpipe. +The fused mass is allowed to cool in the crucible, and is then dissolved +out in a basin with water and a small excess of hydrochloric acid. After +the removal and cleaning of the crucible, the liquor is evaporated +almost to dryness. Dr. Hillebrand advises stopping short of complete +dryness. The residue is taken up with a little hydrochloric acid and +water and filtered and washed. The liquor, including the washings, is +again<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_410" id="Page_410">[Pg 410]</a></span> evaporated and taken up with water and a little acid. Usually +about 1 per cent. of silica will be thus recovered. It is to be filtered +off and washed and added to the main silica. The filtrate is reserved. +The silica, thoroughly washed, is dried and ignited at a high +temperature for twenty or thirty minutes. It is then weighed in a +platinum crucible. After weighing it is treated with hydrofluoric acid +and a little sulphuric, carefully evaporated and ignited strongly. The +residue, which in extreme cases may amount to 2 or 3 per cent. of the +rock, is weighed and deducted from the weight of the impure silica. It +is retained in the crucible.</p> + +<p><b>Alumina, &c.</b>—The filtrate from silica is treated by the basic acetate +method. That is, it is first treated by a cautious addition of a +solution of soda, almost to the point of producing a precipitate, in +order to neutralise the excess of acid; 2 or 3 grams of sodium acetate +are added, and the whole boiled for a minute or so. The precipitate is +filtered off and washed only slightly. Save the filtrate. The +precipitate is dissolved in hydrochloric, or, perhaps better, in nitric +acid; and is reprecipitated by adding an excess of ammonia and boiling. +The precipitate is filtered and washed with water containing 2 per cent. +of ammonium nitrate. Both filtrates are evaporated separately to a small +bulk, a drop or two of ammonia being added to the second towards the +finish. They are next filtered into a 6 or 8-ounce flask through a small +filter, the second filtrate coming after, and serving in a manner as +wash water for the first<a name="FNanchor_113_113" id="FNanchor_113_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_113_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a>. The two washed alumina precipitates are +dried and placed in the platinum crucible containing the residue from +silica after treatment with hydrofluoric acid. They are then ignited in +an oxidising atmosphere at a high temperature for about 10 minutes. The +weight, including that of the residue from the silica, is noted as that +of "alumina, &c."</p> + +<p>The weighed oxides are next fused with bisulphate of potash for some +hours. The bisulphate should have been first fused, apart, until the +effervescence from the escape of steam has stopped. The melt is +dissolved out with cold water and dilute sulphuric acid, and any +insoluble residue is filtered off, washed, ignited and weighed. The +filtrate is reserved for determinations of iron and titanium. The +residue, after weighing, may be treated<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_411" id="Page_411">[Pg 411]</a></span> with hydrofluoric and sulphuric +acids for any silica,<a name="FNanchor_114_114" id="FNanchor_114_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_114_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a> which would be determined by loss. It may be +tested for barium sulphate by treatment with hot strong sulphuric acid; +in which this salt dissolves, but is again insoluble (and so comes out +as a white precipitate) on diluting with cold water; the acid also must +be cold before adding the water. The filtrate containing the iron is +reduced with sulphuretted hydrogen, boiled till free from that gas, +filtered and titrated with a standard solution of permanganate of +potassium. The iron found is calculated to ferric oxide by dividing by +.7. The iron solution after titration serves for the determination of +titanium oxide (TiO<sub>2</sub>). This is done colorimetrically, by adding +peroxide of hydrogen free from hydrofluoric acid, and comparing the +brown colour produced with that produced by the addition of a standard +solution of titanium to an equal volume of water containing sulphuric +acid.<a name="FNanchor_115_115" id="FNanchor_115_115"></a><a href="#Footnote_115_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a> The alumina is determined by difference. From the weight of +the combined precipitate which has been recorded as "Alumina, &c.," +deduct (1) the residue, insoluble, after fusion with bisulphate; (2) the +ferric oxide; (3) the titanium oxide; and (4) the phosphoric oxide +(P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>), the amount of which is subsequently determined in a +separate portion. This gives the alumina.</p> + +<p><b>Manganous oxide, &c.</b>—The filtrate from the "alumina, &c." contained +in a 6 or 8-ounce flask, which it nearly fills, is made slightly +alkaline with ammonia and treated with a small excess of ammonium +sulphide; the flask is then corked and placed on one side for some time +(a day or so) so that the manganese sulphide may separate. The +precipitate is filtered off and washed with water containing ammonium +chloride and a few drops of ammonium sulphide. The filtrate is reserved +for lime, &c. The precipitate is digested with sulphuretted hydrogen +water, to which one-fifth of its volume of strong hydrochloric acid has +been added; this dissolves the sulphides of zinc and manganese; any +black residue should be tested for copper and perhaps nickel. The +solution is evaporated to dryness, taken up with a little water and +treated with a small excess of solution of carbonate of soda. It is +boiled and again evaporated, washed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_412" id="Page_412">[Pg 412]</a></span> out with hot water and filtered on +to a small filter, dried, ignited, and weighed as Mn<sub>3</sub>O<sub>4</sub>. It is +calculated to MnO. It may contain, and should be tested for oxide of +zinc, which, if present, must be deducted. If the dish becomes stained +during evaporation, take up with a few drops of hydrochloric and +sulphurous acids, evaporate, and then treat with carbonate of soda.</p> + +<p><b>Lime, &c.</b>—The filtrate from the manganese sulphide is boiled, and +without cooling, treated with ammonium oxalate in solution, which also +should be heated to boiling. The liquid is filtered off and reserved for +magnesia. The precipitate is dissolved in very little hydrochloric acid +and reprecipitated by adding ammonium oxalate and ammonia to the boiling +solution. The filtrate and washings from this are reserved for magnesia. +The precipitate is either dissolved in dilute sulphuric and titrated +with permanganate of potash as described under Lime (p. 322); or it is +ignited and weighed as oxide. In this last case it may be examined for +barium and strontium, the former of which will rarely be present.</p> + +<p><b>Magnesia.</b>—The filtrate from the first lime precipitate is treated +with sodium phosphate and ammonia, and allowed to stand overnight. It is +then filtered. The precipitate is dissolved in hydrochloric acid; the +solution is filtered into the beaker containing the solution from the +second lime precipitate. Ammonia and sodium phosphate are again added, +and the precipitate, after standing, is filtered off, washed with water +containing ammonia; it is then dried, ignited and weighed as magnesium +pyrophosphate. This is calculated into magnesia.</p> + +<p><b>Potash and Soda.</b>—Weigh out .5 gram of the dried ore, and mix with an +equal quantity of ammonic chloride; and to the mixture add gradually 4 +grams of calcium carbonate ("precipitated"). Introduce into a +platinum-crucible and cover loosely. Heat, at first, gently; and then at +a red heat for from forty to sixty minutes. Transfer to a porcelain +dish, and digest with 60 or 80 c.c. of water; warm and filter: to the +filtrate add ammonic carbonate and ammonia, and filter; evaporate the +filtrate to dryness, adding a few drops more of ammonic carbonate +towards the end; when dry, heat gently, and then raise the temperature +to a little below redness. Dissolve in a small quantity of water, add a +drop of ammonic carbonate, and filter through a small filter into a +weighed platinum dish. Evaporate, ignite gently, and weigh. The residue +contains the soda and potash of the mineral as chlorides.</p> + +<p>To determine the proportion of potassium, dissolve this residue in a +little water, add platinum chloride in excess, evaporate to a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_413" id="Page_413">[Pg 413]</a></span> paste, +extract with alcohol, decant through a small weighed filter, wash with +alcohol, and dry at 100° C. Weigh. The substance is potassium platinic +chloride (2KCl.PtCl<sub>4</sub>). Its weight, multiplied by 0.1941, will give +the weight of potash (K<sub>2</sub>O).</p> + +<p>To find the proportion of soda, multiply the weight of the potassium +platinic chloride by 0.306; this gives the weight of potassium chloride. +Deduct this from the weight of the mixed chlorides first got; the +difference will be the sodium chloride, which weight, multiplied by +0.53, will give the weight of soda (Na<sub>2</sub>O).</p> + +<p><b>Ferrous Oxide.</b>—When a qualitative test shows both ferric and ferrous +oxide to be present, the proportion of the ferrous oxide must be +separately determined. The finely ground mineral mixed with dilute +sulphuric acid is treated on a water bath with hydrofluoric acid. +Solution is best effected in an atmosphere of carbonic acid. In about an +hour the decomposition is complete, and the solution is diluted with +cold water, and titrated with the solution of bichromate or of +permanganate of potassium. The iron found is multiplied by 1.286, and +reported as ferrous oxide. To find the proportion of ferric oxide, the +ferrous iron found is multiplied by 1.428, and this is deducted from the +weight of ferric oxide obtained by precipitation with ammonia. The +ammonia precipitate contains the whole of the iron as ferric oxide; +hence the necessity for calculating the ferrous oxide as ferric, and +deducting it.</p> + +<p><b>Phosphoric Oxide (P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>).</b>—Weigh up 5 grams of the finely-divided +and dry sample, and digest with 10 or 20 c.c. of nitric acid; evaporate +to dryness on the water-bath; take up with a little dilute nitric acid; +dilute with water; and filter. Add a few grams of ammonic nitrate and 10 +c.c. of ammonium molybdate solution, heat nearly to boiling, and allow +to settle; filter off, and wash the yellow precipitate. Dissolve with +dilute ammonia, add "magnesia mixture," and allow to stand overnight. +Filter, wash with dilute ammonia, dry, ignite, and weigh as +pyrophosphate of magnesia. The weight, multiplied by 0.6396, gives the +weight of phosphoric oxide.</p> + +<p><b>Soluble Silica.</b>—Some silicates are acted on by hydrochloric acid, and +leave on evaporation a residue; which, when the soluble salts have been +washed out, consists generally of the separated silica with perhaps +quartz and unattacked silicates. It should be ignited, weighed and +boiled with a solution containing less than 10 per cent. of caustic +soda: this dissolves the separated silica. The liquor is diluted, +rendered faintly acid, and filtered. The residue is washed, ignited and +weighed. The loss gives the soluble silica.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_414" id="Page_414">[Pg 414]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Estimation of Silica in Slags</b> (Ferrous silicates).—Take 1 gram of the +powdered slag, treat with aqua regia, evaporate to dryness, extract with +hydrochloric acid, filter, dry, ignite, and fuse the ignited residue +with "fusion mixture," then separate and weigh the silica in the usual +way. Slags are for the most part decomposed by boiling with aqua regia, +but it will be found more convenient and accurate to first extract with +acids and then to treat the residue as an insoluble silicate.</p> + +<p><b>Estimation of "Silica and Insoluble Silicates" in an Ore.</b>—Take 2 +grams of the powdered mineral, evaporate with nitric acid (if sulphides +are present), treat the dried residue (or the original substance if +sulphides are absent) with 10 or 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid; again +evaporate to dryness, take up with dilute hydrochloric acid, filter, +wash, ignite, and weigh.</p> + +<p><b>Estimation of Silicon in Iron.</b>—Place 2 grams of the metal (borings or +filings) in a four-inch evaporating dish, and dissolve (with aid of +heat) in 25 c.c. of dilute nitric acid. Evaporate to complete dryness, +take up with 20 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and allow to digest for one +hour. Boil down to a small bulk, dilute with a 5 per cent. solution of +hydrochloric acid, boil, and filter. Wash with acid and water, dry, +ignite in a platinum crucible, and weigh the SiO<sub>2</sub>. This, multiplied +by 0.4673, gives the weight of the silicon. The percentage is calculated +in the usual way.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. A certain rock is a mixture of 70 per cent. of quartz, 25 per cent. +of potash-felspar, and 5 per cent. of potash-mica. What per cent. of +silica will it contain?</p> + +<p>2. Two grams of a mixture of silica and cassiterite left, after +reduction in hydrogen, 1.78 grams. Assuming all the oxide of tin to have +been reduced, what will be the percentage of silica?</p> + +<p>3. The formula of a compound is 2FeO.SiO<sub>2</sub>. What percentage of silica +will it contain?</p> + +<p>4. Two grams of a sample of cast-iron gave 0.025 gram of silica. Find +the percentage of silicon in the metal.</p> + +<p>5. What weights of quartz and marble (CaCO<sub>3</sub>) would you take to make +30 grams of a slag having the formula CaO.SiO<sub>2</sub>?</p> + + +<h4>CARBON AND CARBONATES.</h4> + +<p>Carbon compounds enter so largely into the structure of organised bodies +that their chemistry is generally considered apart from that of the +other elements under the head of <i>Organic Chemistry</i>. Carbon occurs, +however, among minerals not only in the oxidised state (as carbonates), +but also in the elementary form (as in diamond and graphite), and +combined with hydrogen,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_415" id="Page_415">[Pg 415]</a></span> oxygen, &c. (as in petroleums, bitumens, +lignites, shales, and coals). In small quantities "organic matter" is +widely diffused in minerals and rocks. In shales and clays it may amount +to as much as 10 or 20 per cent. (mainly as bituminous and coaly +matters).</p> + +<p>The assayer has only to take account of the organic matter when it is of +commercial importance, so that in assays it is generally included under +"loss on ignition."</p> + +<p>In coals, shales, lignites, &c., the carbon compounds are, on heating, +split up into oils and similar compounds. The products of distillation +may be classified as water, gas, tars, coke, and ash. The assay of these +bodies generally resolves itself into a distillation, and, in the case +of the shales, an examination of the distillates for the useful oils, +paraffin, creosote, &c., contained in them.</p> + +<p>Elementary carbon is found in nature in three different forms, but these +all re-act chemically in the same way. They combine with oxygen to form +the dioxide.<a name="FNanchor_116_116" id="FNanchor_116_116"></a><a href="#Footnote_116_116" class="fnanchor">[116]</a> The weight of oxygen required to burn a given weight +of any form of carbon is the same, and the resulting product from all +three has the same characteristic properties. Carbon dioxide is the +common oxide of carbon. A lower oxide exists, but on burning it is +converted into the dioxide. Wherever the oxidation of carbon takes +place, if there is sufficient oxygen, carbon dioxide (carbonic acid) is +formed; this re-action is the one used for the determination of carbon +in bodies generally. The dioxide has acid properties, and combines with +lime and other bases forming a series of salts called carbonates.</p> + +<p>The carbon-compounds (other than carbonates, which will be subsequently +considered) occurring in minerals are generally characterised by their +sparing solubility in acids. The diamond is distinguished from other +crystals by its hardness, lustre, and specific gravity. It may be +subjected to a red heat without being apparently affected, but at a +higher temperature it slowly burns away. Graphite, also, burns slowly, +but at a lower temperature. The other bodies (coals, shales, &c.) differ +considerably among themselves in the temperature at which they commence +to burn. Some, such as anthracite, burn with little or no flame, but +most give off gases, which burn with a luminous flame. They deflagrate +when sprinkled on fused nitre, forming carbonate of potash. In making +this test the student must remember that sulphur and, in fact, all +oxidisable bodies similarly deflagrate, but it is only in the case of +carbon compounds that carbonate of potash is formed. Carbon unites with +iron and some of the metals to form carbides;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_416" id="Page_416">[Pg 416]</a></span> combined carbon of this +kind is detected by the odour of the carburetted hydrogen evolved when +the metal is treated with hydrochloric acid; for example, on dissolving +steel in acid.</p> + +<p>The natural carbon compounds, although, speaking generally, insoluble in +hydrochloric or nitric acids, are more or less attacked by aqua regia. +The assayer seldom requires these compounds to be in solution. The +presence of "organic matter"<a name="FNanchor_117_117" id="FNanchor_117_117"></a><a href="#Footnote_117_117" class="fnanchor">[117]</a> interferes with most of the reactions +which are used for the determination of the metals. Consequently, in +such cases, it should be removed by calcination unless it is known that +its presence will not interfere. When calcination is not admissible it +may be destroyed by heating with strong sulphuric acid and bichromate or +permanganate of potash or by fusion with nitre.</p> + +<p>Carbon may be separated from other substances by conversion into carbon +dioxide by burning. In most cases substances soluble in acids are first +removed, and the insoluble residue dried, weighed, and then calcined or +burned in a current of air. The quantity of "organic matter" may be +determined indirectly by the loss the substance undergoes, but it is +better to determine the "organic carbon" by confining the calcination in +a tube, and collecting and weighing the carbon dioxide formed. Each gram +of carbon dioxide is equivalent to 0.2727 gram of carbon.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig070.jpg" width="450" height="131" alt="Fig. 70." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 378px;"> +<img src="images/fig071.jpg" width="378" height="300" alt="Fig. 71." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>Instead of a current of oxygen or air, oxide of copper may be more +conveniently used. The operation is as follows:—Take a clean and dry +piece of combustion tube drawn out and closed at one end, as shown in +the figure (fig. 70), and about eighteen inches long. Fit it with a +perforated cork connected with a <b>U</b>-tube (containing freshly-fused +calcium chloride in coarse grains) and a set of potash bulbs (fig. 71) +(containing a strong solution of potash), the exit of which last is +provided with a small tube containing calcium chloride or a stick of +potash. Both the <b>U</b>-tube and bulbs should have a loop of fine wire, by +which they may be suspended on the hook of the balance for convenience<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_417" id="Page_417">[Pg 417]</a></span> +in weighing. They must both be weighed before the combustion is +commenced; to prevent absorption of moisture during weighing, &c., the +ends are plugged with pieces of tube and glass rod.</p> + +<p>Fill the combustion tube to a depth of about eight inches with some +copper oxide, which has been recently ignited and cooled in a close +vessel. Put in the weighed portion for assay and a little fresh copper +oxide, and mix in the tube by means of an iron wire shaped at the end +after the manner of a corkscrew. Put in some more oxide of copper, and +clean the stirrer in it. Close loosely with a plug of recently ignited +asbestos, place in the furnace, and connect the <b>U</b>-tube and bulbs in +the way shown in the sketch (fig. 72).</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig072.jpg" width="450" height="237" alt="Fig. 72." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>See that the joints are tight, and then commence the combustion by +lighting the burners nearest the <b>U</b>-tube; make the first three or four +inches red hot, and gradually extend the heat backwards the length of +the tube, but avoid too rapid a disengagement of gas. When gas ceases to +come off, open the pointed end of the tube and draw a current of dried +air through the apparatus.</p> + +<p>The carbon dioxide is absorbed in the potash bulbs, and their increase +in weight multiplied 0.2727 gives the amount of carbon in the substance +taken.</p> + +<p>The increase in weight in the calcium chloride tube will be due to the +water formed by the oxidation of the combined hydrogen. If this last is +required the increase in weight multiplied by 0.111 gives its amount.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_418" id="Page_418">[Pg 418]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>COALS.</h4> + +<p>The determination of the actual carbon in coals and shales is seldom +called for; if required, it would be performed in the way just +described.<a name="FNanchor_118_118" id="FNanchor_118_118"></a><a href="#Footnote_118_118" class="fnanchor">[118]</a> The ordinary assay of a sample of coal involves the +following determinations—moisture, volatile matter, fixed carbon, ash, +and sulphur. These are thus carried out:—</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Moisture.</b>—Take 3 grams of the powdered sample and +dry in a water-bath for an hour or so. The loss is reported as moisture. +Coals carry from 1 to 2 per cent. If the drying is carried too far, +coals gain a little in weight owing to oxidation, so that it is not +advisable to extend it over more than one or two hours.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Volatile Matter.</b>—This determination is an +approximate one, and it is only when working under the same conditions +with regard to time, amount of coal taken, and degree of heat used, that +concordant results can be arrived at. It is a matter of importance +whether the coal has been previously dried before heating or not, since +a difference of 2 per cent. may be got by working on the dried or +undried sample. Take 2 grams of the powdered, but undried, sample of +coal, place in a weighed platinum crucible, and support this over a good +Bunsen burner by means of a thin platinum-wire triangle. The heat is +continued until no further quantity of gas comes off and burns at the +mouth. This takes only a few minutes. The cover is tightly fitted on, +and when cold the crucible is weighed. The loss in weight, after +deducting the moisture, gives the "volatile matter," and the residue +consists of "fixed carbon" and "ash."</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Ash.</b>—The coke produced in the last operation is +turned out into a porcelain dish and ignited over a Bunsen burner till +the residue is free from particles of carbon. Calcination is hastened by +stirring with a platinum wire. The operation may be done in a muffle, +but this gives results a few tenths of a per cent. too low. The dish is +cooled in a dessicator, and weighed. The increase in weight gives the +amount of "ash," and the difference between this and the weight of the +coke gives the "fixed carbon."</p> + +<p>The assay is reported as follows:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Moisture at 100° C.</td><td align='center'>__</td><td align='center'>per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Volatile matter</td><td align='center'>__</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fixed carbon</td><td align='center'>__</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ash</td><td align='center'>__</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>contains sulphur __ per cent.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_419" id="Page_419">[Pg 419]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Determination of Sulphur.</b>—The sulphur exists in the coal partly in +organic combination, partly as metallic sulphide (iron pyrites, +marcasite, &c.), and, perhaps, as sulphate. So that the sulphur +determination must be separately reported, since a portion will go off +with the volatile matter, and the remainder would be retained and +weighed with the coke.</p> + +<p>The sulphur is thus determined:—Take 1 gram of the coal and mix with +1.5 gram of a mixture of 2 parts of calcined magnesia and 1 part of +carbonate of soda, and heat in a platinum crucible for one hour or until +oxidation is complete. Turn out the mass and extract it with water and +bromine, filter, acidulate with hydrochloric acid, boil off the bromine, +and precipitate with baric chloride (estimating gravimetrically as given +under <i>Sulphur</i>). Another method is as follows:—Take 1 gram of the coal +and drop it gradually from a sheet of note paper on to 5 grams of fused +nitre contained in a platinum dish. Extract with water, acidify with +acetic acid, and estimate volumetrically as described under <i>Sulphur</i>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/fig073.jpg" width="300" height="450" alt="Fig. 73" title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Calorific Effect of Coals.</b>—The heat-giving value of a coal is best +expressed in the number of pounds of water, previously heated to the +boiling point, which it will convert into steam. This is generally +termed its evaporative-power. It may be determined by means of the +calorimeter (fig. 73). This consists of a glass cylinder marked to hold +29.010 grains of water. The instrument consists of a perforated copper +stand, provided with a socket and three springs. The socket holds a +copper cylinder which is charged with 30 grains of the dried coal mixed +with 300 grains of a mixture of 3 parts of potassium chlorate and 1 part +of nitre. The charge is well packed in the cylinder and provided with a +small fuse of cotton saturated with nitre. Fill the glass cylinder to +its mark with water and take the temperature with a thermometer marked +in degrees Fahrenheit. Ignite the fuse and immediately cover with the +outer copper cylinder (extinguisher-fashion), which will be held in its +place by the springs. The stop-cock should be closed before this is +done. Place the apparatus quickly in the cylinder of water. When the +action is over open the stop-cock and agitate the water by raising and +lowering the instrument a few times. Again take the temperature. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_420" id="Page_420">[Pg 420]</a></span> +rise in temperature, plus 10 per cent. for the heat used in warming the +apparatus and lost by radiation, gives the evaporative-power.</p> + +<p>The following is an example:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature before experiment</td><td align='left'>67.0°</td><td align='left'>F.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Temperature after "</td><td align='left'>79.0°</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Rise</td><td align='left'>12.0°</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> + 1/10th</td><td align='left'>1.2°</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>————</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gives</td><td align='left'>13.2°</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>One pound of the coal will evaporate 13.2 pounds of water.</p> + + +<h4>SHALES, ETC.</h4> + +<p>The assay of these is carried out in the same way as that of coals, but +the volatile matters are separately examined, and, in consequence, a +larger quantity of material must be used. For the moisture, volatile +matter, fixed carbon and ash, the determinations are the same, but a +special distillation must be made to obtain a sufficient quantity of the +volatile products for subsequent examination. Take 500 or 1000 grams of +the well-sampled and powdered shale, and introduce into a cast-iron +retort as shown in fig. 74. Lute the joint with fire-clay, place the +cover on, and bolt it down. The bolts should have a covering of +fire-clay to protect them from the action of the fire. Place the retort +in a wind furnace, supporting it on a brick, and pack well around with +coke. Build up the furnace around and over the retort with loose +fire-bricks, and heat gradually.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig074.jpg" width="450" height="219" alt="Fig. 74." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>As soon as water begins to drip, the tube of the retort is cooled by +wrapping a wet cloth around it, and keeping wet with water. The water is +kept from running into the receiver by a ring of damp fire-clay. A +quantity of gas first comes over and will be lost, afterwards water and +oily matters. The retort must be red hot at the close of the +distillation, and when nothing more distils off, which occurs in about +two or three hours, the wet cloth is removed, and the tube heated with a +Bunsen burner to drive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_421" id="Page_421">[Pg 421]</a></span> forward the matter condensed in it into the +receiver, and thus to clean the tube. It can be seen when the tube is +clean by looking up through it into the red-hot retort. The receiver is +then removed, and the retort, taken from the furnace, is allowed to +cool. When cold it is opened, and the fixed carbon and ash weighed, as a +check on the smaller assay.</p> + +<p>The distillate of water and oil is warmed, and will separate into two +layers, the upper one of which is oil, and the lower water. These are +measured, and if the specific gravity of the oil is taken, its weight +may be calculated. If the two liquids do not separate well, the water +may be filtered off, after cooling, through a damped filter. The +separation is, however, best effected in a separator (fig. 75). The +liquids are poured into this, allowed to settle, and the lower layer +drained off. The volume of the water is measured and its weight +calculated in per cents. on the amount of shale taken.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/fig075.jpg" width="100" height="400" alt="Fig. 75." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Examination of the Oil.</b>—A sufficient quantity of the oil must be got, +so that if one distillation does not yield enough, the requisite +quantity must be obtained by making two or more distillations. The oils +are mixed, and the mixture, after having had its volume and specific +gravity ascertained, is placed in a copper retort, and re-distilled with +the aid of a current of steam. The residue in the retort is coke.</p> + +<p>The distillate is separated from the water by means of the separator, +and shaken for ten minutes with one-twentieth of its bulk of sulphuric +acid (sp. g. 1.70). The temperature should not be allowed to rise above +40°. Allow to stand, and run off the "acid tar."</p> + +<p>The oil is now shaken up with from 10 c.c. to 20 c.c. of sodic hydrate +solution (sp. g. 1.3), allowed to stand, warmed for half-an-hour, and +the "soda-tar" run off.</p> + +<p>On mixing this soda-tar with dilute acid, the "crude shale oil creosote" +separates, and is measured off.</p> + +<p>The purified oil is next re-distilled in fractions, which come over in +the following order:—"Naphtha," "light oil," "heavy oil," and "still +bottoms." For the first product, which is only got from certain shales, +the receiver is changed when the distillate has a specific gravity of +0.78. For the second product the process is continued till a drop of the +distillate, caught as it falls from the neck of the retort on a cold +spatula, shows signs of solidifying. This is "crude light oil."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_422" id="Page_422">[Pg 422]</a></span></p> + +<p>The receiver is changed, and the "heavy oil" comes over; towards the end +a thick brown or yellow viscid product is got. The receiver is again +changed, and the distillation carried to dryness.</p> + +<p>The "crude light oil" is washed cold with 2 per cent. of sulphuric acid +(concentrated), and afterwards with excess of soda. Thus purified it is +again distilled to dryness, three fractions being collected as before. +Naphtha, which is added to the main portion, and measured; "light oil," +which is also measured; and "heavy oil," which is added to that got in +the first distillation. This last is poured into a flat-bottom capsule, +and allowed to cool slowly. The temperature may with advantage be +carried below freezing-point. The cooled cake is pressed between folds +of linen, and the paraffin scale detached and weighed.</p> + +<p>The results may be reported thus:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Naphtha, sp. g.</td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Light oil, sp. g.</td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Heavy oil, sp. g.</td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Paraffin scale</td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Coke, &c.</td><td align='left'>——</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The results are calculated in per cents. on the oil taken. Some workers +take their fractions at each rise of 50° C. The composition of average +shale, as given by Mills, is as follows:—Specific gravity, 1.877; +moisture, 2.54.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Gas</td><td align='left'>}</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Volatile matter, water, ammonia</td><td align='left'>}</td><td align='left'>23.53</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Oil</td><td align='left'>}</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fixed carbon</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>12.69</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ash</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>63.74</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>_____</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>99.96</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The ash is made up of silica, 55.6; ferric oxide, 12.2; alumina, 22.14; +lime, 1.5; sulphur, 0.9; soluble salts (containing 0.92 per cent. +sulphuric oxide), 8.3.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Total</td><td align='left'>sulphur</td><td align='left'>in shale</td><td align='left'>1.8</td><td align='left'>per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>in ash</td><td align='left'>1.3</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>For further information on these assays, and for the assay of +petroleums, bitumens, &c., the student is referred to Allen's +"Commercial Organic Analysis," Vol. II.</p> + +<p><b>Determination of Organic Carbon in a Limestone.</b>—Take 1 or 2 grams and +dissolve with a very slight excess of dilute hydrochloric acid, +evaporate to dryness, and determine the carbon in the residue by +combustion with copper oxide.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_423" id="Page_423">[Pg 423]</a></span></p> + +<p><b>Estimation of Carbon in a Sample of Graphite (Black-lead).</b>—Weigh up 1 +or 2 grams in a dish and calcine in the muffle till the carbon is burnt +off. Weigh the residue, and calculate the carbon by difference.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig076.jpg" width="450" height="86" alt="Fig. 76." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 240px;"> +<img src="images/fig077.jpg" width="240" height="380" alt="Fig. 77." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig078.jpg" width="450" height="202" alt="Fig. 78." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Determination of Carbon in Iron.</b>—The carbon exists in two +states—free (graphite) and combined. The following process estimates +the total carbon:—The carbon existing as graphite may be separately +estimated in another portion by the same process, but using hydrochloric +acid to dissolve the iron instead of the copper solution:—Weigh up 2 +grams of the iron (or a larger quantity if very poor in carbon), and +attack it with 30 grams of ammonic-cupric chloride<a name="FNanchor_119_119" id="FNanchor_119_119"></a><a href="#Footnote_119_119" class="fnanchor">[119]</a> dissolved in 100 +c.c. of water. Let the reaction proceed for a quarter-of-an-hour, and +then warm until the copper is dissolved. Allow to settle, and filter +through a filtering-tube. This is a piece of combustion tube drawn out +and narrowed at one end, as shown in fig. 76. The narrow part is blocked +with a pea of baked clay, and on this is placed half-an-inch of silica +sand (previously calcined to remove organic matter), then a small plug +of asbestos, and then a quarter-of-an-inch of sand. The tube is +connected with a pump working at a gentle pressure, and the solution is +filtered through the tube with the aid of a small funnel (fig. 77). The +residue is washed, first with dilute hydrochloric acid, and then with +distilled water. The tube is dried by aspirating air through it, and +gently warming with a Bunsen burner. The tube is then placed in a small +combustion-furnace, and connected with calcium chloride and potash +bulbs, as shown in fig. 78. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_424" id="Page_424">[Pg 424]</a></span> potash bulb to the right of the figure +must be weighed. A slow stream of air is drawn through the apparatus, +and the heat gradually raised; in from thirty minutes to one hour the +combustion will be complete. The potash bulbs are then disconnected and +weighed, and the increase multiplied by 0.2727 gives the weight of +carbon.</p> + + +<h4>CARBONATES.</h4> + +<p>Carbon dioxide, which is formed by the complete oxidation of carbon, is +a gas with a sweetish odour and taste, having a strong affinity for +alkalies, and forming a series of compounds termed carbonates. The gas +itself occurs in nature, and is sometimes met with in quantity in +mining. The carbonates occur largely in nature, forming mountain masses +of limestone, &c. Carbonates of many of the metals, such as carbonate of +lead (cerussite), carbonate of iron (chalybite), carbonates of copper +(malachite and chessylite), and carbonate of magnesia (magnesite), are +common.</p> + +<p>All the carbonates (those of the alkalies and alkaline earths excepted) +are completely decomposed on ignition into the oxide of the metal and +carbon dioxide; but the temperature required for this decomposition +varies with the nature of the base. All carbonates are soluble with +effervescence in dilute acids; some, such as chalybite and magnesite, +require the aid of heat. The alkaline carbonates are soluble in water; +the rest, with the exception of the bicarbonates, are insoluble therein.</p> + +<p>Carbonates are recognised by their effervescence with acids—a stream of +bubbles of gas are given off which collect in the tube, and possess the +property of extinguishing a lighted match. The most characteristic test +for the gas is a white precipitate, which is produced by passing it into +lime or baryta-water, or into a solution of subacetate of lead.</p> + +<p>The expulsion of carbon dioxide by the stronger acids serves for the +separation of this body from the other acids and bases.</p> + +<p><b>Dry Assay.</b>—There is no dry assay in use. Any method which may be +adopted will necessarily be applicable only to special compounds.</p> + + +<h4>WET METHODS.</h4> + +<p>There are several methods in use which leave little to be desired either +in speed or accuracy. We will give (1) a gravimetric method in which the +estimation may be made directly by weighing the carbonic acid, or, +indirectly, by estimating the carbon dioxide from the loss; (2) a +volumetric one, by which an indirect determination<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_425" id="Page_425">[Pg 425]</a></span> is made of the gas; +and (3) a gasometric method, in which the volume of carbon dioxide given +off is measured, and its weight deducted.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/fig079.jpg" width="450" height="209" alt="Fig. 79." title="" /> + +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 358px;"> +<img src="images/fig080.jpg" width="358" height="300" alt="Fig. 80." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Direct Gravimetric Method.</b>—Fit up the apparatus shown in the diagram +(fig. 79). The various tubes are supported by a fixed rod with nails and +wire loops, and connected by short lengths of rubber-tubing. The first +tube contains soda-lime. The small flask is fitted with a rubber-stopper +perforated with two holes, through one of which passes the tube of a +pipette holding 25 or 30 c.c. This pipette is to contain the acid. The +substance to be determined is weighed out into the flask. The second +tube contains strong sulphuric acid; the third, pumice stone, saturated +with copper sulphate solution, and dried until nearly white (at 200° +C.); the fourth contains recently fused calcium chloride; and the fifth, +which is the weighed tube in which the carbonic acid is absorbed, +contains calcium chloride and soda-lime,<a name="FNanchor_120_120" id="FNanchor_120_120"></a><a href="#Footnote_120_120" class="fnanchor">[120]</a> as shown in fig. 80. The +sixth also contains calcium chloride and soda-lime; its object is to +prevent the access of moisture and carbonic acid to the weighed tube +from this direction; it is connected with an aspirator.</p> + +<p>Having weighed the <b>U</b>-tube and got the apparatus in order, weigh up 1, +2, or 5 grams of the substance and place in the flask. Fill the pipette +with dilute acid, close the clamp, and cork the flask. Then see that the +apparatus is tight. Open the clamp<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_426" id="Page_426">[Pg 426]</a></span> and allow from 10 to 20 c.c. of the +acid to run on to the assay. Carbonic acid will be evolved and will be +driven through the tubes. The gas should bubble through the sulphuric +acid in a moderate and regular stream. When the effervescence slackens +the clamp is opened and the greater part of the remaining acid run in. +When the effervescence has ceased the clamp is opened to its full extent +and a current of air drawn through with an aspirator. A gentle heat is +applied to the flask; but it should not be prolonged or carried to +boiling. After the removal of the heat a gentle current of air is drawn +through the apparatus for 30 or 40 minutes. The weighed <b>U</b>-tube, which +in the early part of the operation will have become warm if much +carbonic acid was present, will by this time be cold. It is +disconnected, plugged, and weighed. The increase in weight is due to the +carbon dioxide of the sample.</p> + +<p><i>Example.</i>—Ore taken 1 gram.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight</td><td align='left'>of tube,</td><td align='left'>before</td><td align='left'>42.6525</td><td align='left'> grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>after</td><td align='left'>43.0940</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———-</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Increase</td><td align='left'>equals CO<sub>2</sub></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.4415</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 283px;"> +<img src="images/fig081.jpg" width="283" height="430" alt="Fig. 81." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p><b>Indirect Gravimetric, or Determination by Loss.</b>—Take a Geissler's +carbonic-acid apparatus (fig. 81) and place in the double bulb some +strong sulphuric acid. Put into the other bulb, the stopcock being +closed, 3 or 4 c.c. of nitric acid diluted with water. Leave the +apparatus in the balance-box for a few minutes and weigh. Introduce into +the flask (through A) about 1 gram of the powdered substance and again +weigh to find the exact amount added. Allow the acid to run gradually on +to the carbonate, and when solution is complete, heat and aspirate. Cool +and again weigh; the loss in weight is the carbonic acid.</p> + +<p>For <i>Example</i>:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight</td><td align='left'>of apparatus</td><td align='left'>and acids</td><td align='left'>85.494</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>marble</td><td align='left'>86.879</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Equal</td><td align='left'> to marble taken</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>1.385</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight</td><td align='left'> of apparatus</td><td align='left'>and marble</td><td align='left'>86.879</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>minus carbonic acid</td><td align='left'>86.2692</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Equal</td><td align='left'> to carbonic acid</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.6098</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<p><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">1.385 : 100 :: 0.6098 : <i>x</i></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 12.5em;"><i>x</i> = 44.03 per cent.</span><br /></p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_427" id="Page_427">[Pg 427]</a></span></p> + +<p>The substance contains 44.03 per cent. of carbonic acid; a duplicate +experiment gave 43.73 per cent.</p> + +<p>This method is quicker, but less exact, than the direct gravimetric +determination.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This, which is of somewhat limited application, is based upon the +determination of the quantity of acid required to decompose the +carbonate. It consists in adding to a weighed quantity of the mineral a +known amount of standard solution of acid which is in excess of that +required to effect the decomposition. The quantity of residual acid is +then determined by titrating with standard solution of alkali. This +method has been described under <i>Lime</i>.</p> + + +<h4>GASOMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This method is the quickest of all, and the least troublesome after the +apparatus has been once prepared. It yields fairly accurate results when +worked in the manner described below; but if greater precautions are +taken the results are exact. It depends on the measurement of the volume +of gas given off on treating the weighed sample with acid. The apparatus +described, page 52, is used. Weigh out a portion of the mineral which +shall contain not more than 0.15 gram of carbonic acid (or 0.4 gram of +carbonate of lime) and put it in the bottle. Put in the inner tube 10 +c.c. of dilute hydrochloric acid (1—1), cork tightly, and read off the +level of the liquid in the burette after adjusting the pressure. Turn +the acid over on to the mineral. Run out the water so as to keep the +level in the two burettes the same. When effervescence has ceased, +rotate the contents of the bottle; finally, adjust the level in the +burettes and read off the volume. The increase in volume is due to the +evolved carbon dioxide. At the same time read off the "volume +corrector."</p> + +<p>Some of the carbon dioxide remains dissolved in the acid in the +generating bottle, and the quantity thus dissolved will depend on the +amount of carbonate as well as on the amount of acid present. +Consequently, a measured quantity of acid should be used in each assay +and a comparative experiment made with a known weight of pure carbonate +of lime which will yield about the same volume of gas. The number of +c.c. of gas got in the assay multiplied by 4.7 will give the number of +milligrams of pure carbonate of lime that must be taken for the +standard. With ordinary work the error rarely exceeds half a c.c.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_428" id="Page_428">[Pg 428]</a></span></p> + +<p>The following example will illustrate the calculations:—</p> + +<p>One gram of a mineral was taken, and yielded 49.0 c.c. of gas. The +"volume corrector" reading was 100.4 c.c.</p> + +<p>0.2405 gram of pure carbonate of lime was then taken, and treated in the +same way; 50.5 c.c. of gas were got. The volume corrector still read +100.4 c.c.</p> + +<p>0.2405 gram of carbonate of lime is equivalent to 0.1058 gram of carbon +dioxide; then,</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>50.5 : 49.0 :: 0.1058 : <i>x</i></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>x</i> = 10.26 per cent.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><b>Estimation of Carbonic Acid in the Air of Mines.</b>—According to a +series of analyses by Angus Smith, the proportion of carbonic acid in +the air of underground workings varied from 0.04 to 2.7 per cent. by +volume. In places where men are working the proportion ought not to +reach 0.25 per cent.</p> + +<p>A simple method of determining whether a sample of air reaches this +limit (0.25 per cent.) is described by Dr. C. Le Neve Foster in the +"Proceedings of the Mining Association and Institute of Cornwall" for +1888. The apparatus used is an ordinary corked 8-ounce medicine bottle. +This is filled with the air to be examined by sucking out its contents +with a piece of rubber-tube. Half-an-ounce of dilute lime-water<a name="FNanchor_121_121" id="FNanchor_121_121"></a><a href="#Footnote_121_121" class="fnanchor">[121]</a> +(tinted with phenolphthalein) is poured in. If, on corking the bottle +and shaking, the colour is not discharged, the air contains less than +0.25 per cent. of carbon dioxide. "If the colour fades slowly, and does +not finally vanish till after a great deal of shaking, it may be assumed +that the percentage of carbon dioxide does not greatly exceed one +quarter; whereas, if the disappearance is rapid after a very few shakes, +the contrary, of course, is the case." The dilute lime-water is measured +out and carried in ordinary half-ounce phials. This method does not +pretend to great accuracy, but as a method of distinguishing between +good and bad air it is very convenient, and will be found useful.</p> + +<p>For determining the actual proportion in the air the following plan is +adopted:—Take a bottle which will hold about 50 ounces, and measure its +capacity; fill the bottle with the air to be examined, pour in 100 c.c. +of lime-water, and shake up for some time; add phenolphthalein, and +titrate the remaining calcium hydrate with standard solution of oxalic +acid.</p> + +<p>The solution of oxalic acid is made by dissolving 2.25 grams of +re-crystallised oxalic acid (H<sub>2</sub>C<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O) in water and +diluting to 1 litre. One c.c. = 0.001 gram of lime (CaO), or 0.0007857 +gram of carbon dioxide.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_429" id="Page_429">[Pg 429]</a></span></p> + +<p>Take 100 c.c. of the same lime-water, to which add the same amount of +phenolphthalein as before. Titrate. The difference between the two +readings gives the amount of "acid" equivalent to the lime-water +neutralised by the carbon dioxide. The number of c.c. thus used up, when +multiplied by 0.3989, gives the number of c.c. of carbon dioxide (at +0° C. and 760 mm.) in the volume of air taken. This volume, which is that +of the bottle less 100 c.c., must in accurate work be reduced to the +normal temperature and pressure.<a name="FNanchor_122_122" id="FNanchor_122_122"></a><a href="#Footnote_122_122" class="fnanchor">[122]</a> The percentage by volume can then +be calculated.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL EXERCISES.</h4> + +<p>1. In a gasometric determination 71.3 c.c. of gas were obtained from +0.2055 gram of mineral. The "volume corrector" reading was 102.2 c.c. +0.3445 gram of pure carbonate of lime gave 74.1 c.c. The "volume +corrector" reading was 100.6. What is the percentage of carbon dioxide +in the substance?</p> + +<p>2. What volume of dry gas at 0° C. and 760 m.m. pressure should be +obtained from 0.3445 gram of carbonate of lime? 1 c.c. of CO<sub>2</sub> under +these conditions weighs 1.97 milligrams.</p> + +<p>3. A sample of coal is reported on as follows:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Specific gravity</td><td align='left'>1.315</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Moisture</td><td align='left'>1.001</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Volatile matter</td><td align='left'>35.484</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fixed carbon</td><td align='left'>50.172</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ash</td><td align='left'>12.028</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>———</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>100.000</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>What is there about this requiring explanation?</p> + +<p>4. Calculate the percentage of carbonic acid in a mineral from the +following data:—</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Weight</td><td align='left'>of apparatus</td><td align='left'>and acids</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>87.0888</td><td align='left'>grams</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>plus mineral</td><td align='left'>88.8858</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>after loss of carbonic acid</td><td align='left'>88.1000</td><td align='left'>"</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>5. A sample of pig iron contains 1.43 per cent. of "combined" and 2.02 +per cent. of "free" carbon. Taking 2 grams of it for each determination, +what weight of CO<sub>2</sub> will be got on burning the residue from solution +in ammonium cupric chloride, and what from the residue after solution in +hydrochloric acid?</p> + + +<h4>BORON AND BORATES.</h4> + +<p>Boron occurs in nature as boric acid or sassoline (H<sub>3</sub>BO<sub>3</sub>); borax +or tincal (Na<sub>2</sub>B<sub>4</sub>O<sub>7</sub>.10H<sub>2</sub>O); ulexite or boronatrocalcite +(2CaB<sub>4</sub>O<sub>7</sub>.Na<sub>2</sub>B<sub>4</sub>O<sub>7</sub>); borocalcite (CaB<sub>4</sub>O<sub>7</sub>.4H<sub>2</sub>O); +boracite, 2Mg<sub>3</sub>B<sub>8</sub>O<sub>15</sub>.MgCl<sub>2</sub>, and some other minerals. Boric +acid is also a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_430" id="Page_430">[Pg 430]</a></span> constituent of certain silicates, such as tourmaline, +axinite, and datholite.</p> + +<p>The natural borates are used in the preparation of borax, which is +largely employed as a preservative agent, for fluxing, and for other +purposes.</p> + +<p>There is only one series of boron compounds which have any importance. +These are the borates in which the trioxide (B<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) acts the part +of a weak acid. The addition of any acid liberates boric acid, which +separates out in cold solutions as a crystalline precipitate. Boric acid +is soluble in alcohol and in hot water. On evaporating these solutions +it is volatilised, although the anhydrous oxide is "fixed" at a red +heat. The borates are mostly fusible compounds, and are soluble in acids +and in solutions of ammonic salts.</p> + +<p><b>Detection.</b>—Boron in small quantities will escape detection unless +specially looked for, but there is no difficulty in detecting its +presence. Heated in the Bunsen-burner flame with "Turner's test," it +gives an evanescent yellowish-green colour, due to fluoride of boron +(BF<sub>3</sub>). "Turner's test" is a mixture of 5 parts of bisulphate of +potash and 1 part of fluor spar. Boric acid itself imparts a +characteristic green colour to the flame, which gives a spectrum made up +of four well-marked and equidistant lines, three in the green and one in +the blue. Solutions of boric acid give with "turmeric paper," which has +been dipped into it and dried, a characteristic red tint. This is a very +delicate test, but in trying it a blank experiment should be carried out +alongside with a solution made up of the same re-agents which have been +used in liberating the boric acid in the sample.</p> + +<p><b>Solution and Separation.</b>—The solution presents no difficulty, but the +separation is troublesome. The best method is that of Gooch; who, if +necessary, first fuses with carbonate of soda, and after the removal of +chlorides and fluorides (by nitrate of silver or a lime salt), +evaporates the aqueous extract with nitric or acetic acid to dryness in +a retort and, subsequently, with repeated doses of 10 c.c. each of +methyl alcohol. The distillate contains the boron as boric acid. Half a +gram of the trioxide (B<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>) is completely carried over by two +evaporations, each with 10 c.c. of the alcohol; but if water or foreign +salts are present, more than this is required. In ordinary cases six +such evaporations are sufficient for 0.2 gram of the oxide.<a name="FNanchor_123_123" id="FNanchor_123_123"></a><a href="#Footnote_123_123" class="fnanchor">[123]</a></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_431" id="Page_431">[Pg 431]</a></span></p> +<h4>GRAVIMETRIC DETERMINATION.</h4> + +<p>Before the introduction of Gooch's process it was usual to determine the +boron trioxide "by difference." If the alcoholic distillate containing +the boric acid is digested with about 1 gram (a known weight) of lime +for ten or fifteen minutes, the alcohol can be evaporated off without +danger of loss. Either calcium nitrate or acetate (which will be formed +at the same time) yields lime upon subsequent ignition. Consequently, +the increase in weight, after ignition, upon that of the lime taken +gives the amount of boron trioxide present. The trioxide contains 31.4 +per cent. of boron (B). Since magnesia does not form a soluble hydrate +it cannot satisfactorily be used instead of lime.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 275px;"> +<img src="images/fig082.jpg" width="275" height="400" alt="Fig. 82." title="" /> + +</div> + +<p>The apparatus required is shown in fig. 82. It consists of a small +retort or evaporating vessel made out of a pipette of 200 c.c. capacity. +This is heated by means of a paraffin-bath at 130° or 140° C. It is +connected with an upright condenser, at the lower end of which is a +small flask which serves as a receiver.</p> + +<p>The quantity of the borate taken should contain not more than 0.2 gram +of the trioxide. Insoluble compounds are "dissolved in nitric acid at +once, or, if necessary, first fused with sodium carbonate." With soluble +and alkaline borates sufficient nitric acid is added to render it +faintly acid. The solution is then introduced into the retort.</p> + +<p>"The lime, to retain the boric acid in the distillate, is ignited in the +crucible in which the evaporation of the distillate is to be made +subsequently." It is then cooled in the desiccator for ten minutes, and +weighed. The lime is transferred to the receiving flask and slaked with +a little water. The retort is lowered into the bath so that "only the +rear dips below the surface." The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_432" id="Page_432">[Pg 432]</a></span> evaporation is carried to dryness, +the retort being lowered further into the bath as the evaporation +proceeds. Ten c.c. of methyl alcohol are introduced upon the residue, +and the evaporation again started. Six such portions of alcohol are thus +distilled and 2 c.c. of water are introduced and evaporated between the +second and third, as also between the fourth and fifth distillations. If +acetic acid is used instead of nitric in the first instance this +addition of water is unnecessary.</p> + +<p>The distillate is evaporated in the crucible ignited over the blowpipe, +cooled in the desiccator for ten minutes and weighed. The increase in +weight gives the boron trioxide. The results tend to be from 1 to 2 +milligrams too high.</p> + + +<h4>VOLUMETRIC METHOD.</h4> + +<p>This method is applicable to the indirect determination of boric acid in +borax and similar compounds. It is based on the measurement of the +quantity of normal solution of acid required to replace the boric acid, +and, consequently, is rather a measure of the soda present. The process +is an alkalimetric one, and is carried out as follows:—Weigh up 3 grams +of the sample and dissolve in water. Tint with methyl orange, and run in +from an ordinary burette normal solution of sulphuric acid until a pink +tint is got. 100 c.c. of the normal solution of acid are equal to 7.0 +grams of boron trioxide (B<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>), or 10.1 grams of anhydrous borax +(Na<sub>2</sub>B<sub>4</sub>O<sub>7</sub>).</p> + +<p><b>Examination of Borax.</b>—In addition to the determination just given, +the following determinations are also required:—</p> + +<p><b>Water.</b>—Take about 2 grams and heat to tranquil fusion in a platinum +crucible. Count the loss in weight as water.</p> + +<p><b>Sulphuric Oxide.</b>—Take 2 grams, dissolve in water, acidify with +hydrochloric acid, filter, and precipitate with barium chloride. Wash +the precipitate, ignite, and weigh as barium sulphate (see <i>Sulphur</i>).</p> + +<p><b>Chlorine.</b>—Take 2 grams, dissolve in water, acidify with nitric acid, +filter, and add silver nitrate. Collect, wash, and weigh the precipitate +as silver chloride.</p> + +<p><b>Alumina.</b>—Take 5 or 10 grams, dissolve in water, boil, add ammonia in +slight excess, and filter off the precipitate when it has settled. Wash +with hot water, ignite, and weigh as alumina (Al<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>).</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_113_113" id="Footnote_113_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_113_113"><span class="label">[113]</span></a> If the dishes show a manganese stain, wash them out with +a few drops of hydrochloric and sulphurous acids. Pass the acid liquor +through the same small filter but collect the liquor apart. Make +ammoniacal and again pass through the filter, this time collecting the +liquid with the main filtrate.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_114_114" id="Footnote_114_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_114_114"><span class="label">[114]</span></a> This rarely amounts to more than 1 milligram.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_115_115" id="Footnote_115_115"></a><a href="#FNanchor_115_115"><span class="label">[115]</span></a> To make this, dissolve 1 gram of titanium oxide by fusing +for some time with an excess of bisulphate of potash and dissolve out +with cold water and sulphuric acid. Dilute to 1 litre, having previously +added not less than 50 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid: 1 c.c. will +contain .01 gram of TiO<sub>2</sub>. For the assay take 10 c.c. of this, add 2 +c.c. of peroxide of hydrogen and dilute to 100 c.c. Run this from a +burette into the flask until the colour equals that of the assay. Each +c.c. equals 1 milligram of TiO<sub>2</sub>. Fluorides must be absent.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_116_116" id="Footnote_116_116"></a><a href="#FNanchor_116_116"><span class="label">[116]</span></a> C + O<sub>2</sub> = CO<sub>2</sub></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_117_117" id="Footnote_117_117"></a><a href="#FNanchor_117_117"><span class="label">[117]</span></a> For example, soluble organic acids formed by partial +oxidation with nitric acid.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_118_118" id="Footnote_118_118"></a><a href="#FNanchor_118_118"><span class="label">[118]</span></a> For coals, and other bodies containing sulphur, chromate +of lead should be used instead of oxide of copper; and the temperature +should be limited to dull redness.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_119_119" id="Footnote_119_119"></a><a href="#FNanchor_119_119"><span class="label">[119]</span></a> This may be prepared by dissolving 534 grams of ammonium +chloride and 854 grams of crystallized cupric chloride +(CuCl<sub>2</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O) in hot water and crystallizing.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_120_120" id="Footnote_120_120"></a><a href="#FNanchor_120_120"><span class="label">[120]</span></a> Soda-lime is made by dissolving 100 grams of "soda" in +water, and carefully slaking 200 grams of lime with it. Evaporate to +dryness in an iron dish and ignite at a low red heat in a crucible. Use +the small lumps.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_121_121" id="Footnote_121_121"></a><a href="#FNanchor_121_121"><span class="label">[121]</span></a> Made by diluting 1 part by measure of saturated +lime-water up to 10 with recently boiled distilled water.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_122_122" id="Footnote_122_122"></a><a href="#FNanchor_122_122"><span class="label">[122]</span></a> See under <i>Gasometric Assays</i>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_123_123" id="Footnote_123_123"></a><a href="#FNanchor_123_123"><span class="label">[123]</span></a> See "A Method for the Separation and Estimation of Boric +Acid," by F.A. Gooch, <i>Chemical News</i>, January 7, 1887.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_433" id="Page_433">[Pg 433]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="APPENDIX_A" id="APPENDIX_A"></a>APPENDIX A.</h2> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Table of Atomic Weights and other Constants.</span></h4> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'> Symbols.</td><td align='center'>Names.</td><td align='center'>Atomic Weights.</td><td align='center'>Specific Gravity.</td><td align='center'>Melting Points. C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ag</td><td align='center'>Silver</td><td align='right'>107.9</td><td align='right'>10.5</td><td align='right'>1000°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Al</td><td align='center'>Aluminium</td><td align='right'>27.0</td><td align='right'>2.7</td><td align='right'>700°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>As</td><td align='center'>Arsenic</td><td align='right'>75.0</td><td align='right'>5.9</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Au</td><td align='center'>Gold</td><td align='right'>197.3</td><td align='right'>19.2</td><td align='right'>1200°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>B</td><td align='center'>Boron</td><td align='right'>11.0</td><td align='right'>2.7</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ba</td><td align='center'>Barium</td><td align='right'>137.0</td><td align='right'>4.0</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Be</td><td align='center'>Beryllium</td><td align='right'>9.0</td><td align='right'>2.1</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Bi</td><td align='center'>Bismuth</td><td align='right'>208.9</td><td align='right'>9.8</td><td align='right'>270°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Br</td><td align='center'>Bromine</td><td align='right'>80.0</td><td align='right'>3.2</td><td align='right'>-25°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>C</td><td align='center'>Carbon</td><td align='right'>12.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ca</td><td align='left'>Calcium</td><td align='right'>40.0</td><td align='right'>1.6</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Cd</td><td align='center'>Cadmium</td><td align='right'>112.0</td><td align='right'>8.6</td><td align='right'>315°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ce</td><td align='center'>Cerium</td><td align='right'>140.2</td><td align='right'>6.7</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Cl</td><td align='center'>Chlorine</td><td align='right'>35.5</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Co</td><td align='center'>Cobalt</td><td align='right'>59.0</td><td align='right'>8.5</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Cr</td><td align='center'>Chromium</td><td align='right'>52.1</td><td align='right'>7.3</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Cs</td><td align='center'>Caesium</td><td align='right'>132.9</td><td align='right'>1.9</td><td align='right'>25°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Cu</td><td align='center'>Copper</td><td align='right'>63.4</td><td align='right'>8.9</td><td align='right'>1090°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Di</td><td align='center'>Didymium</td><td align='right'>142.3</td><td align='right'>6.5</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Er</td><td align='center'>Erbium</td><td align='right'>166.3</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>F</td><td align='center'>Fluorine</td><td align='right'>19.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Fe</td><td align='center'>Iron</td><td align='right'>56.0</td><td align='right'>7.8</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ga</td><td align='center'>Gallium</td><td align='right'>69.0</td><td align='right'>5.9</td><td align='right'>30°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ge</td><td align='center'>Germanium</td><td align='right'>72.3</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>H</td><td align='center'>Hydrogen</td><td align='right'>1.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Hg</td><td align='center'>Mercury</td><td align='right'>200.0</td><td align='right'>13.6</td><td align='right'>-40°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>I</td><td align='center'>Iodine</td><td align='right'>126.8</td><td align='right'>4.9</td><td align='right'>106°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>In</td><td align='center'>Indium</td><td align='right'>113.7</td><td align='right'>7.4</td><td align='right'>175°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ir</td><td align='center'>Iridium</td><td align='right'>193.1</td><td align='right'>22.4</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>K</td><td align='center'>Potassium</td><td align='right'>39.1</td><td align='right'>0.86</td><td align='right'>62.5°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>La</td><td align='center'>Lanthanum</td><td align='right'>138.2</td><td align='right'>6.1</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_434" id="Page_434">[Pg 434]</a></span></p> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Table of Atomic Weights and other Constants.</span>—<i>continued.</i></h4> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>Symbols.</td><td align='center'>Names.</td><td align='center'>Atomic Weights.</td><td align='center'>Specific Gravity.</td><td align='center'>Melting Points. C.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Li</td><td align='center'>Lithium</td><td align='right'>7.0</td><td align='right'>0.59</td><td align='right'>180°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Mg</td><td align='center'>Magnesium</td><td align='right'>24.3</td><td align='right'>1.7</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Mn</td><td align='center'>Manganese</td><td align='right'>55.0</td><td align='right'>8.0</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Mo</td><td align='center'>Molybdenum</td><td align='right'>96.0</td><td align='right'>8.6</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>N</td><td align='center'>Nitrogen</td><td align='right'>14.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Na</td><td align='center'>Sodium</td><td align='right'>23.0</td><td align='right'>0.97</td><td align='right'>95.6°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Nb</td><td align='center'>Niobium</td><td align='right'>94.0</td><td align='right'>4.1</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ni</td><td align='center'>Nickel</td><td align='right'>58.7</td><td align='right'>8.9</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>O</td><td align='center'>Oxygen</td><td align='right'>16.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Os</td><td align='center'>Osmium</td><td align='right'>191.7</td><td align='right'>22.4</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>P</td><td align='center'>Phosphorus</td><td align='right'>31.0</td><td align='right'>1.8</td><td align='right'>44°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Pb</td><td align='center'>Lead</td><td align='right'>206.9</td><td align='right'>11.4</td><td align='right'>334°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Pd</td><td align='center'>Palladium</td><td align='right'>106.6</td><td align='right'>11.4</td><td align='right'>1350°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Pt</td><td align='center'>Platinum</td><td align='right'>195.0</td><td align='right'>21.5</td><td align='right'>2000°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Rb</td><td align='center'>Rubidium</td><td align='right'>85.5</td><td align='right'>1.5</td><td align='right'>38.5°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Rh</td><td align='center'>Rhodium</td><td align='right'>103.5</td><td align='right'>12.1</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ru</td><td align='center'>Ruthenium</td><td align='right'>101.6</td><td align='right'>11.4</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>S</td><td align='center'>Sulphur</td><td align='right'>32.0</td><td align='right'>2.0</td><td align='right'>115°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Sb</td><td align='center'>Antimony</td><td align='right'>120.0</td><td align='right'>6.7</td><td align='right'>425°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Se</td><td align='center'>Selenium</td><td align='right'>79.0</td><td align='right'>4.8</td><td align='right'>100°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Si</td><td align='center'>Silicon</td><td align='right'>28.4</td><td align='right'>2.0</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Sn</td><td align='center'>Tin</td><td align='right'>119.0</td><td align='right'>7.3</td><td align='right'>235°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Sr</td><td align='center'>Strontium</td><td align='right'>87.6</td><td align='right'>2.5</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ta</td><td align='center'>Tantalum</td><td align='right'>182.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Te</td><td align='center'>Tellurium</td><td align='right'>125.0</td><td align='right'>6.2</td><td align='right'>480°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Th</td><td align='center'>Thorium</td><td align='right'>232.6</td><td align='right'>7.8</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Ti</td><td align='center'>Titanium</td><td align='right'>48.0</td><td align='right'>5.3</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Tl</td><td align='center'>Thallium</td><td align='right'>204.2</td><td align='right'>11.9</td><td align='right'>294°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>U</td><td align='center'>Uranium</td><td align='right'>239.6</td><td align='right'>18.4</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>V</td><td align='center'>Vanadium</td><td align='right'>51.4</td><td align='right'>5.5</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>W</td><td align='center'>Tungsten</td><td align='right'>184.0</td><td align='right'>19.1</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Y</td><td align='center'>Yttrium</td><td align='right'>89.1</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Yb</td><td align='center'>Ytterbium</td><td align='right'>173.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Zn</td><td align='center'>Zinc</td><td align='right'>65.3</td><td align='right'>6.9</td><td align='right'>423°</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>Zr</td><td align='center'>Zirconium</td><td align='right'>90.6</td><td align='right'>4.1</td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The atomic weights in this table are in accord with the numbers given by +F.W. Clarke (Dec. 6, 1890), chief chemist of the United States +Geological Survey.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_435" id="Page_435">[Pg 435]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ctoftable-appendixa.jpg" width="400" height="471" alt="Table for Converting Degrees of the Centigrade +Thermometer into Degrees of Fahrenheit's Scale." title="" /> +<span class="caption">Table for Converting Degrees of the Centigrade +Thermometer into Degrees of Fahrenheit's Scale.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_436" id="Page_436">[Pg 436]</a></span></p> + + +<p>Nitric Acid.</p> + +<p><i>Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Acid</i> (HNO<sub>3</sub>) <i>in +Aqueous Solutions of Nitric Acid of different Specific Gravities. +Temperature</i>, 15° C.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.530</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.405</td><td align='left'>66.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.205</td><td align='left'>33.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.527</td><td align='left'>99.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.400</td><td align='left'>65.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.198</td><td align='left'>32.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.524</td><td align='left'>98.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.395</td><td align='left'>64.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.192</td><td align='left'>31.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.520</td><td align='left'>97.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.390</td><td align='left'>63.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.185</td><td align='left'>30.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.516</td><td align='left'>96.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.386</td><td align='left'>62.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.179</td><td align='left'>29.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.513</td><td align='left'>95.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.380</td><td align='left'>61.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.172</td><td align='left'>28.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.509</td><td align='left'>94.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.374</td><td align='left'>60.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.166</td><td align='left'>27.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.506</td><td align='left'>93.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.368</td><td align='left'>59.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.159</td><td align='left'>26.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.503</td><td align='left'>92.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.363</td><td align='left'>58.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.152</td><td align='left'>25.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.499</td><td align='left'>91.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.358</td><td align='left'>57.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.145</td><td align='left'>24.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.495</td><td align='left'>90.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.353</td><td align='left'>56.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.138</td><td align='left'>23.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.492</td><td align='left'>89.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.346</td><td align='left'>55.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.132</td><td align='left'>22.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.488</td><td align='left'>88.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.341</td><td align='left'>54.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.126</td><td align='left'>21.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.485</td><td align='left'>87.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.335</td><td align='left'>53.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.120</td><td align='left'>20.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.482</td><td align='left'>86.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.329</td><td align='left'>52.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.114</td><td align='left'>19.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.478</td><td align='left'>85.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.323</td><td align='left'>51.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.108</td><td align='left'>18.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.474</td><td align='left'>84.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.317</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.102</td><td align='left'>17.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.470</td><td align='left'>83.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.311</td><td align='left'>49.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.096</td><td align='left'>16.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.467</td><td align='left'>82.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.304</td><td align='left'>48.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.089</td><td align='left'>15.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.463</td><td align='left'>81.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.298</td><td align='left'>47.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.083</td><td align='left'>14.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.460</td><td align='left'>80.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.291</td><td align='left'>46.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.077</td><td align='left'>13.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.456</td><td align='left'>79.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.284</td><td align='left'>45.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.071</td><td align='left'>12.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.452</td><td align='left'>78.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.277</td><td align='left'>44.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.065</td><td align='left'>11.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.449</td><td align='left'>77.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.270</td><td align='left'>43.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.060</td><td align='left'>10.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.445</td><td align='left'>76.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.264</td><td align='left'>42.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.053</td><td align='left'>9.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.442</td><td align='left'>75.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.257</td><td align='left'>41.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.047</td><td align='left'>8.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.438</td><td align='left'>74.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.251</td><td align='left'>40.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.041</td><td align='left'>7.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.435</td><td align='left'>73.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.244</td><td align='left'>39.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.034</td><td align='left'>6.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.431</td><td align='left'>72.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.238</td><td align='left'>38.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.028</td><td align='left'>5.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.427</td><td align='left'>71.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.232</td><td align='left'>37.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.022</td><td align='left'>4.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.423</td><td align='left'>70.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.225</td><td align='left'>36.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.016</td><td align='left'>3.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.418</td><td align='left'>69.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.218</td><td align='left'>35.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.010</td><td align='left'>2.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.414</td><td align='left'>68.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.212</td><td align='left'>34.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.004</td><td align='left'>1.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.410</td><td align='left'>67.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_437" id="Page_437">[Pg 437]</a></span></p> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Hydrochloric Acid.</span></h4> + +<p><i>Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Acid</i> (HCl) <i>in +Aqueous Solutions of Hydrochloric Acid of different Specific Gravities. +Temperature</i>, 15° C.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.2000</td><td align='left'>40.78</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1410</td><td align='left'>28.54</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0798</td><td align='left'>16.31</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1982</td><td align='left'>40.37</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1389</td><td align='left'>28.13</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0778</td><td align='left'>15.90</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1964</td><td align='left'>39.96</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1369</td><td align='left'>27.72</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0758</td><td align='left'>15.49</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1946</td><td align='left'>39.55</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1349</td><td align='left'>27.32</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0738</td><td align='left'>15.08</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1928</td><td align='left'>39.14</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1328</td><td align='left'>26.91</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0718</td><td align='left'>14.68</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1910</td><td align='left'>38.74</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1308</td><td align='left'>26.50</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0697</td><td align='left'>14.27</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1893</td><td align='left'>38.33</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1287</td><td align='left'>26.10</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0677</td><td align='left'>13.86</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1875</td><td align='left'>37.92</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1267</td><td align='left'>25.69</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0657</td><td align='left'>13.45</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1857</td><td align='left'>37.51</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1247</td><td align='left'>25.28</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0637</td><td align='left'>13.05</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1846</td><td align='left'>37.11</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1226</td><td align='left'>24.87</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0617</td><td align='left'>12.64</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1822</td><td align='left'>36.70</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1206</td><td align='left'>24.46</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0597</td><td align='left'>12.23</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1802</td><td align='left'>36.29</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1185</td><td align='left'>24.06</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0577</td><td align='left'>11.82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1782</td><td align='left'>35.88</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1164</td><td align='left'>23.65</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0557</td><td align='left'>11.41</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1762</td><td align='left'>35.47</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1143</td><td align='left'>23.24</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0537</td><td align='left'>11.01</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1741</td><td align='left'>35.07</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1123</td><td align='left'>22.83</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0517</td><td align='left'>10.60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1721</td><td align='left'>34.66</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1102</td><td align='left'>22.43</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0497</td><td align='left'>10.19</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1701</td><td align='left'>34.25</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1082</td><td align='left'>22.02</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0477</td><td align='left'>9.78</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1681</td><td align='left'>33.84</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1061</td><td align='left'>21.61</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0457</td><td align='left'>9.38</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1661</td><td align='left'>33.43</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1041</td><td align='left'>21.20</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0437</td><td align='left'>8.97</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1641</td><td align='left'>33.03</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1020</td><td align='left'>20.79</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0417</td><td align='left'>8.56</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1620</td><td align='left'>32.62</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.1000</td><td align='left'>20.39</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0397</td><td align='left'>8.15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1599</td><td align='left'>32.21</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0980</td><td align='left'>19.98</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0377</td><td align='left'>7.75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1578</td><td align='left'>31.80</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0960</td><td align='left'>19.57</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0357</td><td align='left'>7.34</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1557</td><td align='left'>31.40</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0939</td><td align='left'>19.16</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0337</td><td align='left'>6.93</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1536</td><td align='left'>30.99</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0919</td><td align='left'>18.76</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0318</td><td align='left'>6.52</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1515</td><td align='left'>30.58</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0899</td><td align='left'>18.35</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0298</td><td align='left'>6.11</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1494</td><td align='left'>30.17</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0879</td><td align='left'>17.94</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0279</td><td align='left'>5.51</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1473</td><td align='left'>29.76</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0859</td><td align='left'>17.53</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0259</td><td align='left'>5.30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1452</td><td align='left'>29.36</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0838</td><td align='left'>17.12</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0239</td><td align='left'>4.89</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.1431</td><td align='left'>28.95</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0818</td><td align='left'>16.72</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.0200</td><td align='left'>4.01</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_438" id="Page_438">[Pg 438]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>AMMONIA.</h4> + +<p><i>Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Ammonia</i> (NH<sub>3</sub>) <i>in +Aqueous Solutions of Ammonia of different Specific Gravities. +Temperature</i>, 14° C.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8844</td><td align='left'>36.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9145</td><td align='left'>23.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9534</td><td align='left'>11.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8852</td><td align='left'>35.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9156</td><td align='left'>23.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9549</td><td align='left'>11.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8860</td><td align='left'>35.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9168</td><td align='left'>22.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9563</td><td align='left'>10.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8868</td><td align='left'>34.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9180</td><td align='left'>22.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9578</td><td align='left'>10.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8877</td><td align='left'>34.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9191</td><td align='left'>22.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9593</td><td align='left'>10.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8885</td><td align='left'>34.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9203</td><td align='left'>21.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9608</td><td align='left'>9.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8894</td><td align='left'>33.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9215</td><td align='left'>21.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9623</td><td align='left'>9.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8903</td><td align='left'>33.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9227</td><td align='left'>20.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9639</td><td align='left'>8.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8911</td><td align='left'>32.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9239</td><td align='left'>20.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9654</td><td align='left'>8.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8920</td><td align='left'>32.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9251</td><td align='left'>20.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9670</td><td align='left'>8.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8929</td><td align='left'>32.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9264</td><td align='left'>19.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9685</td><td align='left'>7.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8938</td><td align='left'>31.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9277</td><td align='left'>19.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9701</td><td align='left'>7.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8948</td><td align='left'>31.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9289</td><td align='left'>18.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9717</td><td align='left'>6.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8957</td><td align='left'>30.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9302</td><td align='left'>18.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9733</td><td align='left'>6.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8967</td><td align='left'>30.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9314</td><td align='left'>18.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9749</td><td align='left'>6.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8976</td><td align='left'>30.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9327</td><td align='left'>17.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9765</td><td align='left'>5.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8986</td><td align='left'>29.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9340</td><td align='left'>17.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9781</td><td align='left'>5.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.8996</td><td align='left'>29.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9353</td><td align='left'>16.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9790</td><td align='left'>4.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9006</td><td align='left'>28.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9366</td><td align='left'>16.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9807</td><td align='left'>4.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9016</td><td align='left'>28.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9380</td><td align='left'>16.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9823</td><td align='left'>4.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9026</td><td align='left'>28.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9393</td><td align='left'>15.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9839</td><td align='left'>3.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9036</td><td align='left'>27.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9407</td><td align='left'>15.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9855</td><td align='left'>3.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9047</td><td align='left'>27.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9420</td><td align='left'>14.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9873</td><td align='left'>3.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9057</td><td align='left'>26.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9434</td><td align='left'>14.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9890</td><td align='left'>2.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9068</td><td align='left'>26.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9449</td><td align='left'>14.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9907</td><td align='left'>2.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9078</td><td align='left'>26.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9463</td><td align='left'>13.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9924</td><td align='left'>1.8</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9089</td><td align='left'>25.6</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9477</td><td align='left'>13.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9941</td><td align='left'>1.4</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9100</td><td align='left'>25.2</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9491</td><td align='left'>12.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9959</td><td align='left'>1.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9111</td><td align='left'>24.8</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9505</td><td align='left'>12.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9975</td><td align='left'>0.6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9122</td><td align='left'>24.4</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9520</td><td align='left'>12.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>0.9991</td><td align='left'>0.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>0.9133</td><td align='left'>24.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_439" id="Page_439">[Pg 439]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>SULPHURIC ACID.</h4> + +<p><i>Table showing the percentage, by Weight, of Real Acid</i> (H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>) +<i>in Aqueous Solutions of Sulphuric Acid of varying Specific Gravity. +Temperature</i>, 15° C.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1.838</td><td align='left'>100.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.568</td><td align='left'>66.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.247</td><td align='left'>33.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.840</td><td align='left'>99.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.557</td><td align='left'>65.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.239</td><td align='left'>32.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.841</td><td align='left'>98.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.545</td><td align='left'>64.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.231</td><td align='left'>31.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.841</td><td align='left'>97.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.534</td><td align='left'>63.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.223</td><td align='left'>30.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.840</td><td align='left'>96.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.523</td><td align='left'>62.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.215</td><td align='left'>29.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.838</td><td align='left'>95.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.512</td><td align='left'>61.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.206</td><td align='left'>28.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.836</td><td align='left'>94.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.501</td><td align='left'>60.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.198</td><td align='left'>27.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.834</td><td align='left'>93.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.490</td><td align='left'>59.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.190</td><td align='left'>26.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.831</td><td align='left'>92.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.480</td><td align='left'>58.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.182</td><td align='left'>25.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.827</td><td align='left'>91.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.469</td><td align='left'>57.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.174</td><td align='left'>24.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.822</td><td align='left'>90.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.458</td><td align='left'>56.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.167</td><td align='left'>23.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.816</td><td align='left'>89.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.448</td><td align='left'>55.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.159</td><td align='left'>22.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.809</td><td align='left'>88.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.438</td><td align='left'>54.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.151</td><td align='left'>21.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.802</td><td align='left'>87.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.428</td><td align='left'>53.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.144</td><td align='left'>20.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.794</td><td align='left'>86.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.418</td><td align='left'>52.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.136</td><td align='left'>19.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.786</td><td align='left'>85.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.408</td><td align='left'>51.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.129</td><td align='left'>18.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.777</td><td align='left'>84.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.398</td><td align='left'>50.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.121</td><td align='left'>17.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.767</td><td align='left'>83.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.388</td><td align='left'>49.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.113</td><td align='left'>16.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.756</td><td align='left'>82.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.379</td><td align='left'>48.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.106</td><td align='left'>15.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.745</td><td align='left'>81.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.370</td><td align='left'>47.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.098</td><td align='left'>14.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.734</td><td align='left'>80.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.361</td><td align='left'>46.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.091</td><td align='left'>13.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.722</td><td align='left'>79.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.351</td><td align='left'>45.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.083</td><td align='left'>12.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.710</td><td align='left'>78.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.342</td><td align='left'>44.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.075</td><td align='left'>11.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.698</td><td align='left'>77.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.333</td><td align='left'>43.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.068</td><td align='left'>10.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.686</td><td align='left'>76.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.324</td><td align='left'>42.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.061</td><td align='left'>9.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.675</td><td align='left'>75.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.315</td><td align='left'>41.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.053</td><td align='left'>8.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.663</td><td align='left'>74.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.306</td><td align='left'>40.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.046</td><td align='left'>7.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.651</td><td align='left'>73.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.297</td><td align='left'>39.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.039</td><td align='left'>6.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.639</td><td align='left'>72.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.289</td><td align='left'>38.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.032</td><td align='left'>5.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.627</td><td align='left'>71.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.281</td><td align='left'>37.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.025</td><td align='left'>4.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.615</td><td align='left'>70.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.272</td><td align='left'>36.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.019</td><td align='left'>3.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.604</td><td align='left'>69.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.264</td><td align='left'>35.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.013</td><td align='left'>2.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.592</td><td align='left'>68.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.256</td><td align='left'>34.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='left'>1.006</td><td align='left'>1.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1.580</td><td align='left'>67.0</td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td><td align='right'> </td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_440" id="Page_440">[Pg 440]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="APPENDIX_B" id="APPENDIX_B"></a>APPENDIX B.</h2> + + +<h4>ESTIMATION OF SMALL QUANTITIES OF GOLD.<a name="FNanchor_124_124" id="FNanchor_124_124"></a><a href="#Footnote_124_124" class="fnanchor">[124]</a></h4> + +<p>In the case of small buttons of gold the weight can be determined more +easily and accurately by measuring with the help of a microscope than by +the actual use of a balance. Moreover, the method of measurement is +applicable to the determination of quantities of gold too minute to +affect even the most delicate balance.</p> + +<p>For quantities of gold of from .5 to .005 milligram a microscope with +1/2 inch objective and B eyepiece is suitable. The measurements are made +with the help of a scale engraved (or, better, photographed) on a +circular piece of glass which rests on the diaphragm of the eyepiece. +This scale and the object upon the stage can be easily brought into +focus at the same time. The button of gold obtained by cupelling is +loosened from the cupel by gently touching with the moistened point of a +knife; it generally adheres to the knife, and is then transferred to a +glass slide. The slide is placed on the stage of the microscope, +illuminated from below; and the button is brought into focus, and so +placed that it apparently coincides with the scale. The diameters in two +or three directions (avoiding the flattened surface) are then read off: +the different directions being got by rotating the eyepiece. The mean +diameter is taken. The weight of the button is arrived at by comparing +with the mean diameter of a <i>standard prill</i> of gold of known weight. +The weights are in the proportion of the cubes of the diameters. For +example, suppose a prill has been obtained which measures 12.5 divisions +of the scale, and that a standard prill weighing 0.1 milligram measures +11.1 divisions. The weight will be calculated as follows:</p> + +<p> + 11.1<sup>3</sup> : 12.5<sup>3</sup> :: 0.1 : <i>x</i><br /></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>0.1×12.5×12.5×12.5</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><i>x = </i></td><td align='left'>——————————</td><td align='left'>= 0.143 milligram.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>11.1×11.1×11.1</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>The calculations are simplified by the use of a table of cubes. The +standard prills used in the comparison should not differ much in size +from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_441" id="Page_441">[Pg 441]</a></span> the prills to be determined. They are prepared by alloying known +weights of gold and lead, so as to get an alloy of known composition, +say one per cent. gold. Portions of the alloy containing the weight of +gold required (say 0.1 milligram) are then weighed off and cupelled on +small smooth cupels, made with the finest bone-ash. Care must be taken +to remove the cupels as soon as cupellation has finished. Several +standard prills of the same size should be made at the same time, and +their mean diameter calculated. The lead for making the gold-lead alloy +is prepared from litharge purified by reducing from it about 10 per +cent. of its lead by fusion with a suitable proportion of flour; the +purified litharge is powdered, mixed with sufficient flour and reduced +to metal.</p> + +<p>In determining the gold contained in small buttons of silver-gold alloy +obtained in assaying (and in which the silver is almost sure to be in +excess of that required for parting), transfer the button from the cupel +to a small clean porcelain crucible; pour on it a drop or two of nitric +acid (diluted with half its bulk of water), and heat gently and +cautiously until action has ceased. If the residual gold is broken up, +move the crucible so as to bring the particles together, so that they +may cohere. Wash three or four times with distilled water, about half +filling the crucible each time and decanting off against the finger. Dry +the crucible in a warm place; and when dry, but whilst still black, take +the gold up on a small piece of pure lead. Half a grain of lead is +sufficient, and it is best to hold it on the point of a blunt penknife, +and press it on the gold in the crucible. The latter generally adheres. +Transfer to a small smooth cupel and place in the muffle. When the +cupellation has finished, the button of gold is measured as already +described.</p> + + +<h4>PRACTICAL NOTES ON THE IODIDE PROCESS OF COPPER ASSAYING.</h4> + +<p>For the following remarks and experiments we are indebted to Mr. J.W. +Westmoreland, who has had considerable experience with the process. +Having dissolved the ore he converts the metals into sulphates by +evaporating with sulphuric acid. The copper is then separated as +subsulphide by means of hyposulphite of soda, and the precipitate is +washed, dried, and calcined. The resulting oxide of copper is then +dissolved in nitric acid; and to the concentrated solution, a saturated +solution of carbonate of soda is added in sufficient quantity to throw +down a considerable proportion of the copper. Acetic acid is added to +dissolve the precipitate, and when this is effected more of the acid is +poured on so as to render the solution strongly acid. To this potassium +iodide crystals are added in the proportion of ten parts of iodide to +each one part of copper supposed to be present. The solution is then +titrated with "hypo" as usual.</p> + +<p>For the examination of technical products experiments made in sulphuric +acid solutions have no value, since arsenic acid, which is generally +present to a greater or less extent, affects the end reaction. In such +solutions bismuth may also interfere.</p> + +<p>The solution best suited for the assay is one containing acetate of soda +and free acetic acid. The presence of acetate of soda counteracts the +interference of arsenic and of bismuth.</p> + +<p>The return of the blue colour after titration is due to the excessive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_442" id="Page_442">[Pg 442]</a></span> +dilution of the assay, or to an insufficiency of potassium iodide, or to +the presence of nitrous fumes. The interference of an excess of sodium +acetate is avoided by adding more iodide crystals to the extent of +doubling the usual amount.</p> + +<p>The interference of lead can be avoided by the addition of sulphuric +acid or of phosphate of soda to the acid solution containing the copper, +and before neutralising with carbonate of soda. The end reaction is, +however, with care distinguishable without this addition. The following +experiments, each containing .0648 gram of lead, were made by him in +illustration:</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>Copper taken.</td><td align='center'>Reagent added.</td><td align='center'>Copper found.</td><td align='center'>End reaction.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>.2092 gram</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>.2077 gram</td><td align='center'>fairly satisfactory</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>.2101 "</td><td align='center'>—</td><td align='center'>.2092 "</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>.2167 "</td><td align='center'>sulphuric acid</td><td align='center'>.2152 "</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>.2117 "</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>.2108 "</td><td align='center'>"</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>.2109 "</td><td align='center'>phosphate of soda</td><td align='center'>.2092 "</td><td align='center'>good, colourless</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>.2205 "</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>.2174 "</td><td align='center'>rather yellow</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p><i>Effect of Sodium Acetate.</i>—Each solution contained .3343 gram of +copper.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'><i>a.b.c.</i></td><td align='left'><i>d.</i></td><td align='left'><i>e.</i></td><td align='left'><i>f.</i></td><td align='left'><i>g.</i></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>grams.</td><td align='left'>grams.</td><td align='left'>grams.</td><td align='left'>grams.</td><td align='left'>grams.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Acetate" added</td><td align='left'>—</td><td align='left'>16.2</td><td align='left'>16.2</td><td align='left'>16.2</td><td align='left'>16.2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Iodide" added</td><td align='left'>3.5</td><td align='left'>3.5</td><td align='left'>7.0</td><td align='left'>3.5</td><td align='left'>7.0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Copper found</td><td align='left'>.3343</td><td align='left'>.3324</td><td align='left'>.3351</td><td align='left'>.3269</td><td align='left'>.3356</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>In these experiments, except with the excessive quantities of acetate of +soda and the insufficiency of potassium iodide in the cases of <i>d</i> and +<i>f</i>, there was no difficulty with the after-blueing.</p> + + +<h4>METHOD OF SEPARATING COBALT AND NICKEL.</h4> + +<p>The following method of separating and estimating cobalt and nickel has +been described by Mr. James Hope,<a name="FNanchor_125_125" id="FNanchor_125_125"></a><a href="#Footnote_125_125" class="fnanchor">[125]</a> with whom it has been in daily +use for several years with completely satisfactory results.</p> + +<p>The quantity of ore taken should contain about .5 gram of the mixed +metals. It is dissolved in hydrochloric acid or aqua regia, and the +solution evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up with dilute +hydrochloric acid and hot water. The solution is filtered off from the +silica, freed from second group metals by treatment with sulphuretted +hydrogen and filtered, and after oxidation with nitric acid is separated +from iron and alumina by the basic acetate method (page 233). The +precipitate is redissolved in a little hydrochloric acid, and again +precipitated by sodium acetate. The two filtrates are mixed and treated +with a little acetic acid, and the cobalt and nickel are then +precipitated as sulphides by a current of sulphuretted hydrogen. The +precipitate is filtered off, washed, dried,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_443" id="Page_443">[Pg 443]</a></span> and calcined, and the +resulting oxides are weighed to get an idea as to the quantity of the +two metals present.</p> + +<p>The calcined precipitate is dissolved in a small covered beaker in aqua +regia with the help of a few drops of bromine to remove any separated +sulphur, and the solution evaporated to dryness with a few drops of +sulphuric acid. The residue is dissolved in hot water, diluted to about +50 c.c., and heated to boiling. About 2 grams (four times the quantity +of mixed metals present) of ammonium phosphate (AmH<sub>2</sub>PO<sub>4</sub>) are +weighed off, dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of water, and +boiled for a minute or two with a few c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid. +This is added to the boiling-hot solution of cobalt and nickel, which is +then treated cautiously with dilute ammonia until the precipitate +partially dissolves. The addition of the ammonia is continued drop by +drop with constant stirring, until the cobalt comes down as a pink +precipitate of ammonium cobalt phosphate (AmCoPO<sub>4</sub>). The beaker is +placed on the top of a water bath with occasional stirring for five or +ten minutes. The blue liquid containing the nickel is decanted through a +small filter and the precipitate is dissolved with a few drops of dilute +sulphuric acid. The resulting solution is treated with a small excess of +ammonium phosphate and the cobalt again precipitated by the cautious +addition of ammonia exactly as before. The precipitate containing the +whole of the cobalt is filtered off and washed with small quantities of +hot water. The filtrate is added to the previous one containing the +greater part of the nickel.</p> + +<p>The ammonium cobalt phosphate is dried, transferred to a platinum +crucible, and ignited over a Bunsen flame for fifteen or twenty minutes. +A purple coloured cobalt pyrophosphate (Co<sub>2</sub>P<sub>2</sub>O<sub>7</sub>) is thus +formed, and is weighed. It contains 40.3 per cent. of cobalt.</p> + +<p>The mixed filtrates containing the nickel are placed in a tall beaker, +and dilated if necessary to about 200 c.c. Ten c.c. of strong ammonia +are added, and the solution, heated to 70° C., is ready for +electrolysis. A battery of two 1-1/2 pint Bunsen cells is used. This is +found capable of depositing from .15 to .20 gram of nickel per hour, and +from two to three hours is generally sufficient for the electrolysis. +The electrode with the deposited nickel is washed with distilled water, +afterwards with alcohol as described under copper, and is then dried and +weighed.</p> + +<p>The following results obtained with this method by Mr. Hope illustrate +the accuracy of the method. They were obtained by working on solutions +containing known weights of the two metals:</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> Taken.</td><td align='left'> </td><td align='left'> Found.</td><td align='left'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cobalt.</td><td align='left'> Nickel.</td><td align='left'> Cobalt.</td><td align='left'> Nickel.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .1236 gram </td><td align='left'>.1155 gram</td><td align='left'> .1242 gram</td><td align='left'> .1155 gram</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .1236 "</td><td align='left'> .0577 "</td><td align='left'> .1232 "</td><td align='left'> .0575 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .2472 "</td><td align='left'> .0577 "</td><td align='left'> .2449 "</td><td align='left'> .0585 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .3708 "</td><td align='left'> .0577 "</td><td align='left'> .3701 "</td><td align='left'> .0580 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .0618 "</td><td align='left'> .3465 "</td><td align='left'> .0619 "</td><td align='left'> .3454 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .0618 "</td><td align='left'> .2310 "</td><td align='left'> .0625 "</td><td align='left'> .2295 "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> .0618 "</td><td align='left'> .1155 "</td><td align='left'> .0621 "</td><td align='left'> .1155 "</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_124_124" id="Footnote_124_124"></a><a href="#FNanchor_124_124"><span class="label">[124]</span></a> For fuller information see a paper on "The Estimation of +Minute Quantities of Gold," by Dr. George Tate; read before the +Liverpool Polytechnic Society, Nov. 1889.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_125_125" id="Footnote_125_125"></a><a href="#FNanchor_125_125"><span class="label">[125]</span></a> <i>Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry</i>, No 4, vol. +ix. April 30, 1890.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_444" id="Page_444">[Pg 444]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="APPENDIX_C" id="APPENDIX_C"></a>APPENDIX C.</h2> + + +<h3>A LECTURE ON THE THEORY OF SAMPLING.</h3> + +<p>The problem of the sampler is essentially the same as that of the +student of statistics. One aims at getting a small parcel of ore, the +other a number of data, but each hopes to obtain what shall represent a +true average applicable to a much larger mass of material. Ignoring the +mechanical part of the problems, the sampling errors of the one and the +deviations from the average of the other are the same thing.</p> + +<p>It may be doubted whether many not specially trained in the study of +statistics could answer such a question as the following:—Seven hundred +thousand men being employed, there are, in a given year, one thousand +deaths from accident. Assuming the conditions to remain unaltered, +within what limits could one foretell the number of deaths by accident +in any other year?</p> + +<p>On the other hand, there is a widespread belief in the efficacy of what +is called the law of averages. Even the ordinary newspaper reader is +accustomed to look on the national death-rate or birth-rate as a thing +capable of being stated with accuracy to one or two places of decimals, +and he knows that the annual number of suicides is practically constant.</p> + +<p>If a man played whist often and kept a record of the number of trumps n +each hand, he would find fortune treated him quite fairly; in a year's +play the average number would deviate very little from the theoretical +average, <i>i.e.</i>, one-quarter of thirteen. And a knowledge of this truth +is useful, and that not merely in keeping ejaculations in due restraint. +But every good player knows more than this: he has a sense of what +variations in the number of trumps may reasonably be expected. For +example, he will be prepared to risk something on neither of his +opponents having more than five trumps, and will accept it as a +practical certainty that no one has more than eight. Much of what is +known as good judgment is based on a proper estimate of deviations from +the average. The question has an important bearing on sampling, as may +be seen from the fact that shuffling and dealing at cards are but +modifications of the well-known mixing and quartering of the sampler.</p> + +<p>Because of this bearing on sampling and for other reasons, I became many +years ago much interested in the question, and gave to its solution +perhaps more labour than it was worth. In books on Medical Statistics<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_445" id="Page_445">[Pg 445]</a></span> +the answer to the question is stated in a mathematical formula, called +Poisson's formula, which, in a modified form, I shall give further on. +But this did not satisfy me, because I wanted to learn what a reasonably +safe <i>limit of error</i> actually meant, and this could be best learnt by +experiment; so with the help of some friends I went in for a thorough +course of penny-tossing.</p> + +<p>Tossing a penny twenty times, an average result would be ten heads and +ten tails. To find the deviations from this, we tossed two hundred +twenties, <i>i.e.</i>, four thousand times. Of the two hundred, thirty-three +gave the exact average, viz.:—10 heads; sixty-four gave an error of +one, viz.:—9 or 11 heads; forty-nine, an error of two; twenty-six, an +error of three; twenty, an error of four; eight gave an error of five, +and this limit was not exceeded. From these we may say that six is a +reasonably safe limit of error. Ninety-seven cases, say one-half, gave +an error not exceeding one; and the mean error is 1.8.</p> + +<p>In other words, in twenty tosses you will not get more than 16 nor less +than 4 heads; you are as likely as not to get 9, 10, or 11 heads; and +lastly, if you lost in twenty throws all heads or tails over 10 your +average loss would be 1.8 penny, or say roughly 2d. on the twenty +throws.</p> + +<p>It was necessary to compare these with another series containing a +larger average, say that of 100 heads in 200 throws. I confess the +labour of tossing pennies two hundred at a time was little to our taste. +So from a bag of pennies borrowed from the bank, we weighed out samples +containing two hundred, and for an evening we were busy counting heads +and tails in these. The heads in sixty samples ranged from 80 to 114. +One hundred heads occurred seven times. The extent and frequency of the +errors is shown in the table.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Error.</td><td align='left'>No. of Times.</td><td align='left'>Error.</td><td align='left'>No. of Times.</td><td align='left'>Error.</td><td align='left'>No. of Times.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 1</td><td align='left'> 8</td><td align='left'> 6</td><td align='left'> 3</td><td align='left'> 11</td><td align='left'> 1</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 2</td><td align='left'> 5</td><td align='left'> 7</td><td align='left'> 3</td><td align='left'> 14</td><td align='left'> 3</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 3</td><td align='left'> 6</td><td align='left'> 8</td><td align='left'> 3</td><td align='left'> 15</td><td align='left'> 1</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 4</td><td align='left'> 3</td><td align='left'> 9</td><td align='left'> 7</td><td align='left'> 18</td><td align='left'> 2</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 5</td><td align='left'> 6</td><td align='left'> 10</td><td align='left'> 1</td><td align='left'> 20</td><td align='left'> 1</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p>We may call the limit of error 21. Twenty-nine results out of sixty, say +one-half, had an error not exceeding 4; and the mean error is 5.6. In +comparing these with the series 10 in 20 we must, working by rule, +divide not by 10 but by 3.16, the square root of 10; for if we multiply +an average by any number<a name="FNanchor_126_126" id="FNanchor_126_126"></a><a href="#Footnote_126_126" class="fnanchor">[126]</a> the error is also multiplied but only by +the square root of the number. The error varies as the square root of +the number. Now</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>21/3.16 = 6.6 = limit of error for 10 in 20.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 5.6/3.16 = 1.8 = mean error " " "</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> 4/3.16 = 1.2 = probable error " " "</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will be seen that these calculated results agree fairly well with +those actually obtained. The rule by which these calculations are made +is important<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_446" id="Page_446">[Pg 446]</a></span> and will bear further illustration. To calculate the +number of heads in 3200 throws, we have to find the limit of error on a +true average of 1600 in 3200. This being 16 times the average of 100 in +200, the corresponding errors must be multiplied by 4. This gives</p> + +<p class="center"> +21×4 = 84 = limit of error.<br /> +5.6×4 = 22.4 = mean error.<br /> +4×4 = 16 = probable error.<br /> +</p> + +<p>The results I have actually obtained with these large numbers are hardly +enough to base much on, but have a value by way of confirmation. +Expecting 1600 heads, the actual numbers were 1560, 1596, 1643, 1557, +1591, 1605, 1615, 1545.</p> + +<p>It will be seen that exactly half are within the probable error; but +this, considering the small number of results, must be more or less of +an accident; it is more to the point they are all well within the limits +of error.</p> + +<p>I have a large number of other results which with a single exception are +all in accord with those given; and this exception only just overstepped +the limits. It was like a case of nine trumps, which though in a sense +possible, is very unlikely to happen in any one's experience.</p> + +<p>But even now we are not quite in a position to answer the question with +which we started. If you refer to it you will see that we are face to +face with this problem: the limit of variation on the 1000 who died +would be say 70,<a name="FNanchor_127_127" id="FNanchor_127_127"></a><a href="#Footnote_127_127" class="fnanchor">[127]</a> ignoring decimals. But if we calculate on the +number who did not die, viz.—699,000,<a name="FNanchor_128_128" id="FNanchor_128_128"></a><a href="#Footnote_128_128" class="fnanchor">[128]</a> we shall get a variation 26 +times as great as this. But it is evident the variation must be the same +in each case. I submitted this kind of problem also to the test of +experiment, the results of which gave me great faith in Poisson's +formula.</p> + +<p>Imagine two hundred pennies in a bag all heads up. Any shaking will +spoil this arrangement and give a certain proportion of tails. And, +further, the probable effect of shaking and turning will be to reduce +the preponderance of heads or tails whichever may be in excess. This of +course is the reason why we are so unlikely to get more than 120 of them +in either position.</p> + +<p>But if the two hundred pennies are increased to 20,000 by adding pennies +which have tails on both sides, then the shaking or mixing would be less +effective. We should still expect as an average result to get the 100 +heads but in 20,000 instead of 200. The variation will be 28 or 29 on +the 100 instead of 20. And this is a better limit in such cases. <i>Taking +28 as the limit of error on 100 instances</i> and proportionally increasing +the others so that <i>the mean error becomes 7.8 and the probable error +5.6</i>, we may now calculate the answer without gross mistake.</p> + +<p>The probable variation on the 1000 deaths by accident will be 18, the +mean variation will be 24.6, and the limits of variation 88.5. One such +table showing in five years a mean number of deaths of about 1120 per +annum gives an annual deviation of about 50 up or down of this. It will +be seen at once that an improvement of 30 or 40 in any one year would be +without meaning, but that an improvement of from 100 to 200 would +indicate some change for the better in the circumstances of the +industry. Before applying these principles to the elucidation of some of +the problems of sampling it will be well to give Poisson's formula (in a +modified form) and to illustrate its working.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_447" id="Page_447">[Pg 447]</a></span></p><p>Let <i>x</i> equal the number of cases of one sort, <i>y</i> the cases of the +other sort, and <i>z</i> the total. In the example, <i>z</i> will be the 700,000 +engaged in the industry; <i>x</i> will be the 1000 killed by accidents, and +<i>y</i> will be the 699,000 who did not so die. The limit of deviation or +error calculated by Poisson's formula will be the square root of +8<i>xy</i>/<i>z</i>. Replacing <i>x</i>, <i>y</i> and <i>z</i> by the figures of the example we +get the square root of (8×1000×699000)/700,000, which works out to the +square root of 7988.57, or 89.3. Which means that we may reasonably +expect the number of deaths not to vary from 1000 by more than 89, +<i>i.e.</i>, they will be between 1090 and 910. It will be seen that this +number is in very satisfactory agreement with 88.5 given by the rougher +calculation based on my own experiments.</p> + +<p>To come to the question of sampling. Consider a powder of uniform +fineness and fine enough to pass through an 80 sieve. For purposes of +calculation this may be assumed to be made up of particles of about +one-eighth of a millimetre across (say roughly 1/200 of an inch); cubed, +this gives the content as about 1/500 (strictly 1/512) of a cubic m.m. +Now one cubic m.m. of water weighs 1 milligram; therefore 500 such +particles if they have the specific gravity of water weigh 1 milligram, +and otherwise weigh 1 milligram multiplied by the sp. gr.: 500 particles +of ruby silver (Pyrargyrite)<a name="FNanchor_129_129" id="FNanchor_129_129"></a><a href="#Footnote_129_129" class="fnanchor">[129]</a> will weigh 5.8 milligrams and will +contain nearly 3.5 milligrams of silver.</p> + +<p>Now suppose a portion of 3.2667 grams (1/10 Assay Ton) of silver ore to +contain 500 such particles of ruby silver and no other material carrying +silver: such an ore would contain 35 ozs. of silver to the ton. But the +limits of variation on 500 particles would be 28<a name="FNanchor_130_130" id="FNanchor_130_130"></a><a href="#Footnote_130_130" class="fnanchor">[130]</a> multiplied by the +square root of 5, or 62 particles. Thus the limit of sampling error +would amount to just one-eighth of the silver present, or say to rather +more than 4 ozs. to the ton; the mean sampling error would be rather +more than a quarter of this, or say about 1.3 ozs. to the ton.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, if one took for the assay a charge six times greater +(say about 20 grams), the number of particles would be 3000 and the +limits of variation would be 28 multiplied by the square root of 30, or +153 particles, which is very closely 1/20 of the silver present, or say +1.75 ozs. to the ton, whilst the mean error would amount to about .5 +ozs. to the ton.</p> + +<p>To work these examples by Poisson's formula let us assume the gangue to +have a mean sp. gr. of 3. Then 500 particles would weigh 3 milligrams; +and 3.2609<a name="FNanchor_131_131" id="FNanchor_131_131"></a><a href="#Footnote_131_131" class="fnanchor">[131]</a> grams would contain 543,500 particles. There would be +then 500 of ruby silver and 543,500 of gangue, together 544,000, and the +formula gives the square root of (8×500×543500)/544000, which works out +to 63 particles as against 62 by the other method.</p> + +<p>A practical conclusion from this is of course that either the ore must +be powdered more finely or a larger portion than 3 grams must be taken +for the assay. Moreover, it is evident that on such an ore no small +sample must be taken containing less than several million particles.</p> + +<p>Consider now a copper ore of the same uniform fineness containing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_448" id="Page_448">[Pg 448]</a></span> +particles of copper pyrites (sp. gr. 4) of which 1000 particles will +weigh 8 milligrams, mixed with gangue of which 1000 particles weigh 6 +milligrams.</p> + +<p>If one gram of such ore contain .5 gram of copper pyrites (= .1725 gram +copper) and .5 gram of gangue, these will contain 62,500 and say 83,500 +particles respectively. Altogether 146,000 particles. With Poisson's +formula this gives the limit of sampling error as the square root of +(8×62500×83500)/146000 or 521 particles. But a variation of 521 on +62,500 is a variation of .83 per cent. The percentage of copper in the +ore is 17.25 per cent., and .83 per cent. of this is .14 per cent. The +limits of sampling error, therefore, are 17.11 per cent. and 17.39 per +cent. Again, it must be remembered that the mean sampling error would be +a little over one-quarter of this, or say from 17.2 per cent. to 17.3 +per cent. The practical conclusion is that a powder of this degree of +fineness is not fine enough. In the last place let us consider a similar +iron ore containing 90 per cent. of hæmatite (sp. gr. 5) and 10 per +cent. of gangue (sp. gr. 3), 1 gram of such ore will contain 90,000 +particles of hæmatite weighing .9 gram and containing .63 gram of iron +with say 16,500 particles of gangue weighing .1 gram. Altogether 106,500 +particles.</p> + +<p>Poisson's formula then gives the limits of variation as the square root +of (8×90000×16500)/106500 or 334 particles. But 334 on 90,000 is 0.23 on +63.0, which is the percentage of iron present. The limits of sampling +error then are 62.77 per cent. and 63.23 per cent. and the mean +variation is from 62.94 per cent. to 63.06 per cent.</p> + +<p>These examples are worthy of careful consideration, and it must be +remembered that the calculations are made on the assumption that the ore +is made up of uniform particles of mineral of such fineness as would +pass easily through an 80 sieve, but which does not pretend to represent +with great exactness the fineness of the powdered ore customary in +practice. They show that having passed through such a sieve is no proof +of sufficient powdering, not that all ores powdered and so sifted are +unfit for assaying. This last would be an absurd and illogical +conclusion.</p> + +<p>If an ore be powdered to a fairly fine sand and then be passed through a +series of sieves, say a 40, 60, and 80, in such a state that little or +none remains on the first, but the others retain a large proportion; +then of that which comes through the 80 sieve, perhaps two-thirds by +weight may be even coarser than the powder I have used in the example. +Of the rest most may be of about half this diameter; the weight of the +really fine powder may be quite inconsiderable. On the other hand, if +the grinding be continued until, on sifting, little or nothing that is +powderable remains on the sieves; then in the sifted product the +proportions will be very different. This last, of course, is the only +right way of powdering. Also it is evident that so much depends on the +manner of powdering that nothing precise can be stated as to the average +coarseness of the powder. Suppose, however, by good powdering a product +is obtained which may be represented by a uniform powder with particles +1/20th of a millimetre in diameter (say roughly 1/500 inch). Compared +with the previous powder, the diameter has been divided by 2.5; their +number, therefore, in any given weight has been increased by the cube of +2.5, which is 15.6. But the value of a sample varies as the square root +of the number of particles. Hence the reduction in size and consequent +increase in number has made the sample<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_449" id="Page_449">[Pg 449]</a></span> nearly four times better than +before; and it will be seen that this brings the sampling error within +tolerable limits.</p> + +<p>There are one or two words of warning which should be given. In the +first place, using a 90 sieve instead of an 80 must not be too much +relied on; the powder I took in the example would pass through it. It is +a question of good powdering rather than of fine sifting. In the second +place, a set of, say half-a-dozen, assays concordant within 1 oz. where +the theory gives 4 ozs. as the limit of error does not upset the theory: +the theory itself states this as likely. It is the error you <i>may</i> get +in one or two assays out of a hundred, not the error you are <i>likely</i> to +get in any one assay, which is considered under the heading "limit of +error."</p> + +<p>Accepting the result just arrived at that a portion of 1 gram may be +safely taken for an assay if the particles are 1-20th of a millimetre in +diameter, the further question remains as to what weight of the original +sample must be reduced to this degree of fineness. This may be answered +on the principle that the same degree of excellence should be aimed at +in each of a series of samplings. This principle is illustrated in the +table on page 2.[** PP: page reference]</p> + +<p>A fine sand, such as would pass a 40 sieve but be retained on a 60 +sieve, would be fairly represented by particles one-quarter of a +millimetre in diameter. This being five times coarser, to contain the +same number of particles must be 125 times (the cube of 5) as heavy; +therefore 125 grams of it can be taken with the same degree of safety as +1 gram of the finer powder. Of such a sand about this weight should be +taken and reduced to the finer powder. If the ore were in coarse sand, +say in particles 1 millimetre in diameter, this would be four times as +coarse as that last considered, and we should have to take 64 times as +much of it: 64 times 125 grams is 8 kilos, or say roughly from 15 to 20 +lbs. This should be crushed to the finer size and mixed; then from 100 +to 150 grams should be taken and ground to the finest powder.</p> + +<p>There is, however, a reason why, on the coarser stuff, a smaller +proportion may safely be used. This becomes more evident if we consider +a still coarser sample. A heap of ore in stones about 2 inches across +would be 50 times coarser than the sand, and an equivalent sample would +need to be 125,000 times heavier; this would amount to about 1000 tons. +Experienced samplers would say that under such conditions so large a +sample was hardly necessary.</p> + +<p>This is because I have assumed in the calculations that the grains of +copper pyrites, for example, were all copper pyrites and the particles +of gangue were free from copper. This would be true or nearly so for the +very fine powder, but far from true in the case of the ore heap. In the +heap probably few of the stones would be pure ore and still fewer would +be free from copper. The stones would differ among themselves in their +copper contents only within certain comparatively narrow limits. And it +is evident that, if replacing one stone by another, instead of resulting +in the gain or loss of all the copper one or other contained, merely +affected the result to one-tenth of this amount, then a sample of +1-100th of the weight (say 10 tons) would be equally safe.</p> + +<p>It should be remembered, however, that while the man who samples on a +large scale can safely and properly reduce the size of his samples on +this account, yet the principle is one which counts less and less as the +stuff becomes more finely divided, and ought to be ignored in the +working down of the smaller samples which come to the assayer.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_126_126" id="Footnote_126_126"></a><a href="#FNanchor_126_126"><span class="label">[126]</span></a> The 10 in 20 multiplied by 10 = 100 in 200.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_127_127" id="Footnote_127_127"></a><a href="#FNanchor_127_127"><span class="label">[127]</span></a> Multiply the errors for 100 by the square root of 10.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_128_128" id="Footnote_128_128"></a><a href="#FNanchor_128_128"><span class="label">[128]</span></a> Multiply the errors for 100 by the square root of 6990.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_129_129" id="Footnote_129_129"></a><a href="#FNanchor_129_129"><span class="label">[129]</span></a> Sp. Gr. 5.8. Silver 60 per cent.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_130_130" id="Footnote_130_130"></a><a href="#FNanchor_130_130"><span class="label">[130]</span></a> Taking 28 as the limit of variation on 100.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_131_131" id="Footnote_131_131"></a><a href="#FNanchor_131_131"><span class="label">[131]</span></a> The weight of the ore less the weight of ruby silver in +it.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_450" id="Page_450">[Pg 450]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="INDEX" id="INDEX"></a>INDEX.</h2> + + +<p> +Acid measures, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a><br /> +<br /> +Acidimetry, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a><br /> +<br /> +Acidity of ores, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a><br /> +<br /> +Acids, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">strength of, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_436'>436</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Air of mines, carbonic acid in, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a><br /> +<br /> +Alkalies, <a href='#Page_330'>330</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">determination of, <a href='#Page_331'>331</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Lawrence Smith's method for, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_332'>332</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Alkalimetry, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a><br /> +<br /> +Alkaline earths, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a><br /> +<br /> +Alumina, <a href='#Page_314'>314</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">determination of, <a href='#Page_315'>315</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in mineral phosphates, <a href='#Page_316'>316</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_314'>314</a>, <a href='#Page_316'>316</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Amalgamation, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a><br /> +<br /> +Ammonia, detection of, <a href='#Page_341'>341</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">determination of, <a href='#Page_342'>342</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in natural waters, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Antimony, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay for, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric assay, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assay, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Arsenic, <a href='#Page_381'>381</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_381'>381</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay for, <a href='#Page_382'>382</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric assay, <a href='#Page_383'>383</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in brimstone, <a href='#Page_393'>393</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in crude arsenic, <a href='#Page_388'>388</a>, <a href='#Page_393'>393</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in mispickel, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>, <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">iodine, assay for, <a href='#Page_386'>386</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation by distilling, <a href='#Page_384'>384</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">uranium acetate, assay for, <a href='#Page_389'>389</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Volhard's method applied to, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Assay book, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">note, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">results, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tons, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Assaying, <a href='#Page_1'>1</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">methods, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Assays, check, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">preliminary, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Atomic weights, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">table of, <a href='#Page_433'>433</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Barium, <a href='#Page_326'>326</a><br /> +<br /> +Baryta, <a href='#Page_326'>326</a><br /> +<br /> +Barytes, sulphur in, <a href='#Page_378'>378</a><br /> +<br /> +Base bullion, sampling of, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a><br /> +<br /> +Basic acetate separation, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a><br /> +<br /> +Baumé's hydrometer, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a><br /> +<br /> +Beryllia, <a href='#Page_319'>319</a><br /> +<br /> +Bismuth, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">colorimetric assay, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination of, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in commercial copper, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Black tin, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">an analysis of, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay of, <a href='#Page_276'>276</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">copper in, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examination of, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation by vanning, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Blank assays, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a><br /> +<br /> +Blende, sulphur in, <a href='#Page_375'>375</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">zinc in, <a href='#Page_266'>266</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Book, assay, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">laboratory, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sample, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_451" id="Page_451">[Pg 451]</a></span>Boracic acid. <i>See Boron</i><br /> +<br /> +Borax, examination of, <a href='#Page_431'>431</a><br /> +<br /> +Boron, <a href='#Page_429'>429</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">direct determination of, <a href='#Page_431'>431</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Brass, copper in, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">zinc in, <a href='#Page_265'>265</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Bromine and bromides, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a><br /> +<br /> +Bronze, copper in, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tin in, <a href='#Page_281'>281</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Burettes, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a><br /> +<br /> +Burnt ore, silver in, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a>, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sulphur in, <a href='#Page_377'>377</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Cadmium, <a href='#Page_269'>269</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_269'>269</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_269'>269</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Caesium, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a><br /> +<br /> +Calcination, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a><br /> +<br /> +Calcium, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">titration with normal acid, <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">titration with permanganate, <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Calculation of results, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a><br /> +<br /> +Calculations from formulæ, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a><br /> +<br /> +Calorific effect of coal, <a href='#Page_419'>419</a><br /> +<br /> +Calorimeter, <a href='#Page_419'>419</a><br /> +<br /> +Calx, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a><br /> +<br /> +Carbon, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in iron or steel, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Carbonates, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a><br /> +<br /> +Carbonic acid in the air of mines, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a><br /> +<br /> +Caustic potash = potassium hydroxide, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a><br /> +<br /> +Caustic soda = sodium hydroxide, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a><br /> +<br /> +Cerium, <a href='#Page_318'>318</a><br /> +<br /> +Chalybite, iron in, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a><br /> +<br /> +Charcoal, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a><br /> +<br /> +Check assays for gold, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">for silver, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Chlorine and chlorides, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a><br /> +<br /> +Chromium, <a href='#Page_307'>307</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric assay, <a href='#Page_309'>309</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in chrome iron ore, <a href='#Page_308'>308</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assay, <a href='#Page_309'>309</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Clays, examination of, <a href='#Page_316'>316</a><br /> +<br /> +Coals, <a href='#Page_418'>418</a><br /> +<br /> +Cobalt, <a href='#Page_259'>259</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_259'>259</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay for, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_260'>260</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in hardhead, <a href='#Page_288'>288</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation from nickel, <a href='#Page_442'>442</a>, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Coke, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a><br /> +<br /> +Common salt, examination of, <a href='#Page_336'>336</a><br /> +<br /> +Concentrates, assay for gold of, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a><br /> +<br /> +Colorimetric assays, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a><br /> +<br /> +Copper, <a href='#Page_175'>175</a><br /> +<br /> +Copper, bismuth in, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">colorimetric assay for, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, arsenic in, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>, <a href='#Page_388'>388</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, copper in, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, examination of, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">cyanide assay for, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay of, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay, loss of, in, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">electrolytic assay for, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gold in, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">iodide assay for, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">iron in, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>, <a href='#Page_249'>249</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">lead in, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">silver in, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sulphur in, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Copper ores, solution of, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">valuation of, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Copper pyrites, copper in, <a href='#Page_179'>179</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a>, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sulphur in, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Culm, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a><br /> +<br /> +Cupel, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a><br /> +<br /> +Cupellation, loss, corrections for, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">loss in gold, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">loss in silver, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of gold lead alloys, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of silver lead alloys, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a>, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">temperature of, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Cyanicides, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a><br /> +<br /> +Cyanide assay for copper, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">for nickel, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">for tin, <a href='#Page_278'>278</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Cyanides, alkalinity of, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay of, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, <a href='#Page_160'>160</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">double, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gold-dissolving power, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">prussic acid, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_452" id="Page_452">[Pg 452]</a></span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric determination of, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a>, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Cyanide liquors, alkalinity of, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay of, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay of, for gold, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay of, for zinc, &c., <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Daniell cells, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a><br /> +<br /> +Didymium, <a href='#Page_319'>319</a><br /> +<br /> +Dollars to the ton, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a><br /> +<br /> +Dry assays, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a><br /> +<br /> +Drying, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Earths, <a href='#Page_314'>314</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the alkaline, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Electrodes, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a><br /> +<br /> +Electrolysis for copper, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">for nickel, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Equations, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a><br /> +<br /> +Erbia, <a href='#Page_319'>319</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Ferrous and ferric salts, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a><br /> +<br /> +Filtration, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a><br /> +<br /> +Finishing point, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a><br /> +<br /> +Flasks, graduated, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a><br /> +<br /> +Flatting, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a><br /> +<br /> +Fluorine and fluorides, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a><br /> +<br /> +Fluxes, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a><br /> +<br /> +Formulæ, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a><br /> +<br /> +Furnaces, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Galena, lead in, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a><br /> +<br /> +Gangue, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">iron in the, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Gas-measuring apparatus, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a><br /> +<br /> +Gases, measurement of, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a><br /> +<br /> +Gay-Lussac's assay for silver, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay for silver modified, <a href='#Page_123'>123</a></span><br /> +<br /> +German silver, copper in, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">nickel in, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a>, <a href='#Page_259'>259</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Gold, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">amalgamation of, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in cyanide liquor, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">loss of, in cupellation, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">loss of, in parting, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">preparation of, <a href='#Page_63'>63</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">silver in, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">silver in, after parting, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">test for, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Gold-lead alloys, cupellation of, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sampling of, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Gold ores assay with cyanide solutions, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">calcination of, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">concentrates, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fluxing, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sampling of, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">size of assay charges, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tailings, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Gold-parting, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">platinum in, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Gold-zinc slimes, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a><br /> +<br /> +Graduated vessels, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a><br /> +<br /> +Gravimetric methods, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Halogens, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a><br /> +<br /> +Hardhead, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">an analysis of, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Hot plate, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a><br /> +<br /> +Hydrogen, preparation of, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reduction by, <a href='#Page_280'>280</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Hydrometer, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Ignition, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in hydrogen, <a href='#Page_280'>280</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Indicators, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a><br /> +<br /> +Inquartation, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a><br /> +<br /> +Iodine and iodides, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a><br /> +<br /> +Iridium, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<br /> +Iron, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">bichromate assay for, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">carbon in, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">colorimetric assay for, <a href='#Page_247'>247</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ferrous and ferric, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">permanganate assay for, <a href='#Page_236'>236</a>, <a href='#Page_238'>238</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">phosphorus in, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reduction of ferric solutions, <a href='#Page_235'>235</a>, <a href='#Page_241'>241</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">stannous chloride assay for, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assays for, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Iron ores, iron in, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a>, <a href='#Page_247'>247</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">phosphates in, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Laboratory books, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a><br /> +<br /> +Lanthanum, <a href='#Page_319'>319</a><br /> +<br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_453" id="Page_453">[Pg 453]</a></span>Lawrence Smith's method for alkalies, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a><br /> +<br /> +Lead, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">colorimetric assay for, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay for, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination of, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in commercial copper, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in commercial zinc, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in galena, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a>, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric determination of, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Litharge, use of, in dry assays, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a>, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a><br /> +<br /> +Lithium, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a><br /> +<br /> +Lime, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">milk of, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assays for, <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Limestone, examination of, <a href='#Page_329'>329</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">lime in, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Limewater, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a><br /> +<br /> +Loths, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Magnesia, magnesium, <a href='#Page_328'>328</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">mixture, preparation of, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Manganese, <a href='#Page_298'>298</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">colorimetric assay, <a href='#Page_306'>306</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination of, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric determination of, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Manganese peroxide, ferrous sulphate assay for, <a href='#Page_301'>301</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">iodine assay for, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">= manganese dioxide, <a href='#Page_298'>298</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Manganese ore, copper in, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">manganese in, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">peroxide in, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Matte, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a><br /> +<br /> +Measuring, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">flasks, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gases, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a>, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gold buttons, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a>, <a href='#Page_440'>440</a>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">liquids, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">silver buttons, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Mechanical methods, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a><br /> +<br /> +Mercury, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay, <a href='#Page_172'>172</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">wet assay, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Metallic particles in ores, gold, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">particles in ores, silver, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">particles, tin, <a href='#Page_278'>278</a>, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Micrometer, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a><br /> +<br /> +Microscope, measuring with the, <a href='#Page_440'>440</a>, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a><br /> +<br /> +Mispickel, arsenic in, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>, <a href='#Page_392'>392</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sulphur in, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Moisture, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a><br /> +<br /> +Molybdate separation for phosphates, <a href='#Page_395'>395</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">solution, preparation of, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Molybdenum, <a href='#Page_311'>311</a><br /> +<br /> +Muffle, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Nessler's solution, <a href='#Page_342'>342</a><br /> +<br /> +Nickel, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay for, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">electrolytic assay, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination of, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in German silver, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a>, <a href='#Page_259'>259</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation from cobalt, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a>, <a href='#Page_442'>442</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation from iron, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation from manganese, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assay, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Niobium, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a><br /> +<br /> +Nitre, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">use of, in dry assays, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Nitrogen and nitrates, <a href='#Page_400'>400</a><br /> +<br /> +Nitrometer, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a><br /> +<br /> +Normal acid, normal solutions, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Ores, determining water in, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">drying, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">powdering, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a>, <a href='#Page_448'>448</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">quantities of, for an assay, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sampling, <a href='#Page_1'>1</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_444'>444</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">with metallic particles, <a href='#Page_3'>3</a>, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Osmiridium, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<br /> +Osmium, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<br /> +Ounces to the ton, long, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">to the ton, short, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Oxidation, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a><br /> +<br /> +Oxides, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_454" id="Page_454">[Pg 454]</a></span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">determination of oxygen in, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Oxidising agents, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">effect of nitre, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">effect of nitric acid, <a href='#Page_56'>56</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Oxygen, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">equivalent, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in natural waters, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a>, <a href='#Page_356'>356</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in ores, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Palladium, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<br /> +Parting, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">acids, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in flasks, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in glazed crucibles, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in special apparatus, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in test tubes, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Phosphate, assay of apatite for, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay of iron ore for, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Phosphates, gravimetric assay, <a href='#Page_396'>396</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assay, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Phosphorus and phosphates, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in iron, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Pipette, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a><br /> +<br /> +Platinum, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in gold, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Potash, commercial examination of, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a><br /> +<br /> +Potassium, <a href='#Page_336'>336</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Potassium cyanide, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_160'>160</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial assay of, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, purity of, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Powdering, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a>, <a href='#Page_448'>448</a>, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a><br /> +<br /> +Precipitation, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a><br /> +<br /> +Precipitates, drying, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">igniting, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">washing, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Preliminary assays, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a><br /> +<br /> +Preparation of acids, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of other reagents, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Prill, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>, <a href='#Page_278'>278</a>, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a><br /> +<br /> +Produce, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a><br /> +<br /> +Pyrarsenate of magnesia, <a href='#Page_383'>383</a><br /> +<br /> +Pyrites, iron in, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sulphur in, <a href='#Page_370'>370</a>, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Pyrophosphate of magnesia, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Quantity to be taken for an assay, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a><br /> +<br /> +Quartation, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a><br /> +<br /> +Quartering, <a href='#Page_2'>2</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Reagents, strength of, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a><br /> +<br /> +Red lead for dry assays, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a>, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a><br /> +<br /> +Reducing agents, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">effects of charcoal, &c., <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">effect of mineral sulphides, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a>, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Reduction by hydrogen, <a href='#Page_280'>280</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of ferric solutions, <a href='#Page_235'>235</a>, <a href='#Page_242'>242</a>, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Regulus, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a><br /> +<br /> +Report form, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a><br /> +<br /> +Results, calculation of, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_38'>38</a>, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">statement of, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Rhodium, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<br /> +Roasting, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a><br /> +<br /> +Rolling, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a><br /> +<br /> +Rubidium, <a href='#Page_340'>340</a><br /> +<br /> +Ruthenium, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Sample book, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a><br /> +<br /> +Sampling, <a href='#Page_1'>1</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">effect of powdering on, <a href='#Page_449'>449</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">errors, <a href='#Page_447'>447</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gold ores, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">metals, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">theory of, <a href='#Page_444'>444</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Scorification of silver ores, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a><br /> +<br /> +Scorifier, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a><br /> +<br /> +Selenium, <a href='#Page_379'>379</a><br /> +<br /> +Separation, as sulphides, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">basic acetate, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">molybdate, <a href='#Page_395'>395</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Shales, bituminous, <a href='#Page_420'>420</a><br /> +<br /> +Silicon and silicates, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in iron, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Silica in rocks, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in slags, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Silicates, alkalies in, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">beryllia in, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examination of, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">titanium in, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Silver, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">correction for cupellation loss, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Gay-Lussac's assay, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Gay-Lussac's assay modified, <a href='#Page_123'>123</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination of, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_455" id="Page_455">[Pg 455]</a></span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">in bullion, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in burnt ore, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a>, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in copper, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in galena, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in lead, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in oxide of lead, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in silver precipitate, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">loss in cupellation, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">pure preparation of, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Volhard's assay, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric methods, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_123'>123</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Silver lead alloys, cupellation of, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9.5em;">sampling of, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Silver ore, crucible assay of, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">metallic particles in, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">scorification of, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Size of assay charges, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a><br /> +<br /> +Slags, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a><br /> +<br /> +Soda-lime, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a><br /> +<br /> +Sodium, <a href='#Page_334'>334</a><br /> +<br /> +Sodium cyanide, <a href='#Page_160'>160</a><br /> +<br /> +Solution, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a><br /> +<br /> +Solutions, normal, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">standard, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Specific gravity, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_436'>436</a><br /> +<br /> +Speise, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a><br /> +<br /> +Standard, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">solutions, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Standardising, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a><br /> +<br /> +Steel, carbon in, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">chromium in, <a href='#Page_310'>310</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">manganese in, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Stoking, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a><br /> +<br /> +Strength of reagents, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a><br /> +<br /> +Strontium, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a><br /> +<br /> +Sulphates and sulphur, <a href='#Page_367'>367</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_369'>369</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric determination, <a href='#Page_370'>370</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Sulphides, reducing action of, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a><br /> +<br /> +Sulphocyanate assay for silver, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a><br /> +<br /> +Sulphur in blende, <a href='#Page_375'>375</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in burnt ore, <a href='#Page_377'>377</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in chalcocite, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in coal, <a href='#Page_419'>419</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in copper, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in copper pyrites, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in mispickel, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in pyrites, <a href='#Page_370'>370</a>, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Sulphuretted hydrogen, preparation, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a><br /> +<br /> +Surcharge, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a><br /> +<br /> +System in assaying, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Table, atomic weights, <a href='#Page_433'>433</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">comparing thermometers, <a href='#Page_435'>435</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ounces to the long ton, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ounces to the short ton, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sp. g. ammonia, <a href='#Page_438'>438</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sp. g. hydrochloric acid, <a href='#Page_437'>437</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sp. g. minerals, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sp. g. nitric acid, <a href='#Page_436'>436</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sp. g. sulphuric acid, <a href='#Page_439'>439</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sp. g. water, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Tantalum, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a><br /> +<br /> +Tartar, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a><br /> +<br /> +Tellurium, <a href='#Page_379'>379</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">improved test for, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Thallium, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a><br /> +<br /> +Thorium, <a href='#Page_317'>317</a><br /> +<br /> +Tin, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a> <i>See also Black tin</i><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">assay for, by vanning, <a href='#Page_273'>273</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">copper in, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Cornish assay, <a href='#Page_276'>276</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">cyanide assay, <a href='#Page_278'>278</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_279'>279</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination of, <a href='#Page_281'>281</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">iron in, <a href='#Page_250'>250</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_280'>280</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assay for, <a href='#Page_282'>282</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Tin arsenide, <a href='#Page_284'>284</a><br /> +<br /> +Tin phosphide, <a href='#Page_284'>284</a><br /> +<br /> +Tin slag, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">an analysis of, <a href='#Page_292'>292</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tin in, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Titanium, <a href='#Page_292'>292</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">detection of, <a href='#Page_293'>293</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in black tin, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a>, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in rocks, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation, &c., <a href='#Page_294'>294</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Titration, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">indirect, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a>, <a href='#Page_72'>72</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Ton, assay, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">long, 2240 lbs. = 32,666.6 oz., <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">short, 2000 lbs = 29,166.6 oz., <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Tungsten, <a href='#Page_295'>295</a><br /> +<br /> +Tungstic acid, <a href='#Page_295'>295</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in black tin, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in wolfram, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_456" id="Page_456">[Pg 456]</a></span>Uranium, <a href='#Page_312'>312</a><br /> +<br /> +Valuation, of copper ores, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a><br /> +<br /> +Vanadium, <a href='#Page_310'>310</a><br /> +<br /> +Vanning, <a href='#Page_273'>273</a><br /> +<br /> +Volhard's assay applied to arsenic, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">silver assay, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Volume-corrector, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a><br /> +<br /> +Volumetric assay, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a>, <a href='#Page_38'>38</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Water, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">direct determination of, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examination of, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">expansion of, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">solids in, <a href='#Page_354'>354</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Weighing, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">small gold buttons, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Weights, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a><br /> +<br /> +Wolfram, an analysis of, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tungstic acid in, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Yttria, <a href='#Page_319'>319</a><br /> +<br /> +<br /> +Zinc, <a href='#Page_261'>261</a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, examination of, <a href='#Page_268'>268</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, iron in, <a href='#Page_249'>249</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">commercial, lead in, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dry assay, <a href='#Page_261'>261</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gasometric assay, <a href='#Page_266'>266</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">gravimetric determination, <a href='#Page_262'>262</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in blende, <a href='#Page_266'>266</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in cyanide liquors, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in silver precipitate, <a href='#Page_266'>266</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">separation of, <a href='#Page_262'>262</a></span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">volumetric assay, <a href='#Page_263'>263</a></span><br /> +<br /> +Zirconia, <a href='#Page_317'>317</a><br /> +</p> + + +<p>Printed by <span class="smcap">Ballantyne, Hanson</span> & Co.</p> + +<p>London & Edinburgh.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxv" id="Page_xxv">[Pg xxv]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="A_SELECTION" id="A_SELECTION"></a>A SELECTION</h2> + +<h4>FROM THE</h4> + +<h3>SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WORKS</h3> + +<h4><i>PUBLISHED BY</i></h4> + +<h3><b>CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY, LIMITED.</b></h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 403px;"> +<img src="images/advertsbooks.jpg" width="403" height="300" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>MESSRS. CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS may be obtained through +any Bookseller in the United Kingdom, or will be sent Post-free on +receipt of a remittance to cover published price. To prevent delay, +Orders should be accompanied by a Cheque or Postal Order crossed +"<span class="smcap">Union of London and Smith's Bank</span>, Chancery Lane Branch."</p> + +<p>*** <i>For INDEX, see next page.</i></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 155px;"> +<img src="images/advertsstamp.jpg" width="155" height="150" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>COMPLETE TECHNICAL, MEDICAL, and GENERAL CATALOGUES forwarded Post-free +on Application.</p> + +<p class="center"><b>LONDON:</b></p> + +<p class="center"><b>EXETER STREET, STRAND.</b></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxvi" id="Page_xxvi">[Pg xxvi]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, <i>Revised, with an Additional Chapter on +Foundations. Numerous Diagrams, Examples, and Tables. Large 8vo. Cloth. +16s.</i></p> + +<h3><b>THE DESIGN OF STRUCTURES:</b></h3> + +<h5>A Practical Treatise on the Building of Bridges, Roofs, &c.</h5> + +<h4>BY S. ANGLIN, C.E.,</h4> + +<h6>Master of Engineering, Royal University of Ireland, late Whitworth +Scholar, &c.</h6> + +<p>"Students of Engineering will find this Text-Book +<span class="smcap">invaluable</span>."—<i>Architect.</i></p> + +<p>"The author has certainly succeeded in producing a <span class="smcap">thoroughly +practical</span> Text-Book."—<i>Builder.</i></p> + +<p>"We can unhesitatingly recommend this work not only to the Student, as +the <span class="smcap">best Text-Book</span> on the subject, but also to the professional +engineer as an <span class="smcap">exceedingly valuable</span> book of +reference."—<i>Mechanical World.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, <i>Thoroughly Revised. Royal 8vo. With numerous +Illustrations and 13 Lithographic Plates. Handsome Cloth. Price 3Os.</i></p> + +<h4>A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON</h4> + +<h3>BRIDGE-CONSTRUCTION:</h3> + +<h5>Being a Text-Book on the Construction of Bridges in Iron and Steel.</h5> + +<h5>FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS, DRAUGHTSMEN, AND ENGINEERS.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By T. CLAXTON FIDLER, M. INST</span>. C.E.,</h4> + +<h6>Prof. of Engineering, University College, Dundee.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—<span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—Elementary Statics. +<span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—General Principles of Bridge-Construction. <span class="smcap">Part +III.</span>—The Strength of Materials. <span class="smcap">Part IV.</span>—The Design of +Bridges in Detail.</p> + +<p>"The new edition of Mr. Fidler's work will again occupy the same +<span class="smcap">conspicuous position</span> among professional text-books and +treatises as has been accorded to its predecessors. The instruction +imparted is <span class="smcap">sound, simple, and full</span>. The volume will be found +valuable and useful alike to those who may wish to study only the +theoretical principles enunciated, and ... to others whose object and +business is ... practical."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxvii" id="Page_xxvii">[Pg xxvii]</a></span></p> + +<p>At Press. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Copious Plates and +Illustrations.</p> + +<h4>The Principles and Practice of</h4> <h5>DOCK ENGINEERING.</h5> + +<h4>By BRYSON CUNNINGHAM, B.E., <span class="smcap">Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.</span>,</h4> <h6>Of the +Engineers' Department, Mersey Docks and Harbour Board.</h6> + +<h5>GENERAL CONTENTS.</h5> + +<p>Historical and Discursive.—Dock Design.—Constructive +Appliances.—Materials.—Dock and Quay Walls.—Entrance Passages and +Locks.—Jetties, Wharves, and Piers.—Dock Gates and Caissons.—Transit +Sheds and Warehouses.—Dock Bridges.—Graving and Repairing +Docks.—Working Equipment of Docks.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p> *** The object of the Author has been to deal fully and comprehensively +with the problems arising out of the construction and maintenance of +Docks and their appanages, not simply as a record of works carried out, +but as a treatise on the principles underlying their construction and an +investigation of the mathematical theories involved. It is primarily +intended for the student; but it is hoped that the large amount of data +and material collected from various sources, and in many cases +contributed specially for this book, will render it useful to the expert +engineer as a work of reference; while, at the same time, of general +interest to directors and others connected with the management and +administration of seaports.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition.</span> In Two Parts, Published Separately.</p> + +<h4>A TEXT-BOOK OF</h4> + +<h3>Engineering Drawing and Design</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Vol. I.—Practical Geometry, Plane, and Solid. 3s.</span></h4> + +<h4><span class="smcap">VOL. II.—Machine and Engine Drawing and Design. 4s. 6d.</span></h4> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>SIDNEY H. WELLS, <span class="smcap">Wh.Sc.</span>,</h4> + +<h6>A.M.INST.C.E., A.M.INST.MECH.E.,</h6> + +<p>Principal of the Battersea Polytechnic Institute, and Head of the +Engineering Department therein; formerly of the Engineering Departments +of the Yorkshire College, Leeds; and Dulwich College, London.</p> + +<p><i>With many Illustrations, specially prepared for the Work, and numerous +Examples, for the Use of Students in Technical Schools and Colleges.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A capital text-book</span>, arranged on an <span class="smcap">EXCELLENT SYSTEM</span>, +calculated to give an intelligent grasp of the subject, and not the mere +faculty of mechanical copying.... Mr. Wells shows how to make complete +working drawings, discussing fully each step in the +design."—<i>Electrical Review.</i></p> + +<p>"The first book leads easily and naturally towards the second, where the +technical pupil brought into contact with large and more complex +designs."—<i>The Schoolmaster.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxviii" id="Page_xxviii">[Pg xxviii]</a></span></p> + +<h4>Works by BRYAN DONKIN, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. Mech. E., &c.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised and Enlarged. With additional +Illustrations. Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. 25s.</p> + +<h3>GAS, OIL, AND AIR ENGINES:</h3> + +<h4>A Practical Text-Book on Internal Combustion Motors without Boiler.</h4> + +<h5><span class="smcap">By BRYAN DONKIN, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. Mech. E.</span></h5> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—<b>Gas Engines</b>:—General Description—History +and Development—British, French, and German Gas Engines—Gas Production +for Motive Power—Theory of the Gas Engine—Chemical Composition of Gas +in Gas Engines—Utilisation of Heat—Explosion and Combustion. <b>Oil +Motors</b>:—History and Development—Various Types—Priestman's and other +Oil Engines. <b>Hot-Air Engines</b>:—History and Development—Various Types: +Stirling's, Ericsson's, &c., &c.</p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">best book now published</span> on Gas, Oil, and Air Engines.... +Will be of <span class="smcap">very great interest</span> to the numerous practical +engineers who have to make themselves familiar with the motor of the +day.... Mr. Donkin has the advantage of <span class="smcap">long practical +experience</span>, combined with <span class="smcap">high scientific and experimental +knowledge</span>, and an accurate perception of the requirements of +Engineers."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"We <span class="smcap">heartily recommend</span> Mr. Donkin's work.... A monument of +careful labour.... Luminous and comprehensive."—<i>Journal of Gas +Lighting</i>.</p> + +<p>"A thoroughly <span class="smcap">reliable and exhaustive</span> +Treatise."—<i>Engineering.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Quarto, Handsome Cloth. With Numerous Plates. 25s.</p> + +<h3>THE HEAT EFFICIENCY OF STEAM BOILERS (LAND, MARINE, AND LOCOMOTIVE).</h3> + +<p><b>With many Tests and Experiments on different Types of Boilers, as to +the Heating Value of Fuels, &c., with Analyses of Gases and Amount of +Evaporation, and Suggestions for the Testing of Boilers.</b></p> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By BRYAN DONKIN, M. Inst. C.E.</span></h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—Classification of different Types of +Boilers—425 Experiments on English and Foreign Boilers with their Heat +Efficiencies shown in Fifty Tables—Fire Grates of Various +Types—Mechanical Stokers—Combustion of Fuel in Boilers—Transmission +of Heat through Boiler Plates, and their Temperature—Feed Water +Heaters, Superheaters, Feed Pumps, &c.—Smoke and its +Prevention—Instruments used in Testing Boilers—Marine and Locomotive +Boilers—Fuel Testing Stations—Discussion of the Trials and +Conclusions—On the Choice of a Boiler, and Testing of Land, Marine, and +Locomotive Boilers—Appendices—Bibliography—Index.</p> + +<p><i>With Plates illustrating Progress made during recent years, and the +best Modern Practice.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A work of reference at present unique</span>. Will give an answer to +almost any question connected with the performance of boilers that it is +possible to ask."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"Probably the <span class="smcap">most exhaustive</span> <i>résumé</i> that has ever been +collected. <span class="smcap">A practical Book</span> by a thoroughly practical +man."—<i>Iron and Coal Trades Review.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxix" id="Page_xxix">[Pg xxix]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, <i>Revised and Enlarged. Pocket-Size, Leather, +12s. 6d.; also Larger Size for Office Use, Cloth, 12s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3>Boilers, Marine and Land:</h3> <h4>THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND STRENGTH.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">A Handbook of Rules, Formulæ, Tables, &c., relative to Material, +Scantlings, and Pressures, Safety Valves, Springs, Fittings and +Mountings, &c.</span></p> + +<p>FOR THE USE OF ENGINEERS, SURVEYORS, BOILER-MAKERS, AND STEAM USERS.</p> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By T.W. TRAILL, M. Inst. C.E., F.E.R.N.</span>,</h4><h6> Late Engineer +Surveyor-in-Chief to the Board of Trade.</h6> + +<p>*** To the Second and Third Editions many New Tables for Pressure, up to +200 Lbs. per Square Inch have been added.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">The most valuable work</span> on Boilers published in +England."—<i>Shipping World.</i></p> + +<p>"Contains an <span class="smcap">Enormous Quantity of Information</span> arranged in a +very convenient form.... <span class="smcap">A most useful volume</span> ... supplying +information to be had nowhere else."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Third Impression.</i> Large Crown 8vo. With numerous Illustrations. 6s.</p> + +<h3>ENGINE-ROOM PRACTICE:</h3> + +<h5>A Handbook for Engineers and Officers in the Royal Navy and Mercantile +Marine, Including the Management of the Main and Auxiliary Engines on +Board Ship.</h5> + +<h4>BY JOHN G. LIVERSIDGE,</h4> + +<h6>Engineer, R.N., A.M.I.C.E., Instructor in Applied Mechanics at the Royal +Naval College, Greenwich.</h6> + +<p><i>Contents.</i>—General Description of Marine Machinery.—The Conditions of +Service and Duties of Engineers of the Royal Navy.—Entry and Conditions +of Service of Engineers of the Leading S.S. Companies.—Raising +Steam.—Duties of a Steaming Watch on Engines and Boilers.—Shutting off +Steam.—Harbour Duties and Watches.—Adjustments and Repairs of +Engines.—Preservation and Repairs of "Tank" Boilers.—The Hull and its +Fittings.—Cleaning and Painting Machinery.—Reciprocating Pumps, Feed +Heaters, and Automatic Feed-Water Regulators.—Evaporators.—Steam +Boats.—Electric Light Machinery.—Hydraulic Machinery.—Air-Compressing +Pumps.—Refrigerating Machines.—Machinery of Destroyers.—The +Management of Water-Tube Boilers.—Regulations for Entry of Assistant +Engineers, R.N.—Questions given in Examinations for Promotion of +Engineers, R.N.—Regulations respecting Board of Trade Examinations for +Engineers, &c.</p> + +<p>"The contents <span class="smcap">cannot fail to be appreciated</span>."—<i>The Steamship.</i></p> + +<p>"This very useful book.... <span class="smcap">Illustrations</span> are of <span class="smcap">great +importance</span> in a work of this kind, and it is satisfactory to find +that <span class="smcap">special attention</span> has been given in this +respect."—<i>Engineers' Gazette.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Crown 8vo, extra, with Numerous Illustrations</i>. [<i>Shortly.</i></p> + +<h3>GAS AND OIL ENGINES:</h3> + +<h5>An Introductory Text-Book on the Theory, Design, Construction, and +Testing of Internal Combustion Engines without Boiler.</h5> + +<h4>FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS.</h4> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By Prof. W.H. WATKINSON, Whit. Sch., M. Inst. Mech. E.</span>,</h4> <h6>Glasgow +and West of Scotland Technical College.</h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxx" id="Page_xxx">[Pg xxx]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. With numerous Plates reduced from +Working Drawings and 280 Illustrations in the Text. 21s.</p> + +<h4><i>A MANUAL OF</i></h4><h3> LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERING:</h3> + +<h5>A Practical Text-Book for the Use of Engine Builders, Designers and +Draughtsmen, Railway Engineers, and Students.</h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">WILLIAM FRANK PETTIGREW, M. Inst. C.E.</span></h4> + +<h5>With a Section on American and Continental Engines.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By ALBERT F. RAVENSHEAR, B.Sc.</span>,</h4> <h6>Of His Majesty's Patent Office.</h6> + +<p><i>Contents</i>.—Historical Introduction, 1763-1863.—Modern Locomotives: +Simple.—Modern Locomotives: Compound.—Primary Consideration in +Locomotive Design.—Cylinders, Steam Chests, and Stuffing +Boxes.—Pistons, Piston Rods, Crossheads, and Slide Bars.—Connecting +and Coupling Rods.—Wheels and Axles, Axle Boxes, Hornblocks, and +Bearing Springs.—Balancing.—Valve Gear.—Slide Valves and Valve Gear +Details.—Framing, Bogies and Axle Trucks, Radial Axle +Boxes.—Boilers.—Smokebox, Blast Pipe, Firebox Fittings.—Boiler +Mountings.—Tenders.—Railway Brakes.—Lubrication.—Consumption of +Fuel, Evaporation and Engine Efficiency.—American +Locomotives.—Continental Locomotives.—Repairs, Running, Inspection, +and Renewals.—Three Appendices.—Index.</p> + +<p>"Likely to remain for many years the <span class="smcap">Standard Work</span> for those +wishing to learn Design."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"A most interesting and valuable addition to the bibliography of the +Locomotive."—<i>Railway Official Gazette.</i></p> + +<p>"We recommend the book as <span class="smcap">thoroughly practical</span> in its +character, and <span class="smcap">meriting a place in any collection</span> of ... works +on Locomotive Engineering."—<i>Railway News.</i></p> + +<p>"The work <span class="smcap">contains all that can be learnt</span> from a book upon such +a subject. It will at once rank as <span class="smcap">the standard work upon this +important subject</span>."—<i>Railway Magazine.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Plates and Illustrations. 16s.</i></p> + +<h3>LIGHT RAILWAYS AT HOME AND ABROAD.</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By WILLIAM HENRY COLE, M. Inst. C.E.</span>,</h4><h6> Late Deputy-Manager, +North-Western Railway, India.</h6> + +<p><i>Contents.</i>—Discussion of the Term "Light Railways."—English Railways, +Rates, and Farmers.—Light Railways in Belgium, France, Italy, other +European Countries, America and the Colonies, India, Ireland.—Road +Transport as an alternative.—The Light Railways Act, 1896.—The +Question of Gauge.—Construction and Working.—Locomotives and +Rolling-Stock.—Light Railways in England, Scotland, and +Wales.—Appendices and Index.</p> + +<p>"Mr. W.H. Cole has brought together ... a <span class="smcap">large amount of valuable +information</span> ... hitherto practically inaccessible to the ordinary +reader."—<i>Times.</i></p> + +<p>"Will remain, for some time yet a <span class="smcap">Standard Work</span> in everything +relating to Light Railways."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"The author has extended practical experience that makes the book lucid +and useful. It is <span class="smcap">exceedingly</span> well done"—<i>Engineering.</i></p> + +<p>"The whole subject is <span class="smcap">exhaustively</span> and <span class="smcap">practically</span> +considered. The work can be cordially recommended as +<span class="smcap">indispensable</span> to those whose duty it is to become acquainted +with one of the prime necessities of the immediate future."—<i>Railway +Official Gazette.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">There could be no better book</span> of first reference on its +subject. All classes of Engineers will welcome its +appearance."—<i>Scotsman.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxi" id="Page_xxxi">[Pg xxxi]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised and Enlarged. <i>With Numerous +Illustrations. Price 8s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>VALVES AND VALVE-GEARING:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>INCLUDING THE CORLISS VALVE AND TRIP GEARS.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>CHARLES HURST,</h4><h6> Practical Draughtsman.</h6> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Concise</span> explanations illustrated by 115 <span class="smcap">very clear +diagrams</span> and drawings and 4 folding-plates ... the book fulfils a +<span class="smcap">valuable</span> function."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Mr. Hurst's valves and valve-gearing</span> will prove a very +valuable aid, and tend to the production of Engines of <span class="smcap">scientific +design and economical working</span>.... Will be largely sought after by +Students and Designers.—<i>Marine Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Useful and thoroughly practical.</span> Will undoubtedly be found of +<span class="smcap">GREAT VALUE</span> to all concerned with the design of +Valve-gearing."—<i>Mechanical World.</i></p> + +<p>"Almost <span class="smcap">every type of valve</span> and its gearing is clearly set +forth, and illustrated in such a way as to be <span class="smcap">readily +understood</span> and <span class="smcap">practically applied</span> by either the Engineer, +Draughtsman, or Student.... Should prove both <span class="smcap">USEFUL</span> and +<span class="smcap">valuable</span> to all Engineers seeking for <span class="smcap">reliable</span> and +<span class="smcap">clear</span> information on the subject. Its moderate price brings it +within the reach of all"—<i>Industries and Iron.</i></p> + +<p>"Mr. <span class="smcap">Hurst's</span> work is <span class="smcap">admirably</span> suited to the needs of +the practical mechanic.... It is free from any elaborate theoretical +discussions, and the explanations of the various types of valve-gear are +accompanied by diagrams which render them <span class="smcap">easily +understood</span>."—<i>The Scientific American.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>Hints on Steam Engine Design and Construction.</b> By <span class="smcap">Charles +Hurst</span>, "Author of Valves and Valve Gearing." In Paper Boards, 8vo., +Cloth Back. Illustrated. Price 1s. 6d. net.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents</span>.—I. Steam Pipes.—II. Valves.—III. Cylinders.—IV. +Air Pumps and Condensers.—V. Motion Work.—VI. Crank Shafts and +Pedestals.—VII. Valve Gear.—VIII. Lubrication.—IX. Miscellaneous +Details—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"A handy volume which every practical young engineer should +possess."—<i>The Model Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>JUST OUT. Strongly Bound in Super Royal 8vo. Cloth Boards.</p> + +<h2><b>BONUS TABLES:</b></h2> + +<h4>For Calculating Wages on the Bonus or Premium Systems.</h4> + +<h5><i>For Engineering, Technical and Allied Trades.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By HENRY A. GOLDING, A.M.Inst.M.E.</span>,</h4> + +<p>Technical Assistant to Messrs. Bryan Donkin and Clench, Ltd., and +Assistant Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering at the Northampton +Institute, London, E.C.</p> + +<p>"The adoption of this system for the payment of workmen has created a +demand for some handy table or series of tables, by means of which the +wages may be easily found without the necessity of any calculations +whatever. With the object of supplying this need, the author has +compiled the following tables, which have been in practical use for some +time past at a large engineering works in London, and have been found of +inestimable value. Not only are they of great value as a 'time saving +appliance,' the computation of the bonus or premiums earned by a number +of men taking only <i>one-tenth</i> the time by the aid of these tables +compared with ordinary calculations, but they possess the additional +advantage of being less liable to error, as there is practically no +possibility of a mistake occurring."—<i>Extract from Preface.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxii" id="Page_xxxii">[Pg xxxii]</a></span></p> + +<p>Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations, Tables, &c. 21s.</p> + +<h3>Lubrication & Lubricants:</h3> + +<h5>A TREATISE ON THE</h5> + +<h4><b>THEORY AND PRACTICE OF LUBRICATION</b></h4> + +<h6>AND ON THE</h6> + +<h5><b>NATURE, PROPERTIES, AND TESTING OF LUBRICANTS.</b></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> LEONARD ARCHBUTT, F.I.C., F.C.S., </h4><h6>Chemist to the Midland +Railway Company,</h6> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>R. MOUNTFORD DEELEY, M.I.M.E., F.G.S., </h4><h6>Midland Railway Locomotive Works' +Manager, Derby.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents</span>.—I. Friction of Solids.—II. Liquid Friction or +Viscosity, and Plastic Friction.—III. Superficial Tension.—IV. The +Theory of Lubrication.—V. Lubricants, their Sources, Preparation, and +Properties.—VI. Physical Properties and Methods of Examination of +Lubricants.—VII. Chemical Properties and Methods of Examination of +Lubricants.—VIII. The Systematic Testing of Lubricants by Physical and +Chemical Methods.—IX. The Mechanical Testing of Lubricants.—X. The +Design and Lubrication of Bearings.—XI. The Lubrication of +Machinery.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"Destined to become a <span class="smcap">classic</span> on the subject."—<i>Industries and +Iron.</i></p> + +<p>"Contains practically <span class="smcap">all that is known</span> on the subject. +Deserves the careful attention of all Engineers."—<i>Railway Official +Guide.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>. <i>Very fully Illustrated. Cloth</i>, <i>4s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3>STEAM-BOILERS: THEIR DEFECTS, MANAGEMENT, AND CONSTRUCTION.</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By R.D. MUNRO</span>, </h4><h6><i>Chief Engineer of the Scottish Boiler Insurance +and Engine Inspection Company.</i></h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—I. <span class="smcap">Explosions</span> caused (1) by +Overheating of Plates—(2) By Defective and Overloaded Safety +Valves—(3) By Corrosion, Internal or External—(4) By Defective Design +and Construction (Unsupported Flue Tubes; Unstrengthened Manholes; +Defective Staying; Strength of Rivetted Joints; Factor of Safety)—II. +<span class="smcap">Construction of Vertical Boilers</span>: Shells—Crown Plates and +Uptake Tubes—Man-Holes, Mud-Holes, and +Fire-Holes—Fireboxes—Mountings—Management—Cleaning—Table of +Bursting Pressures of Steel Boilers—Table of Rivetted +Joints—Specifications and Drawings of Lancashire Boiler for Working +Pressures (<i>a</i>) 80 lbs.; (<i>b</i>) 200 lbs. per square inch respectively.</p> + +<p>"A valuable companion for workmen and engineers engaged about Steam +Boilers, ought to be carefully studied, and <span class="smcap">always at +hand</span>."—<i>Coll. Guardian.</i></p> + +<p>"The book is <span class="smcap">very useful</span>, especially to steam users, artisans, +and young Engineers."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">By the same Author.</span></p> + +<h3>KITCHEN BOILER EXPLOSIONS:</h3> <p>Why they Occur, and How to Prevent their +Occurrence. A Practical Handbook based on Actual Experiment. With +Diagram and Coloured Plate. Price 3s.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxiii" id="Page_xxxiii">[Pg xxxiii]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Just Out</span>. <i>In Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Numerous +Illustrations. 5s. net.</i></p> + +<h3>EMERY GRINDING MACHINERY.</h3> + +<h5><b><i>A Text-Book of Workshop Practice in General Tool Grinding, and the +Design, Construction, and Application of the Machines Employed.</i></b></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>R.B. HODGSON, <span class="smcap">A.M. Inst. Mech. E.</span>,</h4> <h6>Author of "Machines and +Tools Employed in the Working of Sheet Metals."</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Introduction</span>.—Tool Grinding.—Emery Wheels.—Mounting Emery +Wheels.—Emery Rings and Cylinders.—Conditions to Ensure Efficient +Working.—Leading Types of Machines.—Concave and Convex Grinding.—Cup +and Cone Machines.—Multiple Grinding.—"Guest" Universal and Cutter +Grinding Machines.—Ward Universal Cutter Grinder.—Press.—Tool +Grinding.—Lathe Centre Grinder.—Polishing.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"Deals practically with every phase of his subject."—<i>Ironmonger.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fifth Edition</span>. Folio, strongly half-bound, 21/.</p> + +<h3>TRAVERSE TABLES:</h3> + +<h5><b>Computed to Four Places of Decimals for every Minute of Angle up to 100 +of Distance.</b></h5> + +<h5><b>For the use of Surveyors and Engineers.</b></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4> +RICHARD LLOYD GURDEN,</h4> +<h6>Authorised Surveyor for the Governments of New South Wales and Victoria.</h6> + +<h6>*** <i>Published with the Concurrence of the Surveyors-General for New +South Wales and Victoria.</i></h6> + +<p>"Those who have experience in exact <span class="smcap">Survey-work</span> will best know +how to appreciate the enormous amount of labour represented by this +valuable book. The computations enable the user to ascertain the sines +and cosines for a distance of twelve miles to within half an inch, and +this <span class="smcap">by Reference To But One Table</span>, in place of the usual +Fifteen minute computations required. This alone is evidence of the +assistance which the Tables ensure to every user, and as every Surveyor +in active practice has felt the want of such assistance <span class="smcap">few knowing +of their publication will remain without them</span>."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxiv" id="Page_xxxiv">[Pg xxxiv]</a></span></p> +<h4>WORKS BY</h4> + +<h3><span class="smcap">ANDREW JAMIESON, M. Inst. C.E., M.I.E.E., F.R.S.E.</span>,</h3> + +<h5><i>Formerly Professor of Electrical Engineering, The Glasgow and West of +Scotland Technical College.</i></h5> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4>PROFESSOR JAMIESON'S ADVANCED TEXT-BOOKS.</h4> + +<h5><i>In Large Crown 8vo. Fully Illustrated.</i></h5> + +<h3><b>STEAM AND STEAM-ENGINES (A Text-Book on).</b></h3> +<p>For the Use of Students +preparing for Competitive Examinations. With 600 pp., over 200 +Illustrations, 6 Folding Plates, and numerous Examination Papers. +<span class="smcap">Thirteenth Edition</span>, Revised. 8/6.</p> + +<p>"Professor Jamieson fascinates the reader by his <span class="smcap">clearness of +conception and simplicity of expression</span>. His treatment recalls the +lecturing of Faraday."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">Best Book</span> yet published for the use of +Students."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<h4><b>MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY (An Advanced Text-Book on).</b> </h4><p>For Advanced and +"Honours" Students. By Prof. Jamieson, assisted by David Robertson, +B.Sc., Professor of Electrical Engineering in the Merchant Venturers' +Technical College, Bristol. [<i>Shortly.</i></p> + +<h4><b>APPLIED MECHANICS (An Advanced Text-Book on).</b></h4> + +<p>Vol. I.—Comprising Part I.: The Principle of Work and its applications; +Part II.: Gearing. Price 7s. 6d. <span class="smcap">Third Edition.</span></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Fully maintains</span> the reputation of the Author."—<i>Pract. +Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>Vol. II.—Comprising Parts III. to VI.: Motion and Energy; Graphic +Statics; Strength of Materials; Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery. +<span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> 8s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Well and lucidly written.</span>"—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>*** <i>Each of the above volumes is complete in itself, and sold +separately.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h5>PROFESSOR JAMIESON'S INTRODUCTORY MANUALS.</h5> + +<p><i>Crown 8vo. With Illustrations and Examination Papers.</i></p> + +<h4><b>STEAM AND THE STEAM-ENGINE (Elementary Manual of).</b></h4> <p>For First-Year +Students. <span class="smcap">Ninth Edition</span>, Revised. 3/6.</p> + +<p>"Should be in the hands of <span class="smcap">every</span> engineering +apprentice."—<i>Practical Engineer.</i></p> + +<h4><b>MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY (Elementary Manual of).</b></h4> <p>For First-Year +Students. <span class="smcap">Fifth Edition.</span>. 3/6.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A capital text-book....</span> The diagrams are an important +feature."—<i>Schoolmaster.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A thoroughly trustworthy</span> Text-book. <span class="smcap">Practical</span> and +clear."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<h4><b>APPLIED MECHANICS (Elementary Manual of).</b></h4><p> Specially arranged for +First-Year Students. <span class="smcap">Fifth Edition</span>, Revised. 3/6.</p> + +<p>"The work has <span class="smcap">very high qualities</span>, which may be condensed into +the one word '<span class="smcap">clear</span>.'"—<i>Science and Art.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">In Preparation.</span> <i>300 pages. Crown 8vo. Profusely Illustrated.</i></p> + +<h4><b><span class="smcap">Modern Electric Tramway Traction</span>: A Text-Book of Present-Day +Practice.</b></h4> + +<p><i>For the Use of Electrical Engineering Students and those interested in +Electric Transmission of Power.</i></p> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By Prof. ANDREW JAMIESON.</span></h4> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><b>A POCKET-BOOK of ELECTRICAL RULES and TABLES.</b></h4> <p>For the Use of +Electricians and Engineers. Pocket Size. Leather, 8s. 6d. <span class="smcap">Sixteenth +Edition.</span> [See p. 49.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxv" id="Page_xxxv">[Pg xxxv]</a></span></p> + +<h5>WORKS BY</h5> + +<h3>W.J. MACQUORN RANKINE, LL.D., F.R.S.,</h3> + +<h5><i>Late Regius Professor of Civil Engineering in the University of +Glasgow.</i></h5> + +<h6>THOROUGHLY REVISED BY</h6> + +<h3>W.J. MILLAR, C.E.,</h3> + +<h6><i>Late Secretary to the Institute of Engineers and Shipbuilders in +Scotland.</i></h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>A MANUAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS:</b> Comprising the Principles of Statics +and Cinematics, and Theory of Structures, Mechanism, and Machines. With +Numerous Diagrams. Crown 8vo, cloth. <span class="smcap">Sixteenth Edition.</span> 12s. +6d.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>A MANUAL OF CIVIL ENGINEERING:</b> Comprising Engineering Surveys, +Earthwork, Foundations, Masonry, Carpentry, Metal Work, Roads, Railways, +Canals, Rivers, Waterworks, Harbours, &c. With Numerous Tables and +Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth. <span class="smcap">Twenty-First Edition.</span> 16s.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>A MANUAL OF MACHINERY AND MILLWORK:</b> Comprising the Geometry, Motions, +Work, Strength, Construction, and Objects of Machines, &c. Illustrated +with nearly 300 Woodcuts, Crown 8vo, cloth. <span class="smcap">Seventh Edition.</span> +12s. 6d.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>A MANUAL OF THE STEAM-ENGINE AND OTHER PRIME MOVERS:</b> With a Section on +<span class="smcap">Gas, Oil</span>, and <span class="smcap">Air Engines</span>, by <span class="smcap">Bryan Donkin</span>, +M.Inst.C.E. With Folding Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Crown 8vo, +cloth. <span class="smcap">Fifteenth Edition.</span> 12s. 6d.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxvi" id="Page_xxxvi">[Pg xxxvi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>USEFUL RULES AND TABLES:</b> For Architects, Builders, Engineers, +Founders, Mechanics, Shipbuilders, Surveyors, &c. With <span class="smcap">Appendix</span> +for the use of <span class="smcap">Electrical Engineers</span>. By Professor <span class="smcap">Jamieson, +F.R.S.E.</span> <span class="smcap">Seventh Edition.</span> 10s. 6d.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>A MECHANICAL TEXT-BOOK:</b> A Practical and Simple Introduction to the +Study of Mechanics. By Professor <span class="smcap">Rankine</span> and <span class="smcap">E.F. Bamber, +C.E.</span> With Numerous Illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth. <span class="smcap">Fifth +Edition.</span> 9s.</p> + +<p>*** <i>The</i> "<span class="smcap">Mechanical Text-Book</span>" <i>was designed by</i> Professor +<span class="smcap">Rankine</span> <i>as an</i> <span class="smcap">Introduction</span> <i>to the above Series of +Manuals.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>MISCELLANEOUS SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.</b></h3> + +<p>Royal 8vo. Cloth, 31s. 6d.</p> + +<p>Part I. Papers relating to Temperature, Elasticity, and Expansion of +Vapours, Liquids, and Solids. Part II. Papers on Energy and its +Transformations. Part III. Papers on Wave-Forms, Propulsion of Vessels, +&c.</p> + +<p>With Memoir by Professor <span class="smcap">Tait, M.A.</span> Edited by <span class="smcap">W.J. Millar, +C.E.</span> With fine Portrait on Steel, Plates, and Diagrams.</p> + +<p>"No more enduring Memorial of Professor Rankine could be devised than +the publication of these papers in an accessible form.... The Collection +is most valuable on account of the nature of his discoveries, and the +beauty and completeness of his analysis.... The Volume exceeds in +importance any work in the same department published in our +time."—<i>Architect.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>SHELTON-BEY (W. Vincent, Foreman to the Imperial Ottoman Gun Factories, +Constantinople):</h3> + +<p><b>THE MECHANIC'S GUIDE:</b> A Hand-Book for Engineers and Artizans. With +Copious Tables and Valuable Recipes for Practical Use. Illustrated. +<i>Second Edition.</i> Crown 8vo. Cloth, 7/6.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxvii" id="Page_xxxvii">[Pg xxxvii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>SECOND EDITION, Revised and Enlarged. In Large 8vo, Handsome cloth, +34s.</i></p> + +<h3>HYDRAULIC POWER AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY.</h3> + +<h4>BY <span class="smcap">HENRY ROBINSON, M. Inst. C.E., F.G.S.</span>,</h4> + +<h6>FELLOW OF KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON; PROF. OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, KING'S +COLLEGE, ETC., ETC.</h6> + +<p>With numerous Woodcuts, and Sixty-nine Plates.</p> + +<p>"A Book of great Professional Usefulness."—<i>Iron.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Frontispiece, several Plates, and +over 250 Illustrations. 21s.</i></p> + +<h3>THE PRINCIPLES AND CONSTRUCTION OF PUMPING MACHINERY (STEAM AND WATER +PRESSURE).</h3> + +<h5>With Practical Illustrations of <span class="smcap">Engines</span> and <span class="smcap">Pumps</span> +applied to <span class="smcap">Mining</span>, <span class="smcap">Town Water Supply</span>, +<span class="smcap">Drainage</span> of Lands, &c., also Economy and Efficiency Trials of +Pumping Machinery.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By HENRY DAVEY</span>,</h4> + +<h6>Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers, Member of the Institution +of Mechanical Engineers, F.G.S., &c.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents</span>—Early History of Pumping Engines—Steam Pumping +Engines—Pumps and Pump Valves—General Principles of Non-Rotative +Pumping Engines—The Cornish Engine, Simple and Compound—Types of +Mining Engines—Pit Work—Shaft Sinking—Hydraulic Transmission of Power +in Mines—Valve Gears of Pumping Engines—Water Pressure Pumping +Engines—Water Works Engines—Pumping Engine Economy and Trials of +Pumping Machinery—Centrifugal and other Low-Lift Pumps—Hydraulic Rams. +Pumping Mains, &c.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"By the 'one' English Engineer who probably knows more about Pumping +Machinery than <span class="smcap">any other</span>.' ... <span class="smcap">A volume recording the +results of long experience and study.</span>"—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"Undoubtedly <span class="smcap">the best and most practical treatise</span> on Pumping +Machinery <span class="smcap">that has yet been published</span>."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxviii" id="Page_xxxviii">[Pg xxxviii]</a></span></p> +<p><i>Royal 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With numerous Illustrations and Tables. +25s.</i></p> + +<h3>THE STABILITY OF SHIPS.</h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>SIR EDWARD J. REED, K.C.B., F.R.S., M.P.,</h4> + +<h6>KNIGHT OF THE IMPERIAL ORDERS OF ST. STANILAUS OF RUSSIA; FRANCIS JOSEPH +OF AUSTRIA; MEDJIDIE OF TURKEY; AND RISING SUN OF JAPAN; VICE-PRESIDENT +OF THE INSTITUTION OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS.</h6> + +<p>In order to render the work complete for the purposes of the +Shipbuilder, whether at home or abroad, the Methods of Calculation +introduced by Mr. <span class="smcap">F.K. Barnes</span>, Mr. <span class="smcap">Gray</span>, M. +<span class="smcap">Reech</span>, M. <span class="smcap">Daymard</span>, and Mr. <span class="smcap">Benjamin</span>, are all +given separately, illustrated by Tables and worked-out examples. The +book contains more than 200 Diagrams, and is illustrated by a large +number of actual cases, derived from ships of all descriptions.</p> + +<p>"Sir <span class="smcap">Edward Reed's 'Stability of Ships'</span> is <span class="smcap">invaluable</span>. +The <span class="smcap">Naval Architect</span> will find brought together and ready to his +hand, a mass of information which he would otherwise have to seek in an +almost endless variety of publications, and some of which he would +possibly not be able to obtain at all elsewhere."—<i>Steamship.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS.</b></h3> <h4>By <span class="smcap">John Harvard Biles, +M.Inst.N.A.</span>, </h4><h6>Professor of Naval Architecture in the University of +Glasgow. [<i>In Preparation.</i></h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> Illustrated with Plates, Numerous Diagrams, and +Figures in the Text. 18s. net.</p> + +<h3><b>STEEL SHIPS: THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Manual for Shipbuilders, Ship Superintendents, Students, and Marine +Engineers.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By THOMAS WALTON, Naval Architect</span>, </h4><h6>AUTHOR OF "KNOW YOUR OWN +SHIP."</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—I. Manufacture of Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, and +Steel.—Composition of Iron and Steel, Quality, Strength, Tests, &c. II. +Classification of Steel Ships. III. Considerations in making choice of +Type of Vessel.—Framing of Ships. IV. Strains experienced by +Ships.—Methods of Computing and Comparing Strengths of Ships. V. +Construction of Ships.—Alternative Modes of Construction.—Types of +Vessels.—Turret, Self Trimming, and Trunk Steamers, &c.—Rivets and +Rivetting, Workmanship. VI. Pumping Arrangements. VII. +Maintenance.—Prevention of Deterioration in the Hulls of +Ships.—Cement, Paint, &c.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"So thorough and well written is every chapter in the book that it is +difficult to select any of them as being worthy of exceptional praise. +Altogether, the work is excellent, and will prove of great value to +those for whom it is intended."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"Mr. Walton has written for the profession of which he is an ornament. +His work will be read and appreciated, no doubt, by every M.I.N.A., and +with great benefit by the majority of them."—<i>Journal of Commerce.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Cloth, 8s. 6d. Leather, for the Pocket, 8s. 6d.</p> + +<p><b>GRIFFIN'S ELECTRICAL PRICE-BOOK:</b> For Electrical, Civil, Marine, and +Borough Engineers, Local Authorities, Architects, Railway Contractors, +&c., &c. Edited by <span class="smcap">H.J. Dowsing</span>.</p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">Electrical Price-Book removes all mystery</span> about the cost +of Electrical Power. By its aid the <span class="smcap">expense</span> that will be +entailed by utilising electricity on a large or small scale can be +discovered."—<i>Architect.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxxix" id="Page_xxxix">[Pg xxxix]</a></span></p> + +<h3>GRIFFIN'S NAUTICAL SERIES,</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Edited by</span> EDW. BLACKMORE,</h4> + +<h6>Master Mariner, First Class Trinity House Certificate, Assoc. Inst. +N.A.; <span class="smcap">And Written, mainly</span>, by <span class="smcap">Sailors</span> for +<span class="smcap">Sailors</span>.</h6> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">This admirable series</span>."—<i>Fairplay</i>. "<span class="smcap">A very useful +series</span>."—<i>Nature</i>.</p> + +<p>"The volumes of <span class="smcap">Messrs. Griffin's Nautical Series</span> may well and +profitably be read by <span class="smcap">all</span> interested in our <span class="smcap">national +maritime progress</span>."—<i>Marine Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Every Ship</span> should have the <span class="smcap">whole Series</span> as a +<span class="smcap">Reference Library. Handsomely bound, clearly printed</span> and +<span class="smcap">illustrated</span>."—<i>Liverpool Journ. of Commerce.</i></p> + +<p><b>The British Mercantile Marine:</b> An Historical Sketch of its Rise and +Development. By the <span class="smcap">Editor, Capt. Blackmore</span>. 3s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"Captain Blackmore's <span class="smcap">splendid book</span> ... contains paragraphs on +every point of interest to the Merchant Marine. The 243 pages of this +book are <span class="smcap">the most valuable</span> to the sea captain that have +<span class="smcap">ever</span> been <span class="smcap">compiled</span>."—<i>Merchant Service Review.</i></p> + +<p><b>Elementary Seamanship.</b> By <span class="smcap">D. Wilson-Barker</span>, Master Mariner, +F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S. With numerous Plates, two in Colours, and +Frontispiece. <span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised, Enlarged, and +Re-set. With additional Illustrations. 6s.</p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">admirable manual</span>, by <span class="smcap">Capt. Wilson Barker</span>, of the +'Worcester', seems to us <span class="smcap">perfectly designed</span>. "—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p><b>Know Your Own Ship</b>: A Simple Explanation of the Stability, +Construction, Tonnage, and Freeboard of Ships. By <span class="smcap">Thos. Walton</span>, +Naval Architect. With numerous Illustrations and additional Chapters on +Buoyancy, Trim, and Calculations. <span class="smcap">Sixth Edition</span>, Revised. 7s. +6d.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Mr. Walton's</span> book will be found <span class="smcap">very useful</span>."—<i>The +Engineer.</i></p> + +<p><b>Navigation: Theoretical and Practical.</b> By <span class="smcap">D. Wilson-Barker</span>, +Master Mariner, &c., and <span class="smcap">William Allingham</span>. <span class="smcap">Second +Edition</span>, Revised. 8s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Precisely</span> the kind of work required for the New Certificates +of competency. Candidates will find it <span class="smcap">Invaluable</span>."—<i>Dundee +Advertiser.</i></p> + +<p><b>Marine Meteorology</b>: For Officers of the Merchant Navy. By <span class="smcap">William +Allingham</span>, First Class Honours, Navigation, Science and Art +Department. With Illustrations, Maps, and Diagrams, and <i>facsimile</i> +reproduction of log page. 7s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"Quite the <span class="smcap">best publication</span> on this subject."—<i>Shipping +Gazette.</i></p> + +<p><b>Latitude and Longitude: How to find them.</b> By <span class="smcap">W.J. Millar</span>, +C.E., late Sec. to the Inst. of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland. +<span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. 2s.</p> + +<p>"Cannot but prove an acquisition to those studying Navigation."—<i>Marine +Engineer.</i></p> + +<p><b>Practical Mechanics:</b> Applied to the requirements of the Sailor. By +<span class="smcap">Thos. Mackenzie</span>, Master Mariner, F.R.A.S. <span class="smcap">Second +Edition</span>, Revised. 3s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Well worth</span> the money ... <span class="smcap">exceedingly +helpful</span>."—<i>Shipping World.</i></p> + +<p><b>Trigonometry:</b> For the Young Sailor, &c. By <span class="smcap">Rich. C. Buck</span>, of +the Thames Nautical Training College, H.M.S. "Worcester." <span class="smcap">Second +Edition</span>, Revised. Price 3s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">eminently practical</span> and reliable +volume."—<i>Schoolmaster</i>.</p> + +<p><b>Practical Algebra.</b> By <span class="smcap">Rich. C. Buck</span>. Companion Volume to the +above, for Sailors and others. Price 3s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"It is <span class="smcap">just the book</span> for the young sailor mindful of +progress."—<i>Nautical Magazine.</i></p> + +<p><b>The Legal Duties of Shipmasters.</b> By <span class="smcap">Benedict Wm. Ginsburg</span>, +M.A., LL.D., of the Inner Temple and Northern Circuit; Barrister-at-Law. +<span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised and Extended. Price 4s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Invaluable</span> to masters ... We can fully recommend +it."—<i>Shipping Gazette.</i></p> + +<p><b>A Medical and Surgical Help for Shipmasters.</b> Including First Aid at +Sea. By <span class="smcap">Wm. Johnson Smith</span>, F.R.C.S., Principal Medical Officer, +Seamen's Hospital, Greenwich. <span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. 6s. +"<span class="smcap">Sound, judicious, really helpful</span>."—<i>The Lancet.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xl" id="Page_xl">[Pg xl]</a></span></p> +<p><i>Introductory Volume. Price 3s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h6>THE</h6> <h3><b>British Mercantile Marine.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By EDWARD BLACKMORE</span>, </h4><h6>MASTER MARINER; ASSOCIATE OF THE +INSTITUTION OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS; MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS +AND SHIPBUILDERS IN SCOTLAND; EDITOR OF GRIFFIN'S "NAUTICAL SERIES."</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—<span class="smcap">Historical</span>: From Early Times to +1486—Progress under Henry VIII.—To Death of Mary—During Elizabeth's +Reign—Up to the Reign of William III.—The 18th and 19th +Centuries—Institution of Examinations—Rise and Progress of Steam +Propulsion—Development of Free Trade—Shipping Legislation, 1862 to +1875—"Locksley Hall" Case—Shipmasters' Societies—Loading of +Ships—Shipping Legislation, 1884 to 1894—Statistics of Shipping. +<span class="smcap">The Personnel</span>: Shipowners—Officers—Mariners—Duties and +Present Position. <span class="smcap">Education</span>: A Seaman's Education: what it +should be—Present Means of Education—Hints. <span class="smcap">Discipline and +Duty</span>—Postscript—The Serious Decrease in the Number of British +Seamen, a Matter demanding the Attention of the Nation.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Interesting and Instructive</span> ... may be read <span class="smcap">with profit +and enjoyment</span>."—<i>Glasgow Herald.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Every Branch</span> of the subject is dealt with in a way which shows +that the writer 'knows the ropes' familiarly."—<i>Scotsman.</i></p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">admirable</span> book ... <span class="smcap">teems</span> with useful +information—Should be in the hands of every Sailor."—<i>Western Morning +News.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, <i>Thoroughly Revised, Enlarged, and Re-set. With +Additional Illustrations. Price 6s.</i></p> + +<h3><b>A MANUAL OF ELEMENTARY SEAMANSHIP.</b></h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">D. WILSON-BARKER, Master Mariner; F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S., &c., &c.;</span></h4> +<h6>YOUNGER BROTHER OF THE TRINITY HOUSE.</h6> + +<p>With Frontispiece, Numerous Plates (Two in Colours), and Illustrations +in the Text.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—The Building of a Ship; Parts of Hull, +Masts, &c.—Ropes, Knots, Splicing, &c.—Gear, Lead and Log, +&c.—Rigging, Anchors—Sailmaking—The Sails, &c.—Handling of Boats +under Sail—Signals and Signalling—Rule of the Road—Keeping and +Relieving Watch—Points of Etiquette—Glossary of Sea Terms and +Phrases—Index.</p> + +<p>*** The volume contains the <span class="smcap">new rules of the road</span>.</p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">admirable manual</span>, by <span class="smcap">Capt. Wilson-Barker</span> of the +'Worcester,' seems to us <span class="smcap">perfectly designed</span>, and holds its +place excellently in <span class="smcap">Griffin's Nautical Series</span>.' ... Although +intended for those who are to become Officers of the Merchant Navy, it +will be found useful by <span class="smcap">all yachtsmen</span>."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>*** For complete List of <span class="smcap">Griffin's Nautical Series</span>, see p. 39.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xli" id="Page_xli">[Pg xli]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, <i>Revised and Illustrated. Price 3s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>NAVIGATION:</b></h3> + +<h5><b>PRACTICAL AND THEORETICAL</b></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> DAVID WILSON-BARKER, R.N.R, F.R.S.E., &c., &c.,</h4> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>WILLIAM ALLINGHAM,</h4> + +<h6>FIRST-CLASS HONORS, NAVIGATION, SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT.</h6> + +<p>With Numerous Illustrations and Examination Questions.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Definitions—Latitude and +Longitude—Instruments of Navigation—Correction of Courses—Plane +Sailing—Traverse Sailing—Day's Work—Parallel Sailing—Middle Latitude +Sailing—Mercator's Chart—Mercator Sailing—Current Sailing—Position +by Bearings—Great Circle Sailing—The Tides—Questions—Appendix: +Compass Error—Numerous Useful Hints, &c.—Index.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Precisely</span> the kind of work required for the New Certificates +of competency in grades from Second Mate to extra Master.... Candidates +will find it <span class="smcap">invaluable</span>."—<i>Dundee Advertiser.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A capital little book</span> ... specially adapted to the New +Examinations. The Authors are <span class="smcap">Capt. Wilson-Barker</span> +(Captain-Superintendent of the Nautical College, H.M.S. 'Worcester,' who +has had great experience in the highest problems of Navigation), and +<span class="smcap">Mr. Allingham</span>, a well-known writer on the Science of Navigation +and Nautical Astronomy."—<i>Shipping World.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Handsome Cloth. Fully Illustrated. Price 7s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>MARINE METEOROLOGY, FOR OFFICERS OF THE MERCHANT NAVY.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> WILLIAM ALLINGHAM,</h4> + +<h6>Joint Author of "Navigation, Theoretical and Practical."</h6> + +<p>With numerous Plates, Maps, Diagrams, and Illustrations, and a facsimile +Reproduction of a Page from an actual Meteorological Log-Book.</p> + +<h4>SUMMARY OF CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Introductory.</span>—Instruments Used at Sea for Meteorological +Purposes.—Meteorological Log-Books.—Atmospheric Pressure.—Air +Temperatures.—Sea Temperatures.—Winds.—Wind Force Scales.—History of +the Law of Storms.—Hurricanes, Seasons, and Storm Tracks.—Solution of +the Cyclone Problem.—Ocean Currents.—Icebergs.—Synchronous +Charts.—Dew, Mists, Fogs, and Haze.—Clouds.—Rain, Snow, and +Hail.—Mirage, Rainbows, Coronas, Halos, and Meteors.—Lightning, +Corposants, and +Auroras.—<span class="smcap">Questions.</span>—<span class="smcap">Appendix.</span>—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"Quite the <span class="smcap">best</span> publication, AND certainly the <span class="smcap">most +interesting</span>, on this subject ever presented to Nautical +men."—<i>Shipping Gazette.</i></p> + +<p>*** For Complete List of <span class="smcap">Griffin's Nautical Series</span>, see p. 39.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xlii" id="Page_xlii">[Pg xlii]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition, Revised.</span> With Numerous Illustrations. Price +<b>3s. 6d.</b></p> + +<h3><b>Practical Mechanics:</b> Applied to the Requirements of the Sailor.</h3> + +<h4>By THOS. MACKENZIE,</h4> + +<h6><i>Master Mariner, F.R.A.S.</i></h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Resolution and Composition of Forces—Work +done by Machines and Living Agents—The Mechanical Powers: The Lever; +Derricks as Bent Levers—The Wheel and Axle: Windlass; Ship's Capstan; +Crab Winch—Tackles: the "Old Man"—The Inclined Plane; the Screw—The +Centre of Gravity of a Ship and Cargo—Relative Strength of Rope: Steel +Wire, Manilla, Hemp, Coir—Derricks and Shears—Calculation of the +Cross-breaking Strain of Fir Spar—Centre of Effort of +Sails—Hydrostatics: the Diving-bell; Stability of Floating Bodies; the +Ship's Pump, &c.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">This Excellent Book</span> ... contains a LARGE AMOUNT of +information."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Well worth</span> the money ... will be found EXCEEDINGLY +HELPFUL."—<i>Shipping World.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">No Ships' Officers' bookcase</span> will henceforth be complete +without <span class="smcap">Captain Mackenzie's 'Practical Mechanics.'</span> +Notwithstanding my many years' experience at sea, it has told me <i>how +much more there is to acquire</i>."—(Letter to the Publishers from a +Master Mariner).</p> + +<p>"I must express my thanks to you for the labour and care you have taken +in '<span class="smcap">Practical Mechanics</span>.' ... <span class="smcap">It is a life's +experience.</span> ... What an amount we frequently see wasted by rigging +purchases without reason and accidents to spars, &c., &c.! +<span class="smcap">'Practical Mechanics' would save all this.</span>"—(Letter to the +Author from another Master Mariner).</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><b>WORKS BY RICHARD C. BUCK,</b></h4> + +<h6>of the Thames Nautical Training College, H.M.S. 'Worcester.'</h6> + +<h3><b>A Manual of Trigonometry:</b> <i>With Diagrams, Examples, and Exercises. +Price 3s. 6d.</i></h3> + +<h5><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised and Corrected.</h5> + +<p>*** Mr. Buck's Text-Book has been <span class="smcap">specially prepared</span> with a +view to the New Examinations of the Board of Trade, in which +Trigonometry is an obligatory subject.</p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">eminently practical</span> and <span class="smcap">reliable +volume</span>."—<i>Schoolmaster.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>A Manual of Algebra.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>Designed to meet the Requirements of Sailors and others. Price 3s. 6d.</i></h5> + +<p>*** These elementary works on <span class="smcap">algebra</span> and <span class="smcap">trigonometry</span> +are written specially for those who will have little opportunity of +consulting a Teacher. They are books for "<span class="smcap">self-help</span>." All but +the simplest explanations have, therefore, been avoided, and +<span class="smcap">answers</span> to the Exercises are given. Any person may readily, by +careful study, become master of their contents, and thus lay the +foundation for a further mathematical course, if desired. It is hoped +that to the younger Officers of our Mercantile Marine they will be found +decidedly serviceable. The Examples and Exercises are taken from the +Examination Papers set for the Cadets of the "Worcester."</p> + +<p>"Clearly arranged, and well got up.... A first-rate Elementary +Algebra."—<i>Nautical Magazine.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xliii" id="Page_xliii">[Pg xliii]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised and Extended. In Crown 8vo. +Handsome Cloth. Price 4s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>THE LEGAL DUTIES OF SHIPMASTERS.</b></h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>BENEDICT WM. GINSBURG, M.A., LL.D. (<span class="smcap">Cantab.</span>),</h4> + +<h6>Of the Inner Temple and Northern Circuit; Barrister-at-Law.</h6> + +<p><b>General Contents.</b>—The Qualification for the Position of +Shipmaster—The Contract with the Shipowner—The Master's Duty in +respect of the Crew: Engagement; Apprentices; Discipline; Provisions, +Accommodation, and Medical Comforts; Payment of Wages and Discharge—The +Master's Duty in respect of the Passengers—The Master's Financial +Responsibilities—The Master's Duty in respect of the Cargo—The +Master's Duty in Case of Casualty—The Master's Duty to certain Public +Authorities—The Master's Duty in relation to Pilots, Signals, Flags, +and Light Dues—The Master's Duty upon Arrival at the Port of +Discharge—Appendices relative to certain Legal Matters: Board of Trade +Certificates, Dietary Scales, Stowage of Grain Cargoes, Load Line +Regulations, Life-saving Appliances, Carriage of Cattle at Sea, &c., +&c.—Copious Index.</p> + +<p>"No intelligent Master should fail to add this to his list of necessary +books. A few lines of it may <span class="smcap">save a lawyer's fee, besides endless +worry</span>."—<i>Liverpool Journal of Commerce.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Sensible</span>, plainly written, in <span class="smcap">CLEAR</span> and +<span class="smcap">non-technical language</span>, and will be found of much service by +the Shipmaster."—<i>British Trade Review.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. With Diagrams. Price 2s.</p> + +<h3><b>Latitude and Longitude: How to Find them.</b></h3> + +<h4>By W.J. MILLAR, C.E.,</h4> + +<h6><i>Late Secretary to the Inst. of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland.</i></h6> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Concisely</span> and <span class="smcap">clearly written</span> ... cannot but prove an +acquisition to those studying Navigation."—<i>Marine Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"Young Seamen will find it <span class="smcap">handy</span> and <span class="smcap">useful, simple</span> +and <span class="smcap">clear</span>."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>FIRST AID AT SEA.</b></h3> + +<h5><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. With Coloured Plates and Numerous +Illustrations, and comprising the latest Regulations Respecting the +Carriage of Medical Stores on Board Ship. Price 6s.</h5> + +<h3><b>A MEDICAL AND SURGICAL HELP FOR SHIPMASTERS AND OFFICERS IN THE +MERCHANT NAVY.</b></h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>WM. JOHNSON SMITH, F.R.C.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Principal Medical Officer, Seamen's Hospital, Greenwich.</h6> + +<p>*** The attention of all interested in our Merchant Navy is requested to +this exceedingly useful and valuable work. It is needless to say that it +is the outcome of many years <span class="smcap">practical experience</span> amongst +Seamen.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Sound, judicious, really helpful</span>."—<i>The Lancet.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xliv" id="Page_xliv">[Pg xliv]</a></span></p> +<p><span class="smcap">Sixth Edition.</span> <i>Revised, with Chapters on Trim, Buoyancy, and +Calculations. Numerous Illustrations. Handsome Cloth, Crown 8vo. Price +7s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>KNOW YOUR OWN SHIP.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> THOMAS WALTON, <span class="smcap">Naval Architect</span>.</h4> + +<h5>SPECIALLY ARRANGED TO SUIT THE REQUIREMENTS OF SHIPS' OFFICERS, +SHIPOWNERS, SUPERINTENDENTS, DRAUGHTSMEN, ENGINEERS, AND OTHERS.</h5> + +<p>This work explains, in a simple manner, such important subjects as:—</p> + +<p> +Displacement,<br /> +Deadweight,<br /> +Tonnage,<br /> +Freeboard,<br /> +Moments,<br /> +Buoyancy,<br /> +Strain,<br /> +Structure,<br /> +Stability,<br /> +Rolling,<br /> +Ballasting,<br /> +Loading,<br /> +Shifting Cargoes,<br /> +Admission of Water,<br /> +Sail Area,<br /> +&c., &c.<br /> +</p> + +<p>"The little book will be found <span class="smcap">exceedingly handy</span> by most +officers and officials connected with shipping.... Mr. Walton's work +will obtain <span class="smcap">lasting success</span>, because of its unique fitness for +those for whom it has been written."—<i>Shipping World.</i></p> + +<p>"An <span class="smcap">excellent work</span>, full of solid instruction and +<span class="smcap">invaluable</span> to every officer of the Mercantile Marine who has +his profession at heart."—<i>Shipping.</i></p> + +<p>"Not one of the 242 pages could well be spared. It will admirably fulfil +its purpose ... useful to ship owners, ship superintendents, ship +draughtsmen, and all interested in shipping."—<i>Liverpool Journal of +Commerce.</i></p> + +<p>"A mass of <span class="smcap">very useful information</span>, accompanied by diagrams and +illustrations, is given in a compact form."—<i>Fairplay.</i></p> + +<p>"We have found no one statement that we could have wished differently +expressed. The matter has, so far as clearness allows, been admirably +condensed, and is simple enough to be understood by every +seaman."—<i>Marine Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><b>BY THE SAME AUTHOR.</b></h4> + +<h3><b>Steel Ships: Their Construction and Maintenance.</b></h3> + +<p>(<b>See page 38.</b>)</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xlv" id="Page_xlv">[Pg xlv]</a></span></p> + +<p>Fourteenth Edition, Revised. Price 21s.</p> + +<p><i>Demy 8vo, Cloth. With Numerous Illustrations, reduced from Working +Drawings.</i></p> + +<h3><b>A MANUAL OF MARINE ENGINEERING:</b> COMPRISING THE DESIGNING, +CONSTRUCTION, AND WORKING OF MARINE MACHINERY.</h3> + +<h4>By A.E. SEATON, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. Mech. E., M. Inst. N.A.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—<span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—Principles of Marine +Propulsion. <span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—Principles of Steam Engineering. <span class="smcap">Part +III.</span>—Details of Marine Engines: Design and Calculations for +Cylinders, Pistons, Valves, Expansion Valves, &c. <span class="smcap">Part +IV.</span>—Propellers. <span class="smcap">Part V.</span>—Boilers. <span class="smcap">Part +VI</span>.—Miscellaneous.</p> + +<p>*** This <span class="smcap">Edition</span> includes a Chapter on <span class="smcap">Water-Tube +Boilers</span>, with Illustrations of the leading Types and the Revised +Rules of the <i>Bureau Veritas</i>.</p> + +<p>"In the three-fold capacity of enabling a Student to learn how to +design, construct, and work a Marine Steam-Engine, Mr. Seaton's Manual +has <span class="smcap">no rival</span>."—<i>Times.</i></p> + +<p>"By far the <span class="smcap">best Manual</span> in existence.... Gives a complete +account of the methods of solving, with the utmost possible economy, the +problems before the Marine Engineer."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"The Student, Draughtsman, and Engineer will find this work the <span class="smcap">most +valuable Handbook</span> of Reference on the Marine Engine now in +existence."—<i>Marine Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Seventh Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised. Pocket-Size, Leather. 8s. +6d.</p> + +<h3>A POCKET-BOOK OF MARINE ENGINEERING RULES AND TABLES, FOR THE USE OF</h3><h4> +Marine Engineers, Naval Architects, Designers, Draughtsmen, +Superintendents and Others.</h4> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>A.E. SEATON, M.I.C.E., M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A.,</h4> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>H.M. ROUNTHWAITE, M.I.Mech.E., M.I.N.A.</h4> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Admirably fulfils</span> its purpose."—<i>Marine Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4>By B. CUNNINGHAM.</h4> + +<h3><b>DOCKS: THEIR CONSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE.</b></h3> + +<p>(See page 27.)</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xlvi" id="Page_xlvi">[Pg xlvi]</a></span></p> + +<h4>WORKS BY PROF. ROBERT H. SMITH, Assoc. M.I.C.E., M.I.M.E., M.I.El.B., +M.I. Min. E., Whit. Sch., M. Ord. Meiji.</h4> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>THE CALCULUS FOR ENGINEERS AND PHYSICISTS,</h3><h5> Applied to Technical +Problems.</h5> + +<h5>WITH EXTENSIVE CLASSIFIED REFERENCE LIST OF INTEGRALS.</h5> + +<h4>By PROF. ROBERT H. SMITH.</h4> + +<h6>ASSISTED BY</h6> + +<h4>R.F. MUIRHEAD, M.A., B.Sc.,</h4> + +<h6>Formerly Clark Fellow of Glasgow University, and Lecturer on Mathematics +at Mason College.</h6> + +<p><i>In Crown 8vo, extra, with Diagrams and Folding-Plate.</i> 8s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Prof. R.H. Smith's</span> book will be serviceable in rendering a +hard road <span class="smcap">as easy as practicable</span> for the non-mathematical +Student and Engineer."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"Interesting diagrams, with practical illustrations of actual +occurrence, are to be found here in abundance. <span class="smcap">The very complete +classified reference table</span> will prove very useful in saving the +time of those who want an integral in a hurry."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>MEASUREMENT CONVERSIONS</h3> + +<h5>(English and French): 28 GRAPHIC TABLES OR DIAGRAMS.</h5> + +<p>Showing at a glance the <span class="smcap">Mutual Conversion</span> of +<span class="smcap">Measurements</span> in <span class="smcap">Different Units</span></p> + +<p>Of Lengths, Areas, Volumes, Weights, Stresses, Densities, Quantities of +Work, Horse Powers, Temperatures, &c.</p> + +<p><i>For the use of Engineers, Surveyors, Architects, and Contractors.</i></p> + +<p><i>In 4to, Boards. 7s. 6d.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>*** Prof. <span class="smcap">Smith's Conversion-Tables</span> form the most unique and +comprehensive collection ever placed before the profession. By their use +much time and labour will be saved, and the chances of error in +calculation diminished. It is believed that henceforth no Engineer's +Office will be considered complete without them.</p> + +<p>"The work is <span class="smcap">invaluable</span>."—<i>Colliery Guardian.</i></p> + +<p>"Ought to be in <span class="smcap">every</span> office where even occasional conversions +are required.... Prof. <span class="smcap">Smith's Tables</span> form very <span class="smcap">excellent +checks</span> on results."—<i>Electrical Review.</i></p> + +<p>"Prof. Smith deserves the hearty thanks, not only of the +<span class="smcap">Engineer</span>, but of the <span class="smcap">Commercial World</span>, for having +smoothed the way for the <span class="smcap">adoption</span> of the <span class="smcap">Metric System</span> +of <span class="smcap">Measurement</span>, a subject which is now assuming great +importance as a factor in maintaining our <span class="smcap">hold</span> upon <span class="smcap">foreign +trade</span>."—<i>The Machinery Market.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xlvii" id="Page_xlvii">[Pg xlvii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 10s. 6d.</p> + +<h3>CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS.</h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>BERTRAM BLOUNT, F.I.C., F.C.S., A.I.C.E., </h4><h6>Consulting Chemist to the +Crown Agents for the Colonies.</h6> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>A.G. BLOXAM, F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4> <h6>Consulting Chemist, Head of the Chemistry +Department, Goldsmiths' Inst., New Cross.</h6> + +<p>GENERAL CONTENTS.—Introduction—Chemistry of the Chief Materials of +Construction—Sources of Energy—Chemistry of Steam-raising—Chemistry +of Lubrication and Lubricants—Metallurgical Processes used in the +Winning and Manufacture of Metals.</p> + +<p>"The authors have <span class="smcap">succeeded</span> beyond all expectation, and have +produced a work which should give <span class="smcap">fresh power</span> to the Engineer +and Manufacturer."—<i>The Times.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Practical throughout</span> ... an <span class="smcap">admirable text-book</span>, +useful not only to Students, but to <span class="smcap">Engineers</span> and <span class="smcap">Managers +of works</span> in <span class="smcap">preventing waste</span> and <span class="smcap">improving +processes</span>."—<i>Scotsman.</i></p> + +<p>"A book worthy to take <span class="smcap">high rank</span> ... treatment of the subject +of <span class="smcap">gaseous fuel</span> particularly good.... <span class="smcap">Water gas</span> and +its production clearly worked out.... We <span class="smcap">warmly recommend</span> the +work."—<i>Journal of Gas Lighting.</i></p> + +<p>For Companion Volume by the same Authors, see "<span class="smcap">Chemistry for +Manufacturers</span>," p. 71.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Works by</span> WALTER R. BROWNE, M.A., <span class="smcap">M. Inst. C.E.</span>,</h4><h6> Late +Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.</h6> + +<h3><b>THE STUDENT'S MECHANICS: An Introduction to the Study of Force and +Motion.</b></h3> + +<h5>With Diagrams. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 4s. 6d.</h5> + +<p>"Clear in style and practical in method, '<span class="smcap">The Student's +Mechanics</span>' is cordially to be commended from all points of +view."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>FOUNDATIONS OF MECHANICS.</h3> + +<h5>Papers reprinted from the <i>Engineer.</i> In Crown 8vo, 1s.</h5> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Demy 8vo, with Numerous Illustrations, 9s.</p> + +<h3>FUEL AND WATER: A Manual for Users of Steam and Water.</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By Prof.</span> FRANZ SCHWACKHÖFER <span class="smcap">of Vienna, and</span> WALTER R. +BROWNE, M.A., C.E.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Heat and Combustion—Fuel, Varieties +of—Firing Arrangements: Furnace, Flues, Chimney—The Boiler, Choice +of—Varieties—Feed-water Heaters—Steam Pipes—Water: Composition, +Purification—Prevention of Scale, &c., &c.</p> + +<p>"The Section on Heat is one of the best and most lucid ever +written."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"Cannot fail to be valuable to thousands using steam power."—<i>Railway +Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xlviii" id="Page_xlviii">[Pg xlviii]</a></span></p> + +<h4>GRIFFINS LOCAL GOVERNMENT HANDBOOKS.</h4> + +<h3>WORKS SUITABLE FOR MUNICIPAL AND COUNTY ENGINEERS, ANALYSTS, AND OTHERS.</h3> + +<h5>See also Davies' <i>Hygiene</i>, p. 99, and MacLeod's <i>Public Health</i>, p. +110.</h5> + +<p><b>Gas Manufacture (The Chemistry of).</b> A Handbook on the Production, +Purification, and Testing of Illuminating Gas, and the Assay of +Bye-Products. By <span class="smcap">W.J.A. Butterfield</span>, M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S. With +Illustrations. <span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised (in preparation). [See +page 77.</p> + +<p><b>Water Supply:</b> A Practical Treatise on the Selection of Sources and the +Distribution of Water. By <span class="smcap">Reginald E. Middleton</span>, M. Inst. C.E., +M. Inst. Mech. E., F.S.I. With Four Plates and Numerous Diagrams. Crown +8vo. [See page 77.</p> + +<p><b>Central Electrical Stations:</b> Their Design, Organisation, and +Management. By <b>C.H. Wordingham</b>, A.K.C., M. Inst. C.E. Price 24s. net.</p> + +<p><i>For details see opposite page.</i></p> + +<p><b>Sewage Disposal Works:</b> A Guide to the Construction of Works for the +Prevention of the Pollution by Sewage of Rivers and Estuaries. By <span class="smcap">W. +Santo Crimp</span>, M. Inst. C.E., F.G.S. <span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised +and Enlarged. Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With 37 Plates. Price 30s. [See +page 76.</p> + +<p><b>Trades' Waste:</b> Its Treatment and Utilisation, with Special Reference +to the Prevention of Rivers' Pollution. By <span class="smcap">W. Naylor</span>, F.C.S., +A.M. Inst. C.E. With Numerous Plates, Diagrams, and Illustrations. 21s. +net. [See page 76.</p> + +<p><b>Calcareous Cements:</b> Their Nature, Preparation, and Uses. With some +Remarks upon Cement Testing. By <span class="smcap">Gilbert Redgrave</span>, Assoc. Inst. +C.E. With Illustrations, Analytical Data, and Appendices on Costs, &c. +8s. 6d. [See page 76.</p> + +<p><b>Road Making and Maintenance:</b> A Practical Treatise for Engineers, +Surveyors, and others. With an Historical Sketch of Ancient and Modern +Practice. By <span class="smcap">Thomas Aitken</span>, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., M. Assoc. +Municipal and County Engrs.; M. San. Inst. With numerous Plates, +Diagrams, and Illustrations. 21s. [See page 79.</p> + +<p><b>Light Railways at Home and Abroad.</b> By <span class="smcap">William Henry Cole</span>, M. +Inst. C.E., late Deputy Manager, North-Western Railway, India. Large +8vo, Handsome Cloth, Plates and illustrations. 16s. [See page 30.</p> + +<p><b>Practical Sanitation:</b> A Handbook for Sanitary Inspectors and others +interested in Sanitation. By <span class="smcap">Geo. Reid</span>, M.D., D.P.H., Medical +Officer, Staffordshire County Council. With Appendix on Sanitary Law, by +Herbert Manley, M.A., M.B., D.P.H. <span class="smcap">Tenth Edition</span>, Revised. 6s. +[See page 78.</p> + +<p><b>Sanitary Engineering</b>: A Practical Manual of Town Drainage and Sewage +and Refuse Disposal. By <span class="smcap">Frank Wood</span>, A.M. Inst. C.E., F.G.S., +Borough Surveyor, Fulham. Fully Illustrated. 8s. 6d. net. [See page 78.</p> + +<p><b>Dairy Chemistry:</b> A Practical Handbook for Dairy Managers, Chemists, +and Analysts. By <b>H. Droop Richmond</b>, F.C.S., Chemist to the Aylesbury +Dairy Company. With Tables, Illustrations, &c. Handsome Cloth, 16s. [See +page 73.</p> + +<p><b>Milk: Its Production and Uses.</b> With Chapters on Dairy Farming, The +Diseases of Cattle, and on the Hygiene and Control of Supplies. By +<span class="smcap">Edward F. Willoughby</span>, M.D. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond. and Camb.), +Inspector of Farms and General Scientific Adviser to Welford & Sons, +Ltd. [See page 73.</p> + +<p><b>Flesh Foods:</b> With Methods for their Chemical, Microscopical, and +Bacteriological Examination. A Handbook for Medical Men, Inspectors, +Analysts, and others. By <span class="smcap">C. Ainsworth Mitchell</span>, B.A., F.I.C., +Mem. Council Soc. of Public Analysts. With numerous Illustrations and a +coloured Plate. 10s. 6d. [See page 73.</p> + +<p><b>Foods:</b> Their Composition and Analysis. By <span class="smcap">A. Wynter Blyth</span>, +M.R.C.S., F.C.S., Public Analyst for the County of Devon. With Tables, +Folding Plate, and Frontispiece. <span class="smcap">Fifth Edition</span>, Thoroughly +Revised. 21s. [See page 72.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">An admirable digest</span> of the most recent state of +knowledge."—<i>Chemical News.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xlix" id="Page_xlix">[Pg xlix]</a></span></p> + +<h3>ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.</h3> + +<h5><i>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Profusely Illustrated with Plates, +Diagrams, and Figures. 24s. net.</i></h5> + +<h3>CENTRAL ELECTRICAL STATIONS: Their Design, Organisation, and Management.</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> CHAS. H. WORDINGHAM, A.K.C., <span class="smcap">M. Inst. C.E.</span>, <span class="smcap">M. +Inst. Mech. E.</span>,</h4> <h6>Late Memb. of Council Inst. E.E., and Electrical +Engineer to the City of Manchester.</h6> + +<h4>ABRIDGED CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p>Introductory.—Central Station Work as a Profession.—As an +Investment.—The Establishment of a Central Station.—Systems of +Supply.—Site.—Architecture.—Plant.—Boilers.—Systems of Draught and +Waste Heat Economy.—Coal Handling, Weighing, and Storing.—The +Transmission of Steam.—Generators.—Condensing Appliances.—Switching +Gear, Instruments, and Connections.—Distributing Mains.—Insulation, +Resistance, and Cost.—Distributing Networks.—Service Mains and +Feeders.—Testing Mains.—Meters and Appliances.—Standardising and +Testing Laboratory.—Secondary Batteries.—Street +Lighting.—Cost.—General Organisation.—Mains Department.—Installation +Department.—Standardising Department.—Drawing Office.—Clerical +Department.—The Consumer.—Routine and Main Laying.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"One of the <span class="smcap">most valuable contributions</span> to Central Station +literature we have had for some time."—<i>Electricity.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>ELECTRICITY CONTROL.</h3> + +<h5>A Treatise on Electricity Switchgear and Systems of Transmission.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> LEONARD ANDREWS, M.I.E.E.,</h4> + +<h6>Ex-Member of Council of the Incorporated Municipal Electrical +Association; Consulting Electrical Engineer to the Hastings Corporation, +&c., &c.</h6> + +<p>General Principles of Switchgear Design.—Constructional +Details.—Circuit Breakers or Arc Interrupting Devices.—Automatically +Operated Circuit Breakers.—Alternating Reverse Current +Devices.—Arrangement of 'Bus Bars, and Apparatus for Parallel +Running.—General Arrangement of Controlling Apparatus for High Tension +Systems.—General Arrangement of Controlling Apparatus for Low Tension +Systems.—Examples of Complete Installations.—Long Distance +Transmission Schemes.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Sixteenth Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged.</p> + +<h3>A POCKET-BOOK OF ELECTRICAL RULES & TABLES</h3> + +<h5><i>FOR THE USE OF ELECTRICIANS AND ENGINEERS.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> JOHN MUNRO, C.E., & <span class="smcap">Prof.</span> JAMIESON, <span class="smcap">M. Inst. +C.E.</span>, F.R.S.E.</h4> + +<p>With Numerous Diagrams. Pocket Size. Leather, 8s. 6d.</p> + +<h4><b>GENERAL CONTENTS.</b></h4> + +<p>Units of +Measurement.—Measures.—Testing.—Conductors.—Dielectrics.—Submarine +Cables.—Telegraphy.—Electro-Chemistry.—Electro-Metallurgy.—Batteries.—Dynamos +and Motors.—Transformers.—Electric +Lighting.—Miscellaneous.—Logarithms.—Appendices.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Wonderfully Perfect</span>.... Worthy of the highest commendation we +can give it."—<i>Electrician.</i></p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">Sterling Value</span> of Messrs. <span class="smcap">Munro</span> and +<span class="smcap">Jamieson's Pocket-Book</span>."—<i>Electrical Review.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_l" id="Page_l">[Pg l]</a></span></p> + +<h4><b>By PROFESSORS J.H. POYNTING & J.J. THOMSON.</b></h4> + +<p>In Five Volumes. Large 8vo. Sold Separately.</p> + +<h3><b>A TEXT-BOOK OF PHYSICS.</b></h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>J.H. POYNTING, SC.D., F.R.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Professor of Physics, +Birmingham University.</h6> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S.</h4> + +<h6>Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Prof. of Experimental Physics in +the University of Cambridge.</h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Introductory Volume, fully Illustrated. <span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, +Revised.</p> + +<p>Price 10s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>PROPERTIES OF MATTER.</b></h3> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—Gravitation.—The Acceleration of +Gravity.—Elasticity.—Stresses and Strains.—Torsion.—Bending of +Rods.—Spiral Springs.—Collision.—Compressibility of +Liquids.—Pressures and Volumes of Gases.—Thermal Effects Accompanying +Strain.—Capillarity.—Surface Tension.—Laplace's Theory of +Capillarity.—Diffusion of Liquids.—Diffusion of Gases.—Viscosity of +Liquids.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Volume II. Second Edition.</span> Fully Illustrated. Price 8s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>SOUND.</b></h3> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—The Nature of Sound and its chief +Characteristics.—The Velocity of Sound in Air and other +Media.—Reflection and Refraction of Sound.—Frequency and Pitch of +Notes.—Resonance and Forced Oscillations.—Analysis of Vibrations.—The +Transverse Vibrations of Stretched Strings or Wires.—Pipes and other +Air Cavities.—Rods.—Plates.—Membranes.—Vibrations maintained by +Heat.—Sensitive Flames and Jets.—Musical Sand.—The Superposition of +Waves.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"The work ... may be recommended to anyone desirous of possessing an +<span class="smcap">easy up-to-date Standard Treatise</span> on Acoustics."—<i>Literature.</i></p> + +<p>"Very clearly written.... The names of the authors are a guarantee of +the <span class="smcap">scientific accuracy</span> and <span class="smcap">up-to-date character</span> of +the work."—<i>Educational Times.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Volume III.</span> At Press. Fully Illustrated.</p> + +<h3><b>HEAT.</b></h3> + +<p>Remaining Volumes in Preparation—</p> + +<p><b>LIGHT; MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY.</b></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>THE MEAN DENSITY OF THE EARTH:</b> An Essay to which the Adams Prize was +adjudged in 1893 in the University of Cambridge. By <span class="smcap">J.H. +Poynting</span>, Sc.D., F.R.S., Late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; +Professor of Physics, Birmingham University. In Large 8vo, with +Bibliography, Illustrations in the Text, and Seven Lithographed Plates. +12s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"An account of this subject cannot fail to be of <span class="smcap">great</span> and +<span class="smcap">general interest</span> to the scientific mind. Especially is this the +case when the account is given by one who has contributed so +considerably as has Prof. Poynting to our present state of knowledge +with respect to a very difficult subject.... Remarkably has Newton's +estimate been verified by Prof. Poynting."—<i>Athenæum.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_li" id="Page_li">[Pg li]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><b>Griffin's Geological, Prospecting, Mining, and Metallurgical +Publications.</b></h4> + +<p>For Works on <span class="smcap">Chemistry</span> and <span class="smcap">Chemical Industries</span> see p. +69.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>PAGE</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Geology, Stratigraphical,</td><td align='left'>R. Etheridge, F.R.S.,</td><td align='left'>52</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " Physical,</td><td align='left'>Prof. H.G. Seeley,</td><td align='left'>52</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " Practical Aids,</td><td align='left'>Prof. Grenville Cole,</td><td align='left'>53</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " Open Air Studies,</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>19</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Griffin's "New Land" Series,</td><td align='left'>Ed. by Prof. Cole,</td><td align='left'>54</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Prospecting for Minerals,</td><td align='left'>S. Herbert Cox, A.R.S.M.,</td><td align='left'>55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Food Supply,</td><td align='left'>Robt. Bruce,</td><td align='left'>55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> New Lands,</td><td align='left'>H.R. Mill, D.Sc., F.R.S.E.,</td><td align='left'>54</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Building Construction,</td><td align='left'>Prof. James Lyon,</td><td align='left'>54</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ore and Stone Mining,</td><td align='left'>Prof. Le Neve Foster,</td><td align='left'>56</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Elementary Mining,</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>56</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Coal Mining,</td><td align='left'>H.W. Hughes, F.G.S.,</td><td align='left'>56</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Practical Coal Mining,</td><td align='left'>G.L. Kerr, M.Inst.M.E.,</td><td align='left'>58</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Elementary "</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>58</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Electrical Coal Mining,</td><td align='left'>D. Burns,</td><td align='left'>58</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mine-Surveying,</td><td align='left'>Bennett H. Brough, A.R.S.M.,</td><td align='left'>57</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Blasting and Explosives,</td><td align='left'>O. Guttmann, A.M.I.C.E.,</td><td align='left'>57</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mine Accounts,</td><td align='left'>Prof. J.G. Lawn,</td><td align='left'>57</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Mining Engineers' Pkt.-Bk.,</td><td align='left'>E.R. Field, M.Inst.M.M.,</td><td align='left'>60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Petroleum,</td><td align='left'>Redwood and Holloway,</td><td align='left'>61</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> A Handbook on Petroleum,</td><td align='left'>J.H. Thomson and Dr. Redwood,</td><td align='left'>61</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> The Petroleum Lamp,</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>61</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Metallurgical Analysis,</td><td align='left'>Macleod and Walker,</td><td align='left'>60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Metallurgy (General),</td><td align='left'>Phillips and Bauerman,</td><td align='left'>60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " (Elementary),</td><td align='left'>Prof. Humboldt Sexton,</td><td align='left'>66</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Getting Gold,</td><td align='left'>J.C.F. Johnson, F.G.S.,</td><td align='left'>58</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gold Seeking in South Africa,</td><td align='left'>Theo Kassner,</td><td align='left'>59</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cyanide Process,</td><td align='left'>James Park, F.G.S.,</td><td align='left'>59</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Cyaniding,</td><td align='left'>Smart and Julian,</td><td align='left'>59</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Electric Smelting,</td><td align='left'>Borchers and McMillan,</td><td align='left'>67</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Electro-Metallurgy,</td><td align='left'>W.G. McMillan, F.I.C.,</td><td align='left'>67</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Assaying,</td><td align='left'>J.J. & C. Beringer,</td><td align='left'>66</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Metallurgical Analysis,</td><td align='left'>J.J. Morgan, F.C.S,</td><td align='left'>66</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Griffin's Metallurgical Series</td><td align='left'>Ed. by Sir W. Roberts-Austen,</td><td align='left'>62</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Introduction,</td><td align='left'>Sir W. Roberts-Austen, K.C.B.,,</td><td align='left'>63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Gold, Metallurgy of,</td><td align='left'>Dr. Kirke Rose, A.R.S.M.,</td><td align='left'>63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Lead and Silver, "</td><td align='left'>H.F. Collins, A.R.S.M.,</td><td align='left'>64</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Iron, Metallurgy of,</td><td align='left'>Thos. Turner, A.R.S.M.,</td><td align='left'>65</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Steel, "</td><td align='left'>F.W. Harbord,</td><td align='left'>65</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> Metallurgical Machinery,</td><td align='left'>H.C. Jenkins, A.R.S.M.,</td><td align='left'>64</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Goldsmith and Jeweller's Art,</td><td align='left'>Thos. B. Wigley,</td><td align='left'>68</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Precious Stones,</td><td align='left'>Dr. Max Bauer,</td><td align='left'>68</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lii" id="Page_lii">[Pg lii]</a></span></p> +<p><i>Demy 8vo, Handsome cloth, 18s.</i></p> + +<h3>Physical Geology and Palæontology,</h3> + +<h4><i>ON THE BASIS OF PHILLIPS.</i></h4> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>HARRY GOVIER SEELEY, F.R.S.,</h4> <h6>PROFESSOR OF GEOGRAPHY IN KING'S COLLEGE, +LONDON.</h6> + +<h4>With Frontispiece in Chromo-Lithography, and Illustrations.</h4> + +<p>"It is impossible to praise too highly the research which <span class="smcap">Professor +Seeley's</span> '<span class="smcap">Physical Geology</span>' evidences. <span class="smcap">It is far more +than a Text-book</span>—it is a <span class="smcap">Directory</span> to the Student in +prosecuting his researches."—<i>Presidential Address to the Geological +Society, 1885, by Rev. Prof. Bonney, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Professor Seeley</span> maintains in his '<span class="smcap">Physical Geology</span>' +the high reputation he already deservedly bears as a Teacher."—<i>Dr. +Henry Woodward, F.R.S., in the "Geological Magazine."</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Professor Seeley's</span> work includes one of the most satisfactory +Treatises on Lithology in the English language."—<i>American Journal of +Engineering.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Demy 8vo, Handsome cloth, 34s.</i></p> + +<h3>Stratigraphical Geology & Palæontology,</h3> + +<h5><i>ON THE BASIS OF PHILLIPS.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>ROBERT ETHERIDGE, F.R.S.,</h4> + +<h6>OF THE NATURAL HIST. DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM, LATE PALÆONTOLOGIST TO +THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF GREAT BRITAIN, PAST PRESIDENT OF THE GEOLOGICAL +SOCIETY, ETC.</h6> + +<h4>With Map, Numerous Tables, and Thirty-six Plates.</h4> + +<p>"No such compendium of geological knowledge has ever been brought +together before."—<i>Westminster Review.</i></p> + +<p>"If <span class="smcap">Prof. Seeley's</span> volume was remarkable for its originality +and the breadth of its views, Mr. <span class="smcap">Etheridge</span> fully justifies the +assertion made in his preface that his book differs in construction and +detail from any known manual.... Must take <span class="smcap">high rank among works of +reference</span>."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN GEOLOGY: </h3><h5>An Introduction to Geology Out-of-doors.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> PROFESSOR GRENVILLE COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S.</h4> + +<p>For details, see Griffin's Introductory Science Series, p. 85.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_liii" id="Page_liii">[Pg liii]</a></span></p> +<p><i>Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth, 2s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>RESEARCHES ON THE PAST AND PRESENT HISTORY OF THE EARTH'S ATMOSPHERE.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>Including the latest Discoveries and their Practical Applications.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> DR. THOMAS LAMB PHIPSON.</h4> + +<p>PART I.—<span class="smcap">The Earth's Atmosphere in Remote Geological Periods.</span></p> + +<p>PART II.—<span class="smcap">The Atmosphere of Our Present Period.</span> <span class="smcap">Appendices; +Index.</span></p> + +<p>*** Dr. Phipson's work presents, amidst much which is of interest to the +Scientist and the General Reader alike, a short <i>résumé</i> of his +discovery of the origin of Atmospheric Oxygen, the existence of which he +attributes wholly to the action of Solar Radiation upon vegetable life. +The book will be found replete with much that is new, curious, and +interesting, both in connection with Weather Lore, and with Scientific +Meteorology.—<i>Publisher's Note.</i></p> + +<p>"The book should prove of interest to general readers, as well as to +meteorologists and other students of science."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4>By GRENVILLE A.J. COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Professor of Geology in the Royal College of Science for Ireland, and +Examiner in the University of London.</h6> + +<p><i>See also the two following pages (54, 55), and page 85.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>AIDS IN PRACTICAL GEOLOGY:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>WITH A SECTION ON PALÆONTOLOGY.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> PROFESSOR GRENVILLE COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S.</h4> + +<h5><span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised. With Frontispiece and +Illustrations. Cloth, 10s. 6d.</h5> + +<p> +GENERAL CONTENTS.—<br /> +PART I.—<span class="smcap">Sampling of the Earth's Crust.</span><br /> +PART II.—<span class="smcap">Examination of Minerals.</span><br /> +PART III.—<span class="smcap">Examination of Rocks.</span><br /> +PART IV.—<span class="smcap">Examination of Fossils.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>"Prof. Cole treats of the examination of minerals and rocks in a way +that has never been attempted before ... <span class="smcap">deserving of the highest +praise</span>. Here indeed are 'Aids' <span class="smcap">innumerable</span> and +<span class="smcap">invaluable</span>. All the directions are given, with the utmost +clearness and precision."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"That the work deserves its title, that it is full of '<span class="smcap">Aids</span>,' +and in the highest degree '<span class="smcap">practical</span>,' will be the verdict of +all who use it."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">excellent Manual</span> ... will be <span class="smcap">a very great +help</span>.... The Section on the Examination of Fossils is probably the +<span class="smcap">best</span> of its kind yet published.... <span class="smcap">Full</span> of +well-digested information from the newest sources and from personal +research."—<i>Annals of Nat. History.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_liv" id="Page_liv">[Pg liv]</a></span></p> +<h3>GRIFFINS "NEW LAND" SERIES.</h3> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p class="center"><i>Practical Hand-Books for the Use of Prospectors, Explorers, Settlers, +Colonists, and all Interested in the opening up and Development of New +Lands.</i></p> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Edited by</span> GRENVILLE A.J. COLE, M.R.I.A., F.G.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Professor of Geology in the Royal College of Science for Ireland, and +Examiner in the University of London.</h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 5s.</i></p> + +<h5><i>With Numerous Maps Specially Drawn and Executed for this Work.</i></h5> + +<h3>NEW LANDS:</h3> + +<h5>THEIR RESOURCES AND PROSPECTIVE ADVANTAGES.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> HUGH ROBERT MILL, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.E.,</h4> + +<h6>Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Introductory</span>.—The Development of New Lands.—The Dominion of +Canada.—Canada, Eastern Provinces.—Canada, Western Provinces and +Territories.—Newfoundland.—The United States.—Latin America, +Mexico.—Latin America, Temperate Brazil and Chili.—Latin America, +Argentina.—The Falkland Islands.—Victoria.—New South +Wales.—Queensland.—South Australia.—Tasmania.—Western +Australia.—New Zealand.—The Resources of South Africa.—Southern +Rhodesia.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Painstaking</span> ... <span class="smcap">complete</span> ... of great <span class="smcap">practical +assistance</span>."—<i>The Field.</i></p> + +<p>"A want admirably supplied.... Has the advantage of being written by a +professed Geographer."—<i>Geographical Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h5><i>IN PREPARATION.</i></h5> + +<p><b>BUILDING CONSTRUCTION <span class="smcap">in</span> WOOD, STONE, <span class="smcap">and</span> CONCRETE.</b> +By <span class="smcap">James Lyon</span>, M.A., Professor of Engineering in the Royal +College of Science for Ireland; sometime Superintendent of the +Engineering Department in the University of Cambridge; and J. Taylor, +A.R.C.S.I.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>*** Other Volumes, dealing with subjects of <span class="smcap">Primary Importance</span> +in the <span class="smcap">Examination</span> and <span class="smcap">Utilisation</span> of Lands which have +not as yet been fully developed, are in preparation.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lv" id="Page_lv">[Pg lv]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, <i>Revised. With Illustrations. Handsome Cloth, +5s.</i></p> + +<h3>PROSPECTING FOR MINERALS.</h3> + +<h5>A Practical Handbook for Prospectors, Explorers, Settlers, and all +interested in the Opening up and Development of New Lands.</h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>S. HERBERT COX, Assoc. R.S.M., M. Inst. M.M., F.G.S., &c.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Introduction and Hints on Geology—The +Determination of Minerals: Use of the Blow-pipe, &c.—Rock-forming +Minerals and Non-Metallic Minerals of Commercial Value: Rock Salt, +Borax, Marbles, Lithographic Stone, Quartz and Opal, &c., &c.—Precious +Stones and Gems—Stratified Deposits: Coal and Ores—Mineral Veins and +Lodes—Irregular Deposits—Dynamics of Lodes: Faults, &c.—Alluvial +Deposits—Noble Metals: Gold, Platinum, Silver, +&c.—Lead—Mercury—Copper—Tin—Zinc—Iron—Nickel, &c.—Sulphur, +Antimony, Arsenic, &c.—Combustible Minerals—Petroleum—General Hints +on Prospecting—Glossary—Index.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"This <span class="smcap">admirable little work</span> ... written with +<span class="smcap">scientific accuracy</span> in a <span class="smcap">clear</span> and +<span class="smcap">lucid</span> style.... An <span class="smcap">important addition</span> to +technical literature ... will be of value not only to the +Student, but to the experienced Prospector.... If the +succeeding volumes of the <span class="smcap">New Land Series</span> are equal in +merit to the First, we must congratulate the Publishers on +successfully filling up a gap in existing literature.—<i>Mining +Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">excellent handbook</span> will prove a perfect +<i>Vade-mecum</i> to those engaged in the practical work of Mining +and Metallurgy."—<i>Times of Africa.</i></p></div> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>With many Engravings and Photographs. Handsome Cloth, 4s. 6d.</p> + +<h3>FOOD SUPPLY.</h3> + +<h4>By ROBERT BRUCE, Agricultural Superintendent to the Royal Dublin +Society.</h4> + +<h5>With Appendix on Preserved Foods by C.A. Mitchell, B.A., F.L.C.</h5> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Climate and Soil—Drainage and Rotation of +Crops—Seeds and Crops—Vegetables and Fruits—Cattle and +Cattle-Breeding—Sheep and Sheep Rearing—Pigs—Poultry—Horses—The +Dairy—The Farmer's Implements—The Settler's Home.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Bristles With Information.</span>"—<i>Farmers' Gazette.</i></p> + +<p>"The work is one which will appeal to those intending to become farmers +at home or in the Colonies, and who desire to obtain a general idea of +the true principles of farming in <span class="smcap">all its branches</span>."—<i>Journal +of the Royal Colonial Inst.</i></p> + +<p>"A most <span class="smcap">readable</span> and <span class="smcap">valuable</span> book, and merits an +<span class="smcap">extensive sale</span>."—<i>Scottish Farmer.</i></p> + +<p>"Will prove of service in <span class="smcap">any part of the world</span>."—<i>Nature.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lvi" id="Page_lvi">[Pg lvi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>, Revised, and brought thoroughly up-to-date by +<span class="smcap">L.H. Cooke</span>, Instructor in Mine Surveying, Royal College of +Science.</p> + +<h5>With Frontispiece and 716 Illustrations. Price 34s.</h5> + +<h3>ORE & STONE MINING.</h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>C. LE NEVE FOSTER, D.Sc., F.R.S.,</h4> + +<h6>PROFESSOR OF MINING, ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE; EXAMINER IN MINING TO THE +BOARD OF EDUCATION.</h6> + +<h4>GENERAL CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p>INTRODUCTION. Mode of Occurrence of +Minerals.—Prospecting.—Boring.—Breaking Ground.—Supporting +Excavations.—Exploitation.—Haulage or Transport.—Hoisting or +Winding.—Drainage.—Ventilation.—Lighting.—Descent and +Ascent.—Dressing.—Principles of Employment of Mining +Labour.—Legislation affecting Mines and Quarries.—Condition of the +Miner.—Accidents.—Index.</p> + +<p>"Dr. Foster's book was expected to be epoch-making, and it fully +justifies such expectation.... <span class="smcap">A most admirable</span> account of the +mode of occurrence of practically <span class="smcap">all known minerals</span>. Probably +stands unrivalled for completeness."—<i>The Mining Journal</i>.</p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">epoch-making</span> work ... appeals to <span class="smcap">men of +experience</span> no less than to students."—<i>Berg- und Hüttenmännische +Zeitung</i>.</p> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">splendid work</span>."—<i>Oesterr. Ztschrft. für Berg- und +Hüttenwesen</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>ELEMENTARY MINING AND QUARRYING</h3> + +<h5>(An Introductory Text-book).</h5> <h4>By Prof. <span class="smcap">C. Le Neve Foster</span>, F.R.S.</h4> +<h6>With Illustrations. [<i>At Press.</i></h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>, <i>Revised and Greatly Enlarged. With Numerous +Additional Illustrations, mostly reduced from Working Drawings. Price +24s. net.</i></p> + +<h3>A TEXT-BOOK OF COAL-MINING:</h3> + +<h5><i>FOR THE USE OF COLLIERY MANAGERS AND OTHERS ENGAGED IN COAL-MINING.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>HERBERT WILLIAM HUGHES, F.G.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Assoc. Royal School of Mines, General Manager of Sandwell Park Colliery.</h6> + +<h4>GENERAL CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p>Geology.—Search for Coal.—Breaking Ground.—Sinking.—Preliminary +Operations.—Methods of +Working.—Haulage.—Winding.—Pumping.—Ventilation.—Lighting.—Works +at Surface.—Preparation of Coal for Market.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"Quite <span class="smcap">the best</span> book of its kind ... as <span class="smcap">practical</span> in +aim as a book can be ... The illustrations are +<span class="smcap">excellent</span>."—<i>Athenæum</i>.</p> + +<p>"We cordially recommend the work."—<i>Colliery Guardian</i>.</p> + +<p>"Will soon come to be regarded as the <span class="smcap">standard work</span> of its +kind."—<i>Birmingham Daily Gazette.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lvii" id="Page_lvii">[Pg lvii]</a></span></p> +<p><span class="smcap">Tenth Edition</span>, Revised and Enlarged. With Numerous Diagrams.</p> + +<p>Cloth, 7s. 6d.</p> + +<h3>A TREATISE ON MINE-SURVEYING:</h3> + +<h5>For the use of Managers of Mines and Collieries, Students at the Royal +School of Mines, &c.</h5> + +<h4>By BENNETT H. BROUGH, F.G.S., <span class="smcap">Assoc.</span>R.S.M.,</h4> + +<h6>Formerly Instructor of Mine-Surveying, Royal School of Mines.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—General Explanations.—Measurement of +Distances.—Miner's Dial.—Variation of the +Magnetic-Needle.—Surveying.—German Dial.—Theodolite.—Traversing +Underground.—Surface-Surveys.—Plotting the Survey.—Calculation of +Areas.—Levelling.—Measuring Distances by +Telescope.—Setting-out.—Problems.—Photographic +Surveying.—<i>Appendices.</i></p> + +<p>"Its <span class="smcap">clearness</span> of <span class="smcap">style, lucidity</span> of +<span class="smcap">description</span>, and <span class="smcap">fulness</span> of <span class="smcap">detail</span> have long +ago won for it a place unique in the literature of this branch of mining +engineering, and the present edition fully maintains the high standard +of its predecessors. To the student, and to the mining engineer alike, +<span class="smcap">its value</span> is inestimable. The illustrations are +excellent."—<i>The Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo.</i> <span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>. <i>Price 10s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>Mine Accounts and Mining Book-keeping.</b></h3> + +<h5>For Students, Managers, Secretaries, and others.</h5> + +<h5><i>With Examples taken from Actual Practice of Leading Companies.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>JAMES GUNSON LAWN, Assoc.R.S.M., Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E., F.G.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Professor of Mining at the South African School of Mines.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Edited by</span> C. LE NEVE FOSTER, D.Sc., F.R.S.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—Introduction.—Part I. Engagement and +Payment of Workmen.—Part II. Purchases and Sales.—Part III. Working +Summaries and Analyses.—Part IV. Ledger, Balance Sheet, and Company +Books.—Part V. Reports and Statistics.</p> + +<p>"It seems <span class="smcap">impossible</span> to suggest how Mr. <span class="smcap">Lawn's</span> book +could be made more <span class="smcap">complete</span> or more <span class="smcap">valuable</span>, careful, +and exhaustive."—<i>Accountants' Magazine</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo, with Illustrations and Folding-Plates. 10s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>BLASTING</b>:</h3> + +<h5>AND THE USE OF EXPLOSIVES.</h5> + +<h5>A Handbook for Engineers and others Engaged in Mining, Tunnelling, +Quarrying, &c.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By OSCAR GUTTMANN, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E.</span></h4> + +<h6><i>Member of the Societies of Civil Engineers and Architects of Vienna and +Budapest, Corresponding Member of the Imp. Roy. Geological Institution +of Austria, &c.</i></h6> + +<p>"This <span class="smcap">admirable</span> work."—<i>Colliery Guardian.</i></p> + +<p>"Should prove a <i>vade-mecum</i> to Mining Engineers and all engaged in +practical work."—<i>Iron and Coal Trades Review.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lviii" id="Page_lviii">[Pg lviii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Crown 8vo. Handsome cloth. With Numerous Illustrations. 6s. net.</i></p> + +<h3><b>ELECTRICAL PRACTICE IN COLLIERIES.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By D. BURNS, M.E., M.Inst.M.E.,</span></h4> + +<h6>Certificated Colliery Manager, and Lecturer on Mining and Geology to the +Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College.</h6> + +<p>Units of Measurement, Conductors, &c.—The Theory of the Dynamo.—The +Dynamo, Details of Construction and Working.—Motors.—Lighting +Installations in Collieries.—Pumping by Electricity.—Electrical +Haulage.—Coal Cutting.—Miscellaneous Applications of Electricity in +Mines.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"A clear and concise introduction to electrical practice in +collieries."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> Large Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With over 520 +Illustrations in the Text. 12s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>PRACTICAL COAL-MINING:</b> </h3><h5>A MANUAL FOR MANAGERS, UNDER-MANAGERS, COLLIERY +ENGINEERS, AND OTHERS.</h5> + +<h5><i>With Worked-out Problems on Haulage, Pumping, Ventilation, &c.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> GEORGE L. KERR, M.E., M.<span class="smcap">Inst.</span>M.E.</h4> + +<p>"An <span class="smcap">essentially practical work</span>, and can be confidently +recommended. No department of Coal-Mining has been +overlooked."—<i>Engineers' Gazette.</i></p> + +<p>"This book <span class="smcap">just meets</span> the wants of Students preparing for the +Colliery Managers' Examinations. I have decided to use it for our +classes here.... We have, I believe the largest atining class in Great +Britain."—<i>The Principal of a Training College.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>ELEMENTARY COAL-MINING: </h3><h5>For the Use of Students, Miners, and others +preparing for Examinations. By <span class="smcap">George L. Kerr, M.E., +M.Inst.M.E.</span>, Author of "Practical Coal-Mining." In Crown 8vo. +Handsome Cloth. With 200 Illustrations. 3s. 6d.</h5> + +<p>"An abundance of information conveyed in a popular and attractive +form.... Will be of great use to all who are in any way interested in +coal mining."—<i>Scottish Critic.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> <i>With Illustrations. Cloth, 3s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>GETTING GOLD:</b></h3> + +<h5>A GOLD-MINING HANDBOOK FOR PRACTICAL MEN.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> J.C.F. JOHNSON, F.G.S., A.I.M.E.,</h4> + +<h6>Life Member Australasian Mine-Managers' Association.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—Introductory: Prospecting (Alluvial and +General)—Lode or Reef Prospecting—Genesiology of Gold—Auriferous +Lodes—Drifts—Gold Extraction—Lixiviation—Calcination—Motor Power +and its Transmission—Company Formation—Mining Appliances and +Methods—Australasian Mining Regulations.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Practical</span> from beginning to end ... deals thoroughly with the +Prospecting, Sinking, Crushing, and Extraction of gold."—<i>Brit. +Australasian.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lix" id="Page_lix">[Pg lix]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>With Plates and Illustrations. Handsome Cloth. At Press.</i></p> + +<h3><b>THE CYANIDE PROCESS OF GOLD EXTRACTION.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Text-Book for the Use of Metallurgists and Students at Schools of +Mines, &c.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By JAMES PARK, F.G.S., M.Inst.M.M.</span>,</h4> + +<p>Professor of Mining and Director of the Otago University School of +Mines; late Director Thames School of Mines, and Geological Surveyor and +Mining Geologist to the Government of New Zealand.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third English Edition.</span> Thoroughly Revised and Greatly Enlarged. +With additional details concerning the Siemens-Halske and other recent +processes.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—The MacArthur Process.—Chemistry of the +Process.—Laboratory Experiments.—Control Testing and Analysis of +Solutions.—Appliances for Cyanide Extraction.—The Actual Extraction by +Cyanide.—Application of the Process.—Leaching by Agitation.—Zinc +Precipitation of Gold.—The Siemens-Halske Process.—Other Cyanide +Processes.—Antidotes for Cyanide Poisoning.—Cyaniding in New Zealand.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Park's book deserves to be ranked as amongst the <span class="smcap">best of +existing treatises on this subject</span>."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">At Press</span>. <i>With Numerous Plates, Maps, and Illustrations.</i></p> + +<h3><b>CYANIDING GOLD & SILVER ORES.</b></h3> + +<h5>A Practical Treatise on the Cyanide Process; its Application, Methods of +Working, Design and Construction of Plant, and Costs.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> H. FORBES JULIAN,</h4> + +<h6>Mining and Metallurgical Engineer; Specialist in Gold: Late Technical +Adviser of the Deutsche Gold und Silber Scheide Anstalt, +Frankfort-on-Maine.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">And</span> EDGAR SMART, A.M.I.C.E.,</h4> + +<h6>Civil and Metallurgical Engineer.</h6> + +<p>*** This book deals with the Cyanide Process from Technical, Commercial, +and Scientific points of view. It is adapted for the Use of Directors, +Managers, and Superintendents of Mines and Metallurgical Works, Mining +Engineers, Metallurgists, Chemists, Assayers, Working Cyaniders, and +Students.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Crown. 8vo. Illustrated. Fancy Cloth Boards.</i> 4<i>s</i>. 6<i>d</i>.</p> + +<h3><b>GOLD SEEKING IN SOUTH AFRICA:</b></h3> + +<h5>A Handbook of Hints for intending Explorers, Prospectors, and Settlers.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> THEO KASSNER,</h4> + +<h6>Mine Manager, Author of the Geological Sketch Map of the De Kaap Gold +Fields.</h6> + +<p><i>With a Chapter on the Agricultural Prospects of South Africa.</i></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abstract of Contents</span>—History.—Geology.—Prospecting.—The De +Kaap Goldfields.—Komati and Swaziland.—Cost of Mining, Native Labour, +&c.—Lydenberg Goldfields—Zoutspanberg.—Witwatersrand.—Other +Goldfields.—General Considerations—Conclusions.—Agricultural +Prospects, Tables, Index, &c.</p> + +<p>"As fascinating in its way as anything ever penned by Jules Verne. Mr. +Kassner manages to impart his information in a way that enables him to +be understanded even of the dullest."—<i>African Commerce.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lx" id="Page_lx">[Pg lx]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">At Press.</span> Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations.</p> + +<h3>METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS & ASSAYING:</h3> + +<h5>A THREE YEARS' COURSE FOR STUDENTS OF SCHOOLS OF MINES.</h5> + +<h4>By W.A. MACLEOD, B.A., B.Sc., A.O.S.M. (N.Z.),</h4> + +<h6>Formerly Assist.-Director, Thames School of Mines (N.Z.), and Lecturer +in Chemistry, University of Tasmania; Director of Queensland Government +School of Mines, Charters Towers;</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">And</span> CHAS. WALKER, F.C.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Formerly Assist.-Demonstrator in Chemistry, Sydney University; Lecturer +in Chemistry and Metallurgy, Charters Towers School of Mines</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part</span> I.—<span class="smcap">Qualitative Analysis and Preparation and +Properties of Gases.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part</span> II.—<span class="smcap">Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part</span> III.—<span class="smcap">Assaying, Technical Analysis (Gas, Water, Fuels, +Oils, &c.).</span></p> + +<p>*** "The aim of this work is to provide the student with a graded course +of work leading from Simple Quantitative Analysis up to the Technical +Quantitative Methods. It has been specially prepared to meet the +requirements of Schools of Mines, and more especially, of those in the +Colonies, the subject matter having been selected to cover a three +years' laboratory course."—<i>Extract from Author's Preface.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition.</span> With Folding Plates and Many Illustrations. 36s.</p> + +<h3>ELEMENTS OF METALLURGY.</h3> + +<h5>A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE ART OF EXTRACTING METALS FROM THEIR ORES.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> J. ARTHUR PHILLIPS, M. <span class="smcap">Inst.</span> C.E., F.C.S., F.G.S., +&c., <span class="smcap">And</span> H. BAUERMAN, V.P.G.S.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Refractory Materials.—Fire-Clays.—Fuels, +&c.—Aluminium.—Copper.—Tin.—Antimony.—Arsenic.—Zinc.—Mercury.—Bismuth.—Lead.—Iron.—Cobalt.—Nickel.—Silver.—Gold.—Platinum.</p> + +<p>"Of the <span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, we are still able to say that, as a +Text-book of Metallurgy, it is <span class="smcap">the best</span> with which we are +acquainted."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"A work which is equally valuable to the Student as a Text-book, and to +the practical Smelter as a Standard Work of Reference.... The +Illustrations are admirable examples of Wood Engraving."—<i>Chemical +News.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p class="center"><b>THE MINING ENGINEERS' REPORT BOOK AND DIRECTORS'</b> AND SHAREHOLDERS' +GUIDE TO MINING REPORTS. By <span class="smcap">Edwin R. Field</span>, +<span class="smcap">M.Inst.M.M.</span> With Notes on the Valuation of Mining Property and +Tabulating Reports, Useful Tables, &c., and provided with detachable +blank pages for MS. Notes.</p> + +<p>"An <span class="smcap">admirably</span> compiled book which Mining Engineers and Managers +will find <span class="smcap">extremely useful</span>."—<i>Mining Journal.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxi" id="Page_lxi">[Pg lxi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> <i>In Preparation. In Two Volumes, Large 8vo. +With Numerous Maps, Plates, and Illustrations in the Text. Price 45s.</i></p> + +<h3><b>PETROLEUM <i>AND ITS PRODUCTS:</i> A PRACTICAL TREATISE.</b></h3> + +<h4>By Dr. BOVERTON REDWOOD, <span class="smcap">F.R.S.E., F.I.C., Assoc.R.C.S.</span>,</h4> + +<h6>Hon. Corr. Mem. of the Imperial Russian Technical Society; Mem. of the +American Chemical Society; Adviser to the Home Office and to the +Corporation of London under the Petroleum Acts, &c., &c.</h6> + +<h5><span class="smcap">Assisted by GEO. T. HOLLOWAY, F.I.C., Assoc. R.C.S.</span>, And +Numerous Contributors.</h5> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—I. Historical.—II. Geological and +Geographical Distribution of Petroleum and Natural Gas.—III. Chemical +and Physical Properties.—IV. Origin—V. Production.—VI. +Refining.—VII. The Shale Oil and Allied Industries.—VIII. Transport, +Storage, and Distribution.—IX. Testing.—X. Application and Uses.—XI. +Legislation at Home and Abroad.—XII. Statistics.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">MOST COMPREHENSIVE AND CONVENIENT ACCOUNT</span> that has yet +appeared of a gigantic Industry which has made incalculable additions to +the comfort of civilised man."—<i>The Times.</i></p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">splendid contribution</span> to our technical +literature."—<i>Chemical News.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>With Plates (One Coloured) and Illustrations. Price 8s. 6d. net.</i></p> + +<h3>A HANDBOOK ON PETROLEUM.</h3> +<h5><i>FOR INSPECTORS UNDER THE PETROLEUM ACTS,</i></h5> + +<h5>And for those engaged in the Storage, Transport, Distribution, and +Industrial Use of Petroleum and its Products, and of Calcium Carbide. +With suggestions on the Construction and Use of Mineral Oil Lamps.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By CAPTAIN J.H. THOMSON</span>, H.M. Chief Inspector of Explosives,</h4> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Dr. BOVERTON REDWOOD</span>,</h4> <h6>Author of "Petroleum and its Products."</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—I. Introductory.—II. Sources of Supply.—III. +Production.—IV. Chemical Products, Shale Oil, and Coal Tar.—V. Flash +Point and Fire Test.—VI. Testings.—VII. Existing Legislation relating +to Petroleum.—VIII.—IX.—Precautions Necessary.—X. Petroleum Oil +Lamps.—XI. Carbide of Calcium and +Acetylene.—Appendices.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"A volume that will enrich the world's petroleum literature, and render +a service to the British branch of the industry.... Reliable, +indispensable, a brilliant contribution."—<i>Petroleum.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p class="center"><b>THE PETROLEUM LAMP: Its Choice and Use.</b> A Guide to the Safe Employment +of Mineral Oil in what is commonly termed the Paraffin Lamp. By +<span class="smcap">Capt. J.H. Thomson</span> and Dr. <span class="smcap">Boverton Redwood</span>. Popular +Edition, Illustrated. 1s. net.</p> + +<p>"The book contains a great deal of interesting reading, much of which is +thoroughly practical and useful. It is a work which will meet every +purpose for which it has been written."—<i>Petroleum.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxii" id="Page_lxii">[Pg lxii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h2>Griffin's Metallurgical Series.</h2> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><i>STANDARD WORKS OF REFERENCE</i></h3> + +<h6>FOR</h6> + +<h5>Metallurgists, Mine-Owners, Assayers, Manufacturers, and all interested +in the development of the Metallurgical Industries.</h5> + +<h4>EDITED BY Sir W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., D.C.L, F.R.S.</h4> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>INTRODUCTION to the STUDY of METALLURGY.</b> By the <span class="smcap">Editor</span>. +<span class="smcap">Fifth Edition.</span> 18s. (See p. 63.)</p> + +<p><b>GOLD (The Metallurgy of).</b> By <span class="smcap">Thos. Kirke Rose</span>, D.Sc., +Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C., Chemist and Assayer of the Royal Mint. <span class="smcap">Fourth +Edition.</span> 21s. (See p. 63.)</p> + +<p><b>LEAD AND SILVER (The Metallurgy of).</b> By <span class="smcap">H.F. Collins</span>, +Assoc.R.S.M., M.Inst.M.M. Part I., Lead, 16s; Part II., Silver, 16s. +(See p. 64.)</p> + +<p><b>IRON (The Metallurgy of).</b> By <span class="smcap">T. Turner</span>, A.R.S.M., F.I.C., +F.C.S. <span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. 16s. (See p. 65.)</p> + +<p><b>STEEL (The Metallurgy of).</b> By <span class="smcap">F.W. Harbord</span>, Assoc.R.S.M., +F.I.C., with a Section on Mechanical Treatment by <span class="smcap">J.W. Hall</span>, +A.M.Inst, C.E. (See p. 65.) [<i>Ready shortly.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Will be Published at Short Intervals.</i></p> + +<p><b>METALLURGICAL MACHINERY:</b> the Application of Engineering to +Metallurgical Problems. By <span class="smcap">Henry Charles Jenkins</span>, Wh.Sc., +Assoc.R.S.M., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E., of the Royal College of Science. (See +p. 64).</p> + +<p><b>ALLOYS.</b> By the <span class="smcap">Editor</span>.</p> + +<p>*** Other Volumes in Preparation.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxiii" id="Page_lxiii">[Pg lxiii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fifth Edition</span>, thoroughly Revised and considerably Enlarged. +Large 8vo, with numerous Illustrations and Micro-Photographic Plates of +different varieties of Steel. 18s.</p> + +<h3><b>An Introduction to the Study of METALLURGY.</b></h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>Sir W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., A.R.S.M., </h4><h6>Late Chemist +and Assayer of the Royal Mint, and Professor of Metallurgy in the Royal +College of Science.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—The Relation of Metallurgy to +Chemistry.—Physical Properties of Metals.—Alloys.—The Thermal +Treatment of Metals.—Fuel and Thermal Measurements.—Materials and +Products of Metallurgical Processes.—Furnaces.—Means of Supplying Air +to Furnaces.—Thermo-Chemistry.—Typical Metallurgical Processes.—The +Micro-Structure of Metals and Alloys.—Economic Considerations.</p> + +<p>"No English text-book at all approaches this in the +<span class="smcap">completeness</span> with which the most modern views on the subject +are dealt with. Professor Austen's volume will be <span class="smcap">invaluable</span>, +not only to the student, but also to those whose knowledge of the art is +far advanced."—<i>Chemical News.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>, Revised, Considerably Enlarged, and in part +Re-written. Including the most recent Improvements in the Cyanide +Process. With Frontispiece and numerous Illustrations. 21s.</p> + +<h3><b>THE METALLURGY OF GOLD.</b></h3> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>T. KIRKE ROSE, D.Sc.Lond., Assoc.R.S.M.,</h4><h6> <i>Chemist and Assayer of the +Royal Mint</i>.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—The Properties of Gold and its +Alloys.—Chemistry of Gold.—Mode of Occurrence and +Distribution.—Placer Mining.—Shallow Deposits.—Deep Placer +Mining.—Quartz Crushing in the Stamp Battery.—Amalgamation.—Other +Forms of Crushing and Amalgamating.—Concentration.—Stamp Battery +Practice.—Chlorination: The Preparation of Ore.—The Vat Process.—The +Barrel Process.—Chlorination Practice in Particular Mills.—The Cyanide +Process.—Chemistry of the Process.—Pyritic Smelting.—The Refining and +Parting of Gold Bullion—The Assay of Gold Ores.—The Assay of +Bullion—Economic Considerations.—Bibliography.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">comprehensive practical treatise</span> on this important +subject."—<i>The Times.</i></p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">most complete</span> description of the <span class="smcap">chlorination +process</span> which has yet been published."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"Adapted for all who are interested in the Gold Mining Industry, being +free from technicalities as far as possible, but is more particularly of +value to those engaged in the industry."—<i>Cape Times.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxiv" id="Page_lxiv">[Pg lxiv]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Edited by SIR W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L.</span></h4> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Two Volumes, Each Complete in Itself and Sold Separately.</p> + +<h3><b>THE METALLURGY OF LEAD AND SILVER.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By H.F. COLLINS, Assoc.R.S.M., M.Inst.M.M.</span></h4> + +<p><b>Part I.—LEAD:</b></p> + +<p>A Complete and Exhaustive Treatise on the Manufacture of Lead, with +Sections on Smelting and Desilverisation, and Chapters on the Assay and +Analysis of the Materials involved. Price 16s.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Summary of Contents.</span>—Sampling and Assaying Lead and +Silver.—Properties and Compounds of Lead.—Lead Ores.—Lead +Smelting.—Reverberatories.—Lead Smelting in Hearths.—The Roasting of +Lead Ores.—Blast Furnace Smelting; Principles, Practice, and Examples; +Products.—Flue Dust, its Composition, Collection and Treatment.—Costs +and Losses, Purchase of Ores.—Treatment of Zinc, Lead Sulphides, +Desilverisation, Softening and Refining.—The Pattinson Process.—The +Parkes Process.—Cupellation and Refining, &c., &c.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">thoroughly sound</span> and useful digest. May with <span class="smcap">every +confidence</span> be recommended."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>Part II. SILVER.</b></p> + +<p>Comprising Details regarding the Sources and Treatment of Silver Ores, +together with Descriptions of Plant, Machinery, and Processes of +Manufacture, Refining of Bullion, Cost of Working, &c. Price 16s.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Summary of Contents.</span>—Properties of Silver and its Principal +Compounds.—Silver Ores.—The Patio Process.—The Kazo, Fondon, Kröhnke, +and Tina Processes.—The Pan Process.—Roast Amalgamation.—Treatment of +Tailings and Concentration.—Retorting, Melting, and +Assaying.—Chloridising-Roasting.—The Augustin, Claudet, and Ziervogel +Processes.—The Hypo-Sulphite Leaching Process.—Refining.—Matte +Smelting.—Pyritic Smelting.—Matte Smelting in +Reverberatories.—Silver-Copper Smelting and Refining.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"The author has focussed <span class="smcap">a large amount of valuable information</span> +into a convenient form.... The author has evidently considerable +practical experience, and describes the various processes clearly and +well."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b><i>IN PREPARATION.</i></b></h3> + +<h3>METALLURGICAL MACHINERY: </h3><h5>The Application of Engineering to +Metallurgical Problems.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By HENRY CHARLES JENKINS</span>,</h4> + +<h6><i>Wh.Sc., Assoc.R.S.M., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.</i></h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxv" id="Page_lxv">[Pg lxv]</a></span></p> +<p><span class="smcap">Ready Shortly.</span> With Numerous Illustrations. Large 8vo. Handsome +Cloth.</p> + +<h3><b>THE METALLURGY OF STEEL.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By F.W. HARBORD, Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C.</span>, </h4><h6><i>Consulting Metallurgist +and Analytical Chemist to the Indian Government, Royal Indian +Engineering College, Coopers Hill.</i></h6> + +<p>With over 40 Plates, 500 Illustrations (comprising nearly 100 +Micro-Sections of Steel), Diagrams of Plant and Machinery, reduced from +Working Drawings, and a Section on Mill Practice.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">By J.W. HALL, A.M.Inst.C.E.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abridged Contents.</span>—The Plant, Machinery, Methods and Chemistry +of the Bessemer and of the Open Hearth Processes (Acid and Basic).—The +Mechanical Treatment of Steel comprising Mill Practice, Plant and +Machinery.—The Influence of Metalloids, Heat Treatment, Special Steels, +Microstructure, Testing, and Specifications.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. Price 16s.</p> + +<h3><b>THE METALLURGY OF IRON.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By THOMAS TURNER, Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C.</span>, </h4><h6><i>Professor of +Metallurgy in the University of Birmingham.</i></h6> + +<p>In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth, With Numerous Illustrations (many from +Photographs).</p> + +<p><i>General Contents.</i>—Early History of Iron.—Modern History of +Iron.—The Age of Steel.—Chief Iron Ores.—Preparation of Iron +Ores.—The Blast Furnace.—The Air used in the Blast Furnace.—Reactions +of the Blast Furnace.—The Fuel used in the Blast Furnace.—Slags and +Fluxes of Iron Smelting.—Properties of Cast Iron.—Foundry +Practice.—Wrought Iron.—Indirect Production of Wrought Iron.—The +Puddling Process.—Further Treatment of Wrought Iron.—Corrosion of Iron +and Steel.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">most valuable summary</span> of knowledge relating to every method +and stage in the manufacture of cast and wrought iron ... rich in +chemical details.... <span class="smcap">Exhaustive</span> and <span class="smcap">thoroughly +up-to-date.</span>"—<i>Bulletin of the American Iron and Steel +Association.</i></p> + +<p>"This is <span class="smcap">a delightful book</span>, giving, as it does, reliable +information on a subject becoming every day more elaborate."—<i>Colliery +Guardian.</i></p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">thoroughly useful book</span>, which brings the subject <span class="smcap">up to +date</span>. <span class="smcap">Of great value</span> to those engaged in the iron +industry."—<i>Mining Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>*** For Details of <span class="smcap">Works on Mining</span>, see pages 55-59.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxvi" id="Page_lxvi">[Pg lxvi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>A TEXT-BOOK OF ASSAYING:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>For the use of Students, Mine Managers, Assayers, &c.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By J.J. BERINGER, F.I.C., F.C.S.</span>,</h4><h6> Public Analyst for, and +Lecturer to the Mining Association of, Cornwall.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">And C. BERINGER, F.C.S.</span>,</h4><h6> Late Chief Assayer to the Rio Tinto +Copper Company, London.</h6> + +<p>With numerous Tables and Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 10s. 6d. +<span class="smcap">Eighth Edition.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—<span class="smcap">Part I.—Introductory</span>; +<span class="smcap">Manipulation</span>: Sampling; Drying; Calculation of +Results—Laboratory-books and Reports. <span class="smcap">Methods</span>: Dry +Gravimetric; Wet Gravimetric—Volumetric Assays: Titrometric, +Colorimetric, Gasometric—Weighing and Measuring—Reagents—Formulæ, +Equations, &c.—Specific Gravity.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part II.—Metals</span>: Detection and Assay of Silver, Gold, +Platinum, Mercury, Copper, Lead, Thallium, Bismuth, Antimony, Iron, +Nickel, Cobalt, Zinc, Cadmium, Tin, Tungsten, Titanium, Manganese, +Chromium, &c.—Earths, Alkalies.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part III.—Non-Metals</span>: Oxygen and Oxides; The Halogens—Sulphur +and Sulphates—Arsenic, Phosphorus, Nitrogen—Silicon, Carbon, +Boron—Useful Tables.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">really meritorious work</span>, that may be safely depended upon +either for systematic instruction or for reference."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<p>"This work is one of the best of its kind."—<i>Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, <i>Revised. Handsome Cloth. With Numerous +Illustrations. 6s.</i></p> + +<h3>A TEXT-BOOK OF <b>ELEMENTARY METALLURGY.</b></h3> + +<h5>Including the Author's Practical Laboratory Course.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By A. HUMBOLDT SEXTON, F.I.C., F.C.S.</span>,</h4> <h6>Professor of Metallurgy +in the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College.</h6> + +<p>GENERAL CONTENTS.—Introduction.—Properties of the +Metals.—Combustion.—Fuels.—Refractory +Materials.—Furnaces.—Occurrence of the Metals in Nature.—Preparation +of the Ore for the Smelter.—Metallurgical +Processes.—Iron.—Steel.—-Copper.—Lead.—Zinc and +Tin.—Silver.—Gold.—Mercury.—Alloys.—Applications of +<span class="smcap">Electricity</span> to Metallurgy.—<span class="smcap">Laboratory Course.</span></p> + +<p>"Just the kind of work for Students commencing the study of Metallurgy, +or for <span class="smcap">Engineering</span> Students."—<i>Practical Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Excellently</span> got-up and <span class="smcap">well-arranged</span>."—<i>Chemical +Trade Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Price 4s.</p> + +<h3><b>TABLES FOR QUANTITATIVE METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS.</b> FOR LABORATORY USE.</h3> + +<h5><i>ON THE PRINCIPLE OF "GROUP" SEPARATIONS.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By J. JAMES MORGAN, F.C.S., M.S.C.I.</span></h4> + +<p>"The Author may be <span class="smcap">CONGRATULATED</span> on the way his work has been +carried out."—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<p>"Will <span class="smcap">commend itself</span> highly in Laboratory Practice. Its +<span class="smcap">clearness</span> and <span class="smcap">precision</span> mark the book out as a highly +useful one."—<i>Mining Journal.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxvii" id="Page_lxvii">[Pg lxvii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised, Enlarged, and in part Re-written. With +Additional Sections on <span class="smcap">Modern Theories of Electrolysis Costs</span>, +&c. Price 10s. 6d.</p> + +<h3>A TREATISE ON <b>ELECTRO-METALLURGY:</b></h3> + +<h5>Embracing the Application of Electrolysis to the Plating, Depositing, +Smelting, and Refining of various Metals, and to the Reproduction of +Printing Surfaces and Art-Work, &c.</h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>WALTER G. M<sup>c</sup>MILLAN, F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4><h6><i>Secretary to the Institution of +Electrical Engineers; late Lecturer in Metallurgy at Mason College, +Birmingham.</i></h6> + +<h4>With numerous Illustrations. Large Crown 8vo. Cloth.</h4> + +<p>"This excellent treatise, ... one of the <span class="smcap">BEST</span> and <span class="smcap">MOST +COMPLETE</span> manuals hitherto published on +Electro-Metallurgy."—<i>Electrical Review.</i></p> + +<p>"This work will be a <span class="smcap">standard</span>."—<i>Jeweller.</i></p> + +<p>"Any metallurgical process which <span class="smcap">reduces</span> the cost of production +must of necessity prove of great commercial importance.... We recommend +this manual to <span class="smcap">ALL</span> who are interested in the <span class="smcap">practical +application</span> of electrolytic processes."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In large 8vo. With Numerous Illustrations and Three Folding-Plates. +Price 21s.</p> + +<h3><b>ELECTRIC SMELTING & REFINING:</b></h3><h5> A Practical Manual of the Extraction and +Treatment of Metals by Electrical Methods.</h5> + +<h4>Being the "<span class="smcap">Elektro-Metallurgie</span>" of <span class="smcap">Dr. W. BORCHERS</span>.</h4> + +<h4>Translated from the Second Edition by WALTER G. M<sup>c</sup>MILLAN, F.I.C., +F.C.S</h4> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4>CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part I.—Alkalies and Alkaline Earth Metals</span>: Magnesium, +Lithium, Beryllium, Sodium, Potassium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, the +Carbides of the Alkaline Earth Metals.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part II.—The Earth Metals</span>: Aluminium, Cerium, Lanthanum, +Didymium.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Part III.—The Heavy Metals</span>: Copper, Silver, Gold, Zinc and +Cadmium, Mercury, Tin, Lead, Bismuth, Antimony, Chromium, Molybdenum, +Tungsten, Uranium, Manganese, Iron, Nickel, and Cobalt, the Platinum +Group.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Comprehensive</span> and <span class="smcap">authoritative</span> ... not only +<span class="smcap">full</span> of <span class="smcap">valuable information</span>, but gives evidence of +a<span class="smcap">thorough insight</span> into the technical <span class="smcap">value</span> and +<span class="smcap">possibilities</span> of all the methods discussed."—<i>The +Electrician.</i></p> + +<p>"Dr. <span class="smcap">Borchers' well-known work</span> ... must of <span class="smcap">necessity be +acquired</span> by every one interested in the subject. +<span class="smcap">Excellently</span> put into English with additional matter by Mr. +<span class="smcap">M<sup>c</sup>Millan</span>."—<i>Nature.</i></p> + +<p>"Will be of <span class="smcap">GREAT SERVICE</span> to the practical man and the +Student."—<i>Electric Smelting.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxviii" id="Page_lxviii">[Pg lxviii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 4to, Library Style. Beautifully Illustrated with 20 Plates, +many in Colours, and 94 Figures in the Text.</i></p> + +<h3><b>PRECIOUS STONES: Their Properties, Occurrences, and Uses.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Treatise for Dealers, Manufacturers, Jewellers, and for all +Collectors and others interested in Gems.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By Dr. MAX BAUER</span>, Professor in the University of Marburg,</h4> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Translated by L.J. SPENCER, M.A. (Cantab.), F.G.S.</span></h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—General Properties of Gems: Their Natural +Characters, Occurrence, Application, and Uses.—Detailed Description of +Particular Gems: The Diamond, Rubies, Sapphires; Emeralds, Tourmalines, +and Opals; Felspars, Amphiboles, Malachite.—Non-mineral Gems: Amber, +&c.—Optical Features, Transparency, Translucency, Opacity, Refraction +and Dispersion, &c.—<span class="smcap">Appendix</span>: Pearls; Coral.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large Crown 8vo. With Numerous Illustrations. 8s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3>The Art of the Goldsmith and Jeweller</h3><h5> A Manual on the Manipulation of +Gold and the Manufacture of Personal Ornaments.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By THOS. B. WIGLEY</span>, </h4><h6>Headmaster of the Jewellers and +Silversmiths' Association Technical School, Birmingham.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">ASSISTED BY J.H. STANSBIE, B.Sc. (Lond.), F.I.C.</span>,</h4> <h6>Lecturer at +the Birmingham Municipal Technical School.</h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Introduction.—The Ancient Goldsmith's +Art.—Metallurgy of Gold.—Prices, &c.—Alloys.—Melting, Rolling, and +Slitting Gold.—The workshop and Tools.—Wire Drawing.—Rings.—Chains +and Insignia.—Antique Jewellery and its Revival.—Etruscan +Work.—<span class="smcap">Precious Stones.</span>—Cutting.—Polishing and +Finishing.—Chasing, Embossing, and Repoussé Work.—Colouring and +Finishing.—Enamelling.—Engraving.—Moulding and Casting Ornaments, +&c.—Fluxes. &c.—Recovery of the Precious Metals.—Refining and +Assaying.—Gilding and Electro +Deposition.—Hall-Marking.—Miscellaneous.—Appendix.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxix" id="Page_lxix">[Pg lxix]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h2><b>Griffin's Chemical and Technological Publications.</b></h2> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>For Metallurgy and Electro-Metallurgy, see previous Section.</i></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>PAGE</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Inorganic Chemistry</b>,</td><td align='left'>Profs. Dupré and Hake,</td><td align='left'>70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Quantitative Analysis</b>,</td><td align='left'>Prof. Humboldt Sexton,</td><td align='left'>70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Qualitative "</b></td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Chemistry for Engineers</b>,</td><td align='left'>Blount and Bloxam,</td><td align='left'>71</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b> " " Manufacturers</b>,</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>71</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Foods, Analysis of</b>,</td><td align='left'>A. Wynter Blyth,</td><td align='left'>72</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Poisons, Detection of</b>,</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>72</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Tables for Chemists and Manufacturers</b>,</td><td align='left'>Prof. Castell-Evans,</td><td align='left'>79</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Agricultural Chemistry</b>,</td><td align='left'>Prof. J.M.H. Munro,</td><td align='left'>75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Dairy Chemistry</b>,</td><td align='left'>H. D. Richmond,</td><td align='left'>73</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Milk</b>,</td><td align='left'>E.F. Willoughby,</td><td align='left'>73</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Flesh Foods</b>,</td><td align='left'>C.A. Mitchell,</td><td align='left'>73</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Practical Sanitation</b>,</td><td align='left'>Dr. G. Reid,</td><td align='left'>78</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Sanitary Engineering</b>,</td><td align='left'>F. Wood,</td><td align='left'>78</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Technical Mycology</b>,</td><td align='left'>Lafar and Salter,</td><td align='left'>74</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Ferments</b>,</td><td align='left'>C. Oppenheimer,</td><td align='left'>74</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Brewing</b>,</td><td align='left'>Dr. W.J. Sykes,</td><td align='left'>75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Sewage Disposal</b>,</td><td align='left'>Santo Crimp,</td><td align='left'>76</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Trades' Waste</b>,</td><td align='left'>W. Naylor,</td><td align='left'>76</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Cements</b>,</td><td align='left'>G.R. Redgrave,</td><td align='left'>76</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Water Supply</b>,</td><td align='left'>R.E. Middleton,</td><td align='left'>77</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Road Making</b>,</td><td align='left'>Thos. Aitken,</td><td align='left'>79</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Gas Manufacture</b>,</td><td align='left'>W. Atkinson Butterfield,</td><td align='left'>77</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Acetylene</b>,</td><td align='left'>Leeds and Butterfield,</td><td align='left'>77</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Fire Risks</b>,</td><td align='left'>Dr. Schwartz,</td><td align='left'>77</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Petroleum</b>,</td><td align='left'>Redwood and Holloway,</td><td align='left'>61</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>—— (Handbook)</b>,</td><td align='left'>Thomson and Redwood,</td><td align='left'>61</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Oils, Soaps, Candles</b>,</td><td align='left'>Dr. Alder Wright,</td><td align='left'>81</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Lubrication and Lubricants</b>,</td><td align='left'>Archbutt and Deeley,</td><td align='left'>32</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>India Rubber</b>,</td><td align='left'>Dr. Carl O. Weber,</td><td align='left'>81</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Painters' Colours, Oils, and Varnishes</b>,</td><td align='left'>G.H. Hurst,</td><td align='left'>80</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Painters' Laboratory Guide</b>,</td><td align='left'> " "</td><td align='left'>80</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Painting and Decorating</b>,</td><td align='left'>W.J. Pearce,</td><td align='left'>80</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Photography</b>,</td><td align='left'>A. Brothers,</td><td align='left'>21</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Dyeing</b>,</td><td align='left'>Knecht and Rawson,</td><td align='left'>82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Dictionary of Dyes</b>,</td><td align='left'>Rawson, Gardner, and Laycock,</td><td align='left'>82</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Textile Printing</b>,</td><td align='left'>Seymour Rothwell,</td><td align='left'>83</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Textile Fibres of Commerce</b>,</td><td align='left'>W.I. Hannan,</td><td align='left'>83</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Dyeing and Cleaning</b>,</td><td align='left'>G.H. Hurst,</td><td align='left'>84</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Bleaching and Calico-Printing</b>,</td><td align='left'>Geo. Duerr,</td><td align='left'>84</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxx" id="Page_lxx">[Pg lxx]</a></span></p> +<h3><b>A SHORT MANUAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.</b></h3> + +<h4>BY A. DUPRÉ, Ph.D., F.R.S.,</h4> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>WILSON HAKE, Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., </h4><h6>Of the Westminster Hospital Medical +School</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised, Enlarged, and Re-issued. Price 6s. net.</p> + +<p>"A well-written, clear and accurate Elementary Manual of Inorganic +Chemistry.... We agree heartily with the system adopted by Drs. Dupré +and Hake. <span class="smcap">Will Make Experimental Work trebly interesting because +intelligible</span>."—<i>Saturday Review.</i></p> + +<p>"There is no question that, given the <span class="smcap">perfect grounding</span> of the +Student in his Science, the remainder comes afterwards to him in a +manner much more simple and easily acquired. The work is <span class="smcap">an example +of the advantages of the Systematic Treatment</span> of a Science over the +fragmentary style so generally followed. <span class="smcap">By a long way the best</span> +of the small Manuals for Students."—<i>Analyst.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h4><b>LABORATORY HANDBOOKS BY A. HUMBOLDT SEXTON,</b></h4> + +<h6>Professor of Metallurgy in the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical +College.</h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>OUTLINES OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS.</i></h5> + +<p>With Illustrations. <span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>. Crown 8vo, Cloth, 3s.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">compact laboratory guide</span> for beginners was wanted, and the +want has been <span class="smcap">well supplied</span>.... A good and useful +book."—<i>Lancet</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>OUTLINES OF QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS.</i></h5> + +<p>With Illustrations. <span class="smcap">Fourth Edition</span>, Revised. Crown 8vo, Cloth, +3s. 6d.</p> + +<p>"The work of a thoroughly practical chemist."—<i>British Medical +Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"Compiled with great care, and will supply a want."—<i>Journal of +Education.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>ELEMENTARY METALLURGY:</b> </h3><h5>Including the Author's Practical Laboratory +Course. With many Illustrations. [See p. 66.</h5> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 6s.</p> + +<p>"Just the kind of work for students commencing the study of +metallurgy."—<i>Practical Engineer.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxi" id="Page_lxxi">[Pg lxxi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS.</b></h3> + +<h5>A PRACTICAL TEXT-BOOK.</h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>BERTRAM BLOUNT, F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4> <h6>Assoc.Inst.C.E., Consulting Chemist to +the Crown Agents for the Colonies.</h6> + +<h6>AND</h6> + +<h4>A.G. BLOXAM, F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4> <h6>Consulting Chemist, Head of the Chemistry +Department, Goldsmiths' Inst., New Cross.</h6> + +<p>In Two Vols., Large 8vo. With Illustrations. Sold Separately.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>"The authors have <span class="smcap">succeeded</span> beyond all expectations, and have +produced a work which should give <span class="smcap">fresh power</span> to the Engineer +and Manufacturer."—<i>The Times</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>VOLUME I. Price 10s. 6d.</b></p> + +<h3>CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEERING, BUILDING, AND METALLURGY.</h3> + +<p><i>General Content.</i>—INTRODUCTION—Chemistry of the Chief Materials of +Construction—Sources of Energy—Chemistry of Steam-raising—Chemistry +of Lubrication and Lubricants—Metallurgical Processes used in the +Winning and Manufacture of Metals.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Practical throughout</span> ... an <span class="smcap">admirable text-book</span>, +useful not only to Students, but to <span class="smcap">Engineers</span> and <span class="smcap">Managers +of works</span> in <span class="smcap">preventing waste</span> and <span class="smcap">improving +processes</span>."—<i>Scotsman.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Eminently practical.</span>"—<i>Glasgow Herald.</i></p> + +<p>"A book worthy of <span class="smcap">high rank</span> ... its merit is great ... +treatment of the subject of <span class="smcap">gaseous fuel</span> particularly good.... +<span class="smcap">Water gas</span> and the production clearly worked out.... Altogether +a most creditable production. <span class="smcap">We warmly recommend it</span>, and look +forward with keen interest to the appearance of Vol. II."—<i>Journal of +Gas Lighting.</i></p> + +<p><b>VOLUME II. Price 16s.</b></p> + +<h3>THE CHEMISTRY OF MANUFACTURING PROCESSES.</h3> + +<p><i>General Contents.</i>—Sulphuric Acid Manufacture—Manufacture of Alkali, +&c.—Destructive Distillation—Artificial Manure +Manufacture—Petroleum—Lime and Cement—Clay Industries and +Glass—Sugar and Starch—Brewing and Distilling—Oils, Resins, and +Varnishes—Soap and Candles—Textiles and Bleaching—Colouring Matters, +Dyeing, and Printing—Paper and Pasteboard—Pigments and +Paints—Leather, Glue, and Size—Explosives and Matches—Minor Chemical +Manufactures.</p> + +<p>"Certainly a <span class="smcap">good</span> and <span class="smcap">useful book</span>, constituting a +<span class="smcap">practical guide</span> for students by affording a clear conception of +the numerous processes as a whole."—<i>Chemical Trade Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"We <span class="smcap">confidently recommend</span> this volume as a <span class="smcap">practical</span>, +and not overloaded, <span class="smcap">text-book</span>, of <span class="smcap">great value</span> to +students."—<i>The Builder.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxii" id="Page_lxxii">[Pg lxxii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Just Out.</span> <span class="smcap">Fifth Edition</span>, Thoroughly Revised, Greatly +Enlarged and Re-written. With additional Tables, Plates, and +Illustrations. 21s.</p> <h3><b>FOODS: THEIR COMPOSITION AND ANALYSIS.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By A. WYNTER BLYTH, M.R.C.S., F.I.C., F.C.S.</span>,</h4> + +<h6>Barrister-at-Law, Public Analyst for the County of Devon, and Medical +Officer of Health for St. Marylebone.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">And M. WYNTER BLYTH, B.A., B.Sc., F.C.S.</span></h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—History of +Adulteration.—Legislation.—Apparatus.—"Ash."—Sugar.—Confectionery.—Honey.—Treacle.—Jams +and Preserved +Fruits.—Starches.—Wheaten-Flour.—Bread.—Oats.—Barley.—Rye.—Rice.—Maize.—Millet.—Potato.—Peas.—Lentils.—Beans.—Milk.—Cream.—Butter.—Oleo-Margarine.—Cheese.—Lard.—Tea.—Coffee.—Cocoa +and +Chocolate.—Alcohol.—Brandy.—Rum.—Whisky.—Gin.—Arrack.—Liqueurs.—Absinthe.—Yeast.—-Beer.—Wine.—Vinegar.—Lemon +and Lime Juice.—Mustard.—Pepper.—Sweet and Bitter +Almonds.—Annatto.—Olive Oil.—Water Analysis.—Appendix: Adulteration +Acts, &c.</p> + +<p>"Simply <span class="smcap">indispensable</span> in the Analyst's laboratory."—<i>The +Lancet.</i></p> + +<p>"A new edition of Mr. Wynter Blyth's Standard work, <span class="smcap">enriched with +all the recent discoveries and improvements</span>, will be accepted as a +boon."—<i>Chemical News.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition.</span> In Large 8vo, Cloth, with Tables and +Illustrations. Price 21s.</p> + +<h3><b>POISONS: THEIR EFFECTS AND DETECTION.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By A. WYNTER BLYTH, M.R.C.S., F.I.C., F.C.S.</span>,</h4> + +<h6>Barrister-at-Law, Public Analyst for the County of Devon, and Medical +Officer of Health for St. Marylebone.</h6> + +<h4>GENERAL CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p>I.—Historical Introduction. II.—Classification—Statistics—Connection +between Toxic Action and Chemical Composition—Life Tests—General +Method of Procedure—The Spectroscope—Examination of Blood and Blood +Stains. III.—Poisonous Gases. IV.—Acids and Alkalies. V.—More or less +Volatile Poisonous Substances. VI.—Alkaloids and Poisonous Vegetable +Principles. VII.—Poisons derived from Living or Dead Animal Substances. +VIII.—The Oxalic Acid Group. IX.—Inorganic Poisons. Appendix: +Treatment, by Antidotes or otherwise, of Cases of Poisoning.</p> + +<p>"Undoubtedly <span class="smcap">the most complete work</span> on Toxicology in our +language."—<i>The Analyst (on the Third Edition).</i></p> + +<p>"As a <span class="smcap">practical guide</span>, we know <span class="smcap">no better</span> work."—<i>The +Lancet (on the Third Edition).</i></p> + +<p>*** In the <span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Enlarged and partly Re-written, +<span class="smcap">New Analytical Methods</span> have been introduced, and the +<span class="smcap">Cadaveric Alkaloids</span>, or <span class="smcap">Ptomaines</span>, bodies playing so +great a part in Food-poisoning and in the Manifestations of Disease, +have received special attention.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxiii" id="Page_lxxiii">[Pg lxxiii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>With Numerous Tables, and 22 Illustrations. 16s.</p> + +<h3><b>DAIRY CHEMISTRY FOR DAIRY MANAGERS, CHEMISTS, AND ANALYSTS</b></h3> + +<h5>A Practical Handbook for Dairy Chemists and others having Control of +Dairies.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By H. DROOP RICHMOND, F.C.S.</span>,</h4> <h6>CHEMIST TO THE AYLESBURY DAIRY +COMPANY.</h6> + +<p><i>Contents.</i>—I. Introductory.—The Constituents of Milk. II. The +Analysis of Milk. III. Normal Milk: its Adulterations and Alterations, +and their Detection. IV. The Chemical Control of the Dairy. V. +Biological and Sanitary Matters. VI. Butter. VII. Other Milk Products. +VIII. The Milk of Mammals other than the +Cow.—Appendices.—Tables.—Index.</p> + +<p>" ... In our opinion the book is the <span class="smcap">best contribution on the +subject that has yet appeared</span> in the English language."—<i>Lancet.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">At Press</span>, Fully Illustrated.</p> + +<h3><b>MILK: ITS PRODUCTION & USES.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>With Chapters on Dairy Farming, The Diseases of Cattle, and on the +Hygiene and Control of Supplies.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By EDWARD F. WILLOUGHBY</span>, M.D. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond. and +Camb.),</h4> <h6>Inspector of Farms and General Scientific Adviser to Welford and +Sons, Ltd.</h6> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. Fully Illustrated. 10s. 6d.</p> + +<h3>FLESH FOODS: </h3><h5>With Methods for their Chemical, Microscopical, and +Bacteriological Examination.</h5> + +<h5><i>A Practical Handbook for Medical Men, Analysts, Inspectors and others.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A.(Oxon)</span>,</h4><h6>Fellow of the Institute +of Chemistry; Member of Council, Society of Public Analysts.</h6> + +<p><i>With Numerous Tables, Illustrations, and a Coloured Plate.</i></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—Structure and Chemical Composition of Muscular +Fibre.—of Connective Tissue, and Blood.—The Flesh of Different +Animals.—The Examination of Flesh.—Methods of Examining Animal +Fat.—The Preservation of Flesh.—Composition and Analysis of +Sausages.—Proteids of Flesh.—Meat Extracts and Flesh Peptones.—The +Cooking of Flesh.—Poisonous Flesh.—The Animal Parasites of Flesh.—The +Bacteriological Examination of Flesh.—The Extraction and Separation of +Ptomaines.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>*** This work is a complete compendium of the <span class="smcap">chemistry of animal +tissues</span>. It contains directions for the detection of morbid +conditions, putrefactive changes, and poisonous or injurious +constituents, together with an account of their causes and +effects.—<i>Publishers' Note.</i></p> + +<p>"A compilation which will be most useful for the class for whom it is +intended."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"A book which <span class="smcap">no one</span> whose duties involve considerations of +food supply <span class="smcap">can afford to be without</span>."—<i>Municipal Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxiv" id="Page_lxxiv">[Pg lxxiv]</a></span></p> +<p>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With numerous Illustrations.</p> + +<p><i>Each Volume Complete in Itself, and Sold Separately.</i></p> + +<h3><b>TECHNICAL MYCOLOGY:</b> THE UTILISATION OF MICRO-ORGANISMS IN THE ARTS AND +MANUFACTURES.</h3> + +<h5><i>A Practical Handbook on Fermentation and Fermentative Processes for the +Use of Brewers and Distillers, Analysts, Technical and Agricultural +Chemists, and all interested in the Industries dependent on +Fermentation.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By Dr.</span> FRANZ LAFAR,</h4> + +<h6>Professor of Fermentation-Physiology and Bacteriology in the Technical +High School, Vienna.</h6> + +<p>With an Introduction by <span class="smcap">Dr.</span> EMIL CHR. HANSEN, Principal of the +Carlsberg Laboratory, Copenhagen.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Translated by</span> CHARLES T.C. SALTER.</p> + +<p><b>Vol. I.—SCHIZOMYCETIC FERMENTATION.</b> 15s.</p> + +<p><i>Including the Theory of Fermentation, the Principles of Sterilization, +and Pure Culture Processes.</i></p> + +<p><b>Vol. II., Part I. EUMYCETIC FERMENTATION.</b> 7s. 6d.</p> + +<p><i>The Morphology, Chemistry, Physiology, and Fermentative Processes of +the Eumycetes, Zygomycetes, and Saccharomycetes.</i></p> + +<p>"The first work of the kind which can lay claim to completeness in the +treatment of a fascinating subject. The plan is admirable, the +classification simple, the style is good, and the tendency of the whole +volume is to convey sure information to the reader."—<i>Lancet</i>.</p> + +<p>*** The publishers trust that before long they will be able to present +English readers with the whole of the second volume, arrangements having +been concluded whereby, upon its appearance in Germany, the English +translation will be at once put in hand. This is now being done with +Part I., which will be issued shortly, and which will be followed by the +two final parts.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Crown 8vo, Handsome Cloth. Price 7s. 6d. net.</p> + +<h3><b><i>FERMENTS</i> AND THEIR ACTIONS.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Text-book on the Chemistry and Physics of Fermentative Changes.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> CARL OPPENHEIMER, <span class="smcap">Ph.D.,</span> M.D.,</h4><h6>Of the Physiological +Institute at Eilangen.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Translated from the German by</span> C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A., +F.I.C., F.C.S.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abridged Contents</span>.—Introduction.—Definition.—Chemical Nature +of Ferments.—Influence of External Factors.—Mode of +Action.—Physiological Action.—Secretion.—Importance of Ferments to +Vital Action.—Proteolytic Ferments.—Trypsin.—Bacteriolytic and +Hæmolytic Ferments.—Vegetable Ferments.—Coagulating +Ferments.—Saccharifying +Ferments.—Diastases.—Polysaccharides.—Enzymes.—Ferments which +decompose Glucosides.—Hydrolytic Ferments.—Lactic Acid +Fermentation.—Alcoholic Fermentation.—Biology of Alcoholic +Fermentation.—Oxydases.—Oxidising +Fermentation.—Bibliography.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p><b>The present Translation embodies Notes and Additions to the Work made +by the Author subsequent to its Publication in Germany.</b></p> + +<p>"Such a veritable <i>multum in parvo</i> has never yet appeared. The author +has set himself the task of writing a work on Ferments that should +embrace human erudition on the subject"—<i>Brewers' Journal</i>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxv" id="Page_lxxv">[Pg lxxv]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With +Plate and Illustrations. Price 21s.</p> + +<h3><b>THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF BREWING.</b></h3> + +<h5>FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS AND PRACTICAL MEN.</h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>WALTER J. SYKES, M.D., D.P.H., F.I.C.,</h4> + +<h6>EDITOR OF "THE ANALYST."</h6> + +<h4>ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p> +I. Physical Principles involved in Brewing Operations.<br /> +Chemistry with special reference to the materials used in Brewing.<br /> +<br /> +II. The Microscope.<br /> +Vegetable Biology.<br /> +Fermentation.<br /> +<br /> +III. Water.<br /> +Barley and Malting.<br /> +Brewery Plant.<br /> +Brewing.<br /> +Beer and its Diseases.<br /> +<br /> +Appendices.<br /> +<br /> +Index.<br /> +</p> + +<p>"A volume of Brewing Science, which has long been awaited.... We +consider it one of <span class="smcap">the most complete</span> in <span class="smcap">contents</span> and +<span class="smcap">novel in arrangement</span> that has yet been published.... Will +command a large sale."—<i>The Brewers' Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"The appearance of a work such as this serves to remind us of the +<span class="smcap">enormously rapid advances</span> made in our knowledge of the +Scientific Principles underlying the Brewing Processes.... Dr. Sykes' +work will undoubtedly be of the <span class="smcap">greatest assistance</span>, not merely +to Brewers, but to all Chemists and Biologists interested in the +problems which the Fermentation Industries present."—<i>The Analyst.</i></p> + +<p>"The publication of <span class="smcap">Dr. Sykes' masterly treatise</span> on the art of +Brewing is quite an event in the Brewing World.... Deserves our warmest +praise.... A better guide than Dr. Sykes could hardly be +found."—<i>County Brewers' Gazette.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth.</p> + +<h3><b>AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AND ANALYSIS:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A PRACTICAL HANDBOOK FOR THE USE OF AGRICULTURAL STUDENTS.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>J.M.H. MUNRO, D.Sc., F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Professor of Chemistry, Downton College of Agriculture.</h6> + +<p>[<i>In Preparation.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxvi" id="Page_lxxvi">[Pg lxxvi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged.</span></p> + +<p>With Tables, Illustrations in the Text, and 37 Lithographic Plates. +Medium 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 30s.</p> + +<h3><b>SEWAGE DISPOSAL WORKS:</b></h3> + +<h5>A Guide to the Construction of Works for the Prevention of the Pollution +by Sewage of Rivers and Estuaries.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By W. SANTO CRIMP, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S.</span>,</h4><h6> Late +Assistant-Engineer, London County Council.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">PART I.—Introductory. PART II.—Sewage Disposal Works In +Operation—Their Construction, Maintenance, and Cost.</span></p> + +<p>*** From the fact of the Author's having, for some years, had charge of +the Main Drainage Works of the Northern Section of the Metropolis, the +chapter on <span class="smcap">London</span> will be found to contain many important +details which would not otherwise have been available.</p> + +<p>"All persons interested in Sanitary Science owe a debt of gratitude to +Mr. Crimp.... His work will be especially useful to <span class="smcap">Sanitary +Authorities</span> and their advisers ... <span class="smcap">eminently practical and +useful</span>."—<i>Lancet.</i></p> + +<p>"Probably the <span class="smcap">most complete and best treatise</span> on the subject +which has appeared in our language.... Will prove of the greatest use to +all who have the problem of Sewage Disposal to face."—<i>Edinburgh +Medical Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Beautifully Illustrated, with Numerous Plates, Diagrams, and Figures in +the Text. 21s. net.</i></p> + +<h3><b>TRADES' WASTE: ITS TREATMENT AND UTILISATION.</b></h3> + +<h5>A Handbook for Borough Engineers, Surveyors, Architects, and Analysts.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By W. NAYLOR, F.C.S., A.M.Inst.C.E.</span>, </h4><h6>Chief Inspector of Rivers, +Ribble Joint Committee.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents.</span>—I. Introduction.—II. Chemical +Engineering.—III.—Wool De-greasing and Grease Recovery.—IV. Textile +Industries; Calico Bleaching and Dyeing.—V. Dyeing and +Calico-Printing,—VI. Tanning and Fellmongery.—VII. Brewery and +Distillery Waste.—VIII. Paper Mill Refuse.—IX. General Trades' +Waste.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"There is probably no person in England to-day better fitted to deal +rationally with such a subject."—<i>British Sanitarian.</i></p> + +<p>"The work is thoroughly practical, and will serve as a handbook in the +future for those who have to encounter the problems +discussed."—<i>Chemical Trade Journal.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Crown 8vo, Extra. With Illustrations. 8s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>CALCAREOUS CEMENTS: <i>THEIR NATURE, PREPARATION, AND USES</i>.</b></h3> + +<h5><b>With some Remarks upon Cement Testing.</b></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By GILBERT R. REDGRAVE, Assoc. Inst. C.E.</span>,</h4> <h6>Assistant Secretary +for Technology, Board of Education, South Kensington.</h6> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Invaluable</span> to the Student, Architect, and +Engineer."—<i>Building News.</i></p> + +<p>"Will be useful to all interested in the <span class="smcap">manufacture, use</span>, and +<span class="smcap">testing</span> of Cements."—<i>Engineer.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxvii" id="Page_lxxvii">[Pg lxxvii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Just Out. With Four Folding Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Large +8vo.</p> + +<h3><b>WATER SUPPLY:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Practical Treatise on the Selection of Sources and the Distribution +of Water.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> REGINALD E. MIDDLETON, <span class="smcap">M.Inst.C.E.</span>, +<span class="smcap">M.Inst.Mech.E.</span>, F.S.I.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abridged Contents</span>.—Introductory.—Requirements as to +Quality.—Requirements as to Quantity.—Storage +Reservoirs.—Purification.—Service Reservoirs.—The Flow of Water +through Pipes.—Distributing Systems.—Pumping Machines.—Special +Requirements.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised. Fully Illustrated. <i>At Press.</i></p> + +<h3>THE CHEMISTRY OF <b>GAS MANUFACTURE:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Hand-Book on the Production, Purification, and Testing of +Illuminating Gas, and the Assay of the Bye-Products of Gas Manufacture.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> W.J. ATKINSON BUTTERFIELD, M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S., </h4><h6>Formerly +Head Chemist, Gas Works, Beckton, London, E.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—I. Raw Materials for Gas Manufacture.—II. +Coal Gas.—III. Carburetted Water Gas.—IV. Oil Gas.—V. Enriching by +Light Oils.—VI. Final Details of Manufacture.—VII. Gas +Analysis.—VIII. Photometry.—IX. Applications of Gas.—X. +Bye-Products.—XI. Acetylene.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">best work</span> of its kind which we have ever had the pleasure +of reviewing."—<i>Journal of Gas Lighting</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Just Out</span>. With Diagrams and Illustrations. 5s. net.</p> + +<h3><b>ACETYLENE:</b></h3> + +<h5>THE PRINCIPLES OF ITS GENERATION AND USE.</h5> + +<h4>BY F.H. LEEDS, F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4><h6>Member of the Society of Public Analysts +and of the Acetylene Association;</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">And</span> W.J. ATKINSON BUTTERFIELD, M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4><h6>Consulting +Chemist, Author of "The Chemistry of Gas Manufacture."</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—Introductory.—Advantages of Acetylene and +other Illuminants.—Chemistry and Physics.—General Principles of +Acetylene Generation.—Choice of a Generator.—Statutory +Regulations.—Treatment of Acetylene after Generation.—General +Properties.—Mains and Service Pipes.—Subsidiary +Apparatus.—Burners.—Incandescent Burners.—Heating Apparatus and +Motors.—Carburetted, Compressed, and Dissolved Acetylene.—Mixtures +with other Gases.—Sundry Uses.—Acetylene Lamps.—Valuation and +Analysis of Carbide.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Ready Immediately</span>. Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Price 16s. net.</p> + +<h3><b>FIRE AND EXPLOSION RISKS.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Handbook of the Detection, Investigation, and Prevention of Fires and +Explosion.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By Dr</span>. VON SCHWARTZ.</h4> + +<h5>Translated from the Revised German Edition <span class="smcap">By</span> C.T.C. SALTER.</h5> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abridged General Contents</span>.—Fires and Explosions of a General +Character.—Dangers arising from Sources of Light and Heat.—Dangerous +Gases.—Risks Attending Special Industries.—Materials +Employed.—Agricultural Products.—Fats, Oils, and Resins.—Mineral Oils +and Tar.—Alcohol, &c.—Metals, Oxides, Acids, &c.—Lightning, Ignition +Appliances, Fireworks.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxviii" id="Page_lxxviii">[Pg lxxviii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Tenth Edition</span>, Revised. Price 6s.</p> + +<h3><b>PRACTICAL SANITATION: <i>A HAND-BOOK FOR SANITARY INSPECTORS AND OTHERS +INTERESTED IN SANITATION.</i></b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> GEORGE REID, M.D., D.P.H.,</h4> <h6><i>Fellow, Mem. Council, and +Examiner, Sanitary Institute of Great Britain, and Medical Officer to +the Staffordshire County Council.</i></h6> + +<h5><b>With an Appendix on Sanitary Law.</b></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> HERBERT MANLEY, M.A., M.B., D.P.H.,</h4> <h6><i>Medical Officer of +Health for the County Borough of West Bromwich.</i></h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—Introduction—Water Supply: Drinking Water, +Pollution of Water—Ventilation and Warming—Principles of Sewage +Removal—Details of Drainage; Refuse Removal and Disposal—Sanitary and +Insanitary Work and Appliances—Details of Plumbers' Work—House +Construction—Infection and Disinfection—Food, Inspection of; +Characteristics of Good Meat; Meat, Milk, Fish, &c., unfit for Human +Food—Appendix: Sanitary Law; Model Bye-Laws, &c.</p> + +<p>"Dr. Reid's very useful Manual ... <span class="smcap">abounds in practical +detail</span>."—<i>British Medical Journal</i>.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">very useful Handbook</span>, with a very useful Appendix. We +recommend it not only to <span class="smcap">Sanitary Inspectors</span>, but to +<span class="smcap">Householders</span> and <span class="smcap">all</span> interested in Sanitary +matters."—<i>Sanitary Record</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>COMPANION VOLUME TO REID'S SANITATION.</h3> + +<p>In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Profusely Illustrated. 8s. 6d. net.</p> + +<h3><b>Sanitary Engineering:</b> <i>A Practical Manual of Town Drainage and Sewage +and Refuse Disposal.</i></h3> + +<h5>For Sanitary Authorities, Engineers, Inspectors, Architects, +Contractors, and Students.</h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>FRANCIS WOOD, <span class="smcap">A.M.Inst.C.E.</span>, F.G.S., </h4><h6>Borough Engineer and +Surveyor, Fulham; late Borough Engineer, Bacup, Lancs.</h6> + +<h4>GENERAL CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p>Introduction.—Hydraulics.—Velocity of Water in Pipes.—Earth Pressures +and Retaining Walls.—Powers.—House Drainage.—Land +Drainage.—Sewers.—Separate System.—Sewage Pumping.—Sewer +Ventilation.—Drainage Areas.—Sewers, Manholes, &c.—Trade +Refuse.—Sewage Disposal Works.—<span class="smcap">Bacteriolysis</span>.—Sludge +Disposal.—Construction and Cleansing of Sewers.—Refuse +Disposal.—Chimneys and Foundations.</p> + +<p>"The volume bristles with information which will be greedily read by +those in need of assistance. The book is one that ought to be on the +bookshelves of <span class="smcap">every practical engineer</span>."—<i>Sanitary Journal</i>.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A veritable pocket compendium</span> of Sanitary Engineering.... A +work which may, in many respects, be considered as <span class="smcap">complete</span> ... +<span class="smcap">commendably cautious</span> ... <span class="smcap">interesting</span> ... +<span class="smcap">suggestive</span>."—<i>Public Health Engineer</i>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxix" id="Page_lxxix">[Pg lxxix]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Vol. I. Now Ready. in Half Morocco, 24s.</span></p> + +<p><i>In Two Volumes, each complete in itself.</i></p> + +<h3><b>PHYSICO-CHEMICAL TABLES</b></h3> + +<h5>FOR THE USE OF ANALYSTS, PHYSICISTS, CHEMICAL MANUFACTURERS, AND +SCIENTIFIC CHEMISTS.</h5> + +<p>Volume I.—Chemical Engineering, Physical Chemistry. [<i>Just Out.</i></p> + +<p>Volume II.—Chemical Physics, Pure and Analytical Chemistry.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">By</span> JOHN CASTELL-EVANS, F.I.C., F.C.S., Superintendent of the +Chemical Laboratories, and Lecturer on Inorganic Chemistry and +Metallurgy at the Finsbury Technical College.</p> + +<p>The Tables may almost claim to be exhaustive, and embody and collate all +the most recent data established by experimentalists at home and abroad. +The volumes will be found invaluable to all engaged in research and +experimental investigation in Chemistry and Physics.</p> + +<p>The Work comprehends as far as possible <span class="smcap">all rulles and tables</span> +required by the Analyst, Brewer, Distiller, Acid- and +Alkali-Manufacturer, &c., &c.; and also the principal data in +<span class="smcap">Thermo-chemistry</span>, <span class="smcap">Electro-chemistry</span>, and the various +branches of <span class="smcap">Chemical Physics</span>. Every possible care has been +taken to ensure perfect accuracy, and to include the results of the most +recent investigations.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Beautifully Illustrated. With Plates and +Figures in the Text.</i> 21s.</p> + +<h3><b>Road Making and Maintenance:</b></h3> + +<h5>A PRACTICAL TREATISE FOR ENGINEERS, SURVEYORS, AND OTHERS.</h5> + +<h5><span class="smcap">With an Historical Sketch of Ancient and Modern Practice</span>.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> THOS. AITKEN, <span class="smcap">Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.</span>,</h4> <h6>Member of the +Association of Municipal and County Engineers; Member of the Sanitary +Inst.; Surveyor to the County Council of Fife, Cupar Division.</h6> + +<p><i>WITH NUMEROUS PLATES, DIAGRAMS, AND ILLUSTRATIONS.</i></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Contents</span>.—Historical Sketch.—Resistance of Traction.—Laying +out New Roads.—Earthworks, Drainage, and Retaining Walls.—Road +Materials, or Metal.—Quarrying.—Stone Breaking and +Haulage.—Road-Rolling and Scarifying.—The Construction of New, and the +Maintenance of existing Roads.—Carriage Ways and Foot Ways.</p> + +<p>"The Literary style is <span class="smcap">excellent</span> ... <span class="smcap">A comprehensive</span> +and <span class="smcap">excellent</span> Modern Book, an <span class="smcap">up-to-date</span> work ... +Should be on the reference shelf of every Municipal and County Engineer +or Surveyor in the United Kingdom, and of every Colonial +Engineer."—<i>The Surveyor</i>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxx" id="Page_lxxx">[Pg lxxx]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Third Edition</span>, Revised and Enlarged. With Illustrations, 12s. +6d.</p> + +<h3><b>Painters' Colours, Oils, & Varnishes:</b></h3> + +<h5><b>A PRACTICAL MANUAL.</b></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> GEORGE H. HURST, F.C.S.,</h4><h6>Member of the Society of Chemical +Industry; Lecturer on the Technology of Painters' Colours, Oils, and +Varnishes, the Municipal Technical School, Manchester.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents</span>.—Introductory—<span class="smcap">The Composition, +Manufacture, Assay</span>, and <span class="smcap">Analysis</span> of <span class="smcap">Pigments</span>, +White, Red, Yellow and Orange, Green, Blue, Brown, and +Black—<span class="smcap">Lakes</span>—Colour and Paint Machinery—Paint Vehicles (Oils, +Turpentine, &c., &c.)—Driers—<span class="smcap">Varnishes</span>.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A thoroughly practical</span> book, ... the <span class="smcap">only</span> English +work that satisfactorily treats of the manufacture of oils, colours, and +pigments."—<i>Chemical Trades' Journal</i>.</p> + +<p>*** <span class="smcap">For Mr. Hurst's Garment Dyeing and Cleaning</span>, see p. 84.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Crown 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With Illustrations. 5s.</p> + +<h3><b>THE PAINTER'S LABORATORY GUIDE.</b></h3> + +<h5>A Student's Handbook of Paints, Colours, and Varnishes.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> GEORGE H. HURST, F.C.S., M.S.C.I.</h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abstract of Contents</span>.—Preparation of Pigment +Colours.—Chemical Principles Involved.—Oils and Varnishes.—Properties +of Oils and Varnishes.—Tests and Experiments.—Plants, Methods, and +Machinery of the Paint and Varnish Manufactures.</p> + +<p><i>This Work has been designed by the Author for the Laboratory of the +Technical School, and of the Paint and Colour Works, and for all +interested or engaged in these industries.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. In Crown 8vo. extra. With Numerous +Illustrations and Plates (some in Colours), including Original Designs. +12s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>Painting and Decorating:</b></h3> + +<h5><i>A Complete Practical Manual for House Painters and Decorators.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> WALTER JOHN PEARCE,</h4> + +<h6>LECTURER AT THE MANCHESTER TECHNICAL SCHOOL FOR HOUSE-PAINTING AND +DECORATING.</h6> + +<h4>GENERAL CONTENTS.</h4> + +<p>Introduction—Workshop and Stores—Plant and Appliances—Brushes and +Tools—Materials: Pigments, Driers, Painters' Oils—Wall Hangings—Paper +Hanging—Colour Mixing—Distempering—Plain Painting—Staining—Varnish +and Varnishing—Imitative +Painting—Graining—Marbling—Gilding—Sign-Writing and +Lettering—Decoration: General Principles—Decoration in +Distemper—Painted Decoration—Relievo Decoration—Colour—Measuring and +Estimating—Coach-Painting—Ship-Painting.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A thoroughly useful book</span> ... <span class="smcap">good, sound, practical +information</span> in a <span class="smcap">clear</span> and <span class="smcap">concise +form</span>."—<i>Plumber and Decorator</i>.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">A thoroughly good and reliable text-book</span>.... So <span class="smcap">full</span> +and <span class="smcap">complete</span> that it would be difficult to imagine how anything +further could be added about the Painter's craft."—<i>Builders' +Journal</i>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxxi" id="Page_lxxxi">[Pg lxxxi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With 4 Plates and Several Illustrations. +16s. net.</p> + +<h3><b>THE CHEMISTRY OF INDIA RUBBER.</b></h3> + +<h5>A Treatise on the Nature of India Rubber, its Chemical and Physical +Examination, and the Determination and Valuation of India Rubber +Substitutes.</h5> + +<h5><i>Including the Outlines of a Theory on Vulcanisation.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>CARL OTTO WEBER, <span class="smcap">Ph.D.</span></h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Abstract of Contents</span>.—Introduction.—The Chemistry of India +Rubber.—The Examination and Valuation of India Rubber.—Examination of +India Rubber Substitutes.—Inorganic Filling Materials.—Vulcanisers and +Sulphur Carriers.—India Rubber Solvents.—Colouring Matters and Pigment +Colours.—Constructive Components of India Rubber Articles.—Analysis of +Manufactured India Rubber.—Sanitary Conditions in India Rubber +Works.—<span class="smcap">Index</span>.</p> + +<p>"Replete with scientific and also with technical interest.... The +sub-section on the physical properties is a complete <i>résumé</i> of every +thing known to-day on the subject."—<i>India-rubber Journal</i>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">New Edition</span>. In Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. With 144 +Illustrations.</p> + +<h3>OILS, FATS, BUTTERS & WAXES:</h3><h5><i>THEIR PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES, AND +MANUFACTURE THEREFROM OF CANDLES, SOAPS, AND OTHER PRODUCTS.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>C.R. ALDER WRIGHT, D.Sc., F.R.S.,</h4> <h6>Late Lecturer on Chemistry, St. Mary's +Hospital Medical School; Examiner in "Soap" to the City and Guilds of +London Institute.</h6> + +<h5>Thoroughly Revised, Enlarged, and in Part Rewritten</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By</span> C. AINSWORTH MITCHELL, B.A., F.I.C.</h4> + +<p>"Dr. <span class="smcap">Wright's</span> work will be found <span class="smcap">absolutely +indispensable</span> by every Chemist. <span class="smcap">Teems</span> with information +valuable alike to the Analyst and the Technical Chemist."—<i>The +Analyst</i>.</p> + +<p>"Will rank as the <span class="smcap">Standard English Authority</span> on <span class="smcap">Oils</span> +and <span class="smcap">Fats</span> for many years to come."—<i>Industries and Iron</i>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxxii" id="Page_lxxxii">[Pg lxxxii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>THE TEXTILE INDUSTRIES.</b></h3> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Two Large Volumes, 920 pp., with a Supplementary Volume, containing +Specimens of Dyed Fabrics. 45s.</i></p> + +<h3>A MANUAL OF DYEING:</h3><h5><i>FOR THE USE OF PRACTICAL DYERS, MANUFACTURERS, +STUDENTS, AND ALL INTERESTED IN THE ART OF DYEING.</i></h5> + +<h6>BY</h6> + +<h4>E. KNECHT, Ph.D., F.I.C.,</h4> <h6>Head of the Chemistry and Dyeing Department of +the Technical College, Manchester; Editor of "The Journal of the Society +of Dyers and Colourists;"</h6> + +<h4>CHR. RAWSON, F.I.C., F.C.S.,</h4> <h6>Late Head of the Chemistry and Dyeing +Department of the Technical College, Bradford; Member of Council of the +Society of Dyers and Colourists;</h6> + +<h4>And RICHARD LOEWENTHAL, Ph.D.</h4> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Chemical Technology of the Textile +Fabrics—Water—Washing and Bleaching—Acids, Alkalies, +Mordants—Natural Colouring Matters—Artificial Organic Colouring +Matters—Mineral Colours—Machinery used in Dyeing—Tinctorial +Properties of Colouring Matters—Analysis and Valuation of Materials +used in Dyeing, &c., &c.</p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">most valuable</span> and <span class="smcap">useful work</span> on Dyeing that has +yet appeared in the English language ... likely to be the <span class="smcap">Standard +Work of Reference</span> for years to come."—<i>Textile Mercury</i>.</p> + +<p>"This authoritative and exhaustive work ... the <span class="smcap">most complete</span> +we have yet seen on the subject."—<i>Textile Manufacturer.</i></p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">most exhaustive and complete work</span> on the subject +extant."—<i>Textile Recorder.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Companion Volume to Knecht & Rawson's "Dyeing." In Large 8vo. Handsome +Cloth, Library Style. 16s. net.</i></p> + +<h3><b>A DICTIONARY OF DYES, MORDANTS, & OTHER COMPOUNDS USED IN DYEING AND +CALICO PRINTING.</b></h3> + +<h5><i>With Formulæ, Properties, and Applications of the various substances +described, and concise directions for their Commercial Valuation. and +for the Detection of Adulterants.</i></h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By CHRISTOPHER RAWSON, F.I.C., F.C.S.</span>,</h4><h6>Consulting Chemist to +the Behar Indigo Planters' Association: Co-Author of "A Manual of +Dyeing;"</h6> + +<h4>WALTER M. GARDNER, F.C.S.,</h4> + +<h6>Head of the Department of Chemistry and Dyeing, Bradford Municipal +Technical College; Editor of the "Journ. Soc. Dyers and Colourists;"</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">And W.F. LAYCOCK, Ph.D., F.C.S.</span>,</h4><h6>Analytical and Consulting +Chemist.</h6> + +<p>"Turn to the book as one may on any subject, or any substance in +connection with the trade, and a reference is sure to be found. The +authors have apparently left nothing out. Considering the immense amount +of information, the book is a cheap one, and we trust it will be widely +appreciated,"—<i>Textile Mercury.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxxiii" id="Page_lxxxiii">[Pg lxxxiii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>In Large 8vo, Handsome Cloth, with Numerous Illustrations. 9s. net.</i></p> + +<h3><b>TEXTILE FIBRES OF COMMERCE.</b></h3> + +<h5>A HANDBOOK OF The Occurrence, Distribution, Preparation, and Industrial +Uses of the Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Products used in Spinning and +Weaving.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By WILLIAM I. HANNAN</span>,</h4> <h6>Lecturer on Botany at the Ashton +Municipal Technical School, Lecturer on Cotton Spinning at the Chorley +Science and Art School, &c.</h6> + +<h4>With Numerous Photo Engravings from Nature.</h4> + +<p>*** The subjects discussed in this volume are, in order to facilitate +reference, arranged in alphabetical order under their respective heads. +The work may thus be regarded as a Dictionary of Textile Fibres. A +feature of the work is the wealth of botanical description which +accompanies the Section dealing with Vegetable Fibres.—<i>Publishers' +Note.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Useful Information</span>.... <span class="smcap">Admirable Illustrations</span>.... +The information is not easily attainable, and in its present convenient +form will be valuable."—<i>Textile Recorder.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3><b>TEXTILE PRINTING: A PRACTICAL MANUAL.</b></h3> + +<h5>Including the Processes Used in the Printing of COTTON, WOOLLEN, SILK, +and HALF-SILK FABRICS.</h5> + +<h4>By C.F. SEYMOUR ROTHWELL, F.C.S.,</h4><h6><i>Mem. Soc. of Chemical Industries; +late Lecturer at the Municipal Technical School, Manchester</i>.</h6> + +<p>In Large 8vo, with Illustrations and Printed Patterns. Price 21s.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Introduction.—The Machinery Used in Textile +Printing.—Thickeners and Mordants.—The Printing of Cotton Goods.—The +Steam Style.—Colours Produced Directly on the Fibre.—Dyed +Styles.—Padding Style.—Resist and Discharge Styles.—The Printing of +Compound Colourings, &c.—The Printing of Woollen Goods.—The Printing +of Silk Goods.—Practical Recipes for Printing.—Appendix.—Useful +Tables.—Patterns.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">By far the best</span> and <span class="smcap">most practical book</span> on +<span class="smcap">textile printing</span> which has yet been brought out, and will long +remain the standard work on the subject. It is essentially practical in +character."—<i>Textile Mercury.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">The most practical manual</span> of <span class="smcap">textile printing</span> which +has yet appeared. We have no hesitation in recommending it."—<i>The +Textile Manufacturer.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxxiv" id="Page_lxxxiv">[Pg lxxxiv]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. 12s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>BLEACHING & CALICO-PRINTING.</b></h3> + +<h5>A Short Manual for Students and Practical Men.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By GEORGE DUERR</span>,</h4> <h6>Director of the Bleaching, Dyeing, and +Printing Department at the Accrington and Bacup Technical Schools; +Chemist and Colourist at the Irwell Print Works.</h6> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Assisted by WILLIAM TURNBULL</span> (of Turnbull & Stockdale, +Limited).</h4> + +<p>With Illustrations and upwards of One Hundred Dyed and Printed Patterns +designed specially to show various Stages of the Processes described.</p> + +<p>GENERAL CONTENTS.—<span class="smcap">Cotton</span>, Composition of; <span class="smcap">Bleaching</span>, +New Processes; <span class="smcap">Printing</span>, Hand-Block; Flat-Press Work; Machine +Printing—<span class="smcap">Mordants</span>—<span class="smcap">Styles of Calico-Printing</span>: The +Dyed or Madder Style, Resist Padded Style, Discharge and Extract Style, +Chromed or Raised Colours, Insoluble Colours, &c.—Thickeners—Natural +Organic Colouring Matters—Tannin Matters—Oils, Soaps, +Solvents—Organic Acids—Salts—Mineral Colours—Coal Tar +Colours—Dyeing—Water, Softening of—Theory of Colours—Weights and +Measures, &c.</p> + +<p>"When a <span class="smcap">ready way</span> out of a difficulty is wanted, it is <span class="smcap">in +books like this</span> that it is found."—<i>Textile Recorder.</i></p> + +<p>"Mr. <span class="smcap">Duerr's work</span> will be found <span class="smcap">most useful</span>.... The +information given is of <span class="smcap">great value</span>.... The Recipes are +<span class="smcap">thoroughly practical</span>."—<i>Textile Manufacturer.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> Revised and Enlarged. With Numerous +Illustrations. 4s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>GARMENT DYEING AND CLEANING.</b></h3> + +<h5>A Practical Book for Practical Men.</h5> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By GEORGE H. HURST, F.C.S.</span>,</h4> <h6>Member of the Society of Chemical +Industry.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—Technology of the Textile Fibres—Garment +Cleaning—Dyeing of Textile Fabrics—Bleaching—Finishing of Dyed and +Cleaned Fabrics—Scouring and Dyeing of Skin Rugs and Mats—Cleaning and +Dyeing of Feathers—Glove Cleaning and Dyeing—Straw Bleaching and +Dyeing—Glossary of Drugs and Chemicals—Useful Tables.</p> + +<p>"An <span class="smcap">up-to-date</span> hand book has long been wanted, and Mr. Hurst +has done nothing more complete than this. An important work, the more so +that several of the branches of the craft here treated upon are almost +entirely without English Manuals for the guidance of workers. The price +brings it within the reach of all."—<i>Dyer and Calico-Printer.</i></p> + +<p>"Mr. Hurst's work <span class="smcap">decidedly fills a want</span> ... ought to be in the +hands of every <span class="smcap">GARMENT DYER</span> and cleaner in the +Kingdom"—<i>Textile Mercury.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxxv" id="Page_lxxxv">[Pg lxxxv]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>"Boys <span class="smcap">could not have a more alluring introduction</span> to scientific +pursuits than these charming-looking volumes."—Letter to the Publishers +from the Headmaster of one of our great Public Schools.</p> + +<p>Handsome Cloth, 7s. 6d. Gilt, for Presentation, 8s. 6d.</p> + +<h3><b>OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BOTANY: SKETCHES OF BRITISH WILD FLOWERS IN THEIR +HOMES.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A.</span></h4> + +<h5>Illustrated by Drawings from Nature by S. Rosamond Praeger, and +Photographs by R. Welch.</h5> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—A Daisy-Starred Pasture—Under the +Hawthorns—By the River—Along the Shingle—A Fragrant Hedgerow—A +Connemara Bog—Where the Samphire grows—A Flowery Meadow—Among the +Corn (a Study in Weeds)—In the Home of the Alpines—A City +Rubbish-Heap—Glossary.</p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">fresh and stimulating</span> book ... should take a high place.... +The Illustrations are drawn with much skill."—<i>The Times.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Beautifully illustrated</span>.... One of the <span class="smcap">most accurate</span> +as well as <span class="smcap">interesting</span> books of the kind we have +seen."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<p>"Redolent with the scent of woodland and meadow."—<i>The Standard.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>With 12 Full-Page Illustrations from Photographs. Cloth. Second +Edition, Revised. 8s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN GEOLOGY: An Introduction to Geology Out-of-doors.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By GRENVILLE A.J. COLE, F.G.S., M.R.I.A.</span>,</h4> <h6>Professor of Geology +in the Royal College of Science for Ireland, and Examiner in the +University of London.</h6> + +<p><span class="smcap">General Contents.</span>—The Materials of the Earth—A Mountain +Hollow—Down the Valley—Along the Shore—Across the Plains—Dead +Volcanoes—A Granite Highland—The Annals of the Earth—The Surrey +Hills—The Folds of the Mountains.</p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">fascinating 'Open-Air Studies'</span> of <span class="smcap">Prof. Cole</span> give +the Subject a <span class="smcap">glow animation</span> ... cannot fail to arouse keen +interest in geology."—<i>Geological Magazine.</i></p> + +<p>"A <span class="smcap">charming book</span>, beautifully illustrated."—<i>Athenæum.</i></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Beautifully Illustrated. With a Frontispiece in Colours, and Numerous +Specially Drawn Plates by Charles Whymper. 7s. 6d.</i></p> + +<h3><b>OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BIRD-LIFE: SKETCHES OF BRITISH BIRDS IN THEIR +HAUNTS.</b></h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">By CHARLES DIXON.</span></h4> + +<p>The Spacious Air.—The Open Fields and Downs.—In the Hedgerows.—On +Open Heath and Moor.—On the Mountains.—Amongst the Evergreens.—Copse +and Woodland.—By Stream and Pool.—The Sandy Wastes and +Mud-flats.—Sea-laved Rocks.—Birds of the Cities.—<span class="smcap">Index.</span></p> + +<p>"Enriched with excellent illustrations. A welcome addition to all +libraries."—<i>Westminster Review.</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_lxxxvi" id="Page_lxxxvi">[Pg lxxxvi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Twentieth Annual Issue. Handsome cloth, 7s. 6d. (To Subscribers, 6s.).</i></p> + +<h3>THE OFFICIAL YEAR-BOOK OF THE SCIENTIFIC AND LEARNED SOCIETIES OF GREAT +BRITAIN AND IRELAND.</h3> + +<h5>COMPILED FROM OFFICIAL SOURCES.</h5> + +<p><i>Comprising (together with other Official Information) LISTS of the +PAPERS read during the Session 1902-1903 before all the LEADING +SOCIETIES throughout the Kingdom engaged in the following Departments of +Research</i>:—</p> + +<p>§ 1. Science Generally: <i>i.e.</i>, Societies occupying themselves with +several Branches of Science, or with Science and Literature jointly.</p> + +<p>§ 2. Mathematics and Physics.</p> + +<p>§ 3. Chemistry and Photography.</p> + +<p>§ 4. Geology, Geography, and Mineralogy.</p> + +<p>§ 5. Biology, including Microscopy and Anthropology.</p> + +<p>§ 6. Economic Science and Statistics.</p> + +<p>§ 7. Mechanical Science, Engineering, and Architecture.</p> + +<p>§ 8. Naval and Military Science.</p> + +<p>§ 9. Agriculture and Horticulture.</p> + +<p>§ 10. Law.</p> + +<p>§ 11. Literature.</p> + +<p>§ 12. Psychology.</p> + +<p>§ 13. Archæology.</p> + +<p>§ 14. Medicine.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Fills a very real want.</span>"—<i>Engineering.</i></p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Indispensable</span> to any one who may wish to keep himself abreast +of the scientific work of the day."—<i>Edinburgh Medical Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"The <span class="smcap">Year-book of Societies</span> is a Record which ought to be of +the <i>greatest use for the progress of Science</i>."—<i>Lord Playfair, +F.R.S., K.C.B., M.P., Past-President of the British Association.</i></p> + +<p>"It goes almost without saying that a Handbook of this subject will be +in time <i>one of the most generally useful works for the library or the +desk</i>."—<i>The Times.</i></p> + +<p>"British Societies are now <i>well represented</i> in the 'Year-Book of the +Scientific and Learned Societies of Great Britain and Ireland'"—(Art. +"Societies" in New Edition of "Encyclopædia Britannica," vol. xxii.)</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Copies of the <span class="smcap">First Issue</span>, giving an Account of the History, +Organization, and Conditions of Membership of the various Societies, and +forming the groundwork of the Series, may still be had, price 7/6. <i>Also +Copies of the Issues following.</i></p> + +<p>The <i><span class="smcap">year-book of societies</span></i> forms a complete <i><span class="smcap">index to the +scientific work</span></i> of the sessional year in the various Departments. +It is used as a <span class="smcap">Handbook</span> in all our great <span class="smcap">Scientific +Centres, Museums</span>, and <span class="smcap">Libraries</span> throughout the Kingdom, +and has become an <i><span class="smcap">indispensable book of reference</span></i> to every +one engaged in Scientific Work.</p> + +<h4><i>READY IN OCTOBER EACH YEAR.</i></h4> + + +<h3><b>Griffin's Metallurgical Series.</b></h3> + +<h4>Edited by <span class="smcap">Sir</span> W. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, K.C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L.</h4> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Fifth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Considerably Enlarged.</i> 18s.</p> + +<p><b>INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF METALLURGY.</b> By Sir <span class="smcap">W.C. +Roberts-Austen</span>. With additional Illustrations and +Micro-Photographic Plates of Different Varieties of Steel.</p> + +<p><i>Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged.</i> 21s. <b>THE METALLURGY +OF GOLD.</b> By <span class="smcap">T. Kirke Rose</span>, D.Sc., Assayer of the Royal Mint. +Including the most recent Improvements in the Cyanide Process. With new +Frontispiece and additional Illustrations.</p> + +<p><i>In Two Volumes, each complete in itself.</i></p> + +<p><b>THE METALLURGY OF LEAD AND SILVER.</b> By <span class="smcap">H.F. Collins</span>, Assoc. +R.S.M., M.Inst.M.M. <b>Part I.—LEAD.</b> With Sections on Smelting and +Desilverisation, and the Assay and Analysis of the Materials Involved. +16s. <b>Part II.—SILVER.</b> Sources and Treatment of Ores, with +Descriptions of Plant, Machinery, &c. 16s.</p> + +<p><i>Second Edition, Revised. With numerous Illustrations.</i> 16s. <b>THE +METALLURGY OF IRON.</b> By <span class="smcap">Thomas Turner</span>, F.I.C., Assoc. R.S.M. +Professor of Metallurgy at the University of Birmingham.</p> + +<p><i>Large 8vo. Profusely Illustrated with Plates and Diagrams.</i> <b>THE +METALLURGY OF STEEL.</b> By <span class="smcap">F.W. Harbord</span>. With a Section on the +Mechanical Treatment of Steel. By <span class="smcap">J.W. Hall</span>. 25s. net.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>ASSAYING.</b> By <span class="smcap">J.J. Beringer</span>, F.I.C., F.C.S., and <span class="smcap">C. +Beringer</span>, F.C.S. <span class="smcap">Ninth Edition</span>, Revised. With Diagrams, +10s. 6d.</p> + +<p><b>GETTING GOLD.</b> A Practical Treatise for Prospectors and +<span class="smcap">Miners</span>. By <span class="smcap">J.C.F. Johnson</span>, A.I.M.E.. F.G.S., Life +Member Australian Mine Managers' Association. Numerous Illustrations. +<span class="smcap">Second Edition.</span> 3s. 6d.</p> + +<p><b>GOLD SEEKING IN SOUTH AFRICA.</b> A Handbook of Hints for Intending +Explorers, Prospectors, and Settlers. By <span class="smcap">Theo. Kassner</span>. With a +Chapter on Agriculture. Crown 8vo, Fancy Cloth Boards. Illustrated. 4s. +6d. net.</p> + +<p><b>THE CYANIDE PROCESS OF GOLD EXTRACTION.</b> By <span class="smcap">James Park</span>, +F.G.S., M.Inst.M.M., late Geological Surveyor and Mining Geologist to +the New Zealand Government. <span class="smcap">New Edition</span>, Revised and Enlarged +from the last New Zealand Edition. With Frontispiece, Plates and +Illustrations. 6s. net.</p> + +<p><b>PROSPECTING FOR MINERALS.</b> A Practical Handbook. By <span class="smcap">S. Herbert +Cox</span>, Assoc. R.S.M., M.Inst.M.M., F.G.S., &c. With Illustrations. +<span class="smcap">Second Edition</span>, Revised. Cloth, 5s.; Leather, 6s. 6d.</p> + +<p><b>TABLES FOR QUANTITATIVE METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS FOR LABORATORY USE.</b> By +<span class="smcap">J. James Morgan</span>, F.C.S. Large 8vo, strongly bound, cloth, 4s.</p> + +<p><b>ELECTRIC SMELTING AND REFINING.</b> By Dr. <span class="smcap">W. Borchers</span>. +Translated by <span class="smcap">Walter G. M<sup>c</sup>Millan</span>, F.I.C., F.C.S., from the +Second German Edition. With numerous Illustrations and Three Folding +Plates. 21s.</p> + +<p><b>MINE ACCOUNTS AND MINING BOOKKEEPING.</b> From the <span class="smcap">Actual +Practice</span> of leading Mining Companies. By <span class="smcap">James G. Lawn</span>, +Assoc. R.S.M., A.M.Inst.C.E.F.G.S. Edited by Sir <span class="smcap">Le Neve +Foster</span>, D.Sc., F.R.S. Large 8vo. <span class="smcap">Third Edition.</span> 10s. 6d.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><i>Large 8vo. Handsome Cloth. Illustrated, 12s. 6d. net.</i> <b>METALLURGICAL +ANALYSIS AND ASSAYING:</b> A Three Years' Course for Students. By <span class="smcap">W.A. +Macleod</span>, B.A., B.Sc., A.O.S.M. (N.Z.), and <span class="smcap">Chas. Walker</span>, +F.C.S.</p> + +<p><b>Part I.—Qualitative Analysis, and Preparation and Properties of +Cases.</b> <b>Part II.—Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.</b> <b>Part +III.—Assaying, Technical Analysis (Gas, Water, Fuels, Oils, &c.).</b></p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., <span class="smcap">Ltd.</span>, <span class="smcap">Exeter Street, +Strand</span>.</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A TEXTBOOK OF ASSAYING: FOR THE USE OF THOSE CONNECTED WITH MINES.***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 18751-h.txt or 18751-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/5/18751">http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/7/5/18751</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre class="pg"> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/18751-h/images/advertsbooks.jpg b/18751-h/images/advertsbooks.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5823beb --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/advertsbooks.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/advertsstamp.jpg b/18751-h/images/advertsstamp.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63f7c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/advertsstamp.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/assaynote.jpg b/18751-h/images/assaynote.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88711c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/assaynote.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/ctoftable-appendixa.jpg b/18751-h/images/ctoftable-appendixa.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3425af1 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/ctoftable-appendixa.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig001.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..40a45a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig001.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig002.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7bb486 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig002.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig003.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d02b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig003.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig004.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb7e567 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig004.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig005.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91b17f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig005.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig006.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..27d9a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig006.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig007.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..893c571 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig007.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig008.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig008.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..38f1db8 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig008.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig009.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..887844b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig009.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig010.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c98ca5d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig010.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig011.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..05730d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig011.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig012.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig012.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e1f6eb --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig012.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig013.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig013.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f9f1f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig013.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig014.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ee2301 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig014.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig015.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc268cb --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig015.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig016.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig016.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca2a43b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig016.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig017.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig017.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84c87a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig017.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig018.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig018.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25c15c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig018.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig019.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig019.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdaa021 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig019.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig020.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig020.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..adb9557 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig020.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig021.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf19268 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig021.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig022.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig022.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2aab10 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig022.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig023.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig023.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eebcf00 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig023.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig024.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig024.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d97878d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig024.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig025.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig025.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..abcdf17 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig025.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig026.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig026.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0a46d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig026.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig027.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig027.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33a5489 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig027.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig028.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig028.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b35dce --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig028.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig029.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig029.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e0554f --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig029.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig030.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig030.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..286ff85 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig030.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig031.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig031.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0095234 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig031.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig032.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig032.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a58ed4d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig032.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig033.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig033.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1015b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig033.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig034.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig034.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f68dd6b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig034.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig035.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig035.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3312a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig035.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig036.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig036.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48f32c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig036.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig037.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig037.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a8ddcd --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig037.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig038.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig038.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1f3d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig038.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig039.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig039.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f46a982 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig039.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig040.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig040.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7adf713 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig040.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig041.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig041.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b379795 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig041.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig042.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig042.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7ef2db --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig042.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig043.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig043.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dceb9b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig043.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig044.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig044.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61230de --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig044.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig044a.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig044a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..351a372 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig044a.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig044b.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig044b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e042d4f --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig044b.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig044c.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig044c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9da7f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig044c.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig044d.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig044d.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e790540 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig044d.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig045.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig045.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..087500a --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig045.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig046.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig046.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d4a835 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig046.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig047.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig047.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8c37ba --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig047.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig048.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig048.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e250b18 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig048.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig049.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig049.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..542bc48 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig049.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig050.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig050.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b7a396 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig050.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig051.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig051.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8981d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig051.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig052.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig052.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..71909db --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig052.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig053.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig053.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..af7e733 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig053.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig054.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig054.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..efd383d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig054.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig055.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig055.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e14b7c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig055.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig056.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig056.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a33ca7f --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig056.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig057.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig057.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..26a01ce --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig057.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig058.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig058.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..87b9a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig058.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig059.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig059.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..130a968 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig059.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig060.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig060.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..80d9652 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig060.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig061.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig061.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbfd73c --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig061.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig062.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig062.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..485881b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig062.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig063.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig063.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c04bd74 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig063.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig064.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig064.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..05c2dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig064.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig065.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig065.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..900a2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig065.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig066.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig066.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..01d8485 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig066.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig067.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig067.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6209f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig067.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig068.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig068.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..af39f6d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig068.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig069.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig069.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cde3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig069.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig070.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig070.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..721ce5b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig070.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig071.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig071.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccc8aed --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig071.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig072.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig072.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c437b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig072.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig073.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig073.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca2bdb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig073.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig074.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig074.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3298c46 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig074.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig075.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig075.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2c2e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig075.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig076.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig076.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad6a65d --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig076.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig077.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig077.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..38c628b --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig077.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig078.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig078.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4888427 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig078.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig079.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig079.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7833202 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig079.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig080.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig080.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..908e606 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig080.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig081.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig081.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3b3c89 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig081.jpg diff --git a/18751-h/images/fig082.jpg b/18751-h/images/fig082.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f13000 --- /dev/null +++ b/18751-h/images/fig082.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b491022 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #18751 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/18751) |
